^StSllriSiS:- mnmcmwRhT ^m^^M^^Mi^^^^^t ^m, g>tate College of Agriculture at Cornell iHnibetsitp iLibrarp Cornell University Library QC 983.H52 Climatology of the United States. 3 1924 002 962 474 The original of this book is in the Cornell University Library. There are no known copyright restrictions in the United States on the use of the text. http://www.archive.org/details/cu31924002962474 W. B. No. 361. Price $10.00. U. S. DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE, ^VEATHER BUREAU. BULLETIN Q. - b CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. BY ALFRED JUDSON HENRY, Professor of Meteorology. Prepared under direction of WILLIS L. MOORE, CHIKF U. S. WEATHER BUREAU. WASHINGTON : GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE. 1906. WEATHER BUREAU. « Chief, Willis L. Moore. Assistant Chief, Henry E. Williams. Chief Cleric, Daniel J. Carroll. EXECUTIVE STAFF. Editor Monthly Weather Review, Prof. Cleveland Abbe. Chiefs of Division: Prof. Frank H. Bigelow, Prof. Charles F. Marvin, Prof. Edward B. Garriott, James Berry, Prof. Harry C. Frankenfield, Edgar B. Calvert, Jesse H. "Robinson, John P. Church, Frank M. Cleaver, and James Page. National Forecaster, and in charge Special Research, Prof. Alfred J. Henry. Supervising Director, Mount Weather Research Observatories , Prof. William J. Humphreys. In charge Upper Air Research, Research Director Oliver L. Fassig. In charge Magnetic Research, Research Observer Eric R. Miller. Librarian and Supervising Examiner, Herbert H. Kimball. Inspectors: Norman B. Conger and Henry B. Hersey. In charge of Forecast Districts: Prof. Henry J. Cox, Prof. Alexander G. McAdie, John W. Smith, Edward A. Beals, Frederick H. Brandenburg, Ferdinand J. Walz, and Isaac M. Cline. ^ ERRATA. [Pp. 114-118 and PI. XXXIII.] "Talbottom," Ga., page 114, should be "Talbotton;" "Eaubank," Ky., page 115, should be "Eubank;" " Middleboro, " Ky., page 115, should be "Middlesboro;" "Moris," Minn., page 116, should be "Morris;" "Boliver," Tenn., page 117, should be "Bolivar;" "Enosburg Falls," Vt., page 117, should be "Enosburg;" "Marlington," W. Va., page 118, should be "Marlinton." Abizona: Station No. 3 on PI. XXXIII was omitted from the text. No. 4 on the plate should be No. 3, and the num- bers thereafter should be diminished by one to make them agree with the numbers in the text on pages 114 and 901. Michigan: Page 115 insert, as No. 15, Lansing, and change the numbers of the four remaining stations to 16, 17, 18, and 19, respectively. The number of the station at Cheboygan on PI. XXXIII was inadvertently placed over the station at Escanaba. No. 5 on this plate should appear on the northern shore of the southern peninsula, northwest of No. 6. No. 4, which now appears at Sault Ste. Marie, should appear in the place of No. 5, and No. 3 in the place of No. 4. New Yokk: No. 22 on PI. XXXIII, viz, Setauket, should be 21 to agree with the text on pages 116 and 178. Washington: Page 118, strike Tacoma from the list of stations. The data for this station were inadvertently omitted, although the number of the station appears on PI. XXXIII. The numbers given in the State summary, on pages 118 and 929, agree with those on PI. XXXIII from 1 to 9, inclusive. Thereafter the numbers on the pages referred to above should be increased by one to agree with those given on PI. XXXIII. LETTER OF TRANSMITTAL. U. S. Department of Agriculture, Central Office of the Weather Bureau, Washington, D. C, May 17, 1906. Sir: I have the honor to transmit herewith a report entitled "The Chmatology of the United States," by Prof. Alfred J. Henry, and to recomniend its publication as a bulletin of the Weather Bureau. While climatological observations have been steadily accumulating for the last quarter of a century, the general results are inaccessible, not only to the general public but also to the great majority of students and investigators interested in the advancement of scientific agriculture in the United States. The work herewith aims to present in form for ready refer- ence comparative climatic statistics for the different portions of the United States, accompanied by explanatory charts and text. The charts and text figures are necessary to a proper understanding of the subject. Very respectfully, Willis L. Moore, Chief U. S. Weather Bureau. Hon. James Wilson, Secretary of Agriculture. INTRODUCTION. The primary object of this work is to present in form for easy reference comparative chmatic statistics for the different portions of the United States. The need of such a volume has been felt for some time, particularly within the Department. During the last few years the Bureau of Plant Industry has introduced a number of seeds and plants new to this country, as well as new varieties of plants and grains already well established. In order that the best results may be obtained, it is essential that the new plant or seed be placed in a climate closely resembling that of its original habitat. The Pomologist has likewise felt the need of more generalized climatic data than is afforded by the scattered publications of the weather service, and this is true in other lines of research that are being prosecuted by the Department. Generally speaking; the statistics herein presented cover the period 1870-1903. Two distinct series of observations have been used: First, the observations made primarily for the synoptic weather charts during the period 1S70 to 1903; second, the observations made by voluntary observers of the U. S. Weather Bureau for purely climatic purposes. A word of explanation, as to the status of climatological observations in the United States, may not be out of place. In the early part of the nineteenth century persons interested in meteorology were simply observers of the weather and recorded those elements which truly serve as the fundamental data in climatic investigations. About 1830, at the beginning of the Redfield-Espy period, attention was drawn more and more toward observations bearing upon theoretical meteorology, and this state of affairs continued for upwards of twenty years, although the observations of the Medical Department of the Army were continued along sub- stantially the lines laid down in the beginning. In 1842 the statistical information collected by the Medical Department of the Army was published by Dr. Samuel Forry in a work entitled "The Climate of the United States and its Endemic Influences." At that time, however, the study of meteorological observations was prosecuted mainly with a view of ascertaining the mechanism of storms, their mode of progression, and kindred facts, although the observations of the Medical Department lent themselves admirably to cliinatic studies. In 1857 Blodgett's Climatology of the United States, a volume of 536 pages, was published. In 1860 a report was issued by the Surgeon-General, U. S. Army, bringing the observational data down to 1860 and completing a period of about forty years continuous observations by the Medical Depart- ment. The civil war, 1861-1865, caused a hiatus in meteorological work in almost all sections of the country. At that time the Smithsonian Institution and tluree branches of the public service, viz, the Patent Office, the Medical Department of the Army, and the Lake Survey, were nj^ore or less active patrons and promoters of meteorological work. The Smithsonian Institution began the systematic collection of meteorological data in 1849 and continued actively engaged in the work for a period of twenty-five years. The results of its labors were given to the public in the Smithsonian ' 'Contributions to Knowledge." Chief of these are "Tables of Rain and Snow in the United States;" "Tables, Distribution, and Variation of Atmospheric Temperature," and "Winds of the Globe." On the organization of a Federal weather service the Smithsonian Institution relinquished its meteorological work and, in 1874, transferred its corps of observers to the Signal Service of the Army, then under Gen. Albert J. Myer. The Signal Service concerned itself chiefly with the issue of storm warnings and weather probabilities, and suffered its purely climatological work to lapse early in the eighties. Many of the observers who had formerly reported to the 6 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Smithsonian Institution became discouraged and ceased observing, and the original corps of Smithsonian observers was thus gradually reduced to a mere remnant of its orginal strength. A revival of interest in climatological work was manifest in the Signal Service under the admin- istration of Gen. A. W. Greely, 1887-1891. The organization of the voluntary observers in each State and Territory into climate and crop services was begun under General Greely, and such organizations were greatly perfected and strengthened by the present Chief of the Weather Bm-eau. The two measures that have been most effective in increasing the efficiency of the climatological work, as now carried on, were the adoption of a uniform plan of observations in 1895 and the printing of monthly climatological reports which began in 1896. Summarizing the foregoing, it will be noted that climatological observations in the United States may be classed as follows: First. The Medical Department of the Army made at military posts during the period 1820-1890. Second. Those made by cooperating observers of the Smithsonian Institution 1849-1874. Third. The Signal Service and the Weather Bureau, 1870 to date. In point of homogeneity, the observations of the Army Medical Department stand first, but their geographic distribution is unfavorable to a general discussion of climate. The obser- vations of the Smithsonian Institution were, as a rule, carefully made and quite complete as to details. The number of observing stations, however, varied from less than 100 in the earlier years to about 350 at the time the work was transferred to the Signal Service. The geographic distribution of the stations was also unfavorable, almost the entire number being in the middle and eastern portions of the country. The climatological observations of the Signal Service are fragmentary and are especially lacking in homogeneity. As before stated, it is only within the last ten or twelve years that uniformity, both in observing and recording climatological data has been attained, and this fact will in a measure explain why so few records exceeding fifteen years in length appear throughout the volume. The first chapter deals with the broader features of the climate of the United States. It is intended to be read in connection with reports on the climate of the respective States, which appear in subsequent chapters. For convenience in grouping and discussion the country has been divided into six climatic districts, viz, the New England and Middle Atlantic States, the South Atlantic and East Gulf States, the West Gulf and Southern Rocky Mountain Slope, the North Central States, the Rocky Mountain and Plateau region, and the Pacific coast. The ideal census of climatology, so to speak, is one that shall give the essential features for every county in each political division. The present status of climatological science in this country falls far short of this ideal, yet it has been thought advisable to append . to the text matter of each State or Territory an alphabetical list of the counties in that State or Territory, arranged so that the reader can refer in a moment to the nearest county for which observations are available. In the pages which follow the careful reader will observe an occasional repetition. These have been made to save frequent reference to previous pages. The author's acknowledgments are due to the honorable the Secretary of Agriculture and the Chief of the Weather Bureau, under whose authority the work was carried on, to the officials whose names appear in connection with the special reports upon the climate of the several States and Territories, and to Miss Mattie H. Chapman, who rendered valuable aid in the initial stages of the work. Climate of the United States. GENERAL FEATURES. The determining factors of climate are chiefly latitude, the relative distribution of land and water, the elevation of the general land surface above the level of the sea, and the prevailing winds as controlled by the movement of cyclones and anticyclones. The latitude of a place, or its distance from the equator, determines the intensity of solar radiation and the time it is effective. If the sun were fixed in the plane of the equator, day and night would be equal in all portions of the earth's surface, as is actually the case at the equinoxes, and insolation would vary with latitude according to a very simple law, viz, directly as the sine of the meridian altitude of the sun or the cosine of the latitude. But since the angular distance of the sun either north or south of the celestial equator varies from day to day, both the intensity and the amount of insolation are variable quantities, increasing in some seasons and diminishing in others. The intensity of insolation depends upon the angle of incidence of the sun's rays; that is, the more nearly perpendicular they are the greater will be their effect. In the winter season, when the meridian altitude of the sun is quite low, the angle of incidence for the sun's rays for points in northern latitudes is quite small and their effect is diminished, since they spread over a much greater surface than their cross section. In northern latitudes the noon altitude of the sun increases from a minimum in winter to a maximum in summer, and the obliquity of its rays progressively diminishes, although at no time do they reach the earth at right angles to its surface except in the Tropics. The amount of heat received from the sun at any point in the middle latitudes increases from a minimum at the winter solstice, when the sun is farthest south from the equator, to a maxi- mum at the summer solstice, when the sun is farthest north. The increase in insolation is due not only to the higher meridian altitude of the sun and the increased angle of incidence of its rays, but also to the fact that as higher latitudes are reached the duration of sunshine increases. In the United States the duration of sunshine varies as much as two hours between the Gulf coast on the south and the Canadian border on the north; that is to say, if the greatest daily duration of sunshine at New Orleans and Jacksonville is fourteen hours, then along the northern boundary the greatest daily duration will be sixteen hours. In going still farther toward the north pole the daily duration of sunshine increases rapidly; thus, in north latitude 58° 5' it becomes as much as eighteen hours in the summer season, an increase of four hours in passing from the southern portion of the United States. The amount of heat received, therefore, increases from winter to summer for two reasons: (1) The sun culminates higher — that is, reaches a higher noon altitude each day — and (2) it is above the horizon longer. UNEQUAL WARMING OF LAND AND WATER SURFACES. If the surface of the globe was uniformly land or water, and there were no surface features to react upon the atmosphere, the arrangement of climatic zones would be comparatively simple. As it is, the climatic zones are warped and distorted by reason of the irregular dis- tribution of land and water upon the earth's surface and the difference in altitude of the land above the sea. A land surface responds much more readily to direct insolation than a water surface, and also loses heat by radiation much more readily. The effect of this is to make the air tem- peratures over water much more equable than over land, so that differences of climate are brought about whenever a parallel of latitude runs partly over land and partly over water. The application of this broad principle to the chmate of the United States is very simple. On the Pacific coast, owing to the vast extent of water surface to the westward and to the 8 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. fact that the prevaUing winds are westerly, higher temperatures are experienced in the cold season than prevail m the same latitude in the interior of the contment, or on the Atlantic coast, where the prevailing winds are mostly from the colder interior. The amelioration of the wmter climate m the region of the Great Lakes is directly attributable to these large bodies of fresh water. The climate of the Gulf coast likewise, and for some distance inland, is made less rigorous m wmter by southerly winds from the Gulf of Mexico. In the warm season the modifying effects of the water are confined mostly to narrow belts along the western coast and around the Great Lakes. On the Atlantic coast the effect is not great except when on-shore winds prevail. INFLUENCE OF ELEVATION. Mountam systems exert a profound mfluence upon climate, not only m then immediate neighborhood, but also far to leeward of the prevailmg wmds. In general, the characteristics which distinguish between the climate of mountams and the surroundmg lowlands are: {I) Lower temperatures, both winter and summer- (2) a dryer atmosphere; (3) greater rainfall and snowfall on the slopes exposed to the moisture-laden winds; (4) higher wmd velocities and greater intensity of the direct solar rays. In the United States the orographic control of climate centers about the following marked topographic features: First, the mountain systems of the Pacific coast States; second, the Rocky Mountains and collateral ranges; third, the great valley of North America, viz, a comparatively low and level region extendmg from the eastern foothills of the Hocky Mountam system to the Appalachians; and, fourth, the Appalachian Mountains. The mountam ranges of the Pacific coast are two in number, viz, the Coast Range and the Sierra Nevada, the northern extension of the latter being known as the Cascades. West of the Cascades and the Sierra Nevada lie a series of valleys, the great valley of California, the Wihamette Valley in Oregon, and the vaUey partly occupied by Puget Sound in Wash- incrton. The Coast Range of mountains separates these valleys from the Pacific, except at the mouth of the Columbia River and at San Francisco, Cal. The elevation of the Coast Range does not exceed 3,000 to 4,000 feet, except in northwest Washington, where, under the name of the Olympic Mountains, elevations of 8,000 feet are attained. In Oregon the average altitude of the -range is less than 2,000 feet. In the Cascades numerous volcanic cones rise to altitudes of 12,000 to 14,000 feet and over. Of these. Mount Rainier in Washington, 14,444 feet, and Mount Shasta m California, 14,350 feet, are the highest. The Sierra Nevada in California rise rather precipitously from the plateau on the east; the western slope, however, is gradual and deeply cut by mountain streams. The elevation of the range in northern California is from 10,000 to 12,000 feet, increasmg southward, where individual peaks rise to 14,000 feet and over. The elevation where the Central Pacific crosses the range is about 7,000 feet, and the descent to practically sea level is made in about 100 miles. The Coast Range.— -The influence of the Coast Range of mountains upon the climate of the Pacific coast States is probably less than is generally supposed. Except in northwestern Washmgton the altitude reached by the crest of the range is not suflicient to materially modify the wind circulation proper to the region. The rainfall on the western slope is greater than on the eastern, but the depth of ramfall does not appear to be proportional to the eleva- tion; in fact, the greatest depth is found in western Oregon, where the crest of the range is not more than 2,500 feet above sea level. The prevailing winds over the Coast Range both winter and summer are northwesterly, with occasional strong southeast indrafts, induced in winter by cyclonic storms that approach the Washington and Oregon coasts from the North Pacific. Northerly winds bring fair weather in all seasons. Southerly winds are rain winds, although the begmning of a rainy period is generally inaugurated by southeast winds. Rain continues with the shift of the wind to the southwest and west. a The rate of decrease of temperature on the average with increase of altitude as determined by observations made in balloons and kites and on mountains is 1° F. for each 330 feet. THE INFLUENCE OF ELEVATION. 9 The Sierra Nevada. — The Sierra Nevada and Cascades, whose summits attain altitudes of 10,000 feet and over, form the dividing line between the well-watered country to the westward and the semiarid lands of the West and Southwest. The diminution in the rainfall and snow- fall between the crest of the ranges and the eastern foothills is exceedingly sharp. The total annual precipitation on the crest of the range from the heights of Fresno County, Cal. , north- ward to the British possessions varies from 45 to 60 inches. Less than 50 miles to the eastward the annual amount ranges from about 6 inches in southwestern Nevada to less than 10 inches in the Yakima Valley of Washington. The Cascades and Sierra Nevada serve also as a natural barrier or boundary line between the cold air of the Great Basin and the northern Rocky Mountain regions and the wanner air in the interior valleys of Washington, Oregon, and California. There are times, however, when the atmospheric conditions are such that cold air from the interior flows down the western slopes of the Cascades and Sierra Nevada and over the valleys of Washington, Oregon, and California as a cold northeast to north wind. At such times the fall in temperature is general over the Pacific coast States except along the immediate coast line. In summer the warm winds are from the north and northwest almost parallel with the general trend of the mountain ranges. TTie Rocky Mountain and Plateau Region. — The Rocky Mountains form a part of the great mountain system which borders the western portion of both the North and South American continents, and attains its greatest breadth and complexity in the western third of the United States. From the Mississippi River westward across the Great Plains the increase in altitude is very gradual until western Kansas is reached, when the slope increases somewhat. The eleva- tion of the general surface of the country on the meridian that passes through extreme western Kansas is between 3,000 and 4,000 feet. Thence westward to the meridian of east-central Colorado it rises to about 5,000 feet and from this elevated plateau the mountain summits rise from 5,000 to 8,000 feet higher. The altitude of the plateau west of the Rocky Mountains, or the Great Basin, as it is sometimes called, ranges from 4,000 to 10,000 feet. With some minor exceptions the plateau and Rocky Mountain region may be said to include practically the whole of the country from about the one hundred and fifth meridian west of Greenwich to the Sierra Nevada and Cascade ranges. The general trend of the mountain ranges of the plateau region is a little west of north. The slope of the plateau varies. The drainage of the southern portion is to the Gulf of Mexico through the Rio Grande, and to the Gulf of California through the Colorado, both rivers heading in the high mountains of Colorado. The eastern slope feeds the streams that empty into the Missouri and Mississippi, while the northwest slope is drained by the Columbia. The Great Basin, under which term is included parts of California, Oregon, Utah, and Nevada, has no natural drainage. The precipitation is deficient, and what few streams flow down the mountain slopes sink into the earth or are evaporated. This region is intersected by numerous mountain ranges, and is thus cut up into many single basins, most of which have no connection by natural drainage with other basins. The trend of the Rocky Mountains is almost at right angles to the prevailing winds. Since westerly winds are relatively warm winds during the greater portion of the year, and since the ascent from the Great Basin to the summits of the Continental Divide is more or less gradual, the cooling due to elevation is not so noticeable as it would otherwise be. The Rocky Mountains have very little effect in retarding the eastward flow of warm currents of air from the Pacific in the cold season. Accordingly there are times when the temperatures on the summits and for some distance eastward are considerably above the normal for the latitude and elevation. A portion of the warming up east of the mountain summits is due to compression as the air descends to lower levels. If a high mountam range extended in an east and west direction from the Mississippi Valley to the Pacific coast, the northern side of the range would be exceedingly cold as compared with the southern side, and the temperature in the Lake region would also be more rigorous in winter than at present. 10 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. The cold waves of winter that originate in the region north of Montana are deflected to the southeastward by the Rocky Mountains in the majority of cases. The cold winds along the eastern side of the range are from the northeast or north in all seasons of the year. Cold weather on the higher elevations and on the western side of the range is experienced under conditions somewhat similar to those which bring severe cold to the interior valleys of Washington and Oregon, viz, a marked barometric depression over the Great Basin, followed by an area of high pressure that sweeps southward over Idaho and Utah to northern Arizona. The area of high pressure in this case is the result of a strong rise in pressure over British-Columbia and the North Pacific coast States at a time when the region directly to the eastward is occupied by an area of barometric maxima with very low temperatures. The winds attending these Great Basin highs are northeasterly over Washington and Oregon, and from a northerly quarter over Nevada, Utah, and the western slope of the Rocky Mountains. The area of temperature fall advances broadside from north to south with great rapidity; it may extend from the Pacific coast east- ward to the western slope of the Rocky Mountains only, or it may include the eastern side of the range. In the latter case the mountains offer no obstruction to the southern advance of the cold. In the months from April to October the plateau region west of the Rocky Mountains, by reason of its altitude and aridity, becomes unduly heated as compared with the normals for altitude and latitude. It is difficult to evaluate the influence of the Rocky Mountains on atmospheric precipitation. Unlike the Sierra Nevada, the continuity of the range is somewhat broken, especially in Wyo- ming, where the surface configuration is more that of an elevated plateau than a mountain chain. The whole of the region between the Sierra Nevada on the west and the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains on the east, is one of deficient precipitation, except on the higher levels of Montana, Idaho, Colorado, and Wyoming, where the annual precipitation may be as much as 40 to 45 inches. In winter precipitation is almost wholly in the form of snow, and is heaviest west of the Continental Divide and on the western slopes of detached mountain ranges. In the warmer half of the year, precipitation is greater east of the Continental Divide than it is west of it. The precipitation of summer, however, is almost wholly in the form of thundershowers due to local convectional activity, in which the mountains doubtless play an important part. In the middle Rocky Mountain region and in a less degree over Montana, the surface winds that precede and attend general precipitation in winter and spring are from the northeast. Tlie Appalachians. — The eastern system of uplift, the Appalachians, is much simpler and of less consequence from a climatic standpoint than the western. The Appalachians extend in a general northeast-southwest direction from northern Alabama and northwest Georgia to New England. The elevation of the plain from which these mountains rise is about 1,000 feet in Georgia, Alabama, and the Carolinas, and less than 400 feet in New England. The southern end of the system is different in character from that of the northern. It contains the largest areas of land over 5,000 feet in altitude east of the Mississippi, and it is distinctively a mountain mass rather than a series of isolated mountains and north and south ridges, as in northern New York and northern New England. The greatest elevations in the southern Appalachians are Mount Mitchell, N. C, 6,712 feet, and Mount Guyot, N. C, 6,636 feet. Many other peaks and ridges rise above 6,000 feet. In Virginia the greatest altitudes do not much exceed 4,000 feet; in Maryland and Pennsylvania the altitude is still less, rising, however, in the Catskills of southern New York to about 4,000 feet, and in the Adirondacks of northern New York to over 5,000 feet. In New England the Green Mountains rise to an elevation, of 4,000 feet and. the White Moun- tains to 6,000 feet and over, the highest being Mount Washington, elevation, 6,293 feet. The mountain masses of the southern Appalachians have more or less influence upon the climate of the States in which they are situated. The precipitation along the eastern and southern sides of the Appalachians in Georgia, South Carolina, and North Carolina is the heaviest in the United States east of the Rocky Mountains, the increased fall above that of surrounding regions being due to the increased elevation. The mountain ranges in question are so situated with respect to the rain-bearing winds as to greatly facilitate the rapid condensation of water vapor, whether borne by the CYCLONIC AND ANTICYCLONIC CONTROL. 11 winds from the Gulf of Mexico or the Atlantic Ocean. The indraft of warm moist air from these great storehouses of moisture and its subsequent cooling as it is forced up the mountain sides gives downpours of rain seldom experienced in the adjacent lowlands. The altitude of the Appalachians in both northern and southern districts is sufficiently great to very materially lower the prevailing temperatures, especially in summer. In New England the White Mountains afford respite from the heat of the lowlands, and the same is true of mountain regions in eastern New York, eastern Pennsylvania, Maryland, Virginia, the Carolinas, and northwestern Georgia. The advance of severe cold waves from the west or northwest is not retarded to any appreciable extent by the mountains above mentioned. CYCLONIC AND ANTICYCLONIC CONTROL OF CLIMATE. The usual climatic data, while necessary for comparative purposes and also to the proper understanding of climate, convey little idea of the actual weather conditions that are experienced from day to day, especially in temperate latitudes. The monthly mean values of the various climatic elements and the monthly and annual extremes for each State and Territory appear in a subsequent portion of this volume. Before entering upon their con- sideration, however, an effort will be made to describe in some detaU the changing character of the weather experienced from day to day in different portions of the country and some of the causes which contribute thereto. It is unfortunate, in some respects, that the m^onth has been used as the time unit in the compilation of climatological statistics. A more rational method, yet one of great inherent difficulties, would be to compile the usual climatic elements for two, or possibly three, periods. If two periods be used, one should correspond as closely as possible to the intervals during which the weather is dominated and controlled by an anticyclone; the other to the intervals during which it is dominated by cyclonic conditions. There might be a third period, viz, a transitional period, during which the severe weather of the anticyclone gradually gives way to the more moderate weather that precedes the cyclone. The cyclone and anticyclone defined. — Before venturing further, it may be well to define as briefly as possible the terms "cyclone" and "anticyclone." The term "cyclone" is applied to a graded series of atmospheric disturbances whose chief characteristics are (1) a central region of low pressure around which the atmosphere is gyrating, counter clockwise; (2) a great cloud area from which is precipitated rain or snow, and (3) shifting winds attended by marked temperature changes. The term "cyclone" is often improperly applied to a tornado. The latter is a violent local storm whose path rarely exceeds a quarter of a mUe in width and 25 miles in length. Its distinguishing characteristic is a pendent funnel-shaped cloud that generally reaches to the ground, in which the force of the wind is sufficient to break off and uproot trees and demolish buildings. In the cyclone there is a movement of the air around a central region of low pressure in a du'ection contrarj^ to that of the hands of a watch. The mass of air so moving does not extend to a great height above the surface of the earth, but its horizontal extent is sometimes very great. It is possible for the whole of the surface air between the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains and the Atlantic Ocean to respond to the influence of a single cyclone, as that of April 9, 1904, here reproduced. (Plate I.) In connection with this figure attention is directed to the whirl of the wmds about the central area of low pressure, marked "low." Southeast of the center they are moving from the southwest and south; northeast of the center from the east and northeast; north of the center almost from the north; on the west side of the center from the northwest, etc. The whirling is not rapid, except in a few cases, as may be seen by the wind velocity at the time of observation. (See table containing the numerical data from which the map was made.) The direction of the wind is more or less influenced by local topography and therefore may not in aU cases respond closely to that demanded by the pressure distribution. The central area of low pressure in the figure above mentioned is over southern Lake Michigan, where the barometer reduced to sea level reads 29.45 inches. The concentric circles surrounding the center of the cyclone (isobars) pass through points at which the barometer reads one-tenth of an inch higher, respectively, counting outward from the second circle, which stands for 29.50 inches of the 12 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. barometer. In going westward from the center of the cyclone it will be observed that the barometer reads higher and higher until a second inclosed area (longitude 105° west from Greenwich, north latitude 40°) is reached. That point marks the center of the anticyclone or area of high pressure which is following the cyclone. The wind circulation around the center of the anticyclone (high) is the exact reverse of that around the cyclone (low), viz, as the hands of a watch move. It is important to fix clearly in the mind the wind circulation in both cyclones and anticyclones. Meteorological Data toe April 9, 1904. Districts and stations. Atlantic coast States and St. Lawrence Valley: Sydney, Cape Breton . . . Father Point, Quebec. .. Halifax, Nova Scotia Quebec, Quebec Montreal , Quebec Eastport, Me Northfleld, Vt Portland, Me Concord, N. H Boston, Mass Nantucket, Mass Block Island, R. I... Binghamton, N. Y. ., Albany, N. Y NewYork, N. Y Scranton, Pa Harrisburg, Pa Philadelphia, Pa Atlantic City, N.J... Baltimore, Md Washington, T>. C Mount Weather, Va.. Lynchburg, Va Richmond, Va Norfolk, Va WytheviUe, Va Charlotte, N. C Asheville, N. C Raleigh, N. C Hatteras, N. C Wilmington, N. C Charleston, S. C Augusta, Ga Savannah, Ga Jacksonville, Fla Jupiter, Fla Key West, Fla Gull States: Atlanta, Ga Macon, Ga Tampa, Fla Pensacola, Fla Mobile, Ala Montgomery, Ala Birmingham , Ala Meridian, Miss Vicksburg, Miss New Orleans, La Shreveport, La Pressure. Temperature. 30.46 30.22 30.40 30.00 29.90 30.22 30.00 30.06 30.02 29.96 29.96 29.94 29.82 29.90 29.86 29.84 29.78 29.84 29.86 29.78 29.78 29.78 29.80 29.88 29.70 29.84 29.74 29.84 29.92 29.92 29.92 29.98 29.88 29.90 29.96 30.00 30.00 29.92 29.84 29.90 29.94 30.04 30.06 o p - +16 -12 -18 -20 -10 -16 -22 -24 -22 -20 + 4 + 6 + 2 .g^ + 4 - 2 - 2 + 4 - 8 + 14 - 2 +24 + 12 • + 6 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 8 + 8 + 4 + 2 + 4 4 4 + 2 + 2 - 4 4 - 2 gg I" a sal + 4 0.02 .48 .04 .06 .32 Districts and stations. Pressure. Gulf States— Continued. Fort Smith, Ark Little Rock, Ark Palestine, Tex Galveston, Tex Taylor, Tex San Antonio, Tex Corpus Christi, Tex Ohio Valley and Tennessee: Memphis, Tenn Nashville, Tenn Chattanooga, Tenn ICnoxville, Tenn Louisville, Ky Lexmgton, Ky Evansville, Ind Indianapolis, Ind ^ Cincinnati, Ohio Columbus, Ohio Parkersburg, W. Va Pittsburg, Pa Lake region: Bissett, Ontario White River, Ontario. . . Port Arthur, Ontario. . . Saugeen, Ontario Syracuse, N. Y Oswego, N. Y Rochester, N. Y Bufialo,N. Y Erie, Pa Cleveland, Ohio Toledo, Ohio Detroit, Mich Alpena, Mich Sault Ste. Marie, Mich. . . Houghton, Mich Marquette, Mich Escanaba, Mich Green Bay, Wis Grand Rapids, Mich Milwaukee, Wis Chicago, 111 Duluth, Minn Upper Mississippi Valley: St. Paul, Minn La Crosse, Wis Dubuque, Iowa Davenport, Iowa Des Moines, Iowa Keokuk, Iowa 30.00 29.92 30.14 30.18 30.20 30.22 30.16 29.88 29.78 29.82 29.74 29.68 29.66 29.66 29.54 29.62 29.56 29.66 29.64 29.80 29.68 29.76 29.62 29.78 29.74 29.72 29.66 29.60 29.60 29.50 29.62 29.60 29.64 29.64 29.64 29.62 29.56 29.48 29.48 29.44 29.76 a Mo + 8 + 4 + 4 + 8 + 14 + 10 + 6 + 4 - 2 -10 -16 -16 - 4 - 4 - 4 + 4 29.76 + 10 32 29.62 32 29.56 +14 34 29.50 + 18 34 29.80 +32 34 29.60 36 Temperature. o + 4 + 2 14 14 - 2 -12 + 2 + 4 + 12 + 10 + 12 + 6 + 2 2 6 8 + 2 2 2 4 4 2 4 6 4 10 -10 4 -12 + 2 gs a.q a SiP, '■0:= ,5-3 08 O T. T. .01 .20 .02 .18 .22 .26 .14 .20 .56 .04 .12 .02 .10 .30 .24 .04 .34 .40 .32 .68 .38 .52 .24 1.02 .32 .20 .01 .78 .28 .20 .10 .26 .48 THE 8TEUCTUKE OF CYCLONES AND ANTICYCLONES. Meteorological Data foe April 9, 1904 — Continued. 13 Districts and stations. Upper Mississippi Valley- Continued. Springfield, 111 St. Louis, Mo Cairo, 111 Missouri Valley: Springfield, Mo Kansas City, Mo Wichita, Kans Concordia, Kans Omaha, Nebr Lincoln, Nebr Valentine, Nebr Sioux City, Iowa, Huron, S. Dak Pierre, S. Dak Morehead, Minn Williston, N. Dak. . . . Rocky Mountain Slope: Battleford, Sask Havre, Mont Helena, Mont Yellowstone Park, Wyo. Miles City, Mont Kalispell, Mont L«?wiston, Idaho Pocatello, Idaho Boise, Idaho Rapid City, S. Dak . . Lander, Wyo Salt Lake City, Utah . . . Modena, Utah Grand Junction, Colo . . . Cheyenne, Wyo Pressure. o aj 3 p boo 29.64 29.64 29.78 29.92 29.92 30.12 30.14 29.98 30.04 30.28 30.02 30.18 30.28 30.12 30.22 30.10 30.18 30.26 30.34 30.22 30.32 30.30 30.32 30.36 30.32 30.38 30.30 30.40 30.28 30.44 + 14 + 16 + 10 + 18 +32 + 14 +20 +30 + 8 + 10 -18 -10 - 4 -16 + 2 + 2 + 4 + 2 + 4 +26 + 12 - 4 Temperature. as - 2 4 4 - 2 + 4 - 4 - 4 + 2 -10 - 4 - 2 + 16 + 6 + 4 + 6 + 4 + 6 + 6 + 4 Districts and stations. Rocky Mountain Slope — Continued. Nortli Platte, Nebr Denver, Colo Amarillo, Tex Pueblo, Colo Dodge, Kans Oklahoma, Okla Fort Worth, Tex Abilene, Tex El Paso, Tex Santa Fe, N. Mex Flagstaff, Ariz Yuma, Ariz Phoenix, Ariz Pacific coast: Victoria, British Co- lumbia Kamloops, British Co- lumbia Spokane, Wash Walla Walla, Wash. . . . Taooma, Wash Portland, Oreg Roseburg, Oreg Baker City, Oreg. Carson City, Nev Winnemucca, Nev. Eureka, Cal Red Bluff, Cal San Francisco, Cal Fresno, Cal Los Angeles, Cal San Diego, Cal Pressure. 5fg !r5 a 30.30 30.42 30.32 30.38 30.28 30.14 30.20 30.28 30.14 30.22 30.08 29.90 29.96 30.22 30.18 30.34 30.28 30.22 30.16 30.14 30.32 30.16 30.24 30.04 30.06 30.06 30.02 29.98 29.94 + 16 + 12 + 18 + 8 + 18 + 14 + 16 +20 + 20 + 6 + 4 + 2 Temperature. .3 . !>.3 .9 « bog = S o - 2 + 4 . + 4 + 6 + 4 + 6 + 4 + 4 - 2 + 4 + 6 SI .3.3 5 o y o £ a„ ^ The next point to be considered in the structure of the cyclone and anticyclone is the distribution of temperature. The temperature at each station at the moment of observation is given on pages 12-13, and the dotted lines on the map (isotherms) join places having the same temperature. It will be observed that it is considerably warmer in front of the cyclone to the eastward of the center than in its rear; that the isotherms bend northwestward from the Middle Atlantic coast to the lower Lake region, thence southwestward into Texas, where they again change direction to the northwest. The southeastern quadrant of the cyclone is the warmest, the northwestern the coldest, while in this particular cyclone the northeast and south- west quadrants have approximately the same temperature. In rapidly moving cyclones the temperature of the southwest quadrant is in general higher than that of the northeastern, but where the center of the cyclone moves slowh'' the northwest winds in its rear run far to the south of its center and cause a decided lowering of the temperature. The northwest quadrant is always -the coldest and the southeastern the warmest. AVhen the center of the cyclone extends in a north and south direction in the form of a trough of low pressure, the eastern side IS the warm side and the western the cold side. A calculation of the mean temperature in five typical winter cj^clones gives the following: Northwest quadrant, 13°; southwest quadrant, 34°; southeast quadrant, 49°; northeast quadrant, 26"" The rain area for the twenty-four hours preceding the date of the chart is shown by the shaded area. In general, the rain areas attending cyclones are very irregular in form. 14 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Cyclonic weather. — Gonsidering the weather changes incident to the passage of a cyclone, it may be remarked that the first premonition of a change from clear skies and fair weather is an increase in cloudiness and a rise in temperature. In the majority of districts the winds set in from an easterly quarter and soon shift to southerly, increasing in force, and causing a rise in temperatures as the warmer air of southern latitudes is transported northward. As the center of the cyclone • approaches, the sky becomes overcast and rain or snow begins; as soon as it passes, the clouds break away, the wind shifts or backs to some westerly quarter, and the tem- perature falls. The passage of a cyclone, in short, causes an increase in cloudiness, easterly to southerly winds, a rise in temperature, the precipitation of raia or snow, followed by winds shifting to westerly, with colder weather. Moreover, the passage of a cyclone opens the way for the advance of an anticyclone. Anticyclonic weather. — The chief characteristics of the anticyclone are (1) a central region of high pressure and clear skies, (2) a wind circulation directly opposite to that of the cyclone, and (3) temperatures considerably below those proper to the cyclone. The time consumed in the passage over any given place of a cyclone and the attendant anticyclone is not far from three days. The cold of the anticyclone then begins to relax, and the cycle of weather changes above described is repeated as soon as a second cyclone approaches. The cyclone is typical of relatively warm cloudy weather, with rain or snow; the anticyclone, of clear skies, light winds, and fair weather. If, therefore, the procession of cyclones and anticyclones is fairly constant, the weather in the region traversed by these disturbances will be alternately bright and sunny and cloudy and rainy. If the number of the disturbances that pass over any given district is relatively large and the prevailing winds are from a water surface, as along the northern Pacific coast in the cold season, then will ram or snow be frequent and the cloudiness excessive. On the other hand, as the frequency of cyclonic winds diminishes, the proportion of clear skies and fair weather increases up to a certain point. The Southwestern States (Colorado, Utah, Arizona, New Mexico, and southern California) are rarely visited by cyclonic disturbances, and although the prevailing winds are from the Pacific, there is comparatively little cloudiness or precipitation. In the Gulf and South Atlantic States, while cyclonic disturbances are infre- quent in the summer season, there is more or less cloudiness and ram. The latter, however, is due almost wholly to local convectional action which ceases at nightfall. In the cyclone, convectional action proceeds day and night, and hence cloudiness and rain are as frequent in. the night hours as in the daytime. From the foregoing it will be seen that a knowledge of the frequency and distribution of cyclonic disturbances is essential to the proper understanding of climate. It is a difficult matter to give numerical expression to the varying conditions caused by the passage of cyclones and anticyclones. One of the chief difficulties lies in the fact that there is at all times much uncertainty as to the dividing line between cyclonic and anticyclonic weather, since the one shades almost imperceptibly into the other. The conditions which characterize the cyclone, it is true, stand out in marked contrast to those which constitute the anticyclone, but as the severity of anticyclones relaxes there is often a period of several days of fair, pleasant weather which would be difficult to classify. There are also many periods of varying length when cyclonic activity is temporarily suspended, and the prevailing weather is the result of the diurnal changes proper to the season. Paths of cyclones in the United States. — The maia paths over which cyclones move across the United States are as follows: Path No. 1, from the region north of Montana southeastward to that State, and thence eastward across the Lake region and down the St. Lawrence Valley. Some of the disturbances of this group make a loop southward over the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains to the Mississippi Valley and move thence northeastward to the Canadian maritime provinces. Path No. 2, from the Washington and Oregon coasts eastward to the mouth of the St. Lawrence, or southeastward over the Plateau region to New Mexico and west Texas, where they change direction and move northeastward to the Canadian maritime prov- inces. Many ill-defined depressions drift eastward from the Pacific Ocean and first assume definite form over the Plateau and Rocky Mountain districts. It was customary, at one time, to consider these storms as originating in those districts; a careful study of the weather maps PATHS OF ANTIOYOLONES. 15 will show, however, that the disturbances nearly always come from the westward. Path No. 3, from Texas or the Gulf coast northeastward to the Canadian maritime provinces. In some cases, storms which first appear as a definite disturbance over the Gulf of Mexico can be traced back to the coast of southern California. Path No. 4, West India hurricanes move first in a westerly course over the Caribbean Sea and recurve to the northeastward in the vicinity of western Cuba. In some instances, these storms continue in their westerly course across the Gulf of Mexico, as in the case of the Galveston hurricane, and recurve to the northeast over the interior valleys of the United States. Paths of anticyclones. — The anticyclones or highs originate in but two places: (1) In the region north of Montana, and (2) over the Pacific Ocean westward from the California coast. It is quite probable that the highs which strike the California coast are offshoots from the per- manent area of high pressure that lies over the Pacific between the Sandwich Islands and the California coast. The highs of the first group move southeastward over the northwest Cana- dian provinces to Montana and thence eastward across the Lake region to the Middle Atlantic coast, or they may continue their southeastward movement to the west Gulf coast, and thence eastward to the South- Atlantic coast, or northeastward to the Gulf of St. Lawrence. The Cali- fornia coast highs likewise move in either of two paths: (1) Northeastward along the coast to Washington and Oregon, thence eastward along the northern boundary to the Lake region and Middle Atlantic coast, as in the case of a portion of the highs belonging to Group No. 1 ; or (2) they raay move directly from the California coast east-southeast to the South Atlantic coast. From the foregoing summary it will readily be seen that no matter at what point an area of low pressure may enter the United States the probabilities are that it will pass out of the country by way of the Lake region and the St. Lawrence Valley. Likewise the movement ot areas of high pressure are from the west to the east in either of two main paths which may be referred to as the northern circuit and the southern circuit. There are two or three connecting paths over which highs pass from one circuit to the other, as along the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains and over the northern Plateau from the Washington coast to eastern Montana. The wind circulation in a cyclone and its effect on temperature. — The circulation of the wind m. a cyclone tends to constantly renew the air at any given point within its sphere of influence. Thus an observer stationed at St. Louis, Mo., for example, will note that as a cyclone pisses along Path No. 1 the winds at first will be southeasterly, and that they will shift successively to the south, southwest, and west. The rise in temperature due to southerly winds will depend somewhat on the form and intensity of the barometric depression, its distance from the point of observation and the initial temperatures, whether above or below the seasonal average. The temperature changes in cyclones and anticyclones. — It has been found that for interior points the extreme range of temperature due to the passage of cyclones and anticyclones is about 60°; that is to say, under the most favorable conditions the temperatures in advance of a cyclone may rise as much as 30° above the normal and it may fall as much as 30° below the seasonal average under the influence of a marked anticyclone. It does not follow, how- ever, that a rise and fall as above described are necessarily consecutive phenomena ; as a rule, the greatest positive departure in any month is not followed by the greatest negative departure. The rise in temperature in front of a cyclone is due partly to solar radiation, partly to the importation of relatively warmer air from southern latitudes, and partly to the weakening of nocturnal radiation due to the screen afforded by the clouds and an increase in the amount of water vapor in the air. The last-named cause is a very important factor in warming the lower layers of the atmosphere. By its operation the heat received during the daylight hours is largely conserved and as a consequence the initial temperatures of the second day are considerably higher than they would be under the influence of solar radiation alone. The fall in temperature in the rear of a cyclone (or the front of an anticyclone) is also dependent upon several variable factors, viz, (1) the intensity of the cyclone and its distance from the point of observation and (2) the initial temperatures and the position and intensity of the anticyclone. As before stated, the fall in temperature in the rear of the cyclone may be as much as 30° below the average for the time and place. In general, however, when a 16 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. fall of this amount occurs the area affected is very small and the fall is apt to be followed in twenty-four hours by a rise of from 10° to 12°, regardless of the barometric conditions. It would seem in such cases that the intense cold of an anticyclone is limited to a thin surface stratum of air; that the air aloft is relatively warmer, and that in the slow descent and settling of air the temperature of the air aloft is gradually acquired by the surface layers. The areas of temperature fall in connection with the advance of an anticyclone have a marked resem- ^ blance to a cone. The altitude of the cone (J)CZT'OQT'G,prh represents the greatest fall in temperature and the fall decreases regularly to the base of the cone, where it becomes zero. A graphical presentation of the main fea- tures of cyclonic and anticyclonic weather will be found in the series of 12 daily weather maps here reproduced, Plates II- VII; also in text figures Nos. 1, 2, and 3. EXPLANATION OF FIGURES NOS. 1, 2, AND 3. Figures 1, 2, and 3 have been prepared to show the wind circulation and the temperature changes incident to the move- ment of cyclones and anticyclones in the United States across the ninetieth meridian of west longitude. The fluctuations in pressure, the prevailing direction of the wind, and the occur- rence of precipitation are shown in the upper half of the dia- gram; the fluctuations in temperature in the lower half. The letter R indicates rain, S snow. The time used is seventy- fifth meridian. In fig. 1 the center of the cyclone crossed that meridian between noon and 6 p. m. of March 2, as may be seen by the downward inflection of the barograph curves on that date. The cyclone was followed by an anticyclone of considerable strength, as illustrated by the sharp rise in the barograms. The direction of the wind previous to the passage of the cyclone was southerly, except at the northernmost station. The temperatures were high for the season. (See the ther- mograph curves on the lower half of the diagram.) The winds, after the cyclone had crossed the meridian, backed to northerly at Duluth and shifted to northerly at the remaining stations. The wind backed to northerly at Duluth because the center of the cyclone passed eastward soutli of that station. By reason of this the temperature, instead of rising in front of the cyclone, fell. At the remaining stations there was a sharp fall in temperature as soon as the winds shifted to a northerly quarter. In fig. 2 the approach of the cyclone is more gradual than in fig. 1, and it was not followed by a strong anticyclone. The high temperatures in front of the cyclone do not there- fore sink so rapidly as in fig. 1, although there is a decided cooling at the northernmost stations. Fig. 3 is given to show the type of pressure distribution that prevails in midsummer, and especially the effect of thun- derstorms in lowering the temperature. In this connection it will be observed that the daily minimum temperature is quite likely to occur as the result of an afternoon thunder- storm. (See the St. Louis curve for July 11, 1904.) It will be seen by examining the curves in figs. 1 and 2 that the diurnal range in temperature is also much disturbed by the move- ment of cyclones and anticyclones; thus there is a tendency toward a very great daily range in passing quickly from the warm southerly winds of the cyclone to the cold northwest winds of the anticyclone. For a diflferent reason the daily ramge of temperature on the second day is likely to be small, since the influx of cold air is frequently strong enough to counteract the infiuence of solar radiation in producing an afternoon maximum. (See the record for Dubuque, February 28, 1902-March 1, 1902, fig. 2.) A further illustration of the tendency of cyclones and anticyclones to cause the daily extremes of temperature to occur at irregular hours is afforded by the text table which appears on page 19. The data in this table show clearly that the stabiUty of the daily temperature curve is greatest in the south and southwest and least along the northern boundary— a result wholly in accord with previous statements. It also shows that the minimum temperature is more likely to occur at an irregular hour in all portions of the country than the maximum. In compiling the data it was assumed that the regular hours for the daily occurrence of the maximum temperatures are from noon to 6 p. m. and for the minimum from 2 a. m. to 8 a. m. M du/ufh,Minn. iong,92'6' 28.74 dubuqi/e/om. iat.4a'3o' iong.80°'h4' 2924 6tLouis,Mo. lat.sa'ss' long, ao' 12' 29.4? A/e/npftis,7enn. /3f.36'a' long. 90''3' 29S2 /yewOr/eani,b. lay.za-ss' long. go°4-' ' 3008 /^arch 2,1904 J. 6 A Man 6P M/t 7i7arch3,/904 /. 6 A Ntm 6P Ml, mrc/i4,m4 < SA NsDn eP M 1 A/ //£ f/m IV SH r/w ^f /VE /^E /VE /V£ /VIV ^ ■ :^s _, A' S AJf fV sn NN SE SE SE A/n ^ ^ SC SE S //w / '7? ^^ ■N, /» N ^ Aim NW A/ SE /f^ ->? A'lV ^ 6i^ SE se SE s //N N 4 "v^ / \ /r R' /vrr //. fJE rjE ^_e^ flE e 5E a s sn fiW / /? •~~^ /" ^ / S» sn s 5 5 w N N£ ME f/E SE £ . ^ r- " ■7 v. h / piSl y/h '>(// aji n 20 t)ulufh Mi'nn. /at 46 47' iong.92'6' 37 S V II n' •..^.^ /" ^ , if^ . V, /• N, / ^ r^ I s , / ^ / \ -/O" ^ \ A 3»" /at. 40' 30' lang.0o'44' SUo(Jis,Mo. iat.38'38' long. 90°/Z' Afemphiijenn. la-t-.ss'a' /ong. GO'S' 67 „-l 2, >" / - ^ ,^- N t 1 N^.. y ^y r* \ 1' /s" / ^ / , 1 \ -^ — J I St. " \ y- -^ ,o \ u ct4- \ / 1 -— . / / ^-, ■/ f ^ \ / V ~^^ A- sr \ 8l' \ ^ '^\ V'' 4. y" / \ X ^ ^>-^ ^^^ ^ -*..,_ / \ •A "-V, / 40- 6 r" / /3t29°a3' long.90°4' \ -' :«;. ■> ." V, / \ V / N 4(1' \ , / . Fig. 1.— Barograph and thermograph curves, wind, and weather during the passage oJ a cyclone and its attendant anticyclone across the ninetieth meridian west longitude. BAEOGEAPH AND THEEMOGEAPH CUEVES. 17 i Baro^ r aph M 29J9 tkifufh^ M/'nn. limg.SP6- 2031 Uubuauejona lst.42'30' long.90^44-' 29.44 •Jt.Louis.Mo. l.3t.3B'3B' lang.90'/2' ^ ?a57 rfe/77ph/& Tenn. iat:3s°a' iong.90°3 29S2 fe6.25,l90?. Fed.26,/902. '. SA Hour eP Mli Fe 6.27./902. reb.?8,/902. 1 Noon ef tfal. SA Nam 6P It Afar ch/,/ 902. U. SA f/am 6P Ml i. 7^ Lf/f Jrv J-w JW je /ve /V^ /rs A/E /VE /!'/£' /l/E ME /VW /JIV /VW A/ /fH' M r~ -^-. .<. " R^ ~\ y "s J _ JE •S£ ■SE s" ^^5 s J£ 6£ s /tW f/£ yV£ s jf SE E /VH Mr/ — S SE > NE E w ^ SE SE r" >- £ /tE At .5 nf /- ^ (C rr Ml MIV /IV v/f 'N ^ SE SE /?'■ >■ P ^ -?/r sw ,^ . S s R >^ SE (V SM /?" sn sit , ' -^ fi^ SE R" — »^ S» ''/r If IT V S£ >? /? R - R H 5 SH . ■ ■V --^ SE 5 /v 5/f SN n " " //IV A/ M» SH n SE ^R — ' N'"! SE R /? /? /? sir sw Sir Mir IT L3t.23'Sa' Zany.90'4^' ■sj -,_ £ J/l- snf SH . — -— ~ ->/ V. S>V SK (C ff /9 /^ rfy err 70(> rv?(f )A ■f^ r» ~'~ ^~ Dufufhf ItJt'nn. Lat.t^1-Y3z lonf.97'S' Dubua/jeJoiYa. iat f2'3o'ji long. 90"/^-' Jf.Louis.Mo.^ Zsf.38°Je' 37 Zong. 90'/2 ' flfemphis,7enn^ Zsr.3s'3' 'to Zony.30'3' /VeivOr/eansL. Zaf.29.'.5B'43 Lonq.90''^' .iif 38' / - ..^ •>--. -..^ > ■^ ' N, 4- r 44' V- . _^ '/ r ^ / "^ ^ ^ ^ p"-^ ' /? j -,/ "*~" 'vF ^ V / _-.o "^ v_^ N 55- "-'^ •^-^z 4 9° /^ k^ -^ s -^ ~s / ■— ^^ . \ \ L. 1 — 1 ,. y "•% ?• o A' 41- "■v^ - ^ ■"^-q-^ \\ ^0 '^r r -•—..^ ■^ \ \ s V X "s '^ — - — ' r S / ^ \ / K_^ \J '-v^ / \ ^ / Tfi- ■:rr '^' — •^ ?■? , ]l /v, A ' 66 " __/" "^V '\, y s / \ •>«• /" V^ 1 v / .^r-^ -^ \ rn r 'V i 60- -^ 61" / \ / A5' ■> / ,/ V y 45" »" Fig. 2.— Barograph and thermograph curves during the passage of a slow-moving cyclone and its attendant anticyclone across the ninetieth meridian. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 2 18 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. Du/ufh,Mi'nn. l)obuq.uejom. lat.Ji2'3o' / . „^ ^S/2 SfLouia.Mo. Zatse'je'^S^ ^on^. O0'/2 ' Memphisjenn /ong. 0o°a' /\few Or/eansM iatispsa' ^"^^ /onry.go°A' du/u3./904 J. 6/1 M^ ep Ml,, Ju/u/0,/904 /. 6/1 Nmn 6P Mh Ju/i^//,/904 r. 6A Noon 6P nii Jufy/2,/904 \ t €A Noon 6P Mid. 6A /foon €P mU Attr 5w ■Sn/ w A/n •id £ vI/C /V^tf ►V Mi^ /fW A/rv f/W yviv ¥1/ ff —;:;- •v,. X— •' ■ tv A/lfV /^W /vrt" /JW £ J>v 6 A •5" /I/IV A/Vf A/W MF A'tV *V ^ ^ ' -^ .siv w SM /^£ S &M Si^ ^iv 5 •3>v Vf tv Alv s»-/ ^W AJW A/W A/tV . /f ■ ' ^ >v & S i/v .SW A/t^ yv yd irt &H S** &IV fi/ Sf/ •SiV _^_ R R " — fA> 'rn 00 rs/i /? Du/ufh,M/nn., lat.f^'47- '^^ ion^.32'6' ~a -yo 7-f i\r/' / \ ^ )" s 1 / \ / \ r\ / ^ / V. <^-r . \ / ^/■^ / V / / ^ f n- J 7 ■w^ s 1' «5 7f " (^ \ S /;" ^ s y \ 1 A J^ ^ ^afM-ao'- 69 ^ony.90''t4' tSt/.ou/'&,Mo. Jat..iS'38' ,; iony.aoyz' '" Memphmjenn. lar.A5'9' ''' AfewOr/eam^a lataa'se' yg lon^.90'4-' \ ) N / f \ N i\ ( \ J \ y S fi.r s 1 R/r «i" „ , \ /- / ^ / ^ ./ / / S J / IZf V—^.' ir \ II R to S^ \^r• tii sr .^ \ y ^ ■> "> ^ « \ / / / \ y \ / \ ( ^'' \ \^ / Vw< ~ 6« Hfl' / ■\ ib^ i H f / 1 / *-s / \f 'V y '-«.v^„ / \ ^ / ■^ V "v ^ J "•— 77*" %r Fig. 3. — Barograph and thermograph curves during midsummer as compared with those of the winter season. ^r ^^c^^^^'f'^^ 1 K^--^""'^ \ ^^■^^i^^^^ ) ^,j^^^.,Jl,jaj^ ^/o^j^u^s- — \ \ \ ' I bH-'^vvi---^5! \ / /I \ \.^r~^^T«l [^^^(^?lf^5fe2S?^M ■^ . ^ // . ^^^/■k^SI^^ \'J ^S'<^ ^ / / ^ ' / o \^ /s "^^ -\ri ' ' ^>^'3^ ■^^y^ / ^° / III ' — ^^^ / Fr=:.^4:J| f ^ ^ r ^ S ^^ t^ '\ , \, 1 i J X ^N 1 V \ ^ " I m 1 i i p*- M r V1_J- — b % ^ 1 1 [ftS nii 1 1 ij s P' UQ s y i Jllillf" < ^s-- '^li 1 ill 11 1 iiii — 00 1 -— -j^ ^f i ^ 1 1 iltf " i II 1 ilk ■^ ^^^ ■* t 1 i 1 f \ i III 1" 1 S o . J y |i| u n 1 i Lffl III nm L o SS Jhjj] uj i ir^ ^ 1 If m jjffl 1'' t -r tH ijT // \f «ffl i pi y 1 / l> "~\/-~izJ 1 N, ^ Pqi^^__i\i s / 4 ■)^ jir) ■^ rf- V p 1 2^>^ 7=^ > '-~~~. /^4>J (^ fc ;;7\ J" 1 , 1 < i^CS' •lMh^^ lif ~w V ^mHI 1 ' 7 j'^^'^^^H P D Cj\} r '"Sft V-V A L^ ^>^\/ lA oi ^ / *v,J =5! T?"')^ r so 1; T^ ?^ 4 ^^^Ocl 3 1' Ix, L^'^ •'^^-xjC/S w^ r^ Vj^^gJ/J w [ i~^ ■a^ — • CO ,^ T ^ 7i ^ ;0=^^^ P ~^ /-~ / 1 D ' — -^ / —3 =2 ■ ^ ^,r^—s-:^h- ^i=± KOBTH PACIFIC COAST CYCLONES. 19 Number of Days in 1904 on which the Daily Extremes op Temperature Occurred at Irregular Hours Owing TO THE Passage of Cyclones and Anticyclones. Eightieth meridian longitude. Erie, Pa Elkins, W. Va Charleston, S. C Ninetieth meridian west l(mgitvde. Duluth, Minn Davenport, Iowa. St. Louis, Mo Memphis, Tenn. . . New Orleans, La. . One hundredth meridian west longitude. Bismarck, N. Dak. . . North Platte, Nebr.. Abilene, Tex One hundred and tenth me- ridian west loTigitude. Havre, Mont 11 Yellowstone, Wyo 2 Salt Lake, Utah 3 Phoenix, Ariz 1 Janu- ary. One hundred and twentieth meridian west longitude. Spokane, Wash... Baker City, Oreg. Carson City, Nev. Fresno, Cal Pacific coast. North Head, "Wash.. Eureka, Cal San Francisco, Cal . . San Diego, CaL Febru- ary. 1 10 5 10 5 6 3 3 10 8 5 7 1 4 2 2 Marcli. April. May. June. July. Au- gust. Sep- tember. Octo- ber. No- vem- ber. De- cem- ber. Annual. 128 114 70 90 76 71 94 92 65 16 61 90 S3 111 71 61 North Pacific coast cyclones. — The first series of maps, February 4-7, 1904, shows the movement of a cyclone from the North Pacific coast, where it was central on the morning of the 4th, to the lower Lake region on the morning of the 7th. The shaded areas on the several maps indicate the regions of precipitation during the previous twenty-four hours. Thus, on the map of February 4 it will be noted that there was considerable precipitation in the lower Lake region, due to a cyclone which passed off to sea over the Canadian maritime provinces on the morning of the 3d; also, that the rain area on the Pacific coast extended to western Montana, eastern Oregon, and along the coast of California from San Francisco northward. It will also be noted that the interior valleys were occupied by an anticyclone, whose crest rested over the lower Ohio Valley. The movement of both cyclone and anticyclone is shown on the succeeding maps. The twenty-four-hour temperature changes due to the cyclonic move- ments above described are shown on a separate series of maps covering each of the four days (PI. III.) Cyclonic storms of the North Pacific coast type occur with considerable frequency from November to March, inclusive. They reach their fullest development when the Canadian 20 CLIMATOLOGY 01' THE UNITED STATES. provinces north of Montana are occupied by an anticyclone that is constantly being renewed from the north and from whose southern edge offshoots are sent southeastward in the rear of North Pacific coast cyclones. This same continuity of action is apparent in the cyclones as well as in the anticyclones, as may be understood by reference to the maps themselves. Thus it will be noted that on the morning of February 5, while pressure had risen over Washington and Oregon in the rear of the cyclone whose center had advanced to Wyoming, it was still low as compared with the distribution over the northeastern Rocky Mountain slope and the Canadian provinces east of the Rocky Mountains. The rise in pressure in the rear of the retreat- ing cyclone was very sUght, and by the morning of the 6th a fresh cyclone had appeared along the Washington and Oregon coasts. Pressure began to rise on the 7th and continued rising on the 8th and 9th. On the 10th still another disturbance appeared oil the Oregon and Wash- ington coasts, and the cycle was continued with slight variations until the 17th, when the weather cleared under the influence of an area of high pressure that advanced from the Pacific Ocean eastward over Washington and Oregon. The period of cloudy and rainy weather ceased on the 17th and no rain fell on the 18th, but on the 19th a fresh disturbance appeared from the westward and inaugurated a second period of cloudy or rainy weather, which continued with but few intermissioiis until the end of March. The chief characteristics of the North Pacific type may be summarized as follows: (1) Con- tinued high pressure over the northeastern Rocky Mountain slope and east of the Canadian Rockies and low pressure west of the Rocky Mountains; (2) a more or less regular procession of cyclones moving southeastward over the Plateau region, crossing the Rocky Mountains between the parallels of 35° and 45° north latitude and moving thence east-northeast to Atlantic coast districts; (3) the development of anticyclones in the rear of the cyclone after the latter has crossed the Rocky Mountains. In considering the influence of the Rocky Moun- tains on the climate in general it should be remembered that the cyclonic circulation takes place in the layers of air a mile or so above the earth's surface and that the mountains' crests offer no serious bar to the advance of cyclones and anticyclones. In this connection attention is invited to the weather map of February 7, and especially to the steepness of both barometric and thermometric gradients over the northern Rocky Mountain region. It would appear on first sight that the wind should blow from the region of high pressure toward the region of low pressure, which in this case is on the western side of the range. Accordingly, the winds over the northern Rocky Mountain region should be northeast or east, but as a matter of fact they are westerly. The explanation of this apparent anomaly probably lies in the fact that the low temperatures depicted on the map are confined to the surface layers only and that the true temperature and pressure distribution is not shown by the surface charts. The winds across the summits of the range are westerly at all seasons of the year, and it is quite probable that in this particular case westerly winds and moderate temperatures prevailed to the crests of the range. In the absence of marked anticyclonic conditions the fall in temperature on the Pacific coast and over the Plateau region in the rear of a cyclone is not so pronounced as in districts east of the Rocky Mountains. Again referring to the map of February 7, it will be noted that an area of colder weather of considerable geographic extent appears in the Missouri and middle Mississippi valleys and that the anticyclone north of Montana has increased in intensity and spread southeastward over the Dakotas, Kansas, and Nebraska. This southeastward move- ment is the first step in the formation of a strong anticyclone, which in the next twenty-four hours swept southeastward into the Ohio Valley, Teimessee, and the Lake region and carried the line of freezing temperature into northern Mississippi, northern Alabama, eastern Ten- nessee, and Virginia. The advance eastward of the fall in temperature is graphically shown on Plate III. The southwestern type of cyclones. — The second series of maps, January 1-4, 1903, shows the development and northeastward movement of a cyclone which was first observed over the western portion of the Gulf of Mexico. The distinguishing characteristics of southwestern lows are rapid northeastward movement and heavy rainfall throughout the Gulf and Atlantic coast -= — T= - ....(.... ll =T "x '^\,^-''"'^ \ \ ^...^-^"^ \ \ \ 1 \ \ji >V^-^ N^ ^^-^x"^ \ \ i Yj 1 _^ — — ' V ] I I \V^ >vl i-^rC^^L \ S «\ 4 — 71 iV'^"v'^^t^S^^*3S0^&3^3lK?5SS»^^ CM \ L-J^-^^tptsTa^iv i^wlii^"'''! 1^" >"a- -Ua .^=^^:^IiTcMl iBi ^:;>lll 1 ^ ■ \ r nw ^|i fli / '\ i. ?-s^| |..--^^Q ^ ^ ^, ^)% iM ^"^ff^ ff |^-"§ .1- jj ^i h |o z;i^ 'f.. I s =^ ^^ - "oT — ■^""■■li'l TtJ ^ ^^ ,-. „_^ ' K^^TT^WtlS^-^'-'Mi^UJ^ ^^^ _^ rffiR'i "^^ ^Mi^l 'l ^ •_ ."O^ ^>_i_J /-iJ^'"1J^ "SvN— S^'~~if~-^%— .^ ( / v^^ / ' /^fe ^r^ / ° J / fM^^^^MM yi. 7^' i^j^^n^-^ im^ -^f-JZi^^'*-' i^ J J t"^,^^^fe^TKO^-L-> //■ V,/ /y^ s~y^-^-;'i('V^^''t=^Vy^ ^~~~ts^v^i»!./ T^.,''-"^ V ■ ^ 30 4i g;ggF— ap^ . ■ / /s* Z/--^. .XT-Th^ifcsSi X 1. J !>f Jife — if' iff^ — /'■■y J ''■' / p-af. ^^^— ? >i&^^gjMw rfy__jfa^=^j!.\ i#-=.,--ib? i! .S-— ; _ »v/SiV^~ ^.rii^j >i / , <'*«^.,jr\'s^'fr- -^^ li,r^'«5 / —— »— _ , . L yrjg'^jcii'^ '•'S- SIO, 5 9 h '^■^:^=^fi^f-=^^ '/ II ^ / --^n^-^-J ^ ^^ J ;y^i '^^^B ^^ \'& t - " \ 'l^^w 11. "vl^^^^a^ i w ■t^ i 3 i V '3> \ ^^^ /T^ ^.— i^^ Irf^; ^^ £ ^^^'^ ^ ..^.! -< 'v^^feS "2 / jM ■^^K*^"' / "^^ I \ '^v 5-. /■ ¥ 5 / ^ i i ■3 1 / ■^^ \ \ \ ^ 1 \^«^' 'I V ' ill "x \ rj^ K""'' '' ^HttHDlil M \ \ / /' Hi ' I 1 / /-"^ kVw i' 1' 1 ' ilLi— ^\----****^™' s-/^' IT m T\l/\ ''^-ift r^ofi ■'# 'f ' ' 1 1 ' ' ■ -U it : •! J fl' J ) \Ji \ ' tjtl^^ ^^fi'li J 1 ' ' I ;| llll \(o I — f X r~^°T:>Ai!« i-« ^ H M ' ''i 1 ^ L-t-H-"^^ ';^_4j» iiy t^r^ fa*«?ii Sl 1 ' jv U '' ff ill .1* \ ') 1 i' ^X|):: W f 2 I. -tLl 1 kj_ jJi ' n i < ■ ^^i'' 1 I ''1'''S OL I'jj Ml ' IfttfnH 1 ir •11 ' i , 00 1 O Li^^Wll't' '■ ..1 ■' ^i^= — -a^^ ^V>4^Kl4^ri ' ] "in ^ — a \V^ / !r^^b^^^r~~^^^^ I H tH -^ 7 / /'n Lr-^^dfi -■'■''■ ' y J ■* ^ ^r-j*Li \ r^ ffl i k! ~R.\' '' ^^^^^=^N^^5fcs— ^_^ \^fl\tj-f-^ ■ Ml ^ u~ -^-7 \ >^-'|~r^;a=-^ >- 1 L^^v*^^li>'^ :;! ■ ft"-^''TrX /i^ I a: ^SC:;;^ 1 j IS^ i f ^■^^'^~Ttt-— ^^X-.^yf^"'^^/ ' Ji / < '""^-.Jc^Ti ' tfe^T^^T'-ti^/— ' 1 1 ^^f / ^^^^Ha-^^ — J D H " Ilt^^^^^T^ — ' M fi^-'T^C-j''''x-~5^ 1' 2 ™ W0tJ\ hf^SVW^ i 1^ < m. ' o'^tA»\ ■ ' yySr^ 1 J \ __ji D^--^:##V^fTv> V- tV^ oL-^ -^ UQ 'i" ^ ^^^#^1 W~^>^ft ,^ K ^ V^ H-^^^teii i^^^ 3 . Wr V ' yU^ WPIllll x! |X i^ ^4 E Il' -Cii^ >= TB wTk J^ 1 \\ i \~ / P' jn'~-:*=t^CJLJiL k'l 4" J 4 ^ 1 P , i — ^^^ 'A / dJi/jfttmXK-r rf 1 ■' L A ^H ' &ll4- i) /WfT\ M fi ' ' I '' f ^ _ i b f T I ] Vv )£5-i^ O^ J /i ^~-j 1 1 irA^T^.=3i>>=iw-J— ~f— ::> 1 Lj-' L/ J*^ A^i^fiB NTT^Tiv— /I »■ 1 4-^ rj « 1 1 ^ •.^fSW Wy r~7 £^^ ~ ! J iJ xl JI/^~~^rr~~~^^^^:^^ n t J <^ 7 ^^ <^^-JM( ^-^ P "^S' o/ / i is ' >o "^ — , 17 Ik ^■*~— ':r>^ -^V'\'''^ A — Hf' V \ (1 N ^ g 'If ^fcjp^^^tejjimi. s\ V "^T ' /J \(\ jji^ ^ (i 4 jL ___^l. yVj 'iuA "^ \ / U J L^Si \ "J T 1 1 ^^^^ s Wo ^+^6^^ s\ 1' ^ ^ ' ?^ !liKT'°" ITIn S k_Ji 'fe :^ r ^ \ — »oS 1 M I r 11' 2 1 ^ ^r^ , /i , M ■ ;' Y\ iM. fl ' ft jip i i 1 ' ■ ^^^ ^ 1901- '8 1 Liij / Jill j[ ^ ittr'H 1 ' 1 : 5 1 31 7^ li 1; 1 1 CO OS O X i 1 1 1 j, y; 1 f t/ so T \ \ /-- \ V_^^ I I 'm ''*^v •'•. 'gVii^,....------'^^ \ \ ^___A— • — ' w ftO Js^>T^«> \ Jl— — "■ \ \ \ : vkSc'~^^L-^iK''^''''''^ \ \ \ ' r P il^^M^^ w- i\ _-— +— -"^ ni ; '^.----^^iiHIOk^iS:^^ SftiirT \ \ / n! 'A V?^^S^ii'll J J 1 1 L4A-"O'"0>^ \Vn%'t-^5 ffi jf lrA>. \ \\ ^-i^MttJ \ — rr — H -TisA A \ \iaBik''MP '1 5l^^^4--W-^3ifflfffli ST/ / i: AiVc^Tim^if?^\:m^ mw Vv TT^InCl" lrar^^^''^^-^"^i^-*«i^ ^ ' If juV aVV W \ ^ \ loinxvViJi^^^^iAWfe j fc.~^rT jS\ . K <^ ^sWT\ IM "\ Vi iHr )y^ m ' Ir^ V fl ffl-Tv, r i U 1 < '^-*-7 n --\-J m}^y fl i llli i^ 111 VT^ MM^I Hffi» f=r^lft 1 Hit iff ^ iHli ik_^ — 'qI ™y 11 11 1 ft^' -x ■""WvjJiiil w Si / ♦fl Arh ml w I MM — 1 ■i3 / )' Jl^^l^f^h^]^ ir^" l'^=^v=^ w< > • / E / iPfSc^-Tis J 1^^ xMBnrjfls n! 4— A-/^/ -^ 1 / fC\^jr-^=^^i~/ XMiffl l^^'^h €i- «k r5'^---"/-r E ii / V^^l ^te^-->. li Dm V \ -'^ /^"(# %=^-t/ / :-. \; /VW-^ J nUft nimV ^S^CjiATir / "T — ~" "*— -~- 1 Jy^i ^' s lUnt HiU i\>i/'"7^' v" / / — r — /' ■ 'J**-^ ^Sr /./'flWMiifflffiTffltoU '" / / "^ i / / ''^~i / \^ / ^\ m ' m MijoV^^"''^ \ ' 1 i ra/vfev ^ °°''' 'A \_ — 71 ^v^^-----'''Vl^_^\V^ 1 fflK^Src^ /_G,--|ir (— T" / n 1 -1 "(Da IC // 1 T 1-J— ■"V'"''^^ "i^ \ Im _JbJ: ^T) m 1 1 uo M\\ 1 i|l^ ilnl 1 fflrj^ifffSffi 1 iiH^ rSi f 'Tv < !JL \ lI SB |j ^M ? i iWi 1 I Hrl li f^ =x_^^ rr 11 fi/ii qL AA r \ 1 7~~7~~p^^Jl Hi -■n/i ■> / - J rTnt 1 U if 'V / ji PtfP /^7 <; 1 :^ / ^'~'i 1 _ -^ p=^ fliinj^rwTi^iaX_jKr — L \ I 1/ >r 1 fN/^'-~^^''^Pi \ipfH \^Vj( ~Tfi-~Xl 1 cf ra?r^ r~^/^ ciSZ-fe/tTA? T I /"/ ^! H Jv7 y'^/lrl P5/fe i?T li! Vy^'^l^QM yK^ / ^^"^Z^>t^^v/\ -^ IX WINTER AND SUMMER TEMPEEATUBE8. 23 they extend southward into the interior of the country determine in great measure the character of the weather of the month and the amount of rainfall. TTie temperature distribution of winter and summer compared. — We have now seen that the temperature distribution in summer is markedly different from that of winter; that the interior of the continent is warmer than the oceans and that the isotherms (lines of equal mean tem- perature), which ia winter bend to the southward in passing from the Pacific to the Atlantic, now bend to the northward. In winter the differences in mean temperature in passing from the relatively warm Gulf coast to the cold pole of the interior are as much as 65° to 70° ; this fact is shown on the January chart of mean temperature, Plate XI, by the crowding together of the isotherms. In summer the converse is true; the July mean temperatures of the Gulf coast and of Manitoba are not so widely different, about 20°, as may be seen by examining Plate No. XII. We have also seen that, as a consequence of the very weak temperature gradients of summer, the winds are light and variable as compared with the strong westerly winds of winter; that the eastward drift of cyclones and anticyclones is slow and, at times, uncertain. These conditions obtain during the months of June, July, August, and September. The transitional months of autumn. — The months of transition from warm to cold, viz, October and November, are characterized by the most delightful weather of the year. The excessive heat of the long summer days gives way to the incursions of cool, bracing air from the north; the air becomes drier, and the skies are for the most part free from clouds. At this time of the year the atmosphere sometimes becomes smoky or hazy, with temperatures shghtly above the normal for the season. These distinctive features of autumn, to which the name of Indian summer has been given, were observed by early settlers and pointed out as character- istics of the American climate. (Albert Matthews in Monthly Weather Keview, January, 1902.) The transitional months of spring. — The weather of the months of transition from the cold of winter to the warmth of summer, viz, March and April, is quite unlike that of the transitional months of autumn. The contrasts of temperature in the spring months are always sharp and the winds are strong and boisterous. The movement of cyclones and anticyclones is less regular than that of winter, and there is a marked tendency of cyclones to move north-northeasterly along the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains and disappear in the Hudson Bay region. At such times the contrast between the weather of the Rocky Mountain region and the Mississippi Valley is most striking. In the Mississippi Valley brisk southerly winds and high temperatures prevail, the thermometer registering as high as 70° in the afternoon; in the Rocky Mountain region, on the other hand, the surface winds move from the northeast and north, and the tem- peratures range from 30° to 40°. Snow falls in the mountains and frequently over the eastern foothills; indeed, the heaviest snowfall of the year in the middle Rocky Mountain districts may fall in the spring months. Special weather types. — In the spring and fall months there is often a slow movement of anticyclones from the interior of the continent southeastward over the lake region to the middle Atlantic coast. These slow moving highs exert a powerful influence upon the weather east of the Rocky Mountains. The temperature falls sharply as they advance southeastward in the rear of a retreating cyclone, and the winds shift from southerly to northerly, continuing in that direction for several days. Although the skies are comparatively clear, the temperature rises but slowly so long as northerly or easterly winds continue; as soon, however, as the winds go to southerly, the cloudiness increases and the temperature rises. Another clearly marked type of weather prevails in Atlantic coast districts when a strong anticyclone occupies New England and the Canadian maritime provinces, particularly when it extends wedge-shaped southwestward into the South Atlantic States and eastern Tennessee, with relatively low pressure over the interior valleys. Since the air tends to move from a region of high to a region of low pressure, the winds in Atlantic coast districts will be north- easterly or from a water surface. In summer ocean winds are relatively cool, in winter rela- tively warm, so that the temperature effect depends largely upon the season of the year. The greatest effect is of course produced in late spring and early summer when the southerly 24 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. surface winds are replaced by relatively cool northeast winds. In the fall months, when the temperature gradient along the coast is not particularly well marked, northeast winds produce cloudy overcast skies with very little rain. The Appalachians from Virginia southward serve as a barrier across which northeast winds do not penetrate. During the prevalence of northeast winds the temperatures in Atlantic coast districts are fairly constant both day and night, the diurnal variation being almost wholly eliminated. Even temperatures with cloudy overcast skies and occasional sprinkles of rain are the chief characteristics of what may be called the northeast type of weather conditions. Another type of pressure distribution that exerts an important control over the weather is the winter Plateau high. In the midst of the rapidly changing conditions peculiar to the winter season, an anticyclone will remain almost stationary over the Plateau region for days at a time. The pressure gradient to the northeast is often quite steep. The temperatures are low, the skies clear, and nocturnal radiation is well marked. During the continuation of the Plateau high or anticyclone, cyclones move from the region immediately east of the Canadian Rockies southeastward to the middle Missouri Valley, and thence eastward via the Lake region to the St. Lawrence Valley. They are followed by shallow anticyclones, which do not penetrate far into the interior of the country. As a result, the weather along the northern boundary from Montana eastward is exceedingly variable, the temperatures alternately rising and falling with occasional falls of snow. In the tier of States south of the fortieth parallel, these rapid alterna- tions of weather and temperature are not felt so long as the Plateau high continues, nor is there any probability of a severe cold wave passing over the country east of the Rocky Moun- tains during the continuation of a Plateau high. An explanation of the Plateau effect has not as yet been offered. The evidence at hand from the Pikes Peak observations of 1893-94 tends to show that the normal air movement across the Rocky Mountains is suspended during the prevalence of a Plateau high and that a northeast to east wind prevails. In other words, the circulation of the air at that great altitude appears to be controlled by the prevailing pressure distribution. The foregoing by no means exhausts the list of special weather types; the subject, how- ever, is so extensive that adequate treatment can not be given in this work. PLATE X. NORMAL SURFACE TEMPE CURES FOR THE YEAR. PLATE XI. NORMAL SURFACE TEMPE 129* / 123' 121* -ga- HT J15- US' I^ 109- lOT ■ 105- 103" lOl- 99- CURVES FOR JANUARY. \? L< \^6'' .\- iouj" (7ii> PLATE XII. us- W ITS,- 113' ■NORMAL SURFACE TE 2^ ^' 107* 105' 303' wr RATURES FOR lULY. Temperature. The climatic elements of greatest importance in the animal and vegetable kingdoms, so far as known at present, are temperature and precipitation, and the single element that appeals most directly to the bodily sensations is temperature. Mean annual. — The mean annual temperature in the United States ranges from 70° in southern and central Florida and southern Texas to less than 40° in the Lake Superior region. The interior of the continent west of the Lake region is the coldest part of the country, southern Florida is the warmest, although moderate temperatures prevail along the Gulf coast in southern Texas and in southern California. The mean annual isotherms (Plate X) run in a general east and west direction from the Rocky Mountains eastward to the Atlantic, except over the south- ern Appalachian region, where they are displaced to the southward by the cold of elevation. On the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains the isotherms trend in a northeast-southwest direction. Over the Rocky Mountain and Plateau regions it is impossible to draw isothermal lines with much accuracy because of the irregular and broken surface contours. On the Pacific coast the ocean influence is paramount, but it does not extend beyond the natural barrier formed by the Sierra Nevada in California and the Cascades in Washington and Oregon. In the valley of the Columbia River in Washington and Oregon high temperatures for the latitude prevail for some distance eastward of the Cascades. The annual mean temperatures in the valleys of California and Oregon differ from those on the plateau directly to the eastward by amounts ranging from 8° to 16°, as may be seen from the following table: COMPAEISON OF PlATEAD AND VaLLEY TeMPEBATDRES. Stations. Latitude. Longi- tude. Eleva- tion. Annual mean tempera- ture. Stations. Latitude. Longi- tude. Eleva- tion. Annual mean tempera- ture. VALLEY. Sacramento, Cal. . . . 38 35 40 10 43 12 121 30 122 15 123 21 Feet. 29 304 494 p 60 62 53 PLATEAU. Carson City, Nev 39 9 40 57 43 3 o / 119 46 117 45 118 40 Feet. 4,674 4,322 4,200 49 Red' Bluff, Cal Happy Valley, Oreg Sacramento is situated in the Great Valley of California practically at sea level. Carson City is situated on the western margin of the Plateau region almost under the shadow of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. In the second pair of stations. Red Bluff and Winnemucca, the first named is situated in the northern end of the Great Valley of California, the last named in the Humboldt Valley, about 100 miles east of the California line and probably 200 miles east of Red Bluff. Winnemucca is surrounded on all sides except the southwest and northeast by mountain peaks and ranges that rise 1,000 to 4,000 feet above the floor of the valley. The last pair of stations includes Roseburg, a town on the east slope of the Coast Range, and Happy Valley, a small town on the great Plateau of eastern Oregon. The' average distance in longitude between the several pairs of stations above given is about 275 miles and the temperature difference is nearly 12°. The temperature gradient in a north and south direction from San Diego, Cal., to Tatoosh Island, at the mouth of the Straits of Juan de Fuca, a distance on an air line of about 1,200 miles, is very much less, being about a degree for each 100 miles. 25 26 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. The east-west temperature gradient between the valley stations in California, Oregon, and Washington, and the summits of the mountain ranges to the eastward is not known except between Sacramento and the summit of the pass in the Sierra Nevada through which the Central Pacific Railroad crosses. The elevation of the pass is a little more than 7,000 feet, and the mean annual temperature, 42°, is 18° lower than the valley station. This gives a rate of fall equal to 1° for each 388 feet. The greatest contrast between the temperature of the mountain summits and the valley, 22° to 24°, is in late winter and spring months; the least, 10° to 12°, occurs in. July and August. The great contrast in the late winter and early spring months appears to be due to the fact that insolation on the mountain top probably does not become effective in warming the atmosphere until the snow covering, which is of unusual depth, is melted. The differences in the annual mean temperature on the east and west coasts of the United States is rather strongly marked, especially in the northern portions, as has been previously stated. The figures in the table below express the differences between the seasonal and annual mean temperatures that obtain on the two coasts. The range in annual mean temperature with latitude on the Atlantic coast is likewise much greater than on the Pacific coast. At Key West in the Gulf Stream the annual mean is 77°; at Eastport, Me., it drops to 45.5°, more than double the range in the same distance on the Pacific coast. Atlantic and Pacific Coast Temperatures Compared. Savannah, Ga San Diego, Cal Cape May, N. J... San Francisco, Cal 32 6 32 43 38 50 37 18 Annual mean. Winter mean. Summer mean. Nantucket, Mass . . Eureka, Cal Chatham, N. B Fort Canby, Wash Latitude. Annual mean. Winter mean. o / "F. "F. 41 17 49 33 40 48 62 47 47 3 39 .13 46 17 60 42 Summer mean. 66 66 63 68 Classifying as warm those regions having an annual mean temperature of 60° and above, it will be found that such regions embrace the southern portion of North Carolina, South Carolina, Georgia, Florida, the Gulf States, the southwestern portion of New Mexico, southern Arizona, and the greater part of California, excepting of course the mountain districts. Classifying as temperate those regions having an annual mean temperature between 50° and 60°, it will be found that such regions embrace the greater portion of the Middle Atlantic States, the Ohio Valley, Tennessee, the southern portions of Indiana and Illinois, all of Missouri, Kansas, Oklahoma, and southeastern Colorado. Classifying as cold those regions having an annual mean temperature of 40° to 50**, it will be found that such regions embrace the northern tier of States, including the northern portions of Indiana, Illinois, all of Iowa, Nebraska, South Dakota, Wyoming, and the mountain districts of the West. The absolute maximum and the absolute minimum.. — The highest and the lowest tempera- tures ever recorded at Weather Bureau stations in the United States are graphically shown on Plates Nos. XIII and XIV, and the numerical values for a number of the principal stations are given in Table II. In the preparation of the charts a few records were used that do not appear in the table. There is probably no single climatic phenomenon that excites so much interest as the extreme readings of the thermometer, and about which so many misleading, if not erroneous, statements are made. In times of great extremes of temperature the desire to excel often leads to the publication of temperatures obtained from thermometers that are both faulty in construction and improperly exposed. If comparison is to be made between the extremes of temperature recorded in various parts of the country it is of the greatest importance that only standard thermometers be used and that the exposures be as nearly uniform as it is possible to secure. These requirements have been met at the stations which have furnished the data in the construction of the tables and charts above mentioned. PLATE XIII. .ABSOLUTE MAXIMl 12r 125' U9' U7" J15' 113' in. --„, ^^^^^ ^— ^^ — ^ +- -^ ZI _ ^^ 109' 107" 105* PEMPERATURES. TEMPERATCEE. 27 Maximum temperatures of 100° and upward have been recorded in all portions of the United States except only the higher elevations of the Appalachian and Cordilleran systems, northern New England, along the immediate coasts of both oceans north of latitude 40°, in southern and central Florida, along the immediate Gulf coast, and in portions of the Lake region. When the prevailing winds are from the land maximum temperatures of 100° may be recorded, even along the shores of the Great Lakes. Reference to Table No. II will show that from Cleveland to Buffalo along the shore of Lake Erie a maximum temperature of 100° has not been recorded, although readings of 100° andover have been recorded along the western end of the lake. Lake Michigan, whose major axis trends north and south, protects the eastern shore from abnormally high temperatures; thus at Grand Haven the highest temper- ature recorded in thirty-two years is but 94°, almost 10° less than have been recorded on the western shore in the same latitude. Maximum temperatures of 110° and over are rarely observed except in the seniiarid regions of the Southwest. The highest temperature ever recorded in the United States was 122° in Death Valley, California, in the summer of 1891. As the station at that place was maintained but a single summer, it is extremely doubtful whether the readings then obtained represent the absolute maximum of the desert region of southeastern California. Higher read- ings have been made at other places, notably at Mammoth Tank, Cahfornia, in the Colorado Desert, where an absolute maximum of 130° was registered on August 17, 1885. This reading, however, is not comparable with those made by standard instruments properly screened and protected from radiated heat of surrounding objects. Maximum temperatures of 112° to 115° are not uncommon in portions of Arizona and southern California, and temperatures of 100° to 106° are not infrequent in the valley of California, also ia the valley of the Columbia River in southeast Washington, and in the valley of the Snake in southwest Idaho. The region of lowest mean temperature in the United States, viz, northern Minnesota, has not given as low readings as the high rolling country of eastern Montana, especially in the river valleys where the cold air seems to settle. The post surgeon at Fort Keogh (Miles City), Mont., recorded a minimum temperature of 65° below zero in January, 1888, and the Signal Service observer at Poplar River, Mont., recorded a minimum temperature of 63.1° below zero in January, 1885. These readings do not represent the average temperature of the air over eastern Montana at the time of observation, but rather the temperature of discon- nected masses of air that, for one reason or another, have become chilled below the temperature of the surrounding regions. The northeastern Rocky Mountain slope is subject to very great fluctuations in atmos- pheric pressure and these are attended by extremely rapid temperature changes. The mildness of the chinook wind is proverbial, but it is often the forerunner of a sharp fall in temperature as the area of high pressure and northerly winds sweep southeastward from Assiniboia. The northerly winds are often attended by light dry snow that is driven fiercely before the wind. When the snow ceases and the wind drops to a calm, nocturnal ladiation becomes powerfully active and a further fall in temperature takes place. The fact that extremely low temperatures are seldom recorded on the Plains away from river valleys con- firms the belief that they are due largely to nocturnal radiation, the effect of which is iatensified by the drainage of the colder air into the valleys and the lowlands. Under these conditions great differences in temperature may exist between places not far distant. On the morning of January 1, 1885, when a minimum temperature of —63.1° was regis- tered in the Missouri River Valley about 50 miles west of the North Dakota State line (eleva- tion 1,955 feet), the minimum recorded in the highlands of Fergus County (latitude 47° north, longitude 109° west; elevation 4,310 feet), about 250 miles west of the North Dakota line, was but —8°. These islands of extreme cold are analogous to the cooling that is produced in the heated atmosphere of summer by a local shower. The extreme frigidity is short lived, since the tendency is always toward an equalization in the temperature when a localized pole of heat or cold is produced. The rapidity with which the temperature in the upper Missouri Valley returns to normal conditions after a sharp fall differentiates its climate from that of 28 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. northern Minnesota and northern Wisconsin, where, owing to the more generous snow covering, and perhaps other reasons, very low temperatures may persist for several days, although the absolute minimum is never quite so low as in eastern Montana. The absolute minimum temperature at San Diego, Cal., is 32°, and at Key West, Fla., 41°. These are the only Weather Bureau stations in the United States where a minimum temperature below freezing has not been experienced. Zero temperatures have never been recorded along the Atlantic coast south of the mouth of Chesapeake Bay, and for a distance of probably 50 to 60 miles inland. Zero temperatures have not been recorded along the Gulf coast, although a reading of 1° below was registered at Mobile in February, 1899. Zero temperatures have never been recorded along the immediate Pacific coast, nor in the Valley of California. The extremes of temperature recorded at elevated points in the United States are given in the table below. The northern Appalachians, or the White Mountains as they are known locally, are represented by the station on Mount Washington, an isolated peak. The southern Appalachians are represented by four stations, of which two are mountain peaks and two villages in the mountain districts, both being at an elevation of nearly 4,000 feet above sea level, the highest inhabited points east of the Rocky Mountains. In the Rocky Mountains two stations are given, viz. Pikes Peak, a mountain station maintained by the Signal Service and the Weather Bureau, and Breckenridge, Colo., a village in Summit County, Colo., on the western slope of the divide in the narrow valley of the Blue River. The mountain ranges, both east and west of the valley, reach above timber line. The Sierra Nevada Range in California is represented by two stations. Summit, Cal., in the mountain pass where the Central Pacific crosses the range from Nevada, and Bodie, a mining village in Mono County, latitude 38° 10' north, longitude 119° west. The last-named place is on the eastern slope of the Sierra Nevada, about 100 miles southeast of Summit and over 1,000 feet higher. The Cascade Range is represented by the single station at Government Camp, Oregon, post-office Salmon, on the west slope of the range. Extremes of Tempebatdke in Mountain Disteicts. Eleva- tion. Jan- uary. Febru- ary. March, April. May. June. July. Au- gust. Sep- tem- ber. Octo- ber. No- vem- ber. Decem- ber. An- nual. 1 a 1 a 3 1 1 1 1 a 1 1 a a 1 a i 1 a" i ■s a 1 ■a a 1 a a 3 s •s a a a 1 a a a a 3 s a 1 a a a 1 a 1 a 1 V. a 1 •3 &0 APPALACHIANS. Feet. -J? "F 'F "F "F 'F -F "F OF OF OF oji. OF OF OF OF OF ■> Ji- OF OF OF OF OF OF OF OF Yrs. Moxint Washington, N. H. . 8,293 42 -50 43 -42 47 -49 56 -18 62 - 1 71 16 72 24 74 20 65 ll 69 - 3 51 -40 43 -47 74 -50 17 Linville, N. C 3,800 6,313 61 -15 63 -15 76 - 4 79 15 83 26 83 33 89 75 38 46 85 70 38 46 82 27 74 14 67 60 - 7i 89 -15 in 1 Mount Mitchell N C 6,711 3,817 70 41 7? 46 69 43 1 1 Hiffhlands N C 63 -10 67 -19 75 - 7 81 15 84 26 87 32 86 39 86 40 84 27 79 15 72 3' 69 -10 87 -19 15 EOCKr MOXTNTAmS. Pikes Peak, Colo 14, 134 9,524 30 72 -37 -30 29 71 -37 -37 43 61 -29 -25 39 69 -21 -16 47 73 - 8 - 6 63 84 2 12 64 86 18 26 62 90 16 23 55 86 6 12 57 77 -17 - 2 36 69 -36 -31 30 60 -39 -31 64 90 -39 -37 17 Breckenridge, Colo 14 SIERRA NEVADA. Bodie, Cal 8,248 7,017 3,580 49 68 69 -26 - 7 -11 63 49 60 -26 - 8 -16 69 65 66 -21 1 1 71 67 74 - 2 5 7 82 73 81 8 18 21 85 92 87 10 28 27 88 95 94 16 38 30 89 98 '»5 16 40 3J 84 83 9u 6 24 26 71 72 87 - 6 18 IS 67 64 79 -17 8 - 3 62 52 68 -25 4 7 89 98 95 -26 - 8 -16 9 15 8 PLATE XIV. ABSOLUTE MINIMU: 115* U£^ irr W9' ix)7' 105' 103* iCa' 99' iMPERATURES. TEMPERATURE. 29 Minimum Temperatures fob each Yeak during which Observations were made at Fort Snelling and St. Paul, Minn., St. Louis, Mo., Jacksonville, Fla., and Thompson and Canton, Conn. tObservationa of temperature at Thomson, Conn., ceased in 1 thereafter the observations were made at Canton.] Year. 1771.. 1772. . 1773.. 1774.. 177S.. 1776.. 1777.. 1778.. 1779.. 1780.. 1781.. 1782. . 1783.. 1784.. " 178S.. 1786.. 1787.. 1788.. 1789. . 1790.. 1791.. 1792. . 1793.. 1794. . , 1795. . . 1796... 1797... 1798. . . 1799... 1800... 1801... 1802... 1803... 1804... -12 -10 -15 -12 -10 -12 - 9 -12 -10 -16 -25 -15 -12 -14 -10 -12 -15 -17 -10 -12 -10 - 9 - 6 -10 Year. 1805. 1806. 1807., 1808.. 1809. , 1810.. 1811.. 1812. . 1813.. 1814.. 1815.. 1816.. 1817. . 1818.. 1819. . 1820.. 1821.. 1822.. 1823.. 1824.. 1825.. 1826.. 1827. . 1828.. 1830. 1831.. 1832. . 1833.. 1834.. 1835.. 1836.. 1837.. 1838.. - 4 - 2 - 4 -10 - 8 - 4 - 2 -10 -12 - 6 - 2 - 1 - 4 -12 - 2 - 4 -10 -15 -12 -10 - 2 -27 -15 -23 -22 -22 -30 -26 -26 -30 -20 -32 -30 -28 -10 -32 5 - 6 Year: 1840. 1841. 1842. 1843.. 1844. . 1846.. 1846.. 1847. . 1848.. 1849.. 1850.. 1851.. 1852.. 1853.. 1854.. 1855.. 1856. . 1857.. 1858.. 1859.. 1861. 1862. 1863. 1864. 1865. 1866. 1867., 1868.. 1869.. 1870. . 1871.. 1872.. - 6 32 -12 32 -10 28 -12 27 8 27 11 24 2 20 9 33 4 28 10 32 3 22 5 32 9 23 4 20 6 32 9 28 20 33 17 24 20 16 19 34 17 30 16 32 15 32 9 31 10 30 17 29 12 27 19 24 15 32 9 20 5 32 2 19 13 29 6 27 -26 -37 -32 -22 -23 -18 -12 -16 -24 -24 -32 -24 -36 -33 -32 -35 -21 -30 -36 -27 -35 -35 -35 -26 -29 -27 -35 -17 -28 -22 -34 Year. 1873 -11 1874 1875 - 8 1876 - 5 1877 2 1878 - 4 1879 - 4 1880 - 6 1881 - 5 1882 -16 1883 -14 1884 1885 1886 -17 1887 -10 1888 -11 1889 - 8 1890 - 4 1891 - 5 1892 - 4 1893 - 9 1894 -16 1895 -12 1896 -19 1897 - 6 1898 -15 1899 -14 1900 - 7 1901 -10 1902 -13 19U3 -15 -33 -23 -32 -27 -24 -13 -39 -27 -25 -18 -31 -32 -36 -34 -36 -41 -25 -22 -25 -25 -26 -25 -26 -18 -26 -19 -33 -18 -25 -18 -24 -23 - 2 -18 - 5 - 4 -22 -10 - 8 -10 -12 4 4 - 2 - 2 -II -12 5 - 2 3 -16 1 -10 - 1 Absolute annual range of temperature. — In discussing the range of temperature experienced in any locality it is very important that we understand first of all what particular phase of the phenomena is meant. It may be said that the range of temperature for any point is 140° meaning thereby that the difference between the single highest temperature and the single •lowest temperature ever recorded at that point was 140°. This is known as the absolute range. In the United States the absolute range is greatest in the interior and least on the coast. In the north central districts it amounts to as much as 150° (from a maximum of 108° to a mini- mum of -43° at Huron, S. Dak.), although it is generally less than 150°, especially in the southern portions of the above-named district. In Atlantic coast districts the greatest absolute range is found in northern New England, 127°, and in the States bordering on the lower Lakes (from a maximum of 95° to a minimum of -32° at Northfield, Vt.). The least absolute range is 59° at Key West, Fla. (from a maximum of 100° to a minimum of 41°), and this is also the least absolute range for the whole country. In the Gulf States the absolute range is less than 100° along the coast. Back from the coast a distance of 150 miles it probably increases to 110°. The greatest absolute range in any part of the country is found on the plains over the northeast Rocky Mountain slope, viz, 163° at Havre, Mont, (from a maximum of 108° to a 30 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. minimum of — 55°) . Elsewhere in the Rocky Mountain and Plateau region the absolute range does not rise much above 120°; in New Mexico and Arizona it is still less, 107° at Phoenix and 110° at Santa Fe. The absolute range in the Pacific coast States is everywhere less than 100° except in the Columbia River Valley and in the mountain regions. The absolute ranges here given are those recorded during the period 1871-1904. It may be assumed that future observations will not materially alter the values obtained during that period. Absolute monthly range. — In addition to the absolute annual range of temperature, it is often desired to know the absolute range for a single month. Thus at New York City the highest temperature recorded during January in thirty-two years was 67°, the lowest in the same period was —6°, giving an absolute monthly range of 73°. In July the highest temperature recorded was 99° and the lowest 50°, an absolute range of but 49°. The highest and the lowest temperatures ever recorded are given in the table mentioned above. The absolute range for each month can be had easily from the figures in that table. Mean annual range. — It will be noticed that the absolute range of temperature, whether for a month or a year, is always determined from single readings of the thermometer. We may now consider the range of temperature from the standpoint of variations in the mean values. The mean annual range of temperature is defijied as the difference between the mean tempera- ture of the coldest month and the mean temperature of the warmest month. At Washington, D. C, the mean temperature of the coldest month, January, is 33°; the mean temperature of the warmest month, July, is 77°; the mean annual range is therefore said to be 44°. The mean annual range of temperature in the United States, like the absolute range, is greatest in the northern interior and least in the coast districts, especially along the Pacific coast, where it varies from 10° to 15°; that is to say, the difference between the mean tempera- ture of the coldest month in winter and the warmest month in summer does not exceed 15°. In the interior valleys of the Pacific coast States, as at Portland, Oreg., and Sacramento, Cal., the mean annual range is about twice as great (Portland, 28°; Sacramento, 27°). In the Gulf and South Atlantic coast States the mean annual range is about 30°; in the interior valleys. Rocky Mountain region, and the Middle Atlantic States, 40° to 50°. Over the north- eastern Rocky Mountain slope and thence eastward to Lake Superior it ranges from 55° to 65°. The mean annual range in temperature affords an excellent illustration of the rise in tem- perature that takes place in the various parts of the country from midwinter to midsummer. Thus the midsummer mean temperatures in the Gulf and South Atlantic States are but 30° warmer than those of midwinter, while in the northern interior the difference is more than twice as great. Besides the absolute and mean annual range of temperature, the diurnal range should be considered. It is a well-known fact that in fair weather the hottest part of the day occurs in the afternoon and the coldest during the early morning hours. The daily extremes of heat and cold are measured by maximum and minimum thermometers, and the readings thus made serve to establish two extremes in the daily temperature curve. The difference between the mean of the daily maxima and the mean of the daily minima for a month gives the mean daily range or the mean difference between the highest temperature of daytime and the lowest temperature of nighttime. The daily march of temperature is retarded by various causes. The sun may be obscured by clouds, thus preventing a high afternoon maximum and reducing the daily range. Clouds also retard radiation at night, and as a result the temperature does not sink so low as under clear skies. The alternate warming and cooling incident to the movement of cyclonic areas across the country has a tendency to reduce the daily range of temperature. Mean daily range. — In the United States the mean daily range of temperature in summer is greatest (30° to 35°) in the Plateau region and least (8° to 12°) along the Pacific and Gulf coasts. In winter it is uniformly 3° to 5° less than in summer, except in the Southeastern States, where the difference between winter and summer is not well marked. The greatest daily range occurs, as above stated, in the semiarid regions of the Southwest, where clear skies and the lack of vegetation greatly facilitate excessive warming by day and cooling by night. PLATE X\ MEAN MAXIMUM TEM ATURES FOR JULY TEMPERATURE. 31 The mean daily range of temperature is generally less than 20° at all times east of the Missis- sippi Valley. Absolute range of monthly means. — Thus far mention has been made of the mean annual temperature, the absolute maximum, the absolute minimum, the absolute range, the mean annual range, and the mean daily range. There are other phases of the subject that need attention. One should know not only the mean conditions but also what departure from those conditions have been experienced and how often marked abnormalities occur. In Wash- ington, for example, the mean temperature for January is 33°, but in January, 1890, the mean was 44° and in January, 1893, it was but 25°, a range of 19° in thirty-four years. In summer the monthly departures are less. Thus at Washington the mean July temperature is 77°, the warmest July in thirty-four years was 81°, the coolest 72°, a range of but 9° as against 19° in January. The general climatic tables for the several States and Territories contain data of the highest and lowest monthly means for each station. Two charts hav^been constructed showing the absolute range of the mean temperatures for January and July in different parts of the United States (Pis. XVII and XVIII). An examination of the January chart (PI. XVII) shows a large central region, including practically the whole of the Missouri and the middle and upper portions of the Mississippi Valley, in which the extreme range of the monthly mean temperature is 25° and over. In other words, the mean temperature of January in this region oscillates above and below the mean, through a range of 25° to 30°. At St. Paul, Minn., for example, the January mean temperature is 12°, the highest mean for any January was 26°, and the lowest — 1°, an oscillation of 14° above the mean and 13° below it. The positive depar- tures in January are generally greater than the negative except in the northern and middle Rocky Mountain and Plateau regions, where the reverse appears to be true. In summer the positive and negative departures are much more nearly equal. In Atlantic and Gulf coast districts the oscillation is generally from 16° to 21°. In the Southwest and along the Pacific coast it is much less — 8° to 16°. In summer the amplitude of the oscillations is about half what it is in winter, except on the California coast, where it is practically the same winter and summer. The region of the greatest departure from the average conditions is in the middle Mississippi Valley, where a departure of about 7° above or below the normal may be expected. The cause of the abnormalities of temperature above referred to is intimately associated with the control of movements of cyclones and anticyclones. The region in which the abnor- malities are greatest coincide very closely with the average track of anticyclones, which, it may be remembered, cause a decided fall in temperature as they advance eastward or southeastward. Variability of the monthly means. — The monthly mean temperatures for upward of 600 stations will be found in the general climatic tables for each State and Territory which appear in a subsequent portion of this volume. There will also be found in connection therewith a statement of the highest and lowest monthly mean values recorded during the period of obser- vation. Since the monthly mean temperature of itself does not always give an adequate idea of the temperature conditions at a given place, it becomes necessary to examine the monthly departures from the general mean. For example, the January mean temperature at St. Paul, Minn., for seventy-five years is 12.°, yet sixty-five out of the seventy-five years had a mean temperature that difl'ered more than 1° F. from that figure. In 40 per cent of the years the actual means differed from the general means by amounts ranging from 2° to 6°; in 28 per cent, by 6° to 10°; and in 13 per cent, by 10° and over. The coldest January was that of 1857, with a mean temperature of — 2.3°; the warmest, 1846, with a mean of 28.8°. These figures indicate that the mean temperature of any future January will doubtless fall between —2° and -1-28° F., with the chances as 4 to 1 that it will differ more than 2 degrees from the normal. The mean of the January departures from the normal for St. Paul is 5.6°. The mean monthly variability of temperature has been computed for a few stations only in various portions of the country. The results are given in the table below, from which it appears that the monthly variability is greater in winter than in summer in all portions of the 32 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. country; that, considered by geographic districts, it is least on the Pacific coast and greatest in the northern interior. In the two columns on the extreme right of the table wiU be found the percentage of years, with positive and negative departures, respectively. It wUl be noticed that on the Pacific coast and the interior negative departures appear to predominate, while in the Atlantic coast districts the reverse appears to be true. This results from the fact that the departures are not symmetrically distributed on both sides of the mean. In Atlantic coast districts, for example, the negative departures are greater than the positive. In winter the positive departures were greatest at 12 stations and the negative at 6. Mean Monthly Vakiabilitt op Temperature Pacific coast: Portland, Oreg Sacramento, Cal San Diego, Cal Rocky Mountain and Plateau re- gion: Havre, Mont Salt Lake City, Utah Denver, Colo Santa Fe, N. Mex Western Plains and Texas: Bismarck, N. Dak Dodge City, Kans San Antonio, Tex Mississippi Valley: St. Paul, Minn St. Louis, Mo New Orleans, La Lake region: Detroit, Mich South Atlantic States: Atlanta, Ga Jacksonville, Fla Middle Atlantic States: Washington, D. C New England: Boston, Mass Mean variabiUty. 2.7 2.1 1.8 6.8 2.8 3.2 2.7 7.1 4.8 3.2 5.6 4.8 3.3 2.9 3.6 2.9 July. ' F. 1.6 1.4 1.1 1.8 1.6 L9 1.3 1.9 L7 1.3 2.3 1.9 LI 1.2 0.9 1.8 1.5 ' F. 0.8 0.8 0.7 1.5 1.0 1.0 1.1 1.6 1.1 0.9 L6 LI 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8 1.0 Fluctuations about the mean ±. January. Less than 2°. Per ct. 50 46 62 From- 2° to Per ct. 41 54 38 6° to 10°. Per ct. 9 10°+. Per ct. - July. Less than 2°. Per ct. 75 81 91 64 From- 2° to 6°. Per ct. 25 19 9 6° to 10°. Per ct. 10°+. Per ct. Years. Per ct. 46 52 44 56 Per ct. 54 48 56 52 54 53 48 64 52 61 52 33 42 43 47 Mean daily variability. — The mean daily variability of temperature is obtained by taking the differences between the mean temperature of successive days in the same month, regardless of whether the temperature rises or falls, and computing the means for the month. The mean daily variability is therefore the mean of the successive daily differences, and is accordingly a measure of the accidental changes as opposed to the periodic changes. By the accidental changes is meant the rise in temperature due to the passage of a cyclone, or the fall due to an anticyclone, and all other changes that result from the prevalence of abnormally hot or abnor- mally cold winds. The average daily variability for 18 selected stations is given in the table below. PLATE XVI. -JJEAN MINIMUM TEM] 127' 125' 115- I13' Ur MB- 107' 105* 103' am* [RES FOR JANUARY. XVII ABSOLUTE RANGE IN MONTH] '^' "^' ^T-' 309^ KW 105' 103' mT W \N TEMPERATURE, JANUARY. PLATE XVIII. ABSOLUTE RANGE IN MQNTHU :an temperature, july oft. gj. 89* 87* 85' 83" 81" TEMPERATURE. Average Daily Variability op Temperatube. 33 Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual. Pacific coast: Portland, Orcg : ° F. 3.7 2.3 2.3 9.3 4.2 8.1 4.2 9.0 7.3 6.2 8.2 8.6 6.0 6.7 6.0 5.7 6.9 7.3 ° F. 3.0 2.4 2.3 8.2 4.2 6.6 4.1 8.4 7.3 6.4 8.5 8.2 5.0 7.1 6.0 5.2 6.6 7.3 ° F. 3.0 2.3 1.8 6.5 4.1 6.7 4.2 7.1 7.2 5.8 6.0 7.0 4.5 6.1 5.7 6.0 6.9 5.3 ° F. 3.1 2.7 1.8 5.0 4.9 5.7 4.7 6.6 6.3 3.7 5.1 5.9 2.9 5.3 4.4 3.3 6.2 5.5 " F. 3.6 3.0 1.4 4.7 4.7 6.2 3.9 4.9 5.3 2.8 4.4 4.6 2.0 5.0 3.6 2.5 4.5 5.5 ' F. 3.2 2.9 1.3 3.8 4.3 4.1 3.2 4.4 3.9 1.9 3.6 3.4 1.7 3.8 2.6 2.0 3.7 5.0 ° F. 2.9 2.9 1.1 4.2 3.3 3.5 2.2 4.4 3.5 1.4 3.5 3.1 1.6 3.8 2.2 1.8 3.2 4.0 ° F. 2.9 2.9 L2 4.0 2.9 3.2 2.1 6.0 3.4 1.5 3.7 3.0 1.6 3.7 2.1 1.8 3.1 3.9 ° F. 3.2 2.9 1.5 4.6 4.2 4.6 2.7 6.7 4.8 2.2 4.6 4.2 1.7 4.6 2.6 1.9 3.9 4.9 ' F. 3.0 2.5 1.9 5.3 4.1 5.3 3.3 6.7 6.5 3.4 5.2 5.0 2.8 5.1 3.7 3.0 4.7 6.3 "F. 3.3 2.2 2.2 7.5 3.9 6.3 3.8 6.9 6.3 5.3 6.3 6.5 4.6 5.4 5.1 4.7 5.4 6.2 " F. 3.3 2.7 2.3 8.0 3.8 6.7 4.0 7.7 6.4 5.5 7.0 7.0 5.6 5.8 5.3 5.2 5.5 7.4 o F. 3.2 Sacramento, Cal 2.6 San Diego, Cal 1.8 Rocky Mountain and Plateau regions: Havre, Mont 5.9 Salt Lake City, Utah 4.0 5.5 Santa Fe, N. Mex 3.5 Western Plains and Texas: Bismarck, N. Dak- . . . 6.2 Dodge City, Kans 5.6 3.8 Mississippi Valley: St. Paul, Minn 6.6 St. Louis, Mo 5.5 New Orleans, La 3.3 Lake region: Detroit, Mich 6.2 South Atlantic States: Atlanta, Ga 4.1 3.5 Middle Atlantic States: Washington, D. C 48 New England: 5.6 Average Daily Variability op Temperature, in Percentages, Washington, D. C. (1883-1903). [Illustrating the frequency of changes in mean daily temperature of l°-4°, 5''-8°, etc.] Average daily change. January. Febru- ary. M^rch. April. May. June. July. August. Septem- ber. October. Novem- ber. Decem- ber. 0° Per cent. 7 43 27 14 5 4 Per cent. 7 39 28 14 7 5 Per cent. 6 40 26 17 7 3 Per cent. 8 45 29 11 6 2 Per cent. 9 61 29 10 1 1 Per cent. 10 61 21 7 1 Per cetu. 14 60 21 4 Per cent. 12 64 21 3 1 Per cent. 10 66 24 7 3 Per cent. 9 51 25 11 3 Per cent. 7 48 26 11 4 3 Per cent. 1° to4° 44 6° to 8° 26 9°tol2° 13 13° to 16° 5 17+ 3 FROST. The average date of first and last killing frost, respectively, east of the Rocky Mountains, is shown by Plates XIX and XX. It is not deemed advisable to attempt to draw lines of equal frost dates over the Mountain and Plateau region westward of the one hundred and third meridian, but the average dates for Weather Bureau stations in that region have been entered on the charts. In autumn killing frosts occur first in northern Minnesota and Dakota, in the region of greatest cold in winter. The advance of the frost line southward is irregular, there being a considerable area in the central valleys shown on the chart by the interval between October 15 and November 1, over which the average date falls in the latter part of October. South- ward of Tennessee and Arkansas the average date of killing frost is deferred until November, although in some years killing frost may occur in the latter part of October. Killing frosts in Tennessee rarely occur as early as October 1. Killing frost may occur in northern Minnesota and Dakota as early as August 25, and light frost at an earlier date. Light frost during the latter part of August is not an unusual occurrence over Michigan, Wisconsin, Minnesota, the Dakotas, and Montana. 1076— BuU. Q— 06 3 34 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. The time that generally elapses between the date of killing frost on the average of all years and the date of the earliest killing frost in any individual year varies greatly with locality. In some regions, as in Nebraska and Iowa, it is about thirty days. Farther north it is less, probably fifteen days; and it is also less in the South, probably twenty days. Killing frosts occur in spring on the average as late as May 15 in the upper peninsula of Michigan, the northern portions of Minnesota and Wisconsin, and in North Dakota. Occa- sionally a killing frost occurs in the first half of June. Instances are known of killing frosts in western New York, western Pennsylvania, and northern Ohio as late as June 11. What are known in western Pennsylvania as the great June frosts occiu'red on June 4 and 11, 1859. These frosts killed nearly all vegetation, even to the leaves of the trees. The occurrence of frost is largely governed by local topographical featm-es, and should be studied more from a local than a general standpoint. There are imdoubtedly limited areas in all States where frost does not occur with the same frequency or severity as in other localities. Frost is more likely to occur in valleys than on the slopes of adjacent hills, since there is a strong tendency for the air as it cools by terrestrial radiation to fiow down the slopes into the valley by force of gravity alone. The depth of the stratum of cold air which rests on the floor of the valley is often plainly outlined by the frost line along the adjacent hillsides. The same phenomenon, viz, the drainage of cold air iato the valleys and over lowlands, is noted in cold winter nights. Horticulturists, therefore, are careful to avoid valleys in selecting sites for orchards, siace the probability of both frost and severe freezes is decidedly greater than on the hillsides and the higher lands. DECREASE IN TEMPERATURE WITH ALTITUDE. Temperature inversions. — ^The observed decrease in temperatin-e with elevation is, on the average, about 1 degree Fahrenheit for 330 feet; it is raore rapid in summer than in winter and in general varies with the time of day and the state of the sky, whether clear or cloudy. In all seasons there are frequent exceptions to the general law of cooling with increase in alti- tude. The simplest case is that which occm-s in calm clear weather, when the air in valleys becomes colder than that of the slopes and summits of the inclosing hiUs or mountains. The cooling in the valleys is due partly to nocturnal radiation and partly to the drainage of colder air from the sides into the bottom or floor of the valley. A somewhat similar phenomenon is observed in the winter season in the mountain regions of the West, whenever a strong anti- cyclone moves southeastward along the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains at a time when the southern portion of the Great Basin is occupied by a cyclone. Apparently the higher elevations of Colorado, Wyoming, and Montana prevent the flow of the cold surface air of the anticyclone southwestward across the mountains into the Great Basin. The cold of the anti- cyclone is generally confined to a relatively thin stratum of air, as may be seen by an examina- tion of the table below. In this table are given daily mean temperatures for a number of stations of different elevations on both sides of the Continental Divide for the period February ,1 to 14, 1905. It will be seen that the daily mean temperatures over the plains directly to the eastward of the main range of the Rocky Mountains were on a few dates, notably the 2d, 3d, and 4th, as much as 20° to 30° lower than at mountain stations 3,000 and 4,000 feet higher. It is an interesting fact that the mean temperature for the entire fom-teen days at Halls Gulch," elevation 12,000 feet, was only half a degree lower than at Denver, more than a mile nearer sea level. The temperature on the western slope of the Continental Divide during the period in question was generally higher than on the eastern slope until about the 11th, when a period of low temperatures set in on both sides of the range at all altitudes. It should be noted, however, that the fall in temperatures on the 11th began first on the plains of northeastern Colorado and gradually overspread the whole State. There was also a fall in temperature on a Halls Gulch, according to District Forecaster Brandenburg, is about a mile east of the Continental Divide, which at that point has an elevation of 12,600 feet. PLATE XIX. AVERAGE DATE OF FIRST :iLLING FROST IN AUTUMN. PLATE XX. AVERAGE DATE OF LAST LUNG FROST IN SPRING. K'llomclcn 100 50 100 rirnliiiii I TEMPEEATUEE. 35 the 9th on the western slope, and also at elevated stations on the eastern slope, but not at lower levels. Tempeeatoee Inversions in Rocky Mountains, Febedary 1 to 14, 1905. Elevations and stations. Eleva- tion. February, 1905. 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. EAST OF THE DIVIDE. 4,500 to 6,500 feet: Fort Collins Feet. 4,994 5,400 5,272 5,363 6,098 4 6 5 14 8 4 3 4 4 -3 2 4 6 2 9 13 18 11 14' 18 18 22 20 27 16 17 16 26 24 21 24 20 24 22 21 18 14 20 11 20 16 - 4 -10 8 - 2 -12 - 8 -10 -14 -12 - 2 13 12 8 2 22 16 ' 20 15 18 18 12 13 , 15 32 Denver 26 30 10 7 2 3 13 21 16 1 16 22 21 16 - 2 -11 7 24 6,782 7,060 7,534 6,500 to 8,500 feet: Cheeseman 10 29 16 22 38 27 24 40 31 32 38 31 27 34 18 26 29 24 16 28 25 19 26 16 15 16 18 21 20 10 6 13 - 8 -10 - 3 4 10 10 4 20 Salida 20 22 18 29 32 34 26 26 1 23 20 16 17 4 - 3 8 21 8,600 9,300 10,268 12,000 8,500 to 12,000 feet: 11 14 28 20 30 29 2S 20 29 30 24 22 26 26 28 20 16 24 20 18 18 24 17 56 10 12 10 16 6 10 3 2 10 17 12 6 - 6 - 3 11 6 -14 - 8 - 8 - 6 - 4 - 4 6 - 6 16 15 22 18 18 ' 16 14 Halls Gulch - 4 IS 27 26 25 20 20 19 12 6 11 2 - 9 - 2 12 4,510 6,105 5,866 ■WEST OF THE DIVIDE. 4,500 to 6,500 feet: Fruita 29 32 33 30 36 34 36 37 36 b8 35 34 38 39 31 40 34 36 32 29 30 22 20 20 13 29 27 22 26 26 21 6 8 6 -11 - 4 - 8 4 ■ 22 18 31 33 36 36 36 33 28 27 18 26 24 6 - 8 3 6,500 9,524 9,224 10,000 6,500 to 8,500 feet: 26 31 34 22 28 26 14 16 13 6 16 -16 - 4 8,600 to 12,000 feet: 28 27 26 30 28 26 28 28 27 20 26 25 22 22 20 18 22 18 18 21 16 12 14 12 2 4 - 2 11 20 16 12 20 - 3 4 - 8 4 White Pine 27 28 28 24 21 19 18 13 1 16 16 - 2 COLD WAVES. An isolated thunderstorm in the summer season temporarily cools the atmosphere in its immediate neighborhood; general thunderstorms and showers cool the air over a relatively greater area and the cooling is more lasting than in the case of the isolated storm, that is to say, it may endure for twenty-four hours, while the effect of the isolated storm vanishes in a few hours. The same genetic conditions which produce the cooling of a summer shower, when strongly accentuated produce the cold wave of winter. The warming up in front of a cyclone and the cooling in the rear have been frequently referred to in the preceding pages. The fall in tem- perature technically known as a cold wave is merely an intensified case of the cooling herein- before described in connection with the movement of cyclones and anticyclones. The fall in temperature to justify a cold wave must be at least 20° in twenty-four hours, except along the Gulf coast where a fall of but 16° or more constitutes a cold wave, provided in both cases a certain minimum temperature is reached. Along the Gulf coast and in Florida the minimum 36 CLIMATOLOGY OP' THE IJXJITED STATES. temperature is 32° or lower. In north central districts the minimum is zero or lower in December, January, and February, and 10° in November and March. The average warming in winter in front of a cyclone is not far from 10°; in exceptional cases the rise in temperature may be as much as 20° to 30° above the average for the time and place. If then the cyclone under whose influence the temperature rose be followed by a strong anticyclone, the fall in temperature due to the indraught of cold northwest winds will be sufficient to constitute a cold wave. From the foregoing it may be seen that in the United States a cold wave is preceded by warm southerly winds, which elevate the temperature above the seasonal average, and that the fall in temperature is due to the prevalence of cold northwest winds in the rear of the cyclone. The above statement is incomplete, so far as it relates to the cause of abnormal heating in front and cooling in the rear of cyclones, since no account is taken of the eflFect of solar and terrestrial radiation, the vapor contents of the air, etc. The air is heated in front of a cyclone, not alone by the importation of relatively warm air from lower latitudes but as a result of other atmospheric conditions which operate to prevent loss of heat by radiation at night and to conserve the heat gained by day through solar radiation. Conversely, the cold of the anticyclone is not wholly due to the transfer of cold air from higher latitudes, since if this were so the temperature of the air in the anticyclone would contiaually grow warmer as it advanced into lower latitudes. The most effective of the several causes which contribute to the cold of the anticyclone is doubtless radiation from the ground in the clear dry air in the rear of the cyclone. In the region of high northwest winds the volume of cold air poured in is very great and the mixing of the lower air strata is more complete than in the case of light winds. As a result the cold of radiation is communicated to a greater stratum of air and the effect of solar radiation is diminished, since the surface layers are being constantly renewed by colder air from higher latitudes. If there is little horizontal movement of the air in an anticyclone the temperatures of nighttime will be low and there will be a tendency for the colder air to collect in valleys and basins under the influence of gravity. In daytime, how- ever, the temperatures rise sharply under the influence of solar radiation. The average number of severe cold waves in a year in the eastern part of the United States is between three and four, and they are confined mainly to the months of January, February, and December. The great majority of cold waves that enter the United States are first noted in the British possessions north of Montana. Their course is generally thence directly eastward across the Lake region and Ohio Valley to the Middle Atlantic coast, or southeastward along the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains to the Gulf of Mexico, and thence northeastward up the Ohio Valley and along the Atlantic coast. Cold waves occasionally also move southward over Idaho, eastern Washington, and eastern Oregon on the western side of the Rocky Mountains, and cold winds descend on the western slope of the Cascades into the interior valleys of Wash- ington and Oregon. They may also advance from the north Pacific coast across Washington and Oregon and lodge in the Plateau region, but the most severe cold on the Pacific coast is the product of the interior and comes from the north and northeast rather than the west. TJie cold wave of January 6 to 9, 1 886. ^-The meteorological conditions which prevailed during the cold wave of January 6, 7, 8, and 9, 1886, are shown on Plates XXI to XXIV, and the position of the cold wave from day to day is shown on Plate XXV; The wind direction and velocity and temperature at each observation during the prevalence of the cold wave are given in the table below: TEMPERATUEE. 37 Wind Direction and Velocity and Temperatore during the Cold Wave of January 6-10, 1886. [Washington mean time.] ■" a. m. 11 a. m. 3 p. m. 7 p. m. lip. m. Station and date. Wind. Tem- pera- ture. Wind. Tem- pera- ture. Wind. Tem- pera- ture. Wind. Tem- pera- ture. Wind. Tem- Direc- tion, Veloc- ity. Direc- tion. Veloc- ity. Direc- tion. Veloc- ity. Direc- tion. Veloc- ity. Direc- tion. Veloc- ity. pera- ture. Fort Assinniboine: NW. NW. NE. S. W. NW. NW. NW. NW. S. N. NW. NE. N. N. SE. NW. NW. E. W. NW. W. E. W. W. SE. W. W. NE. W. w. NW. NW. W. Miles. 19 9 1 7 19 16 60 66 76 20 26 20 6 28 21 7 36 12 4 20 13 4 8 30 19 12 18 8 13 24 20 5 10 21 -16 -33 22 -21 - 4 -19 -12 - 1 21 -10 -15 23 22 - 4 67 13 18 48 33 16 30 38 6 2 65 33 21 17 - 2 - 6 21 23 10 Miles. NW. E. NE. SW. W. N. NE. W. NW. S. NW. NW. S. N. N. SE. NW. N. SE. NW. NW. SW. w. w. w. SW. w. w. NE. w. w. E. NW. NW. Miles. 18 4 7 6 23 17 34 67 40 16 29 18 21 31 21 13 34 10 3 20 14 5 32 27 18 26 22 16 17 27 15 7 16 12 -22 -21 12 -18 - 7 -20 - 6 1 5 34 - 9 - 2 48 3 9 63 24 29 66 26 26 46 36 8 16 66 40 38 21 - 2 - 1 34 26 17 Miles. NW. E. NE. Calm. SW. NW. N. N. NW. N. NW. NW. S. N. N. NW. NW. N. SE. W. NW. S. w. w. NW. w. w. w. NW. w. NW. NE. N. NW. Miles. 4 15 4 16 44 53 42 46 40 36 7 13 18 9 38 17 3 7 17 8 4 28 24 14 29 21 6 17 27 15 11 14 20 -28 -20 Dead wood: -16 -15 Pikes Peak: Jan. 6, 1886 W. N. N. NW. N. S. N. NW. i 16 44 57 60 14 23 20 - 4 -20 - 9 5 26 - 9 - 9 NW. NW. NE. NW. NW. N. NW. NW. 8 60 4 42 39 11 28 4 -10 -27 - 4 - 1 6 19 - 8 - 2 -11 Jan 7 1886 -25 Jan. 8, 1886 - 6 Jan. 9, 1886 - 4 Jan. 10, 1886 6 Dodge City: Jan. 6, 1886 14 Jan. 7, 1886 -11 Jan 8 1886 Fort Sill: 36 - 1 Tnn R ^fififi 8 Galveston : Jan 7 1886 SE. NW. N. SE. NW. NW. W. SB. NW. W. SE. W. W. E. W. NW. NE. NW. NW. 8 30 12 3 21 15 2 23 31 17 12 26 16 12 27 14 6 21 14 62 18 20 56 24 18 38 37 4 9 58 40 32 20 - 2 - 9 28 23 22 N. NW. N. SE. NW. NW. SW. W. W. w. SW. w. w. NE. w. w. NE. W. NW. 40 23 4 10 13 8 7 31 24 17 24 10 7 9 27 16 14 8 9 47 24 32 58 24 28 42 19 8 14 56 34 33 20 - 2 - 2 32 24 14 51 Jan 8 1886 20 Jan. 9, 1886 20 New Orleans: Jan. 7, 1886 56 Jan. 8, 1886 20 Jan. 9, 1886 26 Atlanta: Jan. 7 1886 39 Jan. 8, 1886 29 Jan 9 1886 6 Jan 10, 1886 9 Jacksonville: ' Jan. 8, 1886 49 Jan. 9, 1886 31 29 Cincinnati: Jan 8, 1886 18 Jan 9 1886 - 6 Jan. 10, 1886 - 8 Washington: 28 Jan. 9, 1886 26 Jan 10 1886 14 The cold wave here illustrated belongs to the class which enters the United States from the region north of Montana and sweep southeastward over the western plains to the Gulf of Mexico where they divide, one portion continuing southward as a brisk north wind over Mexico and the west Gulf, and a second portion passing northeastward in the rear of the retreating cyclone. The southeastward movement is very rapid, and the premonitory signs are some- times not well marked. On the weather map of January 6, Plate XXI, the high pressure at a single station coupled with the ill-defined cyclone over western Kansas, and the general wind circulation over Montana and the Dakotas were the only indications of a swift southward advance of an area of high pressure and low temperature. Eight hours after the observations 38 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. that appear on the map of January 6, 1886 were made, the barometer over Montana had risen nearly half an inch and snow was falling with temperatures of 10° to 12° below zero. By nightfall the winds had become northerly over the whole of the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains north of Indian Territory and the line of zero temperature had advanced to western Nebraska. The southward sweep of the cold is shown by the weather map of January 7, Plate XXII, from which it will be seen that the line of zero temperature includes the entire northeastern Rocky Mountain region, including Kansas, Nebraska, and the Dakotas. The cold wave increased both in extent and intensity on the 7th, the temperature over the area of greatest fall being from 20° to 30° below zero. Immediately in front of the cold wave, viz, over the States of Nebraska, Kansas, and Oklahoma, northerly gales with blinding snow storms prevailed. In these regions a number of lives were lost and thousands of cattle per- ished. The wave of intense cold swept rapidly southward over the Plains region and reached the Texas coast on the evening of the 7th. Its rate of movement was between 30 and 40 miles per hour, and it was accompanied throughout its entire course from the Dakotas to the Gulf of Mexico by high northerly winds and snow. The temperature at Galveston, on the Texas coast, fell from 65° at 12 midnight of the 7th to a minimum of 11° by the morning of the 8th, a drop of 54° in less than eighteen hours. At New Orleans the temperature fell to 15.2° on the morning of the 9th; at Charleston, S. G., to 10.5° on the morning of the 11th, and at Jack- sonville, Fla. to 15.3° on the morning of the 12th. The cold wave above described forms a striking example of the tremendous changes that occasionally take place in the air temperatures over the country east of the Rocky Mountains. The fall in temperature in this instance was due largely to the southward movement of masses of cold air from northern latitudes in the early stages of development, and from a westerly quarter in the later stages plus the effect of terrestial radiation in the clear dry air of the anti- cyclone. The fall in temperature was noticeable on the summits of the Rocky Mountains as indicated by the observations for Pikes Peak given in the table above. The fall in temperature on the mountain peaks, however, lagged somewhat behind the fall over the level country to the eastward where northerly winds with falling temperature set in on the afternoon of the 6th. The lowest temperature was recorded on Pikes Peak about 9 p. m. local time January 7, synchronous with the shift of the winds to the northwest. The wind velocities on the Peak on the 9th and 10th, when the cyclonic center was off the Middle Atlantic coast, averaged about 55 miles per hour, the total wind travel being over 1,200 miles on each day. The continued sweep of air over the Rocky Mountain sTimmits for over forty-eight hours was due to the very great depth of the Atlantic coast cyclone, where it may be noted pressure was below 28 inches. Lower temperatures than those of January, 1886, have been experienced in Eastern and Southern States, notably in connection with the cold waves of February, 1899. In that month a minimum temperature of 1° below zero was registered at Mobile, and a minimum of 10° above zero at Jacksonville, Fla. In this case a series of cold waves had traversed the North- western States during the early days of the month, and extremely cold weather prevailed from the British Northwest southward to the west Gulf States. In this case the cyclone, which was the immediate forerunner of the low temperatures, developed farther to the southward than in January, 1886, and the prevailing temperatures to the west and northwest were also lower. These two facts, viz, greater proximity to the source of the cold, and the movement of the cyclone in lower latitudes are sufficient to account for the low temperatures of February, 1899. PERIODS OF ABNORMALLY HIQH TEMPERATURE— HEATED TERMS. Periods of abnormally high temperatures, in brief, "heated terms" occur at irregular intervals in nearly all portions of the temperate latitudes. In the United States the heated term reaches its fullest development in the northern and central portions of the Mississippi Valley and thence eastward to the Atlantic coast. It is not experienced in the Rocky Mountain and Plateau regions, because whatever the day temperatures may be the nights are cool by reason of the altitude in conjunction with the rapid radiation of heat, from the surface of the ground, that begins as soon as the sun sets. The high altitudes and clear skies of the Plateau TEMPERATURE. 39 region are both favorable to rapid nocturnal radiation. Hot spells of the extent and duration experienced in northeastern districts are likewise unknown on the Pacific coast, although sev- eral days of extremely warm weather may be experienced, even to the immediate coast line. In the interior valleys of California a hot, dry north wind occasionally blows. In some portions of the State the hot wind is dust laden and exceedingly trying to both man and beast. Heated term of August, 1896. — Heated terms are usually associated with extensive and prolonged drought. Together they seriously interfere with trade and commerce, and greatly increase the mortality, especially in the cities. Some idea of the loss of life due to sunstroke and excessive heat may be had from the statement that duriag the three weeks that ended August 22, 1896, there were 2,0.36 known deaths in the United States directly attribu- table to sunstroke. Large as this number is, it doubtless falls far short of the actual number of cases. In a study of the subject of sunstroke so far as it is connected with and dependent upon the meteorological conditions, Dr. W. F. R. Phillips, medical climatologist, reached the following conclusions : (o) That the number of sunstrokes follows more closely the excess of temperature above the normal than it does that of any other meteorologic condition. (6) That the number of sunstrokes does not appear to sustain any definite relation to the relative humidity, the ms,ximum fatalities having occurred in one region with a relative humidity above the average, and in the other region with a. reja^iyp humidity decidedly below the average. .•],/'[ (c) That although the absolute humidity was greatest during the maximum of sunstrokes, yet it doeS not appear that the variations influenced the number of cases. Doctor Phillips further remarks: , m / If it be taken into consideration that the maximum quantity of aqueous vapor in a given space is limited by the tem- perature of the vapor, and that the relative humidity is really not a simple meteorologic element, but the expression of a ratio that depends on both the aqueous vapor and the temperature, it would seem that the statistics herein collected, confirm the proposition that sunstroke is ultimately due to excessive atmospheric temperature. In other words, sunstroke will Vkpt, occur unless the atmospheric temperature be much greater than that to which fhe individual is accustomed, no. matter what may be the state of the other meteorologic elements. The important point to be -determined from our statistical tables is the atmospheric temperature that will produce sunstroke. Referring again to the' tables, it will be observed that, for' instance, in the city of Boston a number of people were prostrated and some killed by sunstroke when the mean temperature' bf thi day rose to 82°, or 13° above the August normal; but there were thousands of people living there at the same time that'were unhurt by this high temperature as far as can be told; it is therefore evident that some people can withstand a higher tem- perature than others; in other words, there is a personal equation to be taken into consideration. Again, it will be seen that while a mean temperature of 82° was fatal or injurious to a large number of people in Boston, yet the sacjie^ degree, of heat is the customary August temperature which, the inhabitants of New Orleans endure without sunstroke, or any particular inconvenience. Evidently there must enter into tiie case another factor, namely, the accommodation of the indiividual to average physical environment, or the cKmatic equation, and it is apparent therefrom that the temperature likely itO' cause sunstroke varies with the cKmate of the locaUty; hence,' each particular locality has for its native or acclimatted' inhalbitant a special local sunstroke temperature or range of temperature. ' ' As a provisional index to the "sunstroke temperature" of each cUmate the author proposes the use of the average or normal maximum daily temperature during the warm- se.asbn of the year; and as a working hypothesis derived therefrom, submits the following proposition : Sunstroke becomes imminent during the summer months, when the mean temperature of any one day, or of several consecutive days, becomes equal, or nearly equal, to the normal maximum tempefatui'e for the same period. (Monthly Weather Review, November'. 1896, p. 409.) ' ' .. ■ .n. 40 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TBMPEEATnBE STATISTICS OP EaOH DaT AT CERTAIN SELECTED STATIONS DoEINO THE SuNSTKOKB EPIDEMIC OP August 3 to 18, 1896, Inclusive. MEAN TEMPERATtTRE. August, 1896. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15'. 16. 17. 18. Coastal region: Albany, N.Y Boston, Mass New Haven, Conn. New York, N.Y... Philadelphia, Pa. . Washington, D. C. Interior: Chicago, 111 Cincinnati, Ohio... St. Louis, Mo Southern region: Charleston, S. C... Jacksonville, Fla. . New Orleans, La . . Western region: Denver, Colo Los Angeles, Cal.. 86 82 70 85 64 65 71 71 65 70 72 87 71 74 DEPARTURE OP THE DAILY MEAN TEMPERji-TURE FROM THE NORMAL AT CERTAIN STATIONS FROM AUGUST 3 TO 18, 1896, INCLUSIVE. Coastal region: Albany, N.Y Boston, Mass New Haven, Conn New York, N.Y. . Philadelphia, Pa.. Washington, D. C Interior: Chicago, 111 Cincinnati, Ohio.. St. Louis, Mo Southern region: Charleston,- S. C. . Jacksonville, Fla. New Orleans, La. Western region: Denver, Colo Los Angeles, Cal . . o o o O o o o o o O o o o o o + 6 +10 +11 +10 +10 +11 +13 +12 +11 + 6 +5 +4 +3 -2 +1 + 8 + 2 - 5 + 7 + 5 +13 +17 +13 +13 + 7 +2 -2 +5 +3 +1 + 7 +10 + 2 + 7 +11 +13 +15 +14 +15 + 13 +5 +3 +4 +1 + 4 + 7 + 9 + 7 + 9 +10 +12 + 13 +12 + 9 +3 +2 +1 -4 +3 + 4 + 6 +10 +10 +11 +11 + 8 +12 +12 +10 +3 +5 +4 -1 +3 + 5 + 8 +13 +12 + 9 +13 +10 +10 +12 + 8 +4 +3 +5 -1 +5 +10 +13 + 8 + 5 +15 +12 +16 + 9 + 1 + 1 +8 +6 +2 -6 +2 + 2 + 5 + 9 + 8 + 10 + 9 + 7 + 3 + 5 +3 +7 +1 -7 +4 + 9 +11 +12 + 13 +13 +12 + 5 + 8 + 4 + 1 +3 +8 -1 . -6 +3 - 1 + 2 + 1 + 1 + 4 + 7 + 6 + 4 + 2 + 4 +2 +4 +6 +4 + 2 + 1 + 2 + 2 + 4 + 4 + 4 + 2 + 3 +1 +2 +2 +2 + 4 + 4 + 2 + 2 - 1 - 4 + 4 + 2 -2 +3 +5 + 6 + 3 + 3 + 5 + 5 + 3 - 3 + 1 + 7 +8 +6 +4 +3 -2 - 2 - 4 - 6 - 3 - 5 - 4 - 5 - 3 - 4 - 2 -2 -3 +3 -7 -1 -5 -7 -2 -3 -7 -5 -6 +4 +5 +1 +1 MINIMUM TEMPERATCTEE. Coastal region: Albany, N.Y Boston, Mass New Haven, Conn New York, N.Y.. Philadelphia, Pa. . Washington, D. C Interior: Chicago, 111 Cincinnati, Ohio.. St. Louis, Mo Southern region: Charleston, S. C . . Jacksonville, Fla. . New Orleans, La.. Western region: Denver, Colo , Los Angeles, Cal . . o o o o o o o o o o o o o o o 62 66 70 72 73 71 73 74 72 72 70 66 64 69 61 61 67 63 61 64 70 72 76 76 75 70 67 64 64 66 61 66 69 66 69 70 73 75 73 74 73 70 65 68 61 68 67 70 74 68 73 75 77 76 77 74 70 70 69 63 66 68 71 75 74 76 78 75 77 77 76 72 71 67 70 69 70 70 77 77 76 77 76 74 76 70 70 68 70 65 68 69 73 73 72 76 ' 73 78 70 70 70 72 68 68 58 69 68 70 74 70 73 76 75 72 71 72 71 73 71 60 72 74 78 80 82 82 82 78 76 70 69 74 74 69 67 72 75 78 78 77 78 79 80 78 76 79 76 74 78 78 77 71 72 76 75 76 78 78 76 76 76 71 74 75 76 75 77 75 77 77 74 70 74 75 77 76 76 74 75 77 6a 67 63 53 58 61 58 54 56 52 61 64 59 61 59 61 62 59 56 57 54 56 58 61 56 58 59 61 63 66 54 58 53 57 62 62 00 62 71 77 79 63 TEMPEEATUBE. 41 Minimum Tempebatores of 75° and Over at Washington, D. C, Ddbing each Simmeb from 1872 to 1904, Inclusive, Together with the Maximum on the Same Dates. Date. 1872. July 1 July2 Julys July4 July 14 July 15 July 16 July 17 July 18 July 26 July 31 August 12. . August 13.. August 14.. August 19.. August 20.. August 21.. August 22.. August 26.. 1873. Julys July 17 July 26 August 1 . . . 1874. June 9 June 28 June 29 July9 July 10 July 11 1876. June 26 June 27 July 6 1878. July 2 Max. Min. c O 96 78 98 79 101 78 97 78 96 76 89 75 93 77 93 77 95 76 94 75 86 76 98 76 97 76 98 75 96 77 92 76 91 74 96 76 92 75 101 78 97 94 76 78 98 102 76 77 95 101 75 78 98 76 95 75 87 96 74 76 97 76 96 94 76 76 Date. 1876. Julys July 4 July 5 July8 July9 July 10 July 11 July 12 July 13 July 15 July 18 July 19 July 20 1877. July 27 1878. JulyO July 10 July 18 July 19 July 21 1879. August 4 — August 6 1880. July 10 July 11 July 13 July 14 July 15 September 6 1881. July 6 July 12 July IS August 6 August 13... Max. 96 94 98 94 90 91 97 9S 98 97 101 Min. Date. 1882. June 25.. . June 26... 18s3. July 4.... July 23... August 3- 1885. July 21 . . . July 22... July 2S... July 24... July 25... 1887. July 14... July 16... July 18... July 26... July 26... July 30... July 31... 1888. August 7- 1889. July9.... July 10... July 11... 1890. July 9.--. July 17... 1891. August 11 1892. July 25.. - July 26... July 27... Max. Min. o o 95 76 91 77 94 76 96 77 84 77 96 74 95 77 88 74 91 75 96 76 94 76 100 74 103 76 89 75 91 76 92 75 87 76 9S 75 92 75 92 75 89 76 90 76 96 75 93 75 97 77 99 77 98 79 1894. July 28... 1896. July 5.... July 14... July 21... July 28... August 6- August 7. August 8. August 9. August 10 August 11 August 12. 1898. Julys July 30.... Augusts.. 1900. July 17--.. July 18.... August 8. . August 9-. August 10. August 11. August 14. 1901. July 1 Julys July 29--.. 1904. July 18..-. July 19--.. Max. 97 93 97 93 94 96 100 93 93 97 101 92 102 95 97 92 92 Min. 75 76 75 76 77 77 75 77 76 74 76 79 76 77 77 77 77 78 78 74 75 78 75 76 77 75 In the discussion of the above paper before the American CHmatological Association, " the fact that continuous high temperature, both day and night for at least two days were much more effective in the causation of sunstroke than one or two days of high temperature was brought out and emphasized. The writer has also pointed out that serious bodily discomfort is rarely experienced except when the temperature of nighttime does not fall below 75°. (.Aanual Report Chief of Weather Bureau, 1897, p. 264.) In the light of the minimum temperatures published in the table it would appear that, as pointed out by Doctor Phillips, in the case of the mean temperature, the critical nighttime tem- perature varies for different localities. For New York, Philadelphia, and the Middle Atlantic States generally the figure above given, viz, 75°, is believed to be correct; for New England it would appear to be too high; 70° to 72° would seem to be more appropriate. In the central valleys above the thirty-seventh parallel a provisional value of 74° is suggested. The above tables contain a record of (1) the daily mean temperature, (2) the departures from the normal, and (3) the minimum temperatures at a group of selected stations during the hot spell of August 3-18, 1896, and, finally, a record of all minimum temperatures above 75° at Washington, D. C, from 1872 to 1904, both inclusive. In regard to the latter it may be observed o Transactions of the American Climatological Association, vol. 13, pp. 234-237. 42 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. that the thermometer shelter in use between 1872 and 1885 did not admit of as perfect ventilation as in subsequent years, and for that reason it is believed the records are less trustworthy. From 1885 to 1904 the thermometers were exposed in a standard roof shelter, through which the air circulated with considerable freedom. For sustained high temperatures the period August 6 to 12, 1896, with an average maximum of 95° and an average minimum of 76° is the most remark- able of the last twenty years. The summers of 1872, 1876, 1878, and 1880 were also character- ized by high night temperatures. During the thirty-three years, 1872 to 1904, there have been 14 periods of high night temperatures of three or more consecutive days, 6 of which were of three days' duration, 4 of four days, 2 of five days, and 1 each of six and seven days, respectively. The cause of the heated term is to be found in the pressure distribution over the North American continent and the Atlantic Ocean. The belt of high pressure which surrounds the globe having its maximum about 30° north latitude is more stable and unyielding in some years than in others. In a normal year this belt of high pressure where it projects over the southern portion of the United States may be considered as a series of detached areas of high pressure separated by trough-like valleys of lower pressure which move slowly eastward. As these barometric troughs drift eastward there is sufficient overturning in the lower layers of the atmos- phere to cause showers and thunderstorms at more or less regular intervals, and with these there can be no excessive heating. When heated terms prevail the barometric troughs above referred to do not extend south of the Lake region, and as a consequence an unbroken area of high pressure covers the Gulf and South Atlantic States, from which southerly winds blow over the interior valleys and the Middle Atlantic States. As a result of the southerly winds and unbroken inso- lation of midsummer the earth's surface becomes heated to an unusual degree. More heat is gained by day than is lost by radiation at night, and thus the night temperatures slowly rise. The length of time a heated term will continue in eastern districts is always a matter of considerable uncertainty, depending as it does upon the pressure conditions over the south- eastern States and the adjacent ocean. Fluctuations of pressure and temperature in a heated term. — The records of pressure and tem- perature as automatically registered at Washington, D. C, during August, 1900, are reproduced below, figs. 4 and 5. The month o^ August, 1900, was characterized not by high indi- vidual maximum temperatures, but by the large number of days with the maximum temperatures in the nineties. Thus at St. Louis there were 24; at Memphis, 20; St. Paul, 11; Chicago, 10; Detroit, 8; Cincinnati, 15; Pittsburg, 12; Philadelphia, 13; and Baltimore, 17. At Washington, D. C, there were seventeen days with maximum temperatures above 90°, of which fourteen were successive. The mean temperature of the month as a whole was the highest on record over the Lake region, the Ohio Valley, and the Middle Atlantic States. The shaded areas on the small chart, fig. 6, show the regions of high temperature during August, 1900, and the amount of the abnormality is shown by the lines of equal departure. The line of demarcation between the regions of abnormally high and abnormally low temperature passes about due north and south along the crest of the Rocky Mountains. Within the general area of high tempera- tures east of the Rocky Mountains may be found smaller areas of excessive local heating, as at St. Paul, where the monthly mean, 77°, was the highest recorded in eighty years. The important fact illustrated by this chart, however, is the very general heating of the lower layers of the atmosphere over practically the whole country east of the Rocky Mountains, as opposed to any special local heating. This great mass of heated air continued to occupy the interior valleys and eastern districts until September 12, when it was broken up and dispersed by a vigorous cyclone that passed over the Lake region the day previous. BAROGBAPH CURVES DURING WARM MONTH. 43 mm iJITntttH WM 1 M'.'. ::ttj; ■ ..: ::::;; — '■ ■ ■ ■ . ■■ — . ■ ■■ ■■■ ■ , ■ ■'■ :::::; ■ ■ — .. 31- ■ ■■ ■■■in- TttttH+fH ■■ ■ ■ .. ■ ■ ■■■■ '.'.' — .., '■':::" W ■§ ' O). . ■::: I ■- . ■ ■ '■'■'■■■'■':. Jt- ]'■■'■ ^St 1 Eimtrffl rmm \ ■■ — . ■Tn- ■ -Cn- ::: ; ■ [■■■■■■'■ !■ -■ . J ■■ + ■., t 'A IB. m Q Ttt'+F^ T I ■ -1- I ' \ Mttttffl Mm .. s! ' ■'^" .. — ■ it — 0: aim o -W\\in\ mm 1 T T OJ S: ■■ Mi o " ■ ■ ■ Ol I I J ■ ■■'■ :::::: ■ ■-.■ ::::: ■ ■ ■. .. ■ Ol i" ■ '^ ' ■■ ■ ■■ ■ "■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ . ■■■ ■■... ■ ■ -■■ '.'.'.'. c ■■■ 07 M ■ ■■ ... ■ ■ — ■ 1 ■ - ■ — . m ' ' S ■ -m ■ r "■■ ■ 1 ::::: '" ■" It^- ■ ■ ■■ '■'.'.'.'. iM . ■ ■■ . . . ■ ■■ . , ■ ■■■ ■ . ■ — ■ — ■ — ■ — 03 D ■■■Cn ■" — i ■ ■ . ..: ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■■ ■ •■ . ■ ■ ■ ■ — ■ s ■ ■■■oj Ol — t ■ ■ — . " ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ . . : ;:::: r gv 1 1 ■ Cn. t ■ ■ ■ ■ ' ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■■ ■ ■ ■ ■ ■ . ■ s^ w >Co p^ IS >9V W^ li Fig. 4.— Daily barograph trace, Waahlngton', D. C, August, 1900. The letter " E " indicates periods oJ rainlall. 44 CLIMATOLOGY 0¥ THE UNITED STATES. Fis. 5. — Daily tbeTmograph trace, Washington, D. C, August, 1900. TEMPEBATUBE. 45 Fig. 6.— Temperature departures ia the United States; August, 190D, a hot month east of the Bocky mountains. Precipitation. When a mass of air containing vapor is cooled below the dew point a portion of its vapor will be condensed. If condensation takes place at temperatures above 32°, the product will be water in the form of minute particles of fog or mist. The particles thus formed may float away with the wind or they may increase in size, coalesce, and fall to the ground of their own weight. Whether the condensation of vapor thus outlined results simply in cloud, or whether rain falls, depends on the magnitude of the temperature changes that take place in the air mass whose vapor is being condensed. The air may be cooled sufl&ciently to produce rain in several ways. Cooling by expansion as air ascends is probably the most effective cause of rainfall. An ascensional movement of air may be brought about in several ways, chief of which are: (1) The air may be forced up the side of a mountain into a region of diminished pressure and lower temperature, as happens whenever a mountain range runs in a direction at right angles to the prevailing winds; (2) by convectional overturning of the lower layers of the atmosphere under the influence of solar radiation, thus inducing ascensional currents — summer thunderstorms are largely a result of this process; (3) last, and doubtless most important of all, is the circulation of air in cyclonic storms, viz, a radial inflow from all sides and an ascensional movement in the center. A very large percentage of the rain of the United States is precipitated in connection with the movement of storms of the latter class. The moisture that is held in suspension in the air may be condensed into rain in still another way, viz, that of cooling by direct contact, such as would be caused at the bounding surfaces of two layers of air, the one flowing transversely across the other, provided of course one of the layers is initially colder than the other. In general, surface winds that are relatively cool, blow- ing into a region of contrary winds and high temperature, will produce abundant precipitation, as, for example, when cool northerly winds underrun the moisture-laden winds from the Gulf of Mexico. If the barometric and thermometric gradients are light, the condensation products will, in general, not pass beyond the cloud or fog stage. Among the causes which contribute to an abundant rainfall are: (1) Nearness to the ocean or other large body of water; (2) a location within or near the track of cyclonic storms; (3) mountain ranges, particularly those running in a direction at right angles to the direction of the rain-bearing winds. These conditions may operate singly or in combination. Condition 1 alone is not always effective in producing rainfall, as witness the South Pacific coast ; likewise condition 2 alone is not so effective in the interior of continents, far removed from an abundant supply of vapor, as in coastal regions. Montana and North Dakota, while lying directly within one of the great storm paths, are too far removed from the ocean to receive abundant rainfall, although other conditions are favorable. The raijifall of the North Pacific coast is an example of the combined effect of all three conditions. The conditions unfavorable to rainfall are chiefly those of geographic position, viz, remote- ness from the ocean and the average track of barometric depressions. Aridity may also be due to purely topographic causes; thus the light rainfall of the Great Basin is attributed to the fact that the rain-bearing winds are robbed of the greater portion of their moisture by the high mountain ranges that form the western border. The mountain parks of Colorado, deep valley- like basins surrounded by high mountains, are also regions of diminished rainfall, since there is- practically no ascensional movement of the air except that due to local convection in the summer season. Valleys that trend east-west in the Rocky Mountain region, parallel to the prevailing winds, are also dry. 47 48 CLIMATOLOGT OP THE UNITED STATES. Geographic distribution of precipitation; general features. — The distribution of rain and snow over the United States is graphically shown on Chart XXVI, and the numerical values for more than 650 stations are given in the tabular data for the several States and Territories. The registers used in the preparation of this chart were those of Weather Bureau stations that have been in operation since 1870, supplemented in many cases by private registers kept by cooper- ating voluntary observers. The main facts regarding the geographic distribution of precipitation in the United States are as follows: Pacific coast States. — There is a narrow belt of very heavy rainfall on the northwest coast, extending from Cape Flattery on the north to midway of the Oregon coast on the south, and inland as far as the summits of the Coast Range. In this, the region of greatest precipitation in the United States, the annual amount varies between 70 and 135 inches. It is least at the mouth of the Columbia River and greatest in Tillamook County, Oreg., where carefully kept records give amounts ranging from about 100 inches along the coast to upward of 130 inches at a single station 25 miles inland, at an elevation of 525 feet. The very great rainfall at this single station is doubtless due to the local topographic features. From the coast of southwestern Oregon to San Francisco, Cal., the annual fall diminishes from about 67 to 22 inches, and from the last-named point to San Diego, latitude 32° 43', to a little less than 10 inches, being a variation of about 100 inches (110 to 10 inches) from the Straits of Juan de Fuca to extreme southern California. The rain-bearing winds along the Pacific coast and over the interior valleys of Washington, Oregon, and California are southeasterly to westerly. Rain almost invariably begins with a southeast wind and continues as the winds shift successively to south, southwesterly, and west- erly. Northerly winds bring fair weather at all seasons. As a consequence both slopes of the Coast Range are well watered during the rainy season of November to May, although the fall on the Pacific side is the heavier. In the great valley of California the annual fall ranges from about 10 inches at Fresno, in the southern portion, to about 25 inches in the northern portion. In Oregon the upper portion of the Willamette Valley has somewhat more than 20 inches, while the lower portion has about 45 inches. In Washington the annual fall in the Puget Sound region averages about 45 inches, being somewhat more in the southern portion and somewhat less in the northern portion. On the western slope of the Sierra Nevada and the Cascades the fall increases rapidly from the floor of the valley, as one ascends the mountains, reaching a maximum somewhere between the 3,500 and 5,000 foot levels, respectively. The maximum annual amount on the western flanks of these mountains is probably as much as 100 inches in Washington and Oregon, and 40 to 80 inches in California. From these values the precipitation diminishes slowly until the summits are reached, and then falls away to an insignificant amount at the eastern base of the mountains. Precipitation of the Plateau region west of the Rocky Mountains. — The Cascade and Sierra Nevada ranges intercept and condense into rain and snow the moisture that would otherwise fall upon that vast stretch of rugged, mountainous country extending directly eastward to the backbone of the continent. Thus a single massive topographic feature controls the rainfall of a large portion of the West, giving it a character for aridity that is unsurpassed elsewhere in this country. The rainfall that has been measured for years past in the Plateau region is the rainfall of the valley and the lowlands rather than that of the mountain. Naturally it varies with orography and latitude. In the shadow of the Sierra Nevada the annual fall is between 5 and 6 inches, f In eastern Oregon, central and eastern Washington, it ranges from 8 to 12 inches and over. Tke mountain rairLfall has not been accurately determined; doubtless it does not much exceed 25 inches, except over small areas. While the prevailing characteristic of this region, as a whole, is dryness there are occasional times when some portion of it, through one of those curious reversals of existing conditions, receives a fairly abundant rainfall. These marked exceptions to the general rule fortunately do not occur with sufficient frequency to cause any misapprehension as to the enduring nature of the climate. The valley of the Colorado in PRECIPITATION. 49 southwestern Arizona, with an annual rainfall of less than 3 inches, represents the extreme conditions as to aridity in the United States. The precipitation in the lowlands is alnaost wholly confined to the winter months. About once in six years the bulk of the annual rainfall comes in a single month; tTius in 1891 2.5 inches, 93 per cent of the annual amount, fell in February; in 1897, 2.8 inches, 67 per cent of the annual amount, fell in January; in 1901, 3 inches, 83 per cent of the annual amount, fell in February. The winter of 1904-5 gave the heaviest precipita- tion in the desert regions of the Southwest that has been recorded during the last thirty years. At Yuma, Ariz., in the three months of January, February, and March, 1905, almost 8 inches of rain fell, an amount 2 inches in excess of the greatest annual amount hitherto recorded. Abnormally heavy precipitation in the arid regions of the West and Southwest is due almost invariably to the persistence of cyclonic areas west of the Rocky Mountains. A moving cyclone in passing across the Plateau region induces southerly winds, which being warm and dry give up little moisture with the cooling that is caused when they are supplanted by westerly winds of lower temperature. This is in accord with the common observation that rapidly moving cyclones cause less precipitation than slowly moving ones; when, however, a cyclonic area is prevented from crossing the continental divide by the prevailing high pressure to the eastward, the circulation of the winds around the region of lowest pressure as it continues from day to day brings in more and more relatively cold air from northern and eastern regions; the ascending currents of the cyclone doubtless penetrate farther into the upper relatively cool layers than is possible under the conditions of a rapidly moving cyclone, and abundant precipitation results. The daily weather maps during the first half of February, 1905, afford an excellent illustration of the weather types favorable to precipitation in southern California, Arizona, and New Mexico. Precipitation of the Rocky Mountain region. — Very little positive information is at hand concerning the distribution of precipitation throughout the length and breadth of the several ranges known collectively as the Rocky Mountains. As previously stated, the topographic fea- tures encountered in passing along the western slope of the Rocky Mountains from Montana to New Mexico are extremely varied. The extrusion of lateral ranges trending in every conceiv- able direction, the uplift here and there of plateau-like masses, together with the complex inter- mingling of mountain and valley, make it impossible to form an adequate idea of the general distribution of precipitation m this region. In general, the winter precipitation is almost , wholly in the form of snow, and is heavier on the western than on the eastern slope, as might be expected. In spring and summer the precipitation is heavier in some portions of the range on the eastern than on the western side. In the southern portion of the chain, as in New Mexico, the heaviest precipitation of the year comes in July and August, and it appears to be equally heavy on all sides of the mountains. The maximum yearly amounts in the States through which the Rocky Mountains pass are as follows, beginning at the north: Idaho, 40 inches; at Murray, elevation about 3,000 feet. This station is situated in an east-west valley, with mountains on both sides rising 1,000 to 2,000 feet above the level of the valley. It is a short distance west of the Coeur D'Alene Mountains, whose crests are probably between 6,000 and 7,000 feet in altitude. In Wyoming there is no well-defined region of maximum precipitation. Observations made in Yellowstone Park in the extreme northwest portion of the State — elevation 6,370 feet — give an annual mean of about 20 inches, and this is the greatest amount at any pomt in the State. District Forecaster Brandenburg, in speaking of the precipitation of Colorado, says: The greatest annual precipitation occurs in the northern part of Guimison County, at an elevation above 10,000 feet. Between 20 and 25 inches is the average for the western slope of the continental divide in the north central counties over the greater portion of the San Juan range and locally in the south central counties in the vicinity of Spanish Peaks. Amounts ranging between 15 and 20 inches occur on the average in the northern half of the State for some distance west of the mountains, while on the eastern slope these amounts occar in a long, narrow belt stretching north and south and whose eastern limits are the foothills. * * * Xtess than 10 inches is the average in the valleys along the western border, thence increasing somewhat up the narrow valley of the Gunnison. The least precipitation, between 6 and 8 inches, occm-s in the central part of San Luis Park. Precipitation east of the Bocky Mountains. — East of the Rocky Mountains the topographical features are comparatively simple. The rainfall distribution is therefore controlled almost 1076— Bull. Q— 06 4 50 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE DNITED STATES. wholly by the frequency and movement in latitude of cyclonic storms. To this general state- ment a single exception must be made, viz, that the heavy rainfall of northwestern Georgia and of the western portions of the Carolinas is due in considerable part to the mountain masses in those States, as hereinbefore mentioned. The greatest annual precipitation in the United States east of the Sierra Nevada and Cascade ranges — 70 inches — is found over a small area in the States above-named. A second area of comparatively heavy rainfall — 60 to 70 inches — is found in southeastern Louisiana and extreme southwestern Alabama. From these two centers of heavy rain the fall diminishes slowly northward and westward. The isohyetal (line of equal precipitation) of 30 inches entel-s the United States in northern Michigan, skirts the southern shore of Lake Superior, moves thence southwestward to eastern Kansas, thence due south to the Texas coast in longitude 97° west from Greenwich. The isohyetal of 20 inches enters the United States in the valley of the Red River of the North in west longitude 97° ; it passes thence a little west of south to western Kansas in the neighborhood of the one hundred and first merid- ian, which it closely follows southward to the Rio Grande Valley. From the one hundred and first meridian westward to the Rocky Mountains the average annual precipitation ranges gener- ally from 10 to 15 inches. In western Kansas (Dodge City) the precipitation of the driest year on record was 9.9 inches, the wettest year, 33.7 inches. While these figures are fairly representative of the extremes of precipitation experienced along and near the one hundred and fust meridian, there is a narrow strip of somewhat greater aridity between the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains and the western boundaries of Kansas, Nebraska, and the Dakotas. This region of minimum precipitation finds its fullest development in eastern Colorado about the one hundred and third meridian, at which point the average annual fall does not greatly exceed 12 inches, and the greatest fall in any year rarely equals or exceeds 20 inches. The rainfall tables for the several States and Territories show the amount of rainfall for the wettest and driest years, respectively. The distribution of precipitation throughout the year is an important climatological factor, since it enables one to distinguish between the rains which are serviceable to agriculture and those which fall after the crops have been gathered. In a previous publication, Bulletin D, "Rainfall of the United States," the author has recognized the following-named rainfall types in the United States : Pacific, sub-Pacific, Arizona, Northern Rocky Mountain, and Eastern Foothills, Plains, Gulf, Southern Appalachian and Tennessee, South Atlantic, Middle Atlantic and New England, Lake Region and Ohio Valley. Pacific type. — This type is found in all of the territory west of the Cascade and Sierra Nevada ranges, and also obtains in a fringe of country to the eastward of the mountain sununits. It is represented by the profiles of Olympia, Wash. ; San Fran- cisco, and San Diego, Cal. (Plate XXVII.) The heavy black vertical lines represent the precipitation of each month expressed as a percentage of the annual fall. The distinguishing characteristic of the Pacific type is a wet season, extending from October to March, :.nd a practically rainless summer, except in northern California and pavts of Oregon and Washington. About half of the yearly precipitation comes in the months of December, January, and February, the remaining half being distributed throughout the seven months^ — September, October, November, March, April, May,' and June. Sub-Pacific. — The term "sub-Pacific" has been given to that type of rainfall which obtains over eastern Washington, Idaho, Nevada, and Utah. The influences that control the precipitation of this region are much similar to those which pre- vail west of the Sierra Nevada and Cascade ranges. There is not, however, as in the Pacific type, a steady diminution of the winter precipitation with the approach of spring, but rather an increase which culminates in the late spring months. (See the profile of Spokane.) This fact is of very great importance to agricultural interests, whether the natural rainfall is suffi- cient for the growth and maturity of staple crops or not. In the latter case the rain comes at a time when most needed for iiTigation. Salt Lake City has been placed within the sub-Pacific group, although its profile is not similar in all respects to those of the remaining stations. The differences are probably due to the influence of the lake. Arizona. — The Arizona type, so called because it is more fully developed in that Territory than elsewhere, prevails over Arizona, New Mexico, and a small portion of southern Utah and Nevada. This type, of which Prescott, Ariz., and Fort Wingate, N. Mex., are examples, differs from all others in the fact that about 35 per cent of the rain falls in July and August. May and June are generally the months of least rainfall. The summer rains are essentially a feature of the mountain and plateau systems of both Territories, and are believed to be due largely to local convection induced by excessive insolation on the barren, rocky surface of the mountain sides and summits. The winter rains are due to migratory areas of low pressure pertaining to the general system of storm movement. The character of the whiter rains, whether light or heavy, depends largely on the frequency of atmospheric disturbances and especially their movement in latitude. Types of Monthly Distribution of Precipitation in the United States. PLATE XXVII. Rainfall Distribution in^ the U. S. (Percentage of fall in each month represented by heavy vertical linesV I) K k V, I^ £i t till iiii llllll: 1- I- !■ V Si 6l ■" ^ 1 L Olyxnj: yiex, iVa^h. Pr-e^cot ',yir-lz. ;> .M'ioLrrz.C Jl^o. cTcLcfCsonft. U..Fl^. „ I 20 = ^ =Il :: ::;^ 11 1 . :,o 5 =lU* A UIJ t,3<3A« Tze, Tfpi^Ji. BusrrttzT-c^,^ f.ScL/aita.. I'l? 'Wccsh ingrtoj 1 ,I>. C. t2 BcxT/izla, N--Y: ---i \l l^ I ' = __> J- A il It "^ .^ rr till V- III ft Hi. \ llllll IllftlSllllll] llllll r ol IlII iilltt iitt W\\\\% tttttt tlllP 111111 lllll : Boife C '(Y.Idaho. Sl.JF-cMl J^e'rtn. / -syj PkllctcLelt 7hicC;Ih.. ^ ^iitsbur- r.P'^- 1 \ s ^ :::| \ -_- -\ IS "" # 1 « .0 eI,! \- : ::: j^iiiiii 1-1* "^ lIIIiE . __.il^_ .iti tit* _i llllll] [lllll ^llllll llllll ill II II II II II innni ii ii i^rni ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii in^i ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii ii leai ii iiii ii ii ii lllll ! ^SizltJ^a/Ce Ciit/^trtaH. ^ Omoch «,vr^3^. • I Saston JHtx.s.ff. .... IndUa-napol iS^lTzd. E % N ^ " , § .^ ^ s n\\\\\ 1 \Ai\ ^ A til lilllt ililll llllll [iiaIi- ^ : iliiii] [itlttt iilt ittll tttttt itttt 111111 [lllth jyinrzem Ltcoa. ,J\re-9', Jjafyr-ert ce,J&z^. J JBircU Nest , Va.. Cairo, m. E - 1 II 1*- ri tnii \ III lilt tlll,w lllill lilii Hint I j« ■ 1 1 ~- i tin L^itU jilttt llttll tttttt lllll Itiltl lltitiro PRECIPITATION.. 51 The Northern Rocky Mountain and Eastern foothills. — A type closely allied to that of the Plains to the eastward. The Rocky Mountains form a dividing line between diametrically opposite rainfall types. West of the mountains, except in Arizona and New Mexico, the bulk of rain falls in the colder months of the year, but on crossing the range, the rainy season is transferred to the warmer months. In the Foothills region it occurs in April and May; in Montana, in May and June. On the Plains proper and eastward to Michigan and Indiana, it falls in May, June, and July, while on the South Atlantic and Gulf coasts it occurs in August and September, with but few exceptions. The rainfall of the Eastern Foothills region is not abundant, but what there is comes at the most opportune time of the year. This type is represented by the profiles of Denver and Helena. The Plains. — The Plains type is a very important one, covering as it does the great wheat and com region of the interior valleys. It embraces the greater part of the Dakotas, all of Minnesota and Wisconsin, part of Michigan and Illinois, all of Iowa, Nebraska, and Kansas, and the greater part of Missouri. This extensive region is characterized by a scant winter precipitation over the more northern States and moderately heavy rains during the growing season. The profiles for Bismarck, N. Dak.; St. Paul, Minn.; Omaha, Nebr.; Lawrence, Kaos., and Miami, Mo., illustrate the general features of the Plains type. The winter precipitation of the group decreases with increase of latitude. The rain of the Plains comes largely in the form of summer thundershowers in connection with migratory areas of low pressure that pass across the country. Gvlf. — The Gulf type is more complex than any of those hereinbefore considered. The distribution throughout the year is also more uniform, comparatively few months receiving less than 8J per cent of the yearly fall. On the west Gulf the rainfall of June, August, and September is heavier than at other seasons of the year. The maximum of the year on the middle coast as in Alabama, occurs in March; on the Florida coast in August and September. Southern Appalachian and Tennessee. — This type has its chief maximum in the late winter and spring, and its chief minimum in October. It prevails in northern Mississippi, Tennessee, western North Carolina, extreme northern Georgia, and northeastern Alabama. South Atlantic. — Includes the South Atlantic Coast from Virginia southward to Florida. The time of maximum rain in this region is deferred until the months of July, August, and September — the season of subtropical rains in Florida and on the Gulf Coast. Middle Atlantic and New England. — The distribution of rain in this region is more uniform than in any other part of the country. The range between months of greatest and least rainfall is very small and of but httle practical importance. Lake region and Ohio VaUey. — The distribution in the upper Lake region approaches closely to that of the Plains, with the exception of a second maximum of rain in September. The rainfall of the Ohio Valley differs chiefly from that of the Plains in the greater amount that falls in the winter. This is to be expected, since the atmospheric disturbances that originate in the Gulf region and Texas generally pass directly over the valley, giving copious rains in front and on the south side of the storm's path. r DROUGHT. A definitive statement as to what constitutes drought is not easily given. It is obvious that it can not be determined by deficiency in rainfall alone, since the effect of the shortage in rainfall depends in great measure upon the condition of the soil p.t the beginning of the period of drought whether saturated with moisture or comparatively dry. Nor is it possible to measure the intensity of drought in terms of the departure of rainfall from the normal, since a deficiency of 50 per cent in a region of abundant rainfall is not so serious as the same deficit in a region where the average precipitation is barely sufficient for the needs of staple crops. The texture of the soil and other physical considerations which determine its ability to store water under conditions of least possible loss by evaporation are also important factors in determining the effect of a marked deficiency in rainfall. More or less droughty conditions prevail at irregular intervals in all parts of the country. In the interior of the continent, far removed from the original sources of moisture, drought occurs more frequently than in eastern and southern districts ; rarely, however, does it become general in all parts of the country. The greatest drought this country has experienced in the last 100 years, both as to intensity and extent of territory covered, culminated in the middle Mississippi and Missouri valleys ia 1894, and in the Lake region and Atlantic coast districts in 1895. The drought of 1894 was the culmination of a period of deficient precipitation and high temperatures that began during the early summer of 1893. The subsoil from which the surface soil, by capillarity draws a portion of its moisture, had become appreciably des- iccated and the way was open to a disastrous drought should the spring and summer rains fail. The rains of April were generally deficient in almost all parts of the country, except the northern Pacific coast, the upper Missouri Valley, and the upper Mississippi Valley, although the deficiency east of the Mississippi was not especially marked, except along the South Atlantic coast. In May the greatest deficiency in precipitation, 3 inches or more, occurred in the 52 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. States of South Dakota, Nebraska, Kansas, Iowa, Illinois, and Missouri. In June, July, and August the drought continued unabated in these States and extended into the upper Mississippi and Ohio valleys, the Lake region, and portions of the New England and Middle Atlantic States. The months of July and August were exceptionally dry in the Ohio Valley, the Lake region, the Missouri Valley, and the middle and upper portions of the Mississippi Valley. Over this great region less than 2 inches of rain, on the average, fell in the two months. In Iowa the average precipitation for July was 0.6 of an inch, 3.7 inches below the normal; in August, 1.6 inches, 2 inches below normal. The rainfall of September was not far from normal in the drought-stricken region of the Middle West, but continued below normal in a number of other districts. The shortage in rainfall during 1895 was almost as great and as widespread as in the previous year, but the region of greatest intensity was shifted from the middle Missis- sippi Valley, eastward to the Lake region and upper Ohio Valley. Since the drought of these two years will probably become historic, a record of the depar- ture of the annual precipitation from the normal is here given for future reference and comparison : Precipitation Departdbbs in the Drought Years 1894 and 1895. New England Middle Atlantic States South Atlantic States East Gull States West Gull States Ohio Valley and Tennessee Lower Lake region Upper Lake region North Dakota Upper Mississippi Valley . . Departure. Inches. - 8.1 - 5.3 - 4.2 - 9.0 - 6.8 -11.0 - 4.5 - 2.0 - 0.5 -12.0 1895. Inches. - 5.3 - 9.1 - 3.7 - 8.6 - 6.7 -11.0 6.8 7.1 -,1.1 - 7.8 Missouri Valley.. Northern slope.. Middle slope Southern slope... Southern plateau Middle plateau... Northern plateau North Pacific Middle Pa«lflc South Pacific Departure. 1894. Inches. - 8.8 - 1.4 + 0.4 - 3.7 - 3.9 + 0.2 + 0.9 + 11.7 + 1.8 - 4.6 1895. Inches. -2.9 -0.4 -1.6 + 7.2 +0.4 -2.6 -4.5 -4.1 -6.6 -4.4 Notwithstanding the widespread deficiency in annual precipitation, the total crop produc- tions in the United States for both 1894 and 1895 did not fall greatly below a normal year, except that the corn crop for 1894 and the hay crop for 1895 were both short crops. The average yield per acre for corn in 1894 was 19.4 bushels, as against an average of 23.5 bushels for ten years, 1892 to 1901. The low yield was, however, offset by an increased price. Other severe droughts were those of 1874 in Kansas, Nebraska, Iowa, Missouri, Illinois, Indiana, and in a less marked degree in the middle and lower Mississippi valleys. The most pronounced case of long-continued drought was in eastern Kansas, where for eighty days only a little over 2 inches of rain fell. At Leavenworth, Kans., from June 15 to July 8, a period of twenty-four days, practically no rain fell. In 1876 severe drought prevailed in New England, the Middle Atlantic States, the Ohio Valley, and lower Lake region. The drought also prevailed quite generally south of the Ohio and east of the Mississippi. , The next serious drought was in 1881. It affected practically the whole of the country east of the Mississippi River and lasted from July to September. At Indianapolis, Ind., from June 22 to August 30, a period of seventy days, only 1^ inches of rain fell. At the same place, from May 15 to June 4, a period of twenty-one days, less than half an inch fell. At Pittsburg, Pa., from May 7 to May 29, a period of twenty-three days, 0.6 of an inch fell. From June 18 to July ] 5, a period of twenty-eight days, 1 inch fell. From August 1 to September 25, a period of fifty-six days, 1| inches fell. The most striking characteristic of this drought was its duration and the attendant high temperatures. Vegetation and the staple crops were seriously dam- aged, and in the later stages of the drought there was a scarcity of water for domestic use and for manufacturing purposes. In many places scores of shops and factories were obliged to shut down for lack of water. PRECIPITATION. 53 In 1886 severe drought again prevailed in Kansas, Nebraska, the Dakotas, Iowa, Minnesota, and western Wisconsin. At Iowa City, Iowa, from May 13 to the end of July, a period of eighty-three days, 0.95 of an inch of rain fell, being scarcely 1 per cent of the normal. The following year — 1887 — was also characterized by a severe and prolonged drought over the Ohio Valley, Michigan, Indiana, Illinois, Missouri, Iowa, Nebraska, Kansas, Minne- sota, Louisiana, Mississippi, Alabama, and portions of the Middle Atlantic States. The drought years of 1893 and 1894 have already been described. Drought prior to 1871. — A fairly complete record of droughts in this country from its early settlement until about 1850 can not be had by reason of lack of rainfall observations or other documentary evidence. Previous to 1850 a few scattered observations of rainfall are available for Atlantic coast districts, but the great interior is not represented except at a very few widely separated points. In the Mississippi Valley rainfall observations were made at two places, viz, St. Louis, Mo., and Fort Snelling, Minn., as early as 1837, so that it may be said the record of drought really begins at these two points in that year. The drought years previous to 1871 for which more or less definite information is available are 1854, 1856-57, 1860, 1863-64, 1870. The drought of 1854 was most severe in Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Arkansas, and Indian Territory. It extended eastward into the Ohio Valley and the Middle Atlantic States, but was not especially severe in those districts. This was a drought of midsummer and autumn, although it continued in a modified form throughout the winter and up to May, 1855. It was followed by a drought of rather small area that occupied Ohio, Indiana, and some parts of Illinois in 1856. The latter was a spring drought, followed by light summer rains and a dry autumn. The following year, 1857, was dry in portions of Iowa and Missouri. The drought of 1860 was the most severe y^t recorded. It was characterized by a very dry spring, extending well into May, and covered the present States of Kansas, Missouri, Iowa, Minnesota, Wisconsin, and Indiana. In Missouri April and May were very dry, but in some portions of the State ' enough rain fell in June to redeem the crops. In other portions of the State the drought continued throughout the summer. At St. Louis the amount of rain for the three spring months was only 5.5 inches, less than 50 per cent of the normal. In Kansas both April and May were almost devoid of rain. The total fall for April in the eastern part of the State was probably less than one-quarter of an inch, while that of May did not exceed an inch. Good rains fell in June, and showers fell at intervals throughout July and August. In Minnesota and Wisconsin April and May were both dry months, the rainfall in the southern parts of both States being not more than 2 inches for both months. The droughts of 1863-64 were confined to eastern Iowa, southern Minnesota, southern Wisconsin, and portions of Missouri and Kansas. While they were more or less local summer droughts, yet they caused the lowest water hitherto recorded in the Mississippi River from Dubuque to Burlington. In Wisconsin practiqally no rain fell in June and August, 1864. The drought of 1870 was also more or le^s local. In southern Ohio the rainfall from August 1 to September 30 was about \\ inches. In Wisconsin the rainfall at Milwaukee for April was half an inch; May, six-tenths of an inch; June, 2^ inches. Dry weather also prevailed in Missouri. It is noteworthy that the dates of extreme low water in the Mississippi River generally fall in quite recent years. This fact confirms the belief that the changes in the earth's surface which have been wrought through human agencies in the last hundred years have resulted not in diminishing the precipitation, but in quickening its flow into the rivers and small streams, thereby diminishing the reserve that was formerly held in forested areas and marshy lands and gradually fed into the streams. At St. Paul extreme low water occurred in March, 1896, almost a year after the drought of 1895; at La Crosse, Wis., it occurred in August, 1877, and this is the only point at which the records of the sixties and seventies have not been surpassed in recent years. Extreme low water occurred at Davenport in June, 1890; at Keokuk in December, 1903; at St. Louis in January, 1900; at Memphis on November 9, 1895, and at Vicksburg on November 13, 1895. Both of the two last-named occurred at the close of the great drought of 1894-95. ;54 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. In order to gain some idea of the frequency of drought and its geographical distribution in the United States the records of daily precipitation at about 20 stations east of the one hun- dred and second meridian were carefully examined. A drought was considered to exist when- ever the rainfall for a period of twenty-one days or more was 30 per cent or less of the normal . for the season. More than 1 ,000 such periods were found, being an average of 32 per annum, or nearly IJ per station. A summary of the results by years appears in the table below: Periods of Deficient Rainfall in the United States, 1871-1903, at Twenty Selected Stations East of the ' Rocky Mountains. Year. 1871, 1872, 1873, 1874, 1875, 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 , 1887 I Precipitation during two weelcs previous to drought. In. 2.8 3.2 2.9 3.7 3.5 3.7 3.1 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.0 2.8 3.3 3.5 2.6 2.9 2.8 In. 1.7 1. 1 1 1 1 1 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1 P-l 166 178 161 206 194 218 182 178 188 188 158 175 183 194 153 161 156 g-^ Precipitation •^ ^ during drought. In. 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 0.7 0.7 0.8 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.8 1.2 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.9 In. 4.0 4.3 4.2 4.7 4.4 3.7 3.7 3.4 4.7 3.8 4.6 4.0 6.6 4.6 3.5 Year. 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Precipitation during two weeks previous to drought. In. 3.3 2.8 2.7 2.6 2.8 2.6 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 3.0 2.8 2.9 3.) 3.3 3.3 In. 1.7 1, 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 194 166 150 144 156 163 162 169 166 161 167 165 170 182 195 206 O CO SoSt Si Precipitation during drought. In. 0.7 1.0 0.9 0.9 0.9 1.0 0.9 1.0 1.0 1.3 0.9 1.1 0.9 0.9 0.7 0.8 In. 3.6 4.6 4.4 4.4 4.3 4.5 4.8 5.1 4.7 5.8 4.3 4.9 4.5 4.4 4.1 4.6 20 22 20 20 21 22 19 20 21 22 21 22 20 20 17 18 From a consideration of the facts summarized in the above table it appears, first of all, that scarcely a year passes, even in the more humid regions of the United States, without a failure of the rains in accordance with the definition of drought given above. As illustrating more fully this particular phase of the subject, the complete record for Washington, D. C, average annual precipitation 43.1 inches, is reproduced in the table below: Pekiods of Deficient Rainfall at Washington, D. C, 1871-1903. Year. Precipitation during two weeics previous to drought. Amount. Normal. Per- centage. Indies. Inches. 1871 3.0 1.6 188 1.9 2.1 91 1872 2.0 L8 HI 1873 4.8 1.7 282 1.4 L8 78 1874 3.0 1.8 167 2.0 2.0 100 5.8 1.7 341 1876 1.4 L6 88 1.6 1.8 83 1.9 1.8 106 1876 1.6 1.9 84 3.5 1.6 219 Duration of drought. From May 11 to May 31. From Aug. 1 to Aug. 23. From June 17 to July 31. From May 12 to June 27. From July 2 to July 26. . From June 13 to July 9. From July 12 to Aug. 22 From Sept. 20 to Oct. 31 From May 5 to June 4. . From June 8 to July 14. From Sept. 20 to Oct. 15 From June 29 to July 29, From Oct. 2 to Oct. 22. . Numher of days. Precipitation during drought. Inclief;. 0.1 0.7 1.3 1.4 0.8 0.9 1.0 0.3 0.6 1.4 0.6 1.0 0.5 Normal. Inches. 1.4 3.0 6.5 6.2 3.7 3.8 5.9 3.2 4.0 5.2 2.8 4.6 2.1 Per- centage. 23 20 23 22 24 17 9 15 27 21 22 24 PRECIPITATION. Periods of Deficient Rainfall at Washington, D. C, 1871-1903 — Continued. 55 Year. Precipitation during two weeks previous to drought. Amount. Normal. Per- ce.itage. Inches, Inches- 2.2 1.9 116 3.9 1.8 217 3.2 1.8 178 6.7 1.8 372 2.9 1.8 161 3.4 1.8 189 3.4 2.0 170 2.2 1.8 122 3.6 1.8 200 2.7 2.0 335 4.4 1.7 259 3.5 2.1 167 4.1 2.1 196 3.7 1.7 218. 6.0 2.0 300 1.9 1.8 106 1.7 1.9 89 1.2 1.7 71 2.8 1.8 156 3.9 2.1 186 6.8 1.8 322 6.4 2.0 320 1.9 1.8 106 3.0 2.1 143 6.2 1.8 289 3.4 1.8 189 2.9 2.1 133 3.4 1.7' 200 2.3 1.8 128 2.2 1.8 122 2.4 2.0 120 2.2 2.0 110 1.2 1.8 67 2.3 2.1 110 2.1 1.7 124 2.3 1.9 121 3.3 1.8 183 8.3 1.9 437 1.6 1.8 89 3.2 1.9 168 7.0 1.8 389 1.7 1.8 94 4.6 2.1 214 2.4 1.8 133 1.2 1.6 75 2.4 1.8 133 3.0 2.1 143 2.1 2.1 100 2.1 1.7 124 Duration of drought. Number of days. Precipitation during drought. Amount Normal. Inches. Inches. 0.6 2.9 0.6 3.7 1.1 6.2 1.8 6.3 1.0 4.8 0.5 2.8 2.0 8.6 1.0 4.0 1.1 3.9 0.8 3.0 0.6 3.4 0.7 2.9 2.9 10.8 0.6 3.2 0.3 3.6 1.2 5.0 0.7 3.6 0.4 2.1 0.8 2.9 0.9 3.6 0.7 3.2 0.9 4.2 0.9 4.0 0.7 3.1 0.8 4.6 1.0 4.0 1.0 5.5 0.3 3.9 2.5 8.8 1.8 8.2 1.5 5.5 3.1 11.1 0.8 2.9 0.7 2.9 1.8 6.1 1.3 6.3 2.1 8.5 1.9 7.6 0.9 3.0 0.6 3.3 2.1 8.9 0.5 2.7 0.7 3.2 0.9 4.2 0.6 2.8 0.7 2.7 0.8 3.1 0.6 3.4 1.2 4.4 Per- centage. 1877. 1878. 1879. 1880. 1881. 1882. 1883. 1884. 1885. 1886. 1887. 1888. 1889. 1890. 1891, 1892. 1893. 1894, 1895, 1896, 1897, 1898, 1899. 1900. 1901. 1902. 1903. From Aug. 14 to Sept. 5. From Sept. 14 to Oct. 17, From June 12 to July 24. From Aug. 27 to Oct. 20 From June 17 to July 19. From Sept. 10 to Oct. 3. From July 9 to Sept. 9. . From Sept. 17 to Oct. 23. From June 2 to June 30. From Aug. 3 to Aug. 25. From Sept. 28 to Oct. 31 From July 26 to Aug. 14. From Aug. 1 to Oct. 31.. From Sept. 6 to Oct. 1 . . From Aug. 2 to Aug. 29. From Sept. 10 to Oct. 26. From Aug. 13 to Sept. 10 From Sept. 29 to Oct. 19. From June 1 to June 22. From July 14 to Aug. 7. . From Sept. 19 to Oct. 18. From Aug. 10 to Sept. 11 From June 24 to July 23. From July 30 to Aug. 20. From Sept. 7 to Oct. 18. , From May 28 to June 26. From Aug. 1 to Sept. 12. From Sept. 24 to Oct. 21. From June 3 to Aug. 3. . , From May 24 to July 21. . From Aug. 5 to Sept. 16- From July 29 to Oct. 30. , From June 16 to July 5. . From July 23 to Aug. 12. From Sept. 6 to Oct. 31 . . From Aug. 12 to Sept. 22 From May 17 to July 17. . From Aug. 14 to Oct. 17 . From June 13 to July 4. . From Aug. 16 to Sept. 10 From June 18 to Aug. 19 . From Aug. 25 to Sept. 14 From July 16 to Aug. 5. . From Aug. 25 to Sept. 27 From Oct. 4 to Oct. 31... From May 26 to June 15. From June 27 to July 17. From Aug. 7 to Sept. 2. . From Aug. 31 to Oct. 6. . 21 16 18 29 21 18 23 25 28 27 16 24 27 18 6 24 19 19 28 25 22 21 22 23 17 26 18 8 28 22 27 28 28 24 30 26 25 25 30 18 24 19 22 21 21 26 26 18 27 During the thirty-three years embraced within the table a total of 62 cases of deficient rainfall occurred, almost two a year, and no single year passed without at least a single case occurring. Analyzing the facts contained in the Washington table it is found that there were four cases when the rainfall for an average period of thirty days was less than 10 per cent of the normal. It might be supposed, since these are the lowest percentages in the table, that they represent extreme drought conditions ; further examination, however, reveals the fact that the averao-e rainfall for the two weeks immediately preceding the drought was more than double the normal (257 per cent on the average). 56 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. The condition of vegetation at the close of the droughty periods is not on record in each case, but enough is known to justify the statement that the damage to the staple crops was not serious in even a majority of cases. It is therefore concluded that for Washington a deficiency in rainfall equivalent to 90 per cent of the normal may be withstood for a period of thirty days, provided the soil is well saturated with moisture at the beginning of the period. In the 1,066 cases of deficient rainfall upon which the table on page 54 is based, the shortage in 158 cases (15 per cent of the whole number) was equal on the average to 94 per cent of the normal for an average period of thirty-one days. The average rainfall for the two weeks imme- diately preceding the droughty periods for the same cases was 182 per cent of the normal. The rainfall preceding droughty periods varied largely in individual cases — the lowest noted was 45 per cent, the greatest 725 per cent — but the one fact which stands out most prominently is that droughty periods are preceded in the majority of cases hy a single heavy rain or iy several days of light to moderate rains. This appears to be true for both the semiarid regions of the West and the more humid regions of the East and South. The depth of rainfall in the two weeks immediately preceding droughty periods — that is, whether 200 per cent or 400 per cent of the normal — does not appear to bear any relation to the length or intensity of the succeeding drought. In 50 cases in wliich the rainfall of the preceding two weeks was on the average 405 per cent of the normal, the resulting droughts averaged thirty-five days in length and the rainfall was 19 per cent of the normal. These figures differ but slightly from the general mean for all cases. One of the most remarkable examples of great contrast in the seasonal rainfall occurred at Vicksburg in 1874. In the two weeks prior to April 25, 15 inches of rain fell; in the thirty- eight days following that date, 0.5 inch fell, being 8 per cent of the normal. In the two weeks prior to July 16, 7.4 inches fell; in the following sixty-nine days, 0.8 inch fell, being 9 per cent of the normal. From September 22 to 26, 5.9 inches fell; in the following thirty-six days no rain fell. The longest period of deficient rainfall embraced in the tables was one hundred and forty days — from June 14 to October 31 — when the rainfall at Shreveport, La., was but 22 per cent of the normal. The distribution of periods of deficient rainfall by months is as follows (in percentages) : Per cent. Number that began before April IS 2 Number that began between April 16 and May 15 . 10 Number that began between May 16 and June 15 13 Number that began between June 16 and July 15 17 Number that began between July 16 and August 15. 20 Number that began after August 15 38 In concluding the subject it seems proper to add that in general climatological statistics alone fail to give a sufficient accurate conception either of the duration or intensity of drought. Supplementary observations upon the condition of vegetation in each locality are especially needed. ' HOT WINDS-A SPECIAL FEATURE OF DROUGHTS. During the last twenty-five years public attention has been drawn to a special class of Knds, popularly known as "the hot winds of the plains." These winds reach their fullest development in the level or gently undulating country between the eastern foothills of the Rocky Mountains on the west and the Mississippi River on the east. They are best known in the western or driest portion of this region, although they may occur in a modified degree in the States of Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, and Wisconsin. The two characteristics of these' winds which stand out most prominently are unusual heat and dryness. The shade temperatures range from 100° to 110°, and the relative humidity sinks to about 20 per cent, possibly less in extreme cases. Extreme heat and dryness and brisk wind movement are all factors that promote intense evaporation, and the resulting rate of evaporation is consequently very high. Another feature of these winds is their diurnal character. They almost invari- ably set in in the early forenoon and continue till about 6 p. m., when the extreme heat is PRECIPITATION. 57 abated, although fresh to brisk winds may continue during the night. The nights are cool in the regions where the relative humidity is low, although the daj> temperatures may be very properly compared to the blast from an open furnace. \/ The withering effect of these winds on vegetation is largely dependent upon the amoimt of moisture in the soil. Cases have occurred where vegetation has been burned while the ground is still moist, but in general serious damage is not done so long as the plant can draw moisture from the ground. The general type of pressure distribution under which these winds occur is shown in Plate VIII. In general, pressure is high, 30 inches or over, in southeastern districts and low over the Dakotas, diminishing to the northward. The normal wind direction over the Great Plains, under a distribution of pressure such as that described above, is southwest, its force depending generally upon the steepness of the barometric gradient. The absence of timber and the open character of the country tends to reduce surface friction to a minimum, thus increasing the velocity of the winds in all seasons above what they would be in a broken tim- bered country. Here it may be proper to say that in recent years considerable tree planting has been done with a view of creating "wind breaks" and thus increasing the resistant power of the soil to the desiccating winds of summer and affording protection from the cold blasts of winter. The planting of trees should be encouraged in all possible ways. (See p. 74.) In summer, as has been previously stated, the path of cyclones is eastward along the northern boundary. Scarcely a season passes that these moving areas of low pressure do not cause brisk to high southwest winds over the Great Plains, the middle and upper portions of the Mississippi Valley, and the western Lake region. These winds are often improperly called hot winds, although they may not seriously affect vegetation or injure in any way the staple crops. It should be remembered that much of the evidence on which the prevalence of hot winds is based has been given by persons not naturally fitted to discriminate between the ordinary summer winds of moderately high temperatures and the very hot desiccating winds herein described. It is to this looseness of description as much as anything else that a true understanding of the hot winds was not sooner reached. Hot ivinds of September 12, 1882. — A well-marked case of hot winds occurred over eastern Kansas on September 12, 1882. The table below gives the extremes of temperature and humidity and other data for the day previous and the two days subsequent to the prevalence of the hot winds. The weather in eastern Kansas previous to the occurrence of the hot winds of September 12 had been very dry. From August 6 to September 12, a period of thirty- eight days, less than half an inch of rain had fallen, and for the twelve days immediately preceding the date of the hot winds clear skies prevailed without rain. The barometric depression that was the immediate cause of the hot winds referred to first appeared in south- eastern Montana on the evening of September 10. In the next forty-eight hours it advanced very slowly eastward, inducing southeast shifting to southwest winds over the lower Missouri Valley and the Plains States. The southeast winds coming from a more humid region were not unusually warm, but shortly after the shift of the winds to the southwest the temperature rose with great rapidity. The observer at Leavenworth, Kans., reported: September 12, 1882. — At 1 p. m. a very hot and extremely dry wind set in from the southwest, feeling as a hot blast from a furnace. It caused the thermometer to rise rapidly, attaining a maximum of 101° at 4 p. m., and the humidity dropped suddenly to 17 per cent. This hot wind continued until sundown. It withered and almost burned vegetation and caused a total suspension of outdoor labor during the afternoon. Seftember 13. — Hot and dry south to southwest winds and clear weather, not a cloud being visible the entire day. September 14. — Hot and dry south and southwest winds continued with clear weather, not a cloud appearing in the sky throughout the day. Professor Snow, of Lawrence, Kans., reported: The month was chiefly noted for the hot blast of the 12th, which was repeated with somewhat diminished intensity on the 13th, 14th, and 15th. During these simoons the air was excessively dry, the relative humidity sinking to 7 per cent on the afternoon of the 12th. The fierce, dry heat burned the foliage of the trees so that they crumbled to powder at the touch of the hand. The nights following these withering days were comparatively cool, the mercury sinking from 105° on the 12th to 65° on the morning of the 13th, and from 101.5° on the 13th to 66° on the morning of the 14th. 58 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. Climatic Data iLLnsTEATiNG Hot Winds in Eastern Kansas, September 12, 1882. Station and date. Dodge City, Kans.: Sept. 11, 1882.... Sept. 12, 1882.... Sept. 13, 1882... Sept. 14, 1882.... North Platte, Nebr.: Sept. 11, 1882... Sept. 12, 1882... Sept. 13, 1882... Sept. 14, 1882... Omaha, Nebr.: Sept. 11, 1882... Sept. 12, 1882... Sept. 13, 1882... Sept. 14, 1882... Leavenworth, Kans. Sept. 11, 1882... Sept 12, 1882... Sept. 13, 1882... Sept. 14 1882... Temperature. Maximum. Minimum 81 101 98 Relative humidity. Maximum. Per cent. 48 47 Per cent. 14 12 15 11 27 18 16 27 51 58 33 25 37 17 15 14 Wind. Prevailing direction. W. SW. S. SW. S. NW. W. E. SE. SE. SE. WSW. SW. SW. Maximum velocity. m. p. ft. 17 22 22 Rain. Inches. • State of weather. Clear. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Partly cloudy. Clear. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. Whether or not the frequency of hot winds is diminishing is an open question. It seems probable, however, that the effect of these winds on the staple crops is diminishing year by year, as deep plowing and other improved methods of farming become general. r The writer has personally experienced true hot winds in both Kansas and Texas. It is Tiis belief that they are of local origin; that both the high temperatures and low humidities are the products of insolation under the cloudless skies of the western prairies, intensified by favorable local conditions as to temperature and moisture. The first step in the process is the failure of the rains and the continued evaporation of moisture from the soil until the latter becomes so dry that it acquires a high temperature very quickly; both air and soil being hot and dry the material is at hand to produce hot winds should the pressure distribution be favorable to set the superheated air in motion. Once in motion it will continue to move day and night so long as the pressure conditions remain unchanged. Although the wind may continue at night it is not a true hot wind, since the temperature sinks after sunset under the influence of terrestial radiation. Hot winds are not infrequently observed in connection with weak secondary cyclones that are formed in the southern end of V-shaped depressions moving eastward along the northern boundary. The northern end of these depressions occasionally moves faster than the southern end, and, as a result, a weak cyclonic circulation obtains over the Great Plains. In such cases the hot winds may come from the north or northwest. SNOWFALL. The average depths of snowfall by months is given for more than 600 stations in climatic tables for the several States and Territories. Snow falls in all parts of the United States except central and southern Florida and over the lowlands of southern California. Snow rarely falls on the immediate Pacific coast south of about latitude 42"^. At San Francisco, Cal., there have been about a dozen occasions during the last thirty-three years upon which light snow fell, the heaviest fall being on February 5, 1887, when the average depth was between 5 and 6 inches. While snow is common in the moun- tains of southern California, it is unknown along the coast. The snowfall on the Sierra Nevada and Cascade ranges is the greatest known in the United States. The average annual depth on the mountains is largely a matter of conjecture. Meas- urements made on the Sierra Nevada where the Central Pacific crosses the range give a mean PEECIPITATION. 59 annual amount somewhat in excess of 30 feet. The snowfall on the western slope of the Rocky Mountams is considerably less. At the lower levels where observations have been made, in Idaho, Montana, and Wyoming, it ranges between 50 and 60 inches. In Colorado, according to Brandenburg, the average for the western slope of the Continental Divide is 220 inches. East of the Divide in Colorado the annual snowfall diminishes from about 45 inches in the northeastern portion of the State to about 20 inches in the southeastern portion of the State. On the western slope of the Coeur d'Alene and Bitter Root mountains in Idaho the snowfall is doubtless heavier than over the western slope of the Continental Divide in Colorado. The average annual depth of snowfall at Murray, Idaho, western slope of the Coeur d'Alene Moun- tains, is 161 inches. East of the Rocky Mountains the region of greatest snowfall, 100 inches and over, is found in northern Michigan, western Ontario, and the lower St. Lawrence Valley. ' As the winds over the Great Lakes in winter are mostly west to northwest, the snowfall on the leeward side of the lakes is much heavier than on the windward side. At Duluth, at the western extremity of Lake Superior, where the prevailing winds are from land areas, the average annual snowfall is 52 inches. On the southern shore of Lake Superior, about 170 miles east- ward, as at Calumet, on the Keweenaw Peninsula, the average annual amount is 131 mches, an increase of about 80 inches by reason of the lake influence. From this central region of heavy snowfall in upper Michigan and the St. Lawrence Valley, the annual amount diminishes rapidly southward and westward. The line of 50 inches annual snowfall enters the United States on the Massachusetts coast, passes thence a little south of west to the upper Ohio Valley, thence northwestward to the southern end of Lake Huron, thence southwestward to northern Indiana, where it curves rapidly northwestward to Winnipeg, Manitoba. The line of 5 inches annual snowfall enters the United States over Albemarle Sound, North Carolina, and trends a little south of west to Atlanta, Ga., thence westward to the Panhandle of Texas, thence southwest- ward to El Paso, where it curves to the northwestward, passing off the Oregon coast in the neighborhood of north latitude 44°. In addition to the monthly averages of snowfall the climatic tables for the several States and Territories show the greatest amount of snow that has fallen in any twenty-four consecutive hours at the respective stations. The greatest twenty-four hour snowfall in northeastern dis- tricts (between 2 and 3 feet) occurred in connection with the severe storm of March 12, 1888, commonly known as the March "blizzard." Elsewhere east of the Mississippi River the largest twenty-four hour amounts vary from 8 inches in the Ohio Valley to 18 and 20 inches along the lower lakes. In the southern States the greatest daily amounts range from 4 inches at San Antonio to 8 inches at New Orleans. Both of these amounts fell in connection with a snowstorm which was general throughout the South on February 14, 1895. Heavy snow fell in Georgia and the South Atlantic States in connection with the severe cold wave of February 12 and 13, 1899. Nearly 2 inches of snow fell at Jacksonville in connection with that storm. In the Mississippi Valley the greatest daily snowfall ranges from 5 inches at Vicksburg to 20 inches at St. Louis. In Iowa, Minnesota, the Dakotas, Kansas, and Nebraska the greatest twenty-four hour amounts range from 9 to 17 inches. In the Rocky Mountain region twenty- four hour snowfalls rangmg from 8 to 24 inches have been recorded. Over the Plateau region and over the North Pacific coast the amounts vary from 10 to 20 inches. In Colorado and Wyoming the heaviest snow of the year generally falls in March or April. At Denver, Colo., on the 22d of April, 1885, 23 mches of snow fell. Relative Humidity. The humidity observations of the U. S. Weather Bureau from about 1886 to date form a homogeneous series so far as instruments and methods are concerned. In 1888, however, the time of taking the observations was changed and the number of observations was reduced Irom 3 to 2. In the absence of accurate information regarding the diurnal variation in the moisture of the air it has not been possible to combine the two series nor to utilize in this discussion any of the observations made prior to 1888. Table VIII contains a record of the monthly mean values for 8 a. m. and 8 p. m., seventy-fifth meridian time, for a number of selected stations. In a general way the diurnal variation in the relative humidity is the reverse of the tem- perature, the maximum occurring about 5 a. m., at the time of lowest temperature, and the minimum in the afternoon about 3 o'clock. Dr. Oliver L. Fassig, section director, U. S. Weather Bureau, has computed a table of corrections " for obtaining the true daily mean relative humidity from observations made at 8 a. m. and at 8 p. m., local time. Using the material in Doctor Fassig's report, the above-named table has been extended to include the following pairs of hours, viz., 7 a. m. and 7 p. m., 6 a. m. and 6 p. m., and 5 a. m. and 5 p. m., these being the hours of local mean time near which humidity observations are made in the central and western portions of the country. Corrections to Obtain the True Daily Mean Relative Humidity at Baltimore. [Expressed in percentages.] Annual. 8+8 2 - 7+7 2 ■ 6+6 2 - 6+6 Janu- ary. -3.3 Febru- ary. March. April. May. June. July. Au- gust. Sep- tember. Octo- ber. No- vem- ber. De- cem- ber. -3.0 -3.1 -1.9 -1.9 -1.6 -0.6 -1.6 -1.9 -2.6 -4.0 -4.2 -2.6 -2.6 -2.4 -2.4 -1.6 -0.6 -1.6 -2.9 -4.1 -4.5 -3.7 -2.6 -0.8 -0.6 -0.9 -1.4 -2.1 -0.6 -1.6 -1.9 -2.6 -3.0 -2.7 -3.0 +0.2 +0.9 +0.1 -0.9 -1.6 -1.6 -1.1 -0.6 -0.6 -0.5 -0.7 -0.5 -2.6 -3.1 -l.B -1.1 Assuming that the diurnal variation of relative humidity is the same in all parts of the country as at Baltimore, it will be seen from the table of corrections that while the published mean values are too high in the eastern and central districts, they approach the true mean more closely over the Great Basin and on the Pacific coast. The chief characteristics of the geographic distribution of relative humidity in the United States are as follows: (1) Along the coasts there is a belt of high humidity at all seasons, the percentage of saturation ranging from 75 to 80 per cent. (2) Inland from about the ninety- seventh meridian eastward to the Atlantic coast the amount varies between 70 and 75 per cent. (3) The dry region is in the Southwest, where the average annual value is not over 50 per cent. In this region is included Arizona, New Mexico, southwestern Colorado, and the greater portion of both Utah and Nevada. The mean annual relative humidity in the remaining portion of the elevated country comprised between the one hundredth meridian on the east and the Sierra Nevadas and Cascades on the west varies between 50 and 65 per cent. In July, August, and September the mean values in the Southwest sink as low as 20 and 30 per cent, while along the Pacific coast districts they continue about 80 per cent the year round. In Atlantic coast districts and generally east of the Mississippi River the variation from month to month is not great. April is probably the dryest month in the year. a Report on the Climate and Weather of Baltimore and Vicinity. The Johns Hopkins Press, Baltimore, 190.5. 61 Fog. The occurrence of fog is not always easily explained. The simplest case of fog formation is that which is produced when relatively warm moist air is drawn over a cold water surface. The North Atlantic in the vicinity of the Grand Banks is notoriously foggy, more so at some seasons of the year than at others. In this portion of the Atlantic two ocean currents of widely different temperatures come into close juxtaposition. The first of these is the Labrador current, com- posed of water flowing southward from the Arctic seas; the second is the Gulf Stream, whose northern limit approaches within several hundred miles of the southern Newfoundland coast. Both the waters of the Gulf Stream and the superincumbent air are warm as compared with the conditions in the regions dominated by the Labrador current, and there naturally results along the bounding surfaces of these two currents sharp contrasts both in air and water temperatures. Whenever, therefore, southerly winds from the Gulf Stream blow into the colder regions of the north the air is chilled and part of its moisture is condensed in the form of fog. In the United States the greatest fog frequency will be found along the northern and middle portions of both the Atlantic and the Pacific coasts, the maximum fogginess along the Atlantic coast being found, as might be expected, along the coast of southeastern Maine and over the Atlantic off southeastern New England. On the Pacific coast the maximum fogginess appears to be along the California coast in the neighborhood of San Francisco Bay. The Pacific coast, as a whole, is much foggier than the Atlantic coast, the latter from Hatteras to Key West being quite free from fog. The reason of this is obvious, viz, because the winds on the Atlantic coast are mostly offshore and consequently carry decidedly less moisture than the westerly on-shore winds along the Pacific coast. The fogs of the Pacific coast are not an unmitigated nuisance, since they distribute considerable moisture to plants and trees during the dry season. In the interior of the United States, especially in the western half, fog is of rare occurrence, the average number of days a year with fog being less than ten. In the Lake region the number rises to fifteen or twenty per annum, while in eastern districts the general average runs from ten to fifteen, with isolated localities where local conditions are responsible for a much greater number. The cooling of the air which is usually observed in connection with inland fogs may be caused in several ways, viz, (1) by the drift of warm moist air from lower to higher latitudes in connec- tion with the slow movement of a cyclonic system. In this case the warm air is chilled by coming in contact with the colder ground. Conversely, fog may be produced by cold air coming in contact with the warmer ground surface. (2) By the indraft at certain seasons of the year of cool ocean winds into a barometric depression advancing from the westward. This is a very uncertain cause of fog, since much seems to depend upon the temperature gradient and the rate of movement of the depression. A very slow rate of movement with weak temperature gradients and light winds appears to be favorable to fog. Strong gradients and rapid air move- ments are conducive to rain rather than fog. (3) By the chilling of the air by nocturnal radia- tion. Valley and lowland fog is produced mostly in this way. The fog in this case disappears quickly under the influence of the rising sun. While the occurrence of fog is thus readily explained, there are occasions when it forms in apparently the most capricious manner; and on the other hand there are times when all of the known meteorological causes seem to conspire to produce fog, yet there is no fog. Ordinarily the humidity in a dense fog is high. In one hundred and eighteen days with dense fog observed by Dr. H. C. Frankenfield in Chicago, 111., 1884-1893, 64 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. the humidity was 90 per cent or more in 75 per cent of the cases, 80 to 90 per cent in 13 per cent, and below 80 per cent in the remaining 12 per cent of cases. Dense fog was obserred by Doctor Frankenfield on one occasion when the relative humidity was as low as 52 per cent, on another when it was 58 per cent. Both cases, however, occurred in autumn at a time when the air was extremely dry over a large area of surrounding country. Although fog is generally associated with calms and light winds, it has been observed with fresh to brisk winds. In such cases it would seem to partake more of the nature of very low cloud than fog. At the Mount Weather (Va.) Observatory fog is frequently reported as moving from the southeast — that is, up the eastern slope of the mountain with brisk southeast winds. It is not altogether clear that this is a true fog. The depth of fog sheets or banks varies from a few feet to half a mile or more. Prof. W. J. Hussey, in reporting upon the suitability of certain sites in southern California and Arizona for a solar observatory," states that the prevailing level of the fog in the Los Angeles region is higher than for the corresponding season in the neighborhood of San Francisco and that the height of the fog varies greatly on different days. Occasionally it will rest near the ground and not advance far from the sea. More frequently, however, the upper level has an elevation of from 3,000 to 4,000 feet, rarely exceeding the latter altitude. The distribution of fog throughout the year is characterized by a summer maximum on the Pacific and New England coasts and a winter maximum in the middle and lower portions of the Mississippi Valley, the South Atlantic and Gulf coasts, and the interior of California. Along the Atlantic coast from New York to Hatteras the greatest fog frequency occurs in Febru- ary and March. In the Lake region some stations show a maximum in April, while at others it is deferred until October. During the years 1898, 1899, 1900, and 1901 persistent effort was made by the Weather Bureau to determine the fog conditions over the Great Lakes from obser- vations made by the vessel masters. As a result it was found that on Lake Superior the foggi- ness increased during the spring months, reaching a maximum in June and July, and that the greatest fogginess was to be foilnd almost in mid-lake east of Keweenaw Point. On all of the lakes except Ontario the fogginess was less along the shore than at some distance lakeward. On Lakes Michigan and Huron the greatest frequency of fog during the season of navigation occurred in May and June, diminishing to a minimum in November. Fog on the Great Lakes is generally observed in one or the other of two forms, viz, as a dense and unbroken sheet, or in the form of broken, low-lying fog with occasional banks of great density separated by intervals of clear weather. The first or blanket form occurs in connection with slow-moving cyclones from the west or southwest; the second or broken form is a fair-weather type and is probably caused by the diurnal changes in temperature. In the upper Ohio Valley, portions of the Middle Atlantic States, and also in the Puget Sound region and the Willamette Valley the maximum fog frequency occurs in October. At this time of year, especially in eastern districts, fog is caused chiefly by nocturnal radiation in calm, clear weather. o Carnegie Institution year book, 1903, page 73. Sunshine. The average sunshine for the United States as a whole is above 50 per cent. The region of maximum sunshine is in the extreme southwest, where on the average for the year the sun shines at least 70 per cent of the time. The region of least sunshine is on the North Pacific coast, where the annual average is about 40 per cent. In winter the average sunshine on the North Pacific coast States and for some distance eastward over Idaho and western Montana sinks to about 30 per cent. There is a second region of minimum sunshine in the eastern part of the country, especially along the lower Lakes, the Ohio Valley, and northern New England. Here, too, the percentage sinks as low as 30 per cent and in a few cases to 20 per cent. In Table XI will be found a table of sunshine as derived from the records of automatically recording instruments at a number of selected stations. The installation of sunshine recorders was begun at a few stations of the Weather Bureau in the early nineties, and the number of stations has been added to year by year, so that now practically all stations are provided with them. This explanation is made in view of the fact that the records in Table XI are for varying periods of time. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 5 65 Winds. The prevailing winds of the world have been classified in several diflFerent ways. One of the earliest attempts divided them into three groups, viz., the permanent wiads, of which the trades are the chief types ; the periodical winds, of which the monsoons of India may be men- tioned as examples; and the variable winds of the middle latitudes. Another and more recent classification takes account, first, of the source of the energy on which the winds depend, and second, on the manner of its application. The writer is unable to suggest a classification of the winds of the United States that would be particularly helpflil. In no part of the country do they possess the steadiness of the trades, except possibly over extreme southern Florida. In some parts of the country, as will appear later, the mean direction of the wind changes twice a year. From this f ftct alone, however, it can not be said that the winds in any part of the United States are monsoonal in character. i The general circulation of the atmosphere is composed of two hemispherical wind systems extending from the equator to the poles. These systems are due to the large differences in temperature that exist between the equatorial and the polar regions. In the northern hemi- sphere the general circulation is about as follows : Surrounding the globe and a little to the north of the terrestial equator is a region of little or no surface wind — commonly known as the "dol- drums" or equatorial calms. This region varies somewhat in locality and width, not only regularly with the season, but irregularly with the longitude. It migrates northward a little after the sun, reaching its greatest northing in September and its greatest southing in March. Next in order in the general atmospheric circulation are the northeast trades. As their name indicates, these winds blow obliquely toward the equator. The best examples of the trades are found over the oceans, where their steadiness is remarkable. The trade- wind system, like the region of equatorial calms, migrates northward each year, its upper limit in the northern hemisphere reaching to north latitude 33° m September. Next in order in the northern hemisphere and standing in sharp contrast to the steady trade winds are the irregular westerly winds of middle latitudes. The surface winds of the United States belong in the main to this member of the general circulation. Some account has already been given of the control upon climate exercised by the move- ment of cyclones and anticyclones. (See p. 11.) It was there shown that the winds of the United States are constantly shifting from one direction to another under the iafluence of mov- ing cyclones and anticyclones; that the character of the weather, especially in the cooler half year, is determined by the direction of the winds. It was also shown that southerly winds are warm and moist and northerly winds are cold and dry; that winds from the water surfaces were moist and served to transport moisture from the sea to the land. This is perhaps the most important function of the wind. The prevailing direction of the wind for each month of the year is given in Table No. X for a number of selected stations. The values in this table were obtained by counting the number of times the various directions were recorded and averaging them. An analysis of the data in Table No. X will show that on the average of the year the sur- face winds in the United States are from the west and northwest, the single exception being in the Florida peninsula, where from September to February, both inclusive, the prevailing winds are northeast. An exception should also be noted in the case of the South Atlantic 67 68 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. coast States, where the prevailing winds are also northeast during the months of August, Sep- tember, and October. This interruption of the generally easterly motion of the surface winds was first pointed out by General Greely. " In some portions of the country there is a well-marked annual period in the direction of the surface winds which conforms in a general way to the annual period in temperature. In midwinter, when the interior of the continent is much colder than the adjacent water surfaces, northwesterly winds prevail uniformly over the Missouri Valley, the upper and middle portions of the Mississippi Valley, while in the Ohio Valley and lower Lake region the prevailing winds are mostly southwest to west. Over a limited area along the west Gulf coast, extending inland a few hundred miles (see the records for Galveston, Palestine, Shreveport, and New Orleans), the prevailing winds have a larger southerly component than elsewhere. As the spring advances the region of southeast to south winds spreads northward and eastward from the Texas coast, so that by April it embraces the States of Texas, Oklahoma, Arkansas, Mississippi, Louisiana, Alabama, western Tennessee, Missouri, Kansas, southeastern Nebraska, and Iowa. By June the northwest winds of midwinter have been supplanted by southerly winds over practically the whole of the country east of the Rocky Mountains. In autumn the northwest winds become more frequent and as autumn shades into winter they gain the ascendency in the Missouri and Mississippi valleys and the Plain States. ! Monthly and Annual Percentages op Winds from Each of the Eight Principal Points of the Compass. [ (From self-registering wind instruments, 1894-1903.) PORTLAND, GREG. (PACIFIC COAST) Calm. MOUNT TAMALPAIS, GAL. (PACIFIC COAST). [5 years, 1899-1903.] N. NE. E. SE. S. SW. W. NW. N. NE. E. SE. S. SW. W. NW. Calm. January 7 6 11 19 19 10 6 21 January 23 16 3 11 5 7 6 29 February 6 7 9 18 23 13 8 18 February 18 8 2 8 13 13 9 28 Marcli 6 5 6 14 20 15 8 26 March 8 3 2 11 11 22 14 29 April 6 3 4 15 19 n 10 29 April 14 3 7. 6 6 11 14 44 Mav g 3 3 14 16 12 9 34 May q 1 2 2 5 18 62 8 10 3 2 4 3 12 8 14 8 12 8 8 6 39 54 2 3 June 10 7 3 2 1 1 5 7 16 21 62 60 July July August 8 2 2 10 10 6 5 54 3 August 12 2 1 1 2 11 27 45 September... 6 3 3 11 13 10 7 46 3 September... 16 6 2 3 3 9 19 42 October. 6 3 4 17 16 10 8 34 2 October 13 9 6 12 8 14 8 32 November. . . 5 4 8 22 22 12 7 18 1 November . . . 11 9 5 15 11 14 8 28 December...'. 6 6 13 24 19 10 6 16 1 December Year... 20 24 6 8 5 11 5 21 Year... 7 4 6 16 17 11 7 32 2 13 7 2 6 6 11 14 40 SA N FI lANCl SCO GAL. (PAC IFIC COAS r). MOUNT I lAMILTOJ [5 yea J, CA rs, 188 L. (PACIFK 0-1885.] 3 COA ST). January 26 6 5 19 7 9 10 20 January 12 1 20 17 2 48 February 1.5 6 3 15 7 14 26 14 1 February 18 3 17 21 1 40 March 10 4 3 9 8 19 37 11 March 13 17 15 16 40 ... 5 2 2 6 6 27 43 9 1 April 16 6 n 10 14 15 39 May 3 1 1 2 1 1 1 4 3 1 4 4 2 32 40 S3 50 49 41 4 1 1 4 12 7 2 3 14 4 4 7 8 15 4 8 1 2 7 57 70 71 June July July August 1 3 51 43 August 6 3 3 88 September... 3 1 ,1 3 4 36 47 3 1 September... 3 1 8 6 82 October. 7 3 2 7 8 24 40 7 2 October. 12 3 18 9 58 November... 19 5 3 12 7 12 24 16 1 November . . . 3 2 13 6 76 December 33 8 5 15 6 6 9 18 December Year... 6 3 40 9' 42 Year... 10 3 2 8 6 27 36 9 9 2 14 10 5 1 69 1 American Weather, Dodd, Mead & Co., New York. WINDS. 69 Monthly and Annual Peeoentages of Winds from Each of the Eight Principal Points of the Compass— Continued. SAN DIEGO, CAL. (PACIFIC COAST). January... February. March April May June July August . . . September... October. . - November. December. Year... 10 NE. E. SE. NW. Calm. SALT LAKE CITY, UTAH (PLATEAU REGION). January February... March April May June July August September.. October November. . December. . . * 4 7 30 16 9 12 18 6 6 7 25 15 10 12 18 8 7 6 27 14 6 9 20 10 8 8 24 11 6 8 24 10 10 10 23 11 5 7 23 10 13 10 24 11 5 6 22 8 12 10 28 12 5 5 18 6 10 10 33 15 5 4 17 7 11 10 31 10 4 a 22 6 8 10 32 10 4 8 20 5 6 8 34 12 7 10 16 6 6 8 32 12 8 10 16 7 8 9 29 12 6 8 19 SANTA FE, N. MEX. (ROCKY MOUNTAIN REGION). January February March April May . ! June July August September... October November. . . December Year . . . 15 28 4 13 7 11 3 13 15 22 4 14 8 12 4 17 9 13 5 15 9 19 6 21 8 11 7 21 10 21 5 16 6 10 8 20 12 25 5 11 4 9 .10 25 11 24 5 9 7 12 11 23 12 17 4 10 6 13 12 24 11 16 4 10 7 10 9 25 13 18 4 10 9 14 9 23 10 17 4 11 12 20 7 19 6 13 3 13 16 29 5 14 7 9 3 14 « 16 8 20 10 17 4 13 PIKES PEAK, COLO. (ROCKY MOUNTAIN REGION). January February... March April May June July '... August September.. October November.. December Year BISMARCK, N. DAK. (MISSOURI VALLEY). January February March April May June July August September... October November.. . December Year... SE. SW. NW. 6 30 DODGE CITY, KANS. (WESTERN PLAINS). January February March . April. . . May... June. . . July... August September... October. . . November December. Year... 15 11 3 15 11 9 11 23 18 15 3 15 8 7 8 25 16 12 4 21 14 8 5 20 13 10 7 28 13 7 4 18 12 17 6 29 18 6 2 9 8 14 7 36 22 5 2 5 5 13 7 40 26 4 1 4 8 12 7 36 26 5 2 4 10 14 5 30 26 4 3 6 13 12 4 22 20 7 6 14 17 12 4 18 14 8 7 18 17 8 2 11 10 8 15 28 13 12 5 25 17 7 6 14 ST. PAUL, MINN. (UPPER MISSISSIPPI VA-LLEY). January February March April May June July August September... October Novem.ber.. . December Year... 5 3 4 22 9 12 13 30 5 4 4 17 9 13 14 31 9 9 7 19 8 10 12 26 10 10 9 23 9 8 7 21 9 11 8 22 11 11 8 18 6 5 7 26 12 13 11 17 8 5 6 19 15 15 8 20 8 6 6 21 14 12 8 21 7 4 6 25 15 14 9 18 6 4 4 25 12 12 11 22 7 4 4 21 12 11 12 28 6 2 3 19 10 13 13 31 7 6 6 22 11 12 10 24 ST. LOUIS, MO. (MIDDLE MISSISSIPPI VALLEY). January February March April May June July August September . . . October, November . . . December Year . . . 9 8 5 12 21 10 17 17 14 8 6 9 16 8 18 20 12 8 8 16 19 8 13 16 13 10 11 17 19 7 10 13 11 11 8 15 28 10 9 9 10 12 8 11 28 12 10 9 11 11 7^ 10 29 14 8 9 14 16 8 7 23 14 8 9 12 10 7 14 30 10 7 10 13 8 6 13 27 10 10 11 12 5 6 14 27 8 12 17 12 6 4 11 22 12 15 18 12 9 7 12 24 10 11 13 70 OLIMATOLOaY OF THE UNITED STATES. Monthly akd Annual Percentages of Winds from Each of the Eight Principal Points of the Compass — Continued. NEW ORLEANS, LA. (LOWER MISSISSIPPI VALLEY). January February . , . Marcli April May June July August September.. October November . . December... Year... 14 N. NE. E. SE. S. SW. .W. NW. DETROIT, MICH. (LAKE REGION). January February... March April May June July August September.. October. November. . Decem,ber... Year.. CINCINNATI, OHIO (OHIO VALLEY). January... February . , Marcli April May June July August . . . September October. . . November.. . Decem.ber. . Year. Calm. 7 9 6 5 9 29 24 12 8 12 5 4 6 27 25 15 8 19 10 7 7 22 17 11 12 20 12 8 6 17 13 11 9 18 12 8 8 24 13 8 9 16 12 6 9 23 16 9 10 14 9 6 8 26 16 11 11 18 11 7 7 24 12 10 10 12 7 3 10 28 15 10 10 13 8 8 10 25 16 11 8 7 3 6 11 30 22 13 7 8 3 4 8 36 22 11 9 14 8 6 8 26 18 11 6 9 8 18 9 21 14 16 8 10 8 14 8 15 16 21 8 H 10 15 10 16 11 18 10 13 10 15 8 14 9 19 8 11 9 18 11 17 9 14 8 12 10 17 9 18 10 13 7 9 9 16 12 22 11 12 9 15 11 17 10 16 8 11 8 12 11 22 7 14 9 12 9 12 9 23 8 14 9 13 6 8 8 22 11 18 11 16 6 8 7 20 10 21 13 15 8 11 9 18 9 17 11 15 NEW YOBK, N. Y. (MIDDLE ATLANTIC COAST). January February March April May June July August September. October. . . . November. December. . Year. 8 13 6 4 6 15 18 30 7 12 5 4 6 12 19 33 9 12 9 9 10 10 12 29 9 14 8 12 10 10 11 27 7 12 10 14 14 15 11 17 5 8 9 13 17 18 11 19 5 9 6 10 19 24 12 16 8 10 7 12 16 17 11 17 8 13 6 10 16 17 10 20 9 16 8 7 10 16 12 22 7 12 5 4 9 16 17 29 10 11 5 4 8 18 19 26 8 12 7 9 12 15 14 24 SAVANNAH, GA. (SO0TH ATLANTIC COAST). January... February. . March April June July August September. October November. December. . Year... 12 13 10 S. SW. W. NW. Cahn. WASHINGTON, D. C. (MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES). January i 12 February I 14 March ' 11 April 12 May 10 June 12 July ' 9 August 14 September...! 14 October | 14 12 13 November.. December — Year.. 9 I 12 I 7 I 8 ! 7 1 10 ! 10 j 8 j 6i 7 ; 10 11 GALVESTON, TEX. (WEST GULF STATES). January February March April May June July August September... October. November... December Year... 15 15 13 20 13 7 4 12 14 16 12 21 11 8 4 14 11 12 10 31 19 8 2 8 6 7 10 38 • 21 7 3 8 5 5 5 45 27 8 2 4 4 7 6 36 30 12 3 3 3 4 5 30 33 18 4 3 4 6 6 23 33 19 6 4 10 16 16 30 16 5 2 4 11 21 18 24 10 6 3 8 14 18 14 24 12 6 2 8 17 16 12 17 12 6 7 13 10 12 11 28 20 9 4 7 BOSTON, MA.SS. (NEW ENGLAND STATES). January February... March April May June July August September.. October November. . December. . . Year.. 10 4 5 5 6 18 28 23 9 7 6 4 6 15 31 24 8 9 10 6 7 16 22 21 10 16 14 5 6 14 17 17 7 14 15 6 10 20 15 12 6 11 15 5 7 25 20 - 10 5 8 14 4 8 28 21 11 7 7 16 7 9 21 21 13 9 9 12 5 8 22 19 16 12 12 8 4 9 19 19 17 12 7 4 4 6 18 25 24 12 4 4 4 6 23 26 20 9 9 10 5 7 20 22 17 WINDS. 71 The average frequency of the winds from the eight principal points of the compass is shown in the table above. The data in this table were deduced from the records of self-registering wind instruments for a ten-year period, 1894-1903. The relative frequency of the winds from the several points of the compass is an important climatic factor, since a knowledge of it enables one to form an accurate idea of the actual motions of the atmosphere past any given point. Since the surface winds are greatly influenced by local topography, especially when the observing station is situated in a valley, effort has been made to obtain continuous wind records from mountain stations. Accordingly there will be found in the above-mentioned table a statement of the relative wind frequency at Mount Tamalpais and Mount Hamilton, Cal., and Pikes Peak, Colo. The values for Mount Tamalpais and Pikes Peak were deduced from the records of self-registering instruments ; the Mount Hamilton figures were deduced from eye observations made at 6 p. m. daily for a period of five years. The records of Mount Tamalpais, elevation 2,375 feet above sea level, appear on the same page with those of San Francisco, distant therefrom in an air line less than 10 miles. An examination of these two records shows that the prevailing air currents at the upper station are northwesterly in all seasons; that the preponderance of northwest winds is most decided in summer and least in winter; also that 78 per cent of the winds blow from a northerly or westerly quarter. At the lower station westerly winds prevail in all months of the year, except July and August, when the direction is southwest, and in December and January, when northerly winds are most frequent. It may also be noted that at the lower station only 9 per cent of the winds are northwesterly, as against 40 per cent at the upper station. The difference is probably due to local topography. At San Diego, on the coast of southern California, nqrthwest winds prevail at all seasons of the year, except iu May and Jime, when there is a slight preponderance of southwest winds. Eye observations of the wind at Lick Observatory on the summit of Mount Hamilton, about 50 miles southeast of San Francisco, altitude 4,209 feet, show that there also the prevailing winds are northwesterly. Observations made by employees of the Central Pacific Railway where that road crosses the Sierra Nevada Mountains in California show that the prevailing wind direction is west to southwest. Over the Great Basin, owing to the broken nature of the country, the prevailing wind direction is not clearly indicated by the observations. The record for a single station, Salt Lake City, is given, from which it will be seen that southeast winds prevail in practically all months of the year. To the east and north the mountains rise to elevations of 2,000 to 4,000 feet above the level of the city, while to the southeast the country is more open. It is probable that the prevailing direction of the wind at this station is also largely influenced by the local surroundings. The wind record for Pikes Peak is taken from the automatic records made at that station in 1893 and 1894. In general the results shown in the table agree with the eye observations formerly made except that the percentage of southwest winds is much less than formerly obtained. The principal drift of the atmosphere over the high mountains of Colorado is from a westerly quarter at all seasons of the year. There is, however, a large number of northeasterly winds, particularly in July and August and ia the winter months. The plains east of the Rocky Mountains are represented by stations at Bismarck, N. Dak., and Dodge City, Kans. The annual period of the winds in this section is quite simple, viz, northwesterly in winter and southeasterly in summer, and the same is true for the middle and upper portions of the Mississippi Valley. In the lower Mississippi Valley, as at New Orleans, north to northeast winds are the prevailing winds in the colder half of the year and southeast winds in the warmer half. On the west Gulf coast, represented by Galveston, Tex., the prevailing direction is southeast at all seasons of the year except in the months of July and August when southerly winds prevail. The Lake region is represented by a single station, viz, Detroit, Mich. In this region, southwest to west winds prevail throughout the year. In the Middle Atlantic States the prevailing direction is northwest in winter and mostly southerly in summer. 72 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. In New England southwest to west winds are the prevailing winds for all seasons. On the South Atlantic coast, as at Savannah, Ga., northwest to west winds prevail in January and February, southerly winds during spring and summer, and northeasterly winds in autumn and early winter. Special winds. — In some parts of the country winds possessing certain characteristics have received distinctive names ; thus, in Texas the north wind that blows out of the front of an advancing anticyclone toward the Gulf of Mexico is locally known as a "norther." Some northers are dry — that is, unattended by precipitation — others are attended by cold rain that turns into sleet and snow and is quite destructive to stock. Winds of the same character farther north are known as "blizzards." The distinguishing feature of the "blizzard" is a fine powdery snow that fills the air to the total extinction of all familiar landmarks and is driven at high speed by the sharp biting north winds. In the interior valleys of California a hot, dry north wind prevails during May, June, and July. These dry parching winds are also locally known as "northers," and are produced in much the same way as those of like name east of the Rocky Mountains, viz, by the outflow from an area of high pressure in the north toward an area of low pressure in the south. The "Santa Ana" of southern California is a hot wind that occasionally blows from the deserts toward coastal regions. The warmth and dryness of the "Santa Ana" are desert products; in the case of the "norther" the air is heated by compression as it descends from the mountain tops to the floor of the valley. The"chinook" isawarm, drywindthat descends the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains in Montana, Wyoming, and Colorado, and flows northeastward over the plains. It is also prevalent in the Canadian provinces of the northwest directly east of the Rocky Mountains and, in general, it prevails whenever a current of air is drawn or forced over a high mountain range, particularly if the air at the beginning of the ascent be warm and moist. The temperature before the beginning of the chinook may be anj/where from zero to 30° below. Irrimediately the chinook begins to blow there is a sharp rise in temperature, in rare cases as much as 40° in fifteen minutes, but generally much less. The highest temperature in a chinook is not much above 40° and the duration is exceedingly variable, depending in general on the rapidity or slowness of the general easterly drift of the atmosphere. When the central plateau region is occupied by an area of high pressure which persists for a week or ten days there is a more _ or less permanent chinook wind over Montana and the region to the northward, since the pressure distribution is then favorable for continued southwest winds over the mountain ranges and down into the lowlands on the eastern side of the range. The anticyclone of the Plateau apparently dominates the wind circulation in the lower layers of the atmosphere, at least over middle Rocky Mountain districts. While it persists cyclones may move eastward from the Washington coast along the forty-ninth parallel, or they may develop in Alberta and move southeastward; in any event, the wind over Montana and northern Idaho for the greater portion of the time will be southwest and the season will be characterized as an open one. The warmth of the chinook is not imported from the Pacific, but is due wholly to a local physical cause, viz, the compression of the air as it passes rapidly from the mountain crests to the lowlands farther eastward. Winds similar to the chinook are known in many portions of the globe. The "foehn" of- Switzerland, a warm wind that descends on the northern side of the Alps, is an excellent example. A complete explanation of the origin of this wind was made by Dr. J. Hann, of Vienna, in 1882, although the correct physical principles of the phenomenon were outlined at an earlier date. These may be stated in the following form: Dry air in ascending expands and cools about 1° F. in 183 feet, and the cooling is said to be adiabatic when there is no exchange of heat between the air and surrounding objects — that is, the air must not lose heat to, or receive heat from, outside sources. The process is reversible — that is to say, a mass of air in descending is warmed by compression 1° F. for each 183 feet, provided, of course, there is no exchange of heat with outside sources. When, however, the air is naoist, a new element is introduced. The amount of moisture that can be held in suspension in the atmosphere decreases very rapidly with a decrease of temperature; so that if a quantity of air from the foot WINDS. 73 of the windward side of the mountain be drawn to the top the following sequence of events will be noted. As the air ascends the mountain side it continues to cool at a uniform rate until a temperature is reached at which a portion of its moisture is condensed into cloud and fog. The process of condensation involves the liberation of latent heat and thereby reduces the rate of cooling with elevation, so that further cooling with increase of altitude is comparatively slow and thus the top of the mountain is reached with a high temperature for the altitude. In its descent the reverse process takes place. The air warms by compression, and its capacity for moisture being thereby increased the clouds soon dissolve. On reaching the base of the mountains it has become both warm and dry. In the case of chinooks in Montana and the northwest in general, the warmth and dryness greatly promote evaporation, so that a foot of snow may be evaporated in a few hours. The phenomena of the chinook wind may occur in all seasons, although, as has been pointed out by Ferrel, it is best exemplified in the winter season of high latitudes, since in this case the vertical gradient of the undisturbed atmosphere is small, and the temperature of the air descend- ing from a high altitude and heated at the rate of 1° for each 183 feet, is much higher at the lower level than that of the surrounding air. In the summer season, during the day when the earth's surface is very warm and the decrease of temperature with increase of altitude is great, the chinook effect is scarcely appreciable. Chinook winds are not confined to the eastern base of the Rocky Mountains, but may be found elsewhere whenever the conditions hereinbefore described occur. A well-marked chinook or foehn effect may be observed in the temperatures of Rapid City, S. Dak., a station situated directly in the lee of the Black Hills. In addition to the special winds already described, mention should be made of the inter- change of air that takes place between the coast lands and coast waters, due to the unequal heating and cooling of the two surfaces. Such winds are known as sea breezes. They occur daily along the coasts of large bodies of water, but their influence does not extend inland beyond a few miles. Land and lake breezes are also experienced in relatively quiet conditions of the air. Both sea breezes and lake breezes are light winds and are frequently completely masked by the stronger circulation of the cyclone and anticyclone. Mountain and valley winds arise in much the same way and under the same conditions. Wind velocity. — In all of the cities and towns in which the Weather Bureau maintains an observing station, the location of the station has been changed, not once, but many times in the last thirty-odd years. As a rule, the changes from one building to another were made in order to escape being shut in by the erection of taller buildings in the immediate neighborhood. The height of the anemometer above ground and the local environment of the instrument have been changed so frequently that it is not possible to obtain data of wind velocity that are directly comparable. The later velocities are mostly greater than the earlier ones, since the elevation of the anemometer has been progressively increasing. In some cases the velocities have been doubled. In the absence of any detailed study of the effect of increased elevation upon the wind velocity, it is impossible to state how accuratel'^ the recorded velocities represent the true movement of the wind at the various stations. In a general way enough is known to warrant the statement that the wind velocity is greatest on the coasts and over the western plains and least in interior valleys and in the lee of great mountain ranges. The months of greatest wind velocity are March and April, the least, July and August. The velocity of the winds in the United States is greatest along the seacoast in northern latitudes, especially in the neighborhood of capes and promontories that project well into the oceans. On the Atlantic coast the winds off Hatteras are notoriously boisterous in the cold season and also during the prevalence of a West India hurricane. The southern New England coast is also a region of strong winds. On the Pacific coast high winds are experienced from the Golden Gate northward to the Straits of Fuca. The coast line, however, is bold and precipitous in marked contrast to the conditions which prevail on the Atlantic shore line. Winds of very high velocities have been recorded at Point Reys and Cape Mendocino, Cal., and Fort Canby, 74 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. at the mouth of the Columbia. In these cases, however, the velocity observations were made several hundred feet above sea level and on the seaward slope of bluffs ranging 200 to 600 feet above sea level, so that a direct comparison with velocities recorded along the Atlantic coast is not practicable. In general, however, it does not appear that the velocities on the two coasts differ materially. In the interior there are two regions of relatively high winds — viz, the Lake region and the Plains States east of the Rocky Mountains. The high winds over and along the Great Lakes are explained by the fact that the Lake region is the great highway of storms which cross the United States, also to the diminished surface friction interposed by the lake surfaces. The last-named cause, viz, diminished surface friction, is probably one of the chief causes of high winds over the eastern Rocky Mountain plains. Among other contributing causes may be men- tioned the comparatively level, treeless character of the country and the strong contrasts in temperature that occasionally obtain between the mountain masses to the westward and the great valley to the eastward. The great contrasts in temperature that arise in this region are characteristic of spring months, whence it follows that high winds and gales reach their fullest development at that season of the year. A statenient of the number of days during the ten-year period — 1891-1900 — on which a wind of 40 miles or more per hour was registered at certain points in the Dakotas, Nebraska, Kansas, Oklahoma, the Panhandle of Texas, and extreme northwestern Iowa, appears in the following table. A second table gives the distribution of these winds throughout the year, and finally in text figure No. 7 will be found a graphic presentation of the frequency and direction of gales at four representative stations in the Great Plains region. Total Number op Days with Gales — winds of 40 Miles pee Hour and Over prom the Directions as Indi- cated DURING THE TeN YeAES 1891-1900. SE. SW. W. Bismarck, N. Dak - Pierre, S. Dak Huron, S. Dak Sioux City, Iowa... Nortli Platte, Nebr Omaha, Nebr Concordia, Kans . . . Dodge City, Kans . Wichita, Kana Oklahoma, Okla. . . Amarillo, Tex Percentages.. 97 138 71 6 3 47 5 13 49 10 21 10 22 7 2 1 13 17 26 214 11 17 143 21 9 53 6 13 52 70 9 1 11 86 4 15 187 1 3 15 10 3 1 30 5 3 140 144 188 357 273 109 17 15 234 35 70 756 Monthly Distribution op Gales during the Ten Years 1891-1900. Stations. Bismarck, N. Dak. . . Pierre, S. Dak Huron, S. Dak Sioux City, Iowa North Platte, Nebr.. Omaha, Nebr Concordia, Kans Dodge City, Kans Wichita, Kans Oklahoma, Okla Amarillo, Tex Percentages Jan. 15 13 22 20 5 5 6 3 51 Feb. 11 11 17 29 5 3 9 3 10 67 Mar. 14 17 33 29 16 2 3 26 6 15 91 Apr. 19 18 49 42 27 3 6 52 10 13 114 May. 18 22 43 " 32 18 1 4 36 1 9 82 July. Aug. 4 17 18 11 4 3 5 1 4 21 Sept. 5 13 39 20 1 2 11 1 37 Annual. 144 188 357 273 109 17 16 234 35 70 756 0.<3 O.'S f''''\^ XjagS \ 4 ; tXn ^fc^4 1 ) 1 ) A #y^M'^tfe'^~~'W^^MT^^^*^>^^^' '*^ ' ^-^— '^X— l- _ --j).J->nT[ 1 'Q— Fv A=^.:g^^l:'' '1^7— iN^,,-— ^fc-a<7- ,■ — — "^^ -^ ^TTu^FTT*? l^^^^^^jv. IriS 1 " -7-''^w'[ 'i"^ lArTrji—j p^^^ ftf^ jl H r^;: =j*" 1 ' ^ ^ ,^^^F^=^^^^^ ^ "tfw^ — F^^ fc/Sg' ^iik^^^^^J; ''■■- \ -^^^gj^p^y- "vc^^^s— ^jj^'T+'i {j j^'^^^^-f— y-'-^ ''^ ^^=^^«i^^=f^^ =-7Jj«Sf=W^'^ _^ 1 ^^pp^Ty' 1 f'^ ~] te^^^^#iM 1 i Ijj ^-/ssS-^wS^ -N# l^^^^^^^ "1 P f::^ F^ / t VA ,^ V \^^r^ \ 1 ' \^ 1 ^\^\_ _jp "1^ 1 1' 1 ' 1 H jpp K'^ 1 [■■ 1 il'l \ /' X! y ' 1 i' ' ' " !r -—J ^ L |)vn j t| 1 ■ f . , ^I^Sl i-UL^ ^ y/S' I'll' ||JM«4 ^^^P^^"^---^ d Z' ^B 'i'W =^ '^ 1^ prj J iljf' ^^^n ^ y^ /^^i ^^! j^^ '/~~^^?t~?^St~-t-^ ^yy^ 'Wi /"^Cr/ ^^^ ^ ^'1 ^f ^^^ ^^^X / i SEASONAL VARIATIONS IN THE WEATHER. It is a common observation that some seasons are abnormally warm, some abnormally cold, some wet, some dry, while still others depart but little from normal conditions. Of the underlying cause or causes of seasonal variations in the weather, very little is known. An examination of the daily weather maps during periods of marked seasonal variation generally discloses the fact that there has been a suspension or complete reversal of one or more of the usual characteristics of the weather for the time and place; it is to these reversals and tem- porary suspensions that marked and prolonged abnormalities of the weather are due. In studying seasonal variation of the weather little valuable material is available for ready reference. The monthly means of temperature pressure, the total monthly precipita- tion, etc., indicate in a general way merely the dominating influence of the month. In the final analysis, however, one should not fail to examine the daily weather charts, since similar monthly mean values do not necessarily represent one and the same type of weather conditions. It may easily happen, for example, that the pressure distribution for any two months may be almost identical, yet the weather of the two months may be quite dissimilar. Monthly mean values, moreover, generally represent the sum total of the various weather conditions. A so-called normal month may be composed of two unequal periods of extreme weather condi- tions, one cold, the other warm, so that as far as temperature is concerned the monthly values give no idea of the actual weather conditions from day to day. For this and other reasons the subject is difficult of treatment with the material at hand. On a previous page it was stated that a clearer picture of the prevailing climatic conditions would be obtained by compiling the usual data for two or more periods representing, respec- tively, cyclonic and anticyclonic weather. It would also be a great help to the better under- standing of seasonal variations in the weather if the usual statistics of temperature and rainfall distribution, amount of cloudiness, etc., were classified and arranged according to the several types of weather that prevail in the United States. Such a classification would be quite useful in weather prevision, for some days ahead, since there is a tendency for two or more successive cyclones to pursue approximately the same course during the prevalence of any strongly accentuated type. For the purpose of this discussion it will be sufficient to state that abnor- malities in the distribution of temperature and precipitation in any month are rarely of the same sign throughout the United States; in other words, it seldom happens that the month is warm, or cold, as the case may be, in all parts of the country. Usually the dividing line as regards temperature runs north and south; quite frequently the Rocky Mountains form a natural dividing line between the abnormally cold and the abnormally warm portions of the country. Occasionally, on the other hand, the dividing line may run with the parallels of latitude with the area of abnormal cold in the south and abnormal heat in the north. Abnormalities in the distribution of precipitation are less easily explained than those of temperature. It is possible, in general, to associate periods of excessive or deficient precipi- tation with certain definite weather types; thus, a movement of cyclones from the west Gulf States to New England invariably produces moderate to heavy precipitation throughout the eastern part of the United States. On the other hand, a tendency to follow the northern boundary is favorable to continued dry weather in the southern two-thirds of the country. In general, a marked excess in temperature is associated with a corresponding deficiency in precipitation, especially in the warm season. The converse, however, does not always hold. A marked example of a cold wet month is shown in Plate XXIX. Since the month of March is one of the most changeable of the year, the remarks and illus- trations which follow refer particularly to that month. Normal March weather. — In the popular mind, especially among those who dwell in north- ern latitudes, March is held to be a cold, disagreeable month. This conception is true in a large mfeasure. While March is not productive of severe storms, yet the total wind movement for 81 82 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. the month is generally greater than for any other month in the year. In a group of 28 selected stations, March was the windiest at 9 ; December at 5 ; April at 4 ; February at 3 ; July, 1 ; and November 1. February and March equally windy at 4, and March and April equally windy at 1. From this summary it will be seen that the windiest season of the year comes at the time when winter conditions are giving way to those of spring and summer. At this time, viz., in the three months — February, March, and April — the interior of the continent is yet cold, and there are vast masses of cold air in the Arctic Zone and the regions north of the United States that must in time give way or be transformed into air masses of higher tem- perature and less density. There is a conflict, so to speak, between the masses of cold air in the continental interior and the warmer air of the oceanic area to the westward and the tropical area to the southward, in which the ascendancy is not gained and held by one or the other of the contending forces, but first one and then the other becomes the dominating and con- trolling force. In the interplay between these two forces the weather in northern districts is alternately warm and cold, with high shifting winds and frequent rains or snows. In the south, which is farther removed from the geographic center of the contending forces, the weather is more constant, with a preponderance of warm, sunshiny weather. Incursions of cold air from the north with killing frosts are not unusual, however, even as late as April. If all the cyclones for any given month entered the United States in the same region and moved in identical paths it would be a simple matter to determine beforehand the character of the month; if, for example, the North Pacific coast type of cyclone should prevail in March (for description of this type see page 19, Plate II), the month would be one of abundant rainfall in the North Pacific coast States, over the northern plateau, and in the middle Mississippi Valley. The weather would be abnormally warm over the greater portion of the South, with the greatest positive departures in temperature (greatest excess above the normal) in Texas, Oklahoma, and the lower Mississippi Valley, and it would be unseasonably cold over the northern Rocky Mountain region and the Canadian Provinces, for the following reasons: A movement of cyclonic areas in the path followed by North Pacific cyclones induces warm southerly to westerly winds in the territory to the eastward of the central and southern Rocky Mountain slope. The interruption of the southerly winds during the prevalence of a North Pacific type are few and last but a short time. The cold weather in Montana and to the north- ward would be due to persistent northerly winds, since the path of the North Pacific cyclone passes south of that State. The wind over the northern plateau and along the North Pacific coast would be from a southeasterly quarter and cold, since the interior is yet colder than the coast. From what has preceded, it may be seen that the following general statements must hold. In the cold season a movement of cyclones eastward or northeastward in low latitudes will cause unusually cold weather in practically all districts east of the Rocky Mountains. A necessary antecedent to the movement in low latitudes is the occupation of the northeastern Rocky Mountain slope by strong anticyclones. These may be compared not inaptly to great reservoirs of cold which discharge to the eastward and southward a mass of chilled air that may, in extreme cases, extend as a "norther" as far south as the western Caribbean Sea. When, on the other hand, cyclones move eastward along the northern boundary in relatively high latitudes, they cause an indraught of warm air from the south, and while the southerly winds are occasionally interrupted by colder northwesterly winds, the cold does not penetrate so far to the southward nor does it persist so long as in the case of areas of low pressure moving eastward in low latitudes. High pressure over the North Atlantic and adjacent shores of the United States, as in March, 1903, may interrupt the normal movement of cyclones and thereby completely reverse the wind circulation over large areas. Thus, cold north- westerly winds over New England and the Middle Atlantic States may be supplanted by relatively warm easterly winds from the Atlantic. Individual months of marked abnormalities. — Four cases only will be considered; first, a cold March in nearly all parts of the country (1891); second, a warm March in nearly all parts of the country (1903); third, a month that was cold east of the one hundredth meridian and warm to the westward (1900), and finally a month when the reverse conditions obtained (1897). SEASONAL VABIATIONS. 83 March, 1891, a cold month: The tracks of cyclones and the abnormalities of pressure, temperature, and precipitation are shown on Plate XXIX. The two marked characteristics of March, 1891, were (1) abnormally low temperatures over nearly the whole country and (2) greatly increased precipitation, except in a few scattered localities. No March in the last thirty-three years has shown such extreme variations from the normal. In March, 1876, the weather conditions, both as to temperature and precipitation, were much similar to those of 1891. March, 1885, was a cold month in all parts of the country, but the movement of highs and lows was different from that in 1891, and there was a marked deficiency in precipitation instead of an excess, as in 1876 and 1891. The cause of the anomalous conditions in March, 1891, so far as can be gleaned from the daily weather maps, was the persistence and strength of areas of high pressure that had their origin north of Montana and moved slowly southeastward to the Dakotas, thence eastward along the northern boundary to the Lake region, thence either to the Canadian maritime prov- inces or southeastward to the Middle Atlantic coast. As a consequence of the persistence of areas of high pressure in North Central districts, the areas of low pressure, of which there were a large number, made a wide sweep to the southward before curving to the northeast. This southward movement induced strong northwesterly winds, which brought with them the cold of northern latitudes. March, 1903, a warm month: The tracks of cyclonic areas and the abnormalities of pressure, temperature, and precipitation for this month are shown on Plate XXX. Examining this plate in detail, it is to be observed, first, that there was a marked decrease in the number of cyclonic areas as compared with the cold month of 1891, and that of the six paths charted but a single one extended to the Atlantic coast. Atmospheric pressure was high almost continually during the month in northern and northeastern districts. During the month 8 anticyclonic areas were charted, most of which originated in the region north of Montana and moved thence east-southeast to the Canadian maritime provinces, at which point 6 of the total number passed eastward over the ocean. The winds over eastern and southern districts were mostly from the east or south. The cloudiness was above the average, and there was little loss of heat by radiation at night. The greatest positive temperature departures centered over Ontario and diminished thence in all directions. The movement of the areas of high pressure in the North- west, where low temperatures prevailed, was quite similar to that of an average March. It will be observed that, except over the northern Pacific Coast States and the northern Gulf, the pressure was considerably above the normal. It is impossible, of course, to get a very clear idea of the atmospheric movements involved by studying the abnormalities for a limited area over the earth's surface for a single month. The pressure abnormalities for January and February of 1903 show that a wave of rising pressure was advancing from the west; that it became strong in January over the southern Pacific coast and the southern Plateau region; that during February, 1903, the pressure was higher than the average over the interior of the country west of the ninety-fifth meridian, the greatest abnormality being -f-0.15 inch over the Middle Rocky Mountain region. For the month of March, as shown by Plate XXX, the greatest increase in pressure was over the Canadian maritime provinces, and a region of diminished pressure appears over the northern Pacific Coast States. The warm March of 1894: The month of March, 1894, was one of the warmest ever expe- rienced east of the Rocky Mountains, yet, paradoxical as it may seem, it gave some very low temperatures during the closing days of the month. The month opened with warm weather in all parts of the country and the mild period lasted about three weeks, during which time there were practically no incursions of cold air from the northwest. The mild weather was largely due to the slow eastward drift of a number of cyclonic areas that first appeared on the Pacific coast north of California. These depressions, in several instances, assumed the trough- like form which, as before stated, is conducive to a marked warming up on the eastern side. The most significant phase of the abnormal conditions, however, was the failure of anticyclonic areas to develop normal intensity in the rear of the cyclones until nearly the end of the month. The Monthly Weather Review, Vol. XXII, pages 100-101, gives the number of areas of high pressure observed in March, 1894, as 19. Of these, however, more than half dissipated shortly 84 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. after they appeared. The mild weather was brought to an end by the southward sweep of an anticyclone from the region north of Montana on the 23d, and it was followed by a second, equally as severe, on the 27th. March, 1900, warm west of the Eocky Mountains, cold east (Plate XXXI): The cold weather east of the Mississippi was due to the fact that many cyclonic areas moved east- northeast in both high and low latitudes and that an imiisually large number of anticyclones swept southeastward along the eastern slope of the Rocky Mountains to the middle Mississippi Valley, and thence eastward to the Atlantic. West of the Rocky Moimtains, the weather, for the most part, was tranquil and there were no incursions of cold air from higher latitudes, since but a single cyclone traversed that region. March, 1897, warm east of the Rocky Mountains, cold west (Plate XXXII): In this month the areas of low pressure originated mostly over the eastern slope of the Rocky Moun- tains, moved thence east-northeastward, and passed out of the country by way of the St. Law- rence Valley. From what has previously been said on the circulation of the air around areas of low pressure, it will be seen that over the Southern States warm air must have been continu- ously drifting in from slightly lower latitudes and that the supply of warm air would be carried northeastward along the Atlantic coast as far as southern New England. It will be observed that the excess of temperature extended even farther north, into western Ontario. The number of anticyclones charted for March, 1897, was somewhat less than the average and their move- ment was generally from Manitoba southeastward to the Middle Atlantic coast. In but one instance did an area of low pressure move southeastward over the Rooky Mountains to the Gulf coast. This movement of the highs across the Lake region was also instrumental in causing warm weather in eastern and southern districts. From the foregoing it will be readily seen that the key to the situation lies very largely in the control, extraterrestrial or otherwise, of the development and movement of cyclones and anticyclones. Any means whereby we can definitely locate the mean positions of areas of low pressure and areas of high pressure will in turn enable us to foresee the prevailing direction of the winds, and thus the character of the weather over any given area. The fact that abnormalities of temperature and precipitation over the Northern Hemisphere are more or less local seems to militate against the theory of extraterrestrial control, since it is difficult to conceive that any outside force or source of energy would not act continously and in the same direction over the whole of the earth's surface. It does not seem probable that any cosmic or extraterrestrial influence can be so localized as to produce the abnormalities in temperature, pressure, and precipitation shown on Plates XXIX to XXXII. A better knowledge of the constitution of cyclones and anticyclones, especially of the source of energy that manifests itself in the gradual building up and persistence of cyclones and anticyclones, would doubtless aid in the solution of the problem. So, too, an extension of the field of observation over the unoccupied portions of the globe would add to the facts now in our possession, and possibly present the problem in a new light. The recent extension of military telegraph lines over Alaska and the laying of a submarine cable by the U. S. Signal Corps connecting that Territory with the United States promise to yield important results in connection with the study of atmospheric movements across the continent. As a result of the observations made at telegraph stations in Alaska during the winter of 1905-6, some remarkable temperature variations between the interior of Alaska and the northern Rocky Mountain region, including the southern portions of Alberta, Assiniboia,, and Winnipeg, are shown. Thus during the severe weather of March, 1906, when temperatures 10° to 20° below zero prevailed in the last-named regions, the weather in Alaska was warm and pleasant, with temperatures above freezing in the lower Yukon Valley and about freezing in the vicinity of Eagle (longitude 141 west from Greenwich). It is probable that the warm weather in Alaska was due to a temporary extension of the Bering Sea low eastward far into the interior. The explanation of this and other related problems will doubtless be apparent when the field of view is enlarged so as to take in the whole of the North American continent. GENERAL TABLES. 85 GENERAL TABLES. Table I. — Monthly and Annual Mean Tempeeatuebs for Selected Stations. North lati- tude. West longi- tude. Alti- tude. Years of rec- ord. Temperature. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual. New England and Middle Atlantic States. Eastport Portland Boston Block Island New Haven . . . . Buffalo Eochester Oswego Albany New York City. Erie Pittsburg Philadelpbia . . . Atlantic City . . . Baltimore Washington. ... Lynchburg Norlolk South Atlantic and East Gulf States. Charlotte. Wilmington Charleston Atlanta Augusta Jacksonville Key West Pensacola Montgomeiy Mobile Vioksburg West Oulf States and Southeastern Rocky Mountain slope. Little Rock . . Shreveport . . New Orleans . Palestine .... El Paso San Antonio . Galveston ... North Central district. Bismarck Moorhead St. Paul Marquette Alpena Detroit Milwaukee La Crosse Huron 44 54 43 39 42 21 41 10 41 18 42 S3 43 8 43 29 42 39 40 43 42 7 40 32 39 57 39 22 39 18 38 64 37 25 36 51 35 13 34 14 32 47 33 45 33 28 30 20 24 34 30 25 32 23 30 41 32 22 34 45 32 30 29 58 31 45 31 47 29 27 29 18 46 47 46 52 44 68 46 34 45 6 42 20 43 2 43 49 44 21 I 66 59 70 15 71 4 71 36 72 56 78 63 77 42 76 35 73 45 74 80 6 80 2 75 9 74 25 76 37 77 3 79 9 76 17 80 51 77 67 79 66 84 23 81 64 81 39 81 49 87 13 86 18 88 2 90 63 93 40 90 4 96 40 106 30 98 28 94 60 100 38 96 44 93 3 87 24 83 30 83 3 87 54 91 15 98 14 Feet. 33 47 15 28 25 612 498 292 23 37 659 738 42 7 103 76 748 37 11 1,062 138 3 3 12 196 12 226 299 297 495 3,702 907 768 656 691 593 619 673 1,287 24 32 33 22 25 IS 33 29 23 31 33 31 33 33 31 22 "F. 56 60 63 G4 64 62 "F. 42 46 49 49 60 47 47 46 48 62 49 S3 54 54 66 55 57 60 63 66 61 64 67 66 70 40 37 46 41 42 48 45 46 44 86 GENERAL TABLES. 87 Table I. — ^Monthly and Annual Mean Temperatuees foe Selected Stations — Continued. North lati- tude. West longi- tude. Alti- tude. Years of rec- ord. Temperature. pr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. F. "F. OJ. 'F. °i?. "F. "F. 'F. "F. 49 59 68 74 72 63 50 J5 27 62 62 72 76 74 68 54 38 27 51 61 70 75 73 65 53 37 26 50 61 71 75 73 65 53 38 27 52 63 72 77 75 67 55 39 30 64 64 73 78 77 68 56 41 33 67 66 76 80 78 70 59 44 36 46 57 66 72 71 64 53 39 29 53 63 72 76 74 63 56 42 32 69 68 75 79 78 70 60 47 39 62 63 72 76 74 67 55 42 33 48 69 69 73 71 64 63 40 30 46 68 67 72 70 64 53 40 31 61 63 71 75 73 66 65 42 33 54 65 74 78 76 69 57 44 36 66 67 75 79 -77 70 59 46 38 68 66 73 76 75 69 58 47 39 59 68 76 80 78 71 60 48 41 62 71 78 81 80 73 63 51 43 60 68 76 79 77 72 62 50 43 50 68 66 73 72 61 50 40 33 44 52 59 67 66 56 46 32 25 41 52 61 67 66 67 46 36 29 48 57 67 72 71 63 51 39 33 47 66 66 69 68 61 51 39 31 47 54 63 71 70 60 48 37 32 50 58 67 76 75 64 52 40 33 70 77 85 92 91 84 73 62 56 48 56 62 69 68 58 48 37 32 51 57 62 67 66 61 64 46 42 61 67 61 66 66 61 54 46 42 65 57 59 59 59 61 60 56 51 60 62 65 68 70 66 64 59 56 69 67 75 82 81 73 64 54 47 60 63 67 71 72 70 64 60 56 North Central district— Continued. North Platte Omaha Des Moines Davenport Keokuk Dodge City St. Louis Chicago Springfield, 111 Cairo Indianapolis Toledo Cleveland Columbus Cincinnati Louisville Knoxvllle Nashville Memphis -. Chattanooga Rocky Mountain and Plateau region. Boise Helena Cheyenne Denver Santa Fe Wtnnemucca Salt Lake City Yuma Pacific coast States. Spokane Portland Roseburg San Francisco San Diego Redblufl Los Angeles 41 8 41 16 41 35 41 30 40 22 37 45 38 38 41 53 39 48 37 39 46 41 40 41 30 39 58 39 6 38 15 35 56 36 10 35 9 35 4 43 37 46 34 41 8 39 45 35 41 40 58 40 46 32 45 47 40 45 32 43 13 37 48 32 43 40 10 34 3 100 45 95 56 93 37 90 38 91 26 100 90 12 87 37 89 39 89 10 86 10 83 34 81 42 83 84 30 85 45 83 58 86 47 90 3 85 14 116 8 112 4 104 48 105 105 57 117 43 111 54 114 36 117 25 122 43 123 20 122 26 117 10 122 15 118 15 Feet. 2,803 1,037 806 580 574 2,490 466 695 607 313 711 597 659 759 563 460 992 459 268 700 2,706 4,109 6,056 5,219 6,980 4,287 4,293 137 1,881 20 475 28 40 309 "F. 24 21 20 21 24 28 32 24 27 36 28 26 27 29 50 49 50 52 54 66 48 52 58 53 50 49 52 56 57 57 59 62 51 43 45 60 49 48 52 72 48 53 53 56 61 63 62 88 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Table II. — ^Absolute Maximum and Minimum Tempebatubbs fob Selected Stations, with Yeak of Ocourbbnoe, 1871-1903. New England and Mid- dle Atlantic States. Eastporl : Maximum Minimum Portland: Maximum Minimum Boston: Maximum Minimum Blocl: Island: Maximum Minimum New Haven: Maximum Minimum Bufialo: Maximum Minimum Rocliester: Maximum Minimum Oswego: Maximum . Minimum , Albany: Maximum Minimum New York City: Maximum Minimum , Erie: Maximum Minimum , Pittsburg: Maximum Minimum Philadelphia: Maximum Minimum Atlantic City: Maximum Minimum Baltimore: Maximum.-. Minimum , Washington: Maximum Minimum Lynchburg: Maximum Minimum Norfolk: Maximum Minimum Janu- ary. (S CO °F. 64 -20 62 -16 70 -13 69 - 4 66 -14 73 -16 76 -12 64 - 4 1892 1874 1876 1882 Febru- ary. 64 1890 -11 1873 1874 68 - 4 67 -11 1874 1904 1890 1886 80 1890 1875 1876 1876 1874 1879 1876 1890 1881 1881 1890 1871 1893 1890 1895 1890 1896 1883 1895 651 -12 1875 70 -16 77 -20 71 - 7 78 - 7 March. 1872 1891 1886 1880 1886 April. 'F. 72 1886 21874 1881 1874 1872 1874 71:1896 251887 1880 1896 1903 1876 1900 1876 1874 1899 1874 1899 1874 1899 1874 11 1890 1896 1875 1885 1894 1872 1894 1900 1879 1872 1876 1900 1894 1885 1873 1894 1873 1894 1899 1894 1896 1874 1899 1881 1885 1874 1874 1883 1881 May. 1895 1900 1896 1882 1887 1875 1896 1875 1876 34 38 1879 1885 1900 1876 1879 1874 1887 1876 June. 0} (U 1891 1874 1893 1884 1895 1891 1894 1879 1875 1885 1901 1878 1876 1895 1891 1880 1876 July. 1878 1894 1894 1896 1879 1887 1878 1901 1894 1874 1897 1874 1894 £102 67 1901 1882 1898 1880 1874 1892 1895 1891 1897 1898 1897 CD a 1878 1885 1876 1890 1891 1881 1894 Au- gust. 1891 1887 1896 o Occurred also in 1881. 6 Estimated. 1887 1892 f Occurred also in 1890. 101 21 1896 1899 1895 1876 1895 1873 1899 1899 Octo- ber. 1897 1896 1897 1896 1879 1887 as F. 73 -28 72 -26 74 -24 1879 1887 1891 1887 1897 1873 1897 1887 1892 1896 1900 1887 No- vem- ber. 1887 1876 1893 1876 70 -14 1897 1887 1889 1878 1897 1887 1897 1887 1887 78 -10 84 -13 Is 1888 1876 1893 1887 1887 1887 1887 1887 1897 1891 1891 1879 1872 1872 1887 De- cember. 'F. 64 -38 55 -36 68 -39 69 -20 66 -15 66 -24 63 -22 61 -37 65 -34 70 -30 71 -17 65 -22 79 -16 1879 1883 1887 1888 1879 1876 74 -17 1876 1872 1877 1884 1890 1901 1890 1884 1886 1889 1872 1894 1876 1876 1872 1876 1872 1880 100 -25 104 -43 108 -43 108 -24 108 -26 107 -22 150 145 135 126 125 147 >126 »'2 No 24 a Occurred also in 1876. li Occurred also In 1881. : Occurred also in 1895. (JENEKAL TABLES. 91 Table II. — ^Absoutte MAxmaM and Minimum Tempeeatdbbs fob Selected Stations, with Yeab op Oocuebenob, 1871-1903— Continued. North Central disirict- Continued. Cairo: Maximum.. Minimum . . Indianapolis: Maximum . . Minimum . . Toledo: Maximum. Minimum.. Cleveland: Maximum.. Minimum . . Columbus: Maximum. Minimum.. Cincinnati: Maximum. Minimum. . Louisville: Maximum. Minimum. . Knoxville: Maximum. Minimum.. Nashville: Maximum. Minimum. . Memphis: Maximum. Minimum . . Chattanooga: Maximum. Minimum . . Janu- ary. Eocky Mountain and Plateau region. Boise: Maximum. Minimum . . Helena: Maximum. Minimum.. Cheyenne: Maximum. Minimum . . Denver: Maximum . Minimum . . Santa Fe: Maximum . Minimum . . Winnemucca: Maximum . Minimum . . 1890 1884 1890 1884 701874 -171873 67,1890 -20,1884 7ri -12' 1886 76 -29 Febru- ary. 67 -16 1876 1884 1884 1890 1886 1902 1893 1888 1875 1876 1879 1883 1887 1888 63 -28 77 -22 69 -22 as 1890 1899 1883 1900 1885 1883 1899 1883 1899 March. 1903 1890 1899 189B 1883 82 75 - 3 1879 1899 6 77 1899-17 81 1883-11 1879 1890 g.2 QJ OS Eh 1894 1873 187! 1885 1895 1900 1895 1873 1899 1895 1895 1897 1893 1891 1879 1886 1879 1880 1879 1882 April. 1872 1875 1896 1876 1896 1881 1896 1875 1894 1875 1872 1881 May. 1874 1876 1895 1877 1895 1876 1879 1876 1895 1897 1876 1897 1895 1898 1895 1888 1879 1883 1896 1(93 1898 1891 1S96 1874 1876 1879 1875 June. 89|1886 22 1885 n874 92 1874 1872 1887 961887 171887 1874 1894 1896 1881 1889 July. 'F. 106 571891 106 1901 1885 1887 1891 1898 1901 1873 1892 1897 1901' 1890 1901 1885 1901 1896 1887 1885 1901 1891 1879 1885 Au- gust. 1898' 106 1883 32 as Eh 1881 1891 1881 1890 1881 1890 1881 1887 1881 1890 1881 1885 1881 1879 1874 1891 1901 1891 Sep- tember. 5 = 1881 1899 1881 1887 1899 1888 Octo- ber. 1897 1873 89 1897 221896 1899 1888 1899 1887 1896 1896 1001888 28,1&S9 1886! 98 1893. ill) 1893 1898 34 ISSO 20 1900 1874 1873 1878 1897 1877 1897 1882 1892 1878 1882 1895 1896 1895 1879 1897 1887 1879 1887 1897 1887 1895 1887 1897 1887 1876 1884 1887 1884 1884 1893 No- vem- ber. as 1892 1878 1892 1873 1887 1882 1872 1895 1872 De- cember. 1881 1872 1882 1887 1890 1887 1892 1896 1894 1896 1891 1876 1878 1880 °F. 74 - 7 68 -12 75 - 5 75 - 2 - 91880 64 -24 65 -20 1872 1875 1876 1876 1880 1889 1880 1875 1872 1874 1880 1874 1901 1889 1880 1888 1884 1886 1880 1901 1876 1878 18: "F. 106 -16 106 -2,6 102 -16 101 -10 1878 1879 97 -13 127 110 33 a Occurred also in 1874. b Occurred also in 1885. <: Occurred also in 1887. li Occurred also in 1904. c Occurred also in 1888. / Occurred also in 1880. 92 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Table II. — Absolute Maximom and Mdiimdm Temperatures foe Selected Stations, with Year of Oocuhkbnoe 1871-1903— Continued. Rocky Mountain and Plateau region — Continued. Salt Lake City: Maximum. - Minimum. . . Yuma: Maximum . . Minimum. .. Pacific coast States. Spokane: Maximum Minimum Portland: Maximum Minimum Roseburg: Maximum Minimum San Krancisco: Maximum Minimum San Diego: Maximum Minimum Eed Bluff: Maximum Minimum Los Angeles: Maximum Minimum Janu- ary. 'F. 67 -20 Febru- ary. 62 F. 68 -13 59 -23 1879 1884 1896 1883 28 1901 1884 1902 1884 March. 1884 1901 1883 E-i 1879 1890 1879 1881 1881 1891 1896 1887 1896 1892 April. 1893 36 May. as 1897 1875 1904 1890 1891 1876 1887 1896 1887 1887 1894 1887 1886 1887 1879 1891 1876 1876 1893 1877 1884 July. 1891 1878 1879 1890 1887 as 1891 1901 1891 1887 1891 1884 1891 1888 Au- gust. 1876 1880 1879 1887 1881 1891 1876 1882 1891 1884 1878 1891 1881 1886 1901 Sep- tember. 1876 1896 1879 1894 1900 1883 1891 1901 1886 Octo- ber. 102 1878 1887 1891 1896 1886 1881 1899 1878 1892 1881 1886 No- vem- ber. De- cember. ss F. 61 1896-10 1891 1880 1891 1890 1896 1891 1890 1895 1890 1880 1890 1881 30 1874 1879 1901 1901 1884 1886 1879 1902 1879 1801 1879 1879 1879 1897 1879 102 - 2 1" 33 32 u Occurred also in 1888. b Occurred also in 1874. MONTHLY AND ANNUAL MEAN MAXIMUM AND MEAN MINIMUM TEMPERATURES FOR SELECTED STATIONS. MEAN OF THE ABSOLUTE MAXIMUM AND ABSOLUTE MINIMUM TEMPERATURES FOR EACH MONTH FOR 32 STATIONS. 93 94 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Table III. — ^Monthly and Annual Mean Maximum and Mean Minimum Temperatures for Seleoted Stations. § s o g 1 i i Feet. 33 31 47 32 15 31 28 23 25 31 612 33 498 33 292 33 23 31 37 33 659 30 738 31 42 31 7 28 103 31 75 33 623 33 10 33 748 25 37 33 11 33 1,052 25 138 32 3 32 3 33 12 24 196 31 12 33 226 32 299 24 197 32 8 33 495 22 3,702 25 660 18 6 33 1,670 29 907 23 768 31 656 33 591 31 593 33 619 33 673 31 1,287 22 2,803 29 1,037 33 806 25 580 32' Temperatures. January. February. si I a a April. ai a May. sa sa sa Also S. ■: Also W. 112 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Table X. — Prevailing Winds for Selected Stations — Continued. North Central district — Continued. La Crosse Huron North Platte , Omaha , Des Moines . Davenport . . Keokuk Dodge City . St. Louis... Chicago Springaeld, 111. Cairo Indianapolis . . . Toledo Cleveland Columbus Cincinnati Louisville North lati- tude. Knoxville Nashville Memphis Chattanooga. Rocky Mountain and Plateau region. Boise. Helena Cheyenne Denver Santa Fe Winnemucca. . . Salt Lake City . Yuma Pacific coast States. Spokane Portland Roseburg San Francisco . San Diego Red Bluff Los Angeles... 43 49 44 21 41 8 41 16 41 35 41 30 40 22 37 45 38 38 41 53 West longi- tude. 39 48 37 39 46 41 40 41 30 39 58 39 6 38 15 36 58 36 10 35 9 35 4 43 37 46 34 41 8 39 45 35 14 40 58 40 46 32 45 47 40 45 32 43 13 37 48 32 43 40 10 34 3 91 15 98 14 100 45 ■ 95 66 93 37 90 38 91 26 100 90 12 87 37 89 39 89 10 86 10 83 34 81 42 83 84 30 85 46 83 68 86 47 90 3 85 14 116 8 112 4 104 48 105 105 57 117 43 111 54 114 36 122 43 123 20 122 26 117 10 122 15 118 15 Alti- tude. Years ol record. I'eet. 673 'l,287 2,803 1,037 680 574 2,490 466 695 313 711 597 659 769 563 460 2,706 4,109 6,056 6,219 6,980 4,287 4,293 137 20 475 28 40 Winds. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Not. Deo. Annual, S. NW. W. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. NW. NW. NE SE. SW. NW. S. NE. SW. SE. N. SE. S. N. NW. N. NE. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. W. NW. N. W. W. SW. w. NW. SW. NW. NW. NW. SB. SW. NW. S. NE. SW. SE. N. SW. NW. W. NW. N. NE. N. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NE.c NW. W. W. W. NW. W. c SW. NW. NW. NW. NW. SW. NW. S. SW. SW. NW. w. SW. s. SW. w. NW. N. W. SE. NW, NW.o SE NE. SE. SE. SE. NE. NW. NE. W. SW. SE. SW. NW. SE. NW. SW. NW. S. SW. SW. NW. W. SW. NW. NW. W. NW. SE. W. SE. SE. SE. N. SW. s. s. s. NE. S. S. SW. SE. SW. SE. s. SW. w. SE. SW. NW. SW. NW. S. SW. SW. NW. W. SW. NW. NW. W. W. SE. W. SE. SE. SE. SW. SW. S. SE. S. NE. S. SW. W. SE. SW. SE. S. SW. NW. SW. SW. NW. SW. NW. S. SW. SW. NW. SW. SW. NW. NW. W. SW. SE. W. S. SE. SE. SE. SW. SW. S. SE. S. SW. SW. S. SW. SW. SE. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. NW. SW. S. s. SE. SW. SE. SW. NW. NW. SW. NW. N. w. SE. SE. SE. SW. SW. S. NE.t NW. SW. SE. SW. NE. N. NE. W. SW. NE. NW. SW. NW. S. SE. SW. SE. S. SW. NW. NW. SW. NW. SE. W. S. SE. SE. SE.S SW. SW. S. SW. S. SW. SE. s. SE. N. NE. NW. N. NE. NW. SW. NW. S. SE. SW. SE. NE. SW. NW. NW. W. NW. N. W. SE. NW. N. SW. NW. SE. S. SW. SE. SW. SE. N. NE. NW. NW. NE. NW. SW. NW. S. SE. SW. SE. NE. NE. NW. NW. W. NW. N. W. S. SE. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. N. S. SW. s. SW. SW. SW. SE. N. NE. NW. SE. SE. SW. NW. S. NE. SW. SE. N. SW.6 w. NW. N. w. s. NW. W. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. S. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. NE. NW. NW. NW. SE. SW. NW. S. NE. NE. SE. N. N. NW, N. NE. S SE. NW. SE. NW. NW. NW. SW. s. s. SW. SB. SW. SE. S. SW. NW. NW. NE. NW. SW. NW. S. SE. SW. SE. N. SW. NW. NW. W. NW. N. W. 6 Also S. cAlsoSW. PLATE XXXIII. LOCATION OF C M41IC STATIONS ■■;3r "^ 4 », 5 '\ 8 ^ ■ r *^ — 'v , I s — frtS^^ II ! ■ -^ \ '" «?Wf4""-„''^ i „ LOCATION OF CLIMATOLOGICAL STATIONS. The numbers on Plate XXXIII show the location of the individual climatological stations which appear in this report The name of the station will be found in the hst following. The arrangement of the stations and the numbering is geograph- ical rather than alphabetical. Station No. 1 in any State or Territory will always be found in the northwestern comer of the State, No. 2 will be in about the same latitude, but farther eastward, and so on until the northern tier of counties has been exhausted. The next consecutive number will be found in the western part of the State but south of the first zone. In like manner a second or third tier of counties is exhausted, as the case may be, concluding finally in the southeastern comer of the State. The report for each State contains a hst of the counties in that State at the end of 1903. In selecting the stations regard was had, first, for geographic position and, second, for the character of the observations and the continuity of the record. In case a station is not given for any county, reference is made to the nearest county for which observations are available. At the end of the text on the climate of each State or Territory will be found a summary of the principal climatic elements for that State or Territory. The latter will serve as an easy reference to the distinctive chmatic features of different portions of the State or Territory. 113 LIST OF CLIMATOLOQICAL STATIONS." [Key to Plate XXXIII.] ALABAMA. OALiFOKNiA — continued. CONNECTICUT. 1. Florence. 1. Storrs. 2. Decatur. 8. La Porte. 2. Southington. 3. Valley Head. 9. Ukiah. 3. Colchester. 4. Oneonto. 10. Summit. 4. Waterbury. 5. Birmingham. 11. Auburn. 6. New London. 6. Anniston. 12. Davisville. 7. New Haven. 7. Tuscaloosa. 13. Sacramento. 8. Norwalk. 8. Goodwater. 14. Napa. 9. GreeDsboro. 15. San Francisco. DELAWARE AND MARTLAN 10. Pushmataha. 16. Livermore. 1. Grantsville. 11. Montgomery. 17. San Jose. 2. Cumberland. 12. OpeUka. 18. Merced. 3. Green Spring Furnace. 13. Eufaula. 19. Santa Cruz 4. New Market. 14. Evergreen. 20. Holhster. 5. Darlington. 15. Mobile. 21. Fresno. 6. Baltimore. ARIZONA, 22. Independence. 7. Chestertown. 1. Fort Defiance. 23. King City. 8. Easton. 2. Fort Mohave . 24. Visaha. 9. Millsboro. 3. Holbrook. 25. San Luis Obispo. 10. Solomons. 4. Signal. 5. Prescott. 26. Bakersfield. 11. Princess Anne. 27. Santa Barbara. 6. Phoenix. 28. Los Angeles. DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. 7. Fort Apache. 8. Yuma. 29. Redlands. 30. Needles. 1. Washington. 9. DudleyvOle. 10. Oracle. 31. Salton. 32. San Diego. FLORIDA. 1. De Funiak Springs. 11. Fort Grant. COLORADO. 2. Pensacola. 12. Tucson. 3. Tallahassee. 13. Fort Huachuca. 1. Walden. 4. JaclcsonmUe. ARKANSAS. 2. Fort Collins. 3. Leroy. 5. Archer. 6. Eustis. 1. Fayetteville. 4. Meeker. 7. New Smyrna 2. DoddCity. 5. Pagoda. a. Tampa. 9. Bartow. 3. Pocahontas. 6. SUt. 4. Fort Smith. 7. Breckinridge. 10. Jupiter. 5. Conway. 8. Denver. 11. Myers. 6. UiUe Rock. 9. Cope. 12. Miami. 7. Helena. 10. Orani Junction. 13. Key West. 8. Dallas. 11. Colorado Springs. 9. Pine Bluff. 12. Hamps. GEORGIA. 10. Camden. 13. Montrose. 1. Clayton. 11. Warren. 14. Gunnison. 2. Adairsville. CALIFORNIA. 15. Salida. 3. Dahlonega. 1. Sisson. 16. Pueblo. 4. Elberton. 2. Cedarville. 17. Las Animas. 5. Atlanta. 3. EureTca. 18. Saguache. 6. Covington. 4. Redding. 19. Durango. 7. Augusta. 5. Susanville 20. San Luis. 8. Harrison. 6. Redbluff. 21. Hoehno. 9. Talbottom. 7. Chico. 1 22. Blaine. 10. Dudley. olt ilic indicates regular Weather Bureau stati on. 114 LIST OF STATIONS. 115 GEOEGiA — continued. 11. Savannah. 12. Lumpkin. 13. Morgan. 14. Foulan. 15. Jesup. 16. Way Cross. 17. Thomasville. IDAHO. 1. Porthill. 2. Murray. 3. Moscow. 4. Lake. 5. Payette. 6. Boise. 7. Soldier. 8. Blackfoot. 9. Garnet. 10. American Falls. 11. PocateUo. 12. Chesterfield. 13. Oakley. ILLINOIS. . 1. Winnebago. 2. Chicago. 3. Galva. 4. Ottawa. 5. Peoria. 6. Bloomington. 7. Griggs ville. 8. Springfield. 9. Philo. 10. Greenville. 11. Olney. 12. TUden. 13. Cairo. 1. South Bend. 2. Angola. 3. Lafayette. 4. Marion. 5. Farmland. 6. RockviUe. j 7. Indianapolis. 8. Conners ville. 9. Vevay. 10. Princeton. 11. Marengo. INDIAN AND OKLAHOMA TEERITOEIES. 1. Beaver. 2. Jefferson. 3. Stillwater. 4. Arapaho. 5. Kingfisher. 6. OMahoma. 7. Mangum. 8. Fort Sill. 9. Healdton. 10. Lehigh. 1. Charles Qty. 2. Larrabee. 3. Alta. 4. Hampton. 5. Fayette. 6. Elkader. 7. Sioux City. 8. Sac City. 9. Iowa Falls. 10. Grundy Center. 11. Independence. 12. Dubuque. 13. Carroll. 14. Newton. 15. Belle Plame. 16. Amana. 17. Cedar Rapids. 18. Iowa City. 19. Clinton. 20. Davenport. 21. Atlantic. 22. Greenfield. 23. Des Moines. 24. Washington. 25. Coming. 26. Clarinda. 27. Corydon. 28. Bonaparte. 29. Keohulc. KANSAS. 1. Colby. 2. Concordia. 3. Atchison. 4. Minneapolis. 5. Agricultural College. 6. Topeka. 7. Wallace. 8. McPherson. 9. Lebo. 10. Garden City. 11. Dodge City. 12. MacksvUle. 13. Hutchinson. 14. Wichita. 15. Eureka Ranch. 16. Viroqua. 17. Englewood. 18. Independence. 19. Columbus. KENTUCKY. 1. Louisville. 2. Shelbyville. 3. Lexington. 4. Mount Sterling. 5. I.ieitchfield. 6. Eaubank. 7. Paducah. 8. EarlingtoD. 9. Edmonton. 10. Middleboro. 1. Shreveport. 2. Monroe. 3. Lake Providence. 4. Alexandria. 5. Melville. 6. Baton Rouge. 7. Amite. 8. Lake Charles. 9. New Iberia. 10. New Orleans. 11. Port Eads. MAINE. 1 Fairfield. 2. Mayfield. 3. Orono. 4. Rumford Falls. 5. Eastport. 6. North Bridgton. 7. Lewiston. 8. Gardiner. 9. Bar Harbor. 10. Cornish. 11. Portland. MASSACHUSETTS. 1. Lawrence. 2. Fitchburg. 3. Pittsfield. 4. Amherst. 5. Blue HiU Observatory. 6. Boston. 7. Monson. 8 Middleboro. 9 Fall River. 10. New Bedford. 11. Hyannis. 12. Provincetown. 13. Nantucket. 1. Calumet. 2. Marquette. 3. Sault Sle. Marie. 4. Escamaba. 5. Cheboygan. 6. Alpena. 7. Ivan. 8. Grayling. 9. Harbor Beach. 10. Alma. 11. Arbela. 12. Grand Haven. 13. Port Huron. 14. Hastings. 15. Ball Mountain. 16. Kalamazoo. 17. Detroit. 18. Adrian. MINNESOTA. 1. Crookston. 2. Mount Iron. 116 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MINNESOTA — ^Continued. 3. Moorhead. 4. Park Rapids. 5. Sandy Lake Dam. 6. Duluih. 7. Fergus Falls. 8. Moris. 9. Collegeville. 10. Bird Island. 11. Minneapolis. 12. St. Paul. 13. Luveme. 14. Rolling Green. 15. Grand Meadow. MISSISSIPPI. 1. Batesville. 2. Pontotoc. 3. Palo Alto. 4. Greenville. 5. Louisville. 6. Yazoo City. 7. Canton. 8. Vicksburg. 9. Meridian. 10. Crystal Springs. 11. Natchez. 12. Hattiesburg. 13. Magnolia. 14. Biloxi. MISSOUBI. 1. Oregon. 2. Sublett. 3. Brunswick. 4 Kansas City. 5. Marshall. 6. Columbia. 7. Mexico. 8. Harrisonville. 9. Si. Louis. 10. Oakfield. 11. Lamar. 12. Ironton. 13. Sprinfifield. 14. Olden. 15. Poplar Bluff. 16. Sikeston. MONTANA. 1. Kipp. 2. Havre. 3. Kalispel. 4. Glasgow. 5. Poplar. 6. Great Falls. 7. Missoula. 8. Glendive. 9. Helena. 10. Butte. 11. Miles City. 12. Crow Agency. NEBRASKA. 1. Hay Springs. 2. Valentine. 3. Lynch. 4. Oakdale. 5. Tekamah. 6. Kimball. 7. North Platte. 8. Ansley. 9. Genoa. 10. David City. 11. Omaha. 12. Imperial. 13. Beaver City. 14. Hebron. 15. Lincoln. 16. Auburn. NEVADA. 1. Winnemucca. 2. Elko. 3. Carson City. 4. Potts. 5. Ely. 6. Hawthorne 7. Pioche. NEW HAMPSHIRE 1. Stratford. 2. Bethlehem. 3. Plymouth. 4. Concord. 5. Durham. 6. Keene. 7. Nashua. NEW JERSEY. 1. Dover. 2. New Brunswick. 3. Asbury Park. 4. Moorestown. 5. Vineland. 6. Atlantic City. NEW MEXICO. 1. Aztec. 2. Santa Fe. 3. Fort Union. 4. Albert. 5. Fort Wingate. 6. Albuquerque. 7. Roswell. 8. Fort Bayard. 9. Mesilla Park. NEW YORK. 1. Ogdensburg. 2. Saranac Lake. 3. Lowville. 4. Number Four. 5. Appleton. 6. Rochester. 7. Oswego. NEW YORK — continued. 8. Rome. 9. Glens Falls. 10. Buffalo. 11. Avon. 12. Auburn. 13. Cooperstown. 14. Albany. 15. Jamestown. 16. Angelica. 17. Ithaca. 18. Honeymead Brook. 19. Port Jervis. 20. New YorTc. 21. Setauket. NORTH CAROLINA. 1. Mount Airy. 2. Roxboro. 3. Henderson. 4. Weldon. 5. Linville. 6. Lenoir. 7. Soapstone Mount. 8. Chapel Hill. 9. Raleigh. 10. Tarboro. 11. Waynesville. 12. AshevUle. 13. Highlands. 14. Charlotte. 15. Rockingham. 16. Fayetteville. 17. Goldsboro. 18. Newbem. 19. Hatteras. 20. Sloan. 21. Lumberton. 22. Wilmington. 23. Southport. NORTH DAKOTA. 1. WiUiston. 2. Willow City. 3. Churchs Ferry. 4. Milton. 5. Oakdale. 6. University. 7. Dickinson. 8. Bismarck. 9. Jamestown. 10. Ashley. 11. Berlin. 12. Wahpeton. 1. Wauseon. 2. Toledo. 3. Sandusky. 4. Cleveland. 5. Hiram. LIST OF STATIONS. 117 OHIO — continued. 6. Ottawa. 7. Marion. 8. Bangorville. 9. Cnnton. 10. Greenville. 11. North Lewisburg. 12. Oolumhus. 13. Cambridge. 14. New Alexandria. 15. Dayton. 16. McConnelsville. 17. Marietta. IS. Clarksville. 19. Coalton. 20. Cincinnati. 21. Portsmouth. OKEGON. 1. Astoria. 2. Glenora. 3. PorOand. 4. The Dalles. 5. Lonerock. 6. Pendleton. 7.- Joseph. 8. Newport. 9. Albany. 10. Prineville. 11. Dayville. 12. Baker City. 13. Beulah. 14. Bandon. 15. Roseburg. 16. Silver Lake. 17. Happy Valley. 18. Ashland. 19. Lakeview. PENNSVLVANIA. 1. Erie. 2. Saegerstown. 3. Emporium. 4. Le Roy. 5. South Eaton. 6. State College. 7. Selins Grove. 8. Mauch Chunk. 9. Pittsburg. 10. Huntingdon. 11. Lebanon. 12. Quakertown. 13. Harrisburg. 14. York. 15. Westchester. 16. PhiladelpMa. RHODE ISLAND. 1. Providence. 2. Narrugansett Pier. 3. Kingston. 4. BlocTc Island. SOUTH CAROLINA. 1. Clemson College. 2. Greenville. 3. Santuck. 4. Society Hill. 5. Columbia. 6. Stateburg. 7. Trenton. 8. Aiken. 9. Blackvillo. 10. Trial. 11. Charleston. 12. Beaufort. SOUTH DAKOTA. 1. Ashcroft. 2. Bowdle. 3. Aberdeen. 4. Milbank. 5. Spearfish. 6. Cherry Creek. 7. Pierre. 8. Redfield. 9. Gary. 10. Huron. 11. Brookings. 12. Rapid City. 13. Hotch City. 14. Kimball. 15. Alexandria. 16. Sioux Falls. 17. Oelrichs. 18. Rosebud. 19. Greenwood. 20. Tyndall. TENNESSEE. 1. Clarksville. 2. Byrdstown. 3. Rogersville. 4. Elizabethton. 5. Trenton. 6. Johnsonville. 7. Nashville. 8. Carthage. 9. Erasmus. 10. KnoxviUe. 11. Newport. 12. Hohenwald. 13. Decatur. 14. Memphis. 15. Boliver. 16. Savannah. 17. Tullahoma. 18. Chattanooga. TE 1. Amarillo. 2. Mount Blanco. 3. Paris. 4. Abilene. TEXAS — continued. 5. Dallas. 6. Longview. 7. El Paso. 8. Waco. 9. Palestine. 10. Menardville. 11. CoUege Station. 12. Fredericksburg. 13. Houston. 14. Fort Clark. 15. Sam Antonio. 16. Galveston. 17. Beeville. 18. Corpus Christi. 19. Fort Brown. OTA 1. Snovrville. 2. Logan. 3. Salt Lake City. 4. Provo City. 5. Vernal. 6. Levan. 7. Fillmore. 8. Loa. 9. Moab. 10. Modena. 11. Hite. 12. St. George. 1. Enosburg Falls. 2. Burlington. 3. St. Johnsbury. 4. NoTthfieU. 5. Cornwall. 6. Woodstock. 7. Wells. 8. Jacksonville. 1. Dale Enterprise. 2. Hot Springs. 3. Staunton. 4. Stanardsville. 5. Fredericksburg. 6. Charlottesville. 7. Warsaw. 8. Richmond. 9. Big Stone Gap. 10. Wytheville. 11. Blacksburg. 12. Lynchburg. 13. Spottsville. 14. Hampton. 15. Norfolk. WASHINGTON. 1. Tatoosh Island. 2. Olga. 3. Snohomish. 118 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WASHINGTON — Continued 4. Lakeside. 5. Waterville. 6. Spokane. 7. Seattle. 8. Aberdeen. 9. Olympia. 10. Tacoma. 11. Ellensburg. 12. Colfax. 13. Centralia. 14. Moxee Wells. 15. Pomeroy. 16. WaOa Walla. 17. Lyle. WEST VIRGINIA. 1. Wellsburg. 2. Morgantown. 3. Terra Alta. 4. Burlington. 5. Martinsburg. 6. Parkershurg. 7. Lost Creek. WEST VIBGINIA — Continued. 8. Point Pleasant. 9. Glenville. 10. EUcim. 11. Powellton. 12. Mariington. 13. Hinton. 14. Elkhorn. WISCONSIN. 1. Washburn. 2. Grantsburg. 3. Hayward. 4. Florence. 5. Osceola. 6. Barron. 7. Medford. 8. Koepenick. 9. Eau Claire. 10. Neillsville. 11. Stevens Point. 12. Oconto. 13. Green Bay. 14. Hancock. WISCONSIN — continued. 15. Fond du Lac. 16. Manitowoc. 17. La Crosse. 18. Viroqua. 19. Lancaster. 20. Madison. 21. Harvey. 22. Milvmukee. 23. Beloit. WYOMING. 1. Yellowstone. 2. Four Bear. 3. Basin. 4. Buffalo. 5. Tfiayne. 6. Lander. 7. Alcova. 8. Lusk. 9. Fort Laramie. 10. Rawlins. 11. Evanston. 12. Laramie. 13. Cheyenne. NEW ENGLAND. By JOHN W. SMITH, District Forecaster . 119 NEW ENGLAND. There is probably no country in the world that better shows the results of glacial erosion than the United States. The acme of its effect is probably best exemplified in New England, noted equally for its peculiarities of relief and contour, the weather and the climatic conditions that obtain in its different sections. The mountainous elevations, as is well known, are a northeastern continuation of the Appalachian chain, the latter being a distinguishing feature of the eastern portion of the country, and, to a certain extent, dominating the weather of the Atlantic coast regions. In New England there are but two prominent groups. These consist of broken ranges dotted with occasional peaks, as, for example, the Green Mountains of Vermont, with a maximum elevation of 4,389 feet at Mount Mansfield, and the White Mountains of New Hampshire. Mount Washington (6,293 feet) is the second highest mountain east of the Missis- sippi River, being exceeded in height only by Mount Mitchell of North Carolina. The Berkshire Hills of we.atern Massachusetts and the Housatonic range, with their broken ridges and valleys, while not greatly elevated, are as notable as the White Mountain district. On the immediate western boundary lies the Hudson River valley, the river running due south to New York Bay, there being a secondary depression toward the north forming Lake Champlain, with its numerous small tributaries. Between the Green Mountains and the White Mountains the principal river of this region, the Connecticut, flows southward; it rises in the northern part of New Hampshire and forms the greater part of the boundary line between New Hampshire and Vermont, crosses Massachusetts and Connecticut, and empties into Long Island Sound. The alluvial meadows along its banks con- stitute one of the most fertile sections of New England. Separating this watershed from that of the Merrimac there is a platoau-like elevation sloping gradually down to the sea, a peculiar feature being that to the immediate west of the Merrimac there is another incline to the north ; this is shown by the fact that the Contoocook River, rising in the vicinity of Mount Monadnock, has a general course almost directly north, entering the Merrimac near Concord, N. H. In the major portion of its course the latter river flows south, but soon after entering Massachusetts it turns to the eastward, emptying into the sea north of Cape Ann. The remaining best known rivers are the Saco and the Androscoggin, both rising in the northern portion of New Hampshire, and the Kennebec and the Penobscot that have their sources in the lakes of northern Maine, the four rivers combined forming the principal drainage outlet for Maine. Maine, eastern Massachusetts, eastern Connecticut, and Rhode Island have in general a gradual slope toward the coast, broken by isolated prominences that still remain as monuments of glacial action. The best known of these prominences are Mount Monadnock of New Hampshire, Mount Wachuset in Massachusetts, and numerous scattered eminences in Maine, of which Mount Katahdin is the best known. Some parts of the three northern States are still practically unsettled and their virgin forests and beautiful lakes are a mecca for the sportsman, the lover of nature, and the invalid. While the topography of New England presents many diversified and peculiar features, both as regards its mountains and the courses of its rivers, they are not so marked as the vagaries of its weather and the differences in the climatic conditions of its several sections. Briefly, the climate is a combination of the continental and the marine, the latter being best shown in the southeastern portion, especially on the islands of Nantucket and Marthas Vineyard, that remain as examples of the glacial action previously mentioned. The determining causes of the climate are necessarily its pronounced physical features, its geographical position, and its location with regard to the paths of storms. There is probably no part of the United States, distinguished for its sudden and erratic weather changes, that offers to the student of climatology so rich a field for research. The radical changes in the weather conditions that make up the several seasons are to a large extent controlled by the areas of high and low barometric pressure that pass either (1) to the north and down the valley of the St. Lawrence, (2) directly over New England, or (3) along the coast. The low-pressure areas that take the course last named usually bring the heaviest precipitation and in winter, other conditions being favorable, are sometimes followed by intense cold waves and at times boisterous weather. The seasons, particularly winter and summer, are well marked. The winters are long and severe, often beginning in November, with snow sometimes in October. The climax of the winter season is usually reached in February, after which there is generally a diminution in the extremes of the weather conditions, the winter practically ending with March. Snow flurries are not uncommon, and occasionally snowstorms of considerable intensity occur in April. Snow sometimes falls in May, although such occurrences are rare. The mean temperature of the winter season varies from 15° in the northern por- tions of New England to 33° on the islands of the southern coast. The minima for the same period range from —5° in the south to —30° and —38° in northern sections. At times the changes in temperature are striking, being so close together as to form phenomenal contrasts. The maxima, even in midwinter, rise into the sixties, followed as often by cold waves during which the mercury falls to 30° and 40° below zero, giving a range in temperature for New England of about 100°. Conspicuous characteristics of the winters are the severe and prolonged storms, with their attending heavy precipitation, snow and rain, chiefly the former, and dangerous and at times destructive gales that sweep the entire coast vrith hurricane force. Snow is of common occurrence in all sections, although much heavier in the interior than along the coast. The annual average snowfall ranges from 21 to 110 inches. The average maximum fall of 90 to 100 inches covers an area extending from 120 NEW ENGLAND. 121 northern Maine southwesterly through New Hampshire and Vermont. The greatest monthly amounts usually fall in February and the largest twenty-four-hour falls in the last decade of the month and occasionally in the early days of March. The summers as a rule are short. It sometimes happens that warm and even oppressive weather occurs near the close of April and in the early part of May, but as a, general rule the summers begin rather abruptly with June. Fair weather predom- inates, with an average amount of sunshine. During the months of July and August short periods of very warm weather occur, during which temperatures in the nineties nmy be experienced with an exceedingly moist atmosphere, generally described as ''muggy" weather. These periods of warm, "muggy" weather rarely last more than three or four days. They are generally due to the passage to the west and north of a well-defined but sluggish area of low barometric pressure. Cooler weather, with easterly or ocean winds, popularly known as ''easterly weather," follows the warm spells, during which the contrasts in the thermal conditions are equally as striking as those of the winter months. The average summer temperature is somewhat remarkable for equable distribution over the several States, beuag from 64° in the northern sections to 70° in the islands of the southern coast. Eastport, Me., however, located in the extreme northeastern portion of the State and on the mimediate coast, is an exception, with a summer mean temperature of 59°. The maxima of the summer season are in greater contrast, varying from 89° along the southeastern coast to 100° or slightly-more in the interior parts of Maine to Connecticut. Easterly winds are a distinctive feature of the summers, mostly as sea breezes, but &i times as permanent winds. Smnmer terminates gradually, often merging with the delightful weather conditions known as ''Indian summer," that sometimes lasts for several weeks, having its ending almost with the begtQning of whiter. The annual precipitation of New England does not vary greatly, the amounts for the whole territory ranging from 40 to 50 inches. It is also remarkably well distributed through the several seasons. With slight exceptions, March is the wettest month and June the driest. Thunderstorms are a recognized phenomena of the weather of New England, being most common in July and August. The annual average number is about 10, with a maximum of 25 to 30, the largest number usually occur- ring in the southern portion of the Connecticut Valley. Hail, sleet, and ice storms are occasional features of the climate, but are not sufficiently frequent to call for particular mention. Tornadoes of destructive force have occurred in southern por- tions of New England, but very rarely. The average date of the first killing frost for the entire district is September 23, and average date of the last killiog frost May 12. Occasionally there are summers in which frosts sufficiently severe to kill tender vegetation occur iu some sections or locahties in all the summer months. The monthly mean temperatures for all stations in New England were obtained from the daily extremes. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Androscoggin Aroostook (see Orono) . Cumberland Franklin (see E. u m f o r d FaUs). Hancock Kennebec , Knox {see Gardiner) Lincoln (see Gardiner) Oxford , Penobscot Piscataquis (see Mayfield) . , , Sagadahoc (see Gardiner) . . , Somerset Waldo (see Bar Harbor) . Washington York NEW HAMPSHIRE. Belknap (see Plymouth) . . . Carroll (see North Bridgton, Me.). Cheshire Coos Grafton Hillsboro Merrimack Rockingham (see Nashua) . Strafford Sullivan (see Keene) VERMONT. Addison Bennington (see Jackson- vihe) . Caledonia Chittenden Essex (see Stratford, N. H.) . Franklin Grand Isle (see BurUngton) . Lamoille (see Enosburg Falls). Orange (see Northfleld) Station. Lewis ton. {Portland North Bridgton. Bar Harbor. Gardiner Rumford Falls. Orono f Fairfield. iMayfield . Eastport. Cormsh... Keene Stratford... /Bethlehem, t Plymouth.. Nashua Concord Durham . Cornwall . St. Johnsbury, Burlington Enosburg Falls.. Southwest.. North South we s t coast. Southwest.. West South coast. Central South coast. do West Central do South we s t coast. Central do South East coast.. Southwest.. Central. East Southwest. North do do South do Southeast . do Southwest. West Southwest. Northeast. Northwest. Northeast . North Northwest. North East. 130 'i34' 129 132 131 127 126 124 125 128 133 140 135 136 137 141 139 146 144 143 County. V ERM ONT— CO ntinued . Orleans (see Enosburg Falls) Rutland . . . i Washington Windham Windsor MASSACHUSETTS. Barnstable Berkshire Bristol Dukes (see Nantucket) . f Hyannis \Provincetown. Pittsfield /Fall River iNew Bedford.. Franklin (see Amherst) . Hampden Hampshire Middlesex (see Boston) . Nantucket Norfolk Plymouth Suffolk Worcester RHODE ISLAND. Bristol (see Fall River, Kent (see Kingston) . Newport Providence Washington CONNECTICUT. Fairfield Hartford Litchfield (see Waterbury) , Middlesex (see New Haven). New Haven New London . Tolland Windham {see Storrs) . Station. Wells Northfleld- -- Jacksonville. Woodstock . . Lawrence. Monson . . Amherst . Nantucket.. Blue Hill... Middleboro . Boston Fitchburg . . Block Island . . Providence /Kingston \Narragansett Pier Norwalk Southington. . New Haven. . .Waterbury... New London. Voluntown. .Colchester., Storrs North.. West . . . Central. South... West... Southeast . do West South do Southeast . Northeast . North..... South Central Northeast . Southeast . East do do North East. Central South coast. Central South coast, ....do South we s t coast. North Northwest. . South coast . ....do West Southe a s t coast. East Central Northeast . . --..do Page. 148 145 149 147 160 161 152 158 159 156 153 154 157 155 151 166 163 165 164 174 168 173 171 172 170 169 167 122 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. State Summaky. Station. MAINE. Fairfleld Mayfleld Orono Rumford Falls Eastport Nortli Bridgton Lewiston Gardiner Bar Harbor Comisli Portland NEW HAMPSHIEE. Stratford BetMetiein ,. . . Plymouth Concord Durham Keene Nashua VERMONT. Enosburg Falls Burlington St. Johnsbury Northfleld Cornwall Woodstoclc Wells Jacksonville MASSACHUSETTS. Lawrence Fitchburg Pittsfleld Amherst BlueHiU Boston Monson Middleboro Fall River New Bedford Hyannis Provincetown Nantucket KHODE ISLAND. Providence Narragansett Pier Kingston Blod£ Island CONNECTICUT. Storrs Southington Colchester Voluntown Waterbury New London New Haven Norwalk .'. . . Num- ber Temperature. Mean an- nual. ' F. 43 42 43 43 43 44 44 45 44 44 Mean maxi- mum. °F. .53 54 63 52 49 55 54 56 63 52 53 Mean tnini- mum. 58 57 58 55 ' F. 32 32 33 33 35 34 34 36 35 37 Abso- lute maxi- mum. ' F. 97 96 100 101 93 100 100 101 96 97 97 100 92 102 100 102 100 96 100 97 102 94 97 104 102 94 97 96 100 100 102 102 95 100 100 July, 1901 July, 1894 , July, 1901 July, 1898 July, 1901 do July, 1894 July, 1901 July, 1895 and 1898. June and July, 1901 July, 1898 July, 1897. r....do.... Uuly, 1901. July, 1897. July, 1878. July, 1896. July, 1901. ....do.... July, 1897.. do June, 1901- do do July, 1897. . July, 1901.. do July, 1892 July, 1901 do do July, 1894 September, 1881 . do July, 1898 June, 1888 September, 1881 . June, 1S95 July, 1901 June, 1895 July, 1898.... July, 1903 .... August, 1900. ^0 July, 1898 September, 1881 . June, 1888 June, 1898 July, 1901 July, 1900 September, 1881. July, 1901 Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. F. -37 -22 -21 -26 -24 -30 -17 -19 -17 -32 -21 -34 -32 -24 (February, 1889 \December, 1893 January, 1896 January, 1890 January, 1898 December, 1884 February, 1894 February, 1887. January, 1898 January, 1896 December, 1875 and 1883 December, 1872 February, 1896. do February, 1898 January, 1878 December, 1902 1898 January, 1887 1893 February, 1886 January, 1896 February, 18&9 February, 1895 February, 1896 do February, 1894 January, 1887 February, 1696. do January. 1899 February, 1896 January, 1882 January, 1899 January, 1893 January, 1896 do .....do February, 1895 January, 1888 February, 1896 do December, 1892 June, 1896 January, 1896 January, 1888 February, 1896. January, 1893 January, 1887 February, 1899 January, 1873 February, 1899 Mini- mum below 32°. 172 168 156 151 133 153 150 152 151 140 174 167 176 149 138 193 156 160 137 165 170 136 171 152 194 137 133 137 146 135 112 135 142 93 115 92 90 80 104 115 127 133 129 129 131 131 110 110 126 NEW ENGLAND. 123 State Summary — Continued. station. Fairfield Mayfield Orono Rumf ord Falls . . Eastport Norta Bridgton. Lewlston Gardiner Bar Harbor Cornish, Portland NEW HAMPSHIRE. Stratford . . . BetMeliem. Plymouth . . Concord Durham Keene Nashua VERMONT. Enosburg Falls. Burlington St. Johnsbury... Northfield Cornwall Woodstock , Wells Jacksonville MASSACHUSETTS. Lawrence Fitchburg Pittsfield Amherst Blue Hill Boston Monson Middleboro Fall River New Bedford.. Hyannis Province town. Nantucket RHODE ISLAND. Providence Narragansett Pier. Kingston , Block Island CONNECTICUT. Storrs Southington.. Colchester Voluntown... Waterbury... New London. New Haven . . , Norwalk Frost. Precipitation. Average date of— Date of— Num- ber. First Earliest Latest Annual. Spring. Summer. Autumn Winter. kilUng Last in killing in autumn. spring. in autumn. spring. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches, 1 Sept. 24 May 13 Sept. 16 June 6 35.3 8.4 9.1 8.9 8.9 2 Sept. 22 May 17 Sept. 6 May 31 62.0 12.2 16.8 11.8 11.2 3 Sept. 24 May 11 Sept. 12 June 5 42.6 10.1 10.2 10.4 11.9 4 Sept. 20 May 15 Sept. 6 May 26 42.1 10.8 11.5 9.7 10.1 6 Oct. 12 Apr. 28 May 15 Sept. 3 June 19 43.4 11.3 10.0 11.1 11.0 6 Sept. 15 Sept. 5 May 26 47.6 12.9 11.8 11.2 11.7 7 Oct. 2 May 5 Sept. 6 May 25 46.2 11.6 10.6 11.5 12.5 8 Oct. 1 May 6 Sept. 21 ....do... 43.0 11.5 9.4 10.4 11.7 9 Oct. 12 May 18 Sept. 24 June 17 48.9 12.2 9.3 12.9 14.5 10 Sept. 12 May 23 Aug. 1 June 23 47.9 11.4 12.6 12.2 11.7 11 Oct. 18 Apr. 14 Sept. 11 May 31 42.8 10.6 10.2 11.0 11.0 1 Sept. 20 May 23 Sept. 6 June 11 36.5 7.6 11.5 9.1 7.3 2 Sept. 19 May 22 Aug. 22 June 30 37.7 8.6 11.8 9.8 7.E 3 Sept. 26 May 17 Sept. 7 June 7 42.4 10.5 11.5 10.3 10.1 4 Sept. 30 May 7 Sent. 6 May 30 40.4 9.6 11.0 10.0 9.9 5 Oct. 3 Sept. 20 May 8 May 16 Sept. 14 Sept. 6 45.3 40.4 11.4 9.4 10.3 11.8 11.7 10.2 11.9 6 May 31 9.0 7 Sept. 10 May 5 Aug. 22 ....do ... 43.0 10.6 10.3 10.4 11.7 1 Sept. 20 May 16 Sept. 5 June 10 42.2 9.6 13.2 9.7 9.7 2 Oct. 10 Apr. 20 May 16 Sept. 6 May 27 33.3 7.2 11.6 9.2 5.4 3 Sept. 25 Sept. 15 May 26 35.6 8.2 12.0 8.5 6.9 4 Sept. 16 May 13 Aug. 27 June 7 33.1 7.3 10.1 7.6 8.1 5 Oct. 5 May 5 Sept. 21 May 22 33.4 7.3 11.0 8.3 6.8 6 Sept. 18 May 21 Sept. 6 June 9 37.3 9.7 10.3 8.5 8.8 7 Sept. 26 May 11 Sept. 15 May 26 37.9 8.2 12.5 9.4 7.8 8 Sept. 18 May 19 Aug. 27 June 6 50.3 12.2 13.0 11.9 13.2 1 Oct. 16 Apr. 27 Sept. 24 May 11 43.1 10.9 10.3 10.8 11.1 2 Oct. 12 Apr. 28 Seat. 14 May 19 45.4 10.9 10.3 11.3 12.9 3 Oct. 4 May 4 Sept. 22 May 30 44.2 10.5 13.2 10.9 9.6 4 Oct. 8 May 7 Sept. 16 May 22 46.3 10.8 13.6 11.4 10.6 5 Sept. 18 May 10 Aug. 22 May 29 47.2 11.2 10.8 13.1 12.1 6 Oct. 22 Apr. 20 May 10 Sept. 30 May 11 43.7 11.2 10.5 11.1 10.9 7 Sept. 25 Sept. 3 June 15 47.5 11.1 12.8 11.5 12.1 8 Sept. 30 May 12 Sept. 9 May 29 45.7 12.0 8.9 12.7 12.1 9 Oct. 10 Apr. 25 Sept. 30 May 10 49.5 13.5 9.9 12.6 13.5 10 Oct. 21 Apr. 23 ....do... May 6 47.9 13.0 10.2 12.0 12.7 11 Oct. 18 Apr. 27 Oct. 4 May 24 43.1 12.5 8.2 11.1 11.3 12 Oct. 20 Apr. 19 Oct. 1 May 14 40.7 10.3 8.8 11.1 10.5 13 Nov. 5 Apr. 10 ....do... Apr. 21 36.5 9.5 7.6 10.0 9.5 1 Oct. 22 Apr. 15 June 2 50.3 12.9 11.1 12.4 13.9 2 Nov. 11 Apr. 20 Sept. 21 May 18 47.4 12.8 9.7 11.7 13.2 3 Oct. 17 Apr. 26 ] Sept. 24 May 26 53.2 ■ 15.5 10.1 13.0 14.6 4 Nov. 16 Apr. 12 ] Nov. 3 May 11 45.3 12.1 9.4 11.6 12.2 1 Oct. 10 May 8 Sept. 15 May 29 47.2 12.1 12.0 11.3 11.8 2 Oct. 8 May 10 Sept. 4 ....do... 45.2 10.8 12.1 10.6 11.8 3 Sept. 30 May 6 1 Sept. 25 May 14 48.6 13.1 11.3 12.0 12.2 4 Sept. 20 May 12 1 Sept. 1 June 8 50.0 12.9 11.2 12.4 13.5 5 Oct. 9 May 2 ' Sept. 7 May 17 49.9 12.2 13.2 11.8 12.7 6 Oct. 18 Apr. 15 , Sept. 20 i May 7 43.8 11.3 9.9 11.2 11.4 7 Oct. 17 ; Apr. 20 1 Sept. 15 May 30 47.2 11.7 12.8 11.2 11.5 8 Oct. 10 May 1 Sept. 28 May 17 48.0 12.6 12.4 11.6 11 3 124 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MAINE. Central Section: SOMERSET COUNTY. Station: FAIRFIELD. George W. Pakkee, Observer. [Established April, 1886. Latitude, 44° 34' N. Longitude, 69° 35' W. Elevation, 90 feet.] Fairfield is located on an island of 20 to 30 acres extent in the Kennebec River. The island is quite low and level, but the land away from the river is moderately hilly and rolling and well wooded. The station is located on the grounds of the United Box, Board and Paper Company. The thermometers are Weather Bureau instruments and exposed in a stand- ard shelter furnished by the Bureau, located about 50 feet from the office of the superintendent of the mills, with groimd exposure over sod. The rain gage, New England Meteorological Society pattern, is located on the roof of the office build- ing, 19 feet above ground, with no higher objects near. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean oJtbe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mium. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 22 11 18 "F. 31 17 30 "F. 67 54 68 'F. 12 5 6 °F. -37 -32 -37 "F. 30 23 24 "F. 7 8 13 In. 3.0 3.0 2.9 9 10 10 In. 1.8 2.4 1.0 In. 2.2 5.9 7.0 In. 12.0 16.0 17.0 In. 17.0 January 20.0 February 17.0 17 26 8 8.9 29 6.2 15.1 45.0 29 42 54 39 53 66 70 84 89 19 31 42 -21 4 24 39 46 59 19 36 60 3.6 1.9 2.9 11 8 10 0.9 0.7 3.8 4.7 1.6 6.2 8.0 1.0 0.0 11.0 6.0 Mi,y 0.0 Spring mean 42 53 31 8.4 29 5.4 11.6 9.0 0.0 63 68 66 76 79 76 96 97 92 61 56 55 30 41 40 67 72 68 68 55 63 2.7 3.3 3.1 10 9 9 3.0 2.6 3.5 4.1 3.4 1.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 RiiTTiTTipr Tnefl.Ti 66 77 54 9.1 28 9.1 9.3 0.0 0.0 58 47 35 69 67 44 89 82 71 47 37 26 26 14 - 6 62 61 38 63 42 29 3.1 2.8 3.0 8 8 9 3.8 2.4 2.0 2.6 4.0 4.5 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 9.0 Fall mean 47 67 37 8.9 25 8.2 11.1 3.0 43 63 97 32 -37 35.3 111 27.9 47.0 67.0 20.0 Dates op Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 1, 2, 10, 11, 14, 18 26; Feb. 2, 5, 6, 14, 17, 23-26; Deo. 26. June 17; July 28, 29. 1900 Jan. 1,4, 18; Feb. 2-4, 7,27; Deo. 10, 11, 17, IS. Aug. 26. 1895 Jan. 3, 5, 30, 31; Feb. 1,6,7,9,24. Sept. 22. 1901 Jan. 2, 3, 14, 16, 19, 20, 23, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 22, June 26-29; July 14-17. 1896 Jan. 5-7, 16, 29; Feb. None. 23; Mar. 7; Dec. 6, 7. 17, 18, 27; Deo. 21. 1902 Jan. 1, 14, 15, 20, 21; Julys. 1897 Jan. 14, 19, 20, 23; July 8. Feb. 12; Dec. 7, 10, 13. Feb. 15, 28; Mar. 1; 1903 .Tan. 9-11, 14, 19, 20; None. Dec. 22,23,29. Feb. 18, 21; Dec. 31. 1898 Jan. 3, 4, 18, 25 28-31; Feb. 3-5; Dec. 14, 29. Jan. 2, 10, 20, 31; Feb. Julys. 1899 July 4. 6, 11-13, 15; Mar. 18. NEW ENGLAND. 125 MAINE. Central Section: SOMERSET COUNTY. Station: MAYFIELD ViKGiL P. Hall, Observer. [Established June, 1885. Latitude, 46° N. Longitude, 70° W. Elevation. 1,000 leet.^ This station is near the watershed between the Kennebec River and the Penobscot River, with an elevation of 900 to 1,000 feet. It has a southerly and easterly exposure and is protected on the north and west by high hUls. Observations began June 1, 1885, m connection with the New England Meteorological Society. For some years a com- mon thermometer was used, exposed in a perforated box on the north side of a building. The rain gage was homemade, of galvanized iron, 8 inches in diameter and 14 inches high. About 1890 Weather Bureau instruments were received and remain in use. Except for the months of December, January, February, and March the records are very nearly complete, the break in the observations being due to absence of the observer. Some two years ago a Government instrument shelter was received and placed in use. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- • ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. bT umber of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount tor the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 20 16 19 "F. 28 25 29 °F. 54 44 59 "F. 12 6 9 °F. -19 -22 -18 "F. 24 17 24 "F. 16 13 12 In. 3.8 3.5 3.9 9 7 6 In. 3.0 2.5 4.0 In. 4.1 3.2 3.6 In. 17.0 21.0 23.0 In. 12.0 January 17.0 February 15.0 18 27 1 9 11.2 22 9.5 10.9 61.0 29 41 62 39 61 63 62 83 90 19 31 41 -10 6 21 36 44 66 22 33 48 6.6 2.8 3.8 11 8 U 4.9 1.0 3.0 9.5 4.1 3.4 17.0 7.0 T. 18.0 April. 16.0 May T. Spring mean 41 61 30 12.2 30 8.9 17.0 24.0 61 66 64 72 76 74 94 96 92 50 57 64 34 41 39 66 68 66 67 64 58 4.0 4.3 4.6 12 11 11 2.0 4.8 1.1 7.4 3.0 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 64 74 54 16.8 34 7.9 16.8 CO September October November . . 66 45 32 66 54 39 90 81 66 45 36 24 27 14 - 6 58 49 35 51 37 27 3.7 3.9 4.2 9 10 9 3.3 1.7 2.2 4.3 5.8 1.7 T. 1.0 10.0 T. 7.0 24.0 44 53 36 11.8 28 7.2 11.8 11.0 42 51 96 32 -22 52.0 114 33.5 56.6 96.0 24.0 Dates of Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10° Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 July 19, 20, 28, 29. June 20; Alay 10. Aug. 11, 12. July 6-0; Sept. 10. July 3. July 4. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 4, 24; Feb. 2, 3, 27, 28; Feb. 10-12; Dec. 10, 11. Jan. 3, 19, 20; Mar. 7. . Dec. 9, 10 . . Aug. 26; Sept. 3. June 27; July 16-17 None. None. 1895 1896 Jan. 6-7, 30 1897 1898 Dec. 12, 14, 28, 29 Jan. 2, 10,11,27,28,30, 31; Peb. 10-12. 1899 Jan. 10, 19; Feb. 18; Dec. 15, 27. 29. 126 CLIMATOLOGY OV THE UNITED STATES. MAINE. Central Section: PENOBSCOT COUNTY. Station: ORONO. Prof. Ceas. D. Woods, Observer. [Established 1869. Latitude, 44° 54'. Longitude, 68° 40' W. Elevation, ISO leet.] The station is located at the Maine Agricultural Experiment Station. The ground at the station and in its immediate vicinity is level, while the general character of the surrounding country is rolling, with moderate hills. The station was established in 1869 by Dr. M. C. Femald, of the University of Maine, and continued imtil. July, 1893, when it was transferred to the experiment station. At the time of the transfer the instruments were removed to the experiment station building and to a shelter constructed for the purpose, after the plans of the Weather Bureau shelter, only a few rods from the spot where they were originally installed by Doctor Femald. The station is equipped with standard instruments and shelter which have ground exposures, with excellent locations. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. i 1 a Temperature. Precipitation. a s a . |i o .s < a a a ■■ F. 13 6 8 a, 3 r ■3 _; a§ 1' ii r ■si. 1 4.3 4^ a g So M Snow. > S Month. bo . ■" 1=1 » S December, ° F. 22 16 18 jr 30 27 29 J. 61 62 52 ° F. -36 -32 -30 J. 31 26 25 jT 14 9 14 In. 3.8 4.6 3.5 9 10 8 In. 1.8 3.0 1.7 In. 2.0 8.1 6.8 In. 15.6 22.3 21.8 In. 12.0 10.0 12.0 w. January w. February w. 19 29 9 11.9 27 6.5 16.9 59.7 w. March 30 42 54 39 62 65 64 84 89 20 32 42 -13 9 23 38 46 58 25 37 49 4.6 2.7 2.8 10 9 8 1.2 1.2 3.8 6.6 2.0 8.2 12.1 2.9 0.0 12.0 5.0 T. w. April w. May NW. Spring mean 42 62 31 10.1 27 6.2 15.7 15.0 W. 62 67 65 72 78 76 93 100 95 51 58 54 32 34 36 67 72 68 57 62 61 3.7 3.1 3.4 11 9 8 2.9 2.4 2.0 3.8 2.5 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July w. w. 65 76 54 10.2 28 7.3 7.9 0.0 w. September 68 46 35 69 67 43 93 86 72 46 36 27 23 13 -8 61 61 39 52 42 29 3.5 3.1 3.8 7 9 9 3.4 4.3 1.2 2.9 5.7 4.6 0.0 0.2 7.2 0.0 1.1 12.0 w. w. w. . 46 56 30 10.4 26 8.9 13.2 7.4 w. 43 53 .100 33 -36 42.6 107 28.9 53.7 82.1 12.0 w. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Mimmum below — 10°. Maximmn 90° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above 1894 No date for January, February, and De- No data for July; Sept. 7. 1899 Jan. 1, 10; Feb. 5, 6, 8, 16. July 4; Aug. 19-21. cember. 1900 Jan. 1, 3, 18; Dee. 11, Aug. 11, 26, 27. 1895 No data for January No data for June; Sept. 22, 23. 12, 15, 18. and February. 1901 Jan. 2, 20, 23, 30; Feb. June 26, 27, 29, 30; July 14-16. 1896 Jan. 6, 8, 16, 17, 21, 22. None. I, 2, 22, 23; Mar. 7; 1897 Jan. 19, 20, 25; Feb. 1, July 7-9; Sept. 10. Dec. 6. S, 28; Mar. 1; Dec. 1902 Jan. 15, 20, 21; Feb. 12, None. 29. 16; Dec. 7, 9, 10, 13. 1898 Jan. 3, 4, 18, 28-31; Feb. 2-4; Dec. 14, 29. July 3. 1903 Jan. 9-11, 19,20; Feb. 18, 20; Dec. 29. None. NEW ENGLAND. 127 MAINE. Western Section: OXFORD COUNTY. Station: RUMFORD FALLS. Charles A. Mixer, Observer. [Established 1893. Latitude, 44° 33'. Longitude, 70° 32'. Elevation, 505 feet.] This station was established in 1892 as an individual and private interest in connection vcith the beginning of industrial and water power developments on the Androscoggin River. It began as only a river gaging station; the weather observations and records were started the next year. It became a voluntary station of the Bureau in July, 1899, by adopting the Bureau forms of record and report, and later the back records from January, 1894, were furnished to the Bureau. Rumford Falls is in a loop of the Androscoggin River as it flows easterly after reentering the State from New Hampshire, and where, after flowing north a few miles, it suddenly turns south then again east. The place is in an irregular valley, and apparently is entirely surrounded by high hills that vary from one-half mile away with 300 feet greater elevation to 2 or 3 miles away with 1,000 feet greater elevation. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number days of with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. In. L2 5.8 8.0 Snow. Months. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 21 16 17 "F. 29 25 27 OJ? 54 60 52 "F. 13 7 8 "F. -19 -29 -23 25 19 22 °F. 17 10 11 In. 3.2 3.2 3.7 8 8 7 In. 2.0 2.4 13 In. 15.0 21.3 23.7 In. 12.0 January. 16.0 18.0 Winter mean. 18 27 9 1 10.1 23 8.7 16.0 60.0 March. 29 42 54 38 51 64 62 76 90 20 32 43 -14 12 24 37 44 57 22 39 51 4.1 3.0 3.7 9 7 8 6.9 1.5 L2 5.8 1.2 4.6 15. .7 2.4 T. 19 11.0 Mi,y ; 0.0 Spring mean 42 61 32 10.8 24 8.6 11.6 18.1 June 63 68 65 73 78 75 95 101 93 52 58 56 34 42 41 67 70 68 58 64 61 3.8 4.5 3.2 10 9 9 2.6 4.7 0.6 3.4 4.4 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July- 0.0 August. 65 75 56 11.5 28 7.9 10.2 0.0 September 58 46 34 69 65 40 94 80 70 48 37 27 29 18 2 60 49 37 66 40 28 3.0 3.0 3.7 8 9 8 3.0 2.0 1.9 2.3 3.9 7.2 T. T. 9.6 T. October T. 9.0 Fall mean 46 65 37 9.7 25 6.9 13.4 9.6 43 52 101 33 -29 42.1 100 32.1 50.2 87.7 19 Dates of Tempebatdee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Minimum below — 10° Jan. 10, 13, 29; Feb. 6, 6, 13, 14, 23-26. Jan. 1,30; Feb. 6.... Jan. 6, 6; Feb. 17, 18. None Jan. 4, 17,18,28,29-31; Feb. 2-5; Dec. 14. Jan. 2, 10,28-31; Feb. 1,2, 5, 10, 11, 15. Maximum 90° or above. July 20, 28. Aug. 11; Sept. 22, 23. May 10; June 21; July 2,10,12,21; 9, 11, 12; Sept. 11. July 5-9; Sept. 10. July 3, 30; Aug. 24. July 3-5; Aug. 19,20. Aug. Year. Minimum below —10° 1076— Bull. Q— 06- Jan. 17, 18; Feb. 2-4, 26-28; Mar. 13; Dec. 11. Jan. 19, 20, 23; Feb. 22, 23; Mar. 7; Doc. 6,7. Feb. 6, 12; Dec. 8-10, 13. Jan. 10, 13, 19, 20: Feb. 18,20,21; Dec. 15,29. Maximum 90° or above. July 7, 17; Aug. 11, 28; Sept. 3. June 26-29; July 16, 16, 18. None. May 18; July 9; Sept. 15. 128 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MAINE. Eastern Coast: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: EASTPORT. D. C. Murphy, Observer. [Established by Signal Service March 20, 1873. Latitude, 44° 54' N. I ongitude, 66° 59' W. Elevation, 32 feet.] The station was in the old custom-house (about present location) from March 20, 1873, to October 14, 1886, when the building was destroyed by fire. The elevation of the barometer was 61 feet. Thermometers 33 feet above ground, on the north side of office window. Elevation of rain gage 58 feet, on the roof of building. Office in Grady Building (across street from present location) from January 1, 1887, to October 14,, 1893. The elevation of barometer was 53 feet. The shelter was on roof of building. Elevation of thermometers, 51 feet; rain gage, 43 feet. The oflfioe has.been in its present location since October 14, 1893. The elevation of the barometer is 75.7 feet. The thermometers are exposed in the regulation shelter on the roof of the tower at an elevation of 69 feet above ground. The rain gage is 4 feet east of shelter at an elevation of 62 feet above the ground. This station is on Moose Island and is on the west side of Passamaquoddy Bay, a, small body of water that flows into the Bay of Fundy. The island is surrounded by salt water and it is connected with the mainland by a toll bridge, 4 miles west of station. The ground to the westward of station is hilly. Some of the hills a half mile to the west of station are probably from 150 to 200 feet higher than the station. The summer temperature is about 10° lower than over the mainland, due to the prevailing south winds which bring the cool moist air from the Bay of Fundy. These conditions also account for the high humidity. In winter the temperature is about 10° warmer than inland, due to the surrounding water. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Wind-direction data for eighteen years; sunshine, ten years; humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data are for the full period of observation, thirty-one years, March 20, 1873, to Decem- ber 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 1 s p, . Month. d s "F. 26 20 22 a s ■ ■s ^ o — s e . si = s o a S ■5.§ a =3 s p g © g o < li •a E id o °§ §5:6 z; g.i Eh II tat. Snow. 6 B c3 o3 ci i E (i 00 i 1 < O 1 o 03 '2 a) = 5 ■- P. < O CO 00 o a s "F. 34 28 29 "F. 54 54 60 "F. 18 13 15 "F. -21 -20 -20 "F. 33 28 28 "F. 18 13 17 In. 3.6 3.8 3.6 14 15 14 In. 2.2 2.0 1.3 In. 8.6 4.4 9.4 In. 13.9 15.9 18.6 In. 12.3 7.8 12.2 p. a. 76 Grs. 1.23 P.ct. 74 73 74 Ors. 1.30 0.99 1.10 124 138 146 45 48 50 NW. 75 0.89 NW. 74 0.91 NW. 23 30 64 71 85 88 93 90 15 11.0 43 5.5 22.4 48.4 T5 1.01 74 1.13 136 48 NW 29 39 48 35 45 55 23 33 40 - 8 2 29 36 42 49 23 34 45 4.5 3.0 3.8 15 12 12 1.2 2.1 1.7 3.7 6.8 6.8 13.6 . 8.1 0.0 9.2 9.8 1.0 75 74 79 1.27 1.89 2.f0 75 74 80 1.45 2.03 2.83 173 212 222 47 62 48 N,W. S. May sw. Spring mean 39 55 60 61 45 63 70 68 32 47 62 63 ___. i__.__ 11.3 39 5.0 17.3 21.6 76 i 1.99 76 2.10 202 49 30 45 45 58 63 62 53 68 58 3.4 3.5 3.1 12 11 12 3.4 1.2 1.3 2.2 8.5 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 3. 84 83 i 4.61 84 4.67 84 83 84 3.94 4.61 4.83 229 257 238 49 54 54 ,=!. July . ... s August sw. 59 67 51 10.0 36 6.9 1.5.1 0.0 83 ! 4.37 84 4.46 241 52 s 56 47 37 65 55 44 89 80 64 49 41 31 35 24 -13 58 50 40 53 43 29 3.0 4.0 4.1 10 12 13 1.6 2.4 2.6 1.9 1.9 6.0 0.0 0.0 7.4 0.0 0.7 11.0 82 79 77 3.98 2.80 1.89 83 79 77 4.02 2.90 2.04 208 168 106 55 49 37 sw sw. 47 65 40 11.1 35 6.6 9.8 7.4 79 2.89 80 2.99 161 47 sw. 42 49 93 36 -21 43.4 152 22.9 64.6 77.4 12.3 78 2.56 78 2.67 185 49 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below - 10°. Maximum 80° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 80° or above. 1894 Feb. 24,25 Feb. 6 July 29; Aug. 23, 24. May 10; June 1, 2, 17, 18; Aug. 17. May 10; June 19; July 1, 9, 12, 26. July 18; Sept. 6, 10. July 3, 4; Aug. 9, 31; Sept. 6. May 31; July 11; Aug. 1. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 27. May 30; June 21, 25; Aug. 11,27; Sept. 4. June 27, 30; July 1, 3, 13-15, 22; Aug. 16, 17; Sept. 5. May 23; July 9, 29. July 2, 12; Sept. 11, 14. Jan. 19,20 1896 1897 Jan. 6; Feb. 17 Jan 19 20 Dec. 9... Jan. 19 1899 Jan. 2, 10 NEW ENGLAND. 129 MAINE. Southwestern Section : CUMBERLAND COUNTY. Station: NORTH BRIDQTON. G. E. Chadeukn, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau, 1894. Latitude, 44° 06' N. Longitude, 70° 43' W. Elevation, 450 leet.] This station is located at the extreme north part of Cumberland County, 50 miles from tide water, in an open country surrounded by low ranges of hills from 3 to 8 miles distant. The instrumental equipment consists of maximum and minimum thermometers, the property of the Weather Bureau; rain gage, hygrometer, mercurial and aneroid barometers and instrument shelter of standard pattern, the last-named property of the observer. The thermometers are 8 feet 8 inches above ground, and the rain gage is located 20 feet west of the instru- ment shelter in an open space, the top being 18 inches above the ground. The wind direction is shown by a 4-foot vane, adjusted to the true meridian, and exposed on the cupola of the barn. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo a o — i B a aa o 1 a s s 'S a li o .£3 a§ >• n U o o P fa &° hi 5&a O 0) a^ *l ■ Snow. 60 . 0) ST < S °F. 23 18 20 "F. 32 28 30 ■'F. 55 63 65 "F. 14 8 10 "F. -20 -21 -26 °F. 28 21 24 °F. 19 17 15 In. 3.7 3.7 4.3 8 7 7 In. 2.2 3.4 4.0 In. 4.8 4.6 3.2 In. 17.0 20.0 24.0 In. 12.0 12.0 16.0 NW. January NW. February N 20 .30 11 j 11.7 22 9.6 12.6 61.0 NW. March 30 ii 54 40 54 86 80 86 92 21 33 43 - 9 12 26 39 44 58 24 42 41 5.3 3.6 4.0 9 7 9 6.6 1.8 0.8 4.7 2.9 6.5 22.0 4.0 T. 16.0 8.0 T. NE April NW May SE. Spring mean 43 63 1 32 12.9 25 9.2 13.1 26.0 (?) 64 69 67 75 80 78 98 100 97 52 68 56 38 42 43 67 71 70 60 66 62 3.8 4.7 3.3 11 10 10 2.4 6.3 1.9 6.0 13.2 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. August sw Summer mean 67 78 55 11.8 31 9.6 22.6 0.0 sw. September.. . 60 47 37 72 58 45 96 84 74 49 36 29 30 22 3 62 54 39 68 42 32 3.6 3.6 4.0 7 8 8 3.9 2.7 1.1 5.8 0.0 T. 7.0 0.0 T. 16.0 sw October sw NW. Fall mean 48 58 38 11.2 23 8.0 9.6 7.0 sw Annual mean 44 65 100 34 -26 47.6 101 36.4 57.9 94.0 16.0 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 14, 17, 23-25. Feb. 6, 7, 9 Jan. 5-7; Feb. 17, 26, 27; Dec. 28. Jan. 19,20, 26.... July 2, 19, 20, 28; June 17. June 20; July 21 ; Sept. 21-23. May 10; July 2, 11, 12; Aug. 4, 10-12. July 6-9; Sept. 10. July 3; Aug. 24; Sept. 3. July 2-7; Aug. 18-20, 30, 31. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan.4,10;reb.2,27,28. Feb. 22 July 7, 16-18, 23, 24; Aug. 9, 11, Sept. 2, 3. June 26-30; July 14-16; Sept. 5, 6 July 8, 9, 14, 28. May 18; July 9; Sept. 14, 15. 1896 1896 is,' 1897 Pe . 12; Dec. 9-11 ..-. Jan. 10, 14, 19-21; Feb. 18,20,21; Dec. 29. 1898 1899 Jan. 4, 28, 29, 31; Feb. 3, 4; Dec. 14, 28. Jan. 2, 28; Feb. 11, 12, 1.5. 130 CLIMATOLOGY OE' THE UNITED STATES. MAINE. Southwestern Section : ANDROSCOQQIN COUNTY. Station: LEWISTON. Union Water Power Company, Observer. [Established 1876. Latitude, 44° N. Longitude, 70° 20' W. Elevation, 210 feet.] / This station is in the city of Lewiston in an open lot near the guard gates of the Union Water Power Company, where the water from the Androscoggin River is led into the main canal. The thermometers are. exposed in a shelter provided by the Weather Bureau. The shelter is about 50 feet from the nearest building, and is exposed to all winds except those from an easterly direction; the easterly winds are cut off to a considerable extent by a high building. The precipitation records were started in January, 1875. The temperature records were started in May, 1885. The thermometers are the property of the Union Water Power Company, and were obtained from a very reliable maker. Readings of temperature are taken every hour throughout the twenty-four. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. HI e •s-S g S Absolute maxi- mum. 1 mperature. Precipitation. 1 1 (3 I ■S.9 i 1 •a 1 si s Sg la w 1. o 1 t>>o Iz; Total amount for the driest year. il Snow. Month. CD M . < o "F. 23 18 20 "F. 32 28 30 'F. 56 56 59 "F. 15 8 9 "F. -21 -24 -24 °F. 39 32 35 -F. 1 2 In. 4.2 4.1 4.2 12 12 11 In. 2.0 3.2 3.1 In. 10.8 4.6 2.2 In. 16.4 22.4 22.0 In. 12.0 30.0 18.0 NW. NW. NW. "Winter mean 20 30 11 12.5 36 8.3 17.6 60.8 NW. 30 42 S4 39 48 66 82 86 92 21 32 44 - 4 10 26 49 57 70 17 27 40 4.9 3.2 3.5 13 11 14 6.0 1.5 1.1 3.8 6.8 1.4 17.1 5.3 0.1 12.0 9.0 2.0 NW. April NW. May SW. Spring mean 42 51 32 11.6 38 8.6 11.0 22.5 NW. June 64 69 66 74 80 77 98 100 98 54 59 67 38 46 41 80 84 80 51 67 63 3.6 3.6 3.4 13 13 11 2.0 4.4 1.2 6.3 2.2 3.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July NW. NW. 66 77 67 10.6 37 7.6 12.2 0.0 NW. 59 47 36 70 67 43 96 87 75 49 38 28 31 18 2 76 63 47 46 33 24 3.4 3.9 4.2 10 12 12 3.6 2.0 2.6 4.4 8.1 5.6 0.0 0.3 6.1 0.0 0.6 8.0 SW. NW. NW. 47 67 38 11.5 34 8.2 18.0 6.4 NW. 44 54 100 34 -24 46.2 144 32.7 68.7 89.7 30.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year Minimum below —10". Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below - 10°. Maximum 90° or above. . 1894 Jan. 10; Feb. 6, 13, 14, 22-25. Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 5- 9. Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17, 18.. Mar. 1 June 17, 18, 22, 26; July 2, 13, 19, 20, 23, 28-30; Aug. 25. May 7, 10, 11; June 10-12, 18-20; July 8 21; Aug. 11; Sept. 4, 21-23. July 2, 10, 12, 22; Aug. 8-12; Sept 12. June 24; July 5-9, 17, 23; Sept. 9, 10. June 25; July 3, 8, 30; Sept. 7. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1,2, 28; Feb. 12.. Jan. 4 June5,6,l'«,14,24; July 2-6,27; Aug. 17-21. June 1, 21, 27, 28; July 8, 17, 23, 24; Aug. 11, 25-27; Sept. 2, 3. June 25-30; July 2, 14-16; Sept. 7. July 8, 14; Sept. 1. 1896 1896 1897 Jan. 19, 20, 30; Feb. 2, 22. Dec. 8, 9, 12, 13 Jan. 9-11, 14, 15, 19, 20; Feb. 18, 20, 21. 1898 Jan. 17, 18, 28, 29-31; Feb. 3, 4. May 18; July 2, 9; Sept. 14. NEW ENGLAND. MAINE. 131 Central Section: KENNEBEC COUNTY. Station: GARDINER. GusTAvus Moore, Observer. [Established November, 1892. Latitude, 44° 12' N. Longitude, 69° 47' W. Elevation, 163 feet.] The station is located in the extreme western part of the city, but the surroundings are quite open, there being no trees or buildings near, except the observer's house. The station is in the valley of the Cobbosseecontes River and about 250 feet south of the river. The elevation of the hills, north and south, is from 75 to 150 feet. The shelter is nearly opposite the center of the observer's house and west 42 feet. The standard maximum and minimum thermometers are the property of the observer and are exposed in a shelter furnished by the United States Weather Bureau at an elevation of 4J feet above the ground. The rain gage is between the house and the shelter, 8 feet from the shelter; the top of the gage is 33 inches above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, December 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipi Total amount for the driest year. tation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. °F. 57 64 53 Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. T. 23 18 21 "F. 32 29 31 "F. 14 8 10 "F. -20 -30 -26 "F. 37 31 35 "F. 7 4 3 In. 4.3 3.8 3.6 10 7 8 In. 2.7 3.4 3.1 In. 2.4 7.2 9.0 In. 12.3 16.6 18.1 In. 10.0 21 31 1 11 11.7 25 9.2 18.6 47 32 45 56 44 41 68 78 85 93 23 34 44 -15 13 26 49 59 71 17 32 39 5.3 3.0 3.2 10 9 10 5.6 1.2 1.9 7.2 2.6 5.4 11.9 3.4 0.0 8.0 8 May Spring mean 55 34 11.8 29 8.7 15.1 15.3 64 70 68 76 82 78 96 101 100 53 59 57 37 46 43 80 83 81 49 56 52 2.8 3.3 3.3 10 10 10 2.4 5.5 1.1 1.3 1.9 2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 67 79 56 9.4 30 9.0 6.0 0.0 60 49 37 71 58 46 95 83 72 49 40 28 32 19 3 75 61 65 48 34 23 3.2 3.6 3.7 8 8 8 3.9 1.8 2.4 2.4 4.4 5.3 0.0 i 0.0 October . 0. i 0.0 5.6 ' 10.0 49 68 39 10.4 24 8.1 12.1 5 5 45 56 101 35 - -30 43.0 108 35.0 61.8 67 8 16 Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below — 10° Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10° Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 1897 Jan. 2, 9, 10, 18; Feb. 6, 14, 17, 22, 24, 25. Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 1, 6, 7, 9, 10. Jan. 6; Feb. 17, 18; Mar. 14. Jan. 19,20,25 Jan. 18, 28-31; Feb. 3, 4; Dec. 14. June 17; July 1, 2, 19, 20, 28—30. May 10, 11; June 2, 10-12, 18-20; July 8 21. June 20; July 2, 9, 10, 12; Aug. 8-12. July 7-9, 16, 17. June 26; July 3, 4, 29, 30. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 5, 12 Jan. 3, 4, 18; Feb. 27.. Jan. 20, 30; Feb. 2,22; Dec. 6. Dee. 9, 10, 12, 13 Jan. 9-11, 14, 15, 19, 20; Feb. 18-21. June 5, 6, 14; July 2-5; Aug. 19-21. June 1, 27, 28; July 8, 9, 17, 18, 23, 24; Aug. 9, 11. June 14, 25-30; July 2, 14-16, 21, 25-27. July 8, 9. May 18; July 2, 9; Sept. 14, 16. 132 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MAINE. South Coast: HANCOCK COUNTY. Station: BAR HARBOR. [Established, 1885. Latitude, 44° 22' W. Longitude, 68° 10' W. Elevation, 30 feet.] William Miller, Observer. The town of Bar Harbor is located on the northeast side of Mount Desert Island, on the shore of Frenchmans Bay, the village extending to the shore on the east and north, while to the south and west the land rises to an elevation of 1,060 feet on Newport Mountain and 1,527 feet on Green Mountain, which is distant about 2 miles from the small area of level ground on which the town is located. The station is located on the grounds of the Mount Desert Nurseries, about 1 mile south of the center of the village and within 300 feet of the shore of Frenchmans Bay. The thermometers and rain gage are of standard pattern; the thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, located on the grounds of William Miller, man- ager of the nursery; the rain gage is exposed on the roof of a low shed. In the vicinity of the station the groimd is moderately level, but within three-fourths of a mile to the south and west rises to above 1,000 feet in the principal mountains of the island. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 a •3-9 CI s si g a 1 bo s o § &° -a Co hi 2; «1 Eh Snow. > £ Month. o M . St i 5 Decemtier 26 21 22 "F. 35 30 31 ■>F. 56 56 57 °F. 18 12 14 -15 -17 -14 "F. 34 26 28 "F. 18 15 18 In. 4.8 6.2 4.5 10 10 10 In. 3.3 9.3 5 9 In. 2.4 11.2 6.2 In. 11.7 20.4 18.4 In. 8.0 18.0 28.0 NW. January NW. February NW. 23 32 ■-■-■■•■■ 15 14.5 30 18.5 19.8 50.5 NW. March . . 32 42 52 40 61 62 67 76 89 24 32 42 - 9 13 27 38 44 65 29 38 48 6.9 2.9 3.4 11 8 9 3.3 1.1 3.9 8.6 3.2 6.1 13.5 0.4 0.0 14.0 12.0 T. SW. SW. May SE. Spring mean 42 51 33 12.2 28 8.3 17.9 13.9 SW. 60 66 64 70 76 74 94 96 94 50 65 54 35 40 40 63 69 67 56 64 61 2.9 3.1 3.3 9 8 7 1.8 1.5 1.4 3.6 1.6 1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 63 73 53 9.3 24 4.7 7.0 0.0 SW. 59 48 38 69 57 46 96 83 68 49 39 31 28 21 6 62 51 42 55 44 34 3.1 46 5.2 7 9 9 2.6 2.6 5.7 3.2 6.8 5 6 0.0 0.1 4.5 0.0 1.0 9.0 SW. October SW. November NE. 48 57 40 12.9 26 10.9 15 6 4.6 SW. 44 53 96 35 -17 48.9 107 42.4 60.2 69.0 28.0 SW. Dates of Temperatltrb Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24, 25; no data for December. No data for January and February. Jan. 6; Feb. 17, 18 Jan. 19,20 July 20, 28, 29. June 18; Sept. 22, 23. May 10; Aug. 10, 11. July 9; Sept. 10. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29, 31 . July 3, 4. None. None. June 27; July 15, 16. None. Sept. 14. Jan. 22.' 1896 1896 None Jan. 19,20 Dec. 9, 10 Jan. 19 NEW ENGLAND. 133 MAINE. Southwestern Section: YORK COUNTY. Station: CORNISH. Silas West, Observer. [Established, January, 1873. Latitude 43° 47' N. Longitude 70° 42' W. Elevation, 784 leet.] The station is 2 miles west of Cornish village, and on the southwest slope of a hill whose summit, one-fourth mile distant, is 200 feet above the level of the house. One mile northwest is the valley of the Ossipee River, and to the south, one-half mile, are hills, reaching an elevation of 100 feet above the house. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, fastened over a window on the north comer of the house, 6J feet above ground. The rain gage is located on the ground SO feet east of the house, and 20 feet distant from an apple tree. All instruments and equipment were furnished by the Weather Bureau. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Mean. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0,01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. °F. 24 19 21 30 25 29 'F. 60 57 59 "F. 17 "F. -19 "F. 33 29 29 °F. 15 11 13 In. 3.8 3,8 4.1 10 10 9 In. 2,9 3,4 3.1 In. 7.1 4.2 2.6 In. 16.8 21.8 24.3 In. 11.0 12 1 -18 13 1 -18 20.0 18.0 Winter mean 21 28 14 11.7 29 9.4 13.9 62.9 29 42 54 37 50 61 75 83 91 22 35 48 -10 8 25 39 46 68 21 34 49 4,5 3,3 3.6 10 9 10 1.8 2.9 1,4 8.1 6.6 3.1 19.3 7.8 0.2 13.0 April 15.0 May 3.5 Spring mean 42 49 36 11.4 29 6,1 17.8 27.3 June 64 68 67 74 78 79 97 97 94 58 63 60 40 46 43 68 73 74 59 65 61 3.8 4.4 4.4 10 10 10 1,5 2,4 3,1 4.9 3.2 8.4 0.0 0.0 ao 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 66 77 60 12.6 30 7,0 16.5 0.0 58 47 34 68 65 41 92 84 70 62 40 28 31 19 -11 63 69 40 52 41 25 3.7 4,2 4,3 8 10 9 3.4 4.5 3,1 6.7 6.8 1.7 0.0 0.2 8.2 0.0 October 4.0 November . , 14.0 Fall mean 46 65 40 12,2 27 11.0 15.2 8.4 44 52 97 37 -19 47,9 115 33.5 63.4 98.6 20.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894 to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24, 25 June 16, 17; July 13,19,20,28. June 10, 11; July8,21; Sept. 22,23. July 2; Aug. 11,12. July 5-9; Sept. 10. July 3, 9, 30; Aug. 4. July 4-6, Aug. 19, 20. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 27 June 28; July 7, 16, 23, 24; Aug. 11 Sept. 3. June 26-29; July2, 15, 16; Sept. 5. Sept. 2. May 18; July 9; Sept. 15. 26- 1895 Feb. 6, 7 Jan. 19,20 1896 Jan. 6; Feb. 17,18 Jan. 19 -... Jan. 4,29; Dec. 14.... Jan. 2 1897 1898 Jan. 19,20 1899 134 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MAINE. Eastern Slope: CUMBERLAND COUNTY. Station: PORTLAND. [Establishedby Signal Service in January, 1871. Latitude, 43° 39' N. Longitude, 70°, IS' W. Elevation 471eet.] E. P. Jones, Observer. This station is near the center of the city of Portland, which is situated on a peninsula ; the highest point of land in the city is 286 feet above sea level. Northwest of the city the land is hilly, many of the hills being between 200 and 300 feet high. This hilly condition continues for a distance of 7 miles north and 12 miles west and northwest, and may be said to continue quite up to the White Mountains in New Hampshire. These mountains, although about 60 miles distant, are visible from Portland on a clear day. The nearest part of the Precumpscot River valley is about 4J miles northwest of Port- land. Thunder storms often follow down this valley to where the river empties into Casco Bay, without rain occurring in the city. The instruments are exposed on the roof of the office building. Their present height above ground is as follows: Rain gage, 75 feet; Anemometer, 117 feet; Thermometers, 82 feet. The rainfall is measured in Lincoln Park, which has an unobstructed area of about 2 acres, situated near the center of the city. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation Mean humidity. Total sunshine. '3 1 i B O g i a . < '3 S ® . § 1 ji ■sa 1 i4 1 1° ■si ill 1| o C CD §1 ID Snow. £ 00 > 1 P.cl. 78 78 77 s DO to a 1 ft ■F i 1 B a e . o < B ll 1 'B a a II 1 < c B it H li r 3 a •a a § r 3fe| O £ a* ""I • Snow. Month. © < Grea test depth in 24 hours. "F. 22 16 18 "F. 31 27 29 "F. 58 55 63 "F. 13 6 8 "F. —18 —28 —38 "F. 30 24 22 °F. 17 8 13 In. 3.5 3.3 3.3 9 9 9 In. 1.8 2.8 2.1 In. 2.3 4.2 5.1 In. 17.8 21.2 20.8 In. 10.0 16.0 11.0 W February w 19 29 9 10.1 27 6.7 11.6 59.8 w March 26 42 54 33 54 68 73 88 96 19 30 40 —20 8 22 38 47 22 36 51 3.8 3.5 3.2 10 9 10 6.7 1.8 1.2 7.2 3.6 4 15.5 4.4 2.6 7.0 1.0 April w May "W Spring mean 41 62 30 10.5 29 8.7 14. 8 19. 9 w 64 68 66 78 82 79 100 102 96 50 55 53 30 35 36 68 73 69 59 66 61 3.6 3.7 4.2 11 9 9 2.7 3.4 2.9 3.1 0.0 1.6 0.0 3. 9 0. 0.0 0.0 0.0 July August . - . - w Summer mean 66 80 63 11.5 29 9.0 8. 6 0. w 58 46 34 71 56 42 93 83 69 46 35 25 24 11 —1 62 53 38 62 40 28 3.4 3.4 3.6 8 9 10 3.1 1.8 1.5 8.0 0,0 5.2 0.0 6. 3 6. 1 0.0 T. 6.0 w. w October. . ... November w 46 66 35 10.3 27 6.4 18. 5 5. 1 A-nnnfl.l mpfin 43 64 102 32 —38 42.4 112 30.8 53 6 R4 s 15.0 w Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 1, 10, 29; Feb. 13, June 16, 17; July 18-20, 28, 29. 1899 Jan. 13, 28, 31; Feb. 15. July 1-4. 16, 26; Aug. 17-21. 24; Dec. 30, 31. 1900 Jan. 3; Feb. 2-4, 27,28. June 6, 27, 28; July 7, 16, 17, 22-24 29,31; 1895 Jan. 3, 30, 31; Feb. 1, May 6, 7, 10, 11; June 1, 2, 11-14, 20-22; Aug. 6, 9, 11, 25-28; Sept. 3. 5-7, 13, 24. Julys, 20-22; Aug. 11; Sept. 21, 23. 1901 Jan. 19, 20, 23; Feb. 2; May 22; June 22, 26-30; July 1, 2 14-16, 1896 Jan. 6-7; Feb. 17, IS, May 9, 10; Juae20; July 1,2,9,12,18,21, Mar. 7; Dec. 6, 7. 18. 26; Mar. 14, 15 29, 30; Aug. 7-12; Sept. 11. 1902 Feb. 6, 12; Dec. 9, 10, May 23; July 8; Aug. 3; Sept. 1. 1897 Jan. 19, 20, 26; Feb.], June 24; July 5-9, 16, 17, 19. 28,29. 4, 6, 25, 27, 28; Mar. 1. 1903 Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 18, July 8-10. 1898 Jan. 4, 18,29-31; Feb. June 30; July 2, 3, 7, 8, 19, 20, 22, 27, 29, 20, 21. 3-6; Dec. 14. 30; Aug. 3, 4; Sept. 3. 138 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW HAMPSHIRE. Southern Section: MERRIMACK COUNTY. Station: CONCORD. H. C. Howe, Observer. [Latitude, 43° 12' N. Longitude, 71° 32' W. Elevation, 280 feet.] The compact part of the city of Concord is built on the western rise of land from the Merrimac River, occupying a portion of the bed of a prehistoric lake. The eastern part of this interval is fronted by a steep terrace, rising to a plain 125 feet above the river. The western, or city slope, rises gradually, but soon reaches an equal elevation. The crests of these slopes are only broken on the north and south by the Merrimac. Westerly and northwesterly from the station, at a distance of from 1 to 7 miles, are several hills, varying in height from 500 to 810 feet above the sea. In some measure it will be seen that Concord has a local climate, being protected from the high winds of the general storms which pass across the country, and yet being subject to erratic summer storms. Fog formation is also frequent during certain seasons of the year. From 1871 to November 1, 1902 the records were kept by the late Judge W. L. Foster and Prof. W. W. Flint of St. Paul's School, voluntary observers, and a regular Weather Bureau station was established on November 1, 1902. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Mean. "F. 26 21 23 ' temperature. Highest monthly mean. Precipitation. Month. Mean of the maxi- ma. 35 32 34 Abso- lute maxi- mum. °i?. 63 72 68 Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Lowest monthly mean. °^. 18 13 15 Mean. In. 3.3 3.3 3.3 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Average depth of snow. "F. 17 11 12 "F. —24 —35 -^34 "F. 35 31 32 9 9 8 In. 2.9 2.7 2.2 In. 3.5 4.9 3.7 In. 14.7 18.9 February 19.1 23 34 13 9.9 26 7.8 12.1 52.7 32 44 57 44 45 56 69 77 92 95 21 33 45 —16 7 22 40 51 64 24 37 51 3.6 2.8 3.1 9 8 9 1.2 1.6 4.8 4.9 2.8 4.5 14.8 April 4.4 May T. Spring mean 57 33 9.5 26 7.6 12.2 65 70 G7 76 80 78 100 100 98 54 59 57 34 38 35 70 76 74 59 66 61 3.3 4.0 3.7 10 10 9 1.9 , 2.9 0.6 2.6 1.0 3.7 0.0 July ■ 0.0 0.0 67 78 57 11.0 29 5.4 7.3 60 49 37 71 60 47 96 92 80 50 39 28 25 17 —17 66 58 42 54 44 29 3.2 3.5 3.4 8 8 8 2.3 2.8 1.8 11.0 5.6 4.2 T. 0.1 November 6.5 49 59 39 10.0 24 6.9 20.8 6 6 46 57 100 35 —35 40.4 105 27.7 52.4 78.5 Year. 1894 1895 Dates of Tempeeatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Maximum 90° or above. Minimum below — 10°. Feb. 6, 30. Peb. 1, Feb. 1 Jan. 4, 3-5; 14, 24, 26; Dec. 6; Dec. 13 7; Feb. 17, 18.. ; Mar. 1 18,29,31; Feb. Dec. 14. Maximium 90° or above. II 1 1 ..Year. Minimum below — 10°. June 17, 23; July 1, 2, 13, 18-23, 28, 29; Aug. 26. May 7; June 2, 20; July S. 21; Sept. 21-23. May9,'l0; July 2, 12, 13,21,29; Aug. 8-13. July 5-9, 17; Sept. 10. July 3, 4, 8, 19-21, 29, 30; Aug. 4, 24. 1899 1900 1902 1903 Jan. Jan. 2; Feb. 3,4; Feb 16 .2,3,27.. Jan. D( Dec 19, c. 6 8,9 20; 20; 7. Feb. 2; Jan Feb. 20, 21 . . . June 6, 6, 13, 14, 24; July 2-6; Aug. 19. May 16; June 27, 28; July 7, 8, 16-18, 23, 24, 29; Aug. 6, 9-11, 25, 36; Sept. 3. Jime 6, 26-30; July 2, 14-16, 18, 22. None. July 8-10; Sept. 14. NEW ENGLAND. 139 NEW HAMPSHIRE. Southeastern Section: STRAFFORD COUNTY. Station: DURHAM. Agricultubal Experiment Station, Observer. [Established 1893. Latitude, 43° s' N. Longitude, 70° 5b' W. Elevation, 93.5 feet.] This station is on the grounds of the New Hampshire College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts. It was established in 1893; but the records previous to 1895 were lost b_v fire. Tide water comes within one-half mile of the station, in the Oyster River. The station is in open country, about 12 miles from the sea and 3 miles from an inlet called Great Bay. Its elevation is as great as any within 1 mile. The country for several miles is broken, but with no elevations of more than 200 feet above sea level, the elevations gradually increasing toward the west. There is a ridge about 200 feet high, halfway between Durham and the sea on the east. Severe northwest winds are characteristic of this station. Summer temperatures are modified by sea breezes from the east. The thermometers are exposed in a shelter on the roof of the agricultural experi- ment station, 45 feet from the ground. The rain gage is on a slight elevation, sloping away in aU directions, about 100 feet from the nearest building on the southeast. The top of gage is 30 inches from the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. .s' c <^ a "F. 27 23 24 e o — 1 °F. 36 32 33 i a . li o 1 a •a a a II ■< 3 li r H a§ o 1 hi il o g . a*s Snow. > s Months. < a c s "F. 71 55 60 op 19 13 16 °F. -22 -14 -18 °F. 31 25 28 "F. 23 20 19 In. 3.7 4.1 4.1 8 6 7 In. 1.6 6.7 2.0 In. 5.3 48 2.3 In. 9.8 17.9 13.6 In. 17.0 12.0 12.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 25 34 16 11.9 21 10.3 12.4 41.3 NW. 33 44 65 43 64 66 73 86 93 25 34 43 - 6 13 26 42 47 58 28 41 51 5.4 3.4 2.6 10 8 9 4.8 L4 1.1 4.4 2.5 4.9 10.4 0.9 0.0 8.0 7.0 0.0 NW. April.' NW. May SE. Spring mean 44 54 34 11.4 27 7.3 11.8 11.3 NW, 63 70 67 74 80 78 97 98 98 53 59 57 34 40 42 67 72 70 58 66 62 3.6 3.6 3.1 9 9 8 1.1 4.0 1.0 8.8 7.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July August SE. S. Summer mean . 67 77 56 10.3 26 0.1 18.8 0.0 SE. September October November 61 50 39 72 60 47 95 88 72 60 40 30 30 18 7 63 54 42 58 43 36 4.1 3.8 3.8 9 8 9 5.1 2.2 2.0 2.7 0.6 6.8 0.0 T. 4.0 0.0 T. 15.0 SW. NW. NW. Fall mean 50 CO 40 11.7 26 9.3 10.0 4.0 NW. 46 56 98 36 -22 45.3 100 33.0 53.0 56.6 17.0 NW Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period July 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below - 1896 1896 J an. 6; Feb. 17,18. 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 31; Feb. 3... Maximum 90° or above. July 8; Aug. 24; Sept. 21-23. May 10; June 19-21; July 2, 10, 12, 13; Aug. 4, 9-12. July 5,8,9; Sept. 9, 10. June 25; July 3,4,8,29,30; Aug. 24. June 6, 6, 14,24; July 3-6,21, 22; Aug. 19. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10°, Jan. 20 . Dec. 9- Maximum 90° or above. May 15; June 27, 28; July 7, 8, 16-18, 23, 24; Aug. 6,9-11,26,27; Sept. 3. Jime 6,26-30; July 1,3,14-16,21,22. "une 3; Sept. 1. Jan. 20 May 18; July 9, 10; Sept. 14, 15. 140 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW HAMPSHIRE. Southwestern Section: CHESHIRE COUNTY. Station: KEENE. Samhel Wardswoet, Observer. [Established 1893. Latitude, 45° 57' N. Longitude, 72° 15' W. Elevation, 506 leet.] The station is located in the Ashelot River Valley, which at this place is 3 to 4 miles wide and nearly level. It is bordered by ranges of hills rising to 600 and 700 feet. The thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter on the grounds of the observer. The exposure is in an open space 50 feet from the residence of the observer and 4^ feet above sod. The rain gage, Weather Bureau pattern, is on an open lawn, 25 feet from the building. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 > s f 5 a 2 ■ a i a e II o ,s a i a 1 Is ia a a§ 1 o 1 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Snow. Month. M . SI- Grea test depth in 24 hours. December 24 20 20 "F. 34 30 32 °F. 81 53 58 °F. 14 10 9 'F. -22 -28 -28 "F. 29 23 25 "F. 21 15 15 In. 3.3 2.6 3.1 8 9 8 In. 2.8 L9 2.2 In. 5.2 2.5 L8 In. 14 15.1 18.7 In. 9.0 12.0 15.0 NW. NW. NW. 21 32 11 f 9.0 25 6.9 9.5 47.8 NW. 32 44 56 43 66 69 79 87 92 22 32 42 -12 12 21 44 46 58 26 41 53 3 6 2.6 3.2 11 10 11 L2 1.7 3.5 4.1 2.7 3.6 11.2 1.2 T. 9.0 3.0 T. NW. NW. May NW. Spring mean 44 56 32 1 9.4 32 6.4 10.4 12.4 NW. June July 64 68 66 71 81 77 98 98 91 51 56 54 33 37 35 67 72 69 60 65 61 3.4 4.2 4.2 10 11 10 2.5 2.6 1.0 5.7 10.2 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. SW. August NW. Summer mean 66 76 54 11.8 31 6.1 19.9 0.0 NW. September October 60 49 36 72 61 45 93 86 73 47 37 26 25 -'I 66 53 40 53 45 30 3.2 3.9 3.1 8 10 10 3.5 2.2 2.0 1.8 1.9 6.0 0.0 T. 4.9 0.0 T. 8.0 NW. NW. November NW. Fall mean 48 59 37 1 10.2 28 7.7 9.7 4.9 NW. 45 56 98 33 -28 40.4 116 27.1 49.5 65.1 15.0 NW Dates of Tempekatcke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1895 1896 1897 1898 Minimum below —10° No data for Jan. ; Feb. 6, 17, 24, 25; Dec. 29,30. Jan. 5, 20; Feb. 1,6, 7, 24; Deo. 13. Jan. 6, 7; Feb. 17, 18; Mar. 14. Feb. 1,6, 14; Mar.l.... Jan. 2, 4, 28-31; Feb. 3,4; Dec. 14. Maximum 90° or above. June 17, 23; July 1, 2, 13, 19, 20, 28,29; Aug. 24,25. May 10,11; June 2; Sept. 21-23. May 9,10; July 2. June 5,6,9; Sept. 10. June 25; July 3, 21, 29, 30: Aug. 4, 24; Sept. 1,3, 4. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1899 Jan.1,2,11; Feb.11,15 July 3, 4, 6, 27; Aug. 19-21. 1900 Jan. 4; Feb. 2, 3, 27, 28 . i June 27, 28; July 7, 16-18; Aug. 7, 10, 11, 25,27; Sept. 6. 1901 Jan. 19,20; Feb. 2, 3; June 26-30; July 15-18,21,22; Sept. 7. Dec. 6, 7. 1902 Jan. 14,20; Deo. 9, 10, July 8, 14. 15,28. 1903 Jan. 19,20; Feb. 18,20, May 18,20; July 8-10; Sept. 14. 21; Dec. 27, 29. NEW ENGLAND. 141 NEW HAMPSHIRE. Southern Section: HILLSBORO COUNTY. Station: NASHUA. The Jackson Company, Observer. [Established September, 1885. Latitude, 42° 46'. Longitude, 71° 28' 45". Elevation, 125 feet.] This station is in the northeasterly part of the city, near the junction of the Merrimac and Nashua rivers. The hills about the city range in height from 185 to 275 feet above sea level. The maximum, minimum, dry, and wet bulb thermometers are exposed in a "Hazen screen " and are hung 5^ feet above the sod. The rain gage is 54 feet from the nearest building. Height of rim above the ground is 17 inches. The anemometer, sunshine recorder, vpind vane, and wind pressure gage are on towers of the mills, 75 feet from the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. o be Month. 1 >< L 1 q a •S.S i s ■a a . li o < sa s si r o i 1° D _, oi lEa 3-C a tD O 1) a* Snow. o <1 O e 5 December. January °F. 28 23 25 "F. 36 32 34 64 63 60 18 13 14 °F. -18 -25 -20 "F. 36 30 30 °F. 21 14 20 In. 3.8 3.9 4.0 10 11 10 In. 3.4 2.8 3.0 In. 5.0 2.6 4.2 In. 12.5 17.2 18.0 m. 12.0 15.0 16.0 Ht. 113 113 128 NW. NW. February . NW 25 34 15 11.7 31 9.2 11.8 47.7 118 NW March , . 34 46 58 43 58 70 78 88 9.5 24 34 44 - 6 15 22 42 49 61 29 40 53 4.2 3.0 3.4 12 9 10 0.9 2.5 3.6 7.1 1.4 4.9 13.7 3.6 0.0 20,0 7.0 0.0 144 172 199 NW. April. NW May NW Spring mean 46 57 34 10.6 31 7.0 13.4 17.3 172 NW. June July August 67 71 68 78 83 SO 100 100 97 54 59 57 36 42 38 70 74 72 60 68 64 2.9 3.4 4.0 9 10 9 0.3 3.4 0.5 3.4 3.8 5.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 204 225 210 NW SE. SE. 69 80 57 10.3 28 4.2 13.1 0.0 j 213 SE September.:.. October November 61 49 38 73 60 47 95 88 72 50 38 29 26 18 3 65 .54 43 67 44 33 3.2 3.7 3.5 8 10 10 3.0 3.0 3.0 6.0 7.4 1.3 0.0 0.0 4.4 0.0 0.0 14 174 146 120 NW. NW. NW 49 60 39 10.4 28 9.0 14.7 4.4 147 NW. 47 68 100 36 -25 43.0 118 29.4 53.0 69.4 20.0 162 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1897 Minimum below —10° Feb. 6, 17, 24, 25 None Jan. 6, 12; Feb. 17, 18: Dec. 28. Feb. 1 Jan. 4, 31; Feb. 3, 4 Dec. 14. Maximum 90° or above. June 11, 16, 17, 18, 22, 23, 26; July 1, 2, 13, 19, 20, 25, 28, 29; Aug. 8, 24, 25. May 10, 11; June 1, 2, 11, 20; July 8, 21; Aug. 6, 24; Sept. 21-23. May 9, 10; June 19-21; July 1, 2, 10, 12, 13, 29; Aug. 4, 8-13; Sept. 11. July .5-9, 17; Sept. 9, 10. June 8, 25; July 3, 4, 8, 21, 29, 30; Aug. 4, 8, 24; Sept. 2, 3, 4. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10°. Jan. 2; Feb. 15 Jan. 4 Jan. 20; Dec. 20 Dec. 9, 10 Jan. 20; Feb. 20, 21 Dec. 29. Maximum 90° or above. May 1; June 1, 5, 6, 8, 13, 14, 24; July 3-6, 21, 27; Aug. 13, 18, 19. May 15; June 27, 28; July 7, 8, 16-18, 23-25; Aug. 6, 9-11, 26-27; Sept. 3, 6. May 22; June 6, 26-30; July 1-3, 14-16, 18, 21, 22, 24; Sept. 5-7. May 23; June 2, 3; July 8, 9, 14, 15; Aug. 2, 3; Sept. 1. May 8, 20; July 2, 8-12, 30; Sept. 14, 15. 142 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VERMONT. Northern Section: FRANKLIN COUNTY. Station: ENOSBURG. L. H. POMEKOY, Observer. [Established 1891. Latitude, 44° 52' N. Longitude, 72° 46' W. Elevation, 601 feet.] The station is in the northern limits of the village, which is on the Missisquoy River, and is about 20 miles east of Lake Champlain, and 8 miles from the Canadian line. About 6 miles south are the foothills of the Green Mountains, known locally as Baker's Field Mountain, which has an elevation of 2,000 feet. About 10 miles east in the main range is Jay Peak, 4,020 feet elevation. The country in the immediate vicinity of the station is rolling, with but few trees. The station is some 60 rods from the river and about 50 feet above it, with graded descent. The thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, 20 feet from the observer's house. The shelter is 4^ feet from the sod, with trees 10 feet from the shelter. The rain gage is about 20 feet from the house and the top of the gage is 30 inches above ground. All instruments and equip- ment were furnished by the Weather Bureau. Monthly, Seasons iL, AND Annual Mb^ iNS. 1 Temperature. Preeipi bI (=■0 0» tation. .s ® . 1 a . g < i lea ■s.§ s a g li a Lowest monthly mean. Isa 2; Snow. Month. M . it O PI (3 "F. 22 16 16 31 27 27 "F. 68 68 66 'F. 12 5 5 'F. -32 -30 -32 °F. 32 20 20 °F. 15 9 8 In. 3.3 2.9 3.6 12 12 10 In. 2.3 2.9 4.6 In. 6.2 5.2 3.6 In. 18.8 22.1 29.7 In. 18.6 17.0 12.0 s. January w. w. 18 28 1 7 9.7 34 9.8 14.0 70.6 w. 29 43 54 39 54 66 74 83 89 19 32 43 -24 5 15 . 37 46 68 23 38 61 3.7 2.4 3.6 11 10 12 5.1 3.0 0.4 6.0 2.7 2.9 19.4 3.0 0.1 12.0 4.0 1.6 w. April w. May w. Spring mean 42 53 31 9.6 33 8.5 11.6 22.5 w 64 68 64 75 79 76 93 94 94 52 56 52 32 35 34 68 70 66 60 65 69 3.9 6.2 4.1 14 11 11 4.1 5.0 3.8 5.4 3.8 6.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July s. August w. 65 77 1 53 13.2 36 12.9 14.9 0.0 , w 58 48 34 70 58 .:2 91 83 70 46 37 25 25 12 - 9 62 54 30 r)3 40 28 2.9 3.2 3.6 9 10 12 0.5 3.4 1.6 2.8 3.3 6.7 0.0 ., 0.2 13.2 0.0 2.0 15.0 w. October November s. w. 47 57 36 9.7 31 5.5 11.8 13.4 w 43 54 94 32 -32 42.2 134 36.7 52.3 106.5 18.6 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°, Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 No data for Jan.; Feb. 5, 6, 14, 16, 17, 24, 25; no data for Dec. July missing. 1900 Jan. 16, 17; Feb. 1, 2, 6,6,26,27; Deo. 9-11, 17, 18. July 7; Aug. 25, 26; Sept. 3. 1896 Jan. 5; Feb. 3, 6-7, 22- 24; Deo. 9, 13, 14. July 8. 1901 Jan. 2, 18-20, 29; Feb. 2, 3, 7, 8, 10, 11, 21-23, June 27-29; July 14-16, 18. 1896 Jan. 5-8, 29, 31; Feb. 16-18. 22, 26; Mar. 14, 25; Mar. 2, 3; Dec. 5, 6. 25; Deo. 24, 27. 1902 Jan. 13, 14, 19, 28-30; July 8. 1897 Jan. 13-15, 19, 24, 25, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 6, 11, 27; Mar. 1; Deo. 26, July 4, 6, 7-9. Feb. 4-7, 14, 16, 19, 20, 22; Deo. 8, 9, 11- 15. 28, 29. 1903 Jan. 8, 9, 18-20, 22-24; 1898 Jan. 2, 4, 17, 18, 27-31; Feb. 2, 3; Deo. 12-14, 28. Jan. 1, 2, 10-12, 28, 30; July 3; Sept. 4. Feb. 17-19; Dec. 14- • iS, 26, 28. 1899 Aug. 20. Feb. 5, 10-12, 15. NEW ENGLAND. 143 VERMONT. Northwestern Section: CHITTENDEN COUNTY. Station: BURLINGTON. W. B. Gates, Observen [Established 1871. Latitude, 44° 29' N. Longitude, 73° 12' W. Elevation, 2:o teet.] Records of the temperature in Burlington had been kept from 1838 up to the establishment of a Signal Service station May 24, 1871. A record of the time of the annual freezing and breaking up of the ice in Lake Champlain has been kept since 1816. The Signal Service station was fully equipped, reporting by telegraph to Washington three times daily, with two additional local observations. It was discontinued June 15, 1883. Mr. Gates, the present observer, took up the work in the latter part of October, 1883, and was supplied with an exposed thermometer, maximum and minimum thermometers, and a rain gage. An instrument shelter was constructed of double blinds, with a slanting roof and slats for the bottom, and attached to the lower half of a second-story window on the north side of the house. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1884, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. &o f Month. 1 2 . ■S * © 3 1 < •s.g g 1 oi 3 1 < id |a w o a 1° : s| II a* "1 ■ Snow. PS o a„ 60 . -si V S December January February 'F. i6 £0 21 "F. 31 28 28 "F. 69 59 55 19 14 15 "F. -17 -20 -21 "F. 35 27 26 "F. CO 10 11 In. 1.9 1.9 1.6 13 13 11 In. 2.0 1.3 1.0 In. 2.1 2.5 1.1 In. 12.3 17.9 14.9 In. 15.0 12.0 12.0 s. N. N. 22 30 45 58 29 16 5.4 37 4.3 5.7 45.1 March,- 39 54 60 70 85 90 25 39 49 -17 14 28 40 48 63 19 40 55 2.2 1.9 3.1 12 10 12 1.3 0.9 3.5 2.5 4.0 6.0 16.5 2.6 0.0 18.0 9.0 0.0 N ^af N. N. Spring mean 44 53 38 7.2 34 5.7 11.5 18.1 June . 68 71 69 75 79 76 94 96 94 69 64 62 42 48 43 73 74 73 63 68 64 3.4 3.9 4.2 13 13 12 1.4 1.6 L6 5.6 8.5 4.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N July. - s August . s. 69 76 62 11.5 38 4.5 18.2 0.0 0.0 September October November 62 60 38 70 58 43 91 82 70 66 46 32 34 20 66 56 42 55 42 33 3.6 2.8 2.9 11 12 12 2.9 3.6 2.0 2.1 1.5 4.4 0.0 T. 7.8 0.0 3.0 15.0 s. s. N. Fall mean 50 57 45 9.2 35 8.5 8.0 7.8 g 46 54 96 40 -21 33.3 144 23.0 43.4 71.0 18.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 Feb. 17,24,25; Deo. 29. Feb. 6, 7 June 17; July 2, 19, 20, 28, 29. June 12, 19. July 2, 21; Aug. 8, 9. July 4-9; Sept. 10. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10, 11; Feb. 11... None Aug. 18, 19. July 7, 16, 17; Aug. 11, 26. June 27-29; July 16, 16. 1896 Jan. 5-7; Feb. 17, 18... Jan. 19, 25 Jan. 19,20 1897 Dec. 9 1898 Jan. 19 July 9. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 10 144 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VERMONT. Northeastern Section: CALEDONIA COUNTY. Station: ST. JOHNSBURY. The Faikbanes Museum, Observer. [EstaWlshed March, 1894. Latitude, U° 28' N. Longitude, 72° W. Elevation, 711 feet.] This station is on the main street of the town, which is situated on a plateau running north and south and surrounded by the hUls which slope back from the Connecticut Valley, 10 miles to the east. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter, such as is furnished by the Weather Bureau, with slatted sides and a sloping roof. It stands 5 feet above the ground in a vacant lot east of the building, which is a large stone structure. The shelter is 25 feet from the building and has about 50 feet of open space on the other sides. The rain gage is 15 feet south of the instrument shelter, and the top is 5 feet from the ground. Observations are taken at 5 p. m. daily. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, March 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. B i a it g a •g-a jl 1 a § 03 • III ^1 ao, 03 .a SI a^ ^1 • Snow. Month. IS M . i' ^ S -< s ■< W ^ S S5 B &H ■< a a 'F. "F. . "F. "F. "F. -F. "F. In. In. In. In. In. Decern her 20 14 29 24 61 49 11 4 -25 -34 25 16 16 8 2.5 2.3 12 11 1.0 0.7 3.9 2.2 14.1 19.9 9.5 12.5 N. NW. Febru W 16 27 53 6 -31 23 11 2.1 10 3.2 1.8 18.7 13.5 NW. inter mean 17 27 7 6.9 33 4.9 7.9 52.7 NW. March 29 ■69 75 19 -21 39 21 3.4 14 4.3 2.7 14.3 16.5 NW. April- May.- 43 55 54 67 86 87 31 43 9 47 58 40 60 2.0 2.8 10 12 1.1 1.8 2.8 4.3 1.8 T. 4.0 T. NW. NW. Springmean 42 53 31 8.2 36 7.2 9.8 16.1 NW June. July.. Augus 63 68 64 75 79 75 92 93 89 52 57 53 32 36 35 67 71 68 60 66 60 3.3 4.6 4.1 12 13 10 2.4 3.9 3.3 6.0 6.4 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. W. t NW. Sunomer mean. . 65 76 54 /. . 12.0 35 9.6 16.4 0.0 0.0 W. 68 70 91 47 26 61 66 3.0 10 3.2 2.2 0.0 0.0 s. Ootoh Nover 46 33 56 41 78 66 36 25 15 - 3 50 38 42 29 2.3 3.2 11 12 2.4 3.4 1.2 5.2 7.6 0.2 10.0 s. N. 46 56 36 8.5 33 9.0 8.6 7.6 S. 42 53 93 32 -34 36.6 137 30.7 42.7 76.4 16.5 NW. Dates of Temper at ORE E3 CTREME s FOR THE Period March 1, 1894, TO Decembeb 31, 1903. Year. Minimum helow — 10°. Max iTnnm 9( ** or abo ve. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maxim im90°o r above. 1894 Dec. 28, 29-31 July 20, 28. 1900 Jan. 3; Feb. 2, 3, 6, July 17. 1895 Jan. 1,3, 5, 25, 30; Feb. 6, 7, 9, 10, 24; Dec. 13, 14. None. 1901 27, 28; Mar. 12, 13, 18; Dec. 10,11,17,18. Jan. 3, 4, 19, 20, 23, 30; June 27-29; Ju ly 15-17. 1896 Jan. 5-7,i29; Feb. 17, IS, 22, 26; Mar. 14, 24; Dec. 25-28. Do. Feb. 1, 2, 3, 9, 12, 22, 23; Mar. 1, 3, 6, 7; Dec. 6, 7. 1897 Jan. 13, 14, 19, 20, 24, 25, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 5, 11,14,27,28; Mar. 1, 17; Dec. 25. July 5; 8, 9. 1902 1903 Jan. 1, 2, 5, 20, 31; Feb. 4, 6, 7, 16; Dec. 7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15. Jan. 10, 19, 20, 24; None. July 9, 10; Sep t. 4, 15. 1898 Jan. 2, 4, 18, 25, 28-31; Feb. 3, 4; Deo. 14, 29. July 3, 4. Feb. 18, 20, 21; Dec. 16, 17, 19, 27, 29. 1899 Jan. 2, 10-13, 19, 20, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 6, 6, 11, 12, 15; Dec. 31. July 4. NEW ENGLAND. 145 VERMONT. Central District: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: NORTHFIELD. W. A. Shaw, Observer. [Establiahed by Signal Service, March 1, 1887. Latitude, 44° 10' N. Longitude, 12° 41' W. Elevation, 858 feet.] This station is in the open country outside the southern limit of the village of Northfield. It is on the north end of a ridge about one-third of a mile long, which rises 100 feet above the surrounding valley. The valley varies from one-third to three-fourths of a mile in width. On the easterly side of the valley the hills rise quite rapidly to about 1,400 feet about a mile away. On the westerly side they rise less rapidly to about 600 feet. On account of the topography the wind direction is northerly or southerly. The standard instrument shelter is located 300 feet southwest of Dewey Hall and is 16 feet above sod. The rain and snow gages are 3 feet above ground. The anemometer, windvane, and electrical sunshine recorder are on a platform on the south end of the roof of Dewey Hall. The sunshine data are from eight years' record, 1896-1903; the humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of tabulated data are from the full period of observation, seventeen years, March 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Meanh jmldity. Total Bunshine. 1 L Month. i< 6 1^ y F tx 2 fc; is Snow. s g a B g ■g 01 O , H g r i m 0) ma 00 to CO 1 Pi 00 1 CO _2 5 t f !^ a 1.90 70 2.07 196 49 s. May. 53 65 90 42 18 71 69 2.5 13 1.5 3.6 1.0 6.0 73 3.19 71 3.44 231 60 s. Spring mean 40 46 30 7.3 39 6.7 11.2 25.0 75 2.06 72 2.26 195 47 s. June. July. 62 66 74 77 95 95 50 54 30 .34 78 70 69 63 3.0 3.3 13 14 1.6 3.4 6.2 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 76 77 4.44 5.40 76 78 4.99 5.64 244 ?»36 53 an s s. AugUE t 63 74 92 52 33 66 57 3.8 13 0.8 3.4 0.0 0.0 84 5.12 83 5.45 246 57 s. Summer mean 64 75 52 10.1 40 5.8 10.9 0.0 79 4.99 79 5.36 242 53 s. ••■ September 56 68 PO 45 24 61 5? 2.6 11 4.2 6.3 T. T. 85 3.85 S3 4.16 196 52 s. Octob Nover 45 33 55 41 55 83 70 41 25 12 -14 51 38 39 27 2.1 2.9 13 13 2.6 2.4 3.6 3.8 T. 8.0 20.0 12.0 84 82 2.57 1.59 79 78 2.70 1.93 164 90 45 31 s. s. 45 ■ 37 7.6 37 9.1 13.6 8.0 84 2.67 80 2.93 147 43 s. 41 61 95 32 -32 . .1 33.1 164 27.4 45.9 90.0 26.0 79 2.62 77 2.88 175 46 s. Dates op Ti MPE RATUKE EXTK EMES FOE THE Period January 1, 1894, to Decem BEK 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90 ° or a bove Year. Minimum below —10° M n.-m'-m tun 90° or a sove. 1894 Feb. 6,'6, 14, 16, 17, 22, 24, 25; Dec. 28-30. Julj 19, 20, 28. 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 10-12, 19, 20, 27-31; Feb. 11, 12, 15 June 5; J uly2 Aug. 18, IE ,21. 1895 Jan. 1, 5, 19; Feb. 1, 5-7, 9, 24; Dec. 13. Maj 11,30; June 10; Sept .21, a .3. 1900 Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 2, 26- 28; Mar. 13; Dec. 10 July 7, 16 , 17; Aug. 11, 26. 1896 Jan. 5-8, 29; Feb. IB- IS, 22, 25, 26; Mar. 14, 24; Dec. 28. Jul J 2; Aug. 11; Sei 1. 11. 1901 11, 16-18. Jan. 3, 19, 20, 30; Feb. 3; Mar. 3; Dec. 6, 7. June 26-2 ■9; Ju ly 2, 15, 16. 1897 Jan. 13, 14, 19, 20, 25, 31; Feb. 1, 6, 11, 14, 26, 27; Mar. 1; Dec. 29. Jul J 5-9; Sept. 10. 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 20, .31; Feb. 5, 7, 16; Dec. 6-10, 12- 16,24. Jan. 10, 19, 20, 24; Feb None. Do. 1898 Jan. 2, 4, 17, 18, 27-31; Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 13, 14, 28, 29. Julj 3, 29; Sept. 4. 17-20; Dec. 15, 17-19 26-29. 146 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VERMONT. Western Section: ADDISON COUNTY. Station: CORNWALL. C. H. Lane, Observer. [Established May, 1886. Latitude, 44° N. Longitude, 73° W. Elevation, 507 feet.] The station is located nearly midway north and south of what is known as the Champlain Valley, about 5 miles from the base of Green Mountain and 10 nules from Lake Champlain. The station is located on a ridge running north and south, and the hi^est point in town is only about 50 feet higher. The thermometers and instrument shelter were furnished by the Weather Bureau and are located about 40 feet distant from the dwelling, with ground exposure. The rain gage is 15 feet east of the shelter and about the same distance from the house. Tabulated data of temperature are for the period from 1894 to 1903, and precipitation data for the period from 1886 to 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the TTllTli- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December. . 24 19 13 'F. 32 28 19 °F. 61 54 56 17 10 7 "F. -16 -20 -24 "F. 29 20 26 °"l9 16 15 In. 2.2 2.4 2.2 6 7 7 In. 3.2 1.6 2.8 In. 3.4 2.2 1.0 In. 11.3 13.9 17.2 In. 12.0 January 15.0 12.0 19 26 11 .. 6.8 20 7.6 6.6 42.4 March 30 46 56 39 56 67 72 84 94 22 36 46 - 9 11 26 41 47 60 22 43 54 2.6 1.8 2.9 8 7 8 1.1 1.3 2.0 2.0 3.6 4.3 12.5 0.9 0.0 24.0 4.0 Miy 0.0 Spring mean 44 54 35 1 7.3 23 4.4 9.8 13.4 .TnTip. 66 70 68 76 80 77 97 96 96 66 61 68 38 42 39 69 74 70 62 67 62 3.1 3.9 4.0 9 9 8 1.8 3.6 7.1 4.9 8.7 3.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 68 78 58 11.0 26 12.5 16.8 0.0 September 62 60 36 71 69 43 91 80 69 62 41 28 31 12 63 66 41 58 44 32 3.0 2.3 3.0 8 7 7 1.6 0.9 1.0 1.7 1.6 5.4 0.0 T. 7.8 0.0 October 0.5 November 14.0 49 58 40 8.3 22 3.6 8.7 7.8 45 54 97 36 -24 33.4 91 28.0 41.9 63.6 24 Dates op Tempekatuke Exteemes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximmn 90° or above. Year. MiTiiTniiTTi bplnw— 10° Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 5; Feb. 14, 16, 17, 24, 25; Dec. 29, 30. Jan. 6; Feb. 5-8 Jan. 5-7; Feb. 17, 18, 22,25. Jan. 13, 19, 26 July 2, 19, 20, 27-30; June 17. June 2, 10, 11 ; Sept. 21, 23. July 2; Aug. 5, 10. July 5-7, 9. July 3. 20, 29; Sept. 3, 4. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 10, 12; Feb. 10- 12. Feb. 2, 27 July 2, 4, 15; Aug. 18-21. Jime 28; July 7, 16, 17, 20, 24; Aug. 6, 11, 26. June 26-29; July 2, 16, 16. None. 1896 Jan. 19, 20 1897 Dec. 9 Jan. 19; Feb. 18 1898 Jan. 4, 30, 31 May 18; July 9, 10. NEW ENGLAND. 147 VERMONT. Western Section: WINDSOR COUNTY. Station: WOODSTOCK. John S. Eaton, Observer. [Established 1891. Latitude, 43° 46' N. Longitude, 72° 34' W. Elevation, 700 feet.] The station is equipped with a standard rain gage and maximum and minimum thermometers, all supplied by the Weather Bureau. The thermometers have a northeast exposure. They are attached to the gable end of the office building about 18 feet from the ground, are not exposed to the direct rays of the sun at any season, and are protected from the wind by blinds. By comparison with other thermometers in this vicinity the readings are found to be about 2° lower, but within a hundred yards there is a seK-registering thermometer (about 30 feet higher) whose readings are nearly identical with the station instruments. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Jandaby 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Number of days with Total amount for the Total amount for the Snow. Month. Mean. Mean olthe Abso- lute Mean of the Abso- lute Highest monthly Lowest monthly Mean. Aver- Great- est ma. mum. ma. mum. mean. mean. 0.01 or more. driest year. wettest year. age depth. depth in 24 hours. "F. °F. 'F. °F. 'F. "F. °F. In. In. In. In. In. December 22 32 64 12 -34 26 17 3.1 8 2.2 5.0 16.8 13.5 16 28 55 4 -31 20 7 2.8 7 1.9 2.2 24.0 18.0 Febru 18 29 51 6 -36 24 12 2.9 6 2.7 2.7 24.3 19.0 Winter mean 19 30 7 8.8 21 6.8 9.9 64.1 March April. May. 30 41 64 40 62 68 73 83 93 20 30 41 -26 6 17 41 45 69 21 38 50 3.5 2.9 3.3 8 7 9 7.0 1.2 0.9 4.0 3.8 3.6 19.2 2.3 0.0 22.0 5.0 T. Spring mean 42 63 30 9.7 24 9.1 11.4 21.5 June. July. Augus 64 68 65 77 81 77 99 99 93 51 56 53 32 36 34 69 73 67 60 66 61 3.2 3.6 3.6 9 10 9 2.0 4.7 2.7 3.6 4.6 3.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 t 0.0 66 78 53 10.3 28 9.4 12.1 0.0 Septei Octob Novel nber 58 46 35 70 67 45 91 79 77 45 36 25 26 14 - 4 61 60 41 53 40 30 2.9 2.7 2.9 8 7 7 3.4 2.1 1.6 5.8 4.6 0.7 0.0 T. 7.5 0.0 1.0 8.0 46 57 35 8.6 22 7.0 11.0 7.5 43 66 99 32 -36 37.3 95 32.3 44.4 93.1 22.0 Dates of Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below - 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 20; Feb. 5, 6, 14, 17, 22, 24-26; Dec. 28-31. July 1,2, 18-20,27-29; June 11, 16-18,' 23. 1899 Jan. 2, 10, 11, 13, 19, 20, 28-30; Feb. 6, 10-12, 15. July 4, 5; Aug. 19. 1895 Jan. 1-3, 5, 20, 30; Feb. 1, 3, 6, 7, 10, 23, 24; Mar. 6; Dec. 13, 14. June 1, 2, 10-12, 18-20; May 6, 7, 10, 30; Julys, 21; Sept. 21,23. 1900 Jan. 4, 9, 18; Feb. 3, 27, 28; Dec. 10, 11, 17, 18. May 6, 7, 10, 30; Aug. 6 , 11, 26. 1896 Jan. 5-8, 12; Feb. 17, May 9, 10; June 20; July 2, 3; Aug. 6, 10- 1901 Jan. 19, 20, 23, 30; Feb. June 26-29; July 2, 3, 14, 16; Aug. 17. 18, 22; Mar. 14, 15; 12; Sept. 12. 1-3; Mar. 7; Dec. 6, 7. Dec. 25-28. 1902 Jan. 1, 2, 6, 14, 18, 20, None. 1897 Jan. 13, 19, 20, 25, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 5, 14, July 3-10; Sept. 10. 21, 29, 31; Feb. 5-7, 11, 16; Deo. 7, 9, 10. 27; Mar. 1, 17. 1903 Jan. 9, 19, 20, 24, 26; July 9, 10. 1898 Jan. 17, 18, 27-31; Feb. 1-5; Dec. 14, 29. Julys. Feb. 8, 18, 20, 21; Dec. 15, 17, 19, 29. 148 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VERMONT. Western Section: RUTLAND COUNTY. Station: WELLS. E. R. Pembee, Observer. [Established 1891. Latitude, 43° 28' N. Longitude, 73° 10' W. Elevation, 1,000 teet.] The station is located on a farm a little northeast of the central part of the town. It is in a hilly and somewhat mountainous district near the western base of Northeast Mountain, the elevation of which is 2,200 feet. Other hills of less elevation are a mile or two distant. The thermometers are exposed in a shelter furnished by the Weather Bureau attached to the north side of the house 3J feet above the ground. The rain gage is about 30 feet from any building or trees, and the top of the gage is 2 feet above the ground. The station was established in December, 1891, by the present observer. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januaey 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 a < a 'a 1 1^ a !i |a B o 1 •SI III So, ^1 a! Snow. Month. ID 'ill) . £■§51 V 1 5 "F. 23 18 19 op 31 27 28 °F. 60 56 58 "F. 15 9 10 "F. -25 -18 -26 'F. 28 20 24 °F. 18 10 13 In. 2.8 2.2 2.8 8 9 8 In. 1.9 2.0 L6 In. 3.3 3.4 1.5 In. 11.2 16.0 18.5 In. 8.0 18.0 16.0 sw. NW. SW. Winter mean 20 29 11 7.8 25 5.5 8.2 ' 45.7 SW. 29 42 56 38 51 67 68 80 89 20 33 44 -10 10 24 39 44 59 22 37 53 3.7 L8 2.7 11 8 11 1.6 1.4 2.7 3.9 3.2 5.6 14.6 1.6 0.0 12.0 3.0 0.0 s. April SW. M^y SW. Spring mean. 42 52 32 8.2 30 5.7 12.7 16.2 SW. 64 69 66 76 80 76 94 95 92 53 58 56 33 40 37 69 72 68 60 66 61 3.3 4.4 4.8 11 12 11 3.3 2.4 2.4 5.3 10.1 5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. August s. Summer, mean 66 77 56 12.5 34 8.1 21.1 0.0 60 48 34 69 58 42 86 80 66 50 39 27 28 18 63 53 39 54 43 29 3.5 2.7 3.2 9 9 9 3.3 3.7 2.6 2.4 1.3 6.6 0.0 0.0 6.7 0.0 0.0 10.0 s. s. November SW. 47 66 39 9.4 27 9.6 10.3 6.7 s Annual mean 44 54 95 34 -26 37.9 116 28.9 52.3 68.6 18.0 s. Dates op Tempebatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. MiTiiTniiTTi bplnw —10° Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 11; Feb. 6, 17,24, 25; Dec. 29, 30. June 23; July 1, 2, 19, 20, 28, 29. 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 10, 11; Feb. 10-12, 14. June 5-7; July 3, 4; Aug. 19, 21. 1895 Jan. 5; Feb. 5-8; Dec. June 2. 1900 Feb. 2, 27; Dec. 10.... July 16-18; Aug. 6, 11. 13. 1901 Jan. 3, 19,20; Feb. 7.. June 27-29; July 1, 2, 15, 16. 1896 Jan. 6, 7; Feb. 17, 18; Aug. 6. 1902 Jan. 1, 2, 4; Dec. 8, 9. . None. Dec. 27, 28. 1903 Jan. 9, 19, 20, 24; Feb. July 9. 1897 Jan. 13, 19, 25; Mar. 1. July 5, 6, 9. 18. 1898 Jan. 2, 4, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 2; Dec. 14. July 3, 20. NEW ENGLAND. 149 VERMONT. Southern Section: WINDHAM COUNTY. Station: JACKSONVILLE. Mabtha Feench, Observer. [Established 1886. Latitude, 42° 43' N. Longitude, 72° 50' W. Elevation, 1,000 feet.] Jacksonville is the principal village of the township of Whitingham, Windham County. The village is located in the northern part of the township on the banks of the North River, surrounded by abruptly rising hills. The station is equipped with standard thermometers, exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter on the grounds and near the residence of the observer. The rain gage is exposed on the ground and near the shelter. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. f g P. °l o 5 Month. 1 B 2 ■ 1 ll g .a Id ll g V ji 1 1 1° III as 1=1 ^1 o g Snow. St December "F. 22 18 20 °F. 32 30 32 "F. 56 55 64 "F. 12 7 7 °F. -24 -29 -32 °F. 32 27 36 °F. 15 12 13 In. 4.3 4.3 4.6 12 12 10 In. 4.5 2.9 2.7 In. 3.9 6.1 6.1 In. 24.9 23.4 27.3 In. 12.0 15.0 15.0 NW January NW February , NW 20 31 9 13.2 34 10.1 14.1 75.6 NW Marcb 28 41 54 40 54 67 71 85 88 16 28 40 -18 4 20 38 45 59 20 37 50 4.5 3.9 3.8 12 10 12 2.2 2.6 3.5 7.2 6.0 6.2 20.1 6.2 T. 13.0 7.5 T. NW April sw May. NW Spring mean. 41 54 28 12.2 34 8.3 18.4 26.3 NW .Tiinp, 62 65 62 75 78 76 95 95 93 48 52 49 31 38 34 65 73 66 56 59 53 3.9 4.8 4.3 12 11 10 1.0 1.7 0.8 4.6 2.6 6.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW July NW August NW 63 76 50 13.0 33 3.5 13.7 0.0 NW September 56 44 34 69 56 43 88 88 72 43 33 24 23 10 - 1 62 50 39 51 39 26 3.9 4.1 3.9 10 10 10 5.5 5.1 2.9 7.8 6.9 6.9 0.0 0.7 8.0 0.0 4.0 9.5 NW October NW November , NW 45 56 33 11.9 30 13.5 21.6 8.7 NW 42 54 95 30 -32 60.3 131 36.4 67.8 110.6 15.0 Dates of Tempekature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 6, 7, 16, 23, 24; Dec. 30, 31. July 19, 20, 28. 1899 Jan. 2, 28, 30; Feb. 10, 11, 14, 15. None. 1895 Jan. 1,3, 5, 28; Feb.l, 3-6, 9, 10, 21, 24. None. 1900 Jan. 30; Feb. 1-3, 26, 27; Dec. 12, 16. July 6, 7, 17, 18. 1896 Jan. 4-8, 12, 16, 23; Feb. 17,18,26; Mar. July 3; Aug. 11, 12. 1901 Jan. 18, 19; Mar. 7; Dec. 5, 6. June 26-29; July 2, 14 16. 23; Deo, 27, 28. 1902 Jan. 20; Dec. 9-13 None. 1897 Jan. 19, 25, 29-31; Feb. 1, 5, 14, 27. July 5, 6, 9. 1903 Jan. 19, 20, 21, 25, 26; Feb. 14, 17,21; Dec. Do. 1898 Jan. 3, 4, 29, 30; Feb. M; Dec. 14. None. 27, 30. 150 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MASSACHUSETTS. Northeastern Section: ESSEX COUNTY. Station: LAWRENCE. Simon Blaeelih, Observer. [Established by Essex Company in January, 1885. Latitude, 42° 42' N. Longitude, 71° 10' W. Elevation, 60 feet.] This station is near the western limits of the city proper and its surroundings are open river to the south and west and factories and buildings to the east and north. The station is on the north bank of the Merrimac River and a mile away from the hills which surround the valley. The elevation of the neighboring hills, which almost surround the valley, does not exceed 100 to 200 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, 48 feet north of Mr. Blakelin's house. The rain gage is 10 feet east of the shelter, 44 feet from the house (which has one story and attic), and about 15 feet from the branches of a fruit tree, and 5 feet from the branches of an elm tree. The top of the gage is 1 foot above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. e 2 . o — 1 t s a II 1 is e CD i B S II o < h h 1 1 Hg Bo ot-< f^ PI s o p lii Snow. > f i5 Month. © < III 28 24 24 op 37 33 34 oj. 63 62 60 "F. 20 14 15 "F. -14 -25 -19 "F 37 31 30 "F. 21 15 19 In. 3.6 3.8 3.7 12 12 11 In. 3.2 3.0 3.1 In. 4.8 4.4 4.0 In. 10.2 15.9 16.8 In. 13.0 12.0 30.0 NW. NW. NW. 25 35 16 11.1 35 9.3 13.2 42.9 NW. 34 46 58 46 43 58 70 76 87 96 24 34 46 - 4 16 27 43 60 62 27 41 54 4.1 3.2 3.6 12 11 12 1.1 2.0 4.0 4.9 3.4 4.2 10.2 2.4 0.0 15.0 10.5 0.0 NW. April NW. May NW. Spring mean 57 35 10.9 35 7.1 12.5 12.6 NW. 67 72 69 78 84 80 99 102 97 55 61 59 38 47 43 71 75 72 60 68 64 3.0 3.4 3.9 10 10 10 0.5 4.0 0.8 2.5 2.8 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July.. NW. August NW. 69 81 58 10.3 30 6.3 9.5 0.0 NW September 62 60 39 72 60 48 94 88 73 52 41 30 31 22 7 66 55 43 56 44 34 3.2 3.8 3.8 9 10 12 2.8 3.8 2.7 7.7 5.9 6.2 0.0 0.0 2.6 0.0 T. 10.0 NW. October NW. November NW. 60 60 41 10.8 31 9.3 19.8 2.6 NW Annual mean 48 68 102 38 -25 43.1 131 31.0 55.0 68.1 30.0 NW Dates of Tempeeatdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 13,29; Feb. 6, 17, 24,25; Dec. 30. Jan. 3, 5, 30, 31; Feb. 1 5-9 24. Jan. 6, '7, 12, 16; Feb. 17,18; Dec. 27,28. Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 1, 5, 14; Mar. 1; Dec. 29. Jan. 4, 29-31; Feb. 3-5; Dec. 14, 16- Maximum 90° or above. June 11, 16-18,22,23,26; July 1,2, 13, 19, 20,28,29. May 9-11; June 1, 2, 11, 12, 14; July 21; Aug. 6, 8, 11, 14; Sept. 21-23. May 9, 10; June 5, 18, 20, 21; July 1, 2, 10, 12, 13, 18, 21, 26, 30; Aug. 4, 7-13. June 26; July 6-9, 11, 15-17, 19, 21, 23, 24; Aug. 6-8, 14; Sept. 6, 9, 10 June 26; July 3, 4, 29, 30; Aug. 24; Sept. 3. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 1, 2, 10, 11; Feb. 9-11,15. Jan. 3-5; Feb. 27 Jan. 14, 19, 20; Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 7, 22. Jan. 20; Feb. 6; Deo. 8-10,15,28. Jan. 19,20; Feb. 18-21; Dec. 27, 29, 31. Maximum 90° or above. May 1; June 5, 6, 14; July 3, 4, 6, 27 Aug. 19. May 15; June 27, 28; July 7, 8, 16-18, 23 Aug.6,9-11, 26-27; Sept.3,6. June 26-30; July 1-3, 15, 16, 21, 22, 24 Sept. 5, 7. June 3; July 9, 14. May IS, 19; July2,8-ll; Sept. 14. NEW ENGLAND. 151 MASSACHUSETTS. Northern Section: WORCESTER COUNTY. Station: FITCHBURQ. A. P. Mason, Observer. [Established, 1883. Latitude, 42° 35' N. Longitude, 71° 47' W. Elevation, 550 teet.] The station is located in the residential portion of the city and on a decided hiU at the residence of the observer, surrounded by ample grounds. Observations were begun in 1883, using an ordinary thermometer and home-made rain gage. In 1888 standard maximum and minimum thermometers and rain gage were purchased by the observer, and since January 1, 1889, all observations have been from these instruments. The station is also equipped with a standard shelter, furnished by the Weather Bureau. The thermometers are exposed in the shelter over sod, about 4i feet from ground, and about 40 feet from any buildings or trees. The gage is exposed near the shelter. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean ofthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 houra. December "F. 28 24 25 °F. 36 31 32 "F. 63 60 60 "F. 21 16 17 °F. -14 -14 -16 °F. 37 30 31 20 16 19 In. 3.9 4.1 4.9 9 9 9 In. 3.5 2.6 2.5 In. 4.9 3.6 4.6 In. 12.2 14.9 17.3 In. 13.0 January. 14.0 February 12.0 Winter mean. 26 33 18 12.9 27 8.6 13.3 44.4 March. 32 46 57 40 55 68 75 87 93 25 36 47 - 4 16 28 42 62 62 26 40 54 4.0 3.3 3.6 12 9 10 1.1 3.3 3.6 5.2 3.6 4.4 n.6 2.0 0.0 16.0 11.0 Miy 0.0 Spring mean 45 64 36 10.9 31 8.0 13.2 13.6 66 70 68 76 80 78 96 100 97 57 60 58 39 42 40 74 76 73 59 57 54 3.0 2.9 4.4 9 10 > 9 LO 1.8 0.7 4.0 2.6 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July.. - - 0.0 August- 0.0 68 78 68 10.3 28 3.5 1L4 0.0 September 61 49 39 71 58 46 96 86 72 62 41 31 34 22 5 68 54 44 56 43 33 3.4 4.0 3.9 8 9 9 4.0 4.0 3.2 10.9 5.9 6.4 0.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 October 0.0 16.0 60 68 ] 41 1L3 26 1L2 23.2 3.5 47 56 100 38 -16 45.4 112 31.3 6L1 61.5 16.0 Dates op Temperatuee Extkemes foe the Period Janoaey 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Jan. 13; Feb. 6, 17,24, 25; Dec. 30. Jan. 3, 6; Feb. 6-9 Jan. 5-7, 16; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 2, 8. Jan. 19, 20; Mar. 1 Jan. 4, 29-31; Feb. 2-4; Deo. 13, 14. June 11, 16-18, 22, 23; July 1, 2, 13, 19, 20, 28,29; Aug. 23-25. May 10,11; June 1,2; Sept. 21-23. May 9, 10; July 12, 13; Aug. 8-12. July 5,6,9; Sept. 9, 10. July 3, 4, 30; Aug. 24; Sept. 1,3, 4. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 10, 11; Feb. 9-12, 15. Jan. 4; reb.2,27 Jan. 19,20; Dee. 6, 7.... Dec. 9, 10 May]; June 5,6,14; July 3,4; Aug. 19. May 15; June 27,28; July 7, 8, 17, 18, 23, 24; Aug. 6, 10, 11, 25-27; Sept. 3. June 6,26-30; July 1-3,16,16,18,22,24; Sept. 6. June 3; July 9, 14. May 19,20; July 8-10; Sept. 14. Jan. 19,20; Feb. 18-21; Dec. 27. 152 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATE8. MASSACHUSETTS. Western Section: BERKSHIRE COUNTY. Station: PITTSFIELD. Loms B. CuMMiNGS, Observer. [Station established February, 1894, and closed December 31, 1901. Latitude, 42° 30' N. Longitude, 73° 15' W. Elevation, 1,050 feet.] Pittsfield is located in the extreme western portion of the State, on a beautiful plateau among the Berkshire HiLs, which are so widely known for their beautiful scenery and healthful conditions. In the near vicinity of the city are six lakes, which form the headwaters of the Housatonic River. The station was equipped with standard instruments, the thermometers being exposed in a north window, standard shelter. The rain gage, of accepted pattern, was exposed on the ground 20 feet distant from the building. The station was established and the observations made by the observer. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1. a a 1 a . |i o a CI g 'n a li 1 a| 1 3 1' at u &° ■si So CIS a^ lil Snow. Month. III d s 'F. 26 21 20 'F. 34 29 28 "F. 60 55 53 °F. 18 13 12 "F. -13 -14 -17 'F. 29 23 25 "F. 24 19 15 In. 3.5 2.9 3.2 8 8- 8 In. 3.8 2.3 1.4 In. 2.2 5.8 3.7 In. 9.1 14.0 15.8 In. 110 9.0 10.6 w. January w. February w. 22 30 14 9.6 24 7.5 11.7 38.9 w. March.... 30 44 56 38 53 67 55 82 87 22 35 46 - 6 12 25 38 46 60 25 41 54 3.8 3.3 3.4 9 8 11 1.9 4.2 2.3 2.4 3.6 5.3 6.6 0.1 0.0 6.0 1.0 0.0 w. April- w. May w. Spring mean 43 63 34 10.5 28 8.4 11.3 6.7 w. 66 70 67 76 80 77 96 96 90 55 59 57 36 39 40 68 74 70 61 65 64 3.5 5.2 4.5 9 10 9 2.4 4.3 2.4 7.4 2.9 9.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July w. August w. 68 78 57 13.2 28 9.1 19.6 0.0 w. September . 60 49 37 70 58 44 87 80 68 51 40 30 32 22 5 64 51 41 58 43 31 4.0 3.0 3.9 8 8 9 3.6 2.2 43 2.4 8.0 4.9 0.0 0.0 7.1 0.0 0.0 17.0 w. October . w. w. 49 67 40 10.9 25 10.1 15.3 7.1 w. 46 54 96 36 -17 44.2 105 35.1 57.9 62.7 17.0 w. Dates of Tempekatdke Extremes foe the Period Febrdary 1, 1894, to December 31, 1901. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Feb. missing; Dec. 29,30. Jan. 1, 6; Feb. 1, 5-9, 24,25. Jan. 6-9, 12, 16; Feb. 17-19,26; sec. 28,29. Jan. 13, 19, 20, 25, 26, 31; Feb. 1, U, 27; Mar. 1. July 21,30. None. None. July 7. 1898 1899 1900 1901 Jan. 2, 4, 5, 30^31; Feb. 2-4; Dec. 14, 15. Jan. 2, 3, 10-13; Feb. 9-14. Feb. 2, 3, 26-28; Dec. 17, 18. Jan. 3, 19, 20; Feb. 1-3, 6,7,13,14, 23; Dee. 6-8,22. July 4. None. July 8, 18; Aug. 12. June 27-30; July 1^,15-17,19,22,25. NEW ENGLAND. 153 MASSACHUSETTS. Central Section : HAMPSHIRE COUNTY. Station: AMHERST. Hatch Expekiment Statiou or the Massachusetts Agkicultubal College, Observer. [Established January 1, 1889. Latitude, 42° 23' 48.6" N. Longitude, 72° 31' 10" W. Elevation, 222J feet.] The observatory is situated on a minor ridge in the eastern part of a broad portion of the Connecticut Valley. The Holyoke range lies 5 miles to the south, a minor range 6 miles to the north, and rising ground about one-half mile to the east. The tower is provided vcith an anemoscope and a sunshine recorder. The maximum and minimum thermometers and Draper recording thermometer are exposed in a standard thermometer shelter on the campus in an open place, 200 feet from any building or large tree. The United States Weather Bureau rain gage is exposed on the campus near the thermometer shelter. The top of the rain gage is 2 feet above ground. Observations are made at 8 a. m. and 8 p. m. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Month. December January February Winter mean, . March April May Spring mean. . June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. 68 50 Temperature. 37 34 34 SB o m 100 97 "F. 18 16 15 3fi S 03 °F. -15 -22 -19 °F. 36 26 32 Precipitation. Iv. 3.7 3.5 3.4 10.6 4.1 2.9 3.8 3.9 5.4 4.2 13.6 4.0 3.8 3.6 46.1 rsi 126 -a Jn. 3.5 2.2 1.7 7.4 1.8 1.8 4.0 3.1 1.6 0.3 4.6 4.8 3.1 32.5 In. 7.2 3.0 2.5 12.7 3.6 2.4 4.4 14.6 4.3 1.9 0.7 6.8 1 s p. oo 1 c ,3 < g ■o i Month. o < *o.9 a ^ o S "F. 29 25 26 °F. 37 33 33 'F. 62 62 61 °jr. 22 17 18 'F. -14 -15 -16 "F. 38 32 30 °F. 23 17 17 In. 3.8 4.1 4.2 10 12 11 In. 4.4 3.2 3.5 In. 2.3 4.2 5.3 In. 10.0 15.0 16.0 In. 12.0 15.0 12.0 p. a. 76 76 75 Grs. 1.23 1.00 1.01 P.O.. 71 72 70 Grs. 1.31 1.12 1.09 Hr. 128 128 141 p.a. 47 46 49 January w February. w 27 34 19 12.1 33 11.1 11.8 41 76 1.00 71 1.17 132 47 w 33 44 56 41 54 66 73 87 93 26 36 46 -3 16 28 43 47 69 24 40 52 4.5 3.1 3.6 12 11 12 1.2 3.3 3.1 2.7 6.0 4.1 11.0 3.0 T. 13.0 12.0 0.0 75 69 73 1.45 2.14 3.30 70 68 74 1.60 2.16 3.39 162 193 217 45 50 60 April - . NW May s Spring mean 44 54 36 11.2 35 7.6 12.8 14.0 0.0 72 2.30 71 2.38 191 48 NW. June 64 69 67 73 78 76 94 97 96 55 60 59 41 46 42 68 72 70 59 66 63 3.0 3.8 4.0 10 11 10 0.7 3.0 2.4 2.7 7.4 6.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 79 80 84 4.91 6.79 5.70 79 81 83 4.86 5.87 5.63 227 251 228 52 66 56 SW July sw SW. 67 76 58 10.8 31 6.1 16.7 0.0 0.0 81 5.47 81 5.46 235 54 sw. September 61 50 40 70 58 47 93 86 72 53 42 32 33 23 6 64 55 44 57 44 34 4.3 4.7 4.2 10 10 10 2.7 6.6 4.1 3.0 7.2 7.2 0.0 T. 5.0 0.0 0.0 16.0 84 82 SO 4.67 3.01 1.97 83 78 75 4.61 2.96 2.06 191 163 130 53 52 46 .sw. NW. W. October 50 68 42 13.1 30 13.4 17.4 5.0 82 3.22 79 3.21 161 60 W. 47 56 97 39 -16 • 47.2 129 38.2 58.7 60.0 16.0 79 3.02 75 3.05 180 60 w. Dates of Tempekatdre Extkemes for the Pekiod January 1, 1894, to February 1, 1904. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 13; Feb. 17, 24, 25. Feb. 5-9 June 17, 23; July 1, 13, 19-21, 28, 29. June 2; Sept. 21-23. May 10; Aug. 10-12. None. July 3, 4, 30. June 5, 6, 14; July 3, 4. 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 Feb. 27. . May 15; June 27; July 7, 8, 16-18, 23; Aug. 10, 11, 26, 27; Sept. 6. June 28, 30; July 1-3, 16, 22. 1895 Jan. 19, 20 1896 Jan. 6, 7; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 27. Jan. 19, 20 Jan. 4, 29, 30; Feb. 2; Dec. 14. Jan. 1.2, 11; Feb. 9-12 Dec. 9, 10. . 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 19; Feb. 18, 19: Dec. 27, 29. Jan. 2-6, 18, 19. July 9, 10. NEW ENGLAND. 155 MASSACHUSETTS. Eastern Section: SUFFOLK COUNTY. Station: BOSTON. J. W. Smith, District Forecaster. [Established October, 1870. Latitude 42° 21' N. Longitude 71° 4' W. Elevation, 16 feet.] Boston is located on the west end of Massachusetts Bay. The land surface is irregular, ranging in elevation from a few -feet along the harbor front and water courses to 100 feet or more in the hilly sections of the suburban and residential portions. The meteorological station was established in October, 1870, the office being located at the corner of Washington and State streets in the Old State House. The several buildings that were occupied as offices between the establishment of the station and 1884 were all within a half mile of the harbor front with about the same surrounding conditions. With the com- pletion of the post-office and subtreasury building, across Milk street in Post-Office Square, the office was removed to the central tower of that structure on October 1, 1884, where it has since remained. The elevation of the barometer is 125 feet. The instrumental equipment of the station has been added to and improved from time to time and now embraces all of the self-recording instruments. The elevation of thermometers above ground is 116 feet. All rainfall measurements at the station have been made from gages exposed on the roofs of the several buildings where offices have been located. The present elevation of the rain gage is 154 feet above ground. The snowfall measurements have, however, been made at the Boston Common. The tabulated data are from the following periods of observation. Sunshine data, ten years, 1894-1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of data is from the whole period of observation, thirty-one years, January 1, 1873, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 60 n 1 i a PI i i s f 1 O-r- g 1 o Z 1 h r o a t -a III o C II IS ID -.-a . tot H Snow. a d 00 > a 00 a p. 00 i 1 a p. CO 1 o o ft ■ (D > O o: H gp. Month. * . <1 4.^ ^ »>.g 3 o "F. 32 27 28 "F. 40 35 36 "F. 66 70 64 "F. 24 19 20 -12 -13 -11 °F. 40 36 34 "F. 22 20 21 In. 3,4 3.9 3.6 11 12 11 In. 2.7 4.9 3.7 In. 6.8 7.6 4.4 In. 8.8 11.9 11.9 In. 9.0 14.7 14.3 p.a. 74 73 73 Grs. 1.50 1.18 1.18 P.ct. 70 70 70 Grs. 1.60 L30 1.30 Hr. 149 161 170 p.ct. 62 61 67 January February ... . W. w Wintermean 29 37 21 10.9 34 11.3 18.8 32.6 73 1.29 70 1.40 157 63 w 35 45 67 43 63 66 76 84 97 28 38 48 - 1 11 31 44 49 64 26 39 61 4.3 3.5 3.4 13 11 11 3.9 2.6 1.7 6.9 6.1 LO 7.6 2.7 0.0 7.6 4.6 T. 71 67 70 1.60 2.21 3.39 69 66 68 1.70 2.42 3.63 195 213 268 63 63 67 April w irny sw Spring mean 46 54 38 11.2 35 8.2 13.0 10.3 69 2.37 68 2.65 222 54 w 66 72 70 75 80 78 98 101 97 57 63 62 42 46 47 70 75 73 60 68 65 2.9 3.4 4.2 10 11 10 2.0 3.6 3.0 2.3 4.6 7.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 72 71 76 4.88 5.67 6.50 71 72 75 4.98 5.93 5.79 274 276 268 60 60 60 July.,. sw Aiigpist- sw 69 78 61 10.6 31 8.6 14.6 0.0 73 6.35 73 5.57 269 60 sw September 63 53 42 71 60 49 102 90 75 65 45 34 34 25 -2 68 58 46 60 48 33 3.0 3.9 4.2 9 10 11 1.0 2.5 2.2 3.5 6.8 8.9 0.0 0.0 2.5 0.0 0.5 12.0 77 77 77 4.68 3.14 2.19 76 73 73 4.82 3.19 2.24 232 186 132 62 54 46 sw October . w November NW 63 60 45 n.i 30 6.7 19.2 2.5 77 3.30 74 3.42 183 54 w 49 57 102 41 -13 43.7 130 33.8 65.6 46.4 14.7 73 3.08 71 3.23 208 55 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24, 26 June 1], 16-18, 23; July 1, 13, 20, 28, 29; Aug. 8. May 11, 31; June2; Sept.21-23. May 10; June 20, 21; July 12, 13; Aug. 4, 7, 9, 10; Sept. 11. July 5, 6, 9; Sept. 9, 10.. June 25,26; July 1,3,4,21,30; Aug. 4, 8, 24; Sept. 3, 4. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1,2; Feb. 9-11... Feb. 27 Junes, 6, 8, 14; July 3, 4,6, 27; Aug. 19. May 15; June 27; July 7, 8, 16-18, 23; Aug. 6, 10, 11, 26, 26; Sept. 3, 6. June 27-30; July 1-3, 15, 16, 18, 21, 22, 24 June 3; July 14. Julv 2.8-11. .30: Sent. 14. Feb. 6,9 1895 Jan. 19, 20 Jan. 6, 7; Feb. 17, 18.. Dec. 8-10. . . . 1897 Jan. 19 1898 Dec. 15 1 156 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MASSACHUSETTS. Southern Section: HAMPDEN COUNTY. Station: MONSON. G. E. FoiiLEB, Observer. [Established 1889. Latitude, 42°, 5' N. Longitude, 72°, 20' W. Elevation, 390 leet.J This station is located on a "flat" in the central part of the village of Monson. The instruments are located on the grounds of the observer, which are fairly large, and located in the valley of Chicopee Brook, a branch of Chicopee River. To the west of the residence, 60 rods distant, the line of hills rises to a height of 600 feet, and to the east, 150 rods, to th& same height. Farther to the east, north, and south, the chain of hills rises to a height of 1,000 feet, and to the west to 90 feet. The station is equipped with standard maximum and minimum thermometers, furnished by the Weather Bureau, and exposed in a standard shelter attached to the northeast corner of the house. The rain gage is exposed in the open lawn, 25 feet distant from the house and bam, and away from trees. Observations of temperature began in 1880, and precipitation in 1885. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hoars. •>F. 28 24 25 "F. 38 34 35 °F. 63 63 68 °i?. 18 14 15 'F. -20 -25 -18 'F. 37 33 32 °F. fl 17 In. 4.2 3.8 4.1 11 12 12 In. 2.6 3.1 3.0 In. 3.1 5.3 3.9 In. 9.8 14.1 15.4 In. Winter mean 26 36 16 12.1 35 8.7 12.3 39.3 March 33 46 58 44 68 69 71 87 95 24 34 45 - 8 12 22 42 60 65 24 40 52 4.7 2.9 3.5 13 12 12 1.8 2.6 2.9 2.8 3.9 3.7 11.6 2.3 0.0 Mky Spring mean 46 57 34 11.1 37 7.3 10.4 13.9 66 69 68 77 80 78 96 96 96 54 59 57 35 41 38 71 77 76 60 66 62 3.5 4.9 4.4 10 12 10 1.5 1.8 1.6 3.3 6.1 10.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July August 68 78 57 12.8 32 4.9 19.4 0.0 62 51 39 71 60 48 98 90 74 60 39 29 24 16 2 68 66 44 57 45. 33 3.6 4.0 3.9 8 10 10 2.8 3.8 4.2 3.3 6.0 7.2 0.0 T. 3.5 0.0 T. 20.0 November Pall mean 51 60 39 11.5 28 10.8 16.5 3.5 47 68 98 36 -25 47.5 132 31.7 58.6 56.7 Dates of Tempeeatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 13; Feb. 5, 6, 14, June 11, 16-18, 23; July 1, 2, 13, 19, 20,28, 1898 Jan. 2, 4, 28-31; Feb. June 25; July 3, 4, 30; Aug. 24; Sept. 4. 16, 17, 24, 25, 27; Dec. 29. 2-4; Dec. 13, 14, 16. 28-30. 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 10-12; Feb. 1895 Jan. 5, 20,30,31; Feb. May 10, 11; June 1, 2; Sept. 23. 9-13,16; Deo. 31. 3, 5-9, 12, 23, 24; Dec. 12, 13, 17. 1900 Jan. 4; Feb. 1-3, 26-28; Deo. 18. May 15; June 27; July 7, 16-18; Aug. 11, 1896 Jan. 5-8, 12, 16; Feb. 17,18; Dec. 24, 25, 27 May 10; June 21; July 3; Aug. 5, 8-12. 1901 Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 23; Dec. 5-7, 19-22. June 26-30; July 1-3, 14, 16. 28. 1902 Jan. 1,20; Dec. 7, 9, 10, None. 1897 Jan. 13, 19, 20, 30, 31; July 6. 14, 16, 26. Feb. 1,5,14; Mar. 1; 1903 Jan 19, 20; Feb. 18-21; July 9, 10. Dec. 29. Dec. 19, 26, 27, 29, 30. NEW ENGLAND. 157- MASSACHUSETTS. Eastern Section: PLYMOUTH COUNTY. Station: MIDDLEBORO. A. R. GuBNEY, Observer. [Established January, 1888. Latitude 41° 63' N. Longitude 70° 55' W. Elevation 63 feet.] The station is located on level ground in the valley of the Nemasket River. The surrounding country is practically level. The instruments are located at the pumping station of the town. The thermometers, of standard make, are exposed in a standard shelter 50 feet from the nearest building and 50 feet east of the river. The rain gage, of the New England Meteorological Society pattern, is exposed in a frame which is 41 feet southwest of the nearest building and 50 feet from the river. The station was established by the present observer, who has made all observations. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. .a a a sa o — a . o ■< a 1 ji IB ■a t3 1» a§ o 03 U &° 03 ■si a^ Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. 1 f 1 3 Month. M . < ■*^ CI OS o "F. 30 27 27 °j*. 39 35 36 °F. 64 60 61 "F. 22 18 18 °F. -10 -23 -12 'F. 38 33 34 'F. 26 19 21 In. 3.7 4.2 4.2 10 10 10 In. L3 4.1 2.6 In. 41 3.9 3.6 In. 6.6 9.2 11.3 In. 9.0 16.0 14.0 NW. NW. February NW. 28 37 19 12.1 30 7.9 11.6 27.1 NW. 35 46 66 44 56 67 69 86 93 27 34 44 2 12 22 43 47 60 30 41 48 4.8 3.4 3.8 13 10 10 4.5 1.4 4.8 6.6 2.1 5.0 5.8 T. 0.0 11.0 3.0 0.0 NW. April sw. May sw. Spring mean 45 56 35 12.0 33 10.7 12.7 5.8 sw. 64 69 67 74 79 78 94 96 94 53 59 67 33 41 37 67 72 71 69 65 62 2.8 3.0 3.1 9 9 8 2.8 1.6 4.0 1.8 3.8 6.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. 67 77 66 8.9 26 8.4 11.2 0.0 sw. September 62 60 40 72 60 50 94 83 74 60 40 31 26 19 1 65 55 46 66 46 35 3.8 4.7 4.2 9 9 11 2.5 1.8 7.2 9.4 3.6 10.2 0.0 T. 3.4 0.0 T. 10.0 sw. October NW. NW. 61 61 40 12.7 29 11.5 23.2 3.4 NW. 48 58 96 38 -23 46.7 118 38.5 68.7 36.3 16.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 .1896 1897 Feb. 6, 17, 24, 25 Jan. 30; Feb. 6, 7, 9 Jan.9, 12, 16; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 4, 26, 28. Jan. 20, 30, 31; Feb.l, 6,14. Jan. 29-31; Feb. 3, 4; Deo. 14. Jan. 2-11; Feb. 10, 11, 15. June 11, 17, 23; July 13, 20, 21, 28, 29. June 2; Sept. 21. Aug. 5, 10-12. Sept. 10. July 3, 4, 30; Sept. 1-3. None. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 3, 27, 28; Dec. 18. Feb. 2, 26; Dec. 19, 20, 22. Dec. 9, 10, 15 July 7, 10-18; Aug. 10, 11, 26-27. June 26, 28, 30; July 1-3. 1898 1899 Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 18-21; Dec. 19, 27, 29. June 9, 10. 158 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MASSACHUSETTS. Southern Section: BRISTOL COUNTY. Station: FALL RIVER. Clinton V. S. Remington, Observer. [Established 1864 by Smithsonian Institution. Latitude, 41° 42'. Longitude, 71° ( Elevation, 200 feet.] This station is in the northern part of the city, being about one-third of a mile from the river and on a street 200 feet above the river. Fall River is situated on the Taunton River and Mount Hope Bay, having a length of 10 to 11 mUes with a width of about 2 mUes. The city rises abruptly from the river to a height of 128 feet in the center, and to a height of 250 feet in the northern and southern extremities. The thermometers are exposed 10 feet above the ground in a Government shelter on the north side of the house, about 20 feet above the level of the street, or 220 feet above the river. The instru- mental equipment consists of a barometer, anemometer, and a rain gage, in addition to the thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januaey 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Average depth of snow. December "F. 33 25 28 °F. 39 28 34 "F. 61 . 60 57 "F. 27 22 22 "F. - 7 -10 -10 °F. 40 32 33 "F. 29 21 24 In. 4.2 4.7 4.6 7 10 7 In. 2.4 6.9 6.5 In. 8.4 2.7 5.7 In. 9.4 10.4 13.1 29 34 24 13.5 24 13.8 16.8 32.9 March 38 47 58 45 55 66 65 84 94 31 39 49 7 21 32 44 49 62 32 44 55 6.2 3.9 44 8 7 7 3.9 1.0 3.5 5.0 5.3 2.9 7.5 April Uiy 3.4 0.0 Spring mean 48 56 40 13.5 22 8.4 13.2 10.9 June July August 82 71 70 73 78 76 96 94 94 52 64 63 43 51 49 69 73 72 60 68 66 2.6 3.3 4.0 6 6 6 1.7 0.7 3.0 6.2 6.1 4.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 Summer mean 68 76 60 1 9.9 18 5.4 17.2 0.0 September October November 64 54 43 71 61 49 94 83 69 56 47 37 40 29 12 66 58 47 69 50 38 3.6 4.7 4.3 5 6 6 4.1 1.6 6.8 5.5 8.3 2.6 0.0 0.1 2.9 54 60 47 12.6 16 12.4 16.4 3.0 Annual mean 49 56 96 42 -10 49.5 80 40.0 63.6 46.8 Dates of Tempekatuke Exteemes fok the peeiod, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Feb. 24, 25 June 11, 17; July 20, 29. May 31; June 2; Sept. 21-23. July 12; Aug. S-12. Sept. 10. July 3, 4; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 10, 11 Feb. 27 June 6. 1895 Feb 6 July 7, 16; Aug. 9-11, 27. 1896 Jan. 6, 7; Feb. 17 Jan. 19, 20 June 30. 1897 Dec. 9 July 2, 3. 1898 Jan. 30 Jan. 19 July 9. NEW ENGLAND. 159 MASSACHUSETTS. Southern Section: BRISTOL COUNTY. Station: NEW BEDFORD. Thomas R. Rodman, Observer. [Established 1873. Latitude, 41° 39'. Longitude, 71° 66'. Elevation, 100 feet.] New Bedford is in the southeastern part of Massachusetts, on the west side of the Acushnet River, an arm of the sea which runs up from Buzzards Bay. At the mouth of Buzzards Bay is the Atlantic Ocean, distant from New Bedford, across the land, about 12 miles. The country about New Bedford is gently roUing and nowhere in its vicinity reaches a greater altitude than 150 feet. The house of the observer, where the meteorological instruments are located, is in the southwest part of the city, and is distant about half a mile from the river. No building is nearer to its main body than 40 feet. The nearest houses have spacious yards or extensive grounds. The maximum and minimum thermometers are affixed to a blind on the west side of the house, which is permanently closed, and are covered by a box open at the bottom and on the blind side so that the air can circulate freely. Their position is 18 inches higher than that of the other thermometers. The rain gage stands in a framework which is distant from the nearest obstruction, a one-story wing of a house, about 35 feet. The top of the gage is about 2 feet 8 inches from the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. ' Temperature. Precipitation. 1 g 1 (D 3 |0 < 1 1 i il 8 is o hi So. ^& . 6h Snow. Month. S.2-* a o 5 "F. 32 28 28 "F. 40 36 36 "F. 61 62 60 "F. 24 20 21 "F. -10 -11 -10 op 39 37 34 "F. 24 20 20 In. 4.0 4.4 4.3 10 10 9 In. 3.0 6.2 2.8 In. 2.2 6.8 5.3 In. 10.0 10.3 13.2 In. 12.0 10.0 18.0 NW. NW. NW. 29 37 43 54 64 63 80 93 22 12.7 29 11.0 13.3 33.5 NW. 34 44 65 28 36 46 2 18 32 41 49 60 28 38 49 6.1 4.0 3.9 10 9 10 1.6 2.7 3.2 3.6 5.3 6.8 4.8 2.4 0.0 12.0 11.0 0.0 NW. April SW. SW. Spring mean 44 54 37 13.0 29 7.4 16.6 7.2 SW 64 69 68 72 77 76 93 93 93 55 61 61 41 60 45 67 73 71 68 66 63 2.8 3.4 4.0 7 9 9 4.1 1.2 4.2 0.9 6.0 7.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 67 76 69 10.2 26 9.5 14.6 0.0 SW. 62 62 41 70 60 60 94 83 73 64 44 34 34 24 2 66 57 46 58 47 35 3.4 4.2 4.4 7 8 9 L8 4.0 3.2 1.3 9.8 8.0 0.0 0.0 2.9 0.0 n.i 18.0 SW. SW. NW. 62 60 44 12.0 24 9.0 19.1 2.9 SW. 48 56 94 40 -11 1 47.9 107 36.9 62.6 43.6 18.0 SW. 1 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24, 25 June 11. May 31; June 2. May 10. Sept. 11. July 3; Sept. 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 11; Feb. 9-11 . . 1896 Feb. 5, 6, 8,9 Aug. 11. July 3. 1896 Jan. 6,7; Feb. 17 Jan. 19,20 1897 1898 Jan. 30 Jan. 19; Dec. 27 Do. 1076— Bull. Q- 160 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MASSACHUSETTS. Southeastern Section: BARNSTABLE COUNTY. Station: HYANNIS. Chables r. Sleeper, Observer. [Established 1892. Latitude, 41° 39' N. Longitude, 70° 17' W. Elevation, 31 feet.] ' The station at Hyannis was opened January 1, 1892, by the present observer, Mr. Charles F. Sleeper. Hyannis is in the northeast comer of the county of Barnstable, and at the narrowest part of Cape Cod, between Massachusetts Bay and Nantucket Sound. Thf land for miles east and west is low, perhaps 30 to 40 feet above the sea. About 3 miles from the shore to the north is the "backbone," as it is called, a ridge of hills perhaps from 100 to 150 feet in height. The distance from bay to sound is about 4i miles, and between the shore villages it is thickly wooded. The instrumental equipment consists of a standard exposed thermometer and a standard rain gage furnished by the Weather Bureau. The thermometer is exposed in a lattice- work shelter in a window on the north side of the residence of the observer, the rain gage in a yard 27 feet from the nearest shed or other building. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 s i S - 1 li o 1 B 2 . ti a 1 •a a e li o ■< s Is f q H 3 1 ■a •si In So, .p«3 as o g 4J o P Snow. Month. M . o +3 5 "F. 34 30 30 39 36 36 "F. 64 65 54 'F. 28 24 24 - 8 - 8 - 4 "F. 39 34 33 "F. 29 27 24 In. 4.1 3.7 3.5 11 11 9 In. 3.8 3.1 1.4 In. 2.6 4.8 4.3 In. 6.2 7.9 12.8 In. 10.0 7.0 23.0 NW. NW. February NW. 31 37 25 1L3 31 8.3 11.7 26.9 NW. Marcb 38 46 57 43 62 64 63 77 92 32 40 60 9 21 32 42 49 60 33 42 52 5.2 3.6 3.7 11 10 10 4.2 1.7 3.6 3.7 5.8 6.4 6.6 1.2 0.0 10.0 3.5 0.0 NW. April ... *. SW. liav sw. Spring mean 47 63 41 12.5 31 9.5 15.9 7.8 SW. June 66 72 70 72 79 78 97 94 96 59 66 63 45 47 30 69 75 71 60 66 63 2.5 2.7 3.0 9 9 9 1.0 2.9 3.9 1.2 3.9 4.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. 69 76 62 8.2 27 7.8 9.6 0.0 sw. September 64 64 44 71 60 60 94 81 69 67 48 38 40 30 11 68 56 49 61 52 38 2.6 3.8 4.7 8 8 10 1.2 2.8 4.4 0.8 6.6 8.4 0.0 T. 3.4 0.0 0.2 11.0 sw. sw. NW. 54 60 48 11.1 26 8.4 15.8 3.4 sw. 50 57 97 44 - 8 43.1 lis 34 53.0 38.1 23.0 sw. Dates of Tbmpbeatdee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 No data. Do. July 12; Aug. 10-13. Sept. 10. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 10,11 Feb. 27 None. July 7, 16; Aug. 11. July 1. None. July 9. 1895 do 1896 Jan. 6; Feb. 17 Jan. 20 1897 Dec. 9 1898 do Jan. 19 NEW ENGLAND. 161 MASSACHUSETTS. Southeastern Section: BARNSTABLE COUNTY. Station: PROVINCETOWN. Gideon Bowley, Observer. [Established 1885. Latitude, 42" 2' N. Longitude, 70° 7' W. Elevation, 15 feet.] The station is in the village of Provincetown, Mass., which is located in the sand dunes of Cape Cod and near the northern extremity of the cape, so that it is surrounded on all sides by miles of open ocean. The station is equipped with standard thermometers, rain gage, and instrument shelter, the property of the Weather Bureau. The shelter is on four posts, 4 feet from the ground, and in an open sodded yard 25 feet from any building. The rain gage is exposed on the ground in an open lot, 50 feet north of the instrument shelter, with top of the gage 2 feet from the ground. Record much broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean otthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. Decem.ber "F. 35 30 29 "F. 41 37 37 "F. 68 56 55 'F. 28 23 23 "F. - 2 - 2 -13 "F. 40 36 35 "F. 31 23 22 In. 3.7 3.6 3.2 10 10 8 In. 1.7 3.4 1.9 In. 7.6 3.2 0.7 In. 4.7 7.8 8.0 In. 6.0 January 6.0 February 11 31 38 25 10.5 28 7.0 11.5 20.5 March . 36 45 54 43 53 62 64 78 90 30 37 47 11 19 55 42 50 58 27 42 51 4.1 2.9 3.3 10 9 8 3.6 1.4 3.6 6.4 5.3 10.5 5.9 1.6 0.0 4 April 1 5 May Spring mean 45 53 38 10.3 27 8.6 21.2 7.5 June 64 70 69 73 78 77 94 104 94 56 62 62 39 49 45 67 73 72 60 67 64 2.7 2.9 3.2 8 8 6 2.1 1.3 3.7 1.8 3.8 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 Summer mean 68 76 1 60 8.8 22 7.1 8.0 0.0 September 64 53 44 72 60 50 93 82 72 66 47 38 36 26 18 66 58 43 59 48 39 3.3 4 2 3.6 6 7 8 2.2 2.4 5.8 3.4 1.2 3.4 0.0 0.0 1.3 0.0 3.5 Fall mean 54 61 47 11.1 21 10.4 7.0 1.3 49 57 104 42 -13 40.7 98 33.1 47.7 29.3 11 Dates op Tempebathee Extremes for the Period Jandart 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24 June 11, 23; July 20, 29. May 31. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 27 July 4; Aug. 11,26,28. June 27; July 1,2,4; Aug. 12,18; Sept. 1895 Feb. 6 1896 1897 .do July 14. July 9. 1898 Jan. 19 1898 162 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MASSACHUSETTS. Southeastern District: NANTUCKET COUNTY. Station: NANTUCKET. Geoege E. Grimes, Observer. [Established by Signal Service October 18, 1886. Latitude, 41° 17' N. Longitude, 70° 6' W. Elevation, 8 feet.] This station is situated on the eastern side of the town of Nantucket, near the harbor front. The town of Nantucket lies along the shore on the eastern side of the island of Nantucket and about midway between the two ends of the island. The nearest point of the mainland is Monomoy Point, a distance of 24 miles from Nantucket bar. The highest land in the town, comer of Pine and Charter streets, is 60 feet above sea level. The highest point of land on the island, Sankaty Bluffs, is 108 feet above sea level. The chmate is insular, with cool, pleasant summers and short, severe winters. During January and February the island is frequently out off from communication by steamers, owing to the large fields of ice that block the chord of the bay and harbor. During severe weather the ice has been packed 8 to 9 feet on Nantucket bar. The Gulf Stream lies 50 miles south by east from the island, but no influence of the warm current is effectually felt on the island in winter. The thermometers are exposed in a shelter 10 feet above the roof and 43 feet above the ground. The rain gage is also on the roof of the office, the top being 4J feet above the roof, 38 feet above the ground, and about 30 feet from the branches of a large elm tree. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation : Humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data is from the fuU period, seventeen years, December 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Monthly. Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation Mean humidity. I a 1 S g B ¥ 1 1 3 s h CO *-< M h H OS 1 1 b1 3-C B^ 1 = 1 Snow. a i a (^ 00 < s d 1 s (i 00 < Month. ho < 1* .a "F. 36 32 31 op 42 38 36 'F. 59 57 55 "F. 31 26 26 "F. - 1 - 4 - 1 'F. 41 36 36 "F. 31 24 25 In. 3.5 3.1 2.9 14 13 13 In. 1.1 2.7 4.5 In. 2.1 5.0 4.2 In. 5.6 5.6 8.8 In. 7.0 6.7 10.0 P.Cl. 80 79 78 Gts. 1.97 1.67 1.61 P.ct. 79 78 79 Grs. 2.01 1.71 1.60 NW. NW January February NW. 33 39 27 9.6 40 8.3 11.3 19.8 79 1.72 79 1.77 NW. March April . - 36 44 53 41 49 58 59 73 86 31 38 47 6 22 35 42 46 55 32 42 60 4.0 2.8 2.7 14 11 11 6.7 1.5 0.8 6.5 4.0 2.3 4.9 0.6 0.0 8.0 4.8 0.0 80 80 81 1.89 2.64 3.80 82 83 86 2.02 2.64 3.76 NW. SW. SW. M^y Spring mean 44 49 39 9.5 2.2 2.4 2.9 36 10 9 8 8.0 2.1 2.0 2.1 11.8 3.4 2.9 11.0 5.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 84 84 84 2.74 5.33 6.28 6.49 84 88~ 88 88 2.81 4.89 5.97 6.17 SW. 64 70 71 68 64 64 June 61 67 68 67 74 73 89 87 87 55 62 62 43 48 49 SW. SW. SW. July 65 71 60 7.5 27 6.2 17.3 0.0 84 6.03 88 6.68 SW. 63 54 45 68 58 50 86 76 66 58 49 40 41 34 15 65 67 49 60 49 40 2.7 3.8 3.5 9 11 13 1.9 3.1 1.6 3.1 6.6 7.8 0.0 T. 0.9 0.0 T. 4.3 80 80 80 6.08 3.-75 2.73 84 81 80 6.16 3.80 2.73 SW. NE. NW. Fall mean 54 69 49 10.0 33 6.6 17.5 0.9 80 3.85 82 3.90 3.54 NW. 49 54 89 44 - 4 36.5 136 29.0 57.9 26.1 10.0 81 3.69 ^ SW. Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 85° or above. Year. Minimum below Q°. Maximum 85° or above. 1895 Mav31; June 2; Sept. 22. Aug. 10. None. Sept. 2. None. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 27 None. Aug. 11. .Tuly 1, 2. None. July 9, 10. 1896 Feb. 17 1897 Dec. 1898 NEW ENGLAND 163 RHODE ISLAND. Central Section: PROVIDENCE COUNTY. Station: PROVIDENCE. City Engineer, Observer. [Eatablished, 1880. Latitude, 41° 60' N. Longitude, 71° 25' W. Elevation, 74 feet.] The meteorological records for Providence, R. I., have been kept by the city engineer since 1880. This department began keeping the record of rainfall in 1877; previous to that Dr. Alexis Caswell, of Brown University, had made a record of rainfall, commencing in 1832. Besides the above the various records began as follows : Maximum and minimum temperature in 1880; recording thermometer in 1884; and have been kept continuously since the above dates. The temperature readings are made at the city hall. The thermometers (standard and self-recording) are kept in a slatted cage just outside of a recessed window on the north side of the city hall and about 75 feet above sea level. The rain gage is located on the lawn and about 136 feet above sea level at Hope Reservoir and High-Service Pumping Station, about a mile northeast from the city hall. The rainfall is taken at three other stations, but this station furnishes the records published. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1885, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe max- ima. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount tor the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Months. Aver- age depth Great- est depth in 24 hours. 33 28 28 "F. 40 36 36 °F. 64 64 65 'F. 25 21 21 °F. - 6 - 8 - 9 41 36 36 26 19 24 In. 4.0 4.7 6.2 9 10 9 Jn. 1.5 5.1 1.7 In. .6 6.0 6.4 In. 8.0 12.7 14.3 In. 12.0 17.0 February -. 23.0 Winter mean 30^ 37 22 13.9 28 8.3 14.9 36.0 36 48 60 44 66 69 71 88 94 29 39 50 4 22 34 47 61 63 28 44 66 5.0 3.8 4.1 10 9 10 4.4 1.4 6.1 2.9 6.1 4.1 6.9 1.7 0.0 11.0 April May 9.0 0.0 Spring mean 48 53 39 12.9 29 11.9 13.1 8.6 68 75 72 77 83 81 98 102 99 58 67 62 46 50 48 72 78 75 62 70 66 3.3 3.8 4.0 8 9 8 2.9 1.9 3.1 1.2 10.3 6.0 0.0 0.0 0,0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 Summer mean 72 80 62 11.1 25 7.9 17.6 0.0 0.0 64 52 42 73 60 50 94 86 72 56 44 35 34 20 11 68 57 47 59 47 38 3.9 4.4 4.1 8 8 9 1.8 1.4 6.1 2.3 8.4 7.3 0.0 T. 3.4 0.0 T. 12.0 Fall mean 53 61 45 12.4 25 9.3 18.0 3.4 50 ; '^ 102 42 - 9 50.3 107 37.4 63.5 47.0 23.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0". Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24, 25 June 11, 16, 17, 22, 23; July 1,2, 13, 19-21, 25, 28-30. June 1, 2; July 21, 22. May 10; June 21; July 12, 13; Aug. 4-12. June 25; July 5, 8, 9, 17; Sept. 9, 10. July 1, 3, 4, 29, 30; Aug. 2, 4, 7, 8, 24, 31; Sept. 1-6. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 .Tan. 2; Feb. 10, 11 Feb. 27 July 3, 4, 15, 27; Aug. 6, 6. Feb. 5, 6 Jan. 6,7; Feb. 17 None May 15; June 27; July 7, 8, 16-18, 23, 31; Aug. 6, 9-11, 25-27, 30; Sept. 0. June 25-30; July 1-4, 7, 14-16, 18, 19, 21- 1896 1896 Jan. 19, 20 1897 Dec. 9 24, 30; Aug. 11. 1898 Feb. 4 .... May 23; June 3; July 9, 13, 14; Aug. 4. May 18-20; July 2, 8-12, 25, 30. 164 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. RHODE ISLAND. South Coast: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: NARRAQANSETT PIER. Mrs. M. E. CoNWAT, Observer. [Estatlished by Signal Service in July, 1880. Latitude, 41° 19' N. Longitude, 71° 17'. Elevation, 33 feet.] This station was first located in the building of the United States Life-Saving Senvice, on the northern end of the bath- ing beach. As there was no private room for the office in this building during the winter months, the office was moved every fall to a cottage about 1 mile south of the beach and on the ocean front. In April, 1885, the office was located in a two-story building on Kingston street, a little north of the center of the village and about three blocks west of the ocean, on level land, there being no hills or high buildings in its vicinity. The thermometers were exposed in a slat window shelter on the north side of the building and the rain gage was 30 feet west of the shelter. In 1900 a new sod shelter was erected about 35 feet northeast of the building and" 9 feet above the ground, and the instruments were exposed in it. Tabulated data for period from January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903, except frost data, record for which extends back to 1883. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. ■3 § s c s i E li o a> ■< 6 1 'S e il o s < n -LS <" 5 H 1 i od CO . is i| si ill Snow. li a ^ S Month. 60 . December "F. 32 28 28 'F. 40 37 36 "F. 58 58 56 "F. 25 20 20 "F. - 5 -11 -12 °jF. 35 31 31 28 20 23 In. 3.9 4.7 4.6 10 11 9 In. 2.2 4.2 5.5 In. 2.6 4.9 7.4 In. 4.4 7.6 12.8 In. 8.0 10.0 12.t) NW. January NW. February NW. 29 38 22 13.2 30 11.9 14.9 24.8 NW. March 36 45 65 44 53 63 65 84 92 29 38 47 9 12 28 42 46 58 32 42 53 5.0 3.8 4.0 12 10 10 4.3 3.2 4.2 3.8 5.1 9.0 5.9 0.6 0.0 8.0 3.0 0.0 SW. SW. May SW. Spring mean 45 53 38 12.8 32 11.7 17.9 6.6 SW. 65 70 69 72 78 76 92 94 90 56 62 61 48 42 41 70 72 71 58 67 64 2.5 3.3 3.9 9 10 7 0.8 2.2 1.0 0.1 3.5 3.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 68 75 60 9.7 26 4.0 7.3 0.0 SW. 63 52 42 71 60 51 90 82 71 55 45 34 33 24 6 65 57 47 59 48 37 3.2 4.4 4.1 8 8 11 2.8 3.3 3.6 2.0 9.2 6.8 0.0 0.0 3.3 0.0 0.0 10.0 s. SW. NW. 52 61 45 11.7 27 9.7 18.0 3.3 SW. Annual mean 49 57 94 41 -12 47.4 115 37.3 58.1 34.6 12.0 SW Dates of Tempebatubb Extremes for ipE Pekiod January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1892 Jan. 27 July 26. June 20. June 23. May 31; June 2. May 10. Sept. 11. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30; Feb. 2, 4; Dec. 14. Jan. 2, 11; Feb. 9-12... Feb. 27 Sept. 1, 3. 1893 1894 1896 Jan. 11, 16, 17, 21; Feb. 2; Deo. 14. Jan. 13; Feb. 6,24,25. Feb 5-9 June 6. Julv4, 7; Aug. 11. July 1. Jan. 20 1896 1897 Jan. 6; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 25. None Dec. 9, 10 Feb. 18 July 2, 8, 9. NEW ENGLAND. 165 RHODE ISLAND. South Coast: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: KINGSTON. Nathaniel Helme, Observer. [Established 1890. Latitude, 41° 29' N. Longitude, 71° 32' W. Elevation, 260 feet.] This station is in the village of Kingston, Washington County, and is on the apex of Kingston Hill, about 8 miles in a direct Une from the Atlantic Ocean and 6 miles from Narragansett Bay. On the east, south, and west the land slopes to a lower level, with a broad plain on the west. To the east and south there are other hills of lower elevation than this; with narrow valleys between. On the north the land rises to an elevation of about 50 feet more than that of the station. The dry and wet bulb and maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter. The thermometers are about 6 feet above the ground. The nearest building is a two-story barn to the east, about 20 feet away, and a water tower, 65 feet in height, about the same distance north. The rain gage stands in an open space; the nearest building about 30 feet distant. The top of the gage is 2 feet above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. .S 1 a i a . o g "3a S < a a •s.§ 1 ■g a ^ li o < .£3 li f 3 i ^° CO Id ill |sa 4J+J % CO a„ 3fe| iri il 1% Snow. > o s M . < "S.a "' (a _, 3 O "F. 30 28 27 °F. 39 36 36 61 61 63 °F. 22 19 19 °F. -12 -10 -11 "F. 39 34 34 °F. 26 19 22 In. 4.6 4.8 5.2 10 11 10 In. 1.9 6.6 1.9 In. 2.7 6.8 8.1 In. 8.0 10.0 14.0 In. 11.0 20.0 16.0 w. w. w. Winter mean 28 37 20 14.6 31 9.4 17.6 32.0 w. March 35 45 56 44 55 66 68 86 93 28 35 45 3 17 27 43 47 58 29 43 53 6.4 4.8 4.3 11 9 10 6.2 3.4 5.4 3.7 5.6 9.0 8.0 2.0 0.1 7.0 8.0 1.0 w April . sw May sw. Spring mean 46 65 36 15.5 30 14.0 18.3 10.1 sw. June 64 70 68 74 79 78 96 95 97 54 60 59 38 47 42 67 72 71 58 66 64 2.9 3.4 3.8 9 10 9 2.2 2.8 3.2 0.8 7.1 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw July. sw sw. 67 77 S8 10.1 28 8.2 14.7 0.0 0.0 sw. September 62 51 41 73 61 60 94 83 78 52 42 32 32 22 4 66 55 45 68 47 36 3.6 5.1 4.4 8 9 10 2.6 1.5 7.0 2.1 12.0 7.4 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 0.0 11.0 w October w November w 51 61 42 13.0 27 11.1 21.5 6.0 w. 48 68 97 38 -12 63.2 116 42.7 72.1 47.1 20.0 w. Dates op Tempeeature Extremes for the Period January 1', 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24, 25 June 11, 17, 23; July 13, 20, 29. May 31; June 2; Sept. 21-23. ' May 10; Aug. 8, 10-12. Sept. 10. July 1,3,4,30; Sept. 1-3. June 6, 8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 27 May 16; July 7, 8, 11, 17, 18; Aug. 6, 9-11, 26-27. 1895 Feb. 6-9 Jan. 19,20; Deo. 22.... Jan. 4; Dec. 9,10 Jan. 19; Feb. 18-20; Dec. 27, 29. 1896 1897 Jan. 6,7; Feb. 17, 18.. None June 28, 30; July 1-3. July 9; Aug. 4. May 20; July 2, 9-11. 1898 1899 Jan. 30; Feb. 2; Dec. 14. Jan. 1,2, 11; Feb. 9-12; Dec. 31. 166 OLEMATOLOGT OF THE CNITED STATES. RHODE ISLAND. Coast District: NEWPORT COUNTY. Station: BLOCK ISLAND. W. L. Day, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, September 1, 1880. Latitude, 41° 10' N. Longitude, 71° 36' W. Elevation, 21 feet.] From the establishment of the station imtil November 1, 1887, the office was located in a room adjacent to J. T. Dodge's store in the village of Block Island. From November 1, 1887, to July -17, 1902, the office was in a building built especially for the purpose, on Main street. The thermometers were exposed in a standard shelter on the roof, 39 feet above ground, until October 5, 1898, when they were removed to a ground exposure 11 feet above ground. The rain gage was on the roof, 33 feet above ground, until April 1, 1891, when it was given a, ground exposure in a vacant lot, its top being 3 feet above ground. The anemometer was on the office roof or tower, 40 feet above ground, until August 25, 1899, when it was placed on the National Hotel cupola, 70 feet above ground. The office was destroyed by ffi'e July 17, 1902, nearly all records and instruments being saved. A temporary location was secured in the Island drug store, where the office remained until January 1, 1904, when it was moved to the new Weather Bureau building on Beach avenue. The thermometers have a sod exposure 40 feet from the office buOding and 11 feet above ground. The rain gages are located 60 feet northeast of the office building and are 3 feet above ground. The anemometer is on the roof of the building, its cups being 46 feet above the ground. The frost data are taken from temperatures of 32° or lower, frost being infrequent at this station. Tabulated data are. from the following periods of observation: Snowfall, eleven years, 1893-1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903; remainder from full period. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 9 a i a 2 • II s 1^ 1 1 ■a o 1 H ■sa % 3 a III as 013 il <^ i; m Snow. a 00 i a QO 1 < a p< 00 1 a 00 I Month. St ® ^ 3 a off o +3 s "F. 36 31 31 "F. 42 37 36 °F. 60 69 58 -F. 30 25 25 "F. - 3 - 4 - 4 "F. 42 37 37 °F. 31 24 25 In. 3.7 4.1 4.4 12 13 11 In. 1.2 2.1 1.1 In. 6.6 6.4 7.3 In. 4.0 6.1 7.2 In. 8.5 9.6 10.6 P.ct. 76 76 75 Grs. 1.84 1.54 1.39 p.ct. 74 75 76 Grs. 1.89 1.58 1.52 NW. NW. NW. February Winter mean 33 38 27 12.2 36 4.4 20.3 17.3 75 1.69 76 1.66 NW. March 36 44 62 41 50 68 69 72 82 30 38 47 6 25 31 42 47 56 30 41 49 4.6 3.7 3.8 13 11 12 2.8 1.4 3.5 6.4 4.1 6.4 4.8 1.2 0.0 5.0 3.8 0.0 78 80 84 1.78 2.45 3.67 80 82 86 1.97 2.70 3.76 NW. SW. SW. April, M ay Spring mean 44 50 38 12.1 36 7.7 16.9 6.0 81 2.63 83 2.81 SW. June 62 68 68 68 74 73 86 88 89 56 63 63 45 62 49 65 72 71 68 65 65 2.7 3.3 3.4 9 10 9 0.6 1.0 1.3 2.6 6.6 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 86 86 86 6.28 6.43 6.43 88 88 88 6.23 6.37 6.58 SW. SW. SW. July August ... finTTiTnp.r Tnp,fi.n 66 72 61 9.4 28 2.9 16.6 0.0 86 6.06 88 6.06 SW. 64 54 46 55 69 59 60 86 76 70 59 49 40 42 33 14 66 57 50 61 60 3; 3.3 4.2 4.1 10 10 12 6.5 2.4 4.2 0.6 3.9 5.9 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 6.0 83 80 78 6.27 3.62 2.67 84 79 78 6.51 3.70 2.66 SW. NE. NW. Ffl.ll mpRTi 69 49 11.6 32 12.1 10 4 0.8 80 3.82 80 3.J6 NW. Annual mean 49 65 89 44 - 4 45.3 132 27.1 63.1 24.1 10.6 81 3.52 81 3.92 NW. ^~_ Dates of Temperatoke Exteembs foe the Peeiod Januaey 1, 1894, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 86° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 86° or above. 1894 Feb. 24 June 23. Sept. 21. Aug. 10-12. Sept. 11. Nonn., 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 11 None. Aug. 9-11, 27. June 30; July 3. None. July 9. 10. 1895 Feb. 6, 9 1896 Jan. 6; Feb. 17 None do 1897 Dec. 9 .. 1898 NEW ENGLAND. 167 CONNECTICUT. Northeastern Section: TOLLAND COUNTY. Station: STORRS. W. A. Stocking, Jr.. Observer. [Established June, 1888. Latitude, 41° 48' N. Longitude, 72° 10' W. Elevation, 640 leet.] It is located on the campus of the Connecticut Agricultural College and the Storrs Experiment Station, on a prominent rise of ground sloping off to the T^iUimantic River, 3 miles to the west, and to the Fenton River, 1 mUe to the east. The thermometer shelter is located S5 jet west of the nearest bmlding. The thermometers are 5-' feet above the surface of the ground. The station is equip,;: /ith standard wet and dry bulb thermometers, maximum and minimum self-registering thermometers. The rain gage r ; ^ated 140 feet north of the thermometer shelter, 70 feet west of the nearest building, with the top 2 feet above the surface ; je ground. Observations are taken at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. each day. Monthly. Se. :nal, and Annual Means, Jandaky 1, 1893, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 ■3d © g o < >> a k |a tut 1 o i a 1° 03 |SB SI o g a^ Snow. Month. Si s "F. 30 24 24 "F. 37 33 32 "F. 63 56 67 °F. 20 16 16 "F. - 9 -13 -13 "F. 33 28 28 "F. 23 17 19 In. 4.2 3.3 4.3 11 10 9 In. 4.3 2.2 3.1 In. 9.6 2.2 1.0 In. 8.9 10.2 14.1 In. 10.0 12.0 16.0 NW. January NW February . NW 26 34 17 11.8 30 9.6 12.8 33.2 NW. March 36 46 56 45 56 68 70 85 90 26 36 46 2 15 25 43 48 60 29 42 54 5.0 3.6 3.5 11 9 10 1.2 2.7 3.6 7.2 9.6 6.3 4.6 2.0 0.0 5.6 5.0 0.0 NW April NW May. NW Spring mean 46 56 36 12.1 30 7.5 23.0 6.6 NW. June 64 69 68 76 79 77 92 96 93 64 59 68 39 45 42 68 72 70 69 65 62 3.1 5.0 3.9 9 11 8 0.6 2.1 2.4 2.0 6.5 7.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW July... SW SW. 67 77 67 12.0 28 5.1 15.1 0.0 SW. 61 60 38 71 60 47 93 86 70 61 41 30 32 20 6 64 64 44 56 45 34 3.4 3.9 4.0 8 8 9 3.0 4.2 4.0 43 2.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 3.3 0.0 0.0 12.0 NW. NW. NW. 50 59 41 11.3 25 11.2 9.3 3.3 NW. ATinnfil TPean 47 67 96 38 -13 47.2 113 33.4 60.2 43.1 16.0 NW. Dates of Tempeeatdbe Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 No data for February. .. ..do. June 17; no data for July. June 2; no data for September. May 10; Aug. 10-13. None. July 3, 4, 30; Sept. 1, 2. June 6. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 2, 27,28 May 15; July 7, 16-18; Aug. 6, 10, 11, 26; Sept. 6. June 26, 28, 30; July 1, 2. None. July 9, 10. 1896 Jan. 19, 20; Deo. 22... Jan. 4, 18; Dec. 9, 10, 23. Jan. 13, 18, 24; Feb. 18, 19; Dec. 27, 29. 1896 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 6, 7; Feb. 17, 18. Jan. 19, 20, 26; Deo. 28, 29. Jan. 2, 4, 30, 31; Feb. 2-4; Dec. 13, 14. Jan. 2, 10, 11; Feb. 9-11; Dec. 31. 168 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CONNECTICUT. Northern Section: HARTFORD COUNTY. Station: SOUTHINQTON. LUMAN Andrews. Observer. [Latitude, 41° 35' N. Longitude, 72° 21' W. Elevation, 140 feet.] The station was established April 1, 1870, by the Smithsonian Institution, with location in the eastern- part of the town, in a hilly farmiiig district, elevation 340 feet. The instrument shelter consisted of a box 4 by 12 inches, with glass front, attached to trunk of a large tree. For the first year a common thermometer was used, then a James Green standard was purchased, and to-day it compares perfectly with the standard instrument f-urnished by the Government. The original rain gage was a tin tube, 12 inches long and 2J inches in diameter, suppUed by the Smithsonian Institution. The first exposure was on the ground, but four years later it was removed to the roof of the greenhouse. On August 19, 1881, the station was removed 2J nules directly west to its present location, which is in the borough of Southington, Main street, elevation 140 feet, in the residential section. A Weather Bureau instrument shelter is now in use. It is attached to the north side of the house, 5 feet above ground. On removal of station to present location the rain gage was placed on ridge of bam, but in 1885 was removed to present location on greenhouse. The top of gage is 5i feet above ground. There is no object higher than the gage within 100 feet except chimney of greenhouse, 55 feet to the northwest. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januakt 1, 1873, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. f b J 5 1 >< 2 • a li o h H ■S-H I ll o < 1 1- h 1 1 1° ■si PS o ISb Bs 1=1 il i! all Snow. Month. tic . C3J3 < lis December * "F. 29 25 26 °j?. 37 35 36 "F. 60 68 65 °F. 20 18 17 "F. -16 -19 -13 'F. 37 33 34 °F. 22 17 18 In. 4.0 3.8 4.0 11 12 11 In. 2.7 2.9 3.8 In. 2.5 5.6 1.7 In. 8.2 9.8 11.9 In. 10.5 16.0 14.5 NW NW. NW. 27 36 18 11.8 34 9.4 9.8 29.9 NW March 34 46 58 47 67 69 72 87 93 29 36 46 18 25 45 50 63 26 38 52 4.4 3.0 3.5 13 10 10 1.8 1.2 3.9 1.6 4.0 6.7 5.9 1.0 0.0 9.0 6.0 0.0 NW SW May SW Spiing mean 46 58 37 1 10.9 33 6.9 9.3 6.9 0.0 SW. B7 71 69 77 SO 77 06 96 96 66 62 59 38 43 42 70 7fi 74 61 67 63 3.0 4.5 4.6 9 11 10 0.4 2.7 1.7 4.1 12.1 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW July 69 78 59 1 12.1 30 4.8 19.3 OO 0.0 SW. 62 61 36 73 63 49 100 86 71 53 44 31 28 21 1 68 57 45 57 45 32 b.2 .3.6 3.6 9 9 11 2.7 4.5 1.1 4.4 4.6 7.1 0.0 0.1 6.3 0.0 0.1 7.0 NW. NW. NW. 50 62 43 10.4 29 8.3 16.1 6.4 NW. 48 58 100 39 -19 1 45.2 126 29.4 54.5 43.2 16.0 NW. 1 Dates of Temperatuke Extbemes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 Feb. 6, 17, 24, 25 Feb. 5, 6, 8, 9 July 1, 13, 20, 28, 29. June 1, 2. Aug. 5, 9-12. None. July 3, 4. June 6. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 4; Feb. 27, 28 . . . . Jan. 20; Feb. 2; Dec. 19, 22. Jan. 31; Dec. 9, 10, 15, 28. Jan. 20; Feb. 18, 20, 21; Dec. 27, 29. May 15; July 7, 16-18; Aug. 10, Sept. 6.' June 28-30; July 1-3. None. May 20; July 10. 11 1896 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 6, 8, 12; Feb. 17, 18; Mar. 14; Deo. 27. Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 5, 14; Dec. 29. Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 2^; Dec. 14. Jan.2,11; Feb.lO, 11, 15. NEW ENGLAND. 169 CONNECTICUT. Central Section: NEW LONDON COUNTY. Station: COLCHESTER. WiLLAED, Observer. [Latitude, 41° 33'. Longitude, 72° 20' W. Elevation, 370 feet.] The station is located near the center of the village of Colchester, which is a little northeast of the center of the totvn and in the northwest" comer of New London County. The surface of this part of the State is very irregular, broken into low hills and shallow valleys, through which run small brooks. The streams on the south and the west flow into the Connecticut and those on the east into the Thames. The maximum and the minimum thermometers are located on the northwest comer of the observer's house in a shelter ■with double roof, no floor, slated sides, and so shaded by large trees that it is little affected by the direct or reflected rays of the sun. The shelter is 2 feet 7 inches wide, 2 feet 8 inches high, 12 inches deep, and 4 feet from the grass. The thermometers are supported on a board 5 inches from the back of the shelter. The rain gage is located in the yard about 25 feet south from the barn and 10 feet west from a small shed and a tree. The top of the gage is about 3 feet above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of tlie maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number days of with 0,01 or more. T6tal amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 31 26 27 "F. 40 35 36 "F. 63 62 66 "F. 22 18 18 'F. -10 - 9 -10 °F. 39 34 33 "F. 17 19 21 In. 4.3 3.8 4.1 9 10 8 In. 4,1 2.4 3.2 In. 10.5 7,8 0,6 In. 12.0 11.8 14.5 In. 13.0 24.0 18.0 28 37 19 12.2 27 9.7 18,9 38.3 Wh 36 46 66 45 37 67 72 87 91 27 36 46 2 18 26 46 49 61 29 43 54 4.8 4.1 4.2 10 8 10 1.6 4.6 4.0 3,5 9.6 7.3 6.5 2.0 T. 8.0 8.0 Mo.y T. Spring mean 46 66 36 13.1 28 10.2 20.4 8.6 66 69 69 75 79 78 100 98 98 68 69 60 38 42 42 68 73 72 69 67 63 2.6 4,3 4.4 8 9 9 0.5 2.5 LI 2,3 6,6 7,8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 68 77 69 11.3 26 4.1 16,7 0.0 September 62 48 43 72 61 64 94 86 74 62 36 32 28 23 8 67 57 46 62 46 38 3.5 4.3 4,2 9 7 9 3.0 6.8 4. .5 5.5 2.8 2.7 0.0 T. 4.7 0.0 T. 15.0 61 62 40 12,0 26 13.3 11.0 4.7 48 58 100 38 -10 48.6 106 37.3 67.0 51.5 24.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum- below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 6, 24, 25 July 12, 13, 20, 28, 29; June 23. May 31; June 1, 2; Sept. 21-23. May 10; Aug. 8, 10-12. Sept. 10. July 3, 4, 30; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 11; Feb. 9-11... Jan. 4; Feb. 27 Jan. 19,20; Dec. 22.... Dec. 9, 10 None. 1895 Feb. 5-9 July 16-18; Aug. 6,10,11,26-27; Sept. 6. June 26, 28, 30; July 1-3. 1896 Jan. 6, 7; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 28. None 1897 Jan. 19; Feb. 18-21.... July 9, 10. 1898 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 2, 4; Dec. 14. 170 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CONNECTICUT. Eastern Section: NEW LONDON COUNTY. Station: VOLUNTOWN. B. De'whukst, Observer. [Latitude, 41° 35' N. Longitude, 71° 50' W. Elevation, 260 feet.] Voluntown village lies on an open plateau, about 1 mile square. The village, mostly on one side, from east to southwest, is on the Pachong stream, which curves from east around by north, to the southwest. This plateau is surrounded by hiUs of from 50 to 150 feet in height; one hill, about 2 miles north-northwest, is 200 feet above sea level. To the southwest the country is open. There are no buildings near, and only a few within nearly a mile. The instruinents, until a few years ago, were in a latticework shelter in a north window, but for the past few years they have been in a standard shelter, about 15 feet from the southwest comer of the observer's two-story house, and the rain gage 10 feet south of the shelter, with no other build- ings in the vicinity, and no trees to interfere with the instruments. The thermometers are exposed 5 J feet above sod, top of rain gage 3 feet above the ground. The thermometers are the standard, furnished by the Weather Bureau; the gage is the property of the observer. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januakt 1, 1885, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 30 28 28 "F. 40 37 37 °F. 67 62 59 21 17 IS 'F. -14 -18 -16 "F. 40 35 35 "F. 27 20 19 In. 3.9 4.8 4.8 9 9 12 In. 1.6 5.8 1.2 In. 10.1 2.2 1.2 In. 6.5 8.8 9.0 In. 8.0 14.0 20.0 WiTit-fir TTiefl.n 29 38 19 13.5 30 8.6 13.5 23.3 36 46 57 46 67 6S 73 85 93 27 36 45 - 1 13 24 44 49 62 29 44 55 6.3 3.9 3.7 10 8 10 4.3 1.8 4.6 8.8 9.6 6.1 9.8 1.3 0.0 10.0 April 5.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 46 57 36 12.9 28 10.7 24.5 11.1 65 68 68 76 81 79 102 97 94 54 66 57 35 41 39 68 76 71 60 67 64 3.0 4.2 4.0 7 9 a 2.0 3.0 3.3 2.3 4.0 3.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 Julv.. August.. 67 79 55 11.2 24 8.3 9.6 0.0 September . 62 56 44 73 63 58 92 86 73 60 49 30 28 20 2 65 57 46 56 46 34 3.5 4.3 4.6 8 7 9 2.8 2.3 6.5 4.9 1.8 3.0 0.0 T. 4 4 October T 10 54 65 43 12.4 24 11.6 9.7 4.4 49 60 103 38 -IS 50.0 106 S9.2 67.3 38.8 Dates of Tempekature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 28; Feb. 5, 6, 24, 25. June 11, 17, 23; July 13, 14, 20, 21, 26, 28, 29. 1900 Jan. 4; Feb. 27, 28; Dec. 18. July 7, 8, 16-18, 23; Sept. 4, 6. 1895 Jan. 30; Feb. 1,6,8,9.. June 1, 2; Sept. 21-23. 1901 Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 2; June 26, 28, 30; Julv 1-3, 19, 22; Sept. 1896 Jan.6, 7, 9,12,16; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 27, 28. May 10; July 13; Aug. 8. Mar. 7; Dec. 19, 20, 22. 5-7. 1897 Jan. 31; Feb. 1,5, 14... Sept. 10. July 1, 3, 4, 30; Sept. 1-3. 1902 Jan. 6, 31; Dec. 9,10, June 3; July 9; Aug. 4. 1898 Jan.31; Feb.3,4; Dec. 15,28. 14. 1903 Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 18-21. May 19, 20; July 2, 9, 10; Sept. 14 1899 Jan. 2, 11; Feb. 9, 10, 11, 15. None. NEW ENGLAND. 171 CONNECTICUT. Western Section: NEW HAVEN COUNTY. Station: WATERBURY. N. J. Welton, Observer. [Latitude 41° 32' N. Longitude, 73° W. Elevation, 400 teet.] The station is located about one-half mile north of Center square, in the residential section of the city, at an elevation of 100 feet, above the center of the city and on a decided hiU. The ground in this vicinity slopes gently to the southward toward the center of the city. The equipment consists of maximum and minimum thermometers and rain gage, furnished by the Weather Bureau. The thermometers and shelter are located 40 feet northeasterly from the dwelling of the observer and H feet above the sod. The rain gage is located 87 feet west of the shelter, 55 feet west of the dwelling hoiise above mentioned, and 36 feet southeasterly from a stable. The top of the gage is 18 inches above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1887, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December -F. 30 26 26 "F. 39 34 36 °F. 63 61 66 "F. 22 18 18 °F. -12 -20 -12 "F. 35 32 34 "F. 22 16 21 In. 4.4 3.7 4.6 10 12 11 In. 1.7 6.0 L3 In. 9.8 1.8 0.6 In. 9.2 13.2 16.3 In. 10 7 16.2 14.1 Winter mean 27 36 ! 19 1 12.7 33 9.0 12.2 37.7 35 47 58 44 68 70 68 86 94 26 36 47 16 26 46 61 63 28 42 55 4.6 3.4 4.2 12 10 12 3.4 1.0 6.6 7.4 11.5 8.1 7.8 2.6 9.0 April 6 1 May Spring mean 47 57 36 12.2 34 10.0 27.0 10.3 June 67 71 70 78 82 80 98 102 101 56 61 69 37 43 39 70 77 76 61 66 67 3.4 6.1 4.7 9 12 10 2.3 4.4 6.3 0.7 4.4 9.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 piiTnTTter TneaTi 69 80 69 13.2 31 12.0 14.5 0.0 63 51 40 74 61 49 94 87 76 52 41 31 26 20 6 69 58 46 67 44 36 3.8 4.0 4.0 9 9 10 2.6 0.9 6.0 6.2 4.3 2.4 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 T. Fall mean 61 61 41 n.8 28 9.5 12.9 3.0 49 59 102 39 -20 49.9 126 40.6 66.6 5L0 16.2 Dates of Tempeeatuee Exteemes foe the Peeiod Januaey 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 17, 24, 26 June 17, 23; July 1, 13, 20, 27, 28. June 1-3; Sept. 21-23. May 10; Aug. 5, 8-12. July 10; Sept. 10. June 26, 27; July 2, 4, 5, 9, 16, 22, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 9, 25; Sept. 1-6. June 5-8, 14, 16, 20, 24; July 3, 4, 27; Aug. 5, 17, 20-22. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 4; Feb. 3, 27, 28.. Jan. 20; Feb. 1, 2; Deo. 7,22. Deo. 9, 10, 15 May 14, 15; June 26, 27, 28; July 4, 6, 7, 16-20, 22-26; Aug. 6, 7, 9-12, 26-28, 30, 31; Sept. 3-6, 9. June 25-30; July 1-3, 15, 16, 18, 19, 21, 22, 30, 31; Sept. .5-7. May 23; June 3; July 9, 14, 15, 28. May 18-20; July 1,2,8-10, 26, 30; Sept. 14. 1895 Feb. 1,6-9 1896 1897 Jan. 6-8; Feb. 17, 18; Deo. 28. Feb. 1 1898 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 2-4; Dec. 14. Jan. 2, 11; Feb. 9-12, 16, 16. 1899 Jan. 19, 20; Dee. 27, 29. 172 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CONNECTICUT. Southeast Coast: NEW LONDON COUNTY. Station: NEW LONDON. James R. Mat, Observer. [Latitude, 41° 18' N. Longitude, 72° 8' W. Elevation, 47 feet.] The station was established in 1871, under the direction of the United States Signal Service, War Department; on July 1, 1891, the station was transferred to the Department of Agriculture, Weather Bureau, and continued as a regular Weather Bureau station until December, 1895, when it was discontinued as a regular Weather Bureau station and established as a voluntary station, which it continues to be at the present time. The office was located in the United States custom-house and the instruments exposed on the roof of the building, where they have remained unchanged in elevation and exposure. The thermometers are 50 feet above ground and exposed in a standard shelter; the rain gage is also exposed on the roof, at an elevation of 42 feet above ground. The station is located within a few hundred feet of the water front in a low and level portion of the city, from which the ground rises into hills within one-half to 1 mile. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1885, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 3 5 d 9 o i li 1 B s M a z 1 < a o .a M (3 Month. < 4J CJ . December.. "F. 32 28 29 "F. 38 35 36 'F. 65 65 67 "F. 25 20 21 'F. -10 -14 -U "F. 39 37 36 °F. 26 20 20 In. 3.5 4.0 4.0 11 13 12 In. 2.1 3.6 6.4 In. 5.7 5.6 3.2 In. 6.4 10.0 11.2 In. 10.0 20.0 14.0 P.ct. 76 74 73 Ors. 141 115 113 P.ct. 72 71 72 Grs. 158 132 139 Hr. 169 174 204 P.d. 58 58 68 N. N. N. 30 36 22 11.5 36 12.1 14.4 27.6 74 123 72 143 182 61 N. March 35 46 68 43 65 67 69 85 93 28 38 48 16 30 45 62 64 27 39 61 4.5 3.5 3.7 13 11 11 4.2 2.0 3.3 7.5 2.6 6.0 8.1 1.3 T. 28.0 6.0 T. 71 74 77 150 244 386 69 74 76 169 262 408 228 245 273 61 61 61 NW. April NW. May S. Spring mean 46 55 38 11.7 36 9.5 16.1 9.4 74 260 73 280 249 61 S. June 66 72 70 76 80 78 96 97 98 68 63 61 41 49 45 71 76 73 61 68 66 2.9 6.0 4.9 11 12 10 1.8 2.3 0.9 2.2 1.8 7.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 80 80 647 638 598 78 78 80 565 707 638 286 305 281 63 66 66 S. July S. S. 69 78 61 12.8 33 5.0 11.1 0.0 79 594 79 637 291 66 S. 64 53 41 72 61 49 100 86 '72 55 44 34 32 24 2 70 58 47 69 48 34 .3.6 3.9 3.7 10 10 10 2.1 2.0 4.1 7.7 6.5 4.7 0.0 T. 3.3 0.0 T. 12.0 78 76 76 479 310 198 76 74 72 499 336 221 262 201 150 67 68 60 SW. N. N. 63 61 44 11.2 30 8.2 18.9 3.3 76 329 74 352 201 58 N. 60 68 100 41 -14 47.2 134 34.8 60.5 40.3 28.0 76 327 74 353 231 61 N. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24, 25 June 23; July 13, 20, 21, 29. May31; Junel,2; Sept. 12, 21-23. May 10; July 13; Aug. 12. Sept. 10, 11. June 26; July 1,3, 4, 30; Aug. 31; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 9-11... Feb. 27 June 6, 8; July 27. Feb. 6 May 15; June 27, 28; July 4, 7, 16-18; 1896 Jan. 17, 18; Feb. 6, 7; Deo. 28. Jan. 20 Aug. 11. June 28, 30; July 1-3, 21. 1897 Deo. 5 July 9. 1898 do None May 20. 174 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CONNECTICUT. Southwest Coast: FAIRFIELD COUNTY. Station: NORWALK. Geokge C. Comstock, Observer. [Established Jan. 1, 1893. Latitude, 41° 2' N. Longitude, 73° S' W. Elevation, 116 teet.] The station is located about 3 miles from the city of Norwalk on a nursery and fruit farm which is in a valley running north and south, surrounded by wooded hills extending to an elevation of from SO to 100 feet above the valley. The station is equipped with standard instruments. The thermometers are exposed in a shelter, located about 100 feet from the dwelling. The rain gage is on the ground, 25 feet from the shelter. The exposure is good and away from any effects of trees or buildings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. ' Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December . . 29 26 26 °F. 39 36 35 "F. 71 66 67 "F. 20 17 17 "F. - 8 -15 . -16 "F. 34 29 29 "F. 26 18 21 In. 3.0 3.3 3.6 10 10 9 In. 2,8 4.4 0.5 In. 8.6 1.8 0.7 In. 6.2 9.1 10.6 In. 6.0 January 12.0 16.0 Winter mean 29 39 18 9.9 29 7.7 11.1 24.9 March. 36 46 58 45 68 71 67 92 96 27 35 46 13 28 44 49 62 30 44 66 3.5 3.0 4.6 10 8 11 2.4 2.9 1.8 6.6 8.6 8.3 6.0 1.6 0.0 10.0 April 7.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 47 68 36 11.1 29 7.1 23.5 7.6 67 72 70 79 83 80 99 100 99 55 60 69 40 45 43 70 76 74 64 68 65 3.0 4.7 4.6 9 11 9 2.1 4.7 4.6 1.3 4.9 9.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 70 81 58 12.3 29 11.4 15.2 0.0 63 62 39 74 62 46 93 86 71 52 41 32 32 23 7 67 67 45 58 46 35 3.6 3.3 4.0 9 2.0 4.0 4.1 3.1 3.5 1.6 0.0 T. 4.7 0.0 October T. November . . 10.0 61 61 42 10.8 24 10.1 8.2 4.7 Annual mean . . 49 60 100 38 -16 44.1 111 X.3 68.0 37.1 16.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period, January 1 , 1895, to December 31 , 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1896 1896 1897 Jan.5; Feb. 6-9 Jan. 6, 8, 16; Feb. 17, 18; Mar. 14; Dec 25, 28. Feb. 1, 14 May 10, 31; June 1, 2; July 21; Sept. 12, 21-23. Apr. 18; May 10, 11; June 21; July 13, Aug. 6, 7, 9-13. July 6, 10; Sept. 10. June 25, 26; July 1, 3, 4, 15, 30; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1,2; Feb. 9-11, 15. Jan. 4; Feb. 27, 28 Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 1, 8, 11; Dec. 23. Dec. 9, 10 None. May 14, 15; June 25, 27-29; July 4-8, 15-19, 26; Aug. 6, 7, 9-12, 25-27; Sept. June 26-30; July 1-3, 6, 15-19, 21-24, 30; Aug. 21. May 23; June 3; July 6, 9, 14, 28; Aug.4. May 18-22; July 1-3, 8-11, 26, 30. 1898 Jan. 30,31; Feb. 2-5; Dec. 14. Feb. 18-21. NEW YORK. By ROBERT O. ALLEN, Section Director. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 12 I75 NEW YORK. Physical features. — ^The greater part of New York State consists of a triangular tableland, varying in elevation from a few feet above sea level to more than 2,000 feet elevation. Three mountain systems are included in this triangular mass — the Adirondacks with a maximum elevation of about 5,000 feet, the Catskill Mountains with a maximum elevation of about or more than 3,000 feet, and the Allegheny Mountains in the southwest (Allegany and Cattaraugus counties) with a maximum elevation of about or more than 2,000 feet. This triangular mass is the northern termination of the Appalachian system in New York. The land slopes northerly toward Lakes Erie and Ontario, the depression continuing down the St. Law- rence Valley to the sea. The tableland is terminated in the east by the great valley extending from the mouth of the Hudson River northward along the Hudson and Champlain valleys to the St. Lawrence River. There is another depression extending from Lake Ontario through the vaUey of Oneida Lake and the valley of the Mohawk River east of the Hudson River. This divides the main plateau from the northern plateau (the Adirondack region and its foothills). The main plateau region is sub- divided into the eastern and western plateaus by the depression extending from the lowlands near Lake Ontario through the Seneca Valley southward to the Susquehanna VaUey. The section to the east of the Hudson River consists of hiUy country with varying elevation, which is a part of the western foothills of the mountains of New England. Long Island is generally level, with but little elevation above tide, but with a ridge of low hills through its center and the greater portion of its length. A chain of lakes extends throughout the central portion of the State, which is generally called the Central Lake Region of New York. These lakes lie mostly in a north and south direction arid extends along an east-northeast curve to Oneida Lake, beginning with Hemlock Lake in Livingston County. The elevation above sea level of these lakes is as follows: Cayuga Lake, 378 feet; Seneca Lake, 445 feet; Owasco Lake, 706 feet; Oneida Lake, 370 feet; Skaneateles Lake, 978 feet ; Onondaga Lake, 362 feet. The elevation of Lake Erie is 573 feet and that of Lake Ontario 247, while that of Lake Chautauqua is 1,212 feet above sea level. New York is noted for its peculiar topography, consisting of lakes, mountains, hills, and valleys. The principal valleys are the Pludson, Mohawk, St. Lawrence, and Champlain. These valleys, owing to their sheltered locations, generally show higher summer temperatures than the surrounding country. There is no marked difference in the annual means as compared with those of interior stations with small elevation. The Adirondack Mountains exert a marked influence on the temperature in that section, also causing heavy snow over the country between the mountains and Lake Ontario, where the greatest depth of snow for the State falls. Low temperatures obtain in the other two mountain regions and in all sections of any considerable eleva- tion. The precipitation is comparatively heavy in the southeast, owing partly to proximity to the moisture supply. The winter precipitation in the southwest is also comparatively heavy. The greater part of the above remarks on the physical features of the State was extracted from "The Climate of New York" by Mr. E. T. Turner. Temperature. — The effect of topography upon temperature is plainly visible on any temperature chart for the State, whether for a day, month, or year. The three mountain sections, also the more pronounced sections of the hilly country, are marked by low minima and moderate maxima. There is frequently a difference of 10° to 20° or more between the minima at Binghamton and other interior stations and the minima at Buffalo or other lake stations. There is nearly always a marked difference between the minima of New York City, a place with a marine climate, and Saranac Lake, a mountain station in the Adiron- dacks. Frequently the difference is 10° to 30° or more. As an example, on January 19, 1904, the minimum temperature at New York City was — 1°, as compared with — 46° at Paul Smiths, near Saranac Lake, on the same day. At Binghamton, an interior station with moderate elevation, the minimum on the same date was —26°, as compared with —4° at Buffalo. We find the highest maxima in the valleys, particularly the Hudson and the Mohawk valleys, where maxima of 100° or higher are occa- sionally recorded. In the mountain sections low maxima prevail and an uncomfortably warm day is rare, while in other hilly sections, of which the State is chiefly composed, the sununer temperatures are most pleasant, there being but a few days during the siunmer (less than a week) with uncomfortably high maxima, while the nights are with few exceptions cool and pleasant. Killing frosts are likely to occur in every month except June, July and August, and killing frosts occasionally occur in the colder sections even in the two last-mentioned months. Precipitation. — Precipitation is heaviest in the southeast (the Hudson Valley, Long Island, and the southeast section of the eastern plateau), in the southwest, and the section between the Adirondacks and Lake Ontario. The precipitation is lightest in the interior of western New York, Avon averaging slightly less than 27 inches, in the Champlain Valley, and also in the St. Lawrence Valley, the annual rainfall for Ogdensburg being about 31 inches, as compared with 44.2 at Jamestown, in Chautauqua County, 50.4 at Number Four in Lewis County, 46.3 at Port Jervis in Orange County, 44.8 at New York City, and 48.5 at Setauket on Long Island. The rainfall is generally heavier in summer than at other seasons. 176 NEW YORK. 177 Snowfall. — ^The annual fall of snow varies greatly in the different sections. On Long Island the fall is from 25 to 30 inches in a year; as compared with 37 inches at New York City; in the Hudson Valley from 50 to more than 60 inches; on the eastern and western plateaus from 40 to more than 100 inches ; along Lake Erie about 70 inches ; along Lake Ontario 50 to 100 inches; in the Adirondacks from 90 to 140 inches, and in the St. Lawrence Valley about 50 inches. The number of days with snowfall is as follows: Long Island, about 15; Hudson Valley, 20 to 25; eastern plateau, 15 to 30; western plateau, 20 to 50; along lakes Erie and Ontario, 60 to 70; in the St. Lawrence Valley, about 24 (?), and in the Adirondacks, 40 to 55 or more. Winds. — ^The prevailing wind direction is from the southwest along the Great Lakes and in the St. Lawrence Valley, west in northern New York, and variable in other sections. The highest velocities are recorded at New York City and Buffalo. At Buffalo the wind velocity equalled or exceeded 60 miles an hour 72 times in twenty-nine years, and the highest velocity recorded at that station since records were kept is 90 miles per hour from the southwest, January 13, 1890. At Rochester, which is not located directly on the lake, the wind velocity equalled or exceeded 45 miles per hour 46 times in twenty years, and the wind attained the velocity of 60 miles an hour 5 times in that time, which is the maximum for that station. At the Albany station a velocity equalling or exceeding 40 miles an hour was reached 19 times in sixteen years; and the highest velocity ever recorded there was 60 miles northeast on December 5, 1898. From 1896, when the anemometer exposure was probably improved, to 1903, eight years, the wind at New York City reached 60 miles or higher 88 times. The highest velocity reported at that station is 80 miles from the north, March 20, 1899. Hail. — Destructive hail is not frequent. It occurs from one to four times a year, being most frequent in the lower Hudson Valley, parts of Long Island, and Chautauqua County, where some stations report as many as four days a year, on the average, with hail. In parts of western and northern New York only one day with hail, annually, is recorded. Thunderstorms. — ^Thunderstorms are more frequent in the Hudson Valley and the Atlantic coast section, where about 20 to 30 such storms occur in a year. They are also frequent along lakes Erie and Ontario, and Buffalo reports as many as 55 a year, while they are less frequent in the interior, and also in northern New York and the St. Lawrence Valley, the latter section show- ing but 6, as comparecf with about 14 in the northern plateau. Humidity. — ^The relative humidity appears to be higher in the interior than at the lake and seacoast stations. The relative humidity at New York is 73, as compared with 75 at Ithaca and 76 at Albany, although it averages 76 at Oswego. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Albany Allegany Broome {see Ithaca) . . Cattaraugus {see An- gelica). Cayuga Chautauqua Chemung {see Ithaca) Chenango {see Coopers- town). Clinton {see Saranac Lake. Columbia {see Honey- mead Brook). Cortland {see Ithaca) Delaware {see Coopers- town) . Dutchess Erie Franklin {see Saranac Lake) . Fulton {see Glens Falls) . Genesee {see Roches- ter). . Greene {see Albany) . . . Hamilton {see Saranac Lake) . Herkimer {see Rome) . Jefferson {see Ogdcns- burg) . Kings {see New York) . Lewis Do Livingston Madison {see Rome) . . . Monroe Montgomery {see Al- bany) . Nassau {see New York) New York Niagara Station. Albany. . Angelica. Auburn Jamestown - HoneymeadBrook Buffalo Saranac Lake . Lowville Number Four . Avon New York . Appleton . . District. Hudson Valley . . Western Plateau Eastern Plateau , Western Plateau , Central Lakes Western Plateau , do Eastern Plateau Champlain Valley . Hudson Valley . . , Eastern Plateau . do Hudson Valley . . . Great Lakes Northern Plateau do -do. Western Plateau Hudson Valley Northern Plateau Mohawk Valley . . St. Lawrence Val- ley. Atlantic Coast . . . Northern Plateau do Western Plateau . Eastern Plateau . Great Lakes Mohawk Valley . , . Atlantic Coast . do Great Lakes 192 194 190 193 196 188 180 181 182 198 183 County. Oneida Onondaga {see Au- burn) . Ontario (see Rochester) Orange Orleans (see Appleton) Oswego Otsego Putnam (see Honey- mead Brook). Queens (see New York) Rensselaer (see Al- bany) . Richmond (see New York). Rockland {see Port Jervis) . Saratoga (see Glens Falls). Schenectady (see Al- bany) . Schoharie (see Coopers- town). Schuyler (see Ithaca) . . Seneca (see Auburn) .. Steuben (see Angelica) . St. Lawrence Suffolk Sullivan (see Port Jer- vis). Tioga {see Ithaca) Tompkins Ulster {see Port Jervis) Warren Washington (see Glens Falls). Wayne (see Rochester) Westchester (seeHon- esTnead Brook). Wyoming (see Avon) . . Yates (see Auburn) . . . Station, Rome. Syracuse Port Jervis. Oswego Cooperstown . Ogdensburg. Setauket Ithaca . District. Mohawk Valley. Central Lakes.., Western Plateau. Eastern Plateau. Great Lakes do Eastern Plateau Hudson Valley . . Atlantic Coast . . Hudson Valley . . Atlantic Coast . - Eastern Plateau. ChamplainValley . Mohawk Valley. . . Eastern Plateau . . Western Plateau . Central Lakes Western Plateau . St. Lawrence Val- ley. Atlantic Coast . . . Eastern Plateau. . Western Plateau . Central Lakes Eastern Plateau . ChamplainValley . do Great Lakes Hudson Valley . . Western Plateau Central Lakes... Page. 186' 185 191 179 199 178 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. State Summary. Station. Ogdensburg Saranac Lake Lowville Number Four Appleton Rochester Oswego Rome Glens FaUs Buffalo Avon Auburn Cooperstown Albany Jamestown Angelica Ithaca Honeymead Brook Port Jervis New York..: Setauket Num- ber. Temperature. Mean Mean Mean Abso- lute an- maxi- mim- nual. mum. mum. mum. "F. °F. 'F. "F. 44 54 35 97 42 62 31 95 44 54 33 95 41 51 32 91 47 66 38 98 47 55 39 99 46 64 39 100 46 54 36 97 47 66 36 98 47 54 40 95 48 68 37 102 47 59 39 99 44 53 36 92 48 57 40 100 47 57 38 95 45 66 34 95 47 56 38 98 47 57 38 96 48 69 39 103 52 69 45 100 51 58 44 98 Date. July, 1894 July, 1897 do July, 1901 July, 1897 do July, 1878 July, 1892 June, 1901 July, 1897 do July, 1901 July, 1898 do July, 1897 , do August, 1899 July, 1898 July, 1901 September, 1881 . July, 1901 Abso- lute mini- mum. -38 -32 -31 -12 -12 -20 -22 -22 -14 -13 -10 -23 -24 -16 -27 -20 -16 -12 - 6 - 6 Date. February, 1896 do January, 1896. . do February, 1896 January, 1875.. January, 1896.. January, 1892.. February, 1895 January, 1884.. February, 1899 do February, 1896 January, 1904.. February, 1899 do December, 1884 February, 1899 January, 1899.. February, 1899 February, 1896 Average num- ber days witli— Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 141 155 156 170 128 128 121 144/ 144 122 145 126 142 123 143 155 131 137 134 Frost. Num- ber. Average date of- First killing Ogdensburg Saranac Lake Lowville Number Four Appleton Eoehe'ster Oswego "iRome Glens Falls Buffalo...; Avon Auburn Cooperstown Albany Jamestown Angelica Ithaca Honeymead Brook Port Jervis New York Setauket 1 Oct. 8 2 Sept. 14 3 Sept. 24 4 Sept. 23 .S Oct. 13 6 Oct. 19 7 Oct. 13 8 Sept 30 9 Oct. 6 10 Oct. Ifi 11 Oct. 3 12 Oct. 12 13 Oct. 1 14 Oct. IS 16 Oct. 2 16 Sept 24 IV Oct. 11 IS Oct. 9 19 Oct. 7 20 Nov. H 21 Nov. 10 Last in spring. Apr. 26 May 22 May 14 May 24 May 7 May 1 Apr. 26 May 10 ....do... Apr. 26 May 15 May 4 May 7 Apr. 24 May 4 May 22 May 2 Apr. 30 Apr. 29 Apr. 10 Apr. 15 Date of- Earliest killing Sept. 23 Aug. 21 Sept. 6 Sept. 9 Sept. 23 Sept. 26 Oct. 3 Sept. 1 Sept. 14 Sept. 23 Sept. 15 Oct. 2 Sept. 15 Oct. 3 Sept. 16 Sept. 1 Sept. 15 Sept. 26 Sept. 15 Oct. 15 Oct. 22 Latest in spring. May 19 June 11 May 29 June 10 June^ 5 May 30 May 29 June 7 May 25 May 23 May 31 May 15 May 27 May 30 May 29 June 21 May 29 May 23 May 17 Apr. 30 May 17 Precipitation. Annual. Inches. 30.7 35.6 36.4 60.4 32.7 34.5 36.8 47.9 40.5 37.4 27.0 36.7 39.9 36.9 44.2 37.9 34.4 43.2 46.2 44.8 48.6 Spring. iTiches. 7.6 7.8 7.7 10.4 7.0 8.5 7.9 11.3 8.9 8.3 6.2 8.3 9.1 8.2 9.7 9.8 8.4 9.6 10.8 10.6 11.7 Itiches. 9.7 11.6 10.5 13.5 10.2 9.1 9.6 13.6 12.4 9.7 9.1 11.1 13.1 11.6 12.5 12.2 10.8 13.3 14.4 12.3 12.0 Autumn. Inches. 7.0 8.9 9.8 13.5 8.4 7.9 9.6 11.7 9.2 10.9 8.7 8.5 10.2 10.3 10.8 12.7 Winter. Inches. 6.4 7.3 8.4 13.0 7.2 9.0 9.7 11.3 9.4 9.6 5.0 7.6 7.9 7.9 11.0 7.2 6.6 10.2 10.7 11.1 12.2 MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 179 NEW YORK. St. Lawrence Valley: ST. LAWRENCE COUNTY. Station: OQDENSBURQ. St. Laweence State Hospital, Observer. [Established in December, 1889. Latitude, 44° 43' N. Longitude, 75° SC W. Elevation, 175 feet.] The State Hospital is situated on a broad, open plain, within 100 rods of the St. Lawrence River and about 2 miles from the center of the city of Ogdensburg. The thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region shelter, 4 feet 10 inches above ground on an open lawn. The rain gage is located on a lawn, 75 feet from the nearest building. The top of gage is 3i feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. PI 1 a ::a li o ii 1 1. h 1 S •a ■si lis il Snow. t. •M 1=1 o 5 03 St Grea test depth in 24 hours. "F. 22 16 18 °F. 32 26 27 "F. 65 62 55 "F. 13 7 9 °F. -24 -26 -28 'F. 28 20 23 "F. 16 8 13 In. 2.3 2.3 1.8 10 8 8 In. 2.2 1.1 1.0 In. 1.1 2.8 2.8 In. 9.3 11.0 12.6 In. 13.0 12.0 9.5 sw. January sw. February. sw. Winter mean 19 28 10 6.4 26 4.3 . 6. 7 32. 8 sw. March 29 44 56 39 65 66 68 80 92 20 34 46 - 8 11 20 39 47 60 21 40 , 53 2.7 2.0 2.9 10 7 12 3.0 2.4 2.0 2.3 1.8 0.2 11.2 2.1 T. 12.0 11.0 T. sw. April sw. May sw. Spring mean , 43 63 33 7.6 29 7.4 4.3 13.3 sw. June 64 69 67 75 79 77 92 97 93 56 60 68 38 42 38 00 69 72 71 52 65 63 3.2 3.4 2 1 9 11 10 4.5 1.6 2.2 8.5 6.6 4.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July . ... sw. August sw Summer mean 67 77 58 9.7 30 8.3 20.0 0.0 sw. September 61 51 36 71 69 44 89 81 70 51 40 28 30 68 18 . 65 3 40 56 ! 2.5 44 1 2.1 30 2.4 8 9 10 0.9 2.4 1.0 1.2 4.7 0.7 0.0 0.1 4.0 0.0 0.5 6.0 sw. October . sw. November sw 49 •58 40 7.0 27 4.3 6.6 4.1 sw. Annual Biean 44 64 97 35 -28 30.7 112 24.3 37.6 60.2 13.0 sw Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 reb. 24; Dec. 29 Feb. 6-7 July 2, 17, 18-20. June 9, 26; July 4, 8; Aug. 16. Aug. 9, 11, 14. July 4, 5, 7-9. July 20, 24, 28. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10. . Aug. 19-21, 29. None. July 16, 17. None. None. 1896 None 1896 Jan. 5,6; Feb. 17, 18.. Jan. 19, 25 Jan. 19,23 1897 Dec. 9 1898 Jan. 30 180 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW YORK. Northern Plateau: ESSEX COUNTY. Station: SARANAC LAKE. E. C. Eaton, Observer. [Established November, 1893. Latitude, 44° 19' N. Longitude, 74° 8' W. Elevation, 1,620 feet.] This station is situated in the village of Saranac Lake, one-eighth of a mile from the Saranac River and 75 or 100 feet above its surface. North and northwestward, at a considerable distance, is a range of the Adirondack Mountains. The shelter is located on sloping ground, about 50 feet from any building and 4 feet above ground. The rain gage is near the shelter and 2 feet above the turf. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. > Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. a a a H ■s-s s . o 09 .Q ■< a SI •s.§ h a§ •a to r o S 1° =i B- 9 3&a § 3 -a a„ I°l Snow. > Month. o 1 5 19 16 16 °F. 29 26 26 "F. 69 65 56 °F. 10 4 5 °F. -32 -35 -38 op 23 20 23 °F. 14 12 10 In. 2.4 2.6 2.4 15 14 13 In. 2.9 2.2 1.5 In. 3.1 6.4 3.6 In. 18.2 19.6 22.7 In. 12.5 8.5 12.0 sw. w. sw. Winter mean , 17 27 6 7.4 42 6.6 12.1 60.4 w. March 28 41 54 39 52 66 76 84 91 16 30 42 -22 6 . 16 38 43 58 18 39 60 2.8 2.1 2.9 14 10 11 3.5 0.6 1.2 3.0 2.2 2.3 15.3 4.9 0.3 14.0 9.5 2.0 w. April w. May w. Spring mean. 41 52 29 7.8 35 5.3 7.6 20.5 w. June 62 66 63 74 78 74 92 95 92 51 56 51 29 33 30 67 70 66 58 63 67 4.1 4.1 3.4 11 13 12 1.7 2.6 1.9 6.8 4.2 2.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July w. August w. 64 76 62 11.6 36 6.1 12.7 0.0 w. September 67 46 32 69 56 40 89 82 70 46 35 24 24 11 -2 60 51 39 55 39 27 3.2 2.8 2.8 10 12 13 2.6 2.8 0.8 3.7 4.2 2.2 T. 0.7 10.0 T. 2.0 18.6 w. October w. w. 45 55 35 8.8 35 6.2 10.1 10.7 w. Annual mean 42 52 95 31 -38 35.6 148 24.2 42.4 91.6 18.6 w. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. / 1894 1895 1896 1897 Feb. 4, 5, 16, 23-25; Dee. 28, 29. Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 6-7, 22,23. Jan. 4, 6; Feb. 16-18; Dee. 26. Jan. 12, 13, 18, 19, 24, 25, 29-31; Feb. 28; Mar. 1. July 2, 19, 20, 27. May 6, 30; June 10, 11; July 20. July 2; Aug. 8. July 4-10. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-3, 29, 30; Feb. 1, 2; Dec. 13. Jan. 9-11, 18, 19; Feb. 10-12. Feb. 27; Mar. 12; Dee. 17. Jan. 3, 19, 20 July 3, 20. July 4; Aug. 18-21. None. June 27-29; July 15, 16. Jan. 19, 20, 24; Dec. 19. None. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 181 NEW YORK. Northern Plateau: LEWIS COUNTY. Station: LOWVILLE. Charles S. Rice, Observer [Established by the Signal Service In May, 1890. Latitude, 43° 47' N. Longitude, 75° 30' \V. Elevation, 900 leet.] LowviUe is situated in the valley of the Black River, which lies between the high ridge of the "Tug HiU" range on the west and the more distant Adirondack highlands on the east. ' The surface rises westward from the river in "terraces," upon one of which the station is situated, being about one-half mile distant from the village of LowviUe and considerably- above it. The thermometers are exposed 5 feet above a grass ploi;, in a slatted shelter having a double roof. The rain gage is exposed near the shelter, 4 feet above the ground and 50 feet distant from house and bam. Temperature means before 1892 taken from twice-daily observations; after 1892 from the daily extremes. The record of temperature and precipitation is included within the period of observation, January, 1827, to December, 1903. The record prior to 1891 is much broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. 1 Mean. S 1 Temperature. Precipitation. .3 o < B 1 '3 S 4 o 1 h h 5 i &° Id S- 9 2; Total amount for the driest year. Snow. Direction of prev wind. Month. CD dJ= December 'F. 23 19 20 "F. 31 27 27 "F. 59 54 61 "F. 13 8 8 °F. -27 -32 -31 °F. 32 29 31 "F. 12 6 11 In. 3.1 2.6 2.7 14 13 13 In. 1.0 2.7 1.1 In. 4.7 1.6 4.8 In. 21.9 23.4 22.1 67.4 In. 18.0 14.0 16.0 W. W. W. 21 28 10 8.4 40 4.8 11.1 w. 30 43 54 38 63 66 71 ' 84 89 20 33 44 -13 4 20 38 51 59 20 34 49 2.4 2.3 3.0 12 9 13 1.9 1.3 3.6 3.2 6.7 3.6 15.2 3.3 T. 27.0 7.0 T. w. April w. May w. Spring mean 42 52 32 7.7 34 6.8 12.5 18.6 w. 63 68 65 75 80 77 92 95 94 52 67 54 33 35 36 69 72 70 68 62 60 3.4 3.8 3.4 12 13 11 4.1 1.8 1.8 4.3 1.4 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July w. w. 65 77 54 10.6 36 7.7 10.7 0.0 w. September 68 46 35 70 58 42 92 84 66 47 38 27 25 13 -4 62 54 43 52 41 29 2.8 3.4 3.5 11 12 14 1.3 4.6 1.6 2.8 6.0 6.2 T. 1.2 10.7 T 4.0 13.0 w. s. w. 46 57 37 9.7 37 7.3 13.0 11.9 w 44 54 96 33 -32 36.4 147 26.6 47.3 97.8 27.0 w. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 6, 17, 24, 25; Dec. 29. Jan. 6; Feb. 5-7 Jan. 5-7; Feb. 17,18... Jan. 13, 25; Mar. 1.... Jan. 2, 30; Feb. 2; Dec. 14. July 2, 18-20, 27. June 1, 19; July 7, 17, 20, 21. July 9. July 4, 6, 7-11. July 2, 3, 20, 28. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10,11; Feb. 12... None July 3-6; Aug. 18-21. June 26; Aug. 6, 11, 26; Sept. 2, 3. June 28, 29; July 14, 15, 17, None. 1895 Jan. 20. 1896 Dec. 9 1897 1898 Jan. 19,24; Dec. 19.... None. 182 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW YORK. Northern Plateau: LEWIS COUNTV. Station: NUMBER FOUR. Latitude, 43° 50' N. Longitude, 75° 12' W. Charles Fenton, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in 1888; equipment completed by the State in December, 1889. Elevation, 1,571 feet.] This station, Number Four, is 18 miles east of Lowville, near the western limits of the Adirondack wilderness. The station stands on a plateau which commands a view of Beaver Lake, about one-half mile distant, and also a considerable range of the surrounding country in all directions. Since the hiUs in this section are much lower than the peaks of the eastern Adirondacks the air circulation about the station is nearly imobstructed. The instruments are exposed in a shelter which is eonstructed after specifications of the Weather Bureau standard and is located 4 feet from north wall of a wooden house. The thermometers are 9J feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed on level ground, 30 feet from any obstruction and 3 feet 7 inches above groimd. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januabt 1, 1889, to Deobmbek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 § s o 1 fi m § S •g 1 . si r << i. f 1 m u r ■si hi ^1 So. 6h 11 ''I 3fe| Ot-t >* Snow. g Month. < o o 5 Decemljer "F. 22 18 17 °F. 29 26 27 "F. 58 54 53 "F. 12 8 8 'F. -28 -31 -31 'F. 30 23 23 "F. 13 9 11 In. 4.3 4.7 14 14 In. 4.3 4.6 2.7 In. 3.3 6.6 4 5 In. 31.2 32.0 30.5 In. 21.0 19.1 16.0 S. sw. 3.9 13 NW. 19 27 9 12.9 1 41 11.6 14.4 93.7 25.0 8.0 0.3 20.0 14.0 2.2 SW. 25 39 52 34 50 63 71 81 87 16 29 41 -17 - 2 20 35 42 56 19 37 50 3.8 I 13 2.5 1 10 4.1 1 11 5.4 2.2 3.8 3.2 3.0 8.0 NW. NW. itay W. Spring mean 39 49 29 10.4 ! 34 11.4 14.2 33.3 NW. bl 64 62 72 75 73 89 91 91 50 54 52 29 34 33 65 68 66 55 60 60 4.0 1 11 4.9 1 11 4.6 ! 10 1.3 3.3 0.8 4.0 4.9 6.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 O.Cf 0.0 0.0 W. July W. w. 62 73 52 13.5 ' 32 5.4 15.2 0.0 w. 56 46 32 66 55 40 88 82 67 46 37 25 25 14 -10 59 53 37 50 37 28 4.8 9 3.8 10 5.0 13 3.1 2.9 3.2 8.5 3.7 4.2 0.3 2.1 15.0 3.9 8.0 ,17.0 w. s. S. 44 54 36 13.6 , 32 9.2 16.4 17.4 S. 41 51 91 32 -31 50.4 l.TO 37.6 60.2 144.4 21.0 w Dates of Tempekatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Feb. 6, 24, 25; Dec. 29. Jan. 5; Feb. 5-7 Jan. 5,6; Feb. 17, 18.. Jan 13, 19, 25 July 20. None. None. July 5, 7, 10. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2,10, 11; Feb. 11, 12. Feb. 2, 27; Dec. 10 None Aug. 19-21. None. July 16, 16. 1898 Jan. 2, 4, 30; Feb. 2; Deo. 14. Dec. 9 Jan. 19; Dec. 27 None. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 183 NEW YORK. Lake Region: NIAGARA COUNTY. Station: APPLETON. H. A. Van Wagoneb, Observer. fEstablished by the Signal Service in October, 1888. Latitude, 43° 20' N. Longitude, 78° 41' W. Elevation, 270 leet.] This station is situated in the open country, on the broad plain of northern Niagara County, at a distance of one mile from Lake Ontario. A standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern is in use and is exposed on an open grass plot 30 feet northeast of the observer's house and 60 feet from a barn which stands to the northeast. It is fastened securely to four cedar posts and is 4 feet and 2 inches above the ground. The rain gage is 50 feet distant from buildings and trees, the top of the gage being SJ feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period, January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and .^nnual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo ■a 1 s Month. i a B Absolute maxi- mum. Mean ol the min- ima. a i Snow. bo . ■< O o s December. . "F. 30 26 24 °i?. 36 32 32 'F. 66 59 68 °F. 23 19 18 °F. - 2 - 2 -12 "F. 36 32 29 "F. 25 22 19 In. 2.5 2.6 2.1 13 13 12 In. 3.7 3.0 0.8 In. 1.6 3.7 2.7 In. 9 3 14.0 11.2 In. 7.0 10.0 9.8 sw January sw sw 27 33 20 7.2 38 7.6 8.0 ■ 34. 6 sw. March 32 44 55 40 54 66 79 84 94 25 36 44 - 7 16 26 41 48 60 26 42 61 2.0 2.0 2.9 11 9 12 0.8 1.8 2.2 2.0 2.6 6.0 7.8 1.1 0.1 9 4.7 2.0 NW E May SW Spring mean 44 53 36 6.9 32 4.8 10.6 9.0 sw. 65 70 67 75 80 77 96 98 97 64 59 58 32 40 41 67 73 73 61 64 64 2.8 4.2 3.1 10 11 9 1.0 1.2 2.2 6.5 3.4 6 7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW July sw 67 77 57 10.1 30 4.4 16.6 0.0 sw. 61 50 40 71 60 47 96 88 72 62 42 33 31 24 12 65 68 46 68 42 36 3.2 2.4 2.8 9 10 12 3.5 1.6 3.5 6.4 6.7 4.8 0.0 0.2 3.6 0.0 2.0 4.2 sw October November sw. sw 50 59 42 8.4 31 8.6 17.9 3.8 sw. 47 66 98 38 -12 32.7 131 25.3 63.1 47.3 10.0 sw Dates of Tempebatdke Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1896 1896 1897 1898 Feb. 24.2E; Dec. 29... Feb. 5-9; Dec. 13 Jan. 6; Feb. 16-18 Feb. 1; Mar. 1 Feb. 3 June 22, 24; July 27, 28. May 30, 31; June 1-3; July 7; Sept. 11, 20, 22. July 1, 2, 12; Aug. 6, 6. July 4,6,11; Sept. 9, 10. June 30; July 2,3,18,20,25; Aug. 23,31; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 12, 31; Feb. 9-13 . Feb. 26; Deo. 17 Jan. 19,20; Feb. 23, 24; Mar, 6. Feb. 5, 16 Feb. 18, 19 June 5, 7, 13, 14; July 3; Aug. 19, 21. June 26, 27; July 6, 16, 17,29; Aug. 6-11, 25; Sept. 2, 11,26. June 27-29; July 1, 2, 16-18, 20, 21, 24, 28. July 7, 14, 27; Aug. 31. July 8, 9, 25; Sept. 15. 184 CLIMATOLOGY OF THJC UNITED STATES. NEW YORK. Lake Region: MONROE COUNTY. Station: ROCHESTER. L. M. Dey, Local Foreoaatei. [EstaMshed Novemtier 1, 1870. Latitude, 43° 8' N. Longitude, 77° 42' W. Elevation, 498 feet.] Rochester is situated on tlie Genesee River, which flows north into Lake Ontario. The river has no valley here, but only a recent or post-glacial gorge. The city hes exposed on all sides on a plain which slopes north toward Lake Ontario. The elevation of the lake is 246 feet. The center of the city is about 7 miles from the lake, and has an elevation of 500 feet. Twenty mUes south of the city the plain rises to about 900 feet. The thermometers are exposed in the standard (Hazen) shelter, located on roof of Government building in center of city; height above ground, February 10, 1891, 81 feet; previous to 1885 a double-louver shelter was in use. The rain gage is also exposed on roof; height above ground, February 10, 1891, 78 feet. The sunshine data are from 1894-1903; the average depth oi snow from twenty years' record; the hmnidity from sixteen years. Remainder of tabulated data is from the fuH period of observation — thirty-three years — January, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Meanh umfdity. Total sunshine. 1 e i a ll o 1 II 1 li o s < 1 l§ o 1 ill P II 11 Snow. g d 00 g i 1 B 00 S D O s -*< a p. 1 S A 00 oT 3 w -< S < a o p s p.ct. 21 30 39 Month. g Months. ill 5 o s December January February °y. 29 24 25 "F. 34 33 33 64 65 65 'F. 21 18 16 ° F. -7 - 6 -10 -F. 38 32 37 °F. 19 16 16 In. 2.8 2.5 2.2 12 11 10 In. 1.2 1.1 1.8 In. 4.2 2.7 2.1 In. 14.6 11.3 14.8 In. 6.0 7.0 12.0 NW. NW. NW. 26 33 18 7.5 33 4.1 9.0 40.7 NW. 33 46 57 46 59 71 79 87 91 26 36 46 - 5 14 25 43 57 64 19 32 40 2.4 2.4 3.5 10 10 12 1.3 1.0 1.2 3.9 3.6 6.1 9.1 1.6 T. 18.0 4.0 T. NW. April N. May N. Spring mean 45 59 36 8.3 32 3.5 12.6 10.7 N. 66 71 69 79 84 81 98 99 98 56 63 59 38 43 45 73 78 75 60 64 63 3.9 3.7 3.5 11 11 11 3.0 2.5 2.6 3.6 2.1 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. July N. August NW. 69 81 59 11.1 33 8.1 9.4 0.0 N. 61 50 38 76 65 47 95 90 72 62 43 31 32 25 12 69 60 46 53 41 32 3.1 3.5 3.2 9 11 14 1.7 2.4 2.0 6.1 6.4 6.2 0.0 0.4 7.1 0.0 2.0 11.0 N. N. NW. 50 63 42 9.8 34 6.1 18.7 7.5 N. 47 59 99 39 -10 36.7 132 21.8 49.7 68.9 18.0 N. D-4.TES OF TeMPERATUKE EXTREMES FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1897, TO DECEMBER 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1897 Sept. 9, 10. June 30; July 2, 3, 8, 20, 22, 24, 25, 27-29; Aug. 31; Sept. 1-4; Oct. 1. Mayl; June 4-7, 14, 23; July 2-5, 26, 28; Aug. 1,4, 11, 12, 16-21,26. June 24, 26-28; July 3, 5-8, 11, 15-17, 20, 23, 24, 29; Aug. 5-11, 18, 23-27, 29, 31; Sept. 2, 3, 10, 11, 26; Oct. 5, 6. 1901 Jan. 3.19.20: Feb. 23. June 6, 13, 14, 22, 25-30; July 1-4, 10, 13- 18,20-24,28,30; Aug. 21, 22; Sept. 6, 7. July 8, 14. May 18, 19; July 1, 9. 1898 1899 1900 Jan. 3, 30; Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 14. Jan. 10-12, 30, 31; Feb. 9-13; Dec. 30. Feb. 25,27 1902 1903 24; Mar. 6. Feb. 5, 6, 16: Dec. 9, 14. Jan, 9, 19; Feb. 18, 19; Deo. 19. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 191 NEW YORK. Eastern Plateau: OTSEQO COUNTY. Station: COOPERSTOWN. G. POMEBOY Keese, Observer. [EstabUshed 1854. Latitude, 42° 41' N. Longitude, 74° 67' W. Elevation, 1,300 feet.] Cooperstown is situated in the valley at the southern end or foot of Otsego Lake, hills rising abruptly on the eastern and western sides of the town. The meteorological station is 200 feet southwest from the shore of the lake, and is sufficiently isolated from the buildings of the town to admit of a very free air circulation. The hUls on the eastern and western sides of the valley are, respectively, one-haU and three-fourths of a mile from the station. The thermometers are exposed on the veranda posts of a northern piazza of the observer's residence 8 feet from the ground. The rain gage is 60 feet south of the house, where the air circulation is unobstructed. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The record of temperature was kept during thirty-six years from readings of a Green standard thermometer, with which the instrument furnished by this Service early in 1890 was found to agree closely. The rain gage in use for thirty-six years was the Pike "conical" form, which, as compared with the standard gage of the Weather Bureau, is found to give a slightly deficient registration. The exposure of the instruments has been substantially the same during the entire period of the record. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Maximum and TniniTn uTn temperatures for fourteen years. The remaining tabulated temperature and precipitation data are for the period January 1, 1854, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 s s 1 s SB it 1 1 S . ■a a- 4 o (3 a§ r o 09 tw oi hi is a 2; ot-* ^ Eh a S m Snow. Months. bo . ■" a „; tn"- I.. g Month. < +^ . V s December "F. 28 23 24 "F. 36 31 32 'F. 66 62 63 "F. 22 15 16 'F. -17 -24 -18 "F. 39 31 33 °F. 17 14 16 In. 2.7 2.6 2.6 12 13 12 In. 1.0 4.0 4.7 In. 6.2 14 4.1 In. 10.0 12.8 14.0 In. 17.0 16.2 15.0 P.ct. 83 83 81 Grs. 1.41 1.07 1.16 p.ct. 80 79 78 Grs. 1.55 1.23 1.27 Hr. 93 124 168 P.ct. 34 43 59 s. ■ s. Winter mean 25 33 18 7.9 37 9.7 14.7 37.7 82 1.21 79 1.35 128 45 s. 33 46 59 40 56 69 75 88 93 24 38 60 - 8 13 29 43 52 66 23 32 56 2.8 2.4 3.0 13 11 13 1.0 1.6 2.5 2.2 4.0 3.6 11.1 1.2 T. 22.9 11.4 T. 80 74 73 1.55 2.35 3.66 75 65 65 1.71 2.47 3.86 186 240 279 55 60 60 NW. NW. s. Anril SSy Spring mean 46 55 37 8.2 37 6.1 9.8 12.3 76 2.52 68 2.68 235 58 NW. June - 68 73 71 78 82 80 99 100 98 59 64 62 40 48 42 73 77 75 63 69 65 3.7 3.9 40 13 13 11 3.6 2.2 3.3 4.5 5.5 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 75 76 75 5.26 5.87 6.43 69 69 67 5.51 6.26 5.70 300 279 248 65 61 58 S. s. s. July- 71 80 62 11.6 37 9.1 13.8 0.0 75 5.52 68 5.82 276 61 S. September 64 51 39 72 60 46 96 90 71 55 43 32 33 23 -10 71 68 44 58 44 32 3.2 3.1 2.9 10 10 12 1.5 1.8 0.7 3.2 3.4 4.4 0.0 T. 4.7 0.0 0.3 10.0 81 84 83 4.65 3.08 2.12 74 75 78 4.86 3.28 2.22 240 186 120 64 55 39 S. s. s. 51 59 43 9.2 32 4.0 11.0 4.7 83 3.28 76 3.45 182 53 s. 48 57 100 40 -24 36.9 143 27.9 49.3 54.7 22.9 79 3.13 73 3.33 205 54 s. Dates of Tempekatdee Extbemes for the period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. 1897 Minimum below 0°. Feb. 5, 6, 17, 24, 25; Deo. 29, 30. Jan. 1, 3, 5; Feb. 1, 5- 9; Dec. 13. Jan. 5-8, 12; Feb. 16- 18; Mar. 14; Dec. 24, 27,28. Jan. 13, 19, 31; Feb. 1,14. Jan. 2, 4, 30, 31; Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 14. Maximum 90" or above. June 11, 16-18, 23; July 1, 2, 13, 18-20, 25, 27-29; Aug, 24. May 10, 30,31; June 1, 2, 10, 19, 20; July 20; Aug. 11, 24; Sept. 11, 21-23. May 9, 10; June 20; July 2, 3, 12, 28-30; Aug. 4-12; Sept. 11. July 5-7, 9, 10; Sept. 9, 10. June 25; July 3, 8, 14, 20, 21 ,29, 30; Aug. 24, 31; Sept. 1-4. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 1, 2, 10-12; Feb. 9-12, 15. Feb. 1, 2, 26, 27; Mar. 17, 18. Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 6, 7. Jan. 1; Dec. 8-10, 14, 16. Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 17- 21; Dec. 19,26, 27.29. Maximum 90° or above. June 6-7, 14, 15, 20, 24; July 3, 4, 21, 26, 27; Aug. 18-21. May 14, 15; June 24, 27, 28; July 7, 16, 17, 23, 24, 29, 31; Aug. 6, 9-11, 25-27, 29 30; Sept. 3, 6; Oct. 6. June 26-30; July 1-3, 14-16, 21, 22, 24, 30; Sept. 6, 7. May 23; July 8, 9. May 18, 19; July 2, 8, 9, 25. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 193 NEW YORK. Western Plateau: CHAUTAUQUA COUNTY. Station: JAMESTOWN. George H. Anderson, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in September, 1890. Latitude, 42° 6' N. Longitude, 79° 16' W. Elevation, 1,300 feet.] The city of Jamestown is situated in the southeast comer of Chautauqua County, at the, eastern extremity of Chautau- qua Lake. The surrounding country is hilly, mainly a moraine formation, intersected by short valleys. The shelter is of the standard Weather Bureau pattern, and is located in the back yard of the observer's residence, 40 feet from any building. The rain gage is exposed near the shelter, 40 feet from any obstruction to free air circulation, its top being 3 feet 4 inches above the ground. Mean temperatures before October, 1891, were computed from tridaily obser- vations; after that date mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. The record of precipitation begins with January, 1851, but is much broken prior to 1895; temperature data are included within the period of observation 1891-1903, with the record from 1892-1895, inclusive, missing; maximum and minimum temperatures are for the period November, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temjrerature. Precipitation. 1 1 s ■ § 03 p 1 a 2 . •a a ^ • ^ 3 Is |a K o i a OS as So °*S^ Si 1% 2 = 1 Snow. > s ft . ■si 1 5 Month. o M . '"ft < ill o December . . 27 26 25 34 32 32 "F. 62 58 62 'F. 21 18 16 "F. - 8 - 9 -16 "F. 30 29 31 "F. 22 23 18 In. 4.4 3.4 3.3 15 16 15 In. 1.3 7.1 44 In. 4.8 5,6 4.5 In. 22.9 25.3 23.5 In. 11.0 9.0 10.0 sw. January sw. NW. 26 33 18 11.1 46 12.8 14.9 71.7 SW. March 35 46 57 44 56 69 77 86 88 26 36 46 - 4 15 22 45 51 63 27 42 53 3.4 3.2 3.1 14 12 12 3.0 1.8 1.8 3.6 3.4 4.6 15.0 9.8 T. 14 16.5 0.1 NW. NW. Kay NW. Spring mean 46 56 36 9.7 38 6.6 11.6 24.8 NW. 64 70 67 77 80 78 88 95 90 53 60 57 34 42 40 67 72 72 61 69 64 3.7 5.2 3.6 13 12 9 3.7 2,5 2.4 5.0 2.2 7.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July NW. August SW. 67 78 67 12.5 34 8.6 14.4 0.0 sw. ^1 39 72 61 47 89 84 70 51 42 32 28 20 - 6 64 58 45 59 46 33 3.5 3.5 3.9 9 10 14 4.4 6.7 1.8 2.2 4.9 4.7 0.2 0.3 11.3 2.0 1.0 7.0 sw. October sw. November sw. Fall mean 50 60 42 1 10.9 33 12.9 11.8 11.8 sw. 47 57 95 38 -16 44.1 151 40.9 52.7 108.3 16.5 sw Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period November 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1896 Fel). 17 None. July 3-5, 8, 10. July 2, 3. None. 1900 1901 1902 1903 July 4; Aug. 10-11. None. Do. July 3, 8-10. 1897 do 1898 do Feb. 14, 16 1899 Feb. 9-12 None . 194 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE TJNITEB STATES. NEW YORK. Western Plateau: ALLEQANY COUNTY. Station: ANGELICA. Latitude, 42° 18' N. Longitude F. H. Jackson, Observer. [Established by United^States Signal Service in November, 1888; equipped by State service in April, 1890. 78° 1' W. Elevation, 1,420 Jeet.] The village of Angelica is situated in a valley and almost surrounded by high hills, which rise abruptly toward the north. Toward the southwest the main valley extends for over a mile to the foot of the ridge in that direction. A deep and nar- row valley opens through the hiUs toward the north. The station b located on level ground on the premises of the observer, and the thermometers are exposed in a shelter of the standard Weather Bureau pattern, at a sufficient distance from trees and buildings to give a good exposure. They are 5 feet above the ground. A standard 8-inch rain gage is used, and is located about 15 feet from the instrument shelter. The mean temperatures before January, 1893, were computed from tridaily observations; after that date, from daily extremes. The record of maximum and mimmiim temperatures began in January, 1890. Monthly mean temperatures include, besides data for the period of observation January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903, an additional broken record of five years between 1855 and 1874. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. — Temperature. Precipitation. 1 > S t 2 . i a ■ E 1 a '3 1 . (D 3 r ■< i i S >3 III il Snow. Month. St Grea test depth in 24 hours. .2 1 5 December January February "F. 26 23 22 'F. 34 31 31 "F. 60 68 58 °F. 18 14 13 "F. -26 -23 -27 °F. 34 32 31 °F. '19 12 13 In. 2.7 2.8 1.8 11 13 11 In. 4.0 2.0 1.6 In. 2.8 3.5 2.3 In. 13.0 16.6 14.1 In. 14.0 10.0 13.0 w. w. w. 24 32 15 1 7.3 35 7.6 8.6 43.7 w. March 30 44 55 42 55 68 80 85 91 22 32 42 -14 6 18 43 48 61 23 40 51 3.0 3.0 3.7 13 12 13 2.7 0.9 2.4 2.6 3.6 7.4 10.1 1 20.0 w. April 5.1 T. 21.0 0.5 w May w. Spring mean 43 55 32 9.7 38 6.0 13.6 15.2 w. 64 68 65 77 81 78 93 95 94 51 55 53 29 35 32 71 72 70 69 62 62 4.1 4.0 4.1 12 13 12 1.8 2.6 2.0 4.5 2.9 6.7 0.0 1 0.0 0.0 1 0.0 0.0 1 0.0 w. July w. w. 66 79 53 12.2 37 6.4 14.1 0.0 w. 59 47 36 71 69 45 91 85 72 46 37 ' 28 26 17 - 3 63 54 43 64 42 31 3.0 3.0 2.7 10 11 11 2.9 3.0 2.1 8.7 4.7 2.3 T. 0.6 4.9 T. 2.5 6.0 w. w. November w. 47 68 37 8.7 32 8.0 16.7 5.5 w. 45 56 95 34 -27 37.9 142 28.0 62.0 64.4 1 21. n w. Dates of Tempeeatore Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10"'. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Feb. 5, 17, 22, 24, 25; Deo. 28, 29. Jan. 5; Feb. 3, 5-8, 12, 24. Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17, 18.. Jan. 13,31 Jan. 30; Feb. 2 Jan. 11, 31; Feb. 1, ft-12; Dec. 30. June 24; July 2, 18-20, 27. May 30; June 1-4; Aug. 11. Aug. 5, 6, 8. July 4, 5, 7-10; Sept. 13. July 2, 3, 20, 24, 25. June 6; July 3-6, 24; Aug. 19-21. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Mar. 12; Dec. 17 Jan. 20; Feb. 8, 24, 28; Dec. 16, 19-22. Jan. 20; Feb. 15, 16; Dec. 15. Jan. 19, 24 June 26; July 4-6, 15, 16, 17, 23, 24; Aug. 5-11, 25, 26; Sept. 1, 2, 11. June 26-29; July 1, 2, 4, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 24, 28; Aug. 20, 21. July 10. July 9-11. 1899 MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 195 NEW YORK. Central Lakes: TOMPKINS COUNTY. Station: ITHACA. R. G. Allen. Section Director. LEstablished September, 1874. Latitude, 42° 27' N. Longitude, 76° 29' W. Elevation, 814 leet.] This station is situated on the hill bordering the eastern side of Cayuga Lake Valley and immediately above the city of Ithaca, its distance from the head of the lake being about 1 mile and its elevation above the lake level 400 feet. The mete- orological station has an open exposure toward the main valley on the west, while eastward, after a sHght rise near the station, the surface is nearly flat along the course of Fall Creek; but numerous hills rise to heights varying from 300 to 500 feet above the general level, at a distance of a mile or more to the southeast of the station. The station was opened September 16, 1874, under the direction of the late Prof. E. A. Fuertes, dean of the College of Civil Engineering. The office was located in a frame building, which stood on the east side of the campus about 50 feet west of the present site of the dairy building. In the spring of 1889 the office was removed to Lincoln HaU, the new building for the College of Civil Engineering, and has remained in that building until the present time. The present elevation of the thermometers above ground is 71 feet. The top of the rain gage is 4.1 feet above ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation : Humidity and sunshine, four years, 1900-1903. Remainder of data are from the full period of observation, twenty-four years, January 1, 1879, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. PrecipitaMon. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. o i 3 1 E i 1 9 . |i o .2, -^1 CI S d 1 II o 1 si ■33 ^ 1 H 1 &° Co ill 4.3 43 as Snow. B i a 00 i a ft 00 f B _^ a A 00 O < 1 < o 1 Montli. EH) . < o rt 3 4^+3 o O December January February °F. 29 24 25 'F. 36 32 32 °V. 4 ;4 13 "F. 22 16 17 :i op 39 35 33 °jr. 22 18 16 In. 2.5 2.1 2.0 15 15 14 In. 1.2 0.6 0.9 In. 3.5 2.7 2.2 In. 12.2 12.6 11.2 In. 15.0 16.0 14.5 P.O.. 82 84 83 Gts. P.ct. 77 76 76 Grs. Hr. 70 86 141 p.ct. 26 29 47 SE. SE. SE. 26 33 .. .. 18 ! 6.6 44 2.7 8.4 35.9 83 76 99 34 SE. March April Mky 32 40 55 68 7 23 35 47 -1^ 1 42 50 66 21 41 62 2.5 2.2 3.7 14 12 13 0.9 1.8 4.4 3.8 3.3 6.6 9.7 3.1 T. 13.0 16.0 0.6 80 76 70 74 65 67 158 195 258 43 49 67 NW. NW. NW. Spring mean 45 54 .. .. 35 1 8.4 39 7.1 13.7 12.8 76 69 204 60 NW- 66 70 68 78 81 78 1 66 60 58 sk 70 75 72 61 66 64 3.6 3.8 3.4 12 13 11 2.8 4.0 0.7 4.9 1.2 4.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 .0.0 76 77 80 69 69 71 273 308 266 60 67 62 NW." July SE. SE. 6S 79 68 10.8 36 7.6 11.0 0.0 77 70 282 63 SE. 61 50 38 72 .59 46 9( 87 71 62 42 31 31 17 - 1 71 66 46 66 43 33 2.8 3.1 2.6 10 12 13 0.9 0.3 1.6 6.6 4.7 1.9 T. 0.1 6.3 T. 1.5 16.0 80 80 82 70 73 75 260 172 86 69 60 29 SE. SE. November SE. Fall mean 50 59 42 -J 1 8.6 36 2.8 13.2 6.4 81 73 j 173 49 SE. Annual mean 47 56 98 38 ' 1 34.4 1 1 164 20. 1 46.3 64.1 16.0 79 72 1 189 49 SE. I a J Use SI ^. Dates op Tempebatdke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1895 1897 1898 Minimum below —10° Feb. 26 None Jan. 6; Feb. 17, 18. . None '. -.- do June 24; July 1, 3, 18-20, 27, 28. May 30; June 1, 2, 4, 10; July 7, 17; Sept. 11, 20-22. July 2, 3; Aug. 5, 8, 9; Sept. II. July 5, 9-11; Sept. 9, 10, 16. June 30; July 2, 3, 8, 20, 24, 28; Sept. 1-4. Year. Minimum below —10°. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 11; Feb. 9-12.. None .do. .do. .do. Maximum 90° or above. Junes, 6, 20,23 July 2-5,21.29; Aug. 11, 12, 17-21, 26. June 26, 28; July 6, 15-17, 20, 24; Auy;. 5-11, 25, 26. June 26-30; July 1, 2, 4, 16-18, 21, 24, 28. None. July 9. 196 CLIMATOLOGY OP a?HE UNITED STATES. NEW YORK. Hudson Valley: DUTCHESS COUNTY. Station: HONEYMEAD BROOK. James Hyatt, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in January, 1884. Latitude, 41° 51' N. Longitude, 73° 42' W. Elevation, 450 leet. ] This station is situated about 1 mile southeast of the village of Stanf ordville and about 4 rods distant from the tracks of the Newburgh, Dutchess and Connecticut RaUroad. The valley through which this road passes opens toward the south- southwest into the Hudson Valley; hence it is thought that the meteorological conditions of the station are similar to those of the Hudson Valley north of the Highlands. The general surface rises for several miles east and southeast from the station to the high hiUs west of the Harlem Valley, while in its immediate vicinity the ground is broken by numerous irregular hiUs having a comparatively small elevation. The thermometers are placed in an angle on the north side of the house, 5 feet above the ground, and are never reached by the sun. They are sheltered by board sides and bottom and sloping roof, the front being wholly open to the northwest and the back half open. The rain gage is located 70 feet southeast of the house and is 5 feet abc>ve the ground. Mean temperatures obtained from the daUy extremes. Temperature data (except the record of maximum and minimum temperatures which began in 1890) are for the period of observation January 1, 1881, to December 31, 1903; precipitation from January, 1884, to December, 1903. The remaining tabulated data are for varying periods of shorter length. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 I s i o — § 1= < s p a _ ll o 3 ■a s o i K ki g>a ^1 a £ ^i ■ Snow. Month. bo . St 28 23 25 'F. 35 32 33 'F. 62 60 60 "F. 19 16 16 °J. -13 -14 -16 °F. 36 32 32 °F. 21 16 16 In. 3.6 3.2 3.5 10 12 10 In. 3.3 3.5 2.0 In. 6.4 2.4 2.6 In. - 9.0 10.5 16.0 In. 10.0 12.0 15.0 sw. N. February N. Winter mean 25 33 17 10.2 32 8.8 10.4 34.5 N. March 32 46 58 42 57 69 71 87 92 25 35 46 -10 11 26 42 50 62 24 40 52 3.2 2.6 3.7 12 10 12 2.8 3.0 3.2 2.6 3.3 4.4 10.3 3.0 T. 9.0 16.0 T. N. April N. May SW. Spring mean 45 56 35 9.5 34 9.0 10.3 13.3 N. June 66 70 68 77 81 78 96 96 96 55 69 58 36 42 40 70 74 74 61 67 63 3.5 5.5 4.3 12 13 11 2.2 2.7 1.4 4.6 14.6 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 68 79 57 13.3 36 6.3 23.6 0.0 SW. September 62 50 38 71 59 46 92 84 69 61 41 30 32 21 6 65 56 44 66 45 34 3.8 3.3 3.1 9 9 10 3.3 2.5 4.6 1.6 0.9 5.1 T. T. 3.0 T. T. 6.0 SW. October SW. November SW. 50 69 41 10.2 28 10.4 7.6 3.0 SW 47 57 96 38 -16 43.2 130 34.6 61.9 60.8 16.0 SW Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 5, 6, 14, 16, 17, 24, June 23; July 13, 19, 20, 27-29; Aug. 25; 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 11; Feb. 9- June 5-8, 14, 16, 20; July 3, 4. 26; Dec. 28, 29. Jan. 1,5, 20; Feb. 1,5- 25; Sept. 10. 13, 15. 1895 May 31; June 1-3; Aug. 24; Sept. 21-23. 1900 Feb. 1-3, 27, 28; Mar. May 16; June 27, 28; July 6, 7, 16-18 9, 12, 16, 23, 24; Dec. 18; Dec. 18. Aug. 6, 10, 11, 26; Sept 6. 13. 1901 Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 1-3, June 27-30. 1896 Jan. 6-8, 12; Feb. 17, May 10; Aug. 9. 8; Dec. 7. 18, 22; March 13, 14, 1902 Jan. 1, 2, 12; Dec. 6, None. 24; Dec. 24, 26, 27, 28. 9, 10, 15, 28. 1897 Feb. 1, 5, 14; Dec. 25, 29. July 6, 10. 1903 Jan. 9, 14, 19, 20; Feb. 18, 20, 21; Dec. 17, May 20; July 9, 10. 1898 Jan. 2, 4,30, 31; Feb. July 3, 4, 20, 21, 30. 19, 26-30. 2-A; Dec. 14. MIDDLE ATJjANTlC STATES. 197 NEW YORK. Eastern Plateau: ORANGE COUNTY. Station: PORT JERVIS. Prof. John M. Dolph, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in November, 1889. Latitude, 41° 21' N. Longitude, 74° 40' W. Elevation, 470 leet.] Port Jervis is situated between the Delaware and Neversinli Rivers, at a short distance north of their point of junction. The valley of the Delaware makes an abrupt turn at this point, from the southeast to the southwest, the Neversink River entering from the northeast at the bend. The surface rises gradually toward the north in the vicinity of the station, which is about 50 feet above the river surface. Beyond the city limits, high hills close in abruptly about the valley. The thermometers are exposed in a louvred shelter, built substantially, after the pattern employed by the Weather Bureau. The shelter is located in a garden, about 25 feet from buildings to the north and southwest. The thermometers are 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is mounted in an unobstructed position, on top of a post, 9 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are included within the period of observation January 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. The record is much broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. ^■6 i 1 a 1 i li o s S i s . li o < ■a h si S < h a as 4^ S 1 1 09 ^4 NO IP P II J. Snow. 6 i 1 S 00 s E ti oo 1 E fi 00 1 S 3 O Si 1 O CD 'is s Months. © to . < Greatest depth in 24 hours. 1 5 35 31 30 "F. 41 38 36 "F. 62 64 64 'F. 28 25 26 °F. -I -5 "^42 39 38 "F. 30 22 24 In. 3.9 4.0 4.3 10 11 10 In. 1.6 1.5 6.5 In. 6.6 3.8 2.6 In. 4,3 7.8 9.3 In. 0.0 20.0 9.0 w. w. w. 32 38 26 12.2 31 9.6 13.0 21.4 w. 37 47 58 44 56 67 69 87 91 31 39 49 8 23 34 45 50 62 31 45 56 4.7 3.4 3.6 12 9 10 4.8 1.0 3.1 2.8 2.0 5.4 4.5 0.8 0.0 8.0 3.0 0.0 w. w. M^y w. Spring mean 47 56 40 11.7 31 8.9 10.2 6.3 w 67 72 71 76 80 78 93 98 95 58 64 64 45 50 62 70 75 73 61 69 66 2.9 4.7 4.3 8 10 9 4.1 2.7 2.4 2.8 18.2 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July s. s. 70 78 62 11.9 27 9.2 26.0 0.0 s. 05 54 U 73 62 51 93 86 69 58 48 38 42 31 16 68 59 49 62 50 40 3.6 4.7 4.3 8 8 9 3.6 2.9 3.2 1.2 1.8 5.8 0.0 T. 2. 2 0.0 T. 6.0 s. NW. w. 54 62 48 12.6 26 9.7 8.8 2.2 NW 51 58 98 44 -5 48.4 114 37.4 58.0 28.9 20.0 w Dates of Tempeeatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0^ Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 June 23; July 13, 20, 21, 28, 29. June 1, 2; Sept. 12, 21-23. Aug. 7, 9, 11, 12. None. June 25; July 1, 3, 4; Sept. 3. June 6, 8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None.. Mav 15; June 27-29; July 7, 16-18; Aug. 10, 11. June 28, 30; July 1-3. 1895 Feb. 6 Jan. 6; Feb. 17 do do 1898 do do July 10. 1899 Feb. 10, 11 NEW JERSEY. By EDWARD W. McQANN, Section Director. 201 NEW JERSEY. New Jersey is on the Atlantic slope of the continent and is divided into four climatic districts, viz, the Highlands and Kittatinny Valley, the red sandstone plain, the southern interior, and the seacoast. Beginning at the northwest, the Kitta- tinny, or Blue Mountain, is a remarkably level- topped and narrow range, which extends across the State from the New York State line to the Delaware Water Gap. At High Point, the most northern point of the State, it is 1,804 feet high, which is the greatest elevation of the State. The Kittatinny Valley, 10 to 13 miles wide, is shut in by the Kittatinny Mountains on the northwest and by the Highlands on the southwest. It is characterized by high, rolling hills and fertile valleys. The Highlands occupy that part of the zone which crosses New Jersey in a general north-northeast and southwest direction. Its surface is hilly, mountainous, and is made up of several parallel ridges, separated by deep and generally narrow valleys. The red sandstone plain is made by the shales and sandstones of the Triassic age. The Highlands stand on its northmost border; on the southeast it merges into the clays and marls of the Coastal Plain. It is 60 miles long and 30 miles wide at the Delaware River. The larger part of Passaic, Somerset, Morris, Hunterdon, Mercer, Middlesex, Union, Essex) Hudson, and Bergen counties are in it. It has a breadth of 15 to 30 miles, and stretches south-southwest and west-southwest to the Delaware River. Its surface is diversified by gentle swelling ridges and by jagged and steeply sloping trap rock hiUs and mountains. TJm southern interior. — In the southern part the nearness to the waters of the ocean on the east and to Delaware Bay on the west and southwest exerts a modifying influence. The elevations above ocean level are so inconsiderable that they may be disregarded altogether. The nature of the surface and the character and extent of the forest disturb but slightly the climate as determined by latitude, by proximity to the sea, and by prevailing winds. Under this head all of the southern part of the State is included except the narrow belt bordering the ocean and part of Cape May, which make the fourth climatic province. There are no rocky outcrops nor any steep slopes as in the northern part of the State. The surface is gently rolling to hilly, and the elevations have no measurable effect upon temperature. Seacoast. — ^That part of the State which borders the ocean, and is near enough to be directly exposed to the ameliorating influence of its waters, is designated as the seacoast. It is difficult to define its limits as it merges into that of the southern interior on the west and northwest. The influence of the ocean's waters is felt very decidedly to a distance of 4 to 8 miles from the line of beach from Sandy Hook to Cape May. Table of Normal Temperatdres for the Several Climatio Divisions of thk State. [Degrees Fahrenheit.] Division. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Deo. H'C^lflTl'ls J^Tifl TTittfl.t.iTiny V^.llfiy 26.5 29.1 31.6 30.0 26.7 30.0 32.0 30.6 35.5 37.9 39. S 38.3 48.0 49.1 50.5 48.8 59.0 60.4 61.6 59.1 67.9 69.8 70.8 68.6 71.9 74.1 75.0 73.3 70.2 72.5 73.3 72.8 63.6 66.8 66.9 67.4 61.8 53.8 55.2 56.5 40.8 42.8 44.5 45.4 31 Red sandstone plain Southern interior 33.1 35 1 Seacoast 35 9 Year. Seasons. March ol the seasons. Spring. Summer. Autumn. Winter. Winter to spring. Spring to summer. Smnmer to taU. FaUto winter. Higtdands and Kittatinny Valley 49.3 51.5 63.0 52.8 47.5 49.1 50.6 48.9 70.0 72.1 73.0 71.6 62.1 54.1 56.6 56.4 28.1 30.7 32.9 34.4 19.4 18.4 20.1 14.5 22.5 23.0 22.4 22.7 -17.9 -18.0 -17.6 -15.2 24 23.4 Southern interior 22.6 22 Absolute Maximum and Minimum Tem;peratures. Division. Maximum. Minimum. Division. Maximum. Minimum. Highlands and Kittatinny Valley. 102°, July 107°, July -34°, January. — 20°, January. Southern interior 106°, July 102°, July — 17°, January. —7°, February. Seacoast The figures in the above tables are taken from observations made by the voluntary observers of the Service for each station having a continuous record of ten years and over, and show the gradual increase in the mean temperature of the months and seasons and of the year as we go from north toward.the south. It will be noticed that while the range of temperature in all the districts is great, yet the difference in the seasons is slight and not near so great as the individual months. The mean annual temperature ranges from 49.2° at Dover to 55.4° at Bridgeton, a difi^erence of 6.2°, almost corresponding to 3° of latitude or slightly more than the difl'erence between the extreme north and south ends of the State. The difference in the mean temperature in the spring months has a marked effect upon vegetation, and the flowering of fruit trees is from two to three weeks earlier in the extreme southern part of the State than on the Highlands. The small fruits also come earlier and are marketed before the picking begins in the central and northern counties. Early vegetables are produced in the southern part of the State as early as in Maryland. Melons, sweet potatoes, and other semitropical products, which thrive so well in the southern and central counties, are scarcely attempted in the extreme north. 202 MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 203 Sea breezes. — Along the coast there is a belt of varying breadth in which the general direction of the wind is interrupted during the summer months by the inflowing currents of sea air, which are known as sea breezes. They are periodic, coming daijy, with rare exceptions. This movement begins usually about midday and gradually increases in force until about 3 o'dock in the afternoon. It then decreases gradually until about nightfall, when the off-shore wind takes its place. This is one of the most striking features of the shore, which moderates the heat and makes the shore resorts so attractive. ' Rain and snow. — ^The greater part of the annual precipitation is in the form of rain, which falls during the passage of storm areas moving across the Lake region and down the St. Lawrence Valley. The duration of these storms varies from a few hours, as in the case of thunderstorms of summer, to one, two, or three days in the more slowly moving areas of low pressure. During the colder months, December to March, the precipitation is mostly in the form of snow, especially in the northern portion. In the extreme south there is more rain, even in the winter months, than snow. The warm season of the year is marked all over the State by the occurrence of thunder storms, which move rapidly from the northwest to the southeast. They are more frequent during the months of July and August and more common in the late afternoon than in the morning hours of the day. From observations made at 31 stations, 5 in the Highlands and Kittatinny Valley, 11 in the red sandstone plain, 11 in the Eouthern interior, and 4 on the seacoast, all of which have a continuous record for ten years and over, we give the following table : Monthly and Annual Pebcipitation, including Melted Snow. Division. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual. Highlands and Kittatinny Valley In. 3.5 3.9 3.6 3.9 In. 4.3 4.1 4.1 3.9 In. 4.0 4.1 4.2 4.4 In. 3.5 3.4 3.4 3.4 In. 4.6 4.3 4.3 3.5 In. 3.5 3.7 3.4 3.4 In. 5.4 5.2 4.7 4.6 In. 4.9 4.6 4.2 4.6 In. 4.0 4.0 3.8 3.8 In. 3.7 3.5 3.8 3.8 In. 3.7 3.8 3.6 3.6 In. 3.9 3.8 3.6 3.8 In. 49.1 48.4 46.7 3.7 4.1 4.2 3.4 4.2 3.5 5.0 4.6 3.9 3.7 3.7 3.8 47.7 List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Atlantic Bergen (see New York, N. Y.)- Burlington Camden (see Mocres- town) . Cape May (see Atlantic City). Cumberland Essex (see New York, N. Y.). Gloucester (see Vine- land) . Hudson (see New York, N. Y.). Hunterdon (see New Brunswick) . Mercer (see Moores- town). Station. Atlantic City. Moorestown.. Vineland , Southern coast Northeastern Southern interior. do Southern coast. Southern interior. Northeastern Southern interior. Northeastern Northern interior. Central Page. 208 County. Middlesex . Monmouth . Morris Ocean (see Asbury Park). Passaic (see Port Jer- vts. N. Y.). Salem (see Vineland). Somerset (see New Brunswick). Sussex (see Dover) . . . Union(see New York, N. Y.). Warren (see Dover) . . Station. New Brunswick. Asbury Park. Dover District. Red sandstone plain. Northern coast . . . Highlands and Kittatinny Val- ley. Central coast Northern . Southern interior. Red sandstone plain. Northern interior. Northern coast . . . Northern interior. Page. 206 204 State Summary. Station. Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90'=. Mini- mum below 32°. Dover New Brunswick Asbury Park... Moorestown Vineland Atlantic City... °F. 39 45 44 38 43 46 °F. 102 106 102 103 105 JiUy, 1901 do July, 1898 September, 1881 July, 1901 July, 1880 °F. -13 -12 -10 -15 -13 - 7 January, 1893.. January, 1873.. 1 ebruary, 1899. January, 1881.. J- ebruary, 1899. do 129 97 94 % S3 Dover New Brunswick Asbury Park... Moorestown Vineland Atlantic City... Num- ber. Precipitation. Average date of- Date of- First killing Oct. 4 Oct. 16 Oct. 21 Oct. 20 Oct. 18 Nov. 4 I Earliest Last in . killing spring. , in autumn. Latest Annual. Inches. 51.2 do... 48.0 Apr. 19 Oct. 3 May 29 48.1 Apr. 23 I. ---do... Mav 15 45.6 " Oct. 2 May 13 47.3 Oct. 1 Apr. 25 42 May 10 Sept. 15 May Apr. 16 Apr. 17 Apr. 11 Spring. Inches. 11.5 11.7 12.0 11.0 11.3 Summer. Inches. 15.0 14.0 13.8 13.0 13 11.3 Inches. 11.9 11.1 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.1 Winter. Inches. 12.8 11.2 11.4 10.7 12.1 10.8 204 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW JERSEY. Highlands and Kittatinny Valley: MORRIS COUNTY. Station: DOVER. William C. Habris, Observer. [Established 1885. Latitude 40° 50' N. Longitude, 74° 33' W. Elevation, 575 leet.] This station is located in the northern portion of Morris County. The station was equipped with standard instruments by the New Jersey weather service January 1, 1891. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a lattice shelter in the southwest comer of a large lot which surrounds the dwelling of Mr. Harris. The height of the instruments above ground is 4J feet. The rain gage is about 10 feet west of the shelter and has a good open exposure. The top of the gage is 2.2 feet above ground. From January, 1885, to December, 1890, monthly meat; temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; from January, 1891, to December, 1903, from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Mean, January 1, 1885, to December 31, 1905. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 31 27 27 °F. 39 35 36 "F. 62 59 59 "F. 22 18 18 'F. - 6 -13 -10 "F. 39 37 36 'F. 23 18 17 In. 4.0 4.5 4.3 9 10 9 In. 3.0 4.0 0.8 In. 5.2 4.8 4.0 In. 6.4 11.2 17.0 In. 13.5 Jfl.Tinn.ry 9.5 9.0 28 37 19 12.8 28 7.8 14.0 34.6 March 35 47 59 46 60 71 74 92 99 27 36 47 - 4 14 5R 45 52 63 27 44 56 4.0 3.3 4.2 11 9 11 2.1 5.2 2.7 S.5 4.3 0.4 7.9 1.6 0.0 20.0 April 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 47 .59 37 11.5 31 10.0 10.2 9.5 67 72 70 80 84 82 100 102 100 55 60 58 40 43 40 70 76 75 61 67 64 4.0 5.7 5.3 10 12 10 3.9 4.0 2.4 15.0 5.5 9.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0<0 70 82 58 15.0 32 10.3 29.9 0.0 63 51 41 52 75 63 60 99 89 72 51 40 31 30 19 8 67 57 45 58 46 35 4.1 3.9 3.9 8 9 9 0.6 4.2 2.5 3.4 10.8 1.3 0.0 0.0 2.8 October November 5 Fall mean 63 41 11.9 26 7.3 15.5 2.8 Annnfll Tnp.flTi 49 60 102 39 1 -!.■? 51.2 117 35.4 69.6 46.9 20 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 26, 29; Feb. 5-7, July 20, 28, 29. 1900 Jan. 1, 4, 9, 26-31; July 4, 15, 16, 17; Aug. 6 7, 9-12, 27. 31. 14, 16, 17, 24, 25, 27; Feb. 2^, 25-28; Mar. Dec. 24, 27, 29. 12, 13, 17, 18. 1895 Jan. 1, 2, 5, 25, 29-31; Feb. 1, 3, 6-9, 12, 18, 23, 24; Dec. 4, 12, 13 May 10, 30, 31; June Sept. 20-23. 1-3; July 21; 1901 Jan. 3, 4 19, 20, 27; Feb. 1-3, 9, 11, 23, 24, 28; Mar. 1, 6, 7; Dec. 6, 7, 18, 20-22. June 26, 29, 30; July 1, 2, 29. 1896 Jan. 2, 4-7, 12, 16; Feb. 16; Mar. 13-15, 18, 24, 25; Dec. 4, 21, 23-25, 27-29. June 20; Aug. 5-13. 1902 Jan 1,2,4-6,13,17,18, 20, 28-31; Feb. 3-8, 11,19; Dec. 9, 10, 14, 15, 28, 29. July 9. 1897 Jan. 12, 13, 19, 20, 25, 26, 31; Feb. 1, 5. 13, 14; Dec. 25, 28, 29. July 6, 9, 10; Sept. 9-11. 1903 Jan. 8-14, 18-20, 24; Feb. 17-21, 23; Dec. 12, 18, 19, 26-30. May 18-20; July 9. 1898 Jan. 1,2, 4, 29-31; Feb. 1-5,7; Dec. 13,14,16. Julyl, 3, 4, 21; Sept. 12. 1899 Jan. 1-3, 10-12, 19, 20, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 8-16; Dec. 29-31. June 5-8, 15, 24; July 3, 4 22,27; Aug. 21. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 205 NEW JERSEY. Central Section. MIDDLESEX COUNTY. Station: NEW BRUNSWICK. Charles V. Meters. Observer. [EstabUshed by P. V. Spader, May 1, 1862, Latitude, 40° 29' N. Longitude, 74° 27' W. Elevation, 61 feet.] This station was located at the residence of Mr. P. V. Spader, corner of George and Chui-ch streets. The maximum and minimum thermometers were exposed in an alleyway on the west side of the house, 5 feet from the ground, and protected from the sun and from reflection. The rain gage used was a small Smithsonian and was placed in the yard, with a free expo- sure, 4 feet above the ground. On May 1, 1890, the instruments were transferred to the present observer. They are placed in a shelter of the regular Weather Bureau pattern in the center of a lot, about 40 feet from any building and 5 feet above the ground. The maximum and minimum thermometers are the regular standard instruments, as is also the rain gage. Both the thermometers and the rain gage have a good open exposure. The observer's dwelling is situated on South Paterson street between George and Hiram streets. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Average number of days with maximum temperature above 90° for a period of fourteen years, with minimum below 32°, thirty years. The remaining data are for the period of observation February 1, 1857, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 3 i a ■ tw R S 1 a . si g .a -< a '3 a |i < I ag 5 a| o i 1 |.a ao a g o a iil Snow. 1. Month. ■AA a o 5 Decern Janua Febru ber ° F. 33 30 32 "F. 40 37 38 "F. 69 66 70 'F. 28 24 26 °F. - 4 -12 -10 °F. 42 39 41 "F. 26 23 22 In. 3.7 3.8 3.7 9 11 11 In. 4.2 3.3 1.9 In. l.'S 6.4 2.4 In. 3.6 7.4 11.2 In. 10.0 10.7 10.0 N.W. ry N.W. ary N.W. 32 38 26 11.2 31 9.4 10.6 22.2 N.W. March April. May. 38 50 61 46 68 70 76 96 99 32 41 52 2 17 31 47 66 67 31 42 54 3.9 3.8 4.0 13 10 12 1.9 4.1 4.8 3.2 6.0 4.2 3.0 0.5 0.0 11.3 4.0 0.0 N.W. N.W. sw. Spring mean 60 58 42 11.7 36 10.8 12.4 3.5 NW. June. July.. Augus 70 74 72 78 83 81 102 106 101 61 66 65 42 46 45 74 79 78 65 71 67 3.9 6.1 6.0 11 12 11 0.2 2.8 3.0 3.4 10.4 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. t SE. 72 81 64 14.0 34 6.0 18.8 0.0 SW. Septra Octob Novel] nber . . . 66 55 44 74 63 61 103 91 76 68 47 37 37 24 10 73 61 49 60 50 38 3.8 3.6 3.7 9 9 10 1.5 2.0 3 6 7.8 3.1 8.5 0.0 T. 2.0 0.0 T. 6.0 NW NW. NW. 55 63 47 11.1 28 7.1 19.4 2.0 NW. 52 60 106 45 -12 • 48.0 128 33.3 61.2 27.7 11.3 NW. Dates of Temperatiire Extkemes fok the Period January 1, 1894, i o December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maxim Lun 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 28; Feb. 5, 14, 17, 24,25,27; Dec. 28, 29. Jan 5, 13, 14; Feb. 1, 3,5-9, 12; Dec. 13., June 23; July 1, 13, 19-21, 25-29, 31; Sept 10. MaylO, 30, 31; June 1-3; July 20, 21; Aug. 16, 29; Sept. 12, 20-23. . None. Do. June 13, 26, 26, 30; July 1-A, 16, 30; Aug. 24, 31; Sept. 1-5. June 5-8, 16; July 3, 4, 22; Aug. 21. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 4, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 19, 25, 27, 28; Mar. 12, 18; Dec. 16, 17. Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 1, 13, 14; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 6,22. Feb. 5, 6; Dec. 9, 10, 28 Jan. 13, 19; Feb. 18- 21; Dec. 19,26, 27, 29. May 15; Jime 7, 9-12, 26, 27 June 26-30; Ju July 9. July 9, 10. 27; July 16-18; , 31; Sept. 6. ly 1-3, 21, 29. Aug. 6, 1897 do 1898 1899 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 2 Dec. 14. Jan. 1-3, 11, 12; F 1, 2, 9, 10, 12-16; r 30, 31. -4; eb. ec. 206 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW JERSEY. Sea Coast: MONMOUTH COUNTY. Station: ASBURY PARK. B. H. Obekt, Observer. [Established by the New Jersey weather service January 1, 1889. Latitude, 40° 13' N. Longitude, 74° 0' W. Elevation, 30.5 leet.] This station is located directly on the Atlantic coast. Up to April, 1898, the maximum and minimum thermometers were exposed in a shelter, ftimished by the Weather Bureau, in the yard directly in the rear of Park Hall, about two-thirds of a mUe from the ocean front. The rain gage was placed on the roof of a building in said yard 15 feet above the ground surface and 44 feet distant from the nearest building, which rises about 15 feet higher than the rain gage. In AprU, 1898, the thermometers were removed to a new instrument shelter constructed by the board of health and placed over a grass plot on the beach front about 150 feet from high-water mark. The shelter is about 8 feet above the ground surface. The rain gage was also removed from Park Hall premises in AprU, 1898, and mounted on a tower of the fire department building, about 40 feet above the ground surface, and free from obstructions. The rain gage was again moved in AprU, 1903, to the present quarters of the board of health, about half a mUe from the ocean front, and placed on a tower on the roof of said building, 40 feet above the ground surface. Monthly mean temperatvires were computed from the daily extremes. Snowfall, wind, and frost data and average number of days with maximum temperatures above 90° and minimum below 32° are for the period of observation January, 1893, to December, 1903. The remaining data are for the period Jan- uary 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 , , 1 , la u ^^ t> fl o — a i li H •s-a ta 3 o 1 1 as 1^ R 1^^ a© *5 % ca ^ '^ Snow. s Month. « s-ss S •^ ■< a -< H 1^ a z 6h H . 1903 Jan. 13, 19; Feb. 18- July 1-3, S-ll; Aug. 25. 20; Deo. 27. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 207 NEW JERSEY. Southern Interior: BURLINGTON COUNTY. Station: MOORESTOWN. John C. Beans, Observer. [Bstablislied in February, 1863. Latitude, 40° 0' N. Longitude, 74° 64' W. Elevation, 71 Jeet.] This station is about 3 miles northeast of Moorestown, on a farm in a district comparatively clear of woodland, but Interspersed with shade and fruit trees. It is within a mile of Rancocas River, a tidal stream which empties into the Del- aware River. The surface is comparatively level, and the soil, though sandy, is generally sodded within 100 yards of the instrument shelter. The station was equipped with standard Weather Bureau instruments by the New Jersey weather service in February, 1891. The thermometers are in the standard shelter, 5 J feet above the sod. The rain gage is located 55 yards from the dwelling and 21 yards from the nearest tree. The top of the gage is 2.6 feet above the ground. Observations were made by Mr. Thomas J. Beans from 1863 to 1900 and by Mr. John C. Beans from 1900 to 1903. From April, 1863, to March, 1891, monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m., and from April, 1891, to AprU, 1904, from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, AND Annual Means, Apkil 1, isaa , TO April 30, 1904. Temperature. Precipitation. bo i 1 a i 1 9 . H ■3 .a S '3 1 ^ o < a h i 1 o s OS hi 3 is R Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. f S Month. M . Si- fa < 'F. 33 30 31 °F.* 64 58 68 °F. 76 73 72 "F.* 9 5 2 °F. - 9 -16 -13 "F. 41 40 39 'F. 24 21 22 In. 3.5 3.6 3.7 9 10 9 In. 2.2 4.8 0.9 In. 8.2 3.0 6.4 In. 6.4 8.0 8.0 In. 7.6 6.5 13.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 31 60 6 10.7 28 7.9 17.6 21.4 NW. 38 60 61 68 83 89 79 94 97 16 27 37 2 21 31 49 55 68 30 43 64 3.8 3.1 4.1 11 9 10 4.0 6.1 2.6 4.2 3.6 2.4 4.6 0.4 T. 6.0 3.6 0.0 NW. April NW. li^y NW. Spring mean 60 80 27 1 11.0 30 11.7 10.2 5.0 NW. 70 76 73 94 96 93 99 102 101 48 53 62, 43 60 48 74 79 77 66 70 68 3.8 4.6 4.6 9 10 9 6.0 2.9 0.6 7.3 7.1 8.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July NW. NW. Summer mean 73 94 61 13.0 28 8.6 22.8 0.0 NW. 66 54 43 91 82 71 103 90 78 41 30 20 36 26 10 74 61 60 61 48 36 3.7 3.7 3.6 8 8 9 0.6 4.3 2.9 6.3 7.6 2.5 0.0 T. 0.9 0.0 0.0 10.5 NW. October NW. NW. 64 81 30 10.9 26 7.7 15.4 0.9 NW. Annual mean 52 79 103 38 -15 45.6 111 36.8 66.0 27.3 13.0 NW. *Th6 values here given appear to he the means of the monthly rather than the daily extremes. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1896 1896 1897 1898 1899 Feb. 5, 24, 26; Dec. 29. Jan. 6; Feb. 3,6-9,11. Jan. 6, 6, 8; Feb. 17, . 18, 20; Deo. 24, 26, 27-29. Jan. 13, 20, 26, 26, 30, 31; Feb. 1,27. Jan. 2, 30, 31; Feb. 3, 4; Dec. 14. Jan. 1-3, 11, 12; Feb. 1, 2, 9, 11-16; Deo. 30,31. June 23, 24; July 13, 26-29. Aug. 11, 12, 16, 17, 24, 29; Sept. 12, 21- 23, 26. Aug. 6-9, 11-13. July 10; Sept. 10, 11. July 1,3, 4; Sept. 1-3,5.. June 6, 7; July 22. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2-4, 30; Feb. 1-3, 19, 20, 25, 27, 28; Mar. 18; Dec. 15, 17. Jan. 20; Feb. 1, 14; Mar. 7; Deo. 6, 8, 19, 22. Feb. 5, 6, 19 July 16-18; Aug. 7, 10-12 June 30; July 1-3, 29. None. None. Jan. 13. 19; Feb. 18- 21; Dec. 19,27. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 14 208 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW JERSEY. Southern Interior: CUMBERLAND COUNTY. Station: VINELAND. Alfred Chalmees, Observer. [Establishedby Dr. I. Ingram, August 1,1867. Latitude, 39° 29' N. Longitude, 75° 1' W. Elevation, 118 feet.] This station ig situated 4^ milfes northeast of the town of Vineland, in the open country, which is level. The station was equipped with standard Weather Bureau instruments by the New Jersey weather service February 1, 1891. The maxi- mum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, 45 feet northwest of Mr. Chalmers's dwelling and 60 feet southwest of his barn. The instruments are 4 J feet above the ground. The rain gage is 12 feet west of the shelter. The top of the gage is 2J feet above the ground. From 1868 to 1889, inclusive, mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; from 1891 to 1903, inclusive, from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum temperature data are for the period of observation 1891 to 1903 ; snowfall, wind direction , and average number of days with maximum temperature above 90°, and minimum below 32°, for the period 1893 to 1803. The remaining tabulated data are for the period August 1, 1867, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperatu re. Precipitation. to 1 i 1 1 S . |i 1^ 1 li o 1 li 1' S H |a 1 i &° ■si 2; ^1 SB SI o 5 Snow. 1 Montha. caja its a o R December "F. 34 32 33 °i?. 45 41 42 "F. 68 63 71 "F. 26 24 24 'F. - 5 -n -13 °F. 42 41 40 "F. 25 25 24 In. 3.8 4.2 4.1 8 10 10 In. 2.8 2.6 4.0 In. 6.8 3.8 7.4 In. 2.8 4.3 8.6 In. 6.5 7.0 18.0 NW. January . . . NW. February NW. 33 43 25 12.1 28 9.4 18.0 15.7 NW. Marcb 40 51 62 52 63 74 83 97 98 32 40 50 10 21 29 46 66 69 31 43 57 4.3 3.3 3.7 11 9 11 2.6 2.2 3.0 4.4 3.6 1.4 1.4 0.1 0.0 3.0 1.5 0.0 NW. NW. M^ay SE. Spring mean 51 63 41 11.3 31 7.8 9.4 1.6 1 NW. 72 76 74 83 87 85 102 105 104 59 65 64 41 49 46 76 82 78 65 71 69 3.6 4.6 4.8 9 10 10 3.5 2.6 2.0 8.2 3.7 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. S. SE. 74 85 63 13.0 29 8.0 14.0 0.0 1 SE. 67 56 44 79 67 65 101 92 79 67 45 35 36 22 14 76 64 51 61 50 37 3.8 3.6 3.5 8 8 9 2.4 4.6 2.6 6.4 6.4 3.7 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 6.0 SE. .NW. NW. 56 67 46 10.9 25 9 6 14.5 0.8 NW. 53 64 105 43 -13 47.3 113 34.8 65.9 18.0 18.0 NW Dates op Temperatdke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Feb. 5,24,26; Dec. 29, 30. June 17, 21-24, 27, 28; July 3, 12-21, 25- 31; Aug. 18; Sept. 10. 1899 Jan. 2, 3, 11; Feb. 1,2, 9-16; Dec. 29-31. June 5-8, 15; July 3, 23. 1895 Jan. 5; Feb. 3,5-9, 12, May 30, 31; June 1-3, 5, 23, 24, 27; July 1900 Jan. 4, 30; Feb. 1, 2, May 15; June 27; July 4-8, 15-20 Aug. 15, 16. 17, 20, 21; Aug. 9-12, 16, 24, 28, 29, 31; Sept. 12, 20-23. ■ 20, 25, 27, 28; Mar. 18; Dec. 22. 6, 7, 9-12, 26, 27; Sept. 6, 7. 1896 Jan. 5, 6, 8; Feb. 17, Apr. 17-19; May 10, 11, 17; June 8; Aug. 1901 Jan. 20; Feb. 1, 2, 23; June 12, 29, 30; July 1-6, 24, 29, 30; Au'<. 18, 20, 21; Mar. 25; 5-13. Mar. 7; Deo. 18-20, 10. Deo. 18,20,24-26,28 22. 1902 June 13; July 20. May 20; July 2, 9-11; Aug. 25. 1897 Jan. 26,26,29-31; Feb. June 30; July 6; Sept. 10, 11. 1903 Jan. 13, 19; Feb. 18- 27. 20; Deo. 19. 1898 Feb. 2-4; Dec. 3, 8,21. June 13, 25, 26, 28; July 1-4,21,29; Sept. 1-3, 6 6. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 309 NEW JERSEY. Seacoast: ATLANTIC COUNTY. Station: ATLANTIC CITY. Edwaed W. McGann, Section Director. [Established by Signal Service on December 10, 1873. Latitude 39° 22' N.; Longitude 74° 25' W. Elevation, 9 feet.] Tlie station was established December 10, 1873, and now occupies a building erected by the Bureau especially for its use. It is located on Rhode Island avenue, in the extreme northeast portion of the city. The exposure is free and open on the south and east and commands a good view of the ocean. The station is fully equipped with standard Weather Bureau instruments. The thermometer and rain gages are exposed on the roof of the building. The elevation of the barometer is 16 feet above mean sea level. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation. Snowfall, nineteen years; humidity, thirteen years; sunshine, seven years; frost, twenty years; mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, twenty years. Kemainder of data is from the whole period of observation, twenty-eight years, January 1, 1874, to November 30, 1894, and December \ 1896, to December 31, 1903. Monthly Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total, sunshine. §= 3 s ■a 1 a 1 3 B o .Q e p. 00 o s (0 o s Month. o °2.d < o °F. 36 33 33 43 40 40 °F. 68 64 71 "F. 23 26 27 "F. - 7 - 4 - 7 "F. 44 42 41 "F. 27 23 26 In. 3.9 3.6 3.4 10 12 11 In. 2.8 2.4 3.3 In. 5.6 3.9 5.2 In. 2.8 4.9 5.8 In. 13.0 10.1 18.0 p.a. 82 83 81 Grs. 2.02 1.08 1.64 P.ct. 81 81 80 Grs. 2.14 1.92 1.82 168 167 178 68 66 59 NW. NW. NW. 34 41 27 10.8 33 8.6 14.0 13.5 82 1.78 81 L96 171 57 NW. 31 42 53 March 38 47 67 45 54 63 77 84 90 32 41 52 8 19 33 45 62 63 3.7 3.1 3.0 13 11 11 2.8 2.0 3.2 5.7 2.5 0.6 3.1 T. 0.0 7.0 0.1 0.0 81 79 82 2.07 2.70 4.11 80 81 86 2.20 3.08 4.26 196 233 264 53 58 60 NW. SW. M^y SW. Spring mean 47 54 42 9.8 35 8.0 8.7 3.1 81 2.96 82 3.18 231 57 SW. 67 72 72 73 78 78 95 99 98 60 66 66 45 52 48 70 75 76 63 69 68 3.1 3.8 4.4 9 10 10 2.3 3.1 0.7 4.4 10.1 7.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 83 84 84 5.63 6.92 6.92 87 88 86 6.71 7.25 7.32 295 313 295 66 72 70 SW. July SW. SW. 70 76 64 11.3 29 6.1 21.6 0.0 84 6.49 87 6.76 301 69 SW. 67 57 46 73 63 62 94 86 74 61 60 39 37 29 10 72 61 52 64 51 40 3.2 3.6 3.3 8 10 10 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.2 12.1 1.9 0.0 0.0 1.1 0.0 0.0 8.0 84 83 82 5.83 4.02 2.70 84 81 81 6.C8 4.20 2.87 269 207 166 72 60 66 SW. NW. NW. 66 63 60 10.1 28 6.4 16.2 1.1 83 4.20 82 4.38 214 02 NW. ATi-nnal Tnfin.n 52 58 99 46 - 7 42.0 126 28.0 61.0 17.7 18.0 82 3.86 83 4.07 229 02 NW. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 26.. June 11, 24. Missing. Do. June 26, 30; Sept. 11. June 26; July 1 ; Aug. 25. June 7, 8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1,2,27 May 14; June 25, 29; July 4, 6, 7; Aug. 7 9 12 1895 1896 June 30; July 1, 2, 30. July 6, 20; Aug. 25. May 20; July 26; Aug. 25. .1897 Jan. 25,26 1898 Feb. 2 Jan. 1, 2, 11; Feb. 9-14; Dec. 1,5, 11, 12, 26, 30. Feb. 19 1899 PENNSYLVANIA. By THEODORE F. TOWNSEND, Local Forecaster . 211 PENNSYLVANIA. Pennsylvania is about 160 miles wide between its northern and southern boundaries and over 300 miles long between its western and eastern border lines, the latter following the course of the Delaware River. At its northwest corner it has a shore line of 40 miles on Lake Erie. Its surface area measures nearly 28,000,000 acres, or 45,000 square miles, less than one-half of which is under cultivation. The State is subdivided into 67 counties and topographically into three parts: (1) The open country between the South Mountains and its southern and eastern boundaries, (2) a middle belt of parallel valleys separated by parallel mountain ranges, and (3) a northern and western upland behind the escarpment of the Allegheny Mountains. The climate is necessarily varied, and, in a greater or lesser degree, includes the marine, continental, mountain, and plain. The ordinary method of illustrating the temperature distribution by the use of isothermal lines is especially difficult for this State, in consequence of the extremely broken character of the surface contours. The mountain ranges are separated by deep valleys, in some cases with abrupt slopes, and the elevated masses are deeply cut through by larger rivers and their tribu- taries. The winds are in general from a westerly quarter. In the western portion of the State the influence of the Great Lakes is manifest in the great number of light snows in winter, and along the immediate lake shore the extremes of temperature are not so pronounced as in the interior of the State. The prevailing westerly winds are interrupted with greater or less frequency by southerly winds , which are relatively warm at all seasons, and by easterly winds, which, being from the ocean, are moist at all times and relatively cool in summer. The northwestern plateau or upland is the coldest part of the State and the southeastern the warmest. The extremes of temperature are greater in the valleys than on the higher elevations. In the mountain districts the summer maxima are from 8° to 10° less than in the adjacent valleys. The annual mean temperature of the open country between the South Mountains and its southern and eastern boundaries is about 52°; that of the middle belt of parallel valleys and mountain ridges is about 50°; and of the uplands, north of the Alleghenies, 48° to 45°. The isotherms of 49° and 48° have the most extensive range, viz, from Pike County on the Delaware River to the southern, western, and northern boundaries. Those of 47°, 46°, and 45° pass through the northern tier of counties from Wayne County on the east to Warren County on the west, and extend into Clearfield County through its adjacent counties on the north. The last killing frost in spring and first killing frost in autumn occur in April or May and September or October, according to locality and season. The annual rainfall, 44 inches, subdivided among the four seasons^ gives for the winter, 10; for spring, 11; for summer, 13; and for autumn, 10. Excessive rainfalls are not infrequent in the southeastern section of the State. The rainfall is rather evenly distributed throughout the year. The snowfall is usually sufficient for the protection of winter grain; in the mountain regions it is often so great that when it melts suddenly great floods are produced in the Delaware, Susquehanna, and Ohio rivers and their tributaries. Destructive freshets sometimes occur in these rivers when heavy rains or warm weather cause the ice to break up in the spring. List op Counties and Climatologioal Stations. County. Adams (see York) Allegheny Armstrong (.see Pittsburg) Beaver (see Pittsburg) Bedford (see Huntingdon). Berks (see Lebanon) Blair (see Huntiiigdon) Bradford B iiclcs .^, ,__----,, Butler' (see Pittsburg) Cambria {see Huntingdon) Cameron Carbon Center " Clarion (see Saegerstown) . Clearneld (see Emporium) . Clinton (see Emporium) . . . Columbia (see Selinsgrove; . Crawford Cumberland (see Harris- burg) . Dauphm Delaware (see West Chester). Elk (see Emporium) Erie Fayette (see Pittsburg) . . . Forest (see Saegerstown) . . Franklin (see Huntingdon) Fulton (see Huntingdon) . . Greene (see Pittsburg) Huntingdon Indiana (see Pittsburg) . . . Jefferson (see Emporium) . Juniata (see Selinsgrove) . . Lackawanna (see South. Eaton. Lancaster (see Harrisburg and Lebanon) . Station. Pittsburg.. Le Roy Quakerstown. Emporium Mauch Chunk. , State College . . West Chester.. Saegerstown. Harrisburg.. Er. Huntingdon — Southern Southwestern. .. Western do Southern Southeastern . Central Northern Southeastern . Western Central Northern Eastern Central Southeastern . Western Central Northern Central Northwestern Southern Central Southeastern. Northern Northwestern . . Southwestern... Northwestern . . Southern ....do •---. Southwestern... Central Western ....do Central Northeastern... Southeastern. Page. ■217 225 216 221 219 228 County. Lawrence (see Saegers- town). Lebanon Lehigh (see Mauch Chunk) . Luzeme(see Mauch Chunk) Lycoming (see Emporium) McKean (see Emporium) . . Mercer (see Saegerstown) . . Miflain (see Huntingdon). . . Monroe (see Mauch Chunk) Montgomery (see West Chester. Montour (see Selinsgrove) . Northampton (see Mauch Chunk) . Northumberland (see Se- linsgrove). Perry (see Harrisburg) Philadelphia Pike (see South Eaton) Potter (see Emporium) Schuylkill (see Mauch Chunk). Snyder Somerset (see Huntingdon) Sullivan (see Le Roy) Susquehanna (see Le Roy). Tioga (see Le Roy) Union (see Selinsgrove) Venango (see Saegerstown) Warred (see Saegerstown). Washington (see Pitts- burg). WajTie (see South Eaton) . Westmoreland (see Pitts- burg). Wyommg York Station. Lebanon. Philadelphia. . Selinsgrove . South Eaton . York Western . Southeastern. . Eastern -...do Northern ....do Northwestern . Central Eastern Southeastern. , Central . . Eastern. Central . ....do Southeastern . Eastern Northern Eastern Central Southwestern . Northern Northeastern.. Northern Central Northwestern . ....do Southwestern. . Northeastern.. Southwestern. . Northeastern... Southern Page. 229 220 218 227 212 MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. State Summahy. 213 station. Erie Saeg Emporium Leroy South Eaton. State College. Selinagrove. . . Mauch Chunk Pittsburg Huntingdon.. Lebanon Quake rstown. Harrisburg... York West Chester. Philadelphia. . Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. 'F. 94 98 97 96 101 104 103 104 104 105 101 107 100 103 July, 1890, July, 1897, May, 1895, June, 1891 July, 1892 July, 1900, ....do..., July, 1898, July, 1881, July, 1898, ....do..., ....do.... ....do.... July, 1901, ....do..., ....do.... Abso- lute mini- mum. °F. -16 -27 -28 -20 -18 -20 -23 -14 -20 -23 -16 -15 -13 -17 -12 Date. February, 1875.. February, 1892.. February, 1899. do January, 1893. . . February, 1899. . do .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 108 151 132 139 125 118 118 125 93 120 114 126 94 110 94 86 Erie Saeg Emporium Leroy South Eaton. State College. Selinsgrove. .. Mauch Chunlc Pittsburg Huntingdon. . Lebanon Quakerstown. Harrisburg... York West Chester. Philadelphia. . Num- ber. Frost. Average date of — First killing 1 Oct. 19 2 Sept 24 3 Sept 29 4 Oct. 2 5 Sept 28 6 Sept 22 V Oct. 1 8 Oct. 10 9 Oct. 19 10 Oct. 15 11 Oct. 2S 12 Oct. 20 1,^ Oct. 23 14 Oct. 1 15 Oct. 26 16 Oct. 30 Last in spring. Apr. May May May Apr. May May May Apr. May Apr. Apr. Apr. Apr. Apr. Apr. Date of — Earhest killing Oct. 12 Sept. 11 Sept. 21 Sept. 15 Sept. 6 Sept. 2 Sept. 19 Sept. 25 Oct. 3 Sept. 19 Sept. 26 Oct. 3 Latest May 17 June 2 May 29 ....do... May 10 June 9 ...do... May 29 Apr. 26 May 10 May 31 Apr. 29 Precipitation. Inches. 39.2 44.3 44.2 41.2 38.2 40.2 441 50.5 36.8 42.2 45.9 45.? 38.1 41.9 50.5 40.6 Spring. 10.6 11.6 11.0 10.0 10.8 11.6 13.1 9.4 12.0 12.3 11.3 9.9 10.7 12.8 9.5 Inches. 10.2 13.6 13.2 12.3 10.7 12.0 12.8 13.8 11.4 11.6 12.6 12.3 11.5 11.5 13.3 11.9 Autumn. Inches. 11.0 10.1 9.7 9.4 9.0 8.8 10.5 11.5 7.5 9.3 10.3 10.8 8.3 10.3 12.2 9.5 Inches. 9.2 10.1 9.7 8.5 8.5 8.6 9.2 12.1 8.5 9.3 10.7 10.8 8.4 9.4 12.2 9.7 214 CLIMATOLOGY OV THE UNITED STATES. PENNSYLVANIA. Lake Shore: ERIE COUNTY. Station: ERIE. T. J. CoNsmiifE, Observer. [Established by Signal Service May 25, 1873, at comer ol Fifth and State streets. Moved to Federal Bmlding, comer of Park Row and State street, August 1, 1888. Latitude, 42° / N. Longitude, 80° 5' W. Elevation, 658 feet.] This station is located in the Federal Building and is three-fourths of a mile from the bay. The harbor is inclosed by Presque Isle Peninsula, the narrow neck of which branches out from the mainland 3| miles southwest of the station and extends to a point IJ miles northeast of the station. The peninsula is covered with a rather dense growth of trees, with here and there a pond. The shore hne of the lake opposite this vicinity runs in a northeast and southwest direction. A low range of hiUs runs parallel to the lake shore at a distance of 5 miles. The thermometers and the thermograph are exposed in a regular Weather Bureau shelter, which faces north-northwest and the bottom of which is 10 feet above the platform on top of the roof. The rain gage is 19 feet northwest of the shelter. The anemometer and the anemoscope are 65 feet north-northeast of the shelter. The elevations above ground of the instru- ments are: Thermometers, 92 feet; rain gage, 82 feet; anemometer, 102 feet. AH tabulated data are for thhty years— January 1, 1874, to December 31, 1903— «xcept snow, nineteen years; sunshine, six years; and humidity, fifteen years. MoNTHX,T, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. , Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 'S 1 li 1 o 1 a 1. li s h 1 11 a IB Si P 11 -"^ . Snow. a CO i a 00 1 O ■< a CO g a 00 g 1 o d o gP. o Montli. to !>■§ °F. 31 27 27 "F. 39 34 35 op 70 73 70 "F. 26 20 19 °F. -11 -15 -16 "F. 41 40 37 "F. 22 IS 16 In. 3.1 3.0 3.1 20 19 16 In. 4.2 1.5 1.4 In. 4.4 In. 11.1 In. 7.3 10.7 7.3 P.ct. 82 83 84 Grs. 1.66 1.35 1.24 p.ct. 77 79 82 Gts. i.m 1.40 1.33 42 59 98 14 20 33 sw. 6.2 12.7 3. 4 10. 1 sw. February w. Winter mean 28 36 22 9.2 55 7.1 14.0 1 33.9 83 1.42 79 1.47 66 22 sw. March 33 45 67 40 52 65 78 86 91 25 37 49 - 1 11 31 43 54 65 25 37 61 2.8 2.4 3.6 16 13 13 3.1 1.1 5.4 5.4 3.2 6.3 7.3 3.4 0.0 9.4 15.4 2.0 81 75 75 1.57 2.47 3.76 79 73 74 1.73 2.58 3.97 152 221 263 41 55 68 w. w. MAy w. Spring mean 45 52 37 8.8 42 9.6 14.9 10.7 77 2.60 75 2.76 212 51 w. 66 71 69 74 78 77 92 94 94 59 64 62 40 47 47 71 76 74 62 66 66 3.9 3.1 3.2 12 10 10 1.9 2.6 0.1 3.4 2.7 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 75 n 73 5.09 5.67 5.46 74 65 70 6.36 5.53 5.59 287 318 269 62 69 63 sw. July w. s. Summer mean 69 76 62 10.2 32 4.6 8.1 0.0 73 5.41 70 5.49 291 65 sw. 64 53 41 71 60 48 92 87 74 67 46 36 36 23 6 72 61 49 69 46 35 3.6 3.6 3.8 12 14 17 3.8 2.0 1.3 7.1 6.8 4.3 0.0 1.1 5.3 0.0 1.1 11.8 80 76 78 4.75 3.10 2.22 77 73 75 5.06 3.30 2.30 213 167 71 57 46 24 s. s. s. 53 39 46 1 11.0 43 7.1 18.2 6.4 78 3.36 75 3.55 147 42 s. 1 49 56 94 42 -16 1 39. 2 1 172 1 28. 4 65.2 51.0 15.4 78 3.20 75 3.32 179 45 w. 1 1 1 Dates of Tempbeatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MiniTTiiiTn helnw 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 25 June 24, 26; July 1, 17, 18, 20, 27; Sept. June 4; July 19; Aug. 17. Aug. 6. July 4, 5, 10. 1899 1900 1901 1903 1903 Jan. 11, 31; Feb. 1, 8-13. Feb. 26, 27 Aug. 19, 20; Sept. 7. July 17; Aug. 26; Sept. 2. July 28, 29. 1895 Jan. 13; Feb. 5-8. Feb. 17, 18 Feb. 14; Mar. 6 Feb.6 Jan. 25, 26 1898 Feb. 3 Jan. 12; Feb. 17-19.... Do. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 215 PENNSYLVANIA. Northwestern Section: CRAWFORD COUNTY. Station: SAEOERSTOWN. J. G. Apple, Observer. [Established December, 1891. Latitude, 41° 43' N. Longitude, 80° 7' W. Elevation, 1,116 leet.] This station is located in the northern portion of Saegerstown, in French Creek Valley, with hills from 150 to 200 feet high on the east and west one-half of a mile distant. The thermometers are exposed 4^ feet above the sod, in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, 40 feet southeast of a two-story frame dwelUng. The rain gage is 10 feet east of a small fruit tree and 20 feet west of the instrument shelter; its top is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tridaily readings up to January, 1892; from January, 1892, to December 31, 1903, from daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation — January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1902 — except frost data, which are for the period 1896-1902 only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the minima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 29 24 23 •>F. 38 36 34 "F. 64 61 65 "F. 20 14 12 "F. -15 -27 -25 •>F. 31 31 29 "F. 24 13 15 In. 3.6 3.2 3.4 13 14 14 In. 2.4 2.6 2.7 In. 3.6 January 3.3 2.4 25 36 15 10.1 41 7.7 9.2 March 34 46 67 46 59 71 76 89 94 23 ,32 43 -16 2 22 41 51 64 27 42 54 3.0 2.7 4.9 13 11 11 1.7 2.6 4.9 3.6 2.2 May 4.0 46 58 33 10.6 35 9.2 9.8 66 70 67 80 83 82 97 99 98 52 65 52 31 36 34 70 74 73 61 65 64 4.2- 5.1 4.2 10 12 10 1.6 1.5 1.0 3.6 July 14.5 August 6.6 68 82 63 13.5 32 4.1 247 62 61 39 76 64 49 95 89 78 48 37 30 25 18 - 4 65 68 46 59 44 35 3.9 2.3 3.9 11 9 13 6.1 2.3 2.6 1.6 October. , 0.6 November . 6.5 51 63 38 10.1 33 11.0 8.6 47 60 99 35 -27 44.3 141 32.0 ."12 3 Dates of Tempebatcre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MiniTTinTTi helnw 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 26; Feb. 5; Mar. 28; Deo. 28. June 23; July 19; Aug. 1; Sept. 2. 1900 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 2, 26-27; Mar. 12; Deo. 17. Jan. 2, 4, 6, 20; Feb. 8, July 4, 5, 18; Aug. 9. 1896 Jan. 31; Feb. 6; Dec. 13. June 4; July 19. 1901 July 1, 21, 28. 1896 Jan. 4-6, 16; Feb. 12, 16, 17, 20, 21; Mar. 13, 14, 16, 21; Dec. Aug. 9. 11, 13-16, 23, 24, 27, 28; Mar. 1,6, 7; Dec. 20-22. 17,28. 1902 Jan. 4, 15-18, 20, 28-30; None. 1897 Jan. 13, 20, 25-29, 31; Feb. 1,27, 28; Mar. July 3-6. Feb. U, 13-16, 20; Dec. 29, 31. 1; Dec. 25, 29. 1903 Jan. 1, 2, 11-13, 19, 20, Do. 1898 Jan. 25, 30; Feb. 2-4, 6,17. July 3. 24; Feb. 17-19; Nov. 29,30; Dec. 2, 3. 29. 1899 Jan. 1, 11, 28-31; Feb. 1, 9-14; Dec. 30. Aug. 19, 20. • 216 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. PENNSYLVANIA. Upper Susquehanna Valley: CAMERON COUNTY. Station: EMPORIUM. T. B. Li^oiTD, Observer. [EstabUshed March, 1888. Latitude, 41° 31' N. Longitude, 78° 16' W. Elevation, 1,050 feet.] Emporium is situated in a valley mmiing east and west and which is about 1§ miles long and three-fourths of a mile wide, with surrounding hills 800 feet high. The station is located near the western Umits of the town. The theimometers are exposed 7 feet above the sod, in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, on the eastern side of a two-story building. The rain gage is 15 feet east of the shelter and 50 feet from the branches of a large tree; its top is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tridaily readings until April, 1891; from then to December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period March 1, 1888, to December 31, 1902, except the record of number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, which extends from 1896 to 1902 only. Monthly, Seasonal, AND Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean oltlie maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the zninima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly- mean. Mean. Number ol days with 0.01 or more. Total amount Jor the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 30 27 26 "F. 38 35 35 "F. 64 62 65 "F. 22 18 16 °F. -18 -17 -28 "F. 39 36 36 •>F. 25 18 15 In. 3.5 3.1 3.1 10 10 9 In. 3.4 4.8 0.5 In. 3.2 January . 3.8 February 5.0 Winter mean 28 35 48 60 36 19 9.7 29 8.7 12.0 March 44 59 72 74 89 98 25 35 46 -13 16 24 43 62 70 28 44 57 3.6 3.0 5.0 12 10 12 1.6 2.5 3.1 4.8 April 4.0 May 9.6 48 58 35 11.6 34 7.2 18.4 June 68 71 69 80 83 80 96 97 95 54 58 56 35 38 35 72 74 72 63 67 65 4.6 4.8 3.8 11 12 7 5.0 3.1 3.0 4.8 July 4.9 7.8 69 81 56 13.2 30 11.1 17.5 September 62 60 40 -74 61 49 90 85 73 50 39 31 30 15 9 65 56 45 59 45 35 3.4 3.1 3.2 8 9 10 2.9 1.8 2.6 7.9 5.3 2.2 51 61 40 9.7 27 7.3 15.4 49 59 98 38 -28 44.2 120 34.3 63.3 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Feb. 17; Dec. 29 Jan. 31; Feb. 6 Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17, 18; Mar. 13, 14, 24; Dee. 24,28. Jan. 25-27, 31 None. May 30; June 4. None. July 5. None. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1-3, 26; Mar. 17, 18. Jan. 6, 20; Feb. 1,2, 8, 16, 17, 23, 24; Mar. 6; Dec. 19-22. Jan. 20; Feb. 4-6, 14- 16, 20. Jan. 1, 20, 24; Feb. 18- 21; Dec. 29. None. Julyl. None. Do. 1898 1899 Jan. 30; Feb. 2-4, 17; Dec. 15. Jan. 1, 2, 11, 12, 28, 30; Feb. 1, 8-16; Dec. 7, 30. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 217 PENNSYLVANIA. Northeastern Section: BRADFORD COUNTY. Station: LE ROY, G. W. T. Waebuetok, Observer. [Established January, 1889. Latitude, 41° 42' N. Longitude, 76° 48' W. Elevation, 1,400 feet.] This station is located on the eastern slope of the hiUs of western Bradford County and about 2 miles north of old South Mountain, which has an elevation of about 2,000 feet and runs nearly east and west. The hills are mostly cleared. The thermometers are exposed 4J feet over sod, in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, 30 feet from a IJ-story building. The rain gage is 30 feet southwest of the instrument shelter, in an open space, its top being 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tridaily readings, until September, 1891; fiom then to December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1902, except frost data and average number of days with maximum temperatures above 90° and minimum below 32°, which are for the period 1896-1902 only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe minima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 28 24 23 "F. 34 30 30 'F. 62 59 58 "F. 21 17 16 "F. - 8 -10 -20 "F. 36 33 32 "F. 22 16 16 In. 3.4 2.6 2.5 13 14 12 In. 2.8 4.2 0.2 In. 41 January February 41 5.3 Winter mean 25 31 18 8.5 39 7.2 13.5 March 32 45 57 39 55 67 - 65 87 91 23 34 47 - 7 13 20 40 49 63 24 42 55 3.4 3.4 42 15 13 14 LO 2.2 2.2 41 April 1.5 May 1.9 Spring mean 45 54 35 U.O 42 6.4 7.5 67 70 68 77 80 78 98 96 96 57 60 69 37 43 44 70 73 73 62 66 65 4.1 4.0 4.2 13 14 11 6.7 3.1 3.7 4 2 July 5.6 5.4 SnTmnp.r mpflTi 68 78 59 12.3 38 13.5 15.2 September October 62 50 38 72 58 45 94 85 71 52 41 31 32 20 8 60 57 45 58 43 32 3.1 3.3 3.0 11 11 13 1.8 1.0 1.7 2.2 44 3.0 50 58 41 9.4 35 45 9.6 47 55 98 38 -20 4L2 154 30.6 45.8 Dates of Temperature Extre.me3 for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Feb. 25; Dec. 29 July 20. 1900 Feb. 1, 2, 25-27; Mar. August 7. 1895 Jan. 13, 28; Feb. 6; None. 17, 18; Dec. 14. Dec. 13. 1901 Jan. 19,20; Feb. 13,23, None. 1896 Jan. 6; Feb. 17; Mar. 13, 14, 24; Dec. 24. Do. 24; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 7, 22. 1897 Jan. 13, 19, 2.5-27; Dec. 24 July 5. 1902 Jan. 1, 20, 28; Feb. 4-6; Dec. 15. Do. 1898 Jan. 2, 30; Feb. 2-4, 17. July 3. 1903 Jan. 12-14, 19; Feb. 17- Do. 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 10-12, 28-30; Feb. 1, 9-14; Dec. 30, 31. None. 20; Dec. 19, 26, 27, 29. 218 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. PENNSYLVANIA. Northeastern Section : WYOMING COUNTY. Station : SOUTH EATON. B. M. Hall, Observer. [EstabUshed September, 1889. Latitude, 40° 30' N. Longitude, 76° 65' W. Elevation, 660 feet.] This station is located in the southeastern part of Wyoming County, in a broad valley, three-fourths of a mile from and 75 feet above the Susquehanna Rivor. The hills or mountains on the west have an elevation of 800 to 1,800 feet, 2 or 3 miles from the station, and those on the east, 500 to 800 feet at the same distance. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, with an elevation of 11 feet above sod, and within the area of shade trees. The rain gage is 60 feet east of the shelter, 30 feet from the branches of trees, and 80 feet from the dwelling. The top of the rain gage is 3 feet above groimd. AH instruments are well exposed. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, September 1, 1889, to December 31, 1902, except average number of days with maximum temperatm-es above 90° and minimum below 32°, and frost data, which are for the period 1896-1902 only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temijerature. Precipitation, Month. Mean. Mean of the maxuna. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the minima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 30 26 26 °F. 39 34 35 "F. 67 64 63 °F. 22 19 18 °J?. - 6 -18 -14 "F. 38 35 35 "F. 26 17 18 In. 3.2 2.4 2.9 9 9 10 In. 2.2 2.1 3.5 In. 6.1 January 1.4 February , . 5.3 27 36 20 8.6 28 7.8 12.8 March .... 34 47 58 43 68 69 68 89 90 26 37 47 -13 15 26 43 51 63 29 44 55 3.4 2.6 4.1 11 9 12 3.8 1.0 1.2 4.1 April. 2.2 May 1.3 46 57 37 10.0 32 6.0 7.6 June 67 71 69 78 81 79 92 97 97 57 61 69 38 42 39 70 75 74 65 66 66 3.2 3.6 3.9 10 9 9 3.5 4.1 1.9 6.6 July 5.4 August 2.3 69 79 69 10.7 28 9.5 14.3 September 62 51 40 72 61 49 92 87 72 52 41 32 30 19 10 66 57 46 58 45 35 2.8 3.4 2.8 9 8 8 1.8 2.0 3.2 8.2 October . 7.0 November 1.0 51 61 42 9.0 25 7.0 16.2 48 58 97 39 -18 38.2 113 30.3 50.9 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. MiniTTiiiTTi below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Feb. 17,25; Dec. 29... Jan. 1; Feb. 3 Jan. 6; Feb. 17, 18; Mar. 13, 14; Dec. 28. Feb. 1, 14 July 20. None. Do. Do. Julys Aug. 21. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 27; Mar. 17, 18... Jan. 19, 20; Feb. 11; Dec. 6, 7. Jan. 20; Feb. 6 Feb. 18-20; Dec. 27, 29. July 17; Aug. 6-8, 10, 11. July 2. None. Do. 1898 Feb.2 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 11; Feb. 9- 13, 15. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 219 PENNSYLVANIA. Central Section: CENTER COUNTY. Station: STATE COLLEGE. Prof. William FreaEj Observer. [Established 1878. Latitude, 40° 65' N. Longitude, 77° 51' W. Elevation, 1,191 leet.] This station is located near the top of a rolling elevation lying parallel to and nearly midway between the Tuasey and Muney mountain ranges that form the broad Nittany Valley. Immediately to the east-southeast Ues the opening by which Penns Valley branches off from Nittany Valley; the Tussey Range is about 3 miles distant on the southeast ; the Muncy Range 5 or 6 miles on the northwest; the end of the Nittany Range 2| miles to the east. The tops of these mountain ranges are from 800 to 1,100 feet higher than the station. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter over aod and 16 feet above ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tridaUy observations untU January, 1894; from then till December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1902, except the average number of days with maximum temperature above 90° and minimum below 32°, which are for the period 1896-1902 only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- miim. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December . 31 27 26 "F. 38 34 34 'F. 64 66 69 "F. 23 19 19 "F. — 4 —17 -20 'F. 39 37 35 °F. 25 18 19 In. 3.0 2.8 2.8 11 13 10 In. 2.8 4.2 0.2 In. 4 1 4.1 5.3 28 35 20 1 8.6 34 7.2 13.5 35 48 59 42 58 69 69 88 93 26 38 49 — 6 17 27 43 62 65 29 45 67 3.4 2.9 4.5 13 11 14 1.0 2.2 2.2 4.1 ^::;::::::::;:::::-:- 1.5 1.9 Spring mean . . . 47 66 38 10.8 38 6.4 7 5 68 71 69 78 81 80 96 96 96 57 60 68 30 41 30 71 75 75 64 66 66 4.2 3.8 4.0 12 11 10 6.7 3.1 3.7 4.2 July 6.6 RnTnmftr ineaTi 69 80 68 12.0 33 13.6 15 2 "" 63 60 40 73 60 47 93 88 72 62 41 32 30 20 9 68 68 46 68 46 35 2.8 3.0 3.0 9 9 11 1.8 1.0 1.7 2.2 October ' Fall mean 61 60 42 8.8 29 4.6 9 6 49 68 96 40 —20 40.2 134 30.6 46.8 Dates op Temperature Extbemes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1896 1896 Feb. 26; Dec. 29 Jan. 6, 13; Feb. 6; Dec. 14. Feb. 17, 18, 20. . July 19. None. Do. Do. July 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 11; Feb. 1, 9- 15; Dec. 31. Feb. 1,26,27; Mar. 18.. Feb. 23; Mar. 6; Dec. 6,22. Feb. 5, 6 Aug. 20. July 17; Aug. 6, 10. None. 1897 Jan. 26, 26, 31 . . . 1898 Jan. 30; Feb. 2, 4; Dec. 14. Do. Jan. 13; Feb. 18-20.... Do. 220 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. PENNSYLVANIA. Susquehanna Valley: SNYDER COUNTY. Statioh: SELINS QROVE. J. M. BOYEE, C. E., Observer. [Established August, 1888. Latitude, 40° 50' N. Longitude, 77° 55' W. Elevation, 465 feet.] This station is located in the yard of the observer, three-fourths of a mile from the west shore of the Susquehanna River, near the vrestem boundary of Selins Grove. The surroundings are open. Two and one half miles north of the station there is a •ridge having an elevation of 280 feet; toward the south the country is practically level for a distance of 7 miles. On the east are hills 1 J miles distant, while 4^ miles to the southeast is the Mahanoy Mountain with a maximum elevation of 996 feet. Sloping toward the station and river, three-fourths of a mile to the west, is a hUl with an elevation of 228 feet. The thermometers are exposed 5J feet above sod, in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, 80 feet west of a 2J-story dwelling and 30 feet east of a one-story stable, with no obstruction on the north or south. The door of the shelter opens toward the north. The rain gage is 20 feet north of the shelter and 30 feet from any obstruction. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The exposures are excellent. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tridaUy read- ings until January, 1894; from then until December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the pei-iod of observation, August 1, 1888, to December 31, 1902, except frost data, which ai-e for ' the period 1896 to 1902. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean otthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum.. Highest montlily mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. December °F. 32 29 27 "F. 40 37 35 "F. 69 26 58 'F. 24 22 18 ojr. —10 —13 —22 "F. 40 37 34 "F. 25 19 18 In. 3.1 3.0 3.1 9 8 9 Jn. 2.2 2.6 3.6 In. 4.0 8.6 FelDruary 3.1 29 37 21 1 9.2 26 8.4 15.7 March . 38 50 Gl 47 61 74 74 94 96 28 38 49 —11 20 27 44 58 68 31 46 59 4.0 2.8 4.8 11 9 11 3.7 1.2 0.7 8.4 April 1.8 May 1.4 Spring mean 50 61 38 11.6 31 5.6 11.6 June July August 70 74 72 83 86 8£ 99 101 100 58 62 69 30 40 40 74 78 77 67 69 69 3.8 4.2 4.8 9 12 9 2.1 3.7 2.4 4.7 6.7 7.2 Summer mean 72 84 60 12.8 .30 8.2 18 6 / September October November 64 52 42 76 64 51 96 90 77 52 40 34 29 18 16 69 69 . 48 62 45 37 3.5 3.6 3.4 8 8 9 1.6 3.6 3.9 4.1 4.5 3.8 Fall mean 53 64 42 10.5 25 9.1 12 4 51 62 101 40 -22 44.1 112 31.3 Dates of Temperatdee Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Feb. 17; Dec. 28 Feb. 3 June 30; July 19; Aug. 6. May 30; June 1; July 20; Sept. 21. June 8; Aug. 5-7, 9. 12, 14. July 10; Sept. 11, 13. July 1-3, 16, 20; Sept. 1. June 6; Aug. 20, 21. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Mar. 17, 18. . . July 4-7, 16-17; Aug. 6-12, 14. June 30; July 1-3, 21, 29. 1895 Feb. 2; Oec. 6,7 Feb. 6; Dec. 6 1896 Feb. 17, 18; Mar. 13, 14, 24; Deo. 28. Jan. 26; Feb. 1 Feb. 4 1897 1898 Jan. 14. 20; Feb. 18-20; Dec. 12. Do. 1899 Jan. 2, 3, 11, 12; Feb. 1, 9-11, 15, 16; Dec. 30. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 221 PENNSYLVANIA. Eastern Section: CARBON COUNTY. Station: MAUCH CHUNK. F. C. WiNTERMUTE, Observer. [Established October, 1889. Latitude, 40° 62' N. Longitude, 75° 45' W. Elevation, 634 feet.] The station ia located in East Mauch Chunk on a knoll about 450 feet from and 100 feet above the Schuylkill River, and surrounded by mountains ranging from 500 to 900 feet above the river. The thermometers are exposed 4J feet above the sod in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, 34 feet from a 2-story dwelling. The door of the shelter opens toward the north. The rain gage is 5 feet from the shelter and 36 feet from the 2-story house. —The top of the rain gage is 3 feet above ground. Both the exposure of the rain gage and the shelter is good. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Average number of days vrith maximum temperature above 90° and minimum below 32° are for the period March, 1896, to December, 1902; the remaining data are for the period of observation October 1, 1889, to December 31, 1902. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days ■with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December.. 31 27 28 ■ "F. 39 36 36 "F. 65 64 67 "F. 22 19 19 °F. — 5 -13 -14 "F. 38 36 36 op 27 19 20 In. 4.2 3.6 4.3 9 10 9 In. 5.7 5.1 2.0 In. 7.9 January . 4.5 February 7.2 29 .37 20 1 12.1 28 12.8 19.6 March 36 49 60 45 60 72 75 92 97 27 37 48 — 9 14 28 44 53 64 30 46 58 4.7 3.3 5.1 11 9 12 2.5 6.3 3.0 4.9 April 5.4 May . 0.6 Spring mean 48 59 37 13.1 32 11.8 10.9 June 69 72 71 82 85 83 99 104 99 66 59 58 38 41 36 72 77 76 65 67 68 3.8 5.2 4.8 10 11 9 1.7 5.4 2.1 8.9 July . 6.6 August 3.6 RnTTiTnp.r rriRn.n 71 83 58 13.8 30 9.2 19.1 64 51 41 76 62 49 97 91 74 52 41 32 30 20 12 68 68 46 60 47 36 3.9 3.6 4.0 9 9 10 1.3 2.8 3.0 7.9 5.8 1.6 62 62 42 1 11.6 28 7.1 15.3 Annnfl.! mfifl.n 51 60 104 39 —14 50.5 118 40.9 64.9 Dates op Temperatdke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1902. Year. UiTiiinnTTi hp.low 0° Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 9^° or above. 1894 Feb. 17 June 23; July 20. May 30; June 1; July 20; Aug. 11; Sept. 21. Aug. 5-12. July 3, 5, 9, 10; Sept. 10. June 26, 30; July 1-3, 15, 20, 21, 29, 30; Aug. 31;- Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 Jan. 2, 3, 11, 12; Feb. 9-11, 15. Feb. 2, 25, 26; Mar. 17, 18. Jan. 20; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 7. Feb. 6 June 6, 7, 14; July 22; Aug. 20, 21. 1895 Feb. 6 1896 1897 Jan. 6; Feb. 17; Mar. 13, 14; Dec. 28. Feb. 1 May 16; June 26; July 6, 7, 16-18; Aug. 6-11. June 25, 26, 29, 30; July 1-3, 5, 6, 21, 29. 1898 Feb 2 3 222 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. PENNSYLVANIA. Western District: ALLEGHENY COUNTY. Station: PITTSBURG. Feank Eidgway, Local Forecaster. [Established by the Signal Service October 13, 1870. Latitude, 40" 32' N. Longitude, 80° 02' W. Elevation, 757 feet.] The Allegheny and Monongahela rivers, which unite to form the Ohio at Pittsburg, are each about 1,000 feet wide, the width of the Ohio being about 1,200 feet. These rivers occupy depressions averaging 450 feet in depth. The valleys of the rivers from hill to hill within the city limits on the Allegheny and Monongahela range from 0.7 of a mile to 1 mile in width. The Weather Bureau oflBce is located in the United States custom-house and post-office building, in the business section, 0.8 mile from the junction of the rivers, 0.16 mile from the Monongahela, and 0.45 mile from the Allegheny. West to northwest winds reach this location with but little obstruction so far as hills are concerned, and winds from the northeast sweep rather freely over most of the business section of the city. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: humidity, 15 years; sunshine, 7 years', greatest depth of snowfall in 24 hours, 20 years. Remainder of data is from 31 years' record, January 1, 1873, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 > g 1 "o-S § Si o •3 -a 1 o < as la 'S a ^ f S 1° ill l.| hi 0" as Snow. 6 00 1 a 00 D g a d 00 1 1 a a CO 1 o < 3 O ■s |s S ft (5 Month. so . o 1 (3 December 'F. 35 31 33 "F. 42 38 41 "F. 73 75 77 "F. 28 24 24 "F. - 9 -12 -20 'F. 46 44 42 -F. 23 23 21 In. 2.8 2.8 2,9 14 16 16 In. 2.0 1.5 2.9 In. 5.6 4.2 5.5 In. 6.7 8.7 6.4 In. 8.0 16.5 6.0 P.ct. 79 82 81 Grs. 1.80 1.59 1.60 P.ct. 73 75 73 Grs. 1.86 1.65 1.66 73 69 81 26 23 27 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 33 40 25 8.5 46 6.4 15.3 21.8 81 1.63 74 1.72 74 25 NW. March 39 51 63 48 62 73 80 90 95 30 42 62 I 14 27 50 57 70 31 40 57 3.0 3.0 3.4 16 13 14 2.4 1.2 1.3 3.9 4.9 6.8 5.9 1.8 T. 15.0 12.7 T. 80 74 74 1.89 2.71 3.97 70 62 62 2.14 2.90 4.20 130 173 240 35 43 63 NW. NW. NW. April May Spring mean 51 61 41 9.4 43 4.9 14-6 7.7 76 2.86 65 3.08 181 44 NW. 71 75 73 82 85 83 98 103 100 61 65 63 39 49 45 75 80 79 66 70 70 3.7 4.6 3.1 12 13 9 3.2 3.4 0.8 3.4 2.2 4.1 ,0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 75 76 78 5.26 6.98 5.83 65 62 60 6.71 6.18 6.61 261 284 287 58 62 69 NW. NW. N. July 73 83 63 11.4 34 7.4 9.7 0.0 76 5.69 62 5.83 277 60 NW. 67 56 43 77 66 51 102 91 79 57 46 36 35 20 4 77 63 51 62 50 35 2.6 2.3 2.7 9 10 13 1.0 2.2 3.6 4.2 6.7 1.1 0.0 0.1 1.4 0.0 0.4 3.0 79 79 79 4.69 3.11 2.25 64 62 70 4.94 3.26 2.39 269 187 97 57 64 32 NW. NW. NW. November 55 65 46 7.5 32 6.8 11.0 1.5 79 3.35 65 3.63 184 48 NW. Annual mean .... 53 62 103 44 -20 36.8 154 25.5 50.6 31.0 16.5 78 3.38 66 3.54 179 44 NW. Dates of Temperatdke Extremes foh the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 6-9 Jan. 4; Feb. 17,20.. Jan. 25, 26, 28 None Maximum 95° or above. June 22, 23; July 18, 19, 21. June 2-4; July 19; Aug. 10. None. July 3-5, 10; Sept. 10, 13. July 2, 3. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Feb. 1, 8-14 Feb. 1.25... None ....d" Feb. 10 Maximum 95° or above. Aug. 20. July 6, 15-17; Aug. 6, 8-11; Sept. 1, 11. July 1, 21, 22, 27-29. None. Do. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 223 PENNSYLVANIA. Central Section: HUNTINGDON COUNTY. Station: HUNTINGDON. Prof. W. J. SWIGAET, Observer. [Established November, 1887. Latitude, 40° 29' N. Longitude, 78° 01' W. Elevation, 650 feet.] Huntingdon is in the central part of Huntingdon County on the north bank of the Juniata River. The river flows through grooves or gaps in Tusseys Mountain 10 miles northwest of Huntingdon and through a gap in Warriors range immedi- ately back of the town. Terrace Mountain ends abruptly at the banks of the Juniata River 4 miles southeast. The mountain rises almost perpendicularly from the river bank to the height of 1,500 feet. Two miles farther to tjie southeast the river flows through a pass in Jacks Mountain, 1,600 feet high on either side of the river and very steep and rugged. The station equipment consists of a standard rain gage, a set of maximum and minimum thermometers which are exposed in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, 4J feet above the ground, in the south campus of Juniata College, and about 75 feet from Oneida Hall. The top of the rain gage is 3 feet above the ground. All the instruments are well exposed. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tri-daily readings until March, 1891 ; from then till December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1902, except the average number of days with maximum temperature above 90° and minimum below 32°, which are for the period 1896 to 1902 only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe minima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December . . °F. 33 29 29 "F. 42 38 38 "F. 68 72 68 "F. 23 20 20 "F. = 1^ -23 "F. 40 38 38 "F. 29 20 21 In. 3.2 3.1 3.0 9 10 8 In. 3.0 5.2 0.5 In. 3.4 January. February 3.0 6.2 30 39 21 9.3 27 8.7 11.6 March : April May 38 49 60 44 62 74 82 93 98 27 37 47 - 7 16 22 46 54 66 32 46 58 3.6 3.1 5.3 10 9 13 1.4 2.0 3.0 3.6 4.9 6.4 Spring mean 49 60 37 12.0 32 6.4 14 9 69 72 71 83 86 85 99 104 101 56 59 57 36 33 38 74 76 76 65 68 68 4.2 3.8 3.6 11 11 8 4.8 3.2 1.5 July 4 6 August 4 4 PuTTiTTipr TTienn 71 85 57 11.6 30 9.5 13 2 64 52 42 78 65 52 99 92 78 50 38 32 31 17 10 70 59 50 59 46 37 3.4 3.1 2.8 8 8 8 1.3 October Fall mean 53 65 40 9.3 24 3.5 10.0 Annnfll Tnen.Ti 51 62 104 39 -23 42.2 113 28.1 49.7 Dates op Temperatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1902. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. MinimumL below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Feb. 17; Dec. 29 Jan. 6; Feb. 3; Dec. 14. Feb. 17; Mar. 14, 24. . . Jan. 31; Feb. 1 Feb. 4 June 24; July 19; Aug. 2. May 30; June 3, 4; July 20, 21; Aug. 10, Aug. 6, 9; Sept. 11. July 5, 10; Sept. 9-11, 15, 16. June 30; July 1-3, 8, 15, 16, 18, 31; Aug. 24, 31; Sept. 1-4. 1899 1900 1901 1902 Jan. 2, 3, 11; Feb. 1, 9-11, 15. Mar. 17, 18. May 1; June 5-7, 23, 24; July 3; Aug. June 26; July 4-7, 15-17. Aug. 6-12, 18, 26; Sept. 11. June 29, 30; July 1, 2, 11, 21, 28, 29; Aug. 1896 1897 Mar. 7 1898 Feb. 6 July 6; Aug. 30. 31; Sept. 1, 2. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 15 224 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. PENNSYLVANIA. Southeastern District: LEBANON COUNTY. Station: LEBANON. G. W. Hates, Observer. [Established January 1, 1888. Latitude, 40° 20' N. Longitude, 76° 2? W. Elevation, 458 feet.] This station is located in the northwestern part of the city of Lebanon, near the center of Lebanon County in the Lebanon Valley, between the South Mountains on the south and the Blue Mountains on the north, the valley being divided into smaller and lesser valleys by lines of hills parallel with the ensconcing mountains. The mountains on the south and about 6 miles distant have an elevation of from 400 to 500 feet and those on the north, about 11 miles distant, an elevation of from 500 to 600 feet. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern 45 feet west of a dwelling and about 4 J feet above the sod. The rain gage is 40 feet north of the shelter, with no large trees near and at a distance of 40 feet from the dwelling. The rain gage is 3 feet above the ground. All of the instruments have good exposure. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tri-daily readings until January, 1894; from then till December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Abso- • lute maxi- mum. Mean of the minima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 33 28 29 'F. 41 36 37 "F. 68 66 70 °F. 24 20 21 °F. 1 -14 -16 °2?. 39 36 38 "F. 28 19 22 In. 3.6 3.5 3.6 10 12 12 In. 4.1 4.7 0.9 In. 2.2 4 3 1 8 Winter mean. 30 38 22 10.7 34 9.7 8 3 March 37 60 60 47 62 78 78 95 96 29 38 43 -10 17 30 46 54 65 32 48 57 3.9 3.2 6.2 13 11 14 2.5 5.1 1.8 3 4 May 6.6 Spring mean 49 62 37 12.3 38 9.4 14.4 70 73 72 82 86 84 98 104 103 58 62 60 38 43 40 73 78 77 66 66 69 3.6 4.5 4.6 11 12 10 1.9 2.1 2.0 July 3.1 72 84 60 1 12.6 33 6.0 66 53 42 77 64 51 98 92 76 64 42 34 33 22 13 70 60 48 61 48 37 3.0 3.8 3.5 10 9 10 1.3 2.3 2.0 3.4 4. 6 October November 10.0 53 64 43 10.3 29 5.6 17.9 Atinnfll Tnefl.Ti 51 62 104 40 -16 45.9 134 30.7 56 7 Dates op Tempekatube Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximimi 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Feb. 17 June 23; July 1. May 30; June 1,3; July 20; Aug. 11. Apr.l8; May9,10;' Aug 6,9,11,12. June 30; July 6, 7, 10; Sept. 10, 11. June 25,26; July 1-4, 16, 18, 20,21; Sept.l2. June 6; July 22; Aug. 21,22. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Mar. 18 July 4, 5, 7, 16-18; Aug. 6-12 June 26, 27, 29, 30; July 1-3,6,23,29. Jime 13. 1895 Jan. 31; Feb..3 Feb. 17; Mar. 13, 14. - . . None 1896 Feb.5 1897 None 1898 Feb. 4 1899 Jan. 2,3; Feb. 1, 9-11, 15. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 225 PENNSYLVANIA. Southeastern District: BUCKS COUNTY. Station: QUAKERSTOWN. J. L. Heacock, Observer. [Established 1872. Latitude, 40° 26' N. Longitude, 76° 21' W. Elevation, 636 feet.] This station is located in the northern part of Bucks County, near the dividing line of the watersheds of the Schuylkill and Delaware rivers, and near the center of a plateau surrounded by trap-rock hills of an average height of 800 feet and about 6 mUes distant. The thermometers are exposed 4 feet above the sod, in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, beyond the influence of surrounding objects. The exposure of the rain gage is good, its top being 3 feet above ground. Mr. J. L. Heacock has kept continuous records of temperature and precipitation since 1872. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tri-daily readings till January, 1894; from then until December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. Average number of days with maximum temperatures above 90° and minimum below 32° are for seven years; mean temperature, for twenty-eight years; mean precipitation, for thirty-one years. The remaining tabulated data are for the period of observation, December 1, 1887, to December 31, 1902. Monthly, Sbasonai:., and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean olthe maxima. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the minima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December.. 32 27 28 °P. 40 37 37 "F. 67 70 '69 'F. 23 20 19 "F. - 5 -14 -16 -F. 41 38 38 op 23 18 20 In. 3.4 3.4 4.0 9 10 11 In. 3.2 3.7 1.5 In. 2.4 January. 4.5 February 2 4 29 38 21 10.8 30 8.4 9 4 March 36 48 59 46 60 72 75 92 95 27 37 48 - 3 15 29 44 54 65 26 44 62 3.8 3.1 4.4 13 9 12 2.7 5.4 3.6 3 8 •4.8 Mky 5.5 48 59 37 11.3 34 11.7 14 2 June 68 72 70 82 86 84 98 105 98 66 61 69 39 42 42 77 78 76 63 63 66 3.3 4.7 4.3 10 12 10 3.5 4.6 2.1 7 3 July 11.5 4 8 70 84 69 12,3 32 10.2 64 52 41 76 63 51 98 91 76 53 42 33 33 21 10 73 69 60 56 46 35 4.0 3.4 3.4 9 9 10 0.9 3.4 2.6 8.1 6 2 8 9 Fall mean 62 63 43 10.8 28 6.9 22 2 50 61 105 40 -15 45.2 124 37.2 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1902. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Feb. 17 June 23; July 28. May 30; Aug. 11; Sept. 21. Aug.6,7,9. July 10; Sept. 10. June 25,26; July 1-4,15,17,21,30; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 9-12.... Jan. 30; Feb. 2, 3; Mar. 18. None June 6,7,16; July 21,22; Aug. 21. June 27; July 6, 7, 12, 15-18; Aug. 6-8, 10-12. June 30; July 1-3,6,21,24,29. 1895 Feb. 6 1896 1897 Feb. 17; Mar. 14 None 1898 Feb.?,-4 do 226 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. PENNSYLVANIA. Western District (southwest portion): DAUPHIN COUNTY. Station: HARRISBURQ. E. R. Demain, Observer. [Established by Signal Service July 1, 1888. Latitude, 40° 16' N. Longitude, 76° 52' W. Elevation, 337 feet.] Tliis station is located in the post-ofBce building, comer Third and Walnut streets, in the city of Harrisburg. The building stands near the capitol grounds, on a gentle slope upward, eastward, and 2 blocks distant from the Susquehanna River. The top of the building overlooks the city and the river valley, and 5 or 6 miles west of the station a low range of the Blue Moun- tains stretches from northeast to southwest. The roof is higher than any of the surrounding buildings and is at quite a distance from the manufacturing districts; so that there is practically nothing to interfere with the free exposure of the instruments. The instruments exposed on the roof are anemometer, the wind vane, the tipping bucket rain gage, the snow gage, the thermometric sunshine recorder, the Richards thermograph, and the thermometers. The anemometer and wind vane are on an 18-foot support. Thetop of the rain gage is 5.4 feet above the roof. Sunshine data are for seven years, 1897-1903; remainder of data is from the full period, fifteen years, July 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 1 H ■S.S 1 ■3 1 li s 1- PI 1 &° ■si III z |l III Snow. B 00 33 1 P.ct. 77 77 75 a 00 < a p. 00 > 1 M p.ct. 74 75 72 a P. 00 1 .s < 1 > •s li |l 1 Months. M . Si < » - s « p^ In. 8.4 5.2 12,0 'F. 33 30 30 "F. 39 35 36 °F. 66 67 74 "F. 28 24 24 "F. 4 - 4 -13 "F. 40 38 38 28 21 23 In. 2.6 2.8 3.0 10 11 10 In. 3.4 3.8 0.5 In. 2.1 2.9 1.5 In. 4.6 6.3 9.2 Grs. 1.56 1.36 1.27 Grs. 1.82 1.58 1.64 126 120 158 43 40 53 w. w. February. NW. 31 37 25 8.4 31 7.7 6.6 20.1 76 1.40 74 1.68 135 45 W. Match 39 61 62 46 60 71 76 92 95 32 42 53 5 22 34 47 54 66 33 48 59 3.2 2.5 4.2 12 10 13 1.9 3.7 2.0 3.3 4.0 9.5 7.5 1.4 T. 18.0 13.0 T. 74 67 70 1.75 2.46 3.89 69 61 66 2.04 2.76 4.33 181 237 273 49 59 61 NW. April NW. May ... W. Spring mean 51 59 42 9.9 35 7.6 16.8 8.9 70 2.70 65 3.04 230 56 NW. 70 74 73 80 83 82 97 1 61 101 65 98 1 64 43 50 SO 73 78 78 65 70 69 3.4 3.9 4.2 12 11 10 1.7 1.2 2.4 7.2 8.7 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 73 74. 78 5.46 6.10 6.03 70 67 70 5.96 6.27 6.15 268 287 269 60 63 63 W. July W. August - W. 72 82 1 63 11.5 33 5.3 19.5 0.0 75 5.86 69 6.13 275 62 W. 66 54 43 75 62 50 95 88 75 57 46 37 36 28 14 71 61 49 62 49 38 2.8 2.9 2.6 9 9 10 2.2 1.6 1.7 4.5 3.3 6.6 0.0 T. 1.3 0.0 T. 4.8 80 79 78 4.91 3.22 2.14 73 70 72 5.12 3.28 2.37 252 187 128 68 54 43 W. October W. November . ■ W. 54 62 1 47 8.3 28 6.5 14.4 1.3 79 3.42 72 3.59 189 55 W. 1 52 60 101 1 44 -13 38.1 127 26.1 67.2 30.3 18.0 76 3.35 70 3.61 207 55 W. Dates of Tempeeatdbe Extremes fob the Period Jandabt 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 None June 23, 24; July 20, 28. June 1-3; Aug. 10, 11. None. Do. June 25; July 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 9-11, 15 June 6; Aug. 20. July 5-7, 17; Aug. 6-12, 16. June 30; July 1-3. July 17. None. 1895 Feb. 6, 8 None 1896 Feb. 17 do 1897 do... . 1898 .do do.. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 227 PENNSYLVANIA. Southern Section: YORK COUNTY. Station: YORK. Mrs. L. H. Geenewald, Observer. [Established January, 1888. Latitude, 39" SO' N. Longitude, 76° 41' W. Elevation, 385 feet.] The station ia located in the western suburb of York city. The thermometers are exposed 20 I'eet above the sod, in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau pattern, on the southwest angle of an extended dwelling balcony, comer of West Philadelphia and Carlisle streets. The rain gage has a ground exposure 50 feet from the building. Its top is 3 feet above the ground. Both exposures are good. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tridaily observations till January, 1891 ; from then until December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1902, except frost data, which are for the period 1896-1902, only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Months. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest mdnthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December °F. 33 30 29 42 37 38 "F. 68 66 70 °F. 25 21 21 "F. - 1 -14 -17 'F. 41 40 39 'F. 29 20 21 In. 3.1 2.9 3.4 9 10 12 In. 3.3 4.0 1.0 In. 6 2 2.7 6.7 Winter mean . 31 39 22 9.4 31 8.3 15.6 39 60 62 49 62 73 80 94 95 29 39 60 - 5 16 31 46 55 66 33 47 60 3.8 2.6 4.3 12 10 13 2.5 3.7 2.7 4.8 April 3.4 May 1.2 50 61 39 10.7 35 8.9 9.4 June 70 76 73 83 86 84 103 107 102 59 63 61 38 43 42 74 80 77 66 70 70 3.3 4.1 4.1 11 9 9 3.1 1.4 2.4 5.2 July 6.7 August 4.2 73 84 68 11.5 29 6.9 15.1 September 66 63 43 77 64 52 95 88 77 66 42 34 20 20 10 70 59 50 62 48 38 3.8 3.1 3.4 8 8 9 4.0 2.4 1.8 4.1 October 6.4 2.4 Fall mean 54 64 44 10.3 25 8.2 12.9 AnTinnl TTip.n.Ti 52 62 107 41 -17 41.9 120 32.3 53.0 Dates of Temperatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maxtmiun 95° or above. 1894 Feb. 17; Dec. 29 Feb. 3 June 24; July 20. May 30; June 1; July 20; Aug. 11; Sept. 22,23. Aug. 6, 6, 12. July 6: Sept. 10. June 26; July 1-4, 16, 29. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 June 6, 7; July 22; Aug. 20. July 4-7, 15-18, 21; Aug. 6-13, 15, 26. June 26-30; July 1-3, 5, 6, 21, 22, 24, 25, 29, 30; Aug. 10. June 3, 12, 13, 15; July 6, 17. July 3, 9-11, 30; Aug. 26. 1895 Mar. 18 Mar. 13, 14 None . None . . 1896 1897 do 1898 do Feb. 19,20 228 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. PENNSYLVANIA. Southeastern District: CHESTER COUNTY. Station: WEST CHESTER. Jesse C. Green, D. D. S., Observer. [Established December, 1887. Latitude, 39° 57' N. Longitude, 75° 39' W. Elevation, 460 feet.] This station is on the dividing line between the Brandywine (2 miles distant) and Chester creeks, vphich empty into the Delaware Kiver, the former at Wilmington, Del., and the latter at Chester, Pa. The station is on high ground, about 200 feet .above the Brandywine, to the west. The Welsh Mountains are some 15 miles to the northwest. The tnermometers are exposed in a "Swedish"' weather house (very similar to the Weather Bureau shelter) 4 feet 3 'inches above the ground, and 9 feet from a one-story brick building, with the door of the shelter opening toward the north. The rain gage is 9 feet north of the shelter. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The exposures are good. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tridaily readings until January 1, 1894; from then till December 31, 1903, from the daily extremes. The record of monthly mean temperature is for forty-eight years, and monthly meaiT precipitation for forty-three years ; ■the remaining tabulated data are for the period of observation December 1, 1887, to December 31, 1902, except the average jiumber of days with maximum temperatures above 90°, and minimum below 32°, which are for the period 1896-1902, only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean otthe maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the minima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days- with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the . driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December "F. 33 30 31 'F. 42 38 37 °F. 67 72 69 27 24 23 °F. 4 - 4 -12 "F. 42 40 39 'F. 30 20 23 In. 3.9 4.0 4.3 11 13 12 In. 3.1 5.0 1.0 In. 2.0 4.8 2.5 31 39 25 12.2 36 9.7 9.3 March . 38 49 60 40 eo 70 77 92 93 30 41 52 6 18 30 46 64 66 33 48 69 4.5 3.7 4.6 14 11 15 3.4 6.4 3.3 5.4 .'i.5 May 6.8 49 69 41 12.8 40 12.1 16.7 70 74 72 79 83 82 95 100 97 62 66 65 44 51 46 73 78 77 67 69 70 4.0 4.9 4.4 11 12 12 2.6 1.7 2.3 5.4 July 12.6 4.4 72 81 64 1 13.3 36 6.5 22.3 65 54 43 75 63 52 97 89 75 58 46 36 36 28 13 71 60 50 63 50 39 4.4 3.8 4.0 11 9 12 0.6 2.6 1.6 10.0 5.0 9.9 54 63 47 12.2 32 4.8 24.9 62 61 100 44 -12 50.5 143 33.1 73.2 Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1902. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 June 24. June 1; Aug. 11; Sept. 33. Aug. 6, 9. None. July 1, 3, 4. 1899 1900 1901 1903 Feb. 9-11 July 6; Aug. 23. July 16-18; Aug. 11, 12. June 30; July 1-3, 6, 29. 1895 Feb. 6 None 1896 Feb. 17 do 1897 . do. 1898 do MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 229 PENNSYLVANIA. Southeastern District. Station: PHILADELPHIA. T. F. TowNSEND, Section Director. [Establislied by the Signal Service December, 1870. Latitude, 39° 67' N. Longitude, 75° 09' W. Elevation, 42 feet.] Philadelphia is situated on the west bank of the Delaware River, 75 nailes from its mouth and 60 miles from the Atlantic Ocean. Between the city and the New Jersey coast line the country is nearly level and without any greatly elevated hills. Within the city limits there are about 20 distinct series of temperature observations of greater or lesser length and aggre- gating over two hundred and fifty years. Many of these have been carefully made, kept, and compiled. The records of precipitation are less extensive than those of temperature, but for many recent years a good number of the several series of temperature were accompanied by records of precipitation. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. 1 Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. a i 1 s SB 1 a a o < a a 5« o — 3 '3 a B 1 a w !B a H o Ieb 3C a a Snow. i IS P.ct. 76 77 76 B oi 00 OJ 3 "o < a p, 00 > rt p.ct. 08 70 69 a 00 s 3 "o 3 .3 a 2 $ S s gg, > s 5 Montbs. B^ lil Eh SI a December January February "F. 36 32 34 "F. 43 39 41 "F. 70 72 75 °i?. 29 25 26 "F. - 5 - 5 - 6 "F. 44 42 41 "F. 25 24 24 In. 3.0 3.3 3.4 10 12 12 In. 2.6 3.7 4.8 In. 1.4 5.8 4.8 In. 3.3 6.1 7,7 In. 6.0 10.0 17.7 Grs. 1.70 1.49 1.40 Grs. 1.78 1.54 1.63 168 149 162 55 50 53 NW. NW. NW. 34 41 27 9.7 34 11.1 12.0 17.1 70 1.53 69 1.65 150 53 NW. March April May 40 51 C2 48 60 72 77 93 96 32 42 63 6 18 36 49 57 09 31 42 57 3.4 2.9 3.2 13 11 12 3.8 0.6 2.7 2.0 3.6 6.8 3.7 0.4 0.0 10.0 1.2 0.0 72 08 '70 1.70 2.68 4.02 06 60 66 1.99 2.72 4.18 189 222 260 61 65 58 NW. NW. SW. Spring mean 51 60 42 9.5 36 7.1 11.3 4.1 70 2.77 64 2.96 224 56 NW. 72 76 74 81 85 82 98 103 101 63 69 66 47 64 61 75 81 79 66 72 71 3.2 4.2 4.6 10 12 10 3.9 1.0 1.2 0.9 6.8 11.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 72 73 75 6.60 0.41 6.18 60 67 68 5.38 6.46 6.36 270 286 270 01 03 63 SW. July SW. SW. 74 83 60 11.9 32 6.1 18.2 0.0 73 6.96 07 0.07 276 62 SW. September 68 67 45 76 65 62 102 87 77 60 49 38 40 31 8 75 62 60 63 61 38 3.3 3.0 3.2 9 9 10 0.9 3.0 2.0 3.6 6.8 6.1 0.0 T. 1.0 0.0 T. 9.2 78 70 70 6.28 3.32 2.32 71 68 70 6.31 3.52 2.48 246 208 166 60 60 63 SW. October NW NW. 57 64 49 9.6 28 6.9 14.5 1.0 77 3.97 70 3.77 203 00 NW. 54 62 103 46 - 6 40.6 130 30.2 56.0 22,2 17.7 74 3.58 67 3.61 215 57 NW. Dates of Tempeeatuee Exteemes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum bejow 0°. - Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 June 23, 24; July 27-29. June 1-3; Aug. 10, 11. Aug. 6-9, 11, 12. Sept. 10. July 1-4; Sept. 1. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 9-11 June 6, 7; July 22; Aug. 21. July 5, 6, 16-18; Aug. 6-8, 11, 12, 27. June 29, 30; July 1-3, 6, 29, 30. July 9. July 9, 10. 1896 Feb. 6, 8 None 1896 Feb. 17. . .. do 1897 None do 1898 do -. do MARYLAND AND DELAWARE. By Dr. OLIVER L. FASSIQ, Section Director. 231 MARYLAND AND DELAWARE. Topography. — The area embracing the States of Maryland and Delaware is marked by three distinct physiographic divisions. From the Atlantic Ocean the country rises at first very slowly, then more rapidly as we proceed westward, culmi- nating in elevations of 3,000 feet in the westernmost county of Maryland. The eastern division, or Coastal Plain province, is characterized by broad level stretches of slight elevation, with the Chesapeake Bay near its center, and deeply indented with tidal estuaries and bays, forming navigable waterways to nearly all the commercial centers within the broad peninsula embracing the Eastern Shore of Maryland and the State of Delaware. The North Central division, or Piedmont Plateau, borders the Coastal Plain on the west, forming a marked line of division extending from Philadelphia southwestward through Baltimore and Washington. Westward it extends in a broken, hilly country, with gently undulating surface, to the foot of the Appalachian system. The Western, or Appalachian, division is characterized by parallel, even-topped ranges, extending generally in a north- east-southwest direction and reaching elevations varying from 1,500 to 3,000 feet. The two most conspicuous features of this division are the Great Valley in Washington County and the Alleghany Plateau in Garrett County. The variety of surface configurations and soil conditions is very marked considering the limited area embraced. These varied physical features have doubtless largely influenced the character and pursuits of the people of these States. The low tide- water districts of the eastern shore of southern Maryland and the western shore are especially adapted to fruit growing and trucking. In the Piedmont Plateau and the northern counties of the eastern shore and of Delaware the cereals and grasses thrive to best advantage. This section embraces also a large variety of building stones of great value. In the Appalachian region of western Maryland the development of its rich mineral resources leads all other pursuits. The deposits of coal are especially rich and abundant. Chesapeake Bay with its tributaries is renowned for its oysters, crabs, terrapin, and shad. Climate. — As might be inferred from the marked differences in the physiographic conditions of Maryland, there are equally marked variations in the climatic conditions as we pass westward and northward from the extreme southeast portion of the State. In the level and low areas of the tide-water districts summer conditions prevail during an appreciably longer period, and the season is milder than in the mountainous western portions. The average date of appearance of a temperature which marks the beginning of plant growth is at least a month earlier in southern Maryland than in the extreme western portion of the State. In the latter frosts have been recorded in almost every month of the year; in the former the period from April 15 to November 1 is practically free from injurious frosts. Temperature. — The mean annual temperature of the area embracing the States of Maryland and Delaware varies from 58° in the extreme southeastern counties to 47° in Garrett County, on the Alleghany Plateau. The mean annual temperature at Baltimore, namely, 55°, fairly represents the average for the entire area. The winter average ranges from 40° to 27°; the summer from 76° to 66°. The variability of mean monthly temperatures from the normal value is shown below for the horizon of Baltimore, and as the city is located near the center of the State its climatic conditions may be assumed to represent fairly the general conditions over the entire section. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Deo. Year. 35 + 9 -11 20 'F. 36 +10 -10 20 'F. 43 + 7 -12 19 'F. 54 +8 -7 15 °F. 64 +8 -5 13 "F. 73 +6 -6 12 "F. 78 +6 -6 12 °F. 76 +5 -5 10 "F. 69 +9 -7 16 "F. 57 +7 -9 16 "F. 47 +8 -7 15 "F. 37 + 8 -10 18 "F. 55.0 Wannest year (departure) Coldest year (departure) +3.2 -3.8 7.0 Precipitation. — Precipitation is abundant for crop growth in all parts of the two States and at all seasons of the year. The annual rainfall varies from 33 inches in Washington County to over 50 inches in Garrett County. The average for the entire State is about 44 inches, distributed as follows by seasons: Spring and summer about 12 inches; autumn and winter about 10 inches. The following table presents a, general summary of the temperature and rainfall conditions of the area embracing the States of Maryland and Delaware, also the average cloudiness and the prevailing winds and storm frequency for each month and the year. 232 MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. Climatic Stoimary — Makyland and Delaware. 233 TEMPERATURE. Western division Northern central division Southern division Eastern division and Delaware.. Highest recorded Lowest recorded Mean daily range PRECIPITATION AND "WEATHER. Annual precipitation Average number of rainy days. . . Maximum number of rainy days. Minimum number of rainy days. . Average annual snowfall Number of clear days Number of partly cloudy days. . . Number of cloudy days ■WINDS, THUNDERSTORMS, ETC. Prevailing winds Average number of thunder- storms Average number of hailstorms. . . Average number of storms a Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. 29 30 39 49 61 70 30 32 41 61 63 72 33 35 43 53 65 74 34 35 43 63 64 73 76 78 ■ 84 99 100 102 -24 -26 -13 6 20 29 15 16 18 20 19 19 3.0 3.6 3.9 3.6 4.3 3.5 15 12 15 14 18 14 24 18 19 20 22 22 7 7 8 11 13 17 6.6 5.7 5.0 1.4 0.4 8 8 9 9 10 10 12 11 12 12 11 13 11 9 10 9 • 10 7 NW. NW. NW. NW. Var. Var. 2 1 7 8 18 18 0.0 0.0 1.0 1.6 3.4 2.4 4 6 7 6 3 2 July. 73 76 78 77 109 32 18 4.8 16 24 I 10 13 Aug. SW. 19 4.6 2 72 74 76 75 103 31 20 SW. 17 3.2 1 Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. 66 52 41 33 67 54 44 36 70 67 47 38 69 66 46 38 104 92 86 74 22 4 - 6 -20 19 19 17 16 3.3 3.4 3.3 3.0 11 9 14 11 17 16 18 15 5 3 11 6 3.7 2.6 12 12 10 9 11 11 10 12 7 8 10 10 Var. NW. NW. NW. 10 3 3 1 1.2 1.0 0.8 0.0 2 3 4 4 51 63 66 66 109 - 26 18 43.4 14 19 8 26.4 118 141 106 NW. 107 19 43 a Number of days with maximum velocity of 25 miles or over at Baltimore. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Station. District. Page. County. Station. District. Page. MARYLAND. Cumberland Western 236 MARYLAND— continued. Queen Anne (see Easton) Eastern ington, D. C). Baltimore City... North central . - Southern Eastern . . . 240 243 Princess Anne Eastern -do 244 Talbot 242 Green Spring Furnace. Western Eastern 237 Caroline (see Easton) , Wicomico (see Princess Anne) . Worcester(«ee Millsboro, Del.). DELAWARE. Kent (see Chestertown, Md.). New Castle (see Darling- ton, Md.). Carroll (see New Market) North central . . do Cecil (see Darlington) do Central Fredericic New Market Grants ville Darlington North central . . Western North central . . do 238 235 239 Garrett. Harford Howard (see Baltimore) Kent Chestertown Eastern North central .. 241 Montgomery (see Wash- ington, D. C). Prince George (see Washington, D. C). Millsboro Southern 234 234 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. DELAWARE. Southern Division: SUSSEX COUNTY. Station: MILLSBORO. Rev. Lewis Wheelek Wells, Observer. [Establialied by the Maryland State weather service and the United States Weather Bureau in March, 1890. Latitude, 38° 40' N. Longitude, 75° 20' W. Elevation, 20 feet.] The town of Millsboro is in the southeast quadrant of Sussex County, Del. It lies at the head of Indian River, an estuary of the Atlantic, and about 15 miles west from the coast. The station is on the edge of the town. The surrounding country is flat and open, nowhere exceeding an elevation of 20 to 30 feet. The thermometer shelter is of the Weather Bureau pattern and is mounted about 4 feet above the ground. It has a fine, free exposure. The maximum and minimum thermometers are Weather Bureau instruments. The rain gage rests upon the ground in an open field. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Mean of maxima and mean of minima temperatures, average number of days with maximum temperature above 90°, and minimum below 32°, snowfall, and wind direction, are for the period of observation 1893 to 1903. The remaining data are for the period March 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annoal Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i i 5 s •S.S 1 1 _ it o 1 E a a) ^ Number of days with 0.01 or more. ^1 is Snow.' Month. n December "F. 37 34 34 "F. 46 43 42 "F. 70 66 74 °F. 28 25 24 "F. 1 -17 -10 "F. 44 38 43 "F. 32 23 25 In. 3.6 3.5 4.3 8 10 10 In. 3.7 3.0 3.1 In. 2.6 6.5 6.0 In. 2.0 6.2 8.0 In. 6.0 9.5 15.0 NW. January . . N. February N. 35 44 1 26 11.4 28 9.8 15.1 15.2 NW. March April 43 52 63 54 62 73 82 99 97 34 42 63 10 22 31 61 65 68 38 48 60 4.5 4.0 3.7 11 9 12 4.3 2.6 4.9 9.4 3.0 6.2 2.5 T. 0.0 9.5 T. 0.0 N. NE. May NE. Spring mean 53 63 1 43 12.2 32 11.7 17.6 2.5 NE. 71 76 74 74 81 86 84 100 101 104 61 67 66 40 46 48 76 80 79 66 71 72 2.9 5.4 4.6 9 11 8 4.0 2.6 2.9 1.7 12.6 10.6 0. 0. 0. 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. July SW. s. Summer mean 84 65 12.9 28 9.6 24.8 0.0 s. 68 57 46 78 67 66 95 8i 80 59 48 37 37 26 10 72 61 54 66 51 40 3.6 4.4 2.9 7 8 8 1.8 2.7 3.8 3.0 6.4 2.5 0.0 T. 0.3 O.l; T. 2.0 NE. NE. NW. 57 67 48 10.8 23 8.3 11.9 0.3 NE. Ajmual mean 55 64 104 45 —17 47.3 111 39.3 69.4 18.0 15.0 N. Dates of Temperatdke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903 Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above 1894 Dec. 29 June 23, 24; July 14, 29. May 31; June 1-3; July 18, 21; Aug. 1900 Jan. 4; Feb. 1-3, 19, 20, 26-28. May 15, 16; June 27, 28; July 5-9, 22; Aug. 8-13, 17, 27; Sept. 9, 13 16-19, 1896 Feb.3,5-9,11, 12, 18... 9-11, 29; Sept. 23. 1901 Jan. 6, 7, 20, 21; Feb. July 1-7, 3D, 31. 1896 Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17, 21, 22; Dec. 25. Apr. 19; Aug. 7, 8, 10-13. 24-26; Mar. 7; Dec. 22, 23. 1897 Jan. 25, 26, 29-31. None. 1902 Jan. 5; Feb. 5, 6, 20, 21. June 14, July 19, 21. 1898 Feb. 2, 4; Dec. 14,15.. June 27, 29; July 2-6. 1903 Feb. 19, 20; Dec. 12, 27. July 9-11, 21; Aug. 24,25. 1899 Jan. 2, 3, 11,12,29,31; Feb. 1-3, 9-16; Dec. 29-31. June 7, 9. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 235 MARYLAND. Western Division: GARRETT COUNTY. Station: QRANTSVILLE. Latitude, 39° 43' N Longi- Jacob S. Miller, Observer. [Established by the Maryland State weather service and the United States Weather Bureau, in August, 1894. tude, 79° 10' W. Elevation, 2,400 feet.] The station is situated in the northeast quadrant of the county, in a broad undulating valley between ridges rising 400 to 500 feet above the station at distances of 3 to 4 miles to the east and west. The instrument shelter is of the standard Weather Bureau pattern, and is mounted about 4 feet above ground. The shelter contains Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers, and has a free exposure. The rain gage rests upon the ground about 10 feet from the instrument shelter. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Acgust 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperatu re. Precipitation. bo H 1 e i 6 B II o § p a si < s h o ■ o 1^ i 1° -a PS o !5 il o-a So Snow. i Month. to . < o 13 Decen Janua Febru °F. 29 26 24 "F. 37 34 33 op 64 72 69 °F. 21 18 15 "F. - 8 -14 -22 'F. 33 31 29 'F. 22 23 18 In. 3.6 3.5 3.7 10 10 11 In. 3.0 6.4 1.4 In. 2.7 6.6 2.1 In. 11.7 16.1 15.2 In. 16.0 10.0 8.0 w. w. w. 26 35 18 10.8 31 9.8 11.3 43.0 w. March April. May. 37 46 58 47 57 70 76 87 89 27 35 45 - 5 12 25 45 62 62 29 42 53 4.7 3.5 4.1 11 9 11 3,1 4.2 2.3 7.0 3.4 3.9 15.1 7.7 0.2 15.0 16.0 1.5 w. E. s. Spring mean 47 58 36 t 1 12.3 1 31 9.6 . 14.3 23.0 w. June. July. Augu.. 64 69 67 76 81 80 90 94 93 52 57 55 29 37 37 66 73 71 59 64 64 4.3 5.4 3.2 12 12 9 4.1 4.7 2.3 3.1 7.8 8.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 -s. s. t:;:::::::::::::::;: w. 67 79 55 12.9 33 11.1 19.8 0.0 s. Septei Oetob Novel nber 62 61 40 75 63 49 92 85 72 49 39 30 29 17 8 66 56 49 59 44 33 2.6 2.4 3.1 6 6 10 1.6 1.2 1.0 1.5 5.3 3.2 T. 0.3 4.9 T. 2.0 7.0 w. s. w. 51 62 39 1 8.1 22 3.7 10.0 6.2 w. 48 58 94 37 -22 44.1 117 34.2 65.4 71.2 16.0 w. Dates of Temperature Ext EEMES FOR THE Period Au GUST 1, 1894, ro Dec EMBER 31, 19( )3. Tfear. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90 ° or abo ve. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maxim jm 90° r above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Dec. 29. Jan. 6, 13, 31; Feb. 3-9, 24; Dec. 14. Jan. 4-6; Feb. 17, 18, 20, 22; Mar. 14, 24. Jan. 13, 26-29, 31 June 4; Sept. 19. Aug. 5, 6, 9; Sept. 1 July 3-5.7. 10: Anp.4: Sept.7,1 0,11,13,16. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1 18,5 Mar. Feb. 20. Jan. t 17-1 28. ,29, 31; Feb. 1,2, fl, 25-27; Mar. 17. 6; Dec. 16, 20-22. 3, 6, 6, 14, 16, 19, 12, 13, 19- Feb July 1 10, 1 July 1 July 9 6, 17; A 1. 2, 11, 21 10; Sep ag. 10, 11, 25; Se , 22, 28, 29. t. 13. pt. 7, 8, 1898 1899 Feb. 2,3; Dec. 16 Jan. 1, 2, 11; Feb. 1, 9-16; Dec. 30, 31. Jul Jul yr 2, 3; S ' 26; Au !pt. 1-4. g. 20. 9,21; D ec. 3, 27, 236 OLIMATOLOGY" OV THE UNITED STATES. MARYLAND. Western Division: ALLEGANY COUNTY. Station: CUMBERLAND. Howard Sheivee, Observer. [Established by the United States Signal Service in May, 1889. Latitude, 39° 39' N. Longitude, 78° 46' W. Elevation, 725 feet.] The city of Cumberland lies in a valley almost completely surrounded by hills ranging in elevation above the city from 300 to 900 feet. The station was on a hill of moderate elevation, in the western portion of the city, across Will's Creek. The dwelling of the observer had a free exposure, but the thermometers were attached to the south side of the house, on the second floor, in a box lacking sufficient ventilation. The rain gage rested on the ground and had a fair exposure. The station was closed at the death of Mr. Shriver, in February, 1901, but was reestablished as a special rainfall station, reporting precipitation only. The present observer is Mr. James Webster. From 1859 to 1871 monthly mean temperatures were computed from a single morning observation, corrected and reduced to means from tridaily observations; from 1871 to 1889 from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m., from 1889 to 1895 from the daily extremes. Monthly and annual mean temperatures, mean of the maxima and mean of the minima, are for the period of observa- tion 1859 to 1895; absolute maximum and minimum temperatures, 1872-1900; precipitation, 1872-1902. The remaining data are for the period January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number days of 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Mouth. Aver- age depth. Great est depth in 24 hours. December 34 31 ?2 ojr. 43 41 43 °F. 70 74 76 'F. 24 21 21 "F. -10 - 7 -12 °F. 43 41 40 "F. 26 22 22 In. 2.3 2.3 2.8 6 6 7 771. 2.1 0.6 0.7 In. 3.8 1.5 4.2 In. 2.7 6.4 12.6 In. 12 Winter mean 32 42 22 7.4 19 3.4 9.5 21.7 March 38 50 61 58 64 77 81 94 100 26 36 45 - 8 23 33 45 58 67 28 45 64 3.1 2.3 3.6 7 6 10 0.5 1.2 2.8 6.2 3.6 7.1 4.2 0.5 0.0 14.0 May Spring mean 50 66 36 8.9 23 4.5 15.9 4.7 Juue 70 73 71 85 88 85 101 103 101 56 68 57 44 49 42 75 78 76 65 69 68 3.6 3.3 3.1 8 9 7 2.6 2.7 3.0 3.1 1.7 7.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July Summer mean 71 86 57 9.9 24 8.3 11.0 0.0 September 64 52 41 79 66 52 97 87 81 49 38 30 33 24 8 71 60 45 59 46 35 2.7 2.4 2.4 5 5 6 2.9 4.3 1.3 6.8 6.6 1.8 0.0 0.0 1.1 0.0 0.0 4.0 October 52 66 39 7.5 16 8.6 15.2 1.1 51 65 103 38 -12 33.7 82 24.7 62.5 27.5 18.0 Dates of Temperatoke Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1900. Year. Minimum below 0°. •Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 June 11 , 12, 23-25, 29, 30; July 1, 12, 13, 15-20, 27; Aug. 9; Sept. 9. May 29-31; June 1-4, 25; July 17,20-22; Aug. 9-11, 15,16,24,26,28; Sept. 11, 12, 18-23. July 27-30; Aug. 6, 9, 12. July 1-7, 9, 10, 30; Sept. 7-11, 13, 14. July 1-4, 7, 8, 15-20, 22-28, 29-31; Aug. 1,3,7,23,24,30,31; Sept. 1,2,4. 1899 1900 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 9-12... None.. . May 28; June 4, 5-8, 14, 15, 20, 23, 24; July 2-4, 7, 11, 12, 16, 20-23, 27; Aug. 2,4,10, 12,13, 19,21,22,25. June 11, 29; July 2-4, 0, 7, 14-21, 30; Aug. 6-20, 24-27, 30, 31; Sept. 1-11, 1895 Jan. 12; Feb. 3, 5-8.... 1896 1897 .....do ' 1898 ...do MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 237 MARYLAND. Western Division: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: GREEN SPRING FURNACE. Edwin G- Kinsell, Observer, [Established by the United States Weather Bureau and Maryland State weather service in May, 1895. Latitude, 39° 38' N. Longitude, 77° 56' W. Elevation, 450 leet.] The station is situated in the valley of the Potomac River, at the base of North Mountain and along the line of the Western Maryland Eailroad and the Chesapeake and Ohio Canal. There are high hills immediately to the north and across the Potomac on the south. There is an unobstructed view east and west. The thermometer shelter, of the Weather Bureau pattern, has a free exposure, and is mounted about 4 feet above ground. The maximum and minimum thermometers are Weather Bureau instruments. The rain gage rests upon the ground in an open space near the shelter. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Mat 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. bo S _ "O-H s S OS a a 03 'i o 1 PI IB § |a 1 si 1=1 H 1 o ■si 2; 3 -a o-o is O a> *^ O g. Snow. Month. o bo . 1'- 32 31 30 °j?. 41 39 39 °F. 67 63 69 "F. 24 22 21 "F. - 9 -14 'F. 36 34 34 "F. 29 28 26 In. 2.!) 2.8 3.3 7 8 8 In. 0.6 2.5 3.3 In. 5.3 1.6 0.6 In. 3.1 4.4 7.5 In. 1.0 7.6 11.0 w. E. W. 31 40 22 9.0 23 6.4 7.5 15.0 W March 42 52 63 62 64 76 82 93 96 32 40 51 - 1 17 32 49 56 65 36 49 60 3.5 2.7 3.7 10 9 10 2.4 1.7 1.6 3.7 6.3 7.6 8.5 T. 0.0 16.0 T. 0.0 E. E. May E. Spring mean 52 64 41 9.9 29 6.7 17.6 8.5 E. 71 76 73 83 89 86 98 106 100 59 63 62 40 46 44 73 79 78 67 71 70 3.6 .3.7 3.5 10 10 8 4.4 4.8 0.9 3.2 4.5 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 W. .Tuly W. W. 73 86 61 10.7 28 10.1 15.1 0.0 W. September 67 54 44 80 66 53 98 89 79 64 43 33 32 20 13 72 60 49 64 49 38 2.6 2.1 2.7 6 6 8 6.0 1.0 2.8 2.4 0.8 3.1 0.0 T. 1.0 0.0 T. 3.0 E E. W. 55 66 43 7.3 20 8.8 6.3 1.0 E 53 64 106 42 -14 36.9 100 31.0 46.6 24.5 16.0 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period Mat 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1895 Dec. 14 May 29-31; June 1-6, 18-20, 23-26; July 7, 17, 18, 20-22; Aug. 6, 9-13, 15, 16, 18, 23, 24, 26, 28, 29; Sept. 11, 12, 18-23. Apr. 18,19; May 9-11, 17; June 8, 20, 21; July 1, 3, 4, 12-14, 24, 27, 29, 30; Aug. 5-13, 16, 23; Sept. 3, 10-12. June 15, 16, 30; July 2, 3, 6, 7, 9-11. 23, 26; Aug. 3, 4, 14, 16; Sept. 8-11, 13-16. June 12, 25-28, 30; July 1-4, 8, 15-18, 20- 22, 26, 26, 28-31; Aug. 1-4, 7, 17, 20,24, 30,31; Sept. 1-4,6. May 29; June 6-8,15,20,23,24,28; July 3-5, 12, 13, 16, 17, 20-23, 26, 27, 29; Aug, 2-5, 10, 11, 13, 19-21; Sept, 6, 8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 2; Mar. 18 None May 8, 13-16; June 11-14, 25-29; July 3- 8, 11, 12, 14-21; Aug. 6-20, 24-27, 31; Sept. 1,6,7,10, 11,26,27. June 12, 13, 26-30; July 1-6, 11, 15, 17, 19, 21,25,28-31; Aug. 3, 10. May 19, 20, 23; JuneS, 11, 12, 14, 15; July 3-6, 8, 9, 14, 15, 17-20, 27-29; Aug. 3, 11, 31; Sept. 1. Apr. 29; May 18, 20, 21; June 30; July 1-4,8-11,24-26,29,30; iVug. 22-25. 1896 Jan. 6; Mar. 14 None Feb. 4 1897 Feb. 18, 19 1898 Feb. 4 1899 Jan.2; Feb. 1,9-11, 16. 238 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MARYLAND. Northern-Central Division: FREDERICK COUNTY. Station: NEWMARKET. Howard H. Hopkins, Observer. lEstablishedbytheSmithsonianlnstitutionln June, 1873; closed in October, 1879; reestablished by the United States Signal Service in 1885. Latitude, 39° 23' N. Longitude, 77° 17' W. Elevation, 650 feet.] The station is situated in the open and comparatively flat area of the eastern part of the county, about a mile to the north of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad. The instrument shelter is of the Weather Bureau pattern, and is mounted about 6 feet above ground, against the north wall of a small stone spring house — a good exposure. The maximum and minimum thermometers are Weather Bureau instruments. The rain gage is mounted about 18 inches above ground, in an open garden. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januaet 1, 1893, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. cm i > :^ o 5 s • ■s.§ § 36 o m < a a s ■ u PI a q ■g _ |l o ,Q ■< a u f t3 3 u 3 1 tn u &° 1-iO hi ^1 ©■a Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. be . «1 5'" "F. 34 31 32 'F. 41 38 40 "F. 64 62 70 "F. 26 24 23 "F. 2 - 4 -14 41 3S 36 °F. 23 21 26 In. 2.9 2.8 3.5 8 7 9 In. 0.6 2.6 6.0 In. 1.9 4.8 6.0 In. 3.2 6.3 9.4 In. 6.0 6.5 12.0 NW. NW. February NW. 32 40 24 9.2 24 9.1 11.7 18.9 NW. March . 41 51 63 63 64 74 79 93 93 30 42 52 3 21 31 60 58 68 31 45 61 3.9 3.3 3.6 9 7 10 5.9 L3 1.3 6.9 4.3 2.8 3.6 0.9 0.0 12.0 8.0 0.0 NW. April NW. M^y NW. Spring mean 52 64 Al 10.7 26 8.5 13.0 4.6 NW. .TnnR 72 77 74 82 87 84 99 106 98 60 07 64 42 51 47 79 80 77 66 74 70 4.2 4.6 4.3 9 10 7 3.6 3.9 1.8 12.) 7.7 7.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July SW. NW. 74 84 64 13.1 26 9.3 27.4 0.0 NW. 66 55 43 78 66 63 96 87 83 56 47 37 .38 25 10 72 60 50 61 47 39 3.6 2.9 4.0 6 7 8 4.1 0.9 3.4 2.2 3.5 0.8 0.0 T. . 1.1 0.0 T. 4.0 NW. NW. NW. 65 66 47 10.6 21 8.4 6.5 1.1 NW 63 63 105 44 -14 43.6 97 35.3 58.6 24.6 12.0 NW. Dates of Tempebatoee Extremes fob the Period Jandaky 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1896 Jan. 4-6; Feb. 17, 18, 20, 21; Mar. 13, 14; Dec. 24, 28. Aug. 5-7,9, 11,12. 1900 Jan. 2, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 18-20, 25, 27; Mar. 12, 18; Dec. 15-17. July 5-7, 15-19; Aug. 7, 10-12; Sept. 11. 1897 Jan. 25, 26, 29, 31; Feb. 1. July 6. 1901 Jan. 20; Feb. 1, 2, 7; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 20-22. June 30; July 1, 2. 1898 Feb. 1-4; Dec. 14, 16... June 25, 30; July 1-4, 16, 18, 20, 29, 30; 1902 Feb. 4-6, 8, 16, 20 June 13; July 17, 18. Aug. 31; Sept. 2, 3. 1903 Jan. 13; Feb. 18-21; Aug. 25. 1899 Jan. 1-3,7,11; Feb. 1, 2,9-16; Deo. 30, 31..; June6-8; July3,4,22; Aug.20,21. Dec. 27. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 239 MARYLAND. Northern-Central Division: HARFORD COUNTY. Station: DARLINQTON. Latitude, 39° 38' N. Lon- Prof. A. F. Galbreath, Observer. [Established by the Maryland State weather service and the United States Weather Bureau in October, 1891. gitude, 76° 13' W. Elevation, 345 feet.] The village of Darlington is situated on high ground in the gently undulating region just west of the Susquehanna River. The instrument shelter, containing Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers, is of the standard Weather Bureau pattern. It is mounted about 4 feet above ground, and has a free exposure. The rain gage has a fairly free exposure, the nearest obstruction being a bam about 50 feet distant. The top of the gage is about 5 feet above ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Febeuaey 1, 1893, to Decembeb 31, 1903. 2 Temperature. Precipitation. •^ 1=1 c o £ s o — § s s 1 < B § e _ li 1 'F. 3 -12 eg K °F. 36 36 34 3 h 1 1 CO U OS ■O CO So ^s . 3 = 1 In. 0.3 1.3 5.1 sS In. 7.9 3.4 5.4 Snow. Month. 60 . (Off < December "F. 34 31 30 "F. 42 39 38 op 69 65 68 °F. 26 24 21 'F. 29 29 24 In. 3.7 3.0 3.8 6 6 6 In. ■ 2.9 4.9 9.1 In. 6.0 10.0 15.0 NW. January February NW. NW. 32 40 24 1 10.5 18 6.7 16.7 16.9 NW 1 March 42 51 62 62 62 73 78 94 97 33 41 62 6 20 32 50 57 67 35 49 59 3.4 3.4 3.8 7 7 9 4.9 1.4 2.5 3.8 4.4 1.9 3.1 2.4 0.0 7.0 16.0 0.0 NW. ^f::::;:::;:;:::;:: NW. SW. Spring mean 52 62 42 i ■ ' 10.6 23 8.8 10.1 S.5 sw 70 75 73 80 85 82 100 104 103 60 66 63 42 49 41 73 78 78 66 70 68 3.3 4.5 4.2 8 8 3.4 3.0 1.3 4.2 7.3 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August SW. 73 82 63 12.0 23 7.7 12.9 0.0 67 55 44 76 64 53 94 85 76 57 46 36 38 26 13 71 62 50 64 49 39 4.2 3.5 3.0 6 6 6 4.9 3.6 4.5 9.5 6.6 2.2 0.0 T. 1.5 0.0 T. 6.0 SW. October November NW. NW. 55 ^^\ 46 [ 10.7 18 13.0 18.3 1.5 NW Annual mean 53 62 104 44 -12 43.8 82 36.2 58.0 23.9 16.0 NW Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 28, 29 July 17,28,29; Aug. 3. 1900 Jan. 2,30, 31; Feb. 1, July 4-8,15-21; Aug. 6-17,26,27,31. 1895 Jan. 5,13; reb.1,3-9.. 1 June 1-3. 2,19,25,27; Mar.l8. 1896 Jan. 4-6; Feb. 17-22; 1 Aug. 7, 9. 1901 Jan. 4, 6, 19, 20; Feb. June 12, 25, 27-30; July 1-6, 17,20,23.24, Mar. 13,14; Dec. 24, 1, 2, 7,9, 23; Mar. 6, 29,30. 25,28. 7; Dec. 22. 1897 Jan. 25,26,29 None. 1902 Jan. 5; Feb. 4-6, 8; June 3. 1898 Feb. 2-4; Dee. 14 July 1, 3, 4. Dec. 26, 28. 1899 Jan. 1,2, 11; Feb. 1, 2, June 6. 1903 Jan. 13; Feb. 18-21; May 20; July 10; Aug. 25. 8-16; Dec. 30,31. Dec. 19. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 16 240 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MARYLAND. North Central Division: BALTIMORE COUNTY. Station: BALTIMORE. O. L. Fassig, Section Director. [Established by Signal Service January 1, 1871. Latitude, 39° 18' N. Longitude, 76° 37' W. Elevation, 104 feet.] This station is (1904) near the center of the city, in one of the buildings of the Johns Hopkins University. The open country to the west and north of the city is gently undulatory, forming the eastern edge of the Piedmont Plateau; to the east is the low, flat country of the Coastal Plain. The thermometers are mounted in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, the floor of which is 9 feet above the roof of the station building. The following shows the height of the instruments in their present location: -Thermometers, 10 feet above roof, 69 feet above ground; top of rain gage, 14 feet above roof, 73 feet above ground; anemometer cups, 58 feet above roof, 117 feet above ground; wind vane, 56 feet above roof, 115 feet above ground. Location of stations: January 1, 1871, southwest comer of South and Water streets; January, 1, 1889, ^leal Building, southwest comer of Baltimore and HoUiday streets ; June 1, 1891, Johns Hopkins University (physical laboratory) ; September 7, 1895, Equitable Building, southwest comer of Calvert and Fayette streets ; August 1, 1896, Johns Hopkins University (532 North Howard street) . The mean temperatures are derived from the regular series of observations of the Weather Bureau, to which corrections have been applied to reduce to true daily mean based on twenty-four hourly observations. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Snowfall, 1883-1903; humidity, 1889-1903; sunshine, July, 1893, to December, 1903 ; wind direction, 1893-1903. Remainder of data is from the entire period of observation, thirty- three years — January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunslilne. .a i 1 X l ii 1 E o < a a 1 a 1 it o 1 3 w h o 09 h a?2 Is a- li. hi II -g ■ "Sal Snow. a 00 K a 00 1 o a P. CO % % a p, CO s D O .a "i i 1 o IS si « o © Month. o a "F. 37 34 35 "F. 44 41 43 "F. 73 73 78 °F. 31 27 28 'F. —3 —6 —7 °F. 45 44 43 "F. 29 24 26 In. 3.1 3.2 3.7 11 12 11 In. 2.1 2.1 4.6 In. 0.6 4.2 2.5 In. 3.3 5.6 7.5 In. 10.6 7.0 16.5 P. a. 74 75 73 (Jr.'!. 1.75 1.52 1.48 P.ct. 68 69 67 Grs. 1.87 1.57 1.63 159 162 179 50 50 59 w. January . w February w 35 43 29 10.0 34 8.8 7.3 16.4 74 1 68 68 1.66 167 53 w Ma.rnh 42 53 64 49 61 73 82 94 96 34 44 55 5 24 34 50 59 71 35 47 60 4.0 3.3 3.6 13 11 12 3.2 2.1 1.0 5.7 8.7 6.8 6.8 0.8 T. 12.0 8.0 T. 71 1 38 65 60 65 2.06 2.91 4.41 211 237 239 57 60 54 NW April 66 68 2.56 4.04 SE May SE Spring mean 53 61 44 10.9 36 6.3 21.2 6.6 68 j 2.83 63 3.13 229 57 SE. June 73 78 76 82 86 84 99 104 100 64 69 67 47 55 51 76 82 80 68 72 73 3.8 4.7 4.2 10 12 11 4.3 1.6 2.9 6.2 11.0 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 70 72 73 5.77 6.74 6.41 68 68 69 6.16 6.99 6.66 276 282 267 62 62 63 sw July .... sw. sw. August 76 84 67 12.7 33 8.7- 18.6 0.0 72 j 6.31 68 6.60 275 62 sw. 68 58 45 77 66 53 101 90 79 61 49 39 39 30 15 77 64 52 64 53 42 3.8 3.0 3.0 9 9 10 4.3 1.7 1.8 4.6 4.1 6.4 0.0 T. 0.8 0.0 T. 4.5 76 74 76 5.15 3.47 2.38 73 69 69 6.64 3.58 2.63 243 211 165 66 60 51 SE. SE. w. October November 57 65 60 9.8 28 7.8 15.1 0.8 76 2.67 70 3.92 206 59 SE. Annual mean 55 63 104 1 47 —7 43.4 131 31.6 62.2 23.8 16.5 72 1 "l fin 68 3.83 219 58 SE. ■ Dates op Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Feb. 25; Dec. 29 Jan. 13; Feb. 3, 5-9... Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17, 18, 20. Jan. 26, 26 June 23,24; July 12,13,20,28,29. May 30, 31; June 1-3; July 21; Aug. 10, 11, Sept. 21-23. May 10; July 27; Aug. 5, 7, 9, 11, 12. June 30; Sept. 11. June 25,26; July 1-4; Aug. 31; Sept. 1-5. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1, 2, 11; Feb. 1, 8-15; Dec. 30,31. Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 2, 24, 25,27. June 6-8; July 22; Aug. 20,27. July 4, 6, 7, 15-18, 21; Aug. 6-12; Sept. 11. June 29, 30; July 1-4,6,29,30. July 3, 5, 6, 17, 18, 20. July 2,3,9-11,30; Aug. 25. 1897 1898 Feb.2 Feb. 18, 19.. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 241 MARYLAND. Eastern Division: KENT COUNTY. Station: CHESTERTOWN. Mariok De Kalb Smith, Observer. [Established by the Maryland State weather service and the United States Weather Bureau in November, 1893. Latitude, 39° 13' N. Longi- tude, 76° 5' W. Elevation, 80 feet.] Chestertown is situated along the right bank of the Chester River, a tide-water stream of the eastern shore of Maryland. The station is on the most elevated ground in the vicinity. The maximum and minimum thermometers are Weather Bureau instruments, and are mounted upon a partially protected support attached to the outside of a window on the north side of the observer's dwelling. The height of the thermometers above ground is 6 feet. The rain gage rests upon the ground in an open garden and has a fine exposure. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. The record of the total amount of precipitation for the driest and wettest years is for the years 1861, 1862, 1896, 1899, 1902, and 1903. The remaining data are for the period of observation — November 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. cm el s :^ 3 1 . s 1 a i 1 i |i o GQ < B Is 'a < \ 3 li o 1 1 = O ffl Snow. Month. M . < 35 32 32 'F. 42 39 39 °F. 74 63 67 "F. 28 25 24 'F. 9 5 -9 "F. 39 37 36 "F. 32 30 24 /n. 3.2 3.1 3.2 7 7 8 In. 0.9 2.2 6.1 Jn. 6.8 3.9 5.8 In. 2.7 5.1 7.3 In. 3.0 7.5 9.0 NW. NW. NW. 33 40 26 9.5 22 9.2 16.5 _ 15.1 NW. March.. . 43 61 63 53 61 72 79 87 92 36 42 53 14 25 32 49 52 67 37 49 60 3.6 3.6 4.0 9 9 9 4.9 1.1 4.0 3.5 3.9 2.2 0.6 0.2 0.0 3.0 2.0 0.0 NW. April S. M^y SW. Spring mean 52 62 44 11.2 27 10.0 9.6 0.8 SW. June. 71 76 74 80 85 82 94 100 93 61 68 66 43 54 53 74 79 76 67 72 72 3.9 3.9 5.0 8 10 9 3.7 4 9 2.1 6.5 4.1 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 74 82 65 12.8 27 10.7 11.1 0.0 SW. September 68 56 46 76 65 53 90 83 75 58 48 37 41 30 17 72 61 51 66 51 40 4.0 3.1 2.9 7 7 7 5.4 2.9 1.8 6.8 6.3 3.9 0.0 T. 0.9 0.0 T. 6.0 SW. October SW. NW. 57 65 48 10.0 21 10.1 17.0 0.9 SW. Annnfl.l mp.nTi 54 62 100 46 -9 43.5 97 40.0 54 2 16.8 9.0 SW Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Feb. 25; Dec. 29 Feb. 3, 5-9, 11, 12, 15. . Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17, 18, 20; Dec. 24, 28. Jan. 25-28 None. Do. Do. Do. July 1-4. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Fee. 1, 2, 9-16; Dec. 29, 31. None Jan. 3 None. July 18. July 1, 2. July 18. None. 1897 Feb. 5 1898 Feb. 2, 4 Feb. 18, 19 242 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. MARYLAND. Eastern Division: TALBOT COUNTY. Station: EASTON. Heney Shbeve, Obserrer. [Established by the Maryland State weather serviee in 1891. Latitude, 38° 46' N. Longitude, 76° 5' W. Elevation, 35 feet.] The town of Easton is at the head of Tred Avon River, a tide-water branch of Chesapeake Bay. The country about is flat and low, nowhere having an elevation above about 40 feet. The thermometer shelter is of the Weather Bureau pattern, mounted at a distance of about 4 feet above ground with a good exposure, and contains Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers. The rain gage rests upon the ground and has a free exposure. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January, 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 It 1 g < a 0) g 1 ■a B "F. 8 - 1 -15 1 li 5 eg 1 1 In. 2.9 3.0 4.2 ^° •si hi Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Months. • M . < f S December "F. 37 33 34 45 41 42 °F. 70 65 69 °F. 28 26 25 °F. 43 39 38 °F. 30 24 27 7 8 7 In. LO 1.2 6.0 In. 4.6 4.1 4.9 In. 2.4 4.2 7.9 In. 7.2 6.5 10.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 3S 43 26 10.1 22 8.2 13.6 14.5 NW. March .... 43 53 64 54 64 74 82 93 93 35 43 53 11 26 34 51 56 68 39 49 61 3.5 3.2 3.4 10 8 10 4.3 1.7 36 3.6 3.6 L6 1.8 0.1 0.0 10.0 LO 0.0 NW. April NW. liay SW. Spring mean 53 64 44 10.1 28 9.6 8.8 1.9 NW. June July August 72 76 75 81 86 85 96 101 101 61 68 66 40 52 51 76 80 80 68 72 72 3.6 4.3 3.7 8 9 7 3.8 2.3 1.5 7.4 3.7 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. W. Summer mean. . 74 84 65 11.6 24 7.6 13.5 0.0 SW. September October November 69 58 46 80 68 55 96 88 78 59 48 34 ?» 28 15 73 62 52 66 62 42 2.9 3.4 2.6 6 7 7 2.7 1.0 1.9 4.9 6.7 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.8 SW. NW. NW. 58 68 47 8.9 20 6.6 14.7 0.1 SW 55 65 101 46 -15 40.7 94 31.0 50.6 16 5 10.0 NW Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Minimum below 10°. None Feb. 3, 5-9 Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17 Jan. 26, 31 Feb. 2 Maximmn 95° or above. June 24; July 13. Aug. 11. Aug. 5-9, 11-13. None. June 25, 26; July 1-4, 19, 30; Aug. Sept. 1-3. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. . 1-3, Maximum 95° or above. June 8; Aug. 21. Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 16; Dec. 29. Feb. 1, 2, 27, 28 July 4, 6-8, 16-18; Aug. 7-12. 14, 18, 27. Dec. 22 1 July 1, 2, 5, 6. Feb. 5, 6 1 July 18. Feb. 19, 20 Julv 2, 3, 10; Aug. ;5. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. MARYLAND. 243 Southern Division: CALVERT COUNTY. Station: SOLOMONS. William Henbt Uabsh, Observer. [Established by the Maryland State weather service and the United States Weather Bureau in 1892. Latitude, 38° ly N. Longitude, 76° 27' W. Elevation, 20 feet.]; The station is on Solomons Island in the Patuxent River, at the southern extremity of Calvert County. The greatest elevation on the island is not over 20 feet above mean tide. The thermometer shelter is of the Weather Bureau pattern, mounted about 4 feet above ground in an open garden, and contains Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers. The rain gage has a free exposure ; the top of the gage is about 3 feet above ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. a a id 1 i 9 S II o 1 i 1 _ li i i a 1 = Oo SI eg o g Snow. Months. 0) ST fa sis o V 1 (3 39 35 35 "F. 46 42 42 "F. 65 67 69 'F. 32 28 27 "F. 10 4 - 5 °ii'. 41 41 39 "F. 34 26 27 In. 2.7 2.9 3.8 8 9 10 In. 3.2 2.4 3.9 In. 3.6 2.9 46 In. 2.4 5.3 6.7 In. 7.5 7.0 9.0 NW. NW. NW. 36 43 29 9.4 27 9.5 11.0 14 4 NW. March 44 S3 65 53 62 74 82 88 100 37 45 56 15 28 41 50 56 70 38 51 62 3.4 3.3 3.3 9 9 11 1.2 3.1 4.6 2.7 3.2 2.8 1.9 0.2 0.0 6.0 2.0 0.0 NW. SE. May SE. Spring mean 54 63 46 10.0 29 8.9 8.7 2.1 SE. June 74 79 78 82 87 86 99 100 103 65 70 70 52 57 58 76 81 83 72 76 75 3.3 4.6 3.7 9 11 10 0.9 2.3 1.9 4.0 6.4 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July SW. August SE. 77 85 68 11.6 30 5.1 12.5 0.0 SE. 72 60 49 81 69 57 98 89 77 64 52 41 46 •35 20 77 65 54 69 56 44 2.6 3.3 2.5 7 7 8 1.9 4.3 2.4 4.9 5.0 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 2.0 SE. NW. NW. 60 69 52 8.4 22 8.6 12.2 0.4 NW. 57 65 103 49 - 5 39.4 108 32.1 44.4 16.9 9.0 NW. Dates of Tempeeatuee Exteemes fok the Peeiod Januaey 1, 1894, to Decembee 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 July 12-14, 28, 29; Aug. 9; Sept. 9, 10. . . May, 9, 10, 31; Aug. 10, 11, 24, 29; Sept. 12, 19, 21-23. Aug. 6, 7, 9-13. None. June 12, 25, 26; July 1-4. Feb. 9-15; Dec. 31.... Feb. 1,2 June 6, 8; Sept. 6, 8. 1895 Feb 6-9 May 15; July 4-8, 15-18, 21; Aug. 6-14, 17, 26, 27; Sept. 11. July 1-3, 5, 6, 25, 29. 30. July 5, 18, 20. July 9; Aug. 25. 1896 None 1897 Jan 26 do 1898 Feb. 19 244 CLIMATQLOQY OV THE UNITED STATES. MARYLAND. Eastern Division: SOMERSET COUNTY. Station: PRINCESS ANNE. James R. Stewart, Observer. [Establislied by the United States Signal Service in. 1888 and closed in 1889; reestablished by United States Weather Bureau in 1894; lati- tude, 38° 13' N. Longitude, 75° 42' W.; Elevation, 20 leet.] The town of Princess Anne is situated at the head of Manokin River, a tide-water branch of the Chesapeake Bay. Ele- vations do not exceed 20 feet above mean tide anywhere within the vicinity. The station is on the edge of the town. The thermometer shelter is of the Weather Bureau pattern, and is mounted about 4 feet above the ground and has a fine exposure. The shelter contains Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers. The rain gage rests upon the ground near by. From 1822 to 1850 monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m. and 1 p. m.; from 1894 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly and annual mean temperatures are for the periods of observation 1822 to 1850, and 1894 to 1903; the remain- ing data are for the period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. g 1 S . li o a i. la o ■< |a w Lowest monthly mean. 1 &° ■a eg lia z; 4J 4J as CO ao a S S5& Snow. St < 40 37 38 "F. 47 44 43 'F. 68 68 69 "F. 27 25 24 °F. - 3 1 -10 -F. 40 38 39 "F. 33 32 25 In. 2.7 2.6 4.0 9 10 9 In. 2.0 3.4 2.1 In. 3.0 3.8 6.4 In. 1.4 4.0 6.9 In. 1.4 6.0 16.0 NW. NW. NW. 38 45 26 9.3 28 7.5 12.2 12.3 NW. March 47 55 64 55 63 74 76 93 93 36 41 52 10 22 31 51 65 66 40 50 61 3.9 3.2 2.7 10 9 10 4.3 6.6 3.9 7.4 3.5 1.2 1.6 T. 0.0 3.2 T. 0.0 NW. SW. SW. April Mky Spring mean. 55 64 43 9.8 29 13.8 12.1 1.6 SW. June 72 77 76 80 85 83 96 99 98 61 68 66 40 50 46 76 79 78 66 . 74 72 3.1 4.6 4.7 9 11 9 1.1 4.2 2.5 3.1 5.2 6.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. SW. July . . August 75 83 65 12.4 29 7.8 14.6 0.0 SW. September 69 57 48 79 68 68 96 87 78 68 46 36 26 23 17 72 62 52 66 51 41 3.0 3.8 2.6 I 8 0.9 2.7 2.1 3.2 7.7 2.2 0.0 T. 0.6 0.0 T. 40 SW. NW. NW. October November 58 68 47 9.4 23 6.7 13.1 0.6 NW. 57 65 99 45 -10 40.9 109 36.0 52.2 14.5 16.0 SW. Dates op Tempekathee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 1896 1897 1898 Feb. 3, 6, 8, 9, 12 Jan. 6, 6; Feb. 17, 21, 22; Dec. 4. Jan. 26, 27, 30, 31 June 1,3; Aug. 11; Sept. 21-23. Aug. 10-13. None. July 2. June 8. / 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 1,2,20, 27. Jan. 20; Feb. 24, 25; Mar. 6; Deo. 22. Feb. 5 6 20 July 4-8, 17, 18; Aug. July 1, 2, 29, 30. July 18, 20. None. 7, 10-12. 1899 Jan. 2, 11, 29; Feb. 1, 2,9-16; Dec. 29-31. Feb. 19,20 MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 245 DISTRICT OF COLUMBIA. Station: WASHINGTON. Weather Bureau Central Office: Prof. Willis L. Moore, Chief of Bureau. [Estabhshed by the Signal Service November 1, 1870. Latitude, 38° 54' N. Longitude, 77° 3' W, Elevation, 73 feet.] The city of Washington is situated on the Potomac at the head of tide water. The Weather Bureau station on its establishnment in 1870 was located at 1719 G street NW., where it remained until August, 1888. On August 15, 1888, the office was moved diagonally across the street to 1744 G street NW. The station remained in this location only a few months when on March 29, 1889, it was moved to the Ferguson Building, southwest corner of Twenty-fourth and M streets NW., its present location. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter on the roof of the office building at an elevation of 59 feet above ground. The station rain gage is a weighing gage, its top being 42 feet above the ground. The anemometer and wind vane are on si steel support, the anemometer cups being 76 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Mean maxima and mean minima, thirty-two years humidity, fifteen years; sunshine, fourteen years. Eemainder of data for whole period, thirty-three years, November, 1870, to December, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. § "F. 30 33 35 S :S ^ o — 1 Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 £ t It o .Q -«! 'F. 73 76, 78 ij 1 "F. 29 26 27 ■a SB o 1 "F. -13 -14 -15 I eg s s h 1 1 IP §1 O B 1 if Snow. 1 B 00 (a D o 1 s p. 00 > s a CO oT 1 < 1 1 "o 11 a o gp, Month. M s "F. 44 41 44 "F. 46 44 43 "F. 26 25 26 In. 3.1 3.4 3.6 10 12 10 In. 4.2 2.1 4,6 In. 0.2 4.0 2.5 In. 2.8 6,9 8.1 In. 10.0 5 6 12.0 P.ct. 76 77 76 Grs. 1,66 1,49 1.52 P.ct. 67 69 66 Grs. 1.77 1.63 1,62 158 145 161 54 48 50 January NW February NW W inter mean 35 43 27 10.1 32 10.9 6.7 16.8 76 1.56 67 1,67 161 51 NW. March 42 53 64 61 63 74 83 93 96 33 43 54 4 22 34 50 58 70 34 48 59 4,1 3.2 3,8 12 11 12 1.0 3,3 4.0 4,2 9,1 10.7 4,6 0.4 0.0 10,0 4.0 0.0 75 70 75 1.98 2,76 4.31 65 59 68 2,14 2.96 4.61 179 211 244 48 53 56 NW April NW Mtfy Spring mean 53 63 43 11.1 35 8,3 24,0 5 73 3.02 64 3.24 211 52 73 77 75 83 87 84 102 103 101 63 68 66 43 52 49 78 81 80 67 72 72 4.0 4.5 4.0 10 11 11 1.2 2.1 2.0 6,0 8.1 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 76 77 80 6 87 6.76 6,81 71 72 74 6.24 6,96 6.92 279 291 276 63 64 66 July Summer mean 75 85 66 12.5 32 5.3 16.2 0,0 78 6,48 72 6.70 282 64 g September 68 . 57 45 78 66 54 104 92 80 59 47 37 38 26 12 77 63 51 62 51 40 3.5 3,1 2.8 8 9 10 1.5 3.1 1.5 3.9 4.5 6.0 0,0 T. 0.7 0.0 T. 2.5 81 80 79 5.31 3.50 2.33 76 72- 69 5.68 3.61 2.44 252 208 164 68 60 61 S. NW. November. . NW Fall mean 57 55 66 64 104 48 46 9.4 43.1 27 126 6.1 30.6 14.4 61.3 0.7 22,6 12 80 3.71 72 3.91 206 60 NW. -15 77 3.69 69 3.88 212 67 NW. Dates of Tempekatdee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 29.. June 23, 24; July 12, 13, 20, 27-29; Sept 10. May 30; June 1-3; Aug. 9-11, 29; Sept. 12, 19, 21-23. Aug. 5-7, 9, 12, 13. Sept. 10, 11. June 25, 26; July 1-4, 16; Sept. 3. June 6-8; Aug. 20. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 4, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 2,25,27; Mar. 8,25, 26, 29, 30. Deo. 21, 22 July 4-6, 16-18; Aug, 6-12, 26; Sept. 6, 11, June 30; July 1-3, 5, 6, 29, 30. July 3, 5, 6, 17, 18. July 2, 3, 10, 11; Aug. 25. 1895 1896 Jan. 13; Feb.3,5-9. ... Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17, 18, 20,21. Jan. 25, 26, 28, 30, 31.. Feb. 2-4 Feb. 5, 6 1897 Feb. 17-20. . . 1898 1899 Jan. 1,2; Feb. 1, 2, 8-16; Dec, 29-31, VIRGINIA. By EDWARD A. EVANS, Section Director. 247 VIRGINIA. Virginia lies between the parallels of 36° 30' and 39° 30' north latitude and the meridians of 75° 15' and 83° 40' west longitude. In its physical features it presents strong contrasts, the land rising from the coast line westward in a succession of terraces to the Blue Ridge Mountains, then falling into the Great (or Shenandoah) Valley and again rising into the Appa- lachian range of mountains. Its land area is 40,125 square miles; water area, 2,325 square miles. Six principal rivers, with their tributaries, drain the State, five of which, viz, the Potomac, Rappahannock, York, James, and Roanoke-Staunton, flow generally southeasterly to Chesapeake Bay or the sea. The sixth. New River, rises in the mountainous portions of Carroll, Grayson, and Wythe counties and, flowing generally northward, breaks through the Alleghany Mountains in Giles County and joins the Kanawha River. The natural divisions of the State are six in number, each differing in geology and elevation. The climatic divisions are three in number and each is distinguished by differences in temperature, precipitation, and winds, due to situation and elevation. The climatic divisions are Tidewater Virginia, Middle Virginia, and the Great Valley, and all description and areas given in this paper are referred to them. Tidewater Virginia. — Tidewater Virginia is generally low lying and quite level, except in its northern portions. It rises on a gently ascending slope from the coast line westward to middle Virginia. In that part south of the James River the country is open and has large areas of what are commonly known as "savanna" lands, while north of it the surface becomes mod- erately rolling, rising to heights of ISO feet or more. The coast line is indented with numerous bays and coves and the estuaries of various large rivers. This section is nearly quadrilateral in form and has a land area of 11,000 square miles. Middle Virginia. — Middle Virginia embraces somewhat less than half the total area of the State, the figures being 19,150 square miles. It extends in a generally southerly and southwesterly direction from the Potomac River to the North Carolina line and is separated from the Great Valley division by the Blue Ridge. . Its outline is, roughly, that of a right-angled triangle, the base of which forms the southern boundary of the State. In elevation the surface varies from the lowlands of the southeastern counties and the swelling uplands of the northern portion to the sharply rolling lands of the more westerly counties and the foothills and mountain spurs of the Blue Ridge. North of the James River the rolling character of the country is more decided than to the southward of that stream, except in the Piedmont districts, where the physical conditions are generally similar. The elevations vary from less than 100 feet in the southeast portion to upward of 1,100 feet in the Piedmont portions. Several large rivers cross this section, flowing generally to the southeast; their affluents mostly come in from the north or northeast and from the southwest. This arrangement of drainage areas gives rise to a series of large and small valleys, the former trending to the southeast and the latter lying at various angles to them. The Great Valley. — This is the most westerly as well as the most elevated of the three climatic divisions of the State. It contains an approximate area of 10,000 square miles, and its general trend is northeast and southwest. The surface falls steeply from the crests of the AUeghanies and the Blue Ridge into the main valley below. In general, the floor of the valley is highest on its western side. A cross section of the valley would give a U-shaped figure. Embraced in this section are four complete watersheds, viz, those of the Shenandoah (Potomac), the James, the Roanoke, and the New rivers, and part of a fifth, the Holston River; hence a profile of the region discloses a series of ascending and descending planes, above which tower the summits of parallel ranges of mountains, separated by narrow valleys — some straight, others winding and irregular together with oval depressions locally known as "pockets" or "gardens," the least elevation of some of which is upward of 3,000 feet above the sea. The height of the floor of these watersheds above sea level increases to the southwestward from 242 feet at Harpers Ferry, on the northwest edge of the State, to 1,687 feet on the southwest edge. The greatest and least elevations (Hotchkiss) for each of the watersheds are as follows : Watershed. Elevation above mean sea level. Watershed. Elevation above mean sea level. Least.' Greatest. Least. Greatest. Feet. 242 706 825 Feet. 1,863 1,86.3 2,049 Feet. 1,780 1,687 Feet. 2,594 2,594 The State, occupying a position nearly midway between the boundary lines of the North Temperate Zone, has, as would naturally be expected, a climate free from extremes of heat and cold and from decidedly abnormal conditions of precipitation. 248 MIUJJLE ATLANTIC STATK8. 249 The sharp contrasts in physical configuration, together with the modifying influence of the Atlantic Ocean, however, cause different climatic conditions to obtain within its limits; thus over the low, fiat lands of the Tidewater division moderate daily range and variability of temperature; seasonal temperatures devoid for the most part of rapid and marked fluctuations; a humid atmosphere and frequent, ample, and well-distributed precipitation obtains. Briefly, the climate is nearly marine, while in its mountainous portions the effect of elevation and increased insolation is shown in the greater range of daily and seasoiial temperatures. The precipitation, too, is not as well distributed and there is a greater variation in the amounts occurring. Frosts come much earlier in the autumn and are correspondingly later in the spring. Temperature. — Considering temperature as the most important element of climate, let us see what the comparison is for the three climatic divisions into which Virginia has been divided. In the Tidewater division, where the land is low and generally level, the temperature from day to day is quite stable. Sudden and decided changes to warmer or colder are not often experienced, and both daily range and variability of temper- ature operate within moderate limits. The influence of the winds daily blowing inland from the sea and moving freely over the surface, together with the equalizing effect of the water of the numerous large rivers and bays that penetrate this region, are the factors producing this result. The mean temperature seasonally and annually for this section, compiled from records of from eleven to thirty-three years, is as follows: Winter, 39.8°; spring, 56.8°; summer, 77.2°; autumn, 60.8°; annual, 58.6° Average number of days each year with maximum temperatures above 90°, 28; with minimum temperatures below 32°, 55. The earliest known date of killing frost is October 15; the latest, April 26. ' Throughout Middle Virginia the rolling contours of the land, together with its greater elevation and distance from the sea, cause greater ranges in the monthly and seasonal mean temperatures as well as the daily range and variability of tem- perature. Sharp and sudden temperature changes, though not frequent, occur more commonly than in the Tidewater division, and most often in the autumn and winter. Indeed, this feature is one of the principal climatic differences existing between the two sections. Local surroundings also assume a more important control over the temperatures prevailing; thus in the Tidewater division no special differences obtain in the mean temperature of any locality for the same month or season, while in Middle Virginia, especially the Piedmont portion, such differences do obtain, both as compared with the more open districts and in various parts of the Piedmont district itself. The increase observed in the daily range of temperature seems to be due to a conveotional circulation of the air caused mainly by the physical conditions of the region. It is greatest in the Piedmont district. The mean temperature seasonally and annually, compiled from the records of eleven to nineteen years, is as follows: Winter, 35.8°; spring, 55.3°; summer, 75°; autumn, 57.4°; annual, 55.9°. Average number of days each year with max- imum temperatures above 90°, 25; average number of days each year with minimum temperatures below 32°, 72. Earliest known date of killing frost, October 2; latest known date of killing frost. May 29. In the Great Valley division a vertical circulation of the air seems to be actively carried on. A relatively clear atmosphere favors insolation and strong air currents move up the mountain sides. During the day the valleys become fiUed with heated air, while at night cool, descending currents flow down the mountains into the valleys, displacing the warm air and thus reducing the temperature decidedly. Hence in this region are to be found the greatest differences in mean daily and monthly temperatures and in variability and range of temperature occurring in the State. The mean temperature for this division seasonally and annually, compiled from records of eleven to twenty-four years, is as follows: Winter, 33.8°; spring, 52.7°; summer, 71.3°; autumn, 55.1°; annual, 53.2° Average number of days each year with maximum temperatures above 90°, 13; with minimum temperatures below 32°, 98. Eariiest known date of killing frost, September 12; latest known date of killing frost. May 30. Lines of equal mean monthly temperature for Virginia for any month will show, in the Tidewater division, curves generally corresponding to the coast line and bending somewhat into the lower valleys of the large river systems; thence, passing into Middle Virginia, they for the most part follow the trend of the Blue Ridge, while in the Great VaUey they parallel the mountain ranges. A permanent area of relatively low mean temperature occupies the region lying along the AUeghanies between Tazewell and Highland counties, inclusive. The highest temperatures of the year occur in the middle Virginia division and the lowest in the Great Valley. To facilitate detailed comparison and reference, the important climatological data for temperature for the three divisions of the State are given in tabular form below. Monthly and Annual Mean Temperatdees. Division. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual. '•F. 39.2 35.2 32.3 "F. 39.4 35.2 33.8 "F. 46.9 46.0 43.8 °F. 55.9 54 6 51.8 ■=F. 66.9 65.1 62.4 "F. 74.8 72.5 69.2 "F. 79.1 77.0 73.0 "F. 77.6 75.4 71.8 "F. 71.3 69.0 65.8 °F. 62.1 57 3 55.4 "F. 48.8 45.8 44.0 "F. 41.1 37.3 35.2 °F. 58.6 55.9 53.2 Middle Virginia The Great Valley State 35.6 36.1 45.8 51.1 64.8 72.2 76.4 74.9 68.7 58.3 46.2 37.9 55.9 250 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Mean Maximtjm and Minimum Tempeeatokes. t>iviaion. Jan. Feb. Mar. S Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. 1^ Tidewater Virginia Middle Virginia The Great Valley.. State °F. 47.2 43.4 42 2 F. 31 25 8 22.2 F. 47.8 44.4 42.6 F. 30.4 25.7 22.3 F. Si. 2 56.2 55.0 "F^'F. 344 35.8 32.6 65.0 65.0 63.8 F. 46.0 43.5 39.1 "F. 76.0 76.5 75.4 'F. 56. 8 53.7 48.2 F. 83.8 2 80.2 °F. 65.2 61.8 55./ F. 88.3 87.6 84.8 F. 70.1 66.4 60.8 "F. 86.1 85.5 83.4 F. 1.3 65.8 "F. 80.1 79.9 78.1 F. 63.2 58.2 53.0 F. 69.7 67.8 67.2 52.0 46.8 41.8 44. 3 26. 3 44 9 26. 2 56. 5 34. 3 64 8 42. 9 76. 0;52. 9 82 4 60.9 86.9 65.885.0 65.0 79.458.168.2 46.9 57.0 36.5 48.4 28.6 i 58.841.6 56.0.15.9 56.332.0 F. 50.2 46.7 48.4 F. 33.0 27.9 248 Absolxjte Extremes of Temperatube (Highest AND Lowest Rbcobded). Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Divisiona. 1 o ►4 I W 4J O 1 s 1 4^ 1 1 i +9 o ►^1 1 w o 4^ 4^ s 1 1 o tA s o s o 1^ w 4J 03 1 i ta 3 80 77 75 "F. -15 - 6 -26 81 76 75 "J". - 6 -21 -22 -F. 88 86 84 "F. 10 10 - 2 96 95 93 24 19 12 i?8 97 97 35 30 18 102 101 98 "F. 42 36 31 102 103 104 'F. 50 49 35 102 101 102 "F. i^ 40 41 101 100 100 37 33 22 90 92 92 "F. 26 21 13 °F. 80 81 80 °F. 16 12 °F. 75 73 73 °F. — ■> The Great Valley -17 AvEEAGE Date of Killing Feosts and Eaeliest and Latest Eillino Feosts Recobded. Division. Spring. Average date last. Latest recorded. Average date first. Earliest recorded. Tidewater Virginia Middle Virginia The Great Valley.. Apr. 2 Apr. 11 Apr. 28 Apr. 26 May 29 May 30 Nov. 20 Oct. 21 Oct. 10 Sept. 28 Oct. 2 Sept. 12 Precipitation. — Considering the stations included in this report as fairly representative of the conditions prevailing in their respective districts, and comparing the records obtained therefrom, it appears that the climate of the Tidewater division is the wettest of the State, the average annual precipitation being 46.61 inches. In the Great Valley it is 43 inches and in middle Virginia 42.50 inches. More detailed comparison shows other special climatic differences; thus, in Tidewater and Middle Virginia, the season of least precipitation is winter, the average beir^ about SJ inches monthly, while in the Great Valley it is autumn, with an average of about 2| inches. On the other hand, in the moimtain districts excessive local amounts of precipitation are occasionally had as a result of severe local storms, thus increasing the monthly totab abnormally at times. In the Tidewater division, though heavy and sometimes excessive rains occur, they do not nearly equal those of the mountain districts in quantity or rate of fall. Also, periods of dry weather are more frequent in the great valley and middle divisions than in the tidewater division and the number of days with measurable precipitation is less. There is, too, a quite decided difference in the amount of snowfall occurring annually in each section; thus, in Tidewater Virginia the ten- year average is 11.8, while in Middle Virginia it is 15.6, and in the Great Valley, 26.3 Laches. Again, there is a difference of about a month in the time of first snowfall each year, the month being October in the Great Valley and November in the Middle and Tidewater divisions. The last snow is generally a month later in the spring, or May, in the Great Valley. The average seasonal and annual precipitation for the three sections is as follows: Tidewater Virginia, eleven to thirty- three years: Winter, 3.32 inches; spring, 4.04 inches; summer, 4.76 uiches; autumn, 3.43 inches; annual, 46.61 inches. Average number of days with snow each year, 6; average amount of snowfall each year, 11.8 inches; average number of thunderstorms each year, 27. Middle Virginia, eleven to nineteen years: Winter, 3.23 inches; spring, 3.75 inches- summer 3.94 inches; autumn, 3.27 inches; annual, 42.57 inches; average number of thunderstorms each year, 23; average number of days with snow each year, 7; average amount of snowfall each year, I5.6 inches. The Great Valley, eleven to twenty-four years: Winter, 3.24 inches; spring, 3.84 inches; summer, 4.42 mches; autumn, 2.82 inches; annual, 42.95 inches; average number of thunderstorms each year, 23; average number of days with snow each year, 14; average amount of snowfall each year, 26.3 inches. AvEEAGE Monthly Peecipitation. Division. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. In. 2.87 3.24 2.88 In. 3.95 3.49 3.87 In. 417 3.63 4 08 In. 3.73 3.36 3.10 In. 4 06 4 49 4 34 In. 3.72 4 20 4 66 In. 5.48 4 59 4 44 In. 5.08 411 414 In. 3.81 3.86 3.23 In. 3.80 2.97 In. 2.64 2.63 2.25 In. Middle Virginia 3.18 The Great Valley State .. 3.00 3.37 3.96 3.40 4 30 416 4 84 4 44 3.6:! 3.52 ,3.17 MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. Average Numbbe of Days with 0.01 Inch, oe More, Monthly and Annually. 251 Division. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual. Tidewater Vireinia . . 10 8 9 10 7 9 11 8 10 9 7 9 12 10 12 10 9 12 11 11 11 10 9 9 8 6 7 8 6 6 8 6 7 9 6 8 114 Middle Virginia 94 107 State 9 9 10 8 11 10 11 9 7 7 7 8 105 Wind. — The prevailing direction of the wind for Tidewater Virginia is northeast ; for Middle Virginia, northwest : for the Great Valley, west. Local variations fxom the prevailing direction occur in each of the three divisions, due for the most part to topography. In general, the most decided lack of agreement is to be found in the great valley division, owing to differences in the trend of the many smaller valleys of this region. The mean annual hourly velocity of the wind, determined from regular Weather Bureau stations having six or more years' record, is for the State, 6.3 miles. Winds blowing at the rate of 25 or more miles per hour are uncommon in the Middle and Great Valley divisions, and when they do occur usually precede and accompany severe thunderstorms of the late summer. In that part of the tidewater division bordering on the Atlantic Ocean and Chesapeake Bay, however, such velocities are not infrequent, while occasionally winds of over 50 miles per hour are recorded. Prevailing Wind Dieeotions. Monthly and Annually. Division. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Deo. Annual. NE. NW. SW. NW. r W. Inw. SW. fSW. \NW. }W. NE. |nw. w. NE. NE. W. SW. NW. W. SW. SW. w. SW. s. w. NE. NE. W. NE. NW. W. SW. NW. W. SW. f N. JNW. W. SW. Middle Virginia 1 NW. W. NW. State NW, NW. SW. fNE. \ W. NW. NE. fSW. . W. Inw. Isw. ^sw. I w. I NE. fNE. W. iNW. SW. NW. N. Isw. 1 W. [nw. 1 SW. ■ W. NW. List of Counties and Climatolo&ical Stations. County. Page. County. Station. Page. Accomac {see Norfolk) . Albemarle Alexandria {see Freder- icksburg). Alleghany {see H ot Springs) . AmeliaTscc Richmond) . . Amherst {see Lynch- burg). Appomattox {see Lynch- burg). - Augusta Bath Bedford {see Lynch- burg). Bland {see Blacksburg). Botetourt {see Hot Springs) . Brunswick (see Rich- mond) . Buchanan {see Big Stone Gap). BucBngham {see Char- lottesville). Campbell Caroline {see Freder- icksburg). Carroll (sec Wytheville) . Charles City {see Rich- mond). Charlotte (see Lynch- burg). Chesterfield {see Rich- mond) . Clarke {see Dale Enter- prise) . Craig (see Hot Springs) . . Culpeper {see Stanards- Cumberland (see Rich- m,ond) . Dickenson (see Big Stone Gap). Dinwiddle (see Rich- mond). Elizabeth City Charlottesville. Staunton Hot Springs. Lynchburg . Hampton, Vir- Tidewater ginia. Middle Virginia do The great valley. Middle Virginia. . do .....do The great valley. Middle Virginia.. The great valley. do Middle Virginia. . The great valley. Middle Virginia. . do.... Tidewater ginla. The great valley.. Tidewater Vir- ginia. liiddle Virginia. . . Vir- ....do The great valley. -...do Middle Virginia., Essex (see Warsaw) . ....do The great valley., Middle Virginia. . Tidewater Vir- ginia. do 258 255 254 264 Fairfax (see Fredericks- burg). Fauquier {see Stanards- viUe). Floyd (see Blacksburg) . . Fluvanna (see Char- lottesville) . Franklin (see Lynch- burg). Frederick {see Dale En- terprise). Giles {see Blacksburg) . . . Gloucester {see Hamp- ton. Goochland {see Char- lottesville) . Grayson (see Wytheville) Greene Greenesville {see Spotts- ville). Halifax (see Lynchburg) Hanover (see Richmond) Henrico Henry {see Lynchburg^. Highland {see Hot Springs). lale of Wight (see Spotts- vUle). James City {see Spotts- ville). King and Queen (see Richmond) . Kang George (see Fred- ericksburg). ICing William (see Rich- mond). Lancaster (see Warsaw) . Lee-fsce Big Stone Gap). Loudoun {see Stanards- ville). Louisa {see Charlottes- ville). Lunenburg (see Rich- mond). Madison {see Stanards- ville). Mathews (see Hampton) Stanardsville . Richmond. Middle Virginia. . ....do The great vallej . Middle Virginia. . .do. The great valley. ....do Tidewater Vir- ginia. Middle Virginia. . The great valley. Middle Virginia.. . Tidewater Vir- ginia. Middle Virginia. . Tidewater Vir- ginia, .do. Middle Virginia. . The great vaUey. Tidewater Vir- ginia. ....do .do. .do. .do. ....do The great valley. Middle Virginia. . .do. .do. .do. Tidewater ginia. 252 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. List of Counties and Climatological Stations — Continued. County. Station. District. Page. County. Station. District. Page. MecMenburg (see Rich- mond). Middlesex (see Warsaw) . Middle Virginia- . Warsaw Tidewater Vir- ginia). 259 Tidewater Vir- ginia. The great valley. . Tidewater Vir- ginia. Middle Virginia 263 Roanoke (see Blacks- burg). Rockbridge (see Staun- ton). Blacksburg do Nansemond (see Nor- Dale Enterprise . .do folk). 253 Nelson (see Charlottes- Russell (see Big Stone Scott (s'eeBig StoneGap). Shenandoah (see Dale Enterprise). Smyth (see Wythcville). Southampton (see Spottsville). Spottsylvania .do ville). New Kent (see Rich- mond). Tidewater Vir- ginia. 267 . ..do Norfolk .do Norfolk do Northampton (see Nor- folk V do do Tidewater Vir- ginia. Middle Virginia... Fredericksburg. Warsaw). Middle Virginia. 257 Nottoway (see Rich- mond). Stafford (see Frederieks- „ burg). do Spottsville Tidewater Vir- ginia. 265 viUel. Patrick (see Lynchburg). Mid(fie Virginia. Tazewell (see Big Stone Gap). Warren (see Dale Enter- Warwlck (see Hampton) Washington (see Wythe- ville). Westmoreland (see War- saw). Wise The great valley. . do .....do .do Tidewater Vir- ginia. mond) . do Prince Edward (see Tidewater Vir- ginia, .do Tidewater Vir- ginia. The great valley.. SpottsYille). Princess Anne (see Nor- Big Stone Gap. . WytheviUe folk). 261 Prince William (see Wythe. . 262 Fredericksburg) . York (see Hampton) . . Tidewater Vir- ginia. Rappahannock (see Stanardsville). Midffle Virginia. . . State Summary. Station. Dale Enterprise Hot Springs Staunton Stanardsville... Fredericksburg . Charlottesville. . Warsaw Richmond Big Stone Gap. . WytheviUe Blacksburg Lynchburg Spottsville Hampton Norfolk Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. ' F. 54 51 55 54 56 66 56 58 54 53 52 57 58 59 59 Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. ' F. 104 95 103 101 103 100 102 102 97 97 96 102 101 July, 1887... July, 1902... July, 1898... August, 1900 July, 1898... June, 1894. . . July, 1900... August, 1900 July, 1898... August, 1900 do July, 1887... July, 1900... July, 1901... July, 1887... Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. O JT -22 -18 -13 -12 -21 - 9 - 8 - 3 -26 -11 -13 - 6 -15 4 2 February, 1899. January, 1895 . .do H 2 26 February, 1899 do 15 32 ....do 23 January, 1893 February, 1899 January, 1893 January, 1896 29 36 13 9 6 January, 1893 . .do.. 28 35 February, 1899 February, 1895 16 24 Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Dale Enterprise. Hot Springs Staunton Stanardsville Fredericksburg. . Charlottesville... Warsaw Richmond Big Stone Gap. . . Wytheville Blacksburg Lynchburg Spottsville Hampton Norfolk NUDl' her. * Frost. Average date of- Date of- First killing Oct. 10 Sept. 29 Oct. 13 Oct. 23 Oct. 19 Oct. 20 Oct. 22 Nov. 3 Oct. 10 Oct. 7 Sept. 30 Nov. 1 Oct. 14 Nov. 18 Nov. 12 Last in spring. Apr. 25 May 2 Apr. 26 Apr. 16 Apr. 4 Apr. 9 Apr. 14 Apr. 2 May 2 Apr. 22 Apr. 25 Apr. 14 Apr. 12 Mar. 27 do... EarUest killing Sept, Sept, Sept. Oct. Oct. Oct. ...do Oct. Sept. Sept. Sept. Oct. Oct. Oct. Oct. Latest in spring. May 26 May 30 May 22 May 29 Apr. 24 do... Apr. 28 Apr. 20 May 29 May 26 May 13 May 7 Apr. 22 Apr. 6 Apr. 26 Precipitation. Itiches, 43.3 42.4 39.7 42.4 41.3 49.8 39.4 43.6 50.5 41.9 39.4 44.0 48.8 44.2 50.0 Spring. Inches, 11.6 10.5 10.6 10.9 11.7 12.1 10.4 11.6 14.4 11.5 10.4 11.2 12.7 11.4 12.8 Summer. Inches. 13.7 12.9 11.6 12.4 11.1 16.2 11.8 13.0 16.2 13.6 12.5 12.0 14.3 13.8 16.9 Inches. 9.2 9.1 9.1 10.0 9.3 11.6 8.6 9.4 8.2 7.7 7.3 10.1 11.2 9.7 10.7 Winter. Ijiches. 9.9 8.4 9.1 9.2 9.9 8.6 9.6 12.7 9.1 9.2 10.7 10.6 9.3 10 6 MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATKS. 253 VIRGINIA. The Great Variey: ROCKINGHAM COUNTY. Station: DALE ENTERPRISE. L. J. Heatwole, Observer. [Established by Signal Service July, 1884. Latitude, 38° 27' N. Longitude, 78° 53' W. Elevation, 1,450 feet.] This station is in the south-central portion of the county. The instruments are located 1 mile east of the village of Dale Enterprise, on rising ground, with hills to the east and west from 100 to 150 feet above the station. North Mountain lies west, distant 8 miles. The surface contours in the immediate vicinity are gently rolling. The instruments in use are a maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage. Thermometers are 5 feet above the sod, and are exposed in a regular cotton region shelter provided by the Weather Bureau, which is situated on the lawn 50 feet south of the observer's dwelling. The rain gage has a good open exposure on the lawn, being 70 feet distant from the nearest house and 50 feet from the nearest tree, which is 20 feet high. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground- Temperature means are calculated from readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januaet 1, 1880, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 '3 1 § a 1 ti § a '3 W u f o 1 r pi n| 1=1 Snow. > g o Month. 60 . Si op 36 30 32 °F. 46 'F. 72 75 75 'F. 25 20 21 "F. -17 -16 -22 °F. 49 48 47 'F. 28 21 21 In. 2.5 2.9 3.4 8 9 9 In. 2.0 1.2 3.6 In. 4.2 6.0 3.6 In. 6.4 8.0 9.6 In. 24.0 26.0 18.0 sw. s. s. 32 43 22 8.8 26 6.8 13.8 23.0 s. March 40 51 59 53 64 76 82 92 97 28 38 42 - 1 12 19 50 59 72 30 42 60 3.6 3.2 4.8 11 10 14 0.5 1.6 5.7 6.9 3.9 12.7 7.3 1.4 T. 18.0 8.0 1.0 w. April sw. May.. SW. Spring mean 50 64 36 11.6 35 7.8 23.5 8.7 sw. 64 74 72 78 86 84 98 104 100 49 61 59 31 43 43 78 83 78 64 68 67 5.6 4.0 4.1 14 14 1.4 2.2 1.7 8.6 6.1 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July ■ w. August sw. Summer mean 70 83 56 13.7 39 5.3 20.5 0.0 w. 65 54 46 78 67 60 100 90 78 52 42 32 28 13 7 80 65 62 57 49 39 3.8 3.0 2.4 9 7 8 6.0 2.3 0.6 1.6 2.6 6.6 0.0 T. 1.0 0.0 0.5 5.0 NE. October S.,NE. W. 55 68 42 9.2 24 8.9 10.6 1.0 NE. Annual mean . • 52 65 104 39 -22 43.3 124 28.8 68.4 32.7 26.0 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 3i, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 29,30 June 23, 24; July 12, 13, 19, 20, 28, 29; Aug. 9. June 2, 3; Sept. 18-23. Aug. 9. June 15; July 2-4, 7, 9; Sept. 8, 13, 14, 16, 17. June 25, 30; July 1-3, 8. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 1, 9-15; Dec. 31. Feb. 1, 2, 18-20; Mar. 18; Dec. 17. Dec. 21, 22 June 5-8, 23, 24; July 3; 4, 13, 16, 20-23, 27, 28; Aug. 3-5, 13, 20-22, 26; Sept. July 6, 16-21; Aug. 6-15, 17, 19, 26, 27; Sept. 6-13. July 1. 1895 1896 Jan. 1, 13; Feb. 3, 5-8, 11, 14, 15; Dec. 14. Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 21, 22; Mar. 13. Jan. 28-31 1897 June 12; July 3, 5, 6, 10, 17-19, 27. Aug. 25. Jan. 2, 31; Feb. 3 Feb. 18, 19 1898 254 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VIRGINIA. The Great Valley: BATH COUNTY. Station: HOT SPRINGS. J. P. Scott, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau June, 1892. Latitude, 38° 00'. Longitude, 79° 50'. Elevation, 2,195 feet.] This station is situated in a narrow depression or valley that crosses the mountain range well up near the summit. The elevation of this range is 3,200 feet above mean sea level. The general surroundings of the station are mountainous and rugged and the floor of the valley in which it is located is gently rolling. A maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage constitute the instrumental equipment. The thermometers are exposed in a regulation cotton region shelter, which is set up at a point 100 yards due north of the Homestead Hotel. They are 5 feet above the sod. The rain gage occupies a point 80 feet due east of the bath house. The exposure is an excellent one, there being no trees within SO feet and no buildings or other structures near by except the bath house. Temperature means are determined from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. "F. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Greats est depth, in 24 hours. "F. 32 30 30 °F. 42 40 40 °F. 65 oy - 9 -18 -14 °F. 38 36 36 °"-26 23 21 In. 3.3 2.7 3.9 6 8 8 In. 3.1 1.1 4.1 In. 9.5 2.3 0.2 In. 4.2 7.4 7.3 In. 63 1 21 75 1 21 12.0 10 February Winter mean 31 41 22 1 • -- 9.9 22 8.3 12.0 18.9 43 50 61 63 61 73 80 ; 32 87 , 38 91 ; 49 2 12 18 60 57 66 38 46 56 3.7 2.8 4.0 9 8 10 1.0 1.6 3.4 3.9 8.3 7.7 4.6 1.7 0.1 6.0 1.0 Miy Spring mean 51 62 40 1 10.6 27 6.0 19.9 6.4 67 70 70 78 82 81 93 1 56 96 ' 59 92 59 32 35 44 73 76 74 62 67 67 5.1 4.5 3.3 12 8 8 2.4 1.4 1.0 6.2 3.8 6.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July Summer mean 69 80 58 12.9 28 4.8 16.2 0.0 September . . . 63 53 76 63 63 91 85 79 53 42 32 22 14 69 67 48 59 60 36 3.6 3.5 2.1 6 6 6 4.8 2.6 1.0 1.1 0.7 2.4 0.0 0.1 0.7 0.0 0.5 2.0 October November Fall mean 53 64 42 1 9.1 18 8.3 4.2 0.8 51 62 95 40 -18 42.4 96 27.4 52.3 26.1 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. i Maximum 95° or above. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Dec. 29-31 Jan. 13; Feb. 3, 6-9.. None Jan. 24, 27-29 ! None. Do. Do. Do. Do. Feb. 1,9-11, 13 Jan. 31: Feb. 24 Jan. 31; Dec. 15,20... None. Do. Do. July 4. None. 1898 Feb. 23 Feb. 17, 18; Nov. 30 .. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 255 VIRGINIA. The Great Valley: AUGUSTA COUNTY. Station: STAUNTON. W. C. Hedeick, Observer. Established by Signal Service November, 1889. Latitude, 38° 09' N. Longitude, 79° 05' W. Elevation, 1,380 feet.] The city of Staunton is situated about the center of Augusta County; the station is located in the grounds of the West- ern State Hospital, in the southeast suburbs of the city. The surrounding country is rolling, with a gradual slope to the -northeast. Blue Ridge and North Mountains lie equidistant 12 miles east and west, respectively, from the station. The instrumental equipment consists of a maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage. The thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter, which is attached to the railing of a gallery in the rear of the main asylum building. The thermometers are 35 feet above the sod. The rain gage is set up on a lawn that occupies the quadrangle, or inner court, formed by the asylum buildings. The top of the gage is 4 feet above the sod; the nearest building is 40 feet distant, north- east ; the nearest tree, 45 feet northwest. The exposure is excellent . The mean temperatures are determined from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January, 1893, to December, 1903. Temperatu re. Precipitation. 1 § 1 B •s-a 1 i B . r < a !i 0— ' CD ■a a ■s as ^a 1^ S 1 = ■4-10 S-2 3^a •A a § 8.= 1 = 1 o'S Snow. > ID M . < 1 s 37 34 34 "F. 47 44 43 'F. 70 68 73 "F. 28 25 24 - 3 -13 -12 op 40 40 39 "F. 32 24 24 In. 2.5 2.7 3.2 6 7 7 In. 2.6 L3 3.3 In. 6.4 2.3 0.3 In. 2.8 6.7 11.5 In. 6.0 10.0 18.0 w. NW. February NW. 35 46 26 8.4 20 7.1 9.0 2L0 March 45 63 64 56 65 76 84 93 94 34 41 52 4 19 31 52 58 69 39 50 61 3.2 3.1 4.3 8 8 12 0.4 L6 3.3 3.4 8.4 7.9 6.6 1.0 0.0 13.0 6,0 0.0 SW. April N S. Miay s Spring mean 54 66 42 10.6 28 6.3 19.7 5.0 5.4 6.7 6.6 g June 71 75 74 82 87 86 98 103 102 59 64 63 41 48 47 74 78 79 65 71 72 4.6 3.4 3.7 10 9 8 2.6 1.6 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S SW July SW. SW. 73 86 62 11.6 27 6.3 17.1 0.0 SW. 68 67 46 80 68 67 100 90 78 66 46 36 32 20 10 74 61 ■53 66 52 40 3.6 3.3 2.2 6 5 6 7.2 3.4 1.2 3.5 0.5 1.4 0.0 T. 6.4 0.0 T. 2 NE E NE. SW. 57 68 46 9.1 17 11.8 5 4 6.4 18.0 NE 66 66 103 44 -13 39.7 92 30.5 51.2 34.0 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January, 1894, to December, 1903. Year. Minimum belov^ 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Deo. 29 June 24; July 12, 20, 27, 28. June 1-3; July 18; Aug. 11; Sept. 18, 20- 23. July 27; Aug. 6, 6, 9, 12. Sept. 13, 16. June 26; July 1-3; Aug. 31; Sept. 1, 3, 6. June 6, 7, 24; July 16, 21-23; Aug. 3-5, 21, 22; Sept. 6, 8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None July 4, 6, 16-21; Aug. 6. 7, 9-12, 14-17, 19, 26, 27; Sept. 6-11. June 25; July 1, July 4, 6, 6, 17, 18, 20. Aug. 25. 1895 Jan. 13; Feb. 3, 6, 8, 9, 14. None do 1896 do 1897 do Feb. 19 1898 ..do 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 1, 9-11,14. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 17 256 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VIRGINIA. Middle Virginia: QREENE COUNTY. Station: STANARDSVILLE. a. W. Shelton, Observer. [Established by Signal Service January, 1891. Latitude, 38° 17' N. Longitude, 78° 26' W. Elevation, 670 feet.] Stanardsville is in the southwestern part of Greene County, on the lower slopes of the eastern face of the Blue Kidge Mountains. The immediate vicinity is rolling in character to the eastward and mountainous to the west. The station is situated on the top of a commanding hill at the east end of the village and is about 80 feet above a relatively shallow depres- sion that runs north and south through the village. The instrumental equipment comprises a maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage. Thermometers are exposed in a regulation cotton region shelter, which stands 100 feet north of the observer's dwelling, in a garden. They are about 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage exposure is also in the garden. It is 24 feet east of a 12-foot high building, and about 100 feet north of the observer's dwelling. The location is free from any disturbing influences. Mean temperatures are determined from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means, Jandary, 1893, to December, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 'F. 36 32 33 "F. 46 42 43 'F. 70 69 72 'F. 25 23 23 °F. - 3 - 1 -12 "F. 40 39 38 29 25 26 In. 3.0 2.9 3.2 5 6 6 In. 3.0 2.8 3.1 In. 4.2 2.5 0.6 In. 1.6 6.4 5.7 In. 4.5 10.0 10.0 Winter mean 33 44 24 9.1 17 8.9 7.3 13.7 45 53 64 56 65 76 84 94 95 34 41 51 10 19 30 53 58 68 40 49 61 3.3 3.1 4.5 6 6 8 0.7 2.9 3.4 4.5 3.2 5.7 2.7 T. 0.0 6.0 April T. May 0.0 Spring mean 54 66 42 10.9 19 7.0 13.4 2.7 71 75 73 82 87 85 100 100 101 59 64 62 36 50 40 74 79 80 64 71 68 3.8 4.6 4.0 7 9 6 1.8 3.9 3.9 2.5 5.2 6.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 73 85 62 12.4 22 9.6 13.8 0.0 September 68 56 44 80 67 55 99 90 78 56 46 33 33 21 13 72 60 50 61 52 37 3.6 4,1 2.3 5 5 4 3.5 4.0 1.6 3.1 12.0 2.5 0.0 0.0 0.3 October 4.5 56 67 45 10.0 14 9.1 17.6 0.3 54 65 101 43 -12 42.4 72 34.6 52.1 16.7 10.0 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period JandarY, 1894, to October, 1903. Year.' Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Dec. 29, 30 June 23, 24, 30; July 12, 13, 20, 28, 29; 1900 Jan.2; Feb. 1,2, 18-20, July 4-6, 15-19; Aug. 6-16, 19, 26; Sept. Aug. 9. 25-27. 6^-11. 1895 Jan. 1, 5, 13, 14; Feb. May 30; June 1-3; Aug. 10, 11, 29; Sept. 1901 Jan. 4, 20; Feb. 1,22-24; June 11, 24, 26; July 1-3, 5, 6, 25, 30, 31. 3-10; Dee. 14. 12, 19-23, 26. Dec. 5, 6, 16-24. 18% Jan. 4-6; Feb. 17, 18, 20-22. Aug. 6, 9, 10; Sept. 19. 1902 Jan. 1,2, 7, 31; Feb. 3,4, 6-8, 14, 18-20; Mar. June 13, 14. 1897 Jan. 26, 28, 29; Dec. 25. Sept. 9-11. July 1-4. 18,19; Dec. 6-9, 24-31. 1898 Feb. 2-4; Dee. 14 1903 Jan. 1, 2, 8-14, 20, 21, May 20; July 7-11, 25, 26, 29, 30. 1899 Jan.2, Feb.l.P-15; Dec. June 6, 7, 8; July 13, 10, 21-23; Aug. 20, 24; Feb. 17-20,22,23. 29,30,31. l; Sept. 6. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 257 VIRGINIA. Middle Virginia: SPOTTSYLVANIA COUNTY. Station: FREDERICKSBURG. W. D. RicHABDSON, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau April, 1893. Latitude, 38° 18' N. Longitude, 77° 27' W. Elevation, 100 feet.] The station is situated on top of Willis Hill (Maryes Heights), just beyond the southwest city limits. The land slopes eastward to the Kappahannock River, about one-quarter of a mile away, and westward to Hazel Run, at the foot of the hill. A maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage comprise the instruments at the station. Thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter; shelter stands on the lawn 100 feet southeast of observer's dwelling, which is 35 feet high. The instruments are 4 feet 3 inches above the sod. The rain gage is set up in a box support about 100 feet from the observer's dwelling and about 30 feet west of the shelter. The nearest tree stands 30 feet to the east and is 30 feet high. The top of the gage is 3 feet 3 inches above the sod. The mean temperatures are obtained from the daily extremes. All tabulated data for period from May 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903, with exception of September, 1893, October, November, and December, 1894, January and February, 1895, and January and February, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. '3 1 it i 1 i a . ll m 1 ti S ■a 1 o 1 li t3 ID |a o 1-1 1 &° •mO hi g>a Total amount lor the driest year. § as Snow. > h ? 1 S Month. CD M . CO— ' t. "fig its o op 37 36 33 "F. 46 43 42 'F. 70 68 71 "F. 28 26 24 "F. - 4 -21 "F. 52 45 38 22 30 20 In. 3.0 2.6 3.6 8 8 8 In. 3.2 1.7 6.4 In. 1.8 4.6 6.8 In. 0.8 3.7 6.0 10.5 In. 3.0 6.0 16.0 N. NW. February NW. 35 44 26 9.2 24 11.3 13.2 NW. March 40 55 65 56 66 76 86 92 96 36 44 54 14 21 35 52 58 69 41 52 62 3.7 3.6 4.4 10 8 11 3.0 2.3 4.6 5.4 1.5 5.2 2.0 T. 0.0 6.0 T. 0.0 SW. April NW. May S. Spring mean 55 66 45 11.7 29 9.9 12.1 2.0 SW. June 73 78 76 84 88 86 101 103 100 63 68 67 41 49 SO 76 81 81 68 73 74 3.8 4.0 3.3 9 11 8 3.0 6.0 2.0 3.4 3.4 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. August , - . s. 76 36 66 11.1 28 10.6 11.2 0.0 s. 70 57 46 80 68 56 100 88 81 59 47 36 36 25 12 75 63 52 67 63 40 2.8 4.1 2.4 6 7 7 0.7 5.2 2.0 5.4 4.4 1.6 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 1.0 E. October NW. November NW. 68 68 47 9.3 20 7.9 11.4 1.0 NW. 56 66 103 46 -21 41.3 101 39.7 47.9 13.5 15.0 NW. Dates of Tempebatobe Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to March 31, 1903 Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 None June 17, 23-25, 28, 29; July 12-14, 19, 20, 26-29; Aug. 9; Sept. 9, 10. None. July 27, 28; Aug. 5-13, 23; Sept. 3. June 30; July 3; Aug. 4. June 9, 11, 12, 24-26, 28; July 1-4. 29-31; Aug. 1, 3, 7, 8, 23, 24, 31; Sept. 1-3, 5, 6. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 9-11, 16 June 7, 8; July 13, 22; Sept. 6. None Sept. 6, 9, 11, 12. None. 1895 do 1896 do Do. 1897 Jan ■'O July 2-4, 9-11, 29, 30; Aug. 24, 25,28. 1898 Feb. 4 258 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VIRGINIA. Middle Virginia: ALBEMARLE COUNTY. Station: CHARLOTTESVILLE. Prot. O. M. Stone, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau, Decemlier, 1891. Latitude 38° 02' N. Longitude 78° 23' W. Elevation, 800 feet.] This station is located at the Leander McCormick Observatory on top of Observatory Mountain, 3 miles west of the city of Charlottesville. The immediate surroundings are sharply rolling and mountainous except on the east where the land falls into the valley of the Rivanna River, beyond which rise Southwestern Mountains with elevations from 1,400 to 1,800 feet above mean sea level. The instrumental equipment consists of a maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage. The thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter 5 feet above the sod; the shelter is due west of the observatory dome, which is 45 feet high, and 56 feet slightly north of east from the transit house, 10 feet high. The rain gage is 5 feet due east of the shelter, and 45 feet due west of the observatory dome. The top of the gage is 2 feet above the sod and the exposure is free from disturbing influences. Mean temperatures are taken from the daily extremes. Record of rainfall is broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Tempera ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year.o Total amount for the wettest year.o Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 35 35 37 °F. 48 44 45 70 69 76 'F. 29 26 26 "F. 4 - 1 - 9 °i?. 44 41 47 "F. 30 27 28 In. 3.0 3.6 3.3 6 9 8 In. In. In. 1.8 3.7 8.3 In. 3.0 7.5 18.0 36 46 27 9.9 23 13.8 46 56 66 57 66 78 85 95 96 36 45 55 10 25 36 53 60 71 41 62 63 3.6 3.4 5.1 9 9 11 3.5 T. 0.0 5.0 T. Mav 0.0 Spring mean 58 67 45 12.1 29 3.6 73 78 75 83 86 83 100 97 97 63 67 65 47 52 53 77 79 80 GT 72 72 5.5 5.7 5.0 10 12 12 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 •0.0 75 84 65 16.2 34 0.0 67 58 47 78 68 57 90 84 80 60 47 33 43 28 15 70 59 64 63 54 43 5.2 3.5 2.9 8 6 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 October 0.0 1.0 57 68 48 11.6 20 0.1 56 67 100 46 - 9 49.8 106 17.4 18.0 « Driest and wettest years could not be computed on account of many breaks in the record. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 January and Febru- ary none; Decem-' ber missing. January missing; Feb. 2, 3, 5-10, 13,14; Deo. 14. Jan. 6; Feb. 20, 21 . . . . June 12, 22-24, 28-30; July, August, and September missing. May 30, 31; June 1-4; July 18, 21; Aug. 9-11,28,29; September missing. Apr.l8; May 10, 11; June, July, August, and September missing. No reports. July 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 10-15; Mar. 7; Dec. 28-31. Jan. 1, 31; Feb. 1, 2, 19, 25-27. Dec. 16, 17, 20-22 Feb. 3, 5. . . . July 23, August and September miss- ing. June, July August, and September missing. July 1, 29. June 13; July 5, 6, 17-19. July 11, 26,30; Aug. 25. Feb. 17-19 1897 1898 January and Febru- ary missing; De- cember none. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 259 VIRGINIA. Tidewater Virginia: RICHMOND COUNTY. Station: WARSAW. C. H. Constable, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau in 1892. Latitude, 37° 56' N. Longitude, 76° 45' W. Elevation, 160 feet.] Warsaw is situated in the center of Richmond County. Its surroundings are slightly roUing with a gentle slope westward to the Rappahannock River about 4 miles distant. The village is located on the top of a ridge which runs generally parallel with the Rappahannock; the ridge is from 140 to 160 feet above mean sea level. The station is IJ miles north of the village. A maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage comprise the instrumental equipment. Of these, the ther- mometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter which stands 125 feet south of the observer's dwelling in an open lawn. It is 20 feet from the nearest tree. The instruments are 5 feet above the sod. The rain gage is set up at a point 50 feet southwest of the shelter and 150 feet southwest of the dwelling. A small tree stands 30 feet distant. There are no structures near by. Temperature means are obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. i 1 ■3-§ ji H (0 u i a (J) p 1 » a a f 1-1 1 CO U ■si a; CO a« •a-a hi if 6h Snow. i f a Month. St ■^ Cl oi C'0(N o 'jr. 38 35 35 47 44 45 "F. 69 67 72 °F. 29 26 25 - 2 - 8 'F. 41 39 40 'F. 33 26 26 In. 2.4 2.5 3.7 6 6 6 In. 1.6 2.0 3.9 In. 2.7 2.4 5.0 In. 1.8 3.8 4.9 In 5.0 7.0 "6.0 N. N. N. 36 45 27 8.6 17 7.5 10.1 10.5 N. March 46 55 66 57 66 77 84 96 95 35 43 54 9 24 36 53 59 70 41 50 63 3.5 3.2 3.7 7 6 8 1.0 3.0 4.5 2.2 3.4 4.4 1.2 T. 0.0 3.0 T. 0.0 S. April S. May S. Spring mean 56 67 44 10.4 21 8.5 10.0 1.2 S. 74 78 76 84 88 86 101 102 102 63 68 67 48 48 50 76 80 81 68 74 74 3.5 4.8 3.5 6 8 6 0.9 4.5 3.0 1.9 6.7 2.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. S. 76 86 66 11.8 20 8.4 11.5 0.0 S. September ■70 58 47 68 80 67 56 98 87 78 60 48 37 38 28 16 74 63 53 67 52 39 2.5 3.4 2.7 5 6 5 3.0 3.6 2.4 4 5 6.1 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 1.5 S. October N. November N. Fall mean 68 48 8.6 15 9.0 14.0 0.3 N. 56 66 102 46 - 8 39.4 73 33.4 45.6 12.0 7.0 S. a Uncertain, as the accumulated amounts in February, 1899, were carried forward for five days until a measurement was taken. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January, 1894, to December, 1903. Year. Minimum below 15°. Maximum 93° or above. Year. Minimum below 15°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 29, 30 June 22-25, 28, 29; July 12-14, 20, 21, 27-29; Aug. 9. May 30, 31; June 1-3, 26; July 21; Aug. 1900 Jan. 2, 3, 27, 30; Feb. 1-3, 18-20, 25-28; July 4-8, 15-21; Aug. 7-13, 15, 16, 18, 27,29; Sept. 7-9, 11, 12. 26, lS9.'i Jan. 13, 14; Feb. 3, 5- Mar. 12, 18; Dee. 15, 12,14,15,17,23; Dee.6. 9-11,24,29; Sept. 21-23. 17. 1896 Jan. 5-7; Feb. 17-22; Deo. 4. April 18, 19; May 18; July 24; Aug. 6, 7, 9, 11-13. 1901 Jan. 4,20; Feb. 1.7,13, 14,24,25,28; Mar. 6, June 30; July 1, 2, 6, 25, 29, 30. IS97 Jan. 7, 25, 26, 28-31; June 30; Sept. 2. 7; Deo. missing. Feb. 1; Dec. 25. 1D02 Jan. missing; Feb. 4-6, June 13, 14; July 5, 6, 10, 17, 19, 20. 1898 Feb. 1-4; Dec. 10, 14, 15. June 12, 25-28; July 1-4, 30; Aug. 8. 9, 11. 12, 14; Deo. 10, 26-28. 1899 Jan. 1-3, 11, 20, 29; Feb. 1, 2, 10, 14, 15; Dec. 27, 29-31. June 7, 8; July 13, 16, 20-22; Aug. 21; Sept. 6,8. 1903 Jan. 9, 10, 13, 19; Feb. 18-20. July 2, 3, 10, 11, 30; Aug. 25. 260 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VIRGINIA. Tidewater Virginia: HENRICO COUNTY. Station: RICHMOND. E. A. Evans, Section Director. [Established by Weather Bureau, September, 1895. Latitude, 37° 32' N. Longitude, 77° 26' W. Elevation, 144 leet.] Kichmond is situated in the central-western part of Henrico Covmty on the north bank of the James River, and is at the head of tidewatsr on that stream. The surrounding country is rolling, with maximum elevations of about 250 feet above mean S3a level. The local oflBce of the Weather Bureau has been in the Times Building, comer of Bank and Tenth streets, since June 1, 1900; prior to this date in the Chamber of Coromerce Building, May 25, 1897, to May 31, 1900, inclusive, and State Library Building, September 23, 1895, to May 24, 1897, inclusive. All thermometers are exposed on the roof of the oflSce building in a standard instrument shelter. They are 10 feet above the roof and 82 feet above the ground. Temperature means are determined from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. The rain gage, which is of the tipping-bucket pattern, is suitably exposed on the roof of the building. It is 76 feet above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Jandaet 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean hiuuidity. 1 ■3 s 1 i a . li o 1 g i 9 _ li s h 1 1 |li ofil Total amount {or the wettest year. Snow. B 1 a 00 1 i 5 Month. » rt D "F. 39 39 37 48 47 46 "F. 69 70 72 "F. 30 30 28 "F. 4 10 - 3 °F. 41 41 43 "F. 36 36 33 In. 3.4 2.7 3.4 9 10 10 In. 2.6 2.7 4.4 In. 4.1 3.3 4.8 In. 2.0 3.8 6.2 In. 7.2 4.0 7.5 P.ct. 79 80 78 Ors. 1.80 1.82 1.58 N. January N. February N. Winter mean 38 47 29 9.5 29 9.7 12.2 12.0 79 1.73 N. 50 56 67 60 66 78 82 90 94 40 45 57 15 28 40 54 58 68 44 53 66 4.3 3.9 3.4 12 9 14 2.9 3.6 2.2 1.9 3.1 3.4 2. J 0.3 0.0 5.0 T. ■ 0.0 82 75 77 2.70 3.17 4.88 N. AnrU N. M&y N, NE. Spring mean 58 68 47 11.6 35 8.7 8.4 2.5 78 3.58 N 74 80 78 84 89 87 99 99 102 65 70 69 52 58 56 77 81 83 70 79 75 3.6 4.6 4.8 10 10 11 3.1 3.1 3.7 4.8 6.2 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 75 77 82 6.78 7.43 7.43 N,SW. N. July August N, SW. Summer mean 77 87 68 13.0 31 9.9 14.1 0.0 78 7.01 N 71 61 44 81 70 58 100 88 82 62 52 40 45 34 19 76 65 55 69 59 44 3.7 3.4 3.4 8 9 7 4.0 2.6 2.9 4.9 4.8 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.8 81 83 80 5.86 4.16 2.54 N. N. N. 59 70 51 9.4 24 9.6 14 5 0.2 81 4.19 N 58 68 102 49 - 3 43.6 119 37.8 49.2 14.7 7.5 79 4.13 Dates op Tempebathbe Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1898 to December 31, 1903. MiTiTTTinni belOW 10°. Jan. 29; Feb. 6, 10-16; Deo. 31. Maximum 95° or above. June 12,25,26,28; July 1-4, 17, .30; Aug. 25. June 6-8, 15; July 13, 16; Aug. 6, 20-22; Sept. 6. 1900 1901 Minimum below 10°. Feb. 1,2... Dec. 21, 22. Maximum 96° or above. Julv 4-8, 15-21; Aug. 7-17, 19, 25-27; Sept. 7-12. June 24, 30; July 1-6, 25, 29, 30. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 261 VIRGINIA. The Great Valley: WISE COUNTY. Station: BIG STONE GAP. John W. Fox. Sr., Obserrer. [Established by Signal Service, March, 1891. Latitude, 36° 52' N. Longitude, 82° 47' W. Elevation, 1,540 feet.] The town of Big Stone Gap is situated near the southwest boundary line of the county. The surrounding country is very rugged, Stone Mountains being near by on the west, and Wallen Ridge on the south, each with elevations upward of 3,000 feet above sea level. The station is located in the northern suburbs of the town. Instruments consist of a maximum and mininniim thermometer and a rain gage. The thermometers are exposed in a regulation cotton-region shelter, which stands 25 feet east of the observer's dwelling on the lawn and over sod, and their elevation above ground is 4J feet. The rain gage is 15 feet south of the shelter and 20 feet from the house, and there are no near-by structures or trees that interfere with the exposure. The mean temperatures are calculated from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 5 id o — a 'i li o 1:1 1 ■s.g 1 '3 a f 1 III ■gss. O 03 Snow. Month. o 60 . ■ < ■=43 its o December January "F. 35 34 34 °F. 46 45 46 "F. 69 ?1 "F. 24 22 22 "F. - 5 -26 -18 °F. 38 40 40 "F. 31 20 23 In. 3.8 3.8 5.1 11 11 12 In. 4.9 2.4 6.2 • In. 3.0 6.4 1.8 In. 3.7 6.2 6.6 In. 6.0 6.5 7.0 w. w. February. w. 34 46 i 23 12.7 34 13.5 11.2 15.5 w. Marcb April j£ay 46 53 63 69 68 79 82 90 92 34 39 48 3 21 26 55 57 67 39 49 58 6.4 3.5 4.5 12 10 11 2.1 3.5 5.2 4.6 2.6 6.2 3.5 LO 0.0 8.5 8.0 0.0 w. w. w. Spring mean 54 69 40 14.4 33 10.8 12.4 45 w. 70 73 72 84 86 85 96 97 95 57 60 60 33 40 43 73 76 76 67 69 68 42 6.0 5.6 11 12 10 3.5 3.9 4.2 4.9 10.2 9.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July w. w. 72 85 59 15.2 33 n.6 24.8 0.0 w. September 66 55 44 80 70 67 96 88 77 63 40 31 25 19 6 71 63 49 64 47 39 2.8 2.3 3.1 6 6 8 1.7 1.9 1.7 L9 4.1 3.7 0.0 T. 0.8 0.0 T. 3.7 N.,W. October w. w. 55 69 41 8.2 20 5.3 9.7 0.8 w. 54 67 97 41 -26 50.5 120 41.2 58.1 20.8 8.5 w. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 28, 29, 31 None. Junes. None. None. June 10; July 2, 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1, 9, 12-15; Dec. 30,31. July 16; Aug. 3; Sept. 5-7. Aug. 11. July 23, 24. 1895 Jan. 1, 12, 13; Feb. 7-10, 13, 14. Feb. 20 21 1896 Dec. 21 '897 Jan. 28-30 Feb. 19 1898 Feb. 2, 3; Deo. 15 262 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VIRGINIA. The Great Valley: WYTHE COUNTY. Station: WYTHEVILLE. Peyton Gkken, Observer. [EstaMshed by Weather Bureau, 1891. Latitude, 36° 56' N. Longitude, 81" Oyw. Elevation, 2,370 feet.] This station is in the central portion of Wythe County. It lies on the southwest slope of an elevated valley through which runs Eeed Creek. The surroundings are rugged in character, the nearhy mountain tops being from 1,000 to 1,500 feet above the station and from 3,300 to 3,800 feet above sea level. The Lick Mountains lie 1 mile southeast and the Walker Mountains 6 miles northwest of the station. The instrumental equipment consists of a maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage. Of these, the thermometers are exposed in a shelter of standard cotton region pattern; the shelter stands in an inclosed yard and is free from disturbing influences. The instruments are 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage, which is 10 feet cast of the shelter, occupies a good position. There are no trees or buildings near enough to affect the exposure. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. Temperature means are determined from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, AND Annual Means, January 1,1893, to Decembek 31,1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Direction of prevailing i i B . ll O 1 la ■a 1 ll 1 ai si 1 3 1 r lis Total amount tor the driest year. pi Snow. Month. 60 . 35 32 33 'F. 44 41 43 T. 68 66 70 'F. 25 24 24 'F. - 5 "F. 38 37 38 'F. 29 23 24 In. 2.9 2.3 3.9 8 9 9 In. 2.0 2.0 2.6 In. 7.6 2.4 1.0 In. 3.0 8.6 6.8 In. 6.0 13.3 10.0 W. W. W. NW. 33 43 1 24 ' 9.1 26 6.6 11.0 18.4 w. March 44 52 62 55 63 75 79 87 91 34 40 50 3 19 32 49 58 67 38 47 57 3.9 3.4 4.2 10 10 10 1.8 1.6 2.3 3.7 9.1 9.0 2.5 1.2 T. 8.0 6.0 T. w. April w. May w. Spring mean 53 64 ! 41 1 11.6 30 5.7 21.8 3.7 w. June July August 69 73 72 80 84 83 93 96 97 57 61 60 41 46 46 71 75 76 64 70 68 4.5 4.1 5.0 12 11 10 .3.3 6.8 3.0 7.8 3.7 13.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. w. w. 71 82 59 1 13.6 33 13.1 24.6 0.0 w 65 55 43 78 67 54 97 86 80 53 42 32 33 13 13 70 59 51 62 48 38 3.0 3.0 1.7 7 6 8 0.9 3.2 2.1 2.3 1.9 1.0 0.0 T. .1.2 0.0 T. 2.5 w. w. November w. 54 66 42 1 7.7 21 6.2 5.2 1.2 w. 53 64 97 42 -11 41.9 110 31.6 62.6 23.3 13.3 \v. 1894 1895 1897 Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1803. Year. Minimum below 0". MinimnTTi below 0** Dec. 28, 29 Jan. 12,13; Feb. 5, 6, 9. Feb. 20, 21 Jan. 28,29 Feb. 3 Feb. 1, 10, 13, 14; Dec. 30. Maximum 95° or above. None. Do. Do. Do. July 2. Sept. 6. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None . . Dee. 21 None.. Dec. 1 . Maximum 95° or above. July 16, 18; Aug. 7, 8, 10-12, 15; Sept. 10. July 23, 24. None. Do. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 263 VIRGINIA. The Great Valley: MONTGOMERY COUNTY. SUtion: BLACKSBURQ. Prof. W. B. AlWood, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau, July, 1891. Latitude, 37° 14' N. Lor.gitude, 80° 26'W. Elevation, ^,170 feet.] Blacksburg is situated in the north-central part of Montgomery County. The station is located at the Virginia Polytechnic Institute, one-fom'th of a mile northwest of the village. The general surroundings are rolling, the land rising on the east to the tops of the adjoining mountains, 300 to 400 feet above the station, and faUing on the west for a distance of about 8 miles to the valley of the New River. The plateau on which the station is located sheds water to both the Atlantic Ocean and the Mississippi Eiver. The instrumental equipment consists of a maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage. The thermometei's are exposed in a cotton region shelter supplied by the Weather Bureau. This shelter is 75 feet northwest of the office building, which is 20 feet high, and the instruments are 5 feet above the sod. The rain gage is set up on an open lawn in a regular box support, which is sunk into the ground until the top of the gage is 4 inches above the sod. The nearest building is SO feet to the northwest and 25 feet high. There are no trees near the gage. Temperature means are determined from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Yearly Means, January 1, 1893, to Deoembeb 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 s ii- 1 "F. 46 42 42 i 6 . o °F. 73 74 70 6 1^ •a a ^ li o < la a§ f a 3 f III Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. ■StS "its o 1 5 December. January February -F. 34 32 .32 -F. 23 21 22 "F. - 3 -13 -12 "F. 37 37 38 "F. 28 23 21 In. 2.9 2.8 3.5 7 8 8 In. 2.8 1.7 3.4 In. 7.5 2,8 0.7 In. 3.0 5.4 6.1 In. 5.0 11.0 6.5 NW. W.,NW W.,NW 33 43 22 9.2 23 7.9 11.0 14.5 NW. March April May.. 43 50 60 54 62 74 82 87 90 32 38 48 - 2 17 30 47 56 64 38 45 54 3.7 2.6 4.1 10 9 11 1.0 1.2 2.9 3.4 5.9 6.7 4.1 1.0 0.1 7.0 4.5 1.0 S.W. W. W. Spring mean. ... 51 63 39 10.4 30 6.1 16.0 5.2 w 68 72 70 80 83 82 94 95 96 56 59 59 38 42 41 70 75 73 64 68 68 4.1 4.5 3.9 12 11 9 2.0 3.5 2.0 6.3 4.5 10.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July w. w. 70 82 58 I 12.5 32 7.5 21.3 0.0 w. 64 .53 43 78 67 56 96 86 79 51 39 29 29 14 8 68 57 49 62 47 36 2.8 2.6 1.9 6 5 6 1.8 2.8 0.8 2.6 1.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.9 0.0 0.0 2.0 w w. w. 53 67 40 7.3 17 5.4 4.6 0.9 w 52 64 96 40 -13 39.4 102 25.9 52.9 20.6 11.0 w Dates op Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Deo. 27 1895 1896 .Tan. 12, 13; Feb. 3, 6-9, 15. Feb. 20, 21 None. Do. 1897 Jan 28 30 Do. 1898 Feb. 3, 7 Do. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Feb. 1, 9-11, 13, 14; Deo. 31. Feb.l; Mar. 17. 18 Dec. 16 None Feb. 19 Maximum 95° or above. None. Aug. 10,11; Sept. 3, 10. None. July 17. None. 264 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VIRGINIA. Middle Virginia: CAMPBELL COUNTY. Station: LYNCHBURG, VA. G. N. Wilson, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in May, 1871. Latitude, 37° 25' N. Longitude, 79° 9' W. Elevation, 614 feet.] The present location of the station is in the Law Building, at 807 Main street, which is about one-quarter of a mile north- east of the center of the city. Since the establishment of the station in 1871 the different buildings occupied by the Signal Service and Weather Bureau have been as follows: May 24, 1871, Eleventh and Main streets; June 2, 1871, Eighth and Court streets; September 1, 1873, 135 Main street; May 1, 1888, Virginian Building; April 1, 1890, Law Building. The thermometers are exposed in a regulation instrument shelter on the roof of the Law Building. The height of the thermometers above ground is 83 feet, and the rain gage, which is 10 feet north of the instrument shelter, is 77 feet above Ihe ground. The anemometer cups are 88 feet above ground. Humidity data are for fifteen years' record. Remainder of data is from full period of observation, thirty-three years. May 24, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 . i ji e ■S.2 i |l bo i3 1 P 3 1 1° hi ofig. II §^ -5 . <^ Eh Snow. 6 00 1 00 a Pi OO > p. 00 o 1 "rj Month. o December °F. 40 37 39 "F. 48 45 48 °F. 73 77 74 "F. 31 28 30 "F. - 5 - 6 - 3 "F. 51 47 47 "F. 31 27 31 Jn. 3.1 3.8 3.8 9 11 10 In. 6.2 4.5 2.4 In. 0.5 5.3 3.1 'in. 2.5 5.7 4.3 In. 7.9 9.0 12.0 P. a. 75 71 74 Ors. 1.77 1.54 1.71 P. a. 70 71 65 Ors. 2.07 1.81 1.78 NW. SW.» NW. 39 47 30 10.7 30 13.1 8.9 12.5 73 1.67 69 1.89 NW. March 46 66 66 56 66 77 86 95 97 37 45 55 14 25 34 54 61 71 39 51 62 4.0 3.2 4.0 11 10 11 2.6 2.1 2.2 2.4 3.1 7.1 3.3 0.3 0.0 7.3 4.0 0.0 71 68 72 2.10 2.87 4.42 63 64 69 2.39 3.47 5.33 NW. April NW. May NE. Spring mean 56 66 46 11.2 32 6.9 12.6 3.6 70 3.13 65 3.73 NW. .In Tift 74 78 77 84 88 85 98 102 100 64 68 69 45 53 47 77 82 81 69 73 72 3.7 4.1 4.2 12 11 12 1.7 3.9 0.3 3.8 10.9 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74 75 80 5.90 6.59 6.59 74 73 77 6.92 7.27 7.34 SW. July SW. August NE. 76 86 67 12.0 35 5.9 18.5 0.0 76 6.36 75 7.18 SW. 69 58 47 79 68 57 99 92 81 60 48 40 35 28 13 79 65 54 62 54 41 3.8 3.4 2.9 9 7 8 2.1 4.1 3.6 10.7 4.9 4.9 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 4.5 80 80 77 5.25 3.38 2.28 77 76 71 6.14 3.94 2.70 NE. October NW.6 November SW. 58 68 49 10.1 24 9.8 20.5 0.6 79 3.64 75 4.26 SW 57 67 102 48 - 6 44.0 121 35.7 60.5 16.7 12.0 75 3.70 71 4.26 NW. >> Also S. Dates of Tempeeatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 29 June 22-24, 29; July 13; Aug. 9. May 30, 31; June 1-4; July 18-21; Aug. 10, 11, 28, 29; Sept. 12, 19-23. AprU 18-July 27-29; Aug. 5-7,9-13; Sept. 18. June 16; Sept. 7-11,13,14,16. July 1-4, 17; Aug. 23. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 8-16; Dec. 30,31. Feb.l June 7, 8; July 10; Aug. 3-5,20,21; Sept. July 4, 6, 7, 16-21; Aug. 7-13, 15-17, 19, 26, 27; Sept. 7. 9-11. June 30; July 1,23,25,26,29,30. June 12, 13; July 3-6,9,17-19. July 3,4,10,11; Aug. 25, 28. 1895 Jan. 13; Feb. 3, 6-9 Feb. 18, 20, 21 . ... 1896 Dec. 21, 22.. Jan. 28, 30,31 1897 1898 Feb. 4 Feb. 19.. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 265 VIRGINIA. Tidewater Virginia: SURRY COUNTY. Station: SPOTTSVILLE. B. W. Jones, Observer. [Establiahed by Weatber Bureau, October, 1891. Latitude, 37° 03' N. Longitude, 76° 66' W. Elevation, 50 leet.] This station is IJ miles southeast of the village of Spottsville. The country round about is level and well wooded, with elevations ranging from 20 to 50 feet, approximately, above sea level. A maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage comprise the instrumental equipment. Of these the ther- mometers are exposed in a cotton-region shelter supplied by the Weather Bureau. This shelter is erected 8 feet north of the observer's dwelling; the instruments are 6 feet above the sod. The rain gage stands 52 feet west of the shelter in an open grassy yard with no trees near by, and no buildings nearer than the dwelling which is 60 feet to the east and 25 feet high. The exposure gives good results. The top of the rain gaf e is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures are calculated from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Janoaey, 1893, to December, 190S. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 a s s s 9 CD ¥ s II 1 o a w u il O CD Snow. i Month. < Its 1 5 Decen Janua Febru iber 40 37 39 "F. 52 47 48 °jr. 74 76 71 "F. 30 27 27 "F. 43 "F. 36 26 34 In. 3.2 2.8 4.6 8 9 9 In. 2.7 2.2 4.1 In. 4.6 2.9 6.2 In. 2.1 3.9 6 6 In. 12.0 7.0 10.0 sw. ry -15 ; 42 - 6 44 sw. ary sw. 39 49 28 1 10.6 26 9.0 13.7 12.6 sw. Marcl' April M^y. 41 68 67 59 66 76 88 96 97 38 44 65 10 64 25 60 40 52 63 4.6 3.8 4.3 10 8 11 5.0 3.1 3.8 4.0 1.6 6.0 1.8 0.3 0.0 4.0 3.0 0.0 sw. sw. 35 71 sw. Spring mean 56 67 46 12.7 29 n.9 11.6 2.1 sw. June. July, Augu 74 78 77 86 90 100 101 62 67 42 50 77 81 81 73 75 73 3.5 6.6 5.2 9 10 10 3.3 3.5 4.1 3.0 5.7 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. sw. !t . -. 87 1 100 66 49 sw. 76 88 1 65 14.3 29 10.9 13.7 0.0 sw. Septe Octob Novel 70 59 49 82 i 101 70 ; 90 60 1 80 60 ' 37 47 26 38 1 16 75 64 56 68 52 45 4.2 4.3 2.7 7 7 7 1.7 4.9 3.5 4.9 6.7 6.6 0.0 0.2 0.2 0.0 2 1 NE. er NE. nber sw. 59 71 1 48 11.2 21 10.1 18.1 0.4 NE. 68 69 101 47 1 -15 1 48.8 105 41.9 57.1 15,1 12.0 sw. Dates of Tempeeatdre Extremes foe the Period, Jani ARY 1, 1894, TO December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year Mini num below 10°. Maximutn 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Dec. 10, 29 Feb. 6-9; 11, 14, 15.... Jan. 6; Feb. 21, 22; Deo. 4. Jan. 26, 29 May 18, June 12, 23, 24, 29; July 13, 14, 28,29. May 30, 31; June 1-6, 21, 25, 26; July IS, 20; Aug. 10-12, 29; Sept. 19-23. July 15, 28-30; Aug. 5-13: Sept. 18. .nine IB. 25. 30: .Tiilv 3. 12. 26: Au!». 4. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan- Dec Jan. 2 Feb.; Dee Feb.. None >, 29; Feb. 9-15; . 29-31. ,3; Feb. 2, 18... !4, 26; Mar. 6, 7; .22. !0 June 6-9, 15, 24, 25; July 6, 13, 1 21; Aug- 4, 5, 11 21; Sept. 6. May 15, 16; June 12, 27, 29; J 15-21, 25; Aug. 7-16, 18-20, 25-2 7-13. June 30; July 1-6, 22-26, 29-31. June 12, 13, 29; July 3-6, 8-10 Aug- 4, 11. July 2 .3.9-11-26-30: Allff- 24-2 6, 17, 20, uly 4-8, 7; Sept. 17-20; 1 30; Sept. 11. Feb. 2 1 JiiTiB 1 1-1.1. TH-TSI: .Tiilv 1-4: Alls. 10. 6. 266 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. VIRGINIA. Tidewater Virginia: ELIZABETH CITY COUNTY. Station: HAMPTON. Prof. C. L. Goodrich, Observer. lEstablished by Weather Bureau March, 1893. Latitude, 37° 1' N. Longitude, 76° 24' W. Elevation, 5 leet.] Hampton is located in the south-central part of Elizabeth City County, and the point at which observations are taken is situated at the Normal and Agricultural Institute in the southeast suburbs of the town. The surrounding country is low and flat. A maximum and minimum thermometer and a rain gage constitute the instrumental equipment. Of these the ther- mometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter supplied by the Weather Bureau. The shelter stands on a grassy lawn 70 feet southwest of one of the main institute buildings, which is 60 feet high and about 40 feet from the water front. The instruments are 5 feet 9 inches above the sod. The rain gage is set up 114 feet west of the above-mentioned building in an open space on the lawn near the water's edge. The nearest tree is 25 feet high and 75 feet to the east. The mean temperatures are calculated from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 Uontb. i li a 1 ** a O-i § B B 1 t 3 a H 09 H 1 s in u = 6 III CO Eh Snow. 1 « 5* *" a _■ DO-' t, o i s' December. " F. 42 40 39 " F. 60 47 47 ° F. 69 70 70 36 34 32 ° F. 12 13 4 ° F. 45 44 44 ° F. 36 37 32 In. 2.7 2.6 4.0 8 9 9 In. 3.2 2.3 5.6 In. 4.0 1.8 4.8 In. 1.3 1.4 4.3 In. 8.0 6.0 10.0 sw. NE. SW. 40 48 34 9.3 26 11.1 10.6 7.0 SW. March 49 S6 67 57 64 75 83 88 96 41 48 59 17 30 42 54 59 71 45 52 63 3.7 3.4 4.3 9 9 11 1.5 2.0 2.8 1.6 1.4 7.1 0.8 0.1 0.0 4.5 1.0 0.0 SW. NE. ( NE. t SW. April May Spring mean 57 65 49 11.4 29 6.3 10.1 0.9 ; NE. . SW. 74 79 79 83 86 85 96 98 68 72 49 60 60 77 81 82 70 77 75 3.7 5.7 4.4 9 11 8 1.7 6.2 2.7 7.2 10.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. SW. July 96 72 Summer mean . - 77 85 71 13.8 28 10.6 20.1 0.0 SW. 73 62 52 79 69 59 96 84 78 66 56 45 47 34 21 76 66 57 71 58 46 3.2 3.9 2.6 6 7 7 4.7 2.4 2.8 6.2 1.9 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.5 NE. NE. SW. Fall mean .. . 62 69 56 9.7 20 9.9 10.3 0.1 NE. S9 67 98 52 4 44.2 103 37.9 51.1 8.0 10.0 NE. Dates of Temperathre Extremes for the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31 1903. Year. 189.4 1895* 1896 1897 Minimum below 22°. Feb. 5, 24,25; Deo. 29, . 30. Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb. 6-11, 13-15; Dec. 6. Jan. 4-6, 8; Feb. 17, 18,21,22; Dec. 24,25. Jan. 25, 26, 28-31; Deo. 25. Jan. 2; Feb. 2, 3; Deo. 14, Jan. 1,2,29; Feb. 1,2, 9-15; Mar. 7; Dec. 29-31. Maximum 95° or above. June 24. May 31; June 1-3; Sept. 19, 21, 23. Aug. 9, 11, 13. None. July 6. June 7, 8; Sept. 6. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 22°. Jan. 2; Feb. 1, 2, 18-20, 25-27; Dec. 17. Jan. 20; Feb. 13, 14, 23, 24; Mar. 6, 7; Deo. 16, 17, 21, 22. Jan. 4-6, 12-14; Feb. 5, 6, 9-11, 13, 14; Mar. 19; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 9, 13, 14, 19; Feb. 18-20; Nov. 27, 28; Deo. 16, 18, 27. Maximum 95° or above. Aug. 7, 8, 11. July 1, 2, 4, 6, 30. July 5, 6, 9, 16, 19, 20. Aug. 25, 26. MIDDLE ATLANTIC STATES. 267 VIRGINIA. Tidewater Virginia: NORFOLK COUNTY. Station: NORFOLK. James J. Gbat, Local Forecaster. [Established by Signal Service, U. S. A., November, 1870. Latitude, 36° 51' N. Longitude, 76° 17' W. Elevation, 13 feet.] This station is located in the Citizens' Bank Building, No. 191 to 195 Main street. The office is on the seventh floor of the building and the outside instruments are displayed on the roof of the building. The exposures of the instruments are in accordance with United States Weather Bureau rules. The instrument shelter and station equipment are of the latest Weather Bureau pattern. Norfolk is situated on the Elizabeth River, a tributary of Hampton Roads, and is about 4 miles from its mouth. The country is generally very level. The elevations of the instruments above ground are: thermometers, 102 feet; top of rain gage, 96 feet; anemometer cups, 111 feet. The sunshine data are for 4 years; humidity, 15 years. Remainder of tabulated data is from the fuU period of obser- vation, thirty-three years — January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total, sunshine. ^ 1 a g i a . |l o 1 1 ■g.g 1. o I la k |a 1 H ofig. 11 Snow. a 00 > a 00 1 1 < a p, 00 > 1 a A 00 .s" D 3 1 o S 1 5 Month. M . < " e 'F. 43 41 43 42 'F. 61 43 51 °F. 75 80 81 "F. 36 33 34 °F. 6 6 2 "F. 60 61 62 °F. 33 30 32 Jn. 3.4 3.4 3.8 10 12 11 In. 2.3 3.3 2.8 In. 0.8 4.9 4.2 In. 2.7 2.0 3.8 In. 17.7 9.8 7.9 P.ct. 80 81 80 Grs. 2.28 2.06 2.20 P.ct. 72 74 74 Grs. 2.37 2.27 2.27 147 153 181 47 50 60 N. N. ■'N. 50 34 10.6 33 8.4 9.9 8.6 80 2.18 73 2.30 160 62 N. 48 56 67 57 66 75 88 96 98 39 47 57 14 24 38 55 66 73 41 50 63 4.6 3.9^ 4.3 , 12 " 11 12 4.3 2.2 2.6 7.6 11.9 4.6 0.4 0.0 0.0 3.6 T. 0.0 80 78 80 2.64 3.63 6.26 75 73 76 2.85 3.66 5.15 195 208 209 52 63 48 NE. April NE. Miay S. Spring mean 57 66 48 12.8 35 9.0 24.1 0.4 79 3.81 75 3.89 204 51 NE. 74 79 77 83 88 86 102 102 100 66 71 70 49 67 66 79 82 82 71 74 73 4.1 5.9 5.9 10 13 12 2.6 3.9 7.7 4.8 10.7 6.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 82 84 6.89 7.92 7.62 78 74 81 6.85. 7.37 7.82 219 263 24/ 50 59. 69 SW. July sw. NE. 77 85 69 15.9 35 14.2 2L4 0.0 82 7.48 78 7.35 243 66 SW. 71 61 51 79 69 59 100 89 80 65 54 44 40 31 18 78 67 57 68 55 46 4.2 3.6 2.9 9 9 9" 3.8 0.2 0.4 5.4 7.6 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 6.7 82 83 82 6.64 4.46 3.12 78 76 73 6.43 4.37 3.08 207 190 169 66 65 55 NE. NE. N. 61 69 64 10.7 27 4.4 15.6 0.6 82 4.71 76 4.63 189 65 NE. 59 08 102 51 2 50.0 130 36.0 71.0 9.4 17.7 81 4.54 76. 4.54 199 54 NE. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. 1900 Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Feb. 26; Dec. 2, 8, 29, June 23, 24. Jan. 1-3, 27, 30, 31; July 4-8, 16, 18, 21; Aug. 7, 10-13, 16, 26, 30. Feb. 1, 2, 18, 19, 25- 27; Sept. 10, 11. 1895 Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb. 5- May 31; Jime 1-4; July 18; Aug. 11, 27; Mar. 12. 14. 12; Sept. 19-23. 1901 Jan.20;Feb. 1, 13,23- June 30; July 1, 2, 6, 26, 29, 30. 1896 Jan. 4-7; Feb. U, 18, Apr. 18; July 28-30; Aug. 7, 9-13; Sept. 25; Mar. 6, /; Nov. 20-22; Dec. 24-26. 29; Dec. 15, 16, 20-22. 1897 Jan. 25, 26, 28-30; Dec. 24. June 16, 30; Sept. 11. 1902 Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 5, 6, 9, 14; Mar. 19; Dec. 27, July 5, 10, 18-20; Aug. 3, 4, 11. 1898 Jan. 2; Feb. 1-4; Deo. June 12, 26-28; July 2. 28. 10, 14, 16. ft03 Jan. 9, 13, 19; Feb. 17- July 3, 26; Aug. 24, 26. 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 29; Feb. 1, 2, 9-16; Mar. 7; Deo. June 7, 8, 15; July 16, 30; Aug. 6, 21; Sept. 6. 20; Dec. 26, 27. 27, 29-31. NORTH CAROLINA. By CHARLES F. VON .HERRMANN, Section Director. 269 CLIMATE OF NORTH CAROLINA. Oeneral physiographic features. — North Carolina is bounded on the east by the Atlantic Ocean, on the south by South Carolina and Georgia, on the west by Tennessee, and on the north by Virginia. It lies between the parallels of 33° 50' and 36° 30' north latitude, and the meridians of 76° and 84° 42' west longitude, and extends from sea level to the crest of the Great Smoky Mountains, a distance east to west of 503 miles. The greatest width is 189 miles; its area, including water surface, 52,285 square miles. The topography of the State is extremely diversified. It includes in its area the grandest portion of the Appalachian Mountain system, which culminates in Mount Mitchell, the loftiest peak east of the Rocky Mountains. Its unique system of river basins carry the waters of the State east and south into the Atlantic Ocean, west into the Tennessee River, and north into the Ohio. For convenience of treatment the State has been divided into climatic districts, which correspond roughly with its three natural geological subdivisions, the Coastal Plain, the Piedmont Plateau, and the Mountain region. Each region exerts a different influence upon the climatic factors, and has in some respects climatic features peculiarly its own. The eastern district, or Coastal Plain. — The eastern district, embracing the larger portion of the Coastal Plain, contains 34 counties, and extends from the coast inland about 150 miles. This region has been built up of unconsolidated sands, gravels, loams, clay, and marl of recent geologic age, and has been but slightly elevated above sea-level. The surface is level, little affected by erosion, and is poorly drained. It contains within its area all the swamp lands, lakes, sounds, and bays in the State, which, penetrating into the land, form an important factor, modifying the climate of the eastern district. The sounds are separated from the Atlantic Ocean throughout the entire coast line of nearly 300 miles by narrow sandy bars, called "banks,"' with narrow connecting inlets; the banks protect the inland waters from the chief fury of storms on the Atlantic. The swamp lands are of considerable extent and consist of peat bogs covered with stunted growths of trees and shrubs. The network of loose soil, sand, and decayed vegetation retains large quantities of water, but when drained the land is often found to be of great fertility. The largest sounds are Pamlico and Albemarle, neither of very great depth. Pour of the largest rivers, navigable for from 40 to 80 miles from their points of entry to the sounds or the sea, flow in tortuous courses through the eastern district. These are the Roanoke on the north, entering Albemarle Sound, the Tar and Neuse rivers entering Pamlico Sound, and on the south the Cape Fear which flows directly into the Atlantic. The interior of the Coastal Plain is more rolling. with upland soils consisting of moderately fine loamy sands, rarely of stiff clay. North of the Neuse loams are more frequent; to the south the areas of sand become very considerable and of great depth, greatly influencing the drainage of waters to the sea. A large portion of the region is covered with pine forests. The western boundary of the Coastal Plain is formed by the sloping rocky surface of the hill country or eastern margin of the Piedmont Plateau, a clearly distinguished boundary known as the "fall line.'' Here is found an outcrop of hard crystalline schists more difficult to erode than the strata on either side, through which the rivers flow in rapids or narrow gorges to reach the lower level of the plain. The fall line extends from Weldon to Rocky Mount on the Tar River, thence to Averysboro (north of Fayetteville) on the Cape Fear. Along the western border of the Coastal Plain the land becomes more hilly, ridges rising to elevations of 300 feet or more. In general, the meteorological stations of the eastern district have with few exceptions elevations of less than 200 feet above sea level. The central district, or Piedmont Plateau. — The central district lies between the Coastal Plain and the mountain region, and includes 27 counties; the dividing line on the west extends approximately from a little east of Charlotte north to Mount Airy. The Piedmont Plateau averages 125 miles in width; its eastern half has an average elevation of 400 to 500 feet; the western, 1,200 feet. The characteristic features of this region are the moderately hilly nature of the country, the presence of hard crystalline rocks, and a reddish soil which can be found from the fall line to the west. Geologically this section is a much older and more complex region, which has been elevated considerably above sea level, and has then been reduced to a base-level plain by erosion and weathering. The soils have been mostly formed by the decay of rocks, and are gravelly sandy loams or clayey shallow soils. The forests are composed mostly of deciduous trees interspersed with pines. The drainage of the greater portion of this region is southeast, with an approximate fall of 3 feet to the mile. The western portion is drained by the Yadkin and Catawba, which reach the sea through South Carolina; the waters of the central portion are carried to the sea by the Cape Fear, and the headwaters of the Tar, Neuse, and Roanoke. In the northern tier of counties from Stokes to Warren the streams flow northward into the Dan, which, with its continuation, the Roanoke, is the longest river of the State, with a total length of 300 miles. The Dan makes a northward bend into Virginia about the middle of its course. The watershed between the streams flowing north and south is formed by an elevated ridge extending eastward from the Blue Ridge through Stokes, Rockingham, Caswell, and Person counties, with some heights of 1,000 feet in elevation. The observing stations in the central district have elevations of from 200 to 1,000 feet above sea level. The ■western district, or mountain region. — Geologically the Appalachian Mountain system in North Carolina embraces an irregular mountain table-land, lying between the well-defined escarpment of the Blue Ridge on the southeast and the northwestern slope of the Great Smoky Mountains which form the boundary line between North Carofina and Tennessee, but as a climatic subdivision it is made to include the counties immediately east of the Blue Ridge in which the meteorological stations have usually an elevation of over 1,000 feet. This is preeminently a region of mountain and valley, except in the 270 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 271 southern portion; the mountains are not rugged in character, but of softened outline, presenting few precipitous slopes. Taken as a whole, it has an average elevation of 2,700 feet above sea level, while there are more than forty mountain peaks with elevations of 6,000 feet or more. The highest mountain of North Carolina, Mount Mitchell, is 423 feet higher than Mount Washington. The mountain slopes are steep, generally clothed vrith forests, and when cleared are found to possess a fertile soil. The Appalachians divide into two diverging chains in southwestern Virginia. One continues its original course forming the western boundary of North Carolina and receiving various names as Iron Mountains, Bald Mountains, Great Smoky, and Unaka Mountains; while the other chain, retaining the name Blue Ridge, bends south, crosses the State farther east and is generally more fragmentary. Nevertheless the BJue Ridge forms the great divide between the waters flowing into the Atlantic Ocean and those entering the Gulf through the Mississippi. The streams which have their sources on the western slopes of the Blue Ridge flow northwest into the tributaries of the Tennessee after breaking through the western mountain barrier. in deep and rugged gorges. Attention must be invited to the fact that in the mountain region of western North Carolina there are many inclosed valleys of considerable extent in which climatic conditions are greatly modified not only by the general elevation of the base plain, but also by peculiarities of position , whether open to the noith or south, and by the general direction of the mountains near them. Numerous cross chains, uniting the main mountain ranges, form basins which contain rivers flowing through fertile and picturesque valleys. Beginning on the south, the eastward prolongation of the TJnaka Mountains separates the valley of the Hiwassee (chief city. Murphy) from the valley of the Temiessee. Between the Tennessee (chief city, Bryson) and Big Pigeon River (Waynesville) lie the Balsam Mountains v?ith peaks over 6,000 feet. The largest of these valleys', that of the French Broad (SO miles long by 10 to 25 miles wide) lies between Pisgah Mountains on the southwest and the Black Mountains on the northeast. Its chief city is Asheville, the climate of which is distinctly influenced by the larger extent of the valley in a northwestern direction. The more northern valleys are much smaller. The last occupying Ashe, Alleghany, and Watauga counties, is drained by the New River which flows northward through Virginia into the Ohio. East of the Blue Ridge also there are projecting chains into the Piedmont Plateau which separate the head- waters of the Yadkin, Catawba, and Broad rivers, where the valleys are open to the lower plains of the middle region. In regard to the geological structure of the Appalachian Mountain system, Professor Kerr states: "There can be no doubt that here was once a lofty plateau, higher than the highest summit of the Black, and comparable in elevation to the present great table-land on the western side of the continent, between the Rockies and the Sierra Nevada. The destructive action of atmospheric agents, chemical and mechanical — water, frost, oxygen, and carbonic acid — have, by their incessant play through the uncounted centuries, disintegrated and worn away the vast mass, until it is but a skeleton of what it was, transporting the ruins successively to lower levels and finally to the sea. Of course in this process the softer rocks, as shales, limestones, and certain micaceous slate, would suffer a greater amount of abrasion than the harder masses, such as the silicious and homblendic slates, schists, and gneisses. Hence the present mountain chains are composed of the latter, while the rivers have scooped out their valleys through tracts occupied by the former." c Influences modifying the climate of North Carolina. — The chmate of any region of the earth's surface is controlled by certain factors which may be divided into two classes, general and specific. The general factors which are independent of topographic features are (1) latitude, for primarily the chief climatic element — temperature — depends on the altitude of the sun by which the duration and intensity of insolation is fixed, and this is determined by the latitude of the place; and (2) the climatic location or position of the region with reference to the permanent areas of high and low pressure, and the conse- quent relation to the paths of movement of the individual high and low pressure areas. The specific factors controlling climate are such as are peculiar to the region in question, namely the influence exerted by (1) topographical features, which may be entirely different for different regions, and (2) geographical position with reference to large masses of water or to mountain ranges. The topography of North Carolina is so varied and the modification it exerts on the climate of the State so great as to make its influence the predominating factor. All these modifying causes act together in a very complicated manner so that it will only be possible in this sketch to discuss their effect in a brief and general way. Turning to the effect of the position of North Carolina with reference to the permanent areas of high and low pressure, it is necessary to remember that there is a permanent area of high barometer in the south Atlantic Ocean, which increases in depth and extent during summer, while at the same time there is a deficiency in pressure over the heated interior of the continent. In winter there is a strongly marked continental area of high pressure. The effect of the latter is felt in North Carolina in the prevailing westerly winds of winter which bring masses of cold air over the State from the continental interior; but cold waves reach this region in a much modified form, owing to the barrier interposed by the mountains, which is often so effective that the cold air is forced to flow around the southern end of the Appalachians and so reaches the State from the southwest. This is sometimes the case even with severe cold waves, as during that of February 13 and 14, 1899. While not so easy to trace, the effect of the Atlantic premanent anticyclone is equally important. It is probable that most of the heat waves affecting the south Atlantic States are due to a sluggish circulation of the atmosphere, caused by the encroachment of the Atlantic high area in summer. The air near the equator, heated by the tropical sun, rises and flows northward to about latitude 30° north, where it forms a permanent area of high pressure in which the warmed air slowly descends to the earth's surface. In summer the western portion of this high area covers the southeastern United States sometimes for long periods of time. As the air slowly falls toward the surface not only does it retain much of its original heat gained in the Tropics but it is also warmed dynamically by the compression it undergoes at lower levels. The warmed air settles over the Gulf and the Atlantic States and keeps the temperature very high until the stagnation of the air is removed a Kerr's Geology of North Carolina, 1875, Vol. 1, page 28, quoted in the Annual Report of the N. C. State Weather Service, 1891. See also Bulletin No. 8, Papers on Waterpowers in N. C, J. A. Holmes, 1899, pages 19 to 25. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 18 272 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. by the passage of some storm. Such heat waves are of frequent occurrence in North Carolina, but probably the most remark- able ever felt was that which prevailed unbroken from August 5 to September 10, 1900, making the month of August of that year the warmest on record. Heat waves in North Carolina are also frequently due to the continued reformation of slowly moving areas of low barometer in the central valley or far west which cause a persistent drift of air from the warmer regions of the south, occurring with a hazy sky favorable for the penetration of the bright rays of the sun, but unfavorable for the radiation of dark heat from the earth's surface at night, resulting in an accumulation of heat. The other two great factors differentiating the climate of the three natural divisions of North CaroUna are: (1) The influence of the Atlantic Ocean on the east, increased by its penetration into the land as sounds and bays; and (2) the elevated mountain system in the west. As already described. North Carolina is a vast plain rising from sea level to the crest of the Appalachian chain at its highest portion. (1) The effect of large masses of water upon the climate of the eastern district is to modify the extremes of temperature and to increase the rainfall. The effect upon temperature is entirely due to the great specific heat of water (the highest of any substance known). Large masses of water are but slowly heated, and likewise cool very slowly, when once warmed storing up the heat received. The air over a water surface can not become so warm in summer as over a land surface nor fall as low in winter. The effect of the storage of heat by the bodies of water in the eastern section is quite pronounced upon the temperature conditions at coast stations, and results in greatly increasing the winter mean temperature and moderately lessening the summer mean. The extremes of absolute temperature are also diminished. Numerically the effect may be illustrated by the smaller annual range of mean temperatures (difference between the monthly means of the coldest and warmest months) at coast stations and interior points. At Southport the annual range is 33.6°; at Wilmington, 32.9°; Hatteras, 32.6°. The range increases in the interior to 37.7° at Raleigh, 40.5° at Roxboro, and 41.6° at Oxford; farther west there is a diminution of range, due, however, to the effect of elevation. The smaller range between the mean of the maximum and the mean of the minimum at coast stations is almost entirely due to the elevation of the winter temperatures. The mean maximum temperature at Hatteras is 67°, mean minimum 57°, giving a range of only 10°. The range at Wilmingtou is: Mean maximum, 72°; meaji minimum, 57°; difference, 17°. At Southport it is 15° The range increases rapidly toward the interior to 25 at Tarboro and 26 at Soapstone Mount. It is often stated that the almost marine climate of the coast region of North Carolina is due to the influence of the Gulf Stream, but quite incorrectly. It is not probable that the Gulf Stream has any effect whatever upon the climate of eastern North Carolina. The reasons are simply that the prevaiUng winds in this region are westerly and carry the warm, moist air over the Gulf Stream away from the land, not toward it ; southeast to east winds are comparatively rare in North Carolina and are seldom of long duration. Moreover, although the temperature of the Gulf Stream is about 14° higher than the normal temperature of the sea at the latitude of Hatteras, this can have no effect upon the land, from which it is separated by cold shore currents which on some charts are represented as extending from Newfoundland nearly to Florida. It may be conceded, however, that the Gulf Stream as a source of warmth and moisture may modify the course of subtropical storms, which, originating in the West Indies, travel northwest, recurve about the parallel of 30° N. to northeast, and then move along the Atlantic coast, affecting the weather for a few days, but this is the only real influence exerted by this remarkable current on the American side of the Atlantic Ocean. The last great factor whose influence on climate is to be considered is the mountain system in the west, the modifying effect of which is twofold. First must be mentioned the simple effect of the reduction of temperature with elevation, which is about 1° Fahrenheit for every 330 feet. As we ascend above the earth's surface there is a rapid fall in temperature, even over the equator; at 2 miles' elevation the temperature is already reduced to 21° Fahrenheit, at 3 miles to 10°, and at 4 miles to zero. The effect of mountains is simply to thrust up the station of observation into the cooler layers of the atmosphere, the diminujion of temperature, however, not being so great as found in free air over a plain at the same elevation. For comparison of the effect of elevation at station in North Carolina may be given the annual mean temperatures at coast stations: Wilmington, 63°; Southport, 64°; Hatteras and Newbern, 62°; and Kitty Hawk, 60°; and for the mountain section : Asheville (2,250 feet), 55°: Highlands (3,800 feet), 50°; and Linville (3,800 feet), 48°, or nearly the mean temperature of Boston. The reduction of temperature with increase of elevation is nearly a thousand times more rapid than the reduction with increase of latitude,a and the effect of the mountain system is therefore to give the State a greater range in annual mean temperatures than if it extended in its greatest length north and south instead of east and west and were without the system of mountains. The effect of elevation is to diminish the summer mean temperatures, but more markedly than the ocean does for eastern stations, and it also greatly lowers the winter means. These facts may be illustrated numerically by the following data: Mountain region, Asheville, summer mean temperature 70°, winter mean 39°; Highlands, summer mean 66°, winter mean 35°, and Linville, summer mean 65° and winter mean 31°- These means may be compared with the following stations in the interior: Charlotte (808 feet), summer mean 77°, winter 43°; Raleigh (376 feet), summer 77° and winter 42°; and Rockingham (210 feet), summer mean 79°, winter 43°. The corresponding figures for a few coast stations are: Wilmington, summer 78°, winter 48°; and Hatteras, summer 76.6° and winter 46.4°. In the mountains the absolute maximum temperatures are naturally much lower than in the east, especially in the central plain, where the greatest extremes occur. No maximum temperatures above 90° have ever been recorded at Highlands, Linville, Cranberry, or Jefferson. The second effect of elevation is the constant tendency of mountain masses to discharge the moisture from the air. Precipitation in this case is chiefly caused by the upward deflection and consequent mechanical cooling of winds impinging against the slopes of the mountains by which the temperature of the air is lowered below the dew-point. On the other hand, after passing a mountain chain a descending wind has its temperature increased by compression, obtains a greater capacity oHann's Lehrbuch der Met., 1901, page 140. 80CTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 273 for water vapor, and becomes a dry wind. The effect of the Appalachian chain is less than that of the ranges near the north Pacific coast; the latter are in the path of moist westerly winds from the Pacific Ocean, and the moisture is condensed on the windward or western slopes, but here the prevailing winds are southwest or northeast, parallel with and not across the mountains, while the westerly winds blow over a land surface and are dry. Nevertheless a unique illustration of the effect of mountains in condensing moisture is to be found in the southern and southeastern slopes of the Blue Ridge, where the valleys are open to the moist winds from the Atlantic. The region of greatest rainfall culminates in Macon County. R pliable records for a period of nineteen years at Highlands give an annual average precipitation for that place of 78.02 inches, and twelve years for Horse Cove, a station some few miles to the southeast of Highlands, give an average of 79.69 inches. The largest annual totals at these points were: Highlands, 106.07 inches in 1901 (105.24 in 1898); and Horse Cove, 105.89 in 1901. These amounts are probably rarely exceeded anywiiere else in the United States, except on the coast of Washington or Oregon. It has frequently been observed that when the rainfall is excessive in the mountain district it is deficient on the coast; or when abundant rain falls along the coast less falls in the mountains. This is simply explained by the fact that low-pressure areas have a tendency to avoid passing directly over the mountains, but are constrained to move northward east of them over central North Carolina or west over Tennessee. A storm passing from south to north over central North Carolina will cause northeast, east, or southeast winds along the coast, laden with moisture from the Atlantic, and the precipitation will consequently be heaviest over eastern stations, dry westerly winds prevailing in the mountain region, while when storms pass over Tennessee the winds will be east, southeast, or south along the mountain slopes, will be forced upward and deprived of their moisture on the southern slopes, while eastward the ascending tendency of the air is not sufficient to cause heavy precipitation. The greater rainfall on the eastern mountain slopes is distinctly traceable as far north as Linville. The conditions most favorable for excessive rains on these slopes are: The presence of a depression of considerable force in the oeiitral valley, and an area of high barometer in the middle or north Atlantic Ocean, giving a gi-adient and resulting wind movement sufficient to cause a flow of air over the highest mountains of the west. The tjrpical instance of this condition occurred on September 22, 1898, which resulted in twenty-four-hour rains of from 4 to 8 inches over all the counties immediately east of the Blue Ridge, while beyond the crest and in the eastern district the precipitation was comparatively light. As might be expected, the small inclosed central valleys between the cross ranges are not so liable to receive excessive rains. Of the stations with records exceeding ten years, Asheville has the smallest annual rainfall of any place in the State, namely, 42.60 inches; WaynesvUle, similarly located, has an average fall of 47.62 inches. Compare with the eastern slopes: HendersonviUe, 65.90 inches; Marion, 58.17; and Lenoir, 51.98. ' There are many minor effects of the western elevation on the climate of the State or of interior locahties which can hardly be considered here. Reference has already been made to the influence of the mountain barrier upon the movements of cold waves. During calm cold weather in winter the cold air flowing down the slopes of the mountains in inclosed valleys accumulates, and conditions being favorable to nocturnal radiation very low minimum temperatures can occur, reaching nearly 20° below zero during the severest cold waves. One other effect to be noticed depends on the relative position of the areas of high and low pressure. The usual effect of the presence of an area of low barometer in the central valley on the weather in North Carolina is to cause warm southerly winds, generally dry at first, and therefore associated with periods of pleasant weather in winter or spring. It frequently happens, however, that at the same time an area of high pressure of considerable intensity exists on the north Atlantic coast with a prolongation of high pressure to the southwest, usually accom- panied by cold northeast winds and drizzling rain, which conditions are able to persist east of the mountains for some days, the latter preventing the low area in the central valley from exerting its proper influence. Temperature. — There are two ways of combining the statistical data concerning the climate of any large area, each of which has some advantages. Local peculiarities of climate can only be discovered from the records of individual stations by uniting the monthly means into normals when a sufficient length of record is available; but to obtain even approximately correct normals, observations for more than twenty years are required. On the other hand, many valuable facts, especially useful in studying the character of past seasons and in estimating the general influence of climate upon the growth of crops, can best be ascertained by combining all observations in the State each month, to obtain the monthly means for each district, and after many years combining these means to find the normals. The latter method is naturally employed by climate and crop sections for the pubUcation of current data, as it permits the utilization of observations which may not be continuous throughout the year. Both methods may be advantageously employed. Data are available for 78 stations in North Carolina having records for five years or more, and of these 48 include periods of ten years and 14 twenty years or more. i It is evident from its complex physical structure that a wide variation must exist in the mean temperatures of the different sections of North Carolina. Its geographical position indicates temperature conditions intermediate between the warmer region bordering the Gulf coast and the greater extremes of northern latitudes. The mean temperature of the State as a whole has been found to be 59°, or nearly the calculated mean temperature of the Northern Hemisphere. The monthly and seasonal means for the three districts and for the State at large are as follows : Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Year. Spring. Sum- mer. Au- tumn. Win- ter. Eastern district 43.1 39.8 37.7 45.5 42.6 40.3 50.6 49.2 46.6 58.6 58.1 65.6 68.2 68.6 64.5 75! 8 75.5 71.6 79.6 78.9 74.6 78.1 76.9 73.4 72.6 70.9 67.8 62.6 59.8 66.9 52.6 49.7 46.9 44.7 42.0 40.0 61.0 69.3 56.3 59.1 58.6 55.6 77.8 77.1 73.2 62.6 60.1 57.2 44.4 The State 40.2 42.8 48.8 57.4 67.1 74.3 77.7 76.1 70.4 59.8 49.7 42.2 68.9 57.8 76.0 60.0 Means for tliirty-two years. 274 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. The annual mean temperature of the State has varied during the last thirtiy-two years only between 57° in 1872 and 1895, and 61° in 1890, the warmest year of record. January is the coldest month, with a State mean of 40°. No individual station has a mean temperature for January below the freezing point of water, except Linville, 31 .2°. July is the warmest month, with a State mean of 78°, but the highest average July mean at any individual station is 85°, at Southern Pines. The temperature increases more slowly in spring than it falls in autumn; the most rapid rise occurs from March to April 8.6°) and from April to May 9.7°) and the most rapid fall takes place from September to October —10.1°) and from October to November —10.6°). The warmest summer occurred in 1900; the coldest winter in 1903-4. The variations in temperature for individual stations are presented in the following summaries for each district. Temperature in the eastern district. — As already stated, the winter means in this district, especially along the immediate coast, are much higher than in the interior portion of the State; the summer means, but only where the land projects most sharply into the ocean, are slightly lower, and there are corresponding differences in the yearly ranges of mean temperature and extremes. The annual temperature along the coast varies from 64° at Southport, the warmest station in North Carolina, to 63° at Wilmington, 62° at Hatteras and Newbem, 60° at Kitty Hawk, and 59° at Norfolk, Va., at the extreme northeast comer of the State. In the interior the means are lower except in the south portion, where the sandy nature of the soil increases the summer temperatures materially, and offsets the effect of the lower winters away from the coast line. The range in the interior of the district is from 61° at Lumberton to 59° at Weldon and 58° at Littleton. The absolute maximum temperatures in this section are quite high, even on the coast, except only at Hatteras, where the highest in twenty-nine years has been 92°. Elsewhere the maxima exceed 100°, and 107° has been reached at two northern points — ^Kitty Hawk and Weldon. Minimum temperatures below zero are possible in the northern portion of the eastern district. K6sum6 for the eastern district: Highest mean temperature for many years, 81.6°, in July, at Kinston; lowest mesta tem- perature, 40.6°, in January, at Littleton; highest monthly mean, 85.2°, in August, 1900, at Washington; lowest monthly mean, 27.6°, in January, 1893, at Littleton; highest mean maximum temperature, 73° at Sloan, Newbem, and Tarboro; lowest mean minimum temperature, 48°, at Tarboro; highest absolute temperature, 107°, July 18, 1887, at Kitty Hawk, and July 12, 1879, at Weldon; lowest absolute temperature, 9° below zero, January 17, 1893, at Weldon. Temperaiure in the central district. — Here the annual range in mean temperatures becomes great, but as the rainfall is less and the air drier, the extremes are more endurable. The southern portion is largely covered by a sandy soil and shows a high degree of summer heat, causing a marked upward bend of the isothermal hues at that season, whUe in the northern portion the winters become more severe. The annual range of mean temperatures is from 62° at Rockingham and Southern Pines in the south portion, to 59° at Henderson and 58° at Koxboro in the north; and Saxon in the extreme northwest portion has a mean of 57° The summer temperatures vary from 75° at Soapstone Mount to 79° at Rockingham, and the winter tem- peratures from 45° at Southern Pines to 38° at Salem, Saxon, and Roxboro (omitting the short record for ReidsviUe). Very high maximum temperatures occur also in this district, but it is a remarkable fact that suffering from sunstrokes is extremely rare in North Carolina, and death from such cause practically unknown. R&umd for the central district: Highest monthly mean for many years, 80.4°, in July, at Rockingham; lowest mean temperature, 36.6°, in January, at Saxon; highest monthly mean, 85°, in August, 1900, at Southern Pines; lowest monthly mean, 26.8°, in January, 1893, at Saxon; highest mean maximum temperature, 73°, at Rockingham; lowest mean minimum temperature, 44°, at Soapstone Moimt; highest absolute temperature, 107°, July 19, 1902, at Chapel HiU; lowest absolute temperature, 16° below zero, February 14, 1899, at Soapstone Mount. Temperatures in the western district. — In the western district there is a great reduction in temperature, summer and winter alike, except at some stations east of the mountains near the western limit of the Piedmont Plateau, which do not greatly differ in temperature conditions from the stations of the central district. As the air of the mountains is dry and salubrious, the summers are cool and pleasant; the winters are more severe without, however, approaching in any degree the severity of winter farther north either in the Middle States or New England. As the elevation of stations varies from 650 to 4,180 feet in this section, which is topographically very complex, it is not surprising to find great differences in temperature as well as in other climatic elements at stations not far apart. The armual means vary from 60° at Charlotte and Salisbury east of the Blue Ridge to 52° at Cranberry, 50° at Highlands, and 48° at Linville in the northern portion. The summer mean for the district as a whole is 73°, but using Asheville to represent the mountain region proper (between the Blue Ridge and the west- em chain) it is only 71° The winter means are low, for the whole district 39.8° and for Asheville 38.8° The winter means at some of the highest stations are: Highlands, 35°, Cranberry, 36°, and LirivUle, 31.3°. The highest temperatures are always observed east of the Blue Ridge and may exceed 100°, and the lowest are usually found at the higher valley stations, below zero temperatures being recorded quite fiequently. Such a low degree of cold is seldom of long duration even in the mountains, and during most ordinary winters zero is not reached at all. The most interesting of the cold plateau regions in this district is that containing Moimt Mitchell, with an elevation of 6,711 feet. In 1873 a meteorological station was maintained on Mount Mitchell during four months and the following mean temperatures were obtained: May 49.3°, June 54.1°, July 56.4°, and August 55.3°. As the year 1873 was generally deficient in temperature throughout the State, these mean temperatures indicate that on the loftiest peak of the Appalachians the annual mean remains above freezing and there can be no permanent snow line in western North Carolina. R&um6 for the western district: Highest mean temperature for many years, 79.3°, in July, at Salisbury; lowest mean for many years, 30.3°, in February, at Linville; highest monthly mean, 83.2°, in July, 1893, at Salisbury; lowest monthly mean, 19.9°, in February, 1895, at Linville; highest mean maximum temperature, 70°, at Charlotte; lowest mean minimum, 38°, at Linville; highest absolute temperature, 103°, August 8, 1900, at Marion; lowest absolute temperature, 19° below zero, February 13, 1899, at Highlands. In studying the distribution of temperature graphically it is to be observed that the trend of the isothermal lines is from northeast to southwest, and that they curve southward around the lower portion of the Appalachians, rising northward again in SOUTH ATLANTIC ATSTD EAST GULF STATES. 275 the Mississippi Valley. A similar slight southward bend occurs on the coast north of Hatteras. From April to August there is a distinct change in thermal conditions evinced by the upward curving of the summer isotherms in the central part of the State. This is very marked in July, when the lines including the warmest area of the State pass from near Wilmington northeast to Beaufort, thence northwest in a broad curve around Washington, Tarboro, and Raleigh, and then southwest near Southern Pines to the South Carolina boundary near Wadesboro. In the west, the winter isotherms are closed circles around the several plateaus of the mountain district. Predpitation. — East of the Rocky Mountains the area of heaviest precipitation centers on the Gulf coast near the mouth of the Mississippi River, where the average exceeds 60 inches per annum. The amount of precipitation received in North Carolina is very considerable, not only on the coast from Cape Lookout to TIatteras (over 60 inches), but also in some western counties, where the annual fall exceeds 70 inches, and in individual years sometimes exceeds 100 inches. The recognition of the existence of this unique area of heavy precipitation in western North Carolina is of recent date, and it will usually not be found distinctly outlined on the earlier precipitation charts for the United States. The annual average rainfall for the State has been found to be 52 inches. The annual average has varied from 64.88 inches in 1877 (closely followed by 62.66 inches in 1901, an extraordinarily wet year) to a minimum of 44.46 in 1902. The period from about 1889 to 1900 was characterized by a prolonged deficiency in annual precipitation, as indicated by the following departures from normals for thirty-two years which include the dry years : Year. Departure. Year. Departure. 1889 -1.27 -5.51 +2.55 -4.96 +0.66 -6.43 1896. . -1.77 1890 1886. -4.46 1891 1897. -5.81 1892 1898 -1.96 1893 1899 +0.08 1894 1900 -3.60 The accumulated deficiency for the period is — 31.48 inches, plainly indicating the operation of some cosmical cause tending to lessen the number of storms influencing the region in question. The monthly and seasonal averages of precipitation for the three districts and the State are given below: Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. /line. July. Aug. Sept. [ Oct. Nov. Deo. Year. Spring Sum- mer. Au- tumn. Win- ter. 3.94 4.10 4.60 3.93 4.24 6.16 4.15 4.35 5.60 3.72 3.72 4.11 4.10 4.41 3.88 4.29 4.11 5.10 5.83 5.64 4.98 6.29 4.08 5. 49 4. 15 5.71 4.64 4.19 3.38 3.26 3.04 2.96 3.60 3.49 3.54 4.43 51.05 49.99 64.96 11.97 12.48 13.59 16.41 16.14 15.79 11.31 10.49 11.50 11.36 11.88 14.08 The State . . . 4.18 4.44 4.70 3.85 4.13 4.50 6.45 6.83 4.29 3.61 3.20 3.82 52.00 12.68 15.78 11.10 12.44 Means for thirty-two years. It will be observed that the rainfall is abundant and uniformly distributed, and although there are frequently deficiencies in rainfall of sufficiently long duration to be called droughts, a total failure of crops from such cause is quite impossible. The maximum precipitation occurs in July (average 5.45 inches) and August (average 5.83 inches) and the minimum in November (average 3.20 inches) with a secondary minimum in April (average 3.85 inches). The period from 1873 to 1885 was characterized by an excess in precipitation, and that from 1889 to 1900 by a marked deficiency. The largest monthly averages for the area of the State were: September, 1877, 10.13 inches; and August, 1901, 12.18 inches. The smallest annual occurred in November, 1890, during which month no measurable precipitation occurred at five places in North CaroUna, an event more usually associated with the arid regions of the West than with any eastern State. It is apparent that rainfall is a climatic factor subjected to far greater variations than temperature and that a correspondingly longer series of observations is required to obtain correct averages. In the case of stations possessing records for the past twelve years only, the averages will probably ultimately be found too low; but such as have record since 1872 and cover period of both excess and deficiency may be considered as correct. In the detailed summaries for each district only stations having a length of record of ten years or more are used. Precipitation in the eastern district. — The annual rainfall along the immediate coast, from Hatteras to Cape Lookout, is sfightly over 60 inches, but the amount decreases rapidly on the coast south to 49.27 inches at Southport and north to 47.77 inches at Edenton, as well as toward the interior, Raleigh 49.97. As a whole, the average for the eastern district is slightly above 50 inches per annum, with the maximum in July and August, the minimum in November, December, and April. The reason for the comparatively sfight increase of rainfall caused by the proximity of the ocean in the east is probably the fact that the elevation of the land surface westward is very gradual for over 300 mUes, and there is therefore an absence of any ascending tendency in the air flowing in from the ocean, unless a marked barometric depression is present in the interior of the State. R&um^ for the eastern district: Greatest monthly average for many years, 7.86 inches, in August, at Newbem; least monthly average for many years, 2.23 inches, in October, at Scotland Neck; greatest monthly total, 22.73 inches, in August, 1887, at Tarboro; least monthly total, trace, in November, 1890, at Hatteras; greatest rainfall in twenty-four hours, 8.48 inches, August 16 and 17, 1899, at Pantego. Precipitation in the central district. — ^There is a distinct region of diminished precipitation in the interior of the State, where thp "ainfall is largely due to convectional currents — thunderstorms — and the time of maximum accordingly coincides with the warmest month, July. At most stations here the annual rainfall is under 50 inches but over 45. The rainfall is largest in amount in summer, nearly equal in spring and winter, and least in autumn. 276 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. There is no marked uniformity in the distribution of rainfall in this section except that the smallest amounts occur near the Vii^nia boundary hne. R&um^ for the central district: Greatest monthly average for many years, 7.64 inches in July, at Southern Pines; least monthly average for many years, 2.26 inches in November, at Raleigh; largest monthly amount, 17.50 inches, in July, 1879, at Fayetteville, least monthly amount, traces, in November, 1890, at Chapel Hill and Oak Ridge; maximum rainfall in twenty-four hours, 8 inchfs, July 16, 1901, at Southern Pines. Precipitation in the western district. — In regard to the rainfall for the western district the most noteworthy fact is the large amount received during February and March, for although the maximum occurs in August (average for district, 5.71 inches) the late winter and early spring months approach very closely to this amount (February average 5.15 inches and March 5.60 inches). It is not unexpected, therefore, to find that at many western stations the usual summer maximum is quite suppressed, and the largest amounts occur much earher in the season. This is the case at Bryson City, Frankhn, Highlands, LinviUe, Morganton, Waynesville, and other places approximately. This fact unquestionably shows that the rainfall in the west is more cyclonic in character, and is due to the low course in latitude of cyclonic areas in winter and early spring, since the influence of the larger proportion of storms is exerted in the western portion of the State. The least rainfall in this district occurs in October and November, the spring minimum being deferred to May. Reference has aheady been made to the heavy rainfall on the southern and southeastern slopes of the Blue Ridge, which culminates in Macon County. The unusually large annual averages for Highlands (78.02) and for Horse Cove (79.69), extended by HendersonviHe (annual average, 65.90 inches) and Flat Rock (66.86 inches) on the east, and by Murphy (59.14 inches) on the west, show an area of excessive precipitation of considerable extent, which can be traced much farther north on the east side of the Blue Ridge. Immediately beyond the crest of the mountains there is a rapid diminution of rainfall, many of the interior valleys receiving smaller amounts than occur at interior plain stations. The annual average at Asheville is only 42.60 inches, Waynesville, 47.62. The rainfaU diminishes toward the east as distance from the mountains increases. Resume for the western district: Greatest monthly average, 8.73 in August at Horse Cove; least monthly average, 2.10 in October at Waynesville; greatest monthly total on record, 30.74 inches in August, 1901, at Highlands; least monthly total none in November, 1890, at Franklin, Lenoir, and Mount HoUy ; maximum rainfall in twenty-four hours, 9.50 inches, October 21, 1900, at Linville. SnowfaM in North Carolina. — Snowfall is not an important factor in the climate of North Carolina. As a rule its presence is a, matter of discomfort, for it never remains dry long, but becomes soft and slushy underfoot. There is never an accumulation of snow in winter anywhere in the mountains sufficiently large to become an element in the production of spring floods. Snow falls more frequently in the mountains than elsewhere, but the maximum amount in twenty-four hours (or for a consecutive snowstorm) often occurs in the central-east portion of the State, because it is more open to the northeast winds which accompany low areas moving near the southern or eastern border of North Carolina, with which snow usually occurs. During the past ten years there has been a marked excess in snowfall, caused by a succession of severe winters at short intervals — namely, in 1893, 1895, and 1899. The earliest record of a snowfall of over 10 inches is that of February 18, 1857, and it is noteworthy that nearly all the heaviest snowfalls of recent years have also occurred in February. For the winters of 1834, 1856, and 1857, so often quoted as the severest ever known, there are no authentic records, but it is quite probable that they must now give place in climatic history to those of 1893 and 1895. The average snowfall for the State, as calculated from the records for 50 stations, is as follows: Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. Oct. Nov. Dec. Year. 1.4 2.5 2.9 3.3 4.5 4.1 0.1 0.3 0.8 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.9 1.8 1.4 5.9 ...^.... T. T. 9.4 9.7 The State 2.3 4.0 0.4 0.2 T. T. 0.1 1.4 8.4 Miscellaneous phenomena. — Under this head may be conveniently collected some data with reference to prevailing winds, storms, the occurrence of frost, ice, and other phenomena of minor importance in the climatic history of the State. Below are given for the State at large the prevailing winds and average velocity, and the average number of clear, partly cloudy, cloudy, and rainy* days. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. NE. NE. NE. SW. 8.6 9.5 9.6 9.1 7.8 7.2 6.9 6.5 6.9 7.6 7.8 8.0 11 10 11 13 12 11 11 11 14 16 13 13 9 8 9 9 12 12 12 12 9 8 9 S 11 10 11 8 7 7 8 8 7 7 8 10 11 10 11 9 10 11 12 11 7 7 g 9 Year. Prevailing winds Average hourly velocity Clear days Partly cloudy days Cloudy days Rainy days (0. 01 inch or more) - . . SW. 8.0 146 117 102 116 The prevailing winds are from the southwest during the entire year except September, October, and November, when northeast winds are of more frequent occurrence. The general trend of the mountain system in the west undoubtedly has some influence in causing the nearly complete suppression of easterly and southeasterly components, which rarely prevail for any considerable length of time, while southwest winds sometimes continue for several days in succession. The movement is generally light and variable in the interior, but often high on the coast. The average wind velocity for the State, determined SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 277 from observations at regular Weather Bureau stations only, is about 8 miles an bour, on the coast averaging perhaps 10 miles, in the interior but little over 6. This amount of wind movement is quite insufficient for utilization as a source of power in windmills, except possibly on the coast. The largest average hourly wind velocity occurs in March, but is very nearly as large in February and April ; the least occurs in July, August, and September. The moderate wind movement in the interior is only disturbed by summer thunderstorms or the occasional passage near the State of barometric depressions of sufficient force to cause a material increase in wind velocity throughout the entire eastern section of the United States. This refers particularly to the passage of subtropical hurricanes along the coast. In this respect Hatteras has a world-wide reputation among mariners as a place of great danger to shipping. The storms of tropical origin, usually occurring from August to October, though noted for their violence and destructiveness, can not strictly be said to be very frequent. Sometimes two or more years may pass without the State coming under the influence of such storms. The dates of a few of the most violent subtropical storms are here given, for which full details may be obtained in the Monthly Weather Reviews: March 1-2, 1872; November 17, 1873; September 28, 1874; September, 1876; January, 31, 1878 (wind at Cape Lookout reached a velocity of 120 miles southeast); August 18, 1879 (wind at Cape Lookout reached 138 miles an hour) ; August 15, 1880 (wind reached 68 miles west at Wilmington) ; September 9, 1881 ; August 24-25, 1885 (wind reached 98 miles at Southport). In recent years there have been relatively few of these storms, though quite severe storms occuri'ed in September, 1896, on September 26 and October 8-9, 1894; September, 1899, and August 27-28 and October 13, 1893. The maximum velocity at Hatteras was 105 miles from the north August 17, 1899, while at Raleigh the maximum has never exceeded 45 miles. Thunderstorms may occur in any month in North Carolina, but of course are most frequent during midsummer. They are usually of moderate force, and not often occompanied by hail, which when it does fall is usually quite small. The annual average number of thunderstorms is approximately 40 to SO in the interior of the State, but much less near the coast (Hatteras 23, Wilmington 31). Hail falls most frequently without question in May; but the average number of days with hail is not more than 2 or 3 a year at most stations. On May 30, 1898, crops were damaged by haU in 22 counties: and similar storms occurred May 5, 1902. The average date of the last killing frost in spring is April 10 for the larger portion of the State. At Hatteras, the last frost occurs February 28; at Blowing Rock, May 10. The line for April 1, is SO miles within the coast line, which it closely foUows; and that for April 30, surrounds only the higher plateau region in the west. In autumn, the first killing frost occurs about November 1, over the central portion of the State; the latest date is December 10, at Hatteras; the earliest, September 30, at LinviUe. The formation of ice of any great thickness is not common; enough for cutting is hardly ever formed even in the extreme west, so that all supplies of ice must be artificially made or imported. Nevertheless, during such severe winters as occurred, for instance, in 1886, 1893, 1895, and 1899, all the rivers freeze and even the sounds have been frozen over with ice a few inches thick. In 1893 the Cape Fear River at Fayetteville, the Neuse at Newbern, the Roanoke at Weldon, and Albemarle Sound from Elizabeth City to Roanoke Island were covered with ice. In quiet waters in the west, ice has formed to a thickness of 12 inches or more, and thin ice has occurred as far south as Wilmington. State Summary. Station. Temperature. Num- ber. Mount Airy Eoxboro Henderson Weldon LinvUle Lenoir Soapstone Mount Chapel HiU Baleigh Tarboro Waynesvllle AshevilJe Highlands Charlotte Kockingham Fayetteville Goldsboro Newbern Hatteras Sloan Lumberton Wilmington Southport-.-. Mean Mean an- maxi- nual. mum. "F. 56 48 56 57 "F. 67 on 69 61) 73 .M 66 55 66 I 51) 61 6(» 70 61 73 61 72 61 71 62 73 62 67 62 73 61 72 6H 72 64 71 Mean mini- mum. "F. 44 47 49 49 Abso- lute maxi- mum. 100 104 107 101 107 103 106 93 95 87 102 103 102 105 100 92 102 102 103 100 August, 1895 July, 1902 August, 1896 July, 1879 July, 1903 July, 1881 August, 1900 July, 1902 July, 1887 September, 1899 August, 1902 September, 1897 June, 1902 July, 1887 July, 1902----- August, 1900 August, 1896 July, 1898 , 1902 August, 1900 July, 1902 July 1879 July, 1897 Abso- lute mini- mum. -15 - 7 January, 1893... February, 1899- . do January, 1893. - . 1 ebruary, 1899- - January 1880-.. February, 1899- - do do ..;.-do January, 1897- - . January, 1893-.. February, 1889- - February, 1899 - do do December, 1899. February, 1899- . December, 1880- February, 1899. . do do do Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90°. 20 34 37 ,33 58 32 I 66 5 32 I 58 1 « i 38 27 36 43 22 10 Mini- mum below 90 69 60 90 65 61 63 97 84 106 45 56 54 63 38 15 50 54 26 25 278 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. State Sdmmaey — Continued. Station Mount Airy Roxboro Henderson Weldon Linville Lenois Soapstone Mount Chapel Hill Baleigh Tarboro Waynesviilc AshviUe^ Highlands. ,.J Charlotte Rocldnghani Fayetteville Goldsboro Newbem Hatteras Sloan Lumberton Wilmington Southport Fr JSt. Precipitation. Average date ot— Date of— 1 bcr. First killing Last in Earliest killing Latest in spring. Annual. Spring. Summer. Autumn. Winter. m autumn. spring. m autumn. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches. Inches: 1 Oct. 16 Apr. 16 Oct. 1 May 8 46.3 11.0 15.3 9.5 10.5 2 Oct. 24 Apr. 10 ....do... Apr. 24 46.6 12.9 13.1 9.8 10.8 3 Oct. 31 Apr. 7 Oct. 10 Apr. 21 Miy 6 50.2 14.0 14.7 10.0 11.5 4 Oct. 27 Apr. 9 ....do... 46.0 11.2 14.5 9.9 10.4 5 Sept. 30 Apr. 30 Sept. 14 May 27 60.2 14.4 16.6 14.8 14.4 6 Oct. 21 Apr. 17 Oct. 1 May 7 52.0 13.1 15.4 11.1 12.4 7 Oct. 17 ...do... ....do... May 6 50.3 13.0 14.9 10.7 11.7 8 Oct. 30 Apr. 8 ....do... ....do... 47.6 12.7 13.3 9.9 11.7 9 Nov. 3 Apr. 3 Oct. 8 ....do... 49.9 13.0 16.7 9.3 10.9 10 Oct. 28 Apr. 11 Oct. 10 Apr. 30 May 14 61.7 12.3 17.5 10.3 11.6 11 Oct. 10 Apr. 20 Sept. 28 47.7 14.2 13.5 7.0 13.0 12 Oct. 20 Apr. 22 May 5 Oct. 1 ....do... 42.6 9.7 11.1 13.6 8.2 13 Oct. 7 Sept. 17 May 26 78.2 18.7 21.3 16.6 21.6 14 Nov. 4 Apr. 1 Oct. 8 Apr. 26 49.6 12.1 15.1 9.7 12.7 15 Nov. 2 Apr. 10 Oct. 2 Apr. 24 50.6 11.2 18.1 9.5 11.8 16 Nov. 8 Apr. 3 Oct. 19 Apr. 21 56.0 13.7 17.4 11.2 13.7 17 Nov. 4 Apr. 4 Oct. 17 ....do... 51.7 13.5 17.9 10.3 10.0 18 Nov. 8 Apr. 1 Oct. 10 Apr. 11 55.0 12.1 19.8 11.7 11.4 19 Dec. 11 Feb. 28 Nov. 7 Apr. 19 62.5 13.8 17.2 16.7 14.8 20 Nov. 6 Apr. 4 Oct. 10 Apr. 21 54.4 11.9 19.7 10.6 12.2 21 Nov. 2 ...do... ....do... Apr. 28 May 1 51.0 12.1 17.1 9.8 12.0 22 Nov. 15 Mar. 27 Oct. 16 51.5 10.4 19.3 11.7 10.1 23 Nov. 16 Mar. 28 Nov. 7 Apr. 10 49.1 10.0 16.1 12.2 10.8 List of Counties and Cumatological Stations. County. Alamance {see Chapel Hill). , Alexander (see Lenoir) Alleghany {see Mount Airy). Anson (sec Rockingham) — Ashe {see Linville) Beaufort (see Newbem) Bertie {see Weldon) Bladen (see Lxunberton) Buncombe Brunswick Burke {see I^enoir) Cabarrus {see Charlotte) Caldwell Camden {see Norfolk, Va.) . . Carteret {see Newbem) Caswell {see Roxboro) Catawba {see Lenoir) Chatham {see Soapstone Mount). Cherokee {see Highlands) . . . Chowan {see Weldon) Clay {see Highlands) Cleveland {see Charlotte) Columbus {see Wilmington) Craven Cumberland ■ Currituck {see Norfolk, Va.) Dare Davidson {see Soapstone Mount). Davie (see Mount Airy) Duplin Durham {see Chapel Hill) . . . Edgecombe - Forsyth (see, Mount Airy)... Franklin (see Henderson) . . . Gaston {see Charlotte) Gates {see Weldon) Graham (see Waynesville) . . Granville {see Henderson)... Greene (see Goldsboro) Guilford {see Soapstone Mount). Halifax Harnett {see Fayetteville) . . Haywood Henderson {see Asheville) . . . Hertford (see Weldon) Hyde (see Hatteras) Iredell {see Charlotte) Jackson {see Highlands) Johnston (see Raleigh) Station. Asheville . . Southport . Newbem Fayetteville. Hatteras . Sloan Tarboro . Weldon Waynesville . District. Central Western . . . do Central Western . . . Eastern . . . do do Western... Eastern Western... do do Eastern do Central Western. .. Central Western. Eastern.. Western. ....do... Eastern . ....do... Central.. Eastern . . ....do... Central.. Western. . Eastern.. Central. . . Eastern . . Central. . . do.... do.... Eastem . . Western. . Central. , . Eastem . . Central . . . Page. Eastem Central Western ....do Eastem ....do Western ....do Central 290 301 284 296 294 County. Highlands. Charlotte . Linville... Wilmington. Chapel HiU. Roxboro . Jones (see Newbem) Lenoir {see Goldsboro) Lincoln {see Charlotte) McDowell {see Asheville)... Macon Madison {see Asheville) Martin (see Tarboro) Mecklenburg MitcheU Montgomery (see Rocking- ham). Moore (see Rockingham) . . Nash (sec Tarboro) New Hanover Northampton (see Weldon) Onslow (see Sloan) , Orange , Pamhco {see Newborn) Pasquotank (see Norfolk, Va.). Pender (see Wilmington)... Perquimans (see Weldon) .. Person Pitt {see Tarboro) Polk {cee Asheville) Randolph Richmond Robeson Rockingham {sec Mount Airy). Rowan {see Charlotte) Rutherford (see Asheville) . j Sampson (see Fayetteville) Scotland {see Lumberton) . . Stanley {see Charlotte) ' Stokes {see Mount Airy) . . . Surry Swain (see Waynesville) . . . Transylvania {see Asheville) Tyrrell {see Hatteras) Union (see Charlotte) Vance Wake Washington (see Tarboro) . Warren (see Henderson) i Watauga (see Linville) I Wayne Goldsboro Wilkes (see Mount Airy) ... I Wilson (see Tarboro) ' Yadkin {see Mount Airy) ..' Yancey (see Asheville) ' Station Soapstone Moimt. Rockinghaan Lumberton Mount Airy. Henderson . Raleigh District. Eastem . . do.... Western . . do.... do.... do.... Eastem . . Western. . do.... Central . . . do... Eastern . do... do... do... Central. . Eastem . ....do... ....do... ....do... Central. . Eastem. Western . Central . . ....do... Eastem . Central. . Western . ....do... Eastem . Central . . ....do... ....do... Western, .-..do... ....do... Eastem . Central . . ....do... ....do... Eastem . Central.. Western . Eastem. Western. Eastem. Western . ....do... Page. 292 283 285 293 299 281 287 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 279 NORTH CAROLINA. Western District: SURRY COUNTY. Station: MOUNT AIRY. Joseph W. Ashby, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in April, 1889. Latitude, 36° 30' N. Longitude, 80° 20' W. Elevation, 1,048 feet.l Mount Airy is situated in a basin between the Blue Kidge Mountains on the north and west, State Mountains on the east, and Little Mountams south and southwest. Two streams — ^Ararat River and Level's Creek — meet about a mile south of the observer's residence. The town is on a ridge of moderate elevation. The dwellmg house of the observer is situated in the southern part of Mount Airy, on the corner of Spring street and Pender avenue. The instrument shelter (standard kind) is about 35 feet from the house, over sod; the shelter opens toward the northeast, and the thermometers are about 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 5 feet from the shelter; the top of the gage is about 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, May 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903, with an additional short record of the Smithsonian collection (Mr. R. S. Gilmer, observer) extending from January to August, 1872. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 i a . i •a a . li o 1 i 1 1 s hi 3>a as So, Ill Eh ^1 Ill Snow. > Month. aig' " oi ■»- £ its o i 5 J, 38 36 38 O J, 49 46 49 a jr. 72 74 75 ° F. 28 27 28 ° F. 2 -15 - 1 ° F. 48 47 48 ° F. 34 26 28 In. 3.1 3.4 4.0 5 6 7 In. 3.8 2.8 4.9 In. 8.9 3.6 1.3 In. 0.8 3.4 2.8 In. 7.5 8.0 ao sw. NW. SW. 37 48 28 10.6 18 11.5 13.7 7.0 SW. 46 55 65 57 67 77 83 94 96 35 43 62 8 22 28 53 61 70 41 62 61 4.3 3.2 3.5 7 6 9 0.9 2.2 2.2 3.4 6.6 6.1 0.4 0.2 0.0 1.5 3.0 0.0 sw. April sw. Bfay sw. Spring mean 55 67 43 ILO 22 5.3 16.1 0.6 sw. June . 72 75 74 83 86 85 98 97 98 60 64 63 42 47 44 75 78 78 69 73 71 4.6 6.0 5.7 10 10 9 2.0 3.4 0.8 8.7 4.8 16.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. 74 85 62 15.3 29 6.2 30.1 0.0 sw. 68 56 • 46 80 69 58 95 86 78 56 44 34 34 21 10 72 62 52 64 51 41 4.1 2.7 2.7 6 4 5 1.1 3.3 1.1 3.8 1.0 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 2.0 sw. sw. sw. 57 69 45 9.5 15 5.5 6.2 0.4 sw. Annnfl.l Tnpa'n 56 67 98 44 -15 46.3 84 28.5 66.1 8.0 8.0 sw. Dates of Temperatdke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Deo. 29, 30 June 29; Aug. 10. June 3, 4. Aug. 9, 10. Sept. 10, 11. July 2. July 17; Aug. 20. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 4, 5, 30; Feb. 1, 18, 25; Mar. 17, 18. Feb. 1, 25; Dec. 16, 17, 21, 22, 24. Feb. 18 July 16, 18-20; Aug. 7, 9-12, 15, 16, None. Julys. None. 19. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1, 13; Feb. 6, 8, 9, 13, 18. Jan. 4; Feb. 18, 21, 22. Jan. 7,28-31 1898 Feb. 3, 4; Dec. 15 Feb. 1, 9-11, 13, 14; Deo. 30, 31. Feb. 18 1899 280 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITEJ) STATES. NORTH CAROLINA. Central District: PERSON COUNTY. Station: ROXBORO. J. A. Wise, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau iu October, 1892. Latitude, 36° 26' N. Longitude, 78° 26' W. Elevation, 600 feet.] Roxboro is situated in the extreme northern portion of the central district, near the boundary line between North Carolina and Virginia. The city lies in a basin and is surrounded by hills of considerable elevation on the west, north, and southeast, called Fullers and Hagas mountains, in which isolated points reach an elevation of nearly 1,000 feet. The hilly country surrounding is not thickly forested in the immediate vicintiy o£ the station and the soil is more of a loamy character, though with considerable reddish clay. The instruments are exposed at the dwelling of the observer, near the central portion of the town. No shelter has been used, the thermometers being placed on a porch facing northeast, at an elevation of about 10 feet above the ground. The thermometers at no time come under the direct rays of the sun and are not influenced by the interior warmth of the house in winter. The rain gage is about SO feet from the house in an open space, with the top of the gage about 4 feet above the ground. There has been no change of observers or in the location of the instruments since the establishment of the station. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, October 1, 1892, to November 30, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December 40 37 38 °F. 50 47 48 °F. 69 73 71 "F. 30 27 28 "F. - 7 "F. 43 42 44 "F. 37 30 30 In. 3.1 3.1 4.6 6 6 8 In. 3.1 2.5 6.6 In. 5.6 2.2 1.1 In. 3.0 3.7 4.8 In. 12.0 January 10.0 February 9.0 38 48 28 10.8 20 11.2 8.9 11.5 March 60 57 67 61 68 79 86 91 95 38 45 55 11 22 35 55 62 72 46 51 63 4.1 3.7 6.1 8 4.3 6.2 2.6 3.8 6.2 9.2 0.5 0.2 0.0 1.6 April 2.5 May 0.0 Spring mean 58 69 46 12.9 23 13.1 19.2 0.7 74 78 76 85 89 88 100 100 100 63 66 65 42 52 48 76 80 82 70 75 74 3.5 5.6 4.0 7 9 7 2.0 6.7 0.8 1. 5.7 11.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 76 87 65 13.1 23 9.6 19.5 0.0 September . 70 58 49 82 69 60 100 88 79 59 47 33 35 25 13 76 63 56 67 54 43 3.8 3.4 2.6 6 1.5 2.7 2.8 6.5 1.3 1.7 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 October 0.0 T. 59 70 48 9.8 16 7.0 8.0 T. 58 69 100 47 - 7 46.6 82 40.8 56.1 12.2 12 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 2, 13, 26, 27; Feb. 2, 5, 6, 16, 17, 24-27; Mar. 27, 28; Nov. 12, 29; Dec. 28-31. June 22-24, 29; July 12, 13, 21; Aug. 9. 1900 Jan. 1-5, 9, 13, 14, 26, 27, 29-31; Feb. 1, 2, 17-20, 25-27; Mar. 7, 16-18; Nov. 17; Dec. July 4-8, 16-22; Aug. 7-13, 15, 16, 24-28; Sept. 6-12. 18,20, 1895 Jan. 1, 2, 4, 5, 13-16, May 31; June 1-4; July 18-21 ; Aug. 11, 12, 10, 12, 15-17, 27. 24, 26; Feb. 3-17, 23, 29; Sept. 19-23, 25, 26. 1901 Jan. 4, 14, 18-20, 25, 29: June 24; July 1, 2, 6, 29, 30. 24; Mar. 17, 23; Nov. Feb. 1,7, 13-15, 20-25, 28, 29; Dec. 4-6, 11- 28; Mar. 6, 7; Nov 15. 17-21, 27, 29; Dec. 5, 1896 Jan. 2, 4-10, 14-16, 28; Apr. 18; May 10, 18; July 28-30; Aug. 6. 6, 7, 15-22. Feb. 17-19, 21, 22, 26; 7, 9-11, 16; Sept. 18. 1902 Jan. 2, 4-6, 12-14, 17, 18, 20, 29, 30; Feb. 3-6, June 12, 13; July 3-6, 9, 10, 17-20 Aug. Dec. 2-5, 20-22, 24-29. 3, 4, 8, 11. 1897 Jan. 6-9, 12-14, 26, 27- 31; Feb. 1, 4, 5, 27, June 16, 17, 30; July 3; Aug. 30; Sept. 9, 11, 14. 8-20; Mar. 18, 19; Deo. 9, 10, 15, 25-28. 28; Mar. 27; Apr. 2; 1903 Jan. 1, 7-10, 12-15, 19, July 3, 4, 26, 30; Aug. 25, 26, 28. Nov. 18, 24, 25, 28, 20, 25; Feb. 17-20; 30; Dec. 1, 6, 20, 23- Mar. 2; Nov. 7, 8, 19, 29. 20, 27-30; Deo., no 1898 Jan. 1-4, 17-19, 27, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 1-9, 16, 17, 22-24, 26-28; Mar. 1, 2, 7; Nov. and Dec., missing. June 12; July 2, 4. record. • 1899 Jan. 1-3, 7-9, 11-13, 19- 21, 25, 29-31; Feb. 1, 2, 7-16, 25, 28; Mar. 6-8, 29; Apr. 2, 5; Nov. 13, 25, 26; Dec. 5-7, 16, 17, 21, 23, 25- 31. June 7, 8; July 15-17; Aug. 3, 20-22; Sept. 5, 7. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 281 NORTH CAROLINA. Central District: VANCE COUNTY. Station: HENDERSON. Enoch Powell, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in June, 1893. Latitude, 36° 20' N. Longitude, 78° 23' W. Elevation, 490 feet.] Henderson is located in the central part of Vance County, on the highest ridge between the Tar River on the south and the Roanoke River due north. The Tar is 14 miles distant, the Roanoke 22 miles; there are no other bodies of water in the vicinity, except small creeks in the southern and western part of the town. No change has been made in the positions of the instruments since the establishment of the station. The thermometers are exposed above sod, in a standard Weather Bureau shelter. There are some large shade trees in the front yard, but none immediately overshadowing the shelter. The elevation of the thermometers above the ground is 4J feet. The rain gage is 45 feet from the dwelling and 22 feet from a small outhouse; the top of the gage is 5 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 3 a a a i ^ ■a |i u k a) 3 1° 1 "^ ^1 IS u,. at,? Snow. s i 1 a two hi j-sa "F. 41 3.) 39 "F. 51 48 48 "F. 73 72 73 °F. 31 30 30 °F. 6 4 - 2 p 44 43 45 "F. 36 36 30 in. 3.2 S In. 3.2 1.1 6.8 In. 5.6 2.2 0.7 In. 2.2 2.2 6.9 In. 8.5 7.0 12.0 N 3.4 4.9 9 9 N. SW. 40 49 30 11.5 26 11.1 8.8 11.3 N March 51 57 68 61 68 79 88 98 98 40 46 57 18 26 33 67 63 74 45 62 65 5.0 11 2.9 2.3 2.9 4.7 6.1 8.4 0.7 T. 0.0 2.0 0.5 0.0 SW April 4..'i 1 10 NW May 4.5 12 SW. Spring mean 69 69 48 14.0 33 8.1 19.2 0.7 SW. June 76 79 78 86 89 88 100 101 104 65 69 68 43 55 54 77 80 81 71 77 76 4.0 5.6 5.1 10 11 11 4.8 2.3 3.7 3.9 6.4 9.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW August NE 77 88 67 14.7 33 10.8 19.5 0.0 SW. 72 60 50 83 71 GO 103 92 80 62 50 40 42 29 17 77 05 55 69 56 43 3.7 3.6 2.7 8 7 7 6.0 ■ 1.6 3.8 7.8 3.4 1.3 0.0 T. 0.2 0.0 T. 1.0 N November N. 61 71 51 10.0 22 11.4 12.6 0.2 N. .\nnual mean 69 69 104 49 - 2 50.2 113 41.4 59.7 12.2 12.0 SW Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 2, 25, 26, 28; Feb. June 11-13, 23, 24, 28,29; July 12, 13, 15, 1900 Jan. 1-5, 26, 29-31; July 5, 8-16, 18-22; Aug. 8-13, 15, 16, 19, 2, 5, 6, 16, 24-26; Mar. 21; Aug. 9, 10; Sept. 10. Feb. 1-3, 18-21, 25- 20,26, 28; Sept. 9-12. 27, 28; Nov. 30, 31; 28; Mar. 17, 18, 22; Dec. 28-31. Dec. 11, 16-17. 1895 Jan. 1-5, 13-16, 25; May 30, 31; June 1-5, 15, 21; July 17-19; 1901 Jan. 4, 6, 18-20, 29-31; July 1, 2, 4, 6, 30. Feb. 3-16, 17-20; Aug. 11, 12, 29, 30; Sept. 18-26. Feb. 1, 2, 6-7, 20-25; Mar. 17; Nov. 21; Nov. 16, 18, 19, 21, Dec. 4, 6, 10, 11, 13, 27, 29; Deo. 6-8, 15- 14. 23. 1896 Jan. 4-7, 15, 16; Feb. Apr. 16-18; May 10-12; July 13, 27-30; 1902 Jan. 2, 4-9, 12-14, 17, June 12; July 3-6, 10, 11, 17-20; Aug. 4, 6. 17-22, 26; Dec. 1-6, Aug. 5-11, 14, 16, 23, 24; Sept. 18, 19. 18, 20, 29-31; Feb. 3- 21, 22, 24-26, 28. 6, 9-11, 14-20; Mar. 1897 Jan. 6-9, 13, .25-31; June 16, 17, 26, 30; July 3; Aug. 5, 14, 28, 19; Dee. 9, 24, 26-29. Feb. 28; Nov. 24, 25; 30; Sept. 9-11, 14. 1903 Jan. 8-10, 12-14, 19; May 24; July 3, 4, 26; Aug. 26, 26, 28, 30. Dec. 1, 24-26, 28, 29. Feb. 18-20, 23; Nov. 1898 Jan. 1-3, 30; Feb. 1-5, 7,1 7, 22, 23; Nov. 26- 28; Dee. 9-11, 14-16. May 3; June 9-12, 28; July 2-4. 8, 19, 20, 27-30; Dec. 1-4, 7, 11, 16-19, 26, 27, 30, 31. 1899 Jan, 1-3, 8, 11, 12, 19- 21, 28-31; Feb. 1, 2, 8-16; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 5, 7, 16, 26-31. June 7, 8; Aug. 5, 20; Sept. 5, 6, 8. 282 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NORTH CAROLINA. Eastern District: HALIFAX COUNTY. Station: WELDON. H. S. S. Cooper, Observer. [Established by Professor Kerr, State geologist, in February, 1872; made a cotton region station of the Weather Bureau in April, 1882. Latitude, 36° 24' N. Longitude, 77° 32' W. Elevation, 81 feet.] This station is situated in tlie nortliern portion of the eastern district, not far from the Virginia boundary line, on the Roanoke River, about 80 miles above its point of entry into Albemarle Sound. The surrounding country is level and fairly well forested, especially to the south. The instruments are now situated near the center of the town, about 30 feet in the rear of the dwelling of the observer, in an open yard over sod. The shelter is of the standard Weather Bureau pattern and the thermometers are 5i feet above the ground. The rain gage is 8 feet from the shelter; the top of the gage is 5 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Observations were made by Mr. T. A. Clark for an unbroken period of twenty-seven years, from the date of the establish- ment of the station to March, 1899. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, February 1, 1872, to December 31, 1903, nearly thirty-two years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual MeIns. Temi>erature. Precipitation. 1 5 1 s id 1 a . li o 1 a 1 ti 1 1. g h 'J ■a w H 3 a GQ U hi 4J-4J nS a« id lil Eh Snow. Month. no . its o °F. 41 39 42 op 52 49 50 op 77 75 81 °F. 31 30 31 'F. - 5 - 9 - 3 'F. 50 50 51 "F. 32 28 31 In. 3.2 3.6 3.6 8 10 10 In. 2.7 4.6 1.8 In. 1.7 3.8 4.9 In. 2.0 2.3 3.7 In. 9.0 6.0 5.5 NW. W. February s. 41 50 31 10.4 28 9.1 10.4 8.0 s 48 57 68 59 68 79 88 94 100 39 46 57 10 27 34 56 64 78 40 52 62 4.1 3.6 3.6 12 10 12 1.6 3.2 2.3 8.3 3.3 9.3 0.1 0.1 0.0 1.0 1.5 0.0 s. April s. BJly s. Spring mean 58 69 47 11.2 M 7.1 20.9 0.2 s June 76 79 77 86 89 88 103 107 107 65 69 68 44 52 49 79 84 82 71 74 72 4.1 5.3 5.1 11 12 12 1.4 3.9 4.1 an 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. August. . . . 5.1 8.8 s 77 ■ 88 67 14.5 35 10.4 18.7 0.0 s September 71 59 48 82 71 60 97 95 82 61 48 38 36 28 16 78 66 56 66 53 43 3.9 3.6 2.4 8 8 7 2.1 1.0 0.4 1.4 6.1 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 6.0 s October N November. . N Fall mean 59 71 49 9.9 23 3.5 9.6 0.5 N 59 69 107 49 - 9 46.0 120 30.1 59.6 8.7 9.0 S. Dates op Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1 , 1894, to December 31 , 1903. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 3, 13, 26, 28; Feb. May 18; June 12, 23, 24, 29; July 13, 14, 1900 Jan. 1-6, 27, 28, 30, 31; July 5-9, 17-22; Aug. 8-14, 16, 17, 21, 6,17,24,25; Mar. 27, 21, 29; Aug. 9. Feb. 1-4, 18-21, 25-28; 27-29; Sept. 11-13. 28; Nov. 26, 29, 30; Mar. 12, 13, 17; Dec. Dec. 28-30. 11-13, 15-18. 1895 Jan. 1, 2, 13-15, 24, 25, Feb. 5-19, 23, 24; Dec.4, 6,7,11, 13-15, 17. May 31; June 1-4; Aug. 11, 29; July 18-20; Sept. 19-23. 1901 Jan. 4-6, 14, 19-21; Feb. 1,2,6-8,20-22,24-26, 28; Mar. 6-8; Nov. 16, 28-30; Dec. 6-9, Julyl,2, 29, 30. 1896 Jan. 2, 4-7, 12, 15, 16; May 10, 11, 16, 18; July 15, 24, 28-30; Aug. 16-23. Feb. 17-22, 26; Nov. 5-13, 23; Sept. 18. 1902 Jan. 4-8, 12-15, 18, 20; July 4-6, 10, 18-20; Aug. 4. 14, 15; Dec. 1-6, 18, Feb. 3-7,9-15, 19-21; 21, 22, 24-29. Mar. 19, 20; Dec. 9, 1897 Jan. 7, 9, 12, 13, 20, June 15-17, 30; July 1, 3; Aug. 5, 14, 15; 10, 24, 25, 27-29. 25-31; Feb. 28; Nov. Sept. 11, 14. 1903 Jan. 9-11, 13-16, 19, July 2-4, 9-11, 25, 26, 29, 30; Aug. 10 19,25; Dec. 1,24, 25, 20; Feb. 18-21, 23, 24, 23-29. 29. 26; Nov. 8, 9, 19,20, 1898 Jan. 2-4, 28; Feb. 1-4, June 12-15, 25-28; July 2-4, 19; Aug. 25, 27-30; Dec. 1, 4, 5, 7, 8, 17, 23; Mar. 1; 26. 7-9, 11-20, 23, 24, « Nov. 25, 26, 28; Deo. 27-31. 8-10, 14-17. 1899 Jan. 2-4, 9-12,20,21,28, 30,31; Feb.1-3,9-16; Mar.7,8;Dec.22,23, June 8, 9; July 17; Aug. 6; Sept. 7. 26-31. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULP STATES. 283 NORTH CAROLINA. Mountain Section: MITCHELL COUNTY, Station: LINVILLE. C. Teal, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau in October, 1891. Latitude, 36° 5' N. Longitude, 81° 51' W. Elevation, 3,800 leet.] This station is situated in the heart of the mountains near the northwestern comer of the State, at the point where the distance between the Blue Ridge and the main western chain contracts to its narrowest dimensions. The region is particu- larly rugged in character, the general elevation of the plateau being over 3,000 feet; the surrounding mountain peaks are numerous and very high. Grandfather Mountain towers 5,987 feet above sea level. The thermometers are exposed in a louvered shelter, 3 feet square, which is attached to the north side of a drug store; the thermometers are elevated about 5 feet above the sod; the rain gage is in the rear of the building in a free space; the top of the gage is 4 feet 4 inches above the ground. No change of observer or in the position of the instruments has occurred. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, October 6, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. bo 1 1 , , , +3+3 > § 3 9 ■g-a i s a |i o ■S-H i ■a i ll 4 3 H 43 d •MO III as Bo "4 o g Snow. s Month. 0.3 a a Month. St Grea test depth in 24 hours. December 'F. 49 46 48 T. 70 72 74 'F. 31 30 31 °F. - 6 -15 - 8 "F. 49 46 49 °J?. 29 27 30 In. 3.8 4.1 6 6 In. 3.6 2.6 3.4 In. 8.4 3.7 1.7 In. 1.2 2.2 3.3 In. 3.0 5.0 9.0 W. W. February 4.5 1 7 NE. 38 48 31 -i ■ 12.4 19 9.6 13.8 6.7 '• W. March 46 56 65 56 66 76 S3 88 96 38 46 57 8 19 35 53 61 71 35 52 56 4.6 3.8 4.7 8 6 8 6.3 5.2 3.1 6.8 9.6 10.4 0.1 j 0.5 SW. April T. 0.0 T. 0.0 W. May W. Spring mean 56 66 47 13.1 22 14.6 26.8 0.1 W. 72 76 74 81 83 82 96 98 96 65 68 66 42 61 49 75 78 77 64 71 70 4.6 4.9 5.9 9 10 9 2.0 4.7 6.6 11.7 1.6 21.8 0.0 .0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 W. July W. SW. 74 82 66 15.4 28 13.3 35.1 0.0 w. 66 56 46 77 67 57 93 84 33 59 46 37 32 28 12 71 66 53 55 51 40 4.5 3.4 3.2 6 5 5 2.0 1.5 0.5 3.9 0.9 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.1 9.0 0.0 0.1 NE. NE. W. 56 67 47 - 11.1 16 4.0 5.5 0.1 NE. 56 66 98 48 -15 52.0 86 41.5 81.2 6.9 9.0 W. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 2, 13, 26-28, 31; Feb. 6, 16, 17, 25, 27; Mar. 27, 28, 30; Nov. 12,29,30; Dec. 5-7, June 12, 29; Aug. 10. 1900 No record to Novem- ber. Nov. 9, 10, 12, 14, 16; Deo. 1, 5, 6, 10-12, 15-19, 25, 26. No record. 15, 18, 21, 28-31. 1901 Jan. 3-8, 13, 14, 17-21, May 1, 2, 7-24; June 23-25, 29, 30; July 1896 Jan. 1, 4, 5, 13-15; Feb. 6-15, 18-20, 23-25; Mar. 6; Nov. 21, 28, 29; Dec. 5-7, 11, 14, 15. May 31; June 1-4. 23,25-30; Feb. 1,5,6, 14, 15, 19-28; Mar. 1, 2,5-8,16,21; Nov.5- 8, 10-21, 26-30; Dec. 1,6,6,9-11,13-24,29- 1-6,20,22-30; Aug. 1, 3-7, 10; Sept. 16. 1896 Jan. 2, 4-7, 11, 12, 15, July 30; Aug. 9, 12. 31. 27-29; Feb.12,15,17- 1902 Jan. 1, 3-17, 19, 20, 22, May 3, 5, 6, 20, 2 4; June S, 7, 8, 10-13, 27, 22; Mar. 5, 13, 14, 21, 23; Feb. 2-14, 16-19, 29, 30; July 1-10, 16-19; Aug. 3-6 8-11, 25; Deo. 3-5, 17, 21, 22; Mar. 2, 9, 18-20; 13,14,18-21,31; Sept. 1,2, 7. 24-28. Dec. 5-10, 23-31. 1897 Jan. 6, 7-9, 16, 19, 26, June 13, 16, 30; July 3; Sept. 10, 11, 14, 16. 1903 Jan. 1,6-9,11-15,19-21, May 21-24; July 1-5, 8-10, 17, 18, 22, 25- 28-31; Feb. 4, 18; 30; Feb. 5, 6, 8, 10, 15 30; Aug. 23-29; Sept. 6. Nov. 18,24; Dec. 1, 25; Mar. 1,2; Apr. 5, 25, 27-29. 6; Nov. 8, 18-20, 26- 1898 Jan.1-4, 16,17,28; Feb. June 9, 10; July 2, 3. 30;Dec.l-3,8.10,ll, 13-20, 26, 30, 31. 1-8, 17, 22. 23, 26; Nov. 25; Dec. 6, 9- 11, 14-16, 26. 1899 Jan. 1,2, 7-9, 20, 21, 29, 30; Feb. 8-15; Mar. 7,8; Nov. 7. July 13, 1 5, 16; Aug. 3-5, 21, 22, 25. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 285 NORTH CAROLINA. Central District: RANDOLPH COUNTY. Station: SOAPSTONE MOUNT. H. L. KiMREY, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in March, 1889. Latitude, 35° 46' N. Longitude, 79° 37' W. Elevation, 900 feet.] This county is one of the most hilly of the central district, with elevations approaching the dignity of mountains in the west and southwest. The village is located about 8 miles southwest of Liberty, and the farm at which the instruments are located is on a ridge sloping toward the southwest, between the waters of the Deep River and its tributary creeks, Mount Pleasant and Sandy. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter over sod; the shelter is placed about 30 feet east of the house. The thermometers are 4J feet above the ground. The rain gage is 5 feet north; its top is 4 feet above ground. There is a rail fence near, but nothing obstructs the exposure of either thermometers or rain gage. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903 — about fifteen years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. TemperatL re. Precipitation. R r , , '^ i s .a « . s a |i o B R |i o H d m rS rS = 1 Snow. P. . Month. 60 . St >'0 ■^ R m ■Sr R S 1 a a ■< s a p< 00 1 i > S Month. a) rt S J* 0) .Q o •a I OS = S| ^ = 1 a O 1 O t a % <; S ates of Temperatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to -December 31, ,1903... . Year. Minim nTTl belOW 25°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 3, 13, 28; Feb. 6, 17,24," 25; Mar. 27; Dec. 28-30. Jan. 1, 2, 13-15, 24, 25; Feb. 5-16, 23-25; March missing; Dec. 4-7, 13-15. Jan. 1-7, 10, 14-16, 28; Feb. 17-22; Dec. 1, 3-7, 18, 20, 22, 24-29. Jan. 6-9, 12, 13, 19, 20, 25-31; Feb. 4, 5, 27, 28; Mar. 1,29; Nov. 18,19,24,25,31; Deo. 1,7,8,24,25,27-29. Jan. 1-4, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1-5, 7,8,10,17, 22-27;Mar.l,6;Nov. 23,26,27; Dec. 8-11. Jan. 1-3, 8-11, 20, 21, 26,28-30; Feb. 1,2, 8-16; Mar.7; Dec. 6-fl, 16,17,21-23,26-31. May 17, 18; JimeS, 10-13, 23, 24, 29; July 12-15, 26, 2S, 29; Aug.9, 10; Sept. 9, 10. May missing; July 17-20, 22, 23; Sept. 8, 13, 18-25. April 17, 18, 20; May 10-12, 18; July 14- 16, 24, 25, 28-31; Aug. 2-13, 23, 24; Sept. 18, 19. June 1, 2, 13, 15-18, 24-26, 30; July 1, 2, 3, 5; Aug. 1, 5, 13, 14, 28-30; Sept. 9- 14, 17. May 20, 21, 30; June 9-14, 25-30; July 1-5, 17-23, 30; Aug.1-3, 5-9, 24, 25, 31; Sept. 1-6. May 3 ; June 5-9, 13-15, 21-24, 28, 29 ; July 5, 12, 13, 15-17, 19-21, 29, 30; Aug. 3-5, 11, 13, 14, 20-23, 26; Sept. 1-4, 6-9, 24, 26. Jan. 1-6,14, 22, 26,27, -29r30rreb.l-3,18-20, 26-27; Mar. 4, 13, 17, 22; Nov. 8, 15; Dec. 1, 2,7,11-13,15-18,22,26. Jan.4-6,14, 19,20;Feb. 1,2,6,7,13, 16,20-22, 24,25,27,28; Mar. 6, 7; Nov. 11, 16, 18, 19, 22, 28,29; Dec. 7,8, 16-22. Jan. 2,4-7, 12-15, 20; Feb. 4-7,9-14, 19, 20; Mar. 19; Dec. 9,10, 15,24,27-29. Jan. 9, 10, 13, 14, 19; Feb. 6,18-20, 23,26; Nov. 8,19,20,27-30; Dec. 1,4,7,8,12, 14, 16-19,23,24,27,29-31. May 14, 15; Jvme 10, 12-15, 27, 29,30; July 2-8, 14-23, 30, 31; Aug. 3-19, 22, 24-29, 31 ; Sept. 1,2, 4-13, 27, 28. June 12,13,26-30; July 2-7,24-30; Sept. 14-16. May 7; June 6,9,12-16,27,30; July 1, 2, 4-11, 15, 17-21, 24, 25, 27-31; Aug. 2-7, 10, 22,31; Sept. 3, 4, 8,9. May 19-22; July 2^, 10-12, 23, 26-28; Aug. 5, 9, 10. 23-29. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 289 NORTH CAROLINA. Western District : HAYWOOD COUNTY. Station : WAYNESVILLE. r. Lloyd Bakes, Observer. ■ [Established by the Weather Bureau in May, 1894. Observers; N. T. Rogers, Cyrus Pyle, Miss Caroline M. Cooper, and Miss Elizabeth F. Briscoe. Latitude, 35° 29' N. Longitude, 82° 58' W. Elevation, 2,766 (eet.] Waynesville is in the heart of the mountains about 30 miles southwest of Asheville. The town itself is on a ridge of considerable elevation running north to south, with deep valleys on either side; all around are mountains which tower high above the town. There are several small creeks flowing in the lower valleys, which unite to form the Richland Eiver. All the mountain slopes are covered with forests. The instruments are located in the northeastern part of the town. The shelter is of the standard pattern, and is about 75 feet from the house. The thermometers are 8 feet above the ground. The rain gage is SO feet above the shelter on the slope of the same hill; its top is 2i feet above the groimd. The instruments have been in the positions described for only a few months. During the larger part of the period of observations they were in a similar position in the southeastern part of Waynesville, lower down in the valley, but not at the bottom. The shelter was 100 feet from a three-story dwelling. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for about ten years and are included within the period July 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. The record is quite broken prior to 1894. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. s • ga i.a ga 3 a§ 3 tsa Precipitation. CI S s-C Snow. -"I its o s December January February Winter mean. March April May Spring mean. . June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. °F. 38 37 36 "F. 67 "F. 27 26 25 - 4 -12 -10 In. 4.3 5.1 In- 2.5 2.1 8.0 In. 9.6 4.8 L4 In. 0.8 L9 4.1 In. 3.0 5.0 13.0 13.0 21 12,6 15.8 6.4 4.1 3.7 16 2.4 2,8 7.1 6.1 9.6 0.7 0.5 3.0 2.2 54 29 9.8 22,8 4.4 46 4.5 3,6 3,0 1.4 4,0 2,9 10,8 0,0 0.0 0,0 0.0 0,0 0,0 13,5 36 _2,4 2,1 2,5 5,6 1.3 3.4 2.3 0.5 0.6 0.0 T. 0.2 42 10.3 3.4 0.2 54 65 93 42 -12 .72 -27 .47.7. .102 40.7 i9.7 8.2 0,0 sw. sw. w. sw. sw. sw, sw, sw, sw. sw. sw. ■ E. N.o sw. NE. SW. oAlsoNE. Dates of TEMPEEATtJEE Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Dec. 4, 28, 29.. June 29; Aug. 15. June 1,2; July 19. Aug. 20. June 13: Sept. 15. June 11. July 15,16. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2-4, 29; Feb. 1,17- 19,25. Feb. 21; Mar. 7; Dec. 16,18,20-22. Jan.4,13; Feb. 3,5,9,19. Jan. 13; Feb. 17, 18; - Nov. 19, 27; Dec. 1, 7,27. July 16; Aug,8,-10,1L -- July 30; Aug. incomplete. July 3, 31 ; Aug. 5, 7, 8, 10, 13, 14, 19. May 24; Aug. 28. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1, 12, 13; Feb. 7- 10, 13, 14; Dec. 6, 14. Jan.4,5;Feb.l8,21,22; Dec. 25, Jan 26, 28-31 1898 1899 Jan, 2; Feb, 1-4; Dec. 6,11,14,15. Jan. incomplete; Feb. 9,10,12-14; Mar. 7; Dec. 5, 30, 31. 290 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE TJNITED STATES. NORTH CAROLINA. Mountain Section : BUNCOMBE COUNTY. Station : ASHEVILLE. E. M. Geddings, Observer. [Sstablislied by the Smithsoman Institution in August, 1857, and changed to a regular Weather Bureau station August 22, 1902. Latitude 35° 36' N. Longitude, 82° 28' W. Elevation, 2,255 lect.J This station is situated in the heart of the Blue Ridge Mountains, in the western district of Nort.h Carolina, on the eastern side of AsheviUe plateau, through which flows the French Broad River in a general direction from south to north. Just below the city the Swannanoa River, and on the north side the small stream called Beaverdam Creek enters the French Broad River from the east. The average elevation of the plateau is 2,250 feet which is also about the elevation of the crest of the Blue Ridge, about 25 miles south of AsheviUe. From August 22, 1902, to May 28, 1903, the station was located in the Dhnmier Building, with the thermometers 72 feet above the ground. The Battery Park Hotel, about 200 yards northwest, rather overshadowed the station. At present the station is located in the Library Building which is near the eastern limit of the city. The thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, 53 feet above the ground. The tipping bucket rain gage is on a platform erected on the roof. The top of the gage is 3.5 feet above the roof, and 45.8 feet above the ground. The mean tempera- tures since 1867 are from the mean of the maximum and minimum temperatures. The change of elevation of the ther- mometers from 15 feet to 53 feet above the ground has caused a slight lessening of the extremes since 1902. Tabulated data are for about 24 years, the period of observation extending from August 1, 1857, to December 31, 1903. The record, however, during this period is much broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 Si "o fit a I" 1 ■3 s 1 1 1 1 1 = III «1 SI So. *5 . Ill E-i 11 •I Eh ■ Snow. ■1 Month. St Month. Si a Q 1 5 -F. 35 34 35 °F. 46 43 45 "F. 69 63 67 "F. 26 24 25 "F. -10 -10 -19 °F. 47 42 43 "F. 28 24 26 In. 6.9 6.2 8.5 8 9 10 In. 6.0 9.9 4.9 In. 14.0 6.2 3.0 In. 2.3 6.4 7.8 In. 6.0 13.0 14.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 35 45 25 21.6 27 19.8 23.2 16.6 NW. March 42 50 58 52 60 70 76 81 84 32 39 47 - 7 15 26 48 65 63 36 42 64 7.8 6.5 4.4 11 10 10 2.8 9.6 0.2 10.1 9.4 6.6 1.2 1.2 0.0 2.2 4.0 0.0 NW. April , . NW. May W. Spring mean. 50 61 1 39 18.7 31 12.6 26.1 2.4 NW. 65 67 66 76 77 76 87 86 85 55 57 56 32 39 40 69 71 69 60 65 62 6.9 6.8 7.6 13 14 13 7.6 1.1 1.1 9.3 7.8 30.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July w. August w. 66 . 76 56 21.3 40 9.8 47.8 0.0 w. 60 51 42 71 63 54 84 79 72 51 39 32 27 15 3 64 56 48 66 48 36 5.8 6.2 5.6 8 6 6 4.9 2.2 5.6 4.5 3.6 1.1 0.0 T. 0.2 0.0 T. 1.0 w. October NW. November NW. 51 63 41 16.6 20 12.6 9.2 0.2 NW. Annual mean 50 61 87 40 -19 78.2 118 54.8 106.3 19.1 14.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 85° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 85° or above. 1894 Feb. 5, 6; Mar. 26, 21, 30; Nov. 12; Dec. 28. 29, 31. June 13. 1900 Jan. 1, 2, 26, 28-31; Feb. 1, 2, 17-19, 24-26. Aug. 19. 1895 Jan. 1,12-14; Feb. 7-10, 12-14; Dec. 4-6. June 1-3. 1901 Jan. 18; Feb. 20. 21, 23. 24; Mar. 6-7; None. 1896 Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 18-22; None. Deo. 15-18, 20-22. Dec. 25. 1902 Jan. 4,6, 12, 13; Feb. June 12, 13; July 2, 5, 6, 19; Aug. 16 21. 1897 Jan. 27-30; Feb. 27, 28. Do. 2-5, 8-10, 17, 18; 1898 Jan. IS; Feb. 1-4, 22; June 10. Mar. 18; Deo. 26-28. Nov. 27; Dec. 14, 15. 1903 Jan. 8, 9, 12, 13; Feb. None. 1899 Jan. 7: Feb. 8-in, 12-14; Mar. 6-8; Dec. 5. 26, 29-31. July 15. 17-21; Nov. 18, 19, 24-29; Dec. 1-3, 7, 9, 10, 15, 16, 18, 27. 292 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE TJKITED STATES. NORTH CAROLINA. Western Section: MECKLENBURG COUNTY. Station: CHARLOTTE. 6. E. Obeeholzer, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service October 5, 1878. Latitude, 35° 13' N. Longitude, 80° 51' W. Elevation, 740 feet.] The station, when established, occupied two rooms on the third floor of the Traders' National Bank building, situated a few doors northeast of the "Square, " on East Trade street. It was moved on April 1 , 1891 , to the new public building, where it remains. Charlotte is situated about 40 miles from the foothills of the Blue Ridge, on an easy slope that extends from the foot of the mountains to the lowlands that comprise the eastern third of the State. The thermometers and rain gages are exposed on a platform built upon the roof of the ofiBce building. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation. Humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-five years, October 6, 1878, to December 31 , 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 Month. 1 i s a II s a 1 § 3 a ^ II 3 f i IS l-I 5 ID li. II as Snow. a 00 g 1 1 a 00 s s 1 a d 00 1 a Pi 00 1 o 1 L St ■3.9 a December 43 41 44 °J!-. 60 49 53 °F. 76 77 79 "F. 34 33 35 °F. - 6 - 1 - 5 56 51 63 Of, 38 33 33 In. 3.8 4.3 4.6 11 12 11 In. 1.9 2.3 5.4 In. 6.7 7.6 6.4 In. 2.2 1.9 2.9 In. ILO 5.5 16.5 P.et. 78 78 76 Ors. 2.06 1.92 2.01 P.ct. 64 65 63. Ors. 2.26 2.06 2.23 NE. January . SW. SW. 43 51 34 12.7 34 9.6 19.7 7.0 77 2.00 64 2.18 SW. March 51 69 69 60 70 80 85 94 97 41 49 59 14 26 38 57 66 75 46 64 65 4.8 3.4 3.9 12 10 11 1.6 1.9 1.7 9.2 5.4 4.8 0.6 0.1 0.0 5.2 3.5 0.0 78 71 69 2.67 3.33 4.44 3.45 62 56 54 2.67 3.38 4.31 SW. SW. May SW. Spring mean 60 70 50 12.1 33 6.2 19.4 0.7 73 57 3.46 SW. June 76 79 77 86 88 86 102 102 100 66 69 68 45 56 53 80 82 82 71 75 74 4.6 5.3 5.2 12 12 12 3.4 6.4 1.0 9.5 7.9 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 81 84 6.64 8.16 6.92 66 69 72 6.37 6.87 6.17 SW. July SW. NE. 77 87 68 15.1 36 10.8 19.5 0.0 81 7.24 69 6.47 SW. 72 61 51 81 71 60 99 92 80 62 51 41 38 30 18 78 66 68 69 57 46 3.3 3.4 3.0 8 8 9 4.7 1.0 3.7 3.6 1.6 4.7 0.0 T. T. 0.0 T. 0.3 82 78 79 5.75 3.66 2.60 67 62 62 5.70 3.94 2.71 NE. NE. NE. Fall mean 61 71 51 9.7 25 9.4 9.8 T. 80 3.97 64 4,12 NE. 60 70 102 51 - 5 49.6 128 35.0 68.4 7.7 17.4 78 4.16 63 4.06 SW. Dates of Tempeeatubb Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to-December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Deo. 29 June 13, 29; Aug. 10. Mav 31; June 1-4; July 18, 19; Sept. 19, 21-24. May 11; June 26; July 29, 30; Aug. 5, 9, 10-13; Sept. 18. June 14, 30; July 1, 3,4; Aug. 28; Sept. June 9, 10, 14; July 1,-2, 17. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 13, 14. . June 7-10, 14, 15; July 13-17; Aug. 20- 22, 24, 25; Sept. 6, 7. July 6, 7, 20, 21; Aug. 7-12, 15, 16, 18-22; Sept. 10. July 25, 30. June 12, 30; July b-7, 10, 17-19; Aug. 21. May 23; July 20, 27; Aug. 25, 26, 28, 29. 1895 1896 Jan. 13; Feb. 7-9, 13, 14. Feb. 21 Jan. 2; Feb. 1, 18 Dec. 21 . . .Tan. 28, 29 1897 None None do 1898- aOCTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 293 NORTH CAROLINA. Central District: RICHMOND COUNTY. Station: ROCKINGHAM. J. M. Stansill, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau in September, 1892. Latitude, 34° 58' N. Longitude, 79° 46' W. Elevation, 210 leet.] This station is situated in the extreme southern portion of the central district, near the South Carolina boundary line, in a slightly hilly or rolling country, 5 miles from the Pedee River and 126 miles from the ocean. The city is situated in the forks of two streams called Falling Creek and Hitchcock Creek, about one-fourth mile from the former, and three-fourths mile from the latter. The instruments are located at the residence of the observer in the eastern part of town. A standard Weather Bureau shelter is used, and the thermometers are about 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 75 feet from the house in an open 4>laoe, with the top 4 feet above the ground. There has been no change of observers or in the location of instruments since the establishment of the station. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, September 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 f o < 1 '3 a _ s t u •a «a 5 1 ■si 3'C ©■a So, *5 . SI lil Snow. Month. CD U) . Si i ji as k , 3sa 'I u a^ St a S «! a '0 o ■s a s < s §1 CD ^•9 2 at a 1 s December 49 47 49 "F. 58 56 58 °F. 78 80 80 °F. 39 38 40 "F, 10 9 5 "F. 56 57 58 °F. 39 39 37 In. 3.1 3.6 3.4 10 11 11 In. 3.3 1.4 3.3 In. 7.1 2.4 1.6 In. 0.1 0.1 1.0 In. 2.4 1.5 12.1 p.a. 81 81 80 Ors. 2.57 2.39 2.54 Pet. 74 74 76 Grs. 2.91 2.71 2.99 186 186 168 68 55 66 NE. NE. SW. 48 57 39 10.1 32 8.0 11.1 1.2 81 2.50 75 2.87 180 56 NE. March 65 61 70 64 70 78 87 90 97 45 52 61 20 28 38 61 66 74 49 56 64 3.6 2.8 4.0 11 9 10 3.6 1.6 2.3 4.5 6.6 2.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 81 76 79 3.19 3.95 5.54 76 74 77 3.56 4.25 5.95 217 240 279 59 65 67 SW. April SW. Mky SW. Spring mean 62 71 53 10.4 30 7.5 13.6 0.1 79 4.23 76 4.59 245 64 SW 77 80 79 84 87 86 100 103 99 69 72 71 51 58 66 81 84 81 74 77 76 5.6 6.7 7.0 12 13 14 3.2 3.0 2.4 7.5 9.4 10.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 83 84 7.34 8.63 8.11 80 83 84 7.48 8.53 8.37 270 248 248 64 57 61 SW. July SW. SW. 79 86 71 1 19.3 39 8.6 27.4 0.0 83 8.00 82 8.13 255 61 SW September 74 64 55 82 73 64 96 92 83 66 56 46 42 32 20 79 69 60 71 60 49 5.4 3.9 2.4 10 8 8 3.6 3.2 3.8 20.1 6.7 4.9 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 1.5 84 83 83 6.70 4.61 3.38 81 ■fs 76 7.11 5.12 3.68 270 217 210 70 66 63 NE NE. November NE. 64 73 56 1 11.7 26 10.6 31.7 T. 83 4.90 78 5.30 232 66 1 63 72 103 55 5 51.5 127 34.7 83.7 1.3 12.1 81 4.90 78 5.22 228 02 SW. Dates of Temperatdrb Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 29, 30 Aug. 9, 10. May 31; June 1-4; Sept. 21, 22. May 12; July 30; Aug. 9. June 30; July 1, 2. May 30; July 19. June 14; Aug. 3-5. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 1,2, 18, 19. Feb. 24; Mar. 7; Dec. 16, 17, 21, 22. Jan. 6, 1,3: Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 9; Nov. 28; Dec. 18, 27. July 5-7, 20-22; Aug. 8-10, 13, 14, July 26. June 30; July 1, 4-6. ' July 27; Aug. 25-29. 17-21, 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1,13, 14; Feb. 8, 9, 14; Dec. 14. Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 17, 18, 20-22; Dec. 25. Jan 28, 29 1898 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 2, 4 Jan. 2; Feb. 10-15; Dee. 30, 31. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 3(n NORTH CAROLINA. Eastern District: BRUNSWICK COUNTY. Station: SOUTHPORT. Jessie M. Stevens. Observer. [Established as a regular station by the Signal Service in September, 1875. Latitude, 33° 55' N. Longitude, 78° 1' W. Elevation 34 feet.] The name of this station was changed from Smithville to Southport in June, 1887. The town is situated at the mouth of the Cape Fear River and about 2 miles north of the ocean. The surrounding country is level, but the town is 10 to 40 feet above high water. This is the most southern point of the State (Cape Fear, at the end of Smiths Island), and the coast line here makes a bend directly westward for 30 miles before reaching the South Carolina boundary. The instrument shelter is of the standard kind, and is 200 feet from the river, giving slightly lower temperatures in summer and higher in winter than if situated back in the town. The shelter is 35 feet from the dwelling, and 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 5 feet from the shelter, and the top is 3 feet above the ground. There are no obstructions to free circulation of air. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are included within the period of observation, January 1, 1822, to December 31, 1903. From 1822 to 1874 the Smithsonian collection of data was used, and from January, 1844, to July, 1845, and January, 1871, to March, 1877, the records of the United States post surgeons at Fort Johnson. The record prior to 1875 is much broken. Observations are for a period of about forty-eight years only. Monthly, Seasonal and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. a ft . i 1 1 li o .Q 1 li o 3 a Is f 5 ' t Si o 1^ 1 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. SI 1 = 1 Snow. Month. u . ■< a o 5 December "F. 49 47 49 "J?. 57 54 56 °F. 75 76 75 "F. 40 38 40 T. 10 6 1 "F. 59 58 62 "F. 40 30 40 In. 3.5 3.8 3.5 9 10 10 In. 2.9 3.4 2.9 In. 7.0 3.0 2.8 In. 0.3 0.2 2.1 In. 1.0 2.0 7.4 NE. January SW. February .. SW. 48 56 39 10.8 29 9.2 12.8 2.6 SW. March S4 62 71 61 68 78 79 87 96 45 52 63 20 30 40 63 67 77 46 56 66 3.9 2.9 3.2 10 g 8 2.8 2.4 1.4 5.7 5.2 2.6 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 SW. April SW. Mky SW. Spring mean 62 69 53 10.0 26 6.6 13.5 T. SW. 78 81 80 83 86 86 95 100 100 70 73 72 50 58 57 82 83 83 73 77 76 4.2 6.5 5.4 10 12 12 2.3 7.3 5.4 5.2 4.6 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August SW. 80 85 72 16.1 34 15.0 13.5 0.0 SW. September. . 75 66 57 82 73 64 95 90 83 67 56 47 40 35 17 81 71 67 71 60 61 4.6 4.7 2.9 8 8 8 3.1 0.2 1.8 11.9 6.8 6.6 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. NE. October NE. NE. Fall mean 66 73 57 12.2 24 6.1 25.3 T. NE. 64 71 100 55 1 49.1 113 35.9 65.1 2.6 7.4 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 25°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 28-30 None. September missing. None. None. June 14; July 1, 2, 3. None. June 15; Aug. 3-5. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 3, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 18, 19, 25, 26; Deo. 17. Jan. 19; Feb. 1,21,24, 25; Mar. 6, 7; Nov. 29; Dec. 16-18, 21, 22. Jan. 4, 5, 13, 14; Feb. 5, 9, 14; Mar. 19; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 9, 13, 14; Feb. 18, 20; Nov. 19, 27, 28; Dec. 11, 16, 18, 27. Aug. 8-10, 14, 19, 21. May 3. July 1, 4-6; Aug. 19, 21, 22. Aug. 7, 27; Sept. .■;, 11. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1, 2, 13, 14; Feb. 6,8-11,13,14; Dec. 6, 11, 14, 15. Jan. 4-6; Feb. 17-19, 21, 22; Dec. 25, 26. Jan. 9, 28-30 1898 1899 Jan. 2,3; Feb. 1, 2, 4; Nov. 27; Deo. 14, 15. Jan. 2, 8, 20, 29; Feb. »-15; Mar. 7. 8; Deo. 29-31. SOUTH CAROLINA. By JACOB W. BAUER, Section Director. 303 1076— Bull. Q— 06 20 SOUTH CAROLINA. The topography of South Carolina varies from marshy coastal lowlands, interior alluvial plains and swamps, sandy high- lands, rolling uplands to low mountains, in a series of gradations from the Atlantic Ocean to the southern spurs of the Appalachians. Her shape is that of an isosceles triangle, having its base resting on the ocean and its apex touching the mountains. This triangle is inclosed by the lines formed by the parallels of latitude 32° and 35° 12' north, and longitude 78° 30' and 83° 20' west of Greenwich. The State is bounded on the north by North Carolina, on the east by North Caro- lina and the Atlantic Ocean, on the south by the Atlantic Ocean and Georgia, and on the west by Georgia. Her greatest dimension is a line from Georgetown rurming northwestward, through Columbia, to the northwestern part of Greenville County, and measures 241 miles. The longest straight line due north and south is 216 miles, and can be drawn from the southernmost point of Beaufort County to the North Carolina border in York County. The total area is 30,170 square miles. The area expressed in acres is 19,308,800, of which 13,9£8,014 acres were included in farms, and of these farm lands 5,775,741 acres were under tillage in 1899.a The entire State is well watered by numerous rivers and their branching tributaries. The principal rivers are navigable from the ocean for varying distances, usually to the points where the lowlands end and the hill country begins. Although the connnerce carried by water is as yet comparatively unimportant, it is capable of being greatly increased. The "up- country" rivers and their largest tributaries are important and valuable for the numerous water-power sites they offer. The relation between these streams in their availability for furnishing cheap power for manufacturing purposes and the seasonal and aimual precipitation is intimate, but has been modified, and the availability of the water-power sites decreased by the deforestation of the steep hillsides that are so important physical features of the western half of the State. When cleared, these hillsides yield profitable crops for a few years only, then become gullied, almost barren wastes, denuded of their soil by washing rains. These gullies act as troughs and drainage channels and facilitate the rapid off-flow of the rain- fall, so that the streams are subject to quick freshets and overflows that destroy bottom-land crops, or damage them, then as quickly fall again to minimum flows. This rapid runoff of the otherwise sufficient rainfall renders power sites on the smaller streams unavailable. The remedy is reforestation of the hillsides, for which the small loss in tillable lands incurred would be amply compensated by the greater and more certain yields of the bottom lands that are the depositories of the soil from the denuded hillsides. At present the frequent occurrence, and some seasons recurrence, of freshets renders crops precarious on many of the widest and most fertile valleys. The physical features of South Carolina have been so accurately defined and described in a publication issued by the State in 1883 b that all subsequent geographers have copied from it, almost in the exact language of the original description, and the regions as named in that publication will be briefly described for a correct understanding of the difference in climate of the eastern and western parts of the State. There are seven well-defined regions, named in the order that they occur from the coast to the mountains. I. "The coast region," a narrow border fringing the coast and extending inland about 10 miles. It includes the numer- ous sea islands and the extensive salt marshes. The climate of this region is illustrated by the data for Charleston and Beaufort, the latter representing the sea islands. II. "The lower pine belt, or Savanna region," lying inland and parallel with the coast region. This region has an average width of about SO miles, and an average elevation of about ISO feet. It includes the tidal estuaries of the rivers and considerable country lying above tidal influence. In this region there are extensive swamps and undrained low- lands. The land is generally flat, with a few elevations rising to a maximum height of 250 feet. The average slope is 2i feet to the mile. This makes drainage difficult. The climate of this region is shown by the data for Charleston, Blackville and Trial. III. "The upper pine belt" lies still farther inland, between the lower pine belt and the sand and red hiUs, and has an elevation ranging from 130 to 250 feet. Its surface is comparatively level, but rolling, and it has good drainage, with an aver- age slope of about 5 feet to the mile. This region has the distinction of including the best and most productive farm lands in the State, but its soil decreases in richness as the region merges into that of the red-hiU and sand-hiU re"ions. The climate of this region differs but little from that of the lower pine belt, except that the proximity of the ocean is less apparent, and is shown by the data for BlackviUe and Society HiU. IV. "The red-hill region" is irregular in outline and consists of a series of detached groups of hills on the northwestern border of the upper pine belt and among the sand hiUs. Its most northerly group is the "High HiUs of Santee" in Sumter a Special BuUetin, Twelfth Census of the United States. 6 South Carolina: Resources and population; institutions and industries. 304 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 305 County. The red hills attain their highest elevation in Orangeburg County, with crests of from 500 to 600 feet above the sea. The soil is a reddish loam that responds to fertilization, but in its natural state is not productive, and it requires skillful tillage. The climate is represented by the data for Stateburg. V. "The sand-hill region" stretches across the State from the Savannah River opposite Augusta, Ga., to the North Carolina line, where it intersects the Great Pee Dee River, and includes the whole, or parts, of Aiken, Edgefield, Lexington, Richland, Kershaw, Lancaster, and Chesterfield counties. Its greatest width is about SO miles in Lexington County. The sand hills attaui an elevation of about 600 feet in Aiken County, and a maximum elevation of from 700 to 800 feet in Lex- ington County. The streams that originate in the western parts of the State have in this region an abrupt descent into the "low country." The climate of this region can be studied from the data for Aiken, Columbia, and Society Hill. VI. "The Piedmont region" includes the whole of ten and parts of eight western counties, and is the largest region in the State. The elevation ranges from about 350 to 1,000 feet. The climate of the Piedmont region is shown by the data for Trenton, Columbia, Santuc, and Greenville. VII. "The Alpine region" comprises the foothills of the Appalachian Mountains and occupies the northwestern border of the State. The country is hilly and broken, with occasionally small level table-lands capable of cultivation. Its eleva^ tion ranges from 1,000 to 3,569 feet, the latter being the summit of Rich Mountain, a peak of the Blue Ridge Mountains. This region has a distinctively mountain climate, modified by its southerly latitude and comparatively low elevation. There are no data available to define its climate except that for Greenville on its southern border. Temperature. — The above-named physical regions have well-defined and definitely ascertained boundaries, and each has its peculiar climatic features, but it must not be inferred that the climatic and physical boundaries coincide, or that the former hears an unvarying relation to the latter throughout the year, or in any one season. There are times when the climatic boundaries disappear, especially during severe winter storms, and at times they present a reversal, more particu- larly in the summer time. In general, the coast and adjacent regions have the more equable temperatures, the western portions the widest range. The difference between the annual mean temperature of Beaufort (the warmest place) and Greenville (the coldest) is 8°. The spring and autumn seasons maintain this difference, while in the summer it is only 6°, and in winter it rises to 11°. If an intermediate station is included in the comparison, Columbia, for instance, midway between Beaufort and Greenville, it is found that Columbia's mean annual temperature (64°) is 2° lower than that of Beau- fort and 6° higher than for Greenville. In spring the differences are 3° and 5°; in summer, 1° and 5°; in autumn, 4° and 4°, and in winter, 4° and 7°- In other words, the whole of the eastern part of the State, or the so-called "low country,'' has the more equable temperature. The same relative differences appear when more stations are included in the comparison. If instead of the mean annual and mean seasonal temperatures the mean maximum temperatures are used in comparison a much smaller difference is found to exist, Beaufort's annual mean maximum being 75°, Columbia 74°, and Greenville 70°. The seasonal mean maximum temperatures are, in the same order, for the spring, 75°, 74°, 70°; for the summer, 89°, 90°, 85°; for the autumn, 77°, 74°, 73°, and for the winter, 59°, 57°, 52°. While this comparison corresponds closely with the annual and seasonal means, it also shows that the central parts have higher day temperatures in the summer than either the coast or the highlands. The difference is slight between the center and the coast (1°) and very material between the center and the west portion (5°). The mean minimum temperatures, both annual and seasonal, show less variability, as well as wider ranges. The annual mean minimum for Beaufort is 59°; for Columbia, 53°, and for Greenville,' 47° The seasonal values in the same sequence are for the spring, 58°, 52°, 46°; for the summer, 74°, 70°, 65°; for the autumn, 61°, 54°, 48°; and for the winter 42°, 37°, 28°. This comparison is interesting, as it shows that on the coast the minimum averages at about the lowest temperature during the winter at which vegetation will grow; in the central parts it is too low for growth, although well above freezing, whDe in the west the average minimum is 4° below freezing. At Santuc, in the eastern part of the Piedmont region, the winter mean minimum is 31°; at Clemson College it is 30°; at Aiken, 39°; at Society Hill, 36°; Trenton, 38°; Trial, 37°. The low minimum at Trial can not be explained by reference to its location, about SO miles from the coast, but the reason undoubtedly is on account of the level, low, swanjpy surrounding country. The annual mean maximum is 74° at Trial, the same as at Columbia, but the annual mean minimum is 1° lower. The greatest differences in temperatures between the extremities of the State are along the northwesterly and southeasterly hne, rather than along the north and south line, although the the distances are practically the same, showing the influence of the high elevations in the northwestern portion. Killing frosts are infrequent on the coast, although few, if any, years have been exempt. The average date of last killing frost of spring at Charleston is March 3; at Beaufort, farther south but in a, more exposed and open locality, it is March 8. The latest dates of killing frost in spring at those points are April 2 and 1, respectively. Inland and westward the average dates of last killing frost advance regularly, with one exception, to April 7, at Santuc, and April 5 at Greenville. At Trial the date is as late as April 4, and again illustrates the susceptibility of this locality to low temperatures. In passing, it should be noted that every section that has sandy soil exhibits the same susceptibility, especially where the sand is light yellow or nearly white. In the autumn the dates of first killing frost show the same march, except in an opposite direction, and with the same inconsistency at Trial as in the spring, being earliest at Santuc (September 30), then at Trial (October 10), followed by Greenville (October 15), and from then on regularly to the coast, on November 9 at Charleston, and November 7 at Beaufort. The average dates of first killing frost follow the same chronology as the earliest dates, ranging from October 29 at Santuc to November 30 at Charleston, with Greenville and Trial having practically the same dates, November 5 and 6, respectively. These dates show an average season without killing frost of 272 days at Charleston, 215 at Trial, 230 at Columbia, 205 at Santuc, and 215 at Greenville. In the sand-hill region clear nights, in spring and autumn, are favorable for low minimum temperatures, but generally without frost formation. 306 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. The extreme maximum temperatures vary but little in different parts of the State, although the central portions usually have the highest maxima. Temperatures of 100° or higher are of frequent occurrence in the central counties, rare along the coast, and are unknown in the western parts. The highest recorded in the last ten years was 107° at Darlington and Florence in 1902. Extreme minimum temperatures show a wider range. The lowest minimum recorded in the last ten years was —11° at Santuc and Shaws Forks (Aiken County) in February, 1899. The average number of days with temper- atures above 90° ranges from 79 at Blackville to 21 at Charleston; below 32° the averages are 80 days at Greenville, 9 at Charleston, 16 at Beaufort, 20 at Aiken, 34 at Trial, 28 at Stateburg, and 38 at Columbia. This shows an irregularity in distribution that may be attributed to local topography, soil, and elevation. Relative humidity. — ^The average relative humidity at different places is largely a matter of approximation, as observations have been taken for any considerable period at two places only, namely, Charleston and Aiken, and as the hours of observation were not the same the results are not strictly comparable. These observations are not taken at voluntary observer's stations, and at Columbia cover not quite three years, a period too short for reliable means. These three years compare favorably with the longer period at Charleston. To institute a reliable comparison between Charleston and Columbia, the data for 1901-3 were reduced to means, and are given in the following table for January and July. The relative humidity data for Aiken at 7 a. m. and 9 p. m. is added to the table, and includes a period of twelve years. January. July. Place. 8 a. m. 8 p. m. 8 a.m. 8 p.m. Temper- ature. Relative humid- ity. Temper- ature. Relative humid- ity. Temper- ature. Relative humid- ity. Temper- ature. Relative humid- ity. Charleston "F. 40 38 Per cent. 79 79 68 "F. 49 46 Per cent. 75 66 67 °F. 79 76 Per cent. 79 76 70 'F. . 81 82 Per cent. 78 66 Aiken 67 From the table it would appear that the interior is much drier during the evening than the coast, but that the difference in the relative humidity is slight during the morning hours. Assuming that the relative humidity is from 18 to 20 per cent lower during the hottest part of the day, and this assumption is warranted, o it would also appear that the interior has a much wider diurnal range than the coast region. Exceedingly low percentages of relative humidity, ranging from 15 to 26 per cent, occur at all seasons, but when associated with temperatures above 90° they are harmful to vegetation and probably also to animal organism. -In other than the hottest seasons low relative humidity has no noticeable effect on either. Muggy days are not uncommon along the coast, and, more than any other climatic feature, render the summer season almost unendu- rable to the unacclimated. In the interior muggy days are so rare and their period of duration so short that they do not detract from the healthfulness of the climate. Muggy weather is conducive to rapid growth of vegetation, and in that manner compensates for the discomforts it causes. Predpiiation. — ^The precipitation of South Carolina is well distributed, both geographically and by seasons. The season of heaviest rainfall is the summer time, when vegetation is most in need of it. The mean annual amount is 49 inches, and the variations from this amount are comparatively small, Charleston with the largest amount having 53.4 and Stateburg 44.4 the smallest. The next smallest amount is 46.7 at Columbia. Omitting Charleston, Stateburg, and Columbia, whose lengths of record are thirty-three, twenty, and sixteen years, and using only such stations whose years of record coincide and include the period from 1893 to 1903, it is found that the greatest average annual rainfall was 53 at Greenville, closely followed by Trenton with 52.1 inches; the least was 48 at Santuc, with Beaufort only slightly greater with 48.3 inches. This comparison would indicate that the different parts of the State have practically like amounts of precipitation. The average spring rainfall is 10.8 inches, summer 17, autumn 10.1, and winter 11.6. The range in the spring is between 9.1 at Beaufort and 12.6 at GreenviUe, the summer range between 13.6 at Santuc and 20.1 at Charleston; the autumn range between 8.4 at Stateburg and 12.5 at Charleston, and the winter range between 8.2 at Beaufort and 14.2 at Greenville. This would indicate that the heaviest rainfall during the spring and winter is over the western parts of the State and the heaviest summer and autumn rainfall in the eastern parts, particularly the coast regions. The long record of Charleston and the shorter record at Beaufort both agree in the above conclusion, although the longer record shows the larger amount. The small annual rainfall at Stateburg is probably due to the peculiar location of that station on a spur of the "High Hills of Santee." ' A thirty-six year average at Camden, about 20 miles north of Stateburg, is even less, being only 43.3 inches. The average number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation (excluding precipitation from dew) ranges from 87 at Aiken to 119 at Charleston. The probability of rainy days therefore ranges from 24 to 33 per cent. Stateburg and Blackville show the lowest rain intensity with 0.40 at both places, while Aiken has an apparent rain intensity of 0.56; this is considered too high in comparison with surrounding stations. Records such as these can not be made absolutely accurate and have only an approximate value. Their accuracy depends too much on the personality of the observer, especially at voluntary observer's station. The monthly, seasonal, and annual values are more nearly correct than that of any single rain, as the gage may or may not be visited and measured after each rain, but the contents will be added to the next rain and be included in the amount for it, with only the loss by evaporation to vitiate the record, while the rain intensity will be practically twice the amount it should be. "Handbook of Climatology, Hann. (1903). SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 307 Heavy rainfalls, in excess of 12 inches for the month, are not infrequent in South Carolina during June, July, and August, and are rare during the rest of the year. They usually occur in the southern parts. The heaviest monthly rainfall at any stations occurred in August, 1898, when the totals at Port Royal (near Beaufort) and at Gillisonville (about 30 miles inland) were 24.7 and 24.4 inches, respectively. These torrential rains occur only during the passage of West India hurricanes. In the western parts there are comparatively few days having rains in excess of 3 inches for any twenty-four consecutive hours. Hail storms are seldom of wide extent or destructive, although occasionally they occur in May and June, seldom in July, and rarely in August, and are practically unknown during the rest of the year. Hail storms are most frequent in the north central and northeastern parts, and rarely occur in the southernmost parts. The difference in latitude and in elevation from the coast to the mountains have an appreciable influence on the occurrence of snowstorms. The line marking the absolute southern limit of snow does not cross or touch this State, although the southernmost part is practically exempt. Although during the occurrence of severe cold waves snow falls in the vicinity of Charleston and the adjoining low country, it is exceedingly rare that it accumulates on the ground, but almost invariably melts as it falls. On the contrary, in the northwestern and even the central parts, it accmnulates to depths of from 5 to 10 inches and sometimes remains on the ground for from two days to a week. The average annual number of days with snow ranges from none at Charleston to five at Santuck. The late autumn, winter, and early spring precipitation is almost entirely due to the passage of cyclonic storms. The late spring, summer, and early autumn rains are, with few exceptions, of convectional type. The exceptions are of two kinds, the first being due to the occasional passage over this part of the country of cyclonic storms that originate in the southwest, the second being the passage of West Indian hurricanes that originate in the Tropics. The latter are of more frequent occur- rence especially in August and September, but seldom reach the westernmost parts. The extreme limits of probable annual precipitation, or the absolute driest and wettest years, are not well defined in the accompanying tables owing to the shortness of the periods of observation, except at Charleston, where the range is between 29.7 and 78.4 inches. At Stateburg (twenty years) the range is between 32.6 and 60; at Columbia (sixteen years) the range is between 39.7 and 53.3; at Greenville (ten years) the range is between 42.5 and 77.8 inches. If a deduction is permissible from so short a record, it appears that the extreme parts of the State have a greater variability, while the central parts have a fairly constant precipitation from year to year. The percentages of variability are much greater when the comparison is between seasons and still greater between months of like name. The accompanying tables do not include this data, nor have the periods of greatest number of consecutive days without rain been calculated. Fogs are frequent along the coast and in the low country and in the winter season in other parts. The sand hiUs are almost free from them, the average annual number being but one day each year. At Charleston the average annual number is twenty-six days. The record for prevailing winds is unsatisfactory, but there is so close an agreement between stations in the same parts of the State as to warrant the tentative statement that over the eastern parts the prevailing winds are from the southwest; in the north-central parts from the northeast, and in the western parts from the west. Destructive high winds are of rare occurrence and are of two kinds. The first, usually confined to the western parts, are tornadic; along the coast and adjoining regions they accompany West India hurricanes. From the data in the accompanying tables it can be seen that the coast region has a semitropical climate; the upper portion has a temperate or subtemperate climate; in the central portions there is a gradual blending of the one into the other. This makes it possible to raise practically every variety of crop known to the United States in some portion of South Carolina. List op Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Abbeville (see Trenton).. Aiken Anderson (see Clemson CoUege). Bamberg (see Black- viUe). Barnwell Beaulort Berkeley Charleston Cherokee {see Santuck) . . Chester (see Santuck) . . . Chesterfield (see Society Hill). Clarendon (see Trial) — Colleton (see Beaufort) . . Darlington Dorchester (see Trial) . . . Edgefield Fairfield (see Columbia) . Florence (see Trial) Georgetown (see Charles- ton). Greenville Greenwood {see Tren- ton). Station. Aiken. Blackville.- Beaufort... Trial Charleston. Society Hill. Trenton. Greenville . Western Southwestern . Western South-central., do Southern Eastern Southeastern.! Northwestern . Northern Northeastern,. East-central.. Southern Northeastern. Southeastern. Western Central Eastern -...do Northwestern . . Western 316 317 320 318 319 310 County. Hampton (see Beaufort) Horry (see Charleston) . . Kershaw (see Stateburg) Lancaster (see Santuck). Laurens {see Greenville) . Lee (see Stateburg) Lexington (see Colum- bia). Marion (see Society Hill). Marlboro (see Society HiU). Newberry (see Columbia) Oconee Orangeburg {see Black- ville). Pickens {see Clemson CoUege). Richland Saluda (see Trenton) Spartanburg (see Green- ville). Sumter Union Williamsburg (see Trial). York (see Santuck) Clemson College . . Stateburg - Santuck . . District. Southern Eastern North-central Northern Northwestern. East-central... Central Northeastern. ....do Central . . Western. Central . . Northwestern . Central Western Northwestern. Central Northwestern. . Eastern Northern Page. 313 314 311 308 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. State Sommaey — South Carolina. Station. Clemsou College Greenville Santuck Society Hill Columbia Stateburg Trenton Aiken Blackville Trial Charleston Beaufort Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. 64 72 78 72 71 74 72 73 72 76 74 73 75 Mean mini- mum. "F. 49 47 49 53 53 54 56 54 52 52 Abso- lute maxi- mum. °F. 102 97 105 100 106 105 104 102 105 103 104 104 Date. Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. August, 1903. July, 1899... August, 1900 July, 1902... August, 1900 do July, 1902-.'. August, 1874 July, 1902... July, 1902... July, 1879... July, 1902... "F. - 7 - 5 -11 - 2 3 - 4 3 - 3 - 3 7 7 February. 1899. do.; do do do do do December, 1880 . February. 1839. do.; do do Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90' Mini- mum below 32°. 09 80 62 41 38 28 40 20 24 34 Num- ber. Frost. Average date of — First killing Last Id spring. Date of — Earliest fcilUng in autumn. Latest in spring. Precipitation. Spring. Autun^n. Winter. Clemson College Greenville Santuck Society Hill Columbia Stateburg Trenton Aiken Blackville Trial Charleston Beaufort Oct. 31 Nov. 6 Oct. 29 Nov. 15 Nov. Nov. Nov. 11 Nov. 20 Nov. 17 Nov. 5 Nov. 30 Nov. 28 14 Apr. 6 Apr. 5 Apr. 7 Mar. 18 Mar. 23 Mar. 29 Mar. 21 Mar. 11 Mar. 13 Apr. i Mar. 3 Mar. 8 Oct. 15 Oct. 23 Sept. 30 Oct. 27 Oct. 19 Oct. 27 Oct. 25 Oct. 28 Nov. 8 Oct. 10 Nov. 9 Nov. 7 Apr. 20 Apr. 25 Apr. 30 Apr. 4 Apr. 10 Apr. 9 Apr. 13 Apr. 9 Mar. 23 Apr. 28 Apr. 2 Apr. 1 Inches. 51.2 53.0 48.0 49.1 46.7 44.4 52.1 48.9 48.4 50.5 53.4 48.3 Inches. 11.6 12.6 11.6 10.7 9.6 10.1 10.6 11.6 10.9 10.6 10.6 9.1 Inches. 15.9 16.3 13.6 17.4 17.1 16.3 17.1 15.6 16.6 19.7 20.1 19.3 Inches. 10.2 9.9 10.2 10.0 8.9 8.4 10.3 10.5 9.1 9.5 12.5 11.7 Inches. 13.5 14.2 12.6 11.0 11.1 10.6 14.1 11.3 11.8 10.7 10.2 8.2 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULi' STATKri. 309 SOUTH CAROLINA. Western Piedmont Region: OCONEE COUNTY. Station: CLEMSON COLLEGE. Prof. C. C. Newman, Observer. [Established by Clemson College in January, 1892. Latitude, 34° 41' N. Longitude, 82° 50' W. Elevation, 850 feet.] The country is rolling and hilly. The station occupies the crest of a moderate hill. The temperature readings have been obtained from maximum and minimum thermometers since the beginning of observations, although up to 1897 the instruments were not of the Weather Bureau standard; after that time the thermometers were supplied by the Weather Bureau. Standard shelters have been in use the whole time. The present location of the instruments is over the tin roof of the main building of the college. The rain gage is located in the center of the roof with no intervening objects to form wind currents, except a low tower about 30 feet distant on the eastern edge of the building. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1892, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. it |« 1 i if o 1^ a 1 '3 1 o 1 3 a o S -a ■si m ^1 So Eh Si O CO Snow. Month. CD o (3 °F. 42 41 41 -F. 52 52 52 °F. 72 77 74 "F. 31 30 30 °F. 9 5 - 7 "F. 45 46 46 'F. 39 38 38 In. 3.5 4.6 5.4 9 10 10 In. 1.9 2.0 8.1 In. 9.6 5.2 3.8 In. 1.0 0.4 2.6 In. 8.0 2.0 12.0 E. January E. February W. Winter mean 41 62 30 13.5 29 12.0 18.5 4.0 E 52 58 70 63 71 84 82 88 99 42 46 57 12 24 40 57 63 76 49 54 66 4.5 3.9 3.2 11 9 7 2.2 3.4 3.3 6.2 6.7 7.2 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 E. April W. May W. Spring mean 60 73 i 48 11.6 27 8.9 20.1 T. W 76 79 79 88 91 90 100 101 102 6S 68 67 42 54 56 79 81 82 73 77 76 5.8 5.2 4.9 12 11 9 6.4 1.6 2.7 7.9 2.6 13.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 W. July w. August w. Summer mean.. 78 90 1 67 15.9 32 9.7 23.7 0.0 w 72 62 51 84 75 63 100 92 84 61 49 39 38 25 10 76 67 56 69 60 44 3.9 3.1 3.2 6 6 7 4 2 3.9 2.0 6.8 0.3 0.8 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. NE. W. E. 62 74 1 50 10.2 19 10.1 7.9 T. 60 72 102 49 - 7 51.2 107 40.7 70.2 4.0 12.0 Dates op Tempekatuee Extremes for the Peeiod April 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1900 1901 Minimum below 22°. Dec. 3-6, 25-27 Jan. 6-9, 27-30; Feb. 27, 28; Mar. 28; Deo. 1. Jan. 2; Feb. 1-6, 23; Nov. 27; Deo. 8, 11, 14, 15. Jan. 2, 8, 29; Feb. 8- 10, 12-14; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 30, 31. Jan. 2-5, 28-31; Feb. 1, 2, 17-19, 25; Dec. 12, 16. Jan. 4, 6, 17, 18, 26, 26, 31; Feb. 2, 5, 20, 21, 23, 24, 27; Mar. 6-7; Nov. 15-17, 20, 21, 25,28; Dec. 15-22. Maximum 100° or above. June 26; July 26, 29-31. Jime 26; July 3; Aug. 28. None. Aug. 22; Sept. 4. Aug. 8, 10, 11, 19. None. Year. 1902 1903 Minimum below 22°. Jan. 3-7, 11-14, 16, 17, 22, 23; Feb. 2-5, 8- 11; Mar. 18; Dec. 26, 27. Jan. 8, 9, 12-16, 18, 30; Feb. 17-24; Nov. 19, 20, 27, 28, 30; Dec. 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 27. Maximum 100° or above. Aug. 25-29; Sept. 6, 6. 310 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH CAROLINA. Piedmont Region, Southern Escarpment: QREENVILLE COUNTY. Station: GREENVILLE. S. A. Crittenden, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in 1888. Latitude, 34° 60' N. Longitude, 82° 24' W. Elevation, 989 Jeet.] This station is situated near the center of Greenville. The city is near the center of one of the counties of the northwestern tier, and is 25 miles from the Blue Ridge range of mountains, the summits of which in Greenville County form a part of the boundary hne between South Carolina and North Carolina. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, located 18 feet east of a large two-story frame dwelling. The mean temperatures at this station were obtained by taking one-half of the sum of the monthly mean maximum and monthly mean minimum temperatures for each month. The rain gage is 25 feet from the nearest corner of a shed attached to the frame dwelling, and is located in a different part of the yard from the instrument shelter. It is also 30 feet from the nearest tree; the top of the gage is 12 inches above ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, October 1, 1891, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperatiire. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean oJthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount (or the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 40 39 40 "F. 52 53 52 "F. 72 75 74 "F. 29 28 28 'F. 9 6 -5 "F. 44 44 46 "F. 36 36 35 In. 3.9 4.4 5.9 9 11 10 In. 3.8 6.8 7.4 In. 8.9 5.0 3.3 In. 1.2 0.3 3.9 In. 10.6 January 2.0 February 16.0 Winter mean 40 62 28 14.2 30 17.0 17.2 5.4 March 60 56 67 61 69 79 84 88 94 38 44 66 13 24 38 64 64 72 47 52 64 5.3 4.2 3.1 12 9 8 7.6 4.6 0.8 8.7 7.1 7.5 0.3 T. 0.0 3.6 April . . . . T. May 0.0 Spring mean 68 70 46 12.6 29 12.9 23.3 0.3 .Tnnp. 73 76 76 84 86 86 96 97 97 63 66 66 47 53 66 76 78 83 68 74 74 5.6 5.4 5.3 12 12 12 2.3 1.6 2.8 8.0 4.6 15.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 75 86 65 16.3 36 6.7 28.4 0.0 September . . . 71 60 50 82 73 63 96 89 82 60 47 37 38 25 14 74 64 55 66 68 43 3.9 2.6 3.4 7 6 7 2.3 2.0 1.6 7.4 0.8 0.7 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 October 0.0 November T 60 73 48 9.9 20 6.9 8.9 T. 58 70 97 47 -6 53.0 116 42.5 77.8 6.7 16 Date's of Tempekatuee Extremes fok the Pekiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Nov.21 None. 1901 Jan. 5, 18, 19, 26, 29, 30; None. 1895 Feb. 13; Dec. 6 Do. Feb. 1, 2, 21-26, 27, 1896 Feb. 17, 18, 21, 22; Dec. 3-6, 26-27. Aug. 10, 24; Sept. 18. 28; Mar. 6-8; Nov. 16-20, 23, 29, 30; Dee. 1897 Jan. 6-9, 28-31; Feb. June 26; July 1,2,4,5; Aug. 29, 31; Sept. 8, 16-23. 28; Dec. 1. 16. 1902 Jan. 4-8, 12-15, 18, 23, Jime 12; July 5. 1898 Jan. 2-4; Feb. 1-5, 7, 8, 22-24, 27; Mar. 1; Dec. 6-9, 11-16. None. 24; Feb. 3-6, 9-13, 15, 18, 19; Mar. 18- 20; Nov. 28; Dec. 1899 Jan. 2, 3, 8, 9, 29, 30; July 16-18; Aug. 4, 6, 12, 19, 20-23, 25; 26-29. Feb. 9-16; Mar. 7-9; Sept. 8. 1903 Jan. 9, 10, 12-16; Feb. None. Dec. 6, 6, 21, 22, 26, 17-21,23,24,26; Nov. 27, 29-31. 19-21,27-30; Dec.l- 1900 Jan. 1-6, 28-31; Feb. 1-3, 18-20, 26-28. Aug. 9-12, 16, 17, 20, 22, 23. 4, 7-9, 11, 12, 14, 16- 19,21, 22, 27-29, 31. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 311 SOUTH CAROLINA. Piedmont Region: UNION COUNTY. Station: SANTUCK. E. W. Jetee, Observer. [Establiahed by the Weather Bureau in August, 1893. Latitude, 34° 42' N. Longitude, 81° 31' W. Elevation, 512 teet.] The station is located about 3 miles due east of Santuck, and about 2 miles west of the Broad River, on a high ridge. It is on the dividing line between the hilly slope that leads to the river bottoms and the higher, more level country to the west. On the river bottoms frosts are of more frequent occurrence and on the higher ground of less frequent occurrence. The instruments are exposed in a standard instrument shelter on a frame about 4i feet above the ground. The sur- rounding soil is covered with grass. The shelter is located about 50 feet northeast of the residence. The rain gage is about 50 feet farther away from the residence and about 3J feet above the ground. The means were obtained from the standard maximum and minimum thermometer readings, except during the first eighteen months after the establishment of the station, when they were deduced from the 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. readings of an ordinary thermometer. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, August 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Uonths. December January February Winter mean. . March April May Spring mean.. June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. Temperature. 85 92 101 100 104 105 100 "F. 32 31 31 la 0§ Precipitation. In. 3.' 3.1 5.1 ila 11.6 I In. 1.7 2.5 1.0 6.2 In. 6.5 3.1 3.2 Snow. In. 1.6 0.4 3.9 12.1 5.9 4.8 4.7 0.8 4.9 6.8 5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 10.3 2.2 8.5 6.4 2.6 3.5 3.2 4.2 2.7 12.3 19.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 6.3 0.9 0.8 0.0 0.0 T. T. In. 15.0 3.0 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. W. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. sw. w. w. Dates of Tempeeatube Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Feb. 25; Dec. 29, 30... None. 1901 Jan. 5,20 26; Feb. 1, July 30. 1895 Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb. 7- 11, 13-10, 23; Nov. 21; Dec. 4, 5, 14. Do. 6, 21, 24, 27; Mar. 6, 7, 17; Nov. 16^18,20, 21, 26, 27, 29; Dec. 7, 1896 Jan. 4-7; Feb. 17, 18, Do. 8, 11, 16, 17-22. 21, 22; Dec. 3-6, 25. 26. 1902 Jan. 4-7, 12-14, 17,18; June 30; July 1,3-7, 10, 17-19; Aug. 6, 11, 1897 Jan. 7-9, 28-31; Dec. 1. Do. Feb. 3, 5, 6,9-11, 13, 21. 1898 Jan. 3; Feb. 1-4, 6-8, 23; Nov. 25, 27, 28; May 30. 17, 18; Mar. 19; Dec. 10, 26-28 Dec. 8, 13, 15. 1903 Jan. 9, 13-16,31; Feb. May 24; July 27; Aug. 28. 1899 Jan. 2, 8, 9. 20; Feb. 9- 16; Mar. 7. 8; Dec. 6, 21, 22, 26-29, 31. June 8; July 13-17; Aug. 14, 20-22, 24. 18-20, 22, 23; Nov. 19. 20, 27-30; Dec. 1, 3, 4,7, 8,11,12,14, 1900 Jan. 1-6. 30; Feb. 1, 2, 17-19, 25, 26; Mar. 17; Dec. 12, 16. Aug. 10-13, 15-22, 29; Sept. 13. 16, IS, 19, 27, 28, 31. 312 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH CAROLINA. Pedee Section: DARLINGTON COUNTY. Station: SOCIETY HILL. J. J. Lucas. Observer. [Established by the United States Weather Bureau in July, 1891. Latitude, 34° 5iy N. Longitude, 79° 35' W. Elevation, 192 feet.] This station is 130 miles north of Charleston, and 2i miles west of the Great Pedee River. It is located on a hill about 100 feet above the tracks of the Atlantic Coast Line railway station, IJ miles away. The maximum and minimum ther- mometers of standard Weather Bureau pattern are located against the wall of a brick dwelling, about 12 feet above ground, and in a box freely ventilated by means of lattice work. The shelter is placed in a recess on the north side of the building, free from direct or radiated heat. The rain gage, of standard Weather Bureau pattern, rests on a stone about 6 inches above ground, and is placed in a vegetable garden, remote from large trees or high fences. The mean temperature has been calculated from the daily readings of the maximum and minimiun thermometers since the establishment of the station. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. > g d J_ "F. 45 43 46 SI J, 's a . |l o < s ■ p si r f 5 li ■si % 3 1 III I? 3-d 013 ■3ui OS og H Snow. Grea test depth in 24 hours. 1 (3 December op 63 51 53 ° F. 75 74 78 'F. 36 35 36 ■ °F. 9 8 °F. 48 49 67 °i?. 40 41 36 In. 2.9 2.7 6.4 6 6 8 In. 2.5 2.6 4.9 In. 2.5 2.5 4.1 In. 0.2 2.1 3.2 In. 2.0 6.0 7.0 NE. NE. NE. Wintp.r Tnfin.n 45 52 ] 36 11.0 20 9.9 9.1 5.5 NE March April liay 65 62 71 65 71 81 88 91 98 46 62 62 19 33 42 61 67 76 51 56 66 3.2 4.1 3.4 8 7 9 2.4 3.0 4.2 3.1 3.8 2.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.5 0.0 0.0 NE. NE. SW. Spring mean 63 72 63 10.7 24 9.6 9.3 0.1 NE .Tnnft 77 80 79 86 88 - 87 99 100 99 68 72 71 62 69 58 79 82 83 73 76 76 6.6 6.0 6.8 9 10 10 2.3 3.4 4.9 6.0 6.1 12.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW July SW SW. RnTniTiflr ■mp.fl.n 79 87 70 17.4 29 10.6 23.4 0.0 SW September 73 62 66 82 72 62 96 88 84 64 63 44 41 32 17 77 66 66 71 69 46 4.1 3.5 2.4 6 6 6 2.0 2.8 6.3 9.6 6.3 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NE October NE T^nVfiTTihpr NE 64 72 54 10.0 18 10.1 16.8 0.0 ATiTinn.l Tnean 62 71 100 63 49.1 91 40.2 58.6 5.6 7.0 NE. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Feb. 24; Deo. 28, 29, 31. Jan. 1, 12, 13; Feb. 7-9, 12, 13; Deo. 5. Jan. 3-6; Feb. 20, 21; Dec. 3, 24, 25. Jan. 27-29 None. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 'Jan. 1-3,29,31; Feb. 1, 17, 18. Feb. 1, 20, 23; Deo. 16-17, 19-21. Jan. 4-6, 13; Feb. 4; ■ Dec. 26, 27. Jan. 8, 12; Feb. 17; Deo. 26. None. Do. July 4, 6. . None. 1898 1899 Jan.l;Fpb.l,3;Dec.l4. Jan. l; Feb. 9, 11-13; Dec. 29, 30. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 313 SOUTH CAROLINA. Red Hill and Sand Hill Region: RICHLAND COUNTY. Station: COLUMBIA. J. W. Baueb, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in June, 1887. Latitude, 34° 0' N. Longitude, 81° 3' W. Elevation, 222 feet.] The station is located near the center of the city of Columbia, which is situated on the western edge of the Upper Pine Belt region, and the southern border of the Sand Hill region. The general elevation of Columbia is slightly greater than that of the surrounding country, but less than that of the "High Hills of Santee,'' or the Sand Hills of Lexington. At the establishment of the station it was located on the third floor of the Agricultural Hall building, and the thermometers and rain gage were exposed on the roof about 72 feet above the ground and about 5 feet above a tin roof. On June 8, 1895, the office was moved to the Federal Building, where both thermometers and the rain gage had sod exposures, the former about 5 feet above ground, the latter 3 feet. From this place the office was moved to the City Hall on February 15, 1901, where the instruments were given tin-roof exposures, with the thermometers 114 feet above the ground and 11 feet above the roof. On October 1, 1903, the office was moved to the 12-story Loan and Exchange Bank Building, southeast corner of Main and Washington streets, where the instruments were exposed on a tile-covered roof, 167 feet above the ground and 11 feet above the roof. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 5, 1887, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Tem]>erature. Precipitation. i s a i jl >> h >• ■ ai 1 i hi lis 11 So o 5 6h Snow. Month. Grea test depth in 24 hours. s December °F. 48 45 47 'F. 5S 65 57 "F. 77 78 82 ■'F. 37 36 38 op 9 10 - 2 "F. 58 54 58 "F. 42 38 37 In. 2.8 3.3 6.0 8 10 10 In. 2.3 1.7 6.3 In. 3.3 7.3 3.2 In. 0.9 0.7 2.6 In. 5.0 4.9 10.2 sw. NE. NW. 47 57 37 11.1 28 9.3 13.8 4.2 NE March . .... 55 63 72 65 74 84 90 96 101 44 62 61 20 28 40 61 69 78 48 56 69 3.8 2.6 3.2 10 7 10 2.1 1.4 1.7 6.4 6.9 3.8 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 W. April SW. May SW. Spring mean 63 74 62 9.6 27 5.2 16.1 0.1 SVv' June 79 81 80 89 91 89 103 105 106 68 71 70 47 64 56 81 83 85 74 77 77 4.3 6.1 6.7 12 13 13 2. 9 1 3. 8 0.0 ""'o.'o' 0.0 0.0 SW. July 5.0 6.0 5.5 9.6 SW. August SW. 80 90 70 17.1 38 13.9 18.9 0.0 SW 74 63 54 84 74 65 104 92 85 65 53 44 42 32 21 79 68 60 72 60 4» 3.6 3.1 2.3 8 7 7 5.2 4.4 1.7 1.5 1.5 1.7 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 3.3 NE. October NE. November NE. Fall mean 64 74 64 89 22 11.3 4.7 0.2 NE 64 74 106 53 - 2 40.7 115 39.7 63.5 4.6 10.2 SW Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximmn 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Feb. 25; Deo. 28-30.... Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb: 7- 10, 13, 14; Dee. 4, 6, 31- Jan. 4, 5; Feb. ^8, 21, 22; Dec. 4, 6, 26. June 13; Aug. 10. June 1-3. July 29, 30; Aug. 10; Sept. 18. July 1-3; Sept. 16. May 30. June 7-10; July 14-17; Aug. 4. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-4, 30; Feb. 1,2, 18, 19, 25. Feb. 21, 24; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 16-18, 20-22. Jan. 4-6, 13; Feb. 6; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 13; Feb. 18; Nov. 22, 28; Dec. 27. Aug. 8-10, 12, 13, 16, 18-22, 29; Sept. 13. July 25. July 4-7. 1898 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 2-4; Dec. 14. Jan. 2; Feb. 9, 10, 12- 15; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 30,31. 314 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH CAROLINA. High Hills of Santee Region: SUMTER COUNTY. Station: STATEBURQ. W. W. Anderson, M. D., Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in February, 1881. Latitude, 33° 55' N. Longitude, 80° 23' W. Elevation,^500 feet.] The old village of Stateburg is situated on a spur of the noted range of hills called "The High Hills of Santee.'' In its topographical features the region is peculiar. In the briefest words it may be described as a miniature range of mountains forming a perfect dividing ridge for the distance of 30 to 40 miles between the Wateree River on the west and the Black and Pocotaligo rivers on the east. The thermometers used were of standard pattern, but the early exposure was not satisfactory. From August, 1887, maximum and minimum thermometers of Weather Bureau pattern were used. The rain gage used from 1881 to February, 1893, was a 9-inch conical gage, having a 5-inch receiver, and was made by- Benjamin Pike. It was located about 35 feet southwest of the dwelling, in an open space having a diameter of about 60 feet and surrounded on all sides, except toward the dwelling, by trees varying from 25 to 35 feet in height. In February, 1893, a standard Weather Bureau gage was received and set on the surface of the ground, in the center of the garden, 60 feet or more from the nearest tree or building. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Anndal Means, February 1, 1881, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 pi I. ■s-s § i s . li s < © 3' o 1 o m t4 Bo E-i 1 Snow. Months. IS i 3 December. 47 45 49 "F. 56 54 67 "F. IS 78 80 'F, 38 37 40 'F. 6 12 3 °F. 57 64 57 "F. 43 38 37 In. 3.0 3.4 4.2 8 9 9 In. 2.5 2.6 7.5 In. 2.0 2.9 7.3 In. 0.2 1.0 3.9 In. "■'i.o' 14.7 E. January SW. E. 47 56 38 10.0 26 6.5 12.2 5.1 E. March 55 62 72 66 73 82 87 91 101 46 53 62 20 32 44 62 68 77 48 57 66 3.7 3.1 3.3 10 8 8 4.4 1.4 3.1 4.2 3.0 1.7 T. 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 SW April May s. SW. Spring mean 63 74 54 10.1 26 8.9 8.9 T. SW. June July 77 79 78 87 88 87 100 104 105 68 72 71 53 69 68 80 84 86 72 75 74 4.9 5.0 5.4 12 12 14 5.4 4.8 2.1 18.4 3.6 7.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. SW. Summer mean 78 87 70 15.3 38 12.3 29.5 0.0 SW. September 74 61 54 82 73 64 99 89 84 . 66 55 46 42 33 21 80 70 61 70 59 51 3.2 3.1 2.1 8 7 7 2.0 2.0 0.9 4.8 O.0 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E. E. E. 64 73 56 8.4 22 4.9 9.4 0.0 E . 63 72 105 54 3 44.4 112 32.6 60.0 6.1 14.7 SW Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. MinimiiTn below 22°. Maximum 100° or above Dec. 28-30 None. Do. Do. July 1. May 31; June 14. July 1,4, 15,17; Aug. 3-5. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-4,30; Feb. 1,2, 18, 19, 25. Feb. 24; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 16-18, 20-22. Jan. 4-6, 13; Feb. 6; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 13; Feb. 18; Nov. 27; Dec. 27. July 22; Aug. 8-14, 18, 19-22, 29. None. July 4-7, 17. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb. 7-10, 13, 14. Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 17, 18, 21; Dec. 4,25. Jan 28 29 1898 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 2; Dec. 14. Jan. 2; Feb. 9, 11-15; Mar. 7,8; Dec. 30,31. None. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. SOUTH CAROLINA. The " Ridge " Section: EDQEPIELD COUNTY. Station: TRENTON. , C. A. Long, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau in May, 1893. Latitude, 33° 46' N. Longitude, 81° 45' W. Elevation, 620 feet.) 315 and This station is situated about 2 miles northwest of the town of Trenton, on a ridge that begins near Augusta, Ga., extends northeastward to Columbia, S. C, and that has a more or less gradual slope toward the east and west. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter, on a frame 6 feet above the ground. The outside dimensions of the shelter are 30 inches long by 20 inches wide and 30 inches in height, with a double roof that allows free circulation of air between. The thermometers are fastened a little farther back than midway of the shelter and the bulbs are elevated 7 feet above the ground, which is sodded under the shelter. The rain gage is of standard Weather Bureau pattern and is located in a garden with its top 4 feet above the sod. The gage is distant 42 feet from the nearest fence and 96 feet from the dwelling; there are no large trees near it. Tabulated data are for the period of observation May 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903, and the daily means were obtained from the tridaily readings from May, 1893, to January, 1894, inclusive, and from the daily extremes for the time following. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 > s i 1 i a 1 ■a 1 it 1 is t s| IS 1 1^ S =i 2; as ©■a s« ■^5 . ■a '-I 6-1 Snow. Months. © < a o a December 47 47 47 "F. 55 54 56 "F. 72 73 75 "F. 39 38 38 "F. 8 9 - 4 "F. 61 62 62 "F. 46 42 41 In. ,3.5 3.6 7.0 8 10 9 In. 3.3 3.6 8.7 In. 5.7 3.9 3.5 In. 0.9 0.4 2.6 In. 4.8 3.0 7.3 w. w. w. 47 55 38 L. 14.1 27 16.6 13.1 3.9 w. 57 63 73 66 72 83 87 91 98 49 63 64 21 33 42 62 70 78 63 58 70 4.1 3.8 2.7 10 8 7 2.3 2.0 1.8 4.3 6.7 5.9 T. 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 s. April s. M^y s. Spring mean. 64 74 65 10.6 25 6.1 16.9 T. p. June 79 81 80 88 89 88 99 104 101 70 73 72 53 58 60 81 84 84 75 78 79 4.8 5.7 6.6 10 11 11 3.5 8.8 2.9 7.2 3.3 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. August s. 80 • 88 72 11. 1 32 16.2 18.6 0.0 s. September. . 76 65 56 84 73 64 98 87 79 6/ 57 48 48 32 24 80 69 62 72 62 61 3.7 3.6 3.0 5 5 6 3.6 0.8 3.1 7.2 2.9 1.1 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. s. E. S. 66 74 57 1 10.3 16 7.6 11,2 T. S. 64 73 104 56 - 4 62.1 100 44.4 69.7 3.9 7.3 S. Dates op Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximimi 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 28-30 None. Do. Po. Do. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1^,30 Feb. 24; Deo. 16-18, 21, 22. Jan. 4, 6, 12-14; Feb. 3-5, 11; Deo. 27, 28. Jan. 13; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 27. Aug. 9, 20, 22. None. July 4-6, 10. July 27; Aug. 28 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1, 13, 14; reb.7-10, 13, 14. Jan. 6; Feb. 18,21 Jan. 28-30 1898 Jan. 2; Feb. 2 1899 Feb. 9, 12-16; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 30. • 316 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH CAROLINA. Sand Hill Region: AIKEN COUNTY. Station: AIKEN. C. F. McGahan, Observer. • [Established by Dr. W. H. Geddings in January, 1873. Latitude, 33° 32' N. Longitude, 81° 34' W. Elevation, 565 feet.] This station is in a village located on a sand ridge that stretches across the State from the Savannah River near Augusta, Ga., to the intersection of the North Carolina line by the Great Pedee River. These hills attain their highest elevation in Aiken, with the exception of a place in Lexington County that is nearly 200 feet higher. The ridge on which the town is located forms the watershed between the Savannah and the Edisto rivers. The thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau instrument shelter, 5 feet above the ground and 45 feet distant from the nearest building, in an open, unshaded space that affords free circulation of air. The raiu gage, of standard Weather Bureau pattern, is 30 feet west of the house in an open lot; the top of the gage is 3 feet above ground. The thermometers are standard Weather Bureau instruments. MoniBlt, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1873, to December 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Months. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with O.Ol or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Rela- tive, 7 a.m. Rela- tive, 9 p.m. °F. 48 45 50 op 57 53 59 °F. 75 78 82 "F. 39 36 41 °F. 3 6 5 "F. 58 56 58 "F. 42 38 39 In. 3.1 4.1 41 7 8 7 In. 4.2 4.3 1.9 In. 4.5 4.0 5.9 F.ct. 70 68 69 F.ct. 64 67 February 63 48 56 39 11.3 22 10.4 14.4 69 65 54 63 72 63 73 82 84 91 97 44 54 63 20 27 40 62 6/ 76 48 57 64 4.6 3.2 3.8 7 6 6 0.6 1.6 2.3 7.9 1.6 6.7 65 66 66 58 April 57 60 Spring mean 63 73 54 11.6 19 4.5 16.2 66 5S June July August 78 79 78 86 87 86 101 101 102 70 70 71 46 50 56 83 86 83 74 76 76 4.3 4.8 6.4 8 9 11 1.8 3.5 6.5 5.4 4.2 5.9 71 70 75 65 67 70 Summer mean 78 86 70 15.5 28 1 11.8 15.5 12 67 73 63 55 81 72 64 94 90 84 64 54 45 44 32 19 80 71 59 70 60 50 4.7 3.1 2.7 6 6 6 5.7 1.5 2.9 12.1 5.5 2.2 78 72 69 71 November 64 Fall mean 64 72 54 10.5 18 10.1 19.8 73 67 63 72 102 64 3 48.9 87 36.8 65.9 70 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below 2i degrees.— Dee. 29, 30, 1894; Jan. 1, 12, 13; Feb. 7-10, 12-14, 1895; Jan. 5, 12-14; Feb. 5, 11, 18; Dee. 26, 27, 1902- Jan 13 Feb. 17, 18; Nov. 19, 27, 28; Dec. 3, 11, 27, 1903. SOUTH ATLANTIC AKD EAST GULF STATES. 317 SOUTH CAROLINA. Upper Pine Belt: BARNWELL COUNTY. Station: BLACKVILLE. G. D. C. Lange, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in May, 1884. Latitude, 33° 21' N. Longitude, 81° 25' W. Elevation, 295 feet.] Blackville is situated on the watershed between the South Edisto and Saltkahatchie rivers. The surrounding country is rolling, but very nearly level. The station is located in the center of the town. The maximum and minimum thermometers in use since the station was opened have been of the standard Weather Bureau pattern, and have been exposed in a standard pattern shelter, made of lattice, with solid floor and double roof, allowing a free circulation of air. The shelter is placed on four posts high enough to bring the instruments on a level with the eye of the observer. The rain gage is 5 feet north of the instrument shelter and fastened to a post of a 5-foot high fence, bringing the top of the gage about 5 feet and 6 inches above the ground. The mean temperature values have always been obtained from the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. MONXHLY, Seasonal, and Annual Means, May 25, 1884, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Preoipitation. 1 1 K S a i a J S § 1 e < % w QJ % o oj hi 3Sa a S So i| O O a* Snow. >■ S Month. M . ■"ft off o f s Deceu Janua Febrt 'F. 46 46 46 "F. 68 55 68 "F. 80 80 79 "F. 36 35 34 "F. 14 12 - 3 °F. 60 51 62 °F. 41 42 38 In. 3.7 3.1 .5.0 8 9 9 In. 4.7 2.4 8.3 In. 2.6 5.0 6.5 In. 0.1 0.2 0.1 In. 1.4 1.8 6.6 NW. ry NE. ary. NW. Winter mean 46 57 35 11.8 26 15.4 14.1 0.4 NW. Marol April May. 1. . . . 57 62 73 68 75 86 91 95 102 46 49 61 19 29 42 62 69 78 62 1 3.7 57 3.5 71 1 3.7 10 10 8 1.6 2.1 1.5 2.0 2.4 1.7 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 NE. SW. NE. Spring mean 64 76 62 10.9 28 5.2 6.1 T. NE. Jane. July. Augu 80 82 80 91 92 90 103 106 104 68 70 70 42 57 54 83 84 84 76 79 77 5.5 6.2 5.9 14 14 15 5.6 6.7 2.7 8.6 3.4 7.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NE. SW. St SW. 81 91 69 16.6 43 16.0 19.9 0.0 SW. Septe Ootol Nove 75 64 56 85 76 67 100 95 85 65 52 44 42 30 19 79 69 60 71 60 62 4.0 3.1 2.0 9 7 5 1.1 0.4 1.4 2.5 9.6 2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.* 0.0 NE. NE. NE. Fall mean. 65 76 54 9.1 21 2.9 14.6 0.0 NE. 64 75 105 62 - 3 48.4 118 38.5 64.7 0.4 6.6 NE. Dates of Tempebatoee Extremes fo R THE Period January 1, 1894, t o Deo ::mber 31, 190 3. Year. Minimum below 22°. Max mum 100° or abc )ve. Year . Minimum below 22°. Maxim am 100° or above 1894 June 13. June 1-4, 2, June 27, 29; June 15. 19. 5. Aug. 1, 11, 12; S 26, 28; Julv 1-3. ept. 19. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-4, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 18, 19. Feb. 2, 4, 25; Deo. 17-19, 21-23. Jan. 13-15; Dee. 27-29. Jan. 13. 14: Feb. 18. July? July 1 May 4 July 2 8; Aug , 25, 26. June 3 7, 28; Al 10, 11, 1 0; July g. 26, 27 9-24. 1-7; Auf 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1, 13; Feb. 7-11, 13, 14; Deo. 4-8. Jan. 2,4-6; Feb. 18, 19, 21-23; Dec. 26. Jan. 28-30 :. ;. 21. 1898 1899 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 2-5.... Feb. 9, 12-16; Dec. 30, 31. Mas 21 Jun ' 30, 31; , 22. e 9-11, le June 10- ; July 1 13, 27-30 8,18. July 1, 2 19; Nov. 28; Dee. 27. 318 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH CAROLINA. Lower Pine Belt: BERKELEY COUNTY. Station: TRIAL. Etseil Gaillard, Observer. [Eatablished by the Signal Service in July, 1886. Latitude, 33° 25' N. Longitude, 80° 18' W. Elevation, 85 leet.] This station is located 53 miles from the coast and 2J miles south of the Santee River. The surrounding country is level. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter 125 feet south of the dwelling of the observer. The door of the shelter opens toward the north, and the height of the shelter from the sod is 5 feet. The rain gage is located in an open space, and is free from any interference by large trees or buildings. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground; there is a low picket fence within 30 feet of the gage, but otherwise the surroundings are open for over 100 feet. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903, and the daily means were obtained from the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 s s id i s . |i o 1 o 11 i |l o 1-1 a ng o « a^ Snow. Month. 1* 5 December 49 46 48 60 58 58 'F. 85 82 82 °F. 38 35 37 "F. 10 9 - 3 "F. 54 54 54 41 41 40 In. 3.0 3.5 42 6 8 8 In. 2.4 2.9 4.0 In. 5.0 0.9 0.6 In. 0.1 0.1 1.7 In. 1.0 0.4 8.0 w. w. NW. 48 59 37 10.7 22 9.3 6.5 1.9 w. MarcU 55 61 70 67 73 82 90 92 97 45 50 59 13 26 38 62 69 76 50 54 67 3.6 2.5 4.5 8 7 8 3.3 3.1 6.7 3.1 5.4 6.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. April SW.I Ifay sw. Spring mean 62 74 51 10.6 23 13.1 14.8 0.0 sw. 76 79 78 84 88 88 99 103 101 66 70 69 43 54 56 82 82 80 73 75 73 5 8 6.2 7.7 12 12 13 10.0 1.1 3.9 7.2 9.6 15.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July sw. August w. 78 87 68 19.7 37 15.0 32.0 0.0 w. September October . 72 63 56 84 75 69 101 91 92 64 52 43 39 13 77 68 64 69 58 62 3.9 3.1 2.5 8 6 6 2.6 0.5 1.3 3.0 4.9 6.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NE. NE. NW. 64 76 63 9.5 20 '4.4 14.0 0.0 NE. 63 74 103 52 - 3 50.5 102 41.8 67.3 1.9 8.0 sw Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Peb. 6; Dec. 28-30.... Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb. 7-10,13,14; Dec. 6, 7. Jan. 2, 5, 6; Feb. 18, 21, 22; Dec. 26. Jan. 28-30 None. Do. Sept. 18. None. Do. Do. Aug. 20. Jan. 14, 18, 20, 26, 29; Feb. 1,2, 6. 21, 24, 25; Mar. 7; Nov. 16, 18, 21,29; Dec. 8,17,18, 20-23. Jan. 5-7, 12-14, 18; Feb. 5, 10, 11, 13; Mar. 18-20; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 9, 13, 16; Feb. 18; Nov. 28, 30; Dec. 4, 7, 8, 12, 18, 19. None. July 1, 4-7. None. 1898 1899 1900 Jan. 2; Feb. 2, 4 Jan. 2, 8; Feb. 9, 12-15; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 27, 29-31. Jan. 1-4,28-31; Feb.l, 18-20, 25, 26; Dec. 17, 18. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 319 SOUTH CAROLINA. Coast Region: CHARLESTON COUNTY. Station: CHARLESTON. "L. N. JESUNOFSKY, Local Forcaster. [Established by the Signal Service in Novejiber, 1870. Latitude, 32° 47' N. Longitude, 79° 56' W. Elevation, 10 feet.] Charleston, S. C, with a mean elevation of 9 feet above mean high tide, is situated on a narrow strip of mainland ranging in width from three-fourths of a mile in the southern section to 2 miles in the northern section and 6 miles in length, commonly called the "Charleston Neck," between the Ashley and Cooper rivers, is within 3 miles of the Atlantic Ocean. The Carolina Savings Bank Building was occupied from January 1, 1873, to January 31, 1897. On February 1, 1897, quarters were taken in the United States custom-house. Both locations, the old and new, are in the eastern and lower portion of the city. On February 1, 1897, the instruments were removed to the custom-house paA, in the double-roofed slat-work shelter. The elevation of the thermometers above the sod is 14.4 feet. The rain gage, snow gage, anemometer, wind vane, and sunshine recorder, in their new location, are erected on a large board platform upon the apex of the United States custom- house, and the elevation of each is recorded as follows: Height of the top of the rain gage above the roof, 3 feet, above the ground, 76 feet; anemometer cups, above roof, 19 feet, above ground, 92 feet; wind vane, above roof, 21 feet, above ^ound, 94 feet; sunshine recorder, above roof, 5 feet, above ground, 77 feet. These instruments are well exposed, the building upon which they are located being more than 400 feet distant from and 20 feet higher than any other structure in the neighborhood. The length of record is as follows: For temperature, from January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. For frost, from January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Previous to January 1, 1889, a minimum temperature of 32° and a clear sky were recorded as a killing frost. For rainfall, from January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. For snowfall, from January 1, 1885, to December 31, 1903. For days with 0.01 inch or more of precipitation, from January 1, 1877, to December 31, 1903 For wind, prevailing direction of, January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. ■ Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. C C- § S a 1 si 1 1 ai •a 1 , |a t |s S g S| o 1-1 1 ■a =i III 2; iS Eh Snow. ■ B 00 i •a 1 a 03 00 i 3 1 < a p. 00 > a ft 00 1 g XI 1 o If Month. *^S o o f 5 61 50 52 69 67 60 "F. 78 80 80 op 44 43 45 "F. 13 10 7 "F. 60 69 61 °F. 44 43 41 In. 3.2 3.6 3.4 9 10 10 In. 1.8 2.2 3.6 In. 6.8 0.6 2.4 In. T. T. T. In. 0.6 1.9 3.2 P.ct. 80 79 79 Grs. 2.93 2.80 3.00 p.ct. 76 76 76 Grs. 3.32 3.06 3.28 Ht. 165 165 140 p.ct. 50 51 48 N. N. sw. Winter mean. . 51 58 44 10.2 29 7.6 8.8 T. 79 2.91 75 3.22 160 50 sw. - March 68 65 73 65 72 80 86 89 98 60 57 66 24 32 45 64 70 77 62 59 69 3.8 3.2 3.6 10 8 9 2.4 1.6 4.3 2.5 4.9 3.8 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 80 75 75 3.62 4.61 6.18 76 74 75 3.96 4.70 6.38 186 240 279 63 63 66 sw. April sw. May- sw. Spring mean 66 72 68 10.6 27 8.3 11.2 T. 77 4.80 76 6.01 235 61 sw. 79 82 81 86 88 87 100 104 100 73 76 76 51 64 62 83 85 84 76 79 78 5.4 7.4 7.3 11 12 14 1.2 6.6 5.0 16.0 11.3 5.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 79 82 7.67 8.38 8.43 79 80 81 8.27 8.76 8.86 270 248 -217 61 64 51 sw. July sw. August sw. 81 87 75 20.1 37 11.7 31.4 0.0 80 8.16 80 8.63 246 55 sw. 76 67 68 82 74 66 96 93 83 70 60 51 49 39 23 80 72 63 72 62 53 5.6 4.0 3.0 10 8 8 0.4 0.9 0.8 11.3 14.3 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 80 80 6.98 5.08 3.75 79 76 76 7.63 6.33 4.17 210 186 186 67 65 58 NE. NE. NE. Fall mean 67 74 60 12.5 26 2.1 27.0 0.0 81 5.27 77 5.71 194 57 NE 66 73 104 60 7 53.4 119 29.7 78.4 T. 3.2 79 5.29 77 6.64 206 56 sw. Dates of Tempekatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 27; Feb. 5, 16, 25; Dec. 27, 28-30. Jan. 1, 13-15; Feb. 7-16; Dec. 4, 6, 14, 31. Jan. 4-6; Feb. 17, 18, 20-22; Dec. 3, 4, 25, 26. Jan. 27-31 Aug. 9, 10; Sept. 10. June 1, 2; July 10; Aug. 19. May 12; July 30; Aug. 3, 9. June 14, 25, 30; July 1, 2. May 29, 30; July 17-20. May 18; Jime 14, 15; July 29; Aug. 3-7, 18, 26; Sept. 7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-4. 29-31; Feb. 1, 2, 17-19, 25. Jan. 19, 26; Feb. 1, 21, 23-25; Mar. 6,7; Nov. 17; Dec. 16-23. Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 6, 9-11, 14, 18; Mar. 19; Dec. 26-28. Jan. 9, 12-14; Feb. 17, 18; Nov. 27, 28, 30; Dec. 1, 18, 26, 27. July 6, 7; Aug. 8, 9, 13, 14, 17, 18, 20, June 25. June 26-30; July 1, 4-6; Aug. 20, 21. July 19; Aug. 27-29. 21 1898 1899 Jan. 2,3; Feb. 1-4,22; Nov. 27; Dec. 10. Jan. 2; Feb. 8, 9, 11-15; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 26, 29-31. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 21 320 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH CAROLINA. Coast Region, Sea Island Section: BEAUFORT COUNTY. Station: BEAUFORT. S. M. Benton, Observer. [BstaHished by the Signal Service in May, 1889. Latitude, 32° 24' N. Longitude, 80° 46' W. Elevation, 28 feet.l This station is located on the western side of Port Royal Island, 7 miles from the town of Beaufort, and on the eastern shore of Broad River, an arm of the sea that at this point is a channel nearly 2 miles in width. The opposite shore (on the mainland) is 4J miles distant; the rest of the distance between the station and Beaufort is made up of salt marshes and intervening smaller channels. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter furnished by the Weather Bureau. The rain gage is placed in an open spot, 150 feet east of the observer's house, and 60 feet from the nearest tree. The top of the gage is 4 feet above the ground. Until June 1, 1893, the temperature record consisted of the readings of a dry-bulb thermometer, made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. The daily mean was obtained in the usual way. After June 1, 1893, the monthly mean was calculated from the daily extremes. During the first-named period the readings may possibly have failed to show the extremes of heat and cold. The precipitation record begins in August, 1886, but until May, 1889, when the measurements were made by a standard gage, the record is of doubtful value. Capt. Henry D. Elliott was observer until January, 1899, when he was succeeded by the present observer. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, May 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. g s i a . a C 1 ^ |i o < eg S a§ ■ga i 3 CO U, &° ■si u I'Sa z a„ Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. > g Month. i "ft g i 1 03 u 1 i - B . 4 B 1 1. O 1 a h B§ IS 1 i ^1 P ■^ (D °* N a §1 Si a ? ofig, Snow. a 00 1 1 a 00 s a Pi 00 1 a 00 1 g > -< i o . Pi Month. i 5 44 42 46 °F. 53 50 54 'F. 72 75 78 "F. 36 35 37 °F. 1 _2 -8 "F. 57 54 55 "F. 40 36 34 In., 4.4 6.3 6.2 10 13 In. 1.4 3.1 3.0 In. 5.4 3.9 5.9 In. 1.1 0.6 1.4 In. 6.3 7.0 6.6 P.ct. 81 82 80 Grs. 2.39 2.17 2.20 F.ct. 69 70 66 Ors. 2.63 2.39 2.42 158 151 167 62 48 64 NW. NW. NW. 44 52 36 14.9 34 7.6 15.2 3.0 81 2.25 68 2.46 159 61 NW. March 52 61 70 61 70 79 83 89 94 43 52 60 8 25 38 58 66 76 47 55 66 6.9 3.7 3.3 12 10 9 3.3 0.6 2.0 8.2 1.3 6.9 T. T. 0.0 0.6 0.1 0.0 80 74 73 2.83 3.62 4. 86 63 58 56 3.05 3.64 4.42 197 266 312 53 66 72 NW. April - . . NW. May- NW. Spring mean 61 70 52 12.9 31 6.9 16.4 T. 76 3.77 59 3.67 255 63 NW. June 76 78 77 8.5 87 85 98 100 96 67 70 63 39 68 66 80 80 81 71 75 74 4.0 4.8 4.6 11 12 13 2.7 7.6 2.0 4.7 1.8 3.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 82 85 5.84 7.62 7.33 63 69 71 6.99 7.54 7.30 303 274 253 70 62 61 NW. July NW. August NW. 77 86 60 13.3 36 12.3 10.4 0.0 82 6.93 68 7.28 277 64 NW. 72 62 52 81 71 60 97 91 82 64 54 43 43 30 16 76 67 68 69 57 48 3.0 2.3 3.5 8 7 9 1.4 1.3 5.9 14.3 4.0 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 78 80 6.88 3.91 2.83 67 61 66 6.88 4.00 3.09 250 235 183 67 67 59 E. NW. NW. 62 71 54 1 8.8 24 8.6 23.0 0.0 80 4.21 65 4.32 223 64 NW. Annnfll mpnTi 61 70 100 52 -8 1 49.9 125 34.3 65.0 3.0 7.0 80 4.29 65 4.43 228 61 NW. 1 Dates of Tempeeatiiee Extremes for the Period January!, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 28, 29 June 29, 30. June 1, 2. July 29-31; Aug 12; Sept. 18. June 26, 27, 30; July 1, 2, 4; Aug. 28; Sept. 15, 16. June 9, 30; July 1. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14; Mar. 7.... Feb. 17, 18 June 21, 22; July 15-17; Aug. 21, 22; 1895 1896 Jan. 13; Feb. 7-9, 13 . . . Feb 21 Sept. 7. Aug. 9-11, 22. 1897 Jan 27 29 Deo. 18, 21. June 25; July 11, 12, 26. None June 12; July 2, 4-9; Aug. 4, 14, 16,19-21. 1898 do 332 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. QEORQIA. Central Division: NEWTON COUNTY. Station: COVINGTON. J. M. Deaeing, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in June, 1893. Latitude, 33° 34' N. Longitude, 83° 60' W. Elevation, 800 feet.] This station is located in the suburbs of the town of Covington, about one-haK mile southeast of its center, and has the advantages of the open country. The general contour of the country is rolling, with alternating hiUs and valleys. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, which is located in an open garden, about 100 feet from the residence of the observer. The thermometers are about 8 feet above the ground, the shelter being attached to a fence. The rain gage is in the middle of the garden, 40 feet from a fence, and free from obstructions of any kind. Its top is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures for this station have been computed from the means of the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. Monthly, Seasonal, AND Annual Means, July 1,1893, to December 31,1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 44 42 42 "F. 55 52 52 °F. 73 73 78 "F. 34 33 32 "F. 6 6 -10 'F. 47 48 47 "F. 42 39 35 In. 4.0 4.1 6.5 7 9 9 In. 3.1 2.5 6.3 In. 7.7 2.4 10.6 In. 0.7 0.2 2.1 In. 4.0 January 1.6 February . 6.0 43 53 t 33 14.6 26 11.9 20.6 3.0 March 54 61 73 65 73 85 84 92 98 44 50 61 10 30 39 59 66 76 51 56 68 5.2 4.2 2.7 9 8 8 7.6 4.3 1.0 3.4 7.5 2.2 T. 0.0 0.0 0.2 April 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 63 74 i 52 12.1 25 12.9 13.1 T. June. 78 80 79 89 91 90 103 104 105 66 70 69 46 58 54 80 83 83 73 78 76 3.8 5.0 6.4 10 11 10 2,7 3.5 6.4 14.8 4.1 5.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 79 90 68 15.2 31 11.6 24.1 0.0 September 74 63 52 85 74 64 102 91 82 62 61 41 39 30 17 76 67 58 72 58 48 3.0 3.0 2.8 6 6 5 1.0 3.0 1.3 4.1 1.9 3.7 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 October . 0.0 November . T. 63 74 51 8.8 17 6.3 9.7 T 62 73 105 51 -10 60.7 98 42.7 67.5 3.0 6.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 29 June 28, 29. None. Do. June 24, 26, 27, 30; July 1,2, 4. June 30. June 3, 8. 9, 15, 16, 20-22; July 12-19; Aug. 9-13, 18,20-22; Sept. 4, 6, 7, 9. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1; Feb. 17 Dec. 21.. . . July 23; Aug. 3, 9, 11,12,18,29. 1896 Jan. 1,13; Feb. 7-9, 14. June 26; July 11, 12,25,26. June 12, 30; July 1, 2, 4-8, 10, 17; Aug 20, 21. 1897 Jan 27-29 do 1898 None. 1899 Feb. 8, 13-15; Mar. 6... SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 333 GEORGIA. Eastern District: RICHMOND COUNTY. Station: AUGUSTA. D. FiSHEK, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in November, 1870. Latitude, 33° 28' N. Longitude, 81° 64' W. Elevation, 139 leet. The following buildings have been occupied since the establishment of the station: November 1, 1870, 17 Mcintosh street, elevation, 173 feet; May 15, 1872, comer Broad and Mclnt6sh streets, elevation, 173 feet; December 1, 1878, 735 and 737 Reynolds street, elevation, 185.4 feet; May 1, 1891, third floor United States Government building, elevation, 179.5 feet. The station is supplied with a complete equipment of meteorological instruments, all of which are exposed from the tower roof of the United States Government building, 78 feet from the ground, except the self-recording rain gage, which is located upon the main roof, 54 feet above ground. The shelter is elevated 10 feet above the tower roof. The city of Augusta is situated on the south side of the Savannah River, at the head of river navigation. The city is 268 miles from the mouth of the river, and lies in a deep valley entirely encircled by high hills, which range in altitude from 200 to 300 feet, except that from southeast to south the boundary land is not so high, but is, however, somewhat elevated above the city. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Snowfall, thirty-one years, 1873-1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1888-1903; sunshine, two years, April, 1902, to December, 1903; wind direction, thirty-one years, 1873-1903; mean temperature and mean precipitation, thirty-two years; 1872-1903; all maximum and minimum temperature data, twenty- nine years, 1875-1903; frost, thirty-one years, 1873-1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. bo rt g Pi i e , si 3 S 1 < a g 1 P a Is 1 la la >> a| ■ga 3 1 NO |.a «1 hi II Snow. 00 > a 00 o ,2 ■< a ft 00 a ft 00 1 s < S 3 O 1 > o 6 p 1 > s ' 0) IS « rt o o f 5 'F. 48 47 50 °F. 58 56 60 "F. 78 80 84 "F. 38 38 40 7 6 3 "F. 57 56 68 °F. 40 39 38 In. 3.4 4.2 4.6 9 11 10 In. 1.2 7.8 3.0 In. 4.0 3.4 7.2 In. 0.3 0.1 0.5 In. 1.5 3.0 6.7 F.ct. 84 83 82 Grs. 2.47 2.32 2.63 P.ct. 69 67 04 Ors. 2.69 2.39 2.92 179 166 170 68 49 55 W. W. W. 48 56 64 72 68 67 83' 89 93 100 39 45 53 61 12.1 4.9 3.6 3.3 30 12~ 8 9 12.0 4.6 1.3 3.0 14.6 7.8 6.2 3.9 0.9 T. 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 S3 80 76 75 2.44 3.17 3.92 5.23 67 60 66 67 2.C3 3.24 3.85 5.33 1C8 179 281 312 64 48 72 72 W. w. w. SE. 14 29 41 62 69 77 51 66 65 April K&y Spring mean 64 75 53 11.8. 29 8.9 17.9 T. 77 4.11 57 4.14 257 64 W. 79 81 80 89 91 89 103 106 105 69 71 71 46 57 58 83 86 84 75 78 78 4.6 5.2 6.6 11 12 13 4.8 4.1 2.6 3,3 5.4 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 82 85 7.30 7.97 7.80 65 70 74 6.77 7.92 7.98 323 350 292 76 SO 71 s. SE. NE. July Summer mean 80 90 70 16.4 36 11.4 15.5 0.0 ■82 7.69 70 7.66 322 76 SE. 75 65 65 84 75 65 101 94 85 66 64 44 41 32 22 80 71 60 72 60 60 3.7 2.6 3.0 7 6 8 5.5 0.3 1.3 6.8 1.1 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 84 82 86 6.66 4.23 3.07 69 69 69 6.46 4.47 3.47 272 248 164 74 70 52 65 NE. NE. NW. Fall mean . 66 75 55 9.2 21 7.1 10.1 0.0 84 4.65 69 4.80 228 NE. 64 74 105 64 3 48.5 116 39.4 68.1 0.9 6.7 82 4.72 66 4.78 244 66 W. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period December 1, 1894, to December 31, 1E03. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 28-30. None. Do. July 29, 30; Aug. 10; Sept. 18. June 30; July 1-3. None. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2^, 30; Feb. 1, 17, 18. Feb. 24; Dec. 16-18, 20-22. Dec. 27, 28 July 15; Aug. 19-21. None. June 30; July 1, 4-7; Aug. 21. 1895 1896 Dec. 4,6, 7; Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb. 7-10, 13, 14. Deo. 26; Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 18, 21, 22. Jan. 27-30 1897 Jan. 13; Feb. 18; Nov. 28; Deo. 27. 1898 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 2, 4 Dec. 30; Feb. S, 9, 12- 15; Mar. 7, 8. 334 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. GEORGIA. Central Division: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: HARRISON. A. W. J. Wood, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in July, 1898. Latitude, 32° 47' N. Longitude, 82° 44' W. Elevation, 245 leet.] This station is at the country seat of the observer, about IJ miles from the town of Harrison. The surface of the sur- rounding country is moderately undulating, consisting of numerous ridges, between which run very small streams varying in length from 1 to 3 miles. These smaU streams or "branches'' run from west to east and from east to west, forming larger streams, which in turn empty into various jivers. , The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter of standard pattern, on the north side of the observer's residence, about 8 feet above the ground, under a large sycamore tree. The shelter is over sod and has unobstructed ventilation. The rain gage is about 60 feet from the house, in an open space, free from obstructions of any kind. The top of the gage is 5 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures for this station have been obtained from the means of the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, August 1, 1898, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year.- Total amount for the wetttst year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 46 46 47 "F. 57 56 67 "F. 74 73 80 9F. 35 36 37 "F. 10 12 - 2 "F. 50 48 61 'F. 43 44 44 In. 3.4 3.2 6.0 8 9 10 In. 3.0 6.7 6.4 In. 2.0 4.2 5.6 In. 1.1 0.5 2.6 In. 4.0 2.5 7.0 46 57 36 12.6 27 15.1 11.8 4.1 57 61 73 68 73 85 86 91 96 47 48 61 18 30 45 62 66 77 53 56 71 5.4 2.9 3.4 10 6 8 2.9 2.6 1.7 6.3 3.6 5.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 M^y 0.0 Spring mean 64 76 52 11.7 24 7.2 15.2 0.0 79 81 81 88 92 90 102 103 101 69 71 72 52 66 63 82 83 83 75 81 79 6.8 4.6 7.9 10 11 10 2.2 3.8 6.0 10.2 3.6 4.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 80 90 71 18.3 31 ' 12.0 18.7 0.0 September October November 75 65 55 85 76 65 96 90 82 65 65 44 40 32 20 78 69 60 73 63 51 2.6 3.1 3.1 7 8 7 0.4 4.0 1.4 4.2 2.9 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 65 75 65 8.8 22 6.8 10.7 0.0 64 74 103 53 - 2 51.4 104 40.1 56.4 4.1 Dates of Tempekature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1899 1900 1901 Feb. 7, 8, 12-15; Mar. 8; Dec. 6, 30. Jan. 1-4; Feb. 1, 2, 17-19. Feb. 21, 24, 25; Mar. 7; Dec. 16-18, 20-22. June 8, 10, 15, 16, 21; July 14-17. Aug. 9-11, 19-22. None. 1902 1903 Jan. 13, 14; Feb. 11; Dec. 27. Jan. 13; Feb. 17-19; Nov. 28; Dec. 27. June 30; July 1, 2, 4-7, 10. None. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 335 GEORGIA. Central Division: TALBOT COUNTY. Station: TALBOTTON. W. T. Dennis, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in February, 1892. Latitude, 32° 46' N. Longitude, 84° 33' W. Elevation, 750 feet.] This station is located within the corporate limits of the town of Talbotton, but its surroundings are such that it is in no wise affected by its proximity to the town, or any large body of timber or mountain ranges. The surrounding country is undulating, or modera'i,ely hilly. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter of standard pattern, attached to a picket fence. The shelter is 4 feet above grass, 35 feet southeast of a two-story frame building, and faces the north. The rain gage is located in an open space 30 feet south of the building, and is free from obstructions of any kind. The height of the top of the gage above ground is 2 feet. The mean temperatures for this station have been computed from the means of the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. The published record covers the period from February 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903, inclusive. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December 46 46 46 "F. 67 66 67 "F. 75 76 79 ■>F. 36 36 36 "F. 7 10 - 6 'F. 50 51 52 "F 42 42 36 In. 4.0 3.9 6.6 7 8 8 In. 4.9 6.1 9.3 In. 3.0 3.8 7.0 In. 0.2 0.3 1.2 In. 2 January 3 February 6 Winter mean 46 67 36 14.5 23 20.3 13.8 1.7 March 57 62 72 67 74 84 86 94 97 46 60 60 17 28 41 60 67 76 53 57 68 6.3 3.6 2.6 10 7 6 4.0 3.6 1.7 7.4 7.4 6.0 0.0 ; 0.0 0. on Mly 0.0 0.0 64 75 52 12.6 23 9.3 20.8 0.0 June . . . 78 79 79 88 90 88 103 105 103 67 69 69 49 65 61 81 82 82 73 77 74 3.4 6.0 5.7 9 12 12 0.4 2.1 3.6 6.8 7.1 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. August. 79 89 68 15.1 33 6.0 16.7 0.0 September.. . 74 64 64 84 75 65 100 90 82 64 63 43 42 29 20 77 68 58 72 61 51 2.8 3.7 3.1 5 6 5 1.8 7.6 2.0 4.6 2.5 1.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 October November . , Fall mean 64 75 63 9.6 16 11.4 8.8 0.0 63 74 106 52 - 6 51.7 95 47.0 60.1 1.7 6.0 Dates of Tempekatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1886 Minimum below 22°. Feb. 16; Mar. 27; Nov. 12; Dec. 28-30. Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb. 7-10, 13, 14, 16-18; Deo. 4, 6, 14, 31. Jan. 4,6; Feb. 18.21,22 Jan. 27-30 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 2-4; Dee. 14. Feb. 8, 9, 12-14; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 30. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. None. 1900 Jan. 1-4, 29, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 17-19. Aug. 10, 11, 19-22; Sept. 4, 12. Do. 1901 Feb. 21, 24, 26; Mar. 6, 7; Dee. 16-22. July 12. ' 1902 Jan. 13, 14; Feb. 3, 10, June 30; July 1-7, 10; Aug. 16, 20, 21. Do. 18; Dec. 27, 28. Do. 1903 Jan. 9, 13; Feb. 16, 17; None. Do. Nov. 19, 27, 28; Deo. 3, 7, 27. June 8, 15, 21, 22; July 13-18; Aug. 12; Sept. 6. 107&— BuU. Q— 06 22 336 OLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. GEORGIA. Central Division: LAURENS COUNTY. Station: DUDLEY. J. H. M. O'SULLIVAN, Observer. [Established by United States Weather Bureau in February, 1896. Latitude, 32° 30' N. Longitude, 83° 7' W. Elevation, unknown.] This station is situated in the northern part of the town of Dudley, and its surroundings have the characteristics of an open, slightly rolling country, the nearest forest being about one-fourth of a mile distant. It is located on the highest point of land in this section. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a regulation shelter about 100 feet south of observer's residence. The shelter is fastened to four posts driven into the groimd. The thermometers are 5 feet above sod. The rain gage is 40 feet west of the shelter and 100 feet south of the residence, which is 20 feet in height. The top the gage is 4 feet above ground. The mean temperatures for this station have been obtained from the means of the maximum and minimum the rmomeuer Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, March 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute mam- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 48 47 48 "F. 68 58 59 "F. 78 77 80 "F. 37 36 38 °F. 12 12 - 3 op 51 52 . 54 °F. 44 44 44 In. 3.8 2.9 6.4 7 7 9 In. 1.9 1.9 8.4 In. 8.1 2.4 10.3 In. 0.4 T. 1.8 In. 2.0 T. 7.2 48 58 37 13.1 23 12.2 20.8 2.2 59 65 75 71 77 88 91 97 100 48 52 62 12 29 41 64 73 79 54 58 71 5.7 3.8 2.9 9 7 7 9.6 4.2 2.8 6.6 4.1 2.6 T. 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 iliay 0.0 Spring mean 66 79 64 12.4 23 16.6 12.3 T. 81 82 82 92 93 92 104 105 103 70 72 72 51 61 58 85 84 86 76 81 79 3.2 5.9 4.7 9 13 11 2.0 5.4 3.0 7.0 6.0 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. 0.0 0.0 82 92 71 13.8 33 10.4 16.1 0.0 77 66 57 88 78 68 101 94 86 66 56 45 35 30 19 80 71 61 74 64 52 3.4 3.6 3.8 5 6 6 0.7 2.5 1.0 1.9 3.6 6.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 Ffl.!! men.Ti 67 78 55 10.8 17 4.2 12.1 0.0 Aimual mean 66 77 105 54 - 3 60.1 96 43.4 61.3 2.2 7 2 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1896 Jan. and Feb. missing; May 18, 31; June 1,24, 26, 29; July 26, 30, 1901 Feb. 21, 24, 25; Mar. 6, May and June missing; July 11, 12, 30. Dee. 26. 31; Aug. 4, 9-13, 23; Sept. 18. 7; Nov. 18; Dec. 16- 1897 Jan. 8, 28-30; Feb. 28.. June 12-15, 18, 19, 23, 25, 27, 28; July 1, 2. 18, 20-22. 1898 Jan. 2; Feb. 2, 4; Nov. 26, 27; Dec. 14. June 3, 4, 10, 11, 30; July 1. 1902 Jan. 5; Feb. 11; Dec. 27,28. July 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 10. 1899 Feb. 9, 12-15; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 6, 29, 30. June 8, 9, 14-16, 21, 22; July 14-17; Aug. 10, 12; Sept. 6, 7, 9, 10. 1903 Feb. 18; Nov. 28; Dec. 7,27. None. 1900 Jan. 1, 2, 4, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 18. Aug. 9, 11, 19-22. 80UTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 337 GEORGIA. Coastal Plain: CHATHAM COUNTY. Station: SAVANNAH. H, B. BoTER, Local Forecaster, [Established by Signal Service in December, 1870. Latitude, 32° 6' N. Longitude, 81° S' \V. Elevation, 40 leet.] Savannah is situated on the south bank of the Savannah River, about 18 miles from the sea. It is on a plateau about 40 feet above the stream, this bluff or plateau being about a mile wide at its eastern end and broadening as it extends westward. Surrounding it the land is low and flat. The river is over 700 feet wide in front of the city. From its establishment and until September 1, 1899, the station was located on Bay street, which runs along that portion of the bluff nearest the river, and while there were several removals during the period mentioned the location rrmaincd essentially the same so far as instrumental exposure was concerned, the office merely having been moved back and forth on the same street. On September 1, 1899, the station was moved to its present location, the United States post-ofSce and court-house building, corner of Bull and President streets. The thermometers are exposed in a standard roof shelter 79 feet above the ground. The present anemometer exposure is decidedly faulty in that a high tower, extending far above the anemometer, is located about 40 feet to the northwest of the instrument platform. This tower exerts a marked influence on the direction and velocity of the wind when blowing from the northwest quadrant. The anemometer cups are 89 feet above the ground. The. rain and snow gages have always been exposed on the roof. Their present elevation is 74 feet above ground. Maximum and minimum temperature data are from thirty years record, 1874-1903; sunshine data, thirteen years, 1891-1903; wind direction from fifteen years; humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data is from the full period of obser- vation, thirty-three years, January 1, 1871 to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperaf ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. > s , 1 a . li o 1 i 1 a ■a Ha o .a a a to M a§ f s g.8 ill 11 u 1=1 SI O OJ III Snow. CO i « 03 00 1 O a p. 00 i a p< oo 1 1 O 6 1 Month. © ^ s a o 1 s 'F. 62 51 54 °F. 61 60 62 61 "F. 80 SO 84 °F. 44 43 45 °F. 12 12 8 "F. 60 60 61 °F. 44 44 43 In. 3.2 3.1 3.3 9 10 10 In. 1.0 3.6 4.2 In. 5.5 6.4 3.1 In. In. T. 1.0 2.0 P.ct. 82 81 80 Grs. 3.01 2.76 3.04 p.ct. 73 72 73 Grs. 3.30 3.04 3.30 5.6 5.3 5.8 56 51 52 NW. January NW. February . NW. 52 44 9.6 29 8.8 15.0 81 2.94 73 3.21 5.6 63 NW. March 69 66 74 68. 75 82 88 90 101 51 57 65 24 33 44 65 70 78 52 61 70 3.7 3.3 2.8 9 8 9 2.3 1.9 2.7 3.1 1.1 4.0 ::;::: 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 76 77 3.62 4.52 6.24 73 71 74 3.92 4.82 6. CO 6.9 8.7 9.3 68 67 67 S. April S. May. . 8. Spring mean 66 75 58 9.8 26 6.9 8.2 78 4.79 73 6.01 8.3 64 S. June 79 82 81 88 90 88 100 105 102 71 74 73 50 63 61 83 85 85 76 78 78 6.1 5.8 7.9 12 13 14 6.8 3.7 6.4 8.1 7.9 14.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 82 84 7.72 8.43 8.37 79 81 83 7.87 8.59 8.53 8.8 8.4 7.8 62 60 58 S. July SW. August SW. 81 89 73 19.8 39 16.9 30.4 82 S.l'^ 81 8.33 8.3 60 SW. September October November 76 67 58 84 75 68 97 92 83 69 59 50 46 37 22 80 73 64 72 62 64 6.7 3.7 2.4 11 7 7 2.1 1.0 1.0 12.0 7.7 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 86 83 83 7.55 5.10 3.76 82 77 75 7.67 5.53 4.17 7.7 7.2 6.3 62 63 60 62 NE. NE. NE. 67 76 59 11.8 25 4.1 20.3 84 5.47 78 5.81 7.1 NE. 66 75 105 58 8 51.0 119 36.7 73.9 2.0 81 5.34 76 5.59 7.3 60 S. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 27; Feb. 6, 16, 17, June 13, 29; Aug. 9-11, 13-17; Sept. 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 8, 9, 12-16; May 12, 17, 18, 21; June 2, 10, 14, 16, 21, 25; Mar. 27; Nov. 10, 11. Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 5, 29; July 14, 15, 17, 18, 29; Aug. 3-7. 12; Dec. 27-30. 29-31. 11, 18-20, 24, 26. 1895 Jan. 1, 2, 6, 13, 14; June 1-3, 22, 23, 25; July 8, 9, 28-30; Aug. 1900 Jan. 1-4, 29, 30; Feb. July 6-8; Aug. 9, 10, 12-14, 17-24; Sept. Feb. 7-11, 13-16, 18; 19, 24, 25, 30. 1, 2, 17-19, 26. 28. Dec. 4-7, 14, 31. 1901 Jan. 19, 26; Feb. 1, 21, June 25, 30; July 11, 12, 26, 31. 1896 Jan. 2, 4-6; Feb. 17, May 11, 12; June 1, 26, 26, 28, 29; July 23-25; Mar. 6, 7; 18, 21, 22; Dec. 3-5, 14, 15, 24-26, 28-31; Aug. 2-4, 8, 10, 11, Nov. 16, 17; Dec. 7, 25, 26. 17, 18, 24; Sept. 17-19. 16-22. 1897 Jan. 7-9, 27-30; Feb. June 13-16, 17, 18, 25-27, 29, 30; July 1902 Jan. 4, 6, 12-14; Feb. May 4; June 27, 28, 30; July 1, 2, 4-7, 17, 28. 1-3, 24, 26; Aug. 1, 2, 28. 3, 5, 10, 11, 18; Dec. 31; Aug. 20-22. 1898 Jan. 1-3; Feb. 1-4, 7, May 28-30; June 12-14, 26-30; July 26-28. 22; Nov. 27; Dec. 16-21. 1903 Jan. 9, 12; Feb. 17, 18; May 24; July 19, 21, 23; Aug. 7, 26-30. 10, 11, 14. Nov. 19, 20, 27, 28; Dec. 3, 26, 27. 338 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. QEORQIA. Southern Division: STEWART COUNTY. Station: LUMPKIN. A. W. i/ATiMER, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in February, 1892. Latitude, 32° N. Longitude, 84° S7' W. Elevation, 650 feet.] This station is situated near the center of the town of Lumpkin, on the southwest side of the public square. The station is located on a knoll or hill, a part of the foothills of the Blue Eidge Mountains extending down the banks of the Chatta- hoochee River. The surrounding country is more or less rugged, being broken by numerous hills and valleys. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter in an open space about 50 feet from any building. The shelter is of the standard pattern. The height of the thermometers above the sod is 4 feet. The rain gage is situated 10 feet from the instrument shelter in an open space, free from any obstructions, and 40 feet from the residence. The top of the gage is about SJ feet above the ground. The mean temperatures for this station have been obtained from the means of the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Mean. Temperature. Lowest monthly mean. Precipitation. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest. monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Months. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth, in 24 hours. °F. 49 48 49 "F. 59 57 69 "F. 74 75 80 'F. 39 39 40 'F. 10 15 -5 °F. 52 52 63 °F. 45 46 46 In. 4.2 3.6 7.4 6 6 8 In. 3.7 6.2 6.1 In. 3.2 3.3 9.5 In. 0.1 0.2 0.7 In. 1.0 1.0 3.6 W inter mean 49 58 39 15.1 20 16.0 16.0 1.0 March 59 64 75 68 75 87 87 93 99 49 54 64 21 34 42 62 71 79 55 60 . 71 6.3 3.6 3.2 6 6 6 3.8 2.5 2.5 5.7 2.8 11,7 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 66 77 56 13.1 16 8.8 10.2 T. 80 82 81 90 91 90 101 106 103 70 72 72 49 62 62 84 84 84 71 78 78 3.4 4.9 6.6 9 9 9 1.4 5.5 5.0 3.9 3.9 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 81 90 71 13.8 27 11.9 10.0 0.0 September. 77 67 58 87 77 68 102 94 84 67 57 47 46 32 20 80 71 62 75 63 53 3.1 3.3 2.1 4 4 4 0.8 4.8 1.1 4.0 1.8 4.0 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 67 77 57 .. 8.6 12 6.7 9.8 T. 66 76 106 56 -5 60.5 75 46.0 1.0 3.5 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1896, to December, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1896 1897 Jan. 4,6; Feb. 21 None None. Aug. 1. None. June 16, 21, 22. Aug. 20. 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 24; Deo. 16-21 . . . Jan. 13, 14; Feb. 11; Deo. 27-29. Jan. 13; Feb. 17, 18; Nov. 27; Dee. 27. June 27; July 11-13, 26-30. June 5; July 1-7; Aug. 16, 21, 22. July 23; Aug. 26-29; Sept. 6. 1898 1899 1900 Jan. 2,3; Feb. 2 Feb. 8, 9, 12-14; Mar. 7,8. Jan. 2,3,30; Feb. 1,18. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 339 QEORQIA. Southern Division: CALHOUN COUNTY. Station: MORGAN. J. J. Beck, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in March, 1892. Latitude, 31° 32' N. Longitude 84° 3.V W. Elevation, 337 feet.] This station is practically in the open country, situated on the south side of the village of Morgan in a level section, 2 miles from Notchaway Creek. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, about 25 feet north of the residence of the observer. The thermometers are 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is about 10 feet from the shelter in an open space, free from obstructions. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures for this station have been computed from the means of the maximum and minimum thermom- eter readings. The published records cover the period from January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean oithB maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest . monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number nf days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 48 48 50 °F. 60 58 60 °F. 80 80 83 op 37 37 39 °F. 10 13 -1 °F. 63 62 57 42 44 42 In. 3.6 3.9 7.2 6 7 8 In. 2.2 4.1 6.1 In. 6.5 3.0 2.7 In. T. 0.1 0.8 In. T. 1.5 4.5 49 59 38 14.7 21 12.4 12.2 0.9 March 58 64 74 70 76 68 87 90 98 47 52 61 20 31 41 64 68 78 55 58 70 5.6 3.4 2.8 6 6 6 5.9 3.2 3.8 1.7 4.0 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 65 71 53 11.8 18 12.9 8.3 0.0 June 78 80 80 89 91 90 102 104 100 68 70 70 61 65 58 83 84 83 74 79 78 4.2 4.9 6.4 8 9 9 2.1 5.2 7.6 6.0 6.0 14.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 79 90 69 15.5 26 14.9 26.8 0.0 .- 76 66 55 88 78 66 100 93 86 64 54 44 41 26 20 79 69 60 71 63 49 2.9 2.5 3.2 5 4 5 2.3 1.4 2.2 0.3 3.6 7.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 66 77 54 8.6 14 5.9 11.1 0.0 65 74 104 64 -1 60.6 79 46.1 58.4 0.9 4.5 Dates of Temperatctke Extremes fok the Pekiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum bplnw V?.°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 28-30 June 29. Junel. July 31; Sept. 18. June 19, 26, 28; July 1, 2. None. June 8, 21; July 16-19. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-3, 29-31; Feb. 1, 3, 17, 18. Jan. 18; Feb. 23; Mar. 6; Dec. 14-21. Jan. 12-14, 16; Feb. 10; Dec. 26, 27. Jan. 9, 10, 13, 14, 16; Nov. 28; Dec. 27-29. None. July 12. July 7; Aug. 21. None. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1,13, 14; Feb. 7-9, 13; Dec. 4-7. Feb. 18,26; Dec. 26.-.. Jan. 27-29 1898 1899 Jan. 2-4; Feb. 2, 4, 22; Dec. 5, 10, 12, 13, 26. Feb. 12-14 340 CLIMATOLOGY OV THE UNITED STATES. GEORGIA. Southern Division: WORTH COUNTY. Station: POULAN. J. F. Wilson, Observer. [EstabUshed by Signal Service in August, 1890. Latitude, 31° 30' N. Longitude, 83° 49' W. Elevation, 36,'i feet.] This station is located on a slight southern slope in what is known as the high pines of the "wire-grass" region of Geor- gia, near the center of Worth County, about one-half mile east of the town of Poulan, at a point locally known as "Piney Park," its surroundings being wholly rural. At the time of the establishment of the station the surroundings were the tall, long-leaf yellow pines. Gradually these have given place to farms, but some forest stUl remains. The immediate surround- ings, however, may have somewhat affected the recent records, since the shade trees and ornamental shrubbery inclosing the home of the observer have a perceptible effect on the extreme heat of summer. The dry and wet bulb and maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a regulation shelter. The height of the thermometers above the sod is about 4§ feet. The rain gage is ID feet west of the shelter, in a fairly favorable location, and its top is 3 feet above the ground. The exposure is good, except on the east side, where surrounding trees offer a slight obstruction. The mean temperatures for this station have been obtained from the means of the maximum and minimum thermome- ters. The published records cover the period from January 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903, except the number of days with maximum temperature above 90° and minimum below 32°, which is for the period 1893-1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat UIB. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean otthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est, depth in 24 hours. "F. 50 48 51 "F. 63 61 62 "F. 80 83 83 "F. 36 36 39 °F. 11 10 -1 °F. 53 54 59 "F. 45 42 41 In. 3.3 3.5 5.9 8 9 9 In. 3.0 2.1 3.3 In. ■ 4.2 3.9 6.6 In. In. 0.1 0.8 1.5 5.0 50 62 37 12.7 26 8.4 14.7 0.9 March 59 64 73 72 77 86 89 91 100 47 50 60 19 27 41 64 68 76 55 59 70 5.2 2.9 2.9 9 6 8 4.9 2.2 l.l 6.7 4.2 8.9 Mav Spring mean 65 78 52 11.0 23 8.2 19.8 79 81 81 91 92 91 104 102 105 67 70 70 49 56 58 83 82 83 76 78 78 4.6 6.2 7.7 10 15 15 7.0 5.4 5.7 3.2 4.9 14.7 July 80 91 69 18.5 40 18.1 22.8 76 66 57 88 80 70 101 93 88 65 S3 43 40 32 21 79 71 61 74 61 51 3.4 2.6 2.7 8 6 6 1.1 0.6 2.8 3.4 1.6 0.5 66 79 54 8.7 20 4.5 5.5 65 73 105 63 -1 50.9 109 39.2 62.8 0.9 Dates op Tempebatuke Extremes for tece Period Januaet 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100" or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maxtmum 100° or above. 1894 Nov. 12; Dec. 28-30... June 29. 1900 Jan. 2-4, 29, 30; Feb. 1, Aug. 20; Sept. 29. 1895 Jan. 1,13,14; Feb. 7-10, June 1. 2, -17-19. 13, 14; Dec. 4, 6, 7, 1901 Jan. 19; Feb. 1, 24; July 12. 14. Mar. 7; Nov. 17, 18; 1896 Jan. 2, 4-6; Feb. 18, 22. June 26-30; July 30, 31; Aug. 5; Sept. Dec. 16-22. 16-18. 1902 Jan. 6, 13-15, 17; Dec. July 2; Aug. 15. 1897 Jan. 7-9, 27-30 June 12-15, 19, 20, 23, 26-28; July 2; Aug. 27-29. 1-3. 1903 Jan. 9, 13; Feb. 18; 1898 Jan. 2-4; Feb. 2-4; Dec. 27. May 31; June 4, 12, 30. Nov. 27, 28; Dec. 7, 8, 11, 27. 1899 Feb. 9, 12-14; Mar. 8; Dec. 6. July 17, 18. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 341 GEORGIA. Southern Division: WAYNE COUNTY. Station: JESUP M. P. Snell, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in December, 1896. Latitude, 31° 41' N. Longitude, 81° 55' W. Elevation, 100 feet.] This station is located in the southwestern part of the village of Jesup, with surroundings closely resembling those of the country, there being about one house to an acre of land. This is a comparatively low, sandy section, about 5 miles from the Altamaha River. The maximum and minimurn thermometers are exposed in a regulation shelter, and are 4 feet above groujid. The shelter is in an open space about 25 feet from the nearest building. The rain gage is 6 feet from the thermometer shelter, 25 feet from the residence, 12 feet from a fence, and 45 feet east of a tree. The mean temperatures for this station have been obtained from the means of the maximum and minimum thermome- ter readings. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, AND Annual Means, January 1,1897, to Deoembek 31,1903. Temporal ure. Precipitation Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December 50 50 52 'F. 63 62 64 °F. 80 80 83 'F. 38 39 40 "F. 16 15 1 "F. 53 54 58 "F. 46 49 48 In. 2.8 2.8 5.4 5 6 7 In. 1.7 3.7 7.0 In. 2.5 1.0 12 4 In. T. In. T January February . . , . . 0.4 3 Winter mean 51 63 39 1 11.0 18 12.4 15.9 0.4 1 March 61 64 74 74 77 88 91 91 102 ^'9 61 61 20 30 47 66 67 77 58 61 72 4.6 2.7 3.3 7 6 7 2.2 1.8 2.8 4 3 4.7 1.7 April May , 1 Spring mean 66 80 54 10.6 20 6.8 10.7 79 82 82 91 93 93 101 104 102 67 70 71 49 60 62 82 83 86 78 81 79 5.7 5.5 8.8 10 13 12 1.5 4.2 4.6 8 2 3.0 6 5 July August 1 RmnTTifir TTiRfln 81 92 69 20.0 35 10.3 17.7 76 68 58 87 79 71 102 95 86 66 57 46 42 34 18 78 70 63 74 65 62 4.2 4.4 2.8 8 6 5 1.2 2.1 0.8 9.6 5.4 0.8 October 67 79 56 11.4 19 4.1 15.8 66 78 104 55 1 53.0 92 33.6 60.1 0.4 Dates of Tempekatube Extremes for the Period January 1,1897, to December 31,1903. Year. Minimimi below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1897 Jan. 29,30 June 15, 16; July 1-3. May 30; June missing; July 20. May 18; June 8, 14, 15, 21; July 14-18; Aug. 7, 12; Sept. 10, 11. None. 1901 1902 1903 Mar. 7; Nov. 18; Dec. 17-19, 21, 22. Jan. 14; Dec. 27, 28 . . . Feb. 18; Nov. 28 None. 1898 1899 1900 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 2 Feb. 13-15; Mar. 8; Dec. 6. Jan. 30; Feb. 1, 2, 18, 19. May 24-26; July 6, 22, 23, 27, 28; Aug. 342 CLIMATOLOOr OF THE UNITED STATES. GEORGIA. Southern Division: WARE COUNTY. Station: WAYCROSS. Thomas Sasser, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in April, 1882. Latitude, 31° 12' N. Longitude, 82° 22' W. Elevation, 138 leet.] This station is located almost in the center of the city of Waycrosa. Being on unused railroad property it has many of the characteristics of a rural station. It is about 100 yards northeast of the passenger depot of the Atlantic Coast Line system, in an inclosure occupied by the roadway department building. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a regulation shelter, 15 feet north of a building. The ther- mometars are 4J feet above sod. The rain gage is 12 feet north of the shelter, 6 feet from a fence, the top of the gage being 16 feet above ground. The mean temperatures for this station have been computed from the means of the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. The tabulated data cover the period from January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903, as the earlier records are incom- pltte. Monthly, Seasonai., and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number ol days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "^50 50 61 "F. 62 61 62 °F. 79 81 85 "F. 39 39 40 12 18 4 'F. 54 54 56 "F. 47 46 48 In. 2.2 3.2 3.8 6 7 8 In. 1.6 4.5 4.0 In. 3.0 0.9 4.3 In. In. February 0.5 3.0 50 62 39 9.2 21 10.1 8.2 0.5 March 61 64 76 72 76 87 86 90 99 50 53 64 23 35 48 68 68 78 56 61 74 4.4 2.6 4.1 7 7 7 4.2 1.6 4.4 9.0 2.6 6.6 April . . May Spring m.eaii 67 78 56 11.1 21 10.1 18.2 80 82 82 92 92 92 101 102 107 69 72 72 55 61 63 82' 83 85 79 82 80 6.5 6.6 6.2 12 14 14 9.9 2.9 8.2 9.6 8.4 2.4 July 81 92 71 19.3 40 21.0 20.4 77 68 58 86 78 69 100 92 83 68 58 47 52 36 21 78 71 62 76 65 52 5.7 4.0 1.5 10 6 5 3.8 4.1 0.6 8.9 5.1 3.6 68 78 58 11.2 21 8.6 17.6 67 77 107 56 4 50.8 103 49.7 64.4 0.5 3.0 Dates of Tempebatube Extremes fok the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Miniminn below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1898 July 22. June 16, 17; July 16; Aug. 7, 8. July 2,7,8, 22-24; Aug. 10-16, 18-24, 26, 29, 30. 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 17-19, 21-23 Jan. 14, 15; Dec. 27-29. liov. 28 None. June 30; July 1-7. July 23. 1899 Feb. 13-15 1900 Jan. 2-4, 30; Feb. 2, 18, 19. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 343 QEORQIA. Southern Division: THOMAS COUNTY. Station: THOMASVILLE. E. Thomas, Jk., Obaerver. [Establiahed by tlie Signal Service in April, 1878. Latitude, 30° 45' IJ. Longitude, 83° 59' W. Elevation, 330 feet.] This station is located in the extreme southern portion of the State, about 10 miles from the Florida line. It is on the backbone of an elevated ridge extending across the State from northeast to southwest, in what is known as the "pine belt" of Georgia. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a regulation shelter, situated about 30 feet south and in the rear of the store of the observer. The thermometers are about 4J feet above ground. The rain gage is in a vacant lot, 35 feet southeast of the store building. The top of the gage is 34 inches above ground . The nearest obstructions are from 30 to 35 feet distant. The mean temperatures for this station have been obtained from the means of the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. Absolute minimum temperatures are for the psriod 1889 to 1903; average number of days with maximum temperature above 90° and minimum bslow 32°, and frost data from April 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903; the remaining data are for the period April 1, 1878, to December 31, 1903. Ths racord prior to 1892 is much broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. )W. Mean. Mean o£ the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- miun. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Sn< Month. - Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. -r. 53 52 54 "F. "F. 79 81 81 op 13 17 2 "F. 60 61 62 'F. 46 44 In. 3.9 3.5 5.0 8 9 9 In. 2.5 3.5 4.1 In. 7.0 3.8 4.8 In. In. O.S 0.5 4.0 Winter mean 53 \ 12.4 26 10.1 15.6 March 61 67 74 87 92 101 22 35 43 66 71 79 56 62 72 4.7 3.6 3.7 8 6 7 3.4 3.4 1.3 5.4 5.8 7.7 April May Spring mean 67 12.0 21 8.1 18.9 .Time 80 82 81 102 106 101 48 62 61 84 83 83 74 79 78 5.4 6.8 6.3 12 15 14 6.6 7.7 4.3 8.8 4.8 5.5 July August 81 18.5 41 18.6 19.1 September 77 68 59 99 ■97 88 46 35 26 81 73 64 71 65 54 4.8 3.4 2.7 9 5 6 0.7 3.3 0.5 6.4 2.0 3.1 October November 68 10.9 20 4.5 11.5 67 106 2 ,53.8 108 41.3 65.1 0.5 4.0 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Deo. 28. None. Do. Do. June 20, 27. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 9, 13, 14 None. Aug. 21-23. July 12. May 21; Julv'2, 3, 7. July 23. 1895 1896 Jan. 14; Feb. 8; Dec. 6. Jan. 6 Jan. 2-4; Feb. 2, 18, 19. Deo. 16-18,21, 22 Dec. 27, 28 1897 Jan. 23 1898 Jan. 2, 3 Nov. 28 FLORIDA. By ALEXANDER J. MITCHELL, Section Director. 345 FLORIDA. Qeographical position. — Florida is the most southerly of the States of the Union; it is situated mainly in longitude SCP to 87° West from Greenwich and between parallels of latitude 25° to 30° North. Physical features. — ^The physical features of Florida are pronouncedly dissimilar to those of the other southern States, excepting the lower coast regions of Georgia and the gulf margin of Alabama. While the most elevated portion of the State barely reaches the dignity of a hill, the irregular features of south Georgia characterize, in a general way, the topography of the greater portion of the interior of western and northern counties, and, continuing southward down the interior of the peninsula, form what is designated the "ridge " or " backbone " of the State. To the eastward of this dividing line is a drainage basin the waters of which find their way to the Atlantic Ocean. To the westward of the "ridge" the Gulf receives the drain- age. On the east side of the State the St. Johns River is the outlet of major importance ; to the westward the Escambia, Apalachicola, Ocklocknee, Suwanee, and Withlachoochee rivers are the avenues to the Gulf. The Kissimmee River drains the east portion of the central peninsula and, emptying into Lake Okeechobee, is no small factor in forming the Everglades. The Caloosahatchee carries off a large surplus of this water into the Gulf. As a rule there is a gradual decline in elevation ranging from 200 to 300 feet in the interior of the northern and western portions of the State to zero at tide water. There are some exceptions, however, to the general rule, there being a large section embracing portions of the counties on or adjacent to the west coast where elevation above sea level exceeds 200 feet. Except near the coast and in the interior of portions on northern and western sections, where general agriculture obtains, the State is well wooded, mostly pine, save in the vicinity of lakes or marsh lands where cypress abounds to some extent. Deforestration, however, is proceeding rapidly. Climatic features. — Humbolt says the term "climate," in its broadest sense, implies all the changes in the atmosphere which sensibly affect one's physical condition. It is obvious, then, that the factors in the order of relative importance in the study of climate are ; Temperature and relative humidity, or the moisture content of the air. Vital statistics show that the longevity of the human race is greater in warm climates than in more rigorous latitudes — a concrete statement indicating that radical temperature changes are conditions adverse to long life. Temperature. — Although covering a range of 6° in latitude the climate of Florida is generally uniform and, in view of the proximity of large bodies of water, may be termed oceanic. Abnormalities, however, do occur and with favorable pressure the isotherm of freezing weather dips far down the peninsula, and under the most extreme conditions freezing temperatures are limited only by the confines of the mainland. There are some fragmentary, though authentic temperature records previous to 1S35. The data are sufficient, however, to show that the history of the severest freezes was recorded with considerable accuracy. About the earliest period to which reference is made to very cold weather in Florida was in January, 1766, when fruit trees were killed in St. Augustine. In 1774, according to Maj. G. R. Fairbanks, Florida historian, a snow storm extended over a large portion of the State, the occasion being referred to by the inhabitants as "an extraordinary white rain." In 1799 the temperature was sufficiently low on April 6 to kill vegetation over the north half of the State. It is generally accepted, however, that the coldest weather ever experienced, so far as authentic records go, was on the 7th of February, 1835, when the temperature in Jacksonville was 7° above zero. The St. Johns River was frozen several rods from the shore and all fruit trees were killed. Subsequently, the following abnormally low temperatures occurred in that city during the years indicated: 1857, 16°; 1868,20°; 1870,19°; 1880, 19° on December 30; 1886, 15° on January 12; 1894, 14° on Decemper 29; 1895, 14° on Feb- ruary 8; 1899, 10° on February 13; and 1900, 18° on February 18; records previous to September, 1871, are unofficial. The cold waves in 1886 and 1894, 1895, 1899, and 1900 were very destructive to fruits and vegetables. In 1886 and 1894 prac- tically all citrus fruits were destroyed, and in 1895 and 1899 the trees in the north and north central portions were killed. During the past century there have been at least seven severe freezes in this State, during two of which — 1835 and 1899 — practically a zero temperature prevailed over the interior of northern and western counties. These marked temperature extremes have stimulated speculation as to chmatic changes, the solution of which, however, still lacks a true physical basis. The mean temperature for the State is 70.3°. The warmest month is July, with an average temperature of 81.2°; the coldest is January, with an average of 57.6°. The mean maximum temperature is 79.9°; the mean minimum temperature is 61.1° The highest temperature recorded during the past twelve years, since the Climate and Crop Service was established, was 107°; the lowest temperature recorded during the same period was —2°. These figures represent also the extremes of tem- perature, so far as authentic records go, from the time Florida was a foreign province to the present day. It is a fact worthy of note that while January, upon the average, is the coldest month, the greatest disasters resulting from severe cold waves occurred during December and February. Adverting to maximum temperatures, and by way of correcting the opinion of some who believe extreme heat is dependent on latitude, it may be well to point out that there are stations in the southeast portion of the State where maximum temperatures have never exceeded 94°. 346 Ba^a SSSSgSggSSfeSSS|S3?3Sa22J3:5SSS2-3»"<»'-« »0'6I "^ S06I ^ ,' TM\ s o I06I ■ — ' >,^ 006T *^H -— « •»H 6681 — ^^ =— P 8681 ■""■ ~" i68I > I ' 9681 -=d m 96SI ■ — 1 ro f68l _J ■H 8681 o Oi e68I ■ — — 1681 0681 V 688 T <^ ^ 8881 ' ' rri isn ■ 0i8T :=: :^ z ■698.1 — = • — o 8981 1 — ^ < i98I J — = =: 998 r S98t »981 / •-^ 6981 V / h 8981 y' <: I98I ^ D 0981 -^ 6981 ^ 8981 -= 2,981 ■ — :» I i < OS 9S8I ^ SS81 ^ ^ ^"^ »98I ~2z =:> S981 -= Zi^ ___ ___ p: Z93I :::=. M 1981 h 0S81 ^ —"" ~ 6t8l h e>8i «:; ^^ — ' (/J im _j: |S» 9t'8I >^ ' ■ _^_ _ SI-SI =:». q H81 _) tf8l zm V > U8I ___ . ■ ^ OtSI ■ -- 6881 rz^ X 8681 < J iSSl 9681 — — ____ S3a§3(] 3 1 ? ; 3 C a c Q C ; S s s •a ( s s ^ c 3 U 3 a 3 s c ■J D - c 4 C Z> C 2 r 5 ; 2 : : t n c 2 = c = c . o - " SOUTH ATLAWTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 347 I. — Precipitation results during the summer mainly from the operation of heat and moisture, the lower layers of air becoming unstable as a result of solar radiation. Winter rains result from the eastward movement of storm areas which usually originate in Texas. The amount of precipitation and the area affected thereby are dependent upon the intensity of the disturbances and their eastward track. The total annual rainfall at some stations occasionally shows marked variations, due to the number, near approach, and intensity of cyclonic storms during summer and autumn. The annual precipitation is greatest — about 60 inches — on the Gulf borders of the extreme west portion and over a limited section of the southeast peninsula — mainly Dade and the southern portion of Brevard County. It is least in the extreme southern portion of the State, where the normal rainfall is about 35 inches. Comparatively speaking, there is a rainy season and dry season, the former beginning usually in June, when the average rainfall is about 7 inches, and ending, on an average, with September. Precipitation diminishes in October, followed by seven comparatively dry months, although February and March indicate a second period of maximum precipitation. April arid November are the dryest months, with July, August, and September the wettest. The greatest monthly rainfall ever recorded — 31.26 inches — occurred in August. Precipitation is heaviest over the western portion of the State during July and August and over central and southern sections during September. The annual average precipitation for the State is 54.53 inches. Average Number of Rainy Days by Districts. District. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual. 11 9 8 8 11 9 7 7 10 8 7 5 6 7 6 4 7 10 8 8 10 U IS 12 15 15 18 13 14 15 20 15 9 14 19 16 6 9 9 12 7 8 6 8 10 7 7 7 116 Northern 125 Central 133 Southern. 115 Rain-bearing mnds. — During winter the rain-bearing winds are northeast and southeast ; during spring, southwest : during summer, south and southwest, and during autumn, northeast. Sfunv. — ^The years and months of snowfall were as follows: January, 1895; February, 1899, and December, 1901. The sections visited were mainly northern and western districts, although traces occurred in 1894, 1895, and 1899 as far south as Tampa. In February, 1895, the following maximum amounts in inches were measured: Pensacola, 3; Lake City, 1 ; Talla- hassee, 2; Jacksonville had trace. In February, 1899, the maximum measurements were: Archer, 1.5; Jasper, 2; Lake Butler, 4; Lake City, 3; Macclenny, 1; Gainesville, 1; Tarpon Springs, 1; De Funiak Springs, 1.5; Haywood, 3.5; Talla- hassee, 1; Jacksonville, 1.9, and Pensacola, 2.1 inches. Frosts. — ^The dates of earliest killing frost of autumn were: Western district, October 27; northern district, October 24; central district, November 18; southern district, November 18. The dates of last killing frosts of spring were: Western district, April 6; northern district, April 16; central district, April 7; southern district, April 7. Prevailing mnds. — During spring from the southeast; during summer, southwest; during autumn, northeast, and during winter, northeast.. The wind circulation over the most southerly portion of the State shows a constancy somewhat charac- teristic of the trade winds — the only portion of the country where such conditions are manifested on or near the mainland. Miscellaneous phenomena. — ^Thunderstorms are most numerous during July and least during December and January. Hail is infrequent, and rarely sufficient to damage crops. List of Coukties and Climatologioal Stations in Florida. County. Alachua Baker (see Jacksonville) Bradford (see Archer) Brevard (see Jupiter; New Smyrna). Calhoun (see Tallahassee) . . , Citrus (see Eustis) Clay (see Jacksonville) Columbia (see Archer) , Dade Archer Northern . ' do do.... Central. . . De Soto (see Bartow; Myers) Duval Escambia. Franklin (see Tallahassee) . . Gadsden (see Tallahassee).. . Hamilton (see Tallahassee).. Hernando (see Tampa) Hillsboro Holmes (see De Funiak Springs) . Jackson (see Tallahassee) . . . Jefferson (see Tallahassee) . . Lafayette (see Archer) {Ji5^".:::::;::}s-t^-- do. Western . . Central. . . Northern . .do. Jacksonville Pensacola. Tampa. Eustis. NorttLem . Western. . ....do.... Northern. ....do.... Central , . . do.... Western. . do.... Northern - do.... Central . . . Page. 353 352 350 354 County. Lee Leon. Levy (see Archer) Liberty {see Tallahassee)... Madison (see Tallahassee) . . Manatee (see Tampa) Marion (see Archer) Monroe Nassau (see Jacksonville) . . Orange (see Eustis) Osceola (see Bartow) Pasco (see Tampa) Polk Putnam (see Archer) Santa Rosa (see Pensacola) St. John (see Jacksonville) . Sumter (see Lake) Suwanee (see Archer) Taylor (see Tallahassee) Volusia Wakulla (see Tallahassee).. Walton Washington (see De Funiak Springs). Station. Myers , Tallahassee. Key West.. New Smyrna. De Funiak Springs. District. Southern. . Northern . . do do ao Southern. . Central Southern. . Northern . Central. . . ao do.... do.... Northern . Western . . Northern . Central Northern. do.... Central Northern . Western.. .do. Page. 359 351 355 "349 348 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. State Sdmmakt. Station. Temperature. Num- ber. Mean an- nual. Mean Mean Abso- maxi- TTimT- lute mum. Tnnm maxi- mum. "F. 'F. 'F. 78 55 105 75 61 103 76 58 97 78 61 104 81 58 101 82 61 104 78 60 100 80 63 96 82 62 100 80 67 96 81 64 94 83 68 96 82 73 100 Abso- lute mini- mum. Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. De Funlak Springs Pensacola Tallahassee Jacksonville Archer. Eustis New Smyrna Tampa Bartow Jupiter Myers Miami Key West -F. 67 Julv, 1901... ....."do July, 1897.... July, 1879.... July, 1902... do August, 1900. July, 1902. . . July, 1898... August, 1902 July, 1902... May, 1902... July, 1886... °F 7 - 2 10 10 16 16 19 18 24 24 29 41 February, 1890.. do do do do February, 1896.. February, 1899. . December, 1894. January, 1898. . . December, 1894.. do February, 1899.. January, 1886. . . 13 5 13 5 6 4 5 station. Frost. Num- ber. Average date of- First killing Last in spring. Date of— Earliest killing Latest Precipitation. Spring. Winter. De Funiak Springs Pensacola Tallahassee Jacksonville Archer. Eustis New Smyrna Tampa Bartow Jupiter Myers Miami Key West Nov. 21 Dec. 5 Dec. 8 Dec. 6 Nov. 28 Dec. 28 Dee. 24 Jan. 9 Dec. 21 Dec. 29 Mar. 13 Feb. 23 Mar. 4 Feb. 19 Mar. 9 Feb. 18 Feb. 17 Feb. 8 Feb. 16 Feb. 14 Oct. 27 Nov. 12 Nov. 4 Nov. 12 Oct. 24 Nov. 28 ...do... ...do... Nov. 18 ...do... Dec. 21 C) (») Mar. 29 Apr. 6 liar. 28 Apr. 6 Apr. 16 Feb. 24 Mar. 18 Mar. 19 Mar. 17 Apr. 7 Feb. 14 Feb. 19 67.8 56.8 58.2 53.4 54.0 49.6 51.1 53.1 54.5 58.7 55.1 58.3 37.9 Inches. 14.2 11.8 12.2 10.4 10.7 8.0 6.8 7.4 7.7 10.9 8.5 11.1 5.5 Inches. 24. 19. 21. 17. 22. 19. 17. 24. 24. 16. 27. 20. 12. Inches. 12.8 12.6 11.7 15.7 11.0 12.8 18.5 12.7 13.1 21.9 12.3 18.5 14.5 Inches. 15.9 12.6 12.4 9.4 10.4 9.0 8.4 8.! 7.: 8.: 5.3 a None. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 349 FLORIDA. Western District: WALTON COUNTY. Station: DE FUNIAK SPRINGS. J. T, Stubbs, Observer. [Established by rj. S. Weather Bureau in October, 1896. Latitude, 30° 42' N. Longitude, 86° 2' W. Elevation, 193 feet.] This station is near the southwestern limits of the town of De Funiak Springs. It is 300 feet above the sea level and 20 miles from the Gulf of Mexico. The immediate surroundings of the station are open, giving a free circulation of air. There is a gradual slope southward toward the Gulf, although the general topographic features of the country are flat, with an occa- sional lake in the lowlands. Maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, painted white, which is located 60 feet south of the observer's residence, with the door opening toward the north. The thermometers rest on a hori- zontal support which runs from each side of and near the back of the shelter, and are 5 feet above the ground. The bottom of the rain gage is 3 feet above ground and 20 feet north of the instrument shelter. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, October 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Lowest monthly mean. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Great- est depth of snow in 24 hours. "F. 51 61 62 °F. 62 63 64 "F. 79 79 82 'F. 39 40 41 "F. 12 15 "F. 53 56 57 °F. 50 49 49 Inches. 4.1 3.4 8.4 8 Inches. 3.2 2.1 Inches. 7.2 2.3 12.6 Inches. 9 1 12.2 1.6 61 63 40 15.9 24 , 17.5 22.1 62 65 74 73 77 87 86 94 98 51 52 01 22 33 42 66 68 77 57 61 71 7.7 2.7 3.8 10 7.8 4 4.5 7 1.2 8.6 3.9 4.6 April Mav Spring mean 67 79 55 14.2 21 13.3 17.1 80 81 81 91 91 91 103 105 102 69 70 70 55 60 64 82 82 83 76 79 78 6.4 7.3 11.2 11 7.0 15 4.0 16 12. 4 12.0 in. 4 0.9 July 81 91 70 24,9 42 23.4 23.3 .. September 77. 68 69 88 ■ 80 *71 99 95 85 66 57 47 45 30 21 SO 73 62 76 65 54 4.8 3.6 4.4 6 , 1.9 6 2.2 6 , 2.0 5.2 4.8 2.6 68 79 57 1 12.8 IS 1 6. 1 12.6 67 78 105 55 67.8 105 60 ^ 75.1 1 6 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. 1897 1900 Minimum below 22° Jan. 27,29 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 1, Dec. 11. Feb. 8,9, 12-14 Jan. 2-4, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 18, 19. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. June 10, 11, 18-22, 25, 26, 29,30; July 2, 1901 Feb. 24; Mar. 7; Dec. June 16-18, 22, 23, 25-27; July 1, 10, 11, 13, 30,31; Aug. 1-3, 28; Sept. 3. 15-18, 20-22. 14, 22, 30; Aug. 2, 11, 26. May 23-28; June 4, 5, 7, 8, 30; July 1, 1902 Jan. 13, 14; Dec. 27, 28 May 4, 21, 26; June 4, 5, 8-11, 13, 16, 17, 20-22; Aug. 22. 20, 30; July 1-8, 10, 11, 19; Aug. 5, 14, May 4, 9, 10, 18-20, 31; June 2-4, 8, 14-16, ! 15, 18-23. 19-22, 30: July 9, 14-19, 29-31; Aug. 1903 Jan. 9, 13; Feb. 18; July 6, 21, 23, 24; Aug. 25, 28, 29; Sept. 5-14, 25, 26; Sept. 1, 3-7, 10, 11, 14. Nov. 29. .5-7. 12. July 2, 7,8,31; Aug. 9-23, 25, 29; Sept. 1, 2, 4, 5, 11, 16-18, 23-25, 23, 30; Oct. 1. 350 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. FLORIDA. West Florida: ESCAMBIA COUNTY. Station: PENSACOLA. B. BUNNEMETEK, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in October, 1879. Latitude, 30° 25' N. Longitude, 87° 13' W. Elevation, 12 feet.j This station is located in the business center of the city of Pensacola, occupying office rooms since April 1, 1888, on the third floor of the Government building. Previous to that date the station occupied offices in a 2-story building, one block directly south of its present location. The city of Pensacola is separated from the Gulf of Mexico by Pensacola Bay, which forms a harbor of perhaps 5 or more miles in width. The surrounding country is flat and well wooded. All thermometers, thermograph, sunshine recorder, rain gages, anemometer, and wind vane are exposed on the roof of the Government building. The instrument shelter, 8 feet above the roof, contains maximum and minimum thermometers and dry and wet bulb thermometers. The entire record,^ twenty-four years, November 1, 1879, to December 31, 1903, has been used for all temperature and pre- cipitation data, except for snowfall, which covers eighteen years, from 1886 to 1903, inclusive. The mean 8 a. m. humidity covers a period of fifteen years and six months, from July 1, 1888, to January 1, 1904, and the mean 8 p. m. a period of ten years and ten months, from July 1, 1888, to May 1, 1899. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 1 R a 6 u s it B •3.S 1 a i 1 >> H 1 3 1 S5 a^g gj d M wro o 3.2 Snow. B 00 1 a 00 1 1 a p. 00 i a p- 00 s s ■< 1 S Month. bo . "ft -a. O rj D December ^ J anuary "F. 54 52 66 °F. 62 60 63 "F. 76 79 78 "F. 46 46 49 °F. 14 15 7 "F. 62 63 63 50 46 45 In. 4.0 4.0 4.6 . 10 11 11 In. 2.9 4.2 3.4 In. 10.8 7.5 9.0 In. 0.0 0.1 0.3 In. 0.6 1.0 3.0 F.ct. 82 81 Gts. 3.34 3.08 F.ct. 77 78 79 Grs. 4.00 3.65 4.10 N. N. February .. 81 3.42 NE. 54 62 47 12.6 32 10.6 27.3 0.4 81 3.28 78 3.92 N. March 60 67 74 67 74 81 83 92 93 54 60 67 25 34 44 66 71 77 55 63 71 6.7 3.2 2.0 10 6 7 6.9 1.6 2.2 3.8 4.5 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 78 75 4.20 6.29 6.38 78 75 73 4.79 5.61 6.62 SE. April SW. May SW. Spring mean 67 74 60 1 11. B 23 10.7 9.7 0.0 78 5.29 75 5.67 SW. 80 81 81 86 88 88 101 103 97 74 75 74 55 64 62 82 83 83 76 79 79 6.2 6.7 7.9 10 15 14 2.6 5.6 0.7 4.3 5.6 18.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 79 81 82 8.12 8.86 8.69 76 77 78 8.06 8.68 8.79 SW. July SW. August SW. 81 87 74 19.8 39 8.9 28.4 0.0 81 8.66 77 8.51 SW. 78 70 60 85 77 68 95 95 81 71 62 52 54 38 28 81 75 64 76 65 66 4.8 3.8 4.0 9 6 7 1.5 0.0 3.9 8.6 4.9 7.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 76 79 7.48 6.15 3.96 74 69 74 7.84 5.61 4.64 NE. NE. November NE. 69 77 62 12.6 22 6.4 20.7 0.0 78 5.53 72 5.96 NE. Annnji.] mfifl.n 68 75 103 61 7 56.8 116 35.6 86.1 0.4 3.0 80 5.66 76 6.02 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 29 June 29, 30. None. July 31; Aug. 5. June 19, 21; Aug. 2, 3. July 21, 22. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 12-14 June 16 22; July 31; Sept. 11. Aug. 20, 21; Sept. 16. June 17, 18; July 12, 13. June 15; Aug. 17, 23. July 22. 1895 Jan. 13; Feb. 7-9 Feb. 17, 18 1896 Dec. 15, 16,18,20, 21... None 1897 Jan. 27,28 1898 Jan. 2 . do SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 351 FLORIDA. Northern District: LEON COUNTY. Station: TALLAHASSEE. W. H. Maekham, Observer. [Established by Rev. W. H. Carter in March, 1883. Latitude, 30° 27' N. Longitude, 84° 16' W. Elevation, 200 feet.] This station is near the center of the town of Tallahassee and about 21 miles from the Gulf of Mexico The surrounding country is open, the fields being generally under cultivation. The land is mostly hilly. The elevation of the hills in this sec- tion ranges from 100 to 200 feet, gradually diminishing and terminating in the flat pine woods aa the GuM is approached. The instrument shelter is a standard one, painted white, and is exposed on the north side of and about 40 feet from the building. The maximum and minimum thermometers in the shelter are 4 feet above the ground . The rain gage is in the open, well exposed, with the bottom 3 feeet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, September 1, 1891, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temporal ure. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Great- est depth of snow in 24 hours. Direc- tion of prevail- ing wind. December 'F. 53 52 55 "F. 62 60 63 °F. 80 81 80 "F. 44 42 44 'F. 12 19 -2 °F. 59 60 68 °F. 49 44 45 In. 4.1 3.5 4.8 6 6 8 In. 3.0 2,2 2.4 In. 4.6 2.4 6.7 In. 0.0 0.0 2.0 N. January N. February W. 53 02 43 12.4 20 7.6 13.7 N. March 60 67 75 71 77 85 87 90 96 61 56 64 26 38 45 66 71 78 56 62 72 5.9 2.7 3.6 7 4 6 6.1 2.2 0.9 6.7 4.0 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. April S. May s. Spring mean 67 78 57 12.2 17 9.2 12.8 s. 79 80 80 88 88 87 97 97 96 70 72 72 54 57 61 82 83 82 76 78 78 6.8 8.0 7.1 10 15 13 10.5 5.4 7.3 16.5 10.3 3.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. SE. Summer mean SO 88 71 21.9 38 23.2 30.7 g September 77 68 59 85 76 68 95 92 83 69 60 50 52 35 27 82 72 64 74 65 65 5.1 3.7 2.9 7 4 5 1.0 1.0 2.9 4.8 5.5 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 NE October . NE November E Fall mean 68 76 60 11.7 16 4.9 11.8 NE Annual mean 67 76 97 58 -2 68.2 91 44.9 69.0 2.0 s Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Deo. 29; record incom- plete. Jan.]; Feb. 7-9 Jan. 5 June 29. None. Do. June 3, 12, 14, 15, 19, 23-26, 28-30; July 1, 2; Aug. 2. May 22, 23, 27; June 13, 28-30; July 20, 22; Sept. 1, 19. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14 June 16; July 14-18. None. July 12, 13. June 5, 30; July 1-3 11-13. 1895 Jan. 3; Feb. 18 Dec. 18,21 1896 Dec. 27 1897 Jan. 28, 29 None 1898 1076— Bull. Q— 06 352 CLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. FLORIDA. Northern District: DUVAL COUNTY. Station: JACKSONVILLE. A. J. Mitchell, Section Director. [Established by Signal Service, U. S. Army, September, 1871. Latitude, 30° 20' N. Longitude, 81° 39' W. Elevation, 7 teet.} The station is located in the business portion of the city. The office was first located in the National Hall Building, corner of Pino and Forsyth streets, where it remained until 1880, when it was removed to the Astor Building, comer of Bay and Hogan streets. On August 1, 1902, a second removal was made to the newly constructed Dyal-Upchurch Building, corner of Bay and Main streets — just two blocks east of its previous location. Jacksonville is located on the north side of the St. Johns Kiver and 18 miles from the Atlantic Ocean. The country sur- rounding Jacksonville is generally flat; the most elevated portion of the city probably does not exceed 25 feet above mean tide water. The thermometers and rain gage are exposed on the roof of the building. The elevations of the instruments above groimd are: Therinometers, 100.6 feet; rain gage, 87.9 feet; anemometer cups, 128.2 feet; wind vane, 126.8 feet; top of gage above roof, 3.3 feet. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, thirty years; humidity, fifteen years; sunshine, six years; Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-two years, September 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. ± -Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Tempemture. \ Precipitation. Mean tumidity. TotaJ sunshine. si '3 i 1 i- B ■ a ■S.S § 1 s ■S3 S I'S 1 o 1^ 1 m i-t •si II O -si Is Snow; 00 1 a 03 00 5 A 00 ? 1 s p< 00 s 3 1 0-1 O 8 p< a ? 1 5 Month. t>T3 -5» ta pod "F. 56 55 58 °F. 65 64 67 °F. 81 81 86 "F. 47 46 49 'F. 14 15 10 op 63 63 66 "F. 49 49 48 In. 3.0 3.0 3.4 8 10 9 In. 2.4 4.0 3.4 In. 7.8 7.2 5.2 In. In. T. T. 1.9 P.ct. 86 84 83 Grs. 3.76 3.31 3.50 p.ct. 79 75 73 Grs. 4.10 3.64 3.92 Hr. 162 161 165 P.ct. 50 50 53 N.u NE. February NE. 56 65 47 9.4 27 9.8 20.2 84 3.52 76 3.89 163 51 NE. March 63 68 75 72 78 84 88 92 98 54 59 66 26 34 46 69 73 78 68 63 72 3.5 2.9 4.0 8 7 9 1.4 3.2 1.9 5.7 1.2 7.7 81 77 77 4.20" 6.05 6.34 71 69 71 4.36 6.16 6.44 241 294 308 65 76 73 SW. NE. May NE.li Spring mean 69 78 60 10.4 24 6.5 14.6 78 5.20 70 5.32 281 71 NE. 80 82 82 89 91 90 101 104 101 72 74 74 64 66 64 83 85 •84 77 80 79 5.6 6.2 6.2 13 15 14 4.5 6.1 3.9 9.0 7.2 7.6 80 81 83 7.97 8.59 8.53 78 77 8.02 8.42 276 264 262 66 61 64 SW. July SW. 80 1 8.48 SW.6 81 90 73 17.9 42 14.5 2?. 8 81 8.36 78 8.31 267 64 SW. 78 71 62 86 78 71 98 92 86 71 63 54 49 40 26 81 76 67 76 65 56 8.1 6.1 2.5 14 10 8 5.1 2.7 0.1 19.6 3.4 0.5 86 84 85 7.95 5.89 4.41 82 79 79 7.92 6.30 4.85 198 183 167 53 52 52 NE. NE. NE. 70 78 63 15.7 32 7.9 23.5 86 6.08 80 6.36 183 52 NE. 69 78 104 61 10 53.4 125 38.7 82.1 1.9 82 5.79 76 6.97 223 60 NE. oAlsoNE. 1>A1soSE. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Dee. 29, 30 May 31; Aug. 10, 11, 16, 17, 20, 27; Sept. June 22,23, 26; July9; Aug. 19, 20, 23, 25, 2J, 30. May31; Junol,?6; July 25-31; Aug. 2-4, 9-11,14,18,24,25; Sept. 17. June 12-18, 20, 21, 23-30; July 1-4, 23, 26; Aug. 1 , 2, 6, 19, 28, 29. May 28-30; June 13, 14, 17, 18, 25, 26, 28- 30; July 17-21, 23. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 13, 14... May 12, 18, 21; June 14-16; July 14, 15, 18, 28, 29; Aug. 4-8, 11. July 6, 7; Aug. 9, .11-14, 17-22; Sept. 28. July 12, 31. June 27-30; July 1-7, 11, 18, 30; Aug. 16 20-22 1896 Feb. 8. 9 None Feb. 18 1896 Dee. 21 Jan. 28, 29 1897 do None July 23; Aug. 27-29. 1808 1 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 353 FLORIDA. Northern District: ALACHUA COUNTY. Station: ARCHER. W. C. Andkuss, Observer. [Established by J. C. Neal, M. D., in June, 1883. Latitude, 29° 30' N. Longitude, 82° 28' W. Elevation, 92 feet.] This station is located near the eastern edge of the town of Archer and about one-half mile from the "^sand hills." These hills extend 6 or 7 miles west and are 50 to 100 feet high. North, south, and east of the station the country is rolling and pine timbered, with sparsely scattered farms. The shelter is a standard one and is located about 20 feet north of the observer's residence. The thermometers are 6 feet above the ground. Twenty feet removed from the shelter is the ram gage, the bottom of which is 2 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Tabulated data, obtained from the maximum and the minimum thermometer, are for the period of observation, 1893- 1903; the remainder of the data for 1884-1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. 1 Precipitation. 1 Month. 1 S 1 Absolute maxi- -^ mum. Mean of the min- ima. .J, / p e a si g ^1 h ii r a 9} U ■si i-la 3 -a m a^ Snow. > S ■ aw fa a 1 s December . , "F. 57 55 59 "F. 68 67 69 'i: "F. 89 45 84 43 k 90 4fi k 13 17 10 °F. 63 65 66 "F. 49 49 51 In. 3.3 3.2 3.9 7 7 9 In. 1.6 6.0 3.8 In. 5.6 8.2 6.9 In. In. NE. February ' , .... 1.5 NW. Winter mean 57 68 45 i 10.4 23 10. 4 1 2n_ 7 NE March 63 68 75 78 82 89 P4 94 101 52 55 63 94 71 71 80 55 62 68 4.1 2.7 3.9 7 6 7 (.8 2.0 0.8 3.8 0.3 6.6 SW. sw. SW. April 33 46 Mky Spring mean . 69 83 57 10.7 19 3.6 10.7 sw. 80 81 82 91 92 91 10 10 9! 68 72 71 55 59 69 82 84 86 78 79' 7.1 8.4 7.3 13 17 17 7.2 6.4 7.8 11.4 6.9 10.2 sw. sw. sw July August 81 91 70 22.8 47 21.4 27.5 79 71 03 88 83 75 9! 9' 8! 69 61 52 48 32 20 82 76 69 76 68 56 6.1 2.6 2.3 13 5 6 3.6 2.0 0.6 11.6 4.8 1.4 NE. NE October November NE 71 82 . 61 1 1 11.0 24 6.2 17.8 69 81 101 58 10 54.9 113 41.6 76.7 1.5 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. 1901 Minimum below 32°. Maximum 96° or above. 1895 Jan. 1, 2, 13, 14, 23; May 28; June 5, 21-23, 25; July 2; Aug. Jan. 19, 20, 26; Feb. 2, May 4, 5, 25; June 24-26, 29, 30; July 1, Feb. 8-10, 13, 17, 18, 20, 30; Sept. 27. 21,22,24,25; Mar. 7, 15,31. 28; Deo. 4-7, 14-16, 17; Nov. 16-18, 28, 29. 29; Dec. 1, 17-19,21- 1896 Jan. 2, 4-6; Feb. 18, May24, 27,31; June 26, 27; July 22-2f.. 28 23, 31. 19, 22; Dec. 22, 26. 29; Aug. 4, 8-13, 17, 18, 26; Sept. 17, 18, 1902 Jan. 1,7,13,15, 18.23; Mav 4-26; June 5, 8-12, 20, 26-30; July 1- 20. Feb. 10-12, 18, 19; 12, 20; Aug. 20-22. 1897 Jan. 6-10, 28-30; Dec. June 1, 2, 15-17, 20, 21, 23-26, 28-30; July Dec. 25, 27, 28. 7,8. 1, 2; Aug. 2, 6, 6, 19, 2S. 1903 Jan. 7, 9, 13; Feb. 18; Mav 25, 26; July 6, 20, 21; Aug. 25. 1898 Jan. 2-4; Feb. 2-4, 22, May 4, 6, 18-20, 24, 25, 27-30; June 1, 3, 4, Nov. 19, 27, 28. 30; 23; Dec. 6, 7, 11, 12, 10-12, 15-19, 22, 23, 26, 27-30; July 1, 2, Dec. 1, 3, 4, 7, 8, 10- 27, 28. 17-22. 12, 17, 18, 21-23, 27- 1899 Feb. 9, lb-16; Mar. 8, 9; Dec. 5, 30. May 6, 10-13, 16-23, 30, 31; June 1, 3, 8-16, 16. 22; July 14-18, 28, 29; Aug. 3-6, 11, 12, 25, 26; Sent. 5. 29. 31. 1900 Jan. 2-4, 14, oO; Feb. I-i, 18-20, 26; Nov. . 10, 13, 31; Dec. 9, 12. June 4, 14, 27; July 1, 5, 6, 8, 10, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19, 21-26; Aug. 10, 11. 17-22, 28-30. 354 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. FLORIDA. Central District: LAKE COUNTY. Station: EUSTIS. A. L. Beown, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in November, 1890. Latitude, 28° 50' N. Longitude, 81° 40' W. Elevation, ISO leet.] This station is near the center of the town of Eustis, four blocks from Lake Eustis, and 40 feet above its level. The surrounding country is open and interspersed with numerous large lakes. The instrument shelter is a standard one and so located as to have a free circulation of air at all times. The thermometers are 5 feet above the ground. The shelter is 45 feet south of the observer's house. The rain gage is 15 feet southwest of the instrument shelter, the top being 4 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for about thirteen years, November 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i i e i II o 09 a B ii 1 '3 a a II s h V o S ta u &° -a <4-<0 C to B„ hi "I 1=1 Snow. Month. «-9g 1 °F. 60 58 61 "F. 70 69 71 "F. 84 86 SS 'F. 50 48 50 'F. 16 23 16 'F. 63 63 68 "F. ,55 62 54 In. 2.2 3.1 3.7 7 8 8 In. 3.1 3.3 1.0 In. 1.3 6.2 9.6 In. 0.0 0.0 0.0 In. 0.0 0.0 T. NE. NE. February NW. 60 70 49 9.0 23 7.4 16.1 0.0 NE. March 67 70 77 77 82 89 92 93 100 54 59 56 28 40 51 72 73 80 63 68 74 2.9 2.0 3.1 7 5 7 1.2 1.7 2.3 1.2 4.2 O.S 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NE. April NE. May E. Spring mean 71 S3 1 60 S.O 19 5.2 6.2 7.2 13.6 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NE. 81 83 83 91 92 92 103 104 101 71 74 73 61 65 63 83 85 85 79 81 81 6.4 6.9 6.5 13 16 16 5.7 2.8 9.0 0.0 ■ 0.0 0.0 E. July SW. E. 82 92 1 73 19.8 45 17.5 26.8 0.0 E. 80 73 66 89 83 76 98 95 91 72 64 66 52 42 26 82 78 71 76 68 61 S.O 3.2 1.6 15 9 7 S.l 1.9 1.7 6.2 3.2 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NE. NE. November NE. 73 83 1 6* 12.8 31 11.7 9.8 0.0 NE 72 82 104 61 16 a.6 118 41.8 58.9 0.0 T. NE. Dates op Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1S94 1895 1S97 Minimum below 32°. Dec. 28-30 Jan. 1; Feb. 8-10, 14; Dec. 6, 14, 31. Jan. 6, 6; Feb. 18, 22.. Jan. 7,28, 29 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 2; Dec. 12. Feb. 9, 13-16; Mar. 8; Dec. 30. Maximum 95° or above. May 30; June 5, 29; July 14, 30. May 16, 17, 19, 20, 25, 27-31; June 7, 8, 16, 16, 21-25, 30; July 2, 10, 13; Aug. 19, 20 23—25 28. May 31; June 1, 24, 26, 27; July 22, 26, 28-31; Aug. 4, 7-14, 16-19. May 22, 23; June 2, 13-15, IS, 20, 23, 24, 27-29; July 1, 2; Aug. 13, 16, 17, 19. May 3-6, 19-21, 24-31; June 10-12, 14-16, 23-30; July 1, 16-23, 27-31; Aug. 4, 10, 12, 31; Sept. 23. May 10-14, 17-22, 31; June 1-3, 6-16; July 16, 19, 29; Aug. 3-6, 10, 23-26. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 32°. Jan. 2-4; Feb. 2, 18 . . Feb. 24; Mar. 7; -Dec. 18, 19, 21, 22. Jan. 13, 14, 23; Dec. 27,28. Jan. 9, 13; Feb. 18; Nov. 28; Dec. 27. Maximum 96° or above. June 4, 6, 25-27, 29; July 1, 2, 6-8, 10, 14, 22, 23, 25; Aug. 1,9, 10-21, 24-26, 28-31; Sept. 13, 14, 17, 18, 22-24, 28-:0. May 3-5, 16, 23, 25; June 24, 26, 27, 29; July 9, 11-15, 17, 24, 26, 31; Aug. 7-9, 23; Sept. 2, 11-14. Apr. 29, 30; May 4, 19, 26, 2S; June 17, 19-22, 25-FO; July 1-18, 21, 29, .-0; Aug. 3, 10-16, 19-24; Sept. 4; Oct. 2, 3, 14. May 24-26; June 17, 19-21; July 18-24, 31; Aug. 11-15, 22-29; Sept. 2. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 355 FLORIDA. Central District: VOLUSIA COUNTY. Station: NEW SMYRNA. R. B. F. Ropes. Observer. [Established by United States Weather Bureau in 1892. Latitude, 29° 02' N. Longitude, 80° 57' W. Elevation, 20 feet.] This station is located in the central portion of the tovpn of New Smyrna, about 1,200 feet west and north of the Indian Riyer, and SJ miles southwest of Mosquito Inlet and the light-house. It is also something more than a mile from the ocean beach. The land rises rather abruptly from the river to a level of 15 feet. The general character of the country is flat with pine timber dominating, although there is no dense growth. The instrument shelter is 75 feet west of the residence of the observer and has a free circulation of air at aU times. The rain gage is 25 feet east of the shelter. The bottom of the gage is 1 foot above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 Month. s § 1 a a e < a 0"-< S I a 11 1 .a Lowest monthly mean. s c§ pa o iSa SB Ota 3s| a 2 as O n 1 p< Month. S) M , SI g-SS o (5 December, "F. 67 65 66 'F. 86 83 87 'F. 60 58 59 59 °F. 24 31 27 "F. 71 72 72 °F. 63 60 58 In. 2.5 3.9 2.9 9 10 9 In. 2.6 0.4 1.0 In. 2.0 5.2 5.1 In. 0.0 0.0 0.0 In. Grs. 5.32 5.16 5.44 p.ct. 79 79 78 Grs. 5.73 5.86 5.47 217 217 196 63 64 66 NW. January NW. February S. 66 9.3 28 4.0 12.3 0.0 83 5.31 79 5.52 210 66 NW. 69 72 76 76 78 83 89 88 93 62 65 69 33 39 53 74 74 78 66 69 74 3.2 2.6 6.1 7 7 9 3.3 1.9 1.2 3.6 8.5 10.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 79 76 78 5.72 6.26 7.77 77 74 79 5.95 6.30 7.39 248 300 279 66 78 68 S. April SE. May SE. Spring mean 72 79 65 10.9 23 6.4 22.8 0.0 78 6.68 77 6.65 276 71 SE. June 79 81 81 85 87 88 95 95 96 72 75 75 64 68 68 81 82 83 77 80 80 6.4 5.1 6.1 13 13 13 0.1 6.8 6.6 4.7 5.9 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 80 82 8.97 8.75 9.43 84 83 84 8.63 9.36 8.88 240 279 279 60 63 72 SE. July SE. August SE. 80 87 74 16.6 39 13.5 17.4 0.0 81 9.05 84 8.96 266 67 SE. 80 76 72 86 82 78 93 94 87 74 71 66 67 48 42 82 79 76 78 74 67 9.7 9.4 2.8 20 15 9 3.4 10.9 1.1 18.1 9.9 6.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 83 81 81 8.88 7.58 6.46 84 80 78 8.90 7.72 5.64 210 217 240 69 67 69 NE. October NE. November E. 76 82 70 21.9 44 15.4 34.5 0.0 82 7.64 81 7.42 222 62 NE. 74 80 96 67 24 68.7 134 39.3 87.0 0.0 81 7.14 80 7.11 244 66 SE Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 93° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 93° or above. 1894 Dec. 29 None. July 27,28; Aug. 18. Aug. 20. June 21; Aug. 9, 12. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 14 Aug. 7. Aug. 22. 1895 Feb. 8, 9 Feb. 19.. 1896 None None 1897 1898 do Jan 2 3 do do Aug. 16, 17, 23; Sept. 4; Oct.l. Aug.28,29,31; Sept. 1. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 359 FLORIDA. Southern District: LEE COUNTY. Station: MYERS. M. M. Gardnee, Observer. [Established by the United States post hospital in 1851. Latitude, 26° 38' N. Longitude, 81° 46' W. Elevation, 19 feet.] This station" is located in the village of Myers, on the south bank of the Caloosahatchee River, which at this point is about If miles wide. The surrounding country is generally flat, pine woods, with an occasional "bayhead." The distance to the Gulf of Mexico is 16 to 20 miles, with the waters of San Carlos Bay intervening. The shelter is a standard one. The maximum and minimum thermometers in the shelter are 5 feet above the sod. The rain gage is 50 feet from the instrument shelter and is well exposed. The top of the gage is 4 feet above the ground. From 1851 to 1858 monthly mean temperatures were computed from daily observed readings at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m., after which the daUy extremes were used. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation : Monthly and annual mean temperatures, and highest and lowest monthly means, mean precipitation, and precipitation for the wettest and driest years, about twenty years, from January 1, 1851, to June 30, 1858, and October 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. The remaining data are for about twelve years from October 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means. Month. December. January . . February. Winter mean . March April M:ay Spring mean . Temperature. 64 June. ... July August . Summer mean. September . October . . . November . Fall mean I Annual mean ! 73 Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. 84 85 94 Mean of the mini- ma. 62 Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest Lowest monthly monthly Precipitation. In. 1.9 2.1 3.1 7,1 2.8 2.5 3.2 8.5 11.0 8.6 7.6 3.1 1.1 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. In. 2.8 0.1 0.0 2.9 0.8 2.1 0,2 8.0 8.7 9.3 6.1 2.1 0.0 Total amount for the wettest year. Great- est depth of snow in 24 hours. 3.5 4.3 1.6 In. 0.0 0.0 T. 2.5 2.2 1.8 6.5 25.6 6,3 10,4 22.1 1,5 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Direc- tion of prevail- ing wind. NE, NE. S, S, S. SE. E. E. NE. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 94° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 94° or above. 1894 Dec.29 Peb.9 None. May 28. None. Do. July 19. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 14 None, Do. June 5. June 19, 27; July 8. May 26, 1896 1896 do 1897 do Jan. 1 . Jan. 14 . . 1898 None 360 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. FLORIDA. Southern District: DADE COUNTY. Station: MIAMI. E. V. Blackman, Observer. [EstabUshed in 1839 (Mas. Surgeon-General's Office) . Latitude, 25° 46' N. Longitude, 80° 11' W. Elevation, 12 Jeet.] This station is located between avenues B and C. There are several residences on each side of the instrument shelter and about 50 feet from it. Otherwise the surroundings are open and free from obstructions. The land in the immediate vicinity of the town and country contiguous thereto is low and studded irregularly with the longleaf pine. The most elevated portion of the city does not exceed 12 feet above sea level. About one-fourth of a mile to the north of the station is the Miami River and to ths east is Biscayne Bay— a large body of water separated from the ocean by a narrow strip of land. A standard instrument shelter, 4J feet above the ground, is in use. The rain gage is about 15 feet from the shelter, and the top is 2 feet above the ground. From 1839-1858 monthly mean temperatures were computed from observed readings made daily at 7 a. m., 2 p. in., and 9 p. m., after which the daily extremes of temperatm-e were used. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation : Mean temperature, and the highest and lowest means, 1839- 1841, 1850, 1855-1858, and 1895-1903; precipitation data for 1855-1858, and 1895-1903; i-emainder of data, 1895-1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 S i a . 1 ■s-a ■a o 1 a h o 1 l>.o hi 3'Sa II a^ ■gap. Snow. Month. (.10 < o 5 "F. 69 65 67 "F. 76 74 76 "F. 91 85 88 "F. 61 57 59 "F. 37 36 29 'F. 74 73 73 °F. 63 60 61 In. 1.6 4.0 2.5 2 4 3 In. 1.8 0.4 3.8 In. 1.6 In. 0.0 0.0 0.0 In. 0.0 0.0 0.0 E. BE. SE. Winter mean 67 76 59 8.1 9 6.0 1.6 0.0 SE. March 71 74 76 80 82 86 90 92 96 64 64 69 39 46 62 75 79 80 65 70 46 3.1 3.5 4.5 4 4 5 2.1 0.1 2.3 1.8 2.0 10.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. SE. May SE. Spring mean 73 83 66 11.1 13 4.5 14.2 0.0 SE. 81 82 82 89 89 90 94 92 94 74 76 75 66 69 60 82 84 84 79 81 78 8.2 7.0 5.4 8 7 7 13.6 3.4 6.4 21.7 8.2 10.8 0.0 0.0 CO 0.0 0,0 0.0 SE. July SE. SE. Summer mean 82 89 76 20.6 22 23.4 40.7 0.0 SE.' September 81 78 74 88 84 80 95 93 88 74 71 67 62 64 38 83 81 77 77 74 67 9.1 •7.1 2.3 12 7 2 6.4 1.2 1.0 15.3 4.9 0.0 0.8 D.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. NE. E. 78 84 71 18.5 21 8.6 20.2 0.0 SE. 75 83 96 68 29 68.3 65 42.5 76.7 0.0 0.0 SE. a Total incomplete. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period September 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. MiniTnilTTl below 32°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 Sept. 15. None. Do. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 19 None. Do. May 27. None. 1897 do do 1898 do . ..do.. 1899 Feb. 14 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 3(51 FLORIDA. Extreme Southern District: MONROE COUNTY. Station: KEY WEST. W. V. Simons, Observer. [Established by Signal Service November 1, 1870. Latitude, 24° 34' N. Longitude, 81° 49' W. Elevation, 8 leet.] The island of Key West is about 4J miles long and li miles wide at extreme measurements, but is of a, very irregular shape. The office has at all times been located within 200 yards of the western side of the island, and in the western portion of the city. The highest point of land b 11 feet above mean tide level, and the instruments have not at any time been exposed at more than 50 feet above the ground. The range of temperature is very slight, the extreme range being from 41° to 100°, and frost, snow, or hail have never been recorded. The humidity is from fifteen years' record. Other tabulated data are from the full period of observation, thirty-three years, January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 Month. 1 s •g-S i a . |i g a 1 Is 1. ag s >> 1 H «a % o S la u t->o ca ■si as ofl a„ a^ 00 a 00 1 "o a CO 1 a p. 00 > s f 1 December 70 70 71 °F. 74 74 76 'p. 87 90 87 "F. 66 65 67 °F. 44 41 44 "F. 75 76 76 °F. 05 64 64 In. L7 2.0 1.6 7 8 7 In. 1.2 2.9 0.9 In. 4.5 4.3 3.1 P. a. 82 82 81 Grs. 6.34 5.94 6.26 P.ct. 79 80 78 Grs. 6.30 6.18 6.22 NE. NE. February . . - NE. 70 75 66 5.3 22 5.0 n.9 82 6.18 79 6.23 NE. Maich 73 76 79 77 80 84 89 91 93 C8 71 75 48 59 63 77 80 83 69 72 77 1.2 1.2 3.1 5 4 8 T. 0.6 2.3 0.4 0.6 5.1 77 73 73 6.34 6.62 7.50 75 73 74 6.38 6.62 7.60 SE. April E. M^y ::::.:::.... E. Spring mean 76 80 71 5.5 17 2.9 6.1 74 6.82 74 6.87 E. June July August 82 84 84 87 89 89 100 100 100 78 70 79 69 68 08 85 87 86 79 82 81 4.2 3.7 4.7 12 13 14 2.7 3.1 1.9 7.2 1.5 5.6 76 74 74 8.84 8.87 8.87 77 75 75 8.57 8.72 8.99 SE. E. SE. Summer mean , 83 88 79 12.6 39 7.7 14.3 75 8.86 76 8.76 SE. September October November 85 79 74 87 83 78 97 02 91 78 75 71 69 61 51 85 81 80 81 76 70 7.0 6.4 2.1 13 16 13 2.2 3.8 0.5 9.7 14.2 2.2 77 79 80 8.95 8.38 7.03 78 78 79 8.79 8.02 7.16 E. NE, NE. 79 83 75 14.5 42 6.5 26.1 79 8.12 78 7.99 NE. Anniifll TTifiaTi 77 82 100 73 41 37.9 120 22.1 58.4 77 7.49 77 7.46 NE Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 50°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 50°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 29, 30 None. Do. Do. Do. Do. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 13, 14 None. Do. Do. Do. Do. 1895 Feb. 8, 9, 10 1896 Dec. 21 1897 .do . Jan. 14 1898 Jan. 2, 3 . None ALABAMA. By FRANK P. CHAFFEE, Section Director. 363 ALABAMA. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS. The information given below, relative to topography and soils, has, to a great extent, been obtained from the geologica survey of Alabama, by Eugene A. Smith, Ph. D., State geologist. In the preparation of the chmatic data, reference has been made to the reports of the Smithsonian Institution, reports of the United States Signal Service, now the Weather Bureau, Bulletin No. 18 of the agricultural experiment station at Auburn, Ala., and the reports of the various voluntary observers cooperating with the Weather Bureau through the Montgomery office. PHYSICAL FEATtTKES. Situation. — Alabama extends northward as an oblong from the Gulf of Mexico and from the thirty-first to the thirty-fifth degrees of north latitude, the latter being the dividing line between this State and Tennessee, and lies between the eighty-fifth and eighty-ninth degrees of west longitude. The total area is estimated at 52,250 square miles. Topography. — The State may be considered as an undulating plain, whose mean elevation is about 600 feet, gradually rising from sea level in the extreme southwest to the rolling prairies and foothills of the middle counties, from which the rise is much more pronounced to the southwestern terminus of the Appalachian Mountain chain, which extends into the northeastern portion of the State. In the northeastern counties the mountains reach an elevation of 1,200 to 1,500 feet above the general level of that seption, or about 2,000 to 2,500 feet above sea level. The mountains are mostly flat on top, forming table-lands from 7 to 15 miles wide. All the valleys in the mountainous region of the State, like the ranges themselves, have a northeast and southwest direction. The most important of these valleys is that of the Coosa. Drainage. — The extreme southeastern, southern, and southwestern parts of the State are drained by the Chattahoochee and numerous smaller rivers flowing southward into the Gulf. The northern portion is drained by the Tennessee into the Mississippi system. The remainder of the State, including all of the western, northeastern, central, and south-central portions, is drained by the Mobile system, composed of the Tombigbee and its branches and the Alabama and its tributaries, the Coosa, and Tallapoosa. The State, as a whole, is very well watered. In its distance from the Equator, elevation above sea level, configuration of its mountain chains, proximity to the sea, and prevailing winds, Alabama is favorably situated for a temperate and comparatively uniform climate. In the extreme southwestern portion, washed by the waters of the GuK of Mexico, the climate approaches the subtropical, while the chmate of the highlands of the northeast is similar to that of regions of less elevation much farther north. Extremes of temperature are rare. Over the southern half of the State, the heat of summer is tempered by the prevailing winds from the GuU, and in the more northern counties the elevation secures immunity from excessively high temperature. Freezing temperature does not often continue longer than twenty-four to forty-eight hours. Snow rarely falls, except in the northern counties, where it occurs on an average of about twice each winter, and seldom remains on the ground for more than forty-eight hours. The rivers do not freeze. With the exception of along the Gulf coast, where the precipitation is heavy, the rainfall is well distributed. The growing season is so long that often two and sometimes three minor crops are raised on the same ground in one year. The following is a more detailed statement of the climate : Temperature. — The average temperature for the entire State is 63°, for the southern portion, 66°; middle portion, 64°; northern portion, 60°. Highest average, 67°, in Baldwin and Mobile counties; lowest average, 60°, in Dekalb County in northeastern portion of State. The average by seasons is as follows: Winter, 46°; spring, 63°; summer, 79°; autumn, 63°. The average summer maximum is 90° and the average winter minimum 35°. The absolute maximum, 109°, occuned at Lock No. 4 (Lincoln), Talladega County, July 7, 1902; the absolute minimum, 17° below zero, at Valley Head, Dekalb County, February 13, 1899. Average number of days per year with temperature above 90°, 62; average number of days per year with temperature below 32°, 35. The temperature seldom falls below zero, the above extremely low reading being recorded during the severe cold wave of February 12-13, 1899, which gave the coldest weather ever recorded or remembered in this section. The maximum and minimum temperatures usually occur during the months of July and January, respectively. Killing frost— The average dates of last HUing frost in spring are as follows: Northern district, April 6; middle district, March 23; southern district, March 9; for State, March 23. Average dates of first kiUing frost in autumn: Northern dis- trict, October 20; middle district, November 5; southern district, November 17; for State, November 4. This gives aver- age growing seasons as follows: Northern district, 197 days; middle district, 227 days; southern district, 253 days; for State, 226 days. The latest killing frost known. May 2, 1897, at Oneonto, Blount County; with this exception, the latest on record was April 30, at Valley Head. Dekalb County. The eariiest killing frost of which there is an official record was 364 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULP STATES. 365 October 2, at Decatur, Morgan County, but the voluntary observer at Oneonto reports that there is a record of killing frost having occurred at that place on September 4, 1866. Over the middle counties the last killing frost, as a rule, occurs during the first half of April and where the last frost is recorded in March the records show its formation during the early part of April was prevented by cloudy weather or fresh to brisk winds. The firet killing frost usually occurs over the middle counties during the last halt of October. When the first frost occurred in November the records show that at some time during the last half of October the temperature was low enough for frost, the formation of which was prevented by conditions mentioned above. Precipitation. — Annual average for the State, as s whole, 52 inches; for northern district, 52 inches; middle district, 51 inches; southern district, 55 inches. The greatest annual average is in the southwestern counties, bordering on the Gulf of Mexico, where it is from 62 to 63 inches. Another region of heavy precipitation is found over the mountainous, or north- central and northeastern portions, where it ranges from 54 to 57 inches per year. The region of least precipitation is near the center of the State, where the annual average is about 46 inches. The precipitation is practically all rain. Snow occurs on an average of twice each winter in th'e northern half of the State, and, on an average, about once a winter in southern comities; it varies from very light in the southern district to moderately heavy (about 8 to 14 inches) in north-central and northern counties. It is not uncommon for a winter to pass without snow enough to cover the groxmd in any portion of the State. The precipitation is well distributed throughout the growing season, especially in the middle or most important agricultural counties, and the autumns are, as a rule, favorable for maturing and gathering the staple crops. Sumhine and doudiness. — Average number of days per year: Clear, 148; partly cloudy, 107; cloudy, 110; with rain (0.01 inch or more), 120. Wind,. — ^The prevailing direction for the year is south; for winter, north; spring, south; summer, south; autumn, north. Average hourly velocity (computed from records at Mobile and Montgomery only), 7 miles. The highest hourly velocity ever recorded was 72 miles from southeast, at Mobile, October 2, 1893. Winds of 40 miles per hour or more have occiu-red as follows : Mobile (record from 1885 to 1903, inclusive) , 23 times, or an average of a little more than once a year. Montgomery (record from 1875 to 1903, inclusive), 12 times, or an average of about once in three years. During the passage of general storms over, and to the north of this region, destructive local windstorms, or tornadoes, have occurred as follows: Year of greatest frequency, 1884, with 19 storms; average yearly frequency, 1.6 storms; year in past 23 with no report of storms, none; month of greatest frequency, March; day of greatest frequency, January 11; hours of greatest frequency, 6 to 8 p. m.; months without such storms, July, August, September, and October; prevailing direction of storm movement, southwest to northeast; region of greatest frequency, north-central portion. Fog. — Dense fog seldom occurs, and then, as a rule, in the winter or spring months, and is confined mostly to the coast district. Hail. — Hail occurs occasionally during the spring and summer months, though really destructive hailstorms are rare in this section. Thunderstorms. — These occur in some portion of the State during every month of the year, being most frequent during the summer months. The most severe thunderstorms occur along the Gulf coast, and in the west-central counties. Droughts. — Below is given the record of some notable droughts in Alabama, prior to the time a regular climatic record was kept in that State by the Signal Service or the Weather Bureau, being extracts from Bulletin No. 18 of the Agricultural Experiment Station at Auburn, Ala. " 1825. — A dry summer. "1839-40. — A great drought throughout Alabama and the entire South from about August 1, 1839, to near the end of January, 1840. The Warrior River at Tuscaloosa was very nearly dry. At Montgomery there was a light rain in August, and no more until late in October. The Alabama River was too low for navigation. "1845. — ^The spring and sununer were exceedingly dry. " 1851 . — Summer dry and hot, and there was but Httle rain from May 4 until August 10. "1853. — A general drought during April and May. " 1857. — No rain fell in east Alabama during the months of June and July. " 1860. — No rain fell in east Alabama from Jime 5 to July 27. Many creeks were dry." Local droughts occurred in June, 1882; March, 1887; May, 1889, 1891, and 1897; February, March, and May, 1898, and in 1902, from the middle of April to the latter part of August. Droughty conditions are more apt to prevail in the fall months than during the season of growing crops. List of Counties and Cleuatological Stations. County. Autauga (see Montgomery) . Baldwin {see Mobile) Barbour Bibb (see Greensboro) Blount Bullock (see Montgomery and Eulanla) . Bytler (see Evergreen) Callioun Chambnrs (see Opelita) Cherokee (see Valley Head) . Station. EuJaula . Oneonto. Central Coast Soutbeastem. . West centraL.. Nortb central . Soutbeastem.. Soutbem Northeastern. Eastern Northeastern. Page. 370 County. Chilton (see Goodwater and Montgomery). Choctaw Clarke (see Pushmataha) . . , Clay (see Goodwater) Cleburne (see Anniston) Coflee (see Euf aula) Colbert (see Florence) . , Conecuh Coosa Covington (see Evergreen) . Station. Pushmataha. . Evergreen. . Goodwater . District. Central . Southwestern . do East central . . . Northeastern. . Southeastern. . Northwestern. Southern East central... Southern Page. 376 366 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UKITED STATES. List op Counties and Climatologioal Stations — Continued. County. Crenshaw (see Montgomery) CuUman (see Decatur and Oneonto). Dale (see Eufaula) Dallas (see Greensboro and Montgomery). Dekalb Elmore {see Montgomery) . . Escambia (see Evergreen)... Etowah (see Oneonto and Anniston). Fayette {see Tuscaloosa) . . . Franklin (see Florence) Genera (see Evergreen; also Tallahassee, Fla.). Greene (see Greensboro) Hale Henry (see Eufaula) Houston (see Tallahassee, Fla.). Jackson (see Valley Head; also Chattanooga, Tenn.). Jefferson Lamar (see Tuscaloosa; also Palo Alto, Miss.). Lauderdale Lawrence {see Decatur and Florence). Lee Limestone (see Decatur) Lowndes (see Montgomery) . Macon {see Montgomery and Opelika). Valley Head. Greensboro.. Birmingham. Florence Opelika South central. . Northern Southeastern. West central - Northeastern. Central Southern Northeastern. Northwestern. do Southeastern . . "Western West central. Southeastern. do Northeastern. North central.. Western Northwestern . do Eastern Northern Central East central. Page. 371 378 County. Madison (see Decatur) Marengo {see Pushmataha) . Marion (see Florence; also Pontotoc, Miss.). MarshalWsee Decatur and Valley Head). Mobile. : Monroe (see Evergreen) Montgomery Morgan Perry (see Greensboro) Pickens (see Tuscaloosa Pike (see Montgomery) Randolph (see Anniston) . . . Bussell (see Eufaula and Opelika). Shelby (see Birmingham and Goodwater). St. Clair (see Aimiston, Bir- mingham, and Oneonto). Sumter (see Pushmataha; also Meridian, Miss.). Talladega (see Anniston and Goodwater). Tallapoosa {see Goodwater and Opelika). Tuscaloosa Walker (see Birmingham)... Washington (see Mobile and Pushmataha). Wilcox {see Pushmataha and Montgomery). Winston {see Decatur) . . . Station. District. Mobile. Montgomery. Decatur Tuscaloosa. Northern Southwestern . Northwestern - Northeastern. . Coast Southwestern . South central. . Northern West central.. Western Southeastern. . Eastern do North central . Northeastern. . Western East central... do West central... North central . Southwestern . do Northwestern . Page. 381 377 373 State Summary. Station. Florence Decatur Valley Head. Oneonto Birmingham, Anniston Tuscaloosa. . Goodwater.. Greensboro.. Pushmataha Montgomery Opelika Eufaula Evergreen. . . Mobile Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. "F. 51 50 49 49 55 61 51 51 54 54 56 53 54 63 59 Abso- lute maxi- mum. "F. 101 107 102 103 104 103 106 105 105 106 107 104 104 105 102 Date. Abso- lute mini- mum. July, 1902. do.... July, 1896 July, 1901.-.. August, 1902. July, 1901 July, 1903 July, 1901 do July, 1881 August, 1897. July, 1902.... July, 1901.... do "F. -11 -12 -17 -15 -10 -10 - 7 - 8 - 5 - 7 - 6 - 7 - 4 - 1 Date. Feb. 1899, ....do... Feb."l899' ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... Average num- ber days with—' Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 29 35 39 41 33 41 55 28 34 39 33 10 Num- ber. Average date of — First killing Last in spring. Date of— Earliest killing Latest in spring. Precipitation. Annual. Spring. Summer. Winter. Florence Decatur Valley Head. Oneonto Birmingham Amiiston Tuscaloosa,. Goodwater.. Greensboro.. Pushmataha Montgomery Opelika Eufala Evergreen... Mobile Oct. 30 Oct. 15 Oct. 20 Oct. 15 Nov. 6 Oct. 20 Nov. Nov. 9 Nov. 8 Nov. 12 Nov. 8 Nov. 9 ...do... Nov. 12 Nov. 30 Apr. 1 Apr. 6 ....do.. Apr. 10 Mar. 19 Apr. 2 Mar. 23 Mar. 20 ....do... Mar. 21 Mar. 11 Mar. 17 Mar. 14 Mar. 13 Feb. 24 Oct. 26 Oct. 2 Oct. Sept 4 Oct. W. Oct. f> Oct. SI Oct. IS Oct. 24 Oct. 26 Oct. 21 Oct. 26 ....do.. Oct. 24 Oct. SI Apr. 9 Apr. 16 -ipr. .30 May 2 Apr. 10 Apr. 20 Apr. 9 Apr 8 Apr. 6 ...do... ...do... Apr. 1 ...do... Apr. 6 Mar. 28 Inches. 50.3 49.5 54.4 53.7 56.8 49.1 49.5 48.9 48.5 52.8 60.8 49.1 51.1 51. 62.1 Inches. 15.0 14.6 16.6 16.2 16.6 14.0 14.2 13.5 13.1 15.4 14.6 12.2 12.0 U.O 16.1 iTiches. 13.3 11.3 14.9 14.9 15.7 13.2 13.1 13.6 12.0 13.7 13.5 13.5 16.2 18.0 19.7 Inches. 8.4 8.6 9.3 6.7 9.6 8.1 7.0 7.1 8.7 7.4 8.2 9.0 8.4 8.9 11.6 Inches. 13.6 15.1 14.6 15.9 16.0 13.8 15.2 14.7 14.7 16.3 14.5 14.4 14.6 13.1 14.7 SOUTH ATLANTIO AND EAST GULF STATES. 367 ALABAMA. Northwestern Portion: LAUDERDALE COUNTY. Station: FLORENCE. G. H. Smith, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in Juno, 1884. Latitude, 34" 48' N. Longitude, 87° 37' W. Elevation, 563 feet.] This station is near the southeastern limits of the city of Florence ; it is about 1 mile north of the Tennessee River, and about one-half mUe north of the edge of the bluffs that face the river bottom. It is situated on rolling ground, 150 feet above the river, with no hills worthy of note (except the bluffs referred to) . The thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau instrument shelter, supported on posts, with bottom of shelter about 4 J feet above the sod. The shelter is 35 feet from the nearest building. The rain gage is exposed in an open space, about 40 feet from the nearest building, with the top of the gage 3 feet above ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Prior to January, 1895, monthly mean temperatures were obtained from readings of the dry thermometer, made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; after which the daUy extremes of temperature were used. Maximimi and minimum temperature data, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind direction are for the period December 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903; the remaiuing data are for the full period of observation, June 1, 1884, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 >5 ii § 1 i a , li o 1 1 1 a o 1 i |a a li 1 § Is 2 ^1 a -a Bo, Is! O F. 52 SI 50 "F. 72 77 77 °F. 33 32 31 °F. - 3 -12 "F. 45 46 49 op 39 36 35 In. 3.8 5.9 6.4 8 10 9 In. 2.0 6.6 1.1 In. 6.5 5.6 5.3 In. T. 0.2 1.6 In. T. 1.5 4.5 NW. NW. SW. 43 51 32 16.1 27 9.6 16.4 1.7 NW. March ..,.-■ April 63 62 69 63 73 84 84 92 98 43 49 60 37 69 67 77 48 65 66 6.4 4.6 3.6 11 9 6 3.9 3.6 1.3 4.2 11.1 2.7 0.5 0.0 0.0 4.2 0.0 0.0 SE. SE. May SW. Spring mean 61 73 51 14.6 26 8.8 18.0 0.6 SE. 78 31 80 90 93 91 106 107 104 66 69 68 47 56 53 81 84 82 72 74 74 3.4 4.5 ,3.4 10 8 9 1.6 6.2 3.2 2.8 7.5 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 W. July SW. SW. 83 91 68 11.3 27 10.0 16.7 0.0 SW. 72 61 50 85 75 63 99 80 60 50 40 37 33 15 77 68 68 67 54 46 2.8 2.1 3.7 5 5 6 3.6 4.7 3.4 6.0 0.3 6.6 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. SW. W. SW. 61 74 50 j 8.6 16 11.7 10.9 T. SW. 61 72 107 50 -12 49.6 96 40.1 62.0 2.2 4.5 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dee. 28,29 None. Do. Do. Jan 16,19,25.28; July 1-5; Aug. 2-4. June 10.11: July 2-4. June 4,5, 21-23; July 13,14; Aug. 10-12. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29; Feb. 1,18 Dec.l5, 16, 18,20, 21... Aug. 10, 11. June 22, 23, 26-27, 29; July 3, 4, 11, 12, 14-16, 22, 26-28: Aug. 3. June 6, 11, 12, 20, 27; July 1-3, 5-9, 14, 16-19; Aug. 4, 6, 18, 19. None. 1895 1896 Jan. 1, 12, IC; Feb. 7-9, 14. Jan. 4; Feb. 21 Jan. 26-30 1897 Feb. 17... 1898 Feb. 3 1899 Feb. 9, 10, 12-14; Mar. 7 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 869 ALABAMA. Northeastern Portion: DEKALB COUNTY. Station: VALLEY HEAD. E. P. Nicholson, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in June, 1885. Latitude, 34° 30' N. Longitude, 85° 30' W. Elevation, 1,031 feet.] This station is situated in Valley Head, which is in a valley running almost north and south between Lookout Mountain on the east and Sand Mountain on the west. The elevation of the mountains on either side is from £00 to 700 feet above the valley. The thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter, Weather Bureau pattern, located in an open space at least 30 yards from any house or large tree, and the bottom of the shelter is about 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open yard, with free sky exposure. The top of the gage is 1 foot above ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum temperature data, number of days wi*h 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind direction are for the period of observation June 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903; the remaining data are for the period June 1, 1885, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperatur?. Precipitation. 1 ' § B 0-" i e s S 3 g o (3 Month. to . C3 "F. 42 39 43 "F. 51 60 49 "F. 78 74 83 "F. 32 32 27 "F. 1 - 7 -17 "F. 52 50 51 'F. 36 31 32 In. 4.4 5.2 5.0 6 8 6 In. 3.8 6.4 4.6 In. 9.4 5.0 3.1 In. 0.4 0.3 1.4 In. 4.0 2.0 6.6 SE. SE. SE. 41 53 30 14.6 20 13.8 17.6 2.1 SE. 50 59 67 62 70 81 82 88 96 42 47 56 4 26 33 67 64 74 45 54 62 6.6 4.9 4.1 9 7 6 5.9 3.4 2.4 9.2 5.0 9.3 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 SE. April SE. May SE. Spring mean 59 71 48 15.6 22 11.7 23.6 0.1 SE. 74 76 76 86 83 83 102 100 102 04 08 07 39 53 51 78 81 80 70 72 71 6.0 5.1 4.8 8 9 8 ■ 2.1 2.0 2.2 3.3 8,9 13.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July SE. SE. Summer mean 75 88 66 14.9 25 6.3 26.0 0.0 SE. 71 58 49 84 74 61 97 91 79 61 48 33 34 22 12 76 66 67 66 54 45 3.3 2.8 3.2 4 4 5 2.5 4.0 3.4 3.6 0.6 2.4 0.0 T. T. 0.0 T. T. SE. SE. SE. 59 73 49 9.3 13 9.9 6.6 T. SE. 59 70 102 43 -17 54.4 83 41.7 73.0 2.2 6.5 SE. Dates of Temperatdbe Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 28,29 None. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-3; Feb. 16, 17, 19. Feb. 24; Dec. 15-21 ... . None. . 1895 1890 Jan. 1, 13; Feb. 8-10, 13, 14, 17. Jan. 5; Feb. 21 Jan 28-30 July 11. June 12; July 2, 7, 17, 18; Aug. 4, 5, 14, 19,20. 1897 Feb. 17 1893 Feb. 9, 11-14; Mar. 7.. 370 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ALABAMA. North Central Portion: BLOUNT COUNTY. Station: ONEONTO. Aquilla J. Ketchum, Observer. [Eatablished by U. S. Weather Bureau in September, 1894. Latitude, 33° 54' N. Longitude, 86° 30' W. Elevation, 857 (eet.] This station is on the western edge of the town of Oneonto, at the eastern base of Red Mountain, and about IJ miles west of Raccoon Mountains. The ridges to the east and west rise several hundred feet above the valley, the elevation of Red Mountain above the valley being about 500 feet. Thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter of Weather Bureau pattern, located in an open space, the shelter being supported on posts, vrith its bottom 4 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open garden, 50 feet from any obstruction, and the top of the gage is 3 feet above ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation September 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903, except that in some instances part of the year 1894 has been neglected. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 9 1 g 5 S S 1 i 1^ i a o 1 la a o to u ■si S 1°^ Snow. Month. ^■9s December . 43 43 42 'F. 54 52 50 'F. 70 73 71 'F. 32 30 29 °F. 1 9 -15 47 49 49 °F. 38 40 35 In. 4.3 5.2 6.4 8 8 9 In. 0.6 1.8 4.8 In. 10.2. 6.8 4.3 In. T. T. 1.7 In. 1.0 T. 6.0 N. N. N. Winter mean 43 52 30 15.9 25 7.2 21.3 1.7 N. March 54 60 70 63 71 82 81 92 94 42 48 58 4 24 38 58 67 74 49 55 67 6.5 49 4.8 11 9 6 6.9 3.1 4.6 8.7 6.5 8.0 T. 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 SW. N. May S. Spring mean 61 72 49 16.2 26 14.6 22.2 T. S. 76 78 78 85 '89 89 97 103 101 64 67 67 45 53 50 78 80 81 70 77 75 4.6 6.2 4.1 10 12 8 4.4 9.5 2.8 3.2 4.2 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. July N. NE. 77 88 66 14.9 30 16.7 14.8 0.0 N. September 73 61 50 84 74 61 99 90 79 60 48 38 34 26 11 77 65 56 68 58 45 2.1 2.2 2.4 5 4 6 1.1 0.8 4.3 4.2 0.7 2.0 0.0 T. T. 0.0 T. T. NE. N. N. 61 73 1 49 6.7 15 6.2 6.9 T. N. 61 71 103 49 -15 53.7 96 44.7 65.2 1.7 6.0 N. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period September 1 , 1895, to December 31 , 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1895 Feb. 17 None. July 29-31. None. July 16. igno igni 19"2 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 1, 17, 18.. Dec. 15-18,20, 21 Jan. 14; Dec. 27. Feb. 17, 19 None. Do. Do. Do. 1896 1897 1898 Dec 14 1899 Feb.8,12-14;Mar.7... SOUTH ATLAWTIO AND EAST GULF STATES. 371 ALABAMA. North Central Portion: JEFFERSON COUNTY. Station: BIRMINGHAM. WiLLiAM A. Mitchell, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in April, 1882. Latitude, 33° 32' N. Longitude, 86° 37' W. Elevation, 608 feet.] This station is in the middle of the flat or business portion of the city of Birmingham, vphich is located in about the center of what is known as Jones Valley. The valley is about 2 miles wide and has a general trend from northeast to southwest. This valley is formed by two ranges of hills, those to the southeast being about 250 feet above the valley and thos3 to the northwest aboiit half as high. The instruments are exposed on the roof of a 9-story building at the comer of Twenty-first street and Third avenue. The thermometers are 136 feet above ground; the rain gage 128 feet above ground; the anemo- meter, 144 feet; wind vane, 145 feet. Previous to the establishment of the present office September 1, 1903, the instruments, consisting of maximum, minimum, and dry-bulb thermometers, and a rain gage, were exposed on the slightly-sloping tin roof of a 3-story building about two blocks south of present location. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum tamporaturj data, numb3r of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind direction are for the period January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. All other data are for the full period April 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 3 i © . 1 a a r a 6 11 PI g s e si Sa i' 1 ■sa i NO ■a IflS i-la Total amount for the driest year. c1 o © Snow. 1. 60 . Grea test depth in 24 hours. 1 December . . . . "F. 48 46 49 56 65 65 °F. 73 75 81 "F. 37 38 38 op 6 10 -10 °F. 51 51 53 °F. In. 35 5. 1 38 : 5.7 40 1 4.2 8 10 10 In. 1.1 3.4 4.4 In. 4.0 5.2 6.2 In. T. T. 0.6 In. T. T. 5.0 NW NW February S. Winter mean 48 65 38 15.0 28 8.9 15. 4 [ 0. 6 NW March 57 64 73 67 74 83 87 90 97 49 53 64 12 28 40 64 70 77 48 58 65 6 4 6.2 3.9 11 8 7 4.4 4.9 3.2 6.8 13.1 2.3 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 SE April NW liay SE Spring mean 65 75 55 16.5 26 12.5 22.2 T. SE 79 81 80 89 «1 01 100 104 101 68 73 72 49 59 61 85 84 84 73 73 76 4.8 5.4 5.5 9 11 11 4.3 3.4 2.3 12.1 7.9 2.0 0.0 0.0 " 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July August SW. Summer mean . . 80 75 65 54 90 86 76 65 71 15.7 31 10.0 22.0 0.0 W 100 93 84 65 55 45 42 31 18 79 72 60 72 63 50 2.8 3.0 3.8 5 6 8 0.7 1.3 3.8 3.8 7.2 5.8 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. SE N. Fall mean 65 76 55 9.6 19 5.8 16. 8 1 T. SE 64 74 104 65 -10 56.8 104 37.2 76.4 0.6 5.0 Dates op Tempeeatoee Extremes pok the Peeiod Januaey 1, 1894, to Decembeb 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 None. Do. July 30, 31; Aug. 12. June 23, 27; Aug. 28; Sept. 16. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14. . 1895 do Aug. 10. July 11, 12. July 6-8; Aug. 14, 15, 18-20. 1896 do Dec. 15,16,18,20 None 1897 Jan. 28 1898 do 372 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ALABAMA. Northeastern Portion: CALHOUiN COUNTY, Station: ANNISTON. p. M. Watson, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau at Oxanna, a suburb of Anniston, in September, 1891; carried as "Oxanna" from that date until February 1, 1903, since which it has been carried as ' ' Anniston." Latitude, 33° 39' N. Longitude, 85° & W. Elevation, 650 feet.] This station, about 4 miles north of Anniston proper, is in a valley. A wide creek, running east and west, is just south of the station, and the highest mountains in the State are about 4 miles east, running north and south. The thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, about 4 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open yard, 40 feet from any building, with top of gage about 3 feet above ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Prior tO' November, 1895, monthly mean temperatures were obtained from readings of the exposed thermometer, , made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m., after which the daily extremes of temperature were usod. Tabulated data are for the following periods: Maximum and minimum temperature data, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903; the remainder of the data, September 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 B i i a . |l < a !i 1 |i 3 H V 3 h o 1^ i 1 1 a'S o-o iSi Snow. Month. O i s "F. 44 44 44 "F. 52 52 52 °F. 75 73 75 "F. .34 :« 35 "F. 7 7 -10 'F. 49 47 60 °F. 38 36 34 In. 3.7 6.2 4.9 7 9 9 In. 4.7 4.1 3.8 In. 2.3 7.1 2.1 In. 0.6 0.4 1.7 In. 2.0 2.0 G.O SW. January sw. February NW. Winter mean 44 52 35 13.8 25 12.6 11.5 2.7 SW March 55 61 69 64 71 80 84 88 94 46 49 69 12 27 36 67 67 74 60 54 65 6.4 4.6 4.0 9 9 8 3.6 2.6 2.7 fi.9 3.8 10.6 0.3 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 sw SW May sw. Spring mean 62 72 51 14.0 26 8.8 21.3 0.3 sw 76 78 78 87 89 88 100 102 103 66 69 69 44 66 56 80 82 83 70 76 75 4.0 5.3 3.9 7 9 6 4.1 4.2 1.0 7.6 4.1 5.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw July sw sw Summer mean . 77 88 68 r 13.2 22 9.3 16.8 0.0 sw September October 73 63 51 84 76 62 98 92 82 62 52 41 36 30 16 77 69 55 69 60 48 2.4 3.0 2.7 5 6 5 2.5 1.5 3.8 2.3 2.7 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. sw November -. . - sw. 62 74 62 8.1 16 7.8 6.5 0.0 sw. Annual mean 62 72 103 51 -10 49.1 89 38.5 56.1 3.0 6.0 sw. Dates of Tem:peratdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum Ijelow 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 25; Deo. 29, 30... Jan. 1; Feb. 8, 9, 17... None. Do. Aug. 1, 11, 12. None. Do. July 16. None. Do. June 12; July 2-4, 7; Aug. 4-6, 14, 1 21. None. 1895 1896 Dec. 16, 16, 18, 20, 21 . . 5,18- 1897 Jan. 28-.30 do 1898 N'me 1899 Feb. 12^14 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 373 ALABAMA. West-Central Portion: TUSCALOOSA COUNTY. Station: TUSCALOOSA. W. S. Wyman, Jr., Observer. [Established by Signal Service In April, 1882; discontinued in September, lESO; rcestabUshed in December, 1860. Latitude, 33° 12' N. Longitude, 87° 32' W. Elevation, 230 feet.] This station ,is in the city of- Tuscaloosa, about three-eighths of a mile from its northern limits, and about the same distance from the Black Warrior River, on a plateau about 225 feet above sea level. The thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter of Weather Bureau standard pattern, which is located in an open space about 18 yards from the nearest house, with its bottom about 6 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open space on the bank of the river, with free sky exposure, and its top 3 feet above ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum temperature data, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind direction are for the period of observation, April 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903; the remaining data are for the period April, 1882, to September, 1889, and December, 1890, to December, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual SIeans. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 3 1 ^1 1 s . ii o .a ti 1 i o 1 r 1 o h1 1 So If % Snow. Month. M . IP 46 44 46 °i'. 64 54 53 "F. 75 78 83 'F. 32 34 32 "F. 9 11 - 7 "F. 63 60 58 'F. 39 37 36 In. 4.8 6.6 4.8 10 11 11 In. 1.1 4.1 4.1 In. 4.0 3.6 5.6 In. 0.2 T. LO In. 2.0 0.5 6.0 N. N. S. 45 64 33 15.2 32 9.3 13.2 1.2 N. March 66 64 73 07 75 85 88 94 100 44 50 61 17 30 40 60 70 78 60 67 69 6.0 5.0 3.2 12 9 7 5.2 4.7 3.5 6.1 15.7 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. S. May 8. Spring mean 04 76 52 14.2 28 13.4 23.2 0.0 S. 79 82 80 00 93 92 103 106 105 68 71 . 71 48 69 69 83 84 86 72 78 70 4.8 4.8 3.6 9 12 10 7.0 4.0 1.2 13.5 6.2 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. S. 80 92 70 13.1 31 12.2 19.5 0.0 s. 75 63 53 88 76 64 101 92 88 64 50 40 40 30 19 80 70 69 68 68 47 2.2 1.8 3.0 5 5 7 0.6 1.7 2.8 3.3 6.4 4.6 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. E. N. N. 64 76 61 7.0 17 6.1 13.3 T. N. 63 74 106 51 - 7 49.5 108 40.0 69.2 1.2 5.0 S. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 27, 29, 31 June 29, 30; July 1-4. None. July 26, 29-31; Aug. 1-7, 11-13, 16, 17, 21-23. June 23, 26-28, 30; Julyl; Aug. 3. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14 June 23; July 17. Aug. 23. June 18, 27; July 12, 13, 15, 10; Aug. 1. June 7, 13, 14, 17-19, 21, 28; July 1-11, 17, 18, 20; Aug. 6, 11-22. July 23. 1895 Feb. 7,8 ; None 1896 Dec.15-17, 20-22 None. do 1897 do 1898 do 374 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ALABAMA. Bast-Central Portion: COOSA COUNTY. Station: QOODWATER. Florence Deignan, Observer. [EstaMslied by U. S. Weather Bureau in July, 1895. Latitude, 33° 04' N. Longitude, 86° 03' W. Elevation, 826 feet.] This station is situated a little to the south of the center of the town of Goodwater. There are hiUs on all sides of the station, though they do not rise more than 200 feet above its level. The thermometers' are exposed in a latticed shelter of Weather Bureau standard pattern, located about 20 yards from the nearest building, with the bottom of the shelter 4 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open space, with free sky exposure, and the top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. a o a Moutli. 1 I a |i 1 1 •a 1 s 1 1» |a o 1 1° •si hi §>a ©■o a,, 11 Eh Snow. 0) 00-3 g ill "F. 45 45 43 55 64 54 °F. 76 84 77 °x 32 32 32 "F. 9 9 - 8 "F. 52 52 49 °F. 39 41 38 In. 3.8 41 6.8 6 7 8 In. 1.0 3.2 4.3 In. 3.1 3.3 16.7 In. 0.1 0.1 1.5 In. 0.5 0.5 7.0 s. a. s. 44 54 32 14.7 21 8.5 23.1 1.7 s. 56 63 71 65 73 86 87 92 100 44 49 60 14 26 40 60 69 77 50 56 68 6.5 4.2 2.8 9 7 6 8.4 3.9 0.1 6.9 4.4 7.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. , N. May N. Spring mean 63 75 51 13.5 22 12.4 18.3 0.0 N. 78 81 80 91 92 92 103 105 105 66 69 69 48 66 59 83 84 84 72 79 77 3.9 5.1 4.6 9 11 10 3.2 4.2 3.6 4.9 2.4 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. July S. N. 80 92 68 13.6 30 11.0 10.9 0.0 N. September 76 64 53 88 77 66 102 97 87 62 51 40 37 31 22 80 69 59 71 61 48 1.8 2.8 2.5 5 4 6 0.9 0.0 1.8 1.9 1.5 1.1 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. NW. October NW. November S. 64 77 51 7.1 15 2.7 4.5 T. NW. 63 74 105 50 - 8 48.9 83 34.6 56.6 1.7 7.0 S. Dates of Tempebatube Extbemes fob the Period July 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1895 None. Jun3 30; July 1, 31; Aug. 1, 12, 13, 18. June 12, 27-30; July 1; Aug. 2-4; Sept. 17. July 15. June 6, 9, 22, 23; July 15-18; Aug. 11-14. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None Aug 10, 11. June 22; July 12. June 12, 20, 30; July 1-8; Aug. 10, 14, 15, 19-21. 1896 None Dee. 21, 22 1897 Jan. 28, 29 1898 None do 1899 Feb. 13, 14 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATKS. 375 ALABAMA. West-Central Portion: HALE COUNTY. Station: GREENSBORO. W. E. W. Yebby, Observer. [Establislied by Smithsonian Institution in January, 1855. Latitude, 32° 42' N. Longitude, 87° 36' W. Elevation, 220 feet.] This station is near the northern limits of the town of Greensboro, and its surroundings are much like the open country, which, in its vicinity, is generally flat or rolling, with no hills worthy of note near the station. The thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter of Weather Bureau standard pattern, the shelter being in an open space, with bottom about 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open yard, wi'oh free sky exposure, and top of gage about 3 feet above ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Prior to January, 1895, monthly mean temperatures were obtained from readings of the dry thermometer made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m., after which the daily extremes of temperature were used. The record is much broken prior to January, 1888. The maximum and minimum temperature data, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind direction data are for the period March 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903; the remaining tabulated data are from all available observations, covering the period January 1, 1855, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. be a •a > s o ■% s S Month. 1 s lea 1 1 B g < 6 1 "3 S S o 1 3 la r o 1 m So o g 1=1 Snow. Si a December 49 45 50 °F. 56 54 54 "F. 75 78 79 op 39 36 35 "F. ■ ID 12 - 5, -F. 60 57 60 'F. 42 37 37 In. 4.8 5.2 4.7 8 9 9 In. 2.2 5.4 2.0 In. 2.2 4.4 4.4 In. 0.3 0.2 1.3 In. 2.0 1.0 10.0 N. January N. February. S. 48 65 37 14.7 26 9.6 11.0 1.8 N. 55 64 72 66 73 83 '85 90 95 46 62 65 21 31 42 61 69 78 51 66 63 5.2 4.2 3.7 9 7 7 1.5 6.6 0.6 11.2 2.2 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. April'. S. May : . . . s. Spring mean 64 74 54 13.1 23 8.7 16.8 0.0 s. 78 80 79 89 90 90 100 105 100 69 71 72 60 60 69 83 83 84 73 75 77 4.0 3.6 4.4 9 10 10 3.4 4.6 3.0 4.1 3.4 9.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. August s. 79 90 71 12. Q 29 10.9 16.8 0.0 s. September. 75 64 55 86 76 65 96 92 84 65 54 43 45 33 21 78 70 65 71 69 46 2.8 2.1 3.8 6 5 6 1.9 0.4 4.1 7.9 4.4 3.1 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. SE. October... . N. November, N. 66 76 54 8.7 16 6.4 16.4 T. N. 64 74 105 64 - 5 48.6 94 35.6 59.0 1.8 10.0 S. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 Jan. 24, 25; Dec. 26-29, 31. Jan. 1,12-14; Feb. 6-9, 12-14, 16, 17; Dec. 3-6. Jan. 3-5j Feb. 21, 22 . . . None June 30. None. July 31. Aug. 3. None. 1899 1900 1901 ■ 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 7-10, 12-14; Mar. 7. Jan. 1-3, 28, 29, 31; 1 eb. 1, 2, 16-18. Dec. 14-21 None. Do. June 27, 28; July 11, 12, 15. 1896 1897 Jan. 12, 13; Peb. 2, 3, 10, 11; Dec. 26, 27. Feb. 16; Dec. 27 July 1-3, 7, S; Aug. 19. 1898 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 1-3; Deo. 10, 11. None. 376 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ALABAMA. Southwestern Portion: CHOCTAW COUNTY. Station: PUSHMATAHA. C. C. Beown, Observer. [Established by Signal Service June, 1891. Latitude 32° 12' N. Longitude 88° 18' W. Elevation, unknown.] This station is located in the town of Pushmataha, in the northern part of Choctaw County, about 20 miles west of the Tombigbee River, and 5 miles east of the Sl,a.te line in a coun'^ry whose surface is gently undulating. The thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter of Weather Bureau standard pattern on the north side of a house, under the edge of a porch, with bottom of the shelter about 7 feet from ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open yard, 40 feet from any obstruc- tiou, with the top of the gage 2 feet above the ground. The instruments are of Weather Bui-eau standard pattern. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum temperature data, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind direction are for the period June 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903; the remaining data are for the period June 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. ■a a s "F. 48 46 49 1^ a 'S s s f SI < 1 1 1 B g n la 1 1 to M Id ■si R."S o 3-ci Be a a C (U B" lil Snow. Month. to . i s "F. 57 57 58 °F. 77 78 80 "F. 36 38 37 "F. 9 15 - 7 °F. 53 62 64 'F. 43 44 39 In. 4.3 6.6 6.4 6 9 7 In. 3.6 7.4 6.9 In. 4.7 3.2 9.1 In. 0.2 0.4 L7 In. L4 2.0 5.0 NW. January February NW. NW. 48 57 37 16.3 22 17.8- 17.0 2.3 NW. March April May 58 6^ 73 69 75 85 87 88 97 48 63 63 21 28 43 64 69 78 53 59 70 6.0 5.1 4.3 8 5 3.9 1.6 5.4 4.7 13.9 3.7 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. NW. Spring mean 65 76 1 55 15. a p. 00 1 5 Month. December . 49 48 51 "F. m 57 60 "F. 79 79 83 "F. 40 39 42 'F. 8 5 - 5 "F. 59 58 60 'F. 42 41 40 In. 4.6 5.0 5.0 11 12 10 In. 4.2 7.2 2.0 In. 47 17.8 3.0 In. 0.5 0.4 0.8 In. 11. 3.6 40 P.ct. 80 80 81 Grs. 2.64 2.45 2.76 P.l-t. 75 70 67 Grs. 3.39 2.C6 3.14 NW. NW. N. 49 59 40 1 14 6 33 13.4 25.5 1.7 SO 2.C2 71 3.16 NW. March 58 65 74 68 76 84 87 92 98 48 65 63 21 30 43 63 70 78 62 60 71 6.3 4.6 3.8 11 9 9 3.6 8.2 2.6 11.9 LI 2.6 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 81 77 76 3.30 414 6.£0 63 55 56 3.74 4 39 6.41 NW. April. SW. May SW. Spring mean 66 76 55 14.6 29 14.4 15.6 T. t 78 4 CO 68 4.61 SW. June. 80 82 81 89 92 00 106 107 103 70 73 72 48 61 58 83 86 84 76 79 78 4.3 4.6 4.6 12 1 6 11 1 0.9 11 1 2.1 3.8 9.6 7.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 82 87 7.25 7.C2 8.14 61 67 73 6.82 7.79 8.23 SW. July SW. August SE. 81 CO 72 1 13.6 34 1 8. 21.2 0.0 83 7.77 67 7.61 SW. September October November 76 66 56 86 76 66 99 96 85 66 56 46 45 31 21 80 72 60 74 61 50 2.7 2.3 3.2 8 0.2 6 2.0 8 1.7 2.7 0.4 4 4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 83 82 85 6.41 4^0 3.S5 63 CO 73 6.47 4 64 406 E. E. E. 66 76 56 8.2 22 i 3.9 7.5 0.0 83 4 72 66 5.06 E. 66 75 107 56 -' 60.8 1 118 1 39.8 69.8 1.7 ILO 81 4 85 65 5.09 SW. Dates op Temperatuke Extremes for the Period Jantjart 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximmn 100° or above. 1394 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 25; Dec. 2'», 29 ... Jan. 1, 13, 14; Feb. 7-9,13,14; Dec. 4,6. Jan. 4,6; Feb. 21 Jan. 27-30 June 29. None. July 30, 31. June 23; Aug. 1-3. July 1. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 9, 12-14; Mar. 7 Jan. 2, 3, 30; Feb. 1, 17, 18. Feb. 24; Dec. 15-18, 20, 21. Feb. 11; Dec. 26, 27... Feb. 17 June 21, 22. None. July 11, 12, 14 July 7; Aug. 20, 21. 1898 Jan. 1,2; Feb. 2; Dec. 14. 378 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ALABAMA. Eastern Portion: LEE COUNTY. Station: OPELIKA. Andrew H. Read, Jr., Observer. [EstabUshed by Sigial Service April, 1882. Latitude, 32° 38' N. Longitude, 85° 25' W. Elevation, 817 feet.] This station is located in the northwest portion of the city of Opslika. The surrounding country is open and hilly, though there are no hiUs worthy of special note near the station. The thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter of Weather Bureau standard pattern, the bottom of which is about 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open yard with free sky exposure and top of gage 3 feet above ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum temperature data, numbar of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind direction are for the period of observation, June 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. The remaining data are for the period April 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Month. December. January . . . February . . Winter mean . March. April.. May... Spring mean . June July...- August . Summer mean. September. October November. Fall mean Annual mean. Temperature. 47 46 46 50 55 55 a . IB 78 74 78 90 76 100 101 104 a s • II op 36 53 53 •a 1 a ^a a 53 50 57 3 as ^a o "F. 40 42 ^ Precipitation. In. 44 4.7 5.3 14.4 6.2 3.6 3.4 5.3 4 4 13.5 2.8 3.1 3.1 9.0 hi iSa |25 23 Eh In. 1.3 6.5 3.9 11.7 2.5 1.3 1.6 1.9 5.5 1.4 L9 1.0 5.1 8.0 o p In. 7.2 3.5 10.9 21.6 6.1 4 5 0.1 46 40 18.5 6.2 8.3 7.8 73.1 In. 0.6 0.3 1.5 2.4 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. T. 2.4 In. 3.0 3.0 6.0 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. T. 6.0 s N. N. W. N. E. W. W. W. W. W. E. NW. NW. NW. W. Dates of Temperatdke Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 IS'JS 1896 1897 Feb. 13; Dec. 28-30... Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 7-10, 14-16. Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 17, 18, 21; Dec. 25. Jan 27-30 . ... None. Do. Do. June 12, 13, 18, 19, 24, 28; July 1, 24, 30; Aug. 1-5. July 2, 3. June 22. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-4, 26, 29; Feb. 1, 17-19. Feb. 20, 21, 24, 25; Mar. 6; Dec. 15-22. Jan. 13, 14; Feb. 5, 11, 12; Dec. 26-28. Jan. 9, 13, 14; Deo. 27. None. Do. July 1, 2, 6, 7. None. 1898 1899 Jan. 3; Feb. 2, 4 Jan. 28; Feb. 8-15; Mar. 7, 8; Dec. 26, 30. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 379 ALABAMA. Southeastern Portion: BARBOUR COUNTY. Station: EUFAULA. John B. Whitlock, Observer. [EstaWisbed by Signal Service In May, 1884. Latitude, 31° 55' N. Longitude, 85° 03' W. Elevation, 200 feet] This station is located in the northeastern part of the city of Eufaula, in a comparatively flat country. The thermome- ters are exposed in a latticed shelter of Weather Bureau standard pattern, secured to the north side of a wooden building, with bottom of shelter about 4 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open yard, with free sky exposure. The top of gage is 3 feet above the ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes of temperature. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Ah maximum and minimum temperature data, number of days with 0.01 precipitation, snowfall, and wind direction from April 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. The remaining data are for the full period May 1, 1884, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo .s 1 s 5 i 1 ill < a a u a 1 , o 1 f 1 ■si Is 2 o-o a,. O 03 a^ "i ■ Snow. Month. 0) M . Deceir Janua Tebru iber °.p. 49 47 60 58 58 59 "F. 82 81 81 "F. 37 37 38 "F. 10 12 - 4 "F. 56 55 59 "F. 41 40 42 In. 4.0 3.8 6.7 7 8 8 In. 3.4 3.5 5.6 In. 5.1 4.3 7.2 In. 0.0 0.1 0.5 In. 0.0 3.0 4.5 N. ry N. arv . ... N. Winter mean. . 49 68 37 14.5 23 12.5 16.6 0.6 N Marcb ^af.- 59 66 74 69 75 87 88 92 101 48 52 63 21 30 42 63 73 78 65 58 70 6.1 2.7 3.2 8 6 6 3.9 2.3 3.1 7,8 3.7 5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. S. E. Spring mean 66 77 54 12.0 20 9.3 17.2 0.0 s June. July. Auguf 79 81 80 92 93 91 101 104 103 69 71 72 52 56 63 82 84 85 75 78 77 3.9 6.7 5.6 10 12 11 3.7 10.2 L9 2.6 3.1 10.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. S. t E. pinTTnnfir Tnpn.n 80 92 71 16.2 33 15.8 16.8 0.0 s Septei Ootob Novel 76 66 54 88 78 67 100 94 83 66 53 45 39 30 23 81 70 61 71 61 50 3.0 2.6 2.9 5 6 6 2.0 2.7 4.0 11.4 1.9 Ll 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E. E. N. 65 78 66 8.4 17 8.7 14.4 0.0 E AnTnial Tnp.n.Ti 65 77 104 54 - 4 61.1 93 46.3 64.0 0.6 4.5 E Dates of Tbmpeeature Extbemes f OR THE Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 190 3. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° c r above 1894 Deo. 28, 29 None. Do. Record incomplete. June 19. 20. 24. 2><: Julv 1-3. 2 4,25; A\J ig- 1900 1901 1902 Jan. 1-5, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 2, 18-20. Feb. 23; Mar. 7; Dec. 15-22. Jan. 13-15: Dee. 27. 2S July 6-9; Aug. 10-16, 1< June 23, 25; July 11, 12 June 29. .30: Jnlvl-7. If 1-23. 26, 30. , 11; Au 1895 1896 Jan. 13; Feb. 8, 9; Dec. 4, 6, 7. Jan. 5 1897 Jan. 27, 28, 30... . g. 16 20 1898 1899 Jan. 2-4; Feb. 2, 3.... Feb. 8-10, 12-15; Mar. 7; Dec. 8. 2 Jul Jul 7. yi,2. e 15-17, 22, 23; A Ug. IL 190> i Jan. 13; Dec. 26 21. None. 380 OLIMATOIiOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ALABAMA. Southern Portion: CONECUH COUNTY. Station: EVERQREEN. C. Hawkins, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in May, 1884. Latitude, 31° 25' N. Longitude, 86° 37' W. Elevation, unknown.] This station is near the southern edge of the town of l^vergreen. The surromiding country is flat, the station being near the southern edge of the " Blacli Belt. " The thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter of Weather Bureau stand- ard pattern, secured to the north wall of the raUroad depot, with the bottom of the shelter about 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed on an open platform, with free sky exposure. The top of the gage is 4 feet above the ground. The instruments are of Weather Bureau standard pattern. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum temperatiu-e data, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind direc- tion are for the period April 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903; the remaining data are for the whole period of observation May 1, 1884, to December 31, 1903. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. M 1 1 Ji O 1 1 < 1 1 1 ? fa Co |>0 eg pi Snow. f Months. a: on . ssi Off < December "F. 50 48 51 'F. 60 59 58 "F. 77 74 80 36 36 36 13 13 "F. 52 61 53 "F. 46 44 41 In. 3.4 3.1 ■ 6.6 6 10 7 In. 4.9 4.1 3.6 In. 3.0 4.7 8.2 In. T. 0.4 1.0 In. T. 3.0 S.0 NW. N. NW. Winter mean 50 59 36 13.1 23 12.6 15.9 1.4 NW. 58 65 72 70 76 86 85 92 96 48 52 61 23 30 42 63 69 76 55 69 67 5.0 2.7 2.7 8 5 6 3.0 T. 0.6 5.9 3.2 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. April S. Ifay NW. Spring mean 65 77 64 11.0 19 3.6 13.1 0.0 s 78 81 80 89 £0 £0 m 105 100 68 71 71 64 59 69 83 85 84 76 77 76 6.4 6.4 5.2- 9 10 9 4.2 10.5 1.5 8.6 8.8 3.-4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. 80 60 70 18.0 28 16.2 20.7 0.0 1 sw. 76 65 56 87 77 69 100 90 85 64 53 43 iO 30 22 81 74 60 71 61 52 3.0 2.2 3.7 5 4 5 0.1 2.4 40 1.4 3.4 -^2r8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. October . . N. November N. 66 ^8 1 64 8.9 14 6.5 7.6 0.0 N. 66 76 106 53 51.0 84 38.9 57.3 L4 5,0 NW. 1 Dates op TEiiPEEATUEE Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894,'to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 10Q° or above. 1 1894 Dec. 28-30 None. Do. Aug. 1. None. Do. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 9, 10, 12-15 July 15-20. 1895 Jan. 1,12-14; Feb, 7-9, 13, 14, 17, 18; Dec. 4-7, 14, 31. Jan. 1,4-6; Dec. 26... Dec. 14-21 July 11, 13, 14. June 18, 20, 26, 27, 30; July 1, 2, 6, 7. July 1; Aug. 8. 1896 1897 Jan. 12, 13; Dec. 26, 27. Jan. 8, 12; Dec. 6 1898 Jan. 2, 3; Dec. 6, 6, 11, 12, 14, 16. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 381 ALABAMA. Coast Region: MOBILE COUNTY. Station: MOBILE. Albekt Ashenbueger, Observer. [Established by Signal Service November, 1870. Latitude, 30° 41' N. Longitude, 88° 2' W. Elevation, 11 feet.] The various locations of the station have been within 400 yards of the present office in the custom-house, and since 1872 have been on Royal street which runs parallel to the Mobile River about 300 yards from its west bank. The topography presents, to the south and east, lowlands and the waters of Mobile River and Mobile Bay; and to the west, a gradually increasing elevation which reaches an altitude of 140 feet, at Spring Hill, 6 §ix miles from the river, and this prominence is backed by gently undulating country with altitudes ranging from 75 to 150 feet. The custom-house is 77 feet high and is surrounded by buildings of about equal height. The building has a copper- covered hip roof 88 feet by 146 feet. The apex of the roof is surmounted by a wooden platform, 20 feet square, on which the instruments are erected. The thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau standard shelter 11 feet above the platform. The rain gage is on the platform 11 feet to the northwest of the shelter, its top being 78 feet above the ground. The means of the maxima and means of the minima in the table have been calculated from thirty-one years' record — 1873-1G03 — the snowfall data is from twenty years — 1884-1G03 — the humidity data from fourteen years — 1888-1901. Remainder of data is from full period — thirty-three years — November 6, 1870, to December 31, 1903. MoNTEDLY, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 5 a 1^ s i a , g .a -< B 1 ■a 4 s < 1 ag h 1 d 2 lil Snow. a 00 i a CO s a o ,0 Month. ID M . it f 5 °F. 46 43 44 64 52 54 'F. 81 84 78 "F. 34 33 34 "F. 2 4 -11 'F. 58 64 53 °F. 39 36 34 In. 4.7 5.1 4.7 9 8 9 In. 1.0 3.8 7.6 In. 8.8 3.6 3.4 In. 1.6 1.8 1.3 In. 4.6 8.0 3.5 SE. SK. N. Winter mean 44 63 34 14.5 26 12.4 15.7 4.7 SE. 63 62 70 64 73 81 86 92 95 43 62 60 16 26 37 58 69 77 49 68 62 6.4 3.8 3.4 11 7 6 6.6 2.8 2.0 4.6 10.1 6.2 1.6 T T. 6.0 T. T. S. S. jiay S. Spring mean 62 73 52 1 13.6 24 11.4 20.8 1.6 S. 77 79 79 88 90 90 101 105 103 68 71 70 46 57 48 81 83 84 71 74 73 4.4 5.0 4.2 8 8 7 3.8 2.4 1.6 6.0 9.3 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. S. Summer mean 78 89 70 13.6 23 7.8 17.4 0.0 s. 73 62 52 85 76 64 101 94 88 64 61 41 36 28 14 79 69 58 69 67 49 3.2 1.4 3.6 4 4 6 1.0 2.3 3.6 9.1 T. 4.7 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 0.2 s. s. November SE 62 75 52 8.1 14 6.9 13.8 T. S. 62 73 105 52 -11 49.8 87 38.5 67.7 6.3 8.0 s. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 Jan. 25; Dec. 28, 29... Feb 7-9 None. Do. July 29-31; Aug. 1, 12, 13, 16, 16. June 27; Aug. 2-4. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 1,8-14.. Feb. 17 Sept. 5. None. July 11, 12, 16. July 8; Aug. 18. None. 1896 None Dec. 15, 16, 18, 21 1897 Jan. 28, 29 1898 Dec. 14. Feb. 17 SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULF STATES. 389 MISSISSIPPI. East Central District: CLAY COUNTY. Station: PALO ALTO. William H. Hill, Observer. [Established by Signal Service February, 1887! discontinued in December, 1902. Latitude, 33° 40' N. Longitude, 88° 47' W. Elevation, 300 leet.] This station is about 11 miles northwest of West Point and 1 mile from Abbott. It is surrounded by a gently rolling prairie. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter, which is located in a large open lot over 100 feet from the nearest trees and buildings. The height of the thermometers above sod is 5 feet. The rain gage is 20 feet from the shelter. The top of the gage is 3 feet above gi-ound. Mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum temperature data, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and wind data are for a period of eleven years oiJy. The remaining data are for the period February 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. .3 ■a 1 s 1 i a . la 1 -l i hi il II O (D a* Snow. > f 5 Month. o December. 47 45 47 "F. 56 53 55 "F. 76 79 78 ° F. 36 34 36 "F. 6 6 -10 "F. 59 66 57 "F. 42 40 36 In. 4.6 5.7 5.4 7 9 10 In. 4.2 1.6 4.2 In. 3.6 2.5 5.9 In. 0.9 2.3 2.1 In. 6.0 8.0 6.5 N. N. February r N. Winter mean 46 55 35 15.7 26 10.0 12.0 6.3 N. March 55 64 73 64 74 83 85 93 96 46 64 63 18 29 44 60 69 77 60 58 69 7.3 3.6 3.4 8 8 7 2.1 4.3 7.7 7.2 7.7 6.6 0.7 0.0 0.0 2.5 0.0 0.0 N. S. May S. Spring mean 64 74 64 14.3 23 14.1 20.4 0.7 s. 79 81 80 88 90 90 99 104 103 70 72 72 48 69 52 82 85 86 76 77 77 4.1 6.0 4.2 10 12 8 2.3 1.2 3.8 16.3 4.6 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. Jtily s. s. Summer mean 80 89 71 13.3 30 7.3 23.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. s. September . . : 75 64 54 85 76 65 100 93 89 65 53 43 38 32 19 80 69 60 71 60 SO 3.4 2.5 2.6 6 4 6 8.2 0.4 2.4 1.8 10.4 1.2 0.0 0.0 T. s. October N. N. 64 75 64 8.5 15 11.0 13.4 T. N. 64 73 104 54 -10 51.8 94 42.4 69.6 6.0 8.0 N. Dates op Tempekatdee Extremes foe the Period Jandart 1, 1894, to December 31, 1902. Year. Minimum below 10°. Jan. 25; Deo. 28, 29 Jan. 1; Feb. 7,8... None Jan. 28, 29 None Maximum 100° or above. None. Do. Julv 30,31; Aug. 1,12, 13, 16; Sept. 17. Aug. 1-3. None. Year. 1900 1901 1902 Minimum below 10°, Feb. 12-14 None Dec. 15,16,18,20,21. None Maximum 100° or above. None. Do. July 11-13,15; Aug. 3. July 8; Aug. 18. 390 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MISSISSIPPI. West Central District: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: QREENVILLE. M. G. Haebison, Observer. [Established by Signal Service January, 1887. Latitude, 33° 27' N. Longitude. 91° 1' W. Elevation, 126 feet.] This station is in the western portion of the city of GreenvUle, which is situated on the Mississippi River, and within a few blocks of the river. The surrounding country is a part of the Mississippi flood plain and, where not cleared for agricultural purposes, is heavily overgrown with timber. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter, which is located under a large shade tree and within about 2 feet oi the trunk of the tree. The height of the thermometers above ground is 8J feet. The rain gage is on the roof of a one-story house and has an unobstructed exposure. The top of the gage is 15 feet above ground. Mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Maximum and minimum temperature data, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, snowfall, and frost data are for the period of observation May, 1893, to December, 1903, and wind data from Jahuary, 1896, to December, 1903. Th» remaining data are for the period January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. I 1 i i li o < i i '3 o i ■a w O a •t-tO 1 ^1 Bo 3fe| E-i ^1 o « 9^ Snow. Uonth. to. 1 (3 Ppf-fTTl^AT "F. 46 45 47 "F. 65 54 54 °F. 80 78 81 °F. 36 36 35 °F. 9 9 - 5 "F. 59 56 58 °F. 41 38 36 In. 3.8 4.8 4.5 9 11 10 In. 0.2 3.3 6.2 In. 6.5 5.6 3.6 In. 0.5 0.4 1.1 In. 2.5 1.2 4.0 NW. January N. February. NW. 46 54 35 13.1 30 8.7 15.7 2.0 NW. March. 55 65 73 66 75 84 90 91 99 46 54 63 20 33 39 60 68 77 50 60 70 5.8 4.1 3.5 10 8 8 8.0 2.5 1.1 3.9 9.7 2.9 0.5 0.0 0.0 2.5 0.0 0.0 S. April NW. liay . sw. Spring mean 48 75 64 13.4 26 11.6 16.5 0.5 NW. June 80 82 81 90 93 93 105 105 104 69 72 72 47 69 60 83 85 85 75 80 78 3.6 4.2 3.3 8 9 8 0.7 0.8 1.8 2.5 9.2 3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 81 92 71 U.l 25 3.3 15.2 0.0 sw. 75 64 54 87 78 66 100 93 84 64 52 43 44 33 19 81 70 60 73 57 49 2.8 2.0 3.5 6 5 8 0.7 3.2 4.7 7.0 0.8 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. NW. November NW. 64 77 53 8.3 19 8.6 10.2 0.0 NW. 64 75 105 53 5 45.9 100 32.2 57.6 2.5 4.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Exteemes for the Period Januabt 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 June 29, 30; July 1-4. July 16. July 3, 17-19, 29-31: Aug. 1, 2, 5-j, 13, 14, 16-18, 22, 23; Sept. 16, 17. July2, 7, 12; Aug. 5. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14 None. Do. Julv 12; Aug. 3. June 6, 11, 15, 18, 20; July 8-10, 16, Aug. 5, 10, 14-21, 27. July 22. 1895 .do 1896 do .Tan. 28 Dec. 16 None . 17; 1897 1898 do SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GOLF STATES. 391 MISSISSIPPI. North Central District: WINSTON COUNTY. Station: NEAR LOUISVILLE. B. T. Webstee, Observer. [Bstablislied by Signal Service in December, 1888. Latitude, 33° 7' N. Longitude, 89° 1' W. Elevation, 561 leet.] This station is located about 2 miles southeast of the towB of Louisville, and near the center of Winston County. The surrounding country ranges from undulating to hilly and is generally wooded. The thermometers are exposed near the north edge of the north gallery of Mr. Webster's dwelling. The gallery is open toward the north, south, and east. The thermometers are protected from the direct and reflected rays of the sun, subject to a free air circulation, and are 8 feet above ground. The rain gage is located in an open place and is 35 feet from the nearest tree. The top of the gage is 6 feet above ground. Mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean oithe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 'F. 47 45 47 op 59 66 58 80 77 84 "F. 34 33 35 °F. 3 6 -13 "F. 59 56 58 °F. 41 40 34 In. 4.6 5.5 6.8 5 7 8 In. 1.0 4.8 2.0 In. 2.7 3.5 6.2 In. 1.2 0.8 1.7 In. 4.0 4.5 5.8 46 58 34 15.9 20 7.8 12.4 3.7 55 63 70 67 75 83 84 92 96 43 50 68 15 25 38 61 68 76 61 58 68 6.2 4.2 3.1 8 5 5 4.6 3.5 0.5 6.0 13.4 6.6 0.8 T. 0.0 4.0 T. May 0.0 Spring mean 63 75 50 13.5 18 8.6 26.0 0.8 June 77 80 79 89 90 91 102 104 103 66 68 68 43 55 43 81 83 83 72' 73 77 4.4 5.0 4.7 7 10 8 6.1 . 9. -6 2.3 14.0 3.9 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 79 90 67 14.1 25 17.7 19.1 0.0 September 74 64 54 87 79 67 100 99 86 62 49 40 38 26 14 79 69 60 70 60 48 2.6 1.8 3.0 4 3 4 1.0 0.2 3.8 1.0 5.6 1.1 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 October 0.0 T. 64 78 50 7.4 11 5.0 7.7 T. 63 76 104 50 -13 50.9 74 39.1 65.2 4.5 5.5 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 25; Dec. 28, 29... Jan. 1, 13; Feb. 7-9, 13, 17. None. Do. July30,3]; Aug. 1,6. 12, 13, 17,21. June 23, 24; July l-3;Aug. 1-4; Sept. 3. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1,8,11-14 Feb. 1, 17, 18 Sept. 5. None. 1896 Dec. 15, 16, 18, 20, 21.. July 11, 12; Aug. 3. June 18; July 16, 17; Aug. 14, 15, 18-20. 27. 1897 Jan. 26, 28, 29 .do 1898 Deo. 14 None. 392 CLIMATOLOGY OK THE UNITED STATES. MISSISSIPPI. West Central District: YAZOO COUNTY. Station: YAZOO CITY. W. C. Goosey, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in January, 1886. Latitude, 32° SO' N. Longitude, 90° 27' W. Elevation, 116 feet.] This station is on the west side of the Yazoo Eiver, just opposite Yazoo City. The country west of the river is level, being a part of the Mississippi flood plain, while on the cast side there is a valley a few miles wide, beyond which the Cane HiUs rise rather abruptly to an elevation of from 150 to 300 feet above the valley. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, which is located about 125 feet from the south end of the iron wagon bridge across the Yazoo River and about 20 feet south of a one-story building and 18 feet east of another one-story building. The height of the thermometers above sod is 9 feet. The rain gage is located in an open place about 40 feet east of the shelter. The top of the gage is 6 feet above ground. Mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Snowfall, temperature, and frost data and miscellaneous phenomena are for the period of observation, September, 1893, to December, 1903; wind data from January, 1896, to December, 1903; number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, from April, 1891, to December, 1903. The remaining data are for the period January 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 9 ■ 1 g o — el 1 It o O S=i 1 '3 1 . -< w o Number ot days with 0.01 or more. 4J4J So «1 o « 3fe| Snow. s Month. •5 47 46 45 58 57 66 'F. 82 81 82 °F. 35 36 35 'F. 9 10 -2 "F. 52 62 61 "F. 42 42 37 In. 4.2 6.5 4.8 8 9 9 In. 0.6 3.8 8.7 In. 4.6 7.5 3.2 In. 0.2 0.7 1.2 In. 1.6 3.0 5.0 SE. SE. SE. Winter mean 46 57 35 14.5 1 26 13.1 15.3 2.1 SE. March 58 66 75 70 78 87 91 96 103 47 54 63 24 33 42 65 72 80 64 60 71 6.9 4.2 3.0 9 7 6 3.6 3.5 2.0 6.0 11.2 2.3 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 SE. April May SE. SE. Spring mean. 66 78 65 13.0 22 9.1 19.5 T. SE. 80 83 83 92 96 95 102 107 107 68 71 72 48 61 52 83 86 86 74 81 80 4.5 4.4 4.4 9 10 10 3.1 0.6 1.7 6.8 7.6 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 o:o 0.0 S. July 1-- SE. SE. Summermean 82 94 70 13.3 29 5.4 20.8 0.0 SE. 76 66 65 89 80 68 105 99 88 63 60 42 39 24 14 81 69 60 73 59 50 2.6 1.8 2.8 4 4 6 0.6 4.5 2.6 2.1 0.3 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. SE. NE. 65 79 62 7.2 14 7.7 7.2 0.0 SE. 65 77 107 53 -2 48.0 91 35.3 02.8 2.1 6.0 SE. Dates of Tempebatdke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 29 June 30; July 1, 4, 5; Aug. 1. June 2; July 14, 16-18; Aug. 11; Sept. 16. May 25, 26; June 1, 27-29; Julys, 5, 6, 14 21, 23, 25-31 ; Aug. 1,-9, 12-14, 17-19, 22- 24; Sept. 5, 10-12, 15-18. June 12-16, 20, 21, 23-27, 29, 30; July 1-6, 8, 24, 26, 27; Aug. 2-6, 29. July 22; Aug. 24, 25; Sept. 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14. June 6, 6, 8, 23; July 14-18, 23, 30, 31; Aug. 2, 6-14, 21, 22, 24, 26; Sept. 6-7. Sept. 17. June 27, 28; July 12, 13, 15, 17; Aug. 3. June 11, 13, 18; July 7, 8, 10, 16; Aug. 5, 16-21, 26, 27. 1896 Feb. 7-9 Jan. 4 ....do do 1897 do ' Jan. 2 1898 , SOUTH ATLANTIC AKD EAS'J" GULF STATES. 393 MISSISSIPPI. West Central District: MADISON COUNTY. Station: NEAR CANTON. Geokge W. Smith-Vaniz, Observer. (Established by Signal Service in January, 1883. Latitude, 32° 40' N. Longitude, 90° 3' W. Elevation, 228 feet.] This station is 5 miles northwest of Canton in a rather level and thinly wooded region. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter, which is exposed in a large open place about 100 feet from Doctor Smith-Vaniz's dwelling. The height of the thermometers above sod is about 4 feet. The rain gage is 2 feet east of the instru- ment shelter. The top of the gage is 6 feet above gi-ound. Mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Mean precipitation and the total amounts for the driest and wettest years are for the period of observation, January, 1883, to December, 1903. The remaining data are included within the period February 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. In. 5.2 5.8 5.3 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 48 46 48 "F. 68 66 57 "F. 77 79 78 "F. 38 38 40 "F. 11 15 - 3 °F. 61 63 66 °^-44 8 9 9 In. 1.1 4.2 0.7 In. 2.8 5.8 6.9 In. 0.1 0.5 1.0 In. 0.8 3.5 3.6 47 57 39 16.3 26 6.0 14.6 1.6 57 66 72 67 75 83 85 92 96 48 55 02 23 31 40 04 70 78 62 60 70 5.9 4.2 3.3 10 7 7 6.0 5.1 0.7 6.2 6.0 4.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.7 May 0.0 65 75 65 13.4 24 10.8 16.6 0.1 78 81 80 88 91 90 100 103 106 68 71 71 49 68 53 82 84 84 74 79 78 tt 3.6 10 11 9 7.0 3.0 3.1 12.5 6.0 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 July August 0.0 0.0 80 90 70 12.1 30 13.1 22.8 0.0 75 65 65 87 77 66 101 96 85 64 52 44 38 27 15 80 70 61 72 61 51 2.8 2.0 3.0 6 4 7 0.8 0.3 3.0 7.2 0.1 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 65 77 53 7.8 16 4.1 10.8 0.0 Annual mean 64 75 106 54 - 3 49.6 96 34.0 • 64.7 1.7 3 5 Dates of Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 25, 26; Dec. 28, 29. Jan. 13; Feb. 7-10, 13, 14. None ... , None. Do. July 31. July 1,26; Aug. 1,3-5.' None. Aug. 9, 12; Sept. 3-5. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan.2-4,26,29,30;Feb. 1, 17, 18. Feb. 23, 24; Dec. 15-18, 20,21. Jan. 13, 14; Feb. 3; Dec. 27. Jan. 9, 12, 13; Feb. 17; Nov. 19, 20, 27, 30; Dec. 6, 7, 16, 27. Sept. 16. July 11-13. 1897 Jan. 25-30 June 11; July 4, 7 8, 16; Aug. 14-20, 22, 26,27. None. 1898 1899 Dec. 5, 10, 11, 14 Jan. 1, 2, 31; Feb. 1, 7- 14; Nov. 4, 6; Deo. 6, 7. 394 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MISSISSIPPI. West Central District: WARREN COUNTY. Station: VICKSBURQ. W. S. Belden, Section Director. [Station established by Signal Service September, 1871. Latitude, 32° 22' N. Longitude, 90° 53' W. Elevation, 229 feet.] This station has always been located near the center of the business portion of the city, which is situated on the bluffs overlooking the Mississippi River near the mouth of the Yazoo River. The country around Vicksburg is extremely rough; deep ravines and very narrow ridges alternate at irregular intervals. The bluffs have an average elevation of about ISO feet above the country across the river opposite the city. The thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau instrument shelter which is located on the roof of the Post- Office building. The thermometers are 62 feet above ground and 6J feet above the roof. The rain gage is also exposed on the roof of the same building and is 53 feet above ground. The anemometer cups are 74 feet above ground. The instruments have been in their present position since July 1, 1891; previous to that date they had a very similar exposure on the roofs of different buildings within the distance of a block. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation; All maximum and minimum temperatures, thirty years, 1874-1903'; snowfall, nineteen years, 1885-1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903; sunshine, ten years, February, 1894, to December, 1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-two years, September 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 > s E 00 o 3 -< B 6, 00 > B p. CO 3 s .a g t ■g 0) Si a « Pi Month. bn . OS.C SI < +^ 3 ■ o - 3 .^S o o 0.9 3 ^ 1 p 60 48 52 "F. 59 56 60 "F. 79 82 83 "F. 42 40 43 "F. 12 3 -1 "F. 64 59 60 °F. 40 39 41 In. 5.2 5.6 4.8 10 12 11 In. 1.4 3.9 10.1 In. 4.1 1.8 4.6 In. 0.1 0.8 0.7 In. 1.5 4.1 3.2 P.ct. 81 80 79 Ors. 2.76 2.54 2.70 P.ct. 64 67 65 Grs. 2.90 2.83 3.05 164 148 148 50 46 47 SE. SE. SE. 50 58 42 15.6 33 16.4 10.5 1.6 80 2.67 65 2.93 153 48 58 66 73 68 75 83 87 92 95 49 67 64 24 31 44 64 70 77 53 60 70 6.2 5.2 4.5 10 9 8 3.2 2.3 2.4 11.2 9.1 6.0 T. 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 76 79 81 3.21 4.54 fi.Ofi 69 59 62 3.51 4.71 5.99 211 271 312 57 70 73 SE. April SE. May SE Spring mean 66 75 57 15.9 27 7.9 26.3 T. 79 4.60 60 4.74 265 67 SE 80 82 81 88 91 90 101 100 100 70 73 72 52 62 64 84 84 85 74 79 78 4.4 4.4 3.2 10 11 9 5.9 1.1 1.1 6.4 4.9 5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.O 0.0 84 86 87 7.38 8.30 7.89 68 72 73 7.44 8.37 8.23 300 311 292 70 72 71 SE July .' SW. Summer mean 81 90 72 12.0 30 8.1 17.0 0.0 86 7.86 71 8.01 301 71 sw 76 66 66 86 76 66 98 94 86 66 56 47 42 34 22 81 72 62 72 62 48 3.4 2.6 4.3 7 6 9 0.3 3.6 2.7 10.6 5.8 14.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 84 80 80 6.49 4.30 3.26 68 61 63 6.77 4.56 3.56 281 265 194 78 72 62 SE. SE. SE. Fall mean 66 66 76 76 101 56 66 10.3 53.8 22 6.6 30.6 0.0 81 4.68 64 4.96 243 71 64 SE. Annnfll mp.n.Ti 112 38.0 84.3 1.6 4.1 81 4.95 65 5.16 241 SE. Dates of Tempeeatuke Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. 1895 1896 1897 Minimum below 22°. Jan. 25,26; Dec. 28, 29 Jan. 14; Feb. 7-9, 13 . Jan. 4, 5 Jan. 26-29 Dec. 10, 14 Jan. 1,31; Feb. 1, 7, 8, 10-14. Maximum 100° or above. Julyl. None. July 31; Aug. 13. None. Do. Do. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 22°. Jan. 29; Feb. 17, 18.. Dec. 15-21 Deo. 27. Feb. 16, 17 Maximum 100° or above. None. July 13. None. Do. SOCTTH ATLANTIC AND BAST GULF STATES. 395 MISSISSIPPI. East Central District: LAUDERDALE COUNTY. Station: MERIDIAN. Latitude, 32° 21' N. Longitude, 88° 40' W. L. A. Denson, Observer. [Establislied September 1, 1889; discontinued August 31, 1896, and reestablished December 28, 1 Elevation, 338 leet.] Thia station is near the center of the city of Meridian, which is located on the northwestern slope of the valley of Sowashee Creek. The extreme width of the valley is about 2J miles from the highest ground on either side. The slope on the northern side is gradual, with a fall of 95 feet in 2 miles. Beyond the creek the rise is more abrupt; the valley being bounded by a range of hills extending from Mount Barton on the southwest to smaller foothills on the northeast. The main ridge extends on to the east of the foothiUs. The summit of the hill known as Mount Barton is 263 feet above the valley, and the foothills are 50 feet above, while the average height of the range is about 200 feet. All exposed instniments are located on the tower of the Government building, corner of Eighth street and Twenty-second avenue, except the rain gage, which is 30 feet from the building, top being 3 feet above the ground. The sunshine record is from 1899; humidity, a. m., fourteen years; p. m., seven years; remainder of tabulated data is from full period of observation, twelve years, September 1, 1889, to Augiist 31, 1896, and January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 > s a B 2 . CI si a 1 '1 1 o 3 O a Bi is 1 1 i 3 1 ill as is Snow. a 00 i a 00 1 o In a S P Snow. f I 5 Month. 60 . St ■"jag December. 51 49 62 "F. 61 69 61 "F. 85 82 85 "F. 41 39 42 "F. 13 16 - 1 "F. 57 65 63 'F. 46 44 40 In. 4.4 4.6 5.3 7 8 7 In. 6.6 3.9 2.8 In. 5.2 6.2 4.2 In. T. T. 0.9 In. T. T. 5.0 N. January NW. February NW. 61 60 40 1 14.3 22 13.2 15.6 0.9 NW. 61 66 76 72 78 87 88 93 98 51 54 63 24 33 39 68 70 80 57 63 70 4.3 3.3 2.6 8 4 5 2.0 0.5 0.4 7.0 2.9 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. April S. Miy S. Spring mean 67 79 56 10.2 17 2.9 13.9 0.0 S. 81 82 82 92 92 91 103 103 103 71 73 73 62 60 65 84 86 85 77 78 79 5.3 6.1 5.3 9 12 10 5.3 3.0 1.8 1.3 6.3 7.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. August S. 82 92 72 16.7 31 10.1 13.8 0.0 S. 77 67 67 88 80 68 101 95 87 67 64 45 40 30 21 82 71 63 74 64 52 2.6 1.5 2.9 4 2 5 0.8 0.5 1.9 7.2 4.2 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. October N. November N. 67 79 66 6.9 11 3.2 14.4 0.0 N. 67 77 103 56 - 1 48.1 81 29.4 57.7 0.9 6.0 S. Dates op Tempekatuke Extremes foe the Pekiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22° Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 26, 26; Dec. 13.... Jan. 1,13, 31; Feb. 7-9, 12-14, 17, 18, 20. None None. July 17; Sept. 10. None. Do. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 1, 17, 18. Dec. 15-18, 20-22 Dec. 27 None. July 11-14. June 10-19, 30; July 1-8, 11, 19; Aug. 14-18, 20-27 1896 Jan. 9, 13: Feb. 17; Nov. 19, 20, 27; Dec. 7.27. 1897 1898 1899 do Jan. 2; Dec. 11 Feb. 8, 11-14 July 6, 21-23. SOUTH ATLANTIC AND EAST GULP STATES. 399 MISSISSIPPI. South Central District: PIKE COUNTY. Station: MAGNOLIA. H. C. Davis, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau May, 1895. Latitude, 31° 8' N. Longitude, 90° 27' W. Elevation, 415 feet.] This station is just beyond the western hmit of the town of Magnoha and is surrounded by a gently rolling country, which is rather heavily wooded. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter, which is located 15 feet east of Mr. Davis's house, a one-story building. The height of the thermometers above sod is 4§ feet. The rain gage is 20 feet south of the instrument shelter and 10 feet east of some shrubbery about 6 feet high. The top of the gage is 3 feet above ground. Mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 1, 1895, to Deoembeb 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 g «^ 5 I a © 3 < q 1 CD li o a 3 u 1 1^ 1 •si Total amount for the driest year. o o 6h Snow. Month. -< Grea test depth in 24 hours. °x 49 49 60 60 60 60 "F. 79 79 82 'F. 38 39 40 "F. 12 17 'F. 52 54 °F. 46 47 46 In. 5.6 6.4 6.5 9 11 10 In. 3.9 6.7 2.8 In. 5.6 4.0 9.3 In. 0.2 0.4 0.8 In. 1.6 1.5 4.0 N. SE. - 1 1 55 S. 49 60 39 17.5 30 13.4 18.9 1.4 S. March 61 65 74 71 77 87 87 92 101 60 64 62 24 32 42 62 71 80 68 61 71 6.3 6.1 3.2 10 7 5 5.0 1.0 0.3 5.6 18.2 6.1 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 S. April S. May s. Spring mean 67 78 55 14.6 22 6.3 28.9 T. s. June 80 82 81 91 92 91 103 105 103 68 71 71 50 57 61 81 83 83 75 79 79 5.7 7.6 6.3 11 14 14 8.8 2.4 5.2 6.6 16.7 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s July sw. August sw Summer mean .... 81 90 70 19.6 39 16.4 26.4 0.0 sw. September 76 67 58 88 80 69 97 95 88 64 54 47 40 29 91 80 71 62 73 65 53 3.4 2.8 3.1 7 5 6 1.9 0.6 2.1 1.1 4.9 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s October . . NE N. 67 79 65 9.3 18 4.6 7.0 ■0.0 N. ATiTinfl.1 ■mfip.Ti , 66 77 105 66 - 1 61.0 109 40.7 81.2 1.4 40 s Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period June 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1895 Deo. 6,31 None. July 28-31; Aug. 1-7,21. June 20-23, 26, 29, 30; July 2, 4; Aug. 1-4. None. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 3; Feb. 1, 17-19... Dec. 15-18, 20-22 Jan. 14; Feb. 11; Dec. 27 Jan. 9, 13; Feb. 17; Nov. 19, 27, 28, 30; Dec. 7. 1896 Jan. 1, 5 June 16, 17, 20, 21, 23, 26, 28; July 12-14. June 16-18; Aug. 18. None. 1897 None 1898 1899 Jan. 2, 3; Deo. 11 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 8, 9, 12-14. 1076— Bull. Q- 400 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MISSISSIPPI. Coast District: HARRISON COUNTY. Station: BILOXI. M. JosiE Pope, Observer. [Established by Signal Service January, 1887. Latitude, 30° 26' N. Longitude, 88° 56' W. Elevation, 24 teet.] This station is in the southern portion of the city of Biloxi, which is situated on the Gulf of Mexico. Luxuriant forests abound in the surrounding country, which is level. The faaximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter, which is located about 20 feet northeast of the observer's residence, and about .50 feet south of several large shade trees. The height of the thermome- ters above sod is 5 feet. The rain gage is about 10 feet south of the shelter and 15 feet east of the residence, a one-story house. The top of the gage is 7J feet above ground. Mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1887, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Great- est depth of snow in 24 hours. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Direc- tion of vailmg wind. December . . . "F. 51 51 63 "F. 59 59 69 °F. 76 78 76 °F. 43 43 43 op 15 19 1 "F. 55 56 63 "F. 48 48 43 In. 4.8 3.7 6.6 6 7 .8 In. 5.7 1.2 6.5 In. 8.3 6.3 9.9 In. 0.0 T. 6.2 N. N. N. 62 69 43 15.1 21 13.4 24.5 N. 61 67 75 69 76 84 82 89 98 54 68 68 30 38 40 68 72 82 68 63 72 6.9 3.7 3.0 8 4 4 6.0 2.2 2.2 8.0 10.2 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. April : S. May S. Spring mean 68 76 60 13.6 16 9.4 26.0 S. 80 82 81 87 89 89 98 100 100 73 76 74 60 66 63 83 86 85 73 78 79 7.0 5.5 7.5 8 9 9 1.2 2.2 4.8 16.9 7.3 3.4 o.a 0.0 0.0 S. July S. August S. 81 88 74 20.0 26 8.2 27.6 S. September . . 77 68 69 86 78 68 98 92 85 69 69 50 40 36 27 82 74 66 71 63 55 6.1 3.4 3.1 6 4 5 4.8 3.6 3.6 7.2 3.4 1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. S. S. 68 77 59 12.6 15 12.0 12.5 S. 67 76 100 59 1 61.3 78 43.0 89.6 6.2 s. Dates of Temperatube Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimmn below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Mini-mnTTi hp.lnw 99°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 28, 29 June 29, 30; July 1. None. May 19, 23-31; June 1, 9, 10, 16, 16, 25-30; July 1, 5, 8, 9, 13-17, 22-31; Aug. 2-6, 7, 9, 10-12, 14, 17-21, 26. June 19-21, 23; July 6„17-19, 21, 23-26, 30,31; Aug. 1-3, 6, 7, 10; Sept. 3. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 July 21, 22. None. 1895 Feb. 7-9, 14,16 Jan 4 Feb. 7. 11-13. 1896 Feb. 17 Aug. 19-25; Sept. 16, 17, 30. June 17, 18, 27; July 11-15; Aug. 1,3. June 9, 14; July 7, 8; Aug. 18-20, 22-25. June 18; July 20, 21, 23; Aug. 29; Sept. Jan. 26, 27 Dec. 16, 16. 18, 20,21.. None 1897 do...- LOUISIANA. By I. M. CLINE, District Forecaster . 401 LOUISIANA. Geographical location. — ^The State of Louiaiana lies between latitude 29° and 33° north and longitude 89° and 94° 4' west from Greenwich. That part of the State south of parallel 31° of latitude extends 2° farther east than the northern portion, while the northern portion extends about 45' farther west than the southern portion. The greatest distance between the boundaries of the State lies between the mouth of the Mississippi River and the northwestern corner of the State, about 400 miles. Topographical and physical features. — ^Louisiana possesses a varied topography. First, two general subdivisions may be made — the hiUy country and the level country. There are three classes of land in the hiUy country — ^the good uplands, the pine lands, and the bluff lands. Five classes of lands are to be found in the level country — the arable alluvial lands, the prairies, the pine flats, the wooded swamps, and the coast marshes. There is an extensive water surface over the eastern and southern portions of the State, which is of great importance. This water surface includes a vast multitude of rivers, creeks, bayous, lakes, and bays. The good uplands, embracing an area of more than 5,000,000 acres, lie mostly in northern Louisiana and cover the greater part of the parishes of Caddo, De Soto, Sabine, Bossier, Webster, Red River, Claiborne, Bienville, Union, Jackson, Ouachita, Moorehouse, and Caldwell, west of the Mississippi River, and parts of the Felicianas and East Baton Rouge, east of the Mississippi. The uplands are extremely hilly in some places, and there are ridges that reach an elevation of 400 to 500 feet. The pine hills are in the parishes of Catahoula, Winn, Grant, Natchitoches, Rapides, Vernon, and Calcasieu, west of the Mississippi, and St. Helena, Tangipahoa, Washington, St. Tammany, and Livingston, east of the Mississippi. These parishes aU contain fine lands, excepting such as are covered by long-leaf pines. The pine hiUs embrace nearly 6,000,000 acres. The region of the pine hiUs is broken. The soil is generally poor and sandy. Ledges of coarse, gray sand rock are very common, and there are numerous petrifactions. Where the Red River and other large streams in the State flow through the pine hUls large afeas of fine alluvial lands are foimd, and bottom lands which afford good farms are found along the lesser streams. The bluff lands present the most peculiar and interesting topographic features in Louisiana. The Bayou Macon hills in West Carroll Parish are the beginning of these bluffs in the north; they are then easily traced southward through Richland, Franklin, Catahoula, Rapides, Avoyelles, Felicianas, Baton Rouge, and St. Landry parishes, thence southward into the dreary salt marshes, where the five islands of "Attakapas" loom up, wonderful to behold like mountains in the sea. The highest one of these islands is about 200 feet above the surrounding marshes, and the largest is not more than 2 miles across. The soil of the bluff lands is of a yellowish-gray color and is very fertile. It is easily cultivated, washes badly, gets muddy with the least rain, and becomes intolerably dusty in dry weather. The bluff lands cover an area of nearly 2,000,000 acres. Many parishes have alluvial lands within their borders, especially along the streams, but East and West Carroll, Madison, Tensas, Concordia, Avoyelles, Pointe Coupee, West Baton Rouge, Iberville, Ascension, Assumption, St. James, St. John the Baptist, and St. Charles are almost wholly alluvial. The lands nearest the streams are moderately sandy and easily worked, while farther back the land is black, stiff, and difficult of cultivation. The arable alluvial lands (nearly 4,000,000 acres) are very productive, and are a source of great wealth. The wooded aUuvial lands border on the arable, which latter verge into wooded portions some distance from the streams and cover an area of probably 2,750,000 acres. Much of the Atchafalaya basin is classed as wooded swamp, but a great part of it is no doubt susceptible of reclamation. The prairie region of 2,500,000 acres constitutes one of the most interesting parts of Louisiana. This territory is almost entirely west of Bayou Cocodrie. On the south it is limited by the impassable sea marshes into which they pass, often by imperceptible gradation. On the west the Calcasieu and Sabine rivers form the boundary lines. This extensive area thus broadly defined is not an unbroken treeless expansion, for coulees and bayous course through it, generally in a north and south direction, on the borders of which grow fine forests of timber, not least of which is the celebrated Louisiana pecan. The pine flats cover an area of 1,500,000 acres. We flnd the pine flats principally in St. Ta. mTn n.ny, Tangipahoa, and Livingst: i parishes in the eastern part of the State, and in Calcasieu in the westei;n part. The soil is sandy and generally classed as poor, but promises much in the hne of truck farming. ' There are nearly 4,000,000 acres classed as coast marsh. Reference to the coast of Louisiana will be of interest here; it has been divided into two parts. The coast line of the first or eastern division extends from Pearl River to Vermilion Lake in the shape of an arc or section of a circle, having a radius of about 60 miles, with the center of said circle a few miles westward of the southwest corner of Lake Pontchartrain. All this part of the coast is extremely irregular, being indented by numerous bays and cut up by thousands of lakes and bayous into a labyrinth of peninsulas and islands. The coast line of the second or western section extends from VermiUon Bay to Sabine Lake, and is nearly straight. There are no outlying islands, and the whole of this section is exactly opposite to that of the first section. The coast marsh covers an area from Pearl River to Sabine Lake along the Gulf of Mexico, varying in width from 10 to 30 miles. It is low and wet and subject to tidal overflow. Numerous lakes and bayous intersect it, and it is almost impassable in places. It is very irregular. At some points it is difficult to say whether the surface is a lake or a grassy plain, for we encounter what is styled "Trembling Prairies;'' the upper surface appearing firm, but underneath a thin and treacherous crust, is an unknown depth of oozy water and mud. Tufts of grass grow here and there every few feet, and the "Trembling Prairie'' can only be traversed by stepping from one tuft of grass to another. The sea marsh is found in portions of Cameron, Vennilion, St. Mary, 402 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN EOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 403 Terrebonne, Lafourche, Jefferson, Plaquemines, St. Bernard, and Orleans parishes. These parishes, however, have much fertile- alluvial land within their borders. The water surface in Louisiana covers more than 2,000,000 acres. There are many fresh-water lakes, too numerous to catalogue, and they, with other water surfaces, form an important element in the physical structure of Louisiana. Mean temperature. — The annual mean temperature ranges from 65° at Lake Providence to 70° at Port Eads. The range in the annual mean temperature within 100 miles of the coast amounts to but 1° After passing 100 miles inland the change in temperature is more abi-upt, and over the second hundred miles the gradients are steeper than over any other part of the State, where the drop in the mean annual temperature amounts to 2° in about 100 miles. The extreme range in the annual mean temperature over the northern half of the State barely amounts to 1°. The isotherm of 66° passes westward south of Lake Providence to Moiu'oe, thence southward to Alexandria, and then up the Red Eiver Valley to Shreveport. January has the lowest and July the highest mean temperature in all parts of the State, but August has the same mean tem- perature as July at several stations. The stations with the same mean temperature in July and August are situated in the uplands, the piney woods, and prairie section. The coast marsh and the alluvial lands have the highest mean temperature only in July. The greatest difference in the mean temperature for July and August amounts to but 1° The mean temperature for the hottest month is 83° in the coast section and 82° elsewhere, except in the piney woods and prairie sections, where it is 81°. January averages about 1° to 2° colder than December and February over the southern portion, and 2° to 3° colder than the same months over the northern portion of the State. The range in mean temperature between the hottest and coldest months amounts to 36° over the northern portions of the State, and to 29° over the southern portion. The difference between the highest and lowest mean temperature for January amounts to 22° at Shreveport and 19° at New Orleans, while the difference between the highest and lowest mean for July amounts to 8° at Shreveport and 5° at New Orleans. The difference between the mean temperature of the hottest and coldest year amounts to 4° at New Orleans. Maximum temperature. — There is a narrow strip along the coast where the temperature has never reached 100°, and as far north as New Orleans it has not reached this degree except in one year (1901). The highest temperature in the State occurs over the central portion of north Louisiana and in the region of the pine hills and the uplands. Here the absolute maximum temperature at different stations ranges from 107° to 103° The isotherm for 102° maximum temperature passes westward through New Orleans, south of Baton Rouge, through Melville, and thence westward to the south of Lake Charles. From Melville to Alexandria the maximum temperature rises from 102° to 109°. The extreme range in the absolute maximum temperature for different portions of the State amounts to 10°. New Orleans may be taken as a representative station for the extreme southern portion of the State. The temperature has reached 100° in but one year, and while it reaches 90° every year, there have been eleven years out of the past thirty in which the maximum did not go as high as 95°. During thirty years there have been only 73 days when the maximum temperature rose to or above 95° at New Orleans. At Shreveport, in the northern portion of the State, there have been thirteen years during the past thirty years in which the maximum temperature did not reach 100°. During this period of thirty years the maximum temperature at Shreveport rose to or above 100° on one hundred and seventy-seven days. Minimum temperature. — The absolute minimum temperature ranges from 10° at Port Eads to 5° below zero at Shreve- port, which gives 15° as the extreme range for the absolute minimum for the State. The isotherms for minimum temperatures run more nearly east and west than do those for the maximum temperature, but there is a considerable dip northward over the Atchafalaya region in the line for 4°, while that for 2° dips southward over the bluff lands east of the Mississippi to Baton Rouge.- During thirty years the minimum temperature at New Orleans has been below 32° on only one hundred and sixteen days, or on an average of four days in each year. There have been, however, three years in which the minimum temperature did not fall below freezing. There have been but eight years, or one in four, with the minimum as low as 22°, and in five of these it occurred on but one day, in one year on two days, in another year on three days, and the other one on five days. The total number of days in thirty years with the temperature as low as 22° is but fifteen. The temperature at New Orleans has fallen below 20° during a period of thirty years in only three years, as follows: 1886, 15°; 1895, 16°, and in 1899, 7° The mean minimum temperature for the northern portion of the State is about 10° below that for the southern portion. At Shreveport there is an average of twenty-one days in the year with the minimum temperature below 32°. Temperatures of 10° or below seldom occur, even over the northern portion of the State. At Shreveport such temperatures occur but once m six years, and in two years they occurred on but one day in each year, and in the other three years on but two days in each year. This gives a total of eighty days in thirty years with the minimum temperature at Shreveport as low as 10°, and this may be taken to represent the northern portion of the State. Precipitation. — The average annual rainfall amounts to more than 55 inches over the extreme east portion and gradually dimin ishes westward over the southern portion of the State to 46 inches. The average annual rainfall ranges from 57.6 inches at New Orleans to 46 inches at Shreveport. The greatest annual rainfall at New Orleans is 85.6 inches and the least annual 31 inches, which gives an absolute range in the annual precipitation for the southern portion of the State amounting to 54.6 inches, which is nearly as large as the average annua! rainfall — 57.6 inches. The annual rainfall has been less than the normal in fifteen years out of thirty. The annual rainfall at Shreveport is 46 inches, and ranges from a minimum of 23.1 inches to a maximum of 66.6 inches. Rainy days. — The average number of rainy days over the southeastern portion of the State is one hundred and eight and over the northwestern portion one hundred and three days, while over the northeastern and southwestern portions rain falls on seventy-seven to eighty days. Snow. — Snow falls on an average of once in three to once in five years over the southern portion of the State, about once in a year over the central portion, and twice a year over the northern portion. Bail. — Hail occurs on an average about twice a year over the northern part of the State and from once in a year to once in ten years in different localities over the southern part. Hailstorms are not only infrequent but they extend over limited areas. 404 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Thunderstorms. — ^Thunderstorms occur or thunder is heard on an average of about forty-six times in a year over the^ Mississippi and Red River valleys. Thunderstorms are reported less frequently from the upland sections than elsewhere. The next smallest number are reported from the prairie section and then comes the piney woods. Frost. — The last killing frost in spring occurs over an area covering the southeastern portion of the State, which extends about 100 miles inland, on January 24 to 26. The average date of the last killing frost of spring for February 1 occurs on a lino passing westward south of Covington, Thibodaux, Morgan City, and Cameron. The average date of the last kilhng frost of spring for March 1 occurs on a line which passes westward half way between Covington and Amite, through Baton Rouge, Grand Coteau, and Sugartown. The average date of the last killing frost in spring for March 15 occurs on a line passing westward to the south of Amite and Clinton and thence northward through Monroe. The average date of the first killing frost m autumn occurs after December 15 south of New Orleans. The average date of the occurrence of the first killing frost in autumn is November 15 along a line passing westward south of Amite and Melville, thence northward to the west of Alexandria and to the east of Shreveport. Between the above lines for November 15 and December 15 the average date of the last killing frost occura later in the season with considerable regularity as we leave the line for November 15 and approach the line for December 15. The average date of the first kilhng frost in autumn occurs quite uniformly over the northeast portion of the State on November 7 or 8. Winds. — The prevailing winds are from a southerly direction for all months in the year except over the southeastern portion of the State, where the prevailing direction is from the northeast and north from September to December, inclusive. Influences of physical features. — The topographic features as they exist in Louisiana, varying from extensive stretches of level lands to moderate hills, do not materially influence climatic conditions, but the physical features which exist cause widely different climatic conditions in different parts of the State. The network of bays, bayous, and lakes which permeate the southern portion of the State for more than 100 miles inland play an important part in the control of the daily, seasonal, and annual temperatures and give to this section more of an oceanic than a continental climate. The moderate and equable temperature of the waters from the Gulf of Mexico, which come and go with the tides, keep the temperature of the adjacent lands relatively low during the day and in summer and relatively high during the night and in winter. As a result of these conditions the range in temperature between day and night and the hot and cold seasons is comparatively small. In summer the highest temperature over the southern portion of the State rarely reaches 95°, while in winter the lowest falls, below the freezing point on but a few days during the year and then, with rare exceptions, remains so for but a few hours. There are no marked physical features over the northern portion of the State which specially influence the chmate of any extensive area. However, prevailing southerly winds from the Gulf of Mexico materially influence the climatic con- ditions in all parts of the State. They give a fresh and vigorous tone to the atmosphere during the summer months and amehorate the cold in winter. Temperatures of the earth's surface vary materially in adjoining localities in all parts of the State, caused by air drainage and also by the differences in radiation and insolation which result from different soil conditions. Dark soils get warmer in the day and colder at night than lighter soils with the same atmospheric conditions. The marked influences of the physical features on the temperature conditions of southern Louisiana are forcibly illus- trated in the rapid changes which take place between latitude 30° 45' and 31° The average date of the last killing frost in autumn occurs one month earher on the thirty-first parallel of latitude than it does 50 miles south of that latitude. North of latitude 31° there are not more than ten days' difference between the average date of occurrence of the last killing frost in spring at the several stations. The same difference appHes to the first killing frost in autumn. List op Pakishes and Climatological Stations in Louisiana. Acadia (see Melville) Ascension (see New Orleans) . . . Assumption (see New Iberia) . . Avoyelles (see Melville) Bienville (see Shreveport) Bossier (see Stireveport) Caddo Calcasieu Caldwell (see Monroe) Cameron (see Lake Charles) Catahoula (see Alexandria) Claiborne (see Shreveport) Concordia (see Natchez, Miss.). De Soto (see Shreveport) East Baton Rouge East Carroll East Feliciana (see Baton Rouge) Franklin (see Vicksburg, Miss.) . . Grant (see Alexandria) Iberia Iberville (see New Iberia) Jackson (see Monroe) Jefferson (see New Orleans) Lafayette (see Melville) Lafourche (see New Orleans) Lincoln (see Shreveport) Livingston (see Monroe) Madison (see Vicksburg, Miss.) . . Morehouse (see Lake Providence) Natchitoches (see Alexandria) . . . Station. Shreveporb. . Lake Charles. Bat 3n Rou^e Laka Provi- dence. New Iberia . . Southwest. Southeast . ....do do Northwest. do do Southwest. Northwest. Coast Northeast . Northwest. Northeast . Northwest. Southeast . Northeast . Southeast . Northeast . Central Coast do Northwest. Coast Southwest. Coast North Northwest. Northeast . do Nortliwest. Page. 406 413 411 408 Parish. Orleans Ouachita Plaquemines Pointe Coupee (see Melville) Rapides Red River (see Shreveport) Richland (see Monroe) Sabine (see Alexandria) St. Bernard (see New Orleans) . . . St. Charles (see New Orleans) St. Helena (see Amite) St. James (see New Orleans) St. John the Baptist (see New Or- St. Landry St. Martin (see New Iberia) , St. Mary (see New Iberia) , St. Tammany (see Amite) Tangipahoa , Tensas (see Vicksburg, Miss.) Terre Bonne (see Port Eads) Union (see Monroe) Vermilion (see New Iberia) Vernon (see Alexandria; Washington (see Amite) Webster (see Shreveport) West Baton Rouge (see Baton Rouge) . West Carroll (see Lake Providence) West Feliciana (see Baton Rouge) Winn (see Alexandria) Station. District. New Orleans. Monroe Port Eads... Alexandria. . Amite . Coast North Coast Southeast . Central Northwest. Northeast . Northwest. Coast ....do Southeast . Coast do Central Southeast . Coast Southeast . do Northeast . Coast North Coast Northwest. Southeast . Northwest. Southeast . Northeast Southeast Central . . . 415 407 416 409 WEST GULF STATES AND SOTTTHEASTEEN BOCKT MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 405 State Summary, Louisiana. station. Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Date. Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above Mini- mum below 32°. Shreveport Monroe Lake Providence Alexandria Melville Baton Rouge Amite Lake Charles New Iberia New Orleans Port Eads °F. 75 70 '77 78 76 78 79 78 77 70 76 "F. 50 65 54 64 66 57 65 56 59 62 64 OJJ. 107 lOS 100 109 102 103 105 103 101 102 99 July, 1901.... do- August, 1896. July, 1901..-. do do June, 1897 July, 1901 do do June, 1900 °F. ~ 5 - 3 - 4 2 5 2 3 3 6 7 10 February, 1899. do..' do February, 1894. February, 1899.. do do do do do ....do 21 30 37 33 25 1() 27 13 9 4 3 Station. Shreveport Monroe Lake Providence Alexandria Melville Baton Rouge Amite Lake Charles New Iberia -New Orleans Port Eads Num- ber. Frost. Average date of — First killing Nov. 11 Nov. 7 Nov. 8 ...do... Nov. 3 Nov. 21 Nov. 6 Nov. 28 Nov. 30 Dec. 15 Dee. 20 Last in spring. Mar. 4 Mar. 15 Mar. 14 Mar. 12 M.ir. 11 Feb. 28 Mar. 16 Feb. 24 ....do... Jan. 24 Jan. 26 Date of— Earliest killing Oct. 20 Oct. 10 Oct. 16 Oct. 19 Oct. 10 Oct. 27 Oct. 19 Nov. 4 Nov. 3 Nov. 11 Dec. 5 Latest Apr. 2 Mar. 29 Mar. 30 Apr. 9 Mar. 29 Mar. 20 Apr. 1 Mar. 29 Mar. 20 Mar. 27 Mar. 17 Precipitation. Inches. 46.1 47.6 50.9 54.9 63.0 54.6 60.1 63.3 53 7 67.6 65.2 Spring. Inches. 13.1 13.0 13.9 12.8 12.9 12.6 14.0 9 9 10 9 14.3 10.3 Inches. 9.4 12.1 16.4 15.2 16.3 16.9 19.7 17.9 19.7 18.2 19.0 Inches. 10.9 9.0 8.0 9.9 9 6 10.2 9.6 11.3 9.1 11.6 13.7 Winter. Inches. 12.7 13.4 13.6 17.0 16.9 14.9 16.9 14.2 14.0 13.6 12.2 406 CLIMATOLOGY OV THE UNITED STATES. LOUISIANA. Northwestern District: CADDO PARISH. Station: SHREVEPORT. J. W. Cronk, Observer. [Established September 2, 1871. Latitude, 32° 30' N. Longitude, 93° 40' W. Elevation, 197 feet.] The office has been consecutively located in six diOEerent buildings, all in the business part of the city. The present location is in the Government building (post-office and custom-house), on the fourth or top floor; the building is near the business center of the city. The present exposure of the thermometers is in an instrument shelter of standard pattern on the flat portion of an irregularly shaped roof, about 12 feet above the roof and about 77 feet above the ground. The other instruments are in close proximity, the rain and snow gages are about 77 feet above the ground, and the wind vane, anemometer, and sunshine recorder are from about 84 to 85 feet above ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 lea Ji s ■a a |i 1 a o . i 1 09 tH hi 3? a +9 4^ a'" II Snow. a 00 ® > 1 a 03 00 -2 3 O 1 a p. CO i 1 a p, 00 1 o < i P,C1 Month. <^ p. ■< a o P 1 December 49 46 50 -F. 68 65 59 79 80 81 "F. 41 38 42 •>F. 10 1 - 5 "F. 63 61 68 "F. 41 39 40 In. 4.3 4.5 3.9 9 H 10 In. 3.5 4.0 1.6 In. 2.2 3.7 6.2 In. 0.5 0.6 0.7 In. 7.0 3.5 2.5 P.ct. 81 81 79 Grs. 2.67 2.48 2.60 P.ct. 63 66 62 Ors. 2.86 2.79 2.81 S. January . s. February s. 43 57 40 12.7 30 9.1 12.1 1.8 80 2.68 64 2.82 s. March . 58 66 74 68 77 83 90 96 101 49 57 64 22 32 42 65 70 78 53 61 70 4.6 4.6 3.9 10 9 8 3.0 2.2 2.6 6.2 8.4 3.2 0.2 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 79 81 84 3.22 4.50 6.28 69 68 63 3.50 4.63 6.28 s. s. May s. Spring mean 66 76 60 13.1 27 7.8 17.8 0.2 81 4.67 60 4.80 s. 80 83 82 90 93 92 104 107 106 70 73 72 53 62 54 86 88 87 74 80 78 3.8 3.5 2.1 9 9 7 1.1 1.0 0.6 2.7 10.8 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 85 86 87 7.71 8.30 7.89 64 66 66 7.44 8.41 7.79 s. July s. SE. 82 92 72 9.4 25 2 7 14.7 86 7.97 65 7.88 s. 76 66 56 86 77 65 101 95 86 66 56 46 45 35 18 82 72 61 73 62 46 3.5 3.2 4.2 7 6 8 0.5 1.5 1.4 11.6 2.7 7 4 0.0 0.0 00 0.0 0.0 0.0 85 86 84 6.57 4.56 3.31 63 60 62 6.68 4.7J 3.44 4.97 SE. October SE. Nnvp.Tnhftr S. Ffl.II Tnp.fl,Ti 66 76 66 10.9 21 3.4 21.7 0.0 86 4.81 62 SE. 66 75 107 56 - 5 46.1 103 23.0 66.3 2.0 7.0 83 6.01 63 5.12 S. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 None July 1. None. July 30, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 5-7, 15, 18, 21. July 25, 26; Aug. 3, 4, 6. None. July 29; Aug. 1-3, 7-10, 13, 20-24, 27; Sept. 4. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None None. July 13, 15. None. Do. 1895 Feb. 7, 8... do 1896 None do 1897 do do 1898 do 1899 Feb. 12, 13 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 407 LOUISIANA. Upland Section: OUACHITA PARISH. Station: MONROE. A. A. Mueller, Jr., Observer. [Established by the United States Signal Service in 1887. Latitude, i>2° 29'N. Longitude, 92° 2' W. Elevation, 82 leet.] This station is located in the central part of the town of Monroe, on the Ouachita River. The immediate locality is level, but the surrounding country is rolling, with hills ranging in elevation from 100 to 500 feet above sea level. The maximum and minimum thermometers, of standard Weather Bureau pattern, are exposed in the regulation voluntary station shelter on a high embankment east of the river and 8 feet from the nearest building. They are 6 feet 11 inches above sod. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. The top of the rain gage which is near the instrument shelter is 3 feet above sod. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December. . "F. 50 47 50 "F. 60 56 59 "F. 79 80 80 "F. 39 38 40 'F. 11 14 - 3 'F. 61 56 68 °F. 44 43 44 In. 4.1 4.7 4.6 8 9 8 In. 0.5 3.0 7.0 In. 9.8 . 6.8 6.8 In. 0.4 0.6 0.8 'in. 3.0 January 2.0 2.0 Winter mean 49 58 39 13.4 25 10.5 22.4 1.8 58 66 74 67 77 84 93 92 96 48 66 63 20 34 42 62 72 78 63 62 70 6.3 4.3 3.4 8 7 7 4.5 2.7 1.2 5.1 10.6 1.8 0,1 0.0 0.0 1.0 April. May 0.0 Spring mean 06 76 56 13.0 22 8.4 17.5 0.1 80 82 82 90 92 92 101 108 106 70 72 72 46 59 54 82 86 85 76 81 78 4.3 4.1 3.7 9 8 9 1.3 0.0 2.2 4.8 8.4 3.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August . 81 91 71 12.1 26 3.6 17.1 0.0 September 76 65 56 87 78 67 102 97 85 65 62 44 43 33 20 82 72 62 73 61 50 2.6 2.4 4.0 6 5 7 3.1 5.0 5.4 4.0 1.6 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October 0.0 0.0 Fall mean 66 77 .54 9.0 18 13.5 10.3 0.0 Annual mean 66 76 108 55 - 3 47.6 91 35.9 fi7.3 1.9 3.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 July 2. None. July 31; Aug. 1-3, 6, 7. June 21 ; July 26, 27 ; Aug. 2, 4-6; Sept. 4, 5. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14 Aug. 1-3, 9, 10, 13, 14, 23, 25; Sept. .5-7 Sept. 16, 17. 1895 Feb. 7, 8 1896 do June 16; July 3, 7, 10-16. 1897 .do ..do 1898 .. .do .do July6, 6, 8, 9; Aug. 8. 408 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. LOUISIANA. Upper Alluvial Section: EAST CARROLL PARISH. Station: LAKE PROVIDENCE. V. M. PURDY, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Signal Service in 1887. Latitude, 32° 48' N. Longitude, 91° 5' W. Elevation, 107 Jeet.] This station is the town of Lake Providence, in the extreme northeastern portion of the State and near the Mississippi River. The surrounding country is mostly level, and there are some swamp lands along the Mississippi. The maximum and minimum thermometers used are exposed under a shed twelve feet wide running north and south and are 5 feet from the ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open space, is 30 feet from the nearest obstruction, and 2 feet above ground. Monthly mean temperatures are obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. The record is much broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean ol ttie max- ima. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean ol the min- ima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Snow. Month. Average depth. Greatest depth in 24 hours. Decem*ber "F. 49 48 48 "F. 62 59 69 "F. 85 84 85 37 36 35 "F. 9 10 — 4 'F. 57 54 53 "F. 47 42 41 In. 3.8 4.9 4.9 7 8 6 In. 0.8 0.2 1.7 In. 6.0 January 2.6 7.0 48 60 36 13.6 21 2.7 March 58 68 73 68 78 83 90 92 98 47 67 63 22 36 40 62 76 80 50 62 69 6.4 3.6 3.9 8 6 6 0.3 0.0 0.0 2.0 Anril 0.0 ^y 0.0 Spring mean 66 76 56 13.9 19 0.3 June 78 82 82 90 92 92 99 104 106 68 72 72 60 61 68 83 86 87 73 78 78 6.1 4.5 4.8 7 8 6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 81 91 71 15.4 21 0.0 September 76 66 57 87 80 69 100 95 89 66 53 45 46 31 18 81 71 63 70 62 52 2.9 2.1 3.0 6 3 6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October 0.0 0.0 66 79 65 8.0 14 0.0 Annual mean 65 77 106 54 — 4 50.9 75 3.0 7.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec' 29 None. Do. July 15, 16, 30, 31; Aug. 6, 7, 9, 12-14, 16, 17. July 27. Incomplete. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb, 12, 13 Sept. 5. 1896 Feb. 7, 8 None 1896 None Dec. 15, 16, 20 July 12, 13. Aug. 18. 1897 1898 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTEKN KOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 409 LOUISIANA. Pine HUls and Central Alluvial Section: RAPIDES PARISH. Station: ALEXANDRIA. M. V. Crawford, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Signal Service in 1889. Latitude, 31° 18' N. Longitude, 92° 22' W. Elevation 77 feet.] This station is located in the central part of the town of Alexandria, on the Red River. Excepting the alluvial lands of the bottoms, the surrounding country is hilly, and there is much timber, mostly long-leaf pine. In some instances, the hais reach a height of 200 to 300 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometers, of standard Weather Bureau pattern, are exposed in a regulation shelter over sod and 25 feet from the nearest tree or building. They are 6 feet 10 inches from the ground. The rain gage is exposed near the instrtunent shelter, the top being 4 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. The record is broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean oJtlie maxi- ma. Abao- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 50 49 50 "F. 61 59 60 °F. 79 87 81 "F. 38 38 41 ojr. 10 17 2 'F. 62 53 66 "F. 48 44 43 In. 6.3 6.7 6.0 8 10 10 In. 0.9 5.8 1.0 In. 3.4 8.1 4.4 In. 0.7 0.1 1.3 In. 8.0 January 1.0 February 8.0 60 60 39 17.0 28 7.7 15.9 2.1 March 59 67 74 70 79 86 89 93 98 48 65 61 20 29 40 65 71 78 60 62 70 5.4 3.8 3.6 9 7 7 3.9 2.2 1.2 9.2 10.6 3.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 67 78 66 12.8 23 7.3 23.6 0.0 June 79 82 82 90 93 93 106 109 107 68 70 70 45 59 48 83 85 86 76 79 76 6.6 5.2 4.4 12 11 11 14.6 6.7 0.8 11.8 5.4 7.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 81 92 69 15.2 34 22.1 24.3 0.0 September. 76 66 57 89 81 69 101 98 88 64 51 44 40 28 19 83 72 63 71 61 62 2.8 2.6 4.6 6 6 7 0.3 0.2 4.8 3.2 3.9 4.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October 0.0 0.0 66 80 53 9.9 19 5.3 12.0 0.0 66 78 109 54 2 54.9 104 42.4 75.7 2.1 8.0 Dates of Tempebatdee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 29 None. Do. July 31; Aug. 1, 2, 4, 6, 7, 14. June 22, 23; July 2, 27; Aug. 4, 6, 9-11. July 23. July 18, 30, 31; Aug. 1-4, 7-10, 13, 14, 22-24; Sept. 5, 6. 1900 1901 1902 1903 June 17; Aug. 22, 23; Sept. 16-18. June 15-18, 20-24, 2&-29; July 3, 11-13, 15-17; Aug. 3, 4, 8, 11, 13, 17. 1895 Feb. 8 do 1896 do... 1897 do June 10, 11, 14-19, 30; July 1, 8, 9, 12; Aug. 3-6, 9-11, 16-27; Sept. 8.- 1898 -do . . do 1899 Feb. 12, 13 410 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. LOUISIANA. "New Acadia:" ST. LANDRY PARISH. Station: MELVILLE. C. W. Stone, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Signal Service in 18S7. Latitude, SO" 42' N. Longitude, 91° 39' W. Elevation, 45 feet.] This station is located in the tovm of Melville, on the Atchafalaya River. The land in the surrounding country is undulating and is both alluvial and prairie and areas of timber appear frequently. The thermometer shelter is of the standard pattern furnished voluntary stations and is 150 feet from the Texas and Pacific Raihoad depot. The thermometers, standard maximum and minimum, are 3 feet 6 inches above the sod. The rain gage is of standard pattern and is exposed over the sod near the shelter with its top 4 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures are obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. The record is broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Tempera! ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December . "F. 52 51 53 'F. 66 62 63 "F. 87 86 83 "F. 41 40 43 "F. 10 16 6 "F. 64 66 62 48 45 43 In. 5.0 6.4 5.6 6 8 8 In. 2.7 6.6 1.9 In. 7.3 6.7 8.8 In. T. T. 1.4 In. T. T. 14.0 52 64 41 15.9 22 10.2 21.8 1.4 61 68 75 72 78 85 88 90 95 60 68 64 26 38 46 67 76 83 68 63 72 5.3 4.5 3.1 7 5 5 2.2 2.2 0.6 4.4 11.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 OO April 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 68 78 67 12.9 17 5.0 16.0 6.7 4.8 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 June . . - 79 82 81 90 92 92 99 102 100 69 72 70 51 61 54 81 84 84 77 78 78 4.7 4.9 5.7 10 9 9 5.4 6.0 0.2 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 81 91 70 15.3 28 16.6 17.9 0.0 77 67 69 88 80 71 97 96 87 66 54 46 42 32 21 81 72 62 74 64 54 2.9 3.0 3.6 5 4 6 0.7 0.5 1.8 3.3 4.4 6.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October November 0.0 0.0 Fall mean 68 80 55 9 5 15 3.0 13.4 0.0 67 78 102 56 6 53.6 82 34.8 09.1 1.4 14.0 Dates of Temperatdee Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31,1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 28, 29 . . Incomplete. None. Do. Do. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 3; Feb. 1, 2, 17-19. Dec. 15-22 1895 Jan. 1, 11; Feb. 7-9, 17; Dec. 6. Jan. 1, 5 Do. July 13. Aug. 17. 1896 Feb. 10... 1897 Jan. 27-30 Jan. 9; Nov. 19, 27; Dec. 7, 27. 1898 1899 Jan. 2, 3; Deo. 11 Jan. 2; Feb. 8, 12-14 . . WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 411 LOUISIANA. Bluff Lands: EAST BATON ROUGE PARISH. Station: BATON ROUGE (State University). Prof. H. A. Morgan, Observer. [E3ta,l)lished by the U. S. Signal Service in 1887. Latitude, 30° 27' N. Longitude, 91° 11' W. Elevation, 62 feet.] This station i.9 located on the campus of the State University, which is to the north of and adjoining the city ot Baton Rouge. There is considerable timber in the neighborhood. The town and surrounding country are on bluffs nearly 100 feet above the river and near the southern extremity of the bluff lands on the east side of the river. The contour is broken with numerous small hills. The thermometer shelter, of standard Weather Bureau pattern, is located in an open space on the campus of the State University and 100 yards east of the Mississippi River. The maximum and minimum thermometers are of standard pattern. The rain gage is exposed at least 100 feet from the nearest tree. Its top is 2 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, February 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Temperal ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for ttie driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 52 51 54 "F. 03 62 63 "F. 84 84 82 "F. 41 41 44 14 20 2 "F. 56 62 62 'F. 48 43 43 In. 4.8 5.1 5.0 9 9 9 In. 3.8 7.1 2.8 In. 7.1 4.8 5.1 In. 0.0 0.0 L4 In. 0.0 0.0 12.6 62 63 42 14.9 27 13.7 17.0 1.4 March 61 68 73 71 78 85 89 90 96 50 68 64 25 32 40 69 71 78 55 64 72 5.2 4.5 2.9 9 6 6 3.0 2.2 1.6 5.8 7.3 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 April 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 68 78 57 12.6 21 6.8 17.7 0.0 June 79 82 81 89 91 91 100 103 99 70 72 71 64 62 .53 83 84 84 73 70 79 5.5 6.8 5.6 12 14 14 9.6 2.2 2.8 4.8 5.4 10.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Julv 0.0 0.0 81 90 71 16.9 40 14.6 20.9 0.0 77 68 59 88 81 70 9S 94 88 68 65 48 44 32 23 82 72 64 74 64 54 3.4 3.3 3.3 8 6 6 1.1 1.8 1.9 1.9 5.9 4.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October 0.0 0.0 68 80 67 10.2 20 4.8 11.9 0.0 Ann^ifi) TnP9,Ti 67 78 103 57 2 .64.6 108 39.9 67.6 L4 12.5 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1,1894, to December 31,1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or ahove. 1894 Jan. 25; Deo. 28, 29... Feb. 7-9, 17 June 28-30; July 1-3. June 2; July 8-11, 1.6-18,29; Sept, 7, 10. May 30; June 29, 30; July 2, 23, 26-31; Aug. 1, 2, 5-8, 13, 14, 18-23,30; Sept. 18-20, 22. June 20-24, 27, 29,30; July 1-3, 7-9,25, 26; Aug. 1-4, 7-10; Sept. 2. May 27,31: June 6; July 6,20-23; Aug. 18, 22; Sept. 1, 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 12-14 June 4, 16; July 16-19.22, 23,29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 6-13, 21-23; Sept. 3-5, 11. June9; July 6; Aug. 21; Sept. 16, 17. June 1.5-17, 19-24, 26-28; July 1, 11-14, 31; Aug. 2-4, 11, 12. June 9-16, 18. 26, .30: July 1, 2, 4, 7, 8, 12, 13; Aug. 11-13, 16-18, 20-27, 30. July 21, 22; Sept. 27. 1895 Jan. 3: Feb. 18 Dec. 15-17, 19-21 1896 Jan. 4 1897 Jan. 27, 28 Jan.2 1898 Feb. 17, 18... 412 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. LOUISIANA. Eastern Pine Lands: TANGIPAHOA PARISH. Station: AMITE. L. M. Wentz, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Signal Service in 1887. Latitude, 30° 4,5' N. Longitude, 90° 27' W. Elevation, 130 feet.] This station is situate.d in the town of Amite, on the park of the IlHnois Central Railway, near the depot. The town is in the pine woods section; some parts of the country are hilly, while other parts are level. The shelter is of standard Weather Bureau pattern with sod exposure, and is 125 feet from the nearest building. The standard maximum and minimum thermometers are 10 feet 2 inches above the ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open space 100 feet from any building or tree, and its top is 2 feet above the ground. The temperature means are obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, AND Annual Means, January 1,1888, to Decembee 31,1903. remperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mam. Higliest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. °F. 51 51 53 op 65 62 64 "F. 87 83 84 °F. 40 40 42 "F. 10 18 3 "F. 56 63 63 "F. 46 44 44 4.7 6.0 6.2 7 9 9 In. 7.1 2.4 6.2 In. 6.2 6.0 12.6 In. 0.2 T. 0.6 In. 3.0 T. 6.0 62 64 41 16.9 25 14.7 25.4 0.8 61 07 74 73 79 86 90 91 98 50 66 63 20 28 42 68 72 78 58 62 71 0.0 4.9 3.1 9 6 6 4.1 3.7 1.4 5.3 17.4 4.7 1.0 0.0 0.0 6.0 April 0.0 May O.O Spring mean 67 70 66 14.0 21 9.2 27.4 1.0 80 81 81 91 92 92 105 104 104 68 70 70 60 63 60 82 83 85 76 78 77 5,7 7.3 6.7 11 13 14 2.5 2.8 1.4 8.0 4.9 6.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 Summer mean 81 92 69 19.7 38 6.7 18.1 0.0 77 07 58 89 81 71 99 98 89 65 52 46 44 29 22 81 72 63 76 02 54 3.7 2.1 3.7 8 4 6 6.4 2.8 2.6 1.6 3.8 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October 0.0 November 0.0 67 80 54 9.5 18 10.8 7.6 0.0 Annual mean 67 79 105 55 3 60.1 102 41.4 78.0 1.8 6.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 13; Mar. 29, 30; Dec. 28, 29. Jan. 1; Feb. 7-9, 17; Dec. 4, 6, 31. Jan. 5; Mar. 20 June 30; July 1. None. July 31; Aug. 1,6, 22. June21-24; July 1-4; Aug. 2, 4. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2,3; Dec. 11 Feb. 8, 9, 12-14 Jan. 3, 4: Feb. 1,18, 19. Dec. 15, 16-22,31 Jan. 1, 8 None. July 23; Aug. 2, 8-10. None. June 15-17, 19, 21, 27, 28; July 12-15. June 9, 14-18; Aug. 16, 17, 20-23, 26, 27. None. 1896 1897 Jan. 9; Feb. 7; Nov. 19, 27; Dec. 7. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTEEN EOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 413 LOUISIANA. Prairie Section: CALCASIEU PARISH. Station: LAKE CHARLES. W. S. Matheny, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Signal Service in the latter part of 1887. Latitude, 30° 12' N. Longitude, 93° 6' W. Elevation, 22 feet.] This station is located in the town of Lake Charles. The surrounding country is mostly prairie, that in this section begins to merge into the coast marsh, causing a portion of the surrounding country to be low and wet. The town is situated on the northeast side of a lake which is circular in shape and about 2 miles in diameter. The banks of the lake are 20 feet high in some places, while in other places they are almost level with the water. The maximum and minimum thermometers are of standard Weather Bureau pattern, and exposed in a regulation voluntary station shelter over sod in an open square of ground. The top of the rain gage is about 2 feet above ground; the gage is exposed in the open. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. The record is somewhat broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean otthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. -Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 53 52 53 °F. 64 62 63 °F. 88 82 86 "F. 41 40 42 "F. 19 10 3 °F. 60 62 60 "F. 48 44 45 In. 3.8 5.8 4.6 6 7 6 In. 6.8 7.2 1.4 In. 7.0 6.4 6.1 In. 0.0 0.1 2.7 In. 0.0 0.5 22.0 53 63 41 14.2 19 15.4 18.5 2.8 March 60 67 74 71 78 85 86 90 98 50 56 62 20 35 43 66 72 78 56 63 69 4.4 2.7 2.8 7 4 4 3.1 3.4 0.3 3.9 6.1 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 April May 0.0 0.0 Spring mean 67 78 56 1 9.9 15 6.8 16.8 0.0 June July Aagust 80 81 81 90 92 92 101 103 102 69 70 70 52 54 50 83 84 86 76 76 76 6.9 5.8 5.2 9 9 9 7.8 3.5 3.1 10.1 8.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 91 70 17.9 27 14.4 22.1 0.0 September October November 77 69 60 88 81 71 98 103 92 66 56 48 42 34 22 83 73 66 71 62 61 3.0 3.4 4.9 6 4 6 1.1 0.1 3.5 1.4 10.5 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 69 80 57 11.3 16 4.7 17.7 0.0 67 78 103 56 3 53.3 77 41.3 75.1 2.8 22.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 23, 24: Deo. 29. Feb. 7,8 June 30; July 1-3; Aug. 12, 13. Junel, 2; July 15-21; Aug. 15; Sept. 10-12, 14. May 30; June 3,6,10, 12, 16, 23, 27, 28, 30; July 1, 4-7, 9, 10, 23, 25, 26, 28-30; Aug. 1, 5, 6, 9, 10, 18, 20, 24. June 22-24, 27, 28; July 1, 7, 8, 10, 11, 15, 16, 26-31; Aug. 1-6, 9-11, 24; Sept. 5,29,30. June 19, 22; July 6, 10, 21-24, 26, 27; Aug. 1, 6, 8, 13, 16-19, 21-23, 25; Sept. 3; Oct. 4. Feb. 8, 9, 12-15 Feb. 17, 18 June 17, 18; July 9, 10, 18-26,30,31; Aug. 1-4, 8-16, 21-28, 30; Sept. 4, 6, 12. June 11; Aug. 21, 22; Sept. 6, 8, 15-17; Oct. 2, 3. None 1896 Dec. 18, 19,21, 22 1897 Jan. 27, 28 June 13, 14, 16-21, 23, 26-28; July 3, 5, 11- 18,31; Aug. 2-5, 8, 12-14. June 9-11, 19, 21: July 9, 11-14, 27; Aug. 1-7,9, 11-31: Sept. 4,6-9. July 12, 19, 21-23; Aug. 16, 17, 29, 30; Sept. 14. None Feb. 17 1898 414 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. LOUISIANA. "The Attakapas": IBERIA PARISH. Station: NE'V IBERIA. Mrs. John A. Gebekt, Observer. [Established in December, 1887. Latitude, 30° 1' N. Longitude, 90° 47' W. Elevation, 16 feet.] This station is near the eastern boundary of New Iberia. Much timber is growing in the neighborhood. The name of the locality is taken from its history rather than from its topographic features, which are varied, partaking of three classes, blufif lands, prairies, and marsh lands. The sea marsh extends north into the southern portion of Iberia Parish, and a line of forest trees, mostly heavy cypress, stands as a wall between the marsh and the tillable lands. ' The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter attached to the north side of Mrs. Gebert's residence, and are 10 feet above the ground. The shelter is an old style wall shelter, after the pattern formerly used at cotton- region stations. The rain gage, of standard pattern, is exposed over a grass plot about 100 feet from the nearest tree. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Pjecipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December 'F. 55 53 51 "F. 65 63 63 'F. 90 84 85 "F. 45 44 45 °F. 19 19 6 'Fr 66 66 66 "F. 48 46 43 In. 4.6 4.3 5.1 7 7 7 In. 1.6 6.1 1.9 In. 7.0 4.4 7.9 In. ■ T. 0.0 1.3 In. T. January 0.0 February 13.5 Winter mean 53 64 45 i 14.0 21 9.6 19.3 1.3 63 68 74 72 78 84 84 88 95 53 59 65 25 36 48 68 72 78 59 62 73 3.4 4.7 2.8 6 4 6 3.3 2.7 0.3 6.6 8.7 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 April. 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 68 78 59 10.9 16 6.3 19.7 June July 80 82 81 88 89 89 100 101 97 71 74 73 55 65 55 82 83 83 76 79 80 7.0 5. a 6.8 10 10 10 8.6 5.7 3.0 9.9 7.0 12.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 August 0.0 Summer mean 81 77 69 61 89 87 80 70 95 95 92 73 19.7 30 17.3 29.5 68 58 61 47 35 23 81 72 66 75 65 57 3.6 2.8 2.8 6 4 4 0.3 0.0 1.2 2.3 3.8 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October November 0.0 0.0 69 79 69 9.1 14 1.5 7.7 68 77 101 59 6 53.7 80 34.7 76.2 1.3 13.6 Dates op Temperature Extremes por the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 26; Deo.28, 29. ... Feb. 7-9- June 30; July 1-3. July 17. May 24, 30; June 29; Aug. 21, 22. June 20-22, 30; July 1; Aug. 3, 4, 10. July 21, 22. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 12-14 July 30, 31; Aug. 1, 2. None. 1895 Jan. 3: Feb. 17, 18 Deo. 15-21 1896 None June 14, 16-21, 25, 27, 28; July 12-16. 1897 Jan. 27, 28 1898 do Do. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN EOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 415 LOUISIANA. Coast District: ORLEANS PARISH. Station: NEW ORLEANS. I. M. Cline, District Forecaster. [Established October 24, 1870. Latitude, 29° 58' N. Longitude, 90° 4' W. Elevation, 8 leet.] The office was first opened at No. 281 Carondelet street, but was moved on November 18, 1870, to No. 222 Custom-house street, where it remained for about tsn years. On March 3, 1880, the office was moved into the United States custom-house, where it is now located. The location of the local office of the Weather Bureau is in the center of the business part of New Orleans. The exposure of the instruments appsars to have been fairly good at all timjs; the present exposure is very satisfactory for a roof exposure. The thermometer sheltsr is of standard pattern and is located on the northern end of the building. The dry bulb thermometer is 11.5 feet above the roof and 88.5 feet above ground. The rain gage is 78.1 feet, and the anemometer is 121.1 feet above ground. Sunshine data are from 1890-1903; humidity fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of tabulated data is from the full period of observation, thirty-three years, January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. iiii 1 h •s-9 g o Ice 1' w 3 H IXI H 1 ■si hi il o-o III il Snow. S 00 « 6 00 -2 3 s e 00 s p. 00 1 .a i t ■g 1. Month. f 1 s 54 57 °F. £3 61 64 °F. 81 82 82 T8 47 50 20 15 7 "F. 64 65 66 "F. 48 46 50 In. 4.3 4.6 4.7 10 11 10 In. 2.8 2.4 2.9 In. 6.2 8.4 13.8 In. T. 0.2 0.3 In. T. 5.0 8.2 P.ct. 84 84 85 Grs. 3.66 3.42 3.72 P.ct. 74 74 74 Ors. 3.84 3.59 3.97 148 148 136 47 46 44 N. SE. SE. 55 63 48 13.6 31. 8.1 27.4 0.5 84 3.66 74 3.80 144 46 SE. March. 63 69 76 70 76 83 84 88 93 55 61 08 30 38 52 69 72 79 59 65 73 6.2 5.1 4.0 9 8 9 2.7 1.6 0.1 10.8 8.0 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 84 82 80 4.36 6.21 ■0.59 70 67 67 4.59 5.35 6.47 186 208 274 60 64 65 SE. April May SE. SE. .Spring mean. 69 76 61 14.3 26 4.4 21.3 0.0 82 6.39 68 6.47 223 56 SE. 81 83 82 87 89 88 98 102 99 74 76 75 58 67 63 84 84 84 77 79 79 6.2 6.3 5.7 14 16 14 7.8 6.4 2.3 4.9 6.6 8.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 82 83 8.07 8.69 8.63 72 74 74 7.87 8.60 8.34 231 214 210 55 50 51 SE. July SE. SW. Summer mean . . . 82 88 75 18.2 44 15.5 20.1 0.0 82 8.43 73 8.27 218 52 SE. September 79 70 61 85 78 69 96 91 8,') 72 63 54 55 40 29 82 75 66 76 66 56 4.7 3.0 3.8 11 7 9 0.4 0.9 1.7 7.9 2.1 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 SO 84 7.43 6.43 4.21 72 68 74 7.40 5.60 4.64 234 226 163 64 64 61 NE. October NE. November. N. 70 77 63 11.5 27 3.0 Ifi.S 0.0 82 5.69 71 5.85 208 60 NE. 69 76 102 62 7 67.6 128 31.0 85.6 0.6 8.2 83 6.77 72 5.86 198 63 SE. Dates op Tempeeature Extremes for the Period December 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Dec. 29 Feb. 7, 8 None do do Feb. 12-14 June 29 30; July 1. None. June 29; July 31; Aug. 6, 18, 21. June 20-22, 26; July 31; Aug. 1-3. July 22. Aug. 1, 2; Sept. 4. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None Sept. 16, 17. June 16, 17, 19; July 11-14, 15; Aug. 2, 3 June 9, 14; July 11, 13; Aug. 16-18, 21-24, 27. July 23. 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 do do do 1076— Bull. Q--06 27 416 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. LOUISIANA. Coast Marsh: PLAQUEMINES PARISH. Station: PORT EADS. Faknie L. Lawes, Observer. [Estabiished by the U. S. Signal Service in 1887. Latitude, 29° N. Longitude, 89° 9' Vf. Elevation, 3 feet.] This station is located in the Mississippi Delta, at the head of the jetties. The country is open and level, and, excepting a small area, is either water or marsh land which overflows with the daily tides. Much of the country above the station is arable, alluvial land. The maximum and minimum thermometers at this station are standard instruments, and are exposed in a regulation voluntary station shelter. The top of the rain gage is 5 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Record somewhat broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December . . op 58 .56 57 "F. 66 64 64 'F. SO 79 80 "F. 52 48 50 "F. 28 25 10 "F. 62 66 66 'F. 66 47 49 In. 3.9 4.0 4.3 8 9 9 In. 0.2 6.2 3.4 In. 7.3 0.8 6.6 In. 0.0 0.0 0.3 In. January February 2 Winter mean 57 65 50 12.2 26 9.8 13.7 0.3 March 62 ■(« 75 69 74 81 79 84 95 54 61 69 36 46 51 66 72 78 68 63 73 3.8 3.7 2.8 8 6 5 6.7 1.2 2.4 2.8 1.1 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 April May 0.0 Spring mean 68 75 61 10.3 18 9.3 4.6 0.0 June RO 83 82 86 88 88 99 96 97 75 77 76 61 68 68 83 86 86 78 80 80 4.0 7.2 7.8 8 H 13 6.4 8.6 4.7 1.1 7.4 . 13.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 July August 0.0 Summer mean 82 87 76 19.0 32 19.7 21.9 0.0 September 80 73 66 S5 78 72 95 91 84 75 68 69 69 48 36 83 77 70 78 70 62 6.3 4.5 2.9 11 8 6 2.1 0.0 2.0 18.4 14.4 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 ■ 0.0 0.0 0.0 October 73 78 67 13.7 26 4.1 37.4 0.0 70 76 99 64 10 55.2 101 42.9 77.5 0.3 2.0 Dates of Tempeeatube Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 None. Do. Do. Do. Do. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14 1896 Feb. 8 None June 18; Sept. 17. June 17; July 13; Aug. 10. July 7; Aug. 17-19, 22, 24. None. 1896 None do 1897 do do 189S do do TEXAS. By LESTER H. MURDOCH, Section Director. 417 TEXAS. Area and topography. — ^Texas has an area of 265,780 square miles. It constitutes nearly one-eleventh of the United States proper, and is six times as large as the State of New York. Its extreme northern and southern limits reach to 36° 30' and 25° .50' north latitude, respectively, while from east to west its area extends from 93° 30' to 106° 40' west longitude. When to this great area is added a varied elevation, extending from sea level in the eastern portion to 4,000 feet and above in the western portion, together with a long coast line, some idea may be had of the great variety of climate which the State affords. Temperature. — The mean annual temperature is about 55° in the northern portion of the Panhandle, but increases quite regularly to the southward until it reaches 70° along the coast and 73° over the lower Rio Grande Valley. Over the greater portion of the State the annual mean maximum temperature ranges between 75° and 78°, but is as low as 67° over the Panhandle and as high as 84° over the lower Rio Grande Valley. The annual mean minimum temperature increases quite regularly from 44° over the Panhandle to 65° along the east coast. The greater portion of the Texas coast has never experienced a temperature above 98°, but temperatures of 100° and higher occasionally occur over all of the inland portion between June and September, inclusive. The region which experi- ences the highest maximum temperatures embraces the northwestern one-fourth of the State, excluding the Panhandle, and the extreme northeastern portion. Within this area temperatures of 110° have been recorded. The absolute minimum temperature for the Panhandle is 16° below zero, but this decreases quite regularly until 8° above is found to be the lowest temperature ever recorded along the east coast and 12° above the lowest over the lower Rio Grande Valley. Over the greater portion of the Rio Grande Valley the average number of days in a year with maximum temperatures above 90° ranges from 100 to 113. Over a rather narrow belt extending from the lower Rio Grande Valley northeastward across Bexar and McLennan counties to the northeastern corner of the State the average number of days with maximum temperatures above 90° is between 90 and 116. In the northwestern one-fourth of the State the average number is between 70 and 80, dropping to 36 over the Panhandle. In the southeastern inland portion the average number is between 66 and 90, and at Galveston and Corpus Christi 22 and 8, respectively. The average number of days with minimum temperatures below freezing decreases quite regularly from 111 over the Panhandle to 7 over the lower Rio Grande Valley and 3 along the east coast. Killing frost. — The first killing frost in autumn usually occurs in the extreme northwestern portion of the State about November 1. By November 15 it has occurred over the northwestern two-thirds of the State. By December 1 it has reached the coast counties in the eastern portion, and to within 200 miles of the mouth of the Rio Grande in the western portion. By December 25 killing frost has usually occurred down to the coast line, but winters occasionally pass without the occur- rence of killing frost in the coast region. Killmg frost has been known to occur over the northwestern Kalf of the State between October 15 and 31, over the northeastern portion during the third decade of October, over the central and south- eastern portions during the first days of November, and down to the east coast line by the 1st of December. The average date of the last killing frost in spring occurs during February in the coast and southwestern counties, during the first half of April in the extreme northwestern portion, and during the month of March in the intermediate region. Killing frost has occurred along the coast as late as the first two decades of March, midway up the State about April 1, and over the Panhandle on May 23. Predpitaiion. — The average annual rainfall increases quite regularly from slightly below 10 inches in the extreme western portion to about SO inches in the extreme eastern counties. During extremely wet years the precipitation may exceed the average by 10 or 12 inches over the western half, by about 15 inches over the eastern portion, by about 20 inches along the coast, and by 20 to 33 inches over the lower Rio Grande Valley. The departures for the extremely dry years are slightly less than for the wet ones. The spring is the wettest season for the middle and eastern portions, the summer for the southwestern, western, and Panhandle portions, and the fall for the immediate coast country. Over the greater portion of the State May and Septem- ber are the two wettest months, although in quite a number of the extreme eastern counties January replaces September in this regard, and over about the western one-fifth of the State July stands out prominently as the wettest month of the year. Spring is the driest season along the immediate coast and in the extreme western portion, summer for the extreme east- ern counties, and winter for the great middle portion of the State. April is the driest month for the immediate coast region, March and April for the extreme western and northwestern portions, and August for the eastern counties. The average annual snowfall does not exceed 5 inches, except in the extreme northwestern portion, where it is as much as 19 inches. Along the coast it is 0.7 inch, but many years pass without the occurrence of snow in the coast region and the lower Rio Grande Valley. 418 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTEBN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 419 Thuvder storms. — The average number of days with thunderstorms increases from 20 in El Paso County to 40 in the Panhandle, and about the same number along the east coast. Relative humidity. — West of the Pecos. River the average annual relative humidity is about 40 per cent. Over the north- western portion of the State it is about 60 per cent, and from 60 per cent it increases to about 75 per cent over the eastern counties and to 80 per cent or slightly above along the coast. ^Qg^ — The average number of days during a year on which fog occurs is about fifteen in the eastern portion, but decreases to none in the extreme western portion. Sunshine. — The average annual percentage of the possible amount of sunshine decreases from 60 per cent along the east coast to 41 per cent along the west coast, and increases from about 50 per cent in the extreme eastern counties to 70 per cent in El Paso County and 60 per cent in the northwestern portion. Winds. — The winds blow quite regularly from the south or southeast during the spring and summer months. There are a few changes to northerly points of the (Sompass during the fall months and a sufficient number during the winter ones to make the prevailing direction for the latter season quite varied over the State. The average velocity is from 10 to 12 miles per hour along the coast, decreasing to 7 or 8 miles over the middle and eastern portions and increasing to 11 miles in the extreme west and to 16 miles per hour over the Panhandle. List of Counties and Climatological Stations in Texas. County. Anderson Andrews {see Taylor) Angelina {see Longview) . . Aransas (see Corpus Chris- ti). Archer (see Mount Blanco) Armstrong {see Palestine), Atascosa(sce San Antonio) Austin (see Fredericks- burg). Bailey (see Mount Blanco) . Bandera {see Fredericks- burg). Bastrop {see College Sta- tion) . Baylor (sec Mount Blanco) Bee Bell {see Waco) Bexar Blanco (see Fredericks- burg). Borden (see Taylor) Bosque (see Waco) Bowie (see Paris) Brazoria {see Galveston) . . Brazos Brewster {see El Paso) Briscoe {see Amarillo) Brown {see Abilene) Burleson (see College Sta- tion). Burnet (see Menardville) ,. Caldwell (see San Antonio) Calhoun (see Corpus Chris- ti). Callahan (see Abilene) Cameron (see Paris) ^Carson {see Amarillo) Caas {see Paris) Castro (see Amarillo) Chambers {see Galveston). Cherokee (see Palestine)... Childress {see Amarillo) . . . Clay (see Mount Blanco) . . Codiran (sec Mount Blan- co). Coke (sec Abilene) Coleman {see Abilene) Collin {see Dallas) Collingsworth (see Amaril- lo). Colorado (see Houston) .. . Comal (see San Antonio) . . Comanche {see Abilene) . . . Concho (see Menardville) . . Cooke {see Dallas) Coryell {see Waco) Cottle {see Mount Blanco). Crane {see Menardville) ... Crockett (see Menardville) Crosby Dallam (see Amarillo) Dallas Dawson (see Abilene) Deaf Smith {see Amarillo) . Delta (see Paris) Denton {see Dallas) Dewitt (see Beeville) Dickens {see Mount Blan- co). Dimmit {see Fort Clark) . . Donley (see Amarillo) Station. Beeville San Antonio. , College Station . Fort Brown . Mount Blanco . Dallas District. Central . . Western . Eastern . . Coast Northwestern . Southwestern . .do. Northwestern . Coast Central Southwestern . ...-do Northwestern . Central Northeastern. . Coast Central Western Northwestern . Western Central do Southwestern . Coast Western Coast Northwestern . Northeastern. . Northwestern . Coast Eastern Northwestern. do do Western do Northeastern.. Northwestern . Page. Northwestern . do Southwestern . do Southwestern . . ....do Western ....do Northeastern. . . Central Northwestern . . Western ....do Northwestern .. ....do Northeastern... Northwestern.. ....do Northeastern... ....do Southwestern . . Northwestern.. Southwestern . Northwestern . County. Duval (see Fort Clark) Eastland {see Abilene) Ector (see Abilene) Edwards (see Fredericks- burg). Ellis (see Dallas) El Paso Erath {see Abilene) Falls (see Waco) Fannin {see Paris) Fayette (sec College Sta- tion). Fisher {see Abilene) Floyd {see Mount Blanco). Foard {see Mount Blanco) . Fort Bend {see Houston) . Franklin (see Paris) Freestone {see Palestine).. Frio (see San Antonio) Gaines (see Abilene) Galveston Garza (see Mount Blanco) Gillespie Glasscock {see Abilene) . .. Goliad (see Beeville) Gonzales (see San Antonio) Gray {see Amarillo) Grayson (see Dallas) Gregg Grimes {see College Sta- tion) . Guadalupe (see San An- tonio). Hale (see Mount Blanco) . . Hall (see Amarillo) Hamilton (see Waco) Hansford {see Am.arillo) . . Hardeman (see Mount Blanco) . Hardin {see Houston) Harris Harrison (see Longview) .. Hartley {see Amarillo) Haskell {see Mount Blan- co). Hays (see Fredericksburg) . Hemphill {see Amarillo). . . Henderson {see Dallas) Hidalgo (see Fort Brown) . HiU (sec Waco) Hockley (see Mount Blan- co). Hood (see Dallas) Hopkins {see Paris) Houston (see Palestine) . . . Howard (see Abilene) Hunt (see Dallas) Hutchinson {see Amarillo) Irion {see Menardville) — Jack (see Mount Blanco) . . Jackson (see Beeville) Jasper (see Houston) JefE Davis {see El Paso) . . . JefEerson {see Galveston) . . Johnson {see Dallas) Jones (see Abilene) Karnes {see Beeville) Kaufman (see Dallas) Kendall {see Fredericks- burg). Kent (see Mount Blanco) . Kerr {see Fredericksburg) Station. El Paso. . Galveston Fredericksburg . Longview. . Houston. District. Southwestern . Western do do Central Western Central do Northeastern.. Southwestern . Northwestern . do do Coast Northeastern., Central Southwestern . Northwestern . Coast Northwestern . Southwestern.. Western , Coast , Southwestern . . Northwestern., Northeastern.., Eastern. ..i Central , Southwestern . Northwestern . do Central Northwestern . ....do Coast ...do Eastern Northwestern . ....do Southwestern . Northwestern . Central Coast Central Northwestern . Central Northeastern.. Central Western Northeastern.. Northwestern . Western Northeastern. . Coast Eastern Western Coast Central Northwestern . Southwestern . Northeastern.. Southwestern . Northwestern . Southwestern . 437 433 434 420 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. List op Counties and Climatological Stations in Texas — Continued. County Station. Kimble (see Fredericks- burg). King (fice Mount Blanco) . Kinney Knox (see Mount Blanco) Lamar Lamb {see Mount Blanco) Lampasas {see Menard- ville). Lasalle (sec Fort Clark) . . Lavaca {see Beevilie) Lee {see College Station) . . Leon {see Palestine) Liberty (see Houston) . . . Limestone {see Waco) Lipscomb {see Amarillo) . Live Oak {see Beevilie)... Llano (see Menardville) . . Loving {see Abilene) Lubbock (see Mount Blan- co). Lynn {see Mount Blanco) ^wCullough {see Menard- ville). Mcliennan McMullen (see Beevilie) Madison (see College Sta- tion). Marion (see Longview) Martin (sec Abilene) Mason {see Menardville) . . . Matagorda {see Corpus Christi). Maverick (see Fort Clark) . Medina {see San Antonio) . Menard Midland {see Abilene) Milam (see College Station) Mills {see Menardville) Mitchell (see Abilene) Montague (see Dallas) Montgomery(5ee Houston) Moore (see Amarillo) Morris (see Paris) Motley {see Mount Blanco) Nacogdoches (see Long- view). Navarro (see Dallas) Newton (see Houston) Nolan (see Abilene) Nueces Ochiltree {see Amarillo)... Oldham (see Amarillo) — Orange (see Houston) Palo Pinto (see Abilene) . . Panola (see Longview) — Parker (see Dallas) Parmer (see Amarillo) Pecos (see El Paso) Polk (see Houston) Potter Presidio (see El Paso) Bains (see Dallas) Randall (see Amarillo) Red River {see Paris) Reeves {see El Paso) Refugio (see Corpus Chris- ti). Roberts (sec Amarillo) Fort Clark. . Paris . Waco. Menardville. . Corpus Christi. District. Western . Northwestern . Southwestern . Northwestern. Northeastern.. Northwestern . Central Southwestern . ....do -...do Central Coast Central Northwestern . Southwestern . Western do Northwestern . ....do... Western. Central Southwestern . Central Eastern.. Western. do... Coast Southwestern . do Western do Central Western do Northeastern.. Central Northwestern . Northeastern.. Northwestern . Eastern Central Eastern Western Coast Northwestern . do Coast Northeastern.. Eastern Northeastern.. Northwestern . Western Eastern Northwestern . Western .'.. Northeastern. . Northwestern . Northeastern.. Western Coast Northwestern , Page. 435 '424* County. Robertson (see College Station). Rockwall (see Dallas) Runnels (see Abilene) Rusk {see Longview) Sabine (see Longview) San Augustine (see Long- view). San Jacinto (see Houston) . San Patricio (see Corpus Christi). San Saba (see Menardville) Schleicher (see Menard- ville). Scurry (see Abilene) Shackelford {see Abilene) .. Shelby (see Longview) Sherman (see Amarillo) . . , Smith (see Longview) Somervell (see Dallas) Starr (see Fort Brown) . . . Stephens (see Abilene) Sterling (see Abilene) Stonewall (see Mount Blanco). Sutton (see Menardville).. . Swisher (see Amarillo) Tarrant (see Dallas) Taylor Terry (see Mount Blanco). Throckmorton {see Mount Blanco). Titus (see Paris) Tom Green (see Menard- ville). Travis (see Fredericks- burg). Trinity {see Palestine) Tyler {see Houston) Upshur (see Longview).. . . Upton (see Menardville) . . Uvalde (see Fort Clark) . . . Valverde (see Fort Clark) . Van Zandt (see Dallas) Victoria (see Beevilie) Walker (see College Sta- . . tion). Waller (see Houston) Ward (see Abilene) Washington (see College Station). Webb (see Fort Clark) . . ., Wharton (see Houston)... Wheeler (see Amarillo) Wichita (see Mount Blan- co). Wilbarger (see Mount Blanco). Williamson (see Waco) Wilson (see San Antonio), Winkler {see Abilene) Wise (see Dallas) , Wood (see Longview) Yoakum (see Mount Blan- co). Young (see Mount Blanco) , Zapata {see Fort Brown). Zavalla (see Fort Clark).., Station. District. Page. Central . Northeastern. Western Eastern ....do ....do ....do. Coast . . Western. ....do... ....do Northwestern . Eastern Northwestern . Eastern Central Southwestern.. Northwestern . Western Northwestern . Western Northwestern . Northeastern.. Western Northwestern . ....do Northeastern . Western Southwestern . Eastern do Northeastern.. Western Southwestern . Western Northeastern.. Coast Central ....do... Western. Central . . Southwestern . Coast Northwestern . do .do. Central Southwestern . Western Northeastern.. do Northwestern. do Southwestern . do WEST GULF STATES AND 80UTHEASTEBN KOOKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. State Summary — -Texas. 421 Temperature. Station. Amarillo Uount Blanco. Paris Abilene Dallas Longview El Paso Waco Palestine Menard ville College Station. Fredericksburg Houston Fort Clark San Antonio... Galveston: Beeville Corpus Cbristi. Fort Brown... Num- ber. Mean Mean Mean Abso- an- maxi- mini- raaxi- mum. nual. mum. mum. °F. "F. °F. °F. 1 66 68 U 105 2 60 72 46 110 3 64 77 51 110 4 64 74 63 110 5 65 76 62 108 6 66 ■ TJ 54 108 7 63 77 60 113 8 67 78 66 106 9 66 75 56 106 10 64 77 50 108 11 67 78 57 110 12 66 76 54 104 13 69 78 68 104 14 69 80 56 109 15 69 79 68 106 16 70 76 65 98 17 70 83 58 106 18 70 76 64 98 19 73 84 61 102 Date. June, 1902. . . do August, 1899 July, 1886... July, 1894... July, 1897... June, 1883... July, 1899... August, 1899, June, 1896. . . July, 1903... June, 1902. . . July, 1894... June, 1896. . . July, 1894... August, 1874, ,1898.. July, 1894... do Abso- lute mini- mum. "F. -16 -14 -13 - 6 -10 - 7 - 6 - 6 - 6 3 5 - 1 6 10 4 8 5 11 12 February, 1899. . do do do do do December, 1880. February, 1899. . do February, 1896. . do February, 1899.. do February, 1896.. February, 1899. . do do ....do do Station. Num- ber. Frost. Average date of- First killing Last in spring. Date of- Earliest killing Latest Precipitation. Spring. Averag:e num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90°. 36 71 88 74 91 100 93 116 66 79 81 58 80 113 94 22 131 Mini- mum below 32°. Ill 83 49 40 61 36 49 29 23 43 19 27 11 17 12 3 14 4 7 Autumn. Winter. Amarillo Mount Blanco. Paris Abilene Dallas Longview El Paso Waco Palestine Menard ville College Station. Fredericksburg Houston Fort Clark San Antonio... Galveston Beeville Corpus Christi. Fort Brown Nov. 7 Oct. 30 Nov. 15 ...do.-. ...do.. Nov. 10 Nov. 10 ...do.. Nov. 13 Nov. 12 Nov. 20 Nov. 15 Nov. 27 Nov. 18 Nov. 30 Dec. 25 Deo. 7 Dec. 26 Dec. 13 Apr. 12 Apr. 10 Mar. 28 Mar. 16 Mar. 26 Mar. 19 Mar. 20 Mar. 16 Mar. 13 Mar. 31 Mar. 5 Mar. 17 Feb. 21 Feb. 22 Feb. 26 Feb. 6 Feb. 18 Feb. 27 Feb. 18 Oct. 16 Oct. 18 Nov. 3 Oct. 25 Nov. 3 Oct. 26 Oct. 30 Nov. 3 Oct. 20 Oct. 24 Nov. 3 Oct. 21 Nov. 4 Nov. 2 Nov. 9 Dec. 4 Oct. 27 Nov. 30 Nov. 15 May 23 Apr. 30 Apr. 12 Apr. 7 May 1 Mar. 31 Apr. 22 Apr. 6 Mar. 30 Mar. 24 Mar. 28 Mar. 26 Mar. 19 ...do... Mar. 1 Mar. 6 Mar. 19 Mar. 5 kra. Inches. 21. S 6.7 16.6 3.7 33. 3 10.9 24.5 7.4 36.8 11.0 47.2 13.3 9.3 0.9 36. 4 12,7 44.5 12.9 2*2.6 5.8 37.x 10.4 28.4 8.3 48.2 12.2 23.4 6.1 26.7 7.1 47.6 9.3 28.9 7.0 26.8 6.0 28.2 4.3 Inches. 8.8 6.5 8.4 7.0 10.6 10.4 4.4 7.6 9.4 6.9 7.9 7.3 13.5 7.4 8.0 13.7 9.3 6.8 7.7 Inches. 4.9 3.6 7.8 6.7 8.4 10.7 2.6 8.0 10.8 6.6 9.2 8.0 11.5 6.6 6.2 14.0 7.3 8.2 11.8 Inches. 2.6 1.9 6.2 3.4 6.8 12.8 1.4 7.2 11.4 3.3 10.3 4.8 11.0 3.3 6.4 10.6 5.3 6.8 4.4 'l'A2 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Panhandle: POTTER COUNTY. Station: AMARILLO p. Wood, Observer. [Established January 1, 1892. Latitude, 35° 13' N. Longitude, 101° 50' W. Elevation, 3,658 feet.] The office was located from its establishment to May 1, 1902, on the northwest corner of Polk and Fifth streets, from May 1, 1902, to June 1, 1903, on the southwest corner of the same streets. On June 1, 1903, the office was removed to tl fi new Weather Bureau building, southeast corner of Taylor and Seventh streets, where it is located at the present time. The surrounding country is level rolling prairie, with breaks occasionally. The thermometers are exposed above sod in a standard instrument shelter 32 feet southeast of the office building and 10 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed in the open 53 feet due south of the office building, its top being 2.8 feet above the ground. The anemometer is on the roof of the office building, the cups being 49.3 feet above ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 , , , .A4J +j *^ S p 1 ^ 1 73 O s5 u Snow. a a a a a« Mouth. @ ■ a-a as a oS a II o ° a to 3 1' CD ID oo 5s £ a-- 2 otal- a lor the year, otal a for the V year. "si 3 ill 00 r 1 o 00 1 s 1 o S S ove. HE P ERIOD Year January 1, 1894, to Dec embe Maxii S 31, num 1 1903. above Year. Minimum below IC °. Maximum 100 Minimum below 10°. 00° or 1894 Jan. 6, 23-25; Feb. Il- ls, 21, 22, 24, 25; Deo. 26-28. N one. 1899 1900 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 1-13, 23; Mar 28. Feb. 8, 15-17; Dec. 30, None. D< 1895 Jan. 8, 25-30; Feb. 1, 2, 6-17; Mar. 14, Deo. 26. Do. 1901 1902 31. Jan. 1,2; Feb. 9, 22, 23. Jan. 25-27, 29; Feb. 1, D( June 2 3, 24, 2 & 1896 Jan. 3; Nov. 27-29. . .. Do. 2, 4. 1897 Jan. 5, 24-27; Dec. 2- 4, 16, 17. J me 24. 1903 Feb. 15-19, 27, 28; Mar. 1,2. None. 1898 Jan. 16, 25; Dec. 8-10, 14, IS, 24, 31. J ^one. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN EOGKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 423 TEXAS. Northwestern Division: CROSBY COUNTY. Station: MOUNT BLANCO. H. C. Smith, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau in January, 1892. Latitude, 33° 48' N. Longitude, 101° Iff W. Elevation, 2,750feet.] Mount Blanco is a village located in a valley from 1 to 3 milea wide. This valley is surrounded by bluffs from 175 to 200 feet high. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region thermometer shelter located 5 feet above sod, in an open space 100 feet from the residence of the observer. The rain gage is located about 15 feet from the shelter; its top is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Mean. Mean of the maxima. T Absolute maxi- mum. smperatui Mean of the minima e. Precipitation. Months. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 42 39 41 'F. 51 50 50 "F. 77 78 84 "F. 27 26 25 °F. - 2 -10 -14 'F. 47 47 48 °F. 35 32 30 In. 0.6 0.5 0.8 2 3 1 In. 1.7 0.1 0.1 In. 0.1 January 0.1 February T. Winter mean 41 50 26 1.9 6 L9 0.2 50 61 69 65 72 80 93 98 103 35 45 56 11 17 33 56 66 76 47 56 66 0.3 1.6 1.8 1 3 3 T. 0.1 LI 0.2 April. 4.1 May.. 1.2 60 72 45 3.7 7 L2 5.5 June .... 76 79 77 89 91 91 110 104 104 63 66 65 43 48 50 81 84 82 68 72 74 2.2 2.5 1.8 5 4 5 0.2 2.2 2.1 3.1 July... 7.6 August . 2.7 77 90 65 6.5 14 4.5 13.4 September . 72 62 50 84 74 62 102 95 • 85 58 48 37 33 23 11 76 73 52 69 56 44 L6 L2 0.7 3 3 2 0.1 T. T. 4.7 October.. 3.0 1.2 Fall mean 61 73 48 3.5 8 0.1 8.9 Annual mean 60 72 110 46 -14 15.6 35 7.7 28.0 Dates of Temperture Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. 1 Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or abo^■o. 1894 Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 12, 14; Deo. 28. Jan. 8, 28-30; Feb. 2, 6-9, 11, 12, 14-17; Dec. 31. Jan. 4 May, missing; June 25-27; July 2-4. Aug., missing. May 22, 24, 26, 27, 30; June, incomplete; Aug. 16. June, missing; July 14. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 9, 10, 14.. May 28; June 25. May to Aug., missing. June 27; Aug. , missing. June 19, 20; July 5, 6; Aug. 26-29 1895 1896 Jan. 1,27, 28, 31; Feb. 4-7, 9-12. Feb. 16, 17; Dec. 31... Jan. 1; Feb. 12, 13; Dec. 14-16. Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 2. . . . Feb. 16, 17; Dec. 13... 1897 Jan, 25-27; Dec, miss- ing. June 14, 18, 23-26; Sept. 8, 10. July 3, 16, 17, 21, 22, 24, 25. 424 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Northeastern Division: LAMAR COUNTY. Station: PARIS. C. E. Thobne, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in April, 1882. Latitude, 33° 38' N. Longitude, 95° 32' W. Elevation, 592 feet.] Paris is located in a level prairie country. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region shelter, which is located in a grassy plot about 20 feet from any building and 10 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed on the top of a building 35 feet high.and 50 feet from any other building. The top of the gage is 2J feet above the roof. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, April 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount tor the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Aver- «f,»t- de^h. tP"- hours. "F. 46 45 44 "F. 57 57 57 °F. 80 83 84 "F. 32 33 31 'F. 6 8 -13 "F. 52 50 50 "F. 41 41 34 In. 2.1 2.1 2.0 4 6 4 In. 1.9 3.1 0.3 In. 3.4 0.4 2.2 In. 0.5 1.8 1.4 In. 3.0 4.0 February 4.0 Winter mean 45 57 32 6.2 13 5.3 6.0 3.7 March 55 65 71 69 76 83 92 96 96 42 49 60 18 29 38 58 70 76 51 59 67 3.5 2.9 4.5 6 6 9 0.6 3.2 2.4 4.0 4.7 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 April 0.0 Ifty 0.0 Spring mean 64 76 50 10.9 21 6.2 13.0 0.0 June . . .... 78 83 82 91 96 97 104 108 110 67 70 71 46 60 57 81 86 89 74 79 78 3.3 3.1 2.0 6 9 1.2 1.5 T. 2.0 4.6 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 81 95 69 8.4 18 2.7 6.7 0.0 September 76 66 64 90 81 68 106 95 85 61 54 42 42 33 18 80 11 72 60 49 2.8 2.3 . 2.7 6 5 4 0.6 3.0 0.6 6.7 3.8 11.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 65 80 52 7.8 15 4.2 22.4 0.0 Annual mean 64 77 110 51 -13 89 34 33.3 67 18.4 48.1 3.7 4.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or abova Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 28 June 30; July 1-4; Aug. 14. None. June 13,20, 27, 29, 30; July 2-4, 22,24, 26- 31; Aug. 1-5, 7-11, 14-23; Sept. 4-12, 16-19. June 22, 23, 26; July 1, 2, 7-10, 12, 15, 23-28, 31; Aug. 1-7, 9, 25-27, 30, 31; Sept. 1,2, 4-6. No record. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1; Feb. 11-15 Jan. 29; Feb. 17,18... Dec. 15, 16, 21. July 18, 25, 31; Aug. 1-17, 21-31; Sept. 5-10. 1895 Feb. 2 7, 8 1896 June 28-30; Aug. 23, 24, 29, 31; Sept. missing. June 18, 22-24; July 1, 4-7, 9-20, 23-25; Aug. 6. June 22, 27; July 18; Aug. 4, 15-19, 23-29, 31; Sept. 1,2. July 8, 8, 9, 12, 20, 21; Aug. 7, 9. Jan. 25,26 1897 Dec. 10 1898 Feb. 16, 17 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. . 425 TEXAS. Central Plateau: TAYLOR COUNTY. Station: ABILENE. Geo. W. Eddey, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in September, 1885. Latitude, 32° 23' N. Longitude, 99° 40' W. Elevation, 1,718 feet.] First observation was taken September 15, 1885, in the Border Building, 497 yards north, 209 yards west, of the court- house. August 1, 1886, the oflBce was moved to the Porter & Reeves Building, comer North Second and Pine streets. Jan- uary 1, 1894, the ofiBce was moved to its present location, known as the Ed. S. Hughes Building, South First street. This station is located in the central portion of the city of Abilene. The country that surrounds Abilene is an open prairie with small timber and few streams of water. The thermometers and the thermograph are exposed in the standard shelter on the roof of the building. The height of the thermometers above the roof of the building is 12 feet; above ground 45 feet. The rain gage is 16 feet and the snow gage 17 feet south of the instrument shelter. The top of each gage is 3 feet above the roof. The building is two stories high with flat roof surface. Data of relative humidity are from fifteen years; other data from the full period of observation, eighteen years, January 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 1 i e . II a 1 § CD s ■a a B = 6 < li f li r R 1° iga 11 So ■Si- g o ® a* Sn M . SI < DW. B 00 f a 1 ± Grs. 2.09 1.96 1.99 a ft 1 ■a a ft 00 i D O i p'd o 1 5 December . . "F. 47 44 46 57 54 67 "F. 81 83 85 °i?. 36 33 35 "F. 1 - 5 - 6 "F. 60 50 52 "F. 39 37 33 In. 1.3 0.9 1.2 4 6 5 In. 0.4 T. 1.4 In. 2.7 1.2 2.3 In. 0.9 1.5 1.3 In. 5.9 6.0 8.0 P. a. 76 77 78 P.ct 57 58 55 Ors. 2.32 2.20 2.24 s. sw. sw. January 46 66 35 3.4 14 1.8 6.2 3.7 77 2.01 57 2.26 March 65 65 72 67 76 83 93 99 105 44 54 62 17 25 36 60 70 79 50 62 68 1.3 2.3 3.8 5 6 7 0.7 1.0 7.2 0.2 2.3 2.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 3.5 0.0 0.0 73 74 80 2.68 3.71 6.26 45 44 60 2.67 3.63 4.98 SE. SE. SE. May Spring mean 64 76 53 7.4 18 8.9 4.5 0.4 76 3.85 46 3.76 SE June . 79 82 82 89 93 92 106 110 104 68 72 72 48 61 55 83 86 87 72 79 76 3.0 2.0 2.0 7 D r 0.3 0.8 8.4 4.6 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 77 76 77 6.14 6.89 6.56 46 43 44 5.86 6.99 5.95 SE. S. SE July August 81 91 71 7.0 19 1.1 14,3 0.0 77 6.53 44 5.93 SE 75 66 54 85 76 64 104 94 86 65 55 43 42 30 13 79 69 58 70 61 48 3.2 2.2 1.3 6 5 4 1.8 0.6 1.5 4.0 4.1 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 77 76 6.68 3.86 2.69 50 62 64 5.30 4.02 2.80 S. S. SW November 65 76 54 6.7 15 3.9 10.5 0.2 78 4.08 52 4.04 Annnal TnP!fl.n 64 74 110 53 - 6 24.5 66 15.7 36.6 4.3 8.0 77 4.12 50 4.00 SE Dates of Temperatdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 Jan. 24, 26; Dec. 28 . . . Jan. 28, 30; Feb. 2, 7, 8, 14-16. None June 26, 27; July 2-4, 26. Aug. 14. June 7, 8, 17-20; Aug. 2, 7, 16, 22. June 22, 23; July 3, 14, 25, 26; Aug. 5. July 23, 24. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 11-13.... July 21-23; Aug. 9-11, 16-20, 22-24, 28. June 16, 17, 22, 26, 27; Aug. 24. July 6; Aug. 17, 27-29. June 14, 15, 18, 24, 25, 29; Aug. 29. June 24; July 26; Aug. 17. Dec. 14 1896 Jan. 27 1897 Jan. 25-27 1898 Deo. 10 426 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Northeastern Division: DALLAS COUNTY. Station: DALLAS. G. A. EiSENLOHK, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in April, 1882. Latitude, 32° 47' N. Longitude", 96° 48' W. Elevation, 466 feet.] This station is located in the residence portion of Dallas, about 1 mile from the Trinity River. The contour of the country is rolling. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region thermometer shelter, located in the middle of a lot SO by 100 feet. The shelter is 4 feet above the sod and the door opens toward the north. The rain gage is 10 feet from the shelter and 25 feet from a fence and house. The top of the gage is 3.5 feet above the ground. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, April 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. ! id 1 a ti i s 4 g a 1 B S i\ g < a !i ■a s r i s.- ° •A ^1 S-S CO il 1% Snow. Month. < i '5 "F. 48 45 46 °F. SI 56 56 °F. 82 80 85 "F. 33 33 32 °F. 4 2 -10 'F. 61 50 59 °F. 40 41 34 In. 2.0 2.7 2.1 4 5 4 In. 0.6 T. 2.3 In. 3.2 2.7 0.6 In. 0.6 0.8 1.7 In. 4.0 2.8 6.0 N. January N. February N. Winter mean 46 56 33 6.8 13 2.9 6.5 3.1 N. March 56 66 74 68 76 84 98 94 98 44 50 61 18 31 36 60 71 78 53 61 67 3.3 3.5 4.2 6 5 7 2.4 1.8 6.7 1.8 2.4 7.5 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 o.a S. S. May s. Spring mean 66 76 52 11.0 18 9.9 11.7 8.0 3.6 1.5 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. 81 84 83 92 94 96 105 108 107 68 71 71 48 59 52 84 88 87 73 80 79 4.3 3.4 2.9 5 7 4 0.6 0.5 2.8 s. July s. s. 83 94 70 10.6 16 3.9 13.1 0.0 s. 77 67 55 90 80 67 104 97 88 63 53 43 43 32 18 83 73 60 72 60 50 3.0 2.9 2.5 5 5 4 3.6 2.5 2.4 3.7 1.4 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. s. November s. Fall mean 66 79 53 8.4 14 8.5 8.9 0.0 s. 65 76 108 52 -10 36.8 61 25.2 40.2 1 3.1 6.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 24,25; Dec. 28... Jan. 30; Feb. 7, 8 None..... July 1-5. Aug. 11. June 21, 23, 24, 28, 29; July 1-5, 24, 25, 27, 28; Aug. 1-9, 15-23. June 22; July 2, 7-9, 11, 15, 16, 24-27, 29-31; Aug. 6-10; Sept. 5, 6. July 23, 24. . July 23, 24; Aug. 1, 2, 4-16, 20-29; Sept. 5-7, 11. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None June 23, 27-29. 1896 1896 Dec. 16, 16 None June 17-19, 21; July 3-6, 8, 9, 11, 13-21, 27, 29-31, Aug. 3-5, 10-12, 18, 19, 25-30; Sept. 1. 2. June9-12, 15-21,25-27, July 10, 11, Aug. 18, 23-31; Sept. 1, 2, 12. Aug. 17, 18. 1897 Jan. 27, 28 1898 Deo. 10, 11 Do ... 1899 Feb. 12, 14 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN KOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 427 TEXAS. Eastern Division: aREQQ COUNTY. Station: LONQVIEW. C. H. WOKEALL, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in October, 1888. Latitude, 32° 30' N. Longitude, 94° 45' W. Elevation, 336 feet.] IJongview ia located in a hilly and timbered country. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region thermometer shelter attached to the north side of the building occupied by the Western Union Telegraph Company. The shelter is 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located on the roof of a coal shed 250 feet from the shelter and 20 feet above the ground. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Ootobeb, 1888, to December, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 60 47 49 "F. 58 67 57 °F. 77 80 83 °F. 36 36 36 "F. 10 12 - 7 "F. 66 58 57 °F. 43 44 37 In. 4.0 5.3 3.5 7 8 7 In. 1.1 9.3 3.6 In. 4.4 5.6 12.8 Winter mean 49 57 36 12.8 22 14.0 22.8 March 57 67 75 69 76 86 89 93 100 47 62 63 26 34 41 62 70 79 53 62 71 4.5 4.3 4.5 9 7 9 0.6 3.6 3.8 4.7 April 8.0 May 5.4 66 77 54 13.3 26 7.9 18.1 81 84 83 93 96 97 105 108 108 69 72 73 50 57 66 83 87 88 74 82 80 5.0 3.4 2.0 9 9 6 5.9 2.2 1.1 3.0 July . . 2.4 0.4 83 95 71 10.4 24 9.2 5.8 77 67 56 90 80 68 105 96 93 65 64 45 41 32 21 83 73 62 73 62 61 3.3 3.0 4.4 6 6 6 3.2 0.6 2.7 3.9 6.5 3.8 67 79 55 1 10.7 18 6.5 14.2 1 66 77 108 64 - 7 47.2 89 37.6 60.9 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1896 1897 Minimum below 10°. Jan. 24; Dec Feb. 7, 8.... None do None Maximum 100° or above. Tune 29, 30; July 1-5. July 16, 18, 19; Aug. 10, 11, 18, 22, 2.5, 28; Sept. 12, 13. May 31; June 9, 15, 16. 20, 21, 26-29; July 3-5, 7, 15-31; Aug. 1-11, 13, 14, 16-19, 21-23, 27; Sept. 4-6, 8, 9, 11, 16-18. June 17-24, 26-28, 30; July 1-8, 10, 11, 15-17,20-27,29-31; Aug. 1-10; Sept. 5. June 23; July 21-24; Aug. 8, 19, 24. Year. I Minimum below 10°, Maximum 100° or above. i 1899 I Feb. 12, 13. 1900 ! None.. 1901 ' do. 1902 1903 .do. .do. July 7, 14-17, 21-24, 30, 31; Aug. 1-14, 16, 20-28, 30; Sept. 4-8. June 9-11, 18; July 3; Sept. 17. June 15-19, 21, 22, 24, 26, 28-30; July 3-6, 8, 9, 11-14, 16-20, 24, 30, 31; Aug. 3-5, 10-12, 18, 19, 26-27, 29. June 11, 13, 15, 17, 19-21, 26; Aug. 15, 23, 24, 27, 28. July 23. 428 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Western District: EL PASO COUNTY. Station: EL PASO. N. D. Lane, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in April, 1878. Latitude, 31° 47' N. Longitude, 106° 30' W. Elevation, 3,702 feet.] The station is near the center of the city and about midway between Mount Franklin (north) and the Rio Grande (south) . The instrument shelter is of standard pattern and is located in one of the city parks, this park occupying a full square of ground and fully grassed. The rain gage is placed 10 feet from the shelter and both are inclosed by an iron fence. The exposures are considered excellent. The following records are believed to be largely erroneous, due to improper exposure of instrument, the readings often being much too high. Summer maximum temperatures for the year 1879 and for the years 1881 to 1886, inclusive. Due to the rarity of actual frost deposits by reason of great dew point depression, the frost record more particularly relates to such freezing temperatures as were deemed equivalent to killing frosts. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observations: Snowfall data, twenty years; humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data is for the full period of observation, twenty-five years, January 1 , 1879, to December 31 , 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation Mean humidity. 1 ii a 1 5 a o 1 1 Is "1 s 3 h |l o III iz; li. pi 3 J Snow. 6 00 CO 1 00 A QO s a Month. r 5 "F. 46 45 49 °j?. 59 58 62 "F. 77 77 82 "F. 33 31 35 "F. - 5 6 5 "F. 53 53 52 "F. 39 40 44 In. 0.5 0.5 0.4 3 3 3 In. 0.5 0.3 0.1 In. 0.8 0.4 0.2 In. 0.6 0.9 0.5 In. 1.8 6.0 2.2 P.ct. 58 62 55 Grs. 1.42 1.41 1.46 p. a. 34 34 27 Grs. 1.49 1.44 1.40 NW. NW. February NW 47 60 ! 33 1.4 9 0.9 1.4 2.0 ! 58 1.43 32 1.44 NW. March 56 64 72 70 79 87 89 »98 a 105 42 50 58 21 29 40 59 68 77 53 59 69 0.3 0.2 0.4 2 1 2 0.2 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.2 1.8 0.1 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.3 0.0 43 36 35 1.42 1.52 2.01 18 13 13 1.18 1.14 1.51 NW. April NW.6 May NW.6 Spring mean. 64 79 1 50 0.9 5 0.6 2.0 0.1 1 38 1.65 15 1.28 NW. 80 81 79 94 95 93 «113 112 olio 66 69 68 49 56 62 83 86 83 75 78 76 0.6 2.2 1.6 4 8 8 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.0 9.2 3.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 41 60 63 2.97 4.94 4.87 16 29 32 2.23 4.08 4.20 E. Jtlly E. August E. SO 94 68 4.4 20 0.6 12.4 0.0 55 4.26 26 3.60 E. September October 73 63 52 87 78 67 ol04 94 85 62 50 39 42 28 18 77 67 55 69 60 46 1.3 0.9 0.4 6 4 3 0.2 0.0 0.0 1.4 1.4 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 5.4 63 60 58 3.87 2.62 1.71 33 30 31 3.61 2.39 1.72 E. E. NW. 63 77 50 2.6 13 0.2 3.3 0.3 60 2.73 31 2.57 E. 63 77 113 60 - 5 9.3 47 2.3 19.1 2.4 6.0 53 2.52 26 2.20 NW. a Too high— improper exposure. & Also W. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 June 29; July 3-5. July 6, 7. May 26-29; June 8-11, 14-20. June 22-25. June 25, 26; July 28, 29. Sept. 2. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None Juno 21, 22, 25-28; July 15, 16; Aug. 14- 16, 23, 28. 1895 Feb. is do June 18-21. 23, 24; July 5. May 25; June 13, 16, 17, 19, 20, 23-26; July 30. do do 1898 do do Feb. 12 June 27-30; July 1, 29-31; Aug. 1. "WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 429 TEXAS. Central District: McLENNAN COUNTY. Station: WACO. E. H. Hall Observer. [Established April, 1867. Latitude, SV 33' N. Longitude, 97° 10' W. Elevation, 424 feet.] This station is located in the level bottom of the Brazos River, but has a range of hills to the north and northwest. The maximum and minimum thermometers are expossd in a standard cotton-region thermometer shelter attached to the east side of the depot of the Houston and Texas Central Railroad. The shelter is 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed in an open space near the depot and 20 feet from a fence; the top of the gage is 2.5 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation : Monthly and annual temperature and precipitation means, fchirty-six years; mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, eight years; absolute maximum and minimiun tempera- tures,and number of days with maximum above 90° and with minimum below 32°, fourteen years. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amoimt for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 52 48 51 60 59 60 'F. 85 84 89 "F. SI 38 37 "F. 10 6 - 5 "F. 62 56 58 "F. 45 42 37 In. 1.9 2.9 2.4 4 4 3 In. 0.2 1.8 0.0 In. 2.0 0.8 0.6 In. 0.5 T. 0.8 In. 3.0 T. 3.6 60 60 37 7.2 11 2.0 3.4 1.3' March 58 67 75 72 78 86 99 97 98 45 55 66 18 32 38 62 72 80 53 62 73 3.9 4.3 4.5 5 5 6 3.8 2.4 3.8 2.4 4.0 5.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 April 0.0 May. 0.0 Spring mean 67 79 55 12.7 16 10.0 12.0 0.0 TiiTip , . . . 82 85 85 93 96 97 104 106 105 72 75 75 53 64 54 86 89 88 79 83 82 3.2 2.1 2.2 5 4 4 1.6 0.3 0.0 3.2 9.0 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July.. . 0.0 August. 0.0 84 95 74 7.6 13 1.9 16.2 0.0 78 67 57 90 81 69 102 96 88 67 58 46 43 34 24 82 72 63 74 63 62 3.1 2.2 2.7 4 3 4 0.8 0.0 3.4 6.2 3.4 10.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 November 0.0 Fall mean 67 80 57 8.0 11 4.2 20.0 0.0 Annual mean 67 78 106 56 - 5 35.4 61 18.1 51.6 1.3 3 6 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Deo. 28 July 2-4. Aug. 1, 2, 12, 14. June 18-22, 29; July 1-6, 8, 27-31; Aug. 1, 5, 16, 17, 19-24; Sept. 5. 6. June 22, 23; July 5-11, 14-16, 18,22.24- 31; Aug. 1, 5-10. July 21-24; Aug. 8, 19, 20, 24-27. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12-14 July 24; Aug. 4, 10, 16, 16, 19-26, 28, 30. June 23, 27, 28, 30. 1896 Feb. 7-9. 1896 do June 18-21; July 3-6, 7, 8, 13-16, 19-22 29, 31; Aug. 3-5, 9-13, 17-21, 26-30. June 9-15, 18-21, 25-27; July 11, 15, 19; Aug. 3, 4, 7, 10-14, 17, 23-31. July 18, 19, 21-24; Aug. 17. 1897 do do 1S9S do do 430 CLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Eastern District: ANDERSON COUNTY. Station: PALESTINE. Patrick McDonough, Observer. [Established by Signal Service December 3, 1881. Latitude, 31° 45' N. Longitude, 95° 40' W. Elevation, 485 feet.] During the history of the station the ofi&ce has been located in the following-named buildings: I. and G. N. Building, December 3, 1881, to October 3, 1888. Henry Ash Building, October 4, 1888, to October 25, 1894. Roof exposure. CoUey-Wright Building, October 26, 1894, to January 31, 1900. Roof exposure. City Hall Building, February 1, 1900, to present time. Roof exposure. Elevation of thermometers, 73 feet; rain gage, 68 feet. The office which was first occupied is located in quite a large wooded park and isolated from other buildings, but the others have been in the business center of the city. The neighboring country is rolhng or slightly hiUy woodland, and is drained by the Trinity River, about 14 miles to the westward, and the Neches River, about 11 miles to the eastward, the station being on the divide. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-two years — ^January 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. 1 Temperaturo. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 B 1 r 'x la § 1 § 1 'p 1 s 1 1 S OQ U las ill |1 Snow. B 00 1 a 00 a 00 1 a A 00 i 1 K Months. bfi <1 »5s 1'" 1 .(3 December January February "F. 61 47 51 "F. 60 66 60 "F. 81 81 82 °F. 42 33 42 °F. 8 - 6 °F. 04 56 60 °F. 45 40 40 In. 3.6 4.3 3.5 8 10 10 In. 1.4 1.6 1.4 In. 11.0 3.9 5.0 In. 0.7 1.1 0.8 In. 9.2 3.0 3.2 P.ct. 83 83 84 Gts. 2.83 2.54 2.77 P.d. 64 67 64 Ora. 3.00 2.83 3.00 s. s. s. 60 68 39 11.4 28 4.4 19.9 2.6 83 2.71 65 2.94 s 58 67 72 68 76 82 88 92 93 49 67 63 20 36 39 64 70 77 63 63 69 3.9 4.0 6.0 10 8 9 4.7 4.6 1.5 4.7 4.8 4.2 0.7 0.0 0.0 LO 0.0 0.0 84 84 80 3.55 4.83 5.61 61 68 65 3.75 4.63 6.28 s. s. May s. Spring maen 66 75 56 12.9 27 10.8 13.7 0.7 83 4.66 61 4.89 June July 79 82 82 88 92 92 100 103 106 69 72 72 48 62 54 82 84 84 77 80 79 4.0 3.0 2.4 8 8 7 1.8 3.2 1.3 9.8 L6 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 88 88 89 7.49 7.77 7.82 63 62 63 7.32 7.90 7.78 s. s. August . . s 81 91 71 9.4 23 6.3 14.8 0.0 88 7.69 63 7.67 s September October November 76 67 57 87 78 67 104 97 ■ 87 66 57 48 43 34 20 81 72 62 72 62 61 3.3 3.6 3.9 7 6 8 0.2 0.7 1.9 1.0 5.7 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 1.6 86 86 86 5.43 4.56 3.46 62 61 64 6.78 4.87 3.56 NE. NE. s. 67 77 57 10.8 21 2.8 12.7 0.7 85 4.48 62 6.07 NE. 66 75 106 56 - 6 44.5 99 24.3 61.1 4.0 9.2 85 4.89 63 5.14 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 10D° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 1836 Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 12; Dec. 28, 29. Jan. 9, 13, 26, 29, 31; Feb. 7, 8, 12-14, 16, 17. Jan. 4 July 2, 3. Sept. 12. June 28; Aug. 1,6: Sept. 5. 1 July 26; Aug. 4, S. ^ July 22, 23. Aug. 23. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 3, 29; Feb. 9, 17, 18. Feb. 23; Dec. 14-16, 18, 20. Jan. 26, 27 None. July 13. 1897 Jan. 25-28; Dec. 4 Dec. 10, 11 Feb. 16, 17.. Do 1898 1890 Jan. 1,2, 31; Feb. 1,7, 8, 10-14. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN KOOKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 431 TEXAS. Western Division: MENARD COUNTY. Station: MENARDVILLE. Louis Schneider, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in May, 1889. Latitude, 30° 65' N. Longitude, 99° 46' W. Elevation, 1,960 feet.] Menardville is located near thj headwaters of the San Saba River, and is surrounded by rolling prairies. The maximum and minimum thermometers aro exposed in a standard cotton region thermometer shelter in an open space and about 4 feet from the ground. The rain gage is also located in the open, the top of the gage being about 2 feet above the ground. The temperature means are obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, May, 1889, to December, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number days of with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Months. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 47 46 48 "F. 58 69 61 "F. 83 86 87 "F. 31 31 33 "F. 5 7 3 "F. 59 62 63 "F. 39 40 38 In. 1.3 1.2 0.8 1 3 2 In. 1.1 0.2 0.0 In. 1.0 1.7 0.4 In. 0.4 0.6 0.6 In. 3.0 January 2.0 February 2.0 47 59 32 3.3 6 1.3 3.1 1.6 March 56 66 72 70 78 83 92 101 104 42 50 59 18 30 27 59 70 78 51 62 67 0.9 1.7 3.2 2 .3 5 0.5 0.6 3.1 4.1 2.0 4.8 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.5 April May 0.0 0.0 Spring mean 15 77 60 ^ 5.8 10 4.1 10.9 0.1 78 82 80 ■ 91 94 96 108 106 106 04 09 66 43 54 51 85 86 86 72 79 76 3.0 1.8 2.1 4 2 4 1.3 0.0 1.1 0.3 4.6 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 Summer mean 80 94 66 1 6.9 10 2.4 6.2 0.0 September .... 74 65 53 88 79 68 102 98 89 60 61 40 38 27 13 77 68 68 68 60 48 3.3 1.8 1.5 4 3 2 0.1 0.0 0.6 7.1 2.3 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October. 0.0 November . 0.0 64 78 60 1 6.6 9 0.7 11.4 0.0 64 77 108 60 3 22.6 35 8.5 31.6 1.7 3.0 Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Jan. 24.. . . Maximum 100° or above. • Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 May 6. Record incomplete. None. April 26; May 26, 30, 31; June 7-9, 11, 16- 20, 28; July 1, 2, 4; Aug. 2, 7, 15, 22, 27. June 22; July 14, 20, 23-27; Aug. 5. Record incomplete. IS'SO 1900 1901 1902 1903 Missing Missing. Record incomplete. Julv 7: A\m. 18. 22. 2S-.in. 1895 1896 Feb. 6-8, 16 None Record incomplete. . . Dec. 15 1897 1R9R Jan. 26, 26. Record incomplete. Dec. 10 None ' June 15, 16, 19, 25-27, 29, 30; July 15, 18, 19; Aug. 3, 9-11, 14-21, 23-31; Sept. 1. do ' June 24; July 18-21, 24, 25; Aug. 17, 30. 1076— Bull. Q— 06- -28 432 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Central Division: BRAZOS COUNTY. Station: COLLBOE STATION. J. H. B. Piper, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in May, 1882. Latitude, 30° 35' N. Longitude, 96° 18' W. Klevation, 360 leet.] The station is located in the Brazos Valley, about 5 miles from the river. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a louvered box about 4 feet square, located on one of the buildings of the Agricultural and Mechanical College, 4 feet above the roof. The rain gage is located about 4 feet from the shelter and 4 feet above the roof. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, May 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 s 1 i § e II o e ii Pi 1 _ "F. 41 39 40 1 , li o 1 a is i a H 1 III 11 SI o « Snow. Months. to °F. 53 50 52 "F. 63 59 63 83 88 90 "F. 6 10 5 'F. 58 57 62 "F. 46 47 39 In. 3.5 4.2 2.6 4 8 6 In. 1.7 0.8 1.2 In. 0.1 7.1 2.3 In. In. N. N. February 6.4 N. 62 62 40 10.3 18 3.7 9.5 N. March 60 68 74 71 76 84 90 95 99 51 66 67 20 37 46 65 73 77 48 64 70 2.6 3.3 4.6 5 5 5 2.1 1.4 9.1 2.4 2.7 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. April . . . S. s. Spring mean. 67 77 68 10.4 15 12.6 7.6 0.0 s. 81 82 83 91 93 93 108 110 110 71 72 73 52 52 41 86 86 87 77 72 80 3.6 2.5 1.8 5 6 . 3 3.5 0.4 1.8 9.0 3.5 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. s. 82 92 72 7.9 14 6.7 13.7 0.0 s. 78 69 58 88 81 69 104 100 92 66 58 48 41 36 20 83 74 63 75 66 53 3.7 2.3 3.2 3 4 5 1.8 0.2 5.6 14.9 0.1 6.1 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. s. N. N. Fall mean 68 79 57 9.2 12 7.6 21.1 T. N. 67 78 110 57 5 37.8 59 29.6 61.8 0.4 ^; Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1900 Minimum below 22°. Jan. 24-27; Feb. miss- ing; Dec. 27-29." Jan. 9, 10,13; Feb. 7-9, 12, 14-16; Mar. 2. Jan. 4, 20 Jan. 25-28 Dec. missing Feb. missing Jan. 29; Feb. and Dec. missing. Maximum 100° or above. June 10-30; July and Aug. missing. Aug. missing. Sept. 6. July 14, 26, 27. None. Do. July-Oct. missing. 1902 1903 Minimum below 22°. Jan. missing; Feb. 23; Nov. 4, 5; Dec. 9, 16-19. Jan. 26-28 Feb. 16, 17. Maxi'mum 100° or above. Record incomplete. July 10, 14, 15, 20; Aug. 1,7, 25-29; Sept. 2 3 8 June isi 28; July 12, 19-22, 24j Aug. 16, 17, 30; Sep. 12. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN KOOKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 433 TEXAS. Southwestern Division: GILLESPIE COUNTY. Station: FREDERICKSBURG. Aethub Stbeigler, Observer. (Established by the Signal Service in August, 1878. Latitude, 30° 15' N. Longitude, 98° 53' W. Elevation, 1,742 feet.] This station is located in a valley surrounded by low mountains. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region thermometer shelter attached to the north side of a frame dwelling, the shelter having an elevation of 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located on a fence about 30 feet east of a tree 20 feet high. The top of the gage is 6 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, August, 1878, to Deoembee, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the • driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 50 49 51 °F. 61 58 59 "F. 82 79 84 'F. 36 36 39 °F. 11 11 -1 'F. 61 58 58 °F. 42 42 40 In. L6 L5 1.7 3 4 3 In. 1.1 0.2 0.5 In. LO 2.4 0.2 January February 50 59 37 4.8 10 L8 3.6 Mareh 58 66 72 69 78 82 100 93 96 47 56 64 19 32 38 70 71 76 53 63 68 1.6 3.2 3.5 5 5 7 1.4 2.0 3.5 4.3 7.4 6.2 April May Spring mean 65 76 56 8.3 17 6.9 17.9 78 81 80 89 91 94 104 102 102 68 69 71 48 59 57 84 86 85 73 77 75 2.8 2.1 2.4 6 7 4 1.5 0.3 L5 0.4 6.6 L9 July 80 91 69 7.3 17 3.3 8.9 September 75 66 55 86 78 69 102 93 86 64 54 46 43 28 24 79 72 61 70 61 47 3.2 2.2 2.6 5 5 4 0.1 0.1 4.0 2.9 2.4 5.3 65 78 55 8.0 14 4.2 10.6 65 76 104 54 -1 28.4 58 16.2 4L0 Direc- tion ol pre- vailing wind. NW. NW. NW. SE. S. S. s. Dates op Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above 1894 1895 1896 Jan: 24-26; Feb. 12,25; Dec. 28, 29. Jan.9; Feb.l, 7, 8, 12-17 July 2, 3. None. Do. July 26; Aug. 5. July 23. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1; Feb. 12 Jan. 29; Feb. 17, 18... Feb. 24; Dec. 15 Jan. 5, 27; Mar. 6 Jan. 12; Feb. 16. Mar. 25; Aug. 16. None. Aug. 21, 28-30. June 26-29; Aug. 26-29. 1897 Jan. 25-28 None. 1898 Jan. 2; Deo. 10 434 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Coast Division: HARRIS COUNTY. Station: HOUSTON, J. A. McNabb, Observer. [Established in May, 1867. Latitude, 29° 45' N. Longitude, 95° 15' W. Elevation, 53 leet.] This station is located in the residence portion of Houston. The contour of the surrounding country is quite level. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region thermometer shelter attached to the north side of a frame building, and are about 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located 13 feet from a two-story frame building, and is supported by a post, which gives its top an elevation of 9 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, May, 1867, to Deoembee, 1903. ' Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 54 62 55 63 61 61 80 80 82 42 42 42 °F. 15 18 6 "F. 59 63 63 °F. 49 45 42 In. 3.0 4.4 3.6 ■8 8 9 In. 3.2 2.2 2.1 In. .5.7 7.3 4.7 January February , Winter mean 54 62 42 11.0 25 7.5 17.7 March . . 62 70 76 72 78 85 88 92 97 53 68 66 23 34 45 67 73 79 68 66 71 3.6 3.7 5.0 8 6 5 2.4 1. 1 0.4 4.2 6.6 3.1 April. May 69 78 59 12.2 19 3.9 13.9 June 81 83 82 90 92 92 101 104 102 72 73 74 55 65 54 84 86 87 78 80 79 5.5 37 4.3 9 11 11 1.6 4.4 2.1 3.8 14.8 10.7 July 82 91 73 13.5 31 8.0 29.3 September 78 70 61 88 81 71 99 99 87 69 60 51 47 36 30 82 74 67 75 66 66 4.8 3.0 3.7 8 5 7 3.8 2.3 1.6 5.4 1.8 5.0 October 70 80 60 11.6 20 7.7 12.2 Annual mean 69 78 104 58 6 48.2 95 27.1 73.1 Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1896 1897 1898 Minimum below J Jan. 1, 24-27, 30; Feb. 6,12,13,15,16,24-26; Mar. 26; Dee. 28, 29. Jan. 9-11, 13, 26, 29, 31; Feb. 7, 14: Mar. 2; Dec. 4,5,29-3L Jan. 1,2, 4-6; Dec. 2-5. Jan. 7, 8, 26-30; Feb. 1-3; Deo. 4-6. Jan. 1-4; Nov. 22, 23; Dec. 5, 6, 25-27. Jan. 1-3, 26, 26, 29; Feb. 7-15. Maximum 95° or above. June 30; July l-i 20; Aug. 3, 14. June 3, 26; July 6-8, 13-19, 21, 22, 25-28, 31; Aug. 3, 14; Sept. missing. June 11, 18-20, 28-30; July 1-3, 7-10; Aug. 2, 3, 6-8, 16, 19-23; Sept. 5, 6. June 21-23; July 3-5, 7-10, 12, 14, 16, 19-21,25-28,30,31; Aug. 1, 3-6, 9-12. None. Aug. 8, 9, 16, 22-25. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 32°. Jan. 2-4, 29, 30; Feb. 9, 10, 17-19; Mar. 1, 2; Nov. 12, 13. Jan. 19; Feb. 14,24,26; Mar. 7; Deo. 10, 11, 15-22. Jan. 6-8, 22, 23, 27-29; Feb. 16. Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 16-18; Nov. 19, 20. Maximum 95° or above. June 9, 19, 23, 26; Aug. 28. June 15, 17-25, 29; July 3-6, 8, 9, 13, 14, 16, 18, 19, 21, 30; Aug. 1-5, 11-19, 21, 22, 27-31; Sept.l, 5,11-19,21,22,27-31. May 28, 30 ; June 6, 7, 9-22, 24-26; July 2, 4-7, 9, 10, 14-21; Aug. 3-31; Sept. 1, 2, 4, 9, 10, 12. June 6-10, 19, 20, 23-25, 27; July 8-10 12, 15-24; Aug. 29, 30; Sept. 10, 15. WEST GULF STATES AND 80UTHEASTEKN KOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 435 TEXAS. Southwestern Division: KINNEY COUNTY. Station: FORT CLARK. R. 8. Woodson, Observer. [Eatablislied in August, 1852. Latitude, 29° 16' N. Longitude, 100° 24' W. Elevation, 1,060 feet.] The contour of the country in the vicinity of Fort Clark is undulating and rough. The maximum and minimum ther- mometers are exposed in a louvered box, 5 feet above sod and 40 feet from the hospital building of the fort. The rain gage is located in an open space 10 feet from the shelter; its top is 2.5 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, August 1, 1852, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. " Precipitation. .1 , > a u 1 1 1 1 1 4 1 1 o g 1 In. 1.6 0.8 0.9 6"° ^i Hi IZi 3 4 2 Eh Snow. Month. OJ ^ 3 'J o I s "F. 52 51 55 "F. 63 63 68 "F. 85 82 89 "F. 37 37 40 'F. 15 U 10 'F. 68 60 62 "F. 42 42 42 In. 1.0 T. 0.2 In. 23.0 0.6 4.0 In. In. NW. E. E. 53 65 38 3.3 9 1.2 27.6 E. March 63 70 77 73 81 87 96 103 105 49 56 63 18 38 49 70 76 82 54 64 70 1.1 1.6 3.4 4 4 4 0.6 1.0 2.1 0.3 0.2 0.6 SE. April 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 E. May B. Spring mean 70 80 56 6.1 12 3.7 1.1 E. 83 84 84 94 95 96 109 108 106 68 72 72 47 60 55 88 90 89 72 77 77 3.1 2.1 2.2 5 2 2 0.2 0.3 0.,4 1.2 1.3 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July SE. August E. 84 95 71 7.4 9 0.9 3.2 0.0 SE. 78 70 59 90 82 73 107 98 94 67 58 47 47 38 26 83 76 66 72 64 47 3.6 1.8 1.2 3 4 3 0.1 0.3 0.3 7.9 1.6 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. SE. SE. 69 82 57 6.6 10 0.7 10.0 SE. 69 80 109 56 10 1 23.4 40 6.6 41.9 SE. 1 Dates of Tempekaturb Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 24; Dec. 28, 29 . . . Feb.2,7-9, 15-17; Deo. 30, 31. None. Apr. 24; May 6; June 24-27; July 1-9, June 15; July 5-7, 10, 11, 14, 16-22, 24-31; Aug. 2-5, 15, 16, 23, 27. May 30, 31; June 1-11, 16-21, 23, 26-31; July 1-4, 9, 24. 25,27, 31; Aug. 1-4, 6, 7, 9, 10, 15, 16, 18-22, 30; Sept. 5-S. June 3, 4, 7, 8-10, 15-18, 21-26; July 2-4, 9, 14, 16-20, 22,24-29; Aug. 5, 6, 8, 9, 11. May20; June, missing; July 23,24; Aug. missing. Jan., Feb., missing. . . Feb. 17; Dec, missing. Jan., Feb., missing; Dec. 15, 16. Jan. 29,31 Aug. 16-19. June 17-20, 23, 27, 28; July 26; Aug. Sept., missing. June 19-22, 24-27; July 5-11, 19, 21, 22 23, 27-29; Aug. 5-7, 9, 14-19, 22, 28-31 Sept. 1. June 16-19, 25-30; July 15-20; Aug. 9, 10 19, 20, 28-31. None. Jan. 25-29 Jan. , Feb. , none; Dec. , missing. 1897 1898 Jan. 12; Feb. 16-17. . . . 436 CLIMATOLOGZ OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Southern District: BEXAR COUNTY. Station: SAN ANTONIO. Allen Buell, Observer. [Estatilished by the Signal Service in February, 1877. Latitude, 29° 27' N. Longitude, 98° 28' W. Elevation, 683 leet.] Though the station was opened February 1, 1877, yet up to March, 1885, no systematic records were kept. Surrounding the station at varying distances of a mile or more — north, east, and west — are ridges or low hills, while to the south and southeast the country is open and flat. The location of the oflBce has been frequently changed, as many as seven different buildings having been occupied. The various instruments are exposed on the roof of the building. The thermometers, 79.82 feet above ground, are mounted in a standard instrument shelter, the bottom of which is 10.88 feet above the roof. The rain gage, 16 feet west of the instrument shelter, is fixed to a platform. The top of the gage is 72.31 feet above ground. The humidity data are from fifteen years' record. The remainder of tabulated data is from the full period of observa- tion, eighteen and one-half years — July 1, 1885, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. a "F. 66 62 66 Ten i li % can humidity. Total sunshine. > g 1 o— ' 1 i w o 1^ ■ 1 ■si I'M II Snow. 00 s A 00 00 a o g .a ■3 Montli. St ffi P-J3 o 'J o a "F. 57 53 56 "f: 62 68 62 "F. 77 76 76 li 47 51 'F. 18 11 8 °F. 66' 66 64 °F. 50 40 43 In. 3.8 3.7 3.1 11 11 10 In. 2.3 1.9 2.7 In. 5.4 3.2 3.6 In. T. 0.2 0.5 In. T. 6.0 14.4 P.ct. 84 86 87 Grs. 4.07 3.76 4.08 p.ct. 81 82 83 Grs. 4.35 3.98 4.31 163 154 138 61 47 44 SE. SE. SE. Winter mean . . . 55 61 60 10.6 32 6.9 12.2 0.7 86 3.97 82 4.21 152 47 SE. March 62 69 78 68 74 81 85 86 91 67 64 71 30 43 62 68 76 78 68 66 73 3.1 2.9 3.3 9 7 6 3.6 1.5 0.8 6.9 4.6 4.- 5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 86 86 82 4.78 6.16 7.20 83 81 77 6.10 6.26 7.20 176 224 278 47 58 66 SE April SE May SE. Spring mean 69 74 64 ...1 .... 9.3 22 5.9 16.0 0.0 84 6.05 80 6.19 226 67 SE. "82 84 83 86 89 88 97 98 98 77" 79 78 57 67 68 86 87 86 76 81 80 4.6 4.0 6.1 7 9 10 0.3 3.9 0.4 6.5 18.7 6.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 81 82 8.69 9.92 8.97 77 74 75 8.42 8.87 8.99 303 297 273 72 70 67 July s August s 83 88 78 13.7 26 4.6 31.1 0.0 82 9.19 75 8.76 291 70 s. 79 72 6S 84 78 68 94 91 85 75 68 58 56 44 29 68 77 69 54 6.7 4.3 4.0 10 7 8 2.2 2.1 1.9 3.1 5.5 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 79 82 8.17 6.30 4.87 73 73 78 7.98 6.41 6.12 263 260 191 68 73 59 SE. October SE. November SE. '71 77 67 14.0 25 6.2 10.2 0.0 81 6.45 75 6.50 235 67 SE. 70 76 98 66 8 47.6 105 23.6 69.5 0.7 14.4 83 6.42 78 6.42 226 60 SE. Dates of Tempekatuke Extbemes for the Peeiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Mimmum helow 32°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 12, 25; Dec. 28, 29. Jan. 9, 13; Feb. 7-9, 12- 18. Jan. 4 July 1, 2. None. Do. June 21; Aug. 4. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None None. Do. Do. July 13; Aug. 16. None. Do. 1895 1896 Jan. 1; Feb. 7, 8, 11-13. Jan. 31; Feb. 9, 16-18.. Dec. 14,20 Jan 27 1S97 Jan. 25-28; Dec. 4 Feb.' 16, 17 438 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS, Coast Division: BEE COUNTY. Station: BEEVILLE. F. W. Shanuon, Observer. [Established by the V. S. Weather Bureau in July, 1896. Latitude, 28° 19' N. Longitude, 97° 41' W. Elevation, 225 feet.] This station is located in the suburbs of Beeville. The surrounding country is quite level. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton-region thermometer shelter, vrhich is located in a large open yard, 4 feet above the sod, and about 75 feet from the nearest building. The rain gage is located near the shelter with its top 3 feet above the ground. Ihe mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means July 22, 1895, to Deoembeb 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 'F. 55 54 66 °f. 67 66 69 'F. 87 86 96 "F. 40 41 44 -F. 14 19 5 'F. 57 57 61 "F. 49 50 46 In. 1.5 1.6 2.2 5 5 6 In. 1.7 1.9 0.0 In. 1.4 1.4 7.1 55 67 42 5.3 15 3.6 9.9 •65 71 77 77 82 89 99 99 101 54 59 65 24 37 47 70 73 82 61 67 74 2.0 2.0 3.0 4 4 5 0.9 0.6 4.2 6.1 April 1.3 May 1.5 71 83 59 7.0 13 5.6 8.9 82 85 85 94 96 98 106 106 106 70 72 72 57 65 64 86 87 88 78 82 80 2.4 4.2 2.7 4 6 5 3.0 0.2 3.4 6.4 July 16.4 August 2.0 84 96 71 9.3 15 6.6 24.8 September October November 81 73 63 94 86 76 102 103 95 67 58 50 46 30 30 84 78 69 78 70 59 2.6 2.7 2.0 6 5 4 1.1 2.7 T. 0.7 4.6 0.1 72 85 58 7.3 15 3.8 5.4 Annual mean 70 83 106 58 5 88 46 28.9 58 19.6 49.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period July 22, 1895, to December 31, 1903. 1897 Minimum below 2 Jan. 1, 2, 4, 5; Feb. 15; Dec. 1-4. Jan. 4-8, 26-30; Feb. 1, 2; Dec. 4-6. Jan. 1-4, 16, 20; Nov. 22, 23; Dec. 4, 6, 9-15, 25, 26, 31. Jan. 1, 2, 7, 8, 14, 19, 24, 25, 28, 29, 31; Feb. 1, 5-16; Mar. 6; Nov. 3; Dec. 4, 15, 16, 20- 24, 29, 30. Maximum 95° or above. Aug. 1-16,19-29; Sept. 2-6,8-19,21-23, 26- 28. Apr. 30; May 16,25-31; June 1-12, 16-30; July 1-4, 6-11,16-20,23-29,31; Aug. 1-3, 5-8, 10-16, 19-31; Sept. 1, 4-14, 17, 18. Mar. 21 ; Apr. 8; May 25; June 2, 4, 12, 14- 25; July 1-31; Aug. 1-7, 9-19, 23, 24; Sept. 3-5, 14, 16, 17, 20, 26, 28-30. Apr. 27; May 30, 31; June 1-7, 16-26, 28- 30; July 1-3, 6-14, 16-31; Aug. 1-5, 7-9, 12-21, 23-30; Sept. 1-5, 7, 10, 11, 13-18, 22-27, 29, 30; Oct. 1-4, 6-8, 11, 12, 17. Mar.23,26; Apr.28; June 12, 24-27, 29, 30; July 1, 8-13, 15-28, 31; Aug. 1-31; Sept. 1,6-9,11,12,14-16,25,26; Oct. 19-21. Year. Minimum below 32°, 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 3, 29, 30; Feb. 9, 10, 16-20, 22; Mar. 1; Nov. 12, 13, 26; Dec. 4, 21. (Jan., Feb., Mar., and Apr. missing) ; Dec. 3,9-11,14-23,29,31. Jan. 5, 6, 11, 22, 23, 27- 31 (Feb. missing). Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 16, 17, 18. Maximum 95° or above. June 6, 9, 10, 13-20, 22-30; July 2, 3, 8-13, 28; Aug. 10; Sept. 10-12, 15-24; Oct. 2, 5-8. May 6, 11, 20; June 1, 8, 10, 14-27; July 2- 10,14-16,18,20-22, 31; Aug. 1-8, 10-26, 27-31; Sept. 1-3, 6, 13, 14; Oct. 3, 4, 27, 28. Apr. 30; May 27; June 9-26, 28, 29; July 1, 3, 6, 7, 12-23, 25, 26, 31; Aug. 1-31; Sept. 1-12, 15-18, 20-23, 26; Oct. 14. (May missing) ; June 1, 18-26, 38; July 9. 12-16, 18-24; Aug. 6, 11, 14, 16-18, 20, 21, 24-26, 29-31; Sept. 1-9, 11-16, 21-24, 26, 27; Oct. 1-3, 7; Nov. 13. WEST GULP STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 439 TEXAS. Central Texas Coast: NUECES COUNTY. Station: CORPUS CHRISTI. Joseph L. Cline, Observer, [Established by Signal Service February 1, 1887. Latitude, 27° 49' N. Longitude, 97° 25' W. Elevation, S leet.] Corpus Chrisl^ is nearly 186 miles southwest of Galveston, Tex., 125 miles south-southeast of San Antonio, and 120 miles east of the Rio Grande. The station is near the central part of the city in the Hatch and Robertson Building, northwest comer IJesquite and Peoples streets, having been moved from the northeast comer of Chaparral and Starr streets July 1, 1901 . The former location of the station was two blocks north-northeast of the present one, with practically the same exposure for all instruments. The thermometers are exposed in a regulation Weather Bureau instrument shelter 13.1 feet above roof of the two-storv building, 48.5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 30 feet west of shelter on roof of same building. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the roof and 38 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation — seventeen years, Febmary 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. i B 1 Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidit y- E p, 00 1 1 < tD i ii "F. 86 82 88 h 1 ■a 's ^ li h 1, 1 1 ill a'" hi Eh Snow. 00 i 1 a □0 s "o 1 a p. 00 1 1 C5 o Q December "F. 68 56 58 "F. 65 62 64 "F. 51 49 52 -F. 20 16 11 'F 68 64 64 'F. 51 49 47 In. 1.3 2.3 2.2 7 t In. 0.4 0.8 1.3 In. 0.9 1.9 3.5 In. 0.0 0.4 0.3 In. 0.0 5.0 4.3 P.ct. 86 87 87 Grs. 4.03 3.80 4.08 p.ct. 78 81 79 Ors. 4.48 4 36 4.54 N January N February SE. 57 64 51 5.8 24 2.5 6.3 0.7 87 3.97 79 4.46 64 70 76 70 75 80 96 92 96 58 66 71 28 44 44 69 74 78 60 68 74 1.8 1.5 2.7 8 6 5 0.1 0.4 L4 3.0 1.4 8.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 86 86 86 4.94 6.43 7.80 79 80 80 5.36 6.59 7.97 SE. SE. SE April May Spring mean 70 75 65 6.0 19 1.9 13.2 0.0 86 6.39 80 6.64 80 82 82 85 87 87 97 98 98 75 77 77 59 68 65 82 83 84 77 81 80 2.6 1.8 2.4 7 5 6 1.0 1.3 2.5 5.5 2.2 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 86 87 88 8.84 9.51 9.33 79 77 77 9.18 9.51 9.23 July Summer mean . . 81 86 76 6.8 18 4.8 9.9 0.0 87 9.23 78 9.31 SE September. , 79 73 64 85 79 71 97 91 89 74 67 58 54 42 30 82 75 69 76 69 60 3.9 2.0 2.3 10 7 7 7.2 0.4 0.7 7.2 2.9 8.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. 80 84 85 8.06 6.49 4.88 75 74 78 8.46 7.14 5.65 SE October SE. SE. November . 72 78 1 66 8.2 24 8.3 18.8 0.0 85 6.52 76 7.08 70 76 98 64 ■ 11 26.8 85 17.5 48.1 0.7 5.0 86 6.51 78 6.87 SE. Dates of Tempkbatdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1896 1897 Minimum below 32°. Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 26; Dec. 28, 29. Jan. 9; Feb. 7-9, 12, 14-17; Deo. 30, 31. Nov. 30; Dec.l Jan. 25-29; Feb. 1; Dec. 4. Dec. 10-12 Maximum 95° or above. July 2. None. Do. July 12, 14. None. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 32° Jan. 1,28, 31: Feb. 6-S; 10-14. Jan. 29; Feb. 17, 18... Jan. 1; Dec. 14,1.5,20, 21,29. Jan. 26-28 Feb. 16, 17 Maximum '.i'° or above. None. June 23; Sept. 9. Mar. 9: May 31; June 10: Aug. 15,17 June 27. None. 440 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TEXAS. Coast Division: CAMERON COUNTY. Station: FORT BROWN. James E. Chukch, Otserver. [Established November, 1846. Latitude, 25° 53' N. Longitude, 97° 29' W. Elevation, 57 leet.] This station is located a few hundred feet from the Rio Grande, on a level prairie. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region thermometer shelter, 5 feet above sod and 60 feet from the hospital building of the fort. The rain gage is located 12 feet from the shelter; its top is 2.5 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. The record is not continuous from 1846. Monthly, Seasonal, AND Annual Means, November, 1846, to December, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 , , , 4^4A > Month. s 1^ 1 s . s o a E N as S'C ox) as a* a 00 a 00 s ? 1 59 "3 •g.s S5 "o ■ "1 1 1 d h $ lag. > 1 s a ■< s 3 w A a I? EH '(ri rt rt 'F. 'F. °J?. °F. "F. 'F. "F. In. In. In. P.ct. p.ct. Deccm Janua Febru 61 69 63 71 70 70 87 87 92 47 46 46 15 20 12 73 71 69 53 51 65 1.5 3 4 5 0.3 1.6 0.0 0.9 3.5 4.8 89 91 92 80 82 84 s. s. N. 61 70 46 4.4 12 1.9 9.2 91 82 s. March April. May.. 68 73 78 80 83 88 98 95 99 57 60 69 28 37 51 72 79 82 64 66 74 1.4 0.7 2.2 4 3 3 0.0 0.9 0.0 3.0 0.0 1.9 88 88 88 78 81 78 S. SE. E. Spring mean 73 84 62 4.3 10 0.9 4.9 88 79 SE. June 82 93 102 73 59 86 72 2.7 6 1.0 10.5 88 79 SE. July. Augua 84 94 96 102 101 73 74 58 63 88 88 78 ' 2.0 ; 4 80 3.0 1 4 0.8 0.1 7.6 9.5 88 91 74 76 SE. t 84 - SE. 83 94 73 7.7 13 1.9 27.6 89 76 SE. . Septei Octob 80 74 92 86 100 99 72 63 51 38 85 79 76 ; 6.2 ' 7 69 : 3.6 4 2.6 1.0 9.4 5.8 90 88 80 78 N. or N. Novel nber 67 79 91 67 28 75 56 2.0 4 0.7 3.8 88 76 S. 74 86 64 11.8 16 4.2 19.0 89 78 N. 73 84 102 61 12 28. 2 1 50 1 8.9 60.7 89 79 SE. Dates of Temp o • 1 ERATURE EXTI lEMES FOR THE PERIOD JANUARY 1, 1894, T o December Maxim 31, 1903. • Year. Minimum below 3S Maximum 9S ° or above. 4, Year. Minimum below 32°. am 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-25: Feb. 22, Apr. 27; June 10, 16, 18, 24, 30; July 1- 1900 (No record for Jan.) ; (June missing); July 1-5, 7-31; Aug. 25; Deo. 28, 29. 6-11, 15, 22, 23, 30; Aug. 14, 19, 22, 25; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 29, 1-31; Sept. 1-4, 7-22, 26-30; Oct. 1, 2, Sept. 1, 5-9; Oct. 5, 11. 31. 4-7. 1895 Jan. 10; Feb. 7-9, 13- June 28-30; July 1, 11, 13, 15, 17, 19-22, 1901 Jan. 1, 2, 16, 17; Feb. Mar. 22, 24, 25 (Apr. missing); May 19; 18; Dec. 30. 24, 26. 30, 31; Aug. 2-6, 8, 9, 12-24,26-28. 12-14, 23; Nov. 14, June 1, 3, 6-22, 24-26; July 1-6, 14, 18, 1896 Nov. 29, 30 (Deo. miss- Apr.29; May 29; June 3, 4, 6-11, 17, 19- 15; Dec. 1,2, 8,9, 13- 20-29, 31; Aug. 1-10, 12-19, 21, 27-31; ing). 21, 23, 26-30; July 1, 2, 6-10, 15, 16, 18, 23,28,29,31. Sept. 1-5, 8, 12. 19, 22-31; Aug. 3, 6, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 1902 (No r'cord for Jan.); May 20; June 15-22, 27-30; July 3, 12-21, 15, 17-30: Sept. 3, 5,-7, 9, 10, 14. Feb. 1,2. 23. 24, 27, 28; Aug, 1-15, 18-31: Sept. 1897 (Jan. to July missing) ; (Jan. to July missing) ; Aug. 1-6, 8, 9, 1-12,18-20,22-26,27. Deo. 4, 27, 31. Missing 11-13,15-18,21; Sept. 25. Missing. 1903 Feb. 16 June 8, 22, 25-27; July 12-16 Aug. 1,2,7,8,11-14; Oct.l. 18, 20; 1898 1899 Jan. 1,2; Feb. 7-9, 12- Mar. 19, 23, 28, 31; July 1, 18-29; Aug. 14 (Nov. and Dee. 1-31; Sept. 1,7, 9, 11, 13, 18, 27. missing). OKLAHOMA AND INDIAN TERRITORY. By CHARLES M. STRONG, Section Director. 441 OKLAHOMA AND INDIAN TERRITORY. The Oklahoma and Indian Territory section presents wide diversification in topographical features, ranging from vast and treeless plains to rough, rugged, and heavily wooded mountains. The eastern portion of the Cherokee, the western portion of the Creek, the Seminole, the greater portion of the Choctaw, and the central portion of the Chickasaw nations of the Indian Territory are hilly and mountainous in character, and heavily timbered. The remainder of the Territory consists of wide plains, well watered by the numerous rivers and streams that traverse the Territory from the northwest to southeast. The greater portion of Oklahoma consists of wide, rolling prairies and high, upland plains. Along its eastern border hills and timbered sections extend and over portions of Comanche and Kiowa counties the Wichita Mountains rear their lofty elevations abruptly from the surrounding plains. The rivers and streams flow from northwest to southeast over Oklahoma, with wide valleys rising gently to the elevation of the surrounding prairies and plains. Elevations vary over the section from 400 to 3,500 feet, the average over the Indian Territory being about 800 feet and over Oklahoma about 1,200 feet above sea level. Variations in elevation are more marked over the Indian Territory than Oklahoma, on account of the more rugged character of its formation. The principal rivers, extending generally from northwest to southeast through the full width of the section, are the Arkansas, Canadian, and Red rivers, with their tributaries, the Cimarron, North Canadian, and Washita rivers. These streams, with their numerous branches, give abundant water facilities to all portions of the section and an almost perfect system of drainage, carrying off, except in extreme cases, the surplus water without damage to the adjoining country. A marked feature of the topography of the section is the uniformity in elevation along a north and south line, the range generally being within 200 feet. This is due largely to the trend of the country, which is nearly uniform from west to east over all portions. The variations are due to the valleys formed by the attrition of the principal water courses. The average slope is about 3 feet per mile across the section. The western and central portions of the section being in the main covered by vast open prairies, free from obstructions in the form of hills or heavily timbered locahties, give a free sweep to the wind, and also being, on an average, above the 1,200- foot plane in elevation, are necessarily dryer and cooler than the eastern portions, where hills and timber abound and where the general elevation is, on an average, on the 800-foot plane. As a consequence also of location, being farther removed to the westward and to a certain extent less subject to the moist winds from the Gulf of Mexico, the precipitation lessens, the range in amount being about 12 inches between the eastern and western portions. The decrease in amount is rapid across the Indian Territory, but becomes more gradual over Oklahoma. This is due to local showers being more frequent over the hilly, wooded portions of the eastern division, the moisture being carried across the open, heated plains of the western and central portions and being condensed and precipitated by the cooler, wooded surfaces of the hills. This is exemplified in a marked manner by the frequent and heavy precipitation, over the Osage Nation, while to the westward and southward there will be only fight showers, or an entire absence of rainfall. Differences of from 4 to 10 inches in the monthly amounts of pre- cipitation have been observed. « The open plains are also marked by the rapidity with which the temperature cools down from day to night, under the effects of clear skies and rapid radiation. As a consequence the midsummer nights are, as compared with midday heat, cool, pleasant, and restful. The following data have been secured from the records covering the conditions for the past twelve years over this section : The mean annual temperature, in degrees Fahrenheit, was 60; the highest annual, 62° in 1896, and lowest, 57° in 1894. The absolute maximum temperature was 116° in 1903 and the absolute minimum temperature 25° below zero in 1899. The mean winter temperature was 38°; the highest, 41° in 1895, and lowest, 33° in 1898. The mean spring temperature was 60°; the highest, 63° in 1896, and lowest, 58° in 1892. The mean summer temperature was 80°; the highest, 82° in 1896, and lowest, 77° in 1903. The mean autumn temperature was 62°; the highest, 64° in 1899, and lowest, 60° in 1903. The greatest annual range of temperature was 138° in 1899 and the least 112° in 1898. The average date of kUUng frost in autumn was October 29 and in spring April 8. The mean annual precipitation, in inches and tenths, was 31.7; the highest annual, 40.5 in 1902; the least, 22.8 in 1901. The average winter precipitation was 4.4; the greatest, 6.6 in 1902-3, and the least, 2.1 in 1901-2. The average spring pre- cipitation was 10.8; the greatest, 17.3 in 1902, and the least, 4.9 in 1895. The average summer precipitation was 9.2; the the greatest, 16.4 in 1895, and the least, 4.8 in 1894. The average autumn precipitation was 7.3; the greatest, 13.3 in 1902, and the least, 2.8 in 1894. The greatest local monthly precipitation was 20.2 at Blackburn, Okla., in May, 1902, and the least, nothing, during the fall months of several years at different stations. No data are at hand relative to the frequency of destructive wind, hail, and thunder storms over the section at large, but that gathered from special stations indicate only infrequent occurrence, averaging not more than two of wind and hail and six of excessive rains, caused by thunderstorms, during the past twelve years. 442 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. List of Counties or Nations and Climatolooioal Stations. 443 County or nation. OKLAHOMA (COUNTIES). Station. Beaver Beaver . . . Blaine (see Kingfisher) ' Caddo (see Fort SlU) ' Canadian {see Oklahoma)...' Cleveland (see Oklahoma) . . . ' Comanche j Fort Sill.. Custer ' Arapaho- . Day (see Arapaho) ' Garfield (see Kingfisher) Grant Jefferson. Greer ' Mangum. . Kansas (see Jefferson) ' Kay (see Jefferson) Kingfisher Kingfisher . Kiowa (see Fort SlU) — Lincoln (see Oklahoma). Logan (see Stillwatgr) . . . Noble (see Stillwater)... Oklahoma Osage (see Stillwater) . . . Pawnee (see Stillwater) . Payne Pottawatomie (see Okla- homa). Eoger Mills (see Arapaho) . Washita (see Arapaho) . . . Oklahoma. Stillwater. District. Western . Central.. Western . Central.. do... Western. do... ....do... Central.. ....do... Western. Central. . ...,do... do... Western. Central. . ....do... ..-.do... ....do... do... do... do... do... Western. ....do... Page. 451 447 445 460 449 446' County or nation. OKLAHOMA— continued. Woods (see Jefferson) . . . Woodward (see Beaver). INDIAN TEEEITORY (NATIONS) . Cherokee (see Fort Smith, Ark). Chickasaw , Choctaw Creek (see Lehigh) Modoc (see Fort Smith, Ark.) Ottawa (see Fort Smith, Ark.) Peoria (see Fort Smith, Ark.) Quapaw (see Fort Smith, Ark.). Shawnee (see Fort Smith, Ark.). Seminole (see Lehigh) Seneca (see Fort Smith, Ark.). Wyandot (see Fort Smith, Ark.). Station. Healdton. Lehigh - District. Central . . Western. Eastern . Central. . Eastern. do... do... .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. .do. Page. 452 453 State Summary — Oklahoma and Indian Territory. Station. Num- ber. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. ' " " 1 Abso- lute maxi- mum. Temperature. Beaver, Okla Jefferson, Okla . . - Stillwater, Okla.. Arapaho, Okla... Kingfisher, Okla.. Oklahoma, Okla. . Mangum, Okla . . . Fort Sill, Okla.... Healdton, Ind. T. Lehigh^ Ind. T..., "F. "F. °F. -F. 1 57 71 43 112 2 68 73 44 111 3 59 71 47 107 4 69 73 46 111 6 60 73 48 109 (i 59 70 49 104 7 61 75 47 114 8 61 74 48 109 9 63 76 50 115 10 62 75 50 112 [ Abso- lute 1 mini- mum. "F. June, 1895 1 -25 July, 1901 ! -11 August, 1901 1 -17 July, 1901 1 -14 August, 1901 1 -16 ,1901 -17 August, 1902 1 -17 August, 1896.. I -14 ....do -14 July, 1904 -15 Average num- ber days with— Date. Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. February, 1899 do ...do 79 70 63 95 74 49 74 68 94 84 110 97 74 -.do 89 do 76 do 76 do 76 do 76 do . ... 63 . .do . - 68 Beaver, Okla Jefferson, Okla.. Stillwater, Olda. Arapaho, Okla. . . Kingfisher, Okla. Oklahoma, Okla Mangum, Okla... Fort Sill, Okla... Healdton, Ind. T Lehigh, Ind. T... Num- ber. Average date of — First killing Oct. 23 Oct. 29 Nov. 2 Oct. 24 Oct. 27 Nov. 2 ...do... Oct. 29 Oct. 31 Oct. 21 Last in spring. Apr. 13 Apr. 15 Apr. 11 ...do... Apr. 12 Apr. 5 Apr. 3 Apr. 4 Apr. 7 Apr. 4 Date of- Earliest killing Sept. 27 Oct. 18 Oct. 14 Oct. 8 Oct. 14 Oct. 7 Oct. 16 Oct. 14 ...do... Oct. 8 Latest in spring. Apr. 30 May 1 ....do... ....do... ....do... Apr. 30 May 1 ....do... ....do... Apr. 18 Precipitation Annual. Spring. Summer. Autumn. Winter. Inches. 18.9 26.9 31.7 27.2 33.1 31.7 25.4 30.1 32.7 36.1 Inches. 6.5 8.3 11.6 10.0 12.8 11.3 7.7 9.8 11.7 11.6 Inches. 7.0 10.2 8.8 8.6 8.3 8.7 9.2 8.4 8.0 9.8 Inches. 3.6 5.8 7.8 6.2 8.6 7.5 5.5 8.0 7.4 7.6 Inches. 1.8 2.6 3.5 2.4 3.4 4.2 3.0 3.9 6.6 6.1 444 CLIMATOLOGY OV THE UNITED STATES. OKLAHOMA. Western Division: BEAVER COUNTY. Station: BEAVER. C. O. Tannehill, Observer. [EstabUshed by U. S. Weather Bureau in February, 1896. Latitude, 36" 45' N. Longitude, lOO" 20' W. Elevation, 2,500 feet.| This station is situated within the limits of the town of Beaver, which lies on the south slope of the Beaver River, and is about one-fourth of a mile distant from the stream. The general contour of the ground is a level plain, but to the northward of the river the country is broken and hilly. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter about 100 feet northward of the resi- dence of the observer, and are about 4i feet above the sod. The rain gage is near the shelter, exposed in an open lot, and is about 100 feet distant from the nearest building. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperature for this station has been obtained from the mean of the maximum and minimum temperature readings for the entire period. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Febkuary 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903.' Temperature. Precipitation. 1 S e 03 V, E 4 g a 1 '5 9 si o fa r. o 1 03 -a Is a a-n O'O Snow. Month. to SI (3 35 33 33 "F. 48 52 45 °F. 74 70 75 "F. 21 23 18 "F. - 4 -10 -25 °F. 39 39 40 "F. 29 26 22 In. 0.7 0.6 0.5 2 2 2 In. 0.0 0.1 • 0.1 In. 0.2 0.2 0.3 In. 1.6 4.7 0.2 In. 6.0 12.0 0.5 N. sw. N. 34 48 21 1.8 6 0.2 0.7 6.5 N. 45 58 67 62 71 80 90 92 107 32 42 53 -12 21 35 48 66 72 43 56 63 0.7 2.4 3.4 4 6 7 0.4 3.6 2.8 0.5 0.2 1.4 1.7 0.6 0.0 4.0 2.0 0.0 N. April S. May S. Spring mean 57 71 42 6.6 17 6.8 2.1 2.3 S. 76 80 82 88 94 96 112 109 110 61 67 66 39 60 50 81 85 85 68 78 79 2.2 2.8 2.0 7 6 4 0.4 1.4 0.5 4.3 6.8 1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. August S. Summer mean 79 93 65 7.0 17 2.3 11.2 0.0 0.0 s. 70 59 44 84 74 60 104 92 84 55 45 31 29 27 9 73 61 49 67 56 38 1.9 1.3 0.4 4 4 4 2.1 1.0 0.2 3.8 1.8 1.6 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. s. s. N. Fall mean 58 73 44 3.6 12 3.3 7.2 T. S. 67 71 112 43 -25 18.9 52 12.6 21.2 8.8 12.0 8. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 102° or above. Year. Minimurn below 0°. Maximum 102° or above. 1899 1900 Jan. 31; Feb. 7, 8, 11, 12. Feb. 17; Dec. 31 Jan. 12; Dec. 14 June 19, July 23; Aug. 9-12, 17-19, 21. Aug. 12-16, 21, 22, 27. June 10,28, 29; July 4,9-11,15-21; Aug. 24-28. 1902 1903 Jan. 26, 27, 30; Feb. 2, 4. Mar. 1 June26; July 13, 14,16; Aug. 2-4, 8, 9,13, 15-20, 22-26,29. July 10, 14-16, 21-24; Aug. 5, 7. 1901 WEST GULF STATES AND 80UTHEASTEKN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 445 OKLAHOMA. Central Division: QRANT COUNTY. Station: JEFFERSON. G. F. Walkee, M. D., Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in January, 1894. Latitude, 36° 44' N. Longitude, 97° 48' W. Elevation, 1,062 feet.] This station is near the northern limits of the town of Jefferson. The surroundings are generally open, a few buildings being situated around the station. The general contour of the surrounding country is that of a wide prairie, nearly level in all directions. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter about 100 feet distant from the observer's residence, in the center of an open plot of ground, and are 5 feet above sod. The rain gage is about 15 feet distant from the shelter, with no buildings or trees within its immediate vicinity. The top of the gage is 2 feet above the ground. The mean temperature for this station has been obtained from the mean of the maximum and minimum temperature readings for the entire period. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. i Month. 1 Mean of the max- ima. i a a II g I •a s B o 1 ■a o •33 il Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. > s . Pro s s = ti S °F. 22 22 21 IP »-2 2 -5 5 5 December "F. 37 36 34 'F. 49 50 49 °F. 81 75 90 "F. - 8 - 8 -11 'F. 46 39 42 °F. 33 29 27 In. 0.8 0.8 1.0 2 3 2 In. 0.3 1.7 1.0 In. 2.8 2.3 2.6 In. 1.6 2.1 2.0 In. 5.0 6.0 7.0 N January . s N. Winter mean 35 49 22 2.6 7 3.0 7.7 5.7 N March 47 59 69 63 73 80 92 95 102 32 44 55 7 20 32 53 62 76 42 54 65 1.2 2.7 4.4 3 6 9 0.2 4.0 2.2 1.4 1.6 7.5 0.6 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 s April s M^y.... : s Spring mean 58 72 44 8.3 'l7 6.4 10.5 0.6 s. 78 81 81 89 94 96 105 111 110 64 64 68 42 50 40 81 86 84 69 76 79 4.6 2.8 2.8 6 5 4 0.6 1.1 2.2 7.4 3.3 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s July s Summer mean 80 93 65 10.2 15 3.9 17.1 0.0 s. 73 59 46 87 81 62 107 102 85 58 48 32 32 22 2 76 65 51 69 47 42 2.9 2.1 0.8 5 4 2 2.2 2.0 0.8 1.3 1.2 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 1.0 s. October s ,s 59 77 46 5.8 11 5.0 o.l 0.2 s. Annual mean 58 73 HI 44 -11 26.9 50 18.3 38.4 6.6 7.0 s. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1897 Jan.27 June 21, 22, 24, 26; July 6-9, 14, 22-31; Aug. 1-5, 19, 20, 25, 26, 29. June 25; Aug. 21, 23, 24, 28, 29; Sept. 16, 24-27; Oct. 2-4. July 4-6. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb 17 June 27, 29, 30; July 10, 11, 22, 23; Aug. 12-23, 26; Sept. 2, 6-8. June 20-22, 24-30; July 1-29; Aug. 3, 27, 28. July 15; Aug. 2-4, 7, 1,3-18, 22-26, 30. July 15, 16, 20-23; Aug. 7, 16, 25. 189S None 1899 Jan. 28, 30, 31; Feb.7- 13. Jan. 26,27,30; Feb. 2,4. Feb. 17, 18 446 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OKLAHOMA. Central Division: PAYNE COUNTY. Station: STILLWATER. J. C. WOODWOETH, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weatber Bureau in January, 1893. Latitude, 36° 10' N. Longitude, 97° 6' W. Elevation, 880 leet.] This station is located on the grounds of the Agricultural Experiment station, the surroundings being open in eveiy direction. The general contour ot the surrounding country partakes both of the nature of valley and prairie. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter 150 feet north of the library building, and are 5 feet above sod. The rain gage is in an open lot 100 feet away from the nearest building, with top of gage 2 feet above the ground. The mean temperature for this station has been obtained from the mean of the maximum and minimum readings for the entire period. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januart 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. .5 > g 1 B Si 1 a . g CD ■s.@ § •3 1 S f i s 1° °o a-- 2 §^a ^1 a<„ pi a % O V a^ Snow. Month. 0) p 5 December January T. 38 38 38 49 49 60 "F. 74 81 77 ° F. 26 27 26 " F. - 2 - 8 -17 "F. 43 42 44 "F. 32 34 28 In. 1.3 1.1 1.0 4 3 5 In. 1.4 0.6 0.6 In. 2.7 3.5 3.0 In. 1.5 1.2 1.1 In. 3.6 4.0 1.0 N. N. February N. 38 49 26 3.4 12 2.6 9.2 3.8 N. March April May 50 60 68 63 73 79 90 100 97 37 48 68 11 20 29 53 66 74 46 67 64 2.0 3.2 5.8 5 7 12 3.0 1.2 4.7 2.8 0.6 8.6 0.4 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 S. S. s. Spring mean 59 76 72 87 92 94 48 11.6 24 8.9 12.0 0.4 s. June . . 103 106 107 65 69 68 44 51 63 80 86 86 69 78 77 3.1 3.1 2.6 6 6 6 0.8 1.5 1.9 4.7 6.4 2.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July August 80 81 s. s. 7Q 91 67 8.7 17 4.2 14.0 0.0 s. September October November 73 62 49 86 75 60 103 99 84 60 49 37 36 26 7 78 67 64 66 55 45 3.3 2.6 2.0 5 5 6 1.1 2.1 1.0 2.7 4.2 0.7 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 0.3 s. s. s. 61 74 49 7.8 16 4.2 7.6 T. s. Annnnl TTip.fl.Ti 59 71 107 47 —17 31.6 69 19.9 42.8 4.2 4.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 23-25; Dec. 28 Record incomplete None .do. Maximum 100° or above. June 29,30; July 1, 3, 24, 25, 28; Aug. 12- 16,18,19. June 24, 25; July 29; Sept. 6, 12,13, 15-17. June 15; July 3,7-9,14-18,20-22; Sept. 7, 8, 16. July 14,24,25; Aug. 4. Year. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. None Jan. 31; Feb. 11-13.. None Dec.14,16 None do Maximum 100° or above. None. Aug. 4, 7-13, 19-24; Sept. 6, 6. Aug. 21,27. July 4-6,7-25, 29; Aug. 3, 4,24-29. Aug. 2-5, 15-18, 20, 22-26, 31. July 22,23. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN EOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 447 OKLAHOMA. Western Division: CUSTER COUNTY. Station: ARAPAHO. Eugene Forbes, Observer. [Established by the U. 8. Weather Bureau in January, 1894. Latitude, 35° 30' N. Longitude, 98° 65' W. Elevation, 1,500 ieet.] .This station is located in the western portion of the town of Arapaho, with the surroundings open. The general contour of the surrounding country is that of a high, upland prairie, with ground sloping rapidly eastward and northward to the valley of the Washita. The station location being on the ridge and the timber along the river, there is no obstruction to the air circulation in any direction. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter 50 feet distant from the residence of the observer. The instruments are 3^ feet above sod. The rain gage is 50 feet distant from the nearest building. The top of the gage is 2 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures of this station for the entire period have been obtained from the mean of the maximum and minimum temperature re Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 a u 1 B a s ° V a a fJ a i S a < as 5 «a % o a I.CSJ 0~ S as=a CD lit El Snow. > f 3 Month. 60 . < o December "F. 38 36 35 "F. 51 49 49 ' F. 74 77 77 "F. 24 24 24 ' F. -10 -10 -14 "F. 43 41 43 °F. 33 31 26 In. 0.9 0.7 0.8 3 4 3 In. 0.1 0.2 0.6 In. 2.1 0.9 2.6 In. 1.0 2.2 1.0 In. 3.0 8.0 3.0 N. January February N. N. 36 50 24 2.4 10 0.8 5.6 4.2 N. March 49 59 70 64 75 83 92 98 108 35 45 56 7 22 32 52 65 76 46 57 64 1.2 2.8 6.0 4 7 9 0.7 1.5 9.2 1.8 1.4 6.4 0.4 T. 0.0 2.0 T. 0.0 N. April S. May S. Spring mean 59 74 45 10.0 20 11.4 9.6 0.4 s. June.. 77 81 82 90 95 97 106 111 110 63 67 67 43 54 64 80 86 87 70 78 78 3.3 3.8 1.5 7 7 6 T. 2.1 0.2 5.6 9.8 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. s. 80 94 66 8,6 20 2.3 16.6 0.0 s. September October 73 62 48 88 76 61 107 98 86 59 48 34 35 22 6 76 66 53 72 55 44 3.1 •1.9 1.2 6 6 4 0.7 0.3 0.3 2.0 0.8 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 3.0 s. s. November.. s. Fall mean 61 75 47 6.2 16 1.3 3.8 0.4 s. 59 73 111 46 -14 27.2 66 25.8 35.6 5.0 8.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24; Dec. 28 '. . Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 2, 4, 7, 8,16. June 27; July 1,23-26,28; Aug. 15, 19,20; Sept. 3-7. June 24; July 6, 7; Aug. 14; Sept. 4, 5, 12-17. May 25-30; June 4,7,8,14-17, 19, 20, 23, 24; July 2-4,27-30; Aug. 10-11, 14-21, 31; Sept. 7-9. June 22,23; July 3-9,14,22-31; Aug. 1,2, 4-6,25,26,29; Sept. 1,5. June 25,26; July 7, 19, 23, 28, 30; Aug. 17, 19; Sept. 4, 16, 16. 1 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 7, 11-13. . None Dec. 14, 15 June 26, 27; Aug. 1, 3, 4-23, 25-31; Sept 1,5-7. June 17,26,27,29; Aug. 15, 20-22; Sept. 6 June 20,21,25,27; July 1-3,5-23,25-30 Aug. 1-7, 9-17, 21-23, 25-29. June 14,24-26; July 1,2,6,8,15,16; Aug 1-21,25-31. July 10-12, 14-24; Aug. 5, 7. 1896 Jan. 30; Feb. 1, 3, 4, 8 . . None 1897 do. 1898 do 1076— Bull. Q— 08 29 448 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OKLAHOMA. Central Division: KINGFISHER COUNTY. Station: KINGFISHER. J. C. Cross, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau in April, 1897. Latitude, 35° 50' N. Longitude, 97° 66' W. Elevation, 1,046 feet.] This station is near the central portion of the town of Kingfisher. The general contour of the surrounding country is that of a rolling prairie, sloping to the eastward and northward, with no marked elevation within several miles. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter 40 feet to the westward of the resi- dence of the observer, and are open to the prevailing southerly winds. The instruments are 5 feet above sod. The rain gage is in an open lot 50 feet away from the nearest building, with the top of the gage 2 feet above ground. The mean temperature for this station has been obtained from the mean of the maximum and minimum temperature readings for the entire period. Monthly. Seasonal, and Annual Means, April 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 s 1 s g .a .s § 1 '3 's ^ .o .£3 ■SB o Number of days with 0.01 or more. ^1 a-C Bo a S o g ■*! • Eh Snow. Month. < ■" ri a- 2 i 5 December. 38 39 38 "F. 50 61 49 °F. 76 75 76 °F. 27 27 24 "F. - 3 - 2 -15 "F. 40 42 45 "F. 35 36 28 In. 0.9 0.8 1.7 3 3 3 In. T. 0.2 4.0 In. 1.4 0.2 T. In. 1.3 1.7 2.6 In. 3.0 2.0 9.0 N. N. N. Winter mean 38 50 26 3.4 9 4.2 1.6 5.6 N. 50 60 68 64 73 79 92 91 91 36 48 57 10 22 28 51 62 70 48 58 66 2.6 2.8 7.4 5 6 9 2.8 0.6 7.3 5.9 2.4 14.6 0.5 T. 0.0 3.0 T. 0.0 8. S. May S. Spring mean 59 72 47 12.8 20 10.7 22.9 0.5 S. 77 82 S3 88 94 96 103 107 109 65 69 69 46 55 53 79 86 87 71 80 79 2.6 3.2 2.5 5 5 4 1.8 1.5 1.6 1.2 1.9 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. S. Summer mean 81 93 68 8.3 14 4.9 5.1 0.0 S. 73 64 50 87 78 62 102 101 90 60 51 37 39 22 11 76 67 53 70 59 47 4.2 2.7 1.7 5 3 3 1.8 1.2 0.8 6.8 2.9 3.3 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. S. October S. November . S. Fall mean 62 76 49 8.6 11 3.8 13.0 T. s. 60 73 109 48 -15 33.1 54 23.6 42.6 6.1 9.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period April 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. 1897 1898 Minimum below 10°. Dec. 3, 4 Dec. 10, 14,31. Jan. 1, 29-31; Feb. 1, 7-13 23. Feb. 16-18; Dec. 31 . . Maximum 100° or above June 21, 22; July 1, 6-9, 14, 22-31; Aug. 1, 2, 4, 25, 26; Sept. 4, 5. July 19, 22, 28, 29; Aug. 16, 18-20, 23; Sept. 15, 25, 26; Oct. 2-4. July 4-13, 16, 18-23, 26-30; Aug. 4-6. June 26, 27; Aug. 15, 26, 27; Sept. 6, 7. Year. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. Jan. 1,2; Mar. 6; Dec. 14, 15, 17, 20. Jan. 26, 27, 30; Feb. 3-5, 10. Feb. 17,19; Dec. 13, 15. Maximum 100° or above. June 18; July 2-10, 12-23, 29; Aug. 2, 9 17 21 2*-28. Aug. 2-5, 14-18, 20, 22-26, 29-31. July 16-17, 22-24; Aug. 5, 16. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 449 OKLAHOMA. Central Division; OKLAHOMA COUNTY. Station: OKLAHOMA CITY. C. M. Strong, Section Director. (Established by the U. S. Signa,! Service on November 1, 1890. Latitude, 3.')° 26' N. Longitude, ^fl" 33' W. Elevation, 1,196 leet.] This station is located within the business section of the city, on the southeast comer of Grand avenue and Broadway street, in the Culbertson building, fifth floor. The ground slopes from north to south, -rising gradually northward, for 16 blocks, to an elevation of probably 60 feet above the elevation of the ground at the station location. To the southward, westward, and eastward the ground is nearly level for a mile in each direction . The thermometers are exposed in the standard shelter on the roof of the building 79 feet above the ground and 10 feet above the roof. The rain gage and snow gage are located on the roof of the building 71 feet above the ground and 3.5 feet above the roof. The wind vane and anemometer are located on the roof of the building 88 and 86 feet, respectively, above the ground and 18 and 16 feet, respectively, above the roof. This station was established on November 1, 1890, in the Opera House building at the southeast comer of Grand avenue and Robinson street and removed to the present location on July 1, 1902. Sunshine data are from 1898-1903. Remainder of tabulated data is from the full period of observation — eleven years— November 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. •1 40 37 37 s -S -A a s '■F. 50 47 48 03 g 4 < °F. 75 78 80 1 =.§ Id 1 'S ■§ li o s 3 a H |a .9 K h % 3 i &° Mas 2i 1.1 O M oS a oj 3 ^ -5 . Snow. a 00 •3 a oa 00 1 a p. 00 i 1 a (i OC 1 o A o fa > o s Month. ■-p. r„.nt °F. 30 28 26 "F. II? -17 °F. 45 41 44 "F. 35 33 27 In. 1.9 1.3 1.0 6 6 5 In. 1.3 0.6 0.6 In. 1.7 0.7 0.6 In. 1.7 4.0 1.2 In. 5.6 10.0 3.0 P.ct. 80 80 80 Gr.?. 1.75 l.Gl 1.63 p.ct. 70 67 64 Grs. 2.22 1.91 2.06 Hr. 186 185 188 P.ct. 61 69 62 N. N. N. 38 48 28 1 4.2 17 2.4 2.9 6.9 j 80 1.66 67 2.06 186 61 N. 49 61 68 60 72 77 90 95 94 37 50 68 9 22 35 53 66 73 44 58 64 2.3 2.6 6.4 8 8 11 0.4 1.3 3.6 0.9 4.8 9.6 0.6 T, 0.0 4.5 T. 0.0 78 77 83 2.23 3.38 4.94 68 63 64 2.63 3.60 6.78 235 256 271 63 65 63 S. S. May . . s. Spring mean 59 70 48 11.3 27 6.3 15.3 0.5 79 3.62 58 4.00 254 64 s. 76 80 80 88 90 91 101 104 104 66 70 69 48 56 49 79 85 84 70 76 75 2.6 3.6 2.7 7 7 1.6 T. 4.9 6.2 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 83 82 82 6.40 6.99 6.51 60 57 62 6.69 7.02 6.29 324 344 348 74 78 83 s. July s. August 3.0 s. 78 89 68 8.7 21 4.0 12.0 0.0 82 6.63 66 6.63 339 78 s. • September 73 62 49 84 74 69 101 97 83 62 51 38 36 27 9 76 66 53 67 56 45 2.7 2.1 2.7 6 6 6 0.7 1.3 1.4 1.4 4.2 7.8 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 2.6 80 78 78 5.26 3.39 2.24 56 56 62 5.54 3.42 2.60 270 248 179 72 71 58 s. s. s. 61 72 60 7.6 18 3.4 13.4 0.3 79 3.63 68 3.85 232 67 s. 59 70 104 49 -17 [ 31.7 83 15.7 43.6 7.7 10.0 80 3.86 60 4.14 263 67 s. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1 Year. # Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-26; Feb. 11, 12; Nov. 17; Dec. 27, 28,31. Jan. 13, 26, 28-31; Feb. 1, 2, 4-9, 11-13, 16. July 1-3; Aug. 16; Sept. 7, 8. July 7. June 15; July 27, 31; Aug. 1-3, 6-8, 16- 21; Sept.-?. July 14. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 10, 14, 23 1895 1896 Jan. 1, 28-31; Feb. 4- 13, 23. Feb. 16, 17; Dec. 31... Jan. 1; Dec. 13-15, 17, 20. Jan. 26, 27, 30; Feb. 2, 4. Feb. 15-19 . Aug. 19-22. None. July 5, 14, 15, 19; Aug. 25-27. 1897 Jan. 24-28; Dec. 3, 4, 17. Aug. 2, 3, 6, 16, 26, 30. July 22-24. 450 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. OKLAHOMA. Western Division: GREER COUNTY. Station: MANQUM. J. O. McCoLiiSTEK, Observer. ["Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau in January, 1893. Latitude, 34° 40' N. Longitude, 99° 36' W. Elevation, 1,585 feet.] This station is near the southera limits of the town of Mangum, with the surroundings generally open, a few buildings being in the immediate vicinity. The general contour of the country is that of a rolling upland sloping to the southward and rising to the eastward and westward to a crest of probably 100 feet higher elevation within a distance of 2 miles. About 12 miles eastward and 16 miles southeastward the Wichita Mountain range rises to an elevation of from 800 to 1,500 feet above the country. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton-region shelter 35 feet northwest of the residence of the observer and are open to the prevailing southerly breeze. The instruments are 5 feet above the sod. The rain gage is in an open lot 15 feet west of the shelter and 60 feet distant from the nearest building. The top of the gage is 2 feet above ground. , The mean temperature for this station has been obtained from the mean of the maximum and minimum temperature readings for the entire period. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. > s 1 e g 1 a it < 1^ s *3 '§ 9 II g it 1 H o 1-1 a ■si B" 2 2; r- "^ CD 3s| lit Snow. 0) O o December "F. 42 41 40 "F. 57 54 63 °F. 83 79 82 op 28 27 26 "F. 1 - 6 -17 "F. 48 44 48 "F. 36 In. in 2 2 4 In. 0.7 0.2 0.8 In. 0.9 0.4 3.1 In. 1.0 0.8 1.9 In. 3.0 3.6 6.0 N January 36 1 7 N February 30 1.3 N 41 55 27 3.0 8 1.7 4.4 3.7 N. March . 61 62 70 66 77 82 94 102 104 37 48 58 10 22 35 66 67 73 46 58 67 1.0 2.1 4.6 2 4 7 0.6 0.3 1.6 0.0 0.7 1.1 0.3 0.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 SE April S. May s Spring mean 61 75 48 7.7 13 2.5 1.8 0.3 S. June 78 82 82 90 95 96 106 107 114 66 69 68 42 54 62 82 86 88 73 77 76 4.1 2.9 2.2 6 4 4 1.3 1.0 3.1 11.5 6.3 2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s Juiv s August SE Summer mean 81 94 67 9.2 13 6.4 20.6 0.0 S. September 74 63 51 88 79 65 108 100 90 60 48 36 35 22 9 76 68 64 71 67 46 2.4 1.6 1.5 1 ■ i 1.6 0.1 0.1 T. 3.7 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 2.0 s October s N. Fallmeau 63 77 48 5.5 9 1.8 6.0 0.2 S. Annual mean 61 76 114 47 -17 25.4 43 11.4 32.8 4.2 5.0 S. " Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Minimum below 10°. Dec. 28,29, 31. Jan. 8, 26, 29-31; Feb. 1-9, 11, 12, 15, 16. None Dec. 3, 4, 17 Jan. 1; Dec. 9, 10, 31. Maximum 100° or above. June 26-30; July 1-4, 15, 16, 22-31; Aug. 18, 20, 21; Sept. 4-8. July 6, 7; Aug. 2, 14, 19; Sept. 4-0, 12, 13, 16, 16. May 26, 27, 29; June 4, 7-9, 14, 16, 19-21; July 3, 4; Aug. 1-3, 6-8, 10, 11, 13, 16- 21; Sept. 7, 8. June 22-26; July 4, 8, 13, 30, 31; Aug. 3-5, 25; Sept. 5. July 18, 19, 23, 27, 28; Aug. 18-20; Sept. 14-16. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. Jan. 1, 29, 31; Feb. 1 4-13; Mar. 26. Feb. 8,9, 17, 18 None Jan. 25, 26; Feb. 1... None Maximum 100° or above. Aug. 9-12, 19-21, 23, 25-28. June 7, 27; July, Aug., and Sept. re- port missing. June 20; July 4-6, 9, 14-22, 31; Aug. 3, 9, 17, 18, 23-29. June 13, 14, 18, 19, 24-26; July 2, 14-16, 29-31; Aug. 1-5, 7-9, 12-20, 29, 30. June 19; July 11, 12, 15-18, 21-26; Aug. 2, 3-8, 15, 16; Sept. 8. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 451 OKLAHOMA. Western Division: COMANCHE COUNTY. Station: FORT SILL. Post Surgeon, U. S. A., Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in January, 1893. Latitude, 34° 40' N. Longitude, 98° 25' W. Elevation, 1,200 feet-l This station is located within the limits of the Fort Sill reservation, 120 feet from the post hospital, the hospital and instruments being located on the westward slope of a slight elevation. The general contour of the surrounding country is that of a rolling prairie, rising abruptly into the Wichita Mountains, about 8 miles to the westward, which r.ange from 800 to 1,500 feet higher than the adjoining prairie. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a latticed-box shelter, similar in design to the cotton-region shelter, 120 feet from the nearest building, and 4 feet above sod. The rain gage is located in the open space adjacent to shelter and is 4 feet above ground. The mean temperature for this station has been obtained from the mean of the maxima and minima for the entire period. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. M > s 1^ E Q.FH 1 oi E E "o Xi < E o 1 E li 1 h |s .a .» 3 r o a CO Eo • la ^a 3 09 U t>>o ill II Si -J. -at Snow. Month. li a g ■g.s g ■ a S 3 30 g M ti a f (3 Decen Janua Febru 42 42 41 "F. 66 64 54 "F. 80 78 82 "F. 29 30 29 °F. 1 -14 "F. 47 46 49 "F. 37 37 32 In. 2.7 1.6 1.4 4 4 3 In. 2.6 0.7 6.1 In. 3.9 T. 0.2 In. 1.1 1.4 1.9 In. 5.0 6.0 6.0 s. ry N. ary N. 42 65 29 5.6 11 9.4 4.1 4.4 N. Mareli April Mi,y. 53 64 71 66 77 82 89 96 102 _ 41 51 60 8 29 24 56 69 75 . 51 60 68 2.8 3.2 6.7 6 5 9 2.1 0.3 2.6 3.7 3.5 13.3 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 S. S. S. Spring mean... 63 75 51 11.7 -19 6.0 20.5 0.1 S. June. July. AugU! 79 82 84 90 95 97 110 110 115 67 70 70 38 52 64 82 86 89 71 81 80 2.2 3.6 2.2 6 6 4 1.8 0.5 1.4 0.6 3.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. S. t S. 82 94 69 8.0 1 15 3.7 3.8 0.0 S. Septei Octob Novel 76 64 90 79 106 101 88 62 50 39 35 25 80 68 71 60 60 2.2 2.7 2.5 3 3 4 1.8 2.5 0.0 7.6 3.2 11.5 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 4.0 S. er.. , S. 54 ; 66 8 ! 64 s. 65 j 78 50 7.4 10 4.3 22.3 0.8 S. Annual mean 63 76 115 50 -14 32.7 66 22.4 50.7 5.3 6.0 s. ' Dates of Tempeeatuee Exteemes for the Peeiod January 1, 1894, i o December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximu m 100° or above 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Jan. 24; Dec. 28 Jan. 9, 13, 29-31 ; Feb. 1, 2, 7, 8. Jan. 3; Dec. 1 , Jan. 25-29; Dec. 22 Dec. 10, 11, 14 June 29, 30; July 1-6, 25, 29; Aug. 1, 18, 21; Sept. 4-9. June 25; July 7, 20; Aug. 6, 11, 14, 18-20, 26-21); Sept. 9-17. May 30. 31; June 7, 8, 15, 20, 22-24; July 2-4, 23-26, 29-31; Aug. 1-11, 13-22; Sept. 3, 4, 7, 8, 10, 12, 16, 17. July 1, 0-8, 10, 14; Aug. 4. Julv 7. 8. 19. 22. 24. 27-31; Aue. 16. 16. 18. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan, 1, 31; Feb. 7-13.. Jan. 29; Feb. 17, 18. . . Feb. 23; Mar. 6; Dec. 14, 16. Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 2, 10, 21. Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 16- 19; Nov. IS: Dec. 6 June 24; July 3 June 17, 26-28; 26,27; Sept. June 20; July 14-17, 24-29. June 15, 18-20, Aug. 2-5, 8, 9 Julv 15, 21-24; ; Aug. 1-31; Sept. 3-7, 15. July 8; Aug. 21, 22, 24, 3,7. 1-10, 12-23; Aug. 3, 4, 9, 24, 25, 30; July 2, 15-18; , 12-26, 28-31; Sept. 8. Aug. 7,8, 16, 27; Sept. 9. 1' , 22; Se] rt. 15, 16 , 26, 26; Oct. 23. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN KOOKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 453 INDIAN TERRITORY. Eastern Division: CHOCTAW NATION. Station: LEHIQH. T. P. Pettes. Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in January, 1893. Latitude, 34° 30' N. Longitude, 96° 06' W. Elevation, 694 feet.] This station was situated on the edge of the town of Lehigh, and the surroundings are open in every direction. The general contour of the surrounding country is that of a wide, rolling prairie, with creeks about 6 miles apart, and bottoms about 2 miles in width. The ridges are sparsely covered with timber. The maximum and minimum thermometers were exposed in a cotton region shelter, about 100 feet from the residence of the observer, in the center of a grassy plot of ground, and 8 feet above sod. The rain gage was near the shelter, 100 feet distant'from any buildings or trees, and 3 feet above ground. The mean temperature for this station was obtained from the mean of the maximum and minimum readings for the entire period. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to August 31, 1901. ' Temperature. Precipitation. u g 1 a ■s-s a i e s P < S § '3 1 B g h 1 r o 03 1 -a III 2; 1.1 .a il 6-1 Snow. Month. o o 5 °F. 43 41 41 "F. 66 63 63 "F. 80 79 83 "F. 31 30 °F. 5 — 4 op 46 47 48 "F. 37 37 31 In. 2.2 2.4 1.5 3 4 3 In. 0.8 1.3 1.5 In. 1.7 3.1 1.6 In. 0.6 2.7 0.9 In. 3.0 11.0 5.0 N. January s 29 -15 N 42 54 30 6.1 10 3.6 6.4 4.2 N. 53 63 71 65 76 82 91 94 98 41 51 69 15 28 35 56 67 76 61 60 68 3.5 3.4 5 6 6 1.1 2.9 1.9 0.3 4.9 9.7 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 s s May Spring mean 62 74 50 11.6 17 6.9 14.9 T. s. 78 83 82 90 95 96 104 112 111 66 70 68 48 54 50 81 86 88 76 80 78 3.0 4.2 2 6 6 6 4 2.2 1.7 2.4 2.4 3.6 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s July RiiTTiTTifir TTtRan 81 94 68 . 9.8 16 6.3 1 6.2 0.0 s September October 77 64 62 91 79 65 108 100 86 62 49 40 34 21 13 80 68 56 74 59 47 2.7 2.6 2.3 4 3 3 1.6 2.6 2.6 1.6 4.4 5.8 0.0 0.0 T. - 0.0 0.0 T. s. s. 64 78 50 7.6 10 6.7 11.8 T. Annual mean 62 75 112 50 -15 35.1 53 22.5 39.3 4.2 11.0 s Dates of Tempeeatore Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to August 31, 1901. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year.' Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24-26; Dec. 28.... Jan. 13, 29-31; Feb. 7, 8,14. Jan. 4. . . . June 28-30; July 1-4, 15, 24, 25, 28, 29; Aug. 10, 12, 14, 15, 17-19, 28, 29. Sept. 10-16. June 8, 16, 20, 22-25, 27; July 1-4, 18-31; Aug. 1-22; Sept. 1-17. July 1, 2, 6-10, 14, 28, 31; Aug, 1, 3-5, 7, 21, 25-31; Sept. 3-5. 1898 1899 1900 1901 Dec. 10 Jan. ], 29, .31 Feb. 17 Julv 22, 23; .\ug. 22, 23. Aug. 1-13, 15, 16, 19-24, 26-29; Sept. 3-8. June 17, 26, 27; Aug. 16, 21, 22, 26, 27; Sept. 7, 15. July 2-24. 1896 1897 Jan. 24-29. ARKANSAS. By EDWARD B. RICHARDS, Section Director. 455 ARKANSAS. Arkansas, with an area of 53,045 square miles, is 240 miles in length, north and south, with an average breadth, east and west, of 228 miles. The contour of the State is generally rolling, with a gradual slope from the extreme southeastern point, where the elevation is about 200 feet above sea level, to the Ozark Mountains in the northwest, where the elevation reaches a maximum of 2,800 feet. This range in elevation, together with the range in latitude, causes the varied climatic features of the State which are met in passing from the south to the north. In the southeastern portion spring commences about three weeks earlier than in the northern portion, and the growing season is also relatively longer in the first-named section. Also, owing to the differences in elevation and latitude and the many sheltered valleys, there is a considerable range of temperature at any given time. The mean temperature for the year is 60.8°; for the winter months, 41.6°; for the summer months, 78.9°; and for the fall months, 61.9°- The highest maximum temperature ever recorded was 112° and occurred on August 12 and 23, 1899. The lowest minimum temperature of which there is record was 25° below zero in February, 1899. The average number of days with temperatures above 90° is 66, and the average number of days with temperatures below 32° is 62. The average date of the first kiUing frost in the faU is October 31, and the average date of the last kilhng frost in spring is March 30. The earliest killing fxost of which there is authentic record occurred in the extreme northern portion of the State on September 29, and the latest known kilhng frost occurred also in the northern portion on May 2. There is, therefore, on the average, seven months without kilhng frost, with an extreme possibility of but five months intervening between the last and first. The annual average of precipitation is abundant, being 46.7 inches. It is distributed as follows: For the winter months, 11.4 inches; for the spring months, 14.5 inches; for the sunmier months, 10.5 inches; and for the fall months, 10.2 inches. The average number of days with 0.01 inch or more of precipitation is 87. The average number of days with thunderstorms is large, being 40. List op Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Arkansas (see Pine Blufl) ' Ashley {see Warren) ' Baxter {see Dodd City) Benton {see Fayetteville) ' Boone {see Dodd City) i Bradley j Warren. Calhoun {see Camden) ' Carroll (see Fayetteville) Chicot {see Warren) Clark {see Camden) \ Clay {see Pocahontas) [ Cleburne {see Conway) Cleveland (see Warren) Columbia {see Camden) Conway {see Conway) Craighead {see Pocahontas).. Cra\viord (see Fort Smith) . . . Crittenden {see Helena) Cross (see Helena) Dallas {see Camden) Desha (see Warren) Drew {see Warren) ] Faulkner Conway. Franklin (see Fort Smith) Fulton (see Dodd City) ! Garland (see Little Rock) ' Grant {see Pine Bluff) i Greene (see Pocahontas) I Hempstead {see Camden) ' Hoc Spring {see Little Rock) Howard {see Dallas) Independence {see Pocahontas) . Tzard (see Pocahontas) Jackson (see Pocahontas) Jefferson Johnson {.see Fort Smith) Lafayette (see Camden) Lawrence {see Pocahontas) Southeast . do Northwest. do do Southeast . do Northwest. Southeast . Southwest. Northeast . Central Southeast . Southwest. Central Northeast . Northwest. Northeast . do Southwest. Southeast . ....do Central Northwest. ....do Central ....do Northeast . , Southwest. , Central Southwest., Northeast., ....do ....do Central Northwest. . Southwest.. Northeast . . 46(3 County. Dodd City. Camden . Helena. . Lee (see Helena) Lincoln {see Pine Bluff) Little River (see Dallas) Logan (see Fort Smith) Lonoke (see Little Rock) . . . Madison (see Fayetteville) . . Marion Miller (see Camden) Mississippi (see Pocahontas) Monroe (see Helena) Montgomery (see Dallas) . . . Nevada (see Camden) Newton (see Dodd City) Ouachita Perry {see Little Rock) Phillips Pike (see Dallas) Poinsett (see Pocahontas) . . , Polk Pope (see Conway) Prairie (see Little Rock) I Pulaski I Little Rock. . . Randolph Pocahontas. . . Saline (see Little Rock) I Scott (see Dallas) i Searcy (see Dodd City) Sebastian Sevier {see Dallas) Sharp (see Pocahontas) St. Francis (see Helena) Stone (see Dodd City) Union (see Camden) Van Buren (see Conway). . . Washington White {see Conway) Woodruff (see Helena) Yell (see Dallas) Station. Dallas. Fort Smith . Fayetteville . . District. Southeast . . do Southwest.. Northwest. .- Central..... Northwest. . do Southwest. . Northeast . . Southeast . . Southwest.. do Northwest. . Southwest. . Central Southeast . . Southwest.. Northeast . . Southwest. . Northwest. . Central ....do Northeast . . Central Northwest. . ....do ....do Southwest. . Northeast . . ....do ....do Southwest. . Central Northwest. . Central ....do Northwest. . 467 "ihi 465 463 460 458 456 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTEEN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. State Summaey. 457 station. Fayetteville DoddCity.. Pocahontas, ■ Fort Smith. Conway Little Rook. Helena..;.. Dallas Pine Bluff. . Camden Warren Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. "F. 107 110 111 107 112 106 109 108 108 109 108 Date. August, 1896. July, 1901 do August, 1896.. August, 1899.. August, 1896. July, 1894.... July, 1901.... August, 1896. do Abso- lute mini- mujn. "F. -24 —25 -22 -15 -16 -12 - 7 -15 - 5 -10 -10 Date. February, do.... ....do.... ....do.... do.... ....do.... ....do.... ....do.... ....do.... .--.do.... ....do.... Average num- ber days with — Maxi- Mini- miiTn mum above below 90°. 32°. 60 57 62 46 57 52 48 53 Station. Num- ber. Precipitation. Average date of- First killing Last in spring. Date of- Earliest killing Latest in spring. Spring. Winter. Fayetteville DoddCity.. Pocahontas. Fort Smith. Conway Little Rock. Helena Dallas Pine Bluff. . Camden Warren Oct. 19 Oct. 18 Oct. 23 Nov. 4 Oct. 27 Nov. 9 Nov. 1 Nov. 4 Nov. 6 Nov. 7 Nov. 4 Apr. 10 Apr. 13 Apr. 3 Mar. 24 Mar. 23 Mar. 21 Mar. 25 Apr. 4 Mar. 27 Mar. 24 Mar. 30 Sept. 29 ....do... Oct. 8 Oct. 15 Oct. 2 Oct. 22 Oct. 21 Oct. 7 Oct. 19 Oct. 8 Oct. 10 Apr. 30 May 1 May 2 Apr. 6 Apr. 12 Apr. 14 .Apr. 6 May 1 Apr. 19 Apr. 12 Apr. 8 Inches 44.3 47.2 43.5 41.8 45.4 49.6 65.2 51.0 48.8 49.2 49.0 Inches. 13.6 14 2 13.2 12.7 13.3 14.5 16.0 16.8 13.8 14.3 14.2 Inches. 12.4 13.3 11.4 11.2 10.5 11.2 11.6 13.3 10.8 10 8 9.4 Inches. 10.8 10.3 8.4 9.5 9.7 10.5 11.5 10.1 10.0 10.2 11.3 Inches. 8.3 9.5 10.5 8.4 11.9 13.4 16.1 10.8 14.2 13.9 14.1 458 OLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ARKANSAS. Northwestern Section: WASHINQTON COUNTY. Station: FAYETTEVILLE. J. F. Moore, Observer. [Established 1881. Latitude, 36° 41' N. Longitude, 94° 7' W. Elevation, 1,451 leet.] This station is located in a mountainous country covered with timber and has an elevation of 1,340 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region instrument shelter and are 6 feet above the ground. The shelter is located in the center of a large yard and is 65 feet east of the house and 40 feet northwest of a small bam. Weather Bureau thermometers are in use. The rain gage is located in the yard 60 feet from the house and is free from the influence of trees or other obstructions The gage is 3 feet above the ground. The records of this station are incomplete and unsatisfactory from 1881 to 1891 ; from 1891 to 1903 the records are complete. The mean temperature and average precipitation are based on the records obtained from the establishment of the station in 1881 to and including 1903; the amounts for the driest and wettest years, and all other data, are based on records extending from 1891 to 1903, inclusive. Mean temperatures were calculated from the daily extremes. Monthly^ Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 a 1^ § 1' c 1 o 1 1» 3 h ■a to % 1 Hi !z; oSg, 4J+3 Snow. Month. sis a °l rt o 1 5 °F. 39 36 39 °F. 48 48 49 75 73 76 "F. 29 26 27 "F. - 6 -17 -24 "F. 45 42 45 °F. 34 32 28 In. 3.1 2.6 2.6 6 7 7 Jn. 3.5 1.0 1.2 In. 1.6 4.6 0.7 In. 1.2 4.6 2.0 In. 5.0 9.0 8.0 s. s. s. 38 48 1 27 8.3 20 6.7 6.9 7.7 s. 48 59 67 60 71 78 86 96 92 36 47 55 8 22 33 52 66 72 41 65 63 3.9 3.8 5.9 9 8 10 3.9 4.2 1.3 15.1 3.9 10.4 1.0 T. 0.0 2.0 T. 0.0 s. April s. May s. Spring mean 58 70 46 13.6 27 9.4 29.4 1.0 s. 74 78 76 86 90 90 99 106 107 63 66 65 42 50 40 78 83 81 66 73 72 4.0 4.5 3.9 8 7 6 1.9 1.6 4.0 5.7 7.1 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. s. 76 89 65 12.4 21 7.4 17.3 0.0 s. 71 60 48 84 74 60 100 93 80 58 47 36 32 25 10 75 66 53 64 66 44 3.4 3.4 3.2 6 6 6 0.5 2.6 3.3 4.5 5.3 2.6 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 2.0 s. s. s. 1 60 73 47 10.0 18 6.4 12.4 T. s. 58 70 107 46 -24 44.3 86 28.9 66.0 8.7 9.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Minimum below 10°. Jan. 24-26; Feb. 12, 15; Dec. 27-29, 31. Jan. 12, 13, 26, 30, 31; Feb. 2, 4, 6, 8, 9, 13; Dec. 3. Jan. 3, 4 Jan. 24-29; Dec. 4..... Feb. 3; Dec. "4, 10, 13, 14. Jan. 1, 29, 31; Feb. 1, 6, 7-14 23; Mar. 6. Maximum 100° or above. July 12. Aug. 9. July 23-31; Aug. 1-3, 6-9, 14, 15, 21, 22. Aug. 3, 4; Sept. 3. None. Aug. 21, 22. Year. Minimum below 10°. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 16- 18. Mar. 6; Dec. 14, 15, 17-20. Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 2-4, 10; Dec. 26. Jan. 11, 12; Feb. 16, 17, 19. Maximum 100° or above. Nonq. July 4, 5, 7-24. July 9, 15, 18; Aug. 2, 3, 5. None. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN EOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 459 ARKANSAS. Northwestern Section: MARION COUNTY. Station: DODD CITY. Neal Dodd. Observer. [Established in 1882 at Keesees Ferry, 8 miles northwest ol Dodd City; removed to Dodd City December, 1902. Latitude, 36° 20' N. Longitude, 92° 45' W. Elevation, unlmown.] This station is located in a mountainous country which is covered with timber and has an elevation of 1,176 feet. The thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region instrument shelter and consist of Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers, which are 3 feet above the ground. The instrument shelter is located in a small valley and is free from buildings or other obstructions. The rain gage is 10 feet from the instrument shelter and is free from obstructions of any kind. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperature, average precipitation, and amounts of wettest and driest years, are based on the entire period of observation. The mean maximum and mean minimum temperature, and all other data, are based on the records for the period 1891 to and including 1903. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. December January February Winter mean. March April May Spring mean. . June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean . Temperature. 38 59 78 u 52 50 48 75 'F. V5 76 84 104 110 109 104 98 83 "F. 28 26 24 26 aS "F. - 4 -13 -25 °F. 65 46 50 "F. 29 24 27 Precipitation. In. 3.2 2.7 3.6 9.5 4.4 3.9 5.9 4.4 4.6 13.2 3.7 3.2 3.4 10.3 Si; Eh In. 1.1 1.4 4.4 4.2 1.4 1.0 1.6 2.4 0.3 0.7 2.3 3.3 "it In. 4.5 2.6 3.0 3.8 9.2 O to In. 1.4 2.7 3.2 7.3 0.9 T. 0.0 6.2 I 0.0 11.6 0.0 4.8 i 0.0 22.6 1.5 18.1 6.8 0.0 T. 26.4 I In. .5.3 6.0 6.5 2.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 Dates of Tempekature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. SE S. SE. SE. SE. SE. SE S. NW. SE. NW. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 15; Dec. 28, 29, 31. June 28-30; July 1-3; Aug. 12-15. 1899 Jan. 1, 28, 23, 31; Feb. 1,2,7-14,23; Mar. 6, Aug. 9-12, 20, 21, 23, 24, 26; Sept. 3-7. 1896 Jan. 1, 12-14, 26, 27, 30, None. 7. 31; Feb. 2-6, 7-14, 1900 Jan. 3, XI, 31; Feb. 1, Aug. 15-21. 17; Dec. 3. 16-18. 1896 Jan. 3, 4; Nov. 30; July 2, 3, 16, 22, 24, 27-31; Aug. 1-9, 14, 1901 Dec. 14, 15, 17-20 June 20-25, 28, 29; July 2-6, 7, 10-24, 29; Dec. 1. 16, 21; Sept. 16, 17. Aug. 2, 3, 9, 25, 30. 1897 Jan. 25-29; Feb. 27.... June 17, 18, 22, 29, 30; July 1-10, 22-25, 29-31; Aug. 1-5, 24, 26-29, 31; Sept. 1902 Jan. 13, 27; Feb. 2-5, 15, 16. None. 1-4, 8-12, 15, 25, 27. 1903 Nov. 19; Dec. 13,26... Do. 1898 Jan. 2; Feb. 8; Dec. 10, 13, 14. None. 460 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATEb. ARKANSAS. Northeastern Section: RANDOLPH COUNTY. Station: POCAHONTAS. Benedictine Sisters, Observers. [Established July, 1891. Latitude, 36° 11' N. Longitude, 9D° 52' W. Elevation, unknown.] This station is locatsd in a hilly country which is covered with timber. The thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region instrument shelter and consist of Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thjrmometers 6 feet above the ground. The shelter is 30 feet from the nearest building. The rain gage is located in an open plot free from such obstructions as buildings or trees, the nearest building being 40 feet distant. Tha top of the gag3 is SJ feet above the ground. The records of this station are incomplete until March, 1894; from the latter date to and including 1903 they are complete. The entire pariod of observation is covered by the various data called for. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Gitat- esi depth in 24 hours. "F. 38 38 36 'F. 48 47 45 "F. 70 74 75 "F. 27 26 25 "F. -11 -22 "F. 42 42 42 "F. 36 32 27 In. 3.5 3.6 3.5 6 8 7 In. 4.2 1.1 3.5 In. 5.2 3.7 3.1 In. 1.6 1.0 1.1 In. 5.3 7.0 2.0 37 47 20 10.5 21 8.8 12.0 3.6 49 60 70 59 70 79 88 98 97 38 47 58 14 27 31 53 64 73 43 64 63 5.4 3.3 4.5 11 8 8 3.9 3.4 0.7 3.1 3.0. 4.8 T. 0.0 0.0 0.8 April 0.0 Ifey 0.0 Spring mean 60 69 48 1 13.2 27 8.0 10.9 T. June July August 75 80 79 83 90 90 103 111 107 65 68 67 43 52 52 78 84 SO 70 77 77 3.6 4.4 3.4 8 9 6 0.3 1.0 3.2 6.4 1.5 6.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 •78 89 67 . . . 1 11.4 23 4.6 13.0 0.0 September — 72 60 48 83 73 60 98 90 85 59 47 32 36 26 11 75 64 65 66 52 45 3.0 2.5 2.9 6 6 6 1.4 1.1 2.2 6.6 2.3 4.6 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 0.5 60 72 1 46 8.4 18 4.7 12.4 T. 68 70 111 47 -22 43.6 89 26.0 48.3 3.6 7.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 Deo. 26-28,30,31 Jan. 11, 12, 26-27; Feb. 1-4, 6, 8, 12, 13. Aug. 1, 14, 15. June 2. July 31; Aug. 1,5-8,15. None. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29; Feb. 1,17, 18.. Dec. 14-21 None. June 21-29; July 1-3, 11, 12, 16-20; July 21-24, 28, 29; Aug. 2, 3, 8, 9. July 16; Aug. 3-5, 13-15, 18. 1896 Jan. 13, 27; Feb. 2, 4, 5,16. Jan. 13; Feb. 17,19... 1897 Jan. 24-29 1898 Aug. 4, 13. 1899 Jan. 1,19,29,31; Feb. 1, 8-14; Mar. 7. WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN KOCKy MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 461 ARKANSAS. Northwest District: SEBASTIAN COUNTY. Station: FORT SMITH. T. S. Collins, Observer. [Established by Signal Service June 1, 1882. Latitude, 35° 22' N. Longitude, 94° 24' \V. Elevation, 437 feet.] The station is located at the western boundary of the State, and is situated in a valley of the Arkansas River at the junction of the Poteau. The office building is near the northwestern limits of the city. From the river the valley extends northwest and northeast to a range of hills 5 miles distant. The elevation of those hills on the northeast and northwest sides of the valley is from 200 to 300 feet, being highest to the northwest. On the east the valley extends in a gradual slope to a line of broken hills distant three-fourths of a mile, while on the south the valley extends to a line of hills in a gradual rise for a mile. The thermometers and other instruments have a roof exposure. The height of the thermometers above the roof of the building is 10 feet, and above the ground 79 feet. The anemometer is 94 feet above the ground. The wind vane is 94.5 feet above the ground. The sunshine recorder is exposed on the roof of the instrument shelter. Precipitation data are from twenty-one years' record and humidity from fifteen years. Other data are from full period of observation, twenty-two years, June 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation Mean humidity. Month. (3 1 s o — i e a •S.9 § CD s ■a B a S =1 = B < 1» s a U r s U 1 i a &° ■So s.- ° 3feE 4J ^J a S 3'C CO So, tS u '^- Snow. 00 > a a 00 s 3 o < g > 1 > ^■6 0) SI < o i s 6 43 38 42 °F. 52 48 51 "F. 79 80 82 °J?. 33 29 32 'F. 3 - 7 -15 "F. 58 46 48 "F 38 28 32 In. 3.0 2.4 3.0 8 9 8 In. 1.9 1.0 0.8 In. 2.6 4.0 6.3 In. 1,2 1.7 0.8 In. 8.0 7.4 6.0 P.ct. 77 80 79 Gr.!. 1.96 1.82 1.87 P.ct. 64 66 64 Grs. 2,35 2,10 2,26 E. E, E. 41 50 31 8.4 25 3.7 12.9 3.7 79 1.88 65 1 2,24 E. March 51 62 70 62 73 80 87 94 98 40 52 59 14 28 34 55 66 74 45 69 67 3.7 4.0 5.0 10 11 11 3.4 3.4 2.5 6.0 8.2 5,4 0.2 0,0 0,0 2.0 0.0 0.0 76 76 80 2,42 3,68 5,25 57 55 65 2,76 3.73 5.89 E. April E. M^y E. Spring mean 61 72 60 . ...| 12.7 32 9.3 19.6 0,2 77 3,78 69 4.13 E. .TllTlP. 77 81 80 87 92 91 101 106 107 67 70 69 49 56 45 80 85 85 71 76 76 4.0 3.7 3.5 10 9 7 1.4 3.2 0.6 3.0 2.7 10.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 81 83 6.89 7,68 7.29 63 60 62 7,10 7.64 7.43 E. July E. August E. 79 90 69 11.2 3.1 3.0 3.4 26 7 7 7 5.2 0,4 2.0 2.2 16.6 7 2 2.8 5.6 0.0 0.0 0.2 82 82 81 80 7.25 5.56 3.67 2,57 62 '62 58 58 7.39 E. September October November 74 63 51 85 75 61 102 95 86 62 51 40 40 28 17 80 68 66 69 57 46 6.18 4.06 2.76 E. E. E. Fall mean 63 74 51 . . . 1 9.5 21 4.6 15.6 T. 81 3.93 69 4.33 E. 61 71 107 50 -15 1 41.8 104 22.8 64.7 3.9 8.0 SO 4.21 61 4,52 E. 1 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 9°. Maximum 101° or above. Year. Minimum below 9°. Maximum 101° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24-25; Dec. 28. . . . Jan. 12, 13, 30; Feb. 2, i,6-9. July 1-4; Aug. 14. None. July 24-31; Aug. 1-3, 5-8, 13-15, 17,20-22; Sept. 8, 17. July 7, 8, 30; Aug. 1, 3, 4. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 8, 9, 11-13. Feb. 17 Aug. 9-11,20, 26; Sept. 4,5, 1896 Dec. 14, 15, 17 None July 6, 7, 11-15, 17, 23; Aug, 2.5. Jan. 27 Aug. 26. 1897 Feb. 17 1898 None 462 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ARKANSAS. Central Section: FAULKNER COUNTY. Station: CONWAY. G. H. Burr, Observer. [Established January, 1884. Latitude, 35° 06' N. Longitude, 92° 25' W. Elevation, 309 leet.] This station is located on a broad, open plain nearly surrounded by hills, the nearest of which are 1 mile distant to the north. The surrounding country is covered with timber. The thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region instrument shelter, which is located on an open plot of ground on the side of a gentle slope. The thermometers are of the standard Weather Bureau pattern, and are 3 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located on the same plot of ground as the instrument shelter and is 20 feet south of it. From January, 1884, to December, 1896, the mean temperature for the day was obtained from exposed thermometer readings made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. Beginning with 1897 the mean temperature was obtained from maximum and minimum thermometer readings. The mean temperature, average precipitation, and total amounts for the driest and wettest years are based upon the entire period of observations; the mean maximum and minimum temperature on records extending from 1897 to and including 1903. All other data are based on records extending from 1891 to and including 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Tempsratu rp. Precipitation. s IS e a 1 'x S S a c 1 a II o < .a IB 3 O r ■si |.a ^1 a' hi Eh P Eh Snow. h Month. in 5 i (5 42 39 42 "F. 53 54 52 °if. 74 76 80 'F. 33 32 30 -15 °F. 57 50 50 "F. 36 26 34 In. 4.0 3.7 4.2 6 7 7 In. 4.9 1.2 3.9 In. 2.6 6.1 11.1 In. 1.8 3.1 1.6 In. 8.0 10.2 3.8 sw. January NW. NW. 41 63 32 11.9 20 10.0 19.8 6.5 NW. S2 62 70 67 75 84 89 96 98 42 51 58 11 28 33 57 68 75 43 59 63 4.8 3.6 4.9 8 7 9 6.6 3.1 1.2 10.5 12.2 6.5 0.8 0.0 0.0 6.0 0.0 0.0 NW. April SW. May SW. Spring mean 61 75 1 50 13.3 24 9.9 29.2 0.8 SW. 77 80 79 91 95 96 105 101 112 67 71 69 49 52 55 81 86 86 72 76 76 3.9 3.5 3.1 7 8 6 1.0 0.9 2.2 3.8 3.3 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 79 94 1 69 10.5 21 4.1 11.1 0.0 SW. September 73 61 50 88 79 66 109 101 85 62 51 40 36 27 14 79 68 66 64 • 56 46 3.4 2.1 4.2 5 4 5 1.9 2.2 3.5 10.3 2.6 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 6.6 SW. SW. NE. 61 77 ' 51 9.7 14 7.6 17.6 0.7 SW. Annual mean. . . . 61 75 112 60 -15 45.4 79 31.6 77.7 8.0 10.2 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 24, 25 Jan. 31; Feb. 2, 7-9, 13. None. Do. July27,30,31; Aug. 1,2,5-8, 13, 14. June 19, 21-23, 30; July 1.2,4-10,16, 24- 26, 29-31; Aug. 1-4, 26, 27; Sept. 3, 11,28. July 20-22, 26, 28, 30; Aug. 17, 19, 21-23; Sept. 1-3, 5, 26, 27; Oct. 4. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1,31; Feb. 1,8-13. Jan. 29; Feb. 1, 17 Deo. 15, 20 June 14, 19, 20, 22, 24; Aug. 1, 2, 6-13,19- 26, 27; Sept. 2-8; Oct. 13. Aug. 14-16, 20, 21. June 16, 20-22, 27, 28; July 2^, 6, 7, 10- 14, 16-24, 30; Aug. 1-3, 9, 25. June 15; July 15-19; Aug. 13-22. July 22. 1897 Jan. 27-29 Dec. 14 Feb 3 1898 Feb. 17, 18 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN ROCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. ARKANSAS. Central District: PULASKI COUNTY. Station: LITTLE ROCK. E. B. BicHARDs, Section Director. [Eatablislied by U. S. Signal Service, July 1, 1879. I,atitiide, 34° 45' N. Longitude, 92° 6' W. Elevation, 302 feet.] 463 Date ot change. Building occupied. Elevation. Date of change. Building occupied. Elevation. July 1,1879 Mar. 1, 1887 . Feet. 298.2 309.1 Nov. 16, 1892. July 1, 1898 Fat. 301.6 Board of Trade Building 356.8 The city of Little Rocls is situated in the valley of the Arkansas on the south bank of that river; the business portion is on a bluff which is from 25 to 75 feet above the level of the river, and gradually rises to the southern limits of the city. The surrounding country is rolling and is well covered with timber. The office is located on the fourth floor of the Federal building, which is in the heart of the business section of the city. The roof of the building is considerably higher than the surrounding buildings and affords an excellent exposure of the instruments. The thermometers are exposed in the standard Weather Bureau instrument shelter. The shelter and all instruments are located on the roof of the building. The rain gage is 85 feet above ground, anemometer, 100 feet; wind vane, 101.5 feet; instrument shelter, 92 feet, above roof, 10.3 feet. The humidity as tabulated is from fifteen years' record; the sunshine, ten years. Remaining data are from the full period of observation, twenty-four years, July 1, 1879, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. a •a > s 1=^ B a II o < 2 . u |i o If i a &° III 2; — .+J . ofiS. O Snow. CO > a 00 i o < d 00 > E d 00 S a "o .a § > i R o go. o Oh Month. < o o o g s December 'F. 44 41 44 °F. 52 49 53 "F. 78 78 78 "F. 36 34 36 •>F. 6 - 5 -12 "F. 59 56 54 •'jr 38 30 33 In. 3.9 5.0 4.5 8 10 9 In. 0.5 4.8 2.9 In. 1.3 8.2 12.7 In. 0.8 2.6 6.2 In. 4.0 11.2 2.0 P.d. 81 81 81 Grs. 2.22 2.07 2.14 P.ct. 65 68 66 Grs. 2.47 2.32 2.38 162 153 162 53 48 63 NW. January NW. February . NW. Winter mean 43 51 35 13.4 27 8.2 22.2 9.0 81 2.14 66 2.39 159 61 NW. March 53 63 70 62 77 80 87 94 94 41 58 61 16 28 39 59 68 76 47 59 67 5.0 4.3 5.2 11 11 9 4.3 2.7 1.3 6.2 5.6 15.9 0.6 0.0 0.0 6.0 0.0 0.0 77 77 80 2.63 3.86 5.43 61 67 62 2.95 4.00 6.62 202 254 285 54 65 63 NW. April... S. May S. Spring mean 62 73 64 14.5 31 8.3 27.7 0.6 78 3.97 60 4.19 247 61 s. 77 81 79 87 90 89 102 106 105 68 72 70 51 60 62 81 85 85 72 77 76 3.6 4.0 3.6 10 10 9 3.3 0.9 1.8 2.0 5.2 3.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 83 85 6.98 7.77 7.46 65 66 65 7.11 7.79 7.56 319 316 339 73 72 81 s. July sw. NE. 79 89 70 11.2 29 6.0 10.4 0.0 83 7.40 65 7.49 326 75 SW. 73 63 51 S3 74 61 100 93 83 64 54 42 41 32 10 78 69 58 70 69 42 3.4 2.5 4.B 7 6 8 3.8 3.1 3.8 3.0 6.0 6.2 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 2.0 84 82 81 6.89 3.84 2.76 65 60 62 0.28 4.20 2.90 276 249 175 74 71 56 NE. NE. NE. Fall mean 62 73 53 10.6 21 10.7 15.2 0.3 82 4.10 62 4.46 233 67 NE. Annual mean 62 71 106 53 -12 49.6 108 33.2 75.5 10.5 11.2 81 4.42 63 4.63 241 64 S. Dates op Tempehatube Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 Jan. 24, 25; Dec. 4 Feb. 7, 8 . June 29, 30; July 1. None. July 23-25, 27-31; Aug. 1-3, 5-8, 13, 16, 21; Sept. 17. June 22; July 6, 31; Aug. 1-4, 26, 27. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 1,9-13... Feb. 17 Aug. 20. None. July 11, 12, 23; Aug. 3. None. Do. 1896 None. Dec. 16, 20 do 1897 Feb. 17 1898 do 1076— Bull. Q— 06 30 464 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ARKANSAS. Southeastern Section: PHILLIPS COUNTY. Station: HELENA. E. B. Burke, Observer. [Established 1878. Latitude, 34° 32' N. Longitude, 90° 32' W. Elevation, 182 ieet.] This station is located in the Mississippi valley; to the north, northwest, west, and southwest are hills; to the east, south- east, and south the land is low. The surrounding country is covered with timber. The thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton-region instrument shelter and are 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located on a grass plot, 10 feet from the instrument shelter and 3 feet above the ground. There are no trees or buildings to interfere with the exposure. The records of this station are incomplete up to 1897. The mean temperature and average precipitation are based on available data from the establishment of the station to and including December, 1903. The amounts for the driest and wettest years are taken from full-year records from 1887 to and including 1903. The mean maximum and mean minimum tempera- ture and all other data are based on observations between 1891 and 1903, inclusive. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Tempera! ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean ofthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean oJthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. °J?. 45 42 44 "F. 54 61 53 "F. 73 75 75 °F. 35 32 34 "F. 8 2 - 7 "F. 48 47 53 "F. 40 36 34 In. 5.1 5.9 5.1 9 10 10 In. 5.0 4.8 2.8 In. 3.7 10.1 9.3 In. 1.6 2.0 0.9 In. 4.0 January 10.0 Februa ry 6.0 Winter mean 44 53 34 16.1 29 12.6 23.1 4.4 March April May 53 63 71 63 74 83 89 93 98 43 52 61 12 32 39 60 67 78 48 58 68 6.4 6.6 4.0 11 10 9 4.9 2.2 3.0 7.6 8.6 4.7 0.2 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 Spring mean 62 73 52 . . .1 16.0 30 10.1 20.8 0.2 June July 78 82 80 90 93 93 104 105 109 68 71 70 45 57 50 82 86 84 72 78 78 4.2 3.9 3.5 7 10 8 2.1 6.1 1.8 4.6 2.6 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Summer mean 80 92 70 11.6 25 10.0 11.4 0.0 74 62 52 88 78 65 105 99 90 63 50 41 40 30 19 81 70 57 70 59 42 3.7 3.3 4.6 5 6 7 0.5 0.8 3.6 9.0 3.3 3.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Fall mean 63 77 51 11.6 17 4.9 15.6 0. 62 74 109 52 - 7 55.2 101 37.6 70.8 4.6 Dates of Tempekatuee Extremes fok the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 26; Dec. 28 Feb. 7-9 June 30; Aug. 8, 9; Sept. 6. June 2; July 17, 19, 20; Aug. 13, 14, 19; Sept. 10-15, 18. July 15-17, 22, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 4-8, 12-17, 21, 22. July 1, 7, 9, 10,26; Aug. 1-5,29; Sept. 2,3,8,10,11. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None July 21; Aug. 17, 19-22; Sept. 2. Aug. 2, 3, 8-14, 22, 25, 26; Sept. 4-6, 8. 1896 Feb. 1 10-13 Feb. 17 1896 July 12, 17, 21-23; Aug. 3. July 16. None. do Jan. 27,28 1897 WEST GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN KOOKlf MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 465 ARKANSAS. Southwestern Section: POLK COUNTY. Station: DALLAS. D. H. Hopkins, Observer. [Established March, 1887. Latitude, .14° 32' N. Longitude, 94° 13' W. Elevation, 1,!00 feet.] This station is located in a hilly or mountainous country. The surrounding country is covered with timber The maximu.li and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region instrument shelter, which is located on the lawn in the rear of the house and is 71 feet above the ground. The rain ga,ge is 10 feet from the instrument shelter and 12 feet from a low porch. The top of the gage is 4J feet above the gi'ound. The records of this station are continuous from March, 1887, to and including December, 1903. The mean temperature and average precipitation are based on the records for the entire period. The mean maximum and mean minimum tempera- tures and all other data are based on that portion of the records embraced within the years 1891 to 1893, inclusive. Tem- perature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature, Precipitation. 1 i s S o § 1 6 S u o a ■3 a J o 1 in E Eg r o fi § a t>.o -a oi iSa as Bo, oi J — , ^ oi M 03 Eh a S 3 Jj O CD a^ lil Snow. > 5 December January February Winter mean 'F. 42 40 43 "F. 52 60 53 "F. 75 71 78 "F. 33 31 32 '°F. 3 3 -15 'F. 47 45 51 'F. 38 34 33 In. 4.0 3.8 3.0 7 8 5 In. 1.2 3 3.1 In. 7.6 2.8 4.3 In. 2.4 3 2 0.9 In. 6.5 10.0 4 sw. sw. sw. 42 52 32 10.8 20 7 3 14.6 6.5 sw. March April May 52 63 74 62 74 80 85 91 92 41 51 59 11 27 39 56 66 76 46 60 62 6.4 4.6 6.8 8 8 9 5.7 1.1 4.1 2.9 8.7 15.8 2.2 0.0 00 10.5 0.0 0.0 sw. s. sw. Spring mean 63 72 50 16.8 25 in 9 27.4 2.2 sw 77 81 80 88 91 92 100 108 106 66 69 68 48 56 47 83 84 84 70 76 75 4.2 4.8 4.3 8 7 6 2.0 2.9 1.6 6.1 2.2 8.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. August sw. 79 90 64 13,3 21 6.4 16.8 0.0 sw. September October 73 62 52 85 75 62 102 91 85 62 51 42 37 31 13 79 67 57 68 46 3.9 2.5 3.7 5 4 5 4.0 2.7 4.4 3.8 9.1 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 9.0 sw. sw. November sw. 62 74 .52 10.1 14 ! 11. 1 17.7 0.8 sw 62 72 108 50 -15 51.0 80 36.7 76 5 1 9 .=^ 10.5 sw Dates op Tempekatdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MLnimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 27,28 None. Do. June 14; July 1-3, 23-31; Aug. 1-8. 13- 17,21,22. July 6-8, 10, 26, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 3-5. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 10 1896 1896 Jan. 13, 30, 31; Feb. 6-9, 13. None Jan. 1; Feb. 8-11 Jan. 29; Feb. 17 Dec. 14, 15, 17, 18 None Feb. 17 Aug. 2, 9-12, 20-26; Sept. 4-6. None. July 10-16, 22, 23. Aug. 4. 1897 Dec. 4; Jan. 27 466 OHHATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. ARKANSAS. Central Section: JEFFERSON COUNTY. Station: PINE BLUFF. J. M. Hudson, Observer. [Established in 1884. Latitude, 34° 13' N. Longitude, 91° 58' W. Elevation, 215 feet.] This station is located in a level country, with hills to the south and west and low bottom lands to the east and south- east. There is considerable timber in the vicinity. The thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region shelter placed 4 feet above the ground. The shelter is situ- ated on an open plat of ground; the nearest building is a low shed some 15 feet distant. The rain gage is located on the same lot as the shelter and is free from such obstructions as trees or buildings. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The records of the station are incomplete from 1884 to 1890. The mean temperature and average precipitation are based on records for the entire period of observation to and including December, 1903. The mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures and all other data were obtained from the records for the years 1891 to 1903, inclusive. The tem- perature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. ' Temperature. Precipitation. > g i s as e g 1 6 . 3 6 o 1 .3 a ■S.S s 1 II o m .a 3 f .a 3 1 1° oo a--g Bo. 0"<-i r^ Eh Snow. Months. M . ce.a SI o '♦3 a °x 46 43 46 55 53 66 "F. 78 76 80 °F. 34 33 34 "F. 5 6 - 5 "F. 50 49 63 'F. 39 37 36 In. 4.4 6.6 4.2 8 8 9 In. 4.3 3.6 2.3 In. 13.4 3.0 5.3 In. 1.7 1.7 0.7 In. 4.0 9.0 2.0 s. s. s. Winter mean 45 55 34 14.2 25 10.2 21.7 4.1 s. March 54 64 72 65 75 84 88 92 99 43 52 61 12 30 37 61 72 78 49 59 69 5.5 4.0 4.3 9. 7 9 5.5 4.0 3.2 3.6 6.4 12.1 1.5 0.0 0.0 14.0 0.0 0.0 N^S. May Spring mean 63 75 52 13.8 25 12.7 22.1 1.5 June 79 82 82 92 94 94 104 108 108 67 70 70 49 57 54 82 86 84 72 79 79 3.9 4.3 2.6 8 8 6 1.0 0.5 2.8 4.6 3.6 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July Summer mean 81 93 69 10.8 20 4.3 12.4 0.0 75 63 53 88 78 65 106 96 87 62 50 41 40 28 14 80 69 57 70 59 47 3.7 2.1 4.2 6 5 6 4.2 2.6 3.3 3.7 2.9 9.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 October S. s. 64 77 51 10.0 17 10.1 16.4 0.0 s. Annual mean 63 75 108 51 - 5 48.8 87 37 3 72.6 5.6 14.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. June 29, 30; July 1, 2; Aug. 13-15. Sept. 10, 11, 14, 15. July 2, 14-16, 18, 19, 22-31; Aug. 1-9, 12- 17, 21; Sept. 2, 14-17. June 19-24, 26, 27, 29, 30; July 1-10, 15, 23, 25-27, 30, 31; Aug. 1-5, 26-30; Sept. 1-4, 10. July 21, 22; Aug. 17, 23. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 12, 13 Aug. 2, 8-14, 21, 25, 26; Sept. 4-8. Aug. 17, 19, 22, 23. June 16, 20-22, 24-29; July 3-6, 8, 11-18, 20,-25, 27-31; Aug. 3, 9, 18, 23, 25, 30, 31; Sept. 7, 9, 10. June 11, 12, 14, 15; July 8-15; Aug. 15- 22, 26, 27. do Feb. 17 do 1897 do do .. .. do 1898 Feb. 17 WEST 1GULF STATES AND SOUTHEASTERN BOCKY MOUNTAIN SLOPE. 467 ARKANSAS. Southwestern Section: OUACHITA COUNTY. Station: CAMDEN. A. L. MOKGAN, Observer. [Established August, 1888. Latitude, 33° 34' N. Longitude, 92° 46' W. Elevation, 140 feet.] This station is located about 1 mile from the Ouachita River, on the side of a hill and out of the valley proper. The surrounding country is hilly and covered with timber. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region instrument shelter, which is located in the garden to the rear and side of the house. The thermometers are exposed 6 feet above the ground. They are the property of the Weather Bureau. The rain gage is on a post in the center of the garden, 25 feet southeast from the instrument shelter. There are no trees or buildings nearer than 30 feet. The top of the gage is 4| feet above the ground. The mean temperature and average precipitation are deduced from observations dating from the establishment of the station to and including December, 1903. The mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures are based on the records embraced within the years from 1891 to 1903, inclusive. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperatu re. Precipitation. cm 1 k 1 o 1 h 6 a |l o Xi h (30 E !B a H SB CO t-l &° o§ i&B ^1 ©■a So «3 O a o-o a„ Snow. Month. a II g a M . it < -J Decern Janua Febru ber. "F. 21 16 13 "F. 30 26 23 °F. 66 59 66 "F. 12 6 4 'F. -27 -32 -41 "F. 27 24 23 'F. 18 3 2 In. 0.6 0.4 0.7 6 4 5 In. 0.7 0.7 1.4 In. 1.6 1.4 0.6 In. 2.9 3.9 7.6 In. 4.0 4.2 6.0 NW. ry .... NW. irv NW. 17 26 7 1.7 14 2.8 3.6 14.4 NW. March April. May. 23 44 55 32 54 66 66 87 92 13 33 43 -22 16 20 30 50 62 10 39 49 1.6 1.3 3.2 7 5 8 1.8 1.6 0.7 0.4 0.6 7.8 13.4 5.1 0.6 10.1 6.0 0.4 NW. NW. E., SE. Spring mean 41 61 30 6.1 20 4.1 8.8 19.1 NW. June. July. Augus 62 68 66 73 80 79 98 101 100 61 66 64 31 40 36 68 72 69 67 66 64 4.1 2.1 1.3 11 7 5 2.6 1.4 2.5 2.3 4.6 4.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 NW. NW. t NW. 65 77 64 7.6 23 6.5 10.9 T. NW. Septei Octob Nover 56 67 55 36 93 78 72 45 35 17 24 4 -22 66 60 37 51 41 10 1.2 0.6 0.8 4 3 4 0.3 0.4 0.9 1.9 0.4 0.4 T. 2.1 7.4 T. 0.6 6.0 NW. er Qber 45 26 NW. NW. 42 63 32 2.6 11 1.6 2.7 9.5 NW. 41 52 101 31 -41 . 17.9 68 15.0 26.0 43.0 10.1 NW. Dates of Temperaturi • . Extremes f OR THE Period Janl ARY 1, 1894, T o December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — .'-iO". Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -30°. Maxim am 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 23 July 10, 16, None. July 11. June 13; Ai None. 24, 26, 30. Ig. 12. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. None d d Feb. 8, 11 None. June 20-23; Ju July 19. None. Do ly 26; Aug. 1, 2. 1895 do 1897 Jan. 24 1898 Feb. 7 8, 11 15 NOBTH OENTBAL PISTEIOTa. 477 NORTH DAKOTA. Eastern Section: GRAND FORKS COUNTY. Station: UNIVERSITY. G. W. Stewabt, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service June, 1891. Latitude, 47° 45' N. Longitude, 97° 05' W. Elevation, 830 leet.] This station is located at the University of North Dakota, 1 mile from the city limits of Grand Forlss. The surrounding country is perfectly flat. Practically the only buildings in the vicinity of the station are those of the university. The maximum and minimum thermometers are mounted on the east side of the main building, 8 inches from a window and 27 feet above the ground. Although located so near a building, there is an ample circulation of air. Directly to the east there are no buildings. The rain gage is in the open, its top being 34 inches above the ground. The mean temperature at this station has been calculated from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 s M S 3 CI 1 !i a •a a s P "o 1 a !i r 3 k % o 1 m u Id ■a oi S-- 2 "A So, 3g| O tD Snow. > o I i3 Month. °Sn-a O 'F. 11 4 8 "F. 21 16 18 °F. 58 50 59 'F. 3 - 4 - 4 "F. -33 -33 -39 °F. 20 14 14 'F. 2 - 4 1 In. 0.6 0.4 0.6 4 4 4 In. 0.6 0.6 0.4 In. 0.6 0.5 0.2 In. 4.2 4.2 3.7 In. 5.0 2.6. 3.0 NW. NW. NW. 8 18 - 2 1.6 12 1.6 1.3 12.1 4.5 2.9 T. NW. March 21 42 55 33 55 68 60 85 95 12 33 43 -28 13 17 31 60 58 8 31 53 0.7 2.8 2.6 6 7 8 0.8 3.0 9.0 0.5 6.6 8.0 4.0 6.0 1.5 NW. NW. May NW. Spring mean 39 52 29 6.1 20 4.7 14.1 7.4 NW. 63 68 65 73 79 77 98 97 93 50 55 52 32 38 33 68 70 71 59 64 62 3.7 2.2 2.5 9 8 8 3,8 0.9 1.7 3.2 0.6 2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July NW. August S. 65 76 52 8.4 25 6.4 6.3 0.0 NW. 54 44 23 66 55 34 98 88 71 42 33 14 22 9 -25 57 50 37 51 39 10 1.9 1.5 0.7 6 5 4 1.2 3.0 0.4 1.4 1.1 2.1 0.0 0.4 4.7 0.0 6.0 5.0 NW. NW. NW. Fall mean. 40 52 30 4.1 16 4.6 4.6 5.1 NW. 38 60 98 27 -39 20.1 72 17.3 26.3 24.6 6.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year Minimum below —30°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -30°. Maximum 95° or above. 1898 Feb. 8-11 . . None. Do. May 12. 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 12, 13 None. 1899 Feb. 8, 9 . . Jan. 26 Do. . 1900 None Feb. 15 Do. 478 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NORTH DAKOTA. Western Section: STARK COUNTY. Station: DICKINSON. R. L. Davidson, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau September, 1892. Latitude, 46° SCK N. Longitude, 102° SC W. Elevation, 2,453 feet.] This station is in the northwestern portion of the village, about three-fourths of a mile north of the Heart River and about one-half mile from a hne of hills that bound the valley on the north. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton region shelter 50 feet from the nearest building and are in no way sheltered by trees; the height of the shelter above ground is 4^ feet. The rain gage is 20 feet north of the shelter and 40 feet from the nearest building or trees; the top is 4 feet above the ground. The mean temperature for this station has been calculated from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 s '-0 3 Month. g a . |i o 1 a 1 a a 4 aa g a§ CD "^ f o a III o-a Bo o © Snow. °F. 18 11 12 "F. 29 24 23 °F. 53 66 56 "F. 8 2 "F. -35 -35 -43 "F. 27 25 20 "F. 14 2 In. 0.6 0.3 0.6 4 2 3 In. 1.1 0.9 T. In. 0.2 0.9 0.0 In. 4.3 3.4 4.0 In. 6.4 3.5 33.0 NW. NW. NW. 14 25 3 1.5 9 3.0 1.7 11.7 NW. 23 43 54 37 56 70 71 92 106 11 29 40 -20 - 3 18 30 60 fi3 16 38 45 1.0 1.6 2.0 5 4 5 0.6 0.4 2.9 1.0 2.4 5.2 6.0 2.5 1.1 6.6 2.0 0.9 NW. April NW. Slay SE. Spring mean 40 54 27 4 6 14 3.9 8.6 9.6 NW. 62 69 67 77 85 83 105 108 110 49 53 51 28 29 24 69 74 71 58 52 61 2.2 3.1 1.9 9 7 7 1.4 1.9 0.6 2.5 1.6 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July NW. August E. 66 82 51 6.2 23 3.8 4.7 0.3 0.7 2.6 0.0 2.0 5.5 T. 11.5 3.5 NW. 66 44 25 71 57 36 98 89 74 42 30 14 14 - 5 -23 C.5 60 38 52 38 8 0.9 0.7 0.6 4 4 3 1.0 0.4 0.0 NW. October NW. November NW. 42 56 29 2.3 11 2.0 3.6 7.5 NW. 40 54 110 27 -43 14.5 67 11.7 18.6 38.8 33.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -30°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below - 30°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 None Aug. 4, 5, 7, 25. July 4; Aug. 12, 15, 21; Sept. 2. July 11; Aug. 31. Sept. 2, 3, 6. June 20; July 12, 13; Aug. 15, 19, 21; Sept. 27. July 21. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None May 11, 26-28; June 5, 21, 22, 24, 25; July 13, 17, 20. 21, 26, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2. May 16, 17; July 18, 19, 31-23, 27,31; Aug. 16, 17, 19, 26; Sept. 2, 3. None. 1895 1896 Jan. 23; Feb. 6 do 1897 1898 Jan. 24 Feb. 7-11 do 1899 do do July 33, 33, 37; Aug. 17. WOBTH CENTRAL J>I8TEICTS. 479 NORTH DAKOTA. Central Section: BURLEIGH COUNTY. Station: BISMARCK. B. H. Bronson, Section Director. [Established September 10, 1874. Latitude, 46° 47' N. Longitude, 100° 38' W. Elevation, 1,670 leet.] This station was established September 10, 1874, in a small frame building on the north side of Main street, west of Third, about one block from the present location, and remained there until July 2, 1877, when it was moved to the Sheridan House, two blocks northeast; on December 17, 1878, it was moved to the corner of First and Meigs streets, and on April 1, 1882, to the comer of Third and Main streets, where it remained until October 1, 1887, when it was moved to Camp Hancock (formerly a military post located in the city of Bismarck), the present location, where it has since remained, except from July 1, 1891, to June 1, 1894, when it was located in the First National Bank Building, comer of Fourth and Main streets. The present location. Camp Hancock, is situated in the extreme southwest part of the city of Bismarck, and practically in the open country. The thermometers and rain gage are located on the grounds surrounding the office, 50 feet away from the nearest objects; the thermometers, in a standard sod shelter, 15 feet above the ground. The top of the rain gage is 3 feet above the groimd. The anemometer is on top of the office building, 35 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903; sunshine, ten years, April, 1897, to December, 1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation — twenty-nine years — ^January 1, 1875, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Month. December January February Winter mean. March April May Spring mean. . June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. Temperature. 40 s ;::a -(36 -i 3 ■20 JOO 29 |-|44 Ll ■sa I o "F. - 1 Precipitation. l?a In. 0.7 0.7 0.6 1.0 2.2 2.6 3.6 2.0 2.1 8.3 1.0 1.1 0.6 2.7 CO a © O 0) a* ■§ ^.2g 1 s December 13 8 6 24 19 18 °F. 55 63 54 "F. 2 — '6 - 6 °F. -bb -38 -44 'F. 17 17 16 "F. - 2 - 2 In. 0.6 0.6 0.9 6 7 6 In. 0.7 0.6 1.0 In. 0.6 0.6 1.9 In. 6.6 5.6 8.7 In. 2.5 10.0 12.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 9 20 - 2 2.1 18 2.3 3.1 20.9 NW. Maict 22 42 52 33 57 67 68 85 99 10 29 38 -41 -18 20 27 50 5/ 7 34 46 1.4 2.3 1.8 8 9 9 1.3 2.9 0.7 1.4 5.1 4.0 13.5 3.8 T. 18.0 3.0 2.0 NW. NW. May NW. Spring mean 39 52 26 6.5 26 4.9 10.5 17.3 NW. 62 67 66 76 83 81 101 104 102 47 62 51 23 36 29 68 71 70 67 64 62 3.7 2.7 3.6 13 10 10 1.5 1.6 0.7 3.2 L3 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July NW. NW. 65 80 to 10.0 33 3.7 9.1 0.0 NW. 56 44 26 72 57 37 99 89 71 40 31 15 8 -21 -31 C5 48 37 52 40 10 L3 1.2 0.7 8 7 4 0.3 0.7 0.2 0.9 2.0 3.2 T. 2.1 2.1 T. 6.0 3.0 NW. NW. NW. 42 55 29 3.2 19 1.2 6.1 42 NW. 39 62 104 26 -44 20.8 96 12.1 28.8 42.4 18.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -30°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 7, 8, 24 June 2, 12, 13; July 11, 23, 25, 29; Aug. 22, 23, 25; Sept. 1, 2. July 28; Aug. 1, 3, 13, 26; Sept. 19. July 10, 11, 28; Aug. 4, 28. Sept. 3, 7. June 23; July 16; Aug. 15. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 9, 11 July 18, 19. May 27; June 20, 21, 24, 26; July 1, 21; Aug. 1. July 13, 14, 19, 22, 23; Aug. 16. July 24. Do. Jan. 24; Feb. 1-4, 7, 8. - Jan. 4; Mar. 13 Jan. 24; Feb. 26 Feb. 8, 9, 11 Feb. 10 1895 ■ 1896 Dec. 13-15, 19 1897 Jan. 27 1898 Dec. 13 NOBTH CENTKAL DISTBICTS. 483 NORTH DAKOTA. Southeast Section: RICHLAND COUNTY. Station: WAHPETON. C. A. McKean, Observer. [Kstablished by the Signal Service June, 1889. Latitude, 46° 25' N. Longitude, 96° 40' W. Elevation, 962 feet.] This station is located in the city of Wahpeton at the head of the Red River Valley. The surrounding country is generally level. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed, according to Weather Bureau instructions, in a standard shelter at the west side of a two-story dwelling house, about 6 feet above the ground, the only favorable location for them. The rain gage is 15 feet from a silver maple tree, and about 18 feet from the house; the top is 6 feet above ground. The mean ( emperature for this station has been calculated from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Tern pe rat u re. Precipitation. i 1 a 1 1 H ■3.9 § 1 si 3 B i k ■SB (a 5 1 0 ISb o-o il O CD so ^ til Snow. Month. bo , < Hi' o f 1 5 Deceit Janua Febru iber ry . "F. 15 11 11 27 22 22 °F. 54 61 58 "F. 5 - 1 °F. -32 -to -44 "F. 24 20 19 "F. 5 - 1 1 In. 0.4 0.4 0.6 3 4 3 In. 0.4 0.4 T. In. 0.2 0.4 1.2 In.. 2.2 3.2 4.9 In. 7.5 4.0 12.5 NW. NW. ary NW. 12 24 1 1.4 10 0.8 1.8 10.3 NW. March April. May. Sp June. July. AugUE 26 46 58 38 60 74 67 92 98 14 33 43 -33 - 2 -22 35 62 62 16 34 50 1.2 2.5 2.2 5 8 8 1.9 3.4 1.0 1.8 5.1 7.4 8.2 1.1 0.0 8.5 5.0 0.0 NW. SE. SE. 43 57 30 5.9 21 6.3 14.3 9.3 SE. 67 70 68 81 88 82 101 105 96 53 55 64 27 39 33 70 74 74 61 67 66 3.4 3.6 3.1 9 7 8 2.6 0.2 2.0 5.8 4.8 2.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SK. SE. t SE. 68 83 54 16. 1 24 4.8 13.3 0.0 NW. Septei Octob Novel nber 69 47 27 72 59 38 98 88 72 46 35 17 19 13 -25 67 52 39 54 42 15 L7 1.8 0.4 6 6 4 0.8 2.3 0.7 2.7 0.5 0.8 0.0 1.8 2.7 0.0 0.7 6 NW. NW. NW. 44 66 33 3.9 16 3.8 4.0 4.5 NW. 42 55 105 30 -44 21.3 71 15.7 33.4 24.1 12.5 NW. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes f OR THE Period Janl ARY 1, 1894, 1 o December 31, 190 3. Year. MLaimuin below — 30°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minin: lum belo w— 30°. Maximi im 95° o r above. 1894 None May 13; June 12; Sept. 1. None. Do. May 16; June 13, 14; July 1, 3,5. June 20, 23; July 12, 13, 16, 2e Snnt. 1 7,8; Sept. ; Aug. 20; 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. -^one Dec. None Feb. 3,9, 11.. July 18-20, 22. May 11, 12, 27; 30, 31; Aug. May 17; July 1 July 24, 29. June 2C 1, 3, 4, 7, 3, 14, 19 , 24-26; 8. 20, 23, 5 1895 Feb. 1, 3, 4, 7 8 July 26, 1896 14 1897 Feb. 26* Mar 15 4; Aug. 1898 Feb. 17 14, 16... SOUTH DAKOTA. By SAMUEL W. GLENN, Local Forecaster. 485 SOUTH DAKOTA. Topography. — Topographically, all of the State except the Black Hills district, where a maximum elevation in excess of 7,000 feet is reached, might be considered only with regard to the principal water courses and valleys, as it is practically all prairie country of more or loss undulating tendency, with an average elevation of about 2,000 feet and an average increase in elevation of about 875 feet between the extreme southeast and extreme northwest comers. At Brookings, in the Big Sioux River valley, the elevation is 1,633 feet; at Huron, in the James River valley, 1,285; at Pierre, in the Missouri River valley, 1,460; at Highmore, on the divide between the Missouri and James rivers, 1,890, and at De Smet, on the divide between the James and Big Sioux rivers, 1,726, the towns named lying in nearly the same latitude. It may be said that the physical features, except in the Black HUls district, are not such as to materially affect the climate of one section as compared with another. There, doubtless, is more snowfall and probably more rain in the more elevated portions of the Black Hills district than in its valleys; but here agriculture is confined to the valleys and is to a large extent overshadowed by very extensive mining interests. Temperature. — ^The average annual temperature is about 45° Fahrenheit. January is the coldest month, with an average of about 13°. July is the warmest month, with an average of about 72°. The northeastern portion of the State is coldest. The area bounded on the north by the Cheyenne River, on the east by the Missouri River, and on the west by the southern portion of the Black Hills region, is probably the warmest portion, particularly in the winter season, when this district, as well as the valleys in the Black Hills region, are affected to more or less extent by the " chinook " winds so common is Montana. In nearly all monthly and annual mean temperature charts the isotherms trend from the southeast to the northwest. Latitude considered, steady winter weather does not usually set in until far into November, and generally the months of October and November are characterized by the absence of sufficient precipitation to interfere with late field work. As would naturally be supposed from the altitude, latitude, and distance from the sea the monthly and annual ranges of temperature are of a decided character. The average temperature compares favorably with that of Mionesota, Wisconsin, Michigan, and northern Iowa. The winters are a little longer, as a rule, than in Wisconsin, Michigan, and Iowa, but it is often the case that preparation of ground for spring work is possible earlier than in those States, because of the light winter precipitation and no excess of moisture when the frost is leaving the soil. The first killing frost, or temperature of 32°, in autumn, may be expected in the northern portion of the State within the second decade of September, and in the southern portion within the second or third decades of the same month. The last killing frost, or temperature of 32°, in spring, may be expected in all parts of the State as late as the second decade of May. Precipitation. — The average annual precipitation, determined from data contained in the appended tables, is about 20.3 inches. Of this, 1 to 2 inches occur during the winter, 6 to 7 inches during the spring, 8 to 9 inches during the summer, and 3 to 4 inches during the autumn months. Between 15 and 16 inches, or about three-fourths of the annual amount, occurs from March to August, inclusive. As a rule, the largest amount occurs in the lower James and Sioux River valleys, and the smallest, it is thought, over the north-central and extreme northwestern portions of the State ; there are, however, but little precipitation data available covering the region lying between the Missouri River and the eastern border of the Black Hills region. There are of course exceptional winters, such as in the years 1880-81 and 1896-97, when the snowfall is heavy and its accumulated depth on the ground reaches decided proportions, but generally the winter precipitation is comparatively light. During the seeding and growing season the average precipitation, except west of the Missouri River, compares favorably with that of northwestern Iowa and western Minnesota, though the rains, particularly in July and August, are hable to be more local in character than in those States. During March and April, and sometimes in September, the precipitation may be steady, though not continuously liberal in amount, for a day or two at a time. During summer the rains are of short duration and are followed closely by clear weather, and oftenest occur in the late afternoon or in the night. Because of the increasing capacity of the cultivated areas to resist the effects of dry weather, there is a growing opinion entertained by some persons who have not closely studied the climatic conditions, that the rainfall is increasing. This suppo- sition does not appear to be borne out by the facts, and it is highly probable that there has been neither increase nor decrease, to any material extent, in the average amount of precipitation on the plains of the Northwest since their settlement. Severe droughts have occurred in the past and are hable to occur again. The abihty of the soil to withstand drought better than formerly can be accounted for from the fact that earlier in the history of the State there was but little cultivated land, and the native grass sod was so compact that a very large proportion of the rainfall and melted snow was not absorbed by it, but ran off into the "draws," "sloughs," and water courses. The greatly increased area of cultivated land has afforded opportunity for the ground to absorb and conserve the water, and thereby create a reservoir of moisture beneath the surface soil upon which the crop roots can draw in case of need during dry periods. "Sloughs " are now uncommon, whereas in the early eighties they were numerous. Severe snowstorms, commonly known as "blizzards," have occurred in the past and are liable to occur again, but the frequency of their occurrence is far below what is generally supposed by the uninformed. Unfortunately there is a tendency on the part of some sensationally inchned newspaper correspondents to accord the dignity of a bhzzard to some of the most ordinary snowstorms. 486 NORTH CENTKAL DISTRICTS. List of Counties and Climatoloqioal Stations. 487 County. Armstrong (see Cherry Creek). Aurora {see Kimball) . . Beadle Bon Homme Brookings Boreman (see Bowdle). Brown Brule Buffalo {see Kimball). . Butte Campbell (see Bowdle) Charles Mix Clark (see Redfleld) Clay (see Tyndall) Codington (see Gary). . Custer (see Rapid City) ' Davison (see Alexan- dria. Day (see Milbank) Deuel Dewey (see Cherry Creek). Douglas (see Green- wood). Edmunds Fall River Faulk (see Redfleld) . . . Grant Gregory (see Green- wood). Hamlin (see Brook- ings). Hand (see Huron) Hanson Hughes Hutchinson (see Alex- andria). Hyde (see Pierre) Jackson (see Rosebud) Kingsbury (see Huron) Lake (see Brookings) Station. Huron Tyndall BrooKings. Aberdeen . Kimball.. Ashcroft Greenwood. Gary. Bowdle. . Oelrichs. Milbank . Alexandria. Pierre Cheyenne River valley James River valley . . . do Missouri River valley. Big Sioux River valley Missouri River valley . James River valley. . . Missouri River valley. do Northwestern plateau Missouri River valley . do James River valley. . . do Big Sioux River valley Black Hills region. . James River valley Big Sioux River valley Sioux River valley Missouri River valley. .do. do Black Hills region. . James River valley Big Sioux River valley Missouri River valley Big Sioux River valley James River valley do Missouri River valley. James River valley Missouri River valley White River valley . . James River valley . . Big Sioux River valley 498 503 499 491 502 4S9 'so?' 490 505 503 495 County. Lawrence Lugenbeel (see Rose- bud). Lincoln (see Sioux 1-alls). Lyman MeCook (see Alexan- dria). McPherson (see Aber- deen). Marshall (see Aber- deen). Meade (see Rapid City) Meyer Miner (see Alexandria) Mmneiiaba Moody (see Brookings) Pennington Potter (see Bowdle) . .. Pratt (see Rosebud) . . . Presho (see Hotch City). Roberts (see Milbank) Sanborn (see Huron).. Schnasso (see Ash- croft). Shannon (see Oel- richs). Spink Stanley Sterling (see Cherry Creek). Sully (see Pierre) Tripp (see Rosebud) .. . Turner (see Sioux J alls). Union (see Tyndall) . . . Walworth (see Bowdle) Washington (see Oel- richs). Yankton (see Tyndall) Station. Spearfish . Hotch City. Rosebud Sioux i-alls. Rapid City. Redfleld Cherry Creek . District. Black Hills region . . White River valley . Sioux River valley.. Missouri River valley James River valley . . , .do. Big Sioux River valley Black Hills region. . White River valley. James River valley. Big Sioux River valley ....do Black Hills region. . . Missouri River valley White River vailey.. ....do Big Sioux River valley James River valley . . . Northwestern plateau White River valley . . . James River valley . . . Cheyenne River valley do Missouri River valley. White River valley . . . Big Sioux River valley Missouri River valley. ....do White River valley . . . Missouri River valley. Page. 493 501 506 '504 'soo 496 494 State Summary. Station. Ashcroft Bowdle Aberdeen Milbanlc Spearfish Cherry Creek Pierre Redfleld Gary Huron Brookings... Rapid City.. Hotch City.. Kimball Alexandria.. Sioux Fails.. Oelrichs Rosebuil Greenwood . . Tyndail Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. 114 114 111 107 105 115 110 106 108 108 104 106 110 110 110 108 110 109 111 108 Date. August, 1900 .....do do July, 1894 July, 1890 August, 1900 do August, 1901 September, 1895.. , 1901 Julv, 1894 August, 1900 August, 1892 July, 1894 do do June, 1893 July, 1902 Juiv. 18M4 do Abso- lute mini- mum. -43 -41 -34 -41 -38 -38 -42 -42 -35 -29 -3,^ Date. Januarv, 1893. . . Februa "ry, 1899. . February, 1896.. February, 1893.. January. 1893... February, 1899 . ....do..' ....do February, 1895.. January, 1887. . . February, 1899.. do ....do do do do December, 1901 . February, 1899.. do do Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 193 188 182 173 136 186 150 186 167 173 183 1.53 168 163 175 164 174 164 147 169 488 CLIMATOLOGY "OF THE UNITED STATES. State Summary — Continued. Num- ber. Frost. Precipitation. Average date of — Date of— Annual. Spring. Summer. Autimin. station. First killing in autumn. Last in spring. Earliest killing in autumn. Latest in spring. Winter. Ashcroft 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 IS 19 20 Sept. 10 Sept. 16 Sept. 10 Sept. 23 Sept. 27 Sept. 20 oept. 30 Sept. 18 Sept. 17 Sept. 18 Sept. 12 Sept. 20 do... Sept. 27 Sept. 14 Sept. 17 Sept. 20 Sept. 22 Sept. 24 Sept. 23 May 22 May 19 Mav 23 May 18 May 4 May 25 Apr. 29 May 21 May 18 May 14 May 23 May 1 May 16 May 6 May 10 Mav 10 do... May 11 Apr. 27 May 6 Aug. 27 Sept. 8 Aug. 23 Sept. 11 ....do... Sept. 7 Sept. 12 Sept. 10 Aug. 23 '.'.'.'.do'.'.'. Sept. 13 Sept. 12 do... Aug. 23 ....do... Sept. 9 Sept. 10 Sept. 12 Aug. 23 June 20 ....do... June 21 June 11 June 21 June 26 May 19 June 21 June 28 June 21 June 22 May 20 June 21 May 30 June 21 May 25 May 27 Mav 30 May 20 May 30. Inches. 14.0 18.5 25.9 20.6 21.8 13.3 16.7 20.5 22.7 20.5 19.5 16.2 15.0 18.9 24.6 24.2 19.3 18.3 23.0 22.8 Inches. 5.0 5.8 8.6 6.6 8.2 3.5 5.3 5.2 8.1 6.4 5.9 6.2 5.3 5.7 8.2 8.8 7.1 6.1 7.2 7.6 Inches. 5.7 9.0 10.5 8.9 7.7 7.3 7.5 30.2 8.6 8.9 8.6 6.9 7.1 8.6 10.0 9.6 6.1 7.3 10.0 9.7 ZncTies. 2.0 2.! 4.3 3.6 3.0 2.0 2.3 4.3 4.5 3.6 3.6 1.9 1.7 2.8 4.6 4.0 3.0 2.3 4.3 3.9 Inches- 1.3 Bowdle 1.0 2.5 Milhant 1.5 Spearfish 2.9 0.5 1.0 Redfield 0.8 Gary 1.5 1.6 1.4 Rapid City 1.2 Hoteh City 0.9 Kimball 1.8 1.8 L8 Oelrichs 3.1 Rosebud 2.0 1.5 Tyndall 1.6 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 489 SOUTH DAKOTA. Northwestern Plateau: BUTTE COUNTY. Station: ASHCROFT. Thomas Ashcboft, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau In July, 1892. Latitude, 45° 38' N. Longitude, 103° 56' W. Elevation, 3,192 feet.] This station is situated on the west side of the Little Missouri River, near the Montana line, and about 10 miles north of Camp Crook. The instruments are very favorably located on high ground, free from any obstruction, and in the open country. The thermometers (maximum and minimum) are exposed in a shelter constructed by the observer and conforming closely to the plan of the standard Weather Bureau shelter. The rain gage is far distant from any obstructions; its top is 4 feet above the ground. The surrounding country back from the river is rolling prairie. The mean temperature was obtained from the daily maximum and minimum temperatures. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1892, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean oltho maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 24 19 18 °i?. 37 34 34 "F. 69 63 67 °F. 10 4 3 "F. -33 -44 -40 "F. 34 29 28 "F. 18 10 8 In. 0.4 0.5 0.4 3 5 4 In. 0.3 0.6 0.5 In. 0.0 0.4 0.5 In. 3.7 5.0 3.7 In. 3.0 January. 3.0 3 20 35 6 1.3 12 1.4- 0.9 12.4 27 45 56 42 60 72 82 94 98 12 30 40 -33 -12 16 33 50 63 17 37 60 1.5 1.2 2.3 7 5 7 1.5 1.3 1.7 1.3 L5 1.9 13.5 2.3 0.1 6.0 April 4.0 May. 0.5 Spring mean 43 58 27 5.0 19 4.5 4.7 15.9 64 70 69 79 87 87 107 110 114 48 54 52 24 32 30 70 76 72 60 68 67 2.9 1.5 1.2 10 7 6 1.1 0.7 1.1 4.5 3.6 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. 0.0 68 84 51 5.6 23 2.9 9.1 0.0 58 46 30 76 64 ■ 45 105 92 80 40 28 15 11 - 2 -26 67 51 40 54 41 16 1.0 0.5 0.5 5 4 4 0.1 0.5 1.1 2.4 0.5 1.9 0.4 1.7 4.9 3.0 October November 9 Fall mean. 45 62 28 2.0 13 1.7 4.8 7.0 44 60 114 28 -44 13.9 67 10.5 19.5 35.3 9.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -31°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below —31°. Maximum 96° or above. 1R94 July 10, 16, 24, 25, 29, 30; Aug. 4, 6, 7, 22, 26, 27, 31; Sept. 25. July 4, 27, 31; Aug. 3, 7, 11, 12, 15, 21, 24, 25; Sept: 1, 2, 19. June 20; July 11; Aug. 2, 6, 28, 29. , June 13; July 1, 15-17, 26-28, 31; Aug. 12, 22, 24, 25, 27, 28; Sept. 2, 3, 6-8, 11, 22, 25, 27. June 20; July 5, 11, 12, 14, 15,21,25; Aug. 14, 15, 19-21, 25, 27, 28; Sept. 1, 20, 26, 27 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 2, 10, 11 July 9, 10, 12, 18-22, 24; Aug. 21; Sept. 1, 3. May 26, 27; June 5, 8, 21-26, 30; July 12, 17, 21, 25, 26, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 30, 31; Sept. 4, 6. May 16, 17; July 3, 6, 7, 11-13, 16, 18-20, 22,23,31; Aug. 13, 16, 17; Sept. 2. July 15, 24. July 6, 19, 20, 26; Aug. 16, 17, 20-22. 1895 Feb. 6 None 1896 None do... 1897 Mar. 12; Deo. 2 None do 1H9S Feb. 15 490 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH DAKOTA. Missouri River Valley: EDMUNDS COUNTY. Station: BOWDLE. C. T. SMITnEES, Observer. [Eatablishedby Weather Bureau In May, 1892. Latitude, 45° 27' N. Longitude, 99° 39' W. Elevation, 1,995 feet.] The maximum and minimum thermometers at thb station are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter erected on posts 4 feet high, in an open space on the north side of a one-story building near the business portion of the town. The rain gage is exposed on the residence grounds of the observer, 90 feet east of a one-story dwelling, and practically in the open country. The top of the gage is 4 feet above the ground. The surrounding country is gently rolling prairie. Prior to January, 1896, the mean temperature was obtained from the 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. observations; after that time from the daily maximum and minimum temperatures. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. PiBoipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean oJthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount 'for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est jlepth in 24 hours. December 16 11 11 "F. 26 27 23 op 67 64 61 5 3 -2 "F. -29 -31 -39 "F. 27 21 18 'F. 9 1 6 In. 0.4 0.3 0.3 2 2 2 In. 0.1 0.4 0.0 In. 0.4 T. T. In. 3.2 2.6 2.9 In. 4.0 3.0 4.0 13 25 2 1.0 6 0.5 0.4 8.7 March. 27 45 57 38 58 70 70 SO 99 12 31 42 -25 4 23 31 54 61 20 37 51 1.8 2.0 2.0 4 6 6 2.8 2.6 0.4 0.7 1.1 0.6 10.7 2.3 0.0 15.0 April 4.0 M^y. 0.0 Spring mean 43 55 28 5.8 16 5.8 2.4 13.0 .Tnnfl 66 71 70 78 87 85 101 109 114 50 55 54 28 33 32 72 76 74 59 68 67 3.9 2.1 3.0 10 6 7 3.7 1.1 1.1 5.5 3.0 1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 .*^ilTnTnp.r TnRn.Ti 69 83 53 9.0 23 5.9 10.4 0.0 58 46 27 70 60 38 101 90 78 40 15 31 14 -19 62 51 37 53 38 20 1.3 1.0 0.4 4 3 2 1.1 1.7 T. 4.2 2.1 0.1 0.5 1.1 2.4 4.0 October . 2.0 November 3 TTflll TTlPfln 44 56 28 2.7 9 2.8 6.4 4.0 AnTinn.l meaTi 42 55 114 28 1 -39 18.5 54 15.0 19.6 25.7 15.0 Dates of Tempeeatdue Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -31°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below —31°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 24 None in June or Aug.; July record in- complete. July 4, 5; Aug. 4. No record. Do. June 18, 20, 23; July 5, 15-17, 21, 26; Aug. 14, 15, 19, 20, 27, 29; Sept. 1. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan.29;Feb.7,8,10,ll. None July 18, 19, 21, 22, 25. June 22, 26; July 22, 27, 31; Aug. 1-4, 8. July 8, 12-14, 18-20, 22-24; Aug. 1, 16, 20. June 9; July 24, 28, 29; Aug. 1; Sept. 7. May 15; June 28: July 6, 23; Aug. 17,21. (Aug. 22-31 missing.) Feb. 7. (No record after Oct.) No record 1895 1896 do do do 1897 do 1898 None in Jan. or Feb. (Dec. record mis- sing.) NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 491 SOUTH DAKOTA. James River Valley : BROWN COUNTY. Station: ABERDEEN. D. G. Gallett, Observer. [Established by Signal Service March, 1890. Latitude, 45° 27' N. Longitude, 98° 29 W. Elevation, 1,300 feet.] This station is near the southeastern limits of the residence portion of the city, at the home of the observer. The sur- rounding country is gently undulating prairie. The thermometers (maximum and minimum) are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter erected on posts 4 feet high and about 25 feet distant from the two-story residence of the observer. The rain gage is exposed 30 feet distant from any obstruction, with its top 6 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were calculated from the daily maximum and minimum. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, March 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 17 11 11 "F. 27 22 22 "F. 60 58 65 "F. 7 -1 'F. -28 -34 -46 "F. 31 21 20 "F. 8 - 2 4 In. 0.8 0.9 0.8 2 3 3 In. 1.0 0.1 0.6 In. 0.4 5.4 2.4 In. 4.9 6.3 5.9 In. 10.0 January 12.0 February 11.0 Winter mean. .. . 13 24 2 2.5 8 1.7 8.2 17.1 .. March April May 23 45 57 35 57 72 72 95 96 12 32 42 -32 15 33 53 63 12 38 49 2.3 3.5 2.8 6 7 7 0.4 2.5 1.6 7.6 3.4 0.3 11.1 2.6 0.4 18.0 11.0 5.0 Spring mean 42 55 29 8.6 19 4.5 11.3 14.1 June 66 72 70 80 87 84 104 107 111 52 57 64 28 36 28 70 77 76 61 66 64 4.3 3.1 3.1 9 6 6 2.8 1.6 0.6 4.4 4.8 3.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 69 84 54 1 10.6 21 5.0 12.8 0.0 69 46 26 76 60 37 102 91 75 43 31 16 18 -25 68 62 36 52 40 10 1.7 1.7 0.9 4 4 4 1.6 1.9 1.3 2.2 0.7 0.3 T. 0.4 3.8 0.5 October 6.0 November 8.0 Fall mean. . 44 67 30 4.3 12 4.8 3.2 4.2 42 65 111 29 -46 26.9 60 16.0 36.5 35.4 18.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -31°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below —31°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 1895 January and Febru- ary missing. Jan. 24; Feb. 1, 3, 4, 7, 8. May and June missing; July 11, 12, 16, 18 23-26, 29, 30; Aug. 5; Sept. 2. July 4, 15, 31; Aug. 2, 4, 13, 21, 26; Sept. 2, 16, 17, 19. July 4, 5, 10-12,' 14, 18-20, 29; Aug. 1, 2, 6, 28; Sept. 7. May 16; June 12, 13; July 8, 28; Sept. 2, 3, 7, 8. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 January missing Feb. 8,9, 12 None June 23, 28; July 4, 16, 26; Aug. 14, 27, 30, 31; Sept. 1, 2. - July 17-19, 21, 22,24, 25, 27; Aug. 19. June 21, 25; July 13, 20, 28-30; Aug. 1-3. July 8, 12-15, 17, 19-24; Aug. 2, 7, 27. July 12, 24, 29. 1896 do Jan. 23; Mar. 14 Jan. 28 1897 Feb. 16-18 July 6, 7, 20, 24; Aug. 17, 21. 492 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH DAKOTA. Big Sioux River Valiey : GRANT COUNTY. Station: MILBANK. E. J. HiNMAN, Observer. [Established by Signal Service December, 1889. Latitude, 45° 15' N. Longitude, 96° 38' W. . Elevation, 1,148 feet.] This station is at the home of the observer, in the residence portion of the town. The surrounding country is nearly level prairie. The thermometers (maximum and minimum) are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, erected on posts 3 feet high, and located 40 feet from a one-story building. The rain gage is about 10 feet west of the shelter, its top being 30 inches above the ground. Prior to May, 1893, the mean temperature was obtained from the 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. observations; thereafter from the daily maximum and minimum temperatures. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1890, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Moan. Mean oJthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- aje depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 19 13 12 "F. 29 22 23 °F. 60 63 60 "F. 8 2 2 °i?. -30 -31 -38 'IT. 29 27 18 ojr. 12 3 6 In. 0.5 0.4 0.6 3 3 3 In. T. 0.6 T. In. 0.7 0.1 1.4 In. 3.5 2.9 7.3 In. 6.0 5.0 10.0 15 25 4 1.5 9 0.6 2.2 13.7 March 26 45 67 36 57 70 77 88 95 16 32 44 -24 5 26 34 56 65 14 40 47 1.5 2.2 2.9 5 7 8 2.5 3.7 0.5 0.5 4.0 8.1 10.8 0.5 0.0 12.0 April (?) jfay 0.0 Spring mean 43 54 31 6.6 20 6.7 12.6 11.3 June 66 71 69 78 85 83 98 107 106 52 57 54 30 40 34 72 77 75 61 68 65 3.7 2.6 2.6 10 7 6 2.1 T. 0.8 2.9 3.8 6.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 o.u July 0.0 0.0 69 82 54 8.9 23 2.9 13.0 0.0 September 61 48 29 75 63 40 103 95 80 46 35 17 15 5 -20 67 56 40 56 42 16 1.8 1.3 0.5 5 4 3 1.7 2.3 0.1 0.1 0.3 0.6 0.0 T. 3.4 0.0 October T. ao 46 59 33 3.6 12 4.1 1.0 3.4 43 55 107 30 -38 20.6 64 14 3 28.8 28.4 12.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —31°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below -31°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 June 12,13, 29, 30; July 11, 16-18,22,23, 26, 28-31; Aug. 6, 8, 22, 27 (September incomplete) . July 5; Aug. 1, 12; Sept. 16, 18. Aug. 3, 4, 7. Sept. 3, 7, 12. June 21; Aug. 31; Sept. 1, 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 9, 11 July 19, 20, 22. July 2, 31; Aug. 2-5. June 26; July 9, 13-15, 20, 21, 23-25; Aug. 2, 17, 18. do do 1895 do. . 1896 January missing None July 13, 24, 30; Aug. 2; Sept. 8. July 7. 1897 December missing 1898 do . NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 493 SOUTH DAKOTA. Black Hills District: LAWRENCE COUNTY. Station: SPEARFISH. Prof. F. L. Cook, Observer. [EBtablished by Signal Service 'January, 1889. Latitude, 44° 29' N. Longitude, 103° 52' W. Elevation, 3,647 leet. This station is at the State Normal School, 1 mile from the post-office and practically in the open country. The thermometers (maximum and minimum) are exposed in an instrument shelter constructed on the plan of the Weather Bureau shelters and are the property of the school. The bottom of the shelter is 8 feet above the ground. It is located in open ground about 10 rods northeast of the school building. The rain gage is 2 rods distant from the shelter and 10 rods from the school building or any other obstruction. The top of the gage is about 4 feet above the ground. Prior to January, 1894, the mean temperature was obtained from the 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. observations; there- after from the daily maximum and minimum temperatures. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Jdne 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. °F. 31 25 21 °F. 38 35 30 °F. 71 65 67 "F. ■22 18 12 "F. -17 -30 -30 "F. 40 34 32 °F. 23 15 8 In. 0.9 LO 1.0 5 5 6 In. 0.4 0.3 0.4 In. 1.5 0.5 0.8 In. 8.9 9.2 10.6 In. 15.0 10.0 13.0 Winter mean 26 34 17 2.9 16 1.1 2.8 28.7 March 30 46 55 39 55 65 80 88 93 20 35 44 -20 1 24 39 50 61 20 40 47 2.2 3.0 3.0 7 7 8 1.1 1.1 3.6 4.0 5.6 3.1 20.9 14.6 1.2 24.0 April 20.0 iJay 6.0 Spring mean 44 63 33 8.2 22 5.8 12.7 36.7 June.. 64 71 70 74 82 82 105 105 104 52 58 58 33 43 40 69 76 74 59 68 67 4.1 2.0 1.6 9 6 5 1.4 1.9 0.1 2.3 3.0 3.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. 0.0 Rn^iiTTio^ mpnn 68 79 66 7.7 20 3.4 9.0 0.0 September 60 49 35 72 60 43 97 90 79 49 38 25 26 17 -11 68 53 44 54 43 21 1.1 1.3 0.6 4 0.6 0.8 0.2 3.9 0.4 0.6 0.8 2.3 6.8 6.0 October 6.0 November. 6.0 48 58 37 3.0 12 1.6 4.9 8.9 46 56 105 36 -30 21.8 70 11.9 29.4 74.3 24.0 Dates of Tbmperatube Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 23 July 10, 24, 25, 31; Aug. 6, 21, 28. No record after July. Sept. 7. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None Feb. 1-4, 10-12 Feb. 15 Aug. 18, 20. July 21, 22. June cO; July 12, 31; Aug. 1, 28, 30. July 7, 12, 13, 19, 22, 31. 1895 Feb. 7. (No record after July.) No record prior to October. None in December. None 1896 Jan. 26 July 15, 31. 1897 494 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES, SOUTH DAKOTA. Cheyenne River Valley: STANLEY COUNTY. Station: CHERRY CREEK (P. O., LESLIE). H. T. Robinson, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau March, 1895. Latitude, 44° 37' N. Longitude, 101° 29' W. Elevation, unknown.] This station is on the Cheyenne River bottom land at the mouth of Cherry Creek and is in the open country. The river valley proper is one-half mile wide. Back from the river the country is nearly level prairie. The thermometers (maximum and minimum) are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter that is supported on posts 4 feet high and is distant 100 feet from a store and dwelling combined. The rain gage is not far from the shelter; its top is 4 feet above the ground. The mean temperature was obtained from the daily maximum and minimimi temperatures. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Maech 1, 1895, to December, 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great, est depth in 24 hours. 21 20 18 "F. 36 36 33 °F. 64 67 69 "F. 7 5 3 "F. -35 -28 -41 •>F. 29 26 28 °F. 13 16 7 In. 0.3 0.1 0.1 1 1 1 In. 0.1 0.5 0.2 In. 2.0 T. T. In. 2.6 0.2 0.6 In. 4.0 0.5 2.5 Winter mean 20 35 6 0.5 3 0.8 2.0 3.4 28 49 60 43 65 77 83 95 100 13 32 44 -29 - 3 17 34 57 64 17 44 55 0.8 1.2 1.5 3 4 4 1.8 1.4 T. 2.6 2.0 1.9 7o 0.0 (?) 8.0 M^y 0.0 Spring mean 46 62 30 3.5 11 3.2 6.5 1.0 June 68 76 73 84 92 90 113 114 115 53 59 56 30 36 36 72 83 77 64 72 70 3.2 1.8 2.3 6 3 5 3.4 0.5 2.3 3.3 T. 5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 72 89 56 7.3 14 6.2 9.0 0.0 62 49 29 79 67 44 108 96 88 44 31 14 18 - 4 -25 72 53 39 55 45 15 1.2 0.4 0.4 2 1 2 T. T. T. 0.4 1.0 T. 0.0 0.0 3.9 0.0 0.0 November 12.0 47 63 30 2.0 6 T. 1.4 3.9 46 62 115 30 -41 13.3 33 10.2 18.9 12.0 Dates of Temperattjke Exteemes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below— 31°. . Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below —31°, Maximum 100° or above. 1895 May 8; June 14, 22; July 4, 5,12,25,27, 28,31; Aug. 1,3, 12, 13, 15,25,31; Sept. 2,13,16,19. June 3,28-30; July 1,2, 11; Aug. 2, 3, 6-7, 30. June 12, 13, 16; July 1, 7, 16, 17, 27, 28; Aug. 25; Sept. 2, 3, 7, 8. Julv 3-5, 7, 11, 12, 14-16, 18, 21, 26, 27; .A:ug.l9-21,27,29; Sept. 2, 21. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, 12 None June 29, 30; Julv 9, 11, 18, 19, 21, 22, 25; Aug. 22,25,27; Sept. 1,3. June 30; .July 21, 30; Aug. 1, 2, 7-9, 30, 31 ; Sept. 4. July 3, 7, 8, 12-14, 16-20, 22-24; Aug. 1, 5, 16,24,27. 1896 do Dec. 3. 1897 do do 1898 July 15,23,24,28,29,31. " July 6, 24; Aug. 17, 20. NOETH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 495 SOUTH DAKOTA. Central Section : HUGHES COUNTY. Station : PIERRE. Oeosge Hass-Haoen, Observer. [Established July 6, 1891. Latitude, 44° 22' N. Longitude, 100° 21' W. Elevation, 1,455 Seet.] This station is located in the Geiger Building, near the corner of Pierre street and Dakota avenue, in the business or southwestern section of the town, within two squares of the east bank of the Missouri River, and between the river and the bluffs or hills. The hills are distant about half a mile and form the eastern and nothern bdundaryof the valley; the highest point is probably 160 feet above the flat or business section of the town; similar hills of about the same elevation on the west side of the river form a western and northern boundary. The station was first located in the Bank of Commerce Building, and continued in this building until October 5, 1898, when it was moved for the convenience of kite-flying experiments to the comer of Tiffin and Attica streets; it was moved from this location to its present site on October 29, 1900. The instruments, supports, etc., are of the standard roof pattern. Height of thermometers above ground, 43 feet; rain gage, 37 feet; anemometer, 50 feet; wind vane, 52 feet. The tabulated data are from the full period of observation — twelve and one-half years, July 1, 1891, to December 1, 1903. ■Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. 1 Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. .a > e ¥ i i . 1 a I" ■a it o 1 1» 1 3 1 i m ^1 &° III z; a -a ©■a III o gj % ^ ^ s Snow. a 00 g 1 a P. 00 S o 1 a CO i 1 a OS 00 o Montli. M . ■< In. 4.8 4.6 4.3 "■Ss a f December "F. 23 19 18 "F. 32 29 26 "F. 67 60 70 "F. 14 9 7 -19 -30 -39 °F. 30 27 28 'F. 15 9 7 in. 0.6 0.5 0.5 6 6 7 In. 0.1 0.6 T. In. 2.2 0.4 0.8 In. 10.5 9.0 6.0 P.ct. 77 77 78 Ors. 0.87 0.66 0.64 p.ct. 68 70 70 Ors. 1.10 0.95 0.95 NW. January NW. February , NW. 20 29 10 1.6 19 0.6 3.4 13.6 77 0.72' 69 1.00 NW. March 29 48 60 40 60 71 84 94 98 19 37 48 -15 5 30 35 65 66 15 42 49 1.4 2.2 1.7 9 9 8 1.6 1.6 0.6 1.4 1.6 0.8 9.7 2.1 T. 9.0 6.6 0.6 '79 74 72 1.02 2.03 3.15 64 49 43 1.46 2.30 3.11 NW. April SE. May SE. Spring mean 46 57 35 5.3 26 3.6 3.7 11.8 75 2.07 62 2.29 SE. 69 75 74 81 88 86 103 108 110 57 63 61 38 46 39 73 82 79 65 71 70 3.2 2.4 1.9 12 9 9 1.1 0.8 0.2 5.6 0.0 1.2 0.0 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74 71 74 4.40 4.98 4.70 46 42 44 4.44 5.04 4.96 SE July SE August SE 73 86 60 7.5 30 2.1 11.6 0.0 73 4.69 44 4.81 SE. 64 51 32 77 64 42 104 98 80 61 38 21 26 4 -16 72 56 42 58 46 15 1.1 0.7 0.5 6 5 5 0.7 0.6 0.2 0.7 T. 0.6 ' 0.3 0.2 3.8 0.1 2.8 7.0 71 74 76 3.21 2.11 1.23 44 50 59 3.63 2.34 1.40 SE. October, . NW NW. Fall mean 49 61 37 2.3 16 1.5 1.4 , 4.1 74 2.18 61 2.46 NW Annual mean 47 58 110 35 -39 16.7 91 7.8 20. 1 ' 29. 6 10.5 75 2.42 54 2.64 SE Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 None July 10,11,23,25,26,29-31; Aug. 22. .A.ug. 13,21; Sept. 9. July 1,11,12; Aug. 7,28. Sept. 7. June 22, 23; July 21,.23, 26; Aug. 19-21, : 27; Sept.l. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8,9,11, 12 None June 29,30; July 11,19,21,22,25; Sept.l. June 30; July 12,31; Aug. 1,2,7. July 7,8, 12-14, 19, 20, 22-24; Aug. 1, 27. June 9; July 15,24,29. .ruly 24; Aug. 20. lS9.i do do do do 1896 1897 1898 do do do 1076— Bull. Q— 06 32 496 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH DAKOTA. James River Valley: SPINK COUNTY. Station: RBDPIELD. F. L. Ransom, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau November, 1897. Latitude, 44° 52' N. Longitude, 98° 30' W. Elevation, 1,295 feet.] This station is at the home of the observer, one-fourth mile southwest of the town Umits, and practically in the open country. The surrounding country is gently rolling prairie. The thermometers (maximum and minimum) are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, which is erected on posts about 3 feet high, and stands 30 feet distant from a one-story dweUing and 75 feet from a l^-story bam. The rain gage is 6 feet west of the shelter and equally distant from the build- ings. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperature was calculated from the daily maximum and minimum temperatures. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, November 1, 1897, to Decembeb 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. . 4 1 2 Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth Great- est depth in 24 hours. December 'F. 17 18 13 Of, 29 31 27 "F. 58 64 60 °F. 4 6 °F. -30 -31 -40 ""25 23 22 'F. 10 12 7 In. 0.4 0.1 0.3 In. T. T. 0.1 In. 0.1 0.1 0.3 In. 1.9 0.9 2.6 In. 4.0 8.0 4.0 16 29 3 0.8 7 0.1 0.5 5.4 March 27 45 57 40 60 70 73 92 92 15 30 43 -21 2 19 33 50 61 14 42 54 1.0 2.0 2.2 6 7 8 0.5 1.0 4.5 1.8 3.8 0.5 8.0 1.3 0.0 13.0 April 3.0 M^y 0.0 Spring mean .. . 43 57 29 5.2 21 6.0 6.1 9.3 65 72 70 79 87 85 100 105 106 51 57 55 27 40 32 68 77 75 60 69 67 3.1 3.2 3.9 10 9 10 1.2 2.8 0.8 3.0 4.0 9.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. 0.0 0.0 69 84 54 10.2 29 4.8 16.3 0.0 September 57 48 30 71 63 44 101 87 76 42 32 16 16 14 -14 61 52 41 55 41 26 2.9 1.2 0.2 7 6 3 1.4 0.8 0.3 6.0 1.6 0.2 0.0 0.6 1.9 0.0 October 3.0 November 2.0 45 59 30 4.3 16 2.5 7.8 2.5 43 57 106 29 -40 20.5 73 13.4 30.7 17.2 13.0 Dates op Tempekatcbe Extremes for the Period November 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -31°. Maximimi 96° or above. Year. Minimum below -31°. Maximum 96° or above. 1898 June 29, 30; July 26; Aug. 21, 28, 30; Sept. 1-3. July 18-22, 26-28. July 30, 31; Aug. 1-4. 1901 1902 1903 June 23; July 8, 12-16, 22-24, 28; Aug. 1, 6, 20, 27. July 12, 29. 1899 1900 Jan. 30; Feb. 8, 9, 11... None do do NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. SOUTH DAKOTA. 497 Big Sioux River Valley: DEUEL COUNTY. Station: GARY. J. E. Mabtin, Observer. fEstablished by Weather Bureau in July, 1891, and discontinued in April, 1903. Latitude, 44° 48' N. Longitude, 96° 27' W. Elevation *■ 1,484 feet. J This station was at the home of the observer in the residence portion of the town. The thermometers (maximum and mmimum) were exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, well located, and the exposure of the rain gage was very good. The surrounding country is rolling prairie. The mean temperature was obtained from the daily maximum and minimum temperatures. Monthly, Seasonal, AND Annual Means Jolt 1,1891, to March 31,1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 'F. 18 12 12 'F. 28 23 22. 'F. 58 55 61 "F. 7 2 1 'F. -26 -34 -39 "F. 24 23 20 10 -2 4 In. 0.4 0.5 0.6 1 3 2 In. 0.2 0.2 0.5 In. 0.4 0.4 1.1 In. 4.1 4.4 6.6 In. 16.0 9.0 13.0 Winter mean. 14 24 3 1.6 6 0.9 1.9 15.1 27 46 57 37 57 69 76 91 95 15 34 44 -19 4 26 35 64 62 19 38 47 1.7 3.0 3.4 3 5 6 0.0 2.1 2.7 4.2 6.9 5.8 12.4 4.5 0.2 24.0 Anril . . . 12.0 May 2.0 Spring mean 43 54 31 8.1 14 4.8 16.9 17.1 67 73 70 79 86 83 98 106 102 65 60 58 29 41 36 72 78 80 62 70 64 3.0 2.9 2.7 6 6 5 2.4 2.4 2.6 3.4 0.5 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 70 83 58 8.6 16 7.4 4.5 0.0 September 60 48 27 74 60 37 108 90 72 47 36 16 21 9 -22 68 54 41 54 42 15 2.2 1.6 0.7 4 4 3 2.5 0.1 1.8 3.4 2.7 2.0 T. 1.2 4.2 T. October 4.0 November 6.0 45 67 33 1 4.5 11 4.4 8.1 5.4 43 65 108 31 -39 22.7 47 17.5 31.4 37.6 24.0 Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period June 1, 1894, to March 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -31°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below —31°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 None June 12, 13, 30; July 10, 11, 16-18, 21-23, 26, 29-31; Aug. 6. July 6; Aug. 13; Sept. 9, 17, 19. July 1; Aug. 3, 4, 6, 7, 10. June 13; July 7-9. July 17, 22; Aug. 31; Sept. 1. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. missing; Feb. 8- 12. None July 21, 22, 31. July 1, 24; Aug. 2, 3, 6, 7, 10. July 11-13, 18-24, 31; Aug. 20. July missing. 1895 Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 3-5, 7, 8. .. ..do 1896 1897 do No record after Mar. 1S9S do 498 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. SOUTH DAKOTA. eastern District: BEADLE COUNTY. Station: HURON. S. W. Glenn, Local Forecaster. [Eetablished by Signal Servioa July 1, 1881. Latitude, 44° 21' N. Longitude, 98° 14' W. El -vation, 1,285 feet.] This station is on the west side of and seven-eighths of a mile distant from the James River. The surroimding country is gently rolling prairie and there are no elevations of any consequence nearer than the Wessington Hills, about 30 miles southwest of the town. Since March 21, 1897, the office has been in the Jeffris Block, No. 337 Dakota avenue. The thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter erected on the roof of the block and are 56 feet above ground. The rain gjige is located on the roof of the block, the top of the gage being 52 feet above ground. While the station has always been in the business portion of the town its distance from the open country does not now exceed 1 mile in any direction and was less in earlier years. When first established it was near the southern limits of the town. In all cases the rain gage exposure has been free from any obstructions that might affect the record. The anemometer exposure has always been very good, but was considered best while the office was in the Alliance Block, where its elevation was 72 feet above ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Snowfall data, nineteen years ; sunshine, six years ; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of data is from the full period, twenty-two and one-half years, July 1, 1881, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. > S a § o 1 ii '9 a _ la g i a 1'" ■3 h II -^ . Eh Snow. a 00 1 a 1 < a A 00 1 a A cc 1 1 1 +3 CD Months. O-g 1 1 a r 1 i a a II 'o F. 3 - 6 - 4 'F. -33 -44 -45 "F. 18 14 13 'F. 1 - 4 - 2 In. 0.3 0.5 0.7 4 4 4 In. T. 0.6 0.7 In. 0.2 1.6 1.0 In. 5.2 5.6 7.5 In. 5.0 8.0 8.0 NW. NW. NW. 7 17 - 2 1.5 12 1.3 2.8 18.3 NW. March 20 43 65 31 54 67 68 87 94 10 32 42 -35 - 7 16 31 52 60 11 33 47 1.0 1.8 2.8 4 6 7 0.1 0.2 1.2 2.4 6.2 8.1 7.6 1.7 0.3 9.0 6.0 3.0 SE. NW. May SE. Spring mean 39 51 28 5.6 17 1.5 15.7 9.6 SE. ,Tnnft 64 69 66 76 80 78 102 101 98 63 67 53 31 38 32 70 74 72 60 66 63 3.8 3.6 3.3 9 8 7 3.5 2.3 1.8 3.0 1.0 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July NW. SE. 66 78 54 10.7 24 7.6 7.1 0.0 NW. September October . . . 56 44 23 68 55 32 97 87 66 45 34 15 11 9 -30 64 61 36 51 39 10 2.1 2.0 0.7 6 3 2.2 2.9 0.2 2.3 1.0 1.3 T. 0.7 6.0 0.2 6.0 10.0 SE. NW. November , . NW. Fall mean 41 52 31 4.8 14 5.3 4.6 5.7 NW. 38 49 102 28 -45 22.6 67 15.7 30.2 33.6 10.0 NW. Dates of Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24 June 12; July 11, 15-17, 23; Sept. 1. None. Do. June 13, 14. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None. Do. June 25; Jxjly 21. July 13, 14. None. Do. 1895 Jan. 24, 27, 30; Feb. 1-6, 7, 8. Jan. 4; Mar. 13; Nov. 29; Dec. 1. Jan. 24, 26; Feb. 26, 28; ?':i-. 1-1, IP. Feb. 7-11 None . 1896 Dee. 14, 15 Jan. 27 1897 Feb. 16 NOKTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 513 MINNESOTA. Northern Section: ST. LOUIS COUNTY. Station: MOUNT IRON. Oliver Iron Mining Company, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau November, 1893. Latitude, 47° 33' N. Longitude, 93° 42' W. Elevation, 1,510 feet.] This station is near the northeastern limits of the village of Mount Iron. The village itself is located on comparatively- level ground, but the surroundings are very rolling, with patches of scant timber. About 2 miles north of the viUago is a range of hills, their elevation being some 300 feet higher than the surrounding country. The station outfit consists of maximum and minimum thermometers, rain gage, and instrument shelter, all of which are the property of the Weather Bureau. The instrument shelter is about 25 feet east of the office of the Oliver Iron Mining Company. The thermometers are 4 feet 8 inches above the ground. The present location of the shelter is not considered as good as it should be. The rain gage is 15 feet north of the instrument shelter, the top being 2 feet 6 inches from the ground. The mean temperature is derived from the maximum and minimum temperatures. Monthly and annual mean temperatures and highest and. lowest monthly means, mean precipitation,- and total amounts for the driest and wettest years are for the period of observation January 1, 1894 to December 31, 1903; the remaining data are for the period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. q 1 f (3 s S B 1 !i w 1» 3 a ig % i 1 1° od in 1^^ SI ^ s- ?, Snow. Month. ill °F. 11 6 9 'F. 19 19 20 °F. 48 49 60 °F. _ 2 - 4 - 4 "F. -38 -41 -42 °F. 17 13 15 "F. 3 1 In. 1.2 1.0 0.7 6 4 3 In. 0.6 0.2 0.3 In. 1.7 1.6 0.4 In. 11.2 9.9 7.8 In. 0.0 6.0 12.0 N-W. NW. NW. 9 19 - 3 2.9 12 1.1 3.7 28.9 N-W. March 21 41 52 32 53 65 60 86 92 9 27 38 -25 4 11 32 45 56 11 33 47 1.3 1.9 4.0 4 4 8 3.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 6.6 6.8 7.1 1.9 0.1 6.0 3.0 1.0 N. April N. May N. Spring mean 38 50 25 7.2 16 6.2 14.2 9.1 N. .TnnR 60 65 62 74 80 75 97 101 95 46 61 49 25 35 33 66 68 71 57 61 57 4.6 5.0 4.2 9 I 9.0 4.2 1.9 2.6 4.4 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July.. . s-w. S. 62 76 49 13.8 26 16.1 11.7 0.0 S. 64 42 22 67 55 33 88 76 68 41 32 14 18 17 -24 60 61 34 60 37 14 4.5 3.5 1.4 9 7 4 3.1 3.4 1.6 2.7 4.9 2.2 0.1 0.1 6.3 0.6 0.5 10.5 S-W. October s. November N-W. 39 52 29 9.4 20 8.0 9.8 6.6 37 49 101 25 -42 33.3 74 30.4 39.4 44.5 12.0 NW. Dates of Tempeeature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below -30°. Maximum 96° or above. 1897 IS9S Jan. 18, 22-24; Dec. 16, 21. Dec. 29-31 June 13, 14. None. Do. > 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Deo. 30, 31 . . . Jan. 2; Dec. 13-16 Jan. 27-29 June 24; Aug. 4. July 14, 16, 19. None. Do. 1899 Jan. 6, 26, 28-31; Feb. 1,4-11. Feb. 16, 17; Dec. 13... 514 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES MINNESOTA. Red River Valley: CLAY COUNTY. Station: MOORHEAD. H. W. GSASSE, Observer. [Established by Signal Service January 1, 1881. Latitude, 46° 62' N. Longitude, 96° 44' W. Elevation, 903 feet.] Moorhead is situated on the east side of the Red River of the North. This station was established January 1, 1881, and located in the Merchants' Bank. It was moved July 1, 1890, to the third floor of the First National Bank Building, a three- story brick structure, corner of Front and Sixth streets. The exposed instruments, consisting of dry and wet bulb, maximum and minimum thermometers, and thermograph, are placed on the roof of the building, which is 42 feet high, in a standard shelter 10 feet above the roof and 52 feet above the ground. The rain gage, snow gage, anemometer, and wind vane are also on the roof. The top of ram gage is 44 feet fi'om the ground, the anemometer cups 60 feet. Snowfall data, ten years; humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of tabulated data is from the fuU period of observation, twenty-three years, January 1, 1881, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. § a Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. .a° s "It s a |« ■si ■k s . li o 1 a ■a 4 1 3 s h 1 o 1 ^° ■si ill ng ao lit «| o g a^ lil Snow. . a oo 1 1 a a CO S 3 ■3 a oo 1 a p. 00 1 < Month. ".9S K (0- O December "F. 12 2 6 °jr. 21 12 16 °F. 65 62 69 °F. 2 - 7 - 4 °F. -36 -48 -47 op 21 16 17 °F. -10 - 4 In. 0.7 0.7 0.8 9 8 9 In. 0.1 1.1 0.4 In. 1.4 1.3 0.8 In. 5.7 6.9 6.0 In. 12.0 10.0 10.4 P.ct. 89 88 88 Grs. 0.69 0.46 0.46 p.ct. 84 86 85 Grs. 0.87 0.60 0.63 S. January NW. NW. 7 IS - 3 2.2 26 1.6 3.6 17.6 88 0.54 85 0.70 NW. 21 42 64 30 53 66 68 91 96 11 32 42 -28 -13 14 33 60 60 11 32 47 1.1 2.3 2.6 8 10 10 1.0 1.4 2.2 2.8 1.7 5.3 9.6 3.2 0.6 8.6 6.0 2.0 87 83 79 0.86 1.89 3.00 81 64 54 1.20 2.43 3.21 N. April N. May - . . N. Spring mean 39 60 28 6.0 28 4.6 9.8 13.4 83 1.92 66 2.28 N. June July August 64 68 66 76 79 78 101 102 100 53 56 54 28 39 32 69 72 73 62 63 60 4.1 3.9 3.0 16 10 9 3.0 3.6 0.9 6.4 4.9 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 83 86 87 4.46 5.22 4.67 60 63 60 4.79 6.90 5.15 SE. S. SE. 66 78 64 11.0 36 7.4 12.8 0.0 85 4.78 61 5.28 SE. September October November 65 44 26 69 64 38 98 90 72 41 34 15 17 3 -26 66 62 38 53 38 10 2.2 2.2 0.9 8 8 7 0.6 2.2 0.1 1.2 4.0 2.5 0.1 1.1 5.9 1.4 2.0 140 85 83 89 3.36 2.12 1.10 61 68 81 3.75 2.68 1.44 SE. SE. NW. 42 64 30 6.3 23 2.9 7.7 7.1 86 2.19 70 2.59 SE. 37 49 102 27 -48 24.5 112 16.5 33.8 38.1 14.0 86 2.36 71 2.71 SE. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -30°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24 May 13; June" 12; July 11, 16, 23, 29; Sept. 1. Sept. 7. June 13; Sept. 3, 29. June 23. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 9, 11 . July 19, 22. May 12; June 26; July 21. July 14. Feb. 3-5, 7, 8 1895 Dec. 14. 1896 1897 Feb. 26; Mar. 16 1898 NOKTH CENTRAL DISTEICTS. 515 MINNESOTA. Northern Section: HUBBARD COUNTY. Station: PARK RAPIDS. F. A. Walling, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau January, 1893. Latitude, 46° 57' N. Longitude, 95° 10' W. Elevation, 1,300 feet.] The surface of the country in this part of the State is nearly level. The instruments are all standard and belong to the Weather Bureau. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau instrument shelter, which stands on posts. The thermometers are 5 feet from the ground. The shelter is 4 feet north of a large store building. The rain gage stands on the ground and is about 30 feet from any building. The mean temperature was calculated from the maximum and minimum thermometer readings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 g a i 1 < h S li o < 3 r a a !z; ©•a CM ^ Eh as o o m Snow. Month. bo . o 5 "F. 11 7 7 "F. 21 17 19 "F. 44 45 60 "F. 1 - 4 - 6 'F. -44 -42 -51 "F. 19 14 14 °F. 4 - 2 - 1 In. 0.7 0.7 0.6 7 7 7 In. 0.2 0.4 0.2 In. 0.3 0.6 0.3 In. 6.4 6.9 5.7 In. 9.1 12.0 8.1 NW. NW. February NW. Winter mean 8 19 - 3 2.0 21 0.8 1.2 19.0 NW. 21 41 54 32 52 66 56 85 91 12 29 41 -37 - 8 21 31 47 57 9 32 51 1.3 2.5 3.6 9 10 10 0.1 0.5 3.2 0.9 2.4 8.0 8.3 6.4 0.8 8.0 15.0 4.8 NW. April NW. May SE. Spring mean 39 50 27 7.4 29 3.8 11.3 14.5 NW. June.. 62 68 64 75 79 76 99 100 94 61 56 52 27 39 32 68 71 71 57 65 60 4.6 3.9 3.9 11 10 9 7.1 3.9 2.8 9.1 3.4 8.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0,0 g July 3 Augrust NW Summer mean 65 77 S3 12.4 30 13,8 21.1 0.0 S. September 65 43 24 67 54 33 94 84 67 43 33 14 20 4 -32 62 53 36 61 38 12 2.0 2.3 0.8 8 9 7 2.3 0.2 0.9 1.7 2.8 0.5 0.2 0.6 6.1 1.8 1.4 7.6 NW Fall mean 41 61 30 5.1 24 3.4 6.0 6.9 NW. Annual mean 38 49 100 27 -61 26.9 104 21.8 38.6 40.4 15.0 NW. Dates op Temperatuee Extremes foe the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -30°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 6 7,23,24 Jan. 24, 27, 30, 31; Feb. 1-6,9. Jan. 3, 4; Mar. 13, 14; Nov. 29; Dec. 1, 2. Jan. 23-27; Feb. 25, 26, 28; Mar. 15; Dee. 18. July 11, 16, 23, 26. None. Do. Do. Do. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 18; Dec. 30, 31... Jan. 7, 27-31; Feb. 3, 6-12. Feb. 9 None. Do. Do. Dec. 14, 15, 18 July 13, 14, 19. 1897 Jan. 27,28 Feb. 15-17 None. Do. 516 CLIMATOLOWY OB' THE UNITED STATES. MINNESOTA. Middle Section: AITKiN COUNTY. Station: SANDY LAKE DAM. John Ellingsen, Observer. [Established by U. S. Engineer Department, July, 1892. Latitude, 46° 44' N. Longitude, 93° 18' W. Elevation, 1,229 feet.] This station is at one of the reservoir dams erected by the United States Engineer Department for controlling the waters of the upper Mississippi. While situated in the timber region, the immediate surroundings for a distance ranging from 1 to 3 miles are almost free from trees. The station is situated at the foot of Sandy Lake, which lies southeast and east of the station. In general the surface is rolhng, with marshy land between the small hills. The maximum and minimum thei^ mometers are exposed in a shelter very much like the pattern used by the Weather Bureau. This shelter stands with its bottom about 2 feet from the ground on a slight elevation fully a himdred feet from any building and 800 feet from any tree, so there is free circulation of air about the instruments. The rain gage is situated a long distance from buildings or trees and its top is 2 feet from the ground. The mean temperature was calculated from readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 h 1 1^ CI 1 11 o a 1 1 S II 1 1- ia is r d 1 a— 2 15 -*°-t5 Bo, if Snow. Month. h < o 1 5 Decern Jaaua Febru her ry "F. 12 7 8 o J. 20 21 20 " F. 48 48 52 °F. 4 - 4 - 6 "F. -45 -52 -49 °F. 21 14 13 "F. 5 1 In. 0.9 0.9 0.7 6 5 6 In. 0.9 1.2 0.2 In. 1.4 0.7 0.8 In. 7.8 11.0 7.9 In. 6.2 8.0 11.0 NW. NW. ary NW 9 20 - 2 2.5 16 2.3 1.9 26.7 NW. March AprU. May. 22 41 54 34 54 66 58 79 88 9 28 41 -39 - 9 13 30 48 57 10 32 49 1.5 2.3 3.3 7 6 9 2.3 5.6 2.5 2.5 2.9 3.7 9.8 3.9 0.2 11.5 8.2 2.5 NW. SE. E. Spring mean 39 51 26 7.1 22 10.4 9.1 13.9 June. July. Augue 63 67 64 73 78 77 96 98 90 50 56 53 29 39 35 69 71 72 68 64 60 3.2 4.0 4.1 8 9 8 0.7 T. 0.1 1.6 6.4 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. NW. t NW. Summer mean 65 76 53 11.3 25 0.8 12.6 0.0 NW. Septei Octob Novel 56 44 25 67 66 35 90 79 70 46 34 18 24 8 -32 62 56 21 62 39 5 2.4 2.6 1.1 7 6 5 0.5 5.4 0.6 6.3 3.8 0.8 0.0 0.9 7.1 0.0 8.0 6.0 S. NW. Qber NW. Fall mean 42 «3| 32 6.1 18 6.5 10.9 8.0 NW. 39 50 98 27 -52 27.0 81 20.0 34.4 48.6 11.5 NW. Dates of Tempe raturi EXTR EMES F OR THE Period January 1, 1894, i o December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -30°. Max imum95 ° or abo ve. Year. Minimum below -30°. Maidm am 95° or above. 1894 Jul No y 10, 26. ae. Do. Do. Do. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-27 59-31 • Fob None. Aug. 4. July 13, 14, 20. None. Do. 1895 1896 Jan. 8, 30; Feb. 1-5, 9.. Jan. 4, S; Nov. 28; Dec. 12. Jan. 12, 24-27; Feb. 25, 28; Mar. 15. Dec. 30,31 7-i: None Jan. ; 20. Jan.: Feb. >. 1897 !; Dec. 14, 15, 18, !7, 28 1898 15-1/. NOBTH CENTKAL DI8TKICT8. 517 MINNESOTA. Lake Region: ST. LOUIS QOUNTY. Station: DULUTH. H. W. Richardson, Local Forecaster. [Established by the Signal Service October 18, 1870. Latitude, 46° 47' N. Longitude, 92° 6' W. Elevation, 684 feet.] Duluth lies on and at the base of a range of hills that rise 600 to 880 feet above the level of Lake Superior, the trend of the range being northeast and southwest; the city proper extending along the west bank of the St. Louis River, St. Louis and Superior Bays and Lake Superior, including Grassy, Rices, and Minnesota points. From October, 1870, to June, 1882, the station was located in the Edmonds Block, then the Metropolitan Block, to January 29 1895, and in the Post-Office Building to December 31, 1903. Since the latter date the Weather Bureau has utilized its own building, located on the east side of Seventh avenue west, between Seventh and Eighth Streets. The grounds are of a bench-like formation near the top of an otherwise sloping hillside. The anemometer, wind vane, and sunshine recorder are located on the flat roof of the building, while the thermometer shelter and rain and snow gages are on the ground about 50 feet in the rear of the building. The rain and snow gages are 3 feet above the ground, 45 feet southwest of the office building. The thermometers are 10.6 feet above the sod. The height of the anemometer cups above the ground is 47.1 feet and of the wind vane 48.3 feet. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: All maximum and minimum temperature data, thirty years; snowfall, twenty-one years; humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data is from full period of observation, thirty- three yeara, Octocer 18, 1870, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 'a > s ? 5 ■s-s 1 la g < 1 1 a ■a a < h bo w 3 i 1 n u &° o hi P' «1 OS O (D a^ ^^ Eh Snow. a 00 i 1 a CO s p 0. 00 g ■3 M a Pi OQ s a < Month. < => _ 3 C5 17 11 14 'F. 26 19 22 °F. 54 51 58 "F. 10 2 6 °F. -34 -41 -36 33 21 31 °F.' 5 - 3 - 2 In? 1.3 1.0 1.0 11 11 10 In. 0.2 0.4 0.9 In. 3.9 0.7 1.5 In.' 8.6 10.3 9.2 In. 5.0 10.4 8.0 P.ct. 82 82 82 Ors. 0.85 0.61 0.61 P.ct. 77 76 74 Ors. 1.00 0.76 0.76 1 sw. sw. NE. Winter mean 14 22 6 3.3 32 1.5 6.1 28.1 82 0.69 76 0.83 sw. March 24 38 48 32 46 67 64 81 88 16 32 40 -26 3 . 25 38 45 64 15 33 42 1.6 2.2 3.5 10 10 12 0.8 0.4 3.3 1.9 0.9 8.0 10.6 3.9 0.8 8.0 8.0 6.0 80 78 76 0.94 1.78 2.60 70 67 64 1.19 1.91 2.70 NE. April NE. May.... ... . NE. Spring mean o7 45 29 7.3 32 4.5 10.8 15.3 78 1.77 67 1.93 NE. 58 66 65 66 75 72 92 99 96 iM 67 67 33 45 40 63 72 70 54 61 60 4.4 3.7 3.5 14 12 11 3.5 1.3 3.4 5.6 10.4 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 78 80 3.65 4.7J 4.60 67 64 68 3.85 4.64 4.92 NE. July NE. NE. 63 71 54 11.6 37 8.2 17.6 0.0 79 4.35 66 4.47 NE. September... 56 45 29 64 52 36 94 80 73 49 39 23 29 8 -29 63 54 41 52 41 20 3.6 2.6 1.6 12 10 10 1.2 3.4 0.9 5.2 4.0 1.6 T. 0.3 8.1 T. 1.4 10.0 80 80 82 3.62 2.45 1.39 69 70 76 3.83 2.57 1.54 NE October NE November.. SW Fall mean 43 51 37 7.7 32 5.5 10.8 8.4 81 2.49 72 2. 66 NE 39 47 99 32 -41 29.9 133 19.7 45.3 51.8 10.4 80 2.63 70 2.47 NE. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below— 30°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 None July 10, 17, 18, 23, 27; Aug. 26; Sept.l. None. June 30; Aug. 3. None. July 17. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30; Feb. 8, 9 do do -do. N n rS96 do June 23; July 30; Aug. 4. July 14, 15, 19-21. 1896 1S97 do do 1898 do do July 7. 618 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MINNESOTA. Middle Section: OTTER TAIL COUNTY. Station: FERGUS FALLS. Charles Kissingek, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in October, 1888. Latitude, 46° 16' N. Longitude, 96° 06' W. Elevation, 1,210 feet.] This station is in the center of the city of Fergus Falls. The city is in the park region of Minnesota, some 10 miles east of the level lands of the Ked River Valley and within 2 miles of the watershed between the waters flowing to the Gulf of Mexico and those flowing to Hudson Bay. In general the contour of the country is rolling. The instruments in use consist of wet and dry bulb thermometers, maximum and minimum thermometers, and rain gage. An instrument shelter is not used, the thermometers being attached to a frame building on Main street, at an elevation of 7 feet above the ground and separated from the building by an air space of several inches. The rain gage is about the center of the flat roof of a two-story building across the street from the building to which the thermometers are attached. The mean temperature was calculated from readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. .5 > a ■a |i < a r a 1 § S ■a III g So Snow. Month. s < 1 H) PH ,_ 03 ^ 3 O i i3 13 9 9 23 19 20 'F. 47 47 .55 "F. 4 -1 -1 "F. -35 -31 -39 °i?. 22 18 16 op 7 4 In. 0.6 0.6 0.6 9 10 8 In. 0.6 0.2 In. 0.8 0.9 0.6 In. 4.9 5.7 5.3 In. 3.1 8.0 4.0 NW. NW. NW. 10 21 1 1.7 ] 27 1.0 2.3 15.9 NW. March 24 44 57 34 55 68 61 86 90 13 33 46 -31 2 27 33 51 60 14 35 53 1.2 2.4 2.7 10 10 11 1.4 2.0 6.8 6.9 7.1 3.9 T. 3.6 9.1 T. NW. April SE. May SE. SE. Spring mean 42 52 31 6.3 31 7.2 15.7 11.0 65 70 67 77 81 78 95 100 95 54 59 56 29 41 37 70 74 74 62 67 64 3.6 3.9 3.0 12 10 10 2.1 0.4 0.4 6.9 5.3 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July SE. SE. RnTnmp.r TnpnTi 67 79 56 10.5 32 2.9 13.5 0.0 SE. September 58 46 26 69 56 36 93 84 70 47 36 18 21 7 -23 66 54 38 64 41 14 2.0 2.0 0.7 8 9 6 1.0 2.6 0.5 2.7 2.0 2.1 T. 0.6 4.6 0.5 2.5 6.0 NW NW. NW. 43 54 34 4.7 23 4.1 6.8 5.2 NW. A-nniifil TTip.n.n 41 51 100 30 -39 23.2 113 16.2 38.3 32.1 9.1 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -30°. lVTsi.-yiTTmTn (15° or above. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24 July 11,23, 26. None. Do. Do. Do. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb, 8, 9, 11 None. Aug. 4. July 13, 14. July 29. None. 1895 Feb. 3-6,7-9 1896 None Dec. 14 1897 Feb. 26; Mar. 14, 15... None ... None . 1898 Feb. 16 NORTH CENTEAL DISTKIOTS. 519 MINNESOTA. Middle Section: STEVENS COUNTY. Station: MORRIS. D. T. Wheaton, Observer. [EstabUshed by Signal Service April, 1885. Latitude, 45° 30' N. Longitude, 95° 58' W. Elevation, 1,170 feet.] This station is in the eastern part of the city of Morris, on a ridge bearing northeast and southwest, which is about 40 feet higher than the country toward the west. Toward the east the country slopes for about half a mile to the valley of the Pomme de Terre River, which is about a mile away. East of Morris the country is somewhat rolling, but toward the west it is very flat. The instrumental outfit is as follows; Dry thermometer, maximum and minimum thermometers, rain gage, and standard instrument shelter. The instrument shelter is attached to the northeast side of a shed so that the thermometers are about 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is about 60 feet east of the shed already mentioned, 30 feet east of a bam shed, and 50 feet south of a cottonwood tree; the top of the gage is 4 feet above the ground. The mean temperature was derived from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. MoNTBxy, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. bo 1 1 e 1 ■a e . 4 g < a 1 a J 3 a a II o < 3 i§ ■si 3 Is 1 § i: od 1^1 Total amount for the driest year. ^1 a^ 3s| Snow. > o +j o g 5 Montli. 15 8 10 'F. 25 17 20 "F. 52 52 60 "F. 7 2 °F. -34 -40 -40 "F. 24 20 18 "F. 3 - 8 2 In. 0.6 0.4 0.5 4 4 4 In. T. 0.4 0.1 In. 0.2 0.4 0.3 In. 6.7 4.7 4.9 In. 8.0 8.0 6.0 N. N. N. 11 21 3 1.5 12 0.5 0.9 15.3 N. March 24 45 56 32 66 68 71 88 94 15 34 36 -28 4 20 34 53 62 14 35 49 1.0 2.8 2.5 6 7 10 T. 1.7 1.7 0.3 1.7 6.5 6.6 3.4 0.2 16.0 12.0 1.0 N. April S. May s. Spring mean 42 52 28 6.3 23 3.4 7.6 10.1 s. 66 71 68 77 82 80 98 102 99 66 60 67 30 38 32 71 75 76 63 66 64 3.4 4.2 3.2 10 9 9 6.4 2.0 1.8 4.9 1.1 11.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. s. 68 80 58 10.8 28 10.2 17.7 0.0 s. September 60 46 26 71 57 36 97 87 74 48 36 18 20 1 -27 66 56 40 54 40 16 1 2.2 1 1.5 j 0.6 7 8 4 1.8 T. 1.0 0.8 1.7 1.3 0.0 0.2 3.4 0.0 2.0 4.0 s. October . N. Noveraber N. Fall mean 44 65 34 4.3 19 2.8 3.8 3.6 N. 41 52 102 31 -40 22.9 82 16.9 29.9 29.0 15.0 S. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1895 1896 1897 Minimum below —30° Jan. 24 Feb. 3, 7, 8 None Feb. 26.... None Maximum 95° or above. June 14; July 11, 15-18, 22,23,26,29,30; Aug. 1. July 8; Aug. 25; Sept. 19, 20. Aug. 4. June 13; July 8. Sept. 2. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below - Feb. 8, 9, 11 None Dee. 14 None Feb. 16 Maximum 95° or above. July 19, 20. June 24, 25; July 30; Aug. 3, 4. July 13, 14, 19, 20, 22-24. None. Do. 520 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MINNESOTA. Middle Section: STEARNS COUNTY. Station: COLLEQEVILLE. St. John's Univeesitt, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau May, 1892. Latitude, 45° 36' N. Longitude, 94° 27' W. Elevation, 1,214 leet.] The surface of the country about this station is rolling, the uneven surface being due to glacial action. This station is under the direction of one of the professors in St. John's University. The instrumental outfit belongs to the university and consists of maximum and minimum thermometers, wet and dry therihometers, rain gage, and an instrument shelter, which is attached outside a window on the north side of the meteorological office; the thermometers are read through the window. The thermometers are about 69 feet above the ground. The rain gage is on the roof of the building. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Month. Temperature. ti PI CD s ^B •a Pieeipitation. r?a a S o-C a (D 03 ^^ S o cu ea ^. S Snow. •"5 2 K'Om O ■a > s December January February Winter mean. March April May Spring mean, . June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. Of 13 6 In. 0.4 0.5 0.4 In. T. 0.5 0.1 In. 0.5 0.2 0.5 In. 4.7 4.3 4.9 1.3 0.6 1.2 13.9 83 95 103 100 34 103 1.3 2.4 2.6 1.4 2.3 3.4 2.7 4.0 9.1 1.4 T. 25 10.2 2.9 3.5 2.8 3.2 1.9 1.6 2.2 8.8 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.4 1.9 0.8 4.0 3.6 2.2 0.1 0.0 0.1 4.4 5.0 30.7 In. 5.3 6.5 4.0 8.2 6.5 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 2.5 8.2 NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. SE. SE. SE. SW. S. NW. S. NW. NW. NW. NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below --30°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —30°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 June 21; July 11, 1.1-18, 23; Aug. 6, 8, 19; Sept. 1, 2. July 6; Aug. 13; Sept. 10, 11, 17, 19. June 17; July 12; Aug. 4. July 19. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 9, 11 1895 1896 do do do None 1 do do July 30; Aug. 3, 4. July 13-15, 19, 20, 23, 24. 1897 do Do. 1898 do NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 521 MINNESOTA. Middle Section: RENVILLE COUNTY. Station: BIRD ISLAND. r, L. Puffer, M. D., Observe. [Established by tho Signal Service January, 1885; discontinued in August, 1887; reopened by the Weather Bureau in March, 1892. Latitude, 44° 48' N. Longitude, 94° 38' W. Elevation, 1,039 feet.) This station is near the eastern limits of the village of Bird Island. In this village the houses are scattered and set at considerable distances from one another. The surrounding country is slightly undulating or nearly flat prairie, almost treeless, except for the artificial groves. The instrumental outfit is as follows: Maximum and minimum thermometers, rain gage, and instrument shelter. The instruments are all standard. The shelter is 70 feet southwest of the residence of the observer, set on posts so that the thermometers are 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 10 feet east of the shelter, with its top 2 feet above the ground. The mean temperature was derived from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Jan0aky 1, 1893, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 a ii o ■< CI 1 a si o 1 w ag tsa 1 m P S 6., Id O ffl a* -So® Snow. > :^ o (3 Month. CO— U o "F. 16 12 13 "F. 26 23 23 "F. 50 53 64 "F. 7 2 3 °F. -25 -27 -32 "F. 24 21 21 "F. 11 3 6 In. 0.6 0.6 0.6 3 4 3 Jn. T. 0.4 0.2 In. 0.7 0.5 0.1 In. 3.0 4.7 6.3 In. 6.0 4.0 7.5 NW. NW. NW 14 24 4 1.8 10 0.6 1.3 13.0 NW. March 27 46 58 43 37 68 70 77 88 93 16 34 46 -25 5 24 34 62 62 16 38 54 1.4 2.6 3.0 6 8 9 0.7 1.3 3.6 2.9 2.5 4.7 8.4 3.7 T. 7.0 8.0 T. NW. April NE. May NW. Spring mean - - 55 32 1 6.0 23 5.6 10.1 12.1 NW. June. 66 72 69 71 82 82 96 105 100 64 69 57 31 38 36 69 77 77 60 68 64 3.6 3.3 3.1 8 7 7 2.7 1.4 2.4 3.6 5.9 3.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July SW. NW. 67 78 67 1 10.0 22 6.5 13.4 0.0 NW. 61 48 29 73 61 39 85 72 60 47 35 18 17 5 -17 66 57 « 56 43 18 3.3 2.0 0.8 8 6 4 4.1 T. 1.7 7.0 2.6 0.3 0.0 0.2 3.6 0.0 1.5 3.5 NW. October NW. NW. 46 58 33 6.1 18 5.8 9.9 3.8 NW. 43 54 105 31 -32 23.9 73 18.4 34.7 28.9 8.0 NW. Dates of Tempekatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 7, 8, 24, 25 Jan. 8, 24, 27, 28; Feb. 1-5, 7-10. None June 30; July 11, 16-18, 22, 26; Aug. 6. July 6; Aug. 13; Sept. 10, 17. Aug. 4, 9. None. July 22; Aug. 22, 31; Sept. 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30; Feb. 6-12. ... . Feb.9 July 10, 21; Aug. 10; Sept. 6. June 6; Aug. 1-4, 8, 9. July 10, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19-24; Aug. 16, 18, 21. None. 1896 Dec. 14, 15 Jan. 27; Feb. 2; Deo. 26. Feb. 16, 17; Dec. 13... 1897 1898 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 26; Mar. 14. None Do. 522 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MINNESOTA. Southern Section: HENNEPIN COUNTY. Station: MINNEAPOLIS. T. S. OuTRAM, Section Director. [Established November 1, 1890. Latitude, 44° 69' N. Longitude, 93° 18' W. Elevation, 850 feet.[ Since its establishment this station has been in the Federal Building, which is near the business center of the city of Minneapolis. The country about Minneapolis is rolling, with many lakes, the low hills and the lakes both having had their origin in glacial action. At present the shelter in which the thermometers are exposed is in a temporary position about 100 feet above the pave- ment, and though the rain and snow gages are on the nearly flat roof of the Federal Building they are not yet permanently placed. The sunshine recorder, wind vane, and anemometer are on the highest tower of the twelve-story Guaranty Building, just across the alley from this building, the instruments being connected with the self-register in the office by cable. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. i a 2 ■ 1 a J o m .3 -3 a 1 h la h tsa % a g S Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. O 03 a^ Snow. 1 ■ o 3 Month. a la o 1 CD "0 « "F. 20 15 15 "F. 27 24 24 °F. 54 61 64 °F. 12 6 7 -27 -26 -33 'F. 30 24 23 'F. 13 4 8 In. 1.0 0.7 0.8 8 8 7 In. 0.2 0.9 0.4 In. 0.8 T. 1.4 In. 6.9 6.9 8.2 In. 8.0 6.6 7.4 NW. NW. February NW. 17 25 8 2.5 23 1 1. 4 2.2 21.0 NW. 28 47 59 37 57 69 76 86 92 20 38 48 -12 12 28 36 53 64 17 40 52 1.8 2.5 3.2 9 10 12 0.4 1.7 2.9 1.0 1.3 6.7 10.8 3.0 0.2 12.0 8.6 3.0 NW. April . . .. NE. May NE. Spring mean 45 54 36 7.5 31 1 !i. 9.0 14.0 NE. June 68 72 70 77 82 80 96 102 99 68 62 60 36 44 42 73 77 77 64 66 65 3.7 4.2 3.7 11 9 9 3.7 4.4 1.9 6.7 11.9 47 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. S. RiiTriTTiftr Tnfin.n 70 80 ' 60 11.6 29 1 10.0 23.3 0.0 s 62 50 31 72 60 39 96 62 86 41 73 23 34 8 -13 68 58 41 57 45 23 3.2 2.6 1.0 8 10 7 4.3 T. 0.7 1.4 0.4 0.4 0.0 T. 6.0 0.0 0.4 9.0 S. S. November NW. 48 67 1 39 6.8 25 t 6.0 2.2 6.0 S. Annual mean 46 54 102 1 36 -33 28.4 108 21.4 36.7 41.0 12.0 S. Dates of Tempebatdbe Extremes foe the Peeiod Jandary 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24, 25 July 11, 16, 23, 26, 27; Aug. 6, 8. Sept. 10, 11, 17. Aug. 4. June 13; July 8. Aug. 22, 30; Sept. 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 27-30; Feb. 7-12... Aug. 10. July 30. June 26; July 13, 14, 19-24. None. 1896 Jan. 27; Feb. 1, 3, 5, 9. None 1896 Dec. 13-15 1897 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 26.... Dec. 31 None 1898 Feb. 16-18. . Do. NORTH CENTRAL DTSTRICTS. 523 MINNESOTA. Central District: RAMSEY COUNTY. Station: ST. PAUL. W. E. Oliver, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in November, 1870. Latitude, 44° 68' N. Longitude, 93° 3' W. Elevation, 758 feet.] The station is located in a 6-story building on a bench of land within the city of St. Paul, and is surrounded on three sides by low-lying hills about one-half mile away and not more than 100 to 200 feet above the ground on which the building stands. The thermometers and thermograph are placed in the standard roof instrument shelter, 114 feet above ground. All the instruments, except the barometer and barograph, are located on the roof of the building and are free from obstructions. The top of the rain gage is 96 feet above ground. The anemometer cups are 124 feet above ground. The station was established in 1870 in a building on the corner of Third and Wabasha streets; in 1871 was moved to a building at 208 Third street; in 1878, to the Ingersoll Block, Third and Wabasha streets; in 1883, to the Presley Block Third street; in 1885, to its present quarters on the sixth floor of the Chamber of Commerce building. Sixth and Eober streets. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fifteen years; sunshine, eight years; remainder of data is from full period of observation, thirty-one years — January 1, 1873, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. i s a O — i a , II s 11 a § a a 3 a s 1 ag fl l| sa 1 i Oi oi ila is "a as Eh Snow. a > a 00 s 3 o .2 <1 a Pi CO 1 p p4 00 2 Month. an f s 'F. 20 12 16 27 20 24 "F. 56 51 61 °J?. n 2 7 "F. -39 -41 -33 "F. 34 26 32 "F. 4 -1 8 In. 1.2 1.0 0.6 10 9 8 In. 1.3 0.6 3 In. 0.6 4.3 2.6 In. 5.6 7.8 6.1 In. 5.0 11.3 10.9 .Ct. 84 84 85 Ots. 0.95 0.65 66 P.ct. 76 76 76 Grs. 1.08 0.75 0.90 119 142 175 44 49 65 NW. NW. February NW. 16 24 7 2.8 27 2.2 7.4 19.5 84 0.76 76 0.91 145 49 NW. March 29 48 60 36 56 68 76 87 94 18 36 48 -22 7 24 45 53 66 17 36 50 1.6 2.5 3.3 7 10 13 1.0 1.1 2.9 1.1 0.5 4.3 9.0 2.5 0.3 10 3 14.0 2.4 81 75 74 1.05 20.6 31.2 68 64 51 1.32 2.28 3.24 178 236 244 49 58 55 NW. NW. May. NW. Spring mean 46 53 34 7.4 30 5.0 5.9 11.8 77 20.8 58 2.28 219 54 NW. June.. . 66 74 72 77 83 80 96 104 100 68 62 60 30 45 40 72 78 77 63 64 65 14 3.6 3.4 12 10 10 1.6 3.1 3.6 2.9 2.6 4.6 ao 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 OO 78 78 83 46.3 64.7 5.10 56 64 56 4.76 5.65 5.15 275 312 256 59 66 59 SE. July SE. NW. 71 80 60 11.4 32 8.3 10.1 00 80 5.07 55 5.15 281 61 SB. 62 50 32 71 67 38 96 87 74 51 39 22 28 12 -24 68 58 41 53 40 22 3.3 2.5 1.2 10 9 8 0.6 01 1.0 10 4.4 1.4 OO 0.1 5.5 OO 0.6 9.5 82 80 81 3.84 2.45 1.38 58 62 69 3.81 2.62 1.61 236 176 132 61 52 44 SB. October SE. November SE. 48 55 37 7.0 27 1.6 15.8 5.6 81 2.66 63 26.5 181 52 SE. 45 53 104 35 41 28.6 116 17.1 39.2 36.9 14.0 80 2.62 63 27.5 206 54 NW. Dates of Tempekature Extkemes fok the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below - 20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1896 None Jan. 20, 27, 30; Feb. 1-6,7-9. None. July 11, 16, 17, 23, 26, 27; Aug. 8. Sept. 10, 11, 17, 19. July 12; Aug. 4. None. Aug. 22; Sept. 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 27, 29, 30; Feb. 5, 7-12. Aug. 10. June 25; July 30; Aug. 3, 4, 18, 19. June 25, 26; July 19-21, 23, 24. 1896 Dec. 14, 16 1897 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 26.... 1898 Feb. 16 Do. 524 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MINNESOTA. Southwestern Section: ROCK COUNTY. Station: LUVERNE. H. J. HiNKLT, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau March, 1894. Latitude, 43° 38' N. Longitude, 96° 11' W. Elevation, 1,480 feet.] This station is near the center of the town of Luverne, which lies on a fiat prairie half a mile west of the small stream called Rock River, and about 2 miles south of the precipitous termination of a stony ridge (having an elevation of from 1,650 to 1,700 feet above sea level), which extends northwestward into Pipestone County. The cliff-like termination of this ridge is nearly 200 feet above the level of Rock River. The station has always had a full set of standard instruments. The max- imum and minimum thermometers are attached outside of a window on the north side of a large 2-story stone dwelling, and they are about 7 feet above the ground. The rain gage is about 30 feet south of the same dwelling, and about the same distance east of a frame barn, with a row of large trees about 35 feet south and east of the gage. The gage stands in a level space, with its top about 4 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures were determined from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, March 1, 1894, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i 1 s a a . o 1 •S.S a 1 aa < a la ■a 3 ■s a« a oj 1 3 a a « u r §^a Total amount for the driest year. +34* a 3 as a^ Snow. Month. 60 . to c)^ December "F. 19 17 16 °F. 29 27 26 "F. 55 65 62 °F. 10 6 5 °F. -26 -26 -35 °F. 27 22 27 °F. 14 7 6 In. 0.8 0.6 0.4 4 5 2 In. T. 0.2 0.4 In. 0.4 0.2 0.4 In. 4.0 6.1 3.9 In. 8.0 4.5 5.0 N. N. N. 17 27 7 1.8 11 0.6 1.0 13.0 N. March 29 48 58 39 59 70 77 85 92 19 36 46 -19 10 27 36 54 62 18 43 55 1.5 2.4 3.8 6 7 8 1.2 1.8 4.3 1.2 4.9 3.9 6.6 0.5 0.0 12.0 2.5 0.0 S. S. s. April May Spring mean 45 56 33 7.7 21 7.3 10.0 7.0 &. 66 71 69 77 S3 81 98 103 100 56 59 58 34 38 40 70 79 75 62 66 64 4.3 4.1 3.7 8 6 7 4.8 1.8 4.1 9.8 1.9 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. s. s. July- 69 80 57 12.1 21 10.7 15.9 0.0 s. 60 49 30 73 61 40 99 88 79 48 36 20 23 10 -13 68 56 42 56 44 16 3.4 2.4 0.8 6 5 5 1.2 2.6 0.7 4.3 3.6 1.7 0.0 0.8 3.9 0.0 2.1 6.0 s. s. N. 46 58 35 6.6 16 4.5 9.5 4.7 S. Annual mean 44 55 103 33 -35 28.2 69 23.1 36.4 24.7 12.0 S. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 June 30; July 11, 23, 26, 27; Aug. 8. Sept. 17. July 13; Aug. 3, 7. June 12. Aug. 29. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30; Feb. 4-12 1896 Jan. 24, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1, 3-6, 7, 8. None Do. Deo. 13, 14 July 9, 12-16, 17, 19-25,27; Aug. 1. None. 1896 Jan. 27 1897 1893 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 26.... None Feb. 16; Dec. 12, 13... Do. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 525 MINNESOTA. Southern Section: MARTIN COUNTY. Station: ROLLING GREEN. F. Wherland, Observer, s [Established by Signal Service March, 1887. Latitude, 43° 34' N . Longitude, 94° 34' W. Elevation, 1,240 feet.] This station is 4 miles west and 2 miles south of the city of Fairmont, situated on the northeast shore of Pierce Lalce which is 2 miles long and IJ miles wide; this lake is one of the west chain of lakes. This region is the watershed lying between the waters which flow southward to the Des Moines River, some 20 miles west, and those which flow north to the Blue Earth River, about 25 miles east. The country is an undulating prairie, the highest elevations being hillocks not exceeding 40 feet above the general level, The station outfit consists of standard maximum and minimum thermometers and rain gage. The standard shelter is fastened to the north side of the dwelling, and the thermometers are six feet above the sod. The rain gage is 90 feet east of the shelter, and about 70 feet from the nearest tree. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperature is derived from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, April 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Temperatu re. Precipitation. prevailing 1 Mean of the max- ima. •a a a II o .Q -< d 1 i h o 1 CO u &° hi |.a 4J+S P S o-o 3s| Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. a a 11 o ■< » . -■i *^ a ^ OJ _ D a a-" a i "F. 20 12 14 °F. 27 23 24 op 53 50 62 "F. 11 5 5 °F. -25 -33 -33 'F. 29 21 23 "F. 13 - 1 6 In. 1.2 0^8 1.0 1 In. 4 1.5 4 0.9 4 0.8 In. 0.6 T. 0.8 In. 6.3 6.3 7.8 In. 8.0 6.5 12.0 NW. NW. February NW. 15 25 7 3.0 12 1 3.2 1.4 20.4 NW. March 27 46 67 37 66 66 73 84 90 19 36 48 -16 10 24 36 50 63 16 39 49 1.6 3.0 4.0 5 0.6 7 1.6 9 1.1 1.4 2.1 10.2 9.4 1.2 0.1 12.0- 4.0 1.0 NW. April NW May NW. Spring mean 43 63 34 8.6 21 1 3.3 13.7 10.7 NW 66 72 69 76 82 80 92 99 96 56 60 59 35 40 40 70 ■78 75 61 67 66 3.8 3.1 2.6 8 3.8 2.9 8.1 2.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July 6 6 1.6 0.6 s August NW. 69 79 58 9.6 20 6.0 13.9 0.0 S. 60 48 29 72 60 39 99 88 70 51 39 21 18 8 • -20 66 57 40 55 42 20 2.8 1.4 1.0 6 5 4 0.9 T. 2.4 4.2 2.6 T. 0.0 0.4 5.4 0.0 5.0 12.0 S. October NW November NW. Fall mean 46 57 37 5.2 14 3.3 6.7 6.8 NW 43 64 99 34 -33 26.3 67 16.8 36.7 36.9 12.0 NW Dates of Temperatdre Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24, 25 Jan. 27, 30; Feb. 1. 3, 5, 7, 8. July 26, 27. None. July 14; Aug. 4, 6, 7. None. Do. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30; Feb. 4-12 None - - - . - . None. Do. July ia-14, 16, 20-25. None. Do. Deo. 14-16 1896 1897 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 26.... None. . Dec. 13 1898 526 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MINNESOTA. Southern Section: MOWER COUNTY. Station: GRAND MEADOW. CiiAELEa F. Greening, Observer. [Established by Signal Service July, 1887. Latitude, 43° 42' N. Longitude, 93° 22' W. Elevati>^n, 1,338 feet.] This station is situated near the northwestern limits of the village of Grand Meadow. The village of Grand Meadow is on a high, gently rolling, well-drained prairie, 1 mile north of Deer Creek, and 1^ miles south of Bear Creek. The instrumental outfit consists of maximum and minimum thermometers, rain gage, and instrument shelter, all of which belong to the Weather Bureau. The shelter is securely fastened to posts, so that the thermometers are about 5 feet above the ground; it is 20 feet west of the Exchange Bank. The rain gage is secured to the northwest comer of the instrument shelter, with its top 6i feet above the ground. The temperature means are derived from the maximum and minimum temperature readings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1893, to Deoembeh 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 S if 1 < a -g h a H a f o i4 1 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. 11 Snow. £ o (3 Month. CD 1 © 3 30 g < »-9 2 Deeen Janua Febru iber "F. 16 13 13 •>F. 24 22 22 'F. 65 52 67 "F. 8 6 3 'F. -30 -30 -32 "F. 24 19 20 "F. 10 4 4 In. 1.1 0.6 0.9 5 6 In. 0.8 0.8 1.0 In. 0.7 0.6 1.2 In. 8.1 7.5 8.8 In. 6.0 6.0 7.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean ... . 14 23 6 2.6 14 2.6 1 2.4 24.4 NW. March April. May. 28 4B 37 69 72 84 89 94 18 34 46 -15 6 23 35 61 63 15 44 64 2.0 2.7 5.0 11 0.8 1.6 1.6 3.6 4.9 9.4 10.1 2.5 T. 10.0 6.0 T. NW. SE. 69 S. Spring mean -u 1 fi.q 33 9.7 25 4.0 17.9 12.6 June. July. Augu. 67 1 80 98 72 ' 86 107 70 83 101 54 59 57 32 37 35 70 79 77 62 70 65 6.6 4.3 3.3 6.8 8.0 2.2 2.0 6.0 8.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. t SW. SW. Summer mean 70 83 1 57 13.2 23 17.0 16.3 0.0 SW. September October November 60 48 31 73 60 35 96 90 74 48 36 20 24 11 -22 67 66 40 55 40 22 3.4 2.8 1.1 8 7 6 0.8 0.8 0.4 6.4 2.8 T. T. T. 6.7 T. 0.3 7.0 SW. NW. NW. Fall mean 46 56 35 7.3 21 2.0 9.2 6.7 NW. 44 54 107 32 -32 32.7 83 25.6 44.8 43.7 10.0 NW. Dates of Tempi 3RATUE Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, T December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -S 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum bel( )W-20°. Maxim im 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 23, 24 June. 12,13,30; July 11, 15-19,23,26,27, 30, 31; Aug. 7, 8, 23, 28; Sept. 2. July 6, 6; Aug. 16; Sept. 10, 11. July 13, 14; Aug. 4, 6-10. June 13-15; July 3, 8; Sept. 13. Ju V 23: Aus*. 22. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2S-.TO: Ff b. 3-12.. Ju y 21, 22, 25; June 25, 26; Ai June 14, 24-27 Aug. 18-21. None. Do. Aug. 10. ig. 2. , 30; July 13-1 Jan. 26,27,29, 31; Feb. 2-9. Feb. Dec. Jan. ; Feb. i 1895 3-18 , 19-26; 1896 6 1897 1898 Jan. 23-25; Feb. 25.... Dec. 30, 31 6-18; De Xi. 13, 26. WISCONSIN. By WILFORD M. WILSON, Section Director. 1076-Bull. Q— 06 34 527 WISCONSIN. Wisconsin lies mainly between 87° 30' and 92° 30' west longitude and 42° 30' and 47° north latitude and is described by geologists as a swell of land between three notable depressions, viz: Lake Michigan on the east, Lake Superior on the north and the Mississippi River on the west. Its length from north to south is about 300 miles and its breadth from east to west about 250 miles. There are few abrupt elevations and none that may be dignified by the term mountain, the surface for the most part being gently undulating with a gradual ascent from Lake Michigan westward and from Lake Superior southward to the ridge which forms the watershed between the waters of the Mississippi and the basin of the Great Lakes. Beginning at a point on the extreme northwest boundary near the headwaters of the St. Croix River and about 25 miles south of Lake Superior, with an elevation of about 1 ,1 50 feet above sea level, this ridge or watershed runs almost directly eastward until it touches the boundary line between Wisconsin and upper Michigan near State Line station, where the elevation is 1,718 feet.. By making an abrupt curve to the southward it forms the dividing line between the headwaters of the Brule, Oconto, and Wolf rivers on the east and those of the Wisconsin on the west. For the remainder of its course it follows very closely the general trend of the Wisconsin River, turning to the west as it approaches the southern boundary of the State, and thus divid- ing the basins of the Fox and Rock rivers from that of the Wisconsin. The descent from the crest of the ridge westward toward the Wisconsin River, a distance of from 20 to 30 miles, is somewhat more rapid than toward Lake Michigan; but the slope is nowhere precipitous, the elevation ot the watershed being generally about 200 feet above the bed of the river. Lake Michigan has an elevation of 580 feet above the level of the sea, and while nearly three-fourths of the surface of the State is drained by streams flowing into the Mississippi River, the bed of that river is something more than 50 feet above the level of the lake. The ice from the first glacial epoch which invaded the entire State eroded the basin of Lake Winnebago and the valley of the Rock River, besides forming more than 2,000 depressions now occupied by minor lakes, which abound especially in the northern portions of the State. The southern limits of the second ice sheet are easily traced by a series of hillocks or drift hills, which extend southward from Kewaunee County to the Illinois line, and by the terminal moraines, which describe a series of irregular curves or loops extending northwestward from the southern border of the Winnebago basin to the northwest boundary of the State. The soils of the State vary widely in their physical and chemical properties, but for the most part are fertile and easily tilled. Those of the drift-bearing regions are derived mainly from a mixture of the preglacial soils and the glacial grindings, and constitute for the most part the loamy clays and sandy loams of a high degree of fertihty and permanence. In the south- west counties much of the soil is Jerived from the underlying 'imp-«tone and is highly fertile and easily tilled. There are considerable areas in the central and northern counties underlaid mostly by Potsdam sandstone, where the soils are light, sandy and ot relatively low fertility. Most of the State was originally heavily timbered, but the early settlers found considerable areas of prairie lands in the western and southern counties. Heavy forests of Norway and white pine, interspersed in many localities with hard woods, covered the northern portions, while hard woods predominated in the eastern and southern sections. Climate. — The climate of Wisconsin is influenced mainly by two important factors, viz: (1) Its location with respect to the average track of the storms which move eastward along the Canadian border and those which move up the Mississippi Val- ley from the southwestern States. The average path of neither class of storms passes directly over the State, but lie so close to the north and south as to usually bring Wisconsin within the influence of storms moving on either course. The principal effect of this condition is to give a more equable distribution of rainfall throughout the State than might otherwise obtain. (2) Its location with respect to the Great Lakes, which border on the north and east, giving a higher winter and lower summer temperature along the eastern and northern borders than at the same latitudes in the interior of the State. The mean annual temperature for the State is 44°, and by months and seasons as follows: December, 20°; January, 16°; February, 15°; winter average, 17° March, 29°; April, 45°; May, 56°; spring average, 43°. June, 65°; July, 70°; August, 68°; summer average, 68° September, 60° ; October, 48°; November, 32°; fall average, 47°. The average annual temperature for the northern section is 42°; for the central, 44°, and for the southern, 46°, the extreme range of the mean annual temperature being from 47° along the southern border to 40° in the extreme northeast counties. As a rule the mean annual temperature on the western side is about 2° higher than that at the same latitude on the eastern, due principally to the tempering influence of Lake Michigan. During the summer months the average temperature along the lake is about 5° below that of interior or western points, while for the winter months this condition is reversed and the east is about 4° warmer than the west. When the mean monthly temperatures are charted it is clearly seen that the influence of the lake in thus raising the winter temperature and lowering that of summer is inappreciable at a distance of more than 20 to 25 miles from the lake shore. The modifying influence of the lake is most noticeable, however, when a comparison of the average annual number of days with freezing temperature is made for the various portions of the State. This number increases rapidly from about 130 along the lake shore to about 150 thirty miles inland, where the influence of the lake becomes inappreciable. From this point the number increases gradually toward the northwestern counties, where the maximum number of days with freezing temperature) about 185 annually, is reached. 528 NORTH CENTEAL DISTRICTS. 529 The average absolute range of temperature is also greater over the interior and western counties than along the lake shore. The highest temperature recorded at Milwaukee in thirty-three years and at Manitowoc in fifty-three years was 100°, and the lowest at Milwaukee, —25°, and at Manitowoc, —32°, making the absolute range 125° and 132°, respectively, fairly represent the conditions that obtain along the eastern border of the State within the influence of the lake. The highest temperature recorded at LaCrosse, which is on the western border of the State at about the same latitude, in thirty-three years, was 104°, and the lowest,— 43°, making the absolute range 147°, or 22° greater than at Milwaukee and 15° greater than at Manito- woc. The highest temperature ever recorded at any regular observing station in the State was 111° at Brodhead, Green County, on July 21, 1901, and the lowest, —48°, at Barron, on February 10, 1889. Killing frosts. — The average date of the last killing frost in the spring and the first in the fall varies considerably for the different portions of the State, the average number of days between frosts being aboui 100 in the north-central counties and about 165 along the southern border. The average date of the last killing frost in the spring occurs between May 25 and June 3 in the north-central counties; between May 15 and May 25 along Lake Superior, the northwestern border and over the cen- tral portion of the State, and between April 20 to May 15 over most of the southern section. Killing frosts have occurred as late as June 30 in Sawyer, Barron, Gates, and Taylor counties, and as late as June 12 along the western border of the State as far south as the Elinois line, but killing frosts have not been known to occur along Lake Michigan after June 1. The average date of the first killing frost in the fall ranges from October 10 along the eastern border and over the southern tier of counties, except Grant County, to September 10 over the upper Chippewa and Wisconsin valleys. While killing frosts have been known to occur in some interior localities of the northern section in August or even as early as July 29, frost has not been recorded in the counties immediately bordering on Lake Michigan until after the middle of September and frequently do not occur until the latter part of October. In the cranberry district, comprising Wood, Waushara, and portions of Juneau and Adams counties, the average date of the last killing frost in the spring falls on May 12, and the first in the faU on September 20. There appears to be a slight tend- ency for killing frost to occur both later in the spring and earlier in the fall in this section than in the districts immediately sur- rounding. This tendency is quite marked if the observation be taken on the cranberry marsh itself, where killing frost occurs on an average of about five days later in the spring and five days earlier in the fall than on contiguous farming lands. The expla- nation for this condition probably lies in the fact that the surface of the marsh is of necessity below that of the surrounding country, allowing the colder air to drain toward the marsh, while the liability to frost is further increased by the thick mass of dry vines which cover the surface and effectually prevent much of the heat from the sun reaching the soil. Precipitation. — The average annual precipitation for the State is 31.5 inches, distributed throughout the year as follows; December, 1.4 inches; January, 1.3 inches; February, 1.2 inches; winter average, 3.9 inches. March, 2 inches; April, 2.7 inches; May, 3.6 inches; spring average, 8.3 inches. June, 3.8 inches; July, 4.1 inches; August, 3.3 inches; summer average, 11.2. September, 3.5 inches; October, 2.8 inches; November, 1.8 inches; fall average, 8.1 inches. Considering only those stations which have a rainfall record of thirty years or more, the distribution of rainfall over the State appears to be remarkably even. There is, however, a slight tendency toward increased precipitation along the southern border of the State, the average annual amount at Beloit being about 1 inch greater than at Madison and Milwaukee and about 2 inches greater than at La Crosse and Manitowoc. There appears to be a rather remarkable deficiency of precipitation in the vicinity of the Winnebago basin as shown by the records at Hancock, Fond du Lac, and Stevens Point, the average annual precipitation at those stations being nearly 4 inches less than that of surrounding points. It does not seem probable that such a marked difference could occur in so limited an area, especially where no marked topographical features exist, and while the accuracy of the measurements made at these stations is not questioned, the period of observations, about ten years, is too short to determine with certainty whether this discrepancy is actual or only apparent. As a rule the annual precipitation for the State rarely exceeds 40 inches or f aUs below 20 inches. These hmits have, how- ever, been passed in a few instances. In 1881, a year of exceptionally heavy rainfall, the annual precipitation at a number of points exceeded 50 inches, while during the drought period of 1895-96 the precipitation at most stations in the southern coim- ties fell as low as 15 inches. The greatest annual precipitation recorded at any station in the State was 53 inches at Madison in 1881, and the least, 13 inches, also at Madison in 1895. Snowfdn,. — The average annual snowfall for the State is 43.5 inches, by months, as follows: December, 7.2 inches; January, 9 inches; February, 9.1 inches; March, 8.3 inches; April, 2.6 inches; May, 0.4 inch; Jime, July, and August, none; September, trace; October, 0.9 inch; November, 6 inches. The annual snowfall in the northern section is S3 inches, in the central 36 inches, and in the southern 40 inches. A decrease of 17 inches between the annual snowfall in the northern counties and that of the central and an increase of 4 inches between the central and southern counties might appear remarkable. The explana- tion, however, lies in the fact that central Wisconsin is between and farther removed from the average track of those cyclonic storms which pass along the northern border of the State and those which move up the central vaUey from the southwest. A storm in central Illinois, with a cold area over the upper Mississippi Valley, will cause northeast winds with heavy snow in southern Wisconsin, while little or no snow occurs over the centra! counties. Likewise, a storm moving eastward over Lake Superior will cause heavy snow in the northern section of the State, with little or none in the central or southern. During the summer months this difference in precipitation is less noticeable and in the annual values practically disappears. It is possible, however, that the deficiency in the annual precipitation previously noted in some of the central counties may be the result of this condition. Thunderstorms, tornadoes, and Jiail. — Thunderstorms of more or less intensity occur in all parts of the State during the summer months. The passage of an area of low pressure along the northern border will usually produce a series of local disturbances throughout the southern and central counties, and occasionally a true tornado. It has been asserted that violent thunderstoms, accompanied with intense electrical mam'festations, are of more frequent occurrence in the northern counties than elsewhere in the State, and while the experience of competent observers tends to confirm the statement the records for that portion of the State are too fragmentary to determine the truth of the assertion. 630 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Tornadoes occur more frequently in the western portion of the State than along the eastern border; but that the eastern counties are not free from the visitations of these storms is evidenced by the fact that one of the most destructive tornadoes known in tho history of the Stata occurred at Racine, May 18, 1883, killing 25 persons, injuring 100, besides destroying propferty valued at $200,000. Another very destructive tornado occurred at Pensaukee, which is located on the shore of Green Bay, in Oconto County, on July 7, 1877. In this tornado 8 persons lost their Kves, and property to the value of S3,000 was destroyed. About three tornadoes occur annually in the State, but only about 1 out of 15 passes through populous districts, causing loss of life or any considerable destruction of property. Destructive hailstorms occur occasionally in all portions of the State; but from the data at hand, which is at best frag- mentary and incomplete, it would S3em that the northwestern counties are somewhat more subject to storms of this character than other portions of the State. The average annual number of hailstorms in the southern and central counties is about 2 which number increases to about 3 in the northern section. List op Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Adams (see Hancocli) Ashiand {see Washburn) Barron Bayfield Brown Buffalo (see La Crosse) Burnett Calumet (see Fond du Lac).. Clark Chippewa (see Eau Claire) . . . Columbia (see Madison) Crawford (see Viroqua) Dane Dodge (se£ Harvey) Door (see Oconto) Douglas (see Duluth, Minn.) Dunn (see Eau Claire) Eau Claire Florence Fond d.u Lac Forest (see Florence) , Gates (see Barron) , Grant Green (see Beloit) , Green Lake (see Hancock) . . Iowa (see Lancaster) Iron (see Washburn) , Jackson (see La Crosse) Jefferson , Juneau (see Hancock) Kenosha (see Milwaukee) . .. Kewaunee (see Manitowoc) . La Crosse Lafayette (see Lancaster) , . . Langlade Lincoln (see Medford) Station. Barron Washburn. Green Bay . Grantsburg . Neillsville . . . Eau Claire Florence Fond du Lac . Harvey. La Crosse . Koepenick. Central Northern . . . do do Central do Northern . . . Central do do Southern . . . do do do Northern . , . do Central do Northern . . . Central Northern . . . do Southern . . . do Central Southern . . . Northern . . . Central Southern . . . Central Southern .. . Central do Southern . . . Northern . . . do... 537 5o2 544 5J3 5i0 5;-.5 546 548 'K9' County. Manitowoc Maratbo ., (see Stevens Point) Marinette (see Oconto) Marquette (see Hancock) . .. Milwaukee Monroe (see La Crosse) Oconto Oneida (see Koepenick) Outagamie (see Green Bay) , Ozaukee (see Milwaukee) . . . Pepin (see Eau Claire) Pierce (see St. Paul, Minn.) . . Polk Portage Price (see Hayward) Racine (see Milwaukee) Richland (see Viroqua) Rock Sawyer Sauk (see Madison) Shawano (see Green Bayl . . . Sheboygan (see Manitowoc) . St. Croix (see St. Paul, Minn.) Taylor Trempealeau (see La Crosse) . Vernon Vilas (see Koepenick) Walworth (see Beloit) Washington (see Harvey) . . . Washburn (see Grantsburg) Waukesha (see Harvey) . ... Waupaca (see Stevens Point) Waushara Wiimebago (see Fond du Lac. Wood (see Stevens Point) . . , Station. Milwaukee. Oconto Osceola Stevens Point . Beloit Hayward. Medford . Viroqua . Hancock . Distriit. Central do Northern... Central Southern... Central Northern . . . do C/entral Southern . . . Central do Northern . . . Central Northern,. - Southern . . . do do Northern . . . Southern . . . Central do do Northern . . . Central Southern . . . Northern . . . Southern . . . do Northern. -- Southern . . . Central do do .do. Page. 547 553 'S43 536 542 654 534 538 "549 State Summary. Num- ber. Temperature. Station. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Date. Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 60°. Mini- mum below 32°. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 °F. 41 42 41 40 41 42 42 42 44 43 44 44 44 45 45 43 46 45 45 46 46 45 47 op. 60 S6 63 51 54 62 55 55 54 53 65 65 53 54 65 62 54 55 66 64 56 53 57 T. 32 30 28 29 28 31 29 28 33 32 32 33 35 35 35 34 37 35 34 38 36 38 38 "F. 104 105 102 98 105 102 103 96 103 106 101 99 99 100 100 100 104 103 107 104 107 100 105 July, 1901 "F. -33 -45 -49 -39 -47 -48 -45 -36 -40 -46 -48 -30 -36 -35 -30 -32 -43 -31 -29 -29 -24 -25 -25 February, 1899 February, 1895 do 5 11 7 2 16 7 22 3 9 9 9 8 7 9 12 2 10 8 15 5 14 6 13 161 Grantsburg July, 1894 July, 1601. 171 185 June, 1£01 . February, 1889 February, 1899 do.. . 229 July, 1901 154 do 167 Medford' June, 1900 . do 185 174 July, 1901.. . February, 1899 do . 163 Neillsville . ..do .. 162 157 July, 1901 . . February, 1899 January, 1888 February, 1899 do 162 .. .do.. 141 do lEO July,' 1894 148 July, 1868 January, 1876 January, 1873 February, 1899 .do . 139 July, 1901 141 do 151 .do .. 161 do January, 1888 February, 1899 January, 1875 December, 1903 138 .. ..do.. . . 147 do . 127 Beloit . . do 136 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. State Summary — Continued. 531 station. Washburn Grantsburg . . Hay ward Florence Osceola Barron Medford Koepenick Eau Claire Nei Isville Stevens Point Oconto Green Bay . .. Hancock Fond du Lac . Manitowoc . . . La Crosse Viroqua Lancaster Madison Harvey Milwaukee Beloit Num- ber. Frost. Average date of— First killing Oct. 12 Sept. 22 Sept. 9 Sept. 10 Sept. 8 Aug. 31 Sept. 11 Sept. 15 Sept. 26 Sept. 16 Sept. 22 Sept. 29 Oct. 4 Sept. 24 Sept. 29 Oct. 11 Oct. 8 Sept. 26 Sept. 29 Oct. 17 Oft. 1 Oct. 10 ....do.. Last in spring. May 16 May 20 June 3 June 1 May 26 May 31 June 2 May 9 May 17 May 2i, May 24 May 14 May 6 May 16 May 11 May 12 May 2 May 6 May 8 Apr. Ma,y 21 4 j*pr. 29 Apr. 23 Date of — Earliest killing Sept. 25 Sept. 9 Aug. 9 Aug. 19 Aug. 27 Aug. 6 July 29 Aug. 12 Sept. II Aug. 29 Sept. 9 Sept. 14 Sept. 10 Sept. 12 do... Sept. 24 Sept. 21 Sept. 12 do... Sept. 30 Sept. ;j Sept. 25 Sept. 27 June 5 June 7 Juno 30 June 12 ....do... June 29 June 30 June 24 June 12 ....do... June 30 June 5 May 30 June 12 May 27 May 31 June 23 June 12 ...do... May 13 June 6 May 29 May 20 Precipitation. Annual. Inches. 29.8 31.1 32.8 31.5 32.7 30.0 33.3 34.9 33.7 34.2 28.0 29.3 31.0 28.3 28.2 30.0 30.9 36.4 29.7 31.9 31.9 31.0 Spring. 7.2 9.0 9.2 8.0 8.5 9.2 9.8 9.4 7.9 8.4 8.1 7.8 6.5 7.2 7.6 10.6 8.7 8.0 8.9 8.5 8.5 Inches. 9.2 11.1 13.5 10.7 12.5 1L3 12.6 11.9 11.0 12.5 9.8 9.0 9.7 11,1 10.2 10.2 11.8 13.0 10.5 11.4 10.9 9.5 11.3 Inches. .9.! 7. 9. 10. 9. 8. T.i 7.i Winter. Inches . 4.0 3.0 3.5 3.4 2.8 3.2 2.8 3.7 3.8 3.7 2.5 4.1 5.3 3.5 3.0 4.9 3.6 4.3 3.5 5.0 4.2 6.8 5.6 532 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Northern Section: BAYFIELD COUNTY. Station: WASHBURN. [Established at Bayfield, October, 1891; Geoege F. Morgan, Observer. moved to Waabburn, 12 miles south, October, 1903. Elevation, 653 feet.] Latitude, 46° 37' N. Longitude, 90° 65' W. Washburn, the county ssat of Bajrfield County, is located on the west shore of Chequamegon Bay, an arm of Lake Superior, and about 6 miles north of its southern extremity. The comparatively level space on which the city is built is inclosed on three sides by ^ semicircular bluff, which rises to a height of 250 feet above the level of the lake, and extends nearly to the shore of the bay north and south of the city. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter located 21 feet north of a one-story building, 32 feet east of a two- story building, and about 1,000 feet from the bay. The rain gage is located in an open space 9 feet north of the instrument shelter, the top of gage being 30 inches above ground. The records made at Bayfield and Washburn have been combined in the following tables, as it is believed that the conditions at these places are essentially identical. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures given in the accompanying table were obtained by dividing the sum of the maxima and minima by 2 Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- . ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 ox more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snov.-. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours December January February 21 15 13 28 22 22 op 65 50 51 "F. 13 7 6 'F. -20 -30 -33 "F. 27 22 21 °F. 13 7 6 In. 1.3 1.3 1.4 6 5 6 In. 1.8 0.8 1.8 In. 0.2 1.3 1.0 In. 10.6 12.3 15.2 In. 15.0 23.0 24.0 16 24 8 1 4.0 16 4.4 2.6 38.1 March April May 23 37 50 32 49 61 60 80 89 14 31 40 -20 6 21 31 44 56 13 33 44 1.6 2.2 2.9 4 6 8 0.3 0.4 2.5 5.1 4.7 6.4 13.2 6.4 0.9 16.0 24.0 5.0 Spring mean 37 47 28 6.7 17 3.2 16.2 20.6 June - - July August 61 68 68 72 79 78 96 104 94 50 67 58 25 42 37 66 71 74 53 66 64 3.2 3.0 3.0 8 7 6 1.9 0.6 2.2 2.9 1.3 1.8 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 66 76 1 55 1 1 - . 9.2 21 4.7 6.0 T. September - October - November 60 48 30 70 56 37 93 78 64 60 39 24 28 17 -13 66 64 42 66 44 27 2.4 5.9 1.6 6 6 5 1.6 3.4 1.4 2.3 6.0 1.2 0.0 0.3 9.8 0.0 2.0 12.0 Fall mean 46 64 38 9.9 17 6.4 8.5 10.1 Annual mean 41 50 104 32 -33 29.8 71 18.7 33.2 68.7 24.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1902. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 June 16,22; July 11,18,19,24,28; Sept. 2. Junes, 17; July 6,7,26; Aug. 23; Sept. 3. June 30; July 1, 10-12, 14; Aug. 2, 3, 6-10, 15, 22, 27. Julyl, 3, 17; Sept. 4, 9. June 17, 24; July 14, 17-19, 24, 27; Aug. 19; Sept. 2, 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 Jan. 27, 29-31; Feb. 6-7, 9-11; Mar. 7. Feb. 10 1896 Jan. 28-30; Feb. 1,4,5. June 6; Jul7 30; Aug. 4, 6. Juno 26, 27; July 13-16, 18-20. Jan. 24-26; Mar. 1 .... Dec. 31 None 1897 1898 January to August missing. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 533 WISCONSIN. Northern Section: BURNETT COUNTY. Station: QRANTSBURQ. Th. Olsen, Observer. [Established October, 1891. Latitude, 45° 47' N. Longitude, 92° 44' W. Elevation, 1,095 feet.] The village of Grantsburg is located in the southwestern portion of Burnett County, on Wood River, a small tributary of the St. Croix, which is about 5 miles distant to the west. The general contour of the country immediately surrounding the station is slightly rolling, with a gentle slope toward the St. Croix and Wood rivers. The thermometers, consisting of a self-registering maximum and minimum, are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau instrument shelter, located in an open lot about 200 feet from the depot at Grantsburg and about 150 feet from the Wood Eiver. Prior to 1900 the thermometers were exposed on the north side of the store building belonging to Mr. Olsen, and 6 feet above ground. There was no shelter in use at this time, except a board 6 inches wide fastened to the wall about 4 inches above the instruments to protect them from the rain and snow. The rain gage is located in an open lot 30 feet from the nearest building and 5 feet above ground. The monthly, seasonal, and annual mean temperatures were computed by dividing the sum of the maxima and mini m a by 2. The dates of killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence in the spring of freezing temperature (32°) and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. ^ s 1 e SI 1 a li i 1 1 ^ li o < 3 li W a 1 i< g.8 Ob «1 So Snow. > S 3 o 5 Month. "jag o Of 16 14 12 28 26 25 "F. 58 52 62 "F. 5 2 - 1 'F. -39 -42 -45 "F. 31 24 17 °F. 7 6 4 In. 1.1 0.9 1.0 6 5 4 In. 2.2 1.4 2.4 In. 1.5 0.8 1.9 In. 8,9 9.2 9.0 In. 9.0 7.0 10.5 NW. January N\V. NW. Winter mean 14 26 2 3.0 15 6.0 4.2 27.1 NW. 26 44 56 39 57 70 73 83 93 14 3] 42 -27 - 7 17 33 50 60 14 36 48 2.0 2.9 3.9 5 6 8 0.9 3.4 0.4 2.2 4.2 6.6 12.2 4.2 0.1 15.0 12.0 1.0 sw. April..' SE. Hay NE. Spring mean 42 56 29 8.8 19 4.7 13.0 16.5 E. June July August 65 70 67 80 84 80 98 105 98 51 56 63 23 39 33 72 74 75 61 66 62 3.6 4.3 3.2 7 7 6 2.2 1.2 2.0 1.1 9.4 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. sw. SW. 67 81 53 11.1 20 5.4 16.3 0.0 sw. . September October November 59 60 31 72 63 43 96 84 75 45 37 20 16 7 -32 64 63 44 . 62 44 24 3.6 3.0 1.6 5 4 5 1.4 2.6 0.9 10.0 3.1 0.6 0.0 0.1 8.5 0.0 0.4 10.0 SW. NW. NW. 47 69 34 8.2 14 4.9 13.7 8.6 NW. U 56 105 30 -45 3L1 68 21.0 47.2 52.2 16.0 NW. Dates of Tempeeatuke Exteemes foe the Peeiod January 1, 1894, to Decembee 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Jan. 7, 8, 13, 23, 24, 27; Feb. 7, 17, 20, 24. Jan. 1-9, 16 Jan. 3, 4, 19, 20 Jan. 19, 24-27; Feb. 25, 26, 28; Mar. 12, 14, 16. Jan. 1, 19; Nov. 24; Dec. 13, 29-31. Jan. 7,17,27-31; Feb. 1, 2, 4-11; Mar. 17. Maximum 90° or above. Aug. 3, 4, 6-8, 10, 12, 17-19, 21-23, 25-28, 31; Sept. 1-3,5,8,27,28. May28; July 5, 6, 11, 13; Aug. 13; Sept. 9 19. May 8, 9; June 20-22, 30; July 1, 8-12, 22-24; Aug. 2, 3, 6-8, 10. June 13-15; July 1,2,7-9,19; Sept. 8. June 21, 23; July 14-17, 19, 27; Aug. 31; Sept. 1-3. June 19; July 10, 18-20, 22, 23, 25; Aug. 11, 29. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —20°. Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 9, 13, 24, 26; Dec. 31. Jan. 2; Feb. 5, 6; Dec. 14-20. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 8. Jan. 11, 14, 21; Feb. 13-18, 20; Dec. 13, 25, 27. Maximum 90° or above. May 12, 13, 26; June 6, 23-26; July 30; Aug. 3, 4, 8, 10, 18, 19, 30. June 25, 26; July 3, 13-17, 19-24; Aug. 17, 18, 20, 21; Sept. 4. May 18. Aug. 21. 534 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Northern Section: SAWYER COUNTY. Station: HAYWARD. W. E. Swain, Observer. [Established March 1, 1893. Latitude, 46° 1' N. Longitude, 91° 30' W. Elevation, 1,191 feet.] Hayward is located in the northwestern portion of Sawyer County, on the Namakagon River, which is the main upper tributary of the St. Croix. The surface of the surrounding country is mainly a level valley, rising gently east and west from the river. The station is located in the outskirts of the village, and the general conditions immediately surrounding the place of observation partake largely of the open country. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, which is attached to a post in the center of an open lot about 40 feet from a bam. The instruments are 6 feet above sod. The rain gage is exposed in an open lot 10 feet from the instrument shelter and 40 feet from the nearest building. The top of the gage is 30 inches above the ground. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures given in the following tabks have been computed by dividing the sum of the maxima and minima by 2. The dates of kilHng frosts were taken from the last occurrence of freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 S 1 1 i a . o [3 1 11 ■a o 1 i |a a 3 1 ■1-.0 |.a Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. to M . 14 12 11 "F. 25 23 24 °F. 51 49 S4 'F. 4 - 3 °F. -38 -43 -49 "F. 23 20 19 °F. 5 6 5 In. 1.4 1.2 0.9 8 6 5 In. In. 0. 7 1. 1.3 0.4 0.3 1.2 In. 9.6 11.2 8.1 In. 10.6 7.0 8.0 s. w. w. 12 24 1 3.5 19 2. 3 2. 6 28.9 s. March 25 44 65 37 57 68 68 84 91 12 31 42 -26 - 2 12 35 49 CO 15 38 51 1.8 2.0 3.4 7 6 8 1.9 1.7 4.6 0.9 1.5 6.2 12.9 4.0 0.1 8.0 10.0 1.6 s. s. Mu7 s. Spring nean 41 64 28 7.2 21 8.2 8.6 17.0 s. 64 63 66 78 82 79 99 102 95 51 56 53 26 35 31 72 72 76 68 65 61 4.5 4.6 4.5 10 8 8 1.1 0.6 0.7 1.8 5.9 6.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. NW. Summer mean 66 80 63 13.5 26 2.4 12.8 0.0 s. 67 46 27 69 58 36 95 82 70 44 35 17 31 3 -21 61 56 34 53 39 20 3.4 3.8 1.4 7 7 6 1.7 3.8 1.3 6.4 5.0 1.5 0.0 2.0 7.0 0.0 2.0 7.0 s. s. NW. 43 54 32 8.0 20 6.8 12.9 9.0 s. 41 53 102 28 -49 32.8 86 19.7 36.9 54.9 10.5 s. Dates of Tempekatdke Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 7-9, 23-26, 27; June 8, 11-15, 20, 22, 30; July 9-11 , 15-19, 1899 Jan. 7, 27-31; Feb. 1, 2, July 18, 20, 23. Fob. 3, 4, 19-21, 23, 23,26,27; Aug. 7, 19,23; Sept.l. 4-13; Mar. 1,7; Nov. 24. and Dec. missing. 1895 Jan. 6, 8, 24, 27, 28, 30; July 6; Sept. 10. 1900 Jan. 26, 30, 31; Feb. 1, May 13; June 24-26; July 30; Aug. 4, 8, Feb. 1-5. 7, 9, 10, 23; 9, 13-15, 19, 20, 23; 8, 19, 20. Dec. 30, 31. Nov. 16; Dec. 31. 1896 Jan. 3-5, 14; Feb. 8, 16, May 9; June 15; July 1,11; Aug. 4,6,7. ISOl Jan. 1, 2. 30; Feb. 6, 6; June 14, 15, 25-27; July 12-17, 19-24; Aug. 19-21; Mar. 13; Dec. Dec. 13-18, 20. 17, 18, 21. 2,24. 1902 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3,11.. May 19. 1897 Jan. 6 12, 18, 19, 23-27, June 13-16; July, Aug., and Sept. miss- 1903 Jan. 13. 14, 23; Feb. None. 29; Feb. 2.'>-28; Mar. ing. 14, 16-18, 20; Dec. 13, 15, 16; Deo. 18, 19. 13, 15-17, 25, 26, 28. 1898 Feb. 1; Dec. 31 June 23; July 7, 13-17, 24; Aug. 21, 31; Sept. 1, 2. NORTH CENTRAL D18TRICT8. 535 WISCONSIN. Northern Section: FLORENCE COUNTY. Station: FLORENCE. F. S. Evans, Observer. [Established November, 1891. Latitude, 46° 56' N. Longitude, 88° 18' W. Elevation, 1,264 feet.] The city of Florence is located on Fisher Lake in the northeastern portion of the county and in the extreme northeastern portion of the State. The surrounding country is generally hilly and open, most of the timber which originally abounded in this section having been cut. The drainage is north toward the Brule River. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a, standard Weather Bureau instrument shelter, attached about 4 feet from the ground to the north side of the observer's residence, which is a two-story frame structure. The rain gage, which is a standard instrument, is located 25 feet from the house on the open lawn, the top being 30 inches above ground. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures given in the accompanying table were obtained by dividing the sum of the daily maxima and minima by 2. The dates of killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of a freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Janhaey 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 O— ' a a P o < a id "3 B a 1 5 s is i 3 d Is 2 25 a S as O ffi a* :^^ Snow. > g Month. (D i 5 Decern Janua Febru ber. op, 18 14 13 15 'F. 25 23 23 "F. 51 55 60 "F. 10 5 3 °F. -21 -32 -39 'F. 24 20 18 "F. 12 4 7 in. 1.4 1.0 1.0 4 4 4 In. 1.9 2.2 0.6 In. 0.8 T. 1.8 In. 8.1 9.7 9.5 In. 8.0 6.0 7.0 NW. y NW. NW. 9A 6 3.4 12 4.7 2.6 27,3 NW. March April. May. 24 41 63 35 53 66 62 82 96 1' 40 -18 4 17 32 45 67 16 35 47 2 1 2.8 4.1 6 6 10 0.3 1.0 ■ 6.2 4.0 3.3 7.0 9.0 6.1 0.2 11.0 7.5 3.0 NW. SW. SW. Spring mean 39 51 28 9.0 22 7.5 14. 3 1 15. 3 SW. June. July.. Angus 62 66 64 75 80 76 98 97 98 48 53 61 26 30 29 67 69 70 58 61 61 3.6 3.9 3.2 9 9 7 4.0 1.8 2.2 2.1 7.4 5.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. s. NW. 64 77 61 10.7 25 8.0 14.6 1 0.0 SW. Septet Octob Noven 66 67 91 80 80 44 35 21 19 9 -10 67 54 44 62 35 28 3.4 2.9 2.1 8 7 5 5.8 0.3 1.0 7.1 3.0 1.5 0.0 0.8 10.5 0.0 3.0 8.0 SW. 45 29 65 37 NW. a ber. NW. 43 53 33 8.4 20 7.1 1L6 11 3 NW. 40 61 98 29 -39 31.5 79 27.3 43.1 1 53.9 11.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes f OR THE Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 19 03. Year Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 90° o r above 1894 Jan. 25; Feb. 20, 24... Feb. 1-6 June 11, 12; July 17-19, 27. May 29; June 1. 1900 1901 U02 Feb. Dec. Jan. Jan. 13. 10, 27 June 26; Aug. 4-6. 19. June 26, 27; July 14 15 19, 20. ept. mis 1895 15. . 1896 28 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 19, 24, 25; Feb Jan. and Feb. m ing; Dec. 31. Jan. 1, 29-31; Feb 6-12. 27. ss- 2, Jul Jul Jul )el4; Ju y 14, 17; y23. ly &-9, 3 Aug. 31 1 Sept. 2 190 3 14; Feb. 17; Dec. Sept. 19. 536 CLIMATOLOGY OK THE TTNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Northern Section: POLK COUNTY. Station: OSCEOLA. C. W. Staples, Observer. [Established May 1, 1891. Latitude, 46° 22' N. Longitude 92° 45' W. Elevation, 801 feet.] Osceola is situated in the southwestern portion of Polk County on the St. Croix Eiver. The surrounding country is comparatively level and elevated about 150 feet above the bed of the river, which at this point flows through a deep gorge with rocky, precipitous sides. There is a gentle rise eastward from the river for a distance of about 10 miles to the ridge which forms the watershed between the St. Croix and Apple rivers. The maximum and minimum thermometers, of standard pattern, are exposed in a standard shelter, located on the lawn 50 feet southeast of the observer's residence. The shelter is attached to a post and is elevated 5 feet above the sod. Prior to 1900 the shelter in use was a small box, open in front and at the bottom, attached to a post about 5 leet above the ground, and so arranged as to prevent the sun from shining on the instruments. The rain gage is located about 15 feet from the instruments and 60 feet from the nearest building, with the top 30 inches above the ground. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures were obtained by dividing the sum of the maxima and minima by 2. The dates of Idlling frosts were taken from the last occurrence of freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall . Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Tcmperat ure. 1 Precipitation. > 1 J 1 4J4J X K .s S cS c S Snow. s B 6 B 6 E S 4J 3-C as 0^ Month. B 4 o - si 1§ c hi So ■3 tH § S^ -^% 1^ '-' ^ 60 . C ^ 1 S S fi g .Q M at ^s^ t^sfc >■§ c-aM s a S Month. < 1 5 Decern Janua Febru ber 'F. 18 13 12 'F. 24 21 22 °F. 61 54 54 'F. 11 5 2 'F. -28 -40 -46 "F. 27 19 24 "F. 10 4 5 In. 1.5 1.0 1.2 4 3 3 In. 1.3 1.9 0.6 In. 0.9 1.0' 1.6 In. 8.2 6.4 7.0 In. 12.0 8.0 8.0 NW. NW. NW. 14 22 6 3.7 10 3.7 3.4 21.6 NW. Maroh April. Mly.. 28 46 57 37 58 70 71 88 94 19 34 44 -20 8 22 37 48 63 18 S9 51 2.4 2.0 4.1 6 6 7 1.6 3.7 6.7 2.0 3.2 2.0 10.4 2.4 0.6 8.0 5.0 3.0 NW. NW. NW. Spring mean 44 55 32 9.4 IS 12.0 7.2 13.3 NW. 1 June. July.. Angus 66 70 67 79 83 80 94 106 96 53 57 54 26 34 34 68 76 74 63 66 63 4.0 5.0 3.5 7 6 6 4.4 0.4 0.2 2.4 9.0 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. W. NW. 68 81 55 12.5 19 5.0 15.6 0.0 1 NW. ' Septal Oetob Never nber. . 59 48 30 71 58 38 95 82 72 47 37 23 14 8 -14 64 55 39 54 40 26 3.7 3.0 1.9 5 5 4 2.6 3.0 1.9 8.0 7.7 1.3 0.0 T. 5.8 0.0 2.0 8.0 NW. NW. NW. 46 56 36 8.6 14 7.5 17.0 5.8 NW. 43 53 106 32 -46 34.2 61 28.2 43.2 40.7 12.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MinimiTTn below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. MLnimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. 1394 Jan. 7, 8, 25; Feb. 4, 24. Jan. 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1-5, 10 June 12-14, 20, 22, 30; July 17-19, 23, 26, 27, 31; Aug. ' 23, 24; Sept. 1, 2. May9,28,29; June 9; July 5- 9, 16; Sept. 3, 6, 10, 11, 19. July 1-3, 12, 14, 29; Aug. 4, S June 15; July 2, 3, 8, 9; Sept June 24: Jnlv 7. ^!y-^R. 23. 24 11, 12, 15, , 8, 13, 17, 7,13; Aug. ,7,9. .8,9. ; Aug. 22. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1, 2, 8, 29- 1, 5-13. Feb. 9, 26, 27. Dec. 14, 16, 20 31; Feb. July 20, 23; Aug. 10, 19, 27, 28. June 24-26; July 4; Aug. 4-10, 18, 19; Sept. 5. June 13-15, 24-28, SO; July 1-3, 9, 13-25; 1895 1896 Jan. 3-5; Feb. 21 Aug. 20. 1897 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 27; Mar. 13; Deo. 2. Feb. 1; Dee. 31 . Jan. Jan. De 28, 29 May 21; June 13; July 4, 7, 12, 15, 16, 25, 1898 !3; Feb. 16-18. 20; 26, 28-30; Aug. 2, 3. June 27-29: Julv 6-8. 23. 24. 28. 3 1; Sept. 1,2. 0. 13, 14, 26. 542 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Central Section: PORTAGE COUNTY. Station: STEVENS POINT. Gr. E. Culver, Observer. [Established October, 1892. Latitude, 44° 36' N. Longitude, 89° 40' W. Elevation, 1,115 teet.] The" station is near the northwestern limits of the city of Stevens Point, on a level plain 1 mile east of the Wisconsin River. The plain extends for several miles in every direction, the nearest hiUs being 4 miles away to the eastward. The instrument shelter stands on the campus of the State Normal School, about 100 feet east of the main building. The shelter is of standard pattern, mounted on posts so that the instruments are about 7 feet above the surface of the lawn on which the shelter stands. The rain gage stands on the ground about 40 feet from the observer's house, which fronts the normal school campus. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures were obtained by dividing the sum of the maxima and minima by 2. The dates of kiUing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 B •a B . 4 ii H 3 a ^ 1 u ba E 4^ a s o 1-0 id il Snow. Month. D. ^•9g 1 "F. 18 16 14 'F. 27 26 25 "F. 51 52 53 "F. 10 6 3 °F. -28 -37 -48 °F. 27 21 21 "F. 11 10 6 In. 1.0 0.7 0.8 6 5 4 In. 0.8 1.1 0.4 xn. 0.7 0.7 0.2 In. 7.2 7.0 5.9 In. 6.0 9.0 6.0 NW. January . . NW. February '. . W. 16 26 6 2.5 15 2.3 1.6 20.1 NW. March 28 46 58 38 68 70 72 87 96 19 34 45 -17 1 19 37 51 64 18 42 53 1.3 2.5 4.1 G 7 10 0.5 0.9 4.6 0.4 3.7 7.7 6.1 5.0 1.1 6.0 8.0 6.0 NW. April - SE. May E. Spring mean 44 65 33 7.9 23 6.0 11.8 12.2 NW. Tune 66 70 68 79 84 80 100 101 97 53 57 56 26 40 35 70 75 73 61 68 63 3.8 3.4 2.6 7 7 6 3.8 2.1 3.6 5.2 2.9 3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August NW. 68 81 55 1 9.8 20 9.5 11.6 0.0 SW. 60 48 32 72 60 40 97 94 70 48 37 22 22 10 -17 65 66 39 66 42 27 3.6 2.7 1.5 7 6 6 2.9 0.8 1.3 4.9 2.4 2.8 0.0 1.1 8.0 0.0 2.6 8.0 NW. October NW. November NW. 47 57 36 7.8 19 5.0 10.1 9.1 NW. 44 55 101 32 -48 28.0 77 22.8 35.1 41.4 9.0 NW. Dates of Temperathee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 1, 7-9, 23, 25, 27, 31; Feb. 4,20,21,24; Dec. 28. June 13, 14, 20, 30; July 1, 11, 12, 15-20, 24, 26-28, 30; Aug. 7-9, 23, 24; Sept. 1, 2. 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 7, 8, 26-31; Feb. 1-13, 24; Mar. 1, 6, 7, 24, 30; Dec. July 23; Aug. 18, 19, 27, 28. 1R96 Jan.l 14,24,27,28,30; May 9, 28,2-3; June 1,9; July 5-7; Aug. 30. Feb. 1-11, 15, 23; 9, 16; Sept. 3, 5, 10-12, 19, 20. 1900 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 9, June 25-27; July 4; Aug. 4-8, L8, 10; Mar. 14. 14, 16, 24-27. Sept. 5. 1896 Jan. 3-5; Feb. 17, 19- May 7; July 1, 3, 12, 14, 28, Aug. 4-10. 1901 Jan. 1-3, 19, 30: Feb. May 17; June 24-28; July 1,2, 9 19-24; Aug. 13, 18, 19, 21; Sept 13-17, 21; Mar. 13. 2,5,6.22,25.28; Mar. 5,6. 1897 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 25-27; June 13-15, 29, 30; July 1-3, 6-9, 15, 18, 5; Deo. 14-18, 20. Mar. 13,16; Nov. 29, 19, 30; Sept. 8, 9; Oct. 3, 4. 1902 Jan. 4, 27-30; Feb. 1, July 4, 13, 17, 30. 30; Den. 2, 17-19, 21, 3-6,11.15; Dec. 4, 8. 23, 24, 27. 1903 Jan. s, 10, 12, 13, 21, 23, July 8. 1898 Feb. 1-3; Dec. 2, 5, 30, June 4; July 15-19, 23, 24, 27; Aug. 31; 30; Pe'1.6, 16-20; Dec. 31. Sept. 1, 2. _. 2, 13, 14, 17, 25, 26, 28. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 543 WISCONSIN. Northern Section: OCONTO COUNTY. Station: OCONTO. W. K. Smith, Observer. [Established December, 1890. Latitude, 44° 53' N. Longitude, 87° 63' W. Elevation, 686 teet.] The city of Oconto is situated on the west shore of Green Bay, in the southeastern portion of the county and at the mouth of the Oconto River. The country in the vicinity of this station is mainly rolling, with a gradual rise toward the west the elevation of the land on which the station is located being about 10 feet above the level of Green Bay. The thermometers, maximum and minimum, are exposed in a standard shelter elevated 4^ feet above sod. The shelter is located on the lawn 45 feet north of the observer's residence. The rain gage, a standard Weather Bureau instru- ment, is located, on the open lawn, about 15 feet southwest of the instrument shelter, with the top 30 inches above ground. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures have been obtained by dividing the sum of the maxima and minima by 2. The dates of killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo 1 ® . a 1 la o 1 ■3.1 i a 1 si s 5 h ■a h 1 i ■si hi ^1 So ■gs?. 11 Snow. o (3 Month. "•3 2 December °F. 22 18 18 "F. 30 28 28 "F. 62 49 60 °F. 13 9 8 "F. -18 -27 -30 "F. 29 24 24 "F. 11 13 11 In. 1 1. 4 6 In. 2.4 1.0 0.4 In. 1.0 1.0 1.8 In. 9.2 11.5 10.3 77!. 5.0 8.0 8.0 w. January 1.6 1.2 6 6 w. S. 19 29 10 4.1 18 3.8 3.8 1 31.0 w. March 29 44 65 40 56 68 71 85 93 19 33 42 -11 12 24 37 1 52 2.1 2.8 3.5 6 8 11 0.2 1.5 2.3 L7 2.8 2.8 10.1 3.1 0.3 12.0 6.0 3.0 NE April. 47 61 39 51 NE May SE. Spring mean 43 1 55 31 8.4 25 4.0 7.3 13.5 NE. 65 69 67 77 81 79 95 99 97 52 57 55 31 38 36 68 76 74 61 65 63 3.0 3.4 2.6 10 9 9 2.5 0.9 3.2 1.8 8.0 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July. g August . SE Summer mean 67 79 55 9.0 28 6.6 13.2 SE. September 60 49 34 73 60 42 97 87 70 48 38 25 22 13 - 2 65 58 43 56 42 26 3.2 2.6 2.1 9 g 7 4.0 0.4 1.1 6.3 6.4 L5 0.0 5.4 5.7 0.0 3.0 12.0 s October S. November, s Fall mean 48 58 37 7.8 25 5.5 14.2 11.1 S- 44 55 99 33 -30 29.3 96 19.9 38.5 66.6 12.0 S. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 35 Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 90° or above. June 8, 12, 14, 15, 21; July 10-12, 18, 19, 27; Aug. 1; Sept. 1, 2. May 29; June 1, 2; July 6-7; Sept. 3, 11, 19, 20. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan.2ft-31; Feb.7,9-12 None. . . July 23; Aug. 18, 19, 28, 30; Sept. 2. May 13; June 26; July 4, 6; Aug. 4-10, 19, 30; Sept. 6. June 26-28; July 1, 14-16, 19-21, 29; Aug. 13, 14, 28; Sept. 4, 6. July 4, 7, 13. July 8, 28. do : May 9; June 21, 30; July 1, 2, 10-12, 29; Aug. 4-9. Jan. 28 . July 2-4, 8-10, 30; Sept. 7-9. June 24; July 2, 16-19, 23; Aug. 31; Sept. 1-3. 544 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Central District: BROWN COUNTY. Station: QREEN BAY. F. W. CONEAD, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service on September 1, 1886. Latitude, 44° 31' N. Longitude, 80° W. Elevation, 586 feet.] This station is located near the northern limit of the city of Green Bay and the Fox River Valley, and within one block of the Fox River and 1 mile south of Green Bay. On the east side of the city, at a distance of 1 mile, the hills rise from 100 to 200 feet; on the west side there is an elevation of 100 feet within the distance of 3 miles, and a gradual rise south toward Lake Winnebago. The general surroundings of the station are open and give a free exposure for all instruments. The station was first located on the third floor of the Jacobs House, No. 214 North Washington street; it was moved to the present location, third floor of the Parmentier Block, Nos. 324 to 328 North Washington street. May 1, 1891. The thermometers and wind instruments are exposed on the roof of the building. The thermometers are 11 feet 1 inch above the roof and 44 feet 8 inches above the ground. Rain gage is 43 feet, anemometer 85 feet 8 inches, and wind vane 84 feet 5 inches above ground, respectively. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Himiidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903; remainder of data is from the full period of observation, seventeen years, September 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 s § a if ■< "F. 51 51 59 fi 1 § s '3 ■a 3 % o a r ■si 3 -a a„ o g ■I 1st Snow. E 00 a 00 1 s a (i 00 g a 00 1 Month. <0 St t.Bs o f a 22 16 17 "F. 29 24 25 'F. 16 9 9 "F. -21 -36 -33 °F. 31 23 23 "F. 13 5 10 In. 1.8 1.8 1.7 11 11 10 In. ' 1.8 2.0 0.7 In. 3.8 3.3 3.2 In. 10.7 14.4 13.5 In. 7.4 22.0 13.7 P. a. 79 79 79 Gts. 1.01 0.74 0.62 p. a. 76 77 76 Grs. 1.19 0.91 0.94 sw. sw. February sw. Winter mean 18 26 11 5.3 32 4.5 10. S 38.6 79 0.79 76 1.01 sw. 28 44 55 36 53 65 72 84 91 20 35 45 -23 11 29 37 48 63 20 39 49 2.3 2.5 3.3 10 10 13 0.4 1.2 4.3 1.9 2.8 3.1 9.0 2.1 2.3 20.0 8.0 2.5 77 77 74 1.05 1.88 3.22 72 65 62 1.36 2.15 3.63 N. April - N. Mav N. Spring mean 42 51 33 8.1 33 5.9 7.8 13.6 76 2.05 66 2.38 N. 66 70 68 76 81 78 96 99 98 55 60 68 34 44 41 70 74 75 61 66 64 3.6 3.4 2.7 11 10 10 2.4 1.4 3.7 5.2 4.5 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 75 75 80 4.47 5.28 5.07 64 63 64 4.98 5.38 5.34 S. July s. SE. Summer mean 68 78 58 51 40 26 9.7 31 7.5 14.3 0.0 77 4.94 64 5.23 s. 60 48 33 70 57 40 95 84 69 25 S -12 66 58 49 56 43 35 3.3 2.6 2.0 10 10 10 1.2 0.4 1.5 1.8 3.6 1.7 0.0 0.0 7.0 0.0 4.0 10.8 81 81 79 3.93 2.67 1.52 67 71 74 4.10 2.82 1.74 s. S. s. 47 56 39 7.9 30 3.1 7.1 7.0 80 2.71 71 2.89 S. 44 53 99 35 -36 31.0 126 21.0 39.5 59.2 22.0 78 2.62 69 2.88 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90" or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 8, 25; Feb. 20, 21, 24. Jan. 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 4-7. tlan. 4,5; Feb. 20 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 27; Dec. 2, 24. Deo. 31 June 12-15, 30; July 10-12, 17-19, 26, 27; Aug. 1, 8, 23; Sept. 1, 2. May 9, 29; June 9, 10; July 5, 7; Aug. 9, 16; Sept. 3, 5, 10, 11, 19-22. July 1, 29; Aug. 4-10. June 14; July 2-4, 7, 8; Sept. 7-9. July 16-19, 23, 24; Aug. 31; Sept. 1, 2. July 23; Aug. 18, 19, 28-30. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 1 Dec. 14-16,20. June 25, 26; July 6, 6; Aug. 4-10, 19; Sept. 1.5. June 26-28; July 1, 14-16, 20, 21, 27; Sept. 6. July 13. None. 1896 Jan. 27, 28 1897 Jan. 13; Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 13, 14, 26. 1899 Jan. 1, 27-31; Feb. 1, 4-13. NOKTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 545 WISCONSIN. Central Section: WAUSHARA COUNTY. Station: HANCOCK. F. B. Hamilton, Observer. (Established at Westfleld January, 1893; moved to Hancock December, 1902. Latitude, 44° W N. Longitude, 89° 32' W. Elevation, 1,107 leet.] The station ia located near the northwestern boundary of Waushara County, having been moved from Westfield a dis- tance of 17 miles to the south. It is located on the western side ard near the crest of the watershed which divides the Fox River basin from the Wisconsin River, which is distant about 20 miles to the west. The surrounding country is compara- tively level with a gentle slope southward and westward toward the Wisconsin River. The thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter located about 12 feet above the ground on a platform leading from the second story of the observer's residence. The rain gage is located on the roof of a one-story addition on the east side of the residence. The record made at this station has been combined with that made at Westfield, as it is beUeved that the conditions at these points do not materially differ. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures have been obtained by dividing the sum of the daily maxima and minima by 2. The dates of killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. .S > , , 1 K) U +J+J e '^ ^ ■3 3 5 >*o a% n g Snow. s ii a ■| % 3-R = E o^ Month. |<8 SB |t fl a^ ffl M . s3.ca o "8 g fii .D ba > % isa ^at. !>■§ E-a^ £ S s % H ■< W 3 a K H B < O °F. 'F. "F. °^. °F. °F. 'F. In. In. In. In. In. Decen Janua Febru 20 la . 16 27 24 25 50 53 53 13 8 7 -25 -30 -35 30 22 24 12 6 12 L2 1.1 1.2 6 6 6 1.8 1.4 1.2 1.1 1.6 1.6 7.6 10.1 7.9 5.0 4.0 9.6 w. rv w. w. Winter mean 17 25 9 3.5 18 4.4 4.3 25.6 AV. March April. 30 38 57 73 85 21 36 - 8 11 38 49 21 42 1.7 2.4 7 9 0.5 1.0 L2 2.9 6.5 2.8 4.0 5.0 W. 40 W, May •. Spring niean June 68 70 93 40 26 05 52 3.7 10 1.8 5.6 0.5 3.0 W. 45 55 34 7.8 26 3.3 9.7 9.8 \\ . 67 79 99 .56 31 71 62 4.2 8 1.4 7.3 0.0 W. July... 1 72 83 lOO 60 44 77 69 4.0 9 1.8 4.0 0.0 ao w. .\uguat Summer mean 69 80 100 68 40 74 63 2.9 8 3.4 4.0 0.0 0.0 w. 09 81 58 11.1 25 6.6 15.3 0.0 w. Septei Octob 61 60 71 60 94 84 50 40 20 15 66 65 65 44 2.6 2.1 8 8 1.4 0.4 2.7 1.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 6.0 \\. er. w. Novel 32 40 6S 24 10 40 28 1.2 6 1.7 LI 3.9 4.0 w. Fall mean 48 57 38 5.9 22 3.5 4.8 4.4 w. 45 54 100 35 -35 28.3 91 17.8 341 39.7 9.5 w. Dates of Temperatube Extremes for the Period Janx JARY 1, 1894, TO December 31,190 3. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maxim um90° r above 1894 Jan. 8, 26; Feb. 20, 21, June 1 1-16, 20, 21, 30; July 1. 10-12, 15- 9, 1900 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 9, June 24-27; Ju ily 3-6; Aug 4-1 0, 18-20; 24. 24, 27-30; Aug. 1, 8, 13, 17, 23, 24, ; 7; 24, 27. Sept. 5, 10. Sept. 1, 2. 1901 Jan. ; Dec. 14-18, 20 June 24-28, 30; July 1- , 9, 10, 3-17, 19- 1895 Jan. 4, 11, 24, 27-30; May 9, 29; June 2, 10, 25; July 5- 7; 21, 24. Feb. 1-11. Aug. 4, 9, 13, 14, 16; Sept. 10, 11, IS 1902 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 4; July 4, 13, 30. 1896 ; Jan. 3-5; Feb. 17, 19-21. Jime 6; July 12, 14; Aug. 5, 7, 10. De ;. 8. 1897 ; Jan. 24-27; Feb. 28; June 13-15; July 2, 3, 7-9; Sept. 6-9. 1903 Jan. 10-13, 23; Feb. July 8, 25, 28. Dec. 18, 19. 17- 9; Dec. 13-15, 1898 June 4, 24; July 2, 16-18, 24; Aug. 30, ; Sept. 2. June 4; July 23-25; Aug. 18, 19, 27, 2 17. 25, 26, 28, 30. 1899 Jan. 1, 27, 29-31; Feb. 1-13. 8. 546 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Central Section: FOND DU LAC COUNTY. Station: FOND DU LAC. E. M. Jenison, Otserver. [Established October, 1892. Latitude, 43° 46' N. Longitude, 88° 29' W. Elevation, 800 leet.] The city of Foud du Lac is located at the southern extremity of Lake Winnebago, a body of water about 35 miles from north to south and 15 miles wide and the largest inland lake in the State. The general contour of the country immediately surrounding the station, which is located about haK a mile from the lake shore, is level with a very gentle descent northward ■ toward the lake. The station is located at the residence of Mr. Jenison in the eastern outskirts of the city, where the general conditions do not differ materially from those of the open country. The thermometers, a self-registering maximum and minim um, are exposed in a standard shelter located on the lawn 15 feet west from the residence of the observer. The shelter is 3 feet above sod. The rain gage is located on the open lawn 20 feet from the residence of the observer and free from interference. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures given in the accompanying table were obtained by dividing the sum of the daily maxima and minim a, by 2. The dates of killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature, Precipitation. 1 1 , ^ , ■a 3 i 5 1^ r a % HS Snow. § s . g 'd So ss "^ Month. M^ g It s m-9f° li c a o 0-9 o 1' f . ■25 2 "p. a S i ft » is a ^at. ^fig. >% g'SS s a ■< s < W tA s ^ H H °F. 23 16 19 °F. 30 24 27 "F. 61 57 66 °F. 15 7 10 "F. -26 -43 -34 °F. 39 31 37 "F. 8 3 6 In. 1.4 1.1 1.1 10 11 8 In. 1.3 0.2 1.4 In. 0.3 1.5 1.3 In. 7.7 9.6 8.9 In. 16.0 12.0 10.0 P.H. 82 83 82 Gts. 1.01 0.74 0.74 F.ct. 76 76 75 Grs. 1.23 0.82 0.97 s. s s Winter mean 19 27 11 3.6 29 2.9 3.1 26.2 82 0.f3 76 1.01 s. March 31 48 60 39 68 69 78 87 96 22 39 49 -23 10 29 47 64 68 21 40 52 1.6 2.4 3.5. 10 11 12 0.3 1.9 0.5 1.0 1.4 ;.i 7.6 1.6 T. 11.0 7.0 0.0 78 73 74 1.16 2.16 3.35 70 55 .55 1.54 2.16 3.27 N s May S. Spring mean 46 55 37 7.5 33 2.7 5.5 9.1 75 2.22 60 2.32 s June 69 73 71 78 S3 80 98 104 101 59 63 60 33 46 39 74 79 78 64 67 66 4.4 4.1 3.3 12 10 9 1.0 1.8 2.2 2.8 8.9 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 79 80 84 5.02 6.79 5:33 64 57 60 5.44 5.68 5.27 s July - . . s g Summer mean 71 80 61 11.8 31 5.0 16.7 0.0 81 5.38 60 5.46 s 62 50 34 72 60 42 97 88 72 52 41 26 -4 68 59 42 56 44 25 4.0 2.5 1.5 10 9 8 4.4 1.6 0.8 10.9 7.6 1.2 0.0 0.2 4.4 0.0 0.8 6.6 84 82 81 4.07 2.61 1.50 64 64 72 4.48 2.70 1.77 s. s. s. 49 58 40 8.0 27 4.6 82 2.72 67 2.98 46 54 104 37 -43 30.9 120 17.4 45.0 39.9 16.0 80 2.79 66 2.94 s Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 7, 8, 24, 25. Jan. 24, 27, 28, 30 1-5, 7-12. Jan. 3-5, 19, 20. Jan. 24-28; Feb. Dec. 31 July 11 Aug. 9; Aug. 4. July 8. Aug. 22 None. 16-19, 26, Sept. 11. ; Sept. 2. 27; Aug. 8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 9, 24.. Dec. 13-16, 18-20 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3, 4; Dec. 10. Feb. 16-18; Dec. 12, 13, 15, 17, 26. Aug. 19, 20. June 24-28, 30; July None. Do. 14-16, 19-21, 2 1895 1896 Feb. 3,24. 1897 1898 27, 28. 1899 Jan. 1, 7, 27-31; 4-13. Feb. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 549 WISCONSIN. Southern Section: VERNON COUNTY. Station: VIROQUA. r. W. Alexander, Observer. [Established October, 1891. Latitude, 43° 34' N. Longitude, 90° 64' W. Elevation. 1,281 feet.] Viroqua is located about the center of Vernon County, near the headwaters of Bishop Branch, a tributary of West Kick- apoo River, and about 20 miles east of the Mississippi River. The surrounding country is open prairie, generally rolling, with a few hills about 150 feet above the general level. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter, located 40 feet from the south- east corner of the observer's residence. The shelter is 4 feet above sod. The rain gage is 8 feet west of the instrument shelter and 60 feet from residence. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures have been computed by dividing the sum of the maxima and minima by 2. The dates of the killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of a freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. 1 V, 1- t'. hi T'rccipitation. bo s ■a > s It 1 5 s a 2 - ■s.a a 1 s s . |l o < ■p a 'F. 12 9 7 ■3 !i .1 K V So it il c Snow. Month. els 'F. 20 17 16 "F. 27 25 23 'F. 50 55 66 "F. -27 -26 -31 'F. 28 22 23 "F. 12 9 3 In. 1.6 1.2 1.6 7 7 6 In. 2.0 0.6 1.0 In. 0.7 l.u 1.4 In. 7.4 7.7 9.9 In. S.O 6.0 10.5 NW. January NW. NW. 17 25 9 4.3 20 3.6 3.4 25.0 N.V. March 30 47 68 33 57 70 74 87 92 21 37 47 -10 13 26 37 50 64 21 40 63 2.3 4.3 4.0 8 9 12 0.3 1.3 4.9 1.7 3.6 2.8 9.5 2.3 0.3 6.0 13.0 2.0 NW. April SW. May ■ SW. 45 56 36 10.6 29 6.6 8.1 12.1 SW. June.. 66 71 69 78 83 80 97 103 100 65 60 57 30 42 38 70 76 76 01 68 64 4.8 4.6 3.7 9 8 7 3.7 1.3 2.6 1.6 9.2 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW July SW. NW. 69 SO 67 13.0 24 7.5 14.8 0.0 SW. September, . 61 50 32 72 60 41 96 86 70 60 40 24 21 12 -10 67 67 42 66 43 28 3.8 3.0 1.7 8 6 2.4 0.6 L.'i 4.8 6.8 2.1 0.0 0.3 5.5 0.0 0.2 4.0 s October November. NW 48 68 3S 8.5 21 4.6 13.7 6.8 SW. 45 66 103 36 -31 36.4 94 22.1 40.0 42.9 13.0 NW. Dates op Temperature Extremes tor the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan, 7, 24, 25, 27 ■. June 11-15, 31; July 9-12, 16-19, 23, 24, 26-28, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 7, 8, 13, 17, 20, 23, 24,27,28; Sept. 12. May 9, 28, 29; rtmeO; July 6-7, 12-14, 16; 1899 Jan. 17, 27-31; Feb. 2-13; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 29, 30. Aug. 10, 18, 19, 27. 1895 Jan. 4, 11, 12, 23, 24, 27, 28,30; Feb. 1-11. 1900 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 1, 9- June 24-26; July 4; Aug. 8, 9, 18-20; Aug. 2, 4, 9, 13, 14, 16; Sept. 3, 6, 10, 11, 16, 24. Sept. 6. 19, 20. 1901 Jan. 1; Dec. 13-16, June 14, 24-28, 30; July 1, 2, 9, 10 13-17, Jan. 3-5; Feb. 19, 20... July 12, 14, 29; Aug. 4, 5, 7-10. 18-20. 19-26; Aug. 17-21; Sept. 6. Jan. 24-27; Feb. 26, 27; Deo. 18, 22. June 13-17; July 1, 2, 6-8; Sept. 8, 9, 12. 1902 1903 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 2-5, 8; Deo. 8. None. 1898 Dec. 9, 13,31. June 4, 24; July 7, 16-18, 23, 24; Aug. 30, 31; Sept. 1-3. Jan. 11, 12; Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13-15, 30. Do 550 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Southern Section: GRANT COUNTY. Station: LANCASTER. Edward Pollock, Observer. [Established October, 1891. Latitude, 42° 60' N.; Longitude, 90° 42' W. Elevation, 1,070 leet.l Lancaster is located near the center of Grant County, in the extreme southwestern portion of the State, and about 20 miles from the Mississippi River. The surface of the surrounding country is rolling, with a gentle slope southwestward toward the river. The station is located a short distance to the northeast of the center of the city at the residence of the observer. The thermometers, maximum and minimum, are exposed in a standard shelter, located 4J feet above sod on the open lawn 35 feet from the observer's residence. The rain gage is exposed on the open lawn 25 feet from a low one-story wood house and is free from interference from trees or buildings. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures have been obtained by dividing the sum of the daily maxima and minim a, by 2. The dates of killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of a freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. I 1^ 1 6 § s to y 1 i e _ 1 >> Is r 3 si 1 Hi i Number of days with 0.01 or more. eg CO C £ Snow. Month. ill o 5 December. "F. 20 17 15 °F. 28 26 25 "F. 51 60 63 'F. 11 8 4 "F. -22 -27 -29 'F. 27 22 22 "F. 13 3 9 In. 1.2 1.2 1.1 6 5 6 In. 1.2 0.7 1.1 In. 0.2 0.9 1.1 In. 6.7 8.7 8.8 In. 6.0 10.0 8.0 NW. NW. W. 17 26 8 , 3.5 16 3.0 2.2 24.2 NW. March April M^y 31 48 60 41 59 71 82 88 95 21 36 48 -10 11 28 33 5? 65 22 42 55 l.(, 3.- 3.d 7 7 10 2.8 1.1 2.9 2.0 3.6 2.7 6.7 1.1 0.0 6.0 5.0 0.0 NW. B. E. Spring mean 46 57 35 8.7 24 6.8 8.3 7.8 E. June 6S 72 70 80 85 83 95 107 100 56 60 58 35 42 42 71 80 75 63 70 66 3.6 4.5 2.4 9 7 7 1.3 1.6 0.6 1.5 9.4 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 70 S3 53 10.5 23 3.5 14.9 0.0 SW. Sept. 61 .50 32 73 61 42 95 86 70 49 33 23 20 14 - 7 67 57 41 56 41 28 3.3 2.2 1.6 8 6 6 3.3 0.3 1.3 4.8 3 6 1.8 0.0 T. 4.5 0.0 T. 4.5 SW. S. NW. 4S .59 37 7.0 20 7.9 10.2 4.5 SW. 45 66 107 34 -29 29.7 83 21.2 35.6 36.5 10.0 SW. Dates op Tempekatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Mmimum below - 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 2, 4, 25, 26; Feb. June 11-15, 20-22, 29, 30; July 9-12 15-19, 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 7, 28-31; Feb. June4, 13, iS; July 21-23, 26; Aug. 10, IS, 21; Dec. 4, 24, 25, 23, 24, 26-31; Aug. 1, 6-8, 24; Sept. 1, 2. 1. 4, 6, 7-14, 24, 25; 19, 23, 27-31. 27-31. Mar. 7; Dee. 31. 1895 Jan. 1-6, 7-12 May9, 28,29; June 2,4; July 5-7, 12-14, 1900 Jan. 28, 29, 31- Feb 1 June 26, 26; July 3-5; Aug. 4-10; Sept. 6. 16-18, 20; Aug. 9, 13, 16, 22, 27; Sept. 9, 10, 16, 17, 25. 10, 11. 1901 Jan. 1, 2; Deo. 14, 16, June 11, 14, 24-30; July 1, 2, 4, 9-29; Aug 1898 Jan. 3-5; Feb. 20, 21... July 1, 12-14, 29, 30; Aug. 4, 5, 7-10. 18-20. 7, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19-21, 24, 28; Sept. 3-6. 1897 Jan. 24-27; Dec. 18, 22. June 13-17; July 1-3, 6-9, IS, 24, 29, 30; Aug. 1; Sept. 5, 7-9, 12, 13. 1902 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 2-6; Dec. 8, 25, 26. July 30. 1898 Dec. 9, 10, 14, 31 June 3, 4, 23, 24, 29; Julv 1, 2, 6, 7, 14-19, 23, 24, 27; Aug. 21, 22, 30, 31; Sept. 1-4. 1903 Jan. 12; Feb. 16-18; Deo. 13, 26, 30. July 2, 7. NOETH CENTRAL DI8TEICT8. 551 WISCONSIN. Southern Section: DANE COUNTY. Station: MADISON. J. L. Bartlett, Observer. [Estatjlisbed in 1853. Latitude 43° 05' N. Longitude, 89° 23' W. Elevation, 974 feet.] Obaerrations were begun at the north dormitory of the University of Wisconsin, Madison, Wis., by Prof. S. H. Carpenter, in January, 1853, and were continued mth short lapses, by Prof. J. W. Sterling, and Prof. W. W. Daniels, either there or in the neighboring main hall of the university until October, 1878, except for a short period from March, 1856, to January, 1857, when the observationd were made by Dr. A. Schue at his oflBce on Main street . From October, 1878, to April, 1883, observations were made by Signal Corps observers in Brown's block in the city of Madison. The instrumental equipment was then trans- ferred to the north dormitory, and in August, 1883, to the Washburn Observatory (astronomical) . At the latter point observa- tions were taken continuously until December 31, 1904. The present Weather Bureau station was established on September 15 of that year in north hall, formerly north dormitory. For the precipitation means, except those of snowfall, the period from 1869 to 1904, inclusive, was considered ; for the average number of days with 0.01 inch or more no data previous to October, 1878, were used; the snowfall data began with the year 1884. The dates of killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of a freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. The mean relative humidity was computed from the tri-daily observations for thirty-six years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean hu- midity. 5 1 a •S-H r < Pi 1 ■S.I § 1 < g i 1 1 1 a I" o "So a g o g 3il Snow. i "3 8 < Month. bo < "F. 23 16 19 °F. 29 24 26 "F. 60 58 63 °F. 16 9 10 °F. -28 -29 -28 "F. 39 34 34 °F. 10 4 3 In. 1.7 1.7 1.6 10 8 7 In. 1.8 1.1 0.3 In. 1.3 2.0 5 4 In. 8.1 8.5 9.3 In. 7.0 9.4 7.3 p. a. 82 82 81 Grs. 1.162 0.847 0.957 NW. January NW. NW. Winter taean 19 26 12 5.0 25 3.2 8.7 26.9 82 0.989 NW. 30 46 58 38 55 68 86 86 90 22 37 49 -12 8 23 44 52 67 22 35 62 2.2 2.4 3.6 9 9 11 0.3 1.1 2.2 4.4 1.5 4.2 7.6 1.0 T. ILO 4.8 T. 76 68 66 1.451 2.406 3.644 NW. ADril S. Miy."" :::::::::::: S. Spring mean 45 64 36 8.0 29 3.5 10.1 8.6 70 2.467 S. 68 72 70 77 82 78 98 104 96 68 63 61 38 48 46 74 80 75 62 67 65 4.2 4.1 3.1 U 10 9 0.6 1.2 2.1 4.2 9.6 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 71 70 71 5.311 5.956 5.666 sw. July sw. August s PiTmrnpr -mpfln 70 79 61 11.4 30 3.9 14.2 0.0 71 5.644 sw. September. 62 50 34 70 68 42 93 84 69 54 42 28 29 12 -14 68 59 42 65 33 27 3.2 2.5 1.8 9 8 7 0.8 0.6 1.2 8.2 9.1 2.6 0.0 0.1 3.0 0.0 I.O 4.5 74 73 78 4 545 2.976 1.777 s. s. November NW. Fall mean 49 57 41 7.5 24 2.6 19.9 3.1 76 3.099 s. 46 54 104 38 -29 31.9. 108 13.1 52.9 39.2 11.0 74 3.060 NW. Dates of Tempebatoke Extremes fob the PEEroD Januaby 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Minimum below — 10° Jan. 25 Jan. 27, 28, 30; 1-6, 7, 8. Jan. 4; Feb. 19, Jan. 24-27; Feb, Dec. 31 20... .27.. Maximum 90° or above. June 13, 14; July 10, 12, 15-19, 26, 27, 30; Aug. 7, 8; Sept. 1. June3,9,10; July 5-7; Aug. 9, 13, 14, 16; Sept. 11. July 14; Aug. 8. June 14; July 3, 7-9, 19, 24; Sept. 9. July 16, 18. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10°, Jan. 27-31; Feb. 7-13 . Jan. 31; Feb. 1,24.... Dec. 13, 14,20 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 4 Jan. 11; Feb. 17, 18; Deo. 13, 26. Maximum 90° or above. July 23. Aug. 18-20. June 24-28, 30; None. Do. July 1, 2, 4, 9-11, 13-27. 552 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Southern Section: JEFFERSON COUNTY. Station: HARVEY. S. N. D. Smith, Observer. [Established October, 1891. Latitude, 43° 2' N. Longitude, '88° 52' W. Elevation, 888 feet.] Harvey is located near the center of Jefferson County. The general contour of the surrounding country is mainly level, with a gentle slope toward the southeast. To the north there is a slight increase of elevation for about a mile. P.ock Lake, a considerable body of water, lies to the northwest at a distance of about 3 miles. The thermometers, maximum and minimum, Weather Bureau pattern, are exposed in a standard shelter, located 70 feet northeast of the observer's residence and 4 feet 8 inches above sod. During the winter months, as a matter of conven- ience in taking the observations, it has been the observer's habit to remove the shelter to the open veranda on the northeast side of the residence. The rain gage is located on the open lawn, 80 feet from the observer's residence. The top of the gage is 30 inches above ground. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures have been computed by dividing the sum of the maxima and minima by 2. The dates of killing frosts were taken from the last occurrence of freezing temperature (32°) in the spring and its first occurrence in the fall. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1904. Temperature. Precipitation. bl i f\3 1 g CD p 1 < 1 IB 1 t is |a 1 i en u &"= III Total amount for the driest year. O r In. 1.7 1.3 1.9 II 11 ofi ;., Sn be . < 3W. a 00 1 a 1 < a p- S B a: s 1 < t a s o If ci o 1 1 ^■6 Month, hi O ? 5 'F. 2S 20 22 "F. 32 27 30 "F. 63 59 60 "F. 20 13 16 In. 1.9 2.0 1.9 In. 2.2 4.4 3.6 In. 9.1 12.5 14.2 In. 10.8 10.9 14.4 P.cl. so 79 79 Ors. 1.24 0.94 0.93 P. a. 76 78 70 Ors. 1.41 1.10 1.13 128 132 142 39 40 43 w. January . W,NW. W. 22 30 16 6.8 35 4.9 10.2 35.8 79 1.04 77 1.21 134 41 W. March. 31 43 54 38 52 63 70 86 92 24 37 45 - 8 12 25 40 50 62 23 36 48 2.6 2.6 3.3 12 11 12 3.6 0.5 1.8 5.3 2.8 8.5 8.7 1.4 0.1 10.0 4.6 0.5 79 75 75 1.41 2.14 3.27 76 71 68 1.61 2.35 3.41 127 153 170 38 48 52 NW. NE. May. N. Spring mean 43 51 35 8.5 35 5.9 16.6 10.2 76 2.27 72 2.46 150 46 NE. June July August 64 70 69 72 78 76 95 100 98 55 62 61 38 47 42 69 76 75 58 66 63 3.7 3.1 2.7 11 10 9 1.1 2.0 1.5 4.8 4.4 5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 76 78 5.39 5.68 5.47 71 67 69 4.78 5.69 5.71 174 200 181 53 61 65 SE. SW. SW. Summer mean 68 73 69 9.5 30 4.6 14.7 0.0 77 5.51 69 5.39 185 56 SW. September October November 61 60 36 70 58 43 95 88 70 54 44 30 30 16 -14 67 69 45 57 36 27 3.0 2.2 2.0 10 9 10 1.9 0.6 0.8 3.7 1.6 3.4 T. 0.2 4.5 T. 1.4 14.6 80 81 80 4.27 2.85 1.83 71 71 74 6.03 3.12 1.98 179 156 123 54 47 37 SW. SW. NW. Fall mean . 49 57 43 7.2 29 3.3 8.7 4.7 80 2.98 72 3.37 153 46 SW. Annual mean 45 53 100 38 -25 31.0 129 18.7 50.2 60.7 14.6 88 2.95 72 3.11 1S5 47 SW. Dates of TEMPERATniiE Extremes for the Period January 1,1894, to December 31,1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 June 11, 15. 21, 29; July 10-12, 16, 19, 24, 27, 28; Ailg. 1, 7, 8; Sept. 1. May 29; June 2; July 16; Aug. 9, 10, 14; Sep. 10, 11, 19, 20, 22. May 9; July 12-14, 29; Aug. 4, 5, 8-11. June 15; July 3,4,9,30; Sept. 6, 8, 9. June 2. 4, 29; July 2, 7, 17, 18, 27; Aug. 23,31; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 7-12.. Jan.31; Feb.l Dec 14 15,20 June 4, 6; July 26; Aug. 19, 20; Sept. 2, 1895 1896 Jan.27,28;Feb.l,2,4, 5,8. Jan. 4 . 6,16. June 26; July 3-6, 14, 15; Aug. 4-11, 20; Sept. 5, 10 June 11,26,28,30; July 1,5,20,21,27-29. 1897 Jan.24-26 July 4,13,30. im Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 13, 26. July 8, 28. 554 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WISCONSIN. Southern Section: ROCK COUNTY. Station: BELOIT. S. C. Lathrop, Observer. [EataWished January 1, 1860. Latitude, 42° 30' N. Longitude, 89° 2' W. Elevation, 760 teet.] Meteorological records were begun at Beloit College on January 1, 1850, and have been continued by the college and later by the Smith Observatory to the present time. Beloit is located in the Rock River Valley a few miles north of the Illinois boundary line. The surrounding country is mainly rolling, with a rather sharp ascent from the river to the crest of the bluffs, which rise to a height of 50 to 60 feet on either side. The thermometers are exposed in a window shelter located on the north side of the transit room and about 8 feet above ground. The shelter consists of an unpainted box 30 by 30 by 9 inches, the roof and two sides being wood, while the bottom and back are of wire netting. The thermometers are attached to a transverse bar about midway between the window pane and the back of the shelter. The rain gage is exposed on the roof of the observatory 10 feet east of the dome, the top of which is about 10 feet above the surface of the gage. The gage is 20 feet above the ground. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual temperatures given in the accompanying table were obtained by dividing the sum of the maxima and minima by 2. The mean monthly, seasonal, and annual precipitation and the total amount for the driest and wettest years cover a period of thirty-eight years, 1866 to 1903, inclusive, while temperature values, the number of days with 0.01 or more, and the average and greatest snowfall cover a period of eleven years, 1893 to 1903, inclusive. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. S Si s i e s SB a g 1 ■< e S a h V ii 1 1 m u &° •o is a il ©•a So, 1 = 1 c £ o gJ lil Snow. o 5 Month.. ID 01) . "jag Decemter °j?. 23 20 19 31 29 28 "F. 68 68 69 "F. 16 12 9 op -26 -23 -23 °.F. 31 27 26 °F. 16 8 14 In. 1.9 1.9 1.8 6 6 5 In. 1.6 11 In. 2.7 2.4 6.8 In. 4.6 8.6 9.0 In. 6.0 10.0 7.0 sw. w. w. 21 29 12 6.6 17 4.7 11.9 22.2 w. March April 34 49 eo 42 59 70 80 84 91 26 39 60 - 4 18 31 41 66 67 27 45 53 2.2 2.7 3.6 6 7 9 2.8 0.4 2.4 4.4 1.6 3.2 4.8 0.5 0.0 6.0 6.0 0.0 sw. N. May S. Spring mean 48 67 38 8.6 22 5.6 9.1 5.3 s. 68 74 71 79 85 82 98 105 96 58 62 60 36 46 42 72 80 76 63 71 67 4.1 3.7 3.5 7 7 5 1.5 2.1 0.8 5.2 6.2 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July sw. sw. 71 82 60 11.3 19 4.4 12.2 0.0 sw. September 61 50 38 69 59 46 94 83 69 53 40 29 23 - 2 - 4 69 69 44 59 45 32 3.3 2.2 1.9 7 5 5 2.0 0.9 1.2 4.9 6.0 2.4 0.0 0.6 4.3 o;o 3.0 13.0 sw. s. w. 50 58 41 7.4 17 4.1 13 3 4.8 s. Annual mean 47 57 106 38 -25 I 32.8 75 18.8 1 46.6 32.3 13.0 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1,1894, to December 31,1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. Jan. 26 June 11, 12, 14, 16, 21, 29; July 1, 10-12, 15-19, 26. 27, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 7, 8, 23, 28; Sept. 1,2. Jan. 27, 28, 30; Feb. May 29; June 3, 9, 10, 17, 25; July 6-7, 1-5,7-9,11,12. ; 12, 13, 21; Aug. 9, 11 14, 16, 17; Sept. 10,11,19-22. Jan. 4,5; Feb.20 i June 6, 20; July 1. 3, 11-14; Aug. 4-9. Jan. 24-26; Dec. 17 , June 13-16; July 2-4, 7-10, 30; Aug. 1, 2,8; Sept. 5, 7-10, 13, 14. None ' July 1, 2, 15-19; Aug. 23 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10°. Jan. 29-31; Feb. 8-11, 13. Feb. 1,16 Jan. 1; Feb. 6; Dec. 14,16,20. Jan. 27, 28; Dec. 25, 26 Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 13, 16, 17, 25, 26, 28-30. Maximum 90° or above. July 24; Aug. 10, 11, 18, 19, 23, 27-31; Sept. 2,5. July 2-6,15; Aug. 3-11,18,19. June 12, 24r-28. 30; July 1, 2, 4, 5, 9-12, 14, 15, 17, 19-26, 28; Aug. 7; Sept. 6,6. None. July 2,3,8,9,28; Aug. 23. MICHIGAN. By CHARLES F. SCHNEIDER, Section Director. 555 MICHIGAN. The climate of Michigan is insular to a marked degree, owing to the fact that both peninsulas are almost entirely surrounded by the Great Lakes. The topography of the State may generally be described as rolling, except over the western central portions of the Upper Peninsula, which are rugged and almost mountainous. The eleva,tions in the Lower Peninsula slope gradually upward from the lake level to the two large divides, which are located in Otsego, Crawford, and Roscommon counties and over Jackson and Hillsdale counties. The extreme elevation of the former divide is nearly 1,400 feet, or about 800 feet above lake level. The apex of the southern divide is nearly 600 feet above lake level. In the Upper Peninsula the land is low and fiat over the four eastern counties, but over m.ost of Marquette, Dickinson, and Iron counties the elevations rise abruptly and in rocky masses to nearly 1,000 feet above lake level, gradually sloping down to fine rolling land with an elevation of £00 to 600 feet above lake level over the western counties. The climate varies, the influence of the Great Lakes being sufficient to greatly reduce the excessive cold of winter and the high temperatures of summer throughout the shore counties. Marked differences in temperature often occur both in summer and winter in the interior and shore counties. This influence of the lakes is very forcibly illustrated by the extensive fruit belt that extends from the southwestern limits of the State along the Lake Michigan shore to Grand Traverse Bay. This fruit belt includes the famous peach region that extends north into Oceana County. The effect of the lakes, particularly Lake Michigan, moderates the short periods of hot weather that usually occur in March, which in turn retards the eaily swelling of the fruit buds ; likewise the lake influence moderates the late cold waves, which often occur as late as the middle of May. The general effect is to produce an even and gradual increase in temperature and counteract an excessive variabUity. In latitude the limits of the State extend from 41° 45' on the south to 47° 30' on the north. Temperature. — The annual mean temperature of the State, as a whole, is about 44°. Of course the annual mean temperature decreases as one travels from the southern limits of the State toward the northern. The mean temperature in the southern two tiers of counties is approximately 48°, while in the extreme northern part of the State, at Calumet and Sault Ste. Marie, the aimual mean temperature is approximately 39°. The winters in the Upper Peninsula are long and cold, and snow usually covers the ground from early November until April and sometimes May. The average summer maximum temperatures in the interior portions of the Lower Peninsula range from 85° to 90°. Along the lake shore, particularly the Lake Michigan shore, the average summer maximum temperature ranges from 80° to 85°. The extreme maximum temperatme occuri ing during the summer rarely exceeds 100°, and periods of excessive heat are usually limited to one or two days. The highest temperature ever known to have occurred is 108° on July 15, 1901, at Marquette, Mich. The average winter minimum temperatures range in the vicinity of zero in the Upper Peninsula and in the Lower they are about 10° above. The lowest temperatures occur in February on the high rocky elevations of Marquette and Iron counties and along the high divide in the northern part of the Lower Peninsula. The extreme winter minimum temperatures range from 25° to 40° below zero, and diu-ing the excessively cold period of February, 1899, a minimum of 49° below zero was recorded at Humboldt, Marquette County. The average exti'eme winter minimum temperature is about 30° below zero. Frost. — In the Upper Peninsula it is not an infrequent occurrence to have frosts every month in the year. In the Lower Peninsula frosts of considerable severity have been known to occur in the northern counties as late as early July, but this is unusual. Over the greater portion of the agricultural counties of the Lower Peninsula the last frosts in spring usually occur about the middle of May, while the first destructive frosts of fall do not occur until during the fu'st decade of October. Precipitation. — The precipitation is well distributed throughout the State and throughout the yeai\ The average for the State is 32.91 inches, which is distributed as follows: The normal in the Upper Peninsula is 34.58 inches; in the northern counties of the Lower Peninsula, 30 inches; in the central counties, 28.95 inches; and in the southern counties, 33.58 inches. The precipitation increases gradually from about 2 inches in March to a maximum of 3J inches in May, after which it gradually decreases during July, August, and September. The maximum precipitation in the Upper Peninsula is not reached until June. During all months of the year, except i: ebruary, the aversige total precipitation in all sections exceeds 2 inches. Storms. — Destructive storms that cover a large extent of territory are almost unknown. Wind storms severe enough to do general damage are very infrequent, while damage from hail and lightning is very slight during any year, and is usually confined to limited areas. 556 NOETH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. List of Counties and Climatological Stations, michigan. 557 County. Aloona (see Alpena) Alger {see Marquette) — Allegan {see Kalamazoo). Alpena Antrim {see Ivan) Arenac {see Grayling) — Baraga {see Calumet) — Barry .• Bay {see Alma) Benzie {see Ivan) Berrien {see Kalamazoo) . Branch {see Adrian) Calhoun {see Kalamazoo) Cass {see Kalamazoo) — Charlevoix (see Cheboygan) Cheboygan Chippewa Clare {see Alma) Clinton (see Lansing) Crawford Delta Dicldnaon {see Escanaba) . Eaton {see Lansing) Emmet (see Cheboygan) . . Genesee {see Arbela) Gladwin {see Alma) Gogebic {see Calumet) Grand Traverse {see Ivan) Gratiot Hillsdale (see Adrian) Houghton Huron Ingham Ionia (see Lansing) Iosco (see Grayling) Iron (see Calumet) Isabella (see Alma) Jackson (see Adrian) Kalamazoo Kalkaska Kent {see Grand Haven) . . Keweenaw (see Calumet). . Lake (see Ivan) Lapeer {see Arbela) Leelanau {see Cheboygan) . Station. Alpena . . . Hastings . Cheboygan . Sault S t e Marie. Grayling . . Escanaoa. Calumet Harbor Beach Lansing Kalamazoo . Ivan District. Northern counties UfTper Peninsula Southern counties Northern counties do do Upper Peninsula . Southern counties Central counties.. Northern counties Southern counties do do do Northern counties do Upper Peninsula . Northern counties Southern counties Northern counties Upper Peninsula . do Southern counties Northern counties Southern counties Northern counties Upper Peninsula . Northern counties Central counties. . Southern counties Upper Peninsula . Central counties.. Southern counties do Northern counties Upper Peninsula . Central counties . . Southern counties do Northern cotmties Southern counties Upper Peninsula . Northern counties Southern counties Northern counties 572 563 661 662 569 567 573 675 5G5 County. Lenawee Livingston (see Lansing).. Luce (see Sault Ste. Marie) Mackinac {see Sault Ste. Marie). Macomb (see Ball Moun- tain) . Manistee {see Ivan) Marquette Mason (see Ivan) Mecosta {see Alma) Menominee {see Escanaba) Midland (see Alma) Missaukee {see Ivan) Monroe (see Adrian) Montcalm {see Alma) Montmorency (see Gray- ling). {see Grand (see Grand Muskegon Haven) . Newaygo Haven) . Oakland Oceana (see Grand Haven) Ogemaw {see Grayling) . . . Ontonagon (see Calumet) . Osceola {see Ivan) Oscoda (see Grayling) Otsego (see Grayling) Ottawa Presque Isle (see Alpena) . . Roscommon (see Grayling) Saginaw (see Arbela) Sanilac {see Arbela) Schoolcraft (see Sault Ste. Marie). Shiawassee (see Lansing) . . St. Clair St. Joseph (see Kalama- zoo). Tuscola Van Buren (see Kala- mazoo). Washtenaw {see Detroit) . . Wayne Wexford (see Ivan) Marquette . Ball Mountain Grand Haven. Port Hiu-on . Arbela Detroit . District- Southern counties ....do Upper Peninsula . do - Page. I Southern counties . Northern counties . Upper Peninsula . Northern counties . Central counties . . I . Upper Peninsula . . Central counties.. . Northern counties . Soutnem counties' . Central counties . . j . Northern counties . Central counties . ....do Southern counties I Central coimtiea . . I Northern counties Upper Peninsula J Northern counties ...-do ....do Southern counties Northern counties ....do Central coimties.. ....do Upper Peninsula . Southern counties ....do ....do Central counties Southern counties ....do ....do Northern counties 570 State Summajry. Station. Num- ber. Temperature. Mean Mean Mean Abso- an- maxi- mini- lute nual. mum. mum. maxi- mum. 'F. "F. °F. "F. 39 46 32 97 41 49 33 108 39 49 31 94 41 49 33 90 42 52 32 101 42 50 34 98 43 53 33 103 42 54 30 101 44 54 35 101 46 56 35 100 46 57 36 101 46 54 .39 94 46 63 38 99 47 57 37 100 47 56 38 100 46 55 37 98 43 57 39 100 48 56 41 101 48 58 37 102 Abso- lute mini- mum. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below Calumet.. Marquette Sault Ste. Marie Escai Chebi Alpei Ivan .GrayUng Harbor Beach . Alma Arbela Grand Haven. Port Huron. . . Hastings Lansing Ball Mountain Kalamazoo Detroit Adrian Julv, 1901 ,...:do July, 1894 June, 1890 Julv, 1897 July, 1901 .\ugust, 1891 July, 1897 July, 1901 Julv, 1897 do July, 1901 July, 1887 July, 1901 July, 1S87 September, 1898 July, 1901 July, 1887 August, 1890. . . . "F. -28 -27 -37 -32 -38 -27 -30 -41 -21 -26 -24 -25 -25 -31 -17 -18 -19 -24 -26 February, 1888 . do February, 1899.. February, 1875. . February, 1895. . January, 1882. . . February, 1899. . do..' ....do February, 1888.. February, 1899.. do February, 1885.. February, 1899.. do February, 1896.. February, 1899.. December, 1872. January, 1892... 166 161 159 163 171 138 148 142 127 137 146 131 138 129 119 1.31 558 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. State Summary — Continued. Station. Calumet Marquette yault Ste. Marie Escanaba Cheboygan Alpena Ivan Grayling. Harbor Beach.. Alma Arbela Grand Haven. .. Port Huron Hastings Lansing Ball Mountain.. Kalamazoo Detroit Adrian Frost Average date of— Date oil- ber. First Earliest Latest killing Last in killing m autumn. spring. in autumn. spring. 1 Oct. 8 May 11 Sept. 16 June 5 2 Oct. 2 May 15 Aug. 22 June 11 3 Sept. 24 May 16 Sept. 5 May 29 4 Oct. 1 May 14 Sept. 9 June 16 5 Sept. 16 May 22 July 10 June 8 6 Sept. 26 May 14 Sept. 6 June 9 7 Sept. 14 May 23 .Tuly 11 ....do... 8 Sept. 12 Oct. 7 May 26 May 12 do. do 9 Sept. 18 ....do... 10 Sept. 26 May 8 Sept. 11 May 26 11 Sept. 11 May 13 July 17 May 28 12 Oct. 10 Apr. 28 Miy 8 Sept. 23 ....do... 13 Oct. 9 ...do... June 6 14 Sept. 15 May 10 July 12 May 31 15 Oct. 8 Apr. 25 May 9 Sept. 20 ....do... 16 Oct. 1 Sept. 14 June 9 17 Oct. 9 Apr. 24 &ept. 20 May 13 18 ....do... Apr. 28 Sept. 17 May 31 19 Oct. 11 .Apr. 27 Sept. 20 May 13 Precipitation. Annual. Inches. 31.7 32.4 32.4 31.5 30.3 33.7 32.4 28.8 26.9 33.2 33.2 35.3 31.0 33.5 29.2 31.5 34.8 32.2 34.6 Spring. Inches. 6.8 7.3 6.9 7.2 7.4 7.4 7.1 6.1 6.3 8.1 9.2 8.2 7.8 7.8 8.0 8.0 8.5 7.9 9.0 Summer. Inches. 8.9 9.4 8.9 10.7 9.9 10.1 2.1 8.7 8.0 8.9 9.7 9.3 8.6 9.4 8.0 9.6 10.1 10.1 10.4 Autumn. Inches. 9.0 9.6 10.1 9.0 8.0 9.9 9.1 7.7 7.7 9.7 8.1 9.0 7.3 8.1 8.8 7.6 8.8 Winter. Inches. 7.0 6.1 6.5 4.6 5.0 6.3 7.1 6.3 4.9 6.5 6.2 7.6 6.3 7.3 5.9 6.8 7.4 6.6 6.4 NOKTH CENTRAL DISTKICTS. 559 MICHIGAN. Upper Peninsula: HOUGHTON COUNTY. Station: CALUMET. E. S. Grieeson, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in July, 1887. Latitude, 47° 13' N. Longitude, 88° 26' W. Elevation, 1,246 feet.] This station is located within the corporation limits of the village of Calumet and its surroundings are quite open. Calumet is situated on a high ridge, which forms the backbone of Keweenaw Point, and the general topography of the country surround- ing it is rugged, rocky, and quite exposed. The elevation decreases abruptly in all directions, except toward the northeast. The thermometers are exposed in a standard window instrument shelter, attached to the northeast side of a one-and-one- half story frame building, used for office purposes. The shelter has louvered sides, double roof, and solid bottom, and is 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 4 feet above groimd and 25 feet from the nearest building. The observations have been taken continuously since July 1, 1887. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. & s 1 s Is 1^ i a a II 1 p in P ^ IB ■a 3 h 1 1 ■si i'Sa ^1 P'C a„ Eh i| lil Eh Snow. 1 5 Month. bo . "ft F. 30 24 25 °F. 59 56 69 'F. 17 10 9 "F. -20 -26 -27 °F. 35 27 33 'F. 17 6 2 In. 2.4 2.0 1.7 16 16 14 In. 0.6 1.0 0.4 In. 1.0 1.7 2.8 In. 27.3 25.0 19.2 In. 12.2 13.0 17.0 P.ct. 86 86 85 Grs. 0.88 0.89 0.76 p.ct. 81 84 82 Grs. 0.91 0.94 0.88 w. NW. NVV. Winter mean 19 26 12 6.1 '46 2.0 5.5 72.1 85 0.84 82 0.91 NW. 24 38 49 32 46 58 70 87 98 15 31 41 -16 3 22 40 44 57 14 33 42 2.0 2.2 3.1 14 11 12 0.4 0.2 2.5 3.8 0.5 4.6 21.0 7.7 1.7 14.7 10.5 5.3 82 77 74 1.01 1.89 2.79 78 74 71 1.16 1.96 2.89 NW. April NW. May NW. Spring mean 37 45 29 7.3 37 3.1 8.8 30.4 78 1.90 74 2.00 NW. 59 65 G4 68 77 72 98 108 98 50 56 56 31 38 33 65 71 70 54 60 58 3.4 3.2 2.8 12 12 12 3.2 2.4 2.3 3.5 2.5 2.8 T. T. 0.0 T. T. 0.0 76 74 77 4.03 5.01 4.73 71 71 75 4.22 4.98 4.92 NW. Julv NW. NW. 63 72 54 9.4 36 7.9 8.8 T. 75 4.69 72 ! 4. 71 NW. September 56 46 32 66 54 38 94 87 69 60 39 26 28 12 - 9 63 56 41 49 40 25 3.7 3.2 2.7 13 14 15 3.8 6.1 2.4 12.7 3.7 3.4 0.3 4.0 18.9 4.4 4.8 15.2 80 82 84 3.88 2.70 1.63 76 i 4.08 77 2.08 81 1.71 NW October NW. W. Fall mean 45 53 38 n.6 42 12.3 19.8 23.2 82 2.74 78 1 2.82 NW. 41 49 108 33 -27 32.4 161 25.3 42.9 126.7 17.0 80 2.52 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 None ;< do June 14, 15; July 17-19, 27; Sept. 1, 2. May 9, 29; June 1, 17; Sept. 10, 20. May 7-9; July 1; Aug. 3. July 3, 4, 7; Sept. 8, 9, 30. June 24; Julv 2. 14, 17, 18; Sept. 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb.9-U 1895 May 13; June 26; July 6; Aug. 4. June 25-27; July 14, 16, 19, 20. May 22; July 7, 8. July 7. 1896 1897 do do do do 1898 do do NORTH CENTEAL DISTRICTS. 561 MICHIGAN. Northern District: CHIPPEWA COUNTY. Station: SAULT STE. MARIE. A. G. Burns, Observer. [Established by U. S. Signal Service July 1, 1888. Latitude, 46° 30' N. Longitude, 84° 21' W. Elevation, 607 feet.] The first location of this station was in the First National Bank Building, comer of Ashmun street and Portage avenue, from July 1, 1888, to April 30, 1896, elevation (barometer), 642.5 feet. The second station was in the News Building, 33 Ashmun street, from May 1, 1896, to June 30, 1899; elevation, 623.7 feet. The present station is in the United States Weather Bureau Building, in the northwestern portion of the city of Sault Ste. Marie, Chippewa County, in a park known as the Canal Park, being part of the United States Government reservation. The falls of the St. Marys River are about 600 feet to the north. The Laurentian Mountains are about 5 miles north of the station and rise to a height of about 500 feet. The instruments are exposed on the roof of the building, which is flat. The thermometers are in a standard shelter, 6 feet 10 inches above the roof and 39 feet 8 inches above the ground; the rain gage 2 feet 4 inches above the roof and 35 feet 2 inches above the ground; anemometer cups 28 feet 1 inch above the roof and 60 feet 11 inches above the ground; wind vane 26 feet 7 inches above the roof and 59 feet 5 inches above the ground. The sunshine is from four years' record. Remainder of tabulated data is from the full period of observation, fifteen and one-half yeara, July 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 h 1 O..H a t a , o ■< a il i a '3 1 a s .Q >> h w k 1 oi ill II — ja Snow. S 00 > 00 $ o E pi 00 > 1 s ft ■ 00 1 s i o 6 ft o to . " D. a 00 s D o < 6 ft •3 d 00 a" s M < Month. ■^ « 3 c3'S,.a O December . . . "F. 24 19 18 "F. 30 26 26 "F. 56 62 59 19 12 10 'F. -15 -27 -27 °F. 34 2« 29 "F. 16 10 3 In. 2.2 2.3 1.8 16 16 14 In. 2.6 2.7 0.5 In. 2.3 1.6 5.0 In. 13.6 19.6 16.2 In. 9.1 16.8 12.3 P.ct. 86 85 85 Grs. 1.33 0.96 0.88 p.ct S3 83 81 Grs. 1.41 1.07 1.05 1.18 w. January w. w. 20 27 14 ... 6.3 46 5.8 8.9 49.4 85 1.06 82 w. 25 38 50 33 47 59 77 83 S5 17 31 41 -19 - 2 22 36 46 57 13 30 44 1.9 2.2 3.3 13 11 12 0.3 2.7 2.3 3.0 0.9 5.0 10.8 3.4 0.9 8.0 11.7 5.0 83 78 77 1.18 1.99 3.03 78 74 72 1.32 2.11 3.04 NW. April SE. May SE. Spring mean 38 46 30 7.4 36 6.3 8.9 15.1 79 2.07 76 2.16 SE. 60 66 64 69 76 72 97 98 95 51 57 55 34 40 39 65 69 70 56 62 60 3.6 3.1 3.4 12 11 11 1.4 0.5 3.1 3.2 2.1 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 77 78 83 4.42 5.12 4.93 73 72 76 4.48 5.21 6.15 SE. July NW. NW. 63 72 54 1 10.1 34 5.0 8.3 0.0 79 4.82 74 4.95 NW. September 57 46 34 66 54 40 94 87 70 49 39 28 28 15 - 4 62 55 42 53 40 26 3.6 3.7 2.6 12 14 15 2.6 0.8 2.2 6.2 10.2 3.0 T. 0.9 6.2 0.5 5.7 11.0 85 86 86 4.12 2.83 1.89 79 79 82 4.39 2.90 2.02 NW. October NW. November NW. Fall mean 46 63 39 9.9 41 5.6 19.4 7.1 86 2.95 m 3.10 NW. 42 50 98 34 -27 33.7 167 21.7 45.5 71.6 16.8 82 2.72 78 2.85 NW. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Eeb. 24 June 16; July 19, 27; Sept. 2. May 29-31; June 1; Sept. 20, 21. May 9; Aug. 6. July 4; Sept. 8, 9. June 24; July 2, 14, 17; Aug. 31 ; Sept. 2, 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 7, 9-13.. Feb. 1, 26, 27 June 4; Aug. 18. May 14; June 26; July 6; Aug. 5-7, 9, 10. June 27; July 1, 17, 20; Sept. 6 July 5, 6. Julys. 1895 Feb. 2,6-7 1896 Feb. 17 None 1897 None do 1898 do do NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 565 MICHIGAN. Northern District: KALKASKA COUNTY. Station: IVAN. 0. L. GiDDiNGS, Observer. lEstablished by the Signal Service in May, 1889. Latitude, 44° 35' N. Longitude, 85° 07' W. Elevation, .] This station is on the northern slope of the Manistee River. The surrounding country is quite hilly and rolling. The thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter. It is in a grassy yard, 20 teet from the observer's house. The rain gage is supported on a post 5 feet high and is 20 feet from any building. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. tx § E ® . fl oj "a s a . a II g .a B a if s li IS o 1 3 ^ a a<„ ^3 . pi 11 Snow. V Month. bo . < « - s O o s °J?. 24 20 18 'F. 30 27 27 "F. 64 47 54 "F. 18 12 10 "F. -16 -19 -30 31 24 25 -F. 20 11 14 In. 2.7 2.6 1.8 12 13 10 In. 3.0 3.1 1.4 In. 3.6 6.0 2.6 In. 15.2 28.0 16.8 In. 14.0 14.0 12.0 SW. NW. NW. Winter mean 21 28 13 / 7.1 35 7.5 11.2 60.0 NW. March 27 42 53 35 53 65 71 88 94 16 31 41 -23 14 36 48 62 20 37 49 2.0 2.2 2.9 10 9 10 0.9 1.6- 4.2 3.1. 1.9 3.3 12.6 2.4 1.4 12.0 3.0 6.0 NW. April NW. May NW. Spring mean 41 51 29 7.1 29 6.7 8.3 16.3 NW. 64 68 65 66 77 81 77 100 98 103 50 56 52 28 32 33 70 74 70 58 63 61 3.1 2.7 3.3 10 9 8 1.5 0.3 2.3 3.8 0.4 4.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 78 52 9.1 27 4.1 9.1 0.0 SW. 58 46 33 70 67 40 96 85 68 47 37 27 26 12 4 63 65 41 64 38 30 3.3 2.9 2.9 10 9 12 3.5 2.2 2.4 2.1 6.8 2.0 0.1 1.6 13.0 1.0 4.0 6.0 SW. NW. NW. 46 66 37 9.1 3'1 8.1 9.9 14.7 NW. 43 53 103 33 -30 32.4 122 26.4 38.6 91.0 14.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Feb. 24; Dee. 28 Feb. 6; Mar. 14 Feb. 17 Feb. 27 Feb.l Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1 7-14; Deo. 30. Maximum 95° or above. June 15; July 27. June 10; July 16; Sept. 10. Aug. 5. July 3, 4, 6, 8, 9; Sept. 9. July 17, 24. Aug. 19. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below — 10°, Feb. 16, 26,27... Feb. 14; Mar. 6. Jan. 28; Feb. 19. Feb. 17 Maximum 06° or above. Aug. 6. June 26, 27; July 1, 16, 20. 566 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. MICHIGAN. Northern District: CRAWFORD COUNTY. Station: QRAYLINQ. Oscar Palmee, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in April, 1887. Latitude, 44° E9' N. Longitude, 84° 42' W. Elevation, 1,147 feet.] This station is located in the observer's yard, near the southwestern limits of the village of Gray.ling, and its surroundings are open in all respects. The country surrounding it is quite hilly, very sandy, and covered with scrubby jack-pine growth. The thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter, 4J feet above the ground, and in a garden plat, 20 feet from the house. The rain gage is 1 foot above ground near the shelter. Observations have been taken by Doctor Palmer since the establishment of the station in April, 1887. The record during 1887 and 1888 is broken, but since 1889 is quite complete. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Em a 1 ■a oi a t a 4 g .s a a i s B II 1 3 B| 5 1» i Hi O 1 il 3g| ^1 o s 1 a i o S '5 5 3 !i h ■sa 3 i lag. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. a O.S (3 °F. 25 23 21 °F. 33 30 29 °F. 62 54 64 "F. 18 16 13 -F. -13 -11 -24 'F. 28 27 26 'F. 21 22 15 In. 2.2 2.0 2.0 8 8 7 iTl. 0.5 2.0 1.7 In. 1.3 3.0 4.0 In. 5.5 8.8 10.8 In. 6.5 6.0 8.0 sw. NW. SW. 23 31 16 6.2 23 4.2 8.3 25.1 SW. 31 46 58 40 57 70 73 85 89 22 36 46 -13 10 23 39 51 64 24 43 54 2.5 2.6 4.1 7 7 10 2.5 1.3 2.4 1.6 4.3 6.1 7.0 0.4 0.1 12.0 2.0 1.0 NW. April SW. May SW. Spring mean 45 56 35 9.2 24 6.5 12.0 7.5 SW. 66 71 68 78 84 SO 94 101 97 S3 69 55 33 36 31 68 74 73 02 67 65 .3.6 3.3 2.8 9 7 6 1.4 1.3 2.7 6.2 4.4 7.8 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 68 81 56 9.7 22 5.4 18.4 T. SW September 62 51 38 74 62 46 96 8S 73 51 39 29 23 19 8 65 67 47 56 44 34 2.8 2.7 2.6 7 6 8 1.1 1.7 2.5 4.5 3.0 2.0 T. T. 4.7 T. 0.5 8.0 SW October SW. SW. 50 01 40 8.1 21 5.3 9.5 4.7 SW 46 57 101 36 -24 33.2 90 21.4 48.2 37.3 12.0 SW Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 28 None. July and September missing. None. July 3, 4, 8-10. July 2, 17,24; Aug. 23; Sept. 1-3. Aug. 20. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 27 Aug. 5, 7, 8, 10, 11. July 1, 20. 1895 Feb. 5, 6 Jan. 4; Feb. 14; Dec. 21, Feb. 5 1896 Feb. 14 . 1897 Jan. 25 None. 1898 Feb. 17 Do. 1899 Jan. 31; Feb. 9-13; Dec. 30. 570 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MICHIGAN. Southern District: OTTAWA COUNTY. Station: QRAND HAVEN. J. E. Gatfield, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service on May 24, 1871. Latitude, 43° OS' N. Longitude, 86° 13' W. Elevation, 628 feet.] This station was established by the Signal Service and observations have been taken continuously since date of estab- lishment. The station was discontinued by the Weather Bureau June 30, 1903, since which time the records have been main- tained by the wind-signal displayman. The country surrounding is moderately level, except along the lake shore, which is marked by high sand dunes that shelter the city somewhat from the lake. The station has always been located in the heart of the business portion of the town, the instruments being exposed on the roof of the Cutler house. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter and are 9 feet above the roof. The rain gage is exposed on the roof, which is 45 feet above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 a lea ?.§ a S a i s . li o ■< e s II o 1 H a i3 H ■SB 1 S 1 NO •a oi 3 S B r Eh II i| Snow. a 00 1 a 1 i a 00 i 1 a 0, CO 1 o < Month. 0) M . < »> - a «5o o ■•8 n °F. 29 24 25 36 31 31 °F. 61 81 50 °F. 26 20 18 °Ji'. -12 -12 -25 'F. 37 37 36 "F. 22 17 15 In. 2.6 2.7 2.2 16 19 15 In. 4.9 3.8 1.1 In. 3.8 2.2 6.1 In. 10.7 17.6 12.7 In. 7.5 12.0 5.0 P. a. 86 89 89 Ors. 1.68 1.31. 1.15 p. a. 82 85 85 Ors. 1.59 1.38 1.32 sw. January NW. February NW. 26 32 20 7.5 50 9.8 12.1 41.0 88 1.35 84 1.43 NW. 31) 44 65 38 52 63 71 84 87 24 36 46 - 5 9 28 39 49 62 24 41 60 2.3 2.5 3.4 13 11 12 0.9 1.3 2.6 3.8 1.9 1.2 8.3 ,1-2 0.3 9.6 5.0 4.0 84 76 77 1.56 2.32 .■i.36 79 68 67 1.74 2.40 3.36 NW. April E. May SW. Spring mean 43 52 36 8.2 36 4.8 6.9 9.8 79 2.41 71 2.50 "E. 64 69 67 72 76 75 92 94 92 56 61 59 37 40 42 68 74 73 59 64 61 3.9 2.7 2.7 10 8 S 0.7 1.7 2.5 3.4 4.8 1.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 77 80 4.79 5.57 5.25 68 64 69 4.91 5.44 5.50 SW. July SW. IiSW. 67 76 59 9.3 26 4.9 10.1 0.0 78 5.20 67 5.28 SW. 60 50 37 69 58 44 92 82 72 53 43 32 30 20 67 58 45 56 44 32 3.6 3.2 3.0 11 12 14 2.3 0.4 3.5 6.7 7.9 4.2 T. 0.1 7.6 T, 0.4 8.0 82 82 82 4.40 3.00 2.02 70 73 78 4.44 3.22 2.15 SW. SE. NW. 49 58 43 9.8 37 6.2 18.8 7.6 82 3.14 74 3.27 cSE. 46 64 94 39 -25 34.8 149 25.7 47.9 58.4 12.0 82 3.03 74 3.12 SW. aAlsoSW., NW. 'AlsoNW. cAlsoSW., NW. Dates of Temperatdre Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to June 30, 1903. Year. Minimum below-10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 None July 19, 26. June 3. None. July 3, 6-9; Sept. 14. July 24. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 9-13 July 23, 24; Aug. 28. 1895 do 1896 do do. June 24; July 15, 17, 21. 1897 do do 1898 do do Do NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 571 MICHIGAN. Southern District: ST. CLAIR COUNTY. Station: PORT HURON. W. J. Olds, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, August, 1874. Latitude, 43° 00' N. Longitude, 82° 26' W. Elevation, 599 feet.] The station is situated about one-fourth of a mile from the St. Clair River and about 2 miles from the foot of Lake Huron. The surrounding country is perfectly level. The office was located in the city hail, comer of Huron avenue and Broad street, from the date of its establishment until October 31, 1886, when it v/as moved to its present quarters in the Federal Building, corner of Sixth and Water streets. From November 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903, the thermometers have been exposed in a standard shelter located on the east roof of the Federal Building and at an- elevation of 70feet above ground and 10 feet above the roof. The rain gages are exposed upon the same roof with an elevation of 63 feet above ground. The anemometer and the wind vane are 120 feet above ground. The exposure of the instruments is not obstructed by surrounding buildings. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation : Snowfall, nineteen years ; humidity, fifteen years. Remain- der of data is from the fuU period of observation, twenty-nine years, September 1, 1874, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. " Precipitation. Meanh umidity. 1 s ■S.H i 1^ s S 6 < a !i el is 1 s 1° 03 <4-lO Oo III n1 il op ^s . o3 tH oi Snow. 00 i s (3 00 00 > ■3 d 00 ®" 3 .a ■< Month. "■9s els •s 3 "F. 27 22 23 "F. 33 29 30 °F. 65 64 60 °F. 22 18 15 'F. -14 -15 -25 "F. 37 35 33 "F. 17 13 10 In. 2.2 1.9 2.2 15 16 14 Jn. 2.8 1.1 1.4 In. 3.0 2.8 2.2 In. 8.5 9.S 10.5 In. 8.0 10.0 12.5 P.ct. 83 83 83 Grs. 1.41 1.12 0.98 P.ct. 79 81 80 Grs. 1.53 1.26 1.24 SW. January sw. s. 24 31 18 6.3 44 5.3 8.0 28.5 83 1.17 80 1.34 sw. March April May 30 43 54 36 51 62 73 84 93 23 35 45 -14 7 26 40 60 63 19 37 48 2.5 2.0 3.3 14 11 13 1.4 1.8 3.0 5.2 2.3 5.0 6.3 2.8 T. 11.0 12.4 0.5 81 75 71 1.44 2.04 3.10 77 .0 70 1.64 2.31 3.51 N. N. N. Spring mean 42 60 34 1 7.8 38 6.2 12.6 9.1 76 2.19 • -.2 2.49 N. Ill 64 69 65 73 78 77 97 99 99 65 60 68 35 42 41 68 74 74 .58 65 60 3.3 2.7 2.6 12 10 9 1.3 2.7 0.5 6.3 1.9 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 70 77 79 4.82 5.58 S.18 72 69 70 4.48 5.69 .5.41 S. NE. NE. 66 76 58 1 8.6 31 4.6 15.6 0.0 77 5.19 70 5.19 NE. September October 62 50 37 70 58 44 97 87 69 53 42 31 30 19 - 6 69 58 45 57 37 29 2.8 2.7 2.8 10 11 13 2.1 1.1 1.2 0.9 1.8 0.0 0.1 5.3 0.0 1.4 16.0 82 82 82 4.26 2.90 1.94 73 73 78 4.62 3.08 2.06 S. S. SW. Fall mean. 50 57 42 8.3 34 4.4 4.9 5.4 82 3.03 75 3.25 s. 46 53 99 38 -25 31.0 147 20.4 41.0 43.0 16.0 80 2.90 74 3.07 s. Dates of Tempekatueb Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1 Minimum below — 10° . Maximum 90° or above. Year, Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 24 June 12, 16, 22, 23, 30; July 11, 12, 19, 27; Aug. 7; Sept. 2, 3. May 30,31; June 1-3; July 6-8; Aug. 10; Sept. 11, -20, 21. May 9; July 12, 13; Aug. 6. July 3-5, 9, 10; Sept. 6, 8-10. June24,30; July3,17; Aug. 23, 31; Sept. 1-4. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 10-13 June 6, 6; Aug. 12, 18-20; Sept. 7. July 4-6; Aug. 5-11; Sept. 1, 6. June 26, 27; July 1, 2, 24, 28; Sept. 7. July 6, 8. Julys. Feb. 5, 6 1896 do 1896 None do do 1897 do....: 1898 do... 572 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MICHIGAN. Southern District: BARRY COUNTY. Station: HASTINGS. John Bessmee, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service m June, 1888. Latitude, 42° 38' N. Longitude, 85° 17' W. Elevation, 770 leet.] This station is in the residence portion of the city of Hastings, and its surroundings are more Uke that of an open country. The station is about half a mile from the center of the town. The town site itself is quite level, but the surround- ing country is roUing and almost hilly. The station is situated on the Thomapple River, which is the principal tributary from the south to the Grand River. The thermometers are exposed in a regulation instrument shelter, on an open lawn, 42 inches above the ground. The rain gage is exposed on a post 4 feet above the ground, just north of the shelter. Fairly good records, extending back to October, 1879, were kept by Dr. F. R. Timmerman. These records consist ol precipitation measurements and exposed thermometer readings, at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. When the station was estab- lished by the Signal Service maximum and minimum thermometers were supplied. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 a >< a Si § s i e . (D g "o z s •a 1 e II o 1 3 a i ig o 1 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Bo; SI 1 = 1 Snow. Month. M . < i 5 'F. 28 24 23 "F. 35 32 30 "F. 61 61 60 °F. 20 16 13 "F. -15 -21 -31 'F. 38 37 33 op 20 14 15 In. 2.7 2.4 2.2 13 12 12 In. 2.7 1.6 1,5 In. 2.9 2.6 3.0 In. 9.3 11.4 15.4 In. 8.0 7.0 11.0 sw. sw. NW. Winter mean 25 32 16 7.3 37 5.8 8.4 36.1 SW. March 32 46 58 40 57 68 76 89 92 22 35 45 - 6 7 20 41 52 66 25 41 53 1.5 2.5 3.8 11 10 11 1.4 1.5 3.4 3.2 5.8 3.6 8.9 2.0 0.5 6.5 5.0 3.0 NW. WSW. May SW. Spring mean 45 55 34 7.8 32 6.3 12.6 11.4 SW. sw. sw. 67 72 69 79 84 81 98 100 97 55 69 56 34 36 37 70 76 74 63 67 66 3.6 3.0 2.8 10 9 7 4.7 1.6 0.1 5.6 2.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July sw. sw. Summer mean 69 81 57 9.4 26 6.3 8.3 0.0 sw. 62 50 37 73 60 45 95 90 72 49 39 29 25 18 2 70 59 45 58 43 33 3.2 2.8 3.0 10 9 12 1.6 3.4 1.0 4.4 2.4 3.5 T. T. 8.1 T. 0.2 10.5 sw. sw. November sw. 50 69 36 1 9.0 31 5.0 1 11.3 8.1 sw. 1 47 57 100 37 -31 33.5 126 23.4 40.6 56.6 11.0 sw. Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. Feb. 5 None. None. July 3, 4, 8-10; Sept. 9. July 2, 16, 17, 23, 24; Aug. 23, 31; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1; Feb. 1, 6-14... Feb. 17, 23 July 24; Aug. 19; Sept. 7. 1896 Jan 5 Aug. 5, 19, 20. June 12, 24, 25; July 1-4, 10, 16, 17, 20-22. 1897 Jan. 25; Dec. 24 Jan. 23-31 Feb. 16; Dec. 21 Feb. 14 Feb. 17 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 573 MICHIGAN. Southern District: INGHAM COUNTY. Station: LANSING. State Boahd of Health, Observer. [Established by tbe Signal Service in June, 1887. Latitude, 42° 44' N. Longitude, 84° 32' W. Elevation, 881 feet.] This station is at present located on the capitol lawn, about 150 feet southwest of the capitol building. From 1887 to 1891 it was maintained as a regular station of the Signal Service. From August, 1891, to January 1, 1895, the State board of health's records have been used. The Weather Bureau maintained a regular station at Lansing from January 1, 1895, until June 15, 1903, since which time the records of the State board of health have been used. The city of Lansing is situated mostly on the western bank of the Grand River. The city itself is quite fiat, and the country surrounding it somewhat rolling. The instruments are exposed in an instrument shelter having louvered sides, solid bottom, and double roof. The shelter is nearly 5 feet high, the bottom of the shelter being 3 feet above ground. The rain gage is supported on an iron post, the top of the gage being 3 feet above ground and located about 20 feet east of the shelter. The mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, .4nd Annual Means. Month. December. January February .*. Winter mean.. March April May Spring mean,. June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annua] mean. Temperature. 24 I ■a a . la 96 100 .57 GO 57 Precipitation. 55 I 44 ; 32 1 I'Ea 'A In. 4.3 2.7 0.5 7.5 1.1 LO 1.4 1.0 1.5 5.1 0.6 0.8 3.6 In. 2.1 1.9 3.6 1.4 4.7 2.1 4.2 4.8 5.7 3.9 2.0 1.4 In. 7.7 10.5 11.2 29.4 7.6 L7 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. 5.2 In. 6.0 7.6 10.4 6.0 6.4 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 8.0 3 sw. sw. sw. sw. NW. NW. SW. NW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. ■ Dates of Temperatdee Extremes toe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 81, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 None July 19. None. Do. July 4, 8-10. July 24. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 9 13 None. Da Da Do. Da 1S95 Feb. 5, 7 Feb. 17 None 1S96 do 1S97 Jan. 25... do 1S9S do 574 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MICHIGAN. Southern District: OAKLAND COUNTY. Station: BALL MOUNTAIN. F. N. Hilton, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in May, 1889. Latitude, 42° 35' N. Longitude, 83° 16' W. Elevation, 932 feet.] This station is on the observer's farm, 5 miles southwest of Pontiac. The country surrounding the station is quite hilly and dotted with numerous small lakes. The elevation of the hills in this vicinity range from 50 to 200 feet in height. The instruments are located on a grassy knoll 50 feet east of the house, and the rain gage is on a 6-foot post near the shelter, 32 feet from the nearest tree. The instrument shelter is a standard affair, with louvered sides, solid bottom, and double roof, 3 feet square, with door facing the north. The bottom of the shelter is 42 inches above the sod. The observations have been taken continuously since May, 1889. The mean temperatures were obtained from, the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 a li o 6.4 3.0 0.0 T. 2.9 0.0 3.5 6.0 80 81 82 4.44 2.97 2.02 68 70 76 4.61 3.06 2.16 240 195 108 64 57 36 sw. October sw. November sw. Fall mean 51 69 44 7.6 31 4.0 12.7 2.9 81 3.14 71 3.28 181 52 sw. 48 56 101 41 -24 32.2 138 21.1 47.7 36.5 24.1 79 3.05 71 3.17 202 52 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb 24 June 11, 12, 22, 23, 29, 30; July 11, 12, 17- 19, 27; Aug. 7, 8; Sept. 2. May 5, 10, 30, 31; June 1-3; July 8, 16, 19; Aug. 10, 17; Sept. 11, 20-22. May 9; July 13; Aug. 5, 9. July 3-5; Sept. 9, 10. June 24, 30; July 1-3, 15, 17, 24; Aug. 23, 30, 31; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None . June 22; July 4; Aug. 19, 20; Sept. 7. July 4, 5, 15; Aug. 5-11; Sept. 6. June 30; July 1, 2, 4, 10, 16, 18, 21, 24, 27, do 1895 do 1896 .do do 28. July 4-6. July 25. do 1893 NORTH OENTBAL DISTRICTS. 577 MICHIGAN. Southern District: LENAWEE COUNTY. Station: ADRIAN. B. F. GIBBS. Observer. [EstabUshea by Proi. W. H. Howfird, ot Adrian Colle.gc, in January, 1878. Latitude, 41° 63' N. Longitude, 84° 1' W. Elevation, 770 fret.- This station is located on a level sodded plat in the residence district of the city of Adrian, where the houses are from 50 to 100 feet apart. The country surrounding Adrian is moderately rolling. From 1878 to 1887 the only instruments were an exposed thermometer and a rain gage. Beginning with 1888 a standard instrument shelter 3 feet square, with solid bottom, together with maximum and minimum thermometers, was installed. The rain gage is exposed on a 3-foot post over an open grass plat 6 feet north of the shelter. The height of the thermometers above ground is 4 feet and 4 inches. Previous to 1888 the mean daily temperature was obtained by the old Smithsonian formula: The sum of the readings at 7 and 2 and twice the reading at 9 divided by 4. Since 1888 the mean temperature has been deduced from the maximum and minimum temperature readings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i a i a 4 S < a e a 1 a II g E 1 Si ■SB 1 S ] Number of days ooooS with 0.01 or more. a. iil E-1 Sn JW. Month. >'0 OS V 5 'F. 27 24 23 'F. 35 31 31 'F. 04 66 64 'F. 21 16 15 "F. -16 -26 -20 'F. 38 37 34 "F. 19 14 10 In. 2.3 1.9 2.2 In. 2.9 2.1 1.3 In. 0.6 1.8 .5.7 In. 7.1 7.6. 7.2 In. 0.0 4.0 16.0 sw. January sw. sw. 25 32 17 0.4 26 6.3 14.1 21.9 sw. Mareh 33 47 58 43 69 69 80 88 97 24 36 43 - 7 17 22 i2 54 06 23 41 52 2.3 2.5 4.2 10 9 11 2.4 1.3 2.5 3.5 2.4 2.0 5.6 0.4 T. 7.0 2.0 T. sw. April . sw. May sw. Spring mean, 46 67 34 9.0 30 6.2 7.9 6.0 sw. 68 72 09 80 80 83 100 101 102 56 59 57 34 42 38 72 77 75 63 66 64 4.2 3.6 2.6 9 8 7 2.2 1.8 2.0 8.9 5.0 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July.. sw. August sw. 70 83 57 10.4 24 6.0 16.3 0.0 sw. 63 54 37 76 62 46 100 90 70 50 39 30 27 15 - 6 69 58 46 67 45 27 3.1 2.6 3.2 8 8 10 1.0 3.6 1.9 6.1 10.7 8.9 0.0 T. 2.2 0.0 T. 1.5 sw. October sw. November. sw. Fall mean 51 61 40 S.8 26 6.4 25.7 2.2 sw. 48 .58 102 37 -26 34.6 10 6 24.9 64.0 30.1 15.0 sw Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1901. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or abovo. 1894 None . . . June 22, 23. May 6, 29-31; June 1-3, 10, 11, 25; July 6, 6, 8, 16, 17, 19, 20; Aug. 9, 10, 15-17 23; Sept. 10-12, 19-22. July 12; Aug. 8, 9. 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 Jan. 25, 26 July 3, 4, 8-10; Sept. 9, 13, 15. July 16, 24; Aug. 23; Sept. 2, 3. July 24; Aug. 19. 1895 Feb. 15; Dec. 13 Jan. 5; Feb. 17; Dec. 24. Jan. 31; Feb. 9-13 1896 Feb. 16, 28; Dec. 21... July 1, 10, 21, 25, 26; Aug. 9, 14. NEBRASKA. By QEORQE A. LOVELAND, Section Director. 679 NEBRASKA. The State of Nebraska lies between the fortieth and forty-third parallels of north latitude and the ninety-fifth and one hundred and fourth meridians of west longitude. It is situated near the geographical center of the United States proper, and is a typical portion of the Great Plains. Measured in miles, the State is 208 miles from north to south and 440 from east to west. It includes within its boundari^'s 77,000 square miles, or 49,000,000 acres. The location of Nebraska at a distance from aU large bodies of water, with a high mountain range along its western border, together with the latitude and elevation, are the important factors determining the climate. The nearest large bodies of water — those supplying most of the moisture to the air — are the Gulf of Mexico, 800 miles to the southward, and the Great Lakes, 500 miles to the eastward. The physical configurations of the surface of the ground within the State are such as to have little effect upon the climate. The surface is one large expanse of rolling prairie, becoming more broken in the extreme northwestern portion by canyons, ridges, and buttes, while mountainous conditions are approached along the western border, where the State nearly touches the Rocky Mountains. A wide area of central Nebraska, about 24,000 square miles, is occupied by wind-blown sands, constituting the great sand-hill district. The lakes are few and small in area, while the trees are largely confined to the valleys along streams, with no extensive forests. The lowest point of Nebraska is the water level of the Missouri Eiver at the southeastern comer of the State, the alti- tude of which is 810 feet. The ascent is very gradual northward along the eastern border, being but a foot or so to the mile, while westward the ascent is slightly steeper and nearly imiform. The grade is 6 feet per mile for the first 100 miles, 7 feet for the second 100, 8 feet for the third, 10 feet for the fourth, and 18 to 20 feet for the last 40 miles. The general surface elevation is about 1,000 feet along the eastern border and exceeds 4,000 feet in the northwestern part of the State, the top of the highest butte ranging from 4,600 to 5,300 feet above sea level. Three main river systems cross the State, flowing mainly eastward from the Rocky Mountains to the Missouri River on the eastern border. They are the Niobrara in the north, the Platte in the center, and the Republican in the south part of the State. Temperature. — The average annual temperature varies with the latitude and elevation. It is 52° in the southeastern portion of the State and 2° less on the western border in the same latitude-, but somewhat more than 2,000 feet higher. The mean annual temperature decreases northward at an average rate of 1° for 35 miles, or to 46° along the northern border. January is the coldest month, with a mean temperature approximately 27° below the yearly average, or with a range of from 25° in the southeast to 20° or slightly below in the north. In the coldest days of winter the temperature usually falls to between 10° and 20° below zero. In the northwestern portion of the State 40° below zero or more has been recorded twice in the past twenty years, the coldest recorded being 47° below zero at Camp Clark on February 12, 1899. July is the warmest month, with a mean approximately 26° above the yearly mean, or with a range of from 78° in the southeast to 72° in the northwest. In the hottest days of summer the temperature exceeds 100°. In 1901, taken as a whole the hottest July recorded, the highest temperature was from 108° to 110°, while in 1894, 114° was recorded at Creighton and Santee on July 26. Frost. — The last killing frost in spring, on the average, occurs in the last decade in April in the southeastern part of the State, but occurs gradually later to the northward and westward, occurring near May 1 in the greater portion of the agri- cultural section of the State, while in the northwest in the more elevated grazing districts the season is about two weeks later. The first killing frost in the fall occurs as a rule in the South Platte district, except the western portion, during the first week in October, and from five to ten days earlier in the central and northwestern portion of the State. The average number of days without killing frost — that is, from the last killing frost of spring to the first in the fall — is one hundred and fifty-five to one hundred and sixty-five in the southeastern part of the State, one hundred and forty-five ■ to one hundred and fifty in the central, northeastern, and southwestern parts, and one hundred and thirty to one hvmdred and thirty-five in the northwestern portion. The ground usually thaws out and some plowing and seeding is done in March, but the real growii^ season does not begin until the higher temperatures of April are felt. The following table gives the mean temperatures for the State b}' month and year for the past twenty-seven yeara. The temperature records available are not sufficiently numerous in the earher years to allow the computation of State means. 580 NOETH OENTEAL DISTRICTS. Monthly and Annual Temperatures for Nebraska. 581 Year. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Deo. Annual. 1876 24.6 18.7 25.5 20.9 31.9 10.8 21.1 11.2 17.3 12.6 9.9 15.2 10.9 22.4 16.3 27.5 18.8 23.0 19.4 19.0 28.4 21.8 27.0 23.0 30.2 26.7 24.8 27.0 29.7 34.2 34.0 22.6 28.3 18.2 32.5 17.2 17.5 18.0 27.2 18.2 28.4 23.4 25.2 17.6 28.1 21.4 19.1 20.2 32.7 27.2 30.6 12.1 20.8 21.4 23.6 19.2 26.6 32.8 44.1 40.1 32.8 30.3 39.2 33.6 33.6 35.6 30.5 37.8 ■27.6 40.4 34.0 26.9 33.3 31.6 38.2 35.9 30.5 34.2 35.0 26.8 36.2 35.7 39.2 35.8 49.8 46.2 51.4 51.6 48.7 45.6 48.7 49.7 42.6 49.1 47.6 51.1 52.0 51.4 51.0 51.2 45.7 45.4 52.0 54.8 51.9 47.8 48.0 49.0 51.5 48.9 49.2 49.4 61.1 57.8 54.8 63.0 63.3 64.7 64.6 55.4 68.6 68.1 64.3 63.6 54.6 68.3 58.4 59.4 61.7 66.6 62.7 60.9 63.6 61.3 57.2 59.6 63.8 60.6 63.3 68.4 70.1 66.3 66.3 70.0 69.0 72.9 69.0 68.4 71.8 68.6 69.4 72.0 70.1 68.7 72.4 66.0 68.4 71.7 71.4 67.6 70.7 69.5 70.4 70.0 72.5 70.7 66.4 64.6 75.9 76.2 75.6 75.2 73.4 75.8 70.8 74.0 74.7 75.1 75.2 76.6 77.7 73.4 78.8 70.1 75.0 75.7 76.4 72.7 74.3 75.9 74.0 73.4 74.4 82.0 72.4 73.0 73.5 72.8 74.4 72.9 73.2 78.8 73.4 71.3 70.3 69.8 76.4 70.9 70.2 72.9 71.7 70.6 73.2 70.3 76.8 73.0 73.3 70.8 74.2 73.8 77.2 75.2 71.9 70.5 60.8 65.6 60.1 61.0 61.4 62.4 85.8 59.2 66.0 63.6 64.3 63.2 63.4 59.3 62.5 66.8 65.7 64.7 64.6 68.0 69.8 70.6 63.6 64.4 64.5 62.4 59.6 60.6 48.2 46.4 48.3 54.2 46.7 51.1 54.7 46.0 .54.8 48.6 54.5 45.2 47.7 51.5 50.1 50.7 53.0 50.0 52.4 48.1 47.9 53.5 46.9 53.0 66.7 64.0 53.6 53.4 31.7 32.8 39.4 35.4 23.2 33.5 35.6 37.1 36.7 38.8 32.3 36.7 36.1 32.9 38.9 34.2 36.6 34.5 , 38.0 34.8 26.1 34.9 31.4 43.4 35.5 39.6 38.7 37.0 19.6 32.8 19.2 15.7 16.9 32.6 22.8 25.6 14.4 31.1 20.7 21.9 30.8 36.1 32.5 31.3 23.3 27.6 29.9 28.1 34.0 22.9 23.5 25.6 31.9 25.0 2L2 28.4 47.6 48.5 Ig78 49.4 ]879 48.6 47.4 48.0 Igg2 49.2 1883 45.7 1884 46.5 1885 47.4 47.6 47.5 1888 47.3 1889 49.3 49.3 1891 47.7 1892 47.7 47.6 50.0 1895 48.6 1896 49.4 49.1 48.5 1899 47.8 1900 61.3 1901 50.1 48.6 1903 48.1 20.9 23.9 34.2 '49.3 59.6 69.6 74.8 72.9 63.4 60.8 36.1 26.9 48.4 Predjriiation. — ^The precipitation of Nebraska is mostly in the form of rain. The snowfall for the year averages about 20 inches, equal to about 2 inches of water, or less than one-tenth the armual precipitation. The moisture comes largely from the Gulf of Mexico, brought by the prevailing southerly winds of summer. There is very little rain or snowfall during the winter months, averaging less than an inch a month from November to February, inclu- sive. A slight increase is manifest in March, but the spring rains begin in April, when from 2 to 3 inches is the normal rainfall for most parts of the State. In May the rainfall is about 1 inch more than in April, while June and July follow with about the same amount. June, however, is the month of heaviest rainfall, with an amount ranging from more than 5 inches in the southeast to slightly less than 3 in the extreme west. August brings a decided decrease, with only about the same as April, while September and October have still less. The rainy season thus coincides with the crop season or the warm growing months. Nearly 70 per cent of Nebraska's precipitation occurs in the five months April to August, inclusive. The annual precipitation slightly exceeds 30 inches in the southeastern part of the State and decreases to the north and west somewhat irregularly, but at an average rate of 1 inch for 30 miles across the State from the southeast comer to the middle of the western border, where it is only 15 inches. The decrease northward along the eastern border is about 1 inch for 40 miles, or to 27 inches in the northeast comer. The decrease is 1 inch for 50 miles along the northern border, or to 18 inches in the northwest corner. The following table gives the average precipitation for the State as a whole as complete as the preserved records will allow: This average has been determined by the use of a limited number of stations in the early years, but it is believed they are fairly accurate. For 1849 to 1869 one to six stations were used; from 1870 to 1875, eight to twelve stations. After 1876 the number of stations was adequate for a reliable State mean. Monthly and Annual Precipitation for Nebraska. Year. Jan. Feb. Mar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual. 1849 (o) 0.46 1.12 0.12 T. 0.22 0.97 0.26 1.03 L60 0.48 0.80 1.38 1.40 0.39 0.33 0.16 1. U 1.38 0.35 0.60 0.53 0.66 0.10 (o) 0.06 0.89 0.23 0.02 1.22 0.23 0.48 T. 0.46 0.72 0.65 1.34 0.40 0.67 (») 4.49 0.44 2.70 1.21 1.64 0.21 1.03 0.56 5.94 1.04 0.14 0.27 0.08 1.81 1.31 0.62 0.12 4.86 L72 0.02 0.14 2.47 0.14 1.61 1.44 1.32 1.63 1.34 0.41 L14 0.40 1.20 7.70 1.05 0.72 0.72 5.98 2.61 0.67 3.37 1.19 3.96 1.07 0.68 0.61 1.72 (a) 1.92 3.86 2.16 1.92 1.84 1.72 1.96 2.04 2.14 14.39 3.86 12.64 7.01 11.34 5.56 6.58 4 26 2.09 3.93 4.22 1.06 4.16 2.04 1.57 1.07 L73 1.63 6.11 6.47 3.16 3.92 3.31 4.13 3.92 9.73 3.43 2.96 2.42 6.29 2.16 4 56 1.40 4.35 1.68 3.04 3.14 1.95 2.07 2.01 3.69 4.15 2.59 2.48 4.86 1.25 2.99 3.06 6.70 4.68 2.49 2.34 7.20 3.05 .3.39 4.43 4.38 9.64 1.52 2.47 1.68 5.07 1.84 0.61 ,3.08 1.78 3.42 1.66 4.88 1.63 7.13 4.65 5.26 1.44 2.42 1.60 1.92 1.03 4 08 1.86 5.83 1.47 1.62 1.03 2.72 2.00 1.40 1.10 (■>) 1.64 0.76 2.57 4.72 2.25 1.94 1.64 0.25 0.40 2.44 2.04 0.88 4.32 (a) 1.80 2.10 1.81 1.68 2.46 416 3.36 1.19 0.76 0.89 3.99 1.22 1.48 4.90 5.90 1.42 1.95 1.78 0.26 0.51 1.34 0.26 1.06 0.18 5.46 4.03 3.38 0.63 0.74 0.91 0.06 0.67 2.41 1.88 0.24 0.42 0.80 0.86 1.14 0.60 1.90 0.10 L52 0.97 2.17 0.97 0.73 2.06 0.39 1.85 0.30 0.60 0.71 0.68 0.63 1.05 0.99 («) 0.94 0.02 0.71 ' 0.76 0.22 2.70 0.40 0.10 0.29 0.73 0.70 0,08 T. 1.42 1.30 0.37 0.22 0.21 1.58 0.68 0.28 1.66 0.26 1.57 0.97 0.39 2.06 1.87 0.66 0.76 0.42 1850 24.79 1851 28.50 1852 21.60 1853 31.15 1854 26.80 1865 (») 1856 28.78 1857 21.39 1868 35.87 1859 16.05 1860 16.24 1861 21.60 1862 21.28 1863.... («) 1864 1866 (■>) 1866 20.37 1867 22.55 1868 24.97 1869 30.28 1870 20.71 1871.... 24.98 1872 22.15 o Data insufficient to compute State mean . 582 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Monthly and Annual Pkecipitation foe Nebbaska — Continued. Year. Jan. Feb. Uar. Apr. May. June. July. Aug. Sept. Oct. Nov. Dec. Annual. 1873 1874 0.90 0.38 0.68 0.20 0.98 0.44 0.80 0.38 0.91 0.56 1.04 0.46 0.51 1.21 0.49 0.47 0.91 0.78 1.43 0.86 0.13 0.60 0.36 0.37 0.79 0.67 0.24 0.07 0.17 0.64 0.22 0.30 1.34 1.22 0.65 0.31 0.31 0.80 0.18 L64 0.63 0.92 0.69 0.84 0.84 0.78 0.74 0.29 0.36 1.13 0.99 0.84 0.58 0.80 0.16 0.59 0.43 0.61 1.07 0.83 0.39 1.42 0.27 1.14 1.35 1.85 0.76 1.95 0.70 0.50 1.51 0.15 0.50 1.96 0.46 2.01 0.39 2.13 1.06 0.84 1.86 1.62 1.32 0.90 0.72 1.45 1.49 0.61 0.92 0.62 1.90 1.18 0.72 2.69 1.09 3.04 1.45 2.86 1.85 2.61 0.72 2.02 3.58 2.79 2.60 3.30 2.64 2.32 2.39 2.33 1.97 3.14 4.00 1.25 1.97 2.28 4 82 3.82 2.14 0.99 4.68 2.32 1.07 1.80 5.84 2.63 3.29 2.54 5.79 4.09 3.43 2.11 6.28 4.93 5.39 3.06 3.73 3.39 2.27 5.83 2.69 2.34 2.90 6.63 2.66 0.91 2.40 4.03 1.66 4.86 3.71 2.32 1.86 4.14 7.27 3.38 5.34 4.45 L99 3.50 5.19 4.27 4.44 5.36 4.34 7.18 2.04 3.66 2.96 3.22 3.11 3.55 3.63 7.07 2.18 3.10 3.19 4.67 4.04 3.60 3.54 3.83 2.50 4.64 5.12 2.21 2.75 1.68 6.64 4.28 1.45 5.71 5.92 3.36 3.38 3.40 2.81 5.79 4.32 1.84 3.10 3.10 5.77 2.10 5.48 2.57 2.62 L43 1.73 3.87 2.57 2.12 2.87 4.54 1.59 5.93 4.94 1.62 L36 4.96 3.25 2.04 2.16 1.54 3.87 1.18 1.31 3.21 2.97 3.48 3.22 4.13 3.11 2.40 2.24 2.92 3.20 2.33 0.74 3.04 1.81 2.60 2.24 3.26 3.46 2.25 3.26 6.05 1.00 4.03 2.35 3.63 2.06 1.90 1.40 2.74 3.77 0.92 2.04 1.66 1.76 2.69 4.09 0.38 1.48 0.99 L28 0.48 L02 L21 L39 2.37 1.26 2.30 0.46 2.66 4.65 3.64 1.52 0.87 1.43 0.87 0.98 2.92 0.39 1.03 1.78 3.42 2.23 3.68 1.71 1.80 0.86 0.88 0.93 0.93 0.93 1.96 1.71 0.31 L21 0.22 1.83 3.34 0.90 1.00 2.08 1.64 L92 L26 0.36 0.67 LOO L68 0.82 0.64 L31 0.63 0.87 0.46 0.24 0.16 LIS L24 0.61 0.22 0.86 0.87 0.32 0.27 0.33 0.13 0.94 L21 0.61 0.57 0.88 0.15 0.60 0.62 0.77 0.69 0.61 0.71 0.24 1.85 0.44 0.68 0.62 0.67 LOl L04 0.90 0.94 0.81 0.71 0.46 0.37 0.13 1.13 0.61 0.89 0.43 0.15 0.23 L31 0.32 0.84 0.31 0.60 L40 0.10 20.67 2L70 1875 - . 30 56 1876 22.64 1877 ; 25.34 1878 25.07 1879 24.39 1880 2L23 1881 30.91 1882 23.51 1883 30.74 1884 24.00 1885 25.98 1886 23.71 1887 1888 22.99 22.86 18SQ 22.64 ill 17.18 30.62 24.12 1893 16.80 1894 13.30 1895 ... 18.70 1896 26.19 1897 23.54 1898 20.70 1899. ... 19.51 1900 24.46 1901 22.76 1902 29.09 1903 27.27 0.60 0.70 1.16 2.49 3.65 3.86 3.52 2.72 1.98 1.66 0.68 0.68 23.59 Cloudiness. — The average annual cloudiness for the State is 45 per cent, with a maximum in May of 54 per cent and a minimum of 37 per cent in September. The cloudy months are March, April, and May with slightly more than 50 per cent, while next to September the months with a small amount of cloudiness are August, October, and November, each with but slightly more than 40 per cent of cloudiness. The eastern portion of the State has more clouds than the western, an excess of about 12 per cent in the spring, or cloudy months, and about 4 per cent more in the fall or relatively clear months. Wind. — The average hourly wind velocity is about 10 miles for an anemometer exposed at an elevation of about 50 feet. This is true generally for the State west of the immediate valley of the Missouri River. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Adams {see Hebron) Antelope Banner (see Kimball) Blaine {see Ansley) Boone {see Oakdale) Boxbutte {see Hay Springs) Boyd Brown {see Valentine) Buffalo {see Ansley) Burt Butler Cass {see Lincoln) Cedar {see Oakdale) Chase Cherry Cheyenne {see Kimball) Clay {see Hebron) Colfax (see David City) Cuming (see Tekamah) Custer Dakota(secSiouxCity,lowa) Dawes (see Hay Springs) ,. Dawson {see Ansley) Deuel {see Kimball) Dixon (see Sioux City, Iowa) Dodge (see Omaha) Douglas Dundy (see Imperial) Fillmore ( see Hebron) Franklin {see Beaver City). Frontier {see Beaver City) . . Furnas Gage (see Lincoln) Garfield {see Oakdale) Gosper {see Beaver City) . . . Grant {see Hay Springs) . . . Greeley (see Ansley) Hall {see Genoa) Hamilton {see Genoa) Harlan {see Beaver City) .. Hayes (see Imperial) Hitchcock {see Imperial) ... Holt (see Lynch) Hooker (see Valentine) Howard (see Genoa) Oakdale . Lynch . Tekamah . . . David City . Imperial., Valentine. Ansley . Omaha . Beaver City . Southeastern . . Northeastern.. Northwestern . do Northeastern.. Northwestern . Northeastern.. Northwestern . Southeastern . . Northeastern.. Southeastern.. do Northeastern.. Southwestern . Northwestern . Southwestern . Southeastern, . 'Northeastern.. do Southwestern . Northeastern. . N orth western , Southwestern . do Northeastern.. do do Southwestern . Southeastern.. do Southwestern . ...-da Southeastern . . Northeastern.. Southwestern . Northwestern . Northeastern.. Southeastern . . .,..do ...-do Southwestern . ....do Northeastern.. Northwestern . Southeastern. . 586 588 593 595 585 .591 County. Jefferson {see Hebron) Johnson {see Auburn) Kearney {see Beaver City) . . . Keith (see Imperial) Keyapaha {see Lynch) Kimball Knox {see Lynch) Lancaster Lincoln Logan {see North Platte) ... Loup (see Ansley) . . - McPherson(seeNorth Platte) Madison {sse Oakdale) Merrick (see Genoa) Nance Nemaha Nuckolls {see Hebron) Otoe {see Lincoln) Pawnee {see Auburn) Perkins (sec Imperial) Phelps {see Beaver City) Pierce {see Oakdale) Platte (see Genoa) Polk (see Genoa) I Redwillow (see Beaver City). I Richardson {see Auburn) . . Rock (see L^nch) Saline {see Lincoln) Sarpy (see Omaha) Saunders (see Omaha) Scotts Bluff {see Kimball) . Seward {see Lincoln) Sheridan Sherman (see Ansley) Sioux {see Hay Springs) Stanton (see Oakdale) Thayer ■. Thomas (see Valentine) Thurston {see Tekamah) . . . Valley {see Ansley) Washington {see Tekamah) Wayne (see Tekamah) Webster (see Hebron) Wheeler {see Oakdale) York {see David City) Kimball. Lincoln.. .... North Platte Genoa . . . Auburn . Hay Springs Hebron . Southeastern . . . do do Southwestern . . Northtwestem.. Southwestern .. Northeastern... Southeastern . . . Southwestern . . do Northeastern. . . Southwestern . . Northeastern... Southeastern... do... ....do ....do ...do ....do Southwestern . . Southeastern . . . Northeastern... .-..do Southeastern... Southwestern . . Southeastern.-. Northeastern . . - Southeastern . . . ....do ....do Northwestern . . Southeastern . . . Northwestern , . Southeastern . . . Northwestern , . Northeastern... Southeastern . . . Northwestern . . Northeastern. . . do do do Southeastern... Northeastern... Southeastern . . . 589 598 550 584 597 NOBTH OENTEAL DISTRICTS. State Summary. 583 station. HaySpringfl. Valentine — Lynch Oakdale Tekamah — Kimball North Platte Ansley Genoa David City.. Omaha Imperial Beaver City. Hebron Lincoln Auburn Mean Mean Mean an- maxi- mini- nual. mum. mum. °F. OJ? "F. 1 46 69 32 2 47 69 34 3 48 63 34 4 47 59 36 5 60 62 36 6 48 62 33 7 48 61 36 8 49 63 33 9 48 60 38 10 48 60 38 11 60 60 41 12 60 65 33 13 52 67 37 14 61 64 40 15 60 61 40 16 52 64 40 Temperature. Abso- lute maxi- mum. "F. 105 106 110 110 108 106 107 109 109 106 106 108 110 108 106 109 July, 1896 July, 1902. July 1894. do... do... July, 1890 July, 1877. July, 1890 July, 1894 July, 1901 July, 1894, July, 1897 July, 1901 do ... do... do... Abso- lute mini- mum. -38 -33 -40 -36 -33 -35 -42 -35 -30 -32 -35 -35 -34 -29 -35 December, 1901 . January, 1894. . . February, 1899. . January, 1892. . . do January, 1888. . . February, 1899 . January 1892. . . do February, 1899 . January, 1884... February, 1899 . do February, 1889. . January, 1892... do Average num- ber dayfl with— Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 25 25 25 41 25 20 20 61 63 38 28 171 119 157 160 148 168 105 173 142 132 122 168 154 140 129 132 Hay Springs. Valentme Lynch Oakdale Tekamah Kimball North Platte Ansley...... Genoa '... David City.. Omaha Imperial Beaver City. Hebron Lincoln Auburn Num- ber. Frost. Average date of- First killing Sept. 21 Sept. 16 Sept. 24 Sept. 22 Sept. 27 Sept. 18 Sept. 20 do... Sept. 24 Oct. 5 Oct. 12 Sept. 28 Sept. 29 Sept. 30 Oct. 8 Last in spring. May 16 May 9 May 3 May 1 Apr. 26 May 16 May 9 May 8 May 3 Apr. 17 Apr. 16 May 4 May 6 Apr. 30 Apr. 18 Apr. 23 Earliest killing Sept. 6 Sept. 12 ...do... Sept. 11 Sept. 13 Sept. 6 Sept. 10 Sept. 6 Sept. 2 Sept. 12 Sept. 18 Sept. 7 Sept. 12 do... ...do... Sept. 13 June 21 ...do... May 26 May 24 May 22 June 6 May 23 May 28 May 27 May 6 May 19 May 26 ...do... ...do... May 7 May 12 Precipitation. Inches. 19.5 19.3 23.1 24.1 32.0 14.9 18.0 23.0 27.7 28.8 30.8 19.2 21.3 28.9 27.7 35.7 Spring. 6.2 7.0 8.0 9.0 5.3 5.7 7.3 8.4 9.5 8.8 6.2 6.5 8.7 8.4 11.8 Summer^ Inches. 7.1 S.i 10. 10. 14. 6. 8. 10. 11. 11. 13. 8. 10. 12. 11. 14. Inches. 2.6 2.6 3.9 3.7 6.6 1.8 2.7 3.6 5.6 6.2 6.4 2.4 3.6 5.5 5.0 Winter. Inches. 2.2 1.8 1.3 1.7 2.6 1.9 1.4 1.8 2.3 2.3 2.3 2.0 1.3 2.2 2.4 3.0 584 CLIMATOLOay OF THE UNITED STATES. NEBRASKA. Northwestern District: SHERIDAN COUNTY. Station: HAY SPRINGS. C. A. Waterman, Observer. [Established January, 1886. Latitude, 42° 40' N. Longitude, 102° 38' W. Elevation, 3,821 feet.] This station is located near the eastern limits of the village, in what is practically an open prairie country. The instruments are on the north side of a shallow valley about 35 feet above the bottom, the ground faUing about 100 feet in half a mile. The instrument shelter and rain gage stand about 50 feet south of a one-story house, and about the same distance north of a one-story house. They are about 40 feet east of two or three small trees. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter furnished by the Weather Bureau, and are 5 feet above the sod. The top of the rain gage is 2 feet 10 inches above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januakt 1, 1886, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mear. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days ■with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Months. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 'F. 25 20 21 'F. 37 32 32 °F. 64 67 66 "F. 14 9 9 "F. -38 -34 -32 "F. 43 30 31 "F. 18 9 8 In. 0.7 0.7 0.8 3 i 5 In. 0.1 0.7 0.7 In. T. 0.5 1.2 In. 7.0 6.8 8.0 In. 9.0 11.0 12.0 22 34 11 2.2 12 1.5 1.7 21.8 30 45 55 42 59 69 78 87 93 19 32 42 -21 - 6 21 37 50 61 20 39 49 1.6 2.1 3.2 7 7 7 1.7 2.9 1.2 0.9 2.2 3.9 13.0 4.5 1.1 15.0 6.0 May 8.0 Spring mean 44 57 31 6.9 21 5.8 7.0 18.6 ,TnTip 64 71 70 78 86 85 103 105 102 50 57 55 33 37 34 70 76 75 60 66 65 3.2 2.7 1.9 8 6 6 1.9 1.2 0.4 2.2 8.9 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 68 83 54 7.8 20 3.5 13.3 0.0 September October, 59 47 33 75 63 46 101 90 78 44 33 20 23 2 -26 67 51 42 54 40 26 0.9 1.1 0.6 3 3 3 0.-8 0.6 0.8 1.9 1.0 0.2 0.7 1.0 5.2 6.0 4.0 November 10.0 46 61 32 2.6 9 2.2 3.1 6.9 45 59 105 32 -38 19.5 62 13.0 25.1 47.3 15.0 Dates of Temperatdee Extremes foe the Peeiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 6, 9, 23, 24, Feb. 20. Feb. 1,6, 7; Mar. 15.. November and De- cember missing. None July 9-11, 16, 17, 21, 23-26 29, 30; Aug. 8, 16, 17, 21 27 July 4. 5, 15, 17, 25-28; Aug. 1, 3, 12, 13, 15, 17, 20, 21, 25; Sept. 9, 13, 16-18. July 1, 10-13; Aug. 2, 7, 14, 20 (8 days missing). July 5-8, 12, 15, 16, 28; Aug. 25, 31; Sept. 7. June22,28; July5,22,23,26; Aug. 19-22, 27, 29; Sept. 1. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 3-7 11,12 Feb. 15 . June 11, 18, 19, 29, 30; July 4, 10, 11, 20- 22, 25; Aug. 27, 29; Sept. 1, 3. June 30; July 31; Aug 1,2,6-10; Sept.3. July 3, 4, 7, 8. 10-14, 1&-22, 28, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 4. June 10 (9 days missing); July 15, 24, 29; Aug. 1, 2, 16; Sept. 7. July 26. 1896 Jan. 9; Dec. 14 Jan. 26,27 1897 Feb. 15 Dec. 9 1898 NORTH OENTBAL DI8TEI0T8. 585 NEBRASKA. Northern District: CHERRY COUNTY. Station: VALENTINE. J. J. O'DONNELL, Observer. [Established April, 1885, by Signal Service. Latitude, 42° 60' N. longitude, 100° 32' W. Elevation, 2,581 feet.] Valentine is located about 4 miles from the north bank of Niobrara River, and three-fourths of a mile south of Minne- chaduza Creek. The surrounding country is entirely open prairie; that to north of the town being a raised plateau terminating in bluffs about 150 feet high, which mark the northern bank of Minnechaduza Creek; east and west the prairie stretches unbroken, while to the southward the south bank of Niobrara River limits the horizon view. The location of the office has been changed many times. The thermometers and thermograph are exposed in the standard roof shelter, the floor of which is 11.4 feet above the brown painted metal covered roof of the building, and 46.4 feet above the ground. The top of the rain gage is 3.1 feet above the roof and 36.2 feet above the ground. The anemometer cups are 18 feet above the roof, and 53.5 feet above the ground. The wind vane is 19 feet above the roof and 54.5 feet above the ground. The sunshine recorder is fixed to the roof of the instrument shelter. The roof instruments are all freely exposed on the roof of the highest building and not in any way affected by deflected air currents. The tabulated data are from following periods of observations: Temperature and predpitation. — Fifteen years, except January and February, fourteen years. Snowfall, November, December, fifteen years; January, February, fourteen years; March, thirteen years; April to October, eleven years. Humidity. — January to March, twelve years; April to October, ten years; November and December, thirteen years. Number of days with maximum above 90° and minimum below 32°: Nine years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation 6 CO 1 ean humidity. §■ 1 h i i a si ■< a i ■a 1 , < i «a ■I f a r I'Sa Si. of Snow. (3 00 O s > 33 a 00 1 s h Month. o 5 December -F. 27 22 21 "F. 38 34 32 "F. 68 ■ 68 68 "F. 15 10 9 "F. -34 -38 -37 "F. 36 30 32 'F. 19 11 9 In. 0.5 0.6 0.7 6 6 7 In. T. 1.1 0.5 In. 0.4 0.6 1.6 In. 4.8 5.5 7.0 In. 6.4 3.7 8.8 P.H. 80 81 82 Grs. 0.99 0,73 0.81 P.ct. 70 69 74 ar.i. L35 0.98 1.05 NW. January NW. NW. 23 33 11 1.8 19 1.6 2.6 17.3 81 0.84 71 1.13 NW. March . . 57 _ 43 60 69 84 91 97 20 28 45 -26 23 44 53 63 ■22 42 48 2.2- 10 IQ LI 2.0 0.2 2.6 3.1 1.3 8.6 5.3 1.1 8.6 5.8 12.7 81 78 75 L31 2.57 3.51 62 61 47 1.70 2.31 2.29 " N. April N. May N. 46 67 31 -6r8- ■99- 3.3 7.0 15.0 78 2.46 63 2.10 N. June.. 67 73 71 78 86 84 102 106 103 56 60 58 32 41 36 71 79 75 63 68 67 3.3- 3.0 2.S 11 10 10 2.4 1.0 0.3 6.4 4.3 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 77 76 79 4.42 5.15 4.69 60 46 60 4.12 4.88 6.14 s July August S. s. 70 83 58 «.«- 31 3.7 15.4 0.0 77 4.75 49 4.71 s. September. . 62 50 34 76 64 46 101 94 78 48 36 21 21 6 -18 70 54 39 58 46 19 0.6 4 6 0.4 LO 0.2 0.4 1.6 0.8 0.8 T. 5.0 1.0 0.3 15.9 77 73 69 3.14 1.93 1.28 48 62 59 3.50 2.44 L62 s October November NW. NW. Fallmean 49 62 35 2.5 16 1.6 2.8 5.8 73 2.12 53 2,55 NW Annual mean . . 47 69 106 34 -38 19.3. 96 10.2 27.8 38.1 15.9 77 2.54 56 2.62 NW. Dates op Tempekatcbe Extremes for the Period Janu.^ry 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below —20° Maximum 95° or above. Jan. 6, 23, 24; Dec. 27 . Feb. 7 None Jan. 26 None May 14, 15; June 12; July 10, 11, 17, 22, 23,25,26,29; Aug. 7-9, 18,22,28; Sept. 27. May 8; July 4, 5, 16, 17, 25-28; Aug. 7- 9, 12, 13, 21; Sept. 2, 9, 10, 13, 16, 19. July 11-14; Aug. 10, 20. July 1,7, 8, 29; Aug. 24,25,28, 31; Sept. 2 3 5-7. June 22, 28; July 22, 23, 26; Aug. 19, 21, 27,29,31; Sept, 1,2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 4-6, 8, 9, 11, 12 Dec. 14. Feb. 15 Feb. 9; Dec. 13,14..., Jan, 26, 27; Feb. 2, 4, None June 17, 18, 29; July 5, 9, 11, 19-22, 25; Aug, 9, 10, 27; Sept, 1, May 11; June 20. 25, 26, 30; July 12, 30; Aug. 1, 3, 18; Sept. 7. June 23, 25; July 3, 7, 8, 11, 14, 17, 19,24, 28, 31; Aug. 1, 16, 24, 27, June 9, 10: July 15, 29; Aug, 1: Sept. 7, July 6, 7, 26, 27; Aug. 20, 21. 586 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEBRASKA. Northeastern District: BOYD COUNTY. Station: LYNCH. S. W. LiGHTNER, Observer. [Established April, 1893. Latitude, 42° 51' N. Longitude, 98° 24' W. Elevation, 1,965 feet.] This station is near the northern limits of the village of Lynch, and its surroundings are similar to the open country. The station is in the Ponca Valley, about 20 feet above the creek level. The bluffs are about 200 feet above the creek level; the rise is gradual; the highest bluff does not exceed 400 feet. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, set on posts, about 2 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located 26 feet from the house, which is a story and a half in height. The top of the gage is 2 feet 10 inches above the sod. Until April 1, 1899, monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; after that time from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, April 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Tempera'ture. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Mouth. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 24 21 20 "F. 36 38 32 'F. 65 68 66 "F. 10 10 6 "F. -33 -32 -33 °F. 31 29 29 "F. 16 12 10 In. 0.6 0.3 0.5 3 3 4 In. T. 0.5 0.2 In. 0.3 0.1 L8 In. 4.1 2.9 4.9 In. 7.0 5.0 February 10.0 22 35 9 1.3 10 0.7 2.2 11.9 March April May 32 50 61 48 49 67 77 64 81 98 100 21 35 47 -11 8 26 37 57 65 22 44 56 1.0 3.1 2.9 6 7 8 0.7 2.6 0.4 0.7 1.2 7.3 3.2 1.2 0.0 3.0 3.2 0.0 Spring mean 34 7.0 21 3.7 9.2 4.4 June July 70 75 73 83 88 87 103 110 104 54 61 59 31 44 35 74 79 77 65 72 69 3.7 4.0 3.1 9 8 7 1.4 2.1 L4 3.1 7.3 3.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 72 86 58 10.8 24 4.9 14.1 0.0 September 63 51 33 49 76 72 51 105 93 81 46 38 23 18 1 -15 72 67 44 60 44 19 2.1 1.2 0.6 5 4 3 1.2 2.0 0.1 2.0 1.3 1.0 0.0 0.5 3.4 0.0 2.0 9.2 66 36 3.9 12 3.3 4.3 3.9 48 63 110 34 -33 23.0 67 12.6 29.8 20.2 10.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period Januaki 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 7,23,24 May 14, 15: June 17, 27, 29, 30; July 2, 10, 11, 17, 18, 22-27, 29, 31; Aug. 6-10, 13,22,23,27-29,31; Sept. 1,2. July 15, 16. 25, 26,28; Aug. 1,8,13,16,26: Sept. 9, 10, 13, 14, 17, 19. July 2, 11, 12, 14; Aug. 3, 4, 7, 10, 28, 29; Sept. 1. June 12, 13, 16, 22; July 1, 2, 6-8; Aug. 28; Sept. 2-7. June 17, 28; July 22; Aug. 22, 30, 31; Sept. 1 , 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 4-9, 11, 12 Apr. 24, 25, 27; May 11, 27; June 17, 18; July 20-22, 24, 25. 31; Aug. 28. May 11; June 20, 26, 26, 30; July 1, 12, 13,31; Aug. 1-4, 9, 10, 18-20, 22; Sept. 8. May 1; June 23-26; July 3, 4, 8, 10-15, 17, 19-25; Aug. 1, 16, 20, 24, 28; Sept. 3. Apr. 20; June 3, 10, 11, 14; July 11, 13; Aug. 3, 5. June 18; July 20, 25-27; Aug. 21; Sept. 21,22,25. Jan. 28; Feb. 1,7,8. .. 1895 1896 Feb. 10; Dec. 14, 1.3, 19. Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 3, 4; Dec. 26. Feb. 17.. 1897 1898 do do NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 587 NEBRASKA. Northeastern District: ANTELOPE COUNTY. Station: OAKDALB. G. S. CiiNGMAN, Observer. [Established January, 1888. Latitude, 42° 04' N. Longitude, 97° 67' W. Elevation, 1,722 feet.] Tbis station is located in the village of Oakdale, upon the higher level of the Elkhom Valley, about 1 mile south of the river, and one-sixth of a mile north of the firat hills upon the south side of the valley. The thermometers are exposed in a shelter of standard Weather Bureau pattern, attached to the north side of a wooden building, with free air space all around. The height of the thermometers above the sod is 4 feet 6 inches. The rain gage is a standard one, and is situated in an open space in the garden, distant more than twice the height of any building, tree, or other object in the vicinity. The top of the gage is 2 feet 10 inches above the sod. The entire record has been kept under practically identical conditions. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes.. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Janoaby 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Temperat are. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini-' mum. Highest monthly mean. Jjowest monttdy mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. °F. 25 19 19 'F. 36 30 31 "F. 68 64 74 "F. 15 9 8 'F. -29 -40 -33 -F. 33 28 29 "F. 16 5 9 In. 0.6 0.5 0.6 6 5 6 7». 0.9 0.5 0.3 In. 0.1 0.1 0.8 In. 4.1 3.7 6.3 In. 5 5 January . 6.3 Winter mean . . 21 32 11 1.7 16 1.7 1.0 13.1 March 31 60 59 42 62 71 87 92 97 20 37 47 -23 13 25 38 56 64 22 45 51 1.1 3.1 3.8 8 8 10 0.6 2.6 1.1 1.6 2.2 9.6 4.3 1.0 T. 6.0 April. . 5 5 May T. Spring mean 47 58 35 8.0 26 4.3 13.3 5.3 69 74 72 81 87 85 106 110 105 56 61 59 36 38 34 73 82 77 65 68 68 4.4 3.6 2.7 10 8 8 1.1 0.8 0.9 4.3 8.1 5.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. August 71 84 59 10.7 26 2.8 17.4 . 0.0 September 62 60 33 77 63 44 102 90 78 49 36 22 20 7 -15 71 66 42 57 45 21 1.8 1.3 0.6 6 6 4 0.9 1.7 0.1 1.6 2.1 0.7 0.0 0.5 2.3 0.0 5.0 November 6 48 61 36 3.7 16 2.7 4.4 2.8 47 59 no 3S -40 24.1 82 11.5 36.1 21.0 16.5 Dates of Tempekature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. and Feb. miss- ing. Feb. 7, 8 None ....do ....do May 14, 15; June 20, 26, 27, 29, 30; July 2, 10, 11, 17, 18, 22-27, 29-31; Aug. 6-10, 13, 23 28 29 31 May 8, '27;' June 24; July 17, 25, 26, 28; Aug. 8, 22, 26; Sept. 10, 13, 14, 17-19. .. July 2, 14; Aug. 3, 4, 7. June 22; July 7, 8, 29, 31; Aug. 1; Sept. 4,5. June 17, 22-24, 30; July 1, IS, 22-24, 26; Aug. 15, 19-22, 30, 31; Sept. 1, 2. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 3-12 Feb. 15 Dec. 13-15 Jan. 27, 30; Feb. 2, 4.. None June 18, 19; July 20, 26; Aug. 9, 10, 19, 28, 29; Sept. 4-6. June 6, 26; July 1, 3, 9, 12, 13, 22, 31; Aug. 1-3, 6, 7, 9, 10, 18, 20; Sept. 8. June 24-26, 30; July 3, 4. 8-17, 19-28, 31; Aug. 1, 16, 20, 27, 28. June 14. July 25. 588 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEBRASKA. Northeastern District: BURT COUNTY. Station: TEKAMAH. A. D. Nesbit, Observer. tEstablished in January, 1888. Latitude, 41° 47' N. Longitude, 96° 8' W. Elevation, 1,060 feet.] This station is in the southeastern part of the city, about 4 blocks west of the east side. The station is on level land, about 1,000 feet from the foot of the slope to the west, which rises to an elevation of 165 feet. The level land, or valley, extends eastward 6 miles to the Missouri River. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, 50 feet southeast of the residence and 3\ feet above the sod. The rain gage is 50 feet southeast of a two-story house and 20 feet from the branches of a cherry tree 15 feet in height. The top of the gage is 8 feet above the ground. Until January 1, 1892, monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; after that time from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Makch 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mmi- ma. Abso- lute mmi- mum. Highesf monthly. mean. Lowest montlily mean. Mean. Numiber of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- ago depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F.- 26 23 22 "F. 35 33 33 °F. 62 63 78 "F. 14 11 10 "F. -22 -36 -29 "F. 32 30 30 "F. 20 12 13 In. 1.1 0.7 0.8 4 4 4 In. 2.8 1.5 0.8 In. 0.3 T. 0.9 In. 7.3 5.8 7.4 In. 8.0 8.0 February 10.0 Wintfir TTipATl 23 34 12 2.6 12 5.1 L2 20.5 36 52 62 47 64 74 87 94 100 22 38 49 - 6 13 30 44 57 66 25 48 53 1.5 3.2 4.3 6 8 10 1.2 5.1 0.6 1.1 3.6 11.0 6.6 1.1 0.0 8.0 4.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 50 62 36 9.0 24 6.9 15.7 7.7 70 76 73 82 86 100 108 104 58 62 60 35 41 39 73 83 78 67 73 68 6.3 4.4 4.1 9 9 7 4.9 0.9 3.1 3.2 7.3 12.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 73 86 60 14.8 25 8.9 22.6 0.0 65 54 37 79 68 48 104 93 75 51 40 24 23 13 - 7 72 61 45 59 48 26 2.8 1.7 1.1 6 6 4 0.6 2.0 0.3 3.8 1.5 1.8 0.0 0.6 3.3 0.0 October 4.0 5.0 Fall mean . , 52 65 38 5.6 16 2.9 7.1 3.8 Annual mean 60 62 108 36 -36 32.0 77 23.8 46.6 32.0 10.0 Dates of Temperatdee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below— 20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimmn below -20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan., Feb., and Mar. missing. Feb. 7.8 None (19 days missing) June 29, 30; July 10- 12, IS, 22-27, 29, 30; Aug. 6-11, 13, 23, 28, 29, 31; Sept. 1, 7. May 8, 9, 27, 28; June 1; July 25, 26; Aug. 2, 8, 9, 12, 13, 22; Sept. 9, 10, 13, 16-18. June 17; July 2, 12, 14; Aug. 3, 4, 7. June 12, 16, 18, 22; July 2, 3, 6-8, 23, 29, 31; Aug. 1, 28; Sept. 1-5, 12-14, 26. June 22, 23, 30: July 1, 18, 24, 27; Aug. 20, 22, 25, 30; Sept. 1, 2, 28. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, 9, 11, 12 Aug. 10; Sept. 4-6. June 21, 26; July 3, 6, 13; Aug. 2, 20, 22; Sept. 8. June 24-28, 30; July 1, 4, 5, 10-28; Aug. 2, 17, 20-22, 29, 30. July 16, 30. July 9; Sept. 25. 1895 Dee. 14, 15 1896 Jan 27 1897 do do None. 1898 NOETH CENTRAL DI8TEICT8. 589 NEBRASKA. Southwestern District: KIMBALL COUNTY. Station: KIMBALL. F. J. Bellows, Observer. [Established in November, 1S87. Latitude, 41° 13' N. Longitude, 103° 40' W. Elevation, 4,697 leet.] The station is in a valley about 800 feet due north of the depot. The surrounding country is somewhat like an open prairie, with hills about 200 feet high 2 miles north and IJ miles south. There are no buildings near. The thermometers are exposed in a'standard shelter 30 feet north of the house and 4 feet above the sod. The rain gage is 32 feet from the one-story house. Its top is 2 feet 10 inches above the sod. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means, December 1, 1887, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. 'F. 38 33 34 Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number days of with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. jjecfimber 29 27 26 °J!'. 41 40 38 68 72 69 ojr. 16 13 13 °y. -24 -33 -30 op 23 19 11 In. 0.6 0.5 0.8 3 3 4 /n. 0.6 0.9 0.4 In. . 0.9 1.2 1.5 In. 6.5 5.1 7.2 In. 8.0 January 8.0 8.1 27 40 14 1.9 10 1.9 3.6 18.8 March 33 40 56 47 61 71 SO 89 93 20 31 41 -17 6 22 39 51 60 29 43 1.0 1.9 2.4 4 6 9 1.1 0.3 1.7 1.3 4.9 2.8 8.9 8.5 1.8 8.0 18.0 May 6.0 Spring mean 45 60 31 6.3 19 3.1 9.0 19.2 June 06 72 71 69 82 88 87 102 106 104 50 56 54 33 41 36 70 76 73 61 68 69 2.0 2.5 1.4 7 7 6 3.1- , 1.6 0.3 3.7 0.9 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 SiTTmner Tnpfl.n 86 63 5.9 19 6.0 5.8 0.0 September , 61 49 36 77 65 51 97 91 87 44 33 21 20 10 -21 67 56 42 56 41 30 0.9 0.5 0.4 3 2 2 0.2 0.5 0.4 0.0 2.3 0.1 0.2 1.4 3.1 2.0 8.0 4.0 Fall mean. . . . 49 64 33 1.8 7 1.1 3.0 4.7 48 62 106 33 -33 14.9 55 11.1 21.4 42.7 18.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below -10°. Maxim nm 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. Sj9 (nine days missing); Feb. and Nov. missing; Dec. 27,28. Jan. 27,28; Feb. 1,6,6, 11-16; Mar. 14, 16. Feb. and Mar. miss- ing; Nov. 26, 27 Jan. 25-27; Dee.3. 15,16 Jan. 25; Dec. 9, 30 June and July missing; Aug. 5-12, 15, 16; Sept. 5. July 25,28; Aug. 12,13, 16,21,26; Sept. 13,16,17. July 5,11,12,13,14; Aug. 4, 7, 13, 28. July 6,7,13,29; Aug.1,26. June 17,22,27-30; July 22,23,25, 26; Aug. 4,12,13,19,20,21,26,27,29; Sept.2. Feb. 1-6, 10, 11, 22; Mar. 26. Feb. 7, 15; Dec. 30,31.. Jan.l; Feb. 8; Dec. 13. Jan. 24-28; Feb.l Feb. 6, 12-15 June 17; Aug.27; Sept. 1,3. June 26,28-30; July 9,13,14; Aug. 1, 2, 17,30. June 24,29,30; July 2,3,7,8,9,13,14,20, 22,28,30; Aug. 1,9,24. June 9,10,24; July 16,29; Aug.l. June 28; July 14. 1897 1898 590 CLIMATOLOGY OV THE UNITED STATES. NEBRASKA. Platte Valley: LINCOLN COUNTY. Station: NORTH PLATTE. J. C. PiEECY, Observer. [Establislied by the United States Signal Service in September, 1874. Latitude, 41° 8' N. Longitude, 100° 45' W. Elevation, 2,803 feet.] North Platte is situated in the vallsy of the North and South Platte rivers, 2 miles from their confluence. The valley is about 8 miles wide at this point, extends in an east and west direction, and is bounded by hills from 100 to 300 feet in height above the valley, the hills being about 4 miles from the station. From the opening of the station to June 20, 1876, the office was located in the public school building; from that date to February 10, 1882, in the court-house, and from February 11, 1882, to the present date, in the Odd Fellows hall, on the southwest comer of Fifth and Dewey streets. The thermometers are exposed on the roof of the office building, 43 feet above the ground, in a standard shelter; the rain and snow gages, anemometer, and wind vane are also on the same roof, their tops being 35 feet above ground. The record of humidity is for fifteen years. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-nine years, September 18, 1874, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat lire. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 9 1 9 ■g-S a II 1 a g •a a§ CPU S 1, l§ 3 s en M &° o OCT ill ■^15 an Bo O r3 < (3 December 'F. 27 24 25 'F. 39 32 38 "F. 70 70 74 "F. 16 10 14 —30 —35 —35 "F. 37 32 37 "F. 15 8 13 In. 0.5 0.4 0.4 5 5 5 In. T. 0.3 0.3 In. 1.4 1.2 1.4 In. 2.7 3.5 6.0 In. 4.8 6.0 7.5 P.ct. 77 78 78 Gts. 0.95 0.80 0.80 F.ct. 61 63 65 Grs. 1.29 1.07 1.15 w. w. NW. 25 36 13 1.3 0.8 2.1 2.8 15 6 8 10 0.6 1.7 1.6 0.4 4.0 0.5 3.1 4.1 12.2 6.0 0.0 0.0 12.6 0.0 0.0 78 78 74 78 0.85 12.1 2.03 3.29 63 59 51 50 1.17 W. 45 53 63 27 42 52 35 49 59 48 61 70 86 93 97 23 36 47 —21 12 25 1.62 2.39 3.39 NW. April NW. May SE. Spring mean 48 60 35 5.7 24 3.7 7.7 6.0 77 2.18 63 2.47 NW. 68 74 72 80 86 84 102 107 103 56 62 60 33 41 40 72 81 77 64 70 67 3.2 2.6 2.3 10 8 8 3.5 2.4 0.2 7.5 1.3 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 79 81 83 4.64 5.49 4.93 65 52 63 4.99 5.86 5.62 SE. July SE. SE. 71 83 59 8.1 26 6.1 13.3 0.0 81 4.99 63 6.49 SE. 63 .. 50 77 64 49 101 90 81 49 37 22 21 9 —25 71 56 43 60 44 24 1.4 1.0 0.4 5 5 4 0.1 0.6 T. 1.1 3.5 0.4 0.0 1.8 2.2 0.0 10.0 8.9 79 78 77 3.45 2.06 1.31 48 51 68 3.83 2.47 L65 SE. NW. 35 NW. 49 63 36 1 2.8 14 0.7 5.0 4.0 78 2.27 52 2.65 NW. 48 61 107 36 —35 17.9 79 11.1 30.0 22.2 12.6 78 2.57 56 2.94 NW. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1 , 1894, to December 31 , 1903. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan.23,24 June 30; July 11,18,22,23,26,26; Aug.7, 10,13,17,19. May 8,27; July 26,28; Aug. 8, 16, 26; Sept.2,5,10,11,13. Julyl4; Aug. 3,7,10,29; Sept. 14, 17-19. July 2,6-18,22,29,30,31; Aug. 1,25,3]. June 28; July 17, 18, 26; Aug. 19, 20, 21, 22,25,29,30; Sept. 1,2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 5, 11, 12 June 18,19; July 6,26; Aug. 28,29; Sept. June' 21,26,30; July 9,12,14; Aug. 1-3, 18-20, June 23-26,29; July 3,4,7,8-17,19-22,25, 27,28,31; Aug. 1,6,25. June 10; July 15; Aug. 1,17; Sept. 7. July 20; Aug. 22. 1895 Feb. 7 None 1896 Dec. 14, 15. . 1897 .do 1898 .do do NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 591 NEBRASKA. Southwestern District: CUSTER COUNTY. Station: ANSLEY. Charles R. Hare, Observer. Latitude, 41° IS' N. Longitude, 99° 22' W. Elevation, 2,307 feet.] To the east is a range of hills about 150 feet high, [Establislied January, This station is east of the central portion of the village of Ansley. while to the west is the valley of Middle Creek, about IJ miles wide. The thermometers have been exposed most of the period under a porch on the north side of the observer's house, 2 inches from the brick wall, and 4 feet 6 inches above the sod. The rain gage is exposed about 75 feet southwest of the house, and has a good exposure, although there are some small trees about 40 feet east of the gage. The height of the top of the gage above the sod is 2 feet 10 inches. Monthly mean temperatures are computed from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January, 1889, to December, 1903. The record is somewhat broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor thp driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December. . 28 23 23 'F. 40 38 36 "F. 74 69 76 "F. 13 10 10 'F. —28 —42 —36 "F. 34 30 35 "F 19 16 13 In. 0.5 0.4 0.9 3 2 4 In. 0.2 0.4 0.4 In. T. 0.6 1.6 In. 3.4 3.5 7.1 In. 12.0 January 12.0 8.0 Winter mean. 25 38 11 1.8 9 1.0 2.2 14.0 March. 33 SO 60 47 66 7S 89 94 100 19 34 45 —18 9 20 39 SI 66 26 46 51 1.3 2.8 3.2 4 6 8 0.1 2.7 3.9 0.4 1.2 9.6 6.1 0.4 0.0 12.0 April. 3 May. 0.0 Spring mean 48 63 33 7.3 18 6.7 11.2 6.5 69 74 73 83 90 88 108 109 106 S3 S8 57 30 37 37 74 SO 77 64 71 71 4.0 3.5 2.8 8 7 6 3.5 1.4 2.1 2.9 6.4 6.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July . 72 87 56 10.3 21 7.0 15.9 0.0 63 SO 37 79 67 49 10 i 92 88 46 33 21 21 7 —13 72 55 42 58 44 26 1.7 1.5 0.4 4 3 2 1.6 1.1 0.4 0.6 0.8 0.6 ■ 0.0 0.7 1.3 October.. 4 49 6S 33 3.6 9 3.1 2.0 2.0 Annna.) mean. , 49 63 109 33 —42 23.0 57 17.8 31.3 22.5 12.0 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period Januart 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum tKlow —10°. (Jan., Feb., and Mar. missing) Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 3, 27, 28; Feb. 4-9. Jan. 3; Nov. 28-30.... Jan. 24-27. Nov. 22; Dec. 30 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1-11, 26. Maximum 95° or above. May 15,27; June 19, 20, 27-30; July 10, 11, 17, 18, 21-31; Aug. 1, 6-13, 16-18, 23,30,31; Sept. 1,3, 4. May 8, 26; June 23; July 17, 18, 26-28; Aug. 26; Sept. 9-11, 13, 14, 16-19. June 18; July 2, 5, 12-14, 26,29, 30; Aug. 3, 4, 7, 10, 15,^, 29. June 22; Julyy6-8, 22, 28-31; Aug. 1,28; Sept. 4, 22^ June 28; Jult IS, 22, 23, 26, 27; Aug. 10, 14,15,19-22,25.29-31; Sept. 1,2. June 11, IS, 19; July 10, 25; Aug. 9, 10, 19,28-30; Sept. 4,5,6. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below — 10° Feb. 8,14-16; Dec. 31. Jan. 10; Feb. 3, 8, 9; Deo. 12-16, 18, 19. Jan. 25-29,31; Feb.l, 3. 8, 9. Feb. 15-18 Maximum 95° or above. June 6, 9, 20, 21, 24-27, 30; July 1, 3,8-10, 12-14,18,22,30,31; Aug. 1-3, 13, 17-19; Sept. 4, 7, 8. June 24, 25, 29, 30; July 3, 6-26 (last 5 days missing); Aug. 25, 28; Sept. missing. June 2, 10; July 11, 15, 16; Aug. 12, 17; Sept. 7. June 18; July 7, 8, 20, 25-28; Aug. 4, 22; Sept. 25. 1076— Bull. Q- 592 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEBRASKA. Southeastern District: NANCE COUNTY. Station: GENOA G. S. Teuman, Observer. [Established January, 1876. Latitude, 41° 26' N. Longitude, 97° 43' W. Elevation, 1,584 feet.] This station is located near the western line of Platte County, about 3 miles from the village of Genoa, on the north side of the valley of the Loup, on a slope facing the southeast. The thermometers are exposed in a shelter attached to the northeast side of the dwelling. The shelter is made of atticed window shutters, 4 feet 6 inches by 1 foot at the base, and 6 feet high. The thermometers are 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located in an open space about 100 feet from the house; about 200 feet north of the gage is a belt of trees running east and west, but they do not interfere with the exposure. The top of the gage is 2 feet 10 inches above the sod. This entire record has been kept under practically identical conditions. Up to and including 1893 monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p.m.; after that time from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1876, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mmi- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. , Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. °F. 24 19 22 35 29 32 °F. 68 70 73 17 10 12 op -28 -36 -30 °F. 36 29 33 °F. 12 6 13 In. 0.8 0.7 0.8 5 4 5 In. 1.0 0.6 0.6 In. 0.3 T. 0.6 In. 5.3 6.5 7.3 In. 5.5 16.7 20.0 22 32 13 2.3 14 2.1 0.9 19.1 Mareh 33 60 60 44 62 73 89 92 101 24 40 50 -17 6 26 44 57 68 24 42 53 1.3 3.0 4.1 6 8 10 0.6 1.9 1.9 0.6 5.9 3.2 7.0 1.8 0.0 18.0 6.0 0.0 Spring mean 48 60 38 8.4 24 4.4 9.7 8.8 70 75 73 81 87 84 101 109 104 60 64 62 39 43 41 74 84 80 66 70 68 4.4 3.9 3.1 10 9 8 4.8 1.0 1.0 2.0 6.3 6.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 Summer mean 73 84 62 11.4 27 6.8 14.2 0.0 64 51 34 77 65 47 104 90 79 53 40 25 25 11 -27 72 69 44 59 38 23 3.0 1.8 0.8 6 5 3 0.5 1.6 0.1 10.4 4.8 0.2 0.0 0.6 3.0 0.0 October 7.0 November 12.0 50 63 39 5.6 14 2.1 16.4 3.6 43 60 109 38 -35 27.7 79 16.4 40.2 31.5 20.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Minimum below — 10°. Jan. 6,23-26; Dec. 27.. Jan. 11,12,27,28; Feb. 1,3,5-8. None Jan. 24-26; Feb. 26. Maximum 96° or above. May 14, 15; June 27, 29, 30; July 17, 18, 22-27, 29-31; Aug. 6-11, 13, 14, 16, 17, 23, 28, 29, 31; Sept. 3. May 8, 27, 28; June 24; July 17, 18, 20, 26, 28; Aug. 2, 7, 22; Sept. 10, 11, 13, 14, 17-20. July 2, 26, 29; Aug. 3, 4, 7. 9. June 16, 17, 22; July 6-8, 29, 31; Aug. 1, 28; Sept. 1,2,4,5. July 18, 23, 24, 26; Aug. 5, 19-22, 27, 30; Sept. 1, 2. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below — 10°. Jan. 28-30; Feb. 2-5, 7-13, 27. Feb. 15,16 ;. Dec. 13-16 Jan. 26,27,30,31; Feb. 2, 4; Dec. 26. Feb. 16-18 Maximum 95° or above. June 18, 19; July 10, 11, 28, 29; Sept. 1, 3-6. June 26, 30; July 2, 4, 6, 9 2, 7, 10; Sept. 8. June 24-27, 29, 30; July 1, 16, 19, 20, 25, 27, 28. None. Do. 25; Aug. 2, 22, 10, 12-14, Aug. 3,4,8-28; Aug. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 593 NEBRASKA. Southeastern District: BUTLER COUNTY. Station: DAVID CITY. S. Clingman, Observer. [Established January 1, 1889. Latitude, 41° 15' N. Longitude, 97° 06' W. Elevation, 1,607 leet.] This station is in the northern portion of the city and is surrounded by residences and trees. The country around the slation is an elevated plateau. The general slope of the surface is toward the south. The station is 8 miles south of and about 160 feet higher than the Platte Kiver. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter attached to the north side of the dvpelling. The height of ther- mometers above the sod is 5 feet. The rain gage is 50 feet south of a two-stoiy hous3, and about 25 feet from the branches of several fruit trees. The height of the top of the gage above the sod is 2 feet 10 inches. Until January 1, 1898, monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p.m.; after that time from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means, January 1, 1889, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number ol days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 26 21 21 "F. 34 36 30 "F. 64 60 72 'F. 15 16 10 "F. -17 -30 -30 "F. 34 29 30 "F. 21 H 13 In. 0.8 0.8 0.7 3 3 3 In. 1.0 0.6 0.5 In. 0.2 0.6 0.3 In. 4.4 7.2 6.2 In. 4 6 Winter mean 23 83 14 2.3 9 2.1 1.1 17.8 32 50 59 45 63 71 86 89 100 23 40 41 -11 10 30 37 67 04 21 43 60 1.6 3.7 4.2 4 7 8 0.3 1.8 1.2 2.7 10.3 7.6 6.7 0.6 0.0 .\prU 4.0 May Spring mean 47 60 81 87 86 35 9.6 19 3.3 20.6 7.3 June 69 74 71 101 106 101 61 65 63 39 49 36 74 78 77 02 67 63 4.3 3.8 3.7 8 6 6 6.6 1.0 0.1 2.8 ■ 6.9 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 71 84 03 11.8 20 7.7 11.2 ao 63 61 34 75 66 48 101 90 73 62 43 27 27 10 - 8 72 59 44 54 43 25 2.3 2.1 0.8 4 5 2 0.7 1.7 T. 4.2 3.3 2.6 0.0 0.6 2.2 0,0 October . 4 November Fall mean 49 63 41 6.2 11 2.4 10.1 2.8 48 60 106 38 -30 28.8 59 15.6 43.0 27.9 16.0 Dates op Tempekatube Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 6, 23-25; Deo. 27.. Jan. 11, 12, 27; Feb.l, 3,5-8. None July 23, 26; Aug. 8-11, 13, 16, 23, 28, 29. May 8, 28; June 24; July 17, 26, 28; Aug. 8; Sept. 10, 13, 14, 17, 18, 19. July 14; Aug. 3, 4, 7. July 6.8, 23, 31. July 18; Aug. 20, 22, 30, 31. June 12; Aug. 2, 22, 28; Sept. 4-6. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 14, 15 June 26; July 1, 3, 6, 12, 13, 14; Sept. June 23-30; July 3, 4, 8-27; Aug. 1. June and July missing. June 30; July 9. 8 1896 1896 Dec. lJ-16, 18, 19 Jan. 25, 26, 29, 30; Feb. 3-5; Oct. to Dec. missing. Jan. and Feb. missing. 1897 1898 Jan. 24,25; Feb. 26... Deo. 31 1899 Jan. 28-30; Feb. 3, 4, 7-12; Mar. 6. 594 CLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITKD STATES. NEBRASKA. Northeastern District: DOUGLAS COUNTY. SUtion: OMAHA. L. A. Welsh, Local Forecaster. [Established November 1, 1870. Latitude, 41° 16' N. Longitude, 95° 56' W. Elevation, 1,040 feet.] This station is located near tbe business center of the city, at the foot of a low range of hills, confonning with the bend in the Missouri River. The hills curve to the east, and the s.tation is near the eastern extremity of the curve and about? a mile west of the river. To the west the incline is quite steep, reaching a height of about 125 feet, or a little higher than the anemometer, within a third of a mile. To the northwest the land rises gradually to an elevation of about 200 feet at a distance of a mile. North and south for several miles there is an unobstructed view along the valley of the Missouri. Beyond the western horizon lies the gently undulating expanse of Nebraska prairie. The instruments are located on » platform attached to the side of the gable roof of the post-ofiBce building. The exposure is fairly good for all instruments, except the wind vane and anemometer, which are greatly influenced by a large clock tower about 65 feet to the southeast. The elevations of the instruments above ground are: Thermometers, 115 feet; rain gage, 107 feet; anemometer, 121 feet. The office has been in the present location since May 17, 1899; from October 23, 1878, to May 17, 1899, it was a block farther east, with a better exposure; and from November 1, 1870, to October 23, 1878, it was about three blocks farther east and two blocks south . Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Sunshine data, seven years; humidity, fifteen years. Kemainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-three years — January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation Mean humidity. Total- sunshine S Si § 1 S . s a B Cofley , Comanche (see Englewood) 'Cowley (see Wichita) Crawford (see Columbus) . . ■Decatur (see Colby) Dickinson (see McPherson and Minneapolis). Doniphan (see Atchison) . . , Dou^as (see Topeka) I Edwards (see Dodge City and Macksville). Elk (see Independence) — Ellis (see Eureka Ranch) . . Ellaworth(sce McPherson) Finney Ford. Franklin (see Lebo) Geary (see A-gricultural College). Gove (see Eureka Ranch) . Graham (see Eureka Ranch) . • Grant (see Viroqua) Gray (see Dodge City) Greeley (see Wallace) Greenwood (see Lebo and Independence). Hamilton(see Garden City) Harper (see Wichita) Harvey (see Hutchinson) . . Haskell (see Dodge City) . . Hodgeman (see DodgeCnty) Jackson (see Topeka) Jefler8on(see Atchison and Topeka). Jewell (see Concordia) Johnson (see Topeka) ; Kearney (see Garden City) Eingman (see Hutchinson and Wichita). Kiowa (see Dodge City) . . . Labette(see Columbus and Independence). Lane (see Garden City) Leavenworth (see Atchi- son). Station. Atchison . Columbus . . Englewood . Concordia . Lebo Garden City . Dodge City . . District. Southeastern Central eastern. . Northeastern Central southern Central Southeastern Northeastern Central southern Central Southeastern do Northwestern Southwestern Central northern . do Central eastern. . . Central southern . do Southeastern Northwestern Ceijtrai Northeastern do Central southern Southeastern Central do Central western . . Southwestern .Central eastern . . . ....do Central western . Northwestern . . . Southwestern . . . ....do Central western . Southeastern Central western . Central southern ....do Southwestern Central western , Central eastern.., Northeastern Central northern Central eastern . . Central western . Central southern ....do Southeaatem Central western. . Northeastern Page. 607 606 613 614 615 County. Lincoln (see Minneapolis). Linn (see Lebo) Logan (see Colby and Wal- lace) . Lyon (see Lebo) McPherson Marion (see McPherson) . Marshall (see Concordia) . Meade (see Englewood) . . Miami (see Lebo and To- peka) . Mitchell (see Concordia) . . Montgomery , Morris (see Agricultural CoUege). Morton , Nemaha (see Atchison) . . Neosho (see Columbus and Independence). Ness (see Eureka Ranch) . . Norton (see Colby) Osage (see Lebo and To- peka) . Osborne (see Ottawa) Ottawa Pawnee (see Macksville). . . Phillips (see Concordia) . . . Pottawatomie (see Agri- cultural College) . Pratt (see Macksville) Rawlins (see Colby) Reno Republic (see Concordia).. Rice (see Macksville) Riley Rooks (see Eureka Ranch) Rush (see Macksville) RusaeU (see Eureka Ranch and Mmneapolis) . Saline (see McPherson and Minneapolis). Scott (see Garden City) . . . Sedgwick Seward (see Englewood) . . Shawnee Sheridan (see Colby) Sherman (see Colby) Smith (see Concordia) Stafford Stanton (see Viroqua) Stevens (see Viroqua) Sumner (see Wichita) Thomas Trego Wabaimsee (see Topeka) . . Wallace. Washington (see Concor- dia). Wichita (see Garden City) . Wilson (see Independence) . Woodson (see Lebo) Wyandotte (see Atchison) fcjtation. McPherson . . Independence. Viroqua Minneapohs . Hutchinson. Agricultural College. Wichita . Topeka . . Colby Eureka Ranch, Wallace. . District. Central Central eastern . . Central western . Central eastern . Central do Northeastern... Northwestern.. Central eastern. Central northern Southeastern Central eastern , . Southwestern, . Northeastern... Southeastern... Central western. . Northwestern. . . Central eastern.. Central northern Central ....do Central northern Northeastern Central southern Northwestern Central southern , Central northern Central Northeastern Central northern Central ....do , .do. Central western . . Central southern . Southwestern... . Northeastern Northwestern ....do Central northern . Central southern . Southwestern ...-do Central southern . Northwestern Central western. . Central eastern . . . Central western . . Central northern . Central western. Southeastern ,...do Northeastern Page. 618 "eio eo5 619 State Summary. station. Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Abso- lute mini- mum. Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90'='. Mini- mum below 32°. Colby Concordia Atchison Mioneapolis Agricultural College Topeka Wallace McPherson., Lebo Garden City Dodge Mackville. .. Hutchinson Wichita Eureka Ranch. ....:, Viroqua , Englewood Jadependence. Coliunbus °F. 67 64 65 66 67 °F. 35 42 44 41 42 43 op 108 106 108 109 115 100 August, 1902. July, 1898 .... July, 1901 August, 1897. , July, ISGO July, 1901 °F. -31 -25 -25 -29 -32 -25 February, 1899. . January, 1888... February, 1899. . do do ....do 160 119 113 129 122 113 110 109 112 108 112 109 106 111 111 113 111 110 July, 1901 do August, 1902 July, 1876......... July, 1894 September, 1893. . August. 1896 July, 1894 July, 1896 June, 1893 July, 1901 do -27 -26 -32 -26 -17 -24 -22 -29 -15 -24 -21 -24 February, 1899. . do do do February, 1903. . February, 1899,. do do March, 1903 February, 1899. . do do 115 111 144 124 127 114 97 145 136 137 94 100 604 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. State Summary — Continued. Station. Colby Concordia Atcliison Minneapolis Agricultural College Topeka Wallace MoPherson Lebo Garden City Dodge Uackrille Hutchinson Wichita Eureka Ranch Viroqua Englewood Independence Columbus Num- ber. Average date of — First killing in autumn. 1 Oct. 1 2 Oct. 14 X Oct. 18 4 Oct. 10 a Oct. 1,1 K do... 7 Sept 29 H Oct. 20 9 ....do... 10 Oct. 4 n Oct. 1.5 la Oct. X 1.1 Oct. I.') 14 Oct. 18 15 Sept 30 1H Oct. 22 17 Oct. 19 18 Oct. 2fi 19 Oct. 25 Last in spring. May 3 Apr. 24 Apr. 13 May 1 Apr. 23 Apr. 8 Apr. 27 Apr. 19 Apr. 12 May 2 Apr. 17 May 1 Apr. 10 Apr. 8 May 5 Apr. 17 Apr. 13 Apr. 11 Apr. 6 Date of — Earliest killing Sept. 7 Sept. 27 Sept. 29 Sept. 19 Sept. 28 ..-do.., Sept. 7 Sept. 28 Oct. 6 Sept. 7 Sept. 23 Sept. 20 Sept. 23 ...do... Sept. 12 Sept. 23 Sept. 18 Oct. 1 Oct. 9 Latest in spring May 26 May 19 May 3 May 23 May 20 May 19 May 6 May 18 May 2 May 26 May U May 26 May 3 Apr. 30 May 26 May 2 May 25 May 20 Apr. 13 FiecipitatioB. Annual. Inches. 18.7 26.8 37.1 24.4 30.5 34.0 15.1 32.1 38.2 19.6 20.3 22.9 28.2 30.4 20.3 17.6 20.6 37.1 44.6 Spring. Inches. 5.4 8.5 11.3 7.1 8.6 9.9 3.7 9.2 11.1 5.6 5.9 6.5 7.2 9.6 5.9 45 5.5 11.0 143 Summer. Inches. 9.2 10.9 142 10.1 12.6 14 2 7.8 12.8 14 3 8.5 9.1 9.3 11.4 11.2 8.3 7.8 9.0 12.2 14 7 Autumn. Inches. 2.8 5.4 7.7 5.2 6.6 6.6 2.4 6.9 8.6 3.1 3.5 5.3 6.6 6.5 40 3.4 42 8.2 9.0 Winter. Inches. 1.2 2.0 3.9 2.0 2.7 3.5 1.2 3.2 42 2.3 1.8 1.8 3.0 3.1 2.2 2.0 1.9 5.7 O.S NORTH OENTEAL DISTRICTS. 605 KANSAS. Western Division: THOMAS COUNTY. Station: COLBY. Charles Buschow, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, December, 1887. Latitude, 39' 24' N. Longitude, 101° 2' W. Elevation, 3,138 feet.] Station was opened with Mr. Chas. E. Bennett, observer. The instrumental equipment consisted of a standard minimum thermometer and a small 3 inch rain gage. Mr. Bennett moved in August, 1889, and the station was closed until it was reopened by the Weather Bureau in December, 1892. This station is located at the southwestern limits of the town on ground slightly higher than the rest of the town. The thermometer shelter stands 63 feet from the house, a little east of south. The thermometers are 6 feet 6 inches above sod. The rain gage is 66 feet from the house, a little west of south, and is over 100 feet from other buildings, and 22 feet from the nearest tree. The top of the rain gage is 3 feet 1 inch above ground. The mean temperature was obtained from the tri-daily readings to July 31, 1889, but since January 1, 1893, from the maximum and minimum readings, only the latter being used now. Tabulated data for period from January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to Decbmbee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. I S h 1 ■S.I a '3 1 ^ 1 ii w 3 1 m u ill Total amount for the driest year. a g O 0) lil Snow. Months. bo . < ® H 3 a S "F. 30 29 27 "F. 45 44 41 °F. 74 72 77 -F. 16 14 12 °F. -21 -26 -31 °F. 37 34 37 "F. 24 24 16 In. 0.4 0.2 0.7 3 2 4 In. T. T. 0.2 In. 0.5 0.2 0.6 In. 3.5 1.6 6.8 In. 6.0 2.5 6.0 NW! NW. NW. 29 43 14 1.3 9 0.2 1.3 10.9 NW. March 38 51 61 54 67 76 89 95 100 22 35 45 -11 8 17 42 54 64 34 48 57 0.8 2.2 2.4 4 6 6 0.0 0.5 2.1 2.1 4.0 1.7 4.5 1.1 0.0 10.0 3.0 0.0 NW. April NW. May SE. Spring mean. 50 66 34 5.4 16 2.6 7.9 6.6 NW. 70 76 75 86 92 91 106 107 108 54 59 59 35 43 41 74 82 79 64 70 71 3.2 2.8 3.2 8 7 6 1.7 2.5 1.4 4.7 1.8 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July. SE. August S. 74 90 67 9.2 21 5.6 11.3 0.0 SE. 65 S3 39 81 70 55 107 99 81 49 36 23 25 12 -11 69 58 43 61 47 33 1.4 1.0 0.5 4 3 2 0.9 0.2 0.2 3.2 5.5 1.2 0.2 0.6 0.8 2.0 3.0 2.0 S. ■ N. November N. 52 69 36 2.9 9 1.3 9.9 1.6 N. 51 67 108 36 -31 18.8 55 9.7 30.4 18.1 10.0 NW. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes fob the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 .Jan. 6-9, 23, 24; Feb. 1, June 30; July 18, 23-27, 29, 30; Aug. 13, 1900 Jan. 2, 28; Feb. 8, 13, June 27, 30; July 2, 3, 6, 9-14, 18; Aug. H-13,15,19, 20, 22-24; 18. 15-17; Deo. 29, 31. 10-14, 17-21. Dec. 26-29, 31. 1901 Jan. 1,2, 5, 10, 11; Feb. June 23-30; July 3, 4, 7-12, 14-17, 19-21, 181)5 Jan. 1, 3, 4, 8, 25-28, 30; Feb. 1, 3, 5-9, Il- May 27, 28; June 24; Sept. 10, 11, 14. 4-6, 10-13; Mar. 31; Dec. 13-15, 1'l. 24, 27, 28; Aug. 2, 6, 23, 25. ls, 15, 16; Mar. 14, 1902 Jan. 25-28,30,31; Feb. June 10, 11; July 14-16, 25; Aug. 1-4, 16. 16; Nov. 26; Deo. 3. 2,4,5; Deo. 4, 15, 17, 17. 1896 Jan. 3, 4; Nov. 27-29. June 14; Aug. 3, 7, 9, 10, 14, 15. 31. 1897 Jan. 24-29; Mar. 14; Deo. 3,4,16-18,20,21. July 7, 8, 29-31. 1903 Jan. 11, 12; Feb. 4, 5, 7, 13-17; Mar. 1, 3; July 9, 20; Aug. 22; Sept. 2. 1898 Jan. 26; Mar. 23; Nov. 10, 21, 22; Dec. 9,10, July 22, 26; Aug. 15, 19, 20, 22, 29. Nov. 18. 1899 Jan. 1, 6, 29-31; Feb. 1-12,23,26,27; Dec. June 18, 19; July 6; Aug. 16, 18, 19, 21, 25,27-30; Sept. 2, 4-6. 606 CLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. KANSAS. Northern District: CLOUD COUNTY. Station: Concordia. J. W. Byram, Observer. [Established by Signal Service May 1, 1885. Latitude, 39° 35' N. Longitude, 97° 41' W. Elevation, 1,376 leet.] This station is, and has been since its establishment, located on the second floor of the building at 204 West Sixth street. The city of Concordia is situated in the immediate valley of the Republican River, at the base of a range of hills to the south. The thermometers in use at this station are exposed in a standard roof instrument shelter at an elevation of 10.2 feet above the roof, and 41.5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is placed on the roof at a point about 20 feet north of the instrument shelter and 9 feet back from the north edge of roof. Its elevation is 34 feet above the ground. The anemometer is attached to a cross-arm fastened to the wind vane support. Its elevation is 47 feet above the ground, and the exposure is good. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of data is from the fuU period of observation, eighteen and one-half years. May 1, 1885, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 s Pnj 5 s- i a . 1 1. o m 3 li 3 a &° isa Zi ^1 SB CO a_g Eh a^ 1 = 1 Snow. a 00 1 a 00 1 ■3 s ■< a Pi 00 1 a a 00 1 5 Months. M . fa < -•Sg (S ".» ►.■ON "F. 32 26 28 42 35 38 'F. 72 72 79 op 23 16 18 "F. -10 -26 -25 "F. 42 34 37 op 26 11 17 In. 0.5 0.7 0.8 4 5 6 In. T. 0.5 1.9 In. 0.1 0.3 0.8 In. 2.3 5.3 5.5 In. 7.0 9.0 7.8 P.ct. 82 82 83 Ots. 1.33 1.01 1.07 P.ct. 70 V2 71 Gts. 1.60 1.33 1.43 s. N. N. 29 38 19 2.0 16 2.4 1.2 13.1 82 1.14 71 1.45 N. March 39 55 63 51 67 74 93 100 100 28 43 62 - 2 18 27 47 61 68 33 51 56 1.5 2.3 4.7 7 9 12 0.4 0.7 1.0 1.2 3.3 13.2 5.4 0.6 0.0 12.0 3.0 0.0 80 77 80 1.55 2.63 4.15 64 65 59 L96 3.06 4.71 N. April S. May s. Spring mean- 52 64 41 8.5 28 2.1 17.7 6.0 79 2.78 59 3.24 s. 73 78 76 84 90 87 104 106 104 62 66 64 43 46 41 77 86 82 67 73 72 4.3 3.7 2.9 10 9 8 3.9 1.0 5.0 4.0 5.2 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 79 82 5.75 6.30 5.94 59 56 58 6.25 6.92 6.64 s. July s. s. 76 87 64 1 10.9 27 9.9 13.5 0.0 81 6.00 58 6.57 s. 68 56 41 80 69 51 104 93 82 56 44 30 29 20 -15 75 62 49 63 51 34 2.4 2.2 0.8 7 6 4 0.9 0.7 1.2 1.8 2.9 1.1 0.0 0.1 1.6 0.0 1.7 7.8 80 79 80 4.44 2.80 1.76 59 60 68 5.02 3.22 2.10 s. s. November s. 55 67 43 5.4 17 2.8 5.8 1.6 80 3.00 62 3.45 s. 63 64 106 42 -25 26.8 87 17.2 38.2 20.7 12.0 80 3.23 62 3.68 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Jan. 23-25; Feb. 12-16, 19; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 8, 12, 13, 26; Feb. 1, 3-8; Mar. 14. Jan.3; Nov.28. Jan. 24-28; Feb. 26; Dec. 16-18. Nov. 23; Dec. 9, 31.... Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 6, 7-13, 23, 27. July23,2S,26; Aug. 11, 13. May 8; June 23, 24; July 15,16,27; Aug. 27, Sept. 15-18. Aug. 10, 14, 15. June 16, 21; July 7-9, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2; Sept. 1. July 19, 27; Aug. 20-22, 28-30; Sept. 4,6. Aug. 10, 12, 22; Sept. 4-6. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8, J, 15-17 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 4, 5, 9, 10; Deo. 13-16, 17, 19, 2o: Jan. 26,27,30,31; Feb. 2-6, 10; Deo. 26. Feb. 16-18 June 26, 27; July 6, 12; Aug. 14, 16, 17, 20, 21. June 28, 29; July 1, 3, 4, 7-16, 20-25; Aug. 1, 2, 5. Apr. 20; Aug. 2-4, 17. 1899 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 607 KANSAS. Eastern Division: ATCHISON COUNTY. Station: ATCHISON. E. B. Kneeb, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau September, 1891. Latitude, 39° 35' N. Longitude, 96° 8' W. Elevation, 973 feet.] This station is in the northern part of the city on high ground, being 200 feet above the Missouri River. The general character of the country is hilly. ' The thermometers and rain gage are standard Weather Bureau instruments. The thermometer shelter stands 25 feet northwest of the residence and 4.5 feet above sod. The rain gage is 50 feet from the house and on an open lawn with its top 3.5 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures are calculated from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 s a ® . a a . pa a i a ^ 3 k r a in u o 1-5 1 ■si hi iva n1 CO 3s| a S O 0) In. 2.r 3.4 1.9 Snow. Month. 0) bo . Si "jag a o 1 (3 December -F. 31 28 27 "F. 44 37 36 'F. 69 70 78 "F. 25 19 18 - 9 -17 -25 'F. 40 34 36 'F. 25 22 18 ' In. 1.6 1.1 1.2 6 5 6 In. LO 0.6 1.8 In. 5.1 6.6 7.9 In. 6.0 9.0 10.0 NW. NW. NW. 29 39 21 3.9 17 3.3 7.4 18.6 NW. March . 40 55 64 61 67 76 91 95 94 30 44 64 - 1 14' 31 46 60 69 32 52 58 2.2 3.6 6.5 7 9 12 3.4 5.6 L4 3.9 3.2 10.3 41 1.5 0.0 6.0 4.0 0.0 s April s M^y.....:::: Spring mean 63 65 43 11.3 28 10.3 17.4 5.6 s. .T(1TIA , 73 77 76 84 88 88 102 108 103 62 66 65 44 49 44 76 87 79 68 74 73 46 5.0 4.6 11 8 8 1.1 2.1 2.9 7.2 3.1 3.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s July SE. SnTTimRr Tnfia" 75 87 1 64 14.2 27 6.1 13.7 0.0 s. 69 68 45 80 76 56 100 97 82 57 42 34 31 20 75 64 49 63 62 37 3.7 2.7 1.3 8 6 6 2.6 2.6 1.5 7.4 2.6 1.3 0.0 0.5 0.9 0.0 4.0 .3.0 s. October. . . s 57 71 47 7.7 19 6.7 11.3 L4 s. Aimnai TTipan 53 65 108 44 -25 37.1 91 26.4 49.8 25.6 10.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Jan. 23-26; Feb. 15.... Jan. 8, 12, 13, 26, 30; Feb. 1-8. Jan. 3; Nov. 30... Jan. 24-29: Feb. 26; Mar. 13; Dec. 16,18. Nov.23; Dec.9,13,3L. Jan. 28-31; Feb. 4, 5, 7-13, 23. Maximum 100° or above. July 24; Aug. 10-13, 16. None. Aug. 7, 8, 16. Aug. 1. None. Sept. 6. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 9,15- 17. Jan. 1; Feb. 4, 5. 10; Dec. 14, 15. 18-20. Jan. 26, 27, 30; Feb. 2- 6, 9; Deo. 26. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-19; Dec. 13. Maximum 100° or above. Aug. 21. June 28, 29; July 3, 4, 8-14, 16-26; Aug. 25. None. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 39 608 CLIMATOLOaY OF THE UNITED STATES. KANSAS. Middle Division: OTTAWA COUNTY. Station: MINNEAPOLIS. J. L. Steele, Observer. Latitude, 39° T N. Longitude, 97° 41' W. Elevation, 1,259 feet.] [Established by Signal Service June, 1889. The general contour of the country is rolling. This station was equipped with Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers in November, 1892. The instrument shelter stands 36 feet northwest of the house, and the thermometers are 5 feet 7 inches above ground. The rain gage is located 114 feet northwest of the house and is SO feet from any outbuildings. Its top is 32 inches above ground. The only trees anywhere near it are small, only about 8 feet high. Previous to January 1, 1893, the temperature means were obtained from the tridaily readings, since that time from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers, both series being combined in the general mean. Monthly, Seasonal, and Ann0AL Means, Jancaet 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 ? 1 S 1 1 o .9 B CD ■s-s a. a 1. g h a 9§ 1 91 t4 isB CO B,D Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. 5 Month. "jag sis 'F. 32 28 28 'F. 43 40 38 "F. 72 67 78 'F. 21 18 17 "F. -10 -20 -29 "F. 39 34 36 "F. 24 23 17 In. 0.6 0.5 0.9 3 3 4 In. T. 1.4 • 0.2 In. 0.8 0.6 0.2 In. 2.3 3.8 5.0 In. 6.0 5.1 11.0 N. N. N. 29 40 19 ' 2.0 10 1.6 1.6 11.1 N. March April May 40 55 64 52 63 76 95 99 101 28 39 52 - 2 15 29 46 61 70 34 51 57 1.2 2.2 3.7 4 7 9 0.1 1.6 1.9 1.0 0.3 4.5 3.2 0.7 0.0 7.0 4.6 0.0 NW. SE. S. Spring mean 53 64 40 7.1 20 3.5 5.8 3.9 S. June July August 74 79 77 86 92 91 108 108 109 62 66 65 41 49 41 78 86 83 68 74 73 4.0 2.8 3.2 7 6 6 2.9 0.1 7.7 10.3 2.4 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. S. SE. 77 90 64 10.1 19 10.7 20.7 0.0 S. September October November 69 57 41 82 71 53 105 92 78 66 43 29 29 20 - 4 75 61 47 64 52 35 2.5 2.0 0.7 5 5 3 0.9 0.5 0.8 3.2 2.3 1.9 0.0 0.1 0.9 0.0 1.0 6.0 S. s. N. 56 69 43 5.2 13 2.2 7.4 1.0 s. 54 66 109 41 -29 24.4 62 18.0 35.5 16.0 n.o S. Dates of Tempebatdkb Extremes for the Period Januart 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 6, 7, 23-25; Feb. 12-15; Dee. 27, 28. Jan. 8, 12, 13, 26, 27, 30; Feb. 1, 4-8, 11, 13. Jan. 3 June 27, 30; July 12, 17-19, 23-27, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 9-13, 17-20, 28, 30. May 8, 28; June 23; July 15, 16, 27, 28; , Aug. 27; Sept. 11-18. June 14, 20; July 15; Aug. 3, 5, 7-10, 13- June 16-19, 21-23; July 1-3, 6-9, 22-24, 27-31; Aug. 1-3, 26, 28; Sept. 1,5. June 24, 29; July 18, 19, 22, 24, 26-29; Aug. 5, 15, 16, 19-23, 25, 26, 28-30; Sept. 1, 4, 5. 1899 1900 1901 1902. 1903 Jan.29-31; Feb.1-13,23. Feb. 9, 16, 17; Deo. 31.. Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 4, 5, 9, 10,12,13; Deo. 14, 15, 17, 19, 20. Jan. 26, 27, 30; Feb. 2-5,7,10; Dec. 17, 18. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-18.... July 26, 28; Aug. 1-3, 7-12, 22, 23, 28; Sept. 4-6. June 21, 26, 27, 29; July 3, 6, 10-12, 19, 22; Aug. 12-21; Sept. 5, 7,8. June 24-30; July 1-4, 6-16, 19-28, 31; 1897 1898 Jan. 24, 25, 27, 29 Jan. 26; Nov. 23; Dec. 9. Aug. 1-3, 24, 25, 28. Aug. 2-4, 7, 13, 17. July 22. NOETH OBNTBAL D18TEI0T8. KANSAS. 609 Eastern Division: VALLEY OF THE KAW (RILEY COUNTY). Station: AGRICULTURAL COLLEGE. J. O. Hamilton, Observer. [Established by the State o( Kawas late in 1857. Latitude, 39° 11' N. Longitude, 96° 35' W. Elevation. 1,100 feet.] The station is situated at the Manhattan Agricultural College, which is west of the city of Manhattan, on ground that is slightly higher than the city. The general contour of the country is best described as hUl and valley. This station has a full set of standard meteorolbgical instruments, including barograph and thermograph. The thermometer shelter (standard) stands southwest of the college, in an open field, over grass, 200 yards from any building and 100 feet from a low hedge. It stands on a post, to facilitate electric contact, and its top is 8 feet above ground. The mean temperature was calculated from the tridaily observations until June, 1893. Since that time the means have been calculated from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers, the two series being combined in the gen- eral mean. The mean maximum and mean minimum are computed for the period from 1891 to 1903. The average number of days with maximum above 90° and average number of days with minimum below 32° was obtained from a period of eight years' observation. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 g V B (3 , i s 1 II 1 s t3 1 ►4 a u hi a S CO of Snow. Ml . only. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Miriimnm below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 July 23-28, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 9-13, 16-20, 29; Sept. 7. May 8, 9. 28; June 24; July 15-18, 26, 27, 29; Sept. 13, 15-18. July 3, B; Aug. 3-5, 7-10, 14; 16. June 16-19; July 8, 9,22-24,29-31; Aug. 1-3,25,27; Sept. 1,4, 5. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Nov 23 July 19; Aug. 21, 23, 29, 30; Sept. 4. Aug. 3, 23; Sept. 4-6. June 27; July 14, 17-21; Sept. 6, 8. Missing. Do. 1895 1896 Jan. 8, 11-13, 26, 27, 30; Feb. 1-8. Jan. 3,4 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 4, 5, 7-13,23. Feb.9, 16, 17; Mar. 1.. Missing. . . 1897 Jan. 24-27, 29; Mar. 14. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-18. .. . June 29; July 8-10, 20, 21, 26; Aug. '5, 25. 610 OLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. KANSAS. Eastern Division: VALLEY OF THE KAW (SHAWNEE COUNTY). Station: TOPEKA. T. B. Jennings, Section Director. [Established by Signal Service October, 1886. Latitude, 39° 3' N. Longitude, 95° 41' W. Elevation, 998 feet.] The valley along the river in this county is about 3 miles wide, the river generally running very close to the bluffs on the south side. The county is rolling prairie and ranges from 1,000 to 1,100 feet above sea level. The station was originally located at Washburn College. The theriiiometer shelter stood 200 feet southwest of Science Hall and some distance from other buildings. It stood over sod, with the thermometers 4 feet above ground. The rain gage was located in the campus, about 300 feet from the buildings, with its top 6 inches above ground. The station was moved to the fourth floor of the Columbian Building June 1, 1892. The thermometers are in a standard roof shelter, 10 feet above the roof and 85 feet above the ground. The roof is nearly flat. The rain gage is near the middle of the roof and is 73 feet above ground. The anemometer cups are 89 feet above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means June 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Total, sunshine. 1 B ii Ji o < 1 1 1 B a, j3 1 a h ® ^ a i» 1| O 1 1° III li. ofig. 1 Snow. g 1 o CD i u p, (D Months. 1 5 "F. 34 'F. 4X "F. 74 70 78 'F. 24 19 19 "F. -10 -23 -25 "F. 45 34 37 'F. 26 17 19 In. 1.0 1.0 1.6 6 6 7 In. 0.4 0.7 1.3 In. 0.9 0.4 1.1 In. 4.4 4.7 7.2 In. 6.0 7.5 18.7 Hr. 160 182 169 P.ct. 54 60 56 s January. . . . 29 1 39 29 \ 40 NW February . NW 30 1 40 20 3.6 19 2.5 2.5 16.3 510 57 NW, 41 t 53 56 1 68 64 ] 75 91 97 94 30 44 53 - 1 20 30 49 63 70 35 .52 60 2.1 2.6 5.2 8 10 13 1.2 3.0 1.9 1.3 3.1 8.6 3.1 1.0 0.0 6.5 6.9 0.0 213 233 271 57 59 61 N April.. E May . s Spring mean 54 [ 65 42 9.9 31 6.0 13.0 4.1 716 69 S. 73 79 76 84 89 87 101 106 62 67 65 36 50 40 78 87 80 68 72 79 4.8 4.8 4.6 11 9 9 7.0 2.7 n i 4.9 3.7 12.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 282 327 307 63 72 73 s July August . g "■- Summer mean 76 j 87 65 14.2 29 10.2 21.3 916 69 S. 68 68 42 80 70 53 104 93 83 57 45 31 33 22 - 5 76 63 50 63 53 37 3.3 2.1 8 6 3.6 2.0 0.4 2.7 3.6 1.1 T. 0.1 1.4 T 1.8 9.5 239 227 153 51 56 68 44 1 ! 6.5 ; 20 5.9 7.3 1.5 619 60 s ATiTinfl.1 men.Ti 54 j 66 106 43 -25 34.1 1 99 24.6 44.1 21.9 18.7 2,761 61 s Dates of Tempeeature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-25 July 24; Aug. 11, 13. None. Aug. 3, 7, 8, 10, 15, 21. June 19; July 29-31 ; Aug. 1, 2. None. Aug. 23; Sept. 5. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb 17 Feb. 6, 10; Dec. 13-15, 17, 19, 20. Jan, 26, 27, 30; Feb. 2-5, 10; Dec. 26. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-18.... June 27; Aug. 20. July 3, 4, 8-25; Aug. 2, 25. None. 1895 1896 Jan. 12, 27; Feb. 1, 2, 4-8. 1897 Jan. 24-27 1898 None Do. 1899 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 4, 7-13, 23. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 611 KANSAS. Western Division: SMOKY HILL VALLEY (WALLACE COUNTY). Station: WALLACE. M. T. Origgs, Observer. [Established by Signal Service July, 1890. Latitude, SS" 55' N. Longitude, 101° 37' W. Elevation, 3,303 feet.] The station is 2i miles from the town. The instrument shelter stands 60 feet southwest of the house, and the thermometers are 3 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 80 feet northwest of the house and 125 feet from trees, with the top 3.5 feet above ground. No temperature means were calculated for this station until the installation of standard maximum and minimum ther- mometers in December, 1902, since which the mean temperature has been obtained from the readings of those instruments. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Precipitation. (Inches and hundredths.) 1 1 5 Month. Precipitation. (Inches and hundredths.) fl e.8 1 4J4J a S So, +J4J a S Snow. a In. 3 5 1.9 1° ■a od +3 — ©■o a S o £ f- - 3 o •S.9 -1 n In. 0.4 0.2 0.4 3 2 4 In. 0.4 0.1 1.4 In. T. T. 0.0 In. 4.2 2.2 5.0 In. 10.0 4.0 6.0 NW. NW. NW. NW. NE. NW. SE. SE. SE. July 7 12 In. 0.8 1.7 In. 12.6 2.8 In. 0.0 ao /n. 0.0 0.0 SE. August Summer mean . . . September October November.. Fall mean Annual mean SE. 7.7 19 4.5 24.3 0.0 SE. Winter mean 1.0 9 1.8 T. n.4 1.3 0.9 4 3 2 2 0.2 0.2 0.1 1.4 2.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.8 0.5 2.0 4.0 SW. SW. NW. March 0.5 1.7 2.6 3 5 6 0.3 0.7 1.8 T. 0.6 5.6 3.2 1.8 0.1 4.0 5.0 1.0 2.6 7 0.5 3.5 1.1 SW. Spring mean 4.8 14 2.8 6.2 5.1 16.1 49 9.5 34.0 17.6 10.0 NW. June 2.3 7 2.0 8.9 0.0 0.0 612 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. KANSAS. Middle Division: McPHERSON COUNTY. Station: McPHERSON. Ed. F. Habeklein, Observer. {Established by Signal Service October, 1890. Latitude, 38° 23' N. Longitude, 97° 36' W. Elevation, 1,496 feet.] The city stands in a broad level prairie. The station is located near the outskirts of the city. The maximum and minimum thermometers are in the instrument shelter, 20 feet north of the house, over sod the thermometers being 6 feet above ground. The rain gage stands on the ground, 20 feet north of the house and 20 to 30 feet from trees. All instruments are standard. The temperature means have been obtained from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Temperature data begin January 1, 1893, and precipitation data begin October, 1890. Both include the year 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 'S > S i 1 1 i li o PI o 1 1 1, I § &° •MO III In nS of Snow. 0) -1 o 1 5 T)p/!fimhp.r "F. 33 29 28 "F. 43 39 38 °F. 77 70 78 °F. 23 20 18 "F. -13 -17 -27 "F. 38 35 37 °F. 26 23 18 In. 1.0 0.7 1.4 3 3 3 In. 0.1 0.1 0.7 In. 0.4 0.5 3.0 In. 4.4 5.3 9.7 In. 12.0 6.0 14.0 sw January NW February NW 30 40 20 3.2 9 0.8 4.0 19.0 March 42 57 65 55 70 78 91 97 99 30 43 52 4 20 27 46 63 70 36 52 62 1.6 2.8 4.9 3 6 0.5 0.5 2.2 1.0 3.2 10.8 1.3 1.5 0.0 4.0 12.0 0.0 SW April SE M^y SW Spring mean 54 68 42 9.2 18 3.2 15.0 2.8 SW 74 79 79 86 92 92 106 110 109 61 66 66 40 52 45 78 88 83 68 75 74 5.6 3.7 3.4 8 7 6 7.7 2.3 4.2 1.2 3.0 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE July •.. . SW August SW 77 90 - 64 12.8 21 14.2 10.6 0.0 SW. 70 58 43 83 72 55 104 97 83 58 46 31 28 25 ■ 72 62 48 66 54 36 3.4 2.8 0.6 7 4 2 3.5 0.0 0.7 5.3 5.3 1.2 0.0 0.4 1.4 0.0 4.3 5.2 SW October SW November . . - . SW 57 70 41 6.9 13 4.1 11.8 1.8 SW 55 67 110 42 -27 32.1 61 22.4 41.2 24.0 14.0 SW. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 6, 24, 25; Feb. 12, 13, 16; Dec. 27-29. Jan. 8, 12, 13, 26, 27, 30; Feb. 1, 4-8, 11, 12, 16. Jan.3 July 26-27; Aug. 11-13, 19, 20. None. Aug. 7-11, 14, 16, 21. June 16, 19-24; July 3, 23, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 25, 26. July 27-29; Aug. 21,23, 28-30; Sept. 3-5. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1-13.. Feb. 16, 17 July 28; Aug. 1-3, 7-9, 11, 12, 19, 22, 23, 26-29; Sept. 4-7. June 26, 27; Aug. 12-21; Sept. 6, 7. June 21, 26-30; July 1-4, 6-29; Aug. 1-3 7., 9, 24-28. Aug. 2.4, 7, 13, 14, 16-18. July 9, 10, 14, 20-22. 1896 Jan. 1: Feb. 4, 5, 9, 12, 13; Dec. 14, 15, 17. Jan. 26, 27, 30; Feb. 2, 4, 10; Dec. 17. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-18.... 1897 1898 Jan. 24-28; Nov. 29... Dec. 13 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 613 KANSAS. Eastern Division: COFFEY COUNTY. Station: LEBO. J. J. Bowman, Observer. [Established by Signal Service December, 1886. Latitude, 38° 22' N. Longitude, QS" 52' W. Elevation, 1,168 feet.] The station is 5i miles south of the town, in a broad level prairie. The instrument shelter, in which the maximum and minimum thermometers are placed, stands 25 feet northeast of the house, the thermometers being 4J feet above ground. The rain gage is in an open lot, 30 feet from trees which are 15 feet high. The mean temperatures during 1887 and 1888 were obtained from the tridaily observations; since then, from maximum and minimum readings. Both series are combined in the general mean. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Te ^porature. Precipitation. 1 iJ a . o 1 is ! si o 1 h 3 i a l'?a ca a« 3g| a! sgl Snow. Montli. No record from May 26, 1896, to January 23, 1897. NORTH OENTBAL DISTRICTS. 615 KANSAS. Southwestern District: ARKANSAS VALLEY (FORD COUNTY). Station: DODQE CITY. E. D. Emigh, Observer. [Established by Signal Service September, 1874. Latitude, 37° 46' N. Longitude, 100° W. Elevation, 2,460 feet.] Dodge City is situated on the extreme north side of the Arkansas River Valley between the extremities of a crescent of low hills which extend from due west through the north into the northeast, and approach to within a few hundred yards of the oihcB building. The river valley at this point being 2i or 3 miles wide the topography to the southward is of nearly level bottom land. The thermometers are exposed in a standard roof shelter, 44 feet above ground. The rain and snow gages are located on the roof, unfortunately close to an L angle in a low wall that separates this from the building adjoining on the west. The top of the tipping bucket gage is 3J feet above the roof and 37 feet above the ground. The rims of the 8-inch gages are just 1 foot lower. The wind vane and anemometer are excellently exposed on an 18-foot combination pole. The anemom- eter is 64 feet above the ground and the wind vane slightly higher. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation : Humidity, fifteen years ; snowfall, nineteen years, 1885- 1903; sunshine, fourteen years, 1890-1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-nine years — September 15, 1874, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperal ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 1 a g a a il s a © a 1 a a a Hi f k -sa 1 1 ^o OS 'a hi isa as a'^ a 0) o ♦^ o » Snow. g 00 ? a d s 3 B 00 E p. _3 "o .Q ■< o 1 o 6 TO M g ft Month. 0) < "fig a o 1 5 December 33 28 32 45 40 44 'F. 79 74 78 °F. 21 17 20 °F. -15 -20 -26 "F. 46 38 42 "F. 21 13 20 In. 0.6 0.5 0.7 4 4 6 In. 0.1 T. 0.3 hi. 0.6 0.2 1.6 In. 2.7 4.4 6.2 In. 5.0 9.5 8.8 P. a. 78 81 83 Grs. 1.37 1.15 1.18 P. a. 5d 64 64 Gts. 1.46 1.36 1.51 186 186 168 66 66 63 NW NW February NW 31 43 19 1.8 14 0.4 2.4 13.3 81 1.23 62 1.44 180 65 March.. . . 42 54 64 66 68 76 90 93 101 29 41 52 - 9 13 24 60 60 69 34 48 68 0.9 1.8 3.2 6 7 10 T. T. 1.3 0.6 2.4 12.8 4.0 0.8 T. 10.0 6.6 0.0 78 75 79 1.61 2.47 3.96 51 46 51 1.80 2.12 3.94 248 270 279 65 66 64 NW April BJay... g Spring mean 53 67 41 5.9 23 1.3 15.7 4.8 77 2.66 49 2.62 266 65 s June 73 78 77 76 85 90 89 88 106 108 105 61 66 64 40 50 46 78 82 81 66 74 72 3.4 3.2 2.5 8 8 7 0.8 3.3 1.8 1.8 M 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 79 77 79 6.18 5.S5 6.54 51 48 52 5.24 5.93 6.86 300 341 341 71 74 79 SE July August. S. Summer mean 64 9.1 23 5.9 9.3 0.0 78 5.56 60 5.68 327 75 SE. September. , 68 56 41 55 81 70 54 68 101 94 84 56 43 29 30 10 -13 73 62 48 64 51 26 1.5 1.5 0.5 5 5 4 L7 0.2 0.4 3.1 2.2 1.0 0.0 0.1 0.7 0.0 1.0 3.0 78 78 77 4.19 2.06 1.66 47 50 57 4. CO 2.78 1.95 270 279 210 75 76 66 S. SE. October Fall mean 43 3.5 14 2.3 6.3 0.8 78 2.84 51 2,91 253 72 s Annual mean 54 66 108 42 -26 20.3 74 9.9 33.7 18.9 10.0 78 3.07 53 3.16 256 69 S. Dates of Tempekatobe Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 1896 Jan. 6, 23, 24; Feb. 11, 13; Dec. 27, 28. Feb. 1, 6-8, 11-13, 16 . . None June 30; July 1, 3, 23-27, 29. Sept. 5, 11. May 24; June 14, 19; July 29; Aug. 7, 8, 10, 15, 20, 21, 29; Sept. 7, 8. July 29; Aug. 1. July 22, 27; Aug. 16. June 19; Aug. 19, 21, 26, 27. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 17; Dec. 31 .."... . Jan. 1; Feb. 4, 9; Dec. 13-15. Jan. 25-27, 29, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 4; Dec. 17. Feb. 15-17; Mar. 1.... June 27; Aug. 12-16, 27. June 9, 21; July 4, 16-17, 19, 21; 24, 25. Aug. 2-4, 17, 18, 20. July 14, 15, 20-22; Aug. 6. Aug. 3, 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 24, 25, 27; Dec. 3 . Jan. 26; Dec. 9, 10, 31 . . Jan. 30,31; Feb. 2-12; Dec. 14, 15. 616 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE tHiTITED STATES. KANSAS. Middle Division: STAFFORD COUNTY. Station: MACKSVILLE. ROEY Poling, Observer. EleTatlon, 2,032 feet.] The thermometer shelter stands [Established by Signal Service January, 1889. Latitude, 37° 58' N. Longitude, 98° 57' W. This station is in the northern part of the the town, which stands in a broad level prairie. 25 feet from a one-story house, with the thermometers 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage stands 25 feet southwest of the house and with its top 6 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures up to December, 1890, were obtained from the tri-daily observations, and since April, 1893, were calculated from readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers, only the last series being used in the general mean. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 a 1 S a O 1 c S a s a si 1 • It % o ►J u 1 Number oi days with 0.01 or more. CO II o Snow. 1 Month. © >'0 ill o "F. 36 33 32 'F. 49 47 44 °F. 80 74 77 "F. 23 20 19 "F. -14 -14 -24 °F. 44 39 44 'F. 29 29 23 In. 0.9 0.6 1.4 3 4 5 In. 1.0 0.1 1.2 In. 2.6 1.5 0.5 In. 3.9 4 7 9.4 In. 7.0 6.0 10 8 N. S. February N. Winter mean . . 34 47 21 2.9 12 2.3 4.6 18.0 N. March 44 57 66 58 71 78 95 99 100 30 43 53 2 23 27 48 63 71 39 53 62 1.4 2.4 3.5 5 6 10 0.2 0.3 2.0 L8 6.4 3.9 2.4 0.7 ao 4.0 5.0 ao g April. . S. Biay S. 56 69 42 7.3 21 2 5 12.1 3.1 S. 74 78 78 86 91 92 105 108 107 61 65 65 39 50 43 76 85 81 66 74 75 4.8 3.8 2.8 9 8 7 3.9 3.5 1.7 5.9 3.2 5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 ao ao ao S. July S. s. Summer mean 77 90 64 11.4 24 9.1 14.6 ao s. 70 60 45 84 75 58 109 95 90 66 45 37 30 25 5 75 65 51 64 56 41 3.0 2.8 0.8 7 6 4 2.1 0.1 0.5 3.5 1.9 1.1 0.0 ao 3 ao ao 1.0 s. October .... s. s. 58 72 44 6.6 17 2.7 6.5 a 3 s. Annual mean . . . 66 70 109 43 -24 28.2 74 16.6 37.8 21.4 ia8 s Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 24; Feb. 12, 13; Dec. 26, 27, 30. Jan. 24; Feb. 1, 4-8, 11. None Jan. 24, 26, 27 . . . June 27; July 1, 24-26; Aug. 10, 11, 13, 15, 18-20, 30; Sept. 7. May 8; Aug. 17; Sept. 12, 16, 17. May 24; Aug. 7-16, 20, 21. June 21, 24; July 3, 9, 23, 24, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 25, 26. Data missing. July, Aug. Sept. and Oct. Aug. 8, 9, 19, 22, 23, 26. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 17; Dec. 31 Jan. 1; Feb. 4, 5, 9; Dec. 14, 15, 17, 20. Jan. 26, 27, 30; Feb. 2, 4; Dec. 17. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-19 June 26, 27, 29; July 7, 10-12; Aug. 12-18, 20, 21; Sept. 6, 7. June 21, 26, 28; July 1-4, 6-16, 20-25, 27, 29; Aug. 1-3, 25-28. Aug. 2-4, 13, 16-18. July 14, 21, 22. 1S98 None 1899 Jan. 31; Feb. 4-13 618 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. KANSAS. Southern District: SEDGWICK COUNTY. Station: WICHITA. George T. Todd, Observer. [Established by Signal Service July 1, 1888. Latitude, 37" 41' N. Longitude, 97° 20' W. Elevation, 1,301 feet.] This station is near the central portion of the city of Wichita, and is about one-sixth of the distance between the gradual slope of the Arkansas River and the hills 2J miles away, which form the eastern boundary of the valley. The elevation of the hills in this vicinity, on either the east or west side of the valley, does not exceed 100 feet. The Arkansas River flows from the northwest to the southeast through the city and the Little Arkansas directly north and south to the junction. The office is located in the Sedgwick block, where it has been since the opening of the station. The instruments are exposed from the nearly level roof of that building. There have been no changes in the position or elevation of instruments since they were first established. The thermometers are 78 feet above the ground, the anemometer 85, and the rain gage 71. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat are. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 d o — <^ B B r ■g 1 Ji < 3 Bi f °d 1 d s :^ o Months. bo . ■< ^•3 2 'F. 31 29 28 "F. 44 42 40 "F. 72 72 77 "F. 18 16 15 'F. -15 -21 -29 °K 38 34 37 "F. 25 24 17 0.6 0.7 0.9 3 In. 0.1 0.4 0.2 In. 1.0 0.6 0.6 In. 3.1 3.6 6.4 In. 7.2 6.0 8.0 NW. NW. February ... NW. ■29 42 16 1 2.2 11 0.6 2.2 13.1 NW- March 39 64 63 55 69 77 95 99 105 25 38 48 - 7 10 23 44 58 67 34 50 56 0.8 2.1 2.9 1.4 0.6 2.6 0.7 0.4 4.2 2.8 2.1 0.0 4.0 9.5 0.0 NW. April SE. May S. Spring mean 52 67 38 5.8 17 4.6 5.3 4.9 NW. 73 79 77 88 93 93 111 111 110 58 63 62 34 42 '41 77 85 82 65 74 73 3.1 3.1 2.1 8 6 6 1.6 1.7 1.2 6.5 2.3 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July.. S. S. .^llTTlTTlfir TnPfl.T1 76 91 61 8.3 20 4.6 13.2 0.0 S. 68 65 40 83 71 64 106 93 82 63 40 26 24 17 - 6 74 61 45 61 60 33 2.1 1.3 0.5 6 3 2 0.1 1.0 0.2 7.2 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.8 0.0 5.0 3.5 S. October S. NW. Fall mean . 54 69 1 40 1 4.0 10 1.4 9.5 1.2 S. Annual mean 53 67 111 38 -29 1 20.3 58 11.2 30.2 19.2 9.6 NW. 1 » Record from January 1, 1883. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 6-9, 23, 24; Feb. June 18-20, 27, 29, 30; July 12. 14, 18, 1899 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 2-13, May 14; June 18, 19; Aug. 10, 12, 17, 19, 11-13, 15, 19, 22-24; 23-27, 29, 30; Aug. 8-13, 17-19, 28-30; 23; Dec. 14. 21,22,26-30; Sept. 4-6. June 6, 7, 27; July 6, 9-13, 15, 22, 31; Dec. 12, 27-31. Sept. 2. 1900 Jan. 28; Feb. 16, 17; 1895 Jan. 3, 8, 26, 27; Feb. May 27, 28; June 23, 24; July 1.6-18; Dec. 31. Aug. 1, 10-21; Sept. 6, 8. 1, 3-8, 10-13, 16; .\ug. 22, 26, 27; Sept. 6, 9-14, 16-18, 20. 1901 Jan. 1, 2, 10, 11; Feb. June 23-30: July 1, 3, 4, 6-22, 24-28, 31; Mar. 14; Dec. 3. 4-6,9,10; Dec. 14-17. Aug. 2, 3. 23-25, 27, 28. 1896 Jan. 3; Nov. 28, 29.... June 13, 14, 16, IS; July 30; Aug. 3, 4, 7, 1902 Jan. 26-28, 30, 31; Feb. May 2; June 10, 11, 13; July 15; Aug. 9, 10, 13-15: Sept. 8. 2-5; Mar. 17; Dec. 2-4, 7, 9, 12-14, 16-20. 1897 Jan. 24-29; Nov. 29; June 16-18, 21-23, 29; July 1, 2, 5-9, 23, 4, 15, 17. Dec. 3, 16, 17, 20. 26, 28-31; Aug. 1-3, 26, 27, 28, 31; Sept. 1,4-6. 1903 Jan. 12; Feb. 5, 16, 17; Mar. 1; Nov. 18. July 20, 25, 28; Aug. 22. 1898 Nov. 23; Dee. 9, 10, 31. June 18, 28, 29; July 18, 22-24, 26, 27; Aug. 5, 14, 15, 19-23, 25, 28-30; Sept. 2. 620 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. KANSAS. Western Division: SOUTHWESTERN PLATEAU, MORTON COUNTY. Station: VIROQUA. John A. Goedon, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in August, 1889. Latitude, 37° 08' N. Longitude, 101° 46' W. Elevation, 3,600 leet.] The thermometer shelter stands 35 feet northwest of the house and the thermometers are 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 45 feet northwest of the house and 40 feet from some trees 10 feet high. The top of the gage is 3.5 feet above ground. The temperature means were obtained from the tridaily observations till May, 1892, since which they have been cal- culated from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 V, a . 8 CI 1 !i 1 a o i Etc t3 h ED O 1 si iil ^1 a. og Snow. Month. 0) i3 34 33 32 "F. 48 49 46 "F. 75 76 78 "F. 20 19 17 °F. -12 -12 -13 41 38 40 "F. 27 29 24 In. 0.7 0.4 0.8 2 3 3 In. 0.7 0.5 T. In. 0.6 0.6 0.6 In. 5.1 4.0 8.1 In. 10.0 6.0 20.0 sw. sw. NE. 33 48 19 2.0 8 1.1 1.8 17.2 SW. 42 55 65 60 72 81 91 93 105 26 39 49 -15 15 30 47 59 71 35 62 60 0.6 1.6 2.2 2 5 6 0.1 1.6 0.7 0.1 0.6 1.3 1.6 1.4 0.0 3.0 3.0 0.0 SW. SW. Mky SE. Spring mean. 54 71 38 46 13 2.4 1.9 3.0 SW. 74 78 78 90 94 93 lU 109 107 68 63 62 35 45 48 78 82 81 66 75 74 2.6 3.5 1.8 7 7 6 1.6 0.9 0.2 6.0 12.3 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July SE. SE. 76 93 61 7.8 19 2.8 18.7 0.0 SE. 69 57 43. 84 72 .59 102 92 85 63 40 27 28 22 - 1 76 60 46 • 65 53 40 1.9 1.2 0.4 4 3 2 2.0 0.8 0.2 0.0 0.4 0.6 0.0 0.1 0.9 0.0 1.0 3.0 SE. SW. SW. 56 72 40 3.4 9 3.0 1.0 1.0 SW. Annual mean 56 71 111 39 -15 17.6 49 9.3 23.4 21.2 20.0 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum tielow 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. MiTiimmn helnw 0° Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 6, 7, 24; Feb. 4, 12,13,24; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 28, 29; Feb. 1, 7, 8, 12, 13, 16, 16. Jan. 3 June 26. 26, 29, 30; July 1-3, 18, 23-27, 29: Aug. 14. May9,14,27,28; June 23, 24; July 5, 15, 16, 18. May 24, 25, 29, 30; June 3-6, 8, 13-20, 24, 30; July 2, 8, 14, 21-23, 25-31; Aug. 2-21, 29. June 16-24, 26, 29: July 1-9, 12-15, 23, 26-31; Aug. 1, 2. June 24, 29; July 6, 7, 18, 19, 21-23, 26- 28; Aug. 16, 18, 20, 21. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 6-9, 11, 12; Dec. 14, 15. Dec. 31 June 12, 18-21; Aug. 9-12, 16-19, 21, 22, 25-30; Sept. 1. 4-6. June21,26-29; July 9, 10,122, 23, 28; Aug. 11-17, 20-22, 26, 27. June 28, 30; July 3, 4, 17, 19, 28; Aug. 3, 27. June 26; July 14, 15; Aug. 2-4, 8, 9, 12, 13, 15, 17, 18-20; Sept. 7. June 30; July 10, 14, 15, 20-24; Aug. 4, 6,7. 1896 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 5, 9; Deo. 14, 15. Jan. 26-28, 30; Feb. 2; Dec. 4, 15. Feb. 16, 17; Mar. 1-3; Nov. 18. 1897 1898 Jan. 24, 26-28; Dec. 3,4. Dec. 9, 10, 13, 14,31.... NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 621 KANSAS. Western Division: CLARK COUNTY. Station: ENGLEWOOD. C. D. Peeet, Observer. [Established by Signal Service September, 1888. Latitude, 37° 02' N. Longitude, 99° 58' W. Elevation, 1,955 feet.i The station is south of the town and is located in a rather broad shallow valley. The instrumental equipment consisted of a standard thermometer and a 3-inch rain gage until March, 1893, when the station was given the Weather Bureau voluntary observer's equipment. The instrument shelter is 33 feet east of the house and the thermometers are 4 feet above ground. The rain gage is 48 feet east of the house and 25 feet from the nearest tree, the top of the gage being 3 feet above ground. Preceding March, 1893, the temperature means were calculated from the tridaily readings; since March, 1893, they have been obtained from the maximum and minimum readings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo n 3 S s 1 s i s a |i o id •S.9 o 1 w 3 H % 3 1 ill 'I a g o g a* Snow. S °--6 f "F. 35 33 32 "F. 51 49 47 "F. 84 77 80 °F. 19 16 17 - 9 -14 -24 47 39 40 'F. 26 28 23 In. 0.6 0.6 0.7 2 2 3 In. 0.1 T. 1.1 In. 0.9 0.8 0.3 In. 1.9 3.3 6.4 In. 6.0 10.0 10.0 January February. N. •N 33 49 17 1.9 7 1.2 2.0 11.6 N. March... 45 58 . 66 62 74 81 95 99 106 28 42 51 - 8 16 28 48 63 69 38 53 61 0.8 2.0 2.6 3 6 9 0.5 0.1 2.9 2.8 0.3 5.3 2.2 0.1 0.0 6.0 0.5 0.0 SW April May . NE Spring mean 56 72 40 5.4 18 3.6 8.4 2.3 SW. June.. 75 80 80 89 94 94 113 110 109 61 66 64 35 48 44 80 85 84 69 76 72 3.4 3.5 2.1 8 7 7 1.8 0.6 2.0 7.5 6.2 . 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 g July s Summer mean 78 93 64 9.0 22 4.4 15.2 0.0 s. September 70 59 44 86 76 60 107 99 89 54 42 27 28 20 73 62 49 67 53 38 1.8 L9 0.5 5 4 3 2.9 0.1 0.2 3.7 4.2 0.3 0.0 T. 0.1 0.0 T. 0.8 SW October s November.. N Fall mean 58 74 41 4.2 12 3.2 8.2 0.1 SW. 56 72 113 41 -24 20.6 59 12.3 33.8 14.0 10.0 S. Dates op Tempekature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 23; Feb. 12; Dec. 25, 26. Jan. 7, 27, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 1-4, 6-12, 15. Nov.29 June 26, 27. 29, 30j Julyl-3, 16, 23-29; Aug. 13, 14, 17-20; Sept. 2, 3, 6, 7. May 27; June 23, 24; July 5, 15-18, 29. May 17, 19. 23, 24, 29, 30; June 3, 4, 8, IS- IS, 19, 20; July 3, 23, 26, 29, 31; Aug. 3-6.7-11, 14-17,20,21,26,29,30; Sept. 2, 4, 6-9, 16. June 16, 18, 20-24; July 1-4,6-9, 23, 26-31 ; Sept. 1, 2, 4, 25, 26. June 23; July 7, 22, 2&-29; Aug. 16, 18- 23,-28, 29; Sept. 3-6, 23, 26. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 3, 5- 12; Dec. 13-15. Feb. 16, 17; Dec. 30, 31. Jan. 1-3; Deo. 13, 14... Jan. 25, 26, 29, 30; Feb. 1, 2; Dec. 16. Feb. 16, 17, 19; Mar. 1. June 19, 20; July 31; Aug. 1-4, 6-12, 16- 23, 25-30; Sept. 4-6. ' June 7, 26-29; July 6, 8; Aug. 12-16, 20, 21, 27. June 9, 18, 24-29; July 3, 4, 6, 8-11, 14-17, 19-21, 26, 28; Aug. 3, 23-28. July 15; Aug. 2-4, 12-20, 22-25, 29, 30. July 10, 14-16, 20-23; Aug. 5, 7. 1897 1898 Jan. 23, 24, 26, 27; Dec. 2,3. . Jan. 15, 22; Dec. 9, 12- 15,30. 622 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. KANSAS. Eastern Division: VERDIGRIS VALLEY (Montgomery County). Station: INDEPENDENCE. J. M. Altaffer, Observer. [Established by the STnithsonian Institution December, 1871. Latitude, 37° 11' N. Longitude, 95° 43' \V. Elevation, 816 feet.] This station is 3.5 miles south, a httle east, of the city, with ground comparatively level to the north and west, but lower east and south. The thermometer shelter stands 50 feet north of the house and over sod, the thermometers being 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is in open ground about 50 feet southwest of the house and stands on the ground. The temperature means were calculated from the tridaily observations until September, 1890, when standard maximum and minimum thermometers were installed; since which date they have been calculated from readings of the latter, but the general mean is calculated from both sets of readings. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1871, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 > S 1 03 B Hi Id a a , o B 1 B S B a K id h r 3 a in n •mO 3^a 2 «1 CO a„ 1 = 1 E-i O OJ Snow. Month. a la o 0) Ml . St o 5 "F. 3(i 34 33 'F. 46 44 44 'F. 73 75 78 'F. 26 24 24 'F. - 5 -16 -21 "F. 42 38 41 -F. 31 28 24 In. 2.1 1.5 2.0 5 6 6 In. O.R 1.5 0.5 In. 1.9 1.2 7.0 In. 2.3 2.9 2.4 In. 9.0 5.0 6.5 s. NW. NW. Winter mean 34 44 25 5.6 17 2.8 10.1 7.6 NW. 46 69 68 57 71 80 93 95 98 34 47 56 8 22 31 51 65 73 40 56 65 2.4 3.8 4.8 8 9 11 1.5 2.0 3.9 2.7 2.7 6.6 1.0 T. 0.0 4.0 0.2 0.0 S. s. May s. Spring mean 58 69 46 11.0 28 7.4 12.0 1.0 s. June 77 81 80 89 94 94 105 111 110 65 69 67 45 54 43 80 88 84 71 77 78 4.9 4.3 3.0 9 8 6 3.8 3.2 4.6 11.3 2.5 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. August s. Summer mean 79 92 67 12.2 23 11.6 14.6 0.0 s. September . . 73 61 46 86 74 57 109 95 82 60 48 35 34 26 5 52 65 34 3.7 2.6 1.9 7 6 6 0.7 1.5 2.6 9.1 6.3 2.9 0.0 T. T. 0.0 T. 0.2 s. October. , s. November s. 60 72 48 8.2 19 4.8 18.3 T. s. Anniifll mp,n.n 57 70 111 46 -21 37.0 87 26.6 55.0 8.6 9.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-25; Feb. 15; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 12; Feb. 2, 4-8.... None; June 25, 29, 30; July 1, 13, IS, 23-28, 30, 31; Aug. 8-15, 18-20, 30; Sept. 8. June 13, 22, 25; July 16-18, 20, 27, 29. June 19; July 3,14,15,30,31; Aug. 3-11, 13-16, 20, 21; Sept. 1, 2. June 19,21,22,30; July 1-4, 7-9, 31; Aug. 1-4, 25, 26, 29; Sept. 4, 5. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Deo. 14 June 25; July 7, 27-29. Aug. 7-9, 23; Sept. 5-7. Aug. 13-22. 24; Sept. 6. June 26, 28, 29; July 1-15, 17, 19-25, 28, 29; Aug. 1-3, 9, 25-29; Sept. 7. June 26; July 14-17; Aug. 2-5, 7, 14-18. July 20, 22, 23; Aug. 4, 5, 25, 27. 1895 Jan. 29, 31; rpb.8-13.. Feb. 17 1896 Dec. 14 15 1897 Jan. 27 Jan. 27; Feb. 2, 4 Feb. 16, 17 NOETH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 623 KANSAS. Eastern Division: CHEROKEE COUNTY. Station: COLUMBUS. O. E. Skinneb, Observer. [Established by Signal Service August, 1890. Latitude, 37° 11' N. Longitude, 94° 50' W. Elevation, 898 feet.] This station was established by the Signal Service in 1890 as a rainfall station, and in 1891 the Weather Bureau added to its equipment, standard maximum and minimum thermometers. The country is moderately hiUy. The thermometer shelter is on the north side of and close to the house. The thermometers are 4.5 feet above ground. The rain gage is southwest of and 30 feet from the house. It is 30 feet from outbuildings and 20 feet from the nearest tree. The top is 2.5 feet above giound. The mean temperature was obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonai., and Annual Means. December. January February Winter mean- March April May Spring mean.. June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. Temperature. "F. 35 45 aa "F. 78 73 78 110 104 107 99 87 "F. 26 23 22 24 ss o JJ- -9 -16 op 43 Precipitation. In. 2.0 1.8 2.1 3.4 4.1 6.2 5.0 4.1 2.7 2.2 .5 .=5 S d1i o i'Sa In. 2.0 1.1 1.9 5.0 1.7 4.4 4.1 4.2 3.2 2.2 0.4 1.5 3.0 In. 10.5 1.2 0.1 11.8 2.0 0.5 4.1 8.7 11.0 5.5 10.1 0.3 4.2 bo (■■a In. 4.1 3.6 1.5 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 "jag £■§■ S.Sa In. 9.0 7.0 5.0 7.0 l.S 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 5.0 N. N. NE. SW. SW. Dates of Tempeeatuee Extremes foe tue Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 Jan. 23-26; Feb. 15; Deo. 28. Jan. 12, 27, 29, 30; Feb. 1. 2, 4-9. None July 1, 24; Aug. 12-15. None. Do. July 30; Aug. 2-4, 26; Sept. 3, 4. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 8-13; Dee. 15. Feb. 17 None. Aug. 21. July 3-25, 28, 29; Aug. 2, 3, 9. 1896 Deo. 14, 15, 17, 18, 20... Jan. 27; Feb. 2, 4 Feb. 16, 17 1897 1898 Dec. 13, 14 1076— BuU. Q— 06- -40 IOWA. By JOHN R. SAQE, Section Director. 625 IOWA. Physical features. — ^Except the small portion of Lee County which extends southward to the confluence of the Des Moines and Mississippi rivers, the State of Iowa lies between latitude 40° 30' and 43° 30' north; and its extreme eastern and western boundaries are within the meridians 90° and 97° west. According to the Twelfth United States Census the State has a total land surface of 55,475 square miles, of which area 97.4 per cent is included in farms. Its permanent water surface, in the form of lakes and rivers, constitutes about 1 per cent of its area; and probably 10 per cent is subject to occasional overflow and some measure of damage by surface water during seasons of excessive rainfall. Prior to its settlement the general aspect of the State was that of a succession of rolling prairies intersected by timbei^ skirted streams, the treeless portion constituting probably four-fifths of the area. In the process of transforming the wilderness into an agricultural State, a considerable portion of the primitive timber bordering the streams has been cleared away, but the total number, of trees has been materially increased by planting groves and shelter belts over the prairies and divides. This has caused some abatement of the force of the winds that sweep over these central plains, giving rise to the theory that the climate has been materially changed by man's agency. Iowa forms a part of the great plain of the central valley of the continent. Though its surface is rather more broken than that of the States to the east, north, and west, yet the relief is small. The zero point on the river gage at Keokuk shows an elevation of 477 feet; the elevation of Sibley, in Osceola County, is 1,512 feet; and it is believed that some of the morainic prominences in the northwest are fully 100 feet higher than the railway tracks at Sibley. These figures show a difference of only about 1,200 feet between the lowest and highest points within the State. The average elevation of 27 meteorological stations in the three northern districts is about 1,200 feet; average of 49 stations in the three central districts is 885 feet. The bed of the Missouri River along the western boundary of the State is about 500 feet higher than the bed of the Mississippi River on the east. The highest points form the crest of the divide between these great rivers. About two-thirds of the surface of the State is drained by streams flowing southeast to the Mississippi River, and the balance is drained by streams flowing southwest to the Missouri. Iowa presents all the characteristics of a prairie State, and its principal topographic features are due to erosion. There is not a single prominence attributable to uplifts of the subjacent strata. Its exceedingly fertile soil is supported by heavy deposits of glacial drift. Having no mountain ranges, the general uniformity of surface gives to the State a practically homo- geneous climate, with only such variations of temperature and rainfall as result from latitude and from slight differences in elevation and location with reference to the normal pathway of the cyclones which traverse the continent. Temperature. — The mean annual temperature of Iowa, as shown by available data for all the years of record, is 47.5°. Dividing the State by east and west lines into three sections, three counties in width, it is found that the annual means are as follows: Northern section, 45.7° ; central section, 47.3°; southern section, 50°. By division of each section into three districts, it appears that the southeast district (10 counties) is the warmest, with an annual mean of 50.6°; and the north central district (14 counties) is the coldest, with an annual mean of 45.4°. The highest yearly mean recorded at any station was 51.7° at Keokuk, which is the extreme southern point in the State. The records at voluntary meteorological stations at Cresco and OsEige show the lowest yearly mean, viz, 43.3°. The gradient of the mean annual temperature appears to be quite uniform from the south to the north line. By seasons the mean temperatures for the State are as follows: Winter, 20.2°; spring, 47.4°; summer, 71.8°; autumn, 50.1° By sections the seasonal mean temperatures are as follows: Northern section: Winter, 18°; spring, 45.4°; summer, 70.6°; autumn, 48.4° Central section: Winter, 20.3°; spring, 47.1°; summer, 71.7°; autumn, 49.7° Southern section: Winter, 23.3°; spring, 50°; summer, 73.5°; autumn, 52.6°. The warmest year of which records for the State at large are at hand was 1894, when the mean temperature was 49.7°; the coldest year was 1895, the mean being 45.5°. This indicates a range of 4.2° in the annual means for the State. The highest temperature registered in Iowa by a standard thermometer was 113°, at the voluntary meteorological station In Sigourney, on July 22, 1901. That was prbbably the hottest period ever experienced in Iowa, the records of all stations showing maximum temperatures ranging from 100° to 113°. The mean for the month of July was 82.4° for the State. The lowest temperature recorded in the State was 43° below zero at Cresco, in January, 1888. This extremely low temperature occurred during the prevalence of a cold wave, or succession of cold waves, which continued with slight abatement from the 7th to the 23d of that month. From these records it appears that there has been the remarkable range of 156° between the lowest and highest temperatures in this State. For the past decade there has been an average yearly range of about 136°. Late and early frosts. — ^Having a strictly continental climate, the winters of this section are colder and the summers warmer than in the States on the same parallels near the seacoast or the Great Lakes; and remoteness from the equalizing thermal effects of large bodies of water also subjects this interior valley to occasional depression of temperature to the frost line in the early or latter part of the crop-growing season. On the average, however, there is immunity from killing frosts for a period of 626 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 627 about 170 days. The records of the United States Weather Bureau stations in Iowa show that the average date of the latest killing frost in spring is April 20 and the earliest in autumn October 9. At the Des Moines station during the past twenty-five years killing frosts have been noted six times in May and once as late as May 22. During the same period the earliest killing frosts in autumn have occurred nine times in September and twice before the middle of September. At the Sioux City station the average dates are May 1 and September 23, giving immunity from damage by frost for the period of 145 days. The Dubuque records show a practically frostless period averaging 176 days; Davenport, 174 days; Keokuk, 190 days. Damage to the staple farm crops by frost is quite infrequent and generally limited to small areas in the northern districts. Preeipitalicm. — ^According to data compiled at all meteorological stations in the State for all the years of record, the average annual precipitation is about 31.4 inches. The averages by sections are as follows: Northern section, 38 stations, 29.9 inches; central section, 46 stations, 31.5 inches; southern section, 35 stations, 32.9 inches. The northwest district, 9 counties, has an average of 28.2 inches, and the southeast district, 10 counties, has 33.6 inches. The average yearly precipitation of the three eastern or Mississippi River districts is 32.5 inches, while that of the three western or Missouri River districts is 30 inches, indi- cating a difference of only 2.5 inches between the means of the eastern and western slopes of the State. The records -compiled at the United States Weather Bureau station at Keokuk show an average of 35.2 inches for a period of thirty-two years, and the ofiBoial records at the station in Sioux City for fourteen years show an average of 25.8 inches per year. These figures indicate a range of 9.5 inches between the highest and lowest averages recorded at Weather Bureau stations. The summer average rainfall at Sioux City is 10.6 inches and at Keokuk 11.7 inches, showing but a slight difference in the supply of moisture in the critical period of crop growth. From an agricultural point of view the most important feature of the climate of Iowa is the fact that the bulk of its yearly precipitation falls in the crop season, April to September, inclusive. The average winter precipitation is 3.3 inches, or about 10 per cent of the yearly amount; spring, 8.8 inches, 28 per cent; summer, 12.2 inches, 39 per cent; autumn, 7.1 inches, 23 per cent. In the six crop months the average rainfall is 22.5 inches, or 71 per cent of the yearly total. In the four most important crop months. May 1 to September 1, the average is 16.3 inches, or 51 per cent. This feature of the climate is more in evidence in the western districts than in the balance of the State. The Missouri Valley receives the least amount for the year, but receives a greater percentage in the crop season. The fall and winter precipitation is relatively much lighter in the west than in the east. In common with all parts of the United States there has been marked variation in the seasonal rainfall of this section. During the last fourteen years the lowest average amount for the State was 21.9 inches in 1894 and the highest was 43.8 inches in 1902. In 1894 the State average for the four critical crop months (May-August) was 6.7 inches, or a monthly average of 1.7 inches, and in the corresponding months of 1902 the amount was 27.8 inches, or 6.9 inches per month. And yet during those yeara of extremes for the State at large there were small areas of the State that received about the normal amount, this fact serving as a striking illustration of inequality in the distribution of rainfall. Since the early settlement of this State the records show that severe midsummer droughts have occurred at irregular intervals, averaging two to three in each decade. During the last fourteen years the normal rainfall for the four critical crop months (16.2 inches) was exceeded eight times, and the average fell below the normal six times. There has been, in fact, a greater liability to excess than deficiency in the crop season, and more damage to crops has been caused by excess in the season of planting and growth than by reverse conditions. Since 1890 this section has suffered quite heavy loss by drought and hot winds in two seasons, viz, 1894 and 1901. In 1897 there was also deficiency of moisture in the latter part of the summer, which caused a shortage of the corn yield as compared with the average. In all the years since the territory was opened to settlement by civilized people there 'has not been anything approaching a total failure of the staple crops caused by drought or excessive rainfall. Destructive storms. — This central valley is watered and made fruitful by cyclones, areas of low pressure which generally move across the continent with moderate force and beneficial effect. The greater part of the rainfall in spring, summer, and early autumn comes in form of showers, distributing variable amounts of moisture, frequently accompanied by electrical disturbance. The more violent storms which occasionally visit this section are exceptional products of the benign elements, and their destructive effects are usually limited to narrow tracks and relatively small areas. Thunderstorms occur quite frequently in all parts of the State, the larger number in the months of May, June, July, and August. The records of the United States Weather Bureau stations in Iowa show the following yearly average number of days on which thunderstorms have occurred, viz: Des Monies, 39 days; Keokuk, 41; Davenport, 36; Dubuque, 31; Sioux City, 36; average of the five stations, 37. This is probably the approximate yearly average for the State. Of this number about 30 to 35 have been m the six crop months. Many thunderstorms in the warmer months are evidently of the convectional type and local in extent as well as in destructive effect. For any single locality it may be stated that fuUy 80 per cent of the thunderstorms are entirely harmless. And yet in the State at large lightning has been more destructive to human life than any other storms, and it has also caused greater aggregate destruction of farm animals and other farm property. The experience of insurance companies whose policies cover live stock and farm buildings attest the extent of hazard from that cause. Bail. — The aggregate destruction of crops by hailstorms has been quite heavy, though variable in extent of damage from year to year. Mutual insurance associations have been organized to afford partial indemnity for the losses borne by farmers in hail-stricken districts, and this fact indicates that considerable areas have been swept over by this class of storms. At the Weather Bureau stations in Des Moines, Davenport, Dubuque, Keokuk, and Sioux City the average number of days on which hailstorms were recorded has been two to three per annum. Generally these have not been severe and destructive to property. 628 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. Tornadoes. — Gales and squalls of almost hurricane force have occasionally wrought destruction to farm buildings, wind- mills, and the lighter class of structures in the more exposed locahties, and sensational news dispatches have heralded these disturbances as "cyclones" or tornadoes, causing abroad a misconception as to the clunate of this section. As a matter of fact, tornadoes are infrequent visitors in this State, and when they have occurred the area of desolation bas1)een insignificant in comparison with the State. The greatest area swept over by tornadoes in any year since this section was settled by civilized people was less than one-twentieth of 1 per cent of the surface of the State. There has been a vast deal of sensa- tional exaggeration as to the hazards of life and property due to this class of storms. During the past fifty years there have occurred three tornadoes which were notable on account of the unusual distance traversed and the great loss of life and destruction of property caused thereby. The first of these storms occurred in June, 1860, and was known as the Comanche tornado, because of the almost total destruction of that village. The second was the Grinnell tornado, which occurred on the evening of June 17, 1882, causing the death of nearly 100 persons in that place and destroying a large nimaber of buildings In its pathway. The third was the Pomeroy tornado, which wrought much destruction of property and considerable loss of Hfe in that town on the evening of July 6, 1893. The track of the first named was about 200 mUes in length and less than 1,000 feet in width; the second was over 40 miles in length and nearly 1,000 feet wide; the third was about 50 miles in length ani 830 to 1,000 feet wide. The class of windstorms that have wrought the greatest aggregate destruction of property in Iowa are the severe gales or squalls which occur with considerable frequency and sweep over broad areas of the State. List of Counties and Climatological- Stations. County. Adair Adams Allamakee (see Elkader or Fayette) . Appanoose (see Corydon) ., Auaubon (see Atlantic) Benton Blackhawk (see Grundy Center) . Boone (see Des Moines) Bremer {see Fayette) Buchanan , Buena Vista Butler {see Hampton or Charles City). Calhoun (see Sac City) Carroll Cass Cedar {see Davenport or Iowa City). Cerro Gordo {see Charles City). Cherokee Chickasaw (see Charles City). Clarke (see Coming or Cory- donl. Clay (see Alta) Clayton CUnton , Crawford {see Carroll) Dallas {see Des Moines) Davis (see Bonaparte) Decatur {see Corydon) Delaware {see Dubuque) . . , Des Moines (see Keokuk) . . Dickinson {see Alta or Lar- rabee). Dubuque Emmet {see Alta) , Fayette , Floyd , Franklin , Fremofit {see Clarinda) Greene {see Carroll) Grundy , Guthrie {see Carroll or Greenfield). Hamilton (see Iowa Falls) Hancock (see Hampton) . . Hardin Harrison (see Omaha, Nebr.). Henry (see Keokuk or Washington).- Howard (see Charles City) , Humboldt {see Alta or Hampton) . Ida (see Sac City) Iowa Jackson {see Dubuque or Clinton). Station. Greenfield . Coming . . . Belle Plaine . Independence. . Alta Carroll . . . Atlantic. Elkader , Clinton . . Dubuque . Fayette Charles City. Hampton . , . Grundy Center Iowa Falls. South Central . Southwest Northeast South Central . West Central . . East Central . . ....do Central Northeast East Central . , Northwest. North Central . Central West Central . Southwest East Central. North Central Northwest . . . . Northeast South Central Northwest . . . Northeast East central.. AVest central . Central Southeast South central. East central-. Southeast Northwest East central.. North central. Northeast North central. . do Southwest., Central do do do North central. Central West central . Southeast . Northeast North central. West central East central... ....do 651 654 640 632 642 660 631 635 648 634 630 County. Station. Newton . Iowa City . Keokuk Cedar Rapids. , .Clirinda. Jasper Jefferson {see Bonaparte or Washington) . Johnson , Jones (see Cedar Rapids). . Keokuk (see Washington). Kossuth (see Charles City) Lee Linn Louisa (see Washington).. Lucas (see Corydon) Lyon {see Sioux City or Larrabee). " Madison (see Des Moines or Greeiifield). Mahaska (see Newton) Marion (see Des Moines or Newton) . Marshall (see Newton) Mills {see Clarinda or Omaha, Nebr.)., Mitchell {see Charles City). Monona {see Sioux City) . . Monroe {see Corydon) Montgomery (see Clarinda) Muscatine {see Davenport) O'Brien (see Larrabee) Osceola (sec Larrabee) Page Palo Alto (see Alta) Plymouth {see Sioux City) . ' Pocahontas {see Alta) ! Polk ' Des Moines Pottawattamie (see At- lantic or Omaha, Nebr.). Poweshiek {see Newton or Amana) . Ringgold {see Clarinda or Corydon). Sac Scott Shelby {see Carroll or At- lantic) . Sioux {see Larrabee or Sioux City). Story {see Des Moines) Tama (see Belle Plaine) Taylor (see Clarinda) ' Union {see Coming) I , Van Buren ' Bonaparte. Wapello (see Bonaparte) . . . ' Warren {see Des Moines). ..' Washington Wayne Webster {see Sac City or Iowa Falls). Winnebago (see Charles City). Winneshiek (see Fayette) .. Woodbury Worth {see Charles City). .. Wright {see Hampton) Sac City Davenport . Washington, Corydon Sioux City. Central Southeast . East central . ! , ....do Southeast North central.. Southeast East central... Southeast South central. , Northwest South central. .do. .do. Central Southwest. North central. West central . South central. Southwest East central-. Northwest. . . . ....do Southwest North central. Northwest North central- Central Southwest — Central South central West central . East central-. West central - Page. Northwest. . Central do Southwest South central. Southeast do South central. Southeast South central. Central North central. Northeast West central . North central. do 643 647 658 646 655 637 657 653 656 636 NOBTH CENTRAL DI8TE10T8. State Summaky. 629 station. Charles City... Larrabee Alta Hampton Tayette Elkader Sioux City Sac City Iowa Falls Grundy Center Independence . . Dubuque Carroll Newton Belle Plaine... Amana Cedar Rapids.. Iowa City Clinton Davenport Atlantic Greenfield Des Moines — Washington... •Coming Clarinda Corydon Bonaparte. Keolmk Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. "F. 36 U 35 35 34 35 38 36 34 •35 35 Abso- lute maxi- mum. "F. 108 108 106 109 110 111 107 108 105 105 106 106 109 107 106 104 107 108 106 106 110 106 109 106 106 110 112 112 108 Date. July, 1901 do... July, 1894 July, 1901 ....do... ....do... July, 1894 July, 1903 July, 1894 July, 1901 do... do... do... do.... July, 1894 do... July, 1901 do... do... do... do... do... do.... do.... do.... do... do.... do... do... Abso- lute mini- mum. °F. -31 -37 -33 -30 -30 -31 -31 -30 -33 -29 -29 -32 -31 -28 -32 -29 -25 -30 -28 -27 -31 -29 -30 -26 -25 -24 -25 -23 February, 1899 . do do do do January, 1895... February, 1899 . January, 1894... do February, 1899.. do January, 1887. . . February, 1899. do do January, 1894. . . February, 1899. January, 1894... do January, 1884. . . January, 1902... February,1899.. January, 1884. . February, 1899.. do do do do January, 1873 .. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 145 164 16^ 148 157 155 143 144 159 150 148 125 152 142 140 138 131 138 141 120 158 141 124 131 129 137 137 131 112 Station. Charles City... Larrabee Alta Hampton Fayette ElKader Sioux City Sac City Iowa Falls Grundy Center lud'ependence.. Dubuque Carroll Newton Belle Plaine... Amana Cedar Rapids.. Iowa City Clinton Davenport Atlannc ^,^ Greenfield ^ 'SDes Moines Washington. . . Oorydon Bonaparte Eeokiik Num- ber, Average date of- First killing Sept. 25 Sept. 20 Sept. 26 Oct. 2 Sept. 18 Sept. 23 ...do.. Sept. 22 ...do.. Sept. 26 ...do. . Oct. 12 Sept. 22 Oct. 8 Oct. 4 Oct. 5 Oct. 8 ...do.. Oct. 2 Oct. 13 Sept. 19 Oct. 9 Oct. 8 Oct. 7 Oct. 2 Oct. 6 Oct. 5 Oct. 7 Oct. 22 Last in spring. May 3 May 11 May 7 May 4 May 8 May 5 May 1 Apr. 30 May 7 May 3 May 4 Apr. 20 May 5 Apr. 26 May 1 Apr. 23 Apr. 19 Apr. 23 Apr. 28 Apr. 22 May 11 Apr. 29 Apr. 28 Apr. 23 Apr. 26 Apr. 19 Apr. 28 Apr. 20 Apr. 11 Date of— Earliest killing Sept. 12 do... ...do... Sept. 20 Sept. 11 do . . . Sept. 13 Sept. 12 do... ...do... ...do... Sept. 27 Sept. 12 Sept. 20 do . . . ...do... ...do... ...do... Sept. 13 Sept. 18 Sept. 2 Sept. 18 Sept. 12 Sept. 13 Sept. 12 Sept. 13 Sept. 18 Sept. 20 Sept. 18 Latest in spring. May 21 May 31 May 30 May 31 June 1 May 21 May 19 May 31 do... ....do... May 21 May 31 May 19 May 31 May 14 '.'.['.do':'.'. May 26 May 22 May 31 May 21 May 22 May 14 May 19 May 3 May 19 May 14 May 2 Precipitation. Inches. 29.8 30.4 30.7 33.2 32.7 31.2 25.5 31.1 29.8 34.0 27.4 35.0 32.4 33.6 34.5 31.2- 37.1 32.3 32.9 32.9 32.4 31.7 32.4 28.7 31.3 33.1 35.3 33.3 35.1 Spring. Inches. 9.0 8.7 8.8 10.2 10.2 9.4 8.1 8.4 8.3 10.0 8.4 9.5 10.3 10.2 10.9 9.7 8.6 9.6 10.0 9.3 9.3 10.0 9.3 9.7 9.6 Inches. 11.2 12.8 13.7 12.5 11.6 11.4 10.6 13.5 12.0 14.0 10.0 12.3 12.8 13.1 12.2 11.1 10.1 10.8 11.3 11.4 13.5 12.1 12.2 10.0 12.9 13.7 13.2 11.6 11.6 Autumn. ! Winter. Inches. 6.2 7.5 7.3 7.2 4.9 6.7 6.1 8.7 6.6 6.9 7.3 6.9 6.3 7.4 7.1 7.4 6.8 6.9 7.3 8.1 8.3 8.5 Inches. 3. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 1. 2. 2. 2. 2. 4. 2. 3. 4. 3. 12. 4. 4. 4. 2. 2. 3. 3. 3. 2. 4. 3. 5. 630 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. North Central District: FLOYD COUNTY. Station: CHARLES CITY. C. H. Priebe, Observer. [Established in 1891 by Weather Bureau, J. W. Smith, Observer. Latitude, 43° V N. Longitude, 92° 40' W. Elevation, 1,024 feet.] This station is on a slight elevation in the eastern part of Charles City, about 700 feet north of the Cedar River. It is in an open space, near no hills, large trees, or buildings. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter attached to the north side of the observer's residence, about 4J feet above the ground. The door opens toward the north. The rain gage is 10 feet from the house and about 12 feet west of the shelter. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean minimum and the mean maximum tem- peratures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. bo h a a ■S.9 § 1 i a |f < a ©•a § 1 1. ID B Da 1» e a S S t ag f ►5 ■s§ hi |>a C a, 3-C ©■a a,„ Eh il ui Snow. Month. 60 . St ill o o 19 16 14 'F. 28 25 23 °F. 56 58 62 "F. 11 8 7 "F. -23 -27 -31 "F. 28 22 24 "F. 13 7 9 In. 1.1 0.9 1.0 5 5 3 In. 1.0 1.2 1.0 In. 2.3 0.6 0.3 In. 5.9 6.7 6.6 In. 7.0 5.5 11.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 16 25 9 3.0 13 3.2 3.2 19.2 NW. March 31 48 60 40 59 73 78 90 92 22 38 49 -16 10 28 38 53 65 20 42 54 1.7 3.0 4.3 6 9 10 0.5 0.9 3.5 2.2 1.0 9.2 4.4 2.0. 0.0 4.0 6.0 0.0 NW. April N. May SE. Spring mean 46 57 36 9.0 25 4.9 12.4 6.4 SE. June . . . 68 73 71 79 85 82 99 108 102 58 61 59 34 39 36 72 81 77 63 71 66 4.6 3.6 3.0 10 7 7 5.6 1.8 4.6 8.4 7.9 6.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July NW. August SE. Summer mean 71 82 59 11.2 24 12.0 23.0 0.0 .0 NW. September. . 63 50 32 73 62 41 95 87 70 51 39 23 19 9 -13 73 57 42 57 42 26 3.1 2.1 1.4 7 6 5 2.0 0.5 2.0 2.8 1.1 3.2 0.0 0.5 5.6 0.0 0.5 5.0 S. October SE. November . NW. 48 59 38 6.6 18 4.5 7.1 6.1 NW. Annual mean 45 56 108 36 -31 29.8 80 24.6 45.7 31.7 11.0 NW. Dates op Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1899 Minimum below —10°. Jan. 6, 7, 23-25, 27; Feb. 19, 21, 24. Jan. 3, 8, 11, 23, 24, 27-30; Feb. 1-6, 7-10, 16. Jan. 2-4; Feb. 20 Jan. 23-27; Feb. 25-27; Mar. 14; Nov. 27, 29,30; Dec. 16, 21-24. Feb. 1,2; Nov.28;Deo. 8, 9, 13, 14, 31. Jan. 1, 27-31; Feb. 2, 13, 24, 27; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 15, 30. Maximum 95° or above. July 18, 26, 27; Aug. 7-! July 16. July 14; Aug. 4, 7, 8. July 7, 8. Aug. 30, 31; Sept. 1, 2. Aug. 10. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10°. Jan. 28, 30, 31; Feb. 6, 9,13,15,16.25; Mar. 16. Feb. 10; Dec. 12-14, 17-19. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 2-5, 15; Dec. 8, 25-27. Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13-15, 26, 27, 30. Maximum 95° or above. Aug. 4. June 24-27, 30; July 9, 10, 13, 14, 16, 17, 19-27. June 14; July 30. None. NOETH CEMTRAL DISTRICTS. 631 IOWA. Northwest District: CHEROKEE COUNTY. Station: LARRABEE. H. B. Strever, Observer. [Established by Signal Service 1890. Latitude, 42° 53' N. Longitude, 95° 30' W. Elevation, 1,400 leet.] This station is about 1 mile west and 80 rods south of the town of Larrabee, on the crest of a ridge extending nearly east and west and 40 to 50 feet above the village. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed on the north side of the observer's storehouse, about 3 feet from the northwest comer of the building. They are elevated about 6 feet above the ground. A roof, 3 feet above, affords them protection from the rain. They are shielded from the sun's rays on summer afternoons by boards extending from the north- west corner of the building and also by a projecting angle of the buildmg, 20 feet distant. The rain gage is exposed SO feet northwest of the observer's residence and is 40 feet distant east of a row of spruce trees, 18 to 20 feet high. The height of the top of the gage above ground is 25 inches. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean minimum and the mean maximum tem- peratures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 21 18 16 "F. 31 28 28 'F. 64 57 72 "F. 11 7 5 'F. -26 -28 -37 "F. 28 23 28 °F. 16 9 8 In. 0.9 0.6 0.7 5 4 4 In. 1.3 0.8 0.3 In. 0.3 0.4 1.2 In. 6.1 4.0 6.0 In. 7.0 7.5 10.0 18 29 8 2.1 13 2.4 1,9 15.1 March 31 48 69 43 61 72 82 88 98 19 35 46 -14 6 27 37 54 63 19 43 66 1.6 2.9 4.2 7 7 9 1.1 4.3 1.2 1.6 2.7 6.3 6.0 2.1 0.0 5.5 5.5 ffiy.; ; 0.0 Spring mean 46 69 33 8.7 23 6.6 10.6 7.1 68 73 70 ■82 87 83 98 108 103 65 59 68 30 36 35 73 82 76 64 70 67 4.6 5.0 3.3 9 8 7 2.6 0.7 2.5 6.9 14.1 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. . 0.0 August 0.0 70 84 1 57 12.8 24 5.8 23.2 0.0 62 60 32 76 63 43 100 89 74 49 37 22 26 7 -12 71 57 42 56 46 22 4.0 1.8 1.0 6 6 5 1.0 2.8 0.4 6.2 1.5 0.5 0.0 0.9 4.3 0.0 October. 6.0 8.0 Fall mean 48 61 1 36 6.8 16 4.2 8.2 5.2 Annual mean 46 58 108 34 -37 30.4 76 19.0 43.9 27.4 10.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or abovo. 1894 Jan. 6-8, 22-25, 27, 29; Feb. 1, 21, 23; Dec. 27. June 12-14, 28-30; July 10, 11, 16, 18, 22-27, 29-31; Aug. 6-10, 31. 1899 Jan. 1,5, 7,27-31; Feb. 2-13, 27; Nov. 6, 22, 23; Dec. 26, 30, 31. None. 1896 Jan. 8, 11-13, 23-31; Feb. 1, 3-5, 7-11. May 28; July 18, 26; Aug. 8; Sept. 10, 11, 17, 19. 1900 Jan. 28, 30, 31; Feb. 9, 13, 15-17, 24, 25; June 26. 1896 Jan. 3, 4; Nov. 30 July 2, 14; Aug. 4, 7. Mar. 16. 1897 Jan. 23-28; Feb. 23, June 13; July8,31; Sept. 2, 4, 6, 12, 13. 1901 Feb. 9; Dec. 14-20 June 27, 30; July 3, 4, 9-27 Aug. 26, 27; Mar. 14; 1902 Jan. 26-28, 31; Feb. None. Nov. 29; Dec. 1, 2-5, 8; Dec. 2, 8, 25, 16-18, 21-23. 26. 1898 Feb. 2; Nov. 26; Dec. 8, 9, 13, 30, 31. June 23; July 18, 22-24; Aug. 22, 30. 1903 Jan. 11; Feb. 16-18; Dec. 12-14,25,26. Do. 632 OHMATOLOaT OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. Northwest District: BUENA VISTA COUNTY. Station: ALTA. David B. Hadden, Observer. [Established by Signal Service April 30, 1890. Latitude, 42° 40' N. Longitude, 95° 21' W. Elevation, 1,515 feet.J This station is located within the limits of the town of Alta, which is the highest point in Iowa on the IlHnois Central Railway and the second highest point in the State. The surrounding country is rolling farm land, sloping away from the town in all directions. The thermometer shelter is the standard Weather Bureau structure, 2J by IJ feet at the base and 3J feet high, and the roof is double; the sides and door are louvered, and the door opens toward the north. It is located in a garden about 50 feet west of the observer's residence. The instruments are elevated 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is of the standard Weather Bureau pattern, 8 inches in diameter, and is exposed about 25 feet north of the thermometer shelter, the top being two feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum tem- peratures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperatu re. Precipitation. 1 Pi •Si a a 1 S 4 g !i HI B ^ II o a >> si 1 3 1 &° III +3+3 if a^ Snow. Month. SI o °j. 20 17 16 18 °J. 28 26 26 'F. 54 56 74 "F. 12 8 "F. -26 -28 -33 "F. 28 23 27 "F. 15 7 9 In. 0.8 0.6 0.7 7 6 6 In. 1.0 0.7 0.3 In. 2.0 0.9 0.4 In. 5.2 4.8 6.0 In. 7.0 5.0 6.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 27 9 2.0 19 2.0 3.3 16.0 NW. Marcli 30 48 60 40 59 71 82 86 96 21 37 48 -10 11 27 38 54 03 19 41 65 1.6 3.2 4.0 9 8 12 0.8 3.6 1.5 0.9 1.6 4.3 6.2 1.8 0.0 6.0 7.0 0.0 NW. April NW. May S. Spring mean 46 57 35 8.8 29 6.9 6.7 8.0 NW. 1 68 73 70 79 85 82 99 106 102 56 61 59 34 44 40 73 81 76 63 70 66 5.0 4.9 3.8 11 9 9 2.8 0.4 2.9 6.6 12.2 6.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. S. Summer mean 70 82 59 13.7 29 6.1 25.1 0.0 S. 62 51 32 73 62 41 98 88 74 52 40 23 20 11 - 9 70 58 44 57 45 22 3.3 1.7 1.2 7 7 7 1.1 3.2 0.3 3.9 1.1 2.8 0.0 0.4 4.0 0.0 3.0 7.0 S. NW. NW. 48 69 38 6.2 21 4.6 7.8 4.4 NW. Annual mean , 46 56 106 35 -33 30.7 98 18.6 42.9 28.4 7.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below - 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 6, 8, 22-25, 27, 29; June 30; July 11, 18, 23, 25-27, 29, 30; 1899 Jan. 1, 7, 27-31; Feb. Sept. 6. Feb. 19, 21; Dec. 27. Aug. 7-10. 2, 4, 5-13, 27; Dec. 1895 Jan. 8, 11, 12, 23, 24, May 28; Aug. 8; Sept. 17. 30, 31. 26-31; Feb. 1, 3-6, 7, 1900 Jan. 28, 30, 31; Feb. 9, None. 8,10. 13, 15-17, 25; Mar. 16. 1896 Jan. 3, 4 July 2, 14. 1901 Deo. 13-15, 17-20 June 30; July 9-17, 19-27; Aug. 1. 1897 Jan. 23-27; Feb. 23, 26, 27; Mar. 14; Dec. July 3, 7, 8, 31. 1902 Jan. 26-28; Feb. 2, 4, 5, 8; Dec. 25, 26. None. 16. 1903 Feb. 16-18; Dec. 12- Do. 1898 Feb. 2; Dec. 13, 30, 31.. Aug. 30. 14, 26. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 633 IOWA. North Central District: FRANKLIN COUNTY. Station: HAMPTON. E. C. Gbenelle, Observer. [Established in June, 1888. Latitude, 42° 30' N. Longitude, 93° 20' W. Elevation, 1,160 feet.) This station is near the center of Hampton, on the south central side of the public park, about as high as any part of the city, which is on a level plateau. The thermometers are exposed in a latticed shelter, about 8 feet west of a residence. It is open at the bottom, and has a double roof with air space between the two; and the thermometers are about 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 40 feet south of the shelter, 30 feet from the two-story house, and free from any trees; the top of gage is 27 inches above ground. Tabulated data are for the period of observation , January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means January 1, 1893, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. bo s a 1 1 :i a a 4 S a at 3-C o-o a„ oSJ5 1% 3i| Snow. > g (3 < 2-SS December. January : February 'F. 22 19 17 °F. 31 30 29 °F. 66 64 64 "F. 12 8 6 °F. -21 -31 -31 "F. 29 24 24 'F. 15 9 11 1%. 1.3 0.9 1.0 6 4 4 In. 0.9 0.9 0.6 In. 2.5 0.8 1.2 In. 6.6 7.9 8.3 In. 7.0 10.0 12.0 NW N. NW "Winter mean 19 30 9 3.2 13 2.4 4.5 21.8 NW. March April May 33 « 61 43 62 74 88 92 94 23 36 48 -13 14 26 40 52 66 24 43 55 1.9 3.1 4.4 8 8 11 2.7 4.2 1.7 2.2 1.0 11.8 5.8 0.9 0.0 8.0 4.0 0.0 N N. N. 48 60 36 9.4 27 8.6 16.0 6.7 N. TliTifi. ..",,. 69 74 72 83 89 86 102 111 103 56 59 57 31 39 30 73 82 79 64 72 67 4.0 4.6 2.8 8 8 6 3.5 0.2 1.8 12.6 8.1 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. July N. N. RniTimpr mpfln 72 86 57 11.4 22 5.5 22.7 0.0 N. 63 52 34 77 65 45 100 93 75 49 38 24 17 8 - 8 69 59 43 56 44 29 3.2 2.6 1.4 8 7 5 3.0 2.9 1.6 4.1 1.9 1.9 0.0 T. 3.4 0.0 4.0 4.0 SE. NW. November NW. Fall mean 50 62 37 7.2 20 7.5 7.9 3.4 NW. 47 60 111 35 -31 31.2 82 24.0 60.1 31.9 12.0 N. Dates of Tempeeathke Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1896 1897 Minimum below —10°. Jan. 7, 24, 26: Feb. 4, 21, 24. Jan. 4, 8, 11, 12, 14, 24, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1-6, 7-12, 16, 16. Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 17, 20.. Jan. 24-27, 30; Feb. 25-27; Deo. 18, 21-24. Feb. 1; Deo. 8, 9,31. Jan. 1, 27-51; Feb. 2- 13, 24; Mar. 7; Deo. 30. Maximmn 95° or above. June 11-16, 21, 29; July 10-12, 15-19, 23, 24, 26-30; Aug. 1, 7-9, 23, 28; Sept. 1. July 6, 7, 13, 16-18, 20; Aug. 9, 13, 16, 27; Sept. 10, 11, 19. July 12-14, 29, 30; Aug. 4, 5, 7, 8. June 13, 14, 17; July 3, 7-9, 30; Sept. 8, 9 13 July 15, 18, 23, 24; Aug. 22, 30, 31; Sept. 1,2. June 19; July 21-23, 25; Aug. 10, 17-19, 23, 27, 28; Sept. 1, 1, r,. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Mimmum below —10°. Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 6, 9, 16. .. Jan. 1-3; Feb. 5-7, 10, 25, 27; Deo. 13-15, 18-20. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 1-6, 8, 18, 19; Dec. 8. Feb. 5, 6, 16-18; Dec. 13, 16, 26, 30. Maximum 96° or above. June 25, 26; July 4; Aug. 2, 4-10, 18-20; Sept. 6. June 14, 24-28, 30; July 1-4, 9, 10, 12-26; Aug. 13, 14, 16, 17, 19-21, 24, 28; Sept. 0. July 30. None. 636 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. Western District: WOODBURY COUNTY. Station: SIOUX CITY. XJ. G. PUESELL, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service July 1, 1889. Latitude, 42° 29' N. Longitude, 96° 24' W. Elevation, 1,135 leet.] This station has always been in the business district of the city and near the business center. This district lies in a valley bounded by Perry Creek on the west and the Floyd River on the east; the Missouri River on the south and a range of hills on the north and northeast, while to the northwest a valley about three-fourths of a mile wide extends to the range of hills about 2 miles distant. To the south of the station is the nearly level Missouri Valley, and there are no hills within 10 miles. The valley where the station stands is about three-fourths of a mile wide, with one-third of the distance to the hills on the northeast and two-thirds of the width to Prospect Hill on the southwest. The latter point is 180 feet in elevation and the former 87 feet. A half mile due north of the stations the hills are 114 feet high. The thermometers have always been exposed on flat-roofed buildings; the elevation, for the first three years, 89 feet, and for subsequent years, 96 feet. Only the standard Weather Bureau shelter has been used, supporting the thermometers 12 feet above metal roofs. The elevation of the rain gage for the first three years of record was 78 feet, and for subse- quent years, 86 feet above the ground and on flat roofs. Since March 16, 1897, the gage has been exposed 43 feet east- northeast of a square stone tower, the top of which is 66 feet above the mouth of the gage. The anemometer elevation is 164 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the full period of observation, fourteen and one-half years, July 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean hum dity. s 1 •i |i o .n ■< d 1 1 1. s " ■sa g is w 1 o 1 09 U P.-S o Total amount for the driest year. it Snow. 9 00 1 S 00 1 s fi 00 1 Month.. bo . CD & < R °jf. 25 20 19 "F. 34 29 29 68 63 75 °F. 16 U 10 "F. -22 -28 -31 "F. 35 28 28 'F. 18 13 11 In. 0.8 0.5 0.6 t 6 In. 1.3 0.6 0.2 In. 0.2 0.1 0.7 In. 6.5 5.6 6.7 In. 8.4 11.0 9.1 P.cl. 84 84 84 Grs. 1.09 0.83 0.79 p.a. 70 76 75 NW. NW. NW. 21 .11 12 1.9 17 2.1 1.0 17.8 84 0.90 74 NW. 1 32 50 60 47 41 61 71 83 93 95 22 39 49 -14 13 29 40 57 64 22 45 52 1.2 2.8 4.1 9 10 12 0.6 2.8 1.9 1.8 2.4 11.8 5.3 0.7 T. 18.0 4.5 T. 82 77 76 1.22 2.36 3.56 64 52 48 NW. April NW. May S. Spring mean 58 37 8.1 31 5.3 16.0 6.0 78 2.38 56 NW. 70 74 72 80 86 83 100 107 102 59 64 62 39 41 40 72 83 77 66 69 68 4.0 3.5 3.1 12 10 10 2.7 1.8 1.7 5.6 5.6 5.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 78 82 5.08 5.39 5.38 57 53 68 S. July s. s. 72 83 62 10.6 32 6.2 16.9 0.0 80 5.28 66 s. 64 62 34 76 64 44 103 90 74 52 41 25 25 12 - 9 72 59 43 58 46 22 2.4 1.7 0.8 6 6 5 0.7 3.3 0.2 3.1 3.2 1.0 0.0 0.2 4.0 0.0 3.0 7.6 80 79 81 3.88 2.42 1.44 64 51 62 s. NW. NW. 50 61 39 4.9 [ 17 4.2 7.3 4.2 80 2.58 66 NW. 48 58 107 38 -31 25.5 1 97 17.8 46.2 28.0 18.0 81 2.79 60 NW. 1 Dates op Tempeeature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95°- or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 5, 7, 8, 22-25; Feb. 19; Dec. 27. Jan. 11, 12, 26, 27, 30; Feb. 1, 3, 6, 7, 8. Jan 3 4 . ■ June 30; July 11, 23, 25-27, 30; Aug. 6-10, 23,28. May 28; July 26; Aug. 8, 13; Sept. 10, U, 14, 17-19. July 2, 14; Aug. 3, 4, 7. July 2, 6-8, 29, 31; Aug.l; Sept.1,2,4,5. June 22,23; Aug. 20,22,30; Sept. 1, 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 28, 30; Feb. 2, 4- 12, 27. Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 9, 15.. Deo. 13-15, 17-20 Jan. 26-28, 31; Feb. 2, 4; Dec. 26. Feb. 16-18; Dec. 12, 13. Aug. 10; Sept. 4, 6. June 26; July 3, 13, 31; Aug. 2. June 24-27, 30; July 4, 9-17, 19-27; Aug. 12 1897 1898 Jan. 24-28; Feb.26,27; Dec. 17-19. Dec. 31 None. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 687 IOWA. West Central District: SAC COUNTY. Station: SAC CITY. J. A. SODESTROM, Observer. [Established in 1876. Latitude, 42° 25' N. Longitude, 96° W . Elevation, 1,278 feet.] This station is located in Sac City. The general contour of the country is rolling prairie, alternating with native timber. The thermometers are standard instruments, properly exposed in a standard shelter. The height of the thermometers above ground is 4 feet. The rain gage is exposed in an open space at a proper distance from obstructions. The height of the top of the gage above ground is 4 feet 8 inches. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum tem- peratures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. M d eg 1 s 1 e a fi 1 a ■S.I g a a |i < a !i 1» o d i a^a CO Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. 3..U Month. bo . Ot a* December 22 IS 18 -F. 30 27 27 -F. 67 58 71 "F. 14 9 9 'F. -22 -30 -29 °F. 30 26 27 'F. 16 8 11 In. 0.8 5 3 3 In. 1.8 1.3 1.0 In. 2.2 1.4 0.2 in. 6.7 4.4 6.5 16.6 In. 8.0 5.0 14.0 NW. NW. NW. 19 28 11 2.6 11 4.1 3.8 NW. March 32 49 60 41 59 72 83 88 97 22 38 48 - 7 16 28 38 65 21 42 51 1.6 3.2 3.6 5 7 8 2.8 5.0 1.9 1.2 1.3 3.6 6.1 0.7 0.0 8.0 6.0 0.0 NW. April SE. May SE. Spring mean 47 67 36 8.4 20 9.7 6.1 6.8 SE. .Tnnfl 69 74 71 81 86 84 98 108 103 57 61 69 36 42 39 73 83 76 85 71 67 5.1 4.2 4.2 9 7 6 2.2 3.4 1.4 5.6 12.6 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ■ 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW July SW. SW. 71 84 59 13.5 22 7.0 26.2 0.0 SW. September. . 63 62 33 76 63 43 98 91 68 60 40 24 21 19 - 7 70 59 44 68 45 25 3.2 2.5 1.0 7 5 5 T. 1.6 0.2 3.1 1.2 2.0 0.0 T. 3.4 0.0 T. 6.0 SW October NW 49 60 38 6,7 17 1.8 6.3 42.4 3.4 NW. Annual mean 47 57 108 36 -30 31.1 70 22.6 26.8 14.0 N\\'. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10° Jan. 6-8, 23-25, 27; Feb. 21; Dec. 27. Jan. 8, 11, 12, 26-28, 30; Feb. 1-4,6,7,8, 10, 11. Jan. 3, 4 Jan. 23-27; Feb. 26, 27; Dec. 16, 18. Feb. 2; Deo.13,31 Jan. 1, 28-31; Feb. 4- 13; 27; Deo. 31. Maximum 95° or above. June 30; July 18, 26-30; Aug. 6-10, 23, 31. May 9, 29; July 5, 17. June 15-19; July 2, 12-14; Aug. 3, 7. June 13; July 3, 7, 8, 30, 31; Sept. 2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 12, 13. Aug. 20, 30. Aug. 27. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10° Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 9, 13, 16. Dee. 13-15, 18-20 Jan. 26-28, 31; Feb. 2- 5; Dec. 25, 26. Feb. 16-18; Dee. 13.... Maximum 95° or above. Sept. 6. June 26, 27, 30; July 3, 4, 9-27, 31; Aug. 1, 16, 20, 21, 28. None. July 9. 638 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. Central District: HARDIN COUNTY. Station: IOWA PALLS. J. B. Pakmelee, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau in March, 1892. Latitude, 42° 33' N. Longitude, 93" 15' W. Elevation, 1,027 teet.] This station is located a little over a mile beyond the eastern limits of the city of Iowa Falls, on a slightly rolling open prairie, and has an estimated elevation of 75 feet above the bottom lands of the lovra Eiver, which is about 1 mile distant. The thermometer shelter is of the standard pattern and is attached to the north side of the observer's dwelling house. The height of the thermometers above ground is 5 feet. The rain gage is exposed about SO feet west of the building and 40 feet from some trees 12 to 15 feet high. The top of the gage is 18 inches above the ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and -the mean minimum temperatures by 2. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1,1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. R 3 1 1 It 1 a . o 1 ■ 1^ 1 § 1 i r 1 o ff 1° •a ■si hi ^1 id SI pi Snow. Month. 0) i 3 December .1 anuary February "F. 20 16 16. 'F. 29 26 26 "F. 68 67 64 'F. 11 6 6 "F. -22 -33 -28 op 29 22 25 "F. 14 3 10 In. 1.1 0.8 1.0 4 4 5 In. 0.9 0.7 0.2 In. 2.1 1.6 0.8 In. 8.4 6.3 8.4 In. 12.0 6.0 10.0 NW. NW. NW. 17 27 87 89 94 8 2.9 13 1.8 4.5 23.1 NW. March April May 31 48 60 41 60 72 21 36 47 -10 14 27 38 62 65 22 40 64 1.6 2.8 3.9 7 9 10 1.6 4.8 1.6 2.2 1.1 5.9 5.1 1.0 0.0 6.0 5.0 0.0 NW. NW. NE. 46 58 35 8.3 26 8.0 9.2 6.1 NW. June . 68 73 70 81 87 83 96 105 98 55 69 57 34 36 37 71 80 76 62 69 67 4.6 4.1 3.3 11 7 8 2.8 0.1 1.6 10.0 11.3 7.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE July SE. SE. 70 84 57 12.0 26 4.6 29.0 0.0 SE. September 61 50 32 74 63 42 98 89 73 48 37 22 19 6 -12 69 57 42 55 42 27 3.2 2.2 1.2 7 6 5 1.6 3.8 0.2 3.6 1.6 1.9 0.0 T. 4.1 0.0 T. 7.0 NW October NW November NW Fall mean 48 60 36 1 6.6 18 5.6 7.0 4.1 NW. 45 57 105 34 -33 29.8 83 19.9 49.7 33.3 12.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes tor the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below - 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. 1899 Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 6, 7, 22-25, 29; July 9, 16-18, 25-27, 29; Aug. 7. Jan. 1,28-31; Feb. 4, 5, July 22, 23; Aug. 23; Sept. 5, 6. Feb. 4, 21, 24; Deo. 7-13, 27. 27. 1900 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 6, 9, July 3. 1895 Jan. 7, 10, 11, 23, 25-27, July 5, 6; Aug. 7-9. 15, 16. 29; Feb. 1-11. 1901 Feb. 10; Dec. 13-15, June 26, 27; July 9-17, 19-26. 1896 Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 20 None. 18-20. 1897 Jan. 23-27, 29; Feb. 25- 27; Mar. 14; Nov. 29; June 13, 14, 17; July 3, 7-9. 1902 Jan. 27-29, 31; Feb. 2- 5; Dec. 8, 25, 26. None. Dec. 16-18, 21-24. 1903 Feb. 6, 16-18; Deo. 13, Do. 1898 Jan.l; Feb. 1,2; Nov. 26; Dec. 8, 9, 31. July 17-19, 24. 25, 26, 30. NOBTH OENTBAL DI9TB10T8. 639 IOWA. Central District: GRUNDY COUNTY. Station: GRUNDY CENTER. E. S. King, Observer. lEstablisbed by the Weather Bureau in 1892. Mr. Geo. W. Ellis, observer, succeeded by Mr. E. S. King in 1900. Latitude, 42° 23' N. Longitude, 92° 40' W. Elevation, about 1,000 feet.] This station is located on the farm of the observer, about 6 miles south of the railway station in Grundy Center, and on a hill surrounded by a grove of maples and evergreens. The station is about 40 feet above the level of the railway station, and the country surrounding is a rolling prairie, with farm groves and willow rows at intervals. The thermometers (maximum and minimum) are exposed in a shelter built according to the directions issued by the Weather Bureau to observers. The door faces the north, and the instruments are not exposed to the direct rays of the sun. The height of the thermometers above sod is 5 feet. The rain gage is 12 feet north of the shelter, and 50 feet from any building or tree; the top is about 3 feet above the ground. The shelter and gage are well protected from driving winds by groves on the north and west and by the farm buildings more than 100 feet distant on the south. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Jandaey 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. bo p 1 H •s-s S a . o < s a E 1 a Si H 1 S in N IS 1=! !° m •a SB So 11 o a; Snow. o s Month. ■^ 1=1 ra December January February "F. 21 17 17 30 27 27 60 63 'F. 12 8 7 -^25 -26 -29 "F. 29 22 26 "F. 16 6 11 In. 1.0 0.7 0.7 6 5 4 In. 1.0 1.0 0.6 In. 2.0 1.2 0.8 In. 5.3 6.1 6.5 In. 8.0 8.0 6.0 NW. NW. NW. 18 28 1 9 1 2.4 14 2.6 4.0 16.9 NW. 32 49 60 42 61 71 89 89 02 22 37 48 - 9 12 29 38 63 64 23 44 65 1.7 3.3 6.0 7 9 12 2.4 3.3 1.6 2.1 1.7 7.1 4.5 0.7 0.0 8.0 3.0 0.0 SE. April SE. May SE. 47 58 36 1 10.0 28 7.2 10.9 S.-2 SE. 69 73 71 SO 85 83 96 105 S9 57 60 58 37 43 38 74 80 77 64 70 67 6.9 4.4 3.7 11 8 7 2.7 0.9 1.7 16.0 8.7 9.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July S. S 71 83 68 1 14.0 26 5.3 34.5 0.0 S. September October November 62 52 33 75 64 44 99 89 73 .■iO 39 23 20 11 -10 69 60 42 66 45 27 3.8 2.6 1.2 8 6 6 2.2 3.4 0.5 4.7 1.6 2.3 0.0 0.2 2.0 0.0 2.0 3.0 s. NW. NW. Fall mean... 49 61 37 1 7.6 20 6.1 8.6 2.2 NW. 46 57 105 35 -29 34.0 88 21.1 58.0 24.3 8.0 NW. . Dates of Tempekatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Jan. 6, 7, 23-25: Feb. 20, 21. Jan. 7, 11, 23, 26, 27, 29, 31; Feb. 1-4, 6-10. Jan. 3, 4 Jan. 24-27; Fob. 26, 27; Dec. 21-24. Feb. 1, 2; Nov. 26; Dec. 8, 13, 31. Jan. 1, 7, 28-31; Feb. 2, 4, 7-13, 27; Dec. 30,31. Maximum 95° or above. June 13, 16, 20, 21; July 16-19, 23, 26, 27, 30; Aug. 7-10. July 16. July 14; Aug. 4, 8. July 7-9; Aug. 1; Sept. 6. July 19, 24; Aug. 30. Aug. 24; Sept. 6, 6. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10°. Jan. 28, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 6, 9, 12, 16, 16. Feb. 10; Deo. 14, 15, 18-20. Jan. 26-28; Feb. 2-5, 8, 9; Dec. 8, 25. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13, 14, 26, 30. Maximum 95° or above. None. July 4, 9-16, 19-26. None. Do. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 41 640 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. East Central District: BUCHANAN COUNTY. Station: INDEPENDENCE. E. F. Wtjlfke, Observer. [Established September, 1876. Latitude, 42° 25' N. Longitude, 92° 6' W. Elevation, approximately 960 feet.] This station is located near the southwestern limits of the town, on grounds of the State hospital, which is situated on the highest point within a distance of 2 miles. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter about 180 feet east of the main building. There is a thin grove about 40 feet south and east. The shelter is a small house 3 by 3 feet, and 6 feet in height, exclusive of the roof. The house is constructed of latticed work and is covered by a square mortised roof. It rests on blocks of wood 4 inctes high, which rest on a stone flagging. It is floorless, except a latticed platform 3 feet above the stone flagging. Tlie thermometers are secured to a board in the center, about IJ feet above the latticed platform. The rain gage is exposed on the ground and is located about 45 feet north of the shelter. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimmti temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januabt 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. ! i a 1 1 •s.a 1 a| M a§ o ►^1 1 1° ill a„ as O ffl Snow. Month. a 00 1 1 a A CO 1 1 a P< 00 s 3 i o si (0 o 03 Ik Month. OS sis o •3.9 1 ■npiiRTnTifiT °F. 25 18 21 32 26 30 "F. 67 63 67 "F. 18 10 13 "F. -24 -32 -31 "F. 40 34 36 "F. 13 7 6 In. 1.6 1.5 1.4 9 9 9 In. 0.4 1.1 1.2 In. 1.6 1.9 3.7 In. 8.5 10.0 8.6 In. 9.9 12.0 11.3 P.ct. 84 84 84 Grs. 1.19 0.87 0.87 P.ct. 76 77 79 Grs. 1.35 1.04 L12 117 149 157 41 50 63 NW. January NW. NW. 21 29 14 4.5 27 2.7 7.2 27.1 84 0.98 77 L17 141 48 NW. March 33 49 61 42 69 71 86 88 94 25 40 61 -12 14 26 47 65 69 26 45 64 2.2 3.0 4.3 10 10 13 3.1 2.3 1.8 3.8 .1.3 2.2 8.5 0.8 T. 10.1 6.5 T. 81 76 76 1.38 2.42 3.66 73 61 62 1.73 2.67 4.20 158 234 257 43 58 57 NW. ADril NW. SSy :.::::: NW. spring mean 48 57 39 9.5 33 7.2 7.3 9.3 78 2.45 65 2.87 216 63 NW. June 70 75 72 79 85 82 99 106 100 60 64 62 39 40 41 74 82 78 65 68 67 4.7 4.7 2.9 11 9 9 2.2 0.2 1.3 7.6 10.6 2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 O.O 0.0 78 79 81 5.29 6.10 6.49 63 62 64 5.89 6.78 4.86 286 323 278 63 70 66 SE. July NW. NW. RiiTmnp.r inRfiTi 72 82 62 12.3 29 3.7 20.6 0.0 79 5.63 63 5.84 296 66 NW. 64 52 36 74 61 44 97 89 74 54 43 28 24 15 -12 70 62 44 59 46 28 4.2 2.6 1.9 10 8 8 3.0 1.5 1.6 10.3 6.7 3.2 0.0 0.2 2.5 0.0 ■3.6 5.5 82 82 82 4.26 2.80 1.75 66 68 74 4.78 3.19 1.96 229 198 133 61 68 45 NW. October NW. NW. 61 60 42 — 8.7 26 6.0 20.2 2.7 82 2.94 69 3.31 187 55 NW. ATiTinp] TTioan 48 67 106 39 -32 35.0 H6 19.6 65.3 39.1 12.0 81 3.00 69 3.30 210 56 NW. Dates of TEMPEKAnniE Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. YeaT. MirimnTT below-10° Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below - 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1R94 Jan. 24, 25 June 13-16; July 12, 16-19, 24,26,27,30; Aug. 1, 7, 8; Sept. 1. July 7, 16; Aug. 9, 13, 16; Sept. 10, 11. June 20; July 14; Aug. 4, 5, 8. June 17; July 8, 9. July 19. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 7-12.. Jan. 31; Feb. 16 Jan. 1; Feb. 6; Dec. 14, 15, 20. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 4 Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 13, 26. Sept. 5. Aug. 6. June 25-28; July 1, 4, 23-26. None. Do. 1895 1R96 Jan. 12, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 7-11. Jan. 4 9, 10, 14-17, 19-21 1897 1898 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 27.... Dec. 31 642 OLIMAXOLOGr OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. West Central District: CARROLL COUNTY. Station: CARROLL. Moses Simon, Observer. [Established by United States Signal Service October 3, 1889. Latitude, 42° 4' N. Longitude, 94° 53' W. Elevation, 1,272 feet.] This station is located in the northern part of the town of Carroll, on a slight elevation, and the surrounding farming country north and west is undulating. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter fur- nished by the United States Weather Bureau,- set on posts about 5 feet above the lawn and 30 feet from a cottage. The rain gage is exposed on the ground about 40 feet west of the instrument shelter. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Janoaet 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean ofthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number days of ■with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 22 20 17 "F. 31 30' 29 'F. 60 62 72 °F. 13 9 7 "F. -20 -30 -31 °F. 30 24 27 "F. 16 13 9 In. 0.9 0.7 1.1 4 3 4 In. 1.0 1.2 1.0 In. 2.6 1.4 0.3 In. 6.5 6.6 7.7 In. 10.0 8.5 7 5 ■20 30 10 2.7 " 3.2 4.3 19.8 33 49 60 44 62 73 8J 91 95 22 34 48 -12 12 26 40 53 64 22 45 57 2.1 3.6 4.6 6 9 10 1.8 2.8 1.1 2.3 1.4 .2.6 4.4 L3 0.0 12.6 April 8.0 Mav 0.0 Spring mean 47 60 35 10.3 25 6.7 6.3 5.7 69 74 71 81 87 84 101 109 100 57 61 68 35 40 38 72 83 77 64 71 68 4.4 4.2 4.2 10 8 7 1.5 1.7 1.0 9.3 9.5 6.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 ■ 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 71 84 59 12.8 25 4.8 24.4 0.0 September 63 52 34 76 65 44 98 92 77 48 39 23 19 10 -12 72 59 43 57 43 25 3.4 2.1 1.1 7 5 4 3.3 3.2 0.3 5.4 1.1 2.6 0.0 0.6 4.0 0.0 October 6.6 8.5 50 62 37 6.6 16 6.8 9.0 4.6 Annual mean 47 59 109 35 -31 32.4 77 20.5 44.0 30.1 12.6 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 6, 7, 23-25; Feb. 21, 24; Dec. 27. June 12, 13, 19, 21, 29, 30; July 12, 18, 19, 23-27, 29, 30; Aug. 7-12, 23, 28, 31. 1899 Jan. 27-31; Feb. 2, 4, 5, 7-9, 11-13, 20, 27; Aug. 10; Sept. 4-6. 1895 Jan.8, 12, 13,25,27-29, May 28; Sept. 17. Dec. 31. 31; Feb. 1, 3-5, 7, 8, 1900 Jan. 28, 30, 31; Feb. 9, June 26; July 3, 6. 10. 15-17, 26; Mar. 17. 1896 Jan-. 3, 4 July 2, 14; Aug. 8, 9. 1901 Deo. 13-15, 18-20 June 27, 28, 30; July 4, 9-27; Aug. 1 20,25. 1897 Jan. 23-26; Mar. 14; Dec. 17, 18, 22. July 7, 8, 31; Aug. 1, 28; Sept. 1, 2, 4-6, 12, 14. 1902 Jan. 26-28, 31; Feb. 2, 4, 5; Deo. 26. July 16; Aug. 2. 1898 Feb. 2; Nov. 22; Dec. 8,13. July 24, 26; Aug. 20, 22, 30; Sept. 2. 1903 Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13... July 9. NORTH OENTEAL DISTRICTS. 643 IOWA. Central District: JASPER COUNTY. Station: NEWTON. J. p. Beatty, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service January, 1893. Latitude, 41° 51' N. Longitude, 95° 3' W. Elevation, 965 leet.] This station is located within the city limits of Newton, and is situated on a level plateau, forming the crest of the divide between the two branches of the Skunk River. The land is sloping and undulating toward the streams in each direction. The thermometers are exposed, with free ventilation, on the north side of an outbuilding; they are sheltered from the falling elements and the direct rays of the sun by boards, projecting from either side and from above. The thermometers are elevated about 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed on the ground in a garden and is 25 feet from the nearest obstruction. The height of the top of the gage above the ground is 20 inches. The tabulated data are for the period of observation, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. FrecipitaLion. bo a 1 i a a 1 •a a s II a r li «a 1 R si to u &° ■a a S E-1 PS o ® 3g| Snow. s Month. it © ^ 3 o 5 -F. 22 20 20 °F. 32 29 29 "F. 62 60 67 "F. 14 12 10 "F. -22 -27 -28 °F. 32 25 28 "F. 17 9 13 In. 1.4 1,0 1.0 5 5 5 In. 1,3 0,7 0,6 In. 2,1 1,4 0.7 In. 7.4 8.6 8.0 In. 15.0 7.0 11.0 NW. NW. February.. . - NW. 21 30 12 3.4 15 2,6 4,2 24,0 NW. March 35 50 62 45 62 73 89 . 9.4 - 6 15 28 42 66 65 27 46 57 1.6 3.7 4,9 7 9 12 2.2 2,4 1.1 1,0 2,8 5,4 1,4 0-0 9.0 6,0 0.0 NW. April •-. 89 93 39 50 SE. May SE, 49 60 38 10.2 28 5.7 3,8 6.8 SE. 70 75 72 82 87 80 99 107 104 60 63 61 41 50 43 74 83 77 64 72 69 4.2 4.4 4.5 10 7 8 1.1 T. 4.5 8.9 7.9 7.1 0.0 0.0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 July S. August . . SE Summer mean 72 83 61 13.1 25 5.6 23.9 0,0 SE. September 64 53 36 76 64 46 99 89 74 53 42 26 22 15 - 8 71 69 44 68 46 30 3.0 2.6 1,3 7 6 5 2.2 2,7 0,8 '5.0 6.7 2.6 0,0 0.3 3.6 0.0 3.0 6.0 SE October NW. 51 62 40 6,9 18 5.7 14,3 3.8 NW. Annual mean 48 59 107 38 -28 33,6 86 19,6 46,2 34.6 15.0 NW. Dates of Tempeeatdee Exteemes foe the Peeiod January 1, 1894, to Decembee 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10° Jan. 7, 23-25; Feb. 21. Jan. 11, 12, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1-5, 7, 8, 10. Jan. 3 Jan, 24-27; Feb. 26; Dec. 18. Feb. 2; Dec. 13, 31... Maximum 95° or above. June 13, 16, 20, 27, 29, 30; July 11, 12, 16 19,23-28; Aug. 1,7-10. July 16; Aug. 13. July 14; Aug. 4, June 17, 18; July 7-9, 31; Aug, 1, 28; Sept, 2-5, 9, July 19, 24; Aug. 30. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10°. Jan. 28-31; Feb. 4, 7-13, 27; Dec. 31. Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 15, 16. Feb. 10; Deo. 14, 15, 18, 19. Jan. 26-28; Feb. 2-4; Dec. 8. Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13, 16. Maximum 95° or above. Sept. 5, 6. None. June 26-28, 30; July 1, 2, 4, 9-26. None. Do. 644 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. East Central District: BENTON COUNTY. Station: BELLE PLAINE. S. p. Van Dike, Observer. [Established 1885. Latitude, 41° 63' N. Longitude, 92° 20' W. Eleration, 864 feet.] This station is in the northern part of the town, the highest part of which is about 120 feet above the bottom lands of the Iowa River. It is on the southern slope, near the top of the elevation. A small stream flows about 40 rods to the east, and is 30 feet lower than the station. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter barely sufficient to protect them from sleet on their north side and the side adjoining the dwelling. Shade trees are within a distance of 20 feet. The height of the thermometers above the sod is 5 feet. The rain gage is 40 feet east of the house and about 18 feet from cherry trees 16 to 20 feet in height; the top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean miniimim temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. .1 1 J s II o 1 a 9 '3 a SB g is 3 k f 1 r q-lO lea ^1 1 = 1 O s o Q ^■9g °F. 24 20 19 31 29 28 "F. 62 60 60 "F. 16 11 "F. -17 -29 -25 "F. 31 27 25 'F. 18 8 14 In. 1.3 1.1 1.1 7 6 6 In. 1.6 1.5 1.7 In. 2.0 0.9 1.1 In. 4.4 5.9 6.7 In. 7.0 9.0 7.0 NW Winter mean 21 29 12 3.5 , 19 4.8 4.0 17.0 NW. March 35 50 62 44 61 73 85 90 91 26 39 50 - 8 12 27 41 56 67 27 45 56 1.7 3.3 4.7 8 9 12 3.5 1.7 1.8 1.4 1.8 5.3 2.5 1.0 0.0 5.0 8.0 0.0 NW April NW May s Spring mean. 49 59 38 9.7 29 7.0 R_5 3.5 NW. June 70 75 72 82 87 S3 99 104 103 59 63 60 52 47 39 74 82 78 65 73 69 3.1 4.4 3.6 8 8 7 4.4 6.9 1.4 6.2 1.0 9.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 July s. Summer mean . . , 72 84 61 11.1 23 6.8 22.5 ,0.0 September. . 64 52 36 75 63 45 97 86 71 53 41 27 18 9 - 6 69 59 45 58 44 32 3.3 2.3 1.3 8 6 6 1.7 1.4- 0.9 6.4 3.7 1.8 0.0 0.0 1.4 October 4.0 ! NW. Fall mean 51 61 40 6.9 20 4.0 11.9 1.4 21.9 . . NW. Annual mean 48 58 104 38 -29 31.2 91 22.6 46.9 9.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1893 Jan. 3, 10, 13-15, 17, 19, 20; Feb. 1, 3, 4, 7, 8; Dec. 1. Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 21... Jan. 11, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1-5, 7-11. Jan. 3 July 13, 23, 24; Aug. 9, 10. June 13-15, 20-22, 29; July 1, 11, 12, 16-18, 24, 26-28, 30; Aug. 1, 7-10. July 5, 7, 16; Aug. 13. July 14; Aug. 5. June 17; July 7-9; Aug. 1. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1; Dec. 31 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 8-13.- July 19, 24, 27. Sept. 5. None. June 25-28. 30; July 1 None. Do. 4, 9-16, 19-27. 1894 1895 1896 Feb.6, 10; Dec. 14, 16, 18-20. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3, 5, 15. Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 13,26- 1897 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 26, 27; Dee. 18, 22. 646 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE TTNITED STATES. IOWA. East Central District: LINN COUNTY. Station: CEDAR RAPIDS. W. J. Greene, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in December, 1884. Latitude, 41° 59' N. Longitude, 91° 43' W. Elevation, 731 feet.] This station is located within the city hmits, near the power house of the Cedar Rapids Electric Light and Power Company, on the south bank of Cedar Lake, the exposure on the west and north being water surface for the distance of about three- fourths of a mile. To the eastward, about 300 feet distant, the ground begins to rise, and residences are located upon ground about 40 feet above the station. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter located 27 feet from the southwest comer of the electric light buUding, the front facing toward the southwest. The height of the thermometers above ground is 5 feet. The rain gage is about 10 feet north of the shelter and 37 feet distant from the power house. The top of the gage is 5 feet 10 inches above the ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum tem- peratures by 2. M0NTHI.T, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to Decembek 31, 1903. ' Temperature. Precipitation. a i •s-a 1 S 4 B 1:1 1 s li 1 -< is 1 h 1 1 ^° ^^ hi 3>a 12; «1 pi 11 J) Snow. g «-3 Month. 60 . ffl ff "F. 24 21 20 "F. 32 3D 29 "F. 61 63 68 °F. 16 12 10 "F. -16 -23 -25 'F. 33 28 27 'F. 17 9 14 In. 1.4 9.4 1.3 6 6 5 In. 1.8 1.0 1.8 In. 2.0 1.0 0.9 In. 5.6 8.0 7.0 In. 11.0 12.0 9.0 NW. NW. February NW. 22 30 13 12.1 17 4.6 3.9 20.6 NW. 36 52 63 44 62 74 84 94 100 27 41 52 . - 5 15 30 43 59 70 27 46 57 1.8 2.9 3,9 7 9 13 2.7 1.2 1.9 1.6 1.3 4.6 3.5 1.0 0.0 6.0 7.0 0.0 NW. April NW. May S. Spring mean 50 60 40 8.6 29 5.8 7.5 4.5 NW. 71 76 73 82 87 84 103 107 100 60 64 62 39 50 42 74 83 79 65 74 69 3.4 3.2 3.5 10 8 8 3.9 2.7 0.4 5.6 7.5 9.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July sw. August SE. 73 84 62 10.1 26 7.0 23.0 0.0 SE. 65 54 37 76 64 46 102 90 73 54 43 28 22 16 - 6 71 61 47 59 46 32 3.2 2.1 1.0 9 5 5 2.6 1.4 0.6 4.8 2.7 1.5 0.0 0.4 1.9 0.0 4.5 3.5 SE. NW. NW. Fn.ll Tnfin.Ti 52 62 42 ! 6.3 19 4.6 9.0 2.3 NW. 1 Annual mean 49 59 107 39 -25 37.1 91 22.0 43.4 27.4 12.0 NW. Dates of Tempebatdbe Exteemes fok the Pekiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 24, 25 Jan. 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1, 4,5,8. Jan. 3 July 12, 26, 27; Aug. 8, 9. July 7, 16, 18. May 6-8; June 14, 15, 17, 20, 21, 24, 30; July 2, 12-14, 26; Aug. 4, 5, 8. June 13, 14, 17; July 3, 6-9, 31; Aug. 1, 28; Sept. 0, 8, 9. June 29; July 1, 2, 19, 24, 27; Aug. 22, 30; Sept. 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 8-12.. Jan. 31; Feb. 16 Jan. 1; Feb. 6, lO; Dec. 13-15, 18, 20. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3, 15.. Feb. 17, 18; Deo. 13, 14, 26, 27. June 19; July 21-25; Aug. 9, 11, 17. 19, 27, 28, 30; Sept. 2, 4-6. July 3, 4, 14; Aug. 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 19-21; Sept. 5. June 24-28, 30; July 1, 2, 4, 9-16, 18-27. None. June 30; July 7, 9; Aug. 24. 1897 1898 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 25, 27; Dec. 18, 22-24. Jan. 27; Feb. 1; Dec. 31. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 647 IOWA. East Central District: JOHNSON COUNTY. Station: IOWA CITY. A. A. Veblen, Observer. [Established in 1857. Latitude, 41'> 40' N. Longitude, 91° 31' W. Elevation, 085 feet.] The station is in the northern part of Iowa City. The instrument shelter is about 500 feet east of the Iowa River, 60 feet above the river bottom, and 30 feet below the summit of the ridge, which slopes westward to the stream. Except to the east and southeast, the edge of the residence portion of the town, the exposure is that of open country along and across the valley, here one-half to three-quarters of a mile wide. The thermometers are housed in a shelter about 30 feet west of the residence of the observer, and this shelter is placed above and out from a high retaining wall, giving it a free exposure. It is a box with solid sloping roof, has no bottom, and is open toward the north. The remaining three sides are of slat work, giving good ventilation. The north side is left open because the situation is such as to give very little trouble from reflecting influences of surrounding objects, whUe the circulation is greatly improved. The dimensions are 4 feet in height, 3 feet east and west, and 20 inches north and south. The ther- mometers are fastened halfway up near the south wall. The height of the thermometers above ground is 4 feet. The surroundings are sodded ground, garden beds, shrubbeiy, and stone wall. The bottom of rain gage is raised above the sod about 4 inches and stands about 55 feet west of the shelter and 20 feet lower, on a knoll which rises 40 feet above the river bottom and forms part of the irregular slope east of the river. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum tem- peratures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 fl S § t a . s CI a ti a g a 1 . a| o 13 o-a a» a^ Snow. h o 1 s a 50' N. Longitude, 90° 11' W. Elevation, 591 feet.] Clinton is located on the west bank of the Mississippi Kiver, 39 miles above Davenport, at about the most easterly limit of Iowa. The valley or "bottom" on the west bank commences at a precipitous bluff at the northern end of the city. This blufi skirts the city on the west, diminishing in height as it recedes to the westward. This station is about half way between the river and the bluffs, and very near the altitude of the Chicago, Milwaukee and St. Paul EaUway track. The thermometer shelter is about 2 feet from the north side of the observer's house, the height of that wing of the house being about 13 feet, and is distant from the main part of the house about 38 feet; no other building is nearer than 35 feet at the north. The shelter is 4 feet right to left, 2 feet wide, and 2 feet high, exclusive of the roof, which rises 16 inches, with a space of 6 inches between the two sides for ventilation. The bulbs of the maximum and minimum thermom- eters are 53 inches above the ground. Two rain gages, located about 50 feet apart, are used to note the effects of currents of air during storms, a difference being observed when rain is accompanied by high wind. The tops of the gages above the ground is 2 feet 8 inches. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean m aximum and the mean minimiini temperature by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 o a Month. 1 S OS § 9 . o < .s 6 g H < Si 5 h a 1: ^1 m Eh Snow. t-T3 25 22 20 "F. 33 31 30 °F. 61 62 62 °F. 17 12 10 °F. -20 -28 -24 "F. 31 27 28 "F. 19 8 13 In. 1.2 1.7 1.6 6 6 7 In. 0.9 1.4 1.4 In. 0.4 3.6 2.4 In. 3.5 7.2 10.5 In. 5.0 13.0 1.3.0 w. January February w. w. 22 31 13 4.6 19 3.7 6.4 21.2 w. March April May 36 51 62 45 63 75 86 90 94 26 39 60 - 3 14 28 43 57 69 29 48 58 2.7 2.7 4.6 8 8 13 3.9 0.8 1.7 47 3.6 45 6.9 0.8 0.0 U.O 3.0 0.0 NE. NE. S. Spring mean 50 61 38 1 10.0 29 6.4 12.7 6.7 NE. .TllTlP. 71 75 72 84 88 86 102 106 100 58 62 60 37 41 40 74 81 78 66 73 69 4.1 4.1 3.1 9 8 6 3.2 4.3 0.5 8.0 1.9 7.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July S.o SW. 73 86 60 1 11.3 23 8.0 17.8 0.0 SW. September October 64 63 36 76 65 46 98 88 73 52 41 27 19 13 - 3 69 59 46 60 45 33 3.6 1.9 1.6 7 7 7 2.5 0.8 0.8 2.8 5.0 1.4 0.0 0.5 2.8 0.0 6.0 7.0 S. W. NW. 51 62 40 7.1 21 4.1 9.2 3.3 NW.» 49 60 106 38 -28 32.9 92 22.2 46.1 31.2 13.0 W. "Also SW. Dates op Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 21. . . . Jan. 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1-5, 7-11. Jan. 4; Feb. 20,21 Jan. 24-26 June 12-15, 29; July 1, 10, 12,1.5-18,24, 26, 27, 30; Aug. 1, 7-9. June 3, 16; July 7, 16; Aug. 9, 16. June 20; July 13, 14; Aug. 4, 5, 8. June 13-17; July 3, 7-9, 30; Aug. 1, 28. July 19, 24. Aug. 11; Sept. 5. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 16, 17. . July 2-6, 14, 15; Aug. 4-11, 18, 20. June 16, 24-28, 30; July 1, 4, 9-27. July 17. July 2, 7-9, 28. 1895 1896 1897 Feb. 5, 6; Dec. 14, 15, 19, 20. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3-5; Deo. 8. Feb. 17, 18; Deo. 13, 16, 26. 1898 1899 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 4, 7-13, 27. &flfli...''ii' ■ NOBTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 649 IOWA. Eastern Slope: SCOTT COUNTY. Station: DAVENPORT. J. M. Shekieb, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, May 23, 1871. Latitude, 41° 30' N. Longitude, 90° 38' W. Elevation, 580 feet.] This station is in the post-office building, situated at the southwest comer of Fourth and Perry streets. The office building is about 150 yards from the foot of the bluffs overlooking the Mississippi River and about 400 yards from its north bank. The river here flows in a westerly direction, and the valley, which is nearly 2 miles wide, is sharply defined on both sides, rather precipitous bluffs rising to an average height of about 100 feet above the lowlands. Back of the bluffs a prairie topography prevails. The thermometers, rain gage, and the anemometer and wind vane are all exposed on the nearly flat roof of the present office building. The bottom of the shelter is 10.4 feet above the roof, and 70.7 feet above the ground. The anemometer cups are 18.5 feet above the roof and 78.8 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 4.6 feet above the roof and 64.9 feet above the ground. As, in many eases, the maximum and minimum temperatures recorded previous to 1874 are apparently incorrect, they have never been used in any of the station records. All mean temperatures for the years 1872 and 1873 have been deter- mined from the tridaily observations. The tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Means of maxima and means of minima, thirty years, 1874-1903; all other temperature data, thirty-two years, 1872-1903; precipitation, thirty-two years, 1872-1903; snowfall, nineteen years, 1885-1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 3 i s 6 i a 00 1 o 1 a p. 00 1. 00 1 S bo . n < o °F. 27 21 24 °F. 35 29 33 "F. 65 63 67 "F. 20 13 16 °jf. -22 -27 -23 "F. 42 37 39 "F. 15 8 10 In. 1.6 1.6 1.6 9 10 9 In. 1.3 1.1 1.6 In. 0.4 3.5 3.6 In. 5.0 8.5 7.3 In. 6.7 11.0 10 4 P.ct. 83 83 84 Ors. 1.28 0.98 1.03 P.ct. 76 77 75 Ors. 1.48 1.19 1.17 NW. February. NW 24 32 16 4.8 28 4.0 7.5 20 8 83 1.10 76 1.27 March 35 50 61 43 60 71 82 87 90 27 41 52 - 8 14 29 50 57 68 28 41 64 2.2 2.7 4.4 10 10 12 2.6 0.9 1.4 4.4 5.4 6.7 4.8 0.4 0.0 8.0 4.6 0.0 80 74 74 1.48 2.53 3.73 67 57 59 1.71 2.66 4.11 NW April May. . sw. Spring mean 49 58 40 9.3 32 4.9 16.5 5.2 76 2.68 61 2.83 NW .Tnnp . , 71 75 73 79 85 82 98 106 98 61 66 63 39 49 44 78 83 80 66 69 68 4.1 3.7 3.6 12 8 9 3.0 1.5 0.5 4.2 4.8 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 76 80 5.29 6.04 5.67 61 56 59 5.72 6.12 5.90 SW. SW. July 73 82 63 11.4 29 5.0 13.3 0.0 78 5.63 59 5.91 65 53 38 74 62 46 99 90 78 56 46 30 2S 17 -10 72 62 46 60 47 31 3.2 2.4 1.8 9 8 8 2.3 0.4 0.8 5.5 1.5 2.5 OO 01 1.9 OO 3.0 4.4 81 81 81 4 36 2.86 1.78 63 61 69 4.70 2.97 1.91 October sw. NW. 52 61 44 7.4 25 3.5 9.5 2.0 81 3.00 64 3.19 50 58 106 41 -27 32.9 11.4 17.4 46.8 28.0 11.0 80 3.08 66 3.30 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24, 25 June 13, 20; July 1, 12, 16-18, 24, 26; Aug. 1,8,9. July 7, 16. Aug. 4. Junel7; July8,9; Aug.l; Sept. 9, 10,13. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 July 19, 24. Aug. 3; Sept. 5. July 4; Aug. 2, 4-7, 9, 18, 20. 1895 Jan. 11, 12, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1,2,4,6,7,8,11. None Jan. 29-31; Feb. 7-12.. Dec. 14, 15, 20 June 25, 26, 30; July 1, 4, 9-14, 16, 19-26 1896 Jan 27 28 1897 Jan. 24-26 Feb. 17,18; Dec. 13,26. July 9. 650 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. Southwest District: CASS COUNTY. Station: ATLANTIC. Jas. W. Love, Observer. [Established in January, 1891. Latitude, 41° 20' N. Longitude, 05° W. Elevation, 1,164 feet.] This station is located in Atlantic, near the building used for pumping the water supply of the city. The site of the city is elevated somewhat above the sunounding fanning country, which is rolling prairie. The thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau standard shelter, 40 feet from any building, and their elevation above ground is 4J feet. The rain gage is exposed on a slight elevation. The top of the gage is 4 feet above ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum tem- peratures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anntjal Means Januaky 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. p 1 s :*§ P o 1 5 1 a r 5 g 1 4 o m pi f o g 1 ■SI . ^1 c8ja ^1 Snow. Months. -0 o "F. 24 22 20 °F. 33 32 31 "F. 65 64 72 "F. 14 11 9 "F. -25 -31 -26 'F. 27 28 °F. 18 12 13 In. 1.2 0.6 1.0 4 3 4 In. 1.0 1.0 1.2 In. 2.7 L7 0.6 In. 5.9 4.4 7.5 In. 8.0 8.0 12.0 NW. NW. NW. •22 32 11 2.8 11 3.2 5.0 17.8 NW. 35 .50 60 46 63 73 86 92 96 24 37 48 -14 4 22 42 54 64 26 47 58 1.9 3.0 4.4 5 7 10 L4 1.5 L2 2.1 1.4 4.5 6.2 0.4 0.0 10.0 3.0 0.0 NW. April -,.- NW. May S. Spring mean 48 61 36 9.3 22 4.1 8.0 6.6 NW. (39 74 72 82 88 87 99 110 105 56 60 5S 35 37 33 72 82 77 66 71 09 5.7 4.0 3.8 9 7 7 4.0 1.2 0.6 6.9 9.4 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. Julv S. S. 72 86 ,58 13.5 23 5.8 21.1 0.0 S. September 64 52 35 78 C6 46 100 96 78 51 33 24 17 8 -9 71 59 43 59 45 29 b.l 2.7 1.0 6 5 3 4.0 3.8 0.2 4.4 2.5 2.7 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 6.0 S. NW. NW. 50 63 38 6.8 14 8.0 9.6 2.0 NW. 48 60 110 36 -31 32.4 70 21.1 43.7 26.4 12.0 NW. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 6, 7, 23-26; Feb. 20, 21, 23, 24. Jan. 12, 26, 27, 30; Feb. 1, 3-5, 7, 8, 10. None June 29, 30; July 16-19, 22-27, 29, 30; Aug. 7-11, 16, 17, 22-24, 28-31. May 8, 9, 28; July 15, 16; Aug. 8, 27; Sept. 10, 11, 17, 18. June 16, 19; July 2, 14; Aug. 4, 7, 15. June 17, 18; July 7-9, 22,23, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2; Sept. 1-5, 12, 13. July 19, 24, 26; Aug. 16, 20-22, 25, 30; Sept. 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 4, 5, 7-13, 27. Jan. 28; Feb. 9, 15, 26. Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 10, 12; Deo. 13-15, 18-20. Jan. 27, 28, 31; Feb.l- 4, 7; Deo. 7. Feb. 5, 16-18; Dec. 13. June 19; Aug. 3, 9, 10, 23; Sept., 5, 6. June 7, 26; July 6, 10, 13-15. June 14, 25-28, 30; July 3, 4, 9-27, 29; Aug. 1, 7, 15, 16, 19-21, 25, 28. Aug. 2. July 3, 8, 9, 16. 1897 1898 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 26; Mar. 14; Dec. 17, 18, 21. Deo. 8, 13, 31 NORTH CENTRAL DISTBICTB. 651 IOWA. South Central District: ADAIR COUNTY. Station: QREENFIELD. J. C. Culver, Observer. [Established in 1891. Latitude, 41° 25' N. Longitude, 94° Sty W. Elevation, about 1,3,50 feet.] This station is located in the town of Greenfield, the county seat of Adair County. The town plat is elevated and the surrounding country is quite broken and diversified, with many depressions, streams, and ridges and a considerable number of natural groves. The thermometers are attached to a board which is fastened to the north end of a small one-story building. Boards 30 inches long and 10 inches wide are attached also to the building in a vertical position on each side of the thermometers, in order to shield them from the morning and evening sun; a board 12 inches wide is fastened to the upper ends of the vertical boards, forming a roof to this improvised shelter. Fifty feet north and 50 feet west of the building are two trees, each 60 feet high. The height of the thermometers above ground is 4 J feet. The rain gage is exposed on a lawn. The gage is of the Weather Bureau standard and the height of its top above ground is 3.2 feet. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum tem- peratures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 S 1 i ji < 1 a ■a B li o < I. i 3 i 1 !° ill 4J 4J o-o ■a t. g lag. Snow. > s :^ s M . < a 'F. 24 22 20 'F. 34 33 31 °F. 63 04 69 'F. 14 11 10 "F. -14 -26 -29 "F. 32 26 30 "F. 19 11 13 In. 1.0 0.7 1.0 7 6 6 In. 0.9 0.9 1.0 In. 2.0 0.9 0.4 In. 6.8 5.3 7.2 In. 11.3 6.4 5.3 February NW. Winter mean 22 33 12 2.7 19 2.S 3.3 19.3 NW. March 35 51 61 47 63 74 73 93 95 24 37 49 - 9 12 28 43 56 66 20 47 58 1.9 2.9 6.2 8 10 u 1.4 2 7 1.0 1.5 1.2 6.8 4.2 1.1 0.0 6.2 4.4 0.0 .\pril May. Spring mean 49 61 37 10.0 29 6.1 9.6 .6.3 June Julv 70 75 73 82 87 85 lOO 106 102 59 63 61 39 43 40 74 82 78 64 72 69 4.9 3.6 3.7 11 9 8 2.9 0.8 0.5 6.8 10.9 5.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. s Summer mean 73 85 61 12.1 28 4.2 23.5 0.0 s. 66 54 37 77 67 43 97 92 76 63 41 25 22 10 - 9 73 60 45 59 47 31 3.6 2.3 1.0 8 6 6 5.1 2.1 0.5 6.3 2.9 1.5 0.0 0.6 2.3 0.0 4.0 4.2 s October. s November. Fall mean 62 64 40 0.9 20 7.7 10.7 2.9 s. Annual mean 49 61 106 37 -29 31.7 96 19.8 47.0 27.6 11.3 Dates of Tempeeatoke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December, 31, 1903. Year. 1896 1897 Minimum below —10°. Jan. 2J-25; Feb. 21: Dec. 27. Jan. 11, 12, 26, 27, 30; Feb. 1, a-5, 7. Jan. 3, 4 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 26, 27; Dec. 18. Dec. 9, 13,31 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 4, 5, 7-13, 27. Maximum 95° or above. June 12-16, 29, 30; July 10-12, 16-19, 23- 27, 29, 30; Aug. 7-11, 16, 17, 28, 29, 31; Sept. 1. May 28; July 16, 20, 26, 28; Aug. 27. May 23; June 19; July 15; Aug. 8. June 17, 18; July 7-9, 31; Aug. 1,28; Sept. 1-6, 12, 13, 28. July 19; Aug. 20, 21, 23, 30. Sept. 5, 6. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below — 10° Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 9, 16, 16. Dec. 14-16, 18-20 Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 2, 4, 5; Dec. 26. Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13, 14, 26. Maximum 95° or above. June 26, 26; July 13, 14. June 14, 28, 30; July 1, 9-17, 19-26; Aug. 20, 21, 25, 28; Sept. 6. None. 652 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. Central Section: POLK COUNTY. Station: DES MOINES. Geobge M. Chappel, Local Forecaster. [Eatabliahed by the U. S. Signal Service August 1, 1878. Latitude, 41° 3Sr N. Longitude., 93° 37' W. Elevation, 809 feet.] Since April 1, 1889, the station has been in the United States court and post-ofiSce building. The thermometers, anemometer, wind vane, and rain ga^e are all exposed on the roof of the building. The thermometers are in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, the bottom of which is 11 feet above the roof and 84 feet above the ground. The anemometer cups are 27 feet above the roof and 99 feet above the ground. The top of the rain gage is 3 feet above the roof and 75 feet above the ground. The section of the city in which the station is located is flat, being the bottom of a basin formed by the junction of the Des Moines and Raccoon rivers, which unite about three-eighths of a mile southeast of the station, and by high hills which parallel the rivers on the east, south, and southwest, and by a range of hills which form the northern and northwestern border of the basin, and reach from the Des Moines to the Raccoon rivers. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Sunshine, ten years; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903; remainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-five and one-half years, August 1, 1878, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperai ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. a op 34 29 32 o 1 a a °F. 18 11 14 1 _ o 1 a h o g a Snow. S 00 g 1 p? 00 i 5 S Pi QO 1 S Pi 00 f 1 S a s I •s as (S Month. no . < o i 5 "F. 2(i 20 2X °F. 69 64 70 °F. -20 -30 -24 °F. 40 36 36 "F. 18 9 14 In. L3 1.2 1.1 9 8 7 In. 1.0 1.0 1.1 In. 1.8 1.6 2.7 In. 7.6 9.9 6.1 In. 7.5 5.5 8.3 P.ct. 81 81 81 Ors. 1.16 0.88 0.88 P.ct. 74 75 73 Grs. 1.43 1.06 LIS 134 162 172 47 65 58 NW. NW. NW. 2i 32 14 j 3.6 24 31 5.9 23.6 81 0.97 74 1.22 156 53 NW. 36 51 61 49 44 61 72 59 88 90 94 26 41 51 - 8 11 28 43 56 68 28 45 64 1.6 2.9 4.8 9 10 12 3.0 2.3 1.4 1.8 3.4 3.8 4.9 0.8 T. 6.0 3.5 T. 80 76 76 1.42 2.42 3.68 66 55 53 L71 2.58 3.71 198 237 270 54 69 60 NW. SE. May N. Spring mean 39 ...1 ... 9.3 31 1 6.7 9.0 5.7 77 2.51 58 2.67 235 58 NW. 70 75 73 80 86 83 101 109 103 61 65 65 37 48 40 74 84 79 66 69 70 6.0 3.7 3.5 11 10 9. 2.4 1.7 0.7 15.8 5.6 6.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 84 82 6.25 6.49 5. 56 60 60 60 5.61 6.76 5.98 284 327 293 62 71 68 SW. July SW. August SW. 73 S.S 64 1 12.2 30 1 4.8 26.7 0.0 82 5.77 60 6.12 301 67 SW. 65 53 37 75 64 46 99 91 76 64 43 28 26 14 -10 74 60 46 60 48 29 3 2.8 1.6 9 ! 2.6 8 ; 2.1 7, 0.4 4.7 6.4 4.0 0.0 0.8 2.7 0.0 1.7 3.5 77' 80 79 4.00 2.73 1.60 61 59 67 4.56 2.86 L91 237 227 155 63 66 66 SW. October N. November NW. 52 62 42 7.3 24 i 6. 1 16.1 3.5 79 2.78 62 3.11 206 62 NW. 49 59 109 40 -30 32.4 109 i 19.7 66.7 32.8 8.3 80 3 00 64 3.28 225 60 NW. Dates of Tempekature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Miniiniim below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-25 June 29, 30; July 12,18,23-27; Aug. 7-11, 17. July 16; Aug. 13. July 14. July 8, 9, 31; Sept. 1-6, 12, 13. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 31 July 19; Aug. 22, 30. Aug. 23; Sept. 5, 6. July 3. June 28, 30; July 3, 4, 9-17, 19-26; Aug.2L 1895 1896 Jan. 11, 12, 27, 30; Feb. 1, 3-5, 7, 8. Jan. 29, 30; Feb. 7-13.. Jan. 28; Feb. 15 Deo. 13-15, 18-20 Jan. 27, 28 1897 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 26; Dec. 18. Feb. 18 Do NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 653 IOWA. Southeast District: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: WASHINGTON. W. A. Cook, Observer. [Established 1876. Latitude, 41° 18' N. Longitude, 91° 46' W. Elevation, 769 leet.] This station is located on the west side of the public square. The thermometer shelter was constructed as directed by the Weather Bureau and is placed about 20 feet south of a IJ-story building. The thermometers are maximum and mini- mum and are elevated above the ground 5 feet 7 inches. The rain gage is a tube 2 inches in diameter and 18 inches long, of the Hinrich's pattern, and is placed about 15 feet northwest of the instrument shelter and 20 feet distant from a building. The top of the gage is 2 feet above ground. The montMy mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 a ■g-S a i rQ < 's d a a o 1 i w a f 1 en u si ^1 ao III Snow. i~2 i 5 December 'F. 24 21 21 "F. 33 31 30 'F. 62 02 67 'F. 16 12 11 'F. -19 -24 -26 °j?. 31 26 27 "F. 18 12 16 In. 1.4 1.2 1.2 6 4 4 In. L7 1.0 1.8 In. 2.6 0.6 1.0 In. 6.6 6.2 8.7 In. 9.0 15.5 12.0 sw February NW. 22 31 13 3.8 13 4.6 4.0 21.6 NW. March 35 51 62 45 64 74 88 90 92 26 38 50 - 6 7 27 42 67 68 27 47 59 2.0 3.0 3.3 6 8 10 1.7 1.7 2.1 1.6 2.7 2.6 3.1 0.8 0.0 6.0 4.0 0.0 NW. SW.o April May Spring mean 49 61 38 8.3 24 5.0 6.9 3.9 SW TllTlfi . , 70 76 72 82 88 85 100 .TO 35 48 40 76 82 7S 64 72 68 2.4 3.6 4.0 8 7 6 1.6 1.0 0.2 7.7 7.8 12.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. NW. SW. July 100 1 62 102 i 60 Summer mean 73 65 54 30 86 77 66 46 (iO 10.0 20 2.8 27.8 0.0 SW. 101 92 76 OR 24 14 - 7 71 60 43 ,69 47 33 3.2 2.2 1.2 7 5 4 1.7 L3 0.8 ,3.1 6.3 2.4 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 October NW November NW Fall mean 62 63 60 1 40 6.6 16 3.8 10.8 1.0 NW Annual mean 49 106 j 38 -26 28.7 73 16.6 49.5 26.4 16.5 NW. <■ A1.S0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Mintmimi below —10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 24, 25 Jan. a, 12, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1-6, 7-9. None June 13, 20, 21, 27, 29; July 1, 8, 11, 12, 16-18, 23-28, 30; Aug. 1, 7-10, 29; Sept. 1. July 7, 16; Aug. 16. July 14, 26; Aug. 4. June 17; July 7-9; Aug. 1, 28; Sept. 6, 8, 9, 12, 13. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1, 3; Dec. 31 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 7-13.. Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 16. 26. Feb. 6, 10 Jan 27 28 July 19, 24. Aug. 3. Aug. 2-11. June 24-28, 30; July 1, 2, 4, 9-16, 18-26; Aug. 7, 14; Sept. 7. 1897 Jan. 24-26; Dec. 18.... Feb.l6-18;Dec.i3, 14, 26. July 9; Aug. 23. 054 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. Southeast District: ADAMS COUNTY. Station: CORNING. Jeeome Smith, Observer. [Established in January, 1892. Latitude, 41° N. Longitude, 94° 42' W. Elevation, 1,127 feet.] This station is 2 miles south and a half mile east of the corporate limits of the town of Corning. It is on the south slope from the lowest bottom land to the general prairie level, and about one-fourth the distance from the river to the uplands, which within half a mile rise 50 feet higher than the station. Maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, fastened to the middle of the north end of a, barn 44 feet wide. The thermometers are about 7 feet from the ground, and there is free air circulation on all sides. The rain gage stands on the ground, 90 feet from the nearest building, 110 feet from a grove toward the west, aad 200 feet from a grove toward the north. There is one small apple tree 40 feet toward the south. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum tem- peratures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. e a s B |i o a} ■< c E y 1 q B S ■S5 aS o h m .a is 4A g 1 CO t4 «1 4^ ..A lit Snow. Month. 9 M . it ill C5 December °F. 26 23 22 "F. 36 33 32 "F. 65 66 71 "F. 16 13 11 op -13 -25 -25 'F., 35 27 31 °F. 21 13 16 In. 1.7 0.6 0.9 4 2 3 In. 0.8 0.9 1.7 In. 3.1 1.5 0.5 In. 5.1 4.9 5.6 In. 10.0 8.0 5.6 NW. January. .. NW. NW. 24 34 13 3.2 9 3.4 6.1 15.6 NW. March April May 36 ^ '51 62 47 63 73 87 90 94 25" 39 50 -10 9 29 45 56 66 28 47 57 0^7- 2.9, 4.6 f 9 0.8 1.3 1.3 1.1 1.6 5.9 5.7 1.0 0.0 9.0 4.0 0.0 NW. NW. SE.o Spring mean 50 61 38 ■n 20 3.4 8.6 6.7 NW. June.. . 70 74 72 81 86 84 98 106 99 59 63 61 38 46 40 74 81 78 68 70 68 4.2 4.2 4.5 8 7 6 3.6 3.3 0.4 5.7 8.7 7.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July . sw. sw. 72 84 61 1ft* 21 7.3 22.2 0.0 sw. September October 65 54 38 77 66 48 96 92 78 53 41 ^-27 26 14 - 5 73 60 45 68 48 31 1.0 3.1 2.3 0.8 5.0 3.4 2.0 0.0 0.5 2.0 0.0 3.0 8.0 sw. sw. sw. 52 64 40 6.0 13 • 6.2 10.4 2.5 sw. Annual mean . 49 61 106 38 -25 . 31.3 63 20.3 46.3 24.8 10.0 sw. "AlsoSW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1896 1896 1897 Minimum below —10° Jan. 23-25 Jan. 11, 12, 26, 27, 30; Feb. 1,3,4,5,7,8. None Jan. 24-26; Feb. 26; Mar. 14; Dec. 18. Dee. 13, 31 Maximum 95° or above. July 12, 19, 24-27; Aug. 9-11, 13. Sept. 17, 18. June 24; July 3; Aug. 3, 11. July 3, 7-9, 24, 31; Aug. 2; Sept. 2, 4, 5, W- June 22. 29, 30; July 19, 24; Aug. 15, 20-23, 21-31. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below — 10° Jan.29-31; Feb. 4, 8-13. Jan. 28; Feb. 15, 26... Feb. 10; Dec. 14, 15, 19, 20. Jan. 26-28; Feb. 2-4, 7; Dec. 26. Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13... Maximum 95° or above. Sept. 6, 6. June 26; July 3, 6, 10, June 26, 28-30; July None. Do. ,13. 1,3,4,9-26; Aug. NORTH CENTRAL DrSTEIOTS. 655 IOWA. Southwest District: PAGE COUNTY. Station: CLARINDA. A. S. Van Sandt, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in June, 1891. Latitude, 40° 44' N. Longitude. 95" 01' W. Elevation, 1,064 leet.] This station is located near the center of the town, and is 1^ miles west of the Nodaway River, and about 100 feet above the same. Maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, 65 feet southeast of a brick church and 40 feet east of a barn. The height of the thermometers above ground is 5J feet. The rain gage is 10 feet north and 3 feet west of the shelter. The top of the gage is 40 inches above ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 jA a a ¥ ■a s it g 1^ If < h M W 3 d is 1 o 1^ d >.o ■si a."S o il O ffi lit Snow. p< ■ Montb. < C (3 December. 26 24 22 "F. 34 33 32 "F. 62 67 69 "F. 17 14 13 "F. -19 -22 -24 "F. 36 28 30 "F. 18 13 14 771. 1.0 0.7 1.1 5 6 5 In. 1.0 0.7 1.4 In. 2.6 1.2 0.3 In. 6.1 5.0 7.3 In. 12.5 6.2 9.0 NW. NW. NW. 24 33 15 2.8 15 3.1 4.0 18.4 NW. March 36 52 62 47 64 74 84 96 93 26 40 51 - 3 20 27 42 55 65 29 47 68 1.8 3.2 4.8 6 8 10 1.2 2.1 1.4 0.9 1.8 7.2 6.3 0.7 0.0 13.0 4.6 0.0 NW. April NW. May S. Spring mean. 50 62 39 9.8 24 4.7 9.9 7.0 NW. .Tnnfl 71 76 74 82 88 86 102 110 103 60 65 63 34 46 44 75 84 81 66 70 69 4.7 4.9 4.1 10 8 8 4.0 0.4 0.2 11.6 8.0 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. August S. Summer mean 74 85 63 13.7 26 4.6 26.4 0.0 s. September 66 55 38 78 67 48 101 93 75 54 43 28 26 29 - 7 73 60 46 60 46 33 2.9 2.8 1.1 6 6 6 2.6 2.8 0.6 4.7 4.2 2.0 0.0 1.2 2.0 0.0 10.0 8.0 s. s. NW. Fall mean 63 64 42 6.8 17 5.9 10.9 3.2 S. Annual mean. 60 61 110 40 -24 33.1 82 18.3 51.2 2S.6 13.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95" or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-25 June 30; July 12, 24-27; Aug. 9-13, IS. None. July 14, 15; Aug. 4. June 18; July 7-9, 23, 31; Aug. 4; Sept. 1, 2. June 22, 29, 30; July 1, 2, 16-19, 23-26, 28; Aug. 20-23, 29-31; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 4, 7-13, 27. Feb. 15 June 18, 19, 21; July 1, 22, 23, 26; Aug. 1-3, 9-11, 23; Sept. 2-6. June 6,7,26; July 3,6,9,10,13,31; Aug. 1-8. 10-13, 18, 19, 21; Sept. 5, 8, 9. June 10, 14, 23-30; July 1-4, 8-27; Aug. 1, 15, 16, 19-21, 25-28. Apr. 20; June 10, 11; July 16, 30; Aug. 2. July 8-10, 16, 20, 25, 27, 28; Aug. 23. 1896 Jan. 11,12,27,30; Feb. 1,3,6,7,8. Jan, 3 1896 Feb. 10; Dec. 14, 15, 18-20. Jan. 27,28; Feb. 2, 4. Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13... 1897 1898 Jan. 24,25; Dec. 18... Dec. 31 1076— Bull. Q— 06 42 656 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. South Central District: WAYNE COUNTY. Station: CORYDON. Claea Millee, Observer. [Established in May, 1893. Latitude, 40° 48' N. Longitude, 90° 20' W. Elevation, 1,100 feet.] This station is located on a farm 5J miles north of Corydon, and is situated on a hiU of moderate height above the surrounding farms. The ground slopes toward the west and south. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter 20 feet southwest of the house. The shelter is constructed of four posts set in the ground, 3 feet apart each way, and about 5 feet high, with lattice work around the bottom up to 3 feet above ground; above that boards are nailed horizontally so that the edges of each overlap the next lower one, with an inch of air space between, and covered with a shingle roof. The thermometers are fastened to a board in the shelter and about 4 feet above the ground, the door opening eastward. The rain gage is about 40 feet west of the house, and 15 feet distant from the nearest trees. The gage is on a slope lower than the house, and the top is 2 J feet above ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, May 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 'a 1 ■s-s 1 a . li o 1 a 1 li 1 a ii f s i S III So Eh ill Snow. 1 1 i3 Month. "•as C5 December "F. 26 24 22 op 35 34 32 "F. 64 62 68 15 14 12 'F. -IS -26 -25 "F. 35 28 29 "F. 19 18 16 In. 1.6 1.4 1.4 6 5 6 In. 0.7 1.2 1.2 In. 2.4 0.8 1.2 ■ In. 6.5 7.6 8.8 In. 11.5 11.0 12.0 NW. NW. NW. 24 34 14 4.3 17 3.1 4.4 22.9 NW. March . 37 52 62 47 65 74 88 88 90 26 39 51 - 6 8 27 43 67 66 29 49 59 2.1 3.2 4.4 9 9 12 2.4 1.2 1.2 1.1 2.6 4.8 4.7 0.9 0.0 6.2 4.0 0.0 NW. NW. jiay NW. Spring mean 50 62 39 9.7 30 4.8 8.6 5.6 NW. June 70 76 74 81 88 86 99 112 105 69 63 31 37 46 42 75 85 70 64 72 66 4.3 4.3 4.6 11 8 8 1.4 0.6 • 0.4 6.0 11.6 8.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July SW. SE. 73 85 61 .13.2 27 2.3 26.2 0.0 SE. September 66 55 38 79 68 49 101 95 76 63 42 28 23 12 ~ 5 76 60 47 60 48 34 4.0 2.6 1.5 9 7 7 4.9 3.7 1.7 7.6 4.6 2.4 0.0 0.5 2.0 0.0 6.0 3.5 SE. NW. NW. 53 65 41 8.1 23 10.3 14.6 2.5 NW. 50 62 112 39 -26 35.3 97 20.5 63.7 31.0 12.0 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-25 June 20, 28-30; July 1, 2, 11, 12, 16, 18, 19, 23, 24, 26-28, 30; Aug. 1, 7-18, 23, 25, 28-31. July 16; Aug. 12, 13, 16, 17. July 30. July 8, 9, 22-24, 30, 31; Aug. 1-3, 28. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 13 July 19, 24; Aug. 21, 23. Aug. 2. Aug. 20, 21. June 28, 30; July 1-4, 9-26; Aug. 7, 14, 15, 18-21, 25, 28. None. Jan. 12, 27, 30; Feb. 1-5, 7, 8. None Jan. 29-31; Feb.4, 7-13. Feb. 16 . 1895 1896 Feb. 10; Dec. 14, 15, 18-20. Jan. 27; Feb. 2, 4 Feb. 16-18; Dec. 13 . . . 1897 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 26; Dec. 18. Aug. 23. WOETH CENTRAL DISTEIOTS. 657 IOWA. Southeastern District: VAN BUREN COUNTY. Station: BONAPARTE. B. R. Vale, Observer, [Established in May, 1891. Latitude, 40° 3S' N. Longitude, 91° 50' W. Elevation, approximately, 700 feet.] This station is located on the farm of the observer, about 5 miles distant from the town of Bonaparte, the surrounding country being undulating prairie. The maximum and minimum standard thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter located under a roof 4 feet square, shaded at the north, and the instruments are about 5 feet above the ground. The shelter is 150 feet from any obstruction. The rain gage is exposed 3 feet above the surface, in a fine open space, with no obstruction within 150 feet. The monthly mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the mean maximum and the mean minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januaky 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abv'io- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 20 24 22 "F. 35 34 32 °i?. 63 65 70 °F. 18 14 12 'F. -16 -18 -23 "F. 34 30 29 'F. 21 13 16 In. 1.3 1.3 1.3 4 3 3 In. 1.3 1.0 1.2 In. 0.9 3.3 1.0 In. 3.7 6.0 7.9 In. ILO 12.0 8.6 24 34 15 3.9 10 3.5 5.2 17.6 March 38 52 64 48 64 75 SO 91 92 28 41 52 - 5 10 28 44 59 69 30 49 58 2.3 3.1 4.2 6 7 10 0.2 1.3 1.3 5.1 3.7 6.1 1.7 1.0 0.0 8.0 April 3.0 Uky ao Spring mean 51 62 40 9.6 23 2.8 14.9 2.7 72 77 74 83 90 88 102 112 106 60 64 61 38 46 40 75 85 81 66 74 71 4.2 3.3 4.0 8 6 6 2.3 0.9 0.3 9.0 3.2 10. C 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August . 0.0 74 87 62 11.6 20 3.5 22.8 0.0 September 67 56 38 SO 08 49 103 96 76 54 43 2S 26 30 - 2 74 62 47 61 50 36 4.5 2.1 1.7 7 4 4 2.5 0.9 0.8 7.3 4.1 L2 0.0 T, L7 0.0 2.5 4.0 64 60 42 8.3 15 4.2 12.6 1.7 51 62 112 40 -23 33.3 08 14.0 ,55.5 22.0 12.0 Dates or Temperatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10° Maximum 95° or above. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 9-5° or above. Jan. 24, 26 Jan. 12, 27, 28, 30; Feb 1-5, 7-9, 11. None Jan. 24-26 June 12-15, 20, 21, 27-30; July 1, 9-12, 15-19, 22-30; Aug. 1, 6-11, 13, 14, 16, 17,23,28,29, 31; Sept. 1, 29. July 5, 7, 14, 16; Aug. 9, 11-17, 27; Sept. 10, 11, 14, 17. June 30; July 12-14, 29, 30; Aug. 4, 5, 8-11; Sept. 2. June 13, 14, 17, 18; July 8, 9, 28, 30, 31; Aug. 1-3, 28; Sept. 2-14, 26, 30; Oct. 1, 4. 1899 1900 1902 1903 Feb.l Jan. 29-31; Feb. 8-13. None Feb. 10; Dec. 14, 15, 18-20. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3, 6.. Feb. 17, 18 July 19, 24, 27; Aug. 23. July 12, 26; Aug.2, 3, 11, Julys, 14, 31; Aug. 1-12, 5. June 24-28, 30; July 1-4, 7, 13-16, 25, 28; Sept. 6 None. July 8-10, 26, 27; Aug. 4, 27; Sept. 2, 6-7. 17-21, 23; Sept. 6, 9-26; Aug. 2, ', 7. 658 OLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IOWA. Southeastern District: LEE COUNTY. Station: KEOKUK. F. Z. GosEWicH, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service July 16, 1871. Latitude, 40° 22' N. Longitude, 91° 26' W. Elevation, 574 feet.] The station at Keokuk was opened in the fourth story of the State National Bank, on the south corner of Second and Main streets. It vpas moved to its present location in the United States Government building, east corner of Seventh and Blondeau streets, on September 29, 1889. The thermometers are exposed in a standard roof shelter, the bottom of vrhich is 10 feet above the roof platform. The wind vane and anemometer are exposed on supports erected on a platform on the deck roof of the building — wind vane 77 feet and anemometer 71 J feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed on the deck roof and is 56 feet above the ground. The humidity data are from fifteen years' record; all other tabulated data from the full period of observation, July 15 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Mouth. December January February Winter mean. . March April May Spring mean.. June July August Summer mean Sep+ember October November Fall mean.. . . Annual mean. Temperature. 37 34 37 60 °F. 69 69 70 100 108 102 108 = a "F. -22 -26 -22 -26 "F 46 41 40 fa "F. 19 14 17 Precipitation. In. 1.8 1.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4.2 4.4 4.2 3.0 3.8 2.7 2.0 8.6 36.1 l>a 23 24 105 1=1 ^ Ot-i >> Eh In. 1.4 0.5 0.5 2.4 1.7 1.6 2.3 2.6 2.0 4.6 9.2 1.1 0.3 3.9 6.3 22.5 In. 1.4 4.1 1.2 6.0 4.8 6.7 4.8 3.1 6.9 8.1 4.0 1.5 13.6 52.6 ft t^ P^ to In. 2.8 2.8 5.8 11.4 3.6 0.4 T. 4.0 In. 6.4 10.2 12.0 7.5 2.3 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 1.0 1.2 16.0 CO 0.0 CO CO 3.0 4.4 Mean humidity. P.ct. 78 76 74 Grs. 1.53 1.08 1.31 1.31 75 1.93 3.06 4.89 6.21 6.97 7.07 5.61 3.70 2.20 3.84 3.80 P.ct. 76 72 70 72 Grs. 1.45 1.02 1.24 1.24 1.69 2.63 3.75 5.62 6.68 5.53 5.58 4.48 2.90 1.62 3.00 3.12 NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. SE. S. NW. NW. NW. NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year Minimum below — 10°. 1894 1895 1890 1897 Jan. 24, 26 Jan. 27, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 8. None Jan. 24-26 Maximum 95° or above. June 16, 20, 21, 29; July 1, 12, 17, 24, 26, 28; Aug. 1, 7-10, 14, 29; Sept. 1. July 16. July 30; Aug. 4, 5, 7, 8. June 17, 18; July 8, 9, 23, 30, 31; Aug. 2, 28; Sept. 2, 9, 10, 12, 13. Year. Minimum below —10° 1900 1901 1902 1903 None Jan. 29; Feb. 8, 9, 11-13 None Dec. 14, 19, 20 Jan. 27 Feb. 17, 18 Maximum 96° or above. July 24; Aug. 23. July 26; Aug. 3, 4; Sept. 4-7. Aug. 2-7, 9, 10, 12, 17-21. June 24-28, 30; July 1, 2, 4, 9-16, 18-26; Aug. 2, 27; Sept. 7. Aug. 2. July 8-10; Aug. 4, 23. MISSOURI. By A. E. HACKETT, Section Director. 659 MISSOURI. The State of Missouri lies between the thirty-sixth and forty-first parallels of north latitude and the eighty-ninth and ninety-sixth meridians of west longitude. It is 328 miles in extreme length from north to south and contains 69,415 square miles. Physical features. — The State consists of parts of two distinct types of country, usually designated as the Ozark and Prairie regions, respectively. The line separating these two regions is not sharply defined, but in a general way follows the Missouri River from its mouth to the vicinity of Arrow Rock, in Saline County, and thence runs southward to Sedaha, in Pettis County, thence southwestward through Henry, St. Clair, Cedar, Dade, and Jasper counties to the State line. The Ozark Region lies to the south and east of this line and the Prairie Region to the north and west. The general shape of the Ozark Region is that of an elliptical dome. The axis of the ellipse extends from the Mississippi River in Ste. Genevieve County southwestward to the State Hne near the southwest comer of Stone County. Around the foot of the Ozark Region the country has an elevation of about 800 feet above sea level, while the elevation of the top of the dome ranges from 1,400 to 1,700 feet. The streams of the Ozark Region flow northward or northeastward on the northern side and southward or southeastward on the southern side. Many of the streams, particularly in the southwestern part of the State, have cut deep and narrow valleys. The central portion of the Ozark Region is not extremely rugged except in some Jocalities, but along the sides of the dome the valleys are deeper and narrower and the country very broken. The Prairie Region rises toward the west and northwest and in the extreme northwestern portion of the State reaches an elevation of about 1,200 feet above sea level. The rise is not uniform, but occurs in a series of steps with a slight gradual rise between each step. These steps trend from northeastward to southwestward. In that portion of the region south of the Missouri River there are two of these steps, but north of the river there is only one that is prominent. The rivers of the northern portion of the State flow either into the Missouri or the Mississippi; those flowing into the Missouri have a southerly course, while those flowing into the Mississippi flow southeasterly. The valleys of these streams are wide and the intervening country undulating and rarely too steep for cultivation. The Prairie Region may be subdivided into three divisions, viz: The Southwestern Lowlands, embracing Johnson, Pettis, Cass, Bates, Henry, Benton, St. Clair, Vernon, and Barton counties; the Northeastern Plain, embracing Lafayette and Saline counties and that portion of the State north of the Missouri River and east of Ray, Caldwell, Grundy, and Mercer counties; and the Northwestern Plateau, which includes all of the northwestern portion of the State. The elevation of the South- western Lowlands and of the Northeastern Plain varies from 800 to 1,000 feet, and that of the Northwestern Plateau from 1,000 to over 1,200 feet. In the extreme southeastern portion of the State, beyond the Ozark Region, there is a small area, embracing Scott, Mis- sissippi, Stoddard, New Madrid, Pemiscot, Dunkhn, and the greater part of Butler counties, which lies at an elevation of less than 400 feet and is known as the Southeastern Lowlands. This section of the State is comparatively flat, the larger part of it being an alluvial plain of the Mississippi River. As will be seen from the foregoing, the topography of the State is not such as to cause any very marked peculiarities of climate. Along the summit and northern slope of the Ozark Region the temperatures are slightly lower than in the Mis- souri VaUey immediately northward, especiaUy during the summer months, and frosts occur somewhat later in spring and earlier in autumn. The average daily range of temperature is also slightly greater in this region than elsewhere. From its inland location the climate of Missouri is essentially continental. Temperature. — The armual mean temperature ranges from about 50° in the extreme northwestern to 60° in the extreme southeastern portion of the State, the average for the State being 54°. The mean temperature for July, which is the warmest month, ranges from 75° in the extreme northwest to 80° in the extreme southeast, while the mean temperature for January is 23° in the extreme northwest, about 30° in the central counties, and 36° to 38° in the extreme south. The normal tempera- ture for the State for each month of the year is as follows : January 29.6°, February 30.3°, March 42°, April 55.4°, May 64.6°, June 73.2°, July 77.1°, August 75.7°, September 68.2°, October 57°, November 42.8°, and December 33.1°. During the winter season cold waves occasionally sweep over the State, causing sudden and decided falls in tempera- ture, but periods of extreme cold are usually of short duration, and while temperatures of 20° to 30° below zero have been recorded they are of rare occurrence, the temperature seldom falling lower than 5° to 10° below zero. The average number of days during the year with minimum temperature below 32° ranges from about 75 in the southern to 110 in the northern portion of the State. During the months of June, July, August, and September the temperature occasionally reaches 95°, but does not often exceed 100°, the average number of days with maximum temperature above 90° being only twenty for the State. The high- est temperature ever recorded ia the State was 116°, at Marble Hill, Bollinger County, on July 22, 1901, and the lowest 33° below zero, at SedaUa, Pettis County, and Louisiana, Pike County, on January 5, 1884. Frost. — The average date of the last killing frost in spring ranges from about April 1 in the extreme southeastern portion of the State to April 25 in the extreme northern portion. The average date of the first killing frost in autumn is October 6 in the extreme northern counties, October 14 in the central portion of the State, and October 27 in the extreme southeast. Precipitation. — The average annual precipitation for Missouri, as computed from the records for the ten years from 1893 to 1902, inclusive, ranges from 34 inches in the extreme northwestern and extreme northeastern counties to 46 inches in the extreme southeastern and 47 inches in the extreme southwestern counties, the average for the State being 39 inches. During the past twenty-one years there have been but three years when the average precipitation for the State exceeded the normal by 5 inches or more, and only four years in which it was 5 inches or more below the normal. The wettest year during that period was that of 1898, with an average for the State of 53.7 inches, and the driest that of 1901, with an average of 25.3 660 NORTH OENTKAL DISTRICTS. 661 inches the driest year of which there is any record. The greatest local annual precipitation on record was 80.1 inches, at Sublett, Adair County, in 1898, and the least, 15.7 inches, at Miami, Saline County, in 1860. The distribution of precipitation throughout the year is highly favorable to the farmer, the average for the several seasons being as follows: Spring 12 inches, summer 12.1 inches, autumn 8.5 inches, and winter 6.5 inches. The wettest months are May and June, the average for the former being 4.9 inches and for the latter 4.8 inches, and the driest are December, January, and February, with 2.2, 2, and 2.2 inches, respectively. The precipitation for the crop season (March to September, inclusive) is on the average greatest in the southwestern coun- ties, where it ranges from 28 to 33 inches, and lightest in the extreme eastern counties, where it is from 24 to 26 inches. The average crop-season precipitation for the State is 27.6 inches. From November to March, inclusive, the precipitation is usually general in character, but during the summer months the greater portion occurs in local showers. Rainfalls of from 2 to 3 inches in twenty-four consecutive hours occur in some por- tion of the State nearly every month, but falls of more than 4 inches in twenty-four hours are comparatively rare. Falls of over 8 inches in twenty-four consective hours have, however, occurred in a few localities. The average number of rainy days (days with 0.01 of an inch or more of precipitation) for each month is as follows: January and February 9 each, March and April 11 each. May 12, June 11, July 9, August and September 8 each, October 7, November 8, and December 10. Thunderstorms. — Thunderstorms are liaBle to occur during any month of the year, but are most frequent during the months of May, June, July, and August, when they occur in some portion of the State on an average of five days out of six. For the remainder of the year the average number of days with thunderstorms ranges from 4 in January to 19 in April. Many destructive wind and hail storms occur during the summer months, but are usually confined to very hmited areas. It is probable that for any given locality a destructive storm does not occur on an average oftener than once in ten to fifteen years. Snow. — The average seasonal snowfall ranges from about 8 inches in the southeastern portion of the State to 30 inches in the extreme northwestern portion. Snow rarely falls earlier than November 1 nor later than April 15. The greatest local seasonal snowfall on record was 73.6 inches, at Oregon, Holt County, in 1898-99, and the greatest monthly fall, 46 inches, at Bethany, Harrison County, in January, 1898. Winds. — The prevailing winds are southerly, although during the winter season northwesterly winds prevail a consider- able part of the time. The average hourly wind velocity ranges from 5 to 10 miles during the summer and from 8 to 12 miles during the winter months. Cloudiness. — ^The average cloudiness ranges from 35 to 50 per cent during summer and autumn and from 50 to 5b per cent during winter and spring. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County.' Adair Andrew {see Oregon) . . Atchison {see Oregon) , Audrain Barry {see Springfield) . Barton Bates {see HarrisonviUe). . Benton (ficgHarrisonville). .Bollinger {see Ironton) . . . Boone Buchanan {see Kansas City). Butler Caldwell {see Kansas City). Callaway {see Columbia) . . Camden {see Springfield) . . Cape Girardeau {see Iron- ton). Carroll {see Brunswick) . . . Carter {see Poplar Bluff) . . Cedar (see Lamar) . Chariton Christian {see Springfield) . Clark {see Keokuk, Iowa) . Clay {see Kansas City) . . . . Clinton {see Kansas City) . Cole {see Colxunbia) Cooper {see Columbia) . . . . Crawford (see Ironton) . . . Dade {see Springfield) Dallas (see Springfield) . . . Daviess (see Oregon) Dekalb {see Oregon) Dent {see Ironton) Douglas {see Olden) Sublett. Poplar Bluff. Harrisonville... Northeas tern Plain. Northwest e rn Plateau. do Northeas tern Plain. Ozark Plateau.. Southwestern Lowlands. do Ozark Plateau. . do Northeastern Plain. Northwestern Plateau. Southeas tern Lowlands. Northwestern Plateau. Northeas tern Plain Ozark Plateau.. do Northeas tern Plain. Ozark Plateau,. Southwest e r n Lowlands. do Northeas tern Plain. Ozark Plateau.. Northeas tern Plain. Northwestern Plateau. do Ozark Plateau. . do do...- ....do ....do Northwestern Plateau. ....do Ozark Plateau. . ....do 677 County. Dunklin {see Poplar Bluff). Franklin Gasconade {see Oakfield). Gentry (see Oregon) Greene G nmdy {see Sublett) . Harrison (see Oregon) . . . Henry (see Harrisonville) Hickory (see Springfield) Holt Howard (see Columbia) . Howell. . Iron Jackson . Jasper (see Lamar) Jefferson (see Oakfield) . . Johnson (see Harrison- ville). Knox (see Sublett) Laclede (see Springfield) . . Lafayette {see Kansas City). Lawrence (see Sprmgneld). Lewis (see Keokuk, Iowa). Lincoln (see Mexico) Linn {see Brunswick) Livingston (see B runs- wick) . McDonald (see Lamar) . . . Macon (see Sublett) Madison (see Ironton) Maries {see Columbia) Marion {see Keokuk, Iowa) Mercer (see Sublett) Miller (see Columbia) Mississippi (see Sikeston; also Cairo, 111.). Moniteau (see Columbia) . Oakfield. Springfield . Or^on. Olden Ironton Kansas City . District. Southeastern Lowlands. Ozark Plateau., ....do Northwestern Plateau. Ozark Plateau.. Northwestern Plateau. ....do Southwest e rn Lowlands. Ozark Plateau. . Northwestern Plateau. Northeas tern Plain. Ozark Plateau.. ....do Northwest e rn Plateau. Ozark Plateau.. ....do Southwest e rn Lowlands. Northeas tern Plain. Ozark Plateau.. Northeas tern Plain. Ozark Plateau. . Northeas tern Plain. ....do ....do ....do Ozark Plateau.. Northeas tern Plain. Ozark Plateau.. ....do Northeastern Plain. Northwest e rn Plateau. Ozark Plateau.. Southeastern Lowlands. Ozark Plateau.. Page. 663 676 674 666 662 • CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. List of Counties and Olimatological Stations — Continued. County. Monroe (see Mexico) Montgomery (sec Mexico) , Morgan (see Columbia) . . NewMadrid(see Slices ton) Newton (see Lamar) . . . Nodaway (see Oregon) . Oregon (see Olden) Osage (see Coltmibia) Ozark (see Olden) Pemiscot (see Poplar Blufl). Perry (see Ironton) Pettis (see Marsliall) Phelps (see Ironton) . Pilce (see Hannibal) . . Station. Platte (see Kansas City) . PoUc (see Spring^eld) Pulaski (see Springfield) . Putnam (see Sublett) Ealls (see Hannibal) Randolph (see Columbia) . Ray (see Kansas City) Reynolds (see Ironton) . . Ripley (see Poplar Blufi). St. Charles (see Oakfleld) . District. Northeas tern Plain. ....do Ozark Plateau.. Southea stern Lowlands. Ozark Plateau. . Northwest e r n Plateau. Ozark Plateau. . ....do ....do Southeastern Lowlands. Ozark Plateau.. Southwest em Lowlands. Ozark Plateau.. Northeas tern Plain. Northwestern Plateau Ozark Plateau.. do Northeastern Plain. do do Northwest em Plateau. Ozark Plateau. do Northeastern Plain. County. St. Clair (see Lamar) Ste. Genevieve (see Iron- ton). St. a raucois (see Ironton) . St. Louis Saline Schuyler (see Sublett) Scotland (see Keokuk, Iowa). Scott Shannon (see Olden) Shelby (see Hannibal) . . Stoddard (see Sikeston) . Stone (see Spruigfleid) . . Sullivan (see Sublett) . . . Taney (see Springfield) Texas (see Olden) Vernon (see Lamar) . . . Warren (see Oalcfieid) Washington (see Ironton) Wayne (see Ironton) Webster (see Springfield) . Worth (see Oregon) Wright (see Springfield) Station. St. Louis . Marshall . Sikeston. District. Southwest e r n Lowlands. Ozark Plateau. . do do Northeastern Plain. do do Southeastern Lowlands. Ozark Plateau. . Northeastern Plain. Southeastern Lowlands. Ozark Plateau. . Northeastern Plain. Ozark Plateau. . ....do Southwest e r n Lowlands. Northeastern Plain. Ozark Plateau. . do do Northwest e r n Plateau. Ozark Plateau. Page. 671 667 678 • State Sdmmakt. No. Temperature. Station. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Date. Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 "F. 52 51 53 54 53 55 54 54 66 56 56 55 56 56 58 58 "F. 63 62 64 63 64 66 65 66 64 66 68 68 65 68 71 69 "F. 43 41 42 45 42 43 43 42 48 46 45 42 46 45 46 47 °F. 108 112 103 106 108 111 112 112 107 112 108 113 106 106 112 111 August, 1860 July, 1901 "F. -30 -24 -27 -22 -25 -26 -28 -28 -22 -21 -25 -26 -29 -29 -25 -23 January, 1857 February, 1899 do 27 36 22 29 38 42 47 53 31 42 50 30 19 33 60 50 113 123 do 119 do do 96 Marshall do . ..do . ... 117 Columbia do do 86 do do do do do do do do do do January, 1884 February, 1899 January, 1884 February, 1899 do 102 118 78 Oakfieid 93 Lamar 95 do 95 do 84 do 90 do 82 Sikeston do 79 No. Frost. Precipitation Average date of — Date ot— Annual. Spring. Summer. Autumn. Station. First killing in autumn. Last in spring. Earliest killing in autumn. Latest in spring. Winter. Oregon 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Oct. 10 Oct. 4 Oct. 20 Oct. 24 Oct. 10 Oct. 14 Oct. 13 Oct. 18 Oct. 29 Oct. 25 Oct. 18 Oct. 1 Oct. 18 Oct. 20 Oct. 17 Oct. 19 Apr. 26 Miy 2 Apr. 13 Apr. 7 Apr. 14 ...do.... Apr. 19 Apr. 13 Apr. 4 Apr. 15 Apr. 14 Apr. 25 Apr. 16 Apr. 12 Apr. 13 Apr. 7 Sept. 13 ....do... Sept. 29 Sept. 30 Sept. 13 Sept. 28 Sept. 13 Sept. 29 Sept. 30 ...do Sept. 15 Sept. 13 Sept. 30 Sept. 18 Sept. 29 Sept. 30 May 20 May 31 May 1 Apr. 23 May 1 May 6 May 21 May 1 May 22 May 14 May 6 May 23 May 19 May 1 May 19 May 1 Inches. 36.8 43.7 38.2 36.4 36.8 38.1 38.2 37.5 37.1 40.0 41.1 45.3 43.6 4L4 46.7 45.2 Inches. 10.5 15.1 10.4 10.6 11.3 11.8 10.8 10.8 ILl 13.8 12.6 13.2 13.6 14.2 14.5 13.7 Inches. 13.6 12.1 14.2 13.4 12.3 12.3 12.2 12.5 10.6 11.6 12.8 12.7 12.9 10.0 12.2 10.0 Inches. 7.7 10.2 8.7 7.9 7.6 7.7 8.5 8.7 8.0 7.9 9.5 9.9 9.5 9.0 9.3 10.2 Inches 5.0 Sublett 6.3 5 2 4 5 Marshall 5.6 6 2 Mexico 6 7 5 5 7.4 Oalcfieid 6 7 6 5 9.6 7.2 Olden 8 6 Poplar BiufE 10 3 11.3 NOBTH CENTEAL DISTRICTS. 663 MISSOURI. Northwestern Plateau: HOLT COUNTY. Station: OREGON. 0. C. Kaucher, Observer, [Established November, 1855, by Mr. Wm. Kaucher. Latitude, 39° 69' N. Longitude, 95° 0' W. Elevation, 1,113 feet.] The station is located on the western slope near the southeastern limits of the city of Oregon. To the north and east the country is rolling, and to the south and west broken and hilly. The station is equipped with barometer, wet and dry bulb, and maximum and minimum thermometers, and rain gage, all of standard pattern. Prior to April 1, 1898, the thermometers were exposed under a west porch of Mr. Kaucher's house, which was shaded by large maple trees; since that date they have been exposed in a cotton-region instrument shelter located at the northeast comer of an open shed 17 feet east of the house, and 4 feet above ground. The rain gage is on the ground with low buildings 22 feet distant on the south and 15 feet on the west, and fruit trees about 25 feet distant on the east. Mean of maximum and mean of minimum temperatures, snowfall, and wind data are for a period of eleven years ; number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, twenty years. The remaining data are for the period of observation November 1 , 1855, to December 31, 1903, forty-eight years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 3 1 a id i i a . li 1 1 u g 1 1. |g s 3 1 H o 1^ B M H si Is a a S as o o ■'S . lit Snow. $ S Month. bo . ® - 3 o °if. 28 23 28 T. 38 36 36 -F. 76 70 79 'F. 21 18 16 °F. -24 -30 -26 °F. 43 36 39 'F. 18 8 16 In. 1.6 1.6 1.8 9 10 10 In. 1.2 1.2 2.2 In. 2.4 1.4 0.4 In. 5.7 7.1 8.8 In. 8.0 8.5 12.0 S. January S. N. Winter mean 26 36 18 6.0 29 4.7 4.2 21.6 S. March 38 53 64 60 67 75 91 94 98 30 44 55 -12 8 26 49 62 70 30 38 66 2.1 3.4 5.0 12 12 14 2.0 1.3 2.4 0.9 1.3 6.4 5.3 0.8 0.0 14.0 3.0 0.0 s. April s. yC&Y s. Spring mean 52 64 43 10.5 38 6.7 8.6 6.1 s. .Tnnn 72 75 75 82 87 86 106 107 108 63 67 65 41 47 37 76 86 82 67 71 69 4.7 4.6 4.3 11 10 10 4.8 0.5 0.0 7.5 10.8 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. s. 74 85 65 13.6 31 5.3 22.7 0.0 s. 67 55 40 79 69 60 104 93 82 68 47 31 26 8 -10 76 62 49 62 45 29 3.3 2.7 1.7 9 7 8 3.6 2.2 0.7 7.7 4.7 2.8 0.0 1.1 1.6 0.0 8.0 6.0 s. October s. s. 54 66 45 7.7 24 6.5 15.2 2.7 s. Annual mean 52 63 108 43 -30 36.8 122 22.2 1 50.7 30.4 14.0 s. Dates of Temperatdee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Jan. 23-25; Feb. 15; Deo. 27, 28. Jan. 8, 11-13,26,27,30; Feb. 1-8. Jan. 3, 4; Nov. 30 Jan. 24-29; Feb. 26; Mar. 14; Deo. 16, 18. Nov. 23; Deo. 8, 9, 13, 31. Jan. 28-31; Feb. 2, 4, 6, 7-13, 23, 27; Deo. Maximum 100° or above. July 26; Aug. 11, 13, 17. None. Do. July 31; Aug. 1. None. Do. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 MLoimum below 0°, Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 8, 9, 15-17; Deo. 31. Jan. 1; Feb. 5, 10; Dec. 13-15, 18-20. Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 2-6, 9; Dec. 26, 27. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-19; Dec. 12, 13. Maximum 100° or above. None. June 28, 29; July 4, 9-16, 18-26. None. Do. 664 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. MISSOURI. Northeastern Plain: ADAIR COUNTY. Station: SUBLETT. Lewis Spriggs, Observer. [Established by, the Weather Bureau, January, 1893. Latitude, 40° 18' N. Longitude, 92° 34' W. Elevation, 1,000 feet.] The station is located in the open country, two miles south of the village of Sublett. In the inmiediate vicinity of the station the ground slopes gently to the southward; the surrounding country is a high, gently rolling prairie. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton-region instrument shelter, located over sod about 30 feet southwest of the observer's house. The thermometers are 4J feet above ground. The rain gage is on the ground, about 15 feet east of the shelter, and about 30 feet from the house. Prior to January, 1898, the thermometers were exposed on the north wall of the house, 5 feet above ground. The temperature record for 1893 is from eye readings of an exposed thermometer at 7 a. m., 2, and 9 p. m., but since February, 1894, the monthly means have been computed from the daily readings of the maximum and minimum. The two series have been combined in a general mean. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Februaet 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Preoipitation. 1 h E3 S s . li a ti a 1 a 1 li o 1 1 >> h o 1 1° So. Snow. o i3 Month. CD fa December "F. 28 26 23 °F. 36 35 32 "F. 64 64 67 'F. 20 18 14 "F. -19 -17 -24 °F. 35 30 30 °F. 21 18 16 In. 2.2 1.8 2.3 5 4 5 In. W 0.7 2.1 In. 2.7 2.7 1.6 In. 4.8 6.3 10.2 In. 5.0 U.5 11.0 sw. NW. NW. 26 38 53 63 34 48 64 75 86 89 93 17 6.3 14 (?) 7.0 21.3 NW. 28 42 62 - 1 8 27 45 69 68 31 50 60 4.1 4.6 6.4 6 6 9 3.4 2.6 0.3 11.3 6.6 19.2 2.5 1.0 0.0 10.0 6.0 0.0 SW. April SW. May... SW. Spring mean 51 62 41 15.1 21 6.3 37.1 3.5 SW. 72 77 74 84 89 87 102 112 101 60 64 62 37 47 41 76 86 81 66 72 71 4.3 4.3 3.5 8 6 6 3.2 0.8 0.5 3.1 4.0 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 74 87 62 12.1 19 4.5 11.4 0.0 SW. 66 56 39 78 68 49 98 92 78 54 44 29 25 16 - 2 74 61 49 60 48 36 5.5 2.8 1.9 7 4 4 2.6 1.3 C) 14.7 6.2 3.6 0.0 T. 1.5 0.0 T. 5.0 SW. SW. NW. 64 65 42 10.2 15 (7) 24.5 1.5 SW. 51 62 112 41 -24 43.7 69 (?) 80.0 26.3 11.5 SW. a No record for November or December, altbougli unquestionably tbe driest year. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Dec. 28 (January mis- sing) . July 24-27; Aug. 9. 1900 Jan. 28,31; Feb. 1,9, 15-17, 24, 26; Mar. 1, None. 1895 Jan. 8, 9, 12, 24, 27, 28, None. 3, 16, 17; Dec. 31. 30; Feb. 1-11, 15, 16; 1901 Jan. 1,2; Feb. 5,10,12; June 29, 30; July 1-5, 9, 11-25; Aug. 8. Deo. 5. Deo. 14, 15, 17-20. 1896 Jan. 3, 4, 26; Feb. 17, 20; Nov. 30. Do. 1902 Jan. 26-28; Feb. 2-5, 7-9, 15 (November None. 1897 Jan. 24-29; Feb. 26; Mar. 14; Deo. 16, 18, June 17, 18; July 8, 23; Aug. 1, 3. and Decembermiss- ing). 19, 21, 24. 1903 Jan. 11, 12; Feb. 16, 17; Do. 1898 Jan. 16; Feb. 1-3; Nov. 26; Dec. 4, 7, 8, None. Dec. 13, 26. 1899 12, 13, 29, 30. Jan. 27, 29-31; Feb. 1, 4-13; Mar. 7; Deo. 5, 15, 26, 30, 31. Do. 1 NOBTH OENTRAI., DISTEICT8. 665 MISSOURI. Northeastern Plain: CHARITON COUNTY. Station: BRUNSWICK. Louts Benecke, Observer. Established as a special river station of the Signal Service in May, 1873; discontinued in December, 1885; reestablished aa a voluntary observation station of the Signal Service in October, 1889. Latitude, 39° 26' N. Longitude, 93° 08' \V. Elevation, 652 feet. This station is located in the eastern portion of the city of Brunswick, at the foot of the bluffs on the northern sjde of the Missouri Kiver. Immediately north of the station the bluffs rise to a height of about 185 feet, and on the south is the flood plain of the Missouri River, which at this point is about 4 miles in width from bluff to bluff. From the reestablishment of the station in 1889 until October, 1896, the thermometers were exposed under the north porch of Mr. Benecke's house. Since that date they have been exposed in a cotton-region instrument shelter located on the lawn, 20 feet east of the house and 4 feet above ground. From 1889 to 1902 the rain gage was exposed on the ground, 22 feet southeast of the house, 28 feet east of a small summer kitchen, and 13 feet west of a small one-story building, but in October, 1902, it was removed to a more open exposure in the garden, where the nearest obstructoin, a small one-story building, is 38 feet distant. All temperature records at this station are from maximum and minimum thermometers, and the monthly means have been computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, October 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December 'F. 32 28 27 39 38 36 "F. 68 70 70 "F. 21 19 16 °F. -22 -21 -27 "F. 45 33 38 'F. 25 22 17 In. 1.7 1.6 1.9 6 4 6 In. 1.9 1.5 1.3 in. 0.8 4.0 2.0 In. 2.9 4.9 8.6 In. 6.5 January February 10.0 16.0 Winter mean 29 38 18 5.2 14 4.7 6.8 16.4 March April May 40 55 64 52 67 76 84 97 92 29 43 54 - 1 15 31 47 63 69 32 51 59 2.4 3.0 5.0 7 8 10 3.7 2.0 1.2 5.9 3.1 11.9 1.3 0.8 0.0 3.0 6.0 0.0 Spring mean S3 65 42 10.4 25 6.9 20.9 2.1 Jime July. August. 73 77 75 83 87 86 99 103 99 63 68 65 37 50 47 77 84 79 68 72 72 6.6 4.5 4.1 9 7 7 1.4 1.8 1.2 9.9 3.1 5.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 75 85 65 14.2 23 4.4 18.2 0.0 September October November 68 67 41 79 70 52- 96 93 77 57 45 31 32 18 3 73 61 48 62 62 37 3.8 2.9 2.0 7 5 5 2.0 1.2 0.4 5.3 6.6 2.6 0.0 0.1 0.4 0.0 1.5 1.5 55 67 44 8.7 17 3.6 14.5 0.5 Annual mean 53 64 103 42 ^27 38.2 79 19.6 60.4 19.0 16.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0". Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0'*. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1896 18% Jan. 24-26; Feb. 15,16, 24; Dec. 27, 28. Jan. 8, 11-13, 26, 28-30; Feb. 3-11. Jan. 4, 8. . None. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 19, 31; Feb. 1, 9, 10,15-17,25,26. Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 4-7, 10, 11; Dec. 14-21. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 2-10, 15; Dec. 26, 27. Jan. 12,13; Feb. 16-20; Dec. 13,14. None. July 3, 4, 9, 10, 12, 16, 20-24. 1897 Jan. 24-30. . . 1898 1899 Feb.l; Dec. 9, 10, 14... Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 4, 7,9-14; Mar. 8; Dec. 16,16,30,31. Do. 666 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MISSOURI. Northwestern Plateau: JACKSON COUNTY. Station: KANSAS CITY. Patbick Connoe, Local ForecMter. [Established by Signal Service July 1, 1888. Latitude, 39° 5' N. Longitude, 94° 37' W. Elevation, 909 feet.] This city is situated at the junction of the Missouri and Kansas rivers. Along each river is considerable bottom land, and each river has its bluffs, so that at this place there is a basin or depression from 200 to 300 feet below the level of the bluffs; otherwise this locality is quite free from topographical abnormalities. The station was established in the old Government building, now the Fidelity Buildmg, southeast corner Wahiut and Ninth streets, July 1, 1888, and was transferred to its present quarters in the Rialto Building, southwest comer Grand avenue and Ninth street, May 1, 1890. The instruments are exposed in a standard shelter on a large flat roof of a five-story building near the business center, and on the highest level in the business district. The ground at the base of office building is about 179 feet above the zero of the river gage. The instruments have a free and unobstructed exposure. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Precipitation data, fifteen yeare; snow, twelve years; humidity, fifteen years; sunshine, thirteen years. Remainder of data is from the fuU period of observation, July 1, 1888 to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annoal Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 0^3 1 a H § s |a -< S 1 i if o z ii 1' li 03 R f m iz; II -si 11 11 — .^ . * M S 6h Snow. 00 i 1 a 00 i o % a p. OD i 1 a Pi CO 1 1 e 1 1 •g o . MS ag r Month. < ^ ; o (3 "F. 34 30 29 "F. 42 38 37 °F. 70 69 76 "F. 26 22 21 "F. -13 -17 -22 "F. 46 36 37 "F. 27 22 19 In. 1.4 1.3 1.8 7 7 8 In. 1.7 0.4 1.4 In. 1.4 4.1 1.1 In. 4.7 5.6 8.0 In. 7.2 6.8 11.8 P.ct. 80 78 80 Grs. 1.55 1.27 1.30 P.ct. 70 71 72 Grs. 1.78 1.56 1.58 146 152 143 49 50 48 NW. JapiiB.ry NW. NW. 31 39 23 4.5 22 3.5 6.6 18.3 79 1.37 71 1.64 147 49 NW. March 41 56 65 51 65 74 88 90 90 32 46 56 2 22 36 48 61 70 34 52 60 2.5 3.0 5.1 10 11 13 3.7 4.2 0.8 4.5 3.8 7.7 4.1 1.0 0.0 6.3 4.7 0.0 78 75 77 1.7S 2.95 4.28 64 67 60 2.19 3.17 4.64 192 204 232 62 52 52 NW. SE. May SE. Spring mean 54 63 45 1 10.6 34 8.7 16.0 5.1 77 3.00 60 3.33 209 52 SE. ,Tl1T1P 74 78 76 83 87 86 100 106 103 64 69 67 48 54 46 79 87 80 69 72 73 4.4 6.0 4.0 11 9 8 2.5 2.8 2.6 6.0 4.9 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 80 78 SO 5.98 6.64 6.18 61 59 59 6.27 7.07 6.45 261 291 279 68 64 66 SE. July S. SE. 76 85 67 13.4 28 7.9 16.9 0.0 79 6.27 60 6.60 5.36 3.38 2.18 277 63 SE. September 69 58 43 79 68 51 101 91 79 59 48 34 36 26 4 77 64 50 63 63 39 3.9 2.3 1.7 8 6 6 1.8 2.2 ,0.6 4.5 4.4 2.7 0.0 0.4 1.3 0.0 3.3 3.7 78 76 75 4.63 3.10 1.98 61 55 64 252 236 156 68 68 52 SE. October SE. NW. 57 66 47 1 7.9 20 4.6 11.6 1.7 76 3.24 60 3.64 215 63 SE. 64 63 106 45 -22 36.4 104 24.7 50.1 25.1 11.8 212 57 SE. Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-25; Dec. 28.... Jan. 11, 12, 26, 27; Feb. 1-8. Jan 3 June 30; July 24-26; Aug. 9-14. July 16; Sept. 17. July 3, 14, 15, 29, 31 ; Aug. 3-6, 7-11, 15, 21. June 17-19, 23; July 7-9, 21-24, 28-31; Aug. 1-3, 26-28; Sept. 1-5, 12. July 19, 27; Aug. 23, 29. Aug. 1, 3, 4, 8, 11, 23; Sept. 4-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 16, 17 June 6; Aug. 17,20,21. June 9,10,22-30; July M, 6, 8-25; Aug. 1,2,25,29. June 11; July 15; Aug. 3, 4, 13, 14, 17. 1895 1896 Dec. 14, 15, 18-20 Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 2, 4, 5; Dec. 26. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-18 1897 Jan 24-27 Dec. 9, 14, 31 July 9, 10; Aug. 5. 1899 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 4,7- 13,23. NOBTH CENTEAL DISTRICTS. 667 MISSOURI. Northeastern Plain: SALINE COUNTY. Station: MARSHALL. W. H. Black, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service In September, 1890. Latitude, 39° 7' N. Longitude, 93° U' W. Elevation, 779 feet.] The station is located at the Missouri Valley College near the southwestern limits of the city of Marshall and is in the open country. The surrounding country is level or only gently rolling. Since January, 1898, the maximum and minimum thermometers have been exposed in a cotton-region instrument shelter located about 50 feet east of the observer's house. The shelter is over sod and the thermometers are 5 feet above ground. Prior to January, 1898, the thermometers were exposed on the north side of a tight wooden screen, located at the same point as the shelter and were protected by boards placed above and at the sides. The rain gage is located in a garden about 40 feet northeast of the shelter and is on the ground. There are small trees and shrubbery on all sides at distances varying from 30 to 100 feet. The mean temperatures have been computed from daily readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, September 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. i 1 1 i li 1 •S.S 1 1 ^ < It 1 3 k o S Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Months. M . C3J3 9 "o-S 1 s "F. 31 28 28 °F. 39 33 35 72 72 73 "F. 22 19 17 'F. -22 -16 -25 'F. 37 34 3S °F. 26 20 18 In. 1.9 1.7 2.0 7 6 7 Jn. 2.6 1.9 1.2 In. 2.2 4.0 1.8 In. 3.4 6.1 8.7 In. 5.0 7.0 15.0 NW. NW. NW. 29 37 19 6.6 20 6.7 8.0 17,2 NW. March 41 65 05 52 66 76 85 97 94 30 43 53 - 5 17 29 47 60 71 34 52 62 3.0 3.4 4.9 9 9 11 4.4 3.4 1.1 6.4 3.1 9.2 2.5 1.0 0.0 4.0 4.0 0.0 sw. April sw. May . sw. Spring mean. 54 65 42 11.3 29 8.9 18.7 6.3 2.6 1.5 3.5 SW. June.. 73 77 76 85 89 89 101 108 106 61 65 63 41 49 40 77 86 80 67 73 72 4.3 4.2 3.8 10 7 7 2.5 1.5 1.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. 75 88 63 12.3 24 5.7 9.4 0.0 sw. September 68 57 42 81 71 52 102 95 79 56 44 31 28 20 4 75 63 49 02 51 38 3.4 2.2 2.0 8 6 6 1.6 1.2 0.7 6.4 5.4 2.2 0.0 0.2 0.7 0.0 2.0 4.0 sw October sw. Novfflnber. sw 56 68 44 7.6 20 3.5 14.0 0.9 sw. Annual mean 53 64 108 42 -25 36.8 93 23.8 60.1 21.6 15.0 sw. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year, MiniTTinm below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 23-26; Feb. 16, 16; Deo. 28. July 25; Aug. 9-14, 10. 1900 Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 1, 9, 16,17,25; Dec. 31. Aug, 22, 1896 Jan. 9, 11-13, 26, 27, Sept. 14 (15 days missing from July 1901 Jan. 1; Feb. 6, 0, 10, June 29; July 2-4, 9-13, l.')-2,5; Aug, 25 29, 30; Feb. 1-9, 11; record) . 12; Dec. 14, 15, 17-20. Deo. 3. 1902 Jan. 20, 27; Feb. 2-6, None, l«% Jan. 4. July 31; Aug. 3-5, 7-9, 15. June 18, 23; July 8, 9, 30, 31; Aug. 1-3, 7,9; Deo. 26 (13 days missing from Jan. 1897 Jan. 24-29; Dec. 18.... 20; Sept. 2-5, 12. record). Deo. 9, 13, 14, 31 1903 Jan. 12; Feb. 16-19; Do, 1899 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 1, 4, 7-13, 23; Dec. 16, Sept. 6. Dec. 13. 29-31. 668 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE tJMITED STATES. MISSOURI. Northeastern Plain: BOONE COUNTY. Station: COLUMBIA. Geo. Keeder, Section Director. [Established by the Signal Service in August, 1899. Latitude, 38° 57' N. Longitude, 92° 20' W. Elevation, 739 feet.] This station is located at the Agricultural College Building of the Missouri State University in the southern portion of the city of Columbia and is practically in the open country. The ground in the immediate vicinity of the station is gently rolling with a general slope to the westward toward a small stream one-fourth mile distant and about 50 feet below the level of the ground at the station. The thermometers are exposed in a, standard Weather Bureau instrument shelter located on the university campus, 95 feet north and 18 feet west of the office building and 11 feet above ground. The rain and snow gages are on the ground 130 feet northwest of the building. The tops of the gages are 3 feet above ground. The gages are surrounded by a 4-foot wire fence forming an inclosure 12 feet square. The wind vane and anemometer are on a combined support on the roof of the office building, the former being 85 and the latter 84 feet above ground. The exposure is unobstructed. From its establishment until August 1, 1895, the station was located in what was known as the Experiment Station Building on the southwest corner of Hitt street and University avenue. The exposure of the instruments was considered good. The station was removed to its present location on August 1, 1895. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Sunshine, six years, March, 1898, to December, 1903; remaining data are from the full period of observation, September 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean hu- midity. Total sun- shine. 1 s s i E o < a a ■** M m S a s s u 1 .£3 i o a -a ■wO CO So ^1 O 1 ■3 a Pi □0 (D 3 O < o 9 a S OJ O o ft u < oi E "a H s s o •a 1 ^ s i to u hi So, lil Eh Snow. > s M . si < December "F. 33 29 29 39 37 37 'F. 70 72 71 'F. 23 19 19 'F. -21 -28 -26 'F. 46 35 37 op 27 20 20 In. 2.2 2.0 2.6 9 8 9 In. 2.5 2.4 2.1 In. 2.3 1.7 6.0 In. 3.2 5.9 9.3 In. 4.6 7.0 18.6 NW. NW. NW. 30 38 20 6.7 26 7.0 9.0 18.4 NW. March 41 65 65 52 67 77 87 91 94 31 43 54 - 3 16 28 47 62 71 36 62 2.8 10 11 12 3.1 2.2 0.7 2.7 5.8 8.8 2.8 1.5 0.0 3.6 6.0 0.0 NW. April NW. Mly 02 ] 4.7 Spring mean 54 65 43 10.8 33 6.0 17.3 4.3 NW. 74 78 76 86 90 89 105 112 105 62 66 64 39 49 47 79 87 82 67 72 73 5.6 4.1 2.6 12 9 8 2.1 2.1 0.0 3.7 9.0 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0,0 0.0 0.0 S. July.... SW August NW. Summer mean 76 88 64 12.2 29 4.8 15.0 0.0 S. September. . . 69 57 42 82 70 52 108 95 79 66 45 33 29 20 1 75 64 61 63 51 38 3.8 2.2 2.5 8 8 8 0.7 1.1 0.9 3.8 1.4 2.6 0.0 T. 1.0 0.0 T. 2.0 s October November, NW Fall mean •56 68 45 8.6 24 2.7 7.8 1.0 NW. Annual mean . . . 54 65 112 43 -28 38.2 112 20.5 49.1 23.7 18.6 NW. Dates op Tempekatuee Extkemes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0". Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 24-27; Feb. 15, 16; Dec. 28. Jan. 9, 12, 13, 27, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 1-5, 7-9, 11; Deo. 3. None June 22; July 24-26, 28; Aug. 9-12, 14. None. Aug. 4, 7, 11. June 18; July 24; Sept. 1-7, 12. Aug. 23; Sept. 3. Aug. 3, 4, 28; Sept. 2-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 17,25... Jan. 1; Feb. 6; Dec. 14-16, 18-21. Jan. 27. 28; Feb. 2-5, 7,9,10; Dec. 26. Jan. 12; Feb. 16-19; Deo. 13, 14. Aug. 17-21. June 23-30; July 1-6. 9-13, 16, 16, Aug. 25, 26, 28, 29; Sept. 8. None. Do. 18-26; IK97 Jan.24-29 1898 Dec. 13, 14 1899 Jan. 28, 29, 31; Feb. 1, 4,7-13; Mar. 7; Dec. 15,30,31. 670 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MISSOURI. Southwestern Lowlands: CASS COUNTY. Station: HARRISONVILLE. A. J. Shabp, Observer. [Established June, 1863; discontinued in December, 1870; reestablished in January, 1878. Elevation, 912 feet.] Latitude, 38° 39' N. Longitude, 94° 21' W. Since 1887 this station has been located on Independence street in the northern portion of the city of Harrisonville. Since 1896 the maximum and minimum thermometers have been exposed in a cotton region instrument shelter located 8 feet north of the observer's house and 4 feet above ground; prior to that year they were exposed on the north wall of the house, about 3 feet above groimd. The rain gage is located on the ground, 25 feet north of the northwest comer of the house. Tabulated data are included within the period of observation June 1, 1863, to December 31, 1903. The monthly mean temperature and highest and lowest monthly means are for a period of about twenty-six years; mean precipitation for about twenty-nine years, and mean of the maximum and minimum temperatures for about twelve years. The rempining data are for periods of observation varying in length from eleven to sixteen years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 g . § 1 s o m o-S 1 i B ^ II o < 3 1 1 Id ■si So 1,1 4J4A if Snow. Montli. g I 5 December °F. 31 27 29 °F. 40 39 38 "F. 74 70 81 "F. 21 19 16 "F. -16 -20 -28 °F. 46 34 36 "F. 24 19 16 In. 2.0 1.4 2.1 6 5 6 In. 0.4 L2 L2 In. 1.0 0.4 3.4 In. 2.8 4.8 6.2 In. 5.0 8.0 12. S sw. sw. NW. 29 39 19 5.5 17 2.8 4.8 13.8 SW. March 40 54 64 55 68 77 92 96 94 30 43 54 1 16 28 49 62 69 28 48 58 11. 4.7 8 9 12 0.9 2.0 2.6 3.4 7.4 4.6 3.8 1.1 0.0 9.0 5.0 0.0 SW. sw. May SW. Rpring; mfifl.Ti 56 67 I 42 10.8 29 5.5 15.4 4.9 sw. 73 78 75 84 89 90 104 112 108 62 66 64 41 52 45 80 88 80 68 72 68 4.4 3.9 42 12 8 8 2.2 3.5 5.3 12.2 10.7 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July August sw. sw. Summer mean 75 88 1 64 12.5 28 1.0 29.3 0.0 sw. September October 68 56 42 82 71 53 107 96 79 56 44 31 29 21 76 69 49 60 46 36 4.0 2.6 2.1 8 5 5 1.3 2.1 1.6 8.1 9.7 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.5 0.0 2.0 2.0 sw. sw. November sw. Fall mean 55 69 1 44 8.7 18 5.0 •17.8 0.9 sw. AriTinal TTiPflTi . 54 66 112 42 -28 37.5 92 24.3 67.3 19.6 12.5 sw. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximimi 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 23-26; Feb. 14, 15; Deo. 27, 28. Jan. 8, 11-13, 25-31; Feb. 1-8, 10. Jan.3 July 24-27; Aug. 9-14,16,31. Sept. 12, 13. Aug. 4, 6, 8-12, 16. June 19; July 24, 30, 31; Aug. 1-3, 26, 27; Sept. 1-5, 12. None. Sept. 5-8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 9, 10, 17, 18. Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 6; Deo. 14-21. Jan. 27, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 2-10, 15, 16. Jan. 12, 13; Feb.lfr-19. Aug. 22. June 21-30; July 1-4, 6, 8-26; Aug. 1-3, 26. Aug. 18. 1897 Jan. 25-30 1898 1899 Dec. 9, 10, 13-16. Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 4, 5,7,23; Dec. 15, 16. None. NOBTH OENTBAL DISTBIOTS. 671 MISSOURI. Eastern District: ST. LOUIS COUNTY. Station: ST. LOUIS. E. H. Bowie, Local Forecaster. [Established by the Signal SirvicL', October 12, 1870. Latitude, 38° 38' N. Longitude, 90° 12' \V. Elevation, 465 feet.] This station is situated in the Chemical Building, rooms Nos. 1516 to 1521, fifteenth floor. The Chemical Building is located eight blocks west of the Mississippi River at the northeast corner of Eighth and Olive streets The station is surrounded by the most important business district of the city, but the elevation of the roof, upon which the instruments are exposed, is greater than that of any other building in the city, it being practically 200 feet above the streets immediately below. The thermometers and the thermograph are exposed in a specially constructed shelter 10.6 feet above the roof and 208.4 feet above the ground. From October 12, 1870, to July 14, 1871, the oflice was located at 210 Olive street, sixth floor; from July, 15, 1871, to February 28, 1873, at 210 Olive street, second floor; from March 1, 1873, to September 14, 1883, Sixth and Locust streets; from September 15, 1883, to August 15, 1903, dome of United States custom-house; from August 16, 1903, to date, fifteenth floor of the Chemical Building, northeast corner of Eighth and Olive streets ; elevation, 632.2 feet. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: All temperature data, thirty-one years; snowfall, twenty years; humidity, sixteen years; sunshine, thirteen years. Remaining data are from the full period of observation, thirty-three years — January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. rt c^ s Temperat ure. Precipitation Mean humidity. Total sunshine. a u 1 1 |i "o 1 la o a III ■a ^ -J. ofig. Snow. a CO 1 1 a CO 1 1 5 Tlelative, 8 p. m. Absolute, 8 p. m. 2 o S S ft Month. 4^ d . s-ss C5 1 (3 36 32 34 43 40 43 °F. 74 74 78 °F. 29 24 26 "F. -17 -22 -16 "F. 50 47 45 'F. 25 22 24 In. 2.3 2.2 2.9 10 9 10 In. 1.2 2.5 2.9 In. 1.0 4.6 1.7 In. 3.2 6.6 6.2 In. 8.0 10.0 6.3 P.d. 77 79 78 Grs. 1.70 1.46 1.45 P.d. 69 68 70 Grs. 1.90 1.62 1.72 143 161 164 49 53 51 s. NW. NW. 84 42 26 7.4 29 6.6 7.2 16.0 78 1.64 69 1.75 153 51 NW. March 44 ,57 66 52 66 71 86 91 94 35 48 58 3 22 32 54 65 73 39 47 60 3.3 3.4 4.4 11 10 12 1.3 0.6 3.2 7.7 3.8 8.6 3.5 0.8 0.0 20.0 4.0 0.0 77 72 76 2.03 2.95 4.66 67 69 62 2.36 3.41 4.79 189 234 279 52 NW. April SE. May S. 66 63 47 11,1 33 5.0 20.1 4.3 75 3.21 63 3.52 234 58 s. June., 76 80 78 84 88 86 102 107 106 66 71 69 44 55 52 81 87 84 70 75 73 4.6 3.6 2.4 12 10 8 2.6 1.6 3.6 3.8 7.4 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 76 73 77 6.24 6.66 6.33 60 68 59 6.20 6.76 6.43 297 316 301 67 70 71 s July s. s. 78 86 69 10.6 30 7.7 12.1 0.0 76 6.41 59 6.46 305 69 s 70 59 44 79 68 53 102 91 82 61 50 37 37 24 5 77 66 53 65 52 33 2.8 2.3 2.9 7 9 0.2 2.1 1.8 3.2 4.3 2.1 0.0 T. 0.8 0.0 0.0 4.0 78 76 77 5.11 3.34 2.19 61 57 65 6.50 3,51 2.39 267 222 156 71 70 62 s. s s. 58 67 49 8.0 23 4.1 9.6 0.8 77 3.66 61 3.80 215 64 s. AnTinfll TTlPfln 56 64 107 48 —22 37.1 115 23.4 49.0 21.1 20.0 76 3.68 63 3.88 227 60 s. Dates op Tempebatube Exteeimes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to Decemeee 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0". Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1804 Jan. 24, 26 June 14, 16, 20-22, 24, 27, 29; July 1, 13, 24-26; Aug. 9-14, 18. June 1-3; July 16; Sept. 11,18. July 26-31; Aug. 4-9, 11, 16, 21, 22; Sept. June 17; July 3, 4, 6-10, 23, 30, 31; Aug. 1-3, 26, 28, 29; Sept. 1, 7-15. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 July24; Aug. 21-23, 29; Sept.2,3. Aug. 2, 3, 11, 12, 26; Sept. 3-7. Aug. 4, 6, 9, 10, 17-21; Sept. 6, 9. 1895 Jan. 12; Feb. 2, 4, 5, 7, 8. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 8-13.. None 1896 Dec. 14, 15, 19, 20 Feb. 4 June 16, 20-30; July 1-6, 10-13, 15-28; Aug. 2, 8. 9; Sept. 9. June 11-14; July 17; Aug. 13. Jan. 25, 26 mi Feb. 17, 18 July 8-10, 25; Aug. 23, 24. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 43 672 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATEb. MISSOURI. Ozark Plateau: FRANKLIN COUNTY. Station: OAKFIELD. E. B. Steines. Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau in June, 1892. Latitude, 38" 31' N. Longitude, 90° 45' W. Elevation, 843 leet.] This station is in the open country and on a high ridge, the ground falling rapidly to the northward and southward. The surrounding country is much broken, the valleys being narrow, and the hills from 250 to 300 feet in height. From the establishment of the station until July, 1898, the maximum and minimum thermometers were exposed under a north porch of the observer's house, 10 feet above the ground. Since that date they have been exposed in a cotton region instrument shelter, located about 80 feet southeast of the house. The shelter is over sod, and the thermometers are 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is located 20 feet southeast of the shelter, 30 feet from a small cedar tree on the northeast, and 20 feet from a low paling fence on the north. To the south and west there are no obstructions for some distance. AH mean temperatures have been computed from daily readings of maximum and minimum thermometers, made at 8 p. m., seventy-fifth meridian time. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Preoipitaiion. if 1 1^ ffl 3 o 1 1 ■3 is s 1. 1 09 u &° •si IfiS «1 3-C CO Bo 3s| ot-, P^ SI g 0^ ^ ^ Snow. L Month. s "F. 34 32 30 °F. 43 42 40 67 73 74 "F. 26 23 21 'F. -16 -13 -21 'F. 40 37 37 "F. 29 25 23 In. 2.4 1.9 2,4 8 7 8 In. 5.0 1.1 1.8 In. 0.8 4.0 1.4 In. 3.3 4.5 5.4 In. 4.0 7.0 6.0 s. S.,NW. N. 32 42 23 6.7 23 7.9 6.2 13.2 S. March . 43 57 67 55 68 78 85 89 92 34 46 56 22 31 51 64 72 40 53 64 4.3 4.1 6.4 11 11 12 3.0 3.2 2.0 8.3 4.3 8.0 4.5 1.1 0.0 6.0 6.0 0.0 S. S.,SE. May S. Spring mean. 56 67 45 13.8 34 8.2 20.6 5.0 S. June 76 78 77 -86 89 88 105 112 107 64 68 66 41 52 60 79 87 82 68 75 75 4.2 4.6 2.8 10 8 6 1.2 0.5 2.3 6.2 6.8 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S.. August . . . SW. 77 88 66 11.6 24 4.0 14.6 0.0 s. 70 59 45 82 71 55 104 93 80 .59 4S 35 30 25 9 77 65 52 64 52 41 2.7 2.4 2.8 7 6 8 0.7 3.0 1.3 4.3 3.6 2.4 0.0 T. 1.2 0.0 0.0 6.0 s. October s. November s. .58 69 47 7.9 21 6.0 10.2 1.2 s. 56 66 112 46 -21 40.0 102 25.1 51.6 20.0 7.0 s. Dates of Tempbratoee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimnni below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. MLnimum below 0°. Maxtmum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 24, 26; Dec. 28.... Jan. 12; Eeb.2, 4,5,7-9. Aug. 14. None. Aug. 7. Julys; Aug. 26. None. Sept. 4-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 17 Aug. 18, 21. June 16, 22-30; July 1-5, 10-13, 15, 17-24, 28; Aug. 2, 3, 8, 9. 1895 1896 Deo. 14^16, 18-20 Jan. 27; Feb. 3-5 Jan. 12; Feb. 16-19; Deo. 13. 1897 Jan. 25-28 1898 Dee. 14 Do. 1899 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 8- 13; Mar. 7. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 67S MISSOURI. Southwestern Lowlands: BARTON COUNTY. Station: LAMAR. E. H. Adams, Observer. rEstabUshed by the Missouri State Weather Service in December, 1877; discontinued in June, 1884; established as a regular station of the Signal Service in March, 1885; discontinued December 21, 1888; reestablished as a voluntary station of the Signal Service in May, 1890. Latitude, 37° 32' N. Longitude, 94° 15' W. Elevation, 964 feet.] The station is located at the observer's residence, just outside the business portion of the city of Lamar. The surrounding country is open prairie and praotically level. The station is equipped with maximum and minimum thermometers and a rain gage. The thermometers are exposed in a cotton-region instrument shelter, located over sod, 60 feet northeast of the observer's house. The thermometers are 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is about 12 feet northwest of the shelter and 3 feet above ground. Prior to October, 1896, the thermometers were exposed on the north wall of the house. Tabulated data are included within the period of observation January, 1878, to December, 1903. The record of monthly mean temperature and highest and lowest monthly means are for about sixteen years, and mean precipitation twenty-six years. The remaining data are for periods varying in length from eight to thirteen years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 a .Q ti la 3 1 ■a i-la 3 -a o-o Bo __^ ^ Oi ^ ^ il O 0) Snow. > s >^ B S Month. 'F. 35 32 34 45 44 42 "F. 71 75 72 "F. 26 25 22 "F. -10 -14 -25 "F. 40 39 41 -F. 28 19 25 In. 2.2 1.5 2.5 4 3 4 In. 2.0 1.2 0.7 In. 2.1 0.7 2.3 In. 2.3 3.9 5.6 In. 7.0 6.0 5.5 sw. January sw. sw. 34 44 24 6.2 11 3.9 5.1 11.8 sw. March 45 58 66 57 70 78 84 91 93 34 46 56 1 22 29 50 63 72 41 56 62 3.0 4.0 5.6 6 8 9 4.9 2.0 2.4 4.2 2.5 8.0 2.0 T. 0.0 8.0 T. 0.0 sw. April s. M^y sw. Spring mean 56 68 45 12.6 23 9.3 14.7 2.0 sw. 74 78 77 86 90 90 102 108 104 63 67 66 41 50 48 79 86 83 69 76 73 4.7 4.1 4.0 1 5 1.0 2.0 3.5 8.3 2.4 8.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. SnniTnfir ■mfln.n 76 89 65 12.8 18 6.5 19.2 0.0 sw. 70 59 46 33 73 57 104 - 96 80 58 47 35 33 27 8 76 67 53 64 53 43 4.4 2.9 2.2 6 4 4 4.9 1.9 1.6 8.7 1.9 4.5 0.0 T. 0.3 T. T. 3.0 sw. October sw. November ... sw. Fall mean 58 "1 47 9.5 14 8.4 15.1 0.3 sw. AnTmnl TTiAfln 56 68 108 45 -25 41.1 66 28.1 54.1 14.1 8.0 sw. Dates of Temperatxxke Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. MiTiimiim below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan.24-26;Feb.l5 Jan. 12, 26, 30; Feb. 2-5, 7-9. None. Do. Do. July 7, 8, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 3, 4, 26; Sept. 2-5,12. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 8-12; Deo. 15. Feb. 17 Aug. 9, 11, 12, 19, 21-24; Sept. 5, 6. June 27; Aug. 21. June 24-26, 29, 30; July 1-4, 7-17, 19-25; Aug. 2, 3. Aug. 18. None. \m Dec. 14, 15,18-20 Jan. 27; Feb. 2, 4 Jan. 12; Feb. 16, 17... 1S97 Jan. 27,28 1898 Dec. 14. . 674 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MISSOURI. Ozark Plateau: IRON COUNTY. Station: IRONTON. W. H. Delano. Observer. [Established by the Missouri Weather Service m January, 1879. Latitude, 37° 36' N. Longitude, 90° 38' W. Elevation, 925 feet.] This station is located in the Arcadia Valley, about one-fourth mile southeast of the village of Ironton. The Arcadia Valley is near the summit of the Ozark Plateau, and is about 3 miles in length from east to west and about 1 J miles in width. It is shut in on all sides by hills, which rise abruptly to a height of from 300 to 600 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton-region instrument shelter, located over sod in an open space, 75 feet south of the observer's residence, and is 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is on the ground, 40 feet east of the shelter and 70 feet southeast of the house. Prior to June, 1896, the monthly mean temperatures were computed from tridaily (7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.) readings of an exposed thermometer; since that date they have been computed from the daily extremes. The two series have been combined in a general mean. Tabulated data are included in the period of observation June 1, 1878, to December 31, 1903. All temperature data (except the mean of the maxima and mean of the minima, which are for seven years ) and wind direction are for a period of twenty-two years; rainfall, twenty-five years. The remaining data are for periods varying in length from ten to fourteen years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. a 1 5 1 o a 6 II o Mean of the min- ima. e o 1 Bi 1 a Lowest monthly mean. i Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. ^ a, a) © ■< ^5g 111 sis "F. 34 32 33 "F. 43 44 41 ■>F. 76 76 80 'F. 23 24 20 °F. -17 -23 -26 "F. 52 47 45 "F. 23 20 22 In. 3.2 2.8 3.5 7 8 In. 4.4 1.7 2.4 In. 1.2 10.6 5.0 In. 2.5 2.3 5.9 In. 4.5 4.5 5.0 N. N. N,NW. Winter mean 33 43 22 9.5 22 8.6 16.7 10.7 N. March 44 56 65 56 67 80 86 92 96 34 42 52 2 17 26 51 64 71 38 50 56 4.0 4.1 5.1 9 9 10 4.9 3.9 0.6 8.4 7.0 3.8 1.6 1.0 0.0 4.5 8.0 0.0 N. S. M^y S. Spring mean 55 68 43 13.2 28 9.3 19.2 2.6 S. 72 76 73 86 91 91 103 113 109 60 64 61 36 47 43 78 83 79 65 70 66 6.1 4.4 3.2 9 8 6 2.4 2.4 1.4 1.4 6.8 5.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. August ^ — sw. Summer mean 74 89 62 12.7 23 6.2 13.8 0.0 s. September October November 67 56 43 56 84 73 57 104 96 83 52 42 34 23 18 -13 74 64 52 66 46 32 3.0 2.8 4.1 6 6 7 1.3 1.2 2.3 8.4 1.6 3.6 0.0 T. 0.6 0.0 T. 3.6 s. s. N. 71 43 9.9 19 4.8 13.6 0.6 S. 55 68 113 42 -26 45.3 92 28.8 63.2 13.9 6.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Mmimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 24, 25; Dec. 28.. . Jan. 12,31; Feb. 1-5,7-9 Aug. 14. None. Aug. 4-9, 16. July 31; Aug. 2, 3; Sept. 11, 12, 16. None. Aug. 23, 24. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29; Feb. 1, 17 Feb. 23; Dec. 14, 15, 18-21. Jan. 27; Feb. 16, 16... Feb. 16, 17, 19 Aug. 17, 20, 21; Sept. 3-7. June 16, 22-24, 27-29; July 4, 6, 10-13, 16, 17-24, 27, 28; Aug. 2, 3, 16, 20. 1897 Jan. 25-28, 30; Feb. 27.. Aug. 14. 1899 Jan. 1,29-31; Feb. 1,2, 8-14. NORTH OENTEAL DISTEICT8. 675 MISSOURI. Ozark Table-land: GREENE COUNTY. Station: SPRINGFIELD. J. S. Hazen, Observer. [Established by Signal Service December 16, 1887. Latitude, 37° 12' N. Longitude, 93° 18' W. Elevation, 1,302 feet.] This station is near the center of Greene County, being situated upon the crest of the Ozark Mountains, which here is a nearly level table-land and gives only slight indication of a mountain region. The location of the office was originally on the public square. On June 13, 1894, the office was removed to the second floor of the Government building and has since remained there. The thermometers are located on the tower of the building, 98 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located on the campus, 42 feet north of the building and IS feet south of a board fence 8 feet high. A new tipping-bucket gage was installed November 10, 1903, 8 feet west of old gage. It is 5 feet and 8 inches above ground and inclosed in picket fence 6 feet high and 4 by 6 feet in extent. The anemometer is 104 feet above ground. The humidity as tabulated is from fifteen years' record; remainder of data from full period of observation, sixteen years — September 20, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 S a a i i o ■3 a si 00 s 3 3 00 1 a 00 1 'o < 03 .a s "F. 37 34 33 'F. 45 42 42 -F. 74 74 76 "F. 29 25 25 "F. -11 -17 -29 52 39 41 31 28 23 In. 2.6 2.4 2.6 8 9 10 In. 4.0 0.7 1.9 In. 2.3 2.6 7.3 In. 3.2 6.6 4.8 In. 10.0 10.0 7.6 P.ct. 83 83 82 Qrs. L68 1.47 1.52 p.ct. 71 71 71 Grs. 1.95 1.68 1.81 SE January SE Winter mean 35 44 57 65 43 53 66 74 26 7.6 27 6.6 12.2 13.7 83 1.56 71 1.81 SE 86 89 88 35 47 55 3 22 32 60 63 70 40 53 62 3.9 3.8 6.9 10 11 12 4.4 2.9 3.0 3.2 3.7 8.1 1.6 0.3 1.9 5.0 L6 80 77 81 2.12 3.14 4.60 63 68 62 2.31 3.22 4.64 April May s 55 64 46 13.6 33 10.3 15.0 3.8 79 3.26 01 3.39 SE. 73 77 76 82 86 86 96 106 100 64 68 66 46 53 44 77 84 81 67 72 73 4.8 4.2 3.9 11 10 8 3.4 1.7 3.0 2.7 5.0 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 83 83 83 6.01 6.84 6.41 67 65 63 6.47 7.11 6.47 Julv.. g August ... SE Summer mean 75 85 66 12.9 29 8.1 9.8 0.0 83 6.42 65 6.68 SE September. 69 58 45 78 68 54 102 90 79 59 48 36 37 21 6 76 66 51 63 63 41 3.8 2.9 2.8 9 7 9 1.8 2.3 2.0 4.5 7.6 6.3 0.0 0.1 0.5 0.0 1.0 3.0 82 80 81 6.04 3.26 2.14 63 69 64 5.36 3.39 2.43 SE October 67 67 48 9.5 25 6.7 18.4 0.6 81 3.48 62 3.73 SE. 56 65 106 46 -29 43.6 114 31.7 55.4 18.1 10.0 82 3.68 65 3.90 SE. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period Jantjaey 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0^. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 24, 25; Dec. 28... Jan. 12; Feb. 2, 4, 6, 7,8. None . . July 2; Aug. 10, 12-15. None. July 27, 31; Aug. 3-8, 14, 16. July 8, 31; Aug. 3, 26; Sept. 3. None. Aug. 3, 9, 11, 12, 20, 23, 26; Sept. 4-6.' 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 17 . Aug. 21. 1895 1896 Dec. 14, 15, 17-20 Jan. 27; Feb. 2, 4 Feb. 17 June 25; July 3, 4, 9-14, 16, 17, 19-24; Aug. 2, 3, 25. 1897 Jan. 25-28 Do. 1!«)« 1899 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 8-13; Dec. 15. 676 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE TJNITED STATES. MISSOURI. Ozark Plateau: HOWELL COUNTY. Station: OLDEN. J. E. Brown, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau in June, 1892. Latitude, 36° 60' N. Longitude, 91° 54' W. Elevation, 1,246 feet.] This station is located in the open country, on a high plateau extending in a northwesterly and southeasterly direction and forming the divide between White River on the west and Current River on the east. In January, 1898, the station was equipped with a cotton-region instrument shelter, which was placed in an open space 25 feet northeast of the observer's house and 5 feet above ground. The shelter is over sod. The rain gage is exposed on the ground, 75 feet southeast of the house and 40 feet from the branches of a small oak tree. All temperature records at this station are from maximum and minimum thermometers, and the monthly means have been computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januaky 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. 1 Temperature. Precipitation. j a 'F. 37 35 33 1 g s i:! 1 "p. ■22 li g 1 1 1 1» |i 3 h 1 d F. 42 39 40 "F. 32 31 23 In. 2.6 2.3 3.3 6 6 6 In. 4.0 L4 2.2 In. 1.4 3.5 3.2 In. 1.3 1.9 3.2 In. 3.5 5.0 7.0 NW. NW. NW. 35 46 24 1 8.2 18 7.6 8.1 6.4 NW. March 46 57 66 58 69 78 87 90 90 35 46 54 4 17 27 52 65 71 42 54 62 5.1 4.3 4.8 8 8 10 3.8 3.6 1.2 15.2 2.6 7.0 0.6 0.2 0.0 2.4 2.0 0.0 SE. SE. May SE. Spring mean 56 68 45 14.2 26 8.6 24.8 0.8 SE. 73 77 76 84 88 89 98 106 103 62 65 65 41 50 49 77 83 79 68 74 73 3.4 3.5 3.1 9 8 5 0.9 L2 1.3 4.1 3.1 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 75 87 64 10.0 22 3.4 1L2 0.0 SW. 70 60 46 82 72 58 101 91 81 57 47 35 29 22 9 73 63 52 64 54 42 3.5 2.4 3.1 6 5 5 1.0 LO L9 6.2 3.2 2.4 0.0 T. 0.2 0.0 T. 0.1 SE. SE. November . , NW. 59 70 46 9.0 16 3.9 11.8 0.2 SE. . 56 68 106 45 -29 1 4L4 82 24.0 55.9 7.4 7.0 SE. 1 ■ " Dates of TEMPERATnRE Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0". Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Majdmum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24, 25; Deo. 28 . . . Jan. 12; Feb. 2, 4, 7-9 (Oct., Nov., Dec. missing) . July 1; Aug. 12-15. None. July 31; Aug. 1, 5-8, 14. None. Do. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1, 29, 31; Feb. 1, 8-13. Feb. 17, 18 Sept. 5, 6. Aug. 20 (June, July missing) . July 5, U, 12, 21-23; Aug. 2, 3. 1896 Dec. 15, 18, 20 1897 Jan. 25-29 Feb. 17 Do 1898 NOETH OENTEAL DI8TKICTS. 677 MISSOURI. Southeastern Lowlands: BUTLER COUNTY. Station: POPLAR BLUPP. [Established by the Weather Bureau in July, 1892; discontinued September, 1903. Latitude, 36° 45' N. Longitude, 90° 26' W. Elevation, 400 feet.] This station was located on a hill in the city of Poplar Bluff, on the west bank of Black River. On that side of the river the country is quite hilly, but immediately to the eastward it is low and flat. Owing to frequent changes in observers at Poplar Bluff and to the lack of complete records of the location of instruments it is impossible to give a complete description of this station. It was equipped with maximum and minimum thermometers and rain gage, and from March, 1900, to the closing of the station, the thermometers were exposed in a cotton-region instrument shelter 5 feet above ground. The rain gage was exposed on the ground. All mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are included within the period of observation, July 1, 1892, to August 31, 1903. The record is much broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 g h s i a a n s i ii 1 i 1 < h .d h I 1 1° CO R CD lil Snow. Month. M . oaja << »-S2 o i 3 38 37 35 °F. 50 48 46 °J. 72 73 77 'F. 28 27 25 'F. - 4 - 9 -25 'F. 40 42 43 °jr. 36 32 26 In. 3.4 3.6 3.7 7 7 7 In. 2.7 1.4 2.7 In. 1.6 7.3 3.1 In. 2.6 1.8 3.5 In. 5.0 4.0 4.6 s sw January NW. NW. Winter mean 37 48 28 10.7 21 6.8 12.0 7.9 NW March AprU May 49 60 69 60 72 81 83 92 98 38 48 67 7 23 28 63 66 74 45 67 64 5.4 4.4 4.7 9 8 8 4.8 3.6 2.4 12.8 3.4 (») 0.2 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. SW. Spring mean 59 71 48 14.6 25 10.8 0.2 SW. June July 76 79 79 89 91 91 102 112 109 64 66 66 43 53 51 79 85 82 75 76 76 5.4 3.6 3.2 8 6 6 1.4 0.7 3.7 (o) 3.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. August SW 78 90 65 12.2 19 6.8 0.0 SW. 72 60 47 84 74 61 101 92 83 58 46 36 31 21 13 76 64 50 68 56 44 3.2 2.7 3.6 6 4 6 1.3 1.9 2.0 10.2 8.4 2.0 20.6 0.0 T. T. 0.0 T. T. SW. November SW 60 73 46 9.4 16 5.2 T. SW. Annnnl mRn.n 58 71 112 46 -25 46.8 81 28.6 8.1 6.0 SW a No record for May, June, or July, but the rainfall for the other 9 months was greater than for any other whole year. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to May 30, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24-26; Dec. 28.... Jan. 12; Feb. 7-9 Aug. 14. None. June missing; July 6, 16. July 31 (record broken) ; Aug. 1-4, 28, 29; Sept. 2, None; May, June, July missing. Sept. 5-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 17, 18 Dec. 16, 20. . Aug. 16, 17, 20, 21. June 22, 23, 26-29; July 2-6, 10-12, 14-16, 18-24, 27-29, 31; Aug. 2, 3, 8, 9. July 15, 16; Aug. 3, 6, 16. None. 1896 1897 IS9S Dec. 14 Jan. missing; Feb. 17. 1899 Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 8-10, 12-14; Dec. missing. 678 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MISSOURI. Southeastern Lowlands: SCOTT COUNTY. Station: SIKESTON. A. A. Haeeison, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau in May, 1894. Latitude, 36° 52' N. Longitude, 89° 36' W. Elevation, 328 teet.] This station is at the western limits of the village of Sikeston, and is practically in the open country. The country in the immediate vicinity and for some distance in aU directions is a level plain. The instruments are located in the observer's garden, 70 feet northwest of his house. The maximum and mini mum ther- mometers are exposed in a cotton-region instrument shelter, and are 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is on the ground, 20 feet south of the shelter. There are no trees or other objects near the instruments. The instruments have been in their present location since January, 1898. Prior to that date the thermometers were exposed on the north side of a large tree, with boards placed above them and on either side to shelter them from the sun. All temperature records at this station are from maximum and minimum thermometers, and all means have been com- puted from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Mat 1, 1894, to Deoembek, 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 eg 9 . S Id 1 ■g s li o 1 ii w h 1 03 ■si III il O'O So. Snow. Month. »-9g 1' 1 5 December "F. 37 38 34 "F. 47 47 44 -F. 72 70 78 "F. 28 28 25 °F. - 8 - 8 -23 op 43 40 43 'F. 33 33 25 In. 3.8 3.9 3.6 7 7 8 In. 4.7 2.0 5.0 In. 2.0 6.5 1.3 In. 1.3 4.0 4.5 In. 9.0 8.0 6.6 sw. N. N. 36 46 27 11.3 22 n.7 9.8 9.8 sw. March 48 69 67 68 70 80 83 91 97 38 47 66 6 28 31 62 67 72 43 64 62 5.6 3.9 4.2 11 9 8 4.6 4.3 3.0 11.9 3.3 8.0 0.3 0.1 0.0 1.0 1.0 0.0 sw sw May sw. Spring mean 58 69 47 13.7 28 11.8 23.2 0.4 sw. 75 79 78 86 91 90 105 111 105 64 67 67 43 60 51 78 83 82 68 77 76 4.0 2.8 3.2 9 8 7 2.2 0.7 7.0 3.4 5.9 2.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. Summer mean 77 89 66 10.0 24 9.9 12.0 0.0 sw 71 60 48 84 73 59 100 95 82 68 47 37 29 24 14 76 64 63 66 65 43 3.5 2.9 3.8 6 5 6 2.0 2.2 1.7 9.1 8.7 2.5 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 1.1 sw sw. sw Fall mean 60 72 47 10.2 17 5.9 20.3 0.2 sw 58 69 111 47 -23 45.2 91 39.3 65.3 10.4 9.0 sw Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 June 14, 15, 29, 30; July 1, 31; Aug. missing. Record broken. None; June and July missing. Aug. 1-4. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Deo. 14 1895 Jan. 31 (record bro- ken); Feb. 2, 4, 5, 7-10. Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 1; 8-12 Feb. 17 Aug. 10, 12; Sept. 6. Aug. 9, 14-21. June 27, 28; July 3, 11, 12, 15-17, 19-24, 28, 29; Aug. 2, 3, 9. July 17; Aug. 3. 1896 Dec. 15, 16, 18-21 Feb. 15 1897 do Feb. 17 ILLINOIS. By WILLIAM Q. BURNS, Section Director. 679 ILLINOIS. Illinois, one of the interior States, is situated between latitude 36° 5^ and 42° SfY N., and longitude 87° 35' and 91° 40' W.; extreme length, north and south, 385 miles; extreme breadth, east and west, 218 miles. It lies partly in the upper Mississippi Valley, the upper Lakes region, and the lower Ohio Valley. It is bounded on the west and southwest by Iowa and Missouri, from which it is separated by the Mississippi River; on the east by Indiana, from which it is separated in part by the Wabash River. Tne Ohio River separates it from Kentucky on the south and southeast. It has an area of 56,650 square miles. The State is divided into 102 counties. The whole State lies within the great prairie region, and has the physical appearance of a broad plain, sloping slightly toward the south and southwest. The average elevation is about 600 feet. The extremes in elevation range from 300 feet in the extreme southern portion to 1,257 feet in Jo Daviess County. The following areas of Illinois between 100-foot contours are taken from the Water Resources of Illinois, by Frank Leverett : Square miles. Above 1,200 feet - 1 Between 1,100 and 1,200 feet 6 Between 1,000 and 1,100 feet - 118 Between 900 and 1,000 feet 1, 009 Between 800 and 900 feet 3, 981 Between 700 and 800 feet - 11, 127 Between 600 and 700 feet 20, 058 Between 500 and 600 feet 9, 603 Between 400 and 500 feet 8, 822 Between 300 and 400 feet 1, 925 The principal determining factor in the climate of the State is latitude. The changes in elevation from north to south *re so slight that they need not be entertained. Temperature. — In mean temperature there is a gradual decrease of about 2° for each degree of latitude, from the extreme south to the northern tier of counties. The mean for Cairo is 58° and that of Chicago 48°. The mean temperature of Springfield, in the central district, 52°, represents nearly the mean of the two extremes. The climate of the State represents in marked degree the true continental type. The summers are hot and the winters are very cold. The highest temperature ever recorded in the State was 115° at Centraha on July 22, 1901; the lowest— 28°, at Sterling, February 9, 1888. Other low temperatures recorded were —27° at Peoria, January 5, 1884; —27° at Lanark, February 10, 1899, and —26° at Zion, January 25, 1897. Precipitation. — The average rainfall estimated from 13 stations, including 3 Weather Bureau stations, is 36.5 inches. The stations have been selected with a view of giving average results, and the records cover periods extending from ten to forty- nine years. The region of greatest rainfall is the southern district ; the amount decreases gradually toward the north. The average for the southern district is 39 inches; for the central district, 36 inches; for the northern district, 34 inches. The amount for the wettest year was 61.6 inches at Cairo and the amount for the driest year 22.9 inches at Peoria. The distribution of rain- fall by seasons is as follows: Northern district, winter, 5.6 inches; spring, 9.5 inches; summer, 10.6 inches; fall, 8.3 inches. Central district, winter, 6.7 inches; spring, 10.5 inches; summer, 10.7 inches; fall, 8.5 inches. Southern district, winter, 8.7 inches; spring, 11.7 inches; summer, 10.2 inches; fall, 8.6 inches. In the winter and spring the rainfall is heaviest in the southern district ; during the remainder of the year the average measurements do not vary much in the several districts. The average number of rainy days is about one hundred. There is a yearly average of 28 thunderstorms. Tornadoes are of infrequent occurrence. There is an average occurrence of hail twice a year. In a discussion of the climate of the crop-growing season a consideration of rainfall and its distribution and temperature, with its interval between last killing frost in spring and first killing frost in autumn, is of first importance. During the crop- growing season, the spring and summer months, the greater portion of the total amount of precipitation, about 58 per cent, occurs. In the winter months the ground is well covered with snow, where the most rigorous temperatures obtain, affording ample protection to fall-sown cereals and grasses. The distribution of rainfall during the crop season is equable throughout the State, the average number of rainy days being about fifty-five. Unfavorable conditions arise from excessive rains in the early spring months, which retard plowing and the planting and sowing of seeds. Heavy thundershowers, at or near the time of harvesting, sometimes cause considerable damage. While the rainfall is usually ample, droughts at critical periods have occurred and great losses ensued, but the complete failure of any crop over the entire State is unknown. A marked deficiency in rainfall between June and September is highly detrimental to the corn crop. 680 NORTH CENTRAL DI8TEI0T8. 681 The crop-growing season, the interval between the last killing frost in spring and the first kiUing frost in fall, averages about one hundred and seventy-six days. The interval is longest in the southern and shortest in the northern district. The average dates of the last kilUng frost in spring are as follows: Southern district, April 12; central district, April 22; northern district, April 29. The following are the average dates of first kilhng frost in fall: Southern district, October 18; central district October 11; northern district, October 9. The latest killing frost in spring recorded in the southern district was May 14 and the earfiest in fall, September 14; in the central district, the latest kiUing in spring, June 6, and the earliest killing in fall, Septembsr 14: in the northern district,' the latest killing in spring, June 8, and the earliest killing in fall, September 18. List of Counties and Climatologioal Stations. County. Cairo Greenville . Philo^ Chicago . Adams (see Griggsville) .. . . Alexander Bond Boone (see Winnebago) ... Brown (see Griggsville) ... Bureau {see Galva) Calhoun (see Griggsville).. Carroll (see Winnebago) . . Caaa (see Springfield) Champaign Christian (see Springfield) Clark (see Olney) Clay (see Olney) Chntou (see Greenville) . . . Coles (see Philo) Cook Crawford (see Ohiey) Cumberiand (see Olney)... Dekalb (see Winnebago) . . Dewitt (see Philo) Douglas (see Philo) Dupage (see Chicago) Edgar (see Philo) Edwards (see Olney) Effingham (see Greenville) Payette (see Greenville) . . . Ford (see Bioomington) . . Pranklin (see Tilden) .... Fulton (see Peoria) Gallatin (see Cairo) Greene (see Griggsville) . . . , Grundy (see Ottawa) Hamilton (see Tilden) .... Hancock (see Peoria) Hardin (see Cairo) Henderson (see Galva) . . . . Henry Iroquois (see Bioomington) Jackson (see Tilden) Jasper (see Olney) Jefferson (see Tilden) Jersey (see Greenville) Jo Daviess (see Winnebago) Johnson {see Cairo) Kane (see Chicago) Kankakee (see Ottawa) Kendall (see Ottawa) Knox (see Galva) Lake (see Chicago) Lasalle Ottawa .1- Central . . . Southern . do.... Northern . Central . . . Northern . Central . . . Northern . Central ,^.-.do...- do.... do.... Southern . do.... Central . . . Northern . Central . . . do.... Northern . Central . . . do.... Northern . Central . . . Southern . Central . . . do...- do.... Southern . Central . . . Southern . Central . . . Northern . Southern . Central . . . Southern . Northern. Galva I do . Central . Southern . Central . . . Southern . Central . . . Northern . Southern . Northern . do.... do.... do..-- do.-.'. , - , do..-. Lawrence (see Olney) i Southern . Lee (see Ottawa) I _ Northern - Livingston (see Blooming- I do ton. Page. 695 692 Coimty. Peoria - Griggsville . Logan (see Springfield) . . . McOonough (see Peoria) ' McHenry (see Winnebago) - - ' McLean I Bioomington . Macon (see Springfield) Macoupin (see Greenville) . - - 1 Madison (see Greenville) - Marion (see Greenville) . . Marshall (see Galva) Mason (see Springfield) . . Massac (see Cairo) Menard (see Springfield) . Mercer (see Galva) Monroe (see Tilden) Montgomery (see Greenville) . Morgan (see Springfield) - . Moultrie (see Springfield) . Ogle (see Winnebago) Peoria Perry (see Tilden) Piatt (see PhUo) Pike Pope (see Cairo) Pulaski (see Cairo) Putnam (see Galva) Randolph Richland Rock Island (see Galva) . . St. Clair (see Tilden) Saline (see Cairo) Sangamon Schuyler (see Griggsville) . Scott (see Griggsville) Shelby (see Greenville) Stark (see Galva) Stephenson (see Winnebago) . Tazewell (see Blooming- ton). Union (see Cairo) Vermlhon (see Philo) Wabash (see Okiey) Warren (see Galva) Washington (see Tilden) Wayne (see Olney) White (see Olney) Whiteside (see Winnebago). . Will (see Ottawa) Williamson (see Cairo) Winnebago Woodford (see Blooming- ton). Tilden . Olney. - Springfield . Winnebago . State Summary. Central . - - do.... Northern . Central . . . do.... do.... Southern . do.... Northern . Central... Southern . Central ... Northern . Southern . Central . . . ---.do...- do.... Northern. Central Southern . , Central do Southern , , do..-., Northern . , Southern . do...., Northern . Southern . , do...- Central ..-.do ....do ....do Northern . . ----do Central . . , Southern . Central . . . Southern - Northern. Southern . .--.do.--. ....do..-. Northern . ....do.... Southern - Northern . ....do.... 687 Num- ber. Mean an- nual. Temperature. station. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Date. Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. Winnebago. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 il- 13 48 60 SO 53 52 53 52 61 54 56 55 68 "F. 58 56 60 62 62 64 63 62 62 66 64 65 66 'F. 37 41 39 39 44 39 44 44 40 44 47 46 60 "F. 110 103 108 112 106 108 110 107 104 113 109 111 106 July, 1901 "F. -26 -23 -26 -26 -27 -24 -22 -22 -25 -21 -20 -23 -16 February, 1895 December, 1872 February, 1899 January, 1E93 January, 1884 ,1896 February, 1899 January, 1884 January, 1894 February, 1899 do do January, 1884 15 7 26 33 28 46 31 21 33 50 40 33 26 135 110 Qalva do 135 Ottawa... do 134 Peoria July, 1887 July, 1901 do do do do do do do 110 Bioomington 124 Griggsvffle. 101 Springfield. 101 127 ^reemdile 102 Olney.... 86 Tilden.... 87 Cairo 62 682 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. State Summary — Continued. Station. Winnebago , . Chicago Galva Ottawa Peoria Bloomington GriggsviUe- . - Springfield. . . Green viile... Olney Tilden Cairo Frost. Num- ber. Average date of- First killing Oct. 2 Oct. 16 Oct. 12 Oct. 7 Oct. 19 Oct. 7 Oct. 19 Oct. 16 Sept. 24. Oct. 15 Oct. 16 ..do.... Oct. 27 Last in spring. May 2 May 1 Apr. 29 Apr. 23 Apr. 12 Apr. 27 Apr. 19 Apr. 20 May 3 Apr. 14 Apr. 20 Apr. 7 Mar. 29 Date ol- Earliest killing in autumn. Sept. ..do Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Latest in spring. June 6 June 8 May 31 May 21 May 11 June 6 May 30 May 22 June 6 May 6 May 14 May 1 Apr. 19 Precipitation Annual. Inches. 32.6 33.4 33.2 36.7 34.7 36.1 37.0 37.4 36.0 39.5 38.8 37.1 41.6 Spring. Inches. 10.2 8.7 9.4 9.6 9.6 10.8 11.8 11.0 9.7 12.1 12.1 11.2 11.4 Inches. 10.1 10.1 11.6 10.7 10.8 10.4 10.9 10.0 11.3 10.1 10.2 10.2 10.4 Autumn. Winter. Inches. Inches. 7.2 5.1 8.2 6.4 7.9 4.3 9.9 6.5 8.2 6.1 8.1 6.8 8.0 6.3 8.8 7.8 8.3 6.7 8.6 8.7 8.2 8.3 8.5 7.2 9.1 10.7 NOKTH CENTRAL DISTKI0T8. 683 ILLINOIS. Northern District: WINNEBAGO COUNTY. Station: WINNEBAGO. Feank J. OSBOEN, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in April, 1888. Latitude, 42° 18' N. Longitude, 89° 12' W. Elevation, 900 feet.] This station is located 6 miles southwest of the village of Winnebago, on a slightly rolling prairie, one-half mile northwest of timber land and 6 miles northwest of Rock River. The thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter 5^ feet above the ground. The shelter is 40 feet northeast of the observer's house and in an open yard 60 feet from low trees. The rain gage is near the instrument shelter, and its top is 3 feet above the ground. Prior to 1893 monthly mean temperatures were determined from observed readings at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; after that time from the daily extremes of temperature. Mean of the maximum and minimum temperature and absolute maximum temperature are for the period of observation January, 1893, to December, 1903; the remaining data cover the period April 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903, with data for June, 1890, July to December, 1891, and the entire year 1892 missing. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 a s Si ■ 1 % a 1 < 1 1 c G e il o 1 ig a A ag o i s'fi CO Bo b| a* lil Snow. Month. M . SI < lit o S "F. 25 21 20 'F. 31 28 27 'F. 62 60 63 °F. 16 13 9 °F. -21 -23 -25 "F. 39 26 30 "F. 17 7 13 In. 1.6 L7 1.8 6 6 6 In. 2.0 LI L5 In. 2.1 0.6 L4 In. 6.9 9.6 1L6 In. 6.0 8.0 12.0 w. w. 22 29 13 5.1 18 4.6 4.2 26.9 w. March 33 48 59 42 60 71 81 89 92 25 38 48 -16 14 28 41 54 66 28 44 63 2.8 3.0 4.4 8 8 12 3.5 0.4 2.8 2.9 1.7 7.6 8.9 1.2 0.1 14.0 3.0 1.0 sw. April.. s M^y w. Spring mean 47 57 37 10.2 28 6.7 12.2 10.2 sw. 68 74 71 80 85 83 99 110 100 66 61 58 32 41 40 71 80 77 63 71 68 3.2 4.1 2.8 9 8 7 2.8 3.8 1.2 8.8 5.8 L5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July... s August sw. Summer mean". . 71 83 58 10.1 24 7.8 16.1 0.0 s. 63 51 36 76 63 46 98 89 72 52 41 27 18 11 - 6 69 60 45 57 44 32 2.9 2.3 2.0 8 6 7 3.2 0.9 1.2 4.7 L6 3.1 0.0 0.2 5.3 0.0 2.0 8.0 s. October s. November sw Pall mean. . . 50 61 40 7.2 21 5.3 9.4 5.5 s. 47 58 110 37 -25 32.6 91 24.4 42.6 42.6 14.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1897 1898 1899 1900 Minimum below— 10°. Jan. 25 Jan. 9, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 6, 7-9, 11, 12. Jan. 4; Feb. 17,20,21.. Jan. 24-26 Feb. 1,3 Jan. 28-31; Feb. 7-13.. Jan. 31; Feb. 15, 16, 24, 26. Maximum 96° or above. July 12, 16-19, 24, 26, 27; Aug. 1, July 7. July 14; Aug. 4, 5. July 8, 9. None. Aug. 19. Aug. 4-9, 18. Year. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below — 10°. Jan. 1; Feb. 6, 6; Dec. 14, 15, 18-20. Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3-5; Dec. 8. Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 13, 14, 17, 26, 30. Maximum 95° or above. June 24, 25, 27, 28, 30; July 1, 2, 4, 9. 10, 14-17,19-28; Aug. 7, 14; Sept. 6. None. 684 CLIMATOLOG'S OF THE UNITED STATES. ILLINOIS. Northern Section: COOK COUNTY. Station: CHICAGO. H. J. Cox, District Forecaster. [Establislied January, 1871. Latitude, 41° S3' N. Longitude, 87° 37' W. Elevation of city, 595 leet.] This station is located in the Auditorium tower ,t3 In. 5.3 7.4 9.0 4.0 I 21.7 2.7 1.0 1.5 5.4 2.8 8.7 4.9 1.3 0.0 3.7 4.6 1.4 1.2 1.1 9.9 1.0 7.1 3.8 2.7 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 4.4 03 *'■$ 2 at ta ^ In. 7.3 8.5 10.0 6.7 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.9 7.5 NW. NW. NW. SE. SE. SW. SW. SW. SW. SW. NW. NW. NW. SW. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below — 10° Jan. 24, 25 Jan. 11, 12, 27, 28, 30; Feb. 1,2,4,5,7-9,11. None Jan. 24-26; Deo. 18, , , Maximum 95° or above. June 11-15, 21-23; July 1, 12, 15-18, 24, 26, 27, 31; Aug. 1, 7-9; Sept. 1. June 9, 10, 25; July 7, 14, 16; Aug. 9. July 14; Aug. 4, 5, 8, 9. June 13, 14, 17; July3,4,8-10; Aug. 1-3, 28; Sept. 8-10, 12, 13. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below —10°. Feb. 1, 3 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 7-13.. None Dec. 14, 15, 18-20 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3-5,. Feb. 17, 18; Deo. 13, 26. Maximum 95° or above. July 19, 24. July 26; Aug. 3, 11, 27-29; Sept. 2, 5-7. July 2; Aug. 2-11, 18. June 25, 28, 30; July 1, 4, 9-16, 18-26' Sept. 7. None. July 9, 10; Aug. 24. 686 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ILLINOIS. Northern District: LASALLB COUNTY. Station: OTTAWA J. O. Haeris, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in September, 1887. Latitude, 41° 20' N. Longitude, 88° 52' W. Elevation, 500 feet.] This station is near the eastern limits of the city of Ottawa, a town in the Illinois River valley. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard instnmient shelter located north of the house. This shelter was installed in November, 1902. Prior to that time a frame with roof and east and west sides, front open, was used. The thermometers are 4 feet above sod. The rain gage is of standard pattern and is exposed in the open. Its top is 2 feet above sod. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, September 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. The record from August 1, 1890, to December 31, 1902, is missing. Monthly mean precipitation, beginning with the year 1856, .is for varying periods of twenty-seven to thirty years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Month. December January February Winter mean. March April May Spring mean. . June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. Temperature. ' F. 28- 24 23 60 a • F. 37 33 33 SB ' F. 64 103 112 103 102 90 76 ' F. 21 15 13 40 ' F. -14 -24 ! F. 42 32 34 -2 12 29 ' F. 23 12 16 Precipitation. H CD In. 2.2 2.2 2.1 6.5 2.9 2.7 4.0 9.6 3.6 4.0 3.1 3.6 3.8 2.5 36.7 ill s-fi S a) In. 2.1 1.8 2.1 6.0 3.5 0.6 2.2 2.7 5:5 0.8 3.2 0.9 l.."i 5.6 c a) c a) In. 2.1 5.8 1.3 9.2 4.2 4.8 3.6 5.6 8.9 6.8 7.6 2.5 2.5 12.6 Snow. '0 reate depth 24I10U 3 1^ < a < H, ►q a z H H < p 'F. °F. 'F. "F.- '■F. "P. °F. In. In. In. In. In. December 29 37 63 22 -14 34 23 2.4 6 5.0 2.2 3.2 6.0 NW. Janua rebru 25 25 34 34 64 67 18 16 -26 -21 32 31 13 17 1.9 2.4 5 6 1.1 1.3 3.6 1.3 5.4 5.2 6.0 7 NW. ary NW. 26 35 19 6.7 17 7.4 7.1 13.8 NW. Uarcl] RQ - 48 63 74 84 90 97 30 40 50 17 24 46 34 3.7 7 7 , 8 1.1 3.4 0.8 8.7 2.8 4.9 1.7 0.2 0.0 4.0 2.0 0.9 NW. -^ 58 69 49 57 SE. 62 SW. Simngmean 61 62 40 1 9.7 22 5.3 16.4 1.9 NW. June 71 84 100 59 31 74 66 4.2 8 2.7 3.8 0.0 0.0 SE. July 75 88 104 62 44 80 "72 4.2 5 3.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 SW. Augu St . 73 86 101 60 38 78 70 2.9 5 1.3 2.3 0.0 0.0 SW. Summer mean 73 86 60 11.3 18 7.0 8.1 0.0 SW. September 40 80 101 52 17 70 62 2.8 6 3.7 6.2 0.0 0.0 SW. Ootoh Novel er . 67 50 95 76 41 30 12 61 48 47 36 2.-4 3.1 5 7 0.8 3.2 6.6 3.2 T. 2.3 T. 8.0 NW. nber.. . NW. 63 66 41 8.3 18 7.7 14.0 2.3 NW. Annual mean... 51 62 104 40 -26 36.0 75 27.5 45.6 18.0 8.0 NW. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1 , 1894, T Deci 3MBER 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maxim am 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 24-26; Feb. 16; June 10-15, 27, 29, 30; July 11, IS, 16, 18, 24, 26, 27; Aug. 8-12. » ^ 1900 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, Aug. 3 . 9, 18, 2 Z^ Deo. 28. 24, 26; Mar. 17. 181)5 Jan. 11, 12, 14, 27, 28, May 29-31; June 1-3, 9-11, 25; July 7, 16; Aug. 9, 16-17, 27; Sept. 10, )8. y> 1901 Jan. 1,2; Feb. 6; Dee. June 2 5, 28, 30; July 1.2, 4, 10,11, 15-17, 30, 31; Feb. 2-6, 7-10, 14-21. 20-2 !; 30, Au g. 2, 8, 9, 14. A-l 13, 14; Dec. 31. 1902 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 1-6, June 1 5. \ 1896 Jan. 1, 4, 5; Feb. 20, May 12; June 6; July 28-30; Aug. 4-6, 7-9. 13, 15, 18-20. 21. July 7-10, 31; Aug. 1^; Sept. 7-15, 26.5 July 19, 22, 24; Aug. 22, 23, 29; Septft, 2,3. July 12; Aug. 2-4; 11, 19, 27; Sept. 1-7. 1903 Jan. 10-13; Feb, 17-19, July 9 Aug. 2 - ■>'' 1897 Jan. 24-31; Feb. 27.... Feb. 23; Nov. 27; Dec. 14. 22; Deo. 13-16, 26. 1898 1899 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 7- 13; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 1 30,31. 692 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ILLINOIS. Southern District: BOND COUNTY. Station: GREENVILLE. M. S. OuDYN, Observer. (Established by the Signal Service in 1887. Latitude, 38° 53' N. Longitude, 89° 28' W. Elevation, 635 feet.] The station is located in the city of Greenville, which is situated in the northwestern portion of the southern district. The general contour of the surrounding country is hilly. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau instrument shelter, located north of the observer's house. They are 5 feet above sod. The rain gage, Weather Bureau standard, is exposed in an open yard, its top being 3 feet above sod. Tabulated data are for the period of observationSeptember 1,1887, to December 31, 1903. Temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temiwrature. Precipitation. 1 1 a •i ■S.S a ll M i ^ i: |il ^1 ill Eh SI Snow. K Month. 01 k f "F. 34 30 30 'f: 42 39 40 "F. 71 73 75 "F. 25 21 22 "F. -16 -13 -21 "F. 48 38 39 'F. 27 18 18 In. 2.7 2.7 3.3 S 8 9 In. 3.7 1.4 2.0 In. 1.5 4.0 4.2 In. 3.4 4.0 5.3 In. 7.0 7.S 5.8 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 31 40 22 8.7 25 7.1 9.7 12.7 NW. 42 56 65 52 67 77 85 OS 95 32 44 53 - 2 23 30 49 62 72 37 52 61 3.8 3.8 4.5 10 11 10 3.3 2.9 lo 9.7 3.6 6.5 3.3 0.3 0.0 8.4 2.5 0.0 NW April SE. May 8E. Spring mean 54 65 43 12.1 31 8.2 19.8 3.6 SE. June . 74 78 76 86 90 89 102 113 106 63 66 64 36 46 45 78 86 82 68 73 73 4.4 3.1 2.6 10 8 7 2.2 1.7 4.4 4.3 4.4 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August SW. 76 88 64 10.1 25 8.3 11.3 0.0 SW. 69 57 43 83 70 53 102 95 79 56 44 33 30 19 5 74 65 51 64 52 39 2.8 2.0 3.8 7 6 8 1.2 2.4 L2 3.8 5.6 2.3 0.0 0.0 1.6 0.0 0.0 5.7 SE. October NW. November NW. 56 68 44 8.6 21 4.8 11.7 1.6 NW. 54 66 113 44 -21 39.5 102 28.4 62.5 17.9 8.4 NW. Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. ■ 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 24, 25; Dec. 28... Jan. 11, 12, 27, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 5, 7-9. None June 3, 10-16, 19, 22-24, 27-30; July 1-3, 10-13, 15, 17, 24-27, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 7-15, 18, 21, 22, 29-31; Sept. 1. May 9; June 1-3, 9-11, 13, 14, 23, 25; July 14,16,18,20-22; Aug. 9-17, 27-29; Sept. 3, 10-12, 15, 17-21. May 10; June 20; July 12-14, 26-31; Aug. 1, 3-11, 15, 21, 22; Sept. 2, 10-13, 14. June 11-19; July 3, 4, 6-10; 20,31; Aug. 1-3, 26-28; Sept. 1, 7-15. June 24; July 1, 2, 23, 24, 27; Aug. 23; Sept. 2, 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 8- 13; Mar. 7: Deo. 30,31. Jan. 31; Feb. 17 Dec. 14-16, 18-21 Jan. 27; Feb. 3-5, 9... Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 16- 19; Dec. 13, 26. June 4, 5, 19, 21, 22; July 2, 3, 12-15, 26, 27, 29; Aug. 2-4, 11, 26; Sept. 2-7. Aug. 1-6, 8-12, 17-21, 23, 30, Si ; Sept. 6, 9, 10. June 11, 16, 21-30; July 1-0,9-28, 30, Aug. 2, 3, 7-10, 12-16, 30; Sept. 6-9,23. May 20; June 11-15; July 3, 6-8, 17, 26; 27, 31; Aug. 2, 3, 13. July 4, 7-9, 11, 25-28; Aug. 2-5, 22-25, 27; Sept. 3, 7, 14. . 1897 Jan. 24-28 1898 Feb. 3; Deo. 13, 14.... NOBTH CENTBAL DI8TKI0T8. 693 ILLINOIS. Southern District: RICHLAND COUNTY. Station: OLNEY. Victor E. Phillips, Observer. [Established by Signal Service January, 1888. Latitude, 38° 44' N. Longitude, 88° 4' W. Elevation, 487 feet.] The station is located in Olney, a city in the northeastern part of the southern district. The contour of the surround- ing country is a gentle slope toward the Fox Kiver. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, 5 feet above sod. The rain gage of standard make is exposed in the open SO feet clear of any building. Its top is 3 feet above sod. Temperature means from 1888 to October, 1896, were obtained from tridaily observations; from November, 1896, to December, 1903, from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. ■| 1 a 1 i s •i u 1 a •a a h V 1- 1 = •si las ill a S CO So, |s| a S O 9 lit Snow. ! (3 Month. 60 . "•92 op 86 31 32 "F. 42 39 39 "F. 70 70 72 "F. 29 26 25 "F. - 8 -17 -20 "F. 48 40 40 "F. 26 17 24 In. 2.8 2.6 2.9 8 8 9 In. 5.2 1.0 2.9 In. 2.2 7.2 4.5 In. 4.4 5.2 4.8 In. 7.1 9.3 9.9 sw. w. NW. 33 40 26 8.3 25 9.1 13.9 14.4 w. March 43 55 64 51 65 75 83 89 96 36 48 68 1 23 30 60 64 72 37 50 69 4.5 3.9 3.7 10 9 9 4.2 2.6 3.1 7.5 4.7 6.0 3.6 0.4 0.0 8.0 6.0 0.0 NW. April SE. May SW. Spring mean 54 64 47 12.1 28 9.9 18.2 4.0 SW. 74 78 75 85 88 87 , 101 109 103 67 70 67 38 50 48 78 85 82 69 73 69 3.7 3.7 2.8 9 7 7 2.6 0.2 2.4 5.9 1.4 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July August SW 76 87 68 10.2 23 5.2 11.7 0.0 SW. -Septembra^ 68 56 43 81 68 62 101 93 78 60 48 36 27 21 7 74 64 52 63 51 35 2.6 1.8 3.9 6 6 8 M 2.5 L3 5.8 L4 2.6 0.0 T. 0.9 0.0 T. 6.0 SW Oetober Fall mean 56 67 48 8.2 20 4.9 9.7 0.9 SW Annual mean 65 64 109 47 -20 38.8 96 29.1 53.5 19.3 9.9 SW. Dates of Tempeeatuee Extremes foe the Peeiod January 1, 1894 to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1S95 Jan "4, 26 Jan. 12, 14; Feb. 2, 4, 6, 7-10. None June 12, 14, 15, 20-22, 27-29; July 11, 13, 25, 26; Aug. 8-11, 14, 18. June 3, 11; Aug. 16, 17, 28; Sept. 12, 18, 22. July 14, 28-30; Aug. 1, 5-11, 14, 15, 22; Sept. 11, 12, 14. June 14, 17, 29, 30; July 3, 4, 6-10, 31; Aug. 1-3, 28, 29; Sept. 1, 7-16. July 1, 2, 16, 19, 22-24; Aug, 22, 23; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 8- 13; Deo. 30, 31. Feb. 17 June 4, 5, 23; July 13, 28; Aug. 1-3, 12, 24, 26; Sept. 2-7. July 3, 4, 14; Aug. 4, 7, 9-11, 17-21; Sept. 6,8. June 16, 22-25, 28-30; July 1-4, 10-12, 15- 30; Aug. 2, 8, 9; Sept. 9. May 20, 22; June 11-13, 16; July 3-9, 16, 17, 26, 27; Aug. 2, 3. July 4, 7-9, 11, 25-28; Aug. 3, 24, 25. 1896 Dec. 15, 16, 19-21 Jan. 27; Feb. 3, 5 Jan. 12; Feb. 17-19; Dec. 13, 26. 1897 Jan. 24-26, 28 1898 Feb. 3; Dec. 14 694 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ILLINOIS. Southern District: RANDOLPH COUNTY. Station: TILDEN. JAHES A. Caldwell, Observer. [EstBbUshed by Signal Service September, 1887. Latitude, 38° 12' N. Longitude, 89° 44' W. Elevation, 500 teet.] The station is about 3^ miles southeast of the village of Tilden, and the surroundings are level prairie lands. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed, 5 feet above the ground, in a regulation Weather Bureau shelter 15 feet west of the observer's house, which is two-stories high. The rain gage is 60 feet west of the house and 5 feet above ground. It is in an open yard, with two large cedar trees 45 feet east of it. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from tridaily readings for the period September, 1887, to January, 1892, inclusive, after that time from the daily extremes. Tabulated data covers the period of observation September 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. All data for April, 1889, and February to December, 1892, are missing. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i a a a II g .a < •i a a a II o 1 >• 13 S if |a 1 1 1 = = § ill e CD So, 1 = 1 Snow. > S Month. M . P2 i °F. 36 32 32 'F. 43 40 41 "F. 72 74 78 "F. 28 25 24 "F. -17 - 8 -23 °F. 48 40 39 "F. 28 24 22 In. 2.5 2.2 2.5 8 S 8 In. 3.6 1.0 2.0 In. 2.0 3.8 1.9 In. 2.9 3 4 3.6 In. 6.0 10.0 3.0 NW. NW. NW. 33 41 26 'i.2 24 6.6 7.7 9.9 NW. ... 44 56 65 54 67 ■,6 82 89 93 35 45 55 1 22 28 51 64 71 38 52 61 4.2 3.3 3.7 11 JO 10 3.0 2.1 2.3 10.0 3.4 5.9 3.7 0.3 0.0 18.0 2.5 0.0 NW. April NW. liay S. Spring mean .'.. 55 66 45 11.2 31 7.4 19.3 4.0 NW. 74 77 76 84 88 87 104 111 107 64 67 65 41 61 48 84 81 68 73 73 3.9 3.0 3.3 9 8 8 1.4 1.3 1.0 5.1 6.9 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August SW. 76 86 65 10.2 25 ■ 3.7 16.8 0.0 SW. 69 58 44 81 69 54 105 94 80 59 45 35 22 20 9 74 64 52 64 53 41 2.6 2.5 3.4 7 6 8 2.4 2.3 2.4 4.8 6.4 1.9 0.0 T. 1.1 0.0 T. 7.5 S. October . NW. November NW. 57 68 46 8.5 21 7.1 13.1 1.1 NW. 55 65 111 46 -23 37.1 101 24.8 56.9 15.0 18.0 NW. Dates of Temperatdee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimam below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 24, 25 Jan. 12; Feb. 2, 4, 5, 7-9. June 7-9; July 13, 30; Aug. 9-16. June 3; Aug. 17, 18; Sept. 17, 18. July 28-30; Aug. 1, 5-9, 11, 12, 15, 22; Sept. 12, 13. July 7, 9, 10, 23, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 27-29; Sept. 1, 8, 10-12, 14. July 24; Aug. 23; Sept. 2-4, 24. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan, 29, 31; Feb. 1,8-13. Feb. 17 June 21; Aug. 2, 3, 11, 12, 24-27; Sept. 2-7. Aug. 9, 15-21, 23; Sept. 6, 8, 9, 15. June 16, 20-30; July 1-3, 10-13, 15-29; Aug. 2, 3, »-10, 13-15, 25, 30; Sept. 7, 9. June 11-15; July 6, 15-17, 26; Aug. 13, 14, July 7-11, 17, 21, 25-28; Aug. 3-5, 24. 1896 Dec. 14-16, 18-21 Jan. 27; Feb. 2-4 Feb. 17-19 1897 Jan. 26, 28 Deo. 14 1898 NOETH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 695 ILLINOIS. Southern District: ALEXANDER COUNTY. Station: CAIRO. p. H. Smyth, Local Forecaster. [Established by United States Signal Service June, 1871. Latitude, 37° C N. Longitude, 89° 10' W. Elevation, 314 feet.] This station is located near the central portion of the city. The neck of land comprising the city of Cairo is the extreme southern end of the State of Illinois and, peninsula-like, lies between the two great rivers, the Mississippi and the Ohio; the former sweeps around a short distance to the southeast of the city, where the Ohio joins it as it flows to the Gulf. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter on the roof of the United States custom-house. Its elevation above the roof is 11 feet. The rain gage is exposed on a platform erected on the roof, about 7 feet east of the instrument shelter. The top of the gage is 3.5 feet above the platform and 80 feet above the ground. The snow gage is erected on the same platform with the rain gage, its top being 2.2 feet above platform. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data is from the whole period of observation, thirty-two years, June 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. precipitation. Mean humidity. i S 2 . "a o — a a 1 .3 a ■3.9 3 a a 'o 1 s h 1 3 3&a •a o-o ao 6h 6h Snow. a 03 CO OS 1 a 00 < a 00 > a 00 1 1 I Month. •s M . < 1 (3 'F. 39 36 38 °F. 40 43 46 "F. 74 73 75 'F. 32 28 31 "F. - 7 -16 -14 °F. 54 51 49 °F. 20 25 27 In. 3.4 3.7 3.6 11 12 10 In. 1.6 1.4 2.3 In. 2.0 0.4 10.1 In. 2.2 4.3 3.3 In. 8.6 9.9 6.1 P.ct. 81 82 80 Grs. 1.99 1.73 1.78 P.ct. 71 73 71 ars. 2.18 2.00 2.10 s. January . s. N. 38 45 30 10 7 33 5.3 19.1 9.8 81 1.83 72 2.09 s. March 47 59 68 55 65 76 84 89 92 39 50 59 6 24 37 57 66 73 43 52 64 3.9 3.6 3.9 12 11 11 2.0 4.5 .5.0 4.2 4.1 10.2 1.6 T. 0.0 1.5 0.6 0.0 78 76 79 2.48 3.44 4.85 66 61 65 2.69 3.75 5.30 s. April . . . s my s. Spring mean 58 65 49 1 11.4 34 11.5 W.S 1.6 78 3.69 64 3.93 s. 76 79 78 84 87 83 98 106 103 67 71 69 46 57 52 80 83 S3 70 75 74 4.4 3.4 2.6 11 9 8 1.8 3.4 0.2 3.3 6.2 3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 82 81 84 6.54 7.34 7.15 09 69 70 7.09 7.65 7.42 7.36 s. July.. . s s RmnTTipr Tnpji.Ti 77 85 69 10.4 28 6.4 12.0 0.0 82 7.01 69 s. 70 60 47 79 69 55 97 90 80 62 SO 39 36 24 7 76 06 55 66 54- 37 2.5 2.6 4.0 7 7 9 2.6 1.2 0.6 3.3 2.6 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 3.0 84 83 80 6.61 3.63 2.45 71 66 68 7.02 3.92 2.68 s. October s. November.. s Fall mean 59 68 SO 9.1 23 4.4 11.9 0.7 82 3.80 68 4.64 s. 58 66 106 50 -16 41.6 118 26.6 61.5 12.1 9.9 81 4.07 68 4.48 s. Dates of Tempekature Extremes foe the Period Jandaky 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1S94 Jan. 24, 26. July 1; Aug. 9, 10, 12-15. June 3. July 29, 30; Aug. 1, 5, 6, 8, 14, 16; Sept. 17 July 2, 3, 8-10, 31; Aug. 1-4, 27-29; Sept. 11, 12. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 8-13 Feb. 17 Aug. 11, 12, 26; Sept. 3-7. Aug. 9, 16, 17, 21; Sept. 8. June 16, 22, 27-29; July 2-4, 11, 12, 15, 17, 19-24, 28; Aug. 3. June 11, 12; July 15-17; Aug. 3. 1S95 Jan. 12; Feb. 8, 9 1896 Dec. 14, 16, 20- ... 1R97 do.... do IK9K Feb. 17 July 11. INDIANA. By WILLIAM T. BLYTHE, Section Director. 697 INDIANA. Physical features; area. — The State of Indiana embraces about 36,000 square miles, including about 440 square miles of water surface — small lakes, mostly in the northern counties. The extreme length of the State, north to south, is 276 miles, and its greatest breadth is 145 miles. It has a shore line on Lake Michigan of about 60 miles, and its southern boundary, 352 miles long, is the Ohio River. The Wabash River from about 20 miles below Terre Haute marks about 150 miles of the southern portion of the boundary line between Indiana and Illinois. The average elevation of the State above sea level is approximately 750 feet. The lowest point is 311 feet at low water at the mouth of the Wabash River, and the highest about 1,250 feet in the southern part of Randolph County.' The latter point is in an area having an altitude of about 1,000 feet, which covers Randolph, the south part of Jay and north portion of Wayne counties, and extends southerly in a broad ridge of irregular shape through Henry, Rush, and Decatur counties into Ripley County. A small area embracing parts of the four northeast corner counties, viz, Steuben, Lagrange, Noble, and De Kalb, and also smaller detached areas in Hendricks, Brown, and Washington counties have elevations slightly in excess of 1,000 feet. In the greater portion of the driftless region of the State extending south from Brown and Monroe counties and widening out along the Ohio River, and also in places bordering on and contiguous to some of the principal streams, the surface is more or less rugged. In several counties in the northwest portion of the State and over a large area in the lower Wabash River bottoms the ground is flat, subject to inundation during prolonged rainy spells, and much of it is marshy at aU times. But generally the surface of the ground in Indiana is rolling, with occasional glacial ridges of only moderate elevation, tillable and well drained. About 4,000 square miles of the northern part of the State drain into the Great Lakes, principally through the St. Joseph River, which emerges from the State in St. Joseph County and empties into Lake Michigan, and the Maumee River, which is formed by the junction of the St. Joseph of the Maumee and St. Marys rivers near Fort Wayne, and flows northeasterly to Lake Erie. The remainder of the State is included in the Mississippi River drainage basin. The Kankakee River, a tributary of the Ilhnois River, having its source near South Bend, flows southwestward, draining about 3,200 square miles in St. Joseph, Laporte, Marshall, Starke, Porter, Jasper, Lake, and Newton counties. The great river of Indiana, however, is the Wabash. Entering the State from Ohio, in Adams County, it flows north- westward into Huntington County and thence southwestward to its confluence with the Ohio River, a total distance within the State of about 500 miles. In its upper reaches the Wabash River is fed by the Salamonie and Mississinewa rivers, which flow into it from the southeast near Huntington and Peru, respectively, and from the north by the Eel River at Logansport and the Tippecanoe River, which empties into it in the northeast corner of Tippecanoe County. White River, with its east and west forks and their several tributaries, drains an area equal to about one-third of the State, and empties into the Wabash on the border line between Knox and Gibson counties. White Water River, a, stream about 100 miles long, is formed by the union, at Brookville, Franklin County, of two forks that flow south from the highlands on the east border of the State. It emerges from the State in Dearborn County, enters Ohio, and joins the Miami River a few miles above the latter's confluence with the Ohio. The Patoka River is a stream of about 150 miles in length, flowing westward from its source in Orange County to the Wabash in Gibson County. Climate. — ^The following summary of the salient climatic features of the State was determined from the record of observations taken by and in cooperation with the Weather Bureau and its predecessor, the United States Signal Service. They cover periods ranging from five to thirty-three, and in one instance — Vevay station — to sixty-nine years. The greater number of them, however, have lengths ranging from eight to twenty-two years. All records having a length of ten or more years, of stations in operation December 31, 1903, were used in the determi- nation of section and State annual means, the extre nes of temperature, and of the annual average precipitation. But the section and State mean temperatures and the average precipitation for the seasons, the average time of first killing frost in autumn and last killing frost in spring, and also the average depth of snowfall annually were determined from the records of the 11 selected stations whose data, in tabulated form, is embodied in this publication. For the reason that the records of fog, and hail and thunder storms made at voluntary stations are in many cases incom- plete, the data pertaining to these special phenomena were taken exclusively from the record of observations at the section center, Indianapolis. Temperature. — Mean annual: State, 52.3°; north section, 50.3°; central section, 51.8°; south section, 54.6°. Mean for the winter months, December, January, and February: North section, 26°; central section, 29.2°; south section, 33.7. Mean for the spring months, March, April and May: North section, 49°; central section, 51°; south section, 54.7° Mean for the summer months, June, July, and August: North section, 72.3°; central section, 73°; south section, 75°. Mean for the fall months, September, October, and November: North section, 52.9°; central section, 54°; south section, 56.7°. The highest NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 699 temperature ever recorded in the State was 112° at Salem, on July 22, 1901. The lowest ever recorded was —33°, at La Fayette and Romney, in January, 1885. PredpUation. — ^Average annual amount: State, 38.4 inches; north section, 35.2 inches; central section, 38.4 inches; south section, 41.6 inches. Average for the winter months, December, January, and February: North section, 7.5 inches; central section, 8.2 inches; south section, 10.9 inches. Average for the spring months, March, April, and May: North section 9.9 inches; central section, 10.8 inches; south section, 12.8 inches. Average for the summer months, June, July, and August: North section, 10.4 inches; central section, 11.1 inches; south section, 12.6 inches. Average for the fall months, September, October, and November: North section, 9.2 inches; central section, 8.9 inches; south section, 11.6 inches. Snow, depth of annual fall: North section, 47.4 inches; central section, 23 inches; south section, 25.4 inches. The average date of &^t killing frost in autumn was: North section, October 8; central section, October 15; south section, October 18. The average date of last killing frost in spring was: North section, April 30; central section, April 22; south section, April 14. Miscdkmeous phcTiomena, — ^Average number of days with fog, 7; hail, 2;. thimderstorms, 38. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Adama {see Marion) Allen {see Angola) Bartholomew {see Connersville) . Benton {see Lafayette) Blackford {see Marion) * . Boone (see Indianapolis) Brown (see Indianapolia) Carroll {see Lafayette) Cas3 {see Lafayette) Clark {see Vevay) Clay {see RoekviUe) Clinton (see Lafayette) Crawford Daviess {see Princeton) Dearborn {see Vevay) Decatur {see Connersville) Dekalb {see Angola) Delaware {see Farmland) Dubois {see Marengo) Elkhart {see South Bend) Fayette Floyd {see Marengo) Fountain {see Rockville) Franklin {see Connersville) Fulton {see South Bend) Gibson 1 Grant Greene {see Princeton) Hamilton {see Indianapolis) Hancock {see Indianapolis) Harrison {see Marengo) Hendricks {see Indianapolis) Henry (see Connersville) Howard (see Marion) Huntington (see Marion) Jackson (see Marengo) Jasper (see I^afayette) Jay {see Farmland) Jenerson (see Vevay) Jennings {see Vevay) Johnson (see Indianapolis) Knox (see Princeton) Kosciusko {see South Bend) La Grange {see Angola) Lake (see South Bend) La Porte (see South Bend) Station. Marengo . Connersville . Princeton. , Marion Northern. , do Southern . . Northern . , do Central Southern . . Northern . , do Southern . , Central do Southern . , do do do Northern.. Central . . . Southern . Northern . Central... Southern . Central... do Northern. Southern . Northern . . Southern . , Central do Southern . , Central do Northern. . ....do Southern . . Northern., Central Southern . . do Central Southern . Northern . do do do 710 704 County. Lawrence (see Marengo) Madison {see Marion) Marion Marshall (see South Bend) . .. Martin (see Marengo) Miami (see Marion) Monroe (see Indianapolis) Montgomery (see Lafayette) . Morgan (see Indianapolis) . . . Newton (see Lafayette) Noble (see Angola) Ohio (see Vevay) Orange (see Marengo) Owen {see Rockville) Parke Perry {see Marengo) Pike (see Princeton) Porter {see South Bend) Posey (see Princeton) Pulaski (see Lafayette) Putnam {see Rockville) Randolph Ripley (see Vevay) Rush (see Connersville) Scott (see Vevay) Shelby (see Indianapolis) Spencer (see Marengo) Starke (see South Bend) St. Joseph Steuben Sullivan (see Princeton) Switzerland Tippecanoe Tipton (see Marion) Union (see Connersville) Vanderburg (see l^rinceton). . Vermilion {see Rockville) Vigo (see Rockville) Wabash (see Marion) Warren (see Lafayette) Warrick (see Princeton) Washington (see Marengo) . . . Wayne (see Connersville) Wells (see Marion) White (see Lafayette) Whitley (see Angola) Indianapolis. South Bend . Angola Vevay Lafayette . District. iPage. Southern . . Central do Northern.. Southern , . Northern. . Central ....do do Northern.. -...do Southern . . ....do Central ....do Southern . . ....do Northern . . Southern . . Northern . . Central ....do Southern . . Central Southern . . Central Southern . , Northern , . ....do ....do Southern . . ....do Northern . . Central ....do Southern . . Central ....do Northern . . Central Southern . . ....do Central Northern . . .-..do ....do 701 702 709 703 State Summary. Station. South Bend . Angola Lafayette . . . Marion , Farmland... Rockville.... Indianapolis Connersville. Vevay Princeton... Marengo. Num- ber. Temperature. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. 103 104 105 105 102 104 106 107 105 111 106 Date. July, 1901 July, 1894 July, 1887 Julv, 1901 July, 1887 July, 1901 do... ....do... ....do... ....do... ....do... Abso- lute mini- mum. -22 -25 -33 -25 -24 -20 -25 -22 -23 -20 -28 Date. January, 1897, . . Feuruary, 1885.. January, 1885... January, 1887... January, 1885... February, 1899. . January, 1884... do do February, 1899. . do Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90". I" 19 6(?) 27 28 14 28 19 24 30 52 42 Mini- mum below 32'*. 123 130 120 117 110 112 97 116 82 95 97 700 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. State Summary — Continued. Station. Num- ber. Frost. Average date of- Pirst killing in autumn. Last in spring. Date of- Earliest killing Latest in spring. Precipitation. Annual. Spring. Summer. Autumn. Winter. South Bend . Angola Lafayette -.- Marion Farmland... Rockville Indianapolis Coimersville . Vevay Princeton... Marengo Oct. 8 Oct. 14 Sept. 29 Oct. 2 Oct. 14 Oct. 8 Oct. 19 Oct. 3 Oct. 24 Oct. 21 Oct. 10 May 10 Apr. 27 Apr. 26 Apr. 24 Apr. 21 Apr. 22 Apr. 16 Apr. 27 Apr. 19 Apr. 12 Apr. 10 Sept. 20 Sept. 21 Sept. 14 . . -do . . . Sept. 26 Sept. 13 Sept. 21 Sept. 14 Sept. 27 Sept. 30 Sept. 24 May 31 May 21 May 27 May 22 May 21 May 15 May 21 do... May 15 May 14 May 4 Inches. 34.5 38.7 37.9 37.0 38.5 37.8 41.9 38.2 43.1 39.4 o57.6 Inches. 8.4 9.8 10.7 11.5 10.7 10.7 11.2 10.5 11.9 11.0 15.6 Inches. 10.0 11.1 11.5 10.3 10.9 11.0 11.8 10.1 11.9 9.9 15.9 Inches. 8.4 10.0 8.4 8.3 8.7 a7 9.8 8.7 11.6 9.2 13.6 Inches. 7.7 7.8 7.4 6.9 8.2 7.4 9.1 8.9 10.9 9.3 12.5 o The measurements in early years were apparently in excess of the true amount. TSrOBTH CENTKAL DI8TEICTS. 701 INDIANA. Northern Section; ST. JOSEPH COUNTY. Station; SOUTH BEND. H. H. SWAIM, Observer. [Establislied by Weather Bureau in 1894. Latitude, 41° 36' N. Loogitude, 86° 16' W. Elevation, about 800 feet.] The station is located on the orchard and nursery farm of the observer, about three miles southwest of the center of the business district of South Bend, and near the summit of the divide between the Mississippi watershed and the Great Lakes. The instrument shelter, which is of the cotton-region pattern, is moimted on posts 4 feet above the ground. The nearest obstructions are a bam SO feet east and a white pine tree 30 feet northeast. A grove of second-growth forest trees with evergreens about the farm buildings breaks the force of the wind from the northeast. The rain gage is exposed in an open space 50 feet west of the bam, and the height of the top of the gage above ground is 5J feet. The temperature records at this station have been made from self-registering thermometers since 1894, inclusive. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January, 1894, to Deoembek, 1903. Month. December January February Winter mean . . March April May Spring mean.. June July August Simuner mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. "F. 23 25 Temperature. B I a . it 97 103 97 Si 11 °F. -15 37 44' bo w Precipitation. In. 3.0 2.5 2.2 7.7 lEa 3.0 2.1 3.3 3.2 3.6 3.2 2.9 2.4 3.1 In. 8.2 0.8 1.1 1.3 1.5 1.6 2.4 1.2 1.5 3.8 o © 03 ^^ S In. 3.3 2.9 3.3 9.5 1.9 4.9 1.2 5.5 6.4 5.2 3.7 2.5 1.4 In. 16.5 15.1 13.5 45.1 ■^5 2 o 9.5 1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 9.2 In. 12.0 15.0 14.0 8.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. 0.5 7.5 •sfl sw. sw. sw. sw. sw. sw. sw. sw. sw. NW. sw. sw. sw. sw. sw. Dates op Tempebatuke Extremes por the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. 1900 Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 22, 25. July 17, 18. Jan. 28, 29, 31; Feb. 1, None. 1895 Jan. 12-14, 27-31; Feb. May 31; June 3, 10,11,25; July 7, 16, 18; 16,17,24,25; Mar. 17. ■ 2, 4-12; Deo. 3, 13. Aug. 9, 10, 14, 16. 1901 Jan. 1, 31; Feb. 6, 7, 11, June 25; July 1, 4, 10 14-24, 26, 27; Aug. 1896 Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 17, 19- Aug. 8. 15,21-23; Dec. 15-21. 9,13. 21; Mar. 12. 1902 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 2-5, 7, None. 1897 Jan. 24-28, 30, 31; Feb. June 15; July 3, 4, 6-10, 25; Sept. 8-10, 8, 14, 15; Dec. 9. 27; Deo. 18, 24. 12-15. 1903 Jan. 10, 12-14; Feb. Do. 1898 Jan. 2; Feb. 3; Dee. 14. July 14, 15, 23, 24; Aug. 23. 17-20; Dec. 2, 13-16, 26, 27, 30, 31. 1899 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 7- 13; Dec. 31. Aug. 11, 19; Sept. 5, 7. 702 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. INDIANA. Northern Section: STEUBEN COUNTY, Station: ANGOLA. Lewis Stealy, Observer. [Established 1884. Latitude, 4}° 37' N. Longitude, 85° 1' W. Elevation, 1,062 feet.] The country in the vicinity of Angola consists of broad ridges and similar intervening valleys, many of the former broken and hilly and several of the latter containing lakes of considerable size. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter 4 feet above the ground, near but separated from the wall of a wood- house, and the rain gage is located in an open space northwest of the shelter. Self-registering thermometers have been in use at the station since October, 1898, inclusive. Prior to that time the record was the result of eye observations of the ordinary exposed thermometer. From January, 1885, to September, 1898, inclusive, monthly mean temperatures were obtained from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; from October, 1898, to December, 1903, from readings of the maximum and minimum ther- mometers. Mean of maxima and mean of minima temperature, average number of days with maximum above 90° and minimum below 32°, and frost data are for the period of observation January 1, 1899, to December, 1903; ike remaining data are for the period January 1, 1885, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 "3 a a o 1 1 u a S 5 i 1 W 1 S Number of days with 0.01 or HLore. 4J4A CO a S •i Snow. a o a Months. to . •an ill O December ■>F. 29 24 24 'F. 32 32 28 "F. 65 64 62 "F. 19 18 13 "F. -13 -20 -25 "F. 42 35 34 'F. 20 16 12 In. 2.6 2.4 2.8 10 11 9 In. 2.0 1.8 2.2 In. 1.5 2.4 2.0 In. 8.7 10.8 9.7 In. 12.0 8.0 18.0 aw. January . . sw. NW. 26 31 17 7.8 30 6.0 5.9 29.2 SW. March . 34 48 61 43 58 71 78 90 100 26 38 49 -10 15 26 42. 55 71 24 43 56 3.0 2.8 4.0 10 7 10 2.7 2.1 6.6 3.1 5.9 44 7.8 2.7 0.2 14.0 10.0 2.2 NW. April. NW. SW. Spring mean 48 67 38 9.8 27 10.4 13.4 10.7 NW. 70 74 71 77 83 82 104 104 101 56 62 61 38 46 44 76 78 75 63 71 66 3.9 4.0 3.2 9 7 6 1.8 1.1 0.9 3.6 12.8 7.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 72 81 60 11.1 22 3.8 24.0 0.0 SW. 64 51 38 73. 64 46 100 90 76 52 45 32 28 18 7 69 60 45 60 45 34 3.5 2.9 3.6 7 7 10 5.2 3.0 2.7 .5.9 0.8 2.1 0.0 0.1 5.1 0.0 0.5 7.0 SW. SW. NW. 51 61 1 43 10.0 24 10.9 8.8 5.2 SW. AnTinfl.l TTinnTi 49 67 104 39 -25 38.7 103 3L1 52.1 45.1 18.0 SW. Dates op Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period October 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1898 1899 1900 Jan. , Feb., and Mar. missing. Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 7- 14; Dec. 30, 31. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, 24, 25; Mar. 17. None. Do. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 19, 31; Feb. 2, 7, 11, 23; Mar. 6; Dec. 15-21. Jan. 28; Feb. 3, 4, 6... Jan. 10, 12, 13; Feb. 17-19; Deo. 14, 26, 27. July 2, 21. None.^ NOKTH OENTHAL DISTRICTS. 703 INDIANA. Northern Section: TIPPECANOE COUNTY. Station: LAFAYETTE. W. J. Jones, Jr., Observer. [Established January, 1880. Latitude, 40° 27' N. Longitude, 86° 55' W. Elevation, 661 feet.] The station equipment, consisting of standard instruments, is located on the campus of the Purdue experimental station, on the Wabash River second bottom, on the opposite side of the river from Lafayette and about 1 mile west of it. West of the station the country is hilly, and to the north there are bluffs and much timber. From 1880 to 1887, inclusive, monthly mean temperatures were obtained from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. ; after that time, from the daily extremes of temperature. Mean of maxima and mean of minima temperature, wind data, and number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation are for the period of observation, January, 1888, to December, 1903; average number of days with temperature above 90° and below 32°, frost data, and days with snow, from January, 1893, to December, 1903. The remaining data are approximately for the fuU period of observation, January 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. ^ Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. "5 ^ 6 i s 4 s < 1 ti 1 o < 1 f i % o ■a 1 t>,o •si iSa •a 10 10 10 +J4J a S ao "^ . .|o| 4^+3 Eh Snow. Months. Si 3 o i3 December 30 25 27 'F. 40 36 36 "F. 69 70 69 "F. 22 18 18 "F. -17 -33 -26 'F. 44 41 38 "F. 20 18 16 In. 2.6 2.1 2.8 In. 2.0 1.2 2.9 In. 2.9 1.4 4.4 In. 3.7 7.3 6.9 In. 5.8 6.2 6.0 sw. sw. sw. Winter mean 27 37 19 7.4 30 6.1 8.7 16.9 sw. March 38 61 62 48 62 72 82 89 97 29 41 50 - 5 10 27 46 58 69 30 45 55 2.9 3.3 4.6 12 11 12 1.4 2.9 2.1 3.9 2.8 7.8 3.7 4 T. 5.7 1.8 T. NW. April N. May s 60 61 40 10.7 45 6.4 14.6 4.1 N. 71 75 73 82 86 85 100 106 102 60 63 61 33 42 39 76 81 79 66 70 68 4.7 3.6 3.2 11 10 7 2.0 0.8 3.1 9.2 3.8 6.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July.. . sw. August NE. Summer mean 73 84 61 11.5 28 5.9 18.1 ao SW. September 66 53 40 78 66 49 101 92 94 54 42 31 24 16 - 1 71 62 49 61 47 27 2.7 2.5 3.2 7 7 10 3.0 1.6 3.7 0.3 3.4 2.2 0.0 T. 1.4 0.0 T. 5.7 N. October SW. November . . SW. 63 64 42 8.4 24 8.3 5.9 1.4 SW. Annnp.l Tnpp.ji 51 62 106 41 -33 38.0 127 26.7 47.2 22.4 6.0 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Jan. 24, 26; Feb. 16; Dec. 28. Jan. 11-14. 27, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 2, 4, 6, 7-12, 16; Dec. 3,31. Jan. 1, 3, 4, 5; Eeb. 19-21. Jan. 24-31; Feb. 27; Dec. 18, 24. Feb. 1-3; Nov. 26; Dec. 14. Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 7-14; Mar. 7; Dec. 30, 31. Maximum 95° or above. June 11, 12, 14, 16; July 16-18, 26, 31; Aug. 8, 9. May 30, 31; June 1-3, 9-11, 16, 25; Aug. 10, 14, 16, 16, 17. July 14; Aug. 6. July 7-10; Aug. 1,3,29; Sept. 7-15, 26. July 24; Sept. 3. Aug. 3; Sept. 6-8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 17, 16. Jan. 13; Jan. 8,! Jan. 17- 27, 1,2,9,31; Feb.l, 19, 24, 26; Mar. 1 2, 31; Feb. 6, Dec. 14-16, 19-21. 27, 28; Feb. 2-6, I, 14, 18, 19. 10, 12, 13; Feb. 19; Dec. 13-18, 26, 30, 31. Maximum 95° or above. Aug. 10. June 30; July 2, 4, 10, 15-18, 20-28, 30; Aug. 2, 9, 13, 14. None. July 4. 8, 9, 10, 25, 26, 28; Aug. 24. 1076— BuU. Q— 06 4.5 704 OLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. INDIANA. Northern Section: GRANT COUNTY. Station: MARION. James F. Hood, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in 1886. Latitude, 40° 29' N. Longitude, 85° 41' W. Elevation, 814 feet.] The station is located at the residence of the observer at 120 North E street, about 1 mile northwest of the court-house. The immediate surroundings of the station are level. There are no hills of any consequence in the vicinity. The only irregu- larities are the bluffs along the river and none of these are higher than 40 or 50 feet, but generally they are lower. These bluffs are some distance to the north and east. The station is on about the highest ground in the vicinity. Maximum and minimum thermometers have been used in obtaining monthly mean temperatures since March, 1891. Prior to that time the eye readings of an exposed thermometer were made at 7 a. m. and 6 p. m. Absolute maximum and minimum temperatures are for the period of observation, January, 1886, to December, 1903; the remaining data are from March, 1891, to December, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 h 1 a ? 1 si 30, g .g a H ■S.S 1 ^ 4 s «a h f o CO M Hi Total amount for the driest year. +J4J n CD o © a^ ill Snow. Months. M . C3.E1 "•9e December J.. 30 26 26 " F. 38 35 35 66 66 67 ° J?. 23 18 17 ° F. -12 -25 -19 " F. 38 34 33 ° F. 22 16 18 In. 2.4 1.9 2.6 8 10 9 In. 3.3 1.8 0.5 In. 2.4 3.9 1.8 In. 6.0 9.5 7.6 In. 8.0 7,0 9.0 sw. sw. w. 27 36 19 6.9 27 5.6 8.1 23.1 sw March ■ 39 51 62 49 63 74 81 89 96 30 40 50 - 2 16 26 47 57 69 34 48 57 3.3 3.5 ■4.7 11 12 13 2.2 1.7 0.8 6.2 2.6 8.4 5.0 1.0 0.2 12.0 3.0 2.0 sw. sw. May sw. Spring mean 51 62 40 11.6 36 4.7 17.2 6.2 sw. 71 74 73 83 88 86 100 106 101 68 61 61 35 37 40 74 81- 78 65 68 69 4.6 2.9 2.9 10 8 8 1.4 0.8 1.4 4.3 2.1 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. August sw. 73 86 60 10.3 26 3.6 8.5 0.0 sw. September 67 54 40 79 66 49 101 91 75 56 44 33 29 15 2 70 61 49 63 47 35 2.8 1.9 3.6 7 6 9 2.5 0.9 5.4 2.5 3.5 3.6 0.0 T. 2.9 0.0 T. 8.0 sw. October sw. sw. 54 65 44 8.3 22 8.8 9.5 2.9 sw. Anniifl.l TnpnTi 51 62 105 41 -26 37.0 111 22.7 43.3 32.2 12.0 sw. Dates op Temperatdee Extkbmes foe rHE Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MLnimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 25, 30 June 28; July 17, 18, 26; Aug. 9. 1900 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, July 3, 4; .Vug. 4, 7, 9-11; Sept. 8, 10. 1895 Jan. 12-14, 27, 28, 30, May 29-31; June 1-3, 11; July 16, 18; 24, 25; Mar. 17. 31;Feb. 2, 4, 5, 7-12, Aug. 9, 10, 15-17, 28; Sept. 22. 1901 Jan. 1, 2, 31; Feb. 6; June 11, 24, 25, 30; July 1-4, 10, 15-17, 16. Dec. 14-21. 19-28, 30; Aug. 9, 13. 1896 Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 19,21... July 29, 30. 1902 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 3-5, June 16; July 8, 9, 17. 1897 Jan. 23-31; Feb. 27.... June 15; July 3, 4, 6-10; Aug. 3; Sept. 7-9, 14. 8-16. 1903 Jan. 10, 12, 13; Feb. July 4, 8, 28; Aug. 3, 24. 1898 Feb. 3; Dec. 14 Julvl,2, 14, 15,24; Aug. 31; Sept. 1,3. 17-19; Dec. 13-16, 26, 1899 Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 8-14; Mar. 7; Dec. 30, 31. July 4, 23, 24; Aug. 3, 4; Sept. 2, 6, 7. 30. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 705 INDIANA. Central Section: RANDOLPH COUNTY. Station: FARMLAND. W. J, DAVisaoN, Observer. (Establislied August, 1882. Latitude, 40° 11' N. Longitude, 85° W W. Elevation, 1,101 feat.) Farmland is situated on the Cleveland, Cincinnati, Chicago and St. Louis Railroad, 67 miles northeast of Indianapolis and ' 18 miles west of the Ohio State line at Union City. The countiy surrounding the station is undulating rather than rolling or hilly. The instrument shelter containing the thermometers is fastened to the north wall, near the northeast comer of the ohaerver's residence. It was constructed by the observer and has louvered sides and open back. The height of the ther- mometers above ground is 4 feet. The rain gage is exposed near the center of a lawn, which is about 80 feet wide by 100 feet deep. The height of the top of the rain gage above ground is 3J feet. The station was established and the instruments placed where they are now exposed by the present observer. From August, 1882, to August, 1892, monthly mean temperatures were obtained from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m. and 9 p. m.; from September, 1892, to December, 1903, from the daily extremes of temperature. Mean of the maximum and minimum temperature, average number of days with temperature above 90° and below 32°, and frost data are for the period of observation, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. The remaining data are, approximately, for the period August 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean oJthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean oJthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest montlily mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. In. 1.9 6.6 3.9 Snow. Months. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. 32 27 29 'F. 38 35 35 °F. 64 » 68 70 "F. 23 20 19 'F. -16 -24 -19 'F. 46 39 40 'F. 23 15 17 In. 2.6 2.6 3.0 7 9 8 In. 1.3 1.4 3.0 In. 6.6 8.8 6.3 In. 12.0 6.0 12.0 29 36 .'! 21 1 8.2 24 6.7 12.4 21.7 March 38 51 61 49 61 72 79 86 93 31 40 51 - 2 18 30. 46 59 68 29 47 66 3.0 3.2 4.5 9 9 9 2.2 2.0 4.3 4.0 3.6 5.9 5.3 2.7 0.2 7.0 Anril . . 5.0 mJ.///^ ://...... ....... 4.0 Spring mean 60 81 41 10.7 27 8.6 13.6 8.2 June... 72 74 71 72 80 86 83 96 102 98 68 64 60 33 44 43 76 81 78 64 66 68 4.0 3.3 3.6 8 7 6 1.4 0.6 2.2 4.6 0.9 6.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. 0.0 0.0 Summer mean. 83 61 10.9 21 4.2 11.5 0.0 65 53 40 .77 59 60 94 86 74 54 44 32 30 16 2 68 69 49 62 48 35 3.4 1.9 3.4 6 5 3.1 3.2 3.1 9.0 2.3 2.6 0.0 0.6 3.1 0.0 October... . 2.0 6.0 Fall mean 53 62 43 8.7 18 9.4 13.9 3.6 Annual mean 51 60 102 41 -24 1 1 38.5 90 27.8 61.3 33.6 12.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 24, 25 Jan. 11, 12, 30; Feb. 1, 3-11. Jan. 3-5; Feb. 19, 20... Jan. 24-29 Aug. 9. June 3. July 3, 4, 8. None. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 28, 30, 31; Feb. 16, 24; Mar. 16. Jan. 1, 30; Deo. 15-17, 19-22. Feb. 3, 5, 8 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 17- 19; Deo. 26, 27. None. June 30; July 1, 19, 21, 22, 24 27. 1898 1899 Feb. 2; Dec. 13 Jan. 28, 30, 31; Feb.7- 13; Deo. 15, 29. Do. 706 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. INDIANA. Central Section: PARKE COUNTY. Station: ROCKVILLE. W. N. WiKT, Observer. IjEstablished by United States Signal Service in 1887. Latitude, 39° 48' N. Longitude, 87° 19' W. Elevation, 722 leet.] The country surrounding Eockville is somewhat hilly. Since its establishment this station has been maintained without expense to the Government for the instrumental equip^ ment, except that the maximum thermometer now in use was furnished by the Weather Bui-eau in 1897. The instrument shelter is of the regulation pattern, and is located on a fence 4 feet high, over a lawn, 40 feet from a building, 10 feet from a fruit tree, with no other obstructions near. The rain gauge is exposed on a lawn, 15 feet from the nearest obstruction — a small fruit tree. The top of the gauge is 40 inches above the ground. Maximum and minimum thermometers have been in use at Rockville since January, 1891. Prior to that time the tem- perature data was obtained from readings of ordinary thermometers and the observations were taken at 7 a. m . and 7 p. m. except for an occasional month, when they were taken at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 7. p. m. Mean of the maximum and minimum temperature, average number of days with temperature above 90° and below 32°, and frost data are for the period of observation January, 1891, to December, 1903. The remaining data are for the period January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 g 1 a i. ■s.s G 1 5 33 28 31 "F. 39 36 39 "F. 68 69 72 °F. 26 21 23 "F. -15 -25 -18 °F. 47 45 42 "F. 23 18 20 In. 3.0 2.8 3.3 12 13 12 In. 4.1 1.6 1.6 In. 0.9 4.9 4.6 In. 5.1 6.9 4.4 In. 6.9 9.6 5.6 P.ci. 80 82 80 Grs. 1.62 1.39 1.36 P.ct. 80 75 74 Grs. L89 1.62 1.66 115 131 140 39 43 47 s. sw. w. 31 38 23 9.1 37 7.3 10.4 16.4 81 1.46 76 1.66 129 43 s. March 40 52 63 47 60 73 82 87 96 32 44 54 19 31 50 60 71 33 46 68 3.8 3.4 4.0 14 12 13 4.1 3.2 2.4 7.4 2.3 5.1 3.6 1.2 0.1 6.1 5.0 2.4 77 71 72 1.75 2.70 4.00 67 60 61 2.00 2.91 4.28 149 206 256 40 62 57 NW. AdtU NW. ^y S. Spring mean 52 60 43 11.2 ' 39 9.8 14.8 4.9 73 2.82 63 3.06 204 50 NW. June 72 76 74 82 86 83 100 106 101 63 67 64 39 48 46 77 82 79 66 72 70 4.4 4.2 3.2 12 10 9 3.5 0.8 3.6 7.5 7.5 5.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74 69 75 5.36 6.69 5.61 61 57 57 5.71 6.23 5.86 280 326 272 61 72 64 SW. July sw. NW. 74 84 65 11.8 31 7.9 20.9 0.0 73 5.55 58 6.93 293 66 SW. September. 67 55 42 76 64 49 98 89 76 68 46 34 30 22 - 5 74 63 46 60 49 31 3.3 2.8 3.7 8 9 12 0.7 3.5 1.2 3.9 4.4 2.3 0.0 T. 1.6 0.0 0.1 4.7 76 78 79 4.52 2.96 2.01 69 69 69 4.71 3.17 2.27 250 218 137 67 63 46 S. October ■ S. S. 53' 63 46 9.8 29 5.4 10.6 1.6 78 3.16 62 3.38 202 59 S. 55 61 106 44 -25 41.9 136 30.4 56.7 22.9 9.6 76 3.25 65 3.61 207 54 S. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below 0°. Jan. 24, 25 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 2, 4, 5, 7-9. Jan. 4; Feb. 20, 21 Jan. 24-28 Feb. 3; Deo. 14 Maximum 95° or above. June 11-13, 28; July 18, 26, 31; Aug. 8-10; Sept. 2. May 31; June 1-3; Aug. 15-17, 27. July 27, 29, 30; Aug. 5, 6, 8-10, 22. July 3, 6-10; Aug. 3; Sept. 11, 12. July 2, 24. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum l)elow 0°. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 8-13; Mar. 7; Dec. 30. Jan. 31; Feb. 1,17, 24, 25. None Feb. 3-5, 8,9 Jan. 11-13; Feb. 17-19. Maximum 95° or above. Aug. 2; Sept. 5-7. None. June 30; July 11, 15, 16, 21-28, 30; Aug.l None. Do. 708 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. INDIANA. Central Section: PAYETTE COUNTY. Station: CONNERSVILLE. Henby Hesslek, Observer. [Established June, 1882. Latitude, 39° 40' N. Longitude, 85° 03' W. Elevation, 844 feet.] The station is located where it was fiist established in 1882, in the grounds of the observer's residence, on a hill, about three-quarters of a mile southwest of and about 100 feet higher than the city. Except to the eastward, where lies the valley of White Water River, the surrounding country is hilly. The instrument shelter of standard pattern, containing maximum and minimum thermometers, is located about 70 feet southwest of a two-story dwelling, and the height of the thermometers above the ground is SJ feet, and the rain gage is about 50 feet northwest of the instrument shelter. The exposure is unobstructed, except for small fruit trees 20 feet from the shelter and about 30 feet from the gage. The height of the top of the gage above the ground is 3J feet. From June, 1882, to October, 1892, monthly mean temperatures were obtained from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. ra. ; from November, 1892, to December, 1903, from readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly and annual means and absolute maximum and minimum temperatures, precipitation, and average depth of snow are for the period of observation June 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903; the remaining data are, approximately, for the period January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. c a g § 1 s 1 a ■s.§ i a . < i Bi 1 to g 1 V a h 1 3 1 III z ca .'I II O V lil Snow. Months. ® ST 111 o December "F. 32 27 29 "F. 39 36 36 "F. 68 68 70 "F. 22 20 19 "F. -13 -22 -22 'F. 46 40 37 'F. 24 19 19 In. 2.7 2.9 3.3 8 10 10 In. 3.4 4.0 0.7 In. 3.3 2.6 7.6 In. 6.0 6.2 4.9 In. 7.0 6.0 4.0 sw. January sw. February sw. 29 37 20 1 8.9 28 8.1 13.5 15.1 sw. March 39 51 62 50 62 74 80 89 92 31 41 50 19 28 46 68 69 31 48 56 3.4 3.0 4.1 11 9- 12 0.5 1.8 1.9 3.1 3.6 5.9 3.2 1.2 T. 3.5 2.0 T. sw. April sw. Siay sw. Spring mean. SI 62 41 10.5 32 4.2 12.5 4.4 sw. .Tnnp 72 75 72 82 87 86 98 107 100 59 63 60 39 45 42 77 80 79 65 69 68 4.4 2.9 2.8 10 8 8 4.5 0.2 0.9 5.6 3.2 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July August sw. NE. 73 85 61 10.1 26 5 6 10.9 0.0 sw. September October November 65 63 41 79 66 51 99 88 77 54 42 32 27 61 50 60 46 37 2.6 2.4 3.7 7 7 9 1.3 0.6 6.8 1.4 6.5 6.2 0.0 T. 1.5 0.0 T. 7.0 NE. sw. sw. 63 65 43 8.7 23 7.7 14.1 1.5 SW. 52 (j2 107 41 -22 38.2 109 25.6 51.0 21.0 7.0 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1896 1896 1897 Jan. 24, 26, 28, 29 Jan. 12-14, 31; Feb. 4, 5, 7-10, 12. Jan. 4; Feb. 20, 21 Jan. 24-30 Aug. 9, 10, 12. June 3; July 19; Aug. 16-18. None. July 3-5, 7, 8. July 3, 4, 24, 25; Aug. 31; Sept. 2, 3. June 22; July 3, 4, 12, 24; Aug. 2, 4; Sept. 2, 3, 5-7. 1900 1901. 1902 1903 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, 25. Jan. 31; Feb. 6; Dec. 14-21. Feb. 3-5, 8, 9; Dec. 31. Jan. 10-13; Feb. 17-19; Dec. 26, 30. July 3, 4; Aug. 7-10; Sept. 10. June 11, 30; July 1-4, 10, 11, 15, 16, 20-30; Aug. 8, 9. None. 1898 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 9,14. Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 8-14; Dec. 16, 31. Do. NOBTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 709 INDIANA. Southern Section: SWITZERLAND COUNTY. Station: VEVAY. Fkedebica Boebneb, Observer. [Established January, 1865. Latitude, SS" 47' N. Longitude, 84° 59' W. Elevation, 525 feet.] Vevay is situated on tlie bank of the Ohio River a little less than 50 miles below Cincinnati, Ohio. Although the tabulated data pertaining to the station, which are published below, cover only the period beginning with June, 1882, and ending with December, 1903, daily observations of temperature and precipitation were recorded by Mr. Charles G. Boemer from January, 1865, until his death in 1900. The instrument shelter, which is of the cotton-region pattern, is located in an open space 15 feet from the nearest building. The height of the thermometers above ground is 5 feet. The exposure of the rain gage, which is on the end of an open porch, is unobstructed. The height of the top of the gage above the ground is 16 feet. Prior to 1887 the temperature record was made from eye observations of the exposed thermometers; since that time self-registering thermometers have been in use. Mean of the maxima and mean of the minima, and average number of days with temperature above 90° and below 32°, are for the period of observation January, 1888, to December, 1903 ; the remaining data are for the period June, 1882, to December, 1903. The hours of observation prior to the use of self-registering instruments were 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. •A 1 a o Q S ffi B 'k B e P c < e a II o a H It % o 1 1° III Snow. Uonth. a; Ho o ST .^ "F. 36 32 34 °F. 44 40 41 T. 72 70 76 "F. 29 26 26 'F. - 6 -23 -22 'F. 49 44 44 "F. 28 20 23 In. 2.9 3.9 4.1 7 9 9 In. 1.9 3.2 3.1 In. 3.0 7.4 6.1 In. 4.1 7.6 6.1 In. 13.0 10.0 10.0 sw. sw. 34 42 27 10.9 25 8.2 16.6 17.7 March 43 56 66 52 66 75 86 91 95 34 45 65 2 24 32 61 63 73 36 60 61 3.8 3.6 4.5 11 9 10 2.1 2.6 4.3 7.8 4.3 4.7 4.0 3.8 0.1 8.0 1.0 2.0 NE April. SW Mky Spring mean. 65 64 46 11.9 30 8.9 16.8 7.9 SW 74 77 76 84 88 87 99 105 101 65 68 66 43 50 44 77 83 82 68 72 72 4.8 3.6 3.3 9 7 7 3.9 0,6 2.0 9.5 5.6 3.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July SW. August SW 76 86 66 11.6 23 6.6 18.6 0.0 69 57 45 81 69 53 99 91 79 58 45 36 32 18 5 76 64 53 64 60 41 3.0 2.0 3.7 6 5 8 2.1 0.9 0.9 2.8 2.1 2.9 T. T. 1.1 T. T. SW. October SW November sw 57 68 46 8.7 19 3.9 7.8 1.1 sw 55 66 106 46 -23 43.1 97 27.6 69.7 26.7 13.0 sw.- Dates of Tempekature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Deo. 29; Jan. 26 Jan. 12; Feb. 7-10 Jan. 4 . June 12, 13; July 2, 19, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 8-10; Sept. 2, 7, 8. June 1-3; July 18-20; Aug. 9, 10, 12,14-17 Sept. 12, 18-22. May 31; June 7; July 26-30; Aug. 6-11, 16, 22; Sept. 10-12. June 14, 16, 29; July-Aug., missing; Sept. 1, 9-16. June 24; July 1, 2, 3,16, 20,24,27; Aug. 24; Sept. 1, 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1, 8-14. , June 22; July 4, 12, 15, 19, 23, 29; Aug. 2, 3,4,12; Sept. 1, 2, 6-7. July 3, 15; Aug. 4, 5, 7-11, 18-21; Sept. 8-11, 25. June 30; July 2, 3, 11, 16-17, 21-30; Aug. 8, 9. July 6. 17; Aug. 3. July 4, 9-11, 26; Aug. 24. 1895 Feb. 25 1896 Dec. 15, 16,20, 21 None 1897 Jan. 24-26, 28, 30 Dec. 14 1898 Dec. 26; Feb. 19 710 CLIMATOLOGY QF THE UNITED STATES. INDIANA. Southern Section: GIBSON COUNTY. Station: PRINCETON. Elisha Jones, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in 1882. Latitude, 38° 23' N. Longitude, 87° 35' W. Elevation, 481 feet.] Princeton b the county seat of Gibson County. It is situated in the eastern edge of the Wabash Kiver Valley. The topography of the surrounding country on all sides, except the west, is more or less hilly. The station thermometers, maximum and minimum, are exposed in a standard instrument shelter located on a blue-grass lawn, about 35 feet south of a one-story building; the height of the thermometers above the ground is 5 feet. The exposure of the rain gage is in an open space, and the height of the top of the gage above ground is 4 feet. The station was established in 1882, but the records on file for that year and the first half of 1883 are incomplete. Up to January, 1899, monthly mean temperatures were obtained from readings of the standard exposed thermometer, made at morning, noon, and night. Since January, 1899, inclusive, daily readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers have been used. Monthly mean temperatures, absolute maximum and minimum, and precipitation are for the period of observation, July, 1882, to December, 1903; mean of the maximum, mean of the minimum, and average number of days with temperatures above 90° and below 32°, from January, 1899, to December, 1903. The remaining data are for periods of varying length. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. § a U (2 s a. II g .a a ■a a ,o Oo III S a„ a S o ^ 'I 3s| Snow. o^ Month. 0) 60 . d p..a O f s "F. 28 23 26 'F. 33 34 31 "F. 70 70 64 "F. 18 17 12 'F. -32 -32 -24 'F. 39 38 36 -F. 17 12 11 In. 2.5 2.3 3.0 16 15 14 In. 1.9 2.4 2.0 In. 2.1 1.4 3.6 In. 10.9 8.0 12.4 In. 10.0 11.0 17.0 sw. w. w. 26 33 16 7.8 44 6.3 7.1 31.3 w. 33 47 69 46 61 74 80 91 103 26 37 48 -17 6 21 43 56 66 24 39 52 3.6 3.3 4.4 14 12 13 3.6 2.3 3.4 6.6 6.2 11.4 8.7 1.0 T. 12.1 15.7 6.5 w. April NE. May SW. Spring mean 46 60 37 11.3 39 9.3 22.1 9.7 W. .TnnA 69 73 70 80 87 86 100 104 102 56 61 69 34 41 38 73 77 75 63 68 66 4.0 3.8 2.6 13 11 9 3.6 0.9 2.0 8.6 3.0 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 71 84 69 10.4 33 6.4 14.0 0.0 SW. 63 60 36 77 68 49 100 94 76 52 43 32 25 12 - 8 71 59 46 57 44 28 2.5 2.4 3.3 10 11 13 0.8 1.9 3.9 4.6 0.4 4.4 0.0 T. 4.1 0.0 8.0 10.0 S. SW. November SW. 50 65 : 42 8.2 34 6.6 9.4 4.1 SW. 48 60 104 38 -32 37.7 150 28.6 52.6 45.1 17.0 SW. Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1900 1901 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 29-31; Feb. 1, 8- 14; Deo. 30, 31. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 2, 17, 26, 27; Mar. 17. Jan. 2, 3, 31; Feb. 2, 7, 11, 13-15, 23, 27, 28; Mar. 6; Dec. 16-17, 19-21. Maximum 96° or above. June 6, 22; July 3, 4; Aug. 11, 18, 19, 24. Aug. 5-11, 19; Sept. Ii, 10, 11. June 12, 24; July 1, 2, 4, 10, 16-18, 20-22, 24, 27, 28; Aug. 9, 14; Sept. 7. Year. 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°, Jan. 28; Feb. .3-5, 8, 14, 19, 20; Dec. 14, 27. Jan. 10, 12, 13; Feb. 17- 19; Dec. 14, 30. Maximum 95° or above. None. July 2, 3, 5, 9, 10; Aug. 25. 718 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OHIO. Northwestern District: LUCAS COUNTY. Station: TOLEDO. W. S. CuKKiEB, Local Forecaster. [Established by Signal Service in November, 1870. Latitude, 41° 40' N. Longitude, 83° 34' W. Elevation, S961eet.] This station is located near the center of the city and about two blocks from the west bank of the Maumee River. It is about 5 miles south of Maumee Bay, which is an extension of Lake Erie on its southwest extremity. The country about the station and city is rolling, but not hilly. This office was located in the Chamber of Commerce Building, southeast corner of Madison and Summit streets, from April 1, 1871, to January 31, 1888, and it has been in the Grovemment building, southeast corner of Madison and St. Clair streets, since February 1, 1888. The thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter on the roof of the Government building. They are 120 feet above the ground. The rain and snow gages are on the same roof, on a platform that is raised only shghtly above the roof. The tops of the gages are 112 feet above ground. The roof is higher than that of any other building within one and one-half blocks of it, and the exposure of the thermometers is good, but the exposure of the rain and snow gages is not satisfactory. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Temperature, thirty years, 1874^1903; snowfall, nineteen years, 1885-1903; humidity and wind direction, fifteen years, 1889-1903; sunshine, four years, 1900-1903; remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-three years, January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. tm i li < a s . 11 d a 1 , "o 1 1 o a III P is is ■"So Snow. s 03 00 1 a 00 o 1 a p. 00 1 a p. 00 .P O 1 ■s i=! o 5 Montlis. <= r. a December. January February 30 26 27 28 37 33 34 "F. 70 71 67 "F. 24 19 20 "F. -15 -16 -16 "F. 41 40 39 °F. 21 16 17 In. 2.3 1.9 2.1 13 13 12 In. 1.6 1.5 1.9 In. 4.7 0.5 4.3 In. 7.6 8.6 8.0 In. 9.6 9.8 19.0 P.ct. 84 85 84 Ors. 1.65 1.26 1.14 P.ct. 77 79 77 Grs. 1.62 1.4 1.36 73 101 140 26 34 47 sw. sw. w. 35 21 6.3 38 4.9 9.6 24.2 84 1.32 78 1.46 105 36 sw. 35 48 59 43 56 68 76 88 95 27 39 50 - 3 12 30 44 55 67 28 40 53 2.2 2.2 3.3 13 11 12 1.3 1.8 5.4 1.9 1.8 0.4 5.1 1.7 T. 8.4 9.1 T. 80 75 74 1.54 2.47 3.73 72 64 63 1.78 2.61 3.89 178 213 280 48 53 62 w. April NE. May SW. Spring mean 47 56 39 7.7 36 8.6 4.1 6.8 76 2.58 66 2.76 224 54 W June July August 69 73 71 77 82 79 99 99 97 60 64 62 41 49 44 73 78 77 65 68 67 3.4 3.3 2.7 11 10 9 1.8 0.4 0.6 7.4 5.4 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 76 74 77 5.29 5.73 5.38 66 61 64 6.33 6.85 6.62 281 335 269 62 72 63 W. SW. sw. 71 79 62 9.4 30 2.8 13.7 0.0 76 5.47 63 6.60 296 66 September October 64 63 40 73 61 47 95 90 74 56 45 33 30 21 5 71 61 48 59 46 34 2.4 2.3 2.7 9 10 12 2.6 1.7 1.0 5.3 8.5 4.7 0.0 T. 2.0 0.0 T. 3.0 79 80 82 4.40 2.92 2.00 66 68 73 4.63 3.16 2.09 228 201 109 61 59 37 SW. sw sw 52 60 45 7.4 31 5.2 18.6 2.0 80 3.11 69 3.29 179 52 sw. 50 58 99 42 -16 30.8 135 21.4 46. S 33.0 19.0 79 3.12 69 3.28 201 52 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Mtmmum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1896 1896 Jan. 25; Feb. 24 Jan.l2, 13,28,31; Feb. 2, 5-9, 11, 12. Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 17, 20. Jan. 24-28 . . . . June 10-12, 16, 21-24, 29, 30; July 1, 11-13, 16-19, 26, 27; Aug. 1, 7, 8, 29; Sept. 2, 3. May 29-31; June 1-3, 25; July 16, 19; Aug. 9, 10, 17; Sept. 10-12, 19-22. July 13, 29; Aug. 5, 8-11. June 15, 29; July 2-5, 8-10; Sept. 8-10, 13, 16, 16; Oct. 1. June 24, 30; July ^3, 7, 8, 15, 17, 27; Aug. 23, 30, 31; Sept. 1-3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 8- 13; Dec. 30. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, 24, 25; Mar. 17. Feb. 23; Dec. 16, 19, 20, 21. Feb. 3-6 June 4, 5, 22; July 2-4, 21; Aug. 11, 12, 19, 20; Sept. 7. July 4, 5, 7, 16; Aug. 6-11, 19, 20; Sept. 1, 6, 10, 11, 25. June 27, 30; July 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 16, 17, 20 21, 24, 27, 28, 30; Aug. 9. May 19; June 15; July 4-7, 17, 26. July 1-4, 8-10, 26; Sept. 16. Feb. 1, 3 1898 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 17-19; Dee. 14. NORTH CENTRAL DISTEI0T8. 719 OHIO. Lake District: ERIE COUNTY. Station: SANDUSKY. E. H. NiMMO, Observer. [Established by Signal Service August 1,1877. Latitude, 410 25' N. Longitude, 82- 40' W. Elevation, 696 feet.] The city of Sandusky is situated on the south shore of Sandusky Bay, about 3 miles from its entrance. The land in the immediate vicinity is level. , , ,.„ , The station was established at the West House, corner of Columbus avenue and Water street, August 1, 1877, and was removed to its present location, custom-house, corner of Columbus avenue and Market street, April 1, 1888. The thermometers are exposed on the roof of the building in a shelter of standard Weather Bureau pattern. The height of the thermometers above the ground is 62 feet and above the roof 10 feet. The rain gage is 55 feet above the ground. The snowfaU data are from twenty years, the relative humidity at 8 a. m. from sixteen years, and at 8 p. m. from fourteen Remainder of tabulated data is from the full period of observation, twenty-six years, August 1, 1877, to December 31, years 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. ■3 Months. 1 a 2 . a ■23 o 1 a a 1 .i f> S 3 a ■« el |a o R 1° o ■go "A E-i i| o g -So? Snow. a 00 i 00 s 1 a ft 00 1 a ft 00 < > S ::% o 1 5 a |i w ^■3 2 ® . p •"2 9 "F. 32 27 28 op 38 33 35 'F. 70 69 70 °F. 25 20 21 "F. -13 -16 -15 "F. 42 41 38 "F. 23 ' 17 18 In. 2.3 2.0 2.6 13 14 13 In. 3.6 2.4 1.3 In. 6.3 1.3 3.2 In. 6.0 8.3 6.9 In. 8.4 14 10.1 P.ct. 79 82 81 Gts. L53 1.33 1.26 P.ct. 74 78 77 Gts. 1.62 1.14 L43 sw. sw. sw. 29 36 22 6.9 40 7.3 10.8 2L2 81 78 72 72 L37 1.65 2.46 2.94 76 74 67 67 1.40 L82 2.55 3.85 sw. March 35 48 59 42 65 67 77 89 93 28 40 52 - 3 14 32 44 55 67 27 43 63 2.6 2.4 3.3 • 13 12 12 2.2 1.4 4.6 2.8 2.5 1.0 3.7 1.7 0.0 6.3 14 0.0 sw. • April E. May ■ sw. Spring meaji 47 66 40 8.3 37 8.1 6.3 6.4 74 2.35 69 2.74 sw. 69 74 72 77 82 79 96 100 98 61 1 40 73 78 76 63 69 68 4.0 3.6 3.3 12 9 9 2.3 LO 1.2 10.1 3.9 LO 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74 72 73 5.36 5.93 5.46 69 65 66 6.69 6.08 5.80 sw. Jilly 66 61 62 48 sw. sw. 72 79 64 10.9 30 4.6 15.0 0.0 73 5.58 67 5.86 sw. September 66 54 41 74 62 48 96 90 70 68 47 36 .36 24 73 62 49 61 47 33 2.7 2.4 2.9 9 10 12 1.8 1.3 1.7 3.8 5,6 6.0 0.0 T. 1.3 0.0 T. 3.0 75 74 78 4 46 2.91 2.06 67 68 73 4.70 .3.19 2.24 sw. sw. sw. Fall mean . . 64 61 47 8.0 31 4.8 14 4 1 3 76 3.14 69 3.38 sw. Annual mean 50 58 100 43 -16 34.1 138 1 24.7 46.6 27.9 14 76 ^3.11 70 3.34 sw. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes fok the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below 0°. Jan. 26; Dec. 28, 29.- Jan. 12, 13, 28; Feb. .vo Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 20 Jan. 24-28 Feb. 3 Maximum 90° or above. June 10-12, 24, 30; July 11-13, 16, 17, 19, 27, 28; Aug. 1, 7, 8; Sept. 3, 8. May 29, 31; June 2, 3, 18; July 8, 19, 21; Aug. 10, 17, 23; Sept. 11, 12, 20-22. May '9; June 7, 25; July 2, 13, 29, 30; Aug. 4-6, 8-11; Sept. 10, 11. June 15, 30; July 3-5, 10; Sept. 9, 10, 16. June 11, 24, 30; July 1-3, 8, 15, 17, 18; Aug. 23, 31; Sept. 1-3. 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Jan. 29; Feb. 1, 8-14. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 24 25; Mar. 17. Dec. 16,20,21 Feb. 3-5 ... Jan. 12, 13; June 5-7, 22; July 3, 4, 20, 21; Aug. 10, 20; Sept. 7. June 26; July 3-7, 14-17; Aug. 5-11, 25; Sept. 1, 6, 11, 26, 26. June 30; July 1, 2, 4, 6, 10, 16, 17, 20, 21, 24, 27-30; Aug. 9. May 22; June 15; July 4-7, 9, 17, 27. July 1, 3, 4, 8; Aug. 25; Sept. 14, 15. 1076— Bull, Q— 06- -46 720 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. OHIO. Northern Slope: CUYAHOGA COUNTY. Station: CLEVELAND. James Kenealy, Local Forecaster. [Established by Signal Service in October, 1S70. Latitude, 41° 30' N. Longitude, 81° 42' W. Elevation, 659 feet.] The station is located in the Society for Savings building, eleven stories in height. It is near the center of the business section of the city, about 2,000 feet from the lake shore at its nearest point and nearly a mile east of the mouth of the Cuya- hoga River. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter at heights of 189 to 190 feet above the ground. The bottom of the instrument shelter is 12 feet above the apex of a skylight. The rain gage is exposed on the attic section of the roof, which is 2 feet higher than the main roof. The elevation of the rain gage above the main roof is 5.1 feet. The elevations of the other roof instruments are as follows: Wind vane, 201.5 feet above ground; anemometer, 200.6 feet. The different buildings occupied by the Signal Service and the Weather Bureau since the establishment of the station and the dates of changes were as follows : Atwater Building, October 17, 1870; National Bank, Superior and Water streets, April 30, 1873; National Bank, Superior and Water streets, July 26, 1879; Atwater Building, July 1, 1888; Wilshire Building, October 14, 1889; Western Reserve, May 1, 1892; Society for Savings, October 1, 1896. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Snowfall, averages, nineteen years; sunshine, thirteen years; humidity, sixteen years, 1888-1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-three years, January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperal ure. Precipitation. Mean bumidity. Total sunshine. 1 k s . a II g s a li s a H 1 a| «a % o 1 =1 hi 3>a 1| a^ ■a is II ^M . tot 6h Snow. a OS 00 ■■§ a 00 3 1 a p. 00 > . B p, 00 1 g .a <1 g ■s ll Months. M . ^ P. 3-g g 1 S 5 December 31 27 , 27 "F. 37 33 34 "F. 68 70 72 "F. 25 20 20 "F. -12 -17 -16 "F. 42 40 37 "F. 20 17 16 In. 2.6 2.5 2.8 16 17 15 In. 2.8 2.4 1.5 In. 5.1 4.4 2.6 In. 12.4 8.9 10.6 In. 8.8 6.0 13.0 P.ct. 77 SO- 79 Grs. 1.49 1.30 1.17 p.ct. 74 75 75 Grs. 1.62 1.33 1.33 62 62 84 22 27 29 sw. January . . sw. February sw. Winter mean 28 35 22 7.9 48 6.7 12.0 31.9 79 1.32 75 1.43 69 26 sw March 34 46 58 42 65 66 76 87 92 27 39 50 - 4 15 28 44 63 66 24 40 52 2.8 2.3 3.4 15 12 13 3.6 1.0 3.1 5.1 2.9 3.0 5.0 2.8 .0.0 6.0 7.4 0.0 78 74 75 1.68 2.44 3.76 73 66 66 1.86 2.61 3.79 166 180 248 40 49 62 w. w. May SE. Spring mean 46 64 39 8.6 40 7,7 11.0 7.8 76 2.69 68 2.72 194 47 w. 67 72 70 75 80 77 96 97 99 59 64 62 38 48 46 70 76 77 58 68 66 3.8 3.6 2.8 12 11 10 1.6 3.9 0.6 2.7 8.0 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 76 69 76 5.09 6.51 5.60 67 64 66 5.36 6.09 5.80 270 310 248 00 66 60 SE. July SE. SE. 70 77 62 10.2 33 6.0 12.9 0.0 73 5.37 66 5.71 276 62 SE September 64 63 40 72 61 47 98 87 74 66 45 36 36 24 72 61 49 60 47 32 3.5 2.7 2.8 11 12 16 1.5 1.8 0.6 9.3 6.6 2.8 0.0 0.3 2.6 0.0 5.1 7.0 78 76 76 4.33 3.10 2.09 69 69 73 4.84 3.23 2.24 210 186 60 59 60 25 SE. SE. SW. 52 60 45 9.0 38 3.9 17.7 2.8 77 3.17 70 3.44 162 45 SE 49 57 99 42 -17 35.6 159 24.3 53.6 42.6 13.0 76 3.11 70 3.32 173 45 SE Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 June 24, 30; July 11-13, 17, 19, 26, 27; Aug. 1; Sept. 3. June 3; July 19; Aug. 17; Sept. 12, 20, 22. July 29; Aug. 5, 6, 8-10. July 3-5, 10. July 2, 3; Aug. 23; Sept. 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 8-13. . Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 24, 25, 27; Mar. 17. Dec. 16, 20, 21; Mar. 6. Feb. 3-5 June 5, 7, 22; July 6; Sept. 7. July 4, 17; Aug. 10, 11; Sept. 11. June 30; July 1, 2, 5, 21, 27-29; Aug. 9. July 7, 17, 27. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 5-9.. Jan. 4; Feb. 17,20 Jan 24-28 1898 Feb. 2, 3 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 17-19. NOBTH CENTRAL DI8TEI0T9. 721 OHIO. Northern Section (Eastern Part): PORTAGE COUNTY. Station: HIRAM. Geo. H. Colton, Observer. [Established October, 1883. Latitude, 41° 19' N. Longitude, 81° 09' W. Elevation, 1,260 feet.] Hiram is in northern Portage County, on a high ridge or hill about on the main watershed. The station is on the south- west slope near the highest point, and on the southwest side of the University square. The station is fully 250 feet higher than the Garrettsville station, the two stations being about 3 miles apart. It is typical of the high ridge or hiU stations of the northeastern part of the State. Although in a village, the exposure is as if the instruments were located in the country. Temperature records are from an exposed thermometer up to 1893, inclusive; since that time from maximum and mini- mum thermometers. Previous to 1888 the thermometers were exposed under a northeast piazza, but in October of that year a standard large size shelter was installed. The instruments are placed 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is well located ; the top is about 3 feet above the ground. Mean of the maximum and mean of the minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, average depth of snow, and wind direction are for a period of five years; absolute maximum and minimum temperatures, greatest depth of snow, and frost data are for ten years; the remaining tabulated data are for twenty years, extending from October 1, 1883, to December, 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 d 1 a 1=1 1 'i li o a i 1^ '1 1 |i o ■< |i a o r III 11 o u a^ *l • 3s| E-i Snow. 1 Months. ■< o (3 » F. 29 25 24 34 33 30 ° F. 60 61 65 o y. 19 18 13 ° F. -11 -19 -22 ° F. 40 35 34 „ J, 22 16 15 In. 2.9 2.9 3.0 11 12 10 In. 4.9 3.3 0.8 In. 2.7 4.4 2.4 In. 12.5 10.6 8,8 In. 7,0 6.0 6.0 sw. sw. February NW. 26 32 17 8.8 33 9.0 9.5 31,9 SW, March, . . , 35 47 58 45 57 71 74 85 92 27 38 49 - 7 11 27 44 53 66 28 44 54 3.6 3.0 3.9 H 9 10 1,6 1.8 2.0 5.1 2.7 3.0 5,0 3.2 T. 8.0 13.0 T. sw. April sw. May sw. Spring mean 47 58 38 10.5 30 5.4 10.8 8,8 sw. 67 71 69 76 82 82 93 96 93 56 62 61 36 45 46 70 76 74 62 66 66 4.2 3.6 3.3 12 12 8 L4 2.1 3.2 3.9 3.2 6.0 0.0 0.0 0,0 0,0 0,0 0,0 sw. July sw. August. . .. . . sw. 69 80 60 11.1 32 6.7 13.1 0.0 sw. September 63 51 39 73 64 47 93 85 70 53 45 33 33 24 13 67 59 46 58 44 35 3.2 2.5 3.6 9 8 10 4.1 1.4 S.O 2.6 5.1 4.7 0.0 0.1 6.6 0,0 T, 6,0 sw. sw. sw. 51 61 44 9.3 27 10,5 12.3 6.7 sw. 48 58 96 40 -22 39.7 122 31.6 45.7 47,4 13,0 sw. Dates or Tempekature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903, Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1899 1900 1901 Jan. 11, 29, 31; Feb.l, 8-14; Deo. 31. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 2, 25, 27; Mar. 17. Feb. 23, 24; Mar. 6; Deo. 16, 19-22. Aug. 20. July 5. Julyl. 1902 1903 Jan. 28; Feb. 3-5, 19, 20. Jan. 10, 12, 13; Feb. 17-19. None. Do. 722 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OHIO. Northern Section (Western Part): PUTNAM COUNTY. Station: OTTAWA. John T. Maidlow, Observer. [Established May, 1894. Latitude, 41° OC N. Longitude 34° 05' W. Elevation, 720 feet.] Ottawa Is In east central Putnam County, on the Blanchard River, a branch of the Maumee. The station is in the extinct lake district of northwestern Ohio, and the country is very nearly level. This station is typical of the prairie lands of north- western Ohio. . The station has always been located in the residence portion of the city, but most of the time the instruments have had a free exposure. Maximum and minimum thermometers have been in use from the beginning of observations. They have been exposed in a standard shelter since December, 1898. The shelter has a good location in a small side yard. The height of the thermometers above ground is 5 feet. A standard rain gage, well exposed, Is installed. The height of the top of the gages above ground is 3 feet. The monthly mean temperature was obtained from the extremes of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Mean of the maximum and minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, average depth of snow, and wind direction are for five years; the remaining data are for the period of observation, October 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. a i a ■a a a n s a 1 1 a II o .s i ^a S •1 r ■si c S So Ot-t ^ Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Months. < o 9 C S 29 27 25 jr. 35 36 32 63 66 65 o p^ 19 19 14 " F. -12 -18 -20 ° F. 34 33 32 " F. 22 21 19 In. 2.6 2.3 2.3 11 11 9 In. 4.0 3.1 0.4 In. 2.5 4.2 2.3 In. 9.3 7.1 3.6 In. 6.5 10.0 7.0 NW. W. Winter mean 27 34 17 7.1 31 7.5 9.0 19.9 w March 38 61 62 49 63 76 75 90 93 29 38 49 - 2 17 27 45 67 68 32 48 58 2.9 2.7 3.3 13 10 12 0.8 1.8 1.6 4.0 2.3 5.3 5.1 T. T. 7.5 3.0 T. "W. NW. NE. April May Spring mean 60 63 39 8.9 36 4.1 11.6 5.1 NW June 70 75 72 81 88 86 100 102 103 66 62 60 38 42 43 72 79 77 G4 71 68 3.3 3.7 3.1 11 8 8 1.6 1.3 2.9 2.4 3.8 3.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. SW. NE. July Summer mean 72 66 85 79 69 51 59 10.0 27 5.7 10.0 0.0 SW. 98 90 74 52 44 32 29 13 8 70 59 48 62 45 37 2.6 1.7 3.0 8 6 10 1.4 0.7 5.5 3.3 3.7 2.7 0.0 T. 1.9 0.0 T. 6.0 W. SW. NW. October 55 November 42 Fall mean 54 66 43 7.2 24 7.6 9.7 1.9 W. Annual mean , 61 62 102 40 —20 33.2 117 24.9 40.3 26.9 10.0 w. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December, 31, 1903. Year. 1899 1900 1901 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 29,31; Feb. 1,7-14. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, 25; Mar. 17. Jan. 2, 3, 31; Feb. 2,7, 13,15,28; Dec. 15-21. Maximum 95° or above. June 6, 22; July 2-4, 21, 22, 24; Aug. 18-20; Sept. 5, 7. July 3-5, 7, 16; Aug. 5-11; Sept. 10. June 12,24,25,30; Julyl, 2,4,15-18,20- 22, 24, 26-28, 30; Aug. 9. Year. 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 28; Fel). 3-5, 8, 14 19, 20. Jan. 10, 12, 13; Feb. 17-19; Dec. 2, 10, 17, 30. Maximum 95° or above. None. July 4, 8-10, 25, 28. JvrOETH CENTRAL DISTKIOTS. 723 OHIO. Central Section (northern part): MARION COUNTY. Station: MARION. E. H. RAFFENaPERGER, Observer. [Established October, 1891. Latitude, 40° 35' N. Longitude, 83° Ity W. Elevation, 980 feet.] Marion is in central Marion County, on a till plain or ridge that extends northerly toward the lake and forms the watershed between the Scioto and Olentangy rivers. It is just south of the glacial ridge that forms the main watershed at this point. The station is in the city, about two blocks from the main street. Maximum and minimum thermometers are in use. They are well exposed about 5 feet above the ground in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, which is located in a medium- sized back yard. The gage that was in use up to August, 1903, was a small 3-inch gage. It was located on a post about 6 feet above the ground. Since then a standard gage with the top 3 feet above the ground has been in use. The monthly mean temperature was obtained from the extremes of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Mean of the maximum and mean of the minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, average depth of snow, and wind direction, are for five years; the remaining tabulated data are for twelve years, and are included within the period of observation, January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo S 1 1^ 1 ll § 3 e . o s a 1 ii § 1 ■a a a |l h if u it 1 1 in as lal O V ^1 ■ 3s| Eh Snow. Month. "its Q) CD ..11 O 3 December. . . . o jr. 30 27 26 2?. 36 37 33 O Jf 65 63 74 ° F. 20 21 15 ° F. - 9 -17 -22 J? 34 33 32 23 17 20 In. 2.4 2.5 2.2 9 9 8 In. 2.8 4.1 0.6 In. 1.6 4.0 3.3 In. 6.8 4.2 5.8 In. 8.2 5.1 8.0 sw. January sw. w. Winter mean 2S 35 19 7.1 20 7.4 8.9 16.8 sw. March 39 51 62 49 62 77 83 89 97 30 39 50 - 2 18 28 46 67 68 32 48 57 2.9 3.0 3.4 10 8 10 0.4 0.1 1.6 6.7 3.0 3.8 3.4 0.1 T. 6.0 0.8 T. w. sw. May ... •sw. Spring mean 61 63 40 9.3 28 2.0 13.5 3.5 sw. June . 70 74 72 82 89 88 99 102 101 57 62 ,59 35 42 42 73 80 77 65 71 69 4.1 3.8 2.7 10 8 7 4.1 2.2 1.8 3.2 2.2 •1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw July sw. NE. 72 86 59 10.6 25 8.1 9.6 0.0 sw. 66 65 41 80 69 52 100 91 76 53 44 30 15' 7 70 62 49 62 46 36 2.7 2.7 3.0 8 6 7 2.6 0.9 3.7 1.2 4.2 3.2 0.0 T. 0.9 ao . T. 4.5 NW. October sw November. .. NW Fall mean 64 67 42 8.4 21 7.2 8.6 0.9 NW 51 63 102 40 -22 35.4 100 24.7 40.6 21.2 8.2 SW. Dates of Tempeeatubb Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Mimmum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1899 1900 1901 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1-14; Deo. 30. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, 25, 27; Mar. 17. Jan. 2, 31; Feb. 2; Mar. 6; Deo. 16, 16, 20-22. June 6, 22, 23; July 2-4, 12, 22-24; Aug. 19, 24; Sept. 3, 6, 7. July 3, 4, 7, 16; Aug. 6-12, 14; Sept. 0. June 12, 30; July 1, 2, 16, 17, 20-24, 26-30; Aug. 8, 9, 13, 29. 1902 1903 Feb. 3,5,8,19,20; Deo. 31. Jan. 10, 12, 13; Feb. 17-19; Deo. 17, 26, 28, 30. June 15. July 4, 9, 25, 28; Aug. 22-25; Sept. 3, 15 724 OLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OHIO. Northern Section (south central part): RICHLAND COUNTY. Station: BANQORVILLE- S. M. Painteb, Observer. [Established July, 1886. Latitude, 40° 36' N. Longitude, 82° SC W. Elevation, 1,380 loet.] This station is in extreme southern Richland County, in the open country, about 1 mile from BangorviUe. It is on » table-land or ridge on the old tiU plain just south of the main glacial ridge. It is not far south of the main watershed, and is on a ridge between two branches of the Walhonding River. The station is typical of the highest ridges or table-landt in north central Ohio. Maximum and minimum thermometers are in use. They were exposed from the establishment of the station untU March, 1898, in a homemade shelter buUt after the Signal Service standard. A standard Weather Bureau shelter has been in use since that date. It is located north of the house, 4 feet above the ground, with free air circulation. The rain gauge is well exposed in a large open space 4 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained from the extremes of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Mean of maximum a,nd mean of minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, average depth of snow, and wind direction, are for five years only; the remaining data are for the period of observation, July 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 s 1 li i S a 6 ii 1 i. li o CO > a a s§ % 3 , -a lis C ffl o-a So lil Snow. K Month. bo . < (3 30 27 . 30 'F. 35 36 31 "F. 69 70 70 'F. 19 19 14 'F. -20 -24 -22 'F. 41 41 42 'F. 19 14 19 In. 3.1 3.1 3.0 9 10 7 In. 2.1 0.7 0.4 In. 11.2 2.8 3.2 In. 4.8 8.4 4.9 In. 10.0 16.0 6.7 w. w. February. w. 29 34 17 9.2 26 3.2 17.2 18.1 w. March 38 51 60 48 61 75 79 90 97 29 39 50 -16 12 27 48 59 69 27 39 55 3.0 3.2 3.9 11 9 10 0.9 1.4 2.2 5.0 5.7 4.4 3.1 0.4 T. 20.0 6.0 LO sw. April w. May.. w. Spring mean 50 .61 39 10.1 30 4.6 15.1 3.0 w. .TllTlA 70 74 72 81 87 86 100 103 103 68 62 61 33 43 34 78 81 79 62 68 64 4.1 4.0 3.4 11 8 7 1.8 5.8 4.6 4.2 3.7 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July w August w. Rnminer ttiarti 72 85 60 11.6 26 12.2 10.9 0.0 w. September 65 52 39 78 68 50 99 90 76 63 44 32 28 12 -11 73 65 49 66 43 29 3.3 2.2 3.4 7 5 9 0.8 2.2 0.4 6.0 3.6 5.6 0.0 T. 2.3 0.0 3.0 5.0 s October N w. Pall mean 52 65 43 8.9 21 3.4 15.2 2.3 \v 51 61 103 40 -24 39.7 103 23.3 68.4 23.9 20.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Mimmum below 0". Maximum 95° or above. 1899 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 8-14; Dec. 16, 30, 31. June 7, 22, 23; July 2-4, 22, 24; Aug. 2, 4, 18, 19. 1902 Jan. 28; Feb. 3, 6, 8, 14,19,20; Dec. 31. None. 1900 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17,25,27; Mar. 17. July 4, 5, 7, 15; Aug. 6, 7-12. 1903 Jan. 10, 12, 13; Feb. 17-19; Dec. 26, 28, 30. Do. 1901 Jan. 2, 31; Feb. 2, 7, 23, 24; Mar. 6; Deo. 15-22. June 30; July 1, 2, 16, 20, 21, 24, 27-30; Aug. 9. 728 CLIMATOLOGY OK THE UNITED STATES. OHIO. Central District: FRANKLIN COUNTY. Station: COLUMBUS. J. Warben Smith, Section Director. [Established by Signal Service in July, 1878. Altitude, 39° 58' N. Longitude, 83° W. Elevation, 774 feet.] This station is located near the center of the city of Columbus and about two blocks east of the Scioto River. The city is in the Scioto Valley, which extends generally north and south, the elevation on either side of the river being slight and generally gradual. The office was located on July 15, 1878, in Huntington Block, corner of Broad and High streets; on May 1, 1889, it was moved to the board of trade, about one-half square east; on February 1, 1893, it was moved to the Wheeler Building, one door west of its first location; on November 1, 1894, it was moved to the Eberly Block, 215 South High street, and on June 1, 1902, it was moved to the present location, Hayden Building, 16 East Broad street. The thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, erected on th? flat roof of the office building and are 173 feet above the ground. The rain and snow gages are exposed on the same roof, theii- tops being 170.6 feet above the ground; the exposure of all the instruments is good. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Snowfall, nineteen years; humidity, fifteen years; sun- shine, ten years. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-five and one-half years, July 1, 1878, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. K> 1 ■3 <^ o Id 1 la 1 i |a o i s ill H B II Snow. B 00 > e 00 1 1 a (i 00 1 % P5 a ii 00 1 o 1 Si < o || CM Montli. s Month. M . < t.Ss o o 1 5 Decen Janua Febru iber. T. 33 29 29 "F. 37 37 33 "F. 65 61 70 "F. 23 22 17 'F. — 7 — 3 —23 "F. 44 39 40 "F. 24 20 20 In. 3.3 3.7 3.8 6 6 6 In. 1.5 2.0 4.2 In. 2.1 5.3 2.7 In. 4.5 7.2 7.9 In. 8.0 6.0 12.0 w. ry w. w. 30 36 21 10.8 18 7.7 . 10.1 19.6 w. March April May. 39 51 61 51 61 76 78 88 93 31 40 52 — 2 19 30 48 56 68 34 47 53 3.9 3.4 3.2 7 7 7 3.4 ! 6.2 2.4 ' 2.9 2.2 ] 5.8 4.8 4.6 0.0 13.0 14.0 0.0 w. w. w. Spring mean. 60 63 41 1 10.5 21 8,0 14.9 9.4 w June. ■July. AugU! 70 73 71 80 86 84 97 100 96 58 64 62 43 48 44 74 79 76 65 68 68 4.0 4.1 3.6 7 8 5 3.6 5.2 4.6 4.4 4.5 7.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. s. t .... s. 71 S3 61 11.7 20 12.7 [ 16.8 0.0 s Septei Octob Never nber 64 53 41 76 67 50 98 86 78 55 46 34 35 26 11 69 60 50 59 47 37 2.6 2.2 3.1 4 3 4 1.0 1 2.6 1.3 3.4 4.0 1 2.4 0.0 T. 1.8 0.0 T. 2.0 s. s. w. 53 64 45 7.9 11 6.3 8.4 1.8 s 51 62 100 42 —23 40.9 70 34.7 50.2 30.8 14.0 Dates of Tempe ratdbe EXTR EMES F OR THE Period January 1 1899, 1 ro December 31, 1903. Year. Mininiuin below 0°. Max imum 9£ ° or abo ve. Year. Minimnin hp low 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 1,9-14; Dec 31 No Jul ae. y 15; Au g.9,10. 1901 1902 Mar. Feb. Jan.] 5; Deo.l !,5 6,20,21. June 12,30; July 1,2,24,27-30. June 12! .Tiilv fi. 1900 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1 25,27; Mar. 17. 2, 190 i 2,13; Fe b.18,19. July 4 ,9; Aug 24,25. WOBTH OEJSTKAL DISTRICTS. 731 OHIO. Southern Section (Western part): MONTGOMERY COUNTY. Station: DAYTON. Edith E. L. Boyer, Observer. fEstabUshed October, 1882. Latitude, 39° M' N. Longitude, 84° 09' W. Elevation, 77(1 feet.] This station was located on a glacial ridge east of the city and east of the Mad River from October, 1882, to September 12, 1886. Since that time it has been on the valley plain between the Mad and the Miami rivers. It is in the residence portion of the city, about 2 miles toward the northeast from the center. Maximum and minimum thermometers are in use. They were exposed in a north window shelter until April 1, ISO.' and sinee then in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, which is located in an open back yard. The shelter is 50 feet from the house, 20 feet from a low shed, and about 8 feet from a low fence and grape arbor. The height of the thermometers above ground is 5 feet. The rain gage is in an open place 10 feet east of the shelter. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature was obtained from the extremes of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Mean of the maximum and mean' of the minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, aver- age depth of snow, and wind direction are for a period of five years ; the remaining tabulated data are for a period of twenty- one years, extending from October 1, 1882, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. tXJ Month. 1 a ::a HI 1 i © 3 o .3 S '3 S o 1 3 a 1 o 1 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. sl Snow. p. . ■SuU a. blj . d-d J- ^ c a 5 33 29 33 'F. 40 40 38 "F. 67 68 72 "F. 23 23 20 'F. -16 -22 -28 "F. 46 40 41 "F. 26 19 20 rn. 2.6 3.1 3.2 10 8 10 In. 3.8 2.0 1.3 In. 3.0 6.0 2.1 In. 3.7 6.4 4.1 In. 5.0 10.0 6.0 sw Januasry sw 32 39 22 8.9 28 7,1 March 40 52 63 52 64 76 80 90 97 32 41 52 - 3 18 28 48 60 71 31 40 58 3.3 2.8 3.7 12 10 11 2.4 1.9 3.4 8.0 1-9 3.5 1.4 0.7 T. 4.0 6.0 0.7 April May sw Spring m.ean 52 64 42 9.8 33 7.7 13. 4 ' 2. 1 w .TllTlPi . 73 77 73 84 89 88 100 10? 100 61 64 62 41 45 40 78 84 79 66 74 70 4.3 2.9 2.7 12 9 7 4.0 1.3 0.9 3.2 4.3 2.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. sw. sw. July 74 87 62 9.9 28 0.2 10.4 0.0 67 55 42 S2 69 53 102 93 76 55 44 33 28 18 .8 73 63 50 62 49 38 2.6 2.2 3.2 7 6 10 2.3 1.1 1.4 4.1 4.0 4.3 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 sw. sw. sw. Octoher November Fall mean 55 68 44 8.0 23 48 12.4 1.0 sw. . 53 05 108 42 -28 30.6 112 25.8 47.3 17.3 10.0 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Jan. 25; Dec. 28, None Jan. 4; Feb. 20, Jan. 24-31 21... Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 3; 14, 15. Jan. 31; Feb. 1, Dec. 16, 26, 30, 8-14; 31. Maximum 95° or above. June 12, 16, 22, 23, 30; July 12, 13, 16-19, 31; Aug. 9, 10, 18. May 30, 31; June 1-4; July 16, 19-21; Aug 9,10,16-18,28; Sept. 10-12, 18-22. July 27, 29, 30. June 15, 30; July 2-10; Aug. 2, 3; Sept. 6-16. June 30; July 1-3, 6, 7, 23, 24; Aug. 22, 23, 30; Sept. 1-3. June 22, 23, 28; July 2-4, 12, 13, 23, 24; Aug. 2-4, 12, 18, 19, 23, 24, 27; Sept. 5-7. Year. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1. 17, 18, 25; Mar. 17. Jan. 31; Mar. 6; Dec. 15-21. Jan. 28; Feb. 3-6, 8, 9, 14; Dec. 31. Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 17-19; Dec. 26. Maximum 95° or above. July 3, 4, 7, 14, 15, 17; Aug. 6-12, 18-20; Sept. 5-11, 26. June 11,25,29,30; Julyl, 11,16,17,20-30; Aug. 8, 9; Sept. 0, 7. June 12, 13, 15; July 9, 17; Aug. 3, 30. July 3, 4, 9-11, 25, 20, 28; Aug. 3, 19, 22-26; Sept. 7, 8, 14, 15. 732 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UITITED STATES. OHIO. Southern Section (Eastern part): MORGAN COUNTY. Station: McCONNELSVILLE. C. H. MoEEIS, Observer. [Established March, 1884. Latitude, 39" 50' N. Longitude, 81° 40' W. Elevation, 799 feet.] McConnebville is situated on the east bank of the Muskingum River. The valley is narrow at this point, and the land rises quite rapidly to high ridges. The station is at the residence of the observer, nearly one-haU mile from the river and about 100 feet above it. The location of the station makes it typical of neither the plateau nor the strictly valley stations, but rather of the hillsides, or sides of the steeper valleys, that are so common in southeastern Ohio. Maximum and minimum thermometers are in use. They were exposed in a large-sized shelter about 10 feet above the ground until May, 1903, when they were lowered to about 5 feet. The location is open and the exposure good. The rain gage has a free, open exposure. The height of the top of the gage above ground is 3 feet. The monthly mean temperature was obtained from the extremes of the maximum and min imum thermometers. Mean of the maximum and mean of the minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, aver- age depth of snow, and wind direction are for five years ; the remaining tabulated data are for twenty years, included within the period of observation, March 1, 1884, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. I 1 5 i 1 h 1 II g i 1 a 1 i a h it 3 ll 13 t-fO °6 Is 2 I'll 3 -a a S an O o 5 Mouth. IS » . Si < December "F. 34 32 34 "F. 41 41 38 'F. 70 69 74 'F. 26 26 22 "F. - 4 - 8 -22 'F. 46 43 44 'F. 20 19 21 In. 3.4 3.0 3.3 12 11 11 In. 2.6 5.4 0.9 In. 8.7 1.7 3.4 In. 3.4 5.9 5.7 In. 3.0 4.0 6.5 s. s. February . s. 33 40 25 9.7 34 8.9 13.8 15.0 4.9 1.8 0.0 s. March 42 53 63 54 64 77 85 92 93 35 43 54 2 21 35 52 61 70 28 43 55 3.2 3.3 4.0 13 9 10 3.1 1.2 L6 LO 5.0 12.4 10.0 5 0.0 w. April s. May s. Spring mean 53 65 44 10.5 32 5.9 18.4 6.7 s. 70 74 72 80 86 84 96 101 98 61 66 64 43 48 48 74 80 78 65 70 67 4.5 4.4 3.9 14 9 7 2.4 L5 2.6 3.1 5.3 7.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. August s. 72 83 64 12.8 30 6.5 15.8 0.0 s. September 65 53 43 78 69 54 94 87 78 57 47 36 37 19 15 71 62 62 57 46 36 3.0 2.9 3.2 7 5 9 2.1 1.3 2.0 L4 7.7 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.5 s. October s. s. 54 67 47 9.1 21 5.4 13.9 0.2 s. 53 64 101 45 -22 42.1 117 26.7 61.9 2L9 10.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1899 Jan. 2; Feb. 1,9-14. ... Feb. 25 None. Do. July 1, 22, 27. 1902 1903 None. Do. 1900 do 1901 Dee. 16 734 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OHIO. Southern Section (Western part): CLINTON COUNTY. Station: CLARKSVILLE. E. T. M. Williams, Observer. [Established in November, 1886. Latitude, 39° 25' N. Longitude, 84° 12' W. Elevation, 1,010 feet.] Clarksville is in the western part of Clinton County. The station is in the countiy, 2i mUea west of the town. It is located on a high plain, near the northern projection of the loess-covered till plain that extends from the Ohio northward between meridians 83° 30' and 84° 30'. Maximum and miaunum thermometers are in use. They were located on a north porch until 1888, when they were placed in a freely-exposed standard shelter. The height of thermometers above ground is 5 feet. A standard rain gage ■is in use and is well exposed in a large, open yard. The height of the top of the gage above ground is 3 feet. The exposure of the instruments is unusually good at this station, and the topographic surroundings are so open that it seems that the record of the thermometers must be the temperature of the free air over a large area. The monthly mean temperature was obtained from the extremes of the maximum and miuimum thermometers. Mean of the maximum and mean of the minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, average depth of snow, and wind directions, are for a period of five years; the remaining tabulated data are for seventeen years, extending from November 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annoal Means. Month. December. January... February.. "Winter mean . March. April.. May... Spring mean. June July.... August. Summer mean . September. October November. Fall mean Aimual mean , "F. 33 Temperature. ^.1 "F. 67 « °F. 23 23 18 "F. -13 -16 -22 °F. 45 40 40 78 "F. 25 19 20 Precipitation. 7.1 38.' lis In. 3.8 1.4 1.1 6.3 2.0 1.8 2.8 3.3 2.8 1.2 0.7 0.9 o 9 -.■^ ^ s •? s 12.3 Snow. In. 3.4 4.2 3.3 10.9 1.4 0.7 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. 2.4 2.4 15.4 hT3CN In. 9.0 14.0 8.0 7.0 2.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 7.0 14.0 S w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. sw. w. w. \v. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. MLoimum below 0°. 1 Maximum 95° orabove. 1899 1900 1901 Feb. 1,8-14; Dec. 31. . Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1,17, 25 Jan. 31; Dec. 15, 16, 20, 21. Aug. 2; Sept. 6-7. July 16; Aug. 10. June 30; Julv 1, 11, If, 20-22, 24-29; Aug. 8-9. 1902 1903 Feb. 3, 5 Jan. 12; Feb. 17-19. . . . None. . July 28; Aug. 24, 25; Sept. 8. NORTH OENTEAL DISTRICTS. 735 OHIO. Southern Section (Southern part): JACKSON COUNTY. Station: COALTON. J. A. Sell, Observer. [Established 1893. Latitude, 39° 15' N. Longitude, 82° 35' W. Elevation, 691 feet.] CoaltoD is in northern Jackson County, near the head of a small branch of the Scioto River. The land is very hilly. The station is 1 mile north of Coalton in a narrow cup-shaped valley. The valley is about one-fourth of a mile wide near the residence of the observer, but narrows down to a few rods at the lower end. Maximum and minimum thermometers are in use. They were exposed in a home made shelter until December, 1898, when a standard Weather Bureau shelter was installed. The height of the thermometers above the ground is 5 feet. A 3-inch rain gage was in use until April, 1901, when an 8-inch standard gage was installed. It is well exposed, and the height of the top of the gage above ground is 3 feet. The monthly mean temperature was obtained from the extremes of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Mean of the maximum and mean of the minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, aver- age depth of snow, wind direction, and frost data are for a period of five years ; the remaining tabulated data are from January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 § ■s-9 1 t li o B CD 1 < la w R H 1 i III 11 ©■a -2 o P Snow. " Month. Greatest depth in 24 hours. o u 2; (5 December. "F. 33 32 30 „-p. 41 41 37 °i?. 79 70 74 'F. 22 21 17 "F. -27 -19 -38 °F. 37 36 37 25 26 21 In. 2.8 2.9 3.3 9 9 8 In. 2.8 4.0 0.8 In. 3.0 7.1 2.6 in. 3.1 8.0 6.4 in. 3.0 2.0 2.0 s. January s. sw. Winter mean 32 40 20 9.0 26 7.6 12.7 1 17.5 s. March 43 52 63 56 65 79 85 93 97 33 38 49 - 2 13 25 51 58 67 35 48 59 3.6 2.6 3.7 11 8 9 1.7 1.5 1.5 4. 9 i 4. 3 1. 8 1. 4 5. 0. T. 0.0 0.0 sw. April.. NE. MS,y S. 53 67 40 9.9 28 4.7 11.7 j 6.7 S. 71 75 74 83 90 89 104 103 101 58 61 60 35 39 39 74 78 77 66 73 71 4.4 3.4 2.8 11 7 6 3. 1 1 2. 8 1 0. 1.8 1 4.6 ' 0.0 1. 8 j 5. 8 0. 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July. s August s SllTTITTlPr TTIPqTl 73 87 60 10.6 24 6.7 13.2 1 0.0 s. September 68 56 43 83 74 56 102 92 80 62 41 32 27 8 6 72 62 50 64 46 38 2.1 1.8 2.8 6 4 8 1.7 1.1 1.6 2.4 2.8 3.1 0.0 0.0 1.5 0.0 0.0 3.4 N October ; November SW Fall mean 56 71 42 6.7 17 4.3 8.3 1.5 sw 52 66 104 40 -38 36.2 95 23.3 45.9 24.7 3.4 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1899 1900 1901 Jan. 2, 3, 8; Feb. 1, 8- 16; Dec. 31. Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 26, 27. Jan. 31; Dec. 15-21 . . . June 5, 23; July 27; Aug. 2-4, 19, 20, 22, 24, 25; Sept. 1-3, 5-8. July 5-7, 15-17; Aug. 5-12, 19; Sept. 6 8-11, 26. June 24, 29, 30; July 11, 16, 17, 21-24, 26-29. 1902 1903 Feb. 5, 14 Jan. 10; Feb. 17-19; Dec, 1, 3, 17, 30. June 12; July 7-9, 17. July 3, 9, lO', 25, 26, 28; Aug. 2, 23-26; Sept. 10, 14. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 736 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OHIO. Southern District: HAMILTON COUNTY. Station: CINCINNATI. S. S. Bassler, Local Forecaster. [Established by Signal Service November 1, 1870. Latitude, 39° 6' N. Longitude, 84° SO* W. Elevation, 544 feet.] The main business portion of Cincinnati is situated on a series of terraces in a basin cut out by the Ohio River. These bluffs or hills extend nearly parallel with the river on its north and south sides, in a general east and west direction, except Price Hill, just west of the city, which runs north and south. The opening between these hills is greatest between the south spur of Price Hill and the distant Kentucky hills, an opening cut out by the Ohio River, and making an uninterrupted passage for southwesterly winds. The thermometers are exposed in a regulation Weather Bureau shelter on the roof of the Government building, 52 feet above the ground. The wind vane is 161 feet above the ground and the anemometer cups 1 foot below the vane. The tops of the snow and rain gages, also located on the roof of the Government building, are 145 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: All temperature data, thirty-two years; number of days with 0.01 precipitation, thirty-two years; average depth of snow, fourteen years; humidity, fifteen years ; sunshine, four- teen years. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-three years, January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. no 1 1 n a s . ¥ 1 c 1 a s = o 1 H r 3 ag o 1-1 to u 11 S Is ■^ S o u oil Snow. a 00 1 a) M p. a. 80 80 79 B 00 O ■< ft 00 > 1 a 00 o < a o ja 1 g o to II p 1 Month. 1=^ i a ii o s hi §^a © 60 . so < tat "jag if- o s December 36 32 35 'F. 43 40 43 "F. 72 71 73 "F. 29 24 27 "F. - 8 -12 -17 "F. 48 49 46 °F. 25 21 23 In. 3.0 3.3 3.4 12 13 12 In. 3.4 0.9 1.4 In. 4.3 5.1 4.6 In. 4.1 6.0 4.6 In. 7.0 6.0 6.6 Ors. 1.76 L66 1.53 P.ct. 72 74 69 Ors. 1.90 1.75 1.70 111 120 124 38 40 41 sw. SW. NW. 34 42 27 9.7 37 6.7 13.9 14.7 80 1.61 72 1.78 118 40 sw March 43 64 65 61 63 77 84 87 94 34 46 57 1 18 33 51 62 71 35 48 60 3.6 2.9 3.4 14 12 12 2.0 1.9 1.6 4.2 5.8 5.7 3.2 0.3 0.1 4.0 4.0 L5 76 71 72 1.94 2.70 4.00 66 56 57 2.25 2.95 3.13 168 215 270 42 64 61 NW SE May SE. Spring mean 54 64 45 9.9 38 5.5 15.7 3.6 73 2.88 59 2.78 214 66 SE 74 78 76 82 87 84 98 105 101 65 69 66 39 53 51 80 82 80 68 71 72 4.0 3.5 3.4 12 10 9 2.3 1.4 0.9 9.9 2.6 4.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74 74 77 6.72 6.30 5.96 68 66 56 6.60 5.75 6.76 316 340 306 71 76 72 SE July SW. NE 76 84 67 10.9 31 4.6 16.4 0.0 75 5.99 57 6.70 320 73 69 57 44 78 66 62 99 88 78 60 48 37 36 27 6 76 65 49 64 51 37 2.4 2.2 3.3 8 9 11 0.9 0.6 0.7 1.4 3.0 4.4 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.0 T. 1.5 78 79 78 4.79 3.22 2.22 58 59 68 4.94 3.39 2.41 267 229 131 72 66 43 SE October SE November . SE 57 65 48 7.9 28 2.2 8.8 0.7 78 3.41 62 3.68 209 60 SE. 55 64 105 47 -17 38.4 134 18.0 64.8 19.0 7.0 76 3.47 62 3.46 216 66 SE. Dates of Temperatuee Extkemes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1G03. Year. Minimum below 0° Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Aug. 9, 10. June 3; July 19; Aug. 17, 18; Sept. 18, 20. July 29, 30; Aug. 6. July 3, 4, 8, 9; Aug. 3; Sept. 10, 12, 15, 16. July 2, 3. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 8-14 Aug. 2-4; Sept. 5-7. Aug. 10, 19; Sept. 10. June 29, 30; July 1, 11, 15-17, 21-24, 26-29; Aug. 8, 9. July 17. July 3, 10. 1895 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 8, 9.. Jan. 4; Feb. 20 Jan 24-26, 28 .... Feb. 25 1896 1897 Feb. 3 Jan. 12; Feb. 17, 19.-- 1898 None NORTH CENTRAL DISTRKJTS. 737 OHIO. Southern section: SCIOTO COUNTY. Station: PORTSMOUTH. Harry A. Schiermann, Observer. [Established January 1, 1825. Latitude, 38° 44' N. Longitude, 83° 00' N. Elevation, 520 feet.] Portsmouth ia situated outside the glaciated area on the Ohio River at the mouth of the Scioto. The greater part of the city stands east of the Scioto, on the second bench of that river but on the first bench of the Ohio. It is on a large, nearly level plain. The surrounding country is very hilly and across the Ohio the bluffs rise several hundred feet. The soil is valley drift and alluvium. The instruments have been in the possession of the present observer only since October 16, 1903. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter in the back yard on the north side of the house, and 5 feet from it. They are 5 feet above the ground. The air circulation is good. The rain gage is now 10 feet from a low building and fence, and 2 feet above the ground. Since 1883 the monthly mean temperature and other temperature data have been obtained from the maximum and minimum thermometers. Before that time they were obtained from the tridaily readings of the exposed thermometer. Mean of the maximum and mean of the minimum temperature, number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, average depth of snow, and wind direction, are for a period of five years; absolute maximum and minimum temperatures, for twelve years; greatest depth of snow, twenty-eight years; the remaining temperature and precipitation data are for about seventy- three years, included within the period of observation January 1, 1830, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 Month. p 1 X 1 x 0) 3 1 O..H c ■ i s g 6 o Is M ai IS o 1^ 1 -a m 2; Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Sn M . SI Greatest' < depth in 24 hours. > s DeceiT Janua Fehru 36 35 37 °F. 43 44 40 "F. 72 73 78 °F. 25 25 22 'F. - 2 -11 -18 'F. 49 45 47 'F. 23 22 26 In. 3.4 3.4 3.2 10 10 10 In. 0.1 1.1 1.4 In. 8.1 8.2 3.6 In. 2.2 4.7 5.7 In. 10.0 12.0 6.0 SW- sw. sw. 36 42 24 10.0 30 2.6 19.9 12.6 sw. March April M^y. 45 57 65 57 67 80 91 97 99 36 43 55 5 20 32 56 66 74 33 47 57 3.6 3.3 3.6 11 11 9 6.0 1.1 2.6 8.1 3.7 3.8 4.1 I.O T. 11.0 6.0 T. sw. sw. sw. Spring mean W 68 46 10.4 31 9.6 15.6 5.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. 3.6 June. July. AugUE 73 77 74 75 84 90 87 102 106 100 62 66 65 41 48 48 79 83 81 68 71 67 4.1 4.0 3.4 13 9 9 3.8 sw. 0.3 4.0 0.9 1 8.0 sw. t sw. 87 64 11.5 31 5.0 15.6 0.0 sw. Septei Octoh Novel 68 56 45 82 72 56 101 91 84 57 47 35 36 18 10 78 64 52 62 47 36 2.8 2.7 3.0 7 5 9 2.9 0.1 4.1 0.8 2.6 2.8 0.0 T. 1.0 0.0 T. 5.0 sw. sw. nber sw. 56 70 46 8.5 21 7.1 6.2 1.0 sw. 66 67 106 45 -18 40.4 113 24.3 57.3 18.7 12. C sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes f OR THE Period Jani: ABY 1, 1899, 1 o December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Mini mum be low 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1899 Feh. 1,9-14; Dec. 31... Feb. 25. June 5-7, 22, 23; July 2-4, 12 27; Aug. 2-4; Sept. 3, 5-7. June 10; July 3-6, 14-17; j SftT>t. 6. S-11. 13, 24, : Vug. 7-1 5, 2; 1901 1902 1903 Dec. None Fell 16, 21 June 11, 24, 25, 28-30; July 1, 11 21, 22, 24. 2i;-29. June 12; Julv 5, 7, 9, 17; Aug. 3. July 3, 4. 9. 10. 25. 26: Auff. 24. 2. , 15, 16, 1900 19 WE5T VIRGINIA. By ELISHA C. VOSE, Section Director. 739 WEST VI Rami A. The topography of the State is varied, and this has a marked effect upon the chmate. It has broad valleys on its eastern and western sides, which become very narrow in the mountain districts over the eastern portion. The average altitude of the Alleghany Mountains, which extend over the State in a southwesterly direction, is from 2,500 to 3,000 feet. The highest point is Spruce Knob, in Pendleton County, which is 4,860 feet above sea level, and the lowest points are 260 feet at Harpers Ferry and 500 feet at the mouth of the Big Sandy River. The State slopes in three general directions : From the top of Spruce Knob the tributaries of the Potomac descend rapidly to the eastward. The Cheat flows to the northward and empties into the Monongahela not far from the Pennsylvania line, and the Greenbrier, the Elk, and the Gauley rivers flow toward the southwest and join the Great Kanawha River, which is the largest tributary of the Ohio. The climate varies greatly in different portions of the State. The actual range of latitude is three and one-half degrees, from 37° 10' to 40° 40', which gives a, range of temperature of 6°; but the range of altitude being so great — 4,600 feet — gives a range of temperature equal to a range of latitude of from 10° to 15°. This means that the vegetable and forest products of the State as well as the climate are such as may be found from the southern part of Virginia to the Canadian border. The average elevation of the western half of the State is from 1,000 to 1,200 feet; of the western plateau from 1,500 to 1,700 feet; of the eastern plateau from 2,000 to 2,200 feet, and of the eastern panhandle from 500 to 700 feet; the average elevation of the State being about 1,500 feet. The counties bordering along the Ohio River north of the thirty-ninth parallel have about the same character of chmate as those in the eastern panhandle, although such low temperatures are not reached in the panhandle section, the mountains no doubt preventing this. The mean annual temperature over these sections is about 53° These two sections, together with the extreme southeastern portion, get the least mean annual precipitation, averaging from 35 to 40 inches. Over the southwestern portion of the State the mean annual temperature wiU average about 56° and the mean annual precipitation about 50 inches. The western plateau counties, which extend in a southwesterly and northeasterly direction about 100 miles east of the Ohio River, as well as the eastern plateau counties, have a climate that differs somewhat from the lowlands. Over these plateau regions the mean annual temperature is about 52° and the mean annual rainfall is from 45 to 50 inches. The seasons are just a httle shorter and frosts and snows a httle more frequent. The mountain tier of counties have a climate altogether different from those aheady described. Their spring and autumn seasons are much shorter, snows are deeper and more frequent and the wind currents are drier and stronger. The mean annual temperature over this section is from 48° to 50° and the mean annual precipitation over 50 inches. The dates of first killing frost in autumn and of last killing frost in spring occur from twelve to eighteen days earlier and later than in the lowlands. The mean annual range of temperature over the State is from 6° to 8°, the temperature being highest in the southwest portion and lowest over the mountains. The mean annual range of precipitation is from 15 to 20 inches, the precipitation being greatest over the mountains and least over the eastern panhandle and extreme southeastern counties. The winter mean temperature of the western border and the eastern panhandle counties is from 31° to 34°; the spring mean, 51° to 53°; the summer mean is 74°, and the fall mean 55°. The winter and spring precipitation averages about 10 inches; the summer from 10 to 13 inches, and the fall from 7 to 8 inches. The extreme range of temperature is 142°, the highest ever recorded being 107° and the lowest 35° below zero. It is seldom, however, that the temperature goes over 100° or lower than 15° below zero. The average amount of sunshine for the State is about 50 per cent and the prevailing direction of the wind from south to west. List of Counties and CLrMATOLOGiCAL Stations. County. Station. District. Page. County. m Station. District. Page. Martinsburg. Easter n-?an- j 746 handle. Southwestern Lost Creek . . Northern-Central . Central Ohio Val- ley, Easter n-Pan- handle. S out hern-Cent ral 748 Jackson {see Parkershurg; Point Pleasant). Wellsburg . . . Northern-Pan- handle. Central Ohio Val- ley. Western-Central. . 742 Kanawha {see Powellton) .. Lincoln(5ee Point Pleasant) Calhoun {see Glenville) Southern-Central. Elkhorn 755 Doddridge {see Lost Creek) . Northern-Central . Marion {see Morgantown) Favette - Powellton . . . GlenviUe .... Southern-Central. Western-Central. . Eastern slope 752 750 Marshall {see Wellsburg) . . Northern-Pan- handle. Central Ohio Val- ley. Gilmer Mason Point Pleas- ant. 749 Mercer {see Elkhorn) . Hampshire (see Burlington) Eastern slope .... Northern-Pan- handle. Burlington . . Eastern slope Southwestern 745 Mingo {see Elkhorn) 740 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS List of Counties and Climatolooical Stations — Continued. 741 County. Monongalia Monroe (see Hinton) Morgan {see Martinsburg). Nicholas (sec Powellton) . . Ohio {see Wellsburg) Pendleton (see Burlington) . Pleasants (see Parkersburg) Pocahontas . Preston Putnam (see Point Pleas- ant). Raleigh (see Powellton) . . . Station. Morgantown Marlinton . . Terra Alta . District. Northern slope . . . Southeastern Easter n-Pan- handle. Southern-Central . Northern-Pan- handle. Eastern slope . ... Central Ohio Val- ley. Easter n-C e n- tral-Mountain. Norther n-Cen- tral-Mountain. Central Ohio Val- ley. Southern -Central. Page. 753 744 County. Randolph Ritchie (see Lost Creek) . . Roane (see Glenville) Summers Taylor (see Morgantown) . Tucker (see Elkins) Tyler (see Parkersburg) . . Upshur (see Elkins) Wayne (see Point Pleasant) Webster (see Marlinton) . . . Wetzell (see Parkersburg) . Wirt (see Parkersburg) . Wood Wyoming (see Elkhorn) . Station. Parkersburg . District. Eastern-Central . . Northern-Central Western-Central . Souliheastern Northern slope ... Eastern-Central . . Central Ohio Val- ley. Eastern-Central . . Southwestern .... Eastern-Central . . Central Ohio Val- ley. do ....do Southern Page. 761 '754 State Summary — West Virginia. Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute i maxi- mum Abso- lute mini- mum. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. Wellsburg Morgantown . . Terra Alta . . . . Burlington Martinsburg . . Parkersburg . . Lost Creek Point Pleasant Glenville Elkins Powellton Marlinton Hinton Elkhorn 41 42 38 40 42 44 40 44 42 38 42 38 43 43 "F. 94 105 90 102 104 102 99 102 100 94 99 100 98 95 July, 1901... August, 1903, , 1900 . July, 1898... July, 1900... July, 1901-.. July, 1898... , 1897 . July, 1901... do August June, 1894 . . July, 1897... July, 1902... February, 1903 . February, 1899 . do January, 1899... February, 1899 . do do do do do do do do do 132 195 153 130 119 93 114 104 114 136 110 180 127 Wellsburg Morgantown . . Terra Alta .... Burlington . . ._. Martinsburg . . Parkersburg , . Lost Creek Point Pleasant Glenville Elkins Powellton Marlinton Hinton Elkhorn Num- ber. Frost. Average date of— First killing Oct. 15 Oct. 13 Oct. 5 Sept. 29 Oct. 20 Oct. 17 Oct. 2 Oct. 18 ...do... Oct. 11 Oct. 12 Oct. 6 Oct. 19 Oct. 17 Last in spring. May 3 Apr. 30 May 6 Apr. 29 Apr. 16 Apr. 11 Apr. 29 Apr. 17 Apr. 25 Apr. 28 Apr. 23 Apr. 30 Apr. 20 Apr. 24 Date of— Earliest killing Oct. 1 ...do... Sept. 14 Sept. 15 Oct. 1 Sept. 24 Sept. 14 Oct. 1 Sept. 28 Oct. 1 Sept. 21 Oct. 5 Oct. 1 May 10 ...do... ...do... May 29 May 3 May 22 May 8 May 29 May 10 May 13 May 28 May 10 May 15 Precipitation. Inches. 40 2 41.0 55.4 36.4 35.2 41.3 43.5 39.5 46.9 46.6 43.3 45.7 38.4 44.4 Spring. Inches. 11.2 11.2 11.2 10.0 10.5 10 1 12.1 10 2 11.9 12.3 13.1 12.1 11.2 12.9 Inches. 13.6 13.5 20.1 101 10.6 13.2 13.4 11.7 14.0 13.4 12.6 15.2 11.4 14.3 7.8 10.1 7.3 6.8 8.2 7.7 7.3 9.2 Winter. Inches, 8.7 8.6 14.0 8.0 7.4 9.8 10 3 10 3 11.8 11.3 10.8 9.7 9.0 9.4 742 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. WEST VIRGINIA. Northern Panhandle: BROOKE COUNTY. Station: WELLSBURQ. C. p. Waugh, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau October 1, 1899. Latitude, 40° 20' N. Longitude, 80° 45' W. Elevation, 1,225 feet.] The station is located about 5 miles from the town of Wellsburg, at Highland Springs Farm, in the eastern part of the county. The contour of this part of the county is somewhat hilly and undulating. The maximum and minimum thermom- eters have a good exposure facing the north, and the rain gage is exposed in the open, about 40 feet from the house, near some small bushes to break the wind. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. ' Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 6 ID 1 .s s ■S.3 1 'a S ii "o 00 1 .» M 1 1 Bg 1 c! S 3-C ' 3}j Snow. ^ Month . Total a m for the c year. Total a m for the we year. 60 . a December 28 29 2.5 'F. 34 36 33 66 61 73 'F. 22 22 17 'F. - 5 - 2 - 6 'F. 32 31 30 "F. 24 27 21 In. 3.2 2.4 3.1 12 12 11 In. 1.4 2.1 3.2 In. 4.6 1.8 0.8 In. 5.8 6.5 7.1 In. 6.0 3.0 9.0 w. January w. February w. 27 35 20 8.7 35 6.7 7.2 19.4 w. March 40 48 62 49 58 73 75 82 88 31 38 61 - 1 20 28 47 50 64 32 46 60 3.6 4.4 3.2 12 12 10 3.4 2.1 1..6 2.8 8.2 6.8 6.1 5.5 0.0 10.0 12.0 0.0 w. w. May w. Spring mean 60 60 40 11.2 34 7.1 17.8 11.6 w. 67 73 71 77 82 81 90 94 91 57 64 61 41 49 45 70 76 74 63 71 67 5.6 4.8 3.2 15 12 9 4.6 6.1 4.1 5.0 3.5 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July w. w. 70 80 61 13.6 36 14.8 12.7 0.0 w. 65 65 42 75 65 49 90 86 70 64 45 34 36 27 11 69 58 48 63 53 36 2.2 2.0 2.6 9 6 10 1.2 1.2 3.8 3.7 0.3 1.9 0.0 T. 2.0 0.0 T. 2.0 w. sw. w. 64 63 44 6.8 25 6.2 5.9 2.0 w. 51 59 94 41 - 6 40.2 130 34.8 43.6 33.0 12.0 w Dates op Temperatdee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1900, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1900 Jan. 29,31; Feb. 1, 2, 25, Mar. 17. Feb. 23; Mar.6 July 16,17; Aug.6,9-12; Sept.ll. June 30; July 1,2,21,22,24,27-29. 1E03 1903 Feb. 3-5 1901 Jan. 13; Feb. 17-19 July 4. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 743 WEST VIRGINIA. Northern Slope: MONONGALIA COUNTY. Station: MORQANTOWN. Horace Atwood, Observer. [Establislied by the U. S. Weather Bureau January 1, 1893. Latitude, 39" 39' N. Longitude, 79° 58' W. Elevation, 1,250 feet.] The station is located about 1 mile from the city of Morgantown, on the farm of the experiment station. The contour of the county is only slightly broken. The only mountains are situated in the eastern portion of the county, and the rest of the county is only slightly undidating or hilly. The maximum and minimum thermometers are standard instruments and are exposed in a regular cotton region shelter, which is located about 30 feet from the experiment station farmhouse, to the northeast. The rain gage is located on the ground and has a free exposure. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i 9 1 i a . 1^ 1 o 1 1 as 1 o 1 1° +J4J 3 -a h. Eh il o3 ^ ?, Snow. h Month. 1 A ai r 1 d a| ^a o 1 m u ■si |ga 11 s li Eh Is ofic Snow. a CO S s s 3 1 a CO 1 a si 00 n "o < 2 i & 2 > o || •B > s Month. m . Si i>.a "its o 36 33 33- "F. 43 42 41 "F. 72 73 76 ■>F. 28 26 25 "F. - 5 -11 -27 "F. 47 42 43 -F. 27 22 22 In. 2.7 3.4 3.7 14 16 14 In. 3.4 5.5 1.0 In. 4.2 4.3 6.7 In. 5.9 8.0 8.2 In. 8.6 6.4 12.0 P.ct. 80 84 83 Grs. 1.69 1.63 1.61 p.ct. 77 78 78 Ors. 1.63 1.61 1.51 82 92 106 28 30 36 s. w. w. 34 42 26 9.8 44 9.9 14.2 22.1 82 1.64 77 L55 93 31 w. March 42 S3 64 52 64 75 86 93 94 33 43 52 4 20 31 52 60 70 35 48 59 3.7 3.0 3.4 16 12 13 2.9 1.3 2.2 7.0 3.4 6.6 6.9 1.7 T. 7.6 7.0 1.0 81 76 75 2.07 2.86 4.31 72 62 65 L84 2.36 3.73 128 181 224 35 48 49 w. April. NW May S. Spring mean 53 64 43 10.1 41 6.4 17.0 8.6 77 3. OS 66 2.64 178 44 72 75 74 82 86 84 99 102 98 61 64 63 42 48 45 75 80 79 67 70 70 4.9 4.8 3.5 15 11 11 4.5 2.2 1.9 4.8 6.1 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 77 82 5.82 6.34 6.13 67 66 69 5.01 5.44 5.16 240 279 240 56 58 67 s. July s. s. 74 84 63 13.2 37 8.6 16.7 0.0 79 6.10 67 5.20 253 57 s. September 68 65 44 78 66 53 99 89 78 56 45 31 33 20 15 73 63 52 62 49 39 2.9 2.3 3.0 9 9 13 1.8 1.4 2.3 8.4 3.8 2.6 0.0 T. 1.2 0.0 T. 2.0 83 83 81 4.77 3.15 2.22 71 70 74 4.08 2.66 2.03 199 159 92 57 65 30 sw. s\v. SAV. Fall mean 56 66 44 8.2 31 6.3 14.8 1.2 82 3.38 72 2.92 150 47 sw. Annnf^l Trfppn 54 64 102 44 -27 41.3 153 30.2 62.7 31.9 12.0 80 3.55 71 3.08 168 45 s. Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95" or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 28, 29 June 22; July 19; Aug. 9; Sept. 7. J.une 1-4,26; July 19,20; Aug, 10; Sept. 18-22. Aug. 10. July 3-5, 7; Aug. 4. July 2, 3; Sept. 1. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 1,8-14.... Feb. 25 June 5, 23; Aug. 20; Sept. 1, 3, 5-7. 1895 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 7-9,11. Feb. 20 July 15-17; Aug. 6-12; Sept. 9, 10. June 30; July 1, 16, 21, 22, 24, 27-29; Aug. 10. Dec. 16 1S96 None Feb. 19 1897 1898 Jan. 25, 26, 28 Deo. 14; Feb. 2, 3 July 17; Aug. 30. Aug, 26, 748 CLIMATOLOGY OK THE UNITED STATES. WEST VIRGINIA. North Central: HARRISON COUNTY. Station: LOST CREEK. Allen Smith, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau May 1, 1895. Latitude, 39° 7' N. Longitude, 80" 26' W. Elevation, 1,026 feet.) The station is located west of the town of Lost Creek, on a moderately elevated hill. The general character of the surface is that of rounded hUls, ranging in elevation from 1,000 to 1,500 feet. The maximum and mini mum thermometers are well exposed in a cotton-region shelter, and the rain gage has a free exposure in an open lot. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daUy extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 *3 , , , , >, ^ m tH fc § 1 a ■s ■3 a 1 1" a S3 3}S Snow. s . CD ^l '^ ca : § :3(a fi ai ay Oo Bo, tA'i d ^ 1896 Dec. 16 11 1897 Jan. 25, 26, 28, 30; Deo. 14. None 1898 Feb. 19 750 climatology: of the united states. WEST VIRGINIA. West Central: GILMER COUNTY. Station: QLENVILLE. Levi Johnson, Observer. [Established by the United States Weather Bureau January 1, 1893. Latitude, 38° 56' N. Longitude, 80° 54' W. Elevation, 738 feet.] The station is located in the town of Glenville, on the side of a hill, about 80 feet above the Little Kanawha River. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a cotton region shelter, which is located about 40 feet from the house, and has a good exposure. The rain gage is located in the yard and has a free exposure. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daUy extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo a § 1 eg S , II o 1 ■2=5 Pi 1 1 if o t h r "a 1 1 o§ hi SI lit Eh Snow. g o Month. O 'F. 35 31 31 °F. 42 39 39 -F. 70 74 76 "F. 26 23 22 "F. -10 -18 -29 'F. 37 36 36 'F. 25 21 22 In. 4.0 3.8 4.0 13 13 13 In. 2.8 2.7 5.2 In. 3.8 6.6 2.8 In. 4.2 8.5 10.7 In. 17.5 5.0 9.0 NW. NW. February, . NW 32 40 24 n.8 39 10.7 13.2 23.4 NW. 42 52 62 52 63 75 82 89 98 33 40 50 - 2 11 27 51 58 68 36 48 57 4.2 3.7 4.0 15 13 12 3.7 1.4 4.3 7.6 3.0 4.0 7.2 1.5 0.0 11.0 4.5 0.6 NW. April SW. Ifty SW. Spring mean 52 63 41 U.9 40 9.4 14.6 8.7 SW. June .... 69 76 73 81 85 84 95 100 99 59 63 61 40 46 47 72 79 78 ■ 66 70 70 5.0 6.4 3.6 13 11 9 5.0 4.4 2.4 3.8 7.3 7.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August SW. 73 83 61 14.0 33 11.8 18.8 0.0 SW. 67 54 42 79 66 53 99 93 79 55 42 33 35 15 10 72 61 51 64 48 37 3.1 2.5 3.6 8 8 12 0.9 3.5 4.6 3.9 4.9 3.0 0.0 T. 0.9 0.0 T. 3.0 SE. October SW. November NW 54 66 43 9.2 28 9.0 11.8 0.9 SW. Annual mean 62 63 100 42 -29 46.9 140 40.9, 58.4 33.0 17.6 SW. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes fok the Period Januaky 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Deo. 28, 29 July 17-20, 26, 28; Aug. 8-10; Sept. 7,9. May 5, 31; June 1-4, 26; July 19-21; Aug. 9-11, 15, 16, 28; Sept. 19, 20. July 27; Aug. 10. July 4, 6; Aug. 4; Sept. 10-12, 14-16. July 1-3; Sept. 1. June 6, 23, 26; July 22-24; Aug. 20, 21, 23; Sept. 3,5, 6; Oct. 6, 7. May 13-17; June 6, 10, 11, 26, 29; July 2-7, 11, 15-17, 19-22, 24; Aug. 5-9, 11-13, 15, 19, 23, 26-31; Sept. 1-3, 5-11, 13, 25-27. 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 16, 22 June 11, 13, 15, 16, 24, 25, 27-30; July 1-3, 5, 11, 15-17, 19-30; Aug. 3, 8-11, 17-22, 29, 30; Sept. 7. May 4, 6, 19, 21, 22; June 12-14; July 3-7, 9, 17, 18, 26-28; Aug. 3, 30. July 1, 3-5, 7-10, 18, 24-26, 28, 29; Aug. 22-25, 28; Sept. 10, 12-13-16. 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 3, 6, 6, 8-11. Jan. 4,5; Feb. 18,20-22. Jan. 25, 26, 2a, 30, 31... Feb. 2-4; Dec. 14, 15 . . Jan. 2; Feb. 1, 9-15; Deo. 30. Feb. 1,25 Feb. 14; Mar. 6 Jan. 9, 10; Feb. 18,19. - NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 751 WEST VIRGINIA. Eastern Plateau: RANDOLPH COUNTY. Station: ELKINS. Louis Dorman, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau January 1, 1899. Latitude, 38° 63' N. Longitude, 79° 49' W. Elevation, 1,920 feet.] This station is situated in the business district of the town of Elkins, in Tygarts Valley, the width of which is about 1 mile. The hiUs surrounding the valley are over 1 mile distant, and therefore do not interfere with the proper exposure of the anemometer. All instruments, except the barometers and barograph, are exposed on the roof of the office building. No high buildings are in its vicinity to interfere with their proper exposure. The thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter. The height of the instruments from the ground is as follows; Anemometer, .50.2 feet; wind vane, 51.1 feet' rain and snow gages, 31.4 feet; sunshine recorder, 44 feet; thermograph, 41 feet; dry and wet thermometers, 41.1 feet; maximum thermometer, 42.3 feet; minimum, 42.5 feet. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Tempera! ure. s Precipitation Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 3 $ ¥ 1 o 1 Id pi '3 B s 1 ag bo H 1>> o 1^ z; II :i. ■a is Eh II Snow. a 00 a 00 < a ft 00 g a CO o 1 o el M e II f a u CD 3 * 1 !l 4*+J CI CI) Snow. 00 i S a CO i 1 a 00 i . a p. 00 1 1 O ® . PS Q) O o p, M (D Ph Month. it < ^5g ® rt 3 3 o s (3 December 1- 36 37 'F. 46 42 46 'F. 74 72 78 31 27 29 "F. - 7 -20 -14 "F. 52 50 48 "F. 28 25 27 In. 3.7 3.9 3.9 11 13 11 In. 4.6 1.0 1.2 In. . 2.0 6.3 9.7 In. 2.4 3.7 4.6 In. 10.4 6.6 6.0 p. It. 76 72 72 Grs. 1.80 1.46 1.62 P.cl. 66 63 63 Grs. 1.95 1.61 1.73 4 4 5 42 43 46 sw. sw. s. January February . Winter mean 37 44 29 11.5 35 6.8 18.0 10.6 73 1.69 64 1.76 4 44 sw. March.. . 45 56 67 64 66 76 86 91 94 36 47 57 3 21 33 53 65 73 40 49 62 4.3 40 3.8 13 12 12 3.6 2.5 2.4 6.8 2.2 7.5 3.2 0.2 T. 12.3 1.7 1.0 76 70 72 2.14 2.96 4.28 63 55 68 2.31 3.16 4.63 6 8 9 49 57 63 sw. S. s. April . May 56 65 47 12.1 37 8.5 15.5 3.4 72 3.13 59 3.37 8 56 s. 76 79 77 84 88 86 100 107 105 66 69 67 44 54 60 79 84 82 70 74 73 4.3 3.8 3.5 12 10 8 4.1 2.8 2.9 5 2 4.6 5.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74 73 76 6.72 6.41 6.06 59 57 59 6.06 6.43 6.25 10 10 10 67 70 73 s. sw. N. July 77 86 67 11.6 30 9.8 15.2 0.0 74 6.06 68 6.25 10 70 70 59 46 80 69 54 102 91 79 60 49 38 36 26 4 77 66 54 65 63 37 2.7 2.6 4.0 8 8 10 2.8 0.5 1.2 3.6 1.6 2.7 0.0 T. 0.4 0.0 T. 2.6 77 77 76 4.89 3.26 2.24 68 57 64 5.26 3.50 2.43 9 8 5 70 71 50 N. N. N. October November 58 68 49 9.3 26 4.5 7.9 0.4 77 3.46 60 3.73 7 64 68 N. ATiTinn.1 Tnp.fl.Ti 57 66 107 48 -20 44.5 128 29.6 66.6 14.4 74 3.56 60 3.78 7 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1804 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 24-26; Deo. 28, 29. Jan. 1, 12-14, 31; Feb. 2, 4-10. 12, 13, 15. Jan. 4; Feb. 20, 21. . .. Jan. 24-30; Feb. 27..-. Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 14 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 7- 14; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 30,31. June 10-13, 23, 28,30; July 2, 25, 26; Aug. 8-12, 14, 15, 18; Sept. 2, June 1-3; July 18, 19; Aug.9, 16-18; Sept. 11, 18-22. July 26-30; Aug. 1, 6-11,15,22; Sept. 9- 11, 14, 18. June 15, 30; July 3-5,7-9,22,23; Aug. 1-4, 27, 29; Sept. 1, 7-16. July 2, 3, 22-24; Aug. 22, 23; Sept. 1-3. June 3-5, 22, 23; July 14; Aug. 2-4, 11, 26; Sept. 3, 5-8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 28, 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, 24, 26; Mar. 17. Mar. 6; Dec. 14-21 Jan. 28; Feb. 2-5, 8, 9; Dec. 26. Jan. 10-13; Feb. 17-19; Dec. 14, 26, 30. July 3; Aug. 5-11, 15, 17-21, 31; Sept. 6, June 12, 22-25, 28-30; July 1-3, 11, 15, 16, 19-29; Aug. 7-9. June 12, 13; July 4-7, 9, 17, 26-28; Aug. 3. July 3, 4, 8-10, 25-28; Aug. 24; Sept. 7, NOETH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 761 KENTUCKY. Central District: SHELBY COUNTY. Station: SHELBYVILLE. H. W. Peeisslee, Observer. [Establislied January, 1889. Latitude, 38° 14' N. Longitude, 86° 13' W. Elevation, 695 feet.] The town is located in a rolling, open country. The office is in the central portion of the town. The standard equipment, consisting of rain gage, maximum and minimum thermometers, and shelter, is in use. Ths instruments are placed in the back yard of the observer's residence. The height of the thermometers is about 5 feet, and the top of the rain gage 3 feet above the ground. The location of the instruments has been changed several times since the station was established, but a fairly good exposure has been secured at all times. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Jajsuart 1, 1889, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number days of witn 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Average depth of snow. 36 34 34 T. 45 43 43 op 69 69 74 °F. 27 25 25 "F. -10 -15 -23 "F. 49 44 44 "F. 28 23 24 In. 3.6 3.9 3.7 8 10 10 In. 4.5 44 0.7 In. 3.7 7.1 7.6 In. 4 7 6. 7 5.9 35 44 26 11.2 28 9.6 18.4 16.3 March 45 66 65 55 67 78 87 93 98 35 43 63 3 23 28 52 63 73 39 50 60 4.8 3.2 4.4 12 10 11 2.1 2.4 3.2 10.6 3.7 3.8 3.6 April . . 0.4 May 0.2 Spring mean .55 67 44 12.4 33 7.7 18.1 42 June 74 77 76 87 90 89 101 107 103 63 65 63 41 48 44 77 83 81 70 72 71 48 3.9 2.8 10 8 7 45 45 1.6 9.7 3.7 5.3 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 Sununer mean 76 89 64 11.6 28 10.6 18.7 0.0 69 67 44 83 71 54 103 94 79 56 44 34 28 18 10 75 65 52 64 60 40 2.8 2.2 4.2 7 6 9 0.2 L2 3.8 L7 3.3 5.1 0.0 October 0.1 1.5 Fall mean 57 69 45 9.2 22 5.2 10.1 1 6 56 67 107 44 -23 44.3 108 33.1 65.3 22.1 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10° Jan. 24-27; Feb. 5, 16, 24; Dec. 28, 29, 31. Jan. 12-14 30, 31; Feb. • 1, 3-16. Jan, 3, 4; Feb. 19-21 . . Jan. 25-31; Feb. 27; Dec. 24. .Jan. 2; Feb. 3; Dec. 9, 13, 14. Jan. 1, 2, 7, 31; Feb. 1, 8-14; Mar. 7; Dec. 30,31. Maximum 95° or above. June 10-13, 15, 21-26, 28-30; July 1, 2, II- 13, 18, 19, 24-26, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 7-15, 17-19; Sept. 2-8. May 29-31; June 1-4,14,25; July 18-20; Aug. 8-10, 12, 14-18, 28, 29; Sept. 10-13, 18-22. May 9-11; June 20; July 26-30; Aug. 1, 4-11, 13-15, 22; Sept. 9-11, 13, 18. June 13-17, 19, 29, 30; july3-10, 23; Aug. 1-3, 29; Sept. I, 7-16. June 2, 3, 6-12, 24, Juuy 1-3, 16, 21-25; Aug. 17, 18, 22-24, 30, 31; Sept. 1-3. June 3-7, 21-23, 28; July 2-4, 7, 10-16, 24, 27-29; Aug. 2-4, 17-19, 22-27; Sept. 1-8, 16. Year 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. Jan. 1,2, 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17-19, 25; Mar. 17. Feb. 23; Mar. 6; Deo. 14-22. Jan. 28; Feb. 3-5, 8, 9, 13, 18, 19; Mar. 6; Deo. 26, 31. Jan. J, 10, 12, 13; Feb. 17-19; Nov. 27; Dec. 11, 15, 16, 26, 30, 31. Maximum 95° or above. May 16; July 2, 4, 7, 14, 15, 17; Aug. 4-12, 15-21, 31; Sept. 1, 6-11. June 5, 11, 12, 20, 22-30; JulY 1-5, 10-12, 15-29; Aug. 3, 8-11. May 21; June 12-15; July 3-9, 15, 17, 18, 26-28, 31; Aug. 2, 3, 10. July 1-4, 6-11, 25-28; Aug. 22-24; Sept. 7-9, 13, 14. 762 OLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. KENTUCKY. Central District: FAYETTE COUNTY. Station: LEXINGTON. R. H. Dean, Observer. [Established by Signal Service October 24, 1887. Latitude, 38° 2' N. Longitude, 84° 33' W. Elevation, 978 feet.] The station is located in room 8, main building of the Agricultural and Mechanical College of Kentucky, commonlj- known as State College. Meteorological records have been kept in connection with the college since October 12, 1872. The campus of State College, a park slightly elevated and set in small deciduous and evergreen trees, is in the southern limits of the city, so that the instruments are practically free from any city disturbances. All the instruments are exposed on the roof of the main building of the college, ranging from 68 feet above the ground for the rain gage to 102 feet for the anemometer, the thermometer being 75 feet. The thermometers are exposed in the standard roof shelter. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Depth of snowfall in twenty-four hours, eleven years; humidity, 8 a. m., fifteen years; 8 p. m., ten years; sunshine, five years. Remainder of data is from full period of observation, sixteen years, January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temporal ure. ,• Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. ^"■3 s g i ll o .Q 1 o-S i ■a o !i ■a PI -a ■si lag ill §.| K 4J+J u Snow. a 00 g 1 a 00 a A 00 1 a A 00 i 1 1 O Month. oi ST "si 1 ^ a -?l. June 4. None. Do. Do. Sept. 7. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. Jan. 2-4, 29; Feb. 1, 17, 18, 25; Mar. 17. Mar. 6; Dec. 16, 20-22. Feb. 6 Jan. 9, 13; Feb. 17-19; Dec. 27. Maximum 95° or abovr Do. Aug. 14. None. 778 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATE8. TENNESSEE. Eastern Section: CARTER COUNTY. Station: ELIZABETHTON. Lee F. Miller, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau in April, 1895. Latitude, 36° 20' N. Longitude, 82° 12' W. Elevation, 1,532 feet.J This station is at the residence of the observer, in the central part of the town of Elizabethton, which is situated in the Watauga Valley and is surrounded by hilly, mountainous country. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, at the northern end of an outhouse near the residence; the thermometers are 5 feet above the ground. The' rain gage is located in an open space in the yard, 50 feet from the nearest house; there are no trees near the gage except some very small ones. The top of the gage is 2| feet from the ground. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, num- ber of days with 0.01 precipitation, snowfall, frost, and miscellaneous phenomena, nine years; mean precipitation and pre- cipitation for the wettest and driest years, fourteen years; remainder of data is for the full period of fifteen years, from January 1, 1868, to May 31, 1871, and April 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. The frost data are from temperatures of 32° or lower. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion of pre- vailing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. "F. 3S 37 37 "F. 48 47 46 °F. 80 71 74 °F. 26 26 26 T. -12 -13 -17 °F. 41 42 45 °F. 32 33 30 In. 3.2 2.9 3.5 10 10 11 In. 2.2 3.7 In. 9.9 2.0 1.4 In. 2.4 4.1 4.3 \V. W. W. 37 47 26 9.6 31 9.2 13.3 10.8 W. March April May 46 55 65 60 66 81 82 93 94 37 46 52 12 21 32 55 62 72 41 48 60 4.6 3.4 4.4 11 10 10 4.0 1.1 1.2 2.8 5.6 5.6 3.1 2.0 T. W. W. W. Spring mean 55 69 45 12.4 31 6.3 14.0 5.1 W. June July August 73 76 75 86 89 88 102 104 98 60 63 62 44 51 49 76 77 77 68 74 72 7.2 4.6 4.1 13 12 9 4.4 3.9 4.4 16.4 1.1 5.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 W. W. W. 75 88 62 15.9 34 12.7 22.7 w. 68 57 46 83 72 60 98 90 86 56 44 36 30 22 11 75 64 52 65 49 39 2.7 2.2 2.4 6 5 9 3.0 2.6 3.8 2.6 2.4 0.9 0.0 T. 0.6 w. October w. w 57 72 45 7.3 20 9.4 5.9 0.6 w 56 69 104 44 -17 45.2 116 37.6 55.9 16.6 Dates of Tempekature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. and Feb. miss- ing; Deo. 6. Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 18, 20- 22. Jan 26-31 May 30, 31; June 1-4; Aug. 14, 15; Sept. June 30; July 27, 23, 31; Aug. 1, 5, 12, 15, 22, 23; Sept. 2, 18. June 15, 16; July 3, 4, 9, 11; Aug. 3, 4, 29; Sept. 7, 9-12, 15, 16. June 10, 11, 30; July 1-3, 5, 15. June 4-6, 23, 24; Aug. 19, 20, 23, 25; Sept. 4-8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2-4, 29-31; Feb. 1, 17-19, 26; Mar. 17. Feb. 25; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 15-17, 19-22. Jan. 4, 5, 14; Feb. 3, 5, 9, 10, 14; Mar. 6. Jan. 9, 13; Feb. 18, 19; Dec. 1. July 15-18, 20; Aug. 6-11; Sept, 7, 9 July 5, 21-24. July 7, 17. July 10. 10. 1898 1899 Feb. 2-4; Dec. 14-16... Feb. 1, 8-15; Mar. 7; Dec. 29-31. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 779 TENNESSEE. Western Section: GIBSON COUNTY. Station: TRENTON. J. B. CcMMiNGS, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in March, 1883. Latitude, 35° 59' N. Longitude, 88° 58' \v. Elevation, 345 feet.] The station is in the eastern part of the towi. The country around Trenton is undulating, and a ridge south and south- east of the town is somewhat higher than the point where the station is located. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, set on posts, in the yard; the shelter is 21 feet from the nearest house, and the thermometers are 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 18 feet from the nearest house, which is a low building, and there are no trees close by; the top of the gage is 5 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures and miscellaneous phenomena, eight years; remainder of data, twenty-one years. The fuU period of observation, February 1, 1869, to February 28, 1873, and May 1, 1883, to December 31, 1903, has not been used in any case. Frost data are taken rom temperatures of 32° or lower. The monthly mean temperatures from 1883 to 1893 were obtained from tridaily observations; from 1894 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion of prevail- *:« wind Month. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. 'F. 40 37 40 'F. 48 48 46 op 69 72 74 'F. 29 31 29 °F. - 4 - 1 -29 "F. 42 47 51 °F. 33 27 29 In. 4.3 5.7 6.0 9 10 9 In. 4.2 4.7 4.2 In. 7.1 7.4 10.7 In. 1.0 1.6 2.2 In. January . NW February NW. 39 47 30 15.0 28 13.1 25.2 4.8 March 49 60 68 63 68 81 80 90 92 42 49 59 8 27 36 67 66 75 42 48 63 6.4 4.3 3.8 11 9 8 7.7 6.1 1.0 7.8 8.8 8.6 0.4 0.0 0.0 NW. sw. sw. April. . . Miy 59 71 50 13.5 28 14.8 25.2 0.4 76 78 78 85 90 91 97 99 100 64 69 68 42 53 48 79 81 83 69 73 72 4.5 3.5 3.2 11 8 6 2.6 1.6 1.6 3.8 5.9 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. sw. sw. July Summer mean...,. 77 89 67 n.2 25 5.8 12.3 0.0 71 59 47 85 75 60 103 92 82 59 48 39 30 22 14 77 65 56 65 63 44 2.9 2.8 4.6 4 6 7 T. 2.0 4.3 5.9 2.2 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 s. s. sw. October,. November Fall mean 59 73 49 10.3 17 6.3 10.1 0.5 Annual mean 59 70 103 49 -29 60.0 98 40.0 72.8 5.7 g Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes for the Period February 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. MiTiimnm belOW 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 1896 Jan. missing; Feb. 2-4, 7-10, 13, 14. June 3; Sept. 15. July 29, 31; Aug. 1, 4-9, 11-16; Sept. 17, 18. June 18, 23, 30; July 1-6, 8-10, 30, 31; Aug. 1-4, 26-29; Sept. 2, 11, 16. None. June 4, 5, 21-23; July 12-16, 29; Aug. 1, 2, 8-13, 20, 23-25, 28; Sept. 2-8, 10. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. missing; Feb. 17-19, 26; Dec., missing. Jan., Feb., missing; Dec. 15-21. Jan. 28; Feb. 16, 18... Feb. 17, 19 Aug. 5, 6, 9-12, 15-24; Sept. 6-9, 11, 12, 16. 1897 Jan. 26,29. Aug. 2, 3, 8-10; June and July missing. 1898 1899 Jan. 2; Dec. 14 Jan. 1,31; Feb. 1,8-14: Mar. 7. Missing. July 6-8, 10, 21, 22, 26, 27; Aug. 24, 28; Sept. 5-11, 13, 14. 780 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES TENNESSEE. Middle Section: HUMPHREYS COUNTY. Station: JOHNSONVILLE. Sallie B. Mathews, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in February, 1883, as a rainfall station; equipped by Weather Bureau in January, 1896, with thermometers. Latitude, 36° 3' N. Longitude, 88° 0' W. Elevation, 364 feet.] This station is located in the northwest portion of the town of Johnsonville, near the raihoad station and the Tennessee River; it is on ground that slopes to the river. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, which is set on posts, in an open spa<^, the nearest house being 54 feet from the shelter; the thermometers are 6i feet above the ground. The rain gage i-- about 5 feet from the instrument shelter; the top of the gage is 3 feet above the grovmd. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation; Temperature data and number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation, eight years, from January 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903; the remainder of the data is for twenty-one years, from February 1, 1883, to December 31, 1903. The frost data are from minimum temperatures of 32° or lower. Monthly mean temperatures from 1883 to 1895 were obtained from tridaily observations; from 1896 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 g s s 1 as s 1 t is |a S m S " as El Snow. Month. 0.3 □ "F. 39 39 38 °F. 50 50 60 op 71 72 80 "F. 28 28 28 ojr, - 8 -11 -23 F. 42 46 46 "F. 35 32 30 In. 4.1 4.7 4.7 10 11 11 In. 3.2 3.4 6.1 In. 9.8 1.9 3.5 In. 2.4 3.1 3.0 In. SW. sw. N. 30 50 28 13.5 32 12.7 15.2 8.5 SW. March 51 59 70 62 71 83 82 92 94 40 46 67 4 25 34 56 66 74 44 64 62 4.7 4.7 3.6 11 10 9 3.8 4.2 3.3 3.8 12.3 4.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 SW. sw. May SW. Spring mean 60 72 48 12.9 30 11.3 20.4 0.4 SW. 75 80 79 87 92 91 100 107 102 63 67 66 41 48 60 78 82 81 69 75 74 4.1 3.9 3.4 12 10 8 1.7 3.3 2.2 3.2 10.1 7.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. SW. 78 90 ] 65 1 11.4 30 7.2 20.9 0.0 SW September 72 - 61 50 86 74 61 102 93 81 58 47 37 30 21 11 76 66 55 69 68 44 3.1 2.2 4.4 6 6 9 2.8 0.4 1.1 4.0 0.2 10.2 0.0 0.0 T. SW October s. SW. 61 77 47 9.7 21 4.3 14.4 T. SW. 60 71 107 47 -B3 47.5 113 35.5 70.9 8.9 17.5 SW. Dates of TEMPERATtrEE Extbemes for the Period January 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1896 Jan. 4; Feb. 21 Jan. 25-30 June 18; Sept. 11, 14, 15, 17, 18; July 15, 23, 24, 2fr4l; Aug. 1,4, 6-13, 15, 16, 22. June 11; July 1-4, 6-10, 24,31; Aug. 1-4, 26-30; Sept. 2, 11, 15, 16. June3, 9, 10; July 1-3, 21, 23; Aug. 22- 24, 28; Sept. 1-6, 27, 28. June 6, 21, 23; July 3, 4, 11-16, 28, 29; Aug. 2, 3, 9-13, 25; Sept. 2-8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 3, 29; Feb. 1, 17-19. Dec. 14-21 Aug. 5, 8-11, 14-22; Sept. 5-10, 27. June 11, 16, 21-30; July 1-5, 10-29; Aug. 2,3,7-10. June 11-16, 27; July 2, 4-9, 14-19, 25, 27, 28; Aug. 3, 14, 15, 18-22. July 6-8, 10, 11, 17, 18, 22, 26, 27; Aug. 3-6,22-28; Sept. 5-9, 11, 13, 14. 1898 1899 Feb. 3; Dec. 5, 14, 15. . Jan. 1,2,31; Feb. l,8- 14; Mar.7; Dec. 30, 31. Jan. 13; Feb. 3, 5, 9, 18; Dec. 27. Jan. 13; Feb. 17, 19; Dec. 26. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 781 TENNESSEE. Northern District: DAVIDSON COUNTY. Station: NASHVILLE. H. C. Bate Section Director. [Establislied by Signal Service November 1, 1870. Latitude, 36° 10' N. Longitude, 86" 47' W. Elevation, 458 feet.] Nashville is located on both sides of the Cumberland Kiver, 192 miles from its mouth and 325 miles below the head of navigation. The city is in the northwest corner of the Central Basin of Middle Tennessee and near the eastern escarpment of the western "Highland Rim." The "Rim," as it is called, rises to the height of 300 to 400 feet above the mean elevation of the basin and forms an amphitheater about the city from the southwest to the northeast, the country to the east, southeast, and south being more or less open, but undulating. The office has been located in the foUowing-named buildings: 70J Cherry street, October 20, 1870; State Insurance Build- ing, March 1, 1871; Burns Block, August 1, 1882; Vanderbilt Building, July 1, 1889; Chamber of Commerce Building, Sep- tembpr 1, 1894, to date. The instrument shelter is 9.9 feet above the roof. The rain gage is 115 feet above ground. The wind vane is 132 feet above ground, and the anemometer about 2 feet higher. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, twenty- nine years; humidity, fifteen years; sunshine, seven years; number of days with maximum above 90° and with minimum below 32°, twenty-nine years. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-three years, January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 s ■3.9 a . li -< a S "3 — i as w as 1 -a III n u Snow. a ai 00 i •3 a 00 1 ,0 ■< s > ft 00 1 1 < 1 > < © fig 0) > s Month. CD M . ^ P. < ■^5 December 41 38 41 "F. 50 47 50 "F. 75 75 77 "F. 33 30 33 'F. - 2 -10 -13 "F. 56 52 51 °F. 30 29 30 In. 3.8 4.8 4.8 11 12 11 In. 1.6 2.8 4.6 In. 3.3 3.7 12.4 In. 1.2 2.6 3.8 In. 2.4 6.1 16.3 P.ct. 81 81 80 Ors. 2.14 1.92 1.97 P.ct. 69 64 68 Grs. 2.27 1.89 2.16 132 141 143 44 45 47 NW. NW. February NW. 40 49 32 \ . . 13.4 34 9.0 19.4 7.6 1 81 2.01 67 2.11 139 46 NW. March 49 59 68 58 69 78 85 90 83 39 ■ 60 58 3 26 37 56 65 74 43 54 64 5.3 4.6 3.6 13 11 10 5.0 4.1 3.3 8.2 5.3 11 2.3 0.1 T. 17.1 1.0 T. 76 74 76 2.42 3.35 182 62 56 57 2.62 3.66 185 183 242 297 49 61 68 NW. Apnl NW. SSy W. Spring mean 59 68 49 13.4 34 12.4 17.6 2.4 75 3.63 68 3.68 241 59 NW. 76 80 78 86 89 87 99 102 104 ■ 67 70 68 42- 56 51 82 83 83 70 75 73 4.2 4.4 3.4 12 11 9 3.0 1.6 2.4 10 5.7 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 77 82 6.43 6.98 6.76 61 61 63 6.47 7.09 6.89 268 315 302 61 71 72 NW. July SW. W. 78 87 68 11.9 32 7.0 11.9 0.0 I 79 6.72 62 6.82 295 68 SW. September 71 60 48 81 71 58 99 92 81 61 50 40 38 27 10 76 67 55 67 55 41 3.7 2.3 3.8 7 7 10 1.0 1.3 2.1 5.4 7.2 5.8 0.0 T. 0.2 0.0 T. 3.0 83 82 81 5.45 3.58 2.57 60 67 74 5.61 3.74 3.12 276 247 163 74 71 63 NW. NW. November.. NW. Fall mean 60 70 50 9.8 24 14 18.4 0.2 82 3.87 64 116 229 66 NW. AnTiiifl,! mf^fln 59 69 104 50 -13 48.6 124 32.8 67.3 10.2 17.1 79 103 63 119 226 60 NW. Dates of Tempebatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 24, 25; Deo. 28,' 29. Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 7-10.. Jan. 4; Feb. 21 Jan. 25-30 June 13, 28, 29; July 2; Aug. 9-15. June 2, 3; July 19; Aug. 18. July 26-31; Aug. 1, 6-8, 10-13, 15; Sept. 10, 11, 17, 18. June 13, 14, 30; July 1-4, 8-10; Aug. 1-4, 27-29; Sept. 1, 2, 10, 11, 14-16. June 10; July 1, 2. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 8-14; Mar. 7. Jan. 29; Feb. 1, 17, 18- Dec. 14-16, 18-21 Feb 3 June 4, 5, 20-23; July 4, 12-16; Aug. 10, 11, 26; Sept. 4-8. Aug. 8-11, 15-22. June 22-26, 28, 29; July 6, 11, 12, 14-17, 20-26, 28, 29; Aug. 3, 10. June 6, 11, 12, 14, 27; July 2-9, 15-19; Aug. 3, 4, 13-15, 19-21. Aug. 23-25, 27, 28; Sept. 7, 8. 1898 Feb. 3; Dec. 14 Feb. 17-19 782 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TENNESSEE, Middle Section: SMITH COUNTY. Station: CARTHAGE. E. C. PiCKERUjG, Observer. [Establislied by tlie Weather Bureau in January, 1898. Latitude, 36° 16' N. Longitude, 85° 56' W. Elevation, 500 feet.] The record for Riddleton, 6 miles'west of Carthage, extends from May, 1883, to December, 1897. It is combined with the Carthage record. Carthage is situated on the Cumberland River. The station is in the eastern part of the town, on high ground. The surrounding country is hilly. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, which is set on posts 15 feet from the dweUing house of the observer. The thermometers are 7 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 13 feet from the dwell- ing, on a fiat rock on elevated ground, which makes the top of the gage but a few feet lower than the roof of the dwelling. Tabulated data are from the combined records of Carthage, January, 1898, to December, 1903, and Riddleton, 6 miles west of Carthage, May, 1883, to IJecember, 1897. The following periods have been used in obtaining the data: Mean of the maximum and mean of the minimum temperatures and frost data, eight years; remainder of data, twenty-one years. The frost data are from temperatures of 32° or lower. Monthly mean temperatures from 1883 to 1893 were obtained from tri-daily observations; from 1894 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion . of pre- vailing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mea^i. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest . year. Aver- age depth of snow. "F. 40 38 41 'F. 48 49 47 'F. 67 72 73 "J?. 29 30 - 28 "F. - 4 - 9 -15 "F. 52 50 51 "F. 34 29 31 In. 3.8 46 5.0 10 11 12 In. 5.2 5.3 1.2 In. 4.8 12.8 11.3 In. 1.0 2.2 3.1 N. N. February N. Winter mean 40 48 29 13.4 33 n.7 28.9 6.3 N. Mareh 49 58 69 62 68 81 82 90 92 41 45 57 3 28 38 57 67 73 40 53 62 5.5 4.4 3.4 13 11 10 3.8 6.2 1.0 7.8 3.8 4.3 3.3 0.0 0.0 SH. April s May SE. Spring mean 59 70 48 13.3 34 11.0 15.9 3.3 SE. : 76 79 76 87 90 90 101 103 101 64 68 67 42 S4 52 79 82 80 71 74 71 4.5 4.3 4.9 12 11 9 3.5 6.9 3.0 9.2 6.1 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July SE. August . SE. 77 89 66 13.7 32 13.4 17.7 0.0 SE. 71 59 48 85 75 61 99 94 82 58 48 39 37 26 15 76 67 55 66 53 44 3.2 2.1 4.1 7 7 • 9 2.5 2.2 2.2 2.4 2.8 1.4 0.0 0.0 T. SE. OCToher N November N 59 74 48 9.4 23 6.9 6.6 T. N. Annual mean 69 70 103 48 -15 49.8 122 43.0 69.1 9.6 SE Dates op Tempebatdbe Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Haximtmi 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 Jan. 1, 12-14; Feb. 7-10, 12, 14; Dec. 6. Jan. 4,5; Feb. 21 Jan. 25-30 June 2, 3, 10, 29 (July missing) . Aug. 7, 8, 12-15. June 14, 30; July 1-3, 9, 10; Aug. 2, 3, 27-29; Sept. 15, 16. June 3, 6, 7, 9, 10; July 1-3, 7; Aug. 24; Sept. 3-5. June 3-5, 21-23; July 4, 11-16, 19, 20; Aug. 2, 10, 11, 23-25; Sept. 3-8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Aug. 7-11, 15, 16, 18-22, 26; Sept. 6-9, 11, 12,16. June 22-25, 29; July 1, 3, 5, 11, 12, 14-17, 20-30; Aug. 3, 7. June 12, 13, 15, 25, 27; July 2, 4-9, 16-20, 27; Aug. 2, 4-7, 10, 13-21. July 7, 9, 27, 28; Aug. 23-28; Sept. 5, 7- 1896 Dec. 15-21 1897 Feb. 3; Dee. 14 Jan. 31; Feb. 8-14; Mar. 7. 1898 Dec. 28 1899 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 783 TENNESSEE. Middle Section: CUMBERLAND COUNTY. Station: ERASMUS. E. D. Ashley, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau in January, 1897. Latitude, 35° 50' N. Longitude, 85° 12' W. Elevation, 1,850 feet.] Erasmus is a small village situated in a valley. Hills surround the station. On the south there is an upward incline about one-fourth of a mile in length, which reaches a height of 100 feet above the station. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, 30 feet northwest from the dwelling house. The thermometers are 7 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 30 feet from the nearest house, which is a low one, and 40 feet from the nearest tree. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the full period of observation, seven years, January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. The monthly mean temperatures are obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Du-eo- tion of prevail- ing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest montlily mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. December 'F. 35 36 35 47 47 47 'F. 66 71 73 °F. 23 24 24 'F. -16 -10 -30 'F. 38 41 42 "F. 30 35 30 In. 6.3 6.2 5.6 11 12 12 In. 2.6 8.5 1.6 In. 7.4 6.4 6.9 In. 3.7 2.1 4.8 SW. SE. SW 35 47 24 16.1 35 12.6 20.7 10.6 March 48 52 63 60 66 78 80 86 89 36 38 48 - 3 17 29 63 54 66 43 48 59 7.3 6.3 4.2 14 12 10 6.2 5.8 2.1 8.6 5.9 6.7 2.6 T. 0.0 SE April May Spring mean 64 68 41 17.8 36 13.1 2L2 2.6 SW .TiiTiA 69 73 72 83 86 86 95 96 96 66 60 68 35 44 42 71 74 74 64 72 70 6.3 5.4 4.9 11 12 11 4.9 4.7 3.8 6.3 6.9 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW July SW PlimmpT TTipn.Ti 71 85 68 15.6 34 13.4 16.2 0.0 SW September . 65 56 46 81 72 59 96 88 76 60 40 32 24 17 6 69 61 50 63 64 41 2.6 3.6 4.2 6 7 9 3.5 6.5 4.1 1.6 4.0 1.9 0.0 0.0 0.7 SE October SE 56 71 41 10.3 22 13.1 7.6 0.7 54 08 96 41 -30 69.8 127 52.2 64.6 13.9 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimiun below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. \ Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1897 Jan. missing; Feb. 27; Dec. missing. Feb. 2-4; Nov. 27; None. 1901 Feb. 21, 27; Mar. 6; Dee. 16, 18-21. June 26; July 22, 23, 26; Aug. 3. 1898 June 9; July 2. 1902 Jan. 5, 13, 14; Feb. 3, June 12. Deo. 6, 8, 11, 14, 16, 5, 9; Deo. 28. 26. 1903 Jan. 9, 12, 13; Feb. 17- None. 1899 Jan. 7, 8, 29-31; Feb. 1, 8-15; Mar. 7, 8; Deo. 5, 26, 29-31. Sept. 7. 19; Nov. 27, 28; Dec. 1,3,6,7,11,18,26-28. 1900 Jan. 2, 4, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 2, 17, 18, 26, 27; Mar. 17. Aug. 9, 11. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 50 784 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TENNESSEE. Tennessee Valley: KNOX COUNTY. Station: KNOXVILLE. W. M. Fulton, Local Forecaster. [Established l)y Signal Service in January, 1871. Latitude, 35° 56' N. I-ongltude, 83° 58' W. Elevation, 980 leet.] When observations were begun at this station in 1871, the observatory was located at East Tennessee University, now the University of Tennessee. On August 26, 1877, the observatory was moved to the United States custom-house, near the center of the business portion of the city, where it remained until July 16, 1897. On the latter date the observatoiy was removed to "Old College Building," University of Tennessee, about three-fourths of a mile southwest of the custom- house, and only about 50 feet from its first location at East Tennessee University. The station is situated on the summit of a hill, locally known as "College Hill," which is perhaps 100 feet higher (ban the average elevation of Knoxville and vicinity. The thermometers and thermograph are exposed in a standard shelter 40 feet north of the station building, on tho roof of a neighboring building. The height of the thermometers above the ground is 35 feet. The rain gage is on the icof of the same building, 42 feet east of the shelter and 41 feet from the station building. The top of the gage is 25.1 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Dates of first killing frosts, 1871 and 1874^1903; last killing frosts, 1875-1903; snowfall data, eighteen years; humidity, fifteen years; sunshine, six years. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-three years, January 20, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. M^an humidity. To suns tal bine. "o o ■".•2 n S ^< ID 1 1 a o a i B . CI 1 ■3 la % 3 1 ■a IP 2; §1 Is Eh Snow. S oo 1 B oj 00 oT 3 O CO SI ■< E fi 00 I E a oo 1 o 1 1 Month. o < © ^ B a In. 15.1 4.6 8.0 ■3.S S S 'F. 39 38 41 "F. 49 47 50 'F. 72 74 79 "F. 32 30 33 'F. - 5 -16 -10 'F. 52 50 52 "F. 29 30 29 In. 4.1 5.1 4.9 11 13 12 In. 6.3 3.8 7.4 In. 7.2 6.9 10.2 In. 2.6 2.9 3.6 P.a. 67 67 65 Gts. 1.65 1.53 1.60 P.ct. 57 58 51 Gts. 1.81 1.71 1.62 138 128 136 46 41 45 NE. January February. SW. SW. 39 49 32 14.1 36 17.6 24.3 9.1 66 1.59 55 1.71 134 44 SW. March April May 48 58 66 58 69 78 83 90 94 35 48 56 5 24 34 55 64 72 41 53 63 6.6 4.7 3.8 13 12 12 2.4 2.8 3.8 13.1 5.9 1.2 1.1 0.3 0.0 10.8 4.4 0.0 58 60 63 1.84 2.62 3.74 48 45 47 2.10 2.76 3.76 170 214 278 46 54 64 SW. SW. SW. Spring mean 57 68 46 14.1 37 9.0 20.2 1.4 60 2.73 47 2.87 221 65 SW. June July August 73 76 75 84 87 86 99 100 100 64 68 66 43 52 50 78 81 80 70 72 70 4.2 4.1 4.1 13 12 12 1.4 2.2 4.8 4.9 7.6 5.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 66 67 69 5.10 5.70 5.61 56 56 67 5.41 5.65 5.68 272 292 280 62 66 67 SW. SW. NE. 75 86 1 66 12.4 37 8.4 18.1 0.0 67 5.44 66 6.58 281 65 SW 69 58 47 58 81 70 58 99 94 80 60 48 38 35 25 12 76 66 54 65 52 40 2.9 2.6 3.6 8 8 9 0.5 1.5 0.6 4.1 2.8 4.2 0.0 T. T. 0.0 T. 0.2 68 68 61 4.32 2.87 1.80 64 50 48 4.59 2.97 1.96 246 234 164 66 67 50 NE. NE. November NE. 70 49 9.1 26 2.6 11.1 T. 66 3.00 61 3.17 211 61 NE 57 08 100 48 -16 49.7 135 37.5 73.7 10.6 15.1 65 3.19 52 3.33 212 56 Dates of Tempeeature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimnm below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Deo. 28, 29 Jan. 1, 12, 13; Feb. 7- 10, 13. Jan. 4; Feb. 20, 21 Jan 26-30 Aug. 14. June 2, 3. Sept. 18. July 3, 4; Sept. 16. June 9-11; July 1-3. July 13, 16; Aug. 25; Sept. 4-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 1, 17, 18, 25. Dec. 15, 16, 18,20-22... Feb. 5 Aug. 9-12, 19-21; Sept. 10. July 11, 21-29; Aug. 3. June 12, 13; July 4, 5, 8, 9, 18; Aug. 14. July 28. 1897 Feb 17-19 . . . 1898 Feb 3 1899 Jan. 31; Feb. 1, ^14; Mar. 7; Dec. 30, 31. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 785 TENNESSEE. Eastern Section: COCKE COUNTY. Station: NEWPORT C. T. Burnett, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in April, 1891. Latitude, 3S° 58' N. Longitude, SS" 12' W. Elevation, 1,280 feet.] Newport is situated in the French Broad River Valley; at a distance of 1 to 3 miles from the town, mountains rise on every side. The station is located on a hill in the western portion of the town, at the residence of the observer; this point is higher than any other hill in the immediate vicinity. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed on a north porch of the residence. The rain gage is in the yard, 50 feet northwest of the residence, and 30 feet from any other building; the top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, and number of days with maximum above 90° and with minimurj below 32°, eight years; the remainder of the data is for the full period of thirteen years, from April 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Frost data are taken from temperatures of 32° or lower. Monthly mean-'temperatures from April, 1891, to 1895 were obtained from twice daily readings; from 1896 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation, Direc- tion of pre- vailing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of daya with 0,0) or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. 38 38 40 op 47 48 48 "F. 72 75 79 "F. 29 32 28 "F. - 5 -18 -16 °F. 42 43 45 'F 34 24 26 In. 3.1 3.6 4,3 8 9 9 In. 1.5 6.3 2,1 In. 9.8 4,4 LO In. 1,9 4,3 4,1 W, W, February W. 39 48 30 11,0 26 8.9 15.2 10,3 W, March 48 57 66 61 67 79 84 93 93 40 44 55 6 27 35 56 62 71 43 51 61 5.4 3.6 4.1 11 8 10 2.6 5.8 3.1 6.3 5.0 6.6 3,0 LO 0,0 W. April W, May W, Spring mean 67 69 46 13.1 29 11,5 16,9 4,0 \V, 74 77 76 85 89 87 100 100 95 63 67 66 44 53 65 77 79 79 71 75 73 4,2 4,3 4,4 9 10 9 3,2 3,2 2,5 2,4 2,8 10,8 0,0 0.0 0,0 W, July W, August W, 76 87 65 12,9 28 8,9 16,0 0.0 W, 69 58 46 82 71 69 98 88 81 68 41 37 34 24 12 74 65 53 65 49 41 2,2 1.8 2.6 5 6 8 1,2 0,6 6,0 2,4 1,4 L2 0.0 T. 0.8 \V, W, November W, 58 71 45 6.6 18 7,8 5,0 0.8 W. 57 69 100 47 -18 43,6 101 37,1 5.), 1 16.1 W, Dates op Tempebatuke Extremes fob the Peeiod January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10". Maximum 95" or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95" or above. 1895 1896 Jan. 1, 13; Feb. 8-10; Dec. 6. Feb. 21 June 3, 4; July 19, Aug. 22; Sept. 18. Aug. 3; Sept. 15, 10. June 9-11. June 2, 3; July 13-17, 25, 26; Sept. 5-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2-4, 29; Feb, 1,17, 18, 24, Deo, 16, 20-22 None. July 16, 22-24, 26, 27, 29. Aug. 14. None. 1897 Jan. 26, 28-31 Feb. 5 1898 1899 Feh.2,3, 4;Deo. 14,15. Feb. 1, 8-10, 12-15; Mar. 7; Dec. 30, 31. Feb. 18, 19 786 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TENNESSEE. Middle Section: LEWIS COUNTY. Station: HOHENWALD. Wm. Schappachek, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in May, 1883. Latitude, 35° 30' N. Longitude, 87° 30' W. Elevation, 983 feet.] This station is situated at the home of the observer, 2 miles west of Hohenwald; it is in the plateau region, on ground somewhat higher than that immediately surrounding. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, set on posts in the yard SO feet from any house; the thermometers are 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 10 feet from the instrument shelter, 60 feet from the nearest houses, and 25 feet from the nearest trees, which are small; the top of the gage is 4 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, seven years; remainder of data is for the full period of twenty years, from May 1, 1883, to December 31, 1903. The frost data are from temperatures of 32° or lower. The monthly mean temperatures from 1885 to 1895 were obtained from tridaily read- ings; from 1896 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitat on. Direc- tion of pre- vailing wind. Months. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. "F. 40 38 39 "F. 49 49 49 "F. 76 76 78 "F. 27 27 28 op - 6 -12 -15 op 56 49 60 °F. 34 29 26 In. 4.9 6.2 6,2 9 10 10 In. 5.1 6.0 l.I In. 2.6 2.6 4.6 In. 2.7 2.5 2.6 S. N. February S. Winter mean 39 49 27 15.3 29 12.2 9.8 7.8 s. March 49 59 67 62 69 81 84 92 94 40 44 54 1 22 30 55 64 71 46 54 62 6.6 4.6 3.8 12 10 10 6.9 2.3 2.6 5.4 7.9 3.0 3.0 0.0 0.0 N. s. lily s. Spring mean 58 71 46 16.0 32 11.8 16.3 3.0 s. 76 77 76 88 91 90 102 104 104 60 64 63 35 47 43 79 81 79 66 74 71 5.1 4.5 3.9 11 10 8 1.5 7.3 2.8 17.9 5.8 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. s. 76 90 62 13.5 29 U.6 26.0 0.0 s. 69 59 48 84 72 60 100 96 80 65 44 35 28 16 9 74 64 54 64 52 43 3.2 2.1 4.2 6 5 3 0.8 1.8 2.5 2.6 5.2 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 s November g 59 72 45 9.5 19 5.1 16.7 0.8 s. Annnfll mps.n 58 70 104 46 -15 53.3 109 40.7 67.8 11.6 s Dates of Tempebaturb Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 Jan. 1; Feb. 7-9, 14, 17.. Jan. 4; Feb. 21 Jan. 25-30; Feb. 27... Feb. 3; Deo. 14 Jan. 1,30, 31; Feb. 1,8- 14; Mar. 7; Dec. 5, 30, 31. Jan. 2, 3, 29, 31; Feb. 1, 17, 18. (June, July, August blanlc) ; Sept.l7, 18. June 12-15, 18, 22-24, 29, 30; July 1-6, 8, 10; Aug. 1-4, 6, 28, 29. Junes, 10, 24,30; July 1, 2, 7: Aug. 22-24. June 3-6,21-23; July 4, 14-16; Aug. 25, 26: Sept. .T-8. Aug. 9, 11, 22. 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 14-21 Junes, 10, 12, 16, 20-30; July 1-6, 7, 10-12 14-17, 19-30. June 11-15, 26, 27; July 2, 4, 8, 9, 16-19, 25 26, 28; Aug. 4, 14, 15, 18-22. July 11, 27; Aug. 4, 18, 24-28; Sept. 5-8, 13 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 Feb. 3, 5, 16, 18; Dec. 6, 26, 27. Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 17-19; Nov. 28; Dec. 1. 7, 16, 26, 27. NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 787 TENNESSEE. Eastern Section: MEIQS COUNTY. Station: DECATUR. J. W. LILLARD, Observer. [Establishedby the Weather Bureau In December, 1895. Latitude, 36° 30' N. Longitude, 84° 48' \V. Elevation, aoo feet.] The station is located in the northeastern edge of the town, on a hill. The country in this section is rolling; about 1| miles to the southeast, and east of the station there are hills that rise 150 to 200 feet above the station. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, which is 100 feet from the the nearest house ; the thermometers are 5J feet above the ground. The rain gage is in an open space, 100 feet from the nearest house and 30 feet from the nearest tree; the top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the full period of observation, 8 yeai-s, December 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. The frost data are taken from temperatures of 32° or lower. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Pre<:ipitati 3n. Total amount for the wettest year. Direc- tion of prevail- lag wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. In. 4.9 4.4 6.0 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Aver- age depth of snow. December January February °F. 39 39 39 °F. 50 49 SO "F. 69 71 75 ■>F. 29 28 29 'F. 1 - 9 -13 °F. 42 44 46 'F. 34 36 34 11 11 11 In. 6.4 3.8 4.6 In. 2.7 3.8 16.1 In. 1.8 2.0 3.9 SW. SW. NW. 39 50 29 15.3 33 14.8 21.6 7.7 SW. 51 57 69 62 70 82 85 89 94 40 44 65 2 24 35 56 63 73 46 53 64 7.9 5.7 4.0 14 11 10 7.1 2.3 3.4 12.1 6.6 4.4 1.3 T. 0.0 SW. April SW. May SW. Spring mean 59 71 46 17.6 36 12.8 23.1 1.3 SW. 75 78 77 87 90 88 99 103 101 63 66 65 40 51 63 77 SI 79 70 77 76 4.4 4.8 5.1 12 12 12 2.5 3.9 1.3 6.6 5.5 5.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August SW. 77 88 66 14.3 36 7.7 17.6 0.0 SW. 70 60 49 83 74 61 98 92 78 68 46 37 34 23 12 73 66 54 68 67 43 3.5 3.3 3.9 6 6 9 6.7 3.0 6.2 0.2 4.1 4.1 0.0 T. T. SW. October SW. November . SW. Fall mean 60 73 47 10.7 21 13.9 8.4 T. SW. 58 70 103 47 -13. 67.9 125 49.2 70.6 9.0 SW. Dates of Temperatdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1395 1896 1897 None in December Jan. 4, 5; Feb. 21 Jan. 26-31 July 27-30; Aug. 1, 6, 8-13, 22, 23; Sept. June 12^14, 29, 30; July 1,3, 4; Aug. 1-3; Sept. 16, 16. June 9-11; July 1-3. June 4, 8, 22; July 13-16; Aug. 10, 11, 23-26; Sept. 5-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 3; 29; Feb. 1,17, 18. Dec. 15-18, 20-22 Feb. 5 Jan. 13; Feb. 17-19; Deo. 27. July 6, 16; Aug. missing. June 22-25; 27-30; July 1-5, 11-16, 19-30; Aug. 3, 9. June 6, 12-14, 25, 27; July 2-10, 16-19, 26; Aug. 4, 10, 13-15, 19-21. Aug. 25, 27, 28; Sept. 7. 1898 1899 Feb. 3; Dec. 14 Feb. 1, 8-10, 12-16; Mar. 7; Deo.30,3L.. 788 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TENNESSEE. Southwestern District: SHELBY COUNTY. Station: MEMPHIS. S. C. Emeey, Local Forecaster. [Established by the Signal Service February 28, 1871. Latitude, 35° 9' N. Longitude, 90° 3' W. Elevation, 271 feet.] Memphis is located in the extreme southwest comer of Tennessee, about 12 miles north of the Mississippi State line. That portion of the city fronting the Mississippi River is built upon what is commonly known as the Fourth Chickasaw Bluff. The river bank or bluff along the city front ranges in height from about 20 to 60 feet above the highest water, and for the most part is quite abrupt. In front of the business district, however, the bluff has been sloped off to form a levee for wharfage purposes. The station was first located in the Jackson Block, corner of Main and Gayoso streets, but on October 9, 1871, it was moved to the Irwin Block, No. 254 Second street. In 1879 to 260 Front street. In 1889 to the Cotton Exchange Building, and on July 1, 1895, it was moved to its present location on the eleventh floor of the Porter Building, corner of Main and Court streets. The thermometers are exposed in a regulation shelter on the roof of the building. The bottom of the shelter is 6.7 feet above the flat cement covered roof. The rain gage is on a lower section of the same roof, 30 feet from the shelter and 133.5 feet above the ground. The mean temperature has been calculated from the daily maximum and minimum readings, except for the years 1871 to 1874, when the monthly values were obtained from the three daily eye readings. The tabulated data cover a period of thirty- three years, February 28, 1871, to December 31, 1903, but humidity is for fifteen years; sunshine three years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperal ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 , 1 , , m -r'n i •g ■p S t •o o 3s Snow. B e a a ? o Pi ^ Month. i H ■s-s 0) a g a« |a .a .9 8^ IP 3^ 60 . Si "■On 00 3 00 1 Pi 00 1 00 1 i 1 Si i' s s < a < a ^ a z ^ (^ -< O Pi < rt ' ■< ■< (S Q "F. "F. "F. "F. "F. "F. "F. In. In. In. In. In. P.ci. Grs. P.ot. 6rs. December 43 W 76 37 •2 60 32 4.2 10 4.4 4.4 1.3 6.6 79 2.25 68 2.49 1.58 .52 NW. 41 4S 79 33 - X 56 30 6.4 11 3.4 4.3 2.0 9.6 79 2.02 68 2.24 1.57 .50 NW. February 44 43 62 79 36 - 9 53 32 5.0 11 2.0 1.6 2.0 9.8 78 2.14 67 2.37 141 46 NW. 51 35 14.6 32 9.8 10.2 5.3 79 2.14 68 2.37 152 49 NW. March .52 61 87 44 15 60 47 6.7 12 3.6 ".2 1.3 18.0 76 2.69 m 3.15 169 46 NW. April May m 72 HO 54 27 69 66 .6.0 10 1.6 13.9 0.0 0.0 74 3.84 .58 4.06 214 62 SE. 71 79 96 61 40 76 67 4.3 10 2.0 1.8 0.0 0.0 77 5.40 62 6.62 249 68 SE. Spring mean. 62 71 63 15.0 32 7.1 19.9 1.3 1 76 3.99 62 4.28 211 55 SE. June 78 87 100 69 50 81 72 4.6 10 1.8 18.2 0.0 0.0 80 7.03 65 7.11 296 68 SW. July sr •») 104 72 ,58 X4 77 3.2 10 0.4 6.2 0.0 0.0 82 7.92 68 8.15 ,^36 76 SW. 80 88 102 71 63 84 75 3.4 8 6.8 6.0 0.0 0.0 84 7.38 69 7.78 297 71 SW. 80 88 71 11.1 28 9.0 30.4 0.0 82 7.44 67 7.68 310 72 SW September 73 82 99 64 39 78 68' 3.0 7 5.6 3.1 0.0 0.0 81 5.61 66 6.28 262 71 N. October 1 «3 72 92 64 29 VO 66 2.6 6 1.6 3.8 0.0 0.0 8(1 3.88 61 4.28 966 76 NW. November 1 51 60 82 43 16 68 41 4.6 10 1.5 6.0 T. T. 80 2.83 63 2.96 183 59 SE. 1 62 71 54 10.1 23 8.7 12.9 T. 80 4.11 63 4.50 237 69 NW 62 1 70 104 53 - 9 1 50.8 115 34.6 73.4 6.6 18.0 79 4.42 65 7.71 227 61 NW 1 Dates op Tempeeatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 24, 25; Dec. 28.... Jan. 12; Feb. 7, 8 June 14, 28-30; July 1, 31; Aug. 9, 10, 13-15. June 2, 3; July 16, 17; Aug. 19. July 2, 3, 15, 18, 24, 26-31; Aug. 1, 3-9, 11-16, 21, 22. June 23, 27; July 1-3, 5, 6, 8-10, 26, 31; Aug. 1-4, 26-30. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None . - July 21; Aug. 22. Aug. 1, 10-13. Aug. 21. June 16, 20, 21, 24-29; July 3, 11, 12, 14, 15, 17-23, 28; Aug. 3, 9. June 11-14; July 8, 17; Aug. 18. Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 9-13. . . Feb. 17 Dee. 15, 16, 18, 20, 21 .. Feb. 17 NORTH CENTRAL DISTRICTS. 789 TENNESSEE. Western Section: HARDEMAN COUNTY. Station: BOLIVAR. Maet a. Smith, Observer. [Established by the Sigaal Service in March, 1883. Latitude, 35° 15' N. Longitude, 89° Vi . Elevation, 460 feet.] This station is in the northern part of the town of Bolivar, at the residence of the observer. The general contour of I he country is level or slightly rolling. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, which is attached to a small out- house in the yard. The thermometers are 4i feet above the ground. The rain gage is 38 feet from the nearest house, and 10 feet from the nearest tree, which is not large enough to materially affect the catch of rainfall in the gage; the top of the gage is 2 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures from March, 1883 to 1893, were obtained from tridaily readings; from 1894 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation; Mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, number of days with maximum above 90° and with minimum below 32°, and frost data, nine years; the remainder of the data are for the full period of observation, twenty years — from March 1, 1883, to December 31, 1903. The record is somewhat broken from 1887 to 1893. Frost data are from minimum temperatures of 32° or lower. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion of prevail- ing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth snow. 40 38 40 °F. 50 49 50 "F. 78 75 77 "F. 30 30 29 "F. - 2 - 7 -13 °F. 60 51 47 "F. 35 30 31 In. 4.1 5.3 4.1 6 8 8 In. 4.8 3.8 2.0 In. 2.7 2.5 6.9 In. 2.2 2.9 2.4 N rvf Winter mean 39 50 30 13.5 22 10.6 11.1 7.5 N 50 60 68 62 72 82 84 90 93 40 48 67 17 27 32 55 07 74 45 55 62 5.2 5.0 3.8 9 8 7 3.4 2.8 1.6 2.4 5.6 3.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 g S. S. May Spring mean 59 72 48 14.0 24 7.8 11.0 0.6 76 79 78 87 91 91 101 103 103 65 70 67 43 62 60 81 84 82 69 76 74 3.8 3.0 2.5 7 8 6 0.4 1.2 8.4 13.0 5.7 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. S. S. July August Summer mean 78 90 67 9.9 21 10.0 19.6 0.0 s 71 59 49 85 74 60 100 92 80 59 47 39 34 25 14 77 65 55 67 54 45 3.0 2.3 3.9 5 4 6 4.5 0.8 1.7 3.2 6.0 7.4 0.0 0.0 T. s. N. N. November Fall mean 60 73 48 9.2 16 7.0 16.6 T. Annual mean 59 71 106 4S -13 46.6 82 35.4 68.2 8.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 7, 8, 9,14. June 26; Aug. 13-16, 18, 19; Sept. 14-17, 19-21, 25-27. July 3, 23, 24, 26-31; Aug. 1, 3-17, 22; Sept. 2, 14, 15, 17, 18. June 11-19, 23, 24, 27; July 2-10, 22, 24-26, 30,31; Aug. 1-6; Sept. 3, 7, 9-12, 15, 16. July 2; Aug. 23; Sept. 3. June 2, 4, 5, 22, 23; July 12-16; Aug. 7, 9, 11-13, 24-26; Sept. 2-8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 1, 17 Dec. 16-21 . Aug. 8, 10, 11, 14-16, 19-22; Sept. 12. June 16, 20-30; July 1-5, 7, 10-30; Aug. 2,3,8-10. June 11-15, 26, 27; July 2, 5, 7-9, 16-19 26, 26; Aug. 14, 15, 18-21. July 1, 3, 7, 8, 17, 18, 27, 28; Sept. 7, 8, 16. 1896 Jan. 25-30. 1897 Feb. 17-20. Jan. 2; Dec. 14 Jan. 1, 2, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 8-14 (December). 1898 1899 790 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TENNESSEE. Western Section: HARDIN COUNTY. Station: SAVANNAH, C. L. Hefner, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in March, 1833. Latitude, 35° 14' N. Longitude, 88° 13MV. Klevation, 450 feet.] The town of Savannah is situated on the Tennessee River. The general contour of the country in the vicinity of the station is hilly. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed on the north end of an outhouse, and are protected by 4 feet of extended roof. They are 5 feet from the ground. The rain gage is located in an open space; it is attached to a fence, the top of the gage being about 4 inches above the fence and 5 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Mean maximum and minimum temperatures, seven years; frost data, nine years ; remainder of data are for the full period of twenty years from March 1, 1883, to December 31 , 1903. Frost data are from temperatures of 32° or lower. The monthly mean temperatures from 1883 to 1895 were obtained from tridaily readings; from 1896 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest montlily mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Numt)er of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount fbr the wettest year. Aver- age depth snow. tion of prevail- ing wind. °J. 42 40 42 °F. 50 50 50 °F. 75 75 77 "F. 30 32 32 °J?. - 6 - 8 "F 57 53 48 "F. 36 31 33 In. 4.9 4.8 5.3 8 9 9 In. 2.9 8.1 1.4 In. 6.3 8.2 10.3 In. 2.2 3.0 2.4 N. S. February NW. 41 50 31 15.0 26 12.4 23.8 7.6 N. 51 61 69 03 70 82 84 90 94 43 50 60 27 35 ,57 70 77 42 56 65 5.7 4.4 4.2 10 9 8 4.3 2.6 3.5 9.3 4.1 4.1 2.S 0.0 0.0 S. April May S. s. Spring mean 60 72 51 14.3 27 10.4 17.5 2.8 s. .. 76 SO 78 88 92 90 103 105 104 66 70 68 45 53 52 80 83 83 68 75 72 4.9 4.2 3.7 9 8 7 2.5 5.5 1.0 4.5 0.4 7.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. sw. 78 90 68 12.8 24 9.6 12.6 0.0 s 72 CO 49 80 76 62 101 94 82 61 50 40 33 25 10 79 66 .57 65 56 44 3.6 2.2 3.9 G S 7 3.3 2.6 4.0 8.5 2.3 1.8 0.0 0.0 T. w. NW. N. Fall mean GO 74 50 9.7 IS 9.9 12.6 T. N. 60 72 105 SO - 8 51.8 95 42.3 66. 5 10.4 g Dates of Tempeeatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 June 2, 3; Aug. 18; Sept. 15, 21. July 24, 27-31; Aug. 1, 3, 4, 6-16; Sep- tember missing. June 12, 13, 18-20, 23-27, 29, 30; July 1-10, 16,22-26,30,31; Aug. 1-5, 26-30; Sept. 1-3, 7-16, 24, 27. June 3, 6, 8-10, 24, 30; July 1-3; Aug. 18, 22-24; Sept. 2. 3, 5. June 2-5, 7, 8, 14, 20-23, 28; July 1-4, 7, 11-16, 29; Aug. 2, 9-13, 23-26; Sept. 2,7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2; Feb. 1,17, 18... Dec. 15, 16, 18,20, 21... Dec. 26 July 16; Aug. 8-22; Sept. 10, 23. June 21-29; July 1, 3, 11, 12, 14-30; Aug. 3,8-11. June 11, 12, 13, 15, 26, 27; July 2, 4-9, 14-19, 26, 26; Aug. 5, 9, 14, 16, 19-21. June 21; July 1-4, 7-11, 22, 26-28; Aug. 3, 5, 23 24 26-29 1896 1897 January and Decem- ber missing. Jan. 25-29 Deo. 14 Feb. 17, 19.. . 1898 1899 Jan. 2, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 7-14; Mar. 7. NORTH CTENTBAL DISTRICTS. 791 TENNESSEE. Middle Section: COFFEE COUNTY. Station: TULLAHOMA. R. T. MoOEE, Observer. lEstabllshed by the Signal Service April, 1889. (Records of "Manchester" station, 12 miles north oi Tullahoma, period March, 1883, to March, 1889, combined with Tullahoma record.) Latitude, 36° 21' N. Longitude, 86° 14' W. Elevation, 1,076 feet.] The station is at the residence of the observer on Jackson street in the northern portion of the town. Tullahoma is situated on the "Highland Rim;" the country for several miles around is level; the Cumberland Mountains are about 15 miles to the southeast. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a Weather Bureau shelter, located in the yard. The ther- mometers are 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is also in the yard; a low house stands 13 feet from the gage; the top of the gage is 2J feet above the ground. Tabulated data are from the combined records of Tullahoma, April 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903, and Manchester, 12 miles north of Tullahoma, March 1, 1883, to March 31, 1889. The following periods of observation have been used: Mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, frost data, and miscellaneous phenomena, eight years; remainder of data, twenty years. Frost data are from temperatures of 32° or lower. Monthly mean temperatures from 1889 to 1894 were obtained from tridaily readings; from 1895 to 1903, from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anncal Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion of pre- vailing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. December "F. 39 38 40 °F. 48 48 48 op 69 74 72 'F. 29 29 29 "F. - 5 -14 -20 'F. 54 44 47 "F. 33 29 29 In. 5.2 6.9 4.6 9 10 9 In. 2.5 7.0 1.2 In. 7.2 8.4 9.2 In. 3.7 3.6 3.4 N. S. N. 39 48 29 15.7 28 10.7 24.8 10.6 N. March 49 57 67 69 68 79 81 87 92 40 46 55 22 32 65 63 70 39 52 62 6.5 4.9 2.9 11 9 8 3.6 5.6 L6 9.8 4.7 3.2 1.9 T. 0.0 S. April S. Miy s. Spring mean 68 69 47 14.3 28 1 10.8 17.7 1.0 s. June July August 73 76 75 84 87 86 97 100 98 62 65 64 40 41 48 76 83 79 69 73 71 4.1 4.9 3.8 9 9 8 2.6 7.6 2.4 4.6 10.6 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. s. s. 76 86 64 12.8 26 12.6 17.5 0.0 s. 68 58 47 83 73 69 97 91 77 57 46 36 27 22 13 74 64 51 64 51 41 2.9 2.5 3.8 6 5 7 3.3 3.9 2.6 2.2 2.4 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 s. October N. November s. Fall mean 68 72 46 9.2 18 9.8 6.6 0.2 s. 57 68 100 46 -20 52.0 100 43.9 66.6 12.7 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 1, 12, 31; Feb. 7- 10, 12-16, 17. Jan. 4; Feb. 21 Jan. 25-30 None. Aug. 15; Sept. 18. June 29, 30; July 1-3; Aug. 29; Sept. 16. June 10; July 1-3. June 4, 5; July 7, 13-16; Sept. 5-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 3, 29, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 17, 18. Mar. 6; Dec. 15-18, 20, 21. Feb. 3, 18- Aug. 9-11, 21; Sept. 6. June 22, 23, 26, 26, 28; July 1, 11, 12, 16, 16, 22, 23, 26, 28, 29; Aug. 3. 1898 Feb. 3; Dec. 14 Jan. 31; Feb. 1, 8-14; Mar. 7; Deo. 30, 31. June 12, 13; July 2, 3, 5-9, 16-18; Aug. 14, 15, 18-21. July 10, 11, 28; Aug. 23, 24; Sept. 7, 10, 13. 1899 Feb. 17-19; Dec. 26... 792 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. TENNESSEE. Southeastern District: HAMILTON COUNTY. Station: CHATTANOOGA. L. M. PiNDELL, Observer. [EstabUshed January 8, 1879. Latitude 35° 4' N. Longitude 85° 14' W. Elevation, 703 feet.] This station is located in the heart of the city of Chattanooga and has been in the custom-house on Eleventli and A streets since July 1, 1893. The instruments are exposed on platforms arranged on the roof of the building. The instrument shelter is of the standard Weather Bureau pattern and is supported by four beams which hold it 6 feet above a, steep gable roof covered with slate. The shelter contains the thermometers and thermograph, and on its roof is placed the sunshine recorder. The dry bulb thermometer is 106 feet above ground. The rain gage is 98 feet above ground on a platform, 20 feet northeast of the shelter; the wind vane and anemometer are 112 feet above the ground, the support being 4 feet southeast of the tipping bucket rain gage. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Snowfall, nineteen years, 1885-1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903; sunshine, twenty years, 1884-1903; remainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-five years, January 8, 1879, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunsliine. B a 1 S 1 . s = g 1 Id a g a li o < PI Is a 3 a l§ % o 1 r 3.2 hi II H Snow. 00 1 « B ■A 00 1 1 B p. 00 1 B (i 00 < 2 3 O .a 1 5 o oj l| 1 "-is o o (3 "F. 43 41 44 "F. 52 50 S3 °F. 73 75 78 'F. 35 33 36 °F. 3 - 7 -10 °F. 57 52 54 "F. 37 34 34 In. 4.3 5.8 5.3 11 13 12 In. 3.6 3.5 3.5 In. 5.5 4.5 2.8 In. 1.3 2.0 2.3 In. 12.0 9.8 7.6 P.ct. 80 81 78 Grs. 2.12 1.99 2.06 P.ct. 71 72 67 Ors. 2.51 2.37 2.37 132 138 133 43 44 44 Winter meaa 43 51 60 68 53 60 71 79 85 90 93 35 42 51 58 15.4 6.3 4.6 3.8 36 13 11 11 10.6 5.2 1.7 2.2 12.8 12.2 10.4 6.2 5.6 80 2.06 70 2.42 134 44 g 2 25 40 57 65 74 46 54 65 March 0.6 0.0 0.0 6.6 0.1 0.0 77 75 79 2.54 3.51 5.02 63 59 65 2.95 3.75 5.53 148 221 269 40 56 62 ^?!-:::;:::::;;:::: s. Srt'. Spring mean 60 70 50 14.7 35 9.1 28.8 0.6 77 3.69 62 4.08 213 53 S. 76 79 77 86 88 86 100 101 101 66 69 68 39 56 54 79 82 81 71 75 74 4.2 3.7 3.8 12 13 12 1.3 0.7 1.3 2.4 5.1 3.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 81 82 85 6.46 7.20 7.00 71 72 74 7.30 7.87 7.60 265 280 260 61 63 62 SW. sw. NE. July Rnm-mpr mp^n 77 72 62 50 87 82 72 60 98 91 79 68 62 51 41 1L7 3.4 2.8 3.6 37 9 7 9 3.3 3.6 2.5 3.9 10.8 5.2 1.7 8.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 T. 0.7 83 85 85 81 6.89 5.76 3.84 2.67 72 72 69 67 7.59 6.32 4.38 2.93 268 248 228 160 62 67 65 52 SW. NE. NE. S. 38 27 16 77 67 56 63 56 45 November Fall mean 61 71 51 9.8 25 10.0 15.7 0.1 84 4.10 69 4.54 212 61 NE. 60 70 101 51 -10 5L6 133 33.0 68.1 6.3 12.0 81 4.18 68 4.66 207 55 NE. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 28, 29 June 13, 29; Aug. 11, 13-15. June 2, 3. July 26, 28-30; Aug. 5-7, 10, 13, 15, 16, 22; Sept. 11, 17, 18. June 12, 14,27,29,30; July 1-3, 23; Aug. 1, 2, 4, 27-30; Sept. 15, 16. June 9, 10; July 1, 2; Aug. 23. June 4, 8; July 13, 15; Aug. 11, 19, 22-25; Sept. 5-7. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1, 17, 18 Aug. 8-11, 19-21. June 22-25; July 4, 11, 12, 14, 21, 22, 24- 26, 29; Aug. 3. June 12, 13, 27; July 2-5,7-9, 16-19; Aug. 4, 5, 8, 10, 13-15, 18, 19. 1895 1896 Jan. 1,12, 13; Feb. 7-9. Feb. 21 Dec. 15, 16, 18, 20, 21.. None Jan. 28, 29 1897 Feb. 17.. 1898 1899 Feb. 8-10, 12-14; Mar. 7. MONTANA. By R. FRANK YOUNQ, Observer. 793 MONTANA. The State of Montana lies between parallels 44° 6' and 49° north latitude and meridians 104° and 116° west longitude. Topographically the State is separated into two divisions by the Continental Divide or main range of the Rocky Mountains, which crosses the State diagonally from northwest to southeast at a distance of about 100 miles from the western boundary. From the main range to the eastern boundary, comprising about three-fifths of the area of the State, the country is mainly a rolling plain, with a gradual descent from an altitude of 4,000 to 5,000 feet at the base of the mountains to 2,000 feet at the eastern line. This plain, however, is broken in the north portion here and there by groups of mountains, and near the south- ern boundary by spurs from the main range, with many peaks rising to altitudes of 5,000 to 8,000 feet. The surface of the western two-fifths of the State is made up of numerous mountain ranges, shading abruptly into foothills and valleys, the latter having elevations varying from 2,500 to 5,000 feet above sea level. In this section are the headwaters of two great drainage basins. The eastern slope is drained by innumerable small streams tributary to the Missouri River and the western slope is the source of Clark's Fork of the Columbia. There is a noticeable difference in the climate of the two sections, corresponding to their difference in physical features. The western or mountain climate (speaking more particularly of the valleys of this region) is milder in temperature, receives more moisture, and is less subject to sudden changes, to high winds and "blizzards," than the eastern plains. Temperature. — ^The temperature values, especially the extremes, as published in the climatological reports, are apt to convey an erroneous impression of this element. The annual extremes are as great as are found in any other section of the country. But the low winter temperatures, as a rule, do not continue for long periods, and are accompanied by dry and a comparatively calm atmosphere, which renders them more endurable to animal life than much higher temperatures where these conditions are absent. It is largely due to these features that stock can be raised on ranges without shelter, and that outdoor occupations can be carried on with little interruption or discomfort during the winter and spring months. The summer temperatures, on the other hand, are never oppressive. During the middle of the long summer days of this high latitude the temperature often rises higher than in the Southern States, but it cools rapidly in the evening by radiation and hot nights are never experienced. There are usually a few days in one or more of the summer months when maximum temperatures of 90° or above are recorded in the mountain sections and 100° or above on the plains. In the western valleys minimum temperatures of —20° to —25° are comparatively rare, while on the plains it is not unusual to experience extremes of —40° to —45°. The annual mean temperature ranges from 37° in the extreme northeastern portion to 47° in some of the sheltered valleys. The warmest sections are in the upper Yellowstone Valley, in the basin west of the main divide, and in some of the smaller valleys in the central portion of the State immediately east of the mountains. Frost. — Killing frosts or freezing temperatures may occur over the greater portion of the State in all except the summer months, although, as a rule, there are about five months practically free from destructive temperatures, and it is not unusual for the hardier plants to remain green until the middle of November or later. Precipitation. — The efi'ect of topography upon the rainfall is also noticeable. The greatest annual precipitation occurs over that portion lying west of the Continental Divide and in the higher mountain regions, and the least over the north- eastern plains. There is, however, at least one notable exception to this rule in a considerable district at the eastern base of the main range in the central portion with very light rainfall. About one-half of the area receives from 10 to 15 inches annually, and the remainder of the State from 15 to 25 inches. Amounts of 20 inches or more, at the lower altitudes, fall only over limited areas, principally in the northwest portion. A characteristic of the annual precipitation that is peculiarly favorable to agriculture is the large percentage deposited during the growing season. The amount received in the months of May to August, inclusive, nearly equals that for the remaining eight months. Violent local storms or injurious hailstorms are exceedingly rare, and practically the only climatic element causing directly the loss of life or property is the high northerly wind with rain or snow and freezing temperature, and losses from this cause, which are confined mostly to the eastern plains, are in a great measure preventable, if not wholly so. 794 ROOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. List op Counties and Climatologioal Stations. 795 County. Station. District. Page. County. Station. District. Page. Southwestern . . Missoula Northwestern. . South central. . . 802 do Park, {see Helena) Great Falls... North central . . do 801 797 806 803 ""798" Northwestern. . Ravalli {see Missoula) Southwestern... Miles City.... Glendive Southeastern... Northeastern... Southwestern . . Northwestern . . Crow Agency. Southeastern... Northwestern. . 807 Sanders {see Missoula) Butte Southwestern... South central... 805 Kalispel Sweet Grass {see Crow Agency). Teton Kipp Glasgow North central... Northetistern... do South central. . . 796 Southwestern. . . Valley 7£9 Do Yellowstone (see Crow Agency). 800 Helena North central... 804 State Summary. Num- ber. Kipp Havre Kalispel Glasgow Poplar Great Falls . , . Missoula Glendive Helena. Butte Miles City Crow Agency . Temperature. Mean Mean an- maxi- nual. mum. 41 43 40 40 46 44 43 43 42 45 46 52 63 53 54 53 58 56 57 53 53 56 69 Mean Abso- lute mum. "jr. "F. 25 99 30 108 33 92 26 113 26 110 34 106 31 104 29 117 34 103 31 94 33 HI 32 110 July, 1899.... July, 1886.... July, 1900.-.. do July, 1886.... August, 1892. July, 1890.... July, 1893.... July, 1886..-. June, 1900 . . , July, 1901..-, July, 1893.... Abso- lute mini- mum. OJj, -46 -55 -19 -50 -63 -38 -42 -47 -42 -28 -49 February, 1899. February, 1887. February, 1900. February, 1899- January, 1885. . January, 1893. . January, 1888. - February, 1893. January, 1893.. February, 1890. do December, 1884 Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90". Mini- mum below 5 20 2 27 13 1 42 6 1 29 203 168 139 196 188 174 182 169 142 170 160 160 Kipp Havre Kalispel Glasgow Popmr Great Falls.. Missoula. Glendive Helena. Butte Miles City... Crow Agency Num- ber. Average date of- First killing Aug. Sept. Oct. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Sept. Oct. Sept. Last in spring Date of- Eariiest killing May 17 May 5 May 26 May 16 May 1 May 30 May 10 May U May 29 May 1 May 18 Aug. 3 July 28 Sept. 26 Aug. 11 Sept. 3 Sept. 9 Aug. 1 Sept. 11 Sept. 5 Sept. 6 Sept. 7 ...do... Latest July 21 May 23 June 20 June 26 May 20 June 20 June 9 .---do-.. June 25 Nov. 9 June 21 Precipitation. Spring. Inches. 18.5 14.2 16.4 1L8 13.1 13.4 15.6 15.9 13.3 12.2 12.5 13.0 Inches. 6.5 3.7 4.1 4.6 3.6 4.5 4.2 4.9 4.0 4.2 4.6 4.3 Inches. 6.1 6.3 4.3 3.2 5.3 5.0 3.8 6.1 3.9 3.1 4.5 4.8 Inches. 4.7 2.4 4.6 2.3 2.4 2.3 3.6 2.7 2.8 2.4 2.3 2.6 Inches. 2.2 1.8 3.4 1.8 1.8 1.0 3.9 2.2 2.6 2.5 1.2 1.9 796 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MONTANA. Eastern Slope of the Rocky Mountains, Missouri Valley: TETON COUNTY. Station: KIPP. A. B. COE, Observer. [Established May, 1894. Latitude, 48° 34' N. Longitude, IW 53' W. Elevation, 4,472 leet,] This station was discontinued in November, 1903. It was located in the village of Kipp, which is situated about 25 mUes east of the main range of the Rocky Mountains, the surrounding country being foothills of this range. The climate of winter is tempered to a great extent by southwesterly chinook winds. The maximum and minimum thermometers were exposed in a standard shelter of the Weather Bureau, on the north side of a building, six feet above ground. The rain gage was located 50 feet from the nearest building or fence, and 5 feet above ground. The mean temperature was determined by dividing the sum of mean maximum and mean minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 s ■ 1 i a . ii o m < 1 i a ^ o 3 aS o s < !i a Is f 09 h |.a a g O'C ill P lit Snow. Month. Ii g 1 5 December o p 24 20 17 35 31 30 „ p 60 57 65 " F. 14 8 5 - F. -37 -44 -46 ' F. 32 27 29 ' F. 16 10 5 In. 0.8 0.6 0.8 5 4 In. 0.6 0.6 0.5 In. 0.4 L4 0.4 In. 8.8 6.4 7.4 In. 5.0 5.8 6.5 sw sw. sw. Winter mean 20 32 9 2.2 14 1.7 2.2 22.6 12.0 6.5 11.4 sw. March 24 39 49 36 53 64 69 77 93 10 25 36 -32 -13 12 33 44 57 14 36 43 1.3 1.1 3.1 7 5 9 0.8 1.1 3.1 1.5 1.4 5.1 13.6 8.8 5.2 sw. sw. May sw. Spring mean 37 51 24 5.5 21 5.0 8.0 27.6 sw. Jmie July 54 60 60 69 78 77 95 99 98 40 43 42 21 32 23 59 64 66 48 57 56 3.1 . 1.6 1.4 9 7 5 3.2 0.2 1.4 1.3 1.4 2.7 L4 0.1 0.2 4.6 1.0 1.5 w.,sw. sw. sw. 58 75 42 6.1 21 4.8 5.4 1.7 sw. September 49 41 26 64 56 37 90 81 70 34 26 15 15 - 9 -39 54 47 39 44 36 5 2.1 1.1 1.5 9 5 6 2.0 0.2 0.1 6.0 1.0 3.6 3.8 7.1 14.5 6.2 14.0 14.5 sw sw. sw. 39 52 25 4.7 20 2.3 10.6 25.4 Annual meaji 38 52 99 25 -46 18.5 76 13.8 26.2 77.3 14.5 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to November 23, 1903. Year. Minim nm below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Dec. 29. 30 Aug. 3, 24. 1898 Feb. 19; Mar. 22, 26; None. 1895 Jan. 2, 7,19; Feb. 1-3, June 29. Nov. 21; Dec. 31. 6,9, 13,14; Mar. 13; 1899 Jan. 4; Feb. 1-4, 10-12, July 16-18. Dec. 2. 22, 26, 28; Dec. 16, 17. 1896 Jan. 2, 3, 14-17, 25; Mar. 3, 4; Nov. 18- July 12. 1900 Jan. 1; Feb. 8, 14-16; Nov. 21. None. 29. 1901 Jan. 6, 8,9; Feb. 5 Do. 1897 Jan. 24-28; Feb. 22; Mar. 7, 12, 13; Nov. Aug. 10, 20, 25. 1902 Jan. 24-27,29; Feb. 1,9; Mar. 16; Dec. 6, 7. Do. 22, 27, 28; Dec. 16. 1903 Feb. 15; Nov. 15-18 . . . Do. \ KOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 797 MONTANA. Northern District: CHOUTEAU COUNTY. Station: HAVRE. C. W. Ling, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in October, 1879. Latitude 48° 34' N. Longitude, 109° 40' W. Elevation, 2,483 feet.] The office is located in the United States Weather Bureau building, on Second street, between Second and Third avenues. It is about 30 miles from the Canadian boundary line. Havre is situated on Milk River at the mouth of Bull Hook Creek, a small tributary to Mjlk River, which drains the country to the south. Across Milk River to the north, and about one-half mile from city, the hills rise abruptly 100 to 150 feet, and this elevation extends, with a gradual slope toward the north, into the British possessions, forming a bench or table-land which has an average elevation of 3,000 feet above sea level. This station was established at Fort Assinniboiae, 6 miles southwest of Havre, in October, 1879, where it remained until May 16, 1892. It was then removed to Havre. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Snowfall, ten years; humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data is from the fuU period of observation, twenty-three years, August 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. be .3 1 B g 1 i |i 'o < a ii s a 1. o <1 i is w 1 ■si 1 g a t>.o oi hi l>a o p "% ■ Snow. a 00 >■ 1 Pi a □0 'o .a < a p. CO P. 00 3 <1 > Month. o bo . M.9 " '^ w S O o s 'F. 22 13 14 "F. 31 23 24 "F. 64 61 63 °j?. 12 3 3 °F. -50 -49 -56 "F. 33 27 30 °F. 4 -6 -3 In. 0.5 0.8 0.6 7 8 8 In. 0.4 0.3 0.4 In. 0.7 0.2 0.4 In. 4.0 6.0 5.0 In. 8.0 9.2 6.0 P.ct. 79 82 83 Grs. 0.94 0.74 0.«8 P.ct. 76 76 77 Grs. 1.11 0.86 0.87 sw. January SW. sw. Winter mean 16 26 6 1.8 23 1.1 L3 16.0 81 0.79 76 0.96 SW. 27 44 53 37 56 66 70 84 95 16 32 41 -41 -11 16 40 50 61 9 37 48 0.6 1.0 2.1 6 6 9 0.8 0.3 3.2 0.5 0.2 3.0 6.0 2.0 s.n 14.0 3.6 24.8 84 76 77 0.96 1.67 2.63 70 44 45 1.36 1.86 2.76 sw. April sv,- May SVi . Spring mean 41 53 30 3.7 21 4.3 3.7 12.0 79 L76 53 L99 sw. June 61 68 66 74 81 81 108 108 103 50 1 31 65 74 71 66 64 62 2.9 2.1 1.3 10 7 6 0.2 3.2 0.1 4.7 9.7 2.6 T. 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 77 73 72 3.37 4.00 3.30 43 36 34 3.64 3.60 3.50 sw. July 54 62 31 34 w. August sw. RiTnrmp.r Tnp.fi.Ti 65 79 62 6.3 23 3.5 17.0 T. 74 3.55 37 3.65 sw. September 55 44 28 69 57 39 93 89 75 42 1 18 33 1 -16 18 1 -33 59 49 41 60 30 4 1.1 0.6 0.7 6 6 6 0.6 T. 0.3 2.7 0.4 0.4 T. 3.0 7.0 T. 7.4 8.0 78 77 78 2.57 1.77 1.21 44 56 71 2.98 2.20 1.66 sw. October sw. sw. Fall mean 42 55 31 2.4 18 0.9 3.6 10.0 78 1.8.5 57 2.26 sw. 41 53 108 30 1 -.56 14.2 86 9.8 25.6 1 .37.0 24.8 78 1.99 66 2.18 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below— 20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year.l Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 6,9, 22-24 July 15, 20, 22, 24; Aug. 20, 21, 24, 25. July 2, 3; Aug. 3. June 30; July 6, 6, 10, 13, 16. July 12; Aug. 10, 11,21,24. July 11, 16; Aug. 19, 20,26. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2-4; Feb. 1-4, 7, 10-12, 26; Mar. 3; Dec. 16, 17. Feb. 7-9, 14, 15; Nov. 20,21. Jan. 9, 10 July 18. July 8, 11,25,31; Aug. 1. July 18, 21, 22, 30, 31; Aug. 15. July 31. July 21; Aug. 19. 1895 1896 Jan. (,20,21,27; Feb. 7, 9, 11-15: Dec. 2. Jan. 3, 15-17, 22; Mar. 3; Nov. 18-21, 24, 27- 30; Dec. 1, 2. Jan. 23-28; Mar. 7, 9, 12,13; Nov. 28; Dec. 1-3, 16-18. Mar. 26; Dec. 31 1897 1898 Jan. 26, 28, 29; Feb. 9; Dee. 11. Feb. 16, 16; Nov. 18... 798 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MONTANA. Northern Slope, West of the Rocky Mountains: FLATHEAD COUNTY. Station: KALISPELL. H. B. Dicz, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau, May 3, 1899. Latitude, 48° 10' N. Longitude, 114° 25' W. Elevation, 2,920 feet.] Kalispell is located on an open plain, with a gentle slope from east to west. To the eastward from the station the country is practically level for 10 or 12 miles to the base of the Kootenai range of mountains, the summit of which attains an altitude of nearly 5,000 feet. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter placed on the roof of the Conrad National Bank building, 45 feet above the ground and 10 feet above a nearly fiat tin roof. The rain gage is also exposed on the roof. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, May 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. December January February Winter mean . . March April May Spring mean. . . June July August Summer mean . September October November Fall mean Annual mean . . Temperature. Precipitation Mean hu- midity. Total sun- shine. 1" 1 , , , . 03 M X S B .s t "S O as ss CO Snow. a B ft E 03 fA 1=^ ^3 g Sg a B@ B^ •go Bn, a^ bo t.Sf, 00 00 o J5 2^ r g PI i Is O .a 1 1= .9 o © Mi *5 -1. 2t 0) 3 0) > 1 > 1 1 ll a s < a < K J s g frH t^ § M g a g rtS Snow. ^ a a s a S ^ 1^ h ST! ao o © Month. tSf' °'> i" 1^ o Pi is o ■4J S sa 1 i ill ■gas. ?! 1 a a ■< a ■< s f^ S ^ H B < ^ T. 'F. "F. "F. "F. 'F. "F. In. In. In. In. In. Decen Janua Febru 21 14 12 30 26 23 55 61 62 9 4 1 -32 -43 -47 29 26 25 9 2 0.7 0.8 0.7 4 4 4 0.9 1.4 0.4 0.3 1.7 0.8 7.5 7.9 7.0 6.6 7.0 8.0 sw. sw. sw. 16 26 6 2.2 12 2.7 2.8 22.4 sw. Marci AprU siay. 25 47 58 36 60 73 81 96 108 13 32 43 -34 - 6 23 34 54 66 13 41 51 1.4 . 1.2 2.3 5 5 6 2.2 0.6 0.8 1.5 1.6 7.0 11.4 3.5 1.2 13.0 10.0 6.0 sw. sw. sw. Spring mean 43 66 29 4.9 16 3.6 10.1 16.1 sw. June. July. Augu 65 72 71 81 89 88 107 117 113 50 56 54 32 36 38 72 78 75 59 62 66 3.4 1.8 0.9 8 6 5 2.6 0,2 0.8 4.2 1.6 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. sw. t sw. 69 86 63 6.1 IS 3.6 6.4 0.0 sw. Septei Octob Novel nber 59 48 29 75 62 40 103 93 75 43 33 17 22 7 -26 69 52 40 53 42 12 1.1 0.9 0.7 3 3 3 0.2 T. 0.0 0.8 0.4 2.0 T. 1.5 7.7 T. 5.0 10.0 sw. sw. nber sw. 45 59 31 2.7 9 0.2 3.2 9.2 sw. 43 57 117 29 -47 15.9 55 10.1 22.5 47.7 13.0 sw. Dates op Tempeeature Extremes for the Period Jandary 1, 1894, t o December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below-20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below— 20°. Maxim am 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 6, 22-24; Feb. 11, May 12, 15, 28-30; June 7, 17, 18, 29; July 1899 Jan. 29, 31; Feb. 1, 3, June 28; July 1,9-11, 17-21, 23; Aug. 13, 18, 20; Deo. 27. 4, 7-10, 13-17, 19-25, 28-30; Aug. 3, 4, 6, 5-7, 9-11, 27; Deo. 17. 24. 7, 9, 17-22, 24, 26. 27, 31; Sept. 12. Feb. 7, 8, 14; Nov. 20. May 10, 11, 25, 26; June 3-5, 8, 19-25, 30; 1895 Jan. 25; Feb. 3, 6, 7, 15. June 5, 23, 29, 30; July 1-4, 13, 24, 25, 27, 29, 30; Aug. 1, 3, 7, 8, 11, 12, 16; Sept. 1900 July 11, 12, 1, 2, 6, 7, 17, 17, 20, 21, 23-26, 28,29. 51; Aug. 1, 13. Jan. 7-9; Dec. 12, 13 . May 1,16-18, 28-30; July 7, 11-13,16, 18- 1896 Jan. 3, 23, 25; Nov. 20, June 3, 13, 15, 16, 27; July 4, 5, 7-10, 29; 1901 24, 31; Aug. 5, 12, 16-17, 26, 27; Sept. 29; Dec. 2. Aug. 1-3. 1,2. 1897 Jan. 24, 25; Feb. 23, 26; May 4, 16, 17 ; June 11-15; July 12, 15, 16, Jan. 24, 26, 27, 31; Feb. July 11, 15, 22, 23, 28; Aug. 1, 6, 14,23,24. Mar. 13-15, 18; Dec. 22,27,28; Aug. 11, 12, 24; Sept. 2, 6, 7. 1902 1, 3, 7; Dec. 6, 10. 2, 3, 16. Jan. 10, 28; Feb. 1-3, May 23; June 17; July 22-24; Aug. 16, 1898 May missing; June 19-21; July 4, 5,11, 12, 14-16, 25; Aug. 3, 16, 18-21, 25, 26, 1903 5, 6, 12-15, 17; Dec. 17, 19, 20. 12. 29; Sept. 27. 804 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. MONTANA. Rocky Mountains: LEWIS AND CLARKE COUNTY. Station: HELENA. R. F-. Young, Observer. [Established by Signal Service April 1, 1880. Latitude 46° 34' N. Longitude 112° 4' W. Elevation, 4,066 feet.] This station is centrally located in the city of Helena at the entrance to a narrow valley or gulch, which trends nearly due northeast to southwest; to the east, south, and west there is a rather abrupt rise of 50 to 75 feet to a narrow table-land 01 ' 'bench," which rises gradually to the foothills and mountains. About 1 mile to the westward is Mount Helena, with an altitude of 5,462 feet, and south at a distance of IJ miles is Mount Ascension, altitude 5,360 feet. Between lines drawn to northeast and northwest there is a giadual slope into a broad valley. Since its establishment, April 1, 1880, the station has had four different locations, as follows: Brown Block, the building at the northwest corner of Price and Main streets, Montana National Bank building, and Power Block. These locations are within a short distance of each other, and their elevations do not differ more than 50 feet. The thermometers are exposed on the roof of building, 88 feet above ground, in a standard Weather Bureau shelter, elevated 10 feet above roof. The rain gage is on the roof, the top of the gage being 3 feet above the roof and 80 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Sunshine, ten years; humidity, fifteen years. Remainder of data is from full period of observation, twenty-four years, April 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total, sunshine. , , 1 m ■t-s+^ +^*^ •H. f1 M 1 ■a % A ■0 P Snow. g e B B g g Month. s^ P4 •S.S § 5i •H a i © 3 SB o ■3=3 60 i 00 1-1 a 03 0) CO 00 i 1 00 a a ^ +3 °F. a °F. < op a °F. a °F. a •A H t< < « a oo P.ct. 81 82 81 a ft 00 O 1 > S . 5 23 18 16 °F. 33 28 27 "F. 62 60 68 °j. 14 8 6 "F. -31 -45 -49 "I. 31 29 28 "F. 15 7 4 In. 0.4 0.4 0.4 6 7 7 In. 0.1 0.2 0.5 In. 0.2 0.7 0.1 In. 2.3 4.1 3.6 P.ct. 86 87 89 Grs. 0.90 0.73 0.82 Grs. 1.14 0.98 1.06 sw. s. s. 19 29 9 1.2 20 0.8 1.0 10.0 87 0.82 . 81 1.06. s. March 28 46 68 38 58 70 77 90 100 17 35 45 -26 - 7 24 36 63 68 15 40 50 1.2 1.2 2.1 9 7 9 0.3 0.6 1.1 4.0 1.4 3.5 11.5 1.1 0.4 86 81 75 1.02 1.77 2.64 73 56 61 1.46 2.26 3.10 N. April NW. May E. Spring mean 44 55 32 4.6 26 2.0 S.9 23.0 81 1.81 60 2.27 NW. June 66 73 72 78 87 86 106 111 106 63 69 67 36 42 39 74 78 76 61 71 69 2.2 1.3 1.0 10 8 5 0.9 2.7 1.4 2.1 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 76 71 69 3.52 4.04 3.50 61 42 42 4.00 4.61 4.44 NW. July NW. NW. 70 84 56 4.5 23 6.0 2.8 0.0 72 3.69 45 4.35_ NW. 59 48 30 73 61 40 99 88 76 46 35 20 22 14 -26 67 62 42 55 42 13 0.9 0.8 0.6 5 6 7 1.6 0.3 0.3 0.7 1.9 0.4 T. 1.2 4.6 76 81 85 2.66 1.77 l.W 62 63 76 3.31 2.54 1.55 NW. NW. S. 46 68 34 2.3 18 2.2 3.0 5.8 81 1.83 64 2.47 NW 45 56 111 33 -49 12.5 86 10.0 16.7 38.8 80 1.87 62 2.54 NW. Dates of Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 3, 6, 9, 23, 24; Feb. 11, 20; Dec. 27. Jan. 3, 26; Feb. 6, 7, 12-15. Jan. 3, 23; Nov. 21, 28-30. Jan. 24-26, 28; Feb. 23; Nov. 28, 29; Dec. 2, 3, 16, 17. July 8, 10, 16, 20, 22, 24, 25, 30; Aug. 4, 6, 9, 17, 19, 21-23, 26, 27. July 1,2, 4,24,27,30, 31; Aug.3,11, 12,20. June 30; July 7-11, 16; Aug. 1,2, 27, 29. June 13-15, 21; July 1, 2, 12, 15, 16, 27, 28; Aug. 11, 12, 24, 25; Sept. 6, 7. June 18, 19; July 5, 12, 15, 16, 25; Aug. 8, 18-21, 26. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1-7, 10-12 None July 9-11, 18-21, 24; Aug. 14, 21. May 10, 11, 26; June 8, 20-26; July 11, 21, 24-26, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 7. May 16, 17, 28, 29; July 6, 7, 11-13, 17-19, 21-23, 31; Aug. 13, 15, 16; Sept. 2. June 9; July 11,27 28; Aug. 14, 24. May 14; June 17; July 11, 27, 28; Aug 16, 19, 20. 1895 1896 Feb. 6; Dec. 13, 16 Jan. 26, 27 . . 1897 Feb. 4, 15, 16 1898 BOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 807 MONTANA. Eastern Slope of Rocky Mountains, Yellowstone Basin: ROSEBUD COUNTY. Station: CROW AGENCY. F. E. Sekvbk, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, December, 1878. Latitude, 45° 35' N. Longitude, 107° 28' W. Elevation, 3,041 leet.] The early records of this station were made at Fort Custer, a few miles distant from Crow Agency, the topographic surroundings being similar to the present location. It was carried on as a regular station of the Signal Service from December, 1878, to January, 1883, and as a voluntary station by the post surgeon until 1897. The observations at Crow Agency proper were begun in October, 1897. The station is near the center of town, which is situated on the west side of the Little Big Horn River, about 1 mile east of the foothUls, and about 40 miles west of the Big Horn Mountains. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter on the north end of a low building. The thermometers are 7 feet above ground. The rain gage is exposed 100 feet north of the nearest building, the top being 4 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures are obtained by dividing the sums of the mean maximum and mean minimum by 2. Frost record begins with 1888. Record from which the average number of days with minimum below 32°, and average number of days with 0.01 kich precipitation or more was computed, begins with 1880. Record from which average number of days with maximum above 90° was computed begins with 1883. Snow record begins with 1892. Record for wind direction begins with 1886. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 61} i s B a si o < II 1. o < >> 1 ,3 •si hi 3-e! ill Snow. 0) 60 SI O o o Q December 'F. 26 18 19 'F. 35 30 30 'F. 71 62 68 'F. 16 6 7 'F. -48 -45 -46 'F. 43 29 36 'F. 6 2 2 In. 0.6 0.7 0.6 6 6 6 In. 0.2 0.2 0.6 In. 0.0 0.2 0.2 In. 6.4 6.6 6.7 In. ■ 6.0 s.o 6.6 s SE February N S a 21 1 32 10 1.9 18 1.0 0.4 17.7 1 March 32 47 66 44 61 71 76 89 96 20 34 42 -30 2 IS 41 51 64 23 41 52 0.8 1.3 2.2 6 7 9 0.2 1.0 1.6 0.3 5.0 3.3 8.9 4.0 0.9 9.0 8.0 7.0 SK April May Spring mean 45 69 32 4.3 22 2.8 8.6 13.8 ! SE. 64 71 70 78 87 86 107 110 109 60 56 53 31 37 36 70 76 74 53 66 66 2.6 1.3 0.9 10 6 4 0.9 0.8 0.9 7.5 6.0 0.8 July 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 August . SE Summer mean 68 84 63 4.8 20 2.6 13.3 0.0 SE 59 48 32 75 63 46 99 89 78 43 33 19 20 -15 -26 65 55 40 54 42 '18 0.8 1.1 0.7 5 5 6 0.5 0.5 0.1 0.7 0.4 1.7 0.4 2.5 .3.4 4.5 7.0 n.0 October ( SE. J sw [nw. SE Fall mean 46 61 32 2.6 15 1.1 2.8 8.3 SE 1 46 59 110 32 -48 . . .t . . . 7.5 25.1 39.8 11.0 1 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20° Maximum 95° or above. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Jan. 23; Feb. 11,19-21; November and De- cember missing. Jan. 7, 8, 27, 28; Feb. 6-10, 12-16. Jan. 3,4; Marcb miss- ing; Nov. 28-30. Jan. 25-28; Mar. 13; December missing. July 11, 16, 21-25, 30, 31; Aug. 5, 10, 18, 20, 22, 23, 25-28. July 2-4, 15, 25, 27, 28, 31; Aug. 1, 4, 12, 13, 16, 21, 25. June30; July 1, 4-12, 17, 18; Aug. 2,3,20, 28,30. June 14-16, 22; July 2, 13, 16, 17, 28,29; Aug. 6, 7, 11, 12, 24, 25; Sept. 2, 6-8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 January, February, and Marcli missing. Feb. 1-7, 11, 12 Feb. 16 Jan. 10; Feb. 6; Dec. 14. Jan. 26-29 Nov. 17, 18 June 19; July 2.5; Aug. 20. July 20. June 20-23, 25, 29; July 11, 17, 20, 30, 31; Aug. 1, 2. July 0, 7, 12, 19. 21-23, 30, 31; Aug. 5, 16. July 15, 28, 31; Aug. 1. July 21, 23,24,27; Aug. 16. IDAHO. By EDWARD L. WELLS, Observer. 809 IDAHO. In attempting to describe the climate of Idaho one is confronted by the fact that the greater portion of the State consists of mountain ranges and intervening valleys, extending in every conceivable direction, the mountains difiering widely in height and form and the valleys showing as great variation in depression and extent, so that no general statement can be made which will apply to all districts or even to all parts of any one district. Of these mountain ranges the most important in their climatic influence are those comprising the divide which marks the northeastern boundary of the State, the Coeur d'Alenes, extending a short distance southeastward from the northern extremity of Shoshone County; the Bitter Roots, completing the northeastern boundary of Shoshone County and forming a portion of the eastern boundary of Idaho Coimty, and a portion of the main range of the Rockies, which marks the northeastern boundary of Lemhi County and the northern boundary of Fremont County. This great divide constitutes a barrier against the approach of the cold waves which are prevalent on its eastern slope, for when high barometric pressure overhes Montana and the adjacent Canadian territory the cold outflowing winds in passing over these mountains first lose much of their moisture by condensation and are warmed by compression as they pass to lower levels. The moisture which these mountains extract from passing winds furnishes much of the water that maintains the flow of large streams through regions of scanty rainfall. What has been said of these three ranges is, in a less degree, true of almost numberless smaller ranges scattered throughout the State, and it is largely because of the protecting influence of these mountain ranges that many of the valleys of the State possess a climate much milder than might be expected when latitude and elevation alone are considered. For the purpose of climatic description the State may be divided into seven districts. The first of these includes that por- tion of the three mountain ranges mentioned lying within the State. These mountains, while they contribute in so great a degree to the mildness of the climate to be found in the valleys of the State, themselves possess a climate which, though usually pleas- ant in summer, is in winter apt to be quite severe. During the winter months snow frequently accuiliulates to great depths and temperatures below zero are of common occurrence. Killing frosts are likely to occur during the summer months, although the temperature rarely rises to 90°, even in the inhabited valleys among these mountains. Adjacent to the district just described, comprising almost a third of the area of the State, lies what has been designated the central plateau region. This area includes several large valleys and many smaller ones. All of these valleys lie at considerable elevations, and they are separated from one another by irregular ranges of mountains, among which may be mentioned the Sawtooth Mountains, the highest in the State, some of which rise to a sufficient height to enable them to maintain a per- petual covering of snow. In this region periods of extreme cold are frequently experienced when temperatures of 30° or more below zero are recorded in the mountains, while in summer there are times when the daytime temperatures in the valleys are oppressively high. Here he a nimiber of comparatively level prairies, producing an abundance of wild grass and, in some s:c- tions, good crops of grain and domestic grasses. A considerable area is also under cultivation in some of the more sheltered val- leys, though the danger of killing frost in the summer months and of extreme cold in winter prevents the successful growing of other than the most hardy crops. A very small area is irrigated, but in general such crops as are grown are dependent on rain- fall. The low temperatures prevailing in this region, resulting in heavy precipitation of snow in winter and slow melting of this snow in spring, make it an ideal place of storage for the waters of several streams. In the southeastern portion of the State lies what in this article is called the eastern plateau region, possessing in general the same topographical and climatic characteristics as the region just described, except that there are no extensive prairies included within the area, and a larger proportion is imder successful cultivation, special attention being given to the growing of the small grains, alfalfa, potatoes, and sugar beets. A considerable area is irrigated, the remainder of the cultivated area constituting what is known as the "dry-farming" section. Extending westward from the above-mentioned region, near the southern boundary of the State, is what may be termed the southern plateau region, possessing many of the characteristics of the central and eastern plateau regions, but lying in gen- eral at a less elevation, and therefore possessing a milder and drier cUmate. Much of this region is productive of nutritious native grasses, while in the valleys numerous tracts have been brought under irrigation, producing good crops of hay and grain, and some fruit, the period between the kiUing frosts of spring and those of autumn usually being of sufficient length to pennit of the maturing of hardy varieties. Lying between the central and eastern plateau regions is a rich and rapidly developing agricultural region comprising the upper Snake River valley. Much of this region is composed of level or slightly rolling land, a large proportion of which is in-i- gated and cultivated, producing large crops of wheat, oats, alfalfa, clover, potatoes, sugar beets, and some hardy fruits. In this region killing frosts occasionally cause some injury in May or June, but it is seldom that the yield of staple crops is materi- ally reduced from this cause. Below zero temperatures are frequently experienced in winter, while in summer the temperature sometimes reaches 100°. There is usually sufficient precipitation in spring to cause germination of seed, and ordinarily enough water in irrigating canals during the summer to insure the maturing of crops. The valley of the Snake River from above Shoshone Falls to the western boundary of the State, and the lower valleys of the tributaries reaching the Snake River between these points, comprise what are known as the " southwest " valleys. These valleys are mostly broad, those belonging to the tributaries being separated from one another by low mesas and foothills. Precipitation here is entirely insufficient for successful crop production, the cultivated area being limited by the capability of the irrigating canals to supply the needed moisture. In this region temperatures below zero are seldom experienced and very little snow falls. In summer daytime temperatures are high, and the nights are usually cool, and damaging frosts have been known to occur in June. 810 EOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 811 That portion of the State not included in the districts already described is usually spoken of as " northern Idaho, " a district in which may be found a great variety of climate. Here rainfall is generally sufflcient to produce crops without irrigation. In the lower valleys the temperature is exceptionally mild and killing frost in the crop season is almost unknown, while at greater elevations some snow falls in winter, and there is occasionally some damage from frost. The extreme northern end of the State is largely unsettled and is covered to a great extent by virgin timber. Here is to be found a moist climate, usually free from marked extremes of heat and cold, though occasionally characterized by periods of extreme cold, which do not extend to other portions of the State. While the season is ordinarily of sufficient length to render agricultural operations safe, killing frost has been known to occur in July and August. High winds are of more or less frequent occurrence in exposed portions of the State, but are seldom destructive, and in many sheltered valleys are almost unknown. Hailstorms occur infrequently. Thunderstorms occasionally occur, being usually very light, but sometimes attaining a degree of violence in Hmited localities. The loss from lightning is very slight. List of Counties and Climatologioad Stations. County. Ada Bannock. . Bear Lake {see Ches- terfield). Bingham {see Chester- Blaine Boise {see Soldier). . Canj^on Cassia {see Garnet). Custer {see Soldier).. . Elmore {see Soldier). . Fremont {see Black- foot). Boise Pocatello. Blaokfoot. . Soldier Payette. . Oakley.. . Garnet.. Lake Southwest valleys. . Upper Snake River valley. Eastern plateau do Upper Snake River valley; eastern plateau. Central plateau do Southwest valleys. . Southern plateau; southwest valleys. Central plateau Southwest valleys; central plateau. Rocky Mountains: upper Snake River valley. 817 822 823 819 816 824 815 County. Idaho {see Lewiston; Soldier). Kootenai {see Mos- cow). Latah Lemhi {see Lake; Sol- dier). Lincoln {see Soldier; Garnet). Nez Perces (.see Mos- cow). Oneida Moscow. . American Falls Murray District. Northern Idaho; central plateau. Northern Idaho ....do Rocky Mountains; central plateau. Central plateau; southwest valleys. Northern Idaho Eastern plateau; upper Snake River valley. Coeur d'Alene Mountains. 821 813 State Summaky. Station. Porthill Murray Moscow. Lake Payette. Boise Soldier. Blackfoot Garnet American Falls Pocatello Chesterfield Oakley. Num- her. Temperature. Mean maxi- mum. "F. 66 56 67 48 68 63 66 60 70 60 69 66 62 Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. °F. 100 99 100 92 110 107 102 108 113 106 102 June, 1896. . . August, 1898 July, 1901..., August, 1894 July, 1886... July, 1900... June, 1900. . . July, 1901... August, 1893, July, 1901... do July, 1893... Abso- lute mini- mum. "F. -28 -22 -17 -38 -15 -28 -37 -30 - 5 -19 -34 -IS January, 1899... February, 1899. . ....do do do January, 1888... February, 1903. . January, 1898... January, 1902... do do January, 1895... January, 1902... Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 179 160 122 222 143 98 219 174 99 167 134 257 1.50 Station. Num- ber. Average date of— First killing Last in spring. Earliest killing Latest Precipitation. Spring. Winter. Inches. 8.0 13.3 8.2 6.5 4.5 5.2 6.2 1.8 1.8 3.7 3.0 2.9 1.8 Porthill Murray Moscow. Lake. Payette Boise Soldier. Blackfoot Garnet American Falls Pocatello Chesterfield.... Oakley. Sept. Sept. Oct. Aug. Sept. Oct. Aug. Sept. Oct. Sept. Oct. Aug. May 22 May 30 May 10 July 2 May 10 May 3 July 4 May 29 Apr. 22 May 28 Apr. 10 July 21 June 5 Aug. 29 Aug. 14 Sept. 6 Aug. IS Sept. 7 Oct. 2 Aug. 5 Aug. 22 Sept. 26 Sept. 3 Sept. 26 Aug. 1 Aug. 22 July 9 July 17 May 30 July 27 June 5 ...do... July 26 July 5 May 4 July 1 May 2 July 30 July 7 Inches. 24.6 40.4 23.6 16.4 12.1 12.9 13.2 8.0 6.3 12.4 9.8 10.8 8.0 Inches. 4.7 6.9 4.4 3.7 3.4 2.8 2.1 4.1 4.1 3.8 2.5 Inches. 3.i 5.f 2.! 2. 1. 1. 1. • 1. 0. 1. 0. 1. 1. Inches. 8.1 11.7 6.6 3.3 3.0 2.7 3.5 2.1 2.0 3.1 1.8 2.4 2.3 812 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IDAHO. Northern Idaho: KOOTENAI COUNTY. Station: PORTHILL. H. A. French, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau in June, 1892. Latitude, 49° N. Longitude, llO" 35' W. Elevation, 1,665 leet.] This station is located on the east bank of the Kootenai River at the International boundary line. The Kootenai at this place is 500 to 600 feet wide and 50 feet deep at low-water mark and flows in a northwesterly direction. The fall in the river between Bonners Ferry and Kootenai Lake, a distance of about 60 miles in a direct line following the general direction of the river, is about 3 feet. The Kootenai Valley, from 4 to 6 miles in width, and about one-half the area of the valley, is subject to annual overflow from the river during June and July. On either side of the valley rise mountains to elevations of about 4,500 to 5,500 feet above the station. The station is equipped with standard maximum and mi Tiim iim thermometers, rain gage, and instrument shelter. The instrument shelter is located on the northeast corner of the building. The thermometers are 4 feet above the sod. The rain gage is located on the southwest comer of the store, with no trees or fences near. Its top is 25 feet from the ground. Mean temperatures have been computed fi'om the readings of the maximmn and minimum thermometers. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, July 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. The record is complete for the years 1894, 1897, 1900, 1902, and 1903 only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. a Pi 9 . S a 1 i a |a h «a S 3 a a§ 1 1 r ■si Hi «1 1^^ g a^ Snow. Month. cQ.a g 3 "F. 28 23 27 °F. 35 30 36 "F. 54 50 54 'F. 21 15 17 "F. - 8 -28 -19 "F. 33 30 34 "F. 24 14 21 In. 2.6 3.4 2.0 9 8 7 In. 1.8 2.7 0.3 In. 5.3 1.4 0.7 In. 24.1 19.8 14.1 In. 18.0 18.0 22.0 s. s. s. 26 34 18 8.0 24 4.8 7.4 58.0 s. March 34 45 54 44 57 67 62 84 94 23 33 41 -12 19 23 36 52 64 30 42 50 1.5 0.8 2.4 6 6 9 2.7 0.8 0.8 4.5 0.6 1.2 11.7 0.0 0.0 8.0 0.0 0.0 N. April s. M^y s. Spring mean 44 56 32 4.7 21 4.3 6.3 11.7 s. 60 66 64 72 79 79 91 100 100 47 52 50 29 28 31 64 70 73 54 61 57 1.6 1.1 1.1 9 5 6 1.4 2.1 1.8 1.2 1.5 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 s. July s. sw. Suminer mean 63 77 50 3.8 20 5.3 3.3 0.0 s. 52 45 32 66 60 41 85 78 66 39 31 24 23 15 -20 56 50 39 49 41 26 2.1 2.1 3.9 7 7 12 1.8 0.7 3.1 1.1 6.9 4.8 0.0 2216 0.0 0.0 14.0 s. s. s. 43 56 31 8.1. 26 5.6 12.8 22.6 s. 44 56 100 33 -28 24.6 91 20.0 29.8 92.3 22.0 s. Dates of Tempebatuee Extremes foe the Period from January 1 , 1894, to December 31 , 1903. Year. Minimmn below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 90° or above. July 21; Aug. 2. May 18; June 29; July 23, 24, 29; Aug. 1-6. July 4, 8-10; Aug. 13. May 13-15, 30; June 20-22, 25; July 10- 14, 27-29; Aug. 3-8, 10,15-lJ, 22, 24, 28. May 11 (July meomplete; Aug. miss- ing.) 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-8 July 10, 17-20; Aug. 5-7. July 19-24, 28, 31; Aug. 1. July 23, 30. 1895 1896 do Mar. 2; Nov. 27, 28.... Feb. 7, 13-17; Nov. 19- 21. None Jan. 25, 27, 28 do None . . . 1838 BOOKT MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU BEGION. 813 IDAHO. Coeur d'Alene Mountains: SHOSHONE COUNTY. Station: MURRAY. Adam Atjlbach, Observer. [Establislied by Weather Bureau 1893. ' Latitude, 47° 38' N. Longitude, 115° 52' W. Elevation, 3,000 fict.] This station is located in the town of Murray, situated on the banks of Prichard Creek, which runs through a narrow valley walled in by mountains on either side. The valley extends from east to west, and at Murray is not over 700 feet in width. In the immediate neighborhood of the station the mountains rise to an elevation of 1,000 to 2,000 feet above the station, while 2 miles north is a peak rising 2,920 feet above the station. The Coeur d'Alene section is heavily forested. The station is equipped with standard maximum and minimum thermometers and rain gage. The thermometers are mounted on the north end of a building about 6 feet from the ground, and no direct rays of the sun ever reach them. The rain gage is located on the ground, 12 feet from a building, and 10 feet from a high board fence 5 feet in height. Mean temperatures are computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Novembeb 6, 1893, to December 31, 1903. r-^ Temperature. Precipitation. 1 Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month! Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 28 26 28 "F. 33 32 36 ■=F. 52 50 54 "F. 22 20 20 'F. - 6 -19 -22 "F. 32 31 33 "F. 22 23 21 In. 4.6 4.9 3.8 16 16 14 In. 6.0 5.5 2.2 In. 5.3 2.3 4.2 In. 32.3 38.9 29.0 In. 12.0 14.0 10.0 27 34 21 13.3 46 12.7 11.8 100.2 March. 34 43 51 43 65 64 65 78 91 25 31 37 -11 16 24 41 48 57 28 40 46 3.6 2.6 3.6 15 11 13 1.4 1.1 4.1 8.4 2.4 1.2 31.3 2.8 0.1 15.0 April 4.0 Ka.y 1.0 Spring mean 43 54 31 9.8 39 6.6 12.0 34.2 57 62 62 71 79 80 99 98 97 43 45 45 25 34 31 62 68 66 61 59 56 2.7 1.4 1.5 12 6 5 1.6 1.6 0.0 4.0 2.4 0.6 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.0 July. 0.0 August ... 0.0 60 77 44 6.6 22 3.1 7.0 0.1 September... 62 44 33 66 57 40 90 77 60 38 32 27 24 -18 - 8 55 48 40 48 41 27 2.7 2.5 6.6 10 10 18 4.3 0.3 2.9 2.2 1.3 11.0 0.0 T. 23.9 0.0 0.4 November 12.0 Fall mean 43 54 32 11.7 38 7.5 14.6 26.9 43 55 99 32 -22 40.4 145 29.9 45.3 161.4 15.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 5; Feb. 10, 21.... June 2, 3; July 16, 19, 21, 23; Aug. 1-3, 1 7—26 July 23', 28; Aug. 2, 5, 6, 29; Sept. 1. June 27-29; July 3-6, 8-11, 14-16; Aug. 15, 16, 28, 29. May 29; July 11; Aug. 9, 17-24. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None Jan. 4-6; Feb. 3-0 Feb. 16 None Jan. 26, 27 None June 18; JiUy 10-13; -Vug. 2, 6-11. July 7, 16, 17. July 21-24, 30, 31. 1896 1897 do Mar. 13 Aug. 14, 15, 23, 24. None. May 31; June 16; July 20-22; Aug. 18. 814 ClilMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. IDAHO. Northern Idaho: LATAH COUNTY. Station: MOSCOW. J. E. BONEBBIQHT, Observer. [EatabliBhed by United States Weather Bureau in 1892. Latitude, 46° 44' N. Longitude, 117° 01' \V. Elevation, 2,569 leet.] This station is situated in Paradise Valley in a portion of the Palouse country. The surrounding country is rolling hilly prairie. Lying 7 or 8 miles toward the northeast are the Moscow Mountains, extending northwest and southeast, and rising to an elevation of about 2,000 feet above the station; southeast of the station, at a distance of 3 or 4 miles, is a range of hills var3dng from 300 to 1,000 feet above the station, and extending in a southwesteriy direction; Paradise Valley extends westward from the station. The instruments are situated on a hillside, about 150 feet south of the main building of the University of Idaho and about 50 feet below the crest of the hill. The thermometers are mounted in a standard cotton region instrument shelter supported 6 feet above the ground. The top of the rain gage is 2 feet above the ground. Tem- perature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1892, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. n 1 S L 1 a . |i o 1 g o i H 3 ■sa 1 &° ■si hi g>a ^1 So id as O CD a-^ ill Snow. a o 5 Month. "•as December January February 32 29 32 30 36 40 "F. 60 56 58 'F. 25 22 23 'F. - 1 -12 -17 "F. 38 36 41 °F. 26 23 25 In. 2.6 3.0 2.6 9 11 9 In. 1.8 2.1 0.9 In. 2.8 4.3 2.4 In. 9.6 16.0 10.0 In. 7.0 6.0 7.0 E. E. E. 31 38 23 8.2 29 4.8 9.5 35.6 E. 37 5l 46 56 65 68 78 92 28 35 41 22 27 44 50 60 31 41 47 1.8 1.5 2.6 8 6 8 1.2 1.3 2.2 1.6 b.O 2.1 6.4 1.5 0.4 5.0 3.0 2.4 W. W. Muy W. Spring mean 45 56 65 5.9 22 4.7 6.7 3.3 W. 58 66 65 71 80 81 96 93 100 46 51 50 32 34 30 64 72 70 55 58 58 1.3 0.7 0.9 6 3 4 0.4 0.9 0.3 1.2 0.5 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 W. July W. August . W. Summer mean . . 63 77 49 2.9 13 1.6 4.1 0.0 W. 56 48 37 69 61 45 95 80 67 42 37 28 28 11 -14 61 54 44 48 42 31 1.4 1.7 3.5 5 6 10 3.3 T. 1.8 1.4 2.7 4.1 0.0 0.5 8.0 0.0 4.0 12.5 W. E. W. 47 58 36 6.6 21 5.1 8.2 8.5 W. 46 57 100 36 -17 23.6 85 16.2 28.5 52.4 12.5 W. Dates of Temperatdee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MLnimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Mtnimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 July 23; Aug. 1, 2, 18-23, 25-27. June 27; July 14, 23; Aug. 1, 10. June 27, 28; July 4, 5, 9-11, 14-16; Aug. 15, 16, 18, 28, 29. May 26, 30, 31; July 12, 13, 24-26, 28, 29, 31; Aug. 1-3, 17, 18, 26. July 12, 13, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 6-13, 24-27; Sept. 17. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 3; Feb. 3-6 July 14-17. July 11, 20-26, 29-31; Aug. 1-3. July 30; Aug. 4, 5, 13-16, 22, 23. June 23; July 20; Aug. 6, 7, 21; May 31; Aug. 17, 18. 1895 ..do 1896 Nov. 27, 28 do Jan. 25 Jan. 25, 26... Sept. 4. 1897 None 1898 BOOKY MOUKTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 815 IDAHO. Rocky Mountains: FREMONT COUNTY. Station: LAKE. J. Shekwood, Observer. [Established by United States Weather Bureau, June, 1892. Latitude, 44° 42' N. Longitude, 111° 22' W. Elevation, 6,700 feet.] This station is located just northeast of Lake Henry, a body of water about 5 by 8 miles in extent, lying in a round valley nearly surrounded by high mountains. To the west, north, and east rises the main range of the Rockies to an elevation of about 3,300 feet above the station. The lake is drained by Henrys Fork, which runs from the south end of the lake in a southeasterly direction. The station is equipped vrith a standard rain gage and with standard maximum and minimum thermometers, mounted in a cotton region instrument shelter, located on the north end of the observer's dwelling house. The rain gage is located on open ground, 10 feet from the nearest bmlding, its top being 3 feet from the ground. Mean temperatures are computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1892, to Deoembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Snow. Dlrec- Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. prevail- tag Mind. December. "F. 18 14 13 op 27 23 23 °F. 46 48 46 'F. 9 5 3 'F. -18 -34 -38 "F. 24 26 23 "F. 8 3 5 In. 2.1 2.6 1.8 9 9 8 In. 21.4 26.0 18.0 In. 10.0 10.0 6.0 NW. NW. NW. Winter mean 15 24 6 6.5 26 65.4 NW. March 22 33 44 32 44 57 54 66 85 11 22 30 -24 -10 6 32 37 50 14 28 37 2.1 1.2 1.1 8 5 6 20.7 1L8 8.2 8.0 8.0 5.0 SE. April SE l6y Spring mean 33 44 21 4.4 19. 40.7 SE. 52 57 67 69 75 76 90 92 92 36 38 38 20 27 23 57 62 60 48 60 53 1.0 0.6 0.6 4 2 2 1.4 0.0 0.0 6.0 0.0 0.0 July SE August SE 55 73 37 2.2 8 1.4 SE. 47 42 30 61 56 39 82 74 64 32 28 20 10 12 -31 54 47 38 40 37 16 1.0 1.0 1.3 3 4 6 3.7 8.7 12. S 3.0 6.0 5.0 October ; November... SE Fall mean 40 62 27 3.0 13 25.2 SE 36 48 92 23 -38 16.4 66 132.7 10.0 SE. Dates of Tempebatuke Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90" or above. Year. Minimum below— 10". Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 5-7,19,23,24; Feb. 3-5, 11, 20-23; Mar. None. 1899 Jan. 4-7; Feb. 1-7, 11, 23; Mar. 26. None. 5; Deo. 24-27. 1900 Feb. 16, 17; Nov. 20; July 31. 1895 Jan. 14, 25-28; Feb. Do. Dec. 29. 8-12,14-16; Mar. 13; 1901 Jan. 1, 11, 20, 30; Feb. Do. Nov. 20; Deo. 4, 22, 1, 2, 5, 9-11, 13; Mar. 28. 28; Apr. 1; Dec. 19, 1S96 Jan. 3, 12; Feb. 7; Do. 20. Mar. 2, 3, 13; Apr. 1; 1902 Jan. 23-28; Feb. 1, 2; None. Nov. 24-28. Mar. 30; Nov. and 189V Jan. 2,3, 7-10,15,23-26; Do. Dec. missing. Feb. 10, 11, 22, 23, 26; 1903 Jan. 13-18; Feb. 3, 12, Do. Mar. 12, 13,22; Deo. 13, 18; Mar. 1. 16, 20, 31. 1898 Jan. 3, 21, 22, 24 25; Feb. 16, 23; Mar. 20-22; Nov. 22; Dec. 3, 12, 13, Do. 1076— Bull. Q- 816 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IDAHO. Southwest VaHeys: CANYON COUNTY. Station: PAYETTE. F. B. Delano. Observer. [Established previous to 1892, exact date unknown. Latitude, 44° 05' N. Longitude, 116° 56' W. Elevation, 2,159 feet.] This station is situated in the southeastern part of the village of Payette, on ground which slopes toward the northwfest from the foothills back of the town to the Payette River, which empties into the Snake about 2 miles northwest of the station. The station is furnished with maximum and minimum thermometers mounted in the regulation cotton-region shelter, together with a standard rain gage. The instruments are located in the observer's garden, about 60 feet south of his residence, and are free from the interference of trees and fences. The thermometers are 7 feet above sod. The top of the rain gage is 6 feet above ground. Mean temperatures have been computed from readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Teraperatu ■« .3 S S '" . © B 5d Is o.§ 1 . i 5 a re. Precipitation. a > £ V c O c £ Montti. t3 1 E Mi a "F. 41 39 45 i E = B "o m < 1 !i i3 o 1 CO U ■a •si as o Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Sn SI O In. 12.0 8.2 9.0 "F. 32 30 34 °F. 62 60 74 "F. 22 21 23 'F. - 6 -13 -16 "F. 36 36 44 "F. 25 22 23 In. 1.4 1.6 1.6 6 7 6 In. 1.0 2.1 0.3 In. 2.6 1.6 2.0 In. 5.6 8.5 6.1 w. January w. February . s Winter mean 32 42 22 4.5 18 3.4 6.2 19.2 \v March 42 52. 60 56 89 78 80 96 99 30 36 42 12 16 26 46 61 66 38 49 66 0.9 1.0 1.4 6 6 7 0.2 0.8 1.8 2.5 0.7 1.0 2.1 0.1 0.0 8.0 0.5 0.0 s s Uky s Spring mean 51 67 36 3.3 17 2.8 4.2 2.2 s 67 74 73 86 94 94 103 107 110 48 53 52 27 36 35 72 79 78 63 69 66 0.6 0.4 0.3 3 2 2 0.2 0.4 0.2 1.0 0.7 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July RnTTiTnp.r Tnfifl.n 71 91 61 1.3 7 0.8 1.8 0.0 s September 62 52 42 82 71 56 101 96 80 42 33 28 26 16 - 6 66 57 46 67 47 36 0.5 1.0 1.5 3 4 7 1.3 0.0 0.2 0.2 0.6 1.0 0.0 n.o 3.7 0.0 0.0 6.0 s. November sw. Fall mean 52 70 ! 34 3.0 14 1.5 1.8 3.7 sw Annual mean 52 68 110 36 -15 12.1 56 8.5 14.0 25.1 12.0 s. Dates op Temperatdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below 0. Jan. 8; Feb. 22; Dee. 27. Jan.27,28; Feb.l3, 14; Dec. 21, 26, 28. Jan. 4, 5, 11, 12; Nov. 26-29. Jan. 25 Jan. 23, 25, 27-31; Dec. 9-12, 22. Maximum 95° or above. June 16, 31; July 2, 7, 9, 14, 20-24, 30, 31; Aug. 1-3, 9, 11, 14-28, 30. Apr. 26; June 26-30; July 1. 3, 10-14, 21-24,26, 28, 31; Aug. 1-8, 12, 13, 15, 19, 24. June 15, IS, 26-29; July 3-26, 29, 31; Aug. 1, 10, 12, 15-18, 20-31; Sept. 16, 23; Oct. 1. May 14, 15, 20, 21, 23, 29; June 6-12, 29, 30; July 10-16. 18-20, 22, 23, 26-31; Aug. 1-24, 26, 27; Sept. 21. May 11, 26; June?, 14, 16-19,24, 25; July 1,3-21,23-31; Aug. 1-30; Sept. 6, 15, 17-19, 21. Minimum Ijelow 0. Feb. 2-5; Dec. 18,19. None Do Jan. 25-28, 30, 31. .l.'in.30; Feb. 11-18. Maximum 95° or above. June 16-18, 24; July 6-8, 10-21, 26-31; Aug. 2, 4-7; Sept. 11, 12. June 3, 5, 12, 13, 18-23, 26, 28, 29; July 8-11, 14, 16-25, 28-31; Aug. 1, 2, 13, 14, 19, 20. July 5-13, 15-31; Aug. 1-7, 9-18, 21-26, 28-31; Sept. 1. May 28; June 8-10, 21-23; July 13-16, 18-31; Aug. 1-16, 19, 21-28, 30, 31; Sept. 1, 7-9. May, June, Julv, and Aug. missing; Sept. 1-6. EOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU KEGION. 817 IDAHO. Southwest Valleys: ADA COUNTY. Station: BOISE Edward L. Wells. Observer. [Established by Signal Service July 1, 1877; discontinued June 30, 1890; reestablished by U. S. Weather Bureau December 1, 1898. Lati- tude, 43° 37' N. Longitude, 116° 8' W. Elevation, 2,707 feet.] The station .is about one-half mile northeast of the Boise River, on ground which slopes gradually toward the river from the foothills of the Boise Mountains, about 1 mile east of the station. Above and bthind these foothills rise the Boise Mountains 2,300 feet to 3,400 feet above the station. Half a mile beyond the river to the southwest rises a mesa, locally known as the "second bench," about 75 feet above the station. Above the station the valley becomes much narrower, terminating in a canyon within about 8 miles. Below the station the distance between the foothills increases. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter on the roof. The rain gage, photographic sunshine recorder, and anemometer are also located on the roof. The elevations of the instruments above the ground are as follows: Thermometers, 61 feet; rain gage, 51 feet; anemometer, 68 feet. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation : Monthly and annual temperature means, highest and lowest monthly means, means of maximum and minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 precipitation, snowfall, humidity, sunshine, wind direction, frost data, and miscellaneous phenomena from five years, December 1, 1898, to January 31, 1904. Remainder of data is from full period of observation, eighteen years, July 1, 1877, to June 30, 1890, and December 1, 1898, to January 31, 1904. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. 1 ^recipi tation Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 £ d t a B II B h 1 S "F. 25 27 25 •3 S B SB O -LIS -12 §^ a§ 1' i3 'F. 38 38 40 5 V o J 26 18 21 i 1 In. 1.7 1.9 1.6 1° •o^ °d isB 25 10 12 10 a" o s i il IS Snow. B 00 O < s p. CO > « P.ct. 73 72 63 B ft 00 Gr,s. 1.79 1.46 1.61 D O © o o o p. q; P-. Month. +^+j o o In. 2.2 4.8 7.0 o S "F. 33 29 34 "F. 40 40 41 'F. la 61 65 In. 0.7 2.5 0.6 In. 5.7 1.8 1.3 In. 4.5 5.8 6.4 p. rf.l Or.1. 82 1.59 84 1.24 126 96 131 46 33 45 SE. SE. February 82 1.59 SE. 32 40 26 6.2 32 3.7 8.8 16.7 S3 1.47 69 1.62 117 41 SE. March 44 60 58 53 61 70 76 88 97 34 38 46 9 18 26 50 66 62 37 44 52 1.2 1.2 1.3 10 8 7 0.8 0.7 0.5 2.8 0.8 0.9 3.3 2.2 0.1 2.5 3.5 0.6 74 72 73 1.82 2.21 2.77 46 36 36 1.94 2.07 2.61 196 222 294 53 56 64 NW. April NW. May NW. Spring mean 51 61 39 3.7 26 2.0 4.5 5.6 73 2.27 39 2.21 237 57 NW. June 66 73 72 80 88 86 103 107 105 62 66 55 30 40 39 71 75 76 60 69 66 0.9 0.2 0.2 3 1 3 0.4 0.1 0.1 3.4 0.6 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 66 54 56 3.09 2.80 2.91 32 21 26 3.09 2.93 3.21 354 405 354 76 87 82 NW. July NW. NW. 70 85. 54 1.3 7 0.6 4.1 0.0 59 2.93 26 3.08 371 82 NW. September 61 60 40 76 66 53 100 91 72 46 40 34 28 16 6 68 57 47 55 44 32 0.4 1.4 0.9 3 7 11 0.6 1.1 1.5 2.1 1.6 0.1 0.0 0.0 2.2 0.0 T. 1.7 63 73 76 2.66 2.08 1.87 31 45 63 2.72 2.58 2.15 298 216 129 79 63 45 NW. NW. November SE. 60 66 40 2.7 21 3.1 3.7 2.2 71 1 2.20 46 2.48 214 62 NW. 51 63 107 40 -28 12.9 85 9.4 21.1 24.6 7.0 72 1 2.22 46 2.36 236 61 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period December 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1898 January and Febru- ary missing. Feb. 3-6..-. None. June 16, 18, 24, 28; July 15-20. 24, 28, 29; Sept. 12. June 20, 21, 28; July 10, 11, 21-26, 29-31; Aug. 1. 1901 1902 1903 July 6, 7, 17, 18, 20-25, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 4-7, 13-17, 22, 23. June9,22,23; July 10, 14, 20, 21, 30; Aug. 7.23. July 19-22; Aug. 5, 14, 18, 19; Sept. 4. 1899 Jiin. 2.''i, 2i;. 2.1. 2U 1900 None 818 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IDAHO. Central Plateau Districts: BLAINE COUNTY, Station: SOLDIER. W. y. Perkins, Observer. [Established by United States Weatlier Bureau in 1894. Latitude, 43° 22' N. Longitude, 114° 48' W. Elevation, 5,200 feet.] This station is located in the village of Soldier, on what is known as " Big Camas Prairie," near the Malad River. Camas Prairie is ahnost level, sloping only slightly toward the south. Malad River marks its southern boundary, and near this stream there is a ridge of lava or basalt mountains rising 1,000 to 2,000 feet above the level of the prairie. Toward the north rise the Sawtooth Mountains. The highest peaks in these mountains, near the station and in sight of it, are 5,000 to 6,000 feet above the station. The station is equipped with standard maximum and minimum thermometers, mounted in a cotton-region instrument shelter, which stands about 10 feet from the nearest building, and a standard rain gage, mounted upon a post 40 feet from the nearest building. The gage is 6J feet and the thermometers 4 feet from the ground. Mean temperatures have been computed from daily extremes as recorded by maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, February 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 5 c3 ca a . .9 a 5=4 a n ao, o g 9^ Snow. > g Month. bo H1..H g °l i g "o «a % i ^1 "J _. ID III 2t v^ o _o ' i a < a ->! W A a iz; e. El ■< O F ° F. o jj. ° F. ° F. " F. o jp In. In. In. In. In. Decern Janua Febru ber 18 18 19 30 29 30 50 50 60 6 6 7 -29 -33 -37 24 26 27 12 7 4 1.7 2.3 1.2 7 8 7 0.4 1.1 0.3 1.8 7.8 0.7 15.3 20.4 16.5 8.0 11.5 17.0 W. w. w. 18 30 6 5.2 22 1.8 10.3 52.2 w. March April. May. 26 39 50 39 51 65 65 79 87 14 27 34 -22 17 36 44 56 23 35 43 1.8 0.7 0.9 7 5 6 0.3 0.3 2.0 2.6 0.8 2.2 13.5 2.6 0.8 7.0 3.1 2.0 w. w. w. Spring mean 38 52 25 3.4 18 2.6 5.6 16.9 w. June. July. Angus 57 64 64 75 85 85 99 102 100 39 43 42 17 25 24 63 68 66 53 61 67 0.4 0.5 0.2 3- 3 2 0.9 1.1 0.3 0.5 0.9 0.5 T. T. T. T. w. w. t w. 62 82 41 1.1 8 2.3 1.9 T. w. Septei Octob Never 53 44 30 73 61 43 92 82 70 33 27 18 16 9 -33 65 50 37 51 40 24 0.4 1.0 2.1 2 4 9 T. 0.5 2.3 0.8 0.3 4.8 0.3 1.6 12.7 1.2 5.5 ILO w. w. w. 42 59 26 3.5 15 2.8 5.9 14.6 w. 40 56 102 25 -37 13.2 63 9.6 23.7 83.7 17.0 w Dates of Temperature Extri MES FC )R THE Period February 1, 1894, ro December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below- 10°. Maximum 90 ° or abo ve. Year. Minimum below- 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 January missing; Feb. 3-5, 10,11,21-25; Mar. 22; November and December miss- Record incomplete. 1899 1900 Feb. 3-7; Dec. 18-21, 26, 29. Feb. 16, 17; Dec. 31... June 24; July 7, 9-11, 16-20, 24-2 Aug. 31. June 20-25, 27-29; July 8-11, 20- Aug. 1, 14, 27. 6, 28, 29; !6, 29-31; mg. 1901 Jan. 1, 9, 10, 17, 18, 30; July 6, 7, 9-11, 15, 17-26, 29-31; Aug. 1-7. 1895 January and Febru- ary missing; Dec. 18. July 23, 24, 27, 29, -3 15, 17-21. 1; Aug. 3-5, 11, 13, Feb. 1, 2, 4, 8-13; November missing; Dec. 12. 12-14, 16, 17, 22, 23, 25, 29. 1896 Jan. 5, 13, 14, 30; Mar. July 4, 5, 8, 10, 15, 16 19, 21; 4.ug. 13-17. 1902 Jan. 25-29; Feb. 3; June 9, 22, 23; July 10, 14, 20, 21. 23-25. 2; Nov. 27-30. Dec. 3, 13-16, 28-30. 30; Aug. 2-7, 9, 23, 25. 1897 Jan. 2, 4, 10, 18, 27; Feb. 10, 13, IS, 26; Mar. 13, 22; Deo. 16, 19-21, 23, 24, 31. July 11-13, 16, 26-28; Aug. 4-1 1,15-24,29. 1903 Jan. 12, 14-18; Feb. 1-3, 5-7, 12-16, 18-21, 26; Mar. 1, 7; Nov. 17; Dec. 22, 24-29. July 11, 12, 19, 20, 22, 25; Aug. 5 8, 14-19. 1S9S Jan. 1, 8, 10-13, 18, 21, 23-26, 28-31; Feb. 9, 10; Mar. 22; Dec. 3, 6-14, in. 17, 23, 24. June 15, 18; July 4, 8 1-3, 8-17, 20, 24-26 -11, 15, 2 28. 7-31; Aug. KOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 819 IDAHO. Upper Snake River Valley: BINGHAM COUNTY. Station: BLACKPOOT. George L. Wall, Observer. [Established by United States Weather Bureau, October, 1896. Latitude, 43° 10' N. Longitude, 112° 22' W. Elevation, 4,603 feet.] This station is located in the town of Blaclsfoot, near the confluence of the Blackfoot and Snalse rivers. About 2 miles east of the station rise the foothills of the Blackfoot Mountains. Toward the west the' ground slopes gently to the Snake River, about 1 mile distant. Mount Putnam, about 25 miles southeast of the station, has an elevation of about 10,500 feet. The station is equipped with standard maximum and minimum thermometers, mounted in the regulation cotton-region shelter, and a standard rain gage. Mean temperatures have been computed from daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation, November 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. The record is complete from 1897 to 1901 only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 3 1 B 1 .1 a . |i o < s "3 1 a Is o g g s a a i CD % a t Id i •a e . 30 o m £1 < k V B ill 1| 04^ Snow. a 00 ffi" > 1 a OD of ■ _g ■< a a 00 1 a Pi QO < a g > < ■s as ts o Month. ill o bo . " £ ».a a o O ■ft December "F. 29 28 28 'F. 37 36 36 "F. 57 64 54 "F. 22 21 20 °F. -15 -19 -12 "F. 31 32 35 °F. 27 24 17 In. 1.0 0.9 1.1 8 9 9 In. 1.6 0.5 0.8 In. 1.0 0.9 2.1 In. 6.6 6.5 4.9 In. 4.0 6.0 4.2 p.a. 74 82 82 Grs. 0.91 0.89 0.89 P.ct. 69 76 72 Grs. 1.18 1.15 1.22 141 135 130 50 46 44 E January s February. w Winter mean 28 36 21 3.0 26 2.9 4.0 18.0 79- 0.90 72 1.18 135 47 g 38 45 55 47 65 68 57 68 76 85 29 34 43 9 18 28 44 46 69 36 44 52 0.8 2.0 1.3 10 10 9 0.9 0.5 0.8 0.8 2.4 1.7 5.7 0.2 4.6 6.6 6.0 7.2 77 72 70 1.19 1.64 2.22 66 56 40 1.48 1.45 2.62 202 214 306 65 53 67 SE April May Spring mean. 46 35 -J 1 . 4.1 29 2.2 4.9 16.5 73 1.68 51 1.85 241 58 SE 65 70 70 68 78 85 85 83 97 102 96 51 55 55 35 38 38 70 76 73 60 67 68 0.4 0.2 0.3 3 3 5 0.2 T. 0.2 0.6 0.3 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 58 61 50 2.28 2.48 2.19 30 26 24 2.72 2.52 2.62 352 381 347 69 82 86 July Summer mean . . . 54 0.9 11 0.4 1.1 0.0 63 2.32 27 2.62 360 79 SE September 58 51 39 49 72 64 49 91 83 66 44 38 29 21 20 4 60 53 42 67 48 36 0.4 0.5 0.9 4 6 9 0.7 0.6 0.7 0.2 0.1 1.1 0.3 T. 6.3 1.2 T. 8.2 55 64 69 1.88 1.67 1.17 26 40 59 2.08 1.81 1.56 284 238 152 76 69 52 W. SE. SE. October Fall mean 62 37 . 1 1 1.8 9.8 19 85 2.0 7.5 1.4 11.4 6.6 41.1 8,2 63 67 1.54 1.61 42 48 1.82 1.87 225 240 66 62 SE. -19 AnTiiif^.! mfinn 48 59 102 37 SE. Dates of Tempeeatuee Extremes foe the Period, January 1, 1900, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below- 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below- 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1900 1901 Dec. 31 Jan.l June 19-25, 27-29; July 8-11, 20, 21, 26, 29-31; Aug. 1. July 2, 6-11, 15-31; Aug. 3, 4, 13, 14, 16, 23, 25. 1902 1903 Jan. 27-29; Feb. 1 Feb. 13, 15 June 9, 22, 23; July 14, 20-22, 24, 25, 27, 30,31; Aug. 1-7,9; Sept. 2, 3. July 11, 12, 19, 20, 26; Aug. 5, 8, 10, 14-20. EOOKY MOUKTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU EEGION. 823 IDAHO. Eastern Plateau Districts: BANNOCK COUNTY. Station: CHESTERFIELD. Charles S. West, Observer. [Established by United States Weather Bureau, December, 1893. Latitude, 42° 51' N. Longitude, 111" 66' W. Elevation, 5,426 feet.] This station is located in the upper Port Neuf Valley, a short distance east of the river of the same name. The valley itself is quite hilly, with mountains on either side. The highest mountain in the vicinity is Mount Putnam, 9 miles to the northwest and rising to a height of 5,000 feet above the station. The valley extends from north to south. The station is equipped with standard maximum and minimum thermometers, mounted in the regulation cotton-region instrument shelter, and a standard rain gage. The instruments are located at a distance of about 50 feet from the dwelling house of the observer, with no trees or fences near them. The thermometers are 6J feet above sod, while the rain gage is 3 feet above ground. Mean temperatures have been computed from the readings of maximum and minimum thermometers. The record for the years 1895, 1896, 1900, 1901, and 1903 is complete. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januakt-I, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. 1 9 id i o -< I § 1 5 1 H ■a .» a Ii r o 1 1 = «_,o Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. > 60 . =3 .a < CI ^ o (3 "F. 19 20 19 T. 32 32 33 'F. 48 49 61 "F. 6 8 6 -F. -32 -34 -34 'F. 26 30 27 "F. 14 16 6 In. 0.9 1.1 0.9 6 7 5 In. 0.7 0.8 0.6 In. 0.7 1.3 0.5 In. 7.3 10.0 8.1 In. 6.0 8.0 6.0 W. S. SW Winter mean 19 32 7 2.9 17 2.1 2.5 26.4 SW. March . - 26 40 48 40 56 65 63 79 86 13 26 32 -27 8 36 44 62 20 38 43 1.0 1.1 1.7 6 6 8 0.6 0.5 2.3 2.0 1.1 2.6 7.1 4.0 3.8 6.0 6.0 8.0 SW Anril : SW May... SW. 38 53 24 3.8 19 3.4 5.6 15.5 SW, 56 69 60 77 83 83 96 99 96 36 37 36 19 18 19 61 63 63 52 63 64 0.6 0.5 0.6 2 3 3 0.8 0.8 0.1 0.4 0.9 1.9 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 July w 68 81 36 1.7 8 1.7 3.2 0.1 50 39 30 71 69 44 90 87 66 27 20 16 8 3 -26 66 41 34 46 37 24 0.2 1.0 1.2 2 6 6 0.3 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.6 3.2 T. 6.5 4.0 T. 4.0 8.0 FalLmean 40- 58 21 2.4 13 0.8 3.9 9.6 SW 39 56 99 22 -34 10.8 67 8.0 16.2 60.5 8.0 Dates of Temperatukb Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 3; Dec. 13-16, 25, 26-28. Record incomplete. 1899 (January, February, andMarchmissing) ; December 18-21. June 27; July 6, 9, 10, 18, 20. 1S96 Jan. 7, 8, 15, 22, 24-29; Feb. 1, 10-12, 14, 16; Mar. 3; Dec. 4, 5, 19, 23-26, 29-31. June 22, 26-28; July 1-3, 13, 16, 16, 23, 24; Aug. 2, 5, 6, 11, 12, 15, 18-21, 31. 1900 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 12, 16- 18; Dec. 10, 31. June 19-23, 2S. 29; July 10, 23,25, 30, 31. 1896 Jan. 1, 2, 4-8, 12, 13; Feb. 7; Mar. 2, 16; Nov. 7, 27-30. June 12-16, 28, 29; Aug. 12-15. 1901 Jan. 1,30; Feb. 1,2,5, 9-13; Dec. 19-21. July I, 6, 7, 10, 11, 16-22, 24. 26, Aug. 13, 14. 29-31; 1897 Jan. 4, 14, 16, 18, 19, 26, 27; Feb. 17, 18, 23, (June and July missing) ; Aug. 7, 22, 23, 1902 Jan. 26-30; Feb. 1; June 23; July 20, 21, 24; Aug. 1, 2 , 0. 26, 29, 30. (November miss- 26, 27; Mar. 4, 13, IS- ing); Dec. 16, 17, 29, IS, 21, 22. (Novem- 30. ber and December missing.) 1898 (January missing; February incom- plete); (November and December miss- (May to December missing.) 1903 Jan. 13-18; Feb. 1-7, 13-16, 18-22, 26, 28; Mar. 1, 2; Dec. 27- July 12; Aug. 17-20. 31. ing)- 824 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. IDAHO. Southern Plateau Region: CASSIA COUNTY. Station: OAKLEY. John Adams, Observer. [Established by United States Weather Bureau June, 1893. Latitude, 42° 14' N. Longtitude, 113° 54' W. Elevation, 4,191 feet.] This station is situated in the town of Oakley, which is located in the valley of Goose Creek, between two ranges of mountains, the range on the east rising to an elevation of 2,500 to 3,000 feet above the station, and that on the west being about 1,000 feet lower. Goose Creek flows northward, emptying into Snake River. The station is equipped with standard maximum and minimum thermometers and rain gage. The thermometers are moimted in the regulation cotton-region shelter, and are 5 feet from the sod. The rain gage is located on open ground surrounded by trees at some little distance, its top being 3 feet above the ground. Mean temperatures have been computed from the daily extremes, as indicated by the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. December January February Winter mean. March April May - . Spring mean. , June July August Summer mean September October...' November Fall mean .... Annual mean. Temperature. °F. 30 30 30 30 a s • 40 "F. 60 I 63 64 103 108 103 100 86 70 "F. 20 20 20 50 ?B "F. - 2 -18 -17 -18 "F. 35 36 37 03 H 'F. 26 22 20 Precipitation. In. 0.5 0.7 0.6 1.8 0.8 0.9 0.8 0.8' 0.8 ■o !>a a-c El In. 0.8 0.5 0.6 1.9 0.5 1.2 0.1 1.8 0.5 0.6 0.0 0.3 0.2 0.6 In. 1.0 0.5 0.2 1.7 0.1 0.9 0.9 0.5 0.8 0.4 1.2 2.7 1.1 Snow. 03 .IS O In. 2.9 5.2 3.2 11.3 4.0 1.3 0.7 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.4 2.7 20.6 In. 4.0 7.0 4.0 6.0 5.0 4.0 1.0 0:0 0.0 1.0 4.0 7.5 Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. > S Year, Minimum below 0°. Feb. 22-24; Deo. 26, 27. Jan. 27-29; Feb. 11-13, 15; Dec. 22. Nov. 27-30. (Decem- ber missing.) Jan. 17, 18, 26, 27 Jan. 11, 10-12. 23-29; Dec. Maximum 95° or above. July 7 9 10, 19-25, 28; Aug. 2, 3, 9, 13, 17, 22-27. Jane 13; July 1, 23, 26, 28, 30; Aug. 3, 15 18-20. June 15, 28-30; July 4-6, 8-12, 16, 17, 20, 21, 25; Aug. 1, 15, 27. May 28; June 12, 13; July 11, 12, 23, 26, 27; Aug. 4, 10, 11, 17, 19-24. June 14, 17, 18, 27; July 3, 5, 7-10, 16, 16, 24, 25, 27; Aug. 9-13, 15, 20, 24-27; Sept. 18, 19. 1900 Minimum below 0°. Feb. 4-7; Dec. 19. Feb. 16. Jan. 1; Feb. 9 Jan. 26-30; Feb. 1, 2. Maximum 95° or above. June 16-18, 23, 24, 27-29; July 6-9, 17, 18, 20, 24, 29; Aug. 26; Sept. 11. June 19-22, 24, 28, 29; July 7, 10, 11, 13, 16, 21, 24, 30, 31; Aug. 1. July 6-8, 10, 11, 14, 17, 18, 20-22, 24, 29-31 ; Aug. 4, 7, 13, 14, 26. May 26, 27; June 23; July 13, 14, 19-24, ^ , „ „ 30; Aug. 1-3, 6-10, 21; Sept. 3, 6. Feb. 2-4, 7, 13-15 | June 25; July 12, 20; Aug. 5^6, 10, 17-19- Sept. 21. UTAH. By ROBERT J. HYATT, Local Forecaster. 825 UTAH. The State lies entirely within that great plateau bounded on the east by the Rockies and on the west by the Sierras. It is crossed by several ranges of mountains, of which the principal one is the Wasatch. This range extends across the entire State from the north to the southwest and, roughly speaking, divides the main portion of the State into two parts, which present great variations in soil, climate, and topography. The region to the westward of the range is of inferior value as compared to other portions of the State. The precipitation is small and the streams are intermittent, depending in a great measure on melted snow for their supply of water. In this portion of the State are situated the Great Salt and Sevier deserts, the first-named formed from the recession of the waters of Great Salt Lake and the latter by the drying up of Sevier Lake. These are now great areas of barren soil of little value for cultivation. To the eastward of the Wasatch Range the surface is broken by innumerable spurs and transverse ranges of moimtains, producing a surface contour of exceeding irregularity, high towering mountain peaks, some of them over 12,000 feet above sea level, alternating with deep, yawning chasms and gulches. The mean altitude of the State above sea level is 6,100 feet, the cultivable valleys ranging in height from a little less than 3,000 feet in the extreme southwest to over 6,000 feet in the valleys of Summit County in the northeast. In a region where such a wide diversity of topography exists there must naturally be a wide range in the character of the climate, even of localities comparatively near to each other. In exposed localities extremely cold weather is often experienced, while the protected valleys near at hand enjoy a milder climate. In the extreme southeast lies the sparsely settled region along and beyond the Colorado River, where the soil is_ comparatively poor. Temperature. — The mean temperature of the State is 48.5°, ranging from a mean of 58° in the extreme southern portion to 42° in the extreme north. In a State marked by such high altitudes extremely cold weather is experienced during the winter, the' minimum temperatures falling considerably below the zero point in most localities, in extreme cases falling as low as 36° below. In summer, temperatures above the century mark are recorded, particularly in the extreme south, where 110° is reached. From these examples it can at once be seen that the State has a true continental climate, relieved to some extent by the modifying effect of Great Salt Lake on the climate of the vaUey of the same name. The first killing frosts usually happen during the first decade in September, though in the higher valleys of the State they may occur at any time. The last killing frosts in spring usually occur during the last week of May. Precipitation. — ^The State hes within the so-called arid belt, a fact which is shown by a consideration of the annual precipitation. The mean for the State is 11 inches, varying from 6 inches in the extreme south to 18 inches in the extreme northern portion. This applies, of course, only to regions under cultivation. The greater portion of the annual precipitation occurs in the form of snow during the winter, the dry period occurring in summer. During the periods of drought the air is exceedingly dry, extracting the moisture from the surface soil, and irrigation is essential in order to secure crops of all kinds. Hail and thunder storms are not common, and seldom assume a destructive character. High winds, on the other hand are frequent, but instances of serious damage from these wind storms are rare. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. BeavBr (see Modena) — Boxelder Cache Carbon {see Levan) Davis (see Salt Lake) . .. Emery {see Loa) Garfield Grand Iron Juab Kane (see St. George) . . . Millard Morgan (see Salt Lake) . Piute (see Loa) 826 Snowville. Logan Hite Moab Modena.. Levan . . Fillmore. District. Southwestern Northwestern 828 Northern 829 Central Northern / Central . Southern 838 Eastern 836 Southwestern 837 Western 833 Western 834 Northern . Southern Page. County. Rich (see Logan) Salt Lake San Juan (see Hite) . . . . . Sanpete (see Levan) Sevier (see Fillmore) Summit (see Salt Lake). Tooele (see Salt Lake). . . Uinta Utah Wasatch (see Prove) Washington Wayne Weoer (see Logan) Station. Salt Lake.. Vernal. Prove . St. George. Loa District. Page. Northeastern. Northern Southeastern . Central do Northeastern . Western Eastern Central do Southwestern Southern Northern 832 831 835 BOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. State Summary. 827 Station. Snowville Logan Salt Lake City. Prove City . . . . Vernal Levan Fillmore Loa Moab Modena Hite St. George Num- ber. Temperature. Mean Mean Mean Abso- lute an- maxi- mini- nual. mum. mum. mum. °F. "F. "F. "F. 46 60 31 102 47 59 38 100 52 62 41 102 49 66 35 , 104 46 62 33 100 47 62 33 101 51 69 35 112 42 61 21 110 54 71 38 107 49 63 33 98 60 75 45 115 59 77 37 114 Date. July, 1901. ....do.... July, 1889. July, 1901. do ....do.... ....do.... ....do.... June, 1899. July, 1901. do.... June, 1900. Abso- lute mini- mum. "F. -22 -19 -20 -18 -25 -23 -17 -35 Average num- ! toer days I with — February, 1903. February, 1899. January, 1883.. February, 1903. do February, 1899. do Februarj', 1902. February, 1903. January, 1902.. December, 1901 January, 1901.. Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 17 12 26 47 31 25 81 17 79 28 107 113 182 126 107 143 163 165 156 261 139 178 102 146 Station. Frost. Num- ber. Average date of- First killing Snowville Logan .Salt Lake City. Prove City Vernal Levan Fillmore Loa Moab Modena Hite St. George Sept. 26 Oct. 2 Oct. 18 Sept. 21 Oct. 3 Aug. 13 Oct. 2 Last in spring. June 18 May 11 Apr. 23 May 13 May 4 May 20 May 16 June 2 Apr. 22 May 3 Earliest killing Sept. 7 Sept. 4 Sept. 22 Sept. 9 Sept. IS Sept. 12 Aug. 23 Sept. 13 Sept. 12 Sept. 25 Latest July 8 June 6 June 18 June 2 May 21 Nov. 1 June 14 May 4 May 24 May 24 Precipitation. Inches. 10.6 14.1 15.8 10.9 8.4 15.2 14.5 6.6 7.5 7.1 2.3 Spring. Inches. 3. 5. 5. 3. 2. 5. 5. 1. 1. 1. 0. 1. Inches. L2 1.5 2.0 0.9 1.6 1.9 2.0 2.5 1.4 1.9 0.4 1.3 Inches. 2.5 3.4 3.8 2.2 2.7 3.4 2.7 1.4 2.3 1.8 0.9 1.2 Inches. 3.1 3.4 4.1 3.9 1.7 4.6 3.7 1.3 2.0 2.0 0.6 2.8 828 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. UTAH. Middle Plateau: BOX ELDER COUNTY. Station: SNOWVILLE. Joseph Robeins, Observer. [Estal)lished in April, 1893. Latitude, 42° N. lyongitude, 112° 40' W. Elevation, 4,360 [eflt.l • This station is situated in the midst of a rolhng country in the extreme northern portion of the section. The instruments, which are standard Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers, are exposed in a shed fastened to the south side of a building, where they are freely exposed to the air. The bottom of the shelter is 4 feet above groimd. The rain gage is of standard pattern, well exposed some 12 feet from the nearest building, and rests on the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, April 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Direc- tion of pre- vailing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly- mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. December January February "F. 26 24 27 'F. 37 36 36 "F. 50 53 69 °F. 15 16 10 °F. - 8 -21 -22 "F. 40 35 35 °F. 18 14 13 In. 1.0 1.2 0.9 3 5 4 In. 0.1 0.7 0.8 In. 2.1 1.7 1.0 In. 6.8 6.0 6.4 N. S. S. Winter mean 26 36 16 3.1 12 1.6 4.8 19.2 S. March 36 40 56 44 69 66 68 77 87 25 31 36 -10 4 19 43 57 66 29 42 46 1.4 1.2 1.2 5 5 6 0.1 3.5 0.6 1.6 1.4 1.9 4.5 2.0 1.3 S. April May S. S. Spring mean 46 56 31 3.8 16 4.1 4.8 7.8 .S ' " 62 69 68 81 88 85 96 102 98 42 49 47 21 30 27 69 76 72 67 64 63 0.5 0.4 0.3 1 1 2 0.0 0.0 0.1 1.6 0.6 0.3 0.0 0.0 s. July s. S. Summer mean 66 85 46 1.2 4 0.1 2.6 0.0 ^ September October November 68 48 38 76 64 60 93 87 64 40 32 26 19 10 2 63 56 50 64 42 30 0.6 1.1 0.8 1 5 6 0.6 0.9 0.7 2.6 0.1 0.4 0.0 2.0 6.8 s. s. N. Fall mean 48 63 33 2.5 11 2.1 3.1 8.8 p 46 60 102 31 -22 10.6 32 7.9 15.2 35.8 s. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January, 1898, to December, 1903. 1900 1901 Mimmum below 0°, None Feb. 4-7, 12; Dec. 12, 14, 19-21, 26-30. None Jan. 1 Maximum 95° or above. Aug. 10, 11, 13. July 20. July 8, 30, 31. July 7, 17-25, 27-31. Year. 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°, Jan. 26-30; Feb. 1, 2; Mar. 29; Dec. 3, 30. Jan. 15-17, 29; Feb. 1, 3-7, 9, 12-22; Mar. 1,2; Dec. 19, 25-30. Maximum 96° or above. July 23; Aug. 1. Aug. 17-19. KOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 829 UTAH. Middle Plateau, Cache Valley: CACHE COUNTY. Station: LOGAN. James Dryden, Observer. [Established January, 1891. Latitude, W 44' N. Longitude, 111° 52' W. Elevation, 4,. t07 feet.] This station is connected vrith the Agricultural College and Experiment Station situated near the city of Logan, in the northern portion of the State. The college buildings are situated on the east bench some 200 feet above the center of the town. The sun'ounding country consists of a valley about 30 miles long by 15 wide, almost entirely encircled by high mountain ranges, the college itself lying on the east side of this valley near the foot of the mountains at Logan River Canyon. The shelter, which is of standard pattern, is situated about 40 feet northeast of the experiment station building, and about 50 feet from any trees or other obstructions, and contains the maximum and minimum thermometers of the usual Weathei- Bureau type. The h&a^i the shelter is 3 feet above the ground. The rain gagP'is about 100 feet from the shelter, and some 75 feet southwest of the experiment station building. It is well exposed with its base resting on the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1891, to Dbcembek 31, 1SX)3. Temperatui e. Abso- lute mini- mum. Lowest -monthly mean. Mean. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the max- ima. Abso- lute maxi- lAum. Mean of the mm- ima. Highest monthly mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 26 24 26 'F. 35 35 32 "F. 55 49' 56 "F. 21 21 20 'F. -10 -12 -19 "F. 34 30 34 'F. 16 14 13 In. 1.1 1.1 1.2 4 5 5 In. 0.8 1.2 0.7 1.2 0.9 2.3 25 34 21 3.4 14 2.7 4 1 March 34 48 55 47 57 67 71 76 84 28 36 44 - 3 17 25 45 52 61 26 43 51 1.8 1.8 2.2 8 5 6 1.8 0.9 1.4 2.8 April 1.7 May 0.0 46 67 36 5.8 19 4.1 5 1 June 63 71 70 79 86 S4 95 100 94 .52 57 57 39 37 35 70 77 75 60 68 60 0.0 0.4 0.5 2 2 3 0.6 0.6 0.7 0.0 July 0.7 0.2 68 83 55 1.5 7 1.9 1.5 65 38 74 61 48 90 81 67 47 39 30 29 24 5 65 .54 43 58 46 31 LI 1.2 H 2 4 4 0.0 2.6 1.3 1.3 2.6 November 2.4 48 01 39 3.4 10 3.9 6. i Annual mean 47 59 100 38 -19 14.1 50 12.6 17. r; Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. 1900 1901 Minimum below 0°. None _ F.eb. 6-8v45ec. 19-21 . Dec. 31/. Jan. 1/ Maximum 95° or above. Aug. 14. None. June 20. July 7, 18-22, 29-31. 1902 1903 Miniimmi below 0° Jan. 26, 30 Feb. 4-7, 12, 16; Mar. 1. Maximum 95° or above. None. Aug. 17. 19. 830 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. UTAH. Middle Plateau: SALT LAKE COUNTY. Station: SALT LAKE CITY. R. J. Hyatt, Section Director. [Established by Signal Service March 1, 1874. Latitude, 40° 46' N. Longitude, 111° 54' W. Elevation, 4,292 leet.] This station is situated in the city of Salt Lake. This city lies in the northeast comer of Salt Lake Valley, which immedi- ately to the north and east is skirted by the Wasatch range of mountains, some of whose peaks within sight of the city, tower more than 10,000 feet above the level of the sea. The Oquirrh range, about 15 mUes from the city, bounds the valley on the southwest. The country to the south is rolling, while to the west stretches a level plain, most of which has been recently uncovered by the receding waters of Great Salt Lake, which itself lies 13 miles beyond. This lake, while very shallow, occupies a vast superficial area, and for this reason exercises a modifying effect on the climate of the entire Salt Lake Valley. The offices of the station are located on the sixth floor of the Dooly Block, one of the largest buildings in the city, and situated in the business center. The thermometers and rain gage are well exposed on the roof where they are free from all obstructions, the building being one of the highest in the city. The nearest hills, which are some 1,000 feet higher, lie about 1 mile to the north. The instruments are exposed at the following elevations above ground: Thermometers, 105 feet; top of rain gage, 97 feet; anemometer cups, 110 feet. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation : Humidity, fifteen years ; sunshine, fourteen years, February 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Remainder of data is from the fuU period, thirty years, March 19, 1874, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 a f < a ! Id 1 S |i .a H h f o 1 09 t-< -a So a o o lit Snow. 6 00 1 s 00 1 O a Pi 00 i a CO i 1 1 1 o pi'i CD O Month. c "F. 33 28 33 3^ 1 o » . < "-■On a f 5 December °F. 40 36 41 "F. 61 67 68 21 21 25 -F. -10 -20 -13 °F. 40 36 41 "F. 25 21 20 In. 1.4 1.3 1.4 9 10 10 In. 0.4 3.1 2.0 In. 2.0 3.0 0.8 In. 9.7 11.3 10.8 In. 10.0 6.0 11.0 P.ct. 73 77 74 Grs. 1.35 1.19 1.37 p.ct. 70 73 66 Grs. 1.60 1.48 1.56 128 128 131 44 43 44 SE January . . SE February SE. 31 39 22 4.1 29 6.5 5 8 3.18 75 1.30 70 1.65 129 44 SE. March .^pril May 42 50 58 50 60 09 77 84 93 32 40 47 18 26 49 56 63 34 46 61 1.9 2.1 1.9 10 10 8 1.1 0.9 0.2 2.8 1.5 2.9 8.6 2.6 0.5 8.0 6.0 6.9 65 57 57 1.54 1.75 2.41 63 40 37 1.81 2.01 2.51 193 236 288 52 59 64 NW. NW. NW. Spring mean 60 60 40 5.9 28 2.2 7.2 11.6 60 1.90 43 2.11 239 58 NW. 67 76 75 79 88 87 101 102 101 65 63 62 33 43 44 74 80 78 62 72 70 0.7 5 0.8 4 4 5 0.3 0.0 0.8 0.9 1.0 0.2 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 48 44 44 2.67 2.98 2.98 28 24 26 2,62 2.96 3.12 355 370 329 79 81 77 NW. SE. SE. July Vugust . . 73 85 60 1 2.0 13 1.1 2.1 T. 45 2.88 26 2.90 361 79 SE. 64 52 40 77 63 49 93 86 74 62 42 32 29 22 - 2 71 68 40 59 46 30 0.8 1.6 1.5 4 7 7 T. 1.4 T. L2 1.4 6.8 T. 1.0 5.8 T. 6.3 9.7 47 56 65 2.36 1.98 1.66 30 46 59 2.56 2.31 1.94 296 236 165 79 69 55 SE. SE. SE. 52 63 42 3.8 18 1.4 8.4 6.8 56 2.00 45 2.27 232 68 SE. 52 62 102 41 -20 15.8 88 10.2 23.5 60.2 ILO 69 2.02 46 2.47 238 62 SE. i Dates of Temperatxire Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to Deoembeh 31 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. ' Maximum 95° or above. Year. I Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 6 j July 8, 10; Aug. 3. Jan. 28 ' July 24; Aug. 6, 17. None 1 July 11, 12, 21; Aug. 13-15. do July 12, 27, 28; Aug. 11. Jan. 25-27; Feb. 4-6... June 18; July 7, 9, 14, 15, 24, 25, 28, 29; Aug. 3, 11, 12, 18, 19, 26. None ■ June 17,29; July9,20,24. 1900 do June 20-22, 24, 25, 28, 29; July 8, 10, 11, 17 30,31. July 6-8, 13, 15-22, 28-31; Aug. 13. June 9, 21-23; July 13-15, 28, 30, 31 Aug. 2. July 12, 13; Aug. 17, 19. 1805 18"6 19"! ! do 1897 1902 Jan. 26... 1898 1903 Feb. 14-16 1899 BOOKY MOONTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU EEGION. 831 UTAH. Middle Plateau: UTAH COUNTY. Station: PROVO CITY. Caleb Tanner, Observer. [Established September, 1890. Latitude, 40"' 14' N. Longitude, 111° 42' W. Elevation, 4,532 feet.] This station is located in the northwestern part of the city of Provo, near the comer of Fifth north and Fourth west streets. This portion of the city, however, is sparsely built, making the location practically a country exposure. The city lies in a valley encircled by mountains of which the nearest to the station lie about 2 miles east, and tower 4,000 feet above it. The instrument shelter is of standard pattern, and is situated 27 feet south of a one-story brick house, 45 feet east of a clump of trees, and 50 feet northeast of a bam 25 feet high. The base of the shelter above ground is 2.5 feet. In it are exposed the instruments, which consist of maximum and minimum thermometers of standard Weather Bureau pattim. The rain gage is well exposed 6 feet south of the instrament shelter; the top is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Septembee 1, 1890, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion of prevail- ing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. "F. 29 27 30 °F. . 41 42 43 "F. 60 60 64 'F. 20 22 19 'F. - 6 - 7 -18 "F. 35 37 37 °F. 22 20 17 In. 1.5 1.0 1.4 7 8 10 NW. NW. NW. 29 42 20 3.9 25 NW. March 39 49 58 55 64 75 79 84 90 29 34 40 7 19 28 48 54 65 35 48 54 L3 1.1 1.5 9 7 5 NW. April NW. May NW. 49 65 34 ■ 3.9 21 NW. 64 74 71 84 92 91 102 104 102 47 51 52 32 36 39 69 76 74 67 69 68 0.5 0.2 0.2 2 1 1 W. July . . - - SE. SW. RnTTiTTiPT mean 70 89 50 0.9 4 SE. 60 49 39 81 68 56 96 88 74 41 34 30 27 12 3 66 53 49 53 42 28 0.4 0.8 1.0 4 5 6 NW. October.. NW. November NW. Fall mean 49 68 35 2.2 15 NW. 49 66 104 35 -18 10.9 65 NW. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 95** or above. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 95° or above. 1898 None June 16-20, 24, 27, 29: Aug. 1,3-8,10-31; Sept. 19, 20. Sept. 4, 12, 13. June 22; July 1,6-8, 11-13, 15-22,25,27-31; Aug. 1-3, 4, 13, 14, 23. 1902 1903 • Jan. 20, 29, 30; Feb. 2. Jan. 30; Feb.,'i-8, 13-19. June 8, 10, 22-25; July 8-10-15, 21-25, 27, 28, 30; Aug. 1-7, 10, 12. Aug. 6, 7, 15-20; Sept. 4. 1899 1900 1901 Feb. 5-7; Dec. 20, 21.. Dee. 30, 31 Jan. 2, 10,11; Dee. 13. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 832 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. UTAH. Middle Plateau: UINTAH COUNTY. Station: VERNAL. R. Veltman, Observer. [Established January, 1895. Latitude, 40° 26' N. Longitude, 109" 33' Vi. Elevation, 5,060 leet.] This station lies in a sparsely settled valley some 30 miles long by 10 wide, situated in the extreme eastern part of the State. The instruments, which are the usual Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers, are exposed in a shelter of standard pattern, attached to the north wall of a low office building. The thermometers are 5 feet above ground. The rain gage is well situated some distance from the shelter, with its top 4 feet above the ground. • The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. P recipitation. Direc- tion of pre- vauing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or moi«. Total amount for the driest ■ year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. December. . . "F. 19 19 24 °F. 36 33 36 "F. 53 48 60 11 11 13 "F. -13 -11 -25 "F. 28 24 32 "F. 12 5 10 In. 0.4 0.7 0.6 4 4 6 In. 0.5 0.7 1.4 In. 1.2 1.0 1.1 In. 3.2 3.1 5.7 NE. January SE. NE. Winter mean 21 35 12 1.7 14 2.6 3.3 12.0 NE. March 35 48 58 50 63 74 68 83 90 21 33 42 - 5 15 28 42 51 62 i,l 46 55 0.8 0.7 0.9 6 5 5 0.3 0.3 0.9 0.9 0.6 0.6 4.2 0.8 0.0 E. April. SW. May.. W. Spring mean 47 62 32 2.4 16 1.5 2.1 5.0 w. June 66 72 70 85 89 87 99 100 99 50 55 53 34 36 38 71 76 73 61 68 67 0.3 0.7 0.6 4 4 6 0.2 0.2 0.7 0.2 1.1 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SV,r. August W. RnmTner Tnp.B.Ti 69 87 53 1.6 14 1.1 1.6 0.0 SW. 60 48 35 78 65 51 94 85 65 43 34 24 28 14 5 62 54 39 58 44 30 1.2 0.9 0.6 4 4 4 0.0 0.4 0.3 2.8 2.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.8 w. w. N'W 48 65 34 2.7 12 0.7 5.5 0.8 w. Annual mean 46 62 100 33 -25 8.4 56 6.9 12.5 17.8 w Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 95° or above. 1900 1901 Feb. 5-7, 12; Dec. 18- 29, 31. Dec. 31 , Jan. 1-3; Feb. 10-15; Dec. 13, 14. None. June 20-22, 25-29; July ^-14, 17, 30; Aug. 1, 2. June 29; July 1, 12-23, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2. 1902 Jan. 26, 27, 30, 31; Feb. 1-5; Dec. 17, 21-23, 28-31. 1903 Jan. 1,2,15-18,19; Feb. 4-10, 13-22; Mar. 1, 2. June 9, 10, 23, 25; July 13-15, 23-25, 30, 31; Aug. 1-3. June 28; July 12, 14; Aug. 6, 7, 19. EOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 833 UTAH. Middle Plateau: JUAB COUNTY. Station: LEVAN. William Bro"W1?, Observer. [Established January, 1890. Latitude, 39° 37' N. Longitude, 111° . 56' W. Elevation, 5,010 feet.] This station is in the extreme eastern -part of Levan, which Ues in a valley 7 miles wide, situated in the central portion of the State. The eastern boundary of this valley is formed by a spur of the Wasatch Kange, which at this point is very rugged. The foothills of this range, as well as the range itself, are well wooded. The foothills to the west are low and rolling. The instrument shelter is of standard pattern, and is fastened to the north wall of a building. The base of the shelter is 4 feet 4 inches above the ground. The instruments exposed therein are of the regular Weather Bureau type, and consist of maximum and minimum thermometers. The rain gage is 30 feet from the building and at the same distance from a fence and about 35 feet from the shelter. The base of the gage is 10 inches above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1890, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion of pre- vailing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. "F. 25 24 28 'F. 37 38 39 "F. 56 52 58 'F. 15 17 17 "F. -12 -11 -23 'F. 32 32 34 "F. 21 16 14 rn. 1.8 1.6 1.5 4 8 In. 0.2 0,9 0.7 In. 2.8 1.7 1.5 In. 11.0 S.4 9.9 N. N. February SW. 26 38 16 4.6 18 1.8 6.0 29.3 N. March 36 46 56 49 61 70 71 78 88 25 31 39 2 14 20 44 52 60 32 42 51 2.1 1.8 1.4 7 7 5 0.1 3.7 0.6 1.2 2.6 1.0 17.2 7.2 1.1 SW". SW. May SW. Spring mean 46 60 32 5.3 19 4.4 4.5 25.5 SW. Tnne 64 72 70 83 89 86 98 101 98 47 53 53 30 34 35 09 75 76 61 68 64 0.6 0.6 0.7 2 4 5 0.0 0.0 0.3 1.7 1.0 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August SW. 69 85 51 1.9 11 0.3 3.6 0.0 SW. September 60 47 37 76 63 51 90 85 66 42 34 26 26 20 8 66 51 40 57 44 33 1.1 1.3 1.0 3 4 4 1.7 0.7 1.4 2.9 0.8 0.0 T. 0.7 4.4 SW. October.. SW. SW. Fall mean 48 63 34 3.4 11 3.8 3.7 5.1 SW. 47 62 m 33 -23 15.2 59 10.3 17.8 59.9 SW. Dates of Temperatube Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 95° or above. 1898 None Julys. June 18. June 20, 21, 25-29; July 7, 8, 10-12, 17, 30; Aug. 1, 2. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1, 2, 10, 11; Dec. 13, 16. June 29; July G-S, 17-22, 24-31; Aug. 1, 4. Aug. 1, 2. 1899 Feb. 4-6; Dec. 14, 19- 21, 26. 1900 Jan. 30; Feb. 4-8, IS- IS. 834 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. UTAH. Middle Plateau: MILLARD COUNTY. Station: FILLMORE. J. J. Starlet. Observer. [Established April 1, 1892. Latitude, 38° 54' N. Longitude, 112° 20' W. Elevation, 5,100 feet.] This station is in the western part of Filhnore, a town located on the eastern side of a valley in the central portion of the State. The foothills of the range of mountains to the east of the station lie some 2 miles away, while the range proper i^; distant from 7 to 10 miles. The shelter is of homemade construction, and consists of a ventilated box, open at the bottom, and fastened on a post. The instruments exposed therein are standard Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers. The shelter is situ- ated about 20 feet southwest of a house and is raised about 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is of standard pattern, and is placed 15 feet from the shelter. The top of the rain gage is 6 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, April 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amouut for the wettest year. "F. 29 29 33 "F. 46 46 47 "F. 66 74 69 °F. 17 19 16 "F. - 7 -15 -17 0^ '35 34 39 °F 20 16 20 In. 1.1 L2 1.4 4 4 7 In. 0.0 L2 0.4 In. 1.6 2.2 February. . 2.2 30 46 17 3.7 15 L6 6.0 40 49 68 66 65 77 79 86 97 27 33 40 4 14 23 47 63 63 34 46 52 2.0 1.9 1.2 7 7 4 0.2 3.2 0.4 2.9 April . - . 1.3 May . Spring mean 49 66 33 ] 5.1 18 3.8 4.2 68 75 74 90 97 94 106 112 105 49 65 55 32 35 32 73 81 78 61 69 68 0.6 0.8 0.6 2 2 4 0.6 T. 0.1 0.3 July ... 0.2 August . 0.3 72 94 53 2.0 8 0.7 0.8 65 62 41 85 71 6J 102 90 81 44 35 27 29 20 9 72 56 46 62 47 41 0.9 0.8 1.0 2 4 3 L6 0.9 0.7 1.5 3.6 November . - 1.2 53 72 35 2.7 9 3.2 6.3 51 69 112 35 -17 14.4 50 9.3 17.3 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 95° or above. 1898 June 17-19, 27-30; July 3-10, 13-19, 21-31; Aug. 1-3, 8-20, 22-28; Sept 13,18,19. June 17, 18,23,26,27-30; July 1-31; Aug. 25, 28, 31; Sept. 1, 2 1? May 26,27; June 5, lf-22, 24-30; July 5- 14,16-21,24-31; Aug. 1-3, 13-16, 26-29; Sept. 6, 12, 13. June 17, 18, 21-24, 27-30; July 1, 6-31; Aug. 1-7, 9-13, 15, 21-28, 31; Sept. 19. 1902 1903 Jan. 26, 27, 29, 30 Jan. 30; Feb. 4-7, 13- 19. June 7-12, 16, 18-27; July 9-15, 25-31 Aug. 1-9, 15, 16, 20-23, 26; Sept. 2-4, 6, May 13; June 19, 21, 25-28; July 1, 10-14, 18, 19, 22, 26-30; Aug. 1-12, 14, 16-23, 29-31; Sept. 1-4. 1899 1900 1901 Feb. 6-7; Deo. 14, 20, 21. Deo. 31 Jan. 1,10; Dee. 13.... BOOKr MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 835 UTAH. Middle Plateau: WAYNE COUNTY. Station: LOA. Michael Hansen, Observer. [Established January 1, 1892. Latitude, 38° 26' N. Longitude, 111° 40' W. Elevation, 7,000 feet.] This station is in the central part of Loa, a town situated in a valley in the southern part of the State. This valley i.s almost surrounded by mountains, through which there is an outlet by way of a canyon a little east of north of the town and another opening at the extreme southern end of the valley. The instruments are exposed in a box fastened on the north side of the post-office, 6 feet above the ground, and consist of standard Weather Bureau maximum and minimum thermometers. There are no trees near the shelter. The rain gage, which rests on the ground, is well exposed in a large yard, some 80 feet from the nearest obstruction. The monthly mean temperatures are obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Janhaky 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Average depth of snow. "F. 22 22 25 'F. 42 39 40 °F. 60 55 68 'F. 1 3 4 'F. -25 -30 -35 'F. 27 28 30 °F. 14 13 7 In. 0.3 4 0.6 1 2 2 In. ■ 0.2 0.4 0.3 In. 0.1 1.0 1.8 In. 2.6 3.6 3. .4 23 40 3 1.3 6 0.9 2.9 9 6 31 40 50 47 58 68 68 73 82 13 20 28 - 5 14 38 43 54 25 36 46 0.6 0.5 0.4 3 3 1 0.2 0.2 0.8 0.7 1.0 0.7 4.9 April 6.9 Ifey. 1.0 Spring mean 40 68 20 1.4 7 1.2 2.4 12 8 June. 59 65 63 80 83 84 98 110 100 37 46 40 19 19 23 64 74 68 53 60 57 2 1.0 1.3 3 4 6 0.1 0.3 0.1 2 5 1.4 ao July OO 62 84 41 2.6 13 0.6 2.1 0.0 63 41 31 76 61 50 90 77 76 30 21 14 10 - 1 58 45 37 48 38 28 0.6 0.5 0.4 1 2 0.0 0.4 0.2 2.0 1.8 0.3 0.0 October T. November 1.2 42 62 22 1.4 3 O.C 4.1 1 2 42 61 110 21 -35 6.6 28 3.2 11.5 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 96° or above. 1898 July 14. June 17, 27, 29. 1902 Jan. 4, 9, 22, 23, 26-31; Feb. 1-4, 19, 27, 28; 1899 Feb. 3, 5 6, 17, 18; Mar. 10. Mar. 6, 14. 15, S6, 29; 1900 Feb. 7, 9, 16; Oct. 29; Dec. 14, 17, 22, 23, 26- Dec. 8, 14-17, 19-25, 27, 31. 28, 30, 31. 1903 Jan. 1-19, 28-31; Feb. June 27; July 1.4, 9-29; Aiig.l-» 10, 18. 1901 Jan. 1, 2, 8-10, 13, 16- 19, 24-26, 29-31; Feb. 2, 4, 7-14; Mar. 13,24; Apr. 7; Nov. 11; Dee. 7, 8, 11-16, 21, 26, 28, 29. July 20. 1-9, 12-20, 22-28; Mar. 18; Deo. 4, 7, 10, 14, 16, 17, 24-26, 29,30. 836 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. UTAH. Middle Plateau: GRAND COUNTY. Station: MOAB. Henky Ceouse, Observer. [Established in October, 1889. Latitude, 38° 33' N. Longitude, 104'^ 31' W. Elevation, 4,000 feet.] This station is near the center of Moab, a town situated in a small valley in the extreme eastern part of the State. This valley is partly surrounded by high, almost perpendicular mountains that form its northern and southern boundaries. The station itself lies about 2 miles east of the Grand River. The shelter is of standard pattern, located 30 feet west of a stone building, 10 feet in height. The base of the shelter is 5 feet above the ground. The thermometers exposed in the shelter are of the usual Weather Bureau maximum and minimum type. The rain gage is placed 90 feet from the shelter. The nearest tree is 60 feet away. The top of the gage is 5 feet 6 inches above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. MoNTHtT, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Octobee 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe minima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Average depth of snow. December January February "F. 31 29 36 "F. 43 44 49 'F. 68 59 69 °F. 17 17 21 'F. 3 2 - 9 "F. 43 35 40 "F. 22 22 24 In. 0.8 0.6 0.6 2 2 3 In. 0.2 0.8 0.1 In. 1.7 1.2 2.1 In. 2.5 2.1 2.1 32 45 18 2.0 7 1.1 5.0 6.7 March April May 46 55 65 62 72 81 81 90 95 31 37 46 14 23 29 61 60 69 42 46 62 0.8 0.4 0.6 5 6 3 0.4 0.3 1.6 2.2 0.7 0.4 0.9 T. 0.3 Spring mean 55 72 ! 38 1 1.8 14 2.3 3.3 1.2 June July August 72 78 75 92 96 94 107 104 105 S3 58 57 38 43 42 76 83 78 69 74 72 0.2 0.5 0.7 5 4 4 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.1 0.8 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 75 94 1 =6 1 1.4 13 0.7 1.5 0.0 66 53 41 85 72 59 99 88 76 47 39 29 32 20 10 69 67 45 63 49 37 1.1 0.6 0.6 4 3 3 0.0 T. 0.2 1.5 2.6 0.5 0.0 October 0:0 November T. 53 72 1 38 1 1 2.3 10 0.2 4.5 T. \ TiTinfl.1 meftii 54 71 107 38 - 9 7.5 44 4.3 14.3 7.9 Dates of Tempekatube Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 0. Maximum 95° or above. 1898 June 17-21, 27-30; July 9, 13-15, 22-31; Aug. 1-3, 6, 11-19, 21, 24-30. May 11; June 8-12, 15-26, 27-30: Julvl, 4-10, 12-16, 18-27, 29-31 ; Aug. 10, 11, 14, 15, 25-29, 31; Sept. 1-5, 13. May26,27,31; June 7, 19, 20, 22-30; July I, 5-14, 17, 18, 21, 24-31; Aug. 1-3, 6-9, 12-16, 26-30. 1901 1902 1903 June 6, 20-24, 27-30; July 1-8, 10-31; Aug. 1-4, 6, 10-14, 26. June 4-10, 13, 16-19, 21-27, 30; July 10-16, 20-25, 27-31; Aug. 1-9, 15, 16, 19-21; Sept. 4, 7. Jiiue 26-30; July 1, 5, 8-14, 19, 20, 25-30; Aug. 3-11, 13, 14, 16-24, 30, 31; Sept. 1. 1899 Feb. 6, 7 do 1900 Feb. 7, 13-17 BOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 837 UTAH. Middle Plateau, Rocky Mountain Slope: IRON COUNTY. Station: MODENA. H. McP. Baldwin, Observer. [Established by United States Weather Bureau January, 1901. Latitude, 37° 48' N. Longitude, 113° 64' W. Elevation, 5,472 leet.] This station is near the southwestern limits of the village of Modena, in the Esoalante Valley, which is encompassed by mountains varying in height from SOO to perhaps 5,000 feet. The mountains are from 1 to 2 miles distant from ihe station. The thermometers are exposed in a shelter located on the ground, about 100 feet southwest of the station. The elevation of the dry bulb thermometer above the ground is 10 feet. The rain gage is located on the ground, 25 feet north of the shelter and 75 feet southwest of the station. The top of the gage is 2 feet 10 inches above the ground. There are no trees in the vicinity of the gage. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1901, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. bo s 1 ■si 1 ■S.S a S |i o 01 < h 1 i. o ' II 3-° II Snow. a oi 00 g 1 a CO g a p, 00 > a a 00 s 3 o < 2 g 1 o ffl o o p, Month. bo , o f 5 December "F. 29 30 26 "F. 43 43 39 'F. 63 60 65 °F. 16 17 14 °F. -.3 -18 -17 "F. 30 32 35 "F. 28 27 15 In. 0.1 0.3 1.6 2 5 7 In. 0.0 0.1 0.3 In. 0.3 0.4 3.6 In. 2.0 2.1 14.6 In. 3.6 1.8 12.1 P.ct. 71 73 76 Grs. 0.87 0.94 0.90 P.H. 63 51 61 Ors. 1.16 1.21 1.41 228 192 230 77 63 76 w. w. w. 28 42 16 2.0 14 0.4 4.3 18.7 73 0.89 66 1.26 217 72 w. March. 36 45 54 49 61 71 68 76 85 23 30 38 8 15 26 38 47 56 34 44 53 0.4 0.6 0.5 9 4 5 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.7 0.7 0.6 4.8 2.9 0.2 8.4 0.6 0.4 71 60 50 1.22 1.32 1.48 39 23 23 1.33 1.16 1.61 205 278 313 55 70 71 w. April sw. Miy w. Spring mean 45 60 1 30 1.4 18 0.4 2.0 7.9 60 1.34 28 1.37 266 65 w 66 70 70 83 88 87 98 98 97 48 53 64 31 31 41 68 74 72 64 68 69 0.2 0.5 1.2 3 3 7 0.0 T. 0.9 0.3 1.3 1.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 38 38 49 1.60 1.84 2.46 16 22 27 •1.69 2.62 3.06 362 380 347 363 82 84 82 sw. July sw. sw. 69 86 1 52 1.9 13 0.9 3.2 0.0 42 1.97 21 2.42 83 sw. September 57 61 59 77 67 53 92 78 68 43 34 25 28 17 3 62 62 42 69 60 35 0.8 0.7 0.3 4 3 2 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.5 1.4 0.9 0.0 0.0 2.3 0.0 0.0 3.5 46 63 66 1.57 1.36 1.17 21 27 42 1.83 1.60 1.43 302 290 227 81 83 75 w. w. w. 56 66 1 34 1.8 9 0.1 3.8 2.3 65 1.36 30 1.62 273 80 w. A nniifll mnfl.Ti 49 63 98 33 -18 7.1 64 1.8 13.3 28.9 12.1 58 1.39 34 1.67 279 75 w. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1901, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1901 1902 Minimum below 0. Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 8, 12, 13; Deo. 12, 13. Jan. 26,27,29,30; Feb. 3 Maximum 95° or above. June 28, 29; July 6, 7, 12, lS-20, 26, 29. June 23,24; July 24; Aug. 1,2, 30. Minimum below 0. Feb. 3-7, 9, 10, 12, 13, 15-18. Maximum 95° or above. 838 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. UTAH. Middle Plateau: GARFIELD COUNTY. Station: HITB. F. W. Gibbons, Observer. [Established March 1, 1900. Latitude, 37° 52' N. Longitude, 110° 18' W. Elevation, 3,000 leet.] This station is a, true country location, being situated in a sparsely settled region where there are few houses, none of which are near the station. It is situated near the Colorado River, which at this point is banked on either side by low hills that run back to high perpendicular bluffs. The nearest hill to the station lies 200 feet away. The instrument shelter is of home construction, and is situated 75 feet from the nearest house. There are no trees or other obstructions in the vicinity. The base of the shelter is 5 feet above the ground. The instruments exposed therein consist of maximum and minimum thermometers of standard Weather Bureau pattern. The rain gage is placed 10 feet from the shelter; its top is 7 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Maeoh 1, 1900, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Mean Precipi- tation. Month. Mean, Mean of the maxi- ma. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean ot the mini- ma. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. December "F. 36 36 40 "F. 48 48 53 "F. 66 60 72 'F. 23 23 28 "F. 7 9 11 'F. 38 37 45 °2^. 33 34 32 In. 1 0!2 3 Winter mean . . 38 50 25 6 50 59 72 64 74 86 76 91 98 35 44 55 18 28 41 53 61 73 47 57 67 T. April May 0.3 60 75 45 0.4 80 86 82 98 101 98 109 115 110 64 69 68 50 44 56 83 90 . 86 77 80 80 T. July T. August -. -• 4 83 99 67 September 72 61 48 89 78 62 102 91 76 55 44 34 42 32 20 73 62 48 70 61 48 3 October T November 6 Fall mean 60 76 44 9 60 75 115 45 7 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period March 1, 1900, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1900 May 9, 26-31; June 1, 2, 4-7, 12, 13, 15, 17-30; July 1-31: Aug. 1-3, 6-9, 12-16, 26-30; Sept. 3, 5. May 9-11, 13, 17-20; July 1-31; Aug. 1-17,21-29,31; Sept. 1,2, 15, 19. 1902 1903 January, missing May 25, 28; June 4-27; July 7, 8-16, 18-31 ; Aug. 1-10, 12, 15, 17, 19-21, 25, 26; Sept. 1-10, 12-14. May 13; June 17-30; July 1, 2, 6-15, 18-21, 24^31; Aug. 1-26, 29, 31. 1901 November and De- cember, missing. BOOKr MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 839 UTAH. Middle Plateau: WASHINGTON COUNTY. Station: ST. QEORGE. James G. Bleak, Observer. [Established January, 1890. Latitude, 37° 6' N. Longitude, 113° 35' W. Elevation, 2,880 feet.l This station is in the southern part ot St. George, a town located in a valley in the extreme southern portion of the State. This valley lies between two volcanic ridges that run from north to south. To the north of the town lies a red sandstone bluff, while to the south flows the Rio Virgen. The shelter, which is of standard pattern, is situated 85 feet from the nearest building and 80 feet from the nearest trees. The base of the shelter is 4 feet 3 inches above the ground. In this shelter are exposed the maximum and minimum ther- mometers, which are of standard Weather Bureau pattern. The rain gage is situated 7 feet 6 inches from the shelter and some 80 feet from the nearest obstruction. The top of the gage is 4 feet 6 inches above the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion of pre- vailing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Ix>west monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year/ Total amount tor the wettest year. Snow, aver- age depth "F. 38 36 41 op 55 56 57 °F. 71 70 77 °F. 17 19 22 "F. 5 - 1 1 op 43 41 44 op 32 30 32 In. 0.9 1.0 0.9 1 3 4 In. 1.9 0.2 0.4 In. 0.4 2.7 2.4 In. 0.0 2.0 2.0 SE. SW. February . ... SW. 38 56 19 2.8 8 2.5 5.5 4.0 SW March. . . . 48 56 68 67 76 86 86 94 100 28 36 44 12 24 20 63 63 80 41 51 60 0.6 0.3 0.4 5 5 2 0.2 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.1 0.2 T. 0.0 0.0 SW April SW. ' Mky SW. Spring mean 67 76 36 1.3 12 0.2 1.3 T. 77 82 81' 97 101 98 114 HI 110 52 58 54 15 41 43 85 87 84 70 76 73 0.1 0.5 0.7 1 2 5 0.0 0.3 0.5 0.0 0.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July . SW 80 99 55 1.3 8 0.8 0.7 0.0 72 60 47 91 79 65 103 93 80 46 38' 27 31 20 17 77 64 61 64 55 41 0.4 0.4 0.4 I 3 0.0 0.1 0.0 1.0 1.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 T. November SW Fall mean 60 78 37 1.2 8 0.1 2,3 T. SW 59 77 114 37 -1 6.6 36 3.6 9.8 4.0 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1898 None Apr. 24-26; June 6-9, 12, 13, 15-21, 24-30; July 1-10, 12-31; Aug. 1-3, 5-23, 23-26, 28,31; Sept. 4-10, 12-20, 23, 24, 26, 30. June 7-12, 16-25,27-30; July 1-31; Aug. 9, 10, 12-15, 24-28. 30, 31; Sept. 1-5, 8-13.18-25.28-30. May 26-31; June 1, 2, 4-7, 12, 13, 17-30; July 1, 4-19, 22-31; Aug. 1-10, 12-17, 25-31; Sept. 1, 6-8. May 16-18: June 6, 16-18, 20-24, 26-30; July 1-31; Aug. 1-16, 21-31; Sept. 1, 8,9,13,15-19. 1902 1903 May 25, 28, 29; June 6, 8-10, 12-30; July 1,7-15, 17-25, 27-31; Aug. 1-8, 10,12, 13, 16, 19-21, 23-26, 28, 31; Sept. 1-12, 14, 19. 1899 do May 7, 12-14, 30, 31: June 1, 3, 4, 6, 8-10, 14, 15, 17-30; July 1-3, 5-21, 25-31; Aug. 1-19,21-25,28-31; Sept. 1-5. 1900 1901 Jan.2 WYOMING. By WALTER S. PALMER, Section Director, 841 WYOMING. The State of Wyoming embraces the territory bounded by the forty-first and forty-fifth parallels of north latitude and the twenty-seventh and thirty-fourth meridians west from Washington, and has an area of 97,890 square miles. The surface of the State consists, in general, of a vast undulating plateau, the greater part of which is from 5,000 to 8,000 feet above sea level. This plateau is broken by several detached mountain ranges, the general trend of which is from northwest to south- east, these detached ranges forming, as a whole, a portion of the main chain of the Eocky Mountains. Some of the detached ranges do not follow the general trend of the Rockies, thus adding pecuUar topographical features, which are reflected in the climatic features of some sections of the State. The lowest portion of the State is but slightly below 3,500 feet above sea level, and Fremonts Peak and the Grand Teton rise to the region of perpetual snow, more than 13,000 feet above sea level. These various detached ranges divide the State into four well-defined drainage areas, namely, (1) the North Platte, (2) the Green, (3) the Big Horn, and (4) the Powder and other streams of northeastern Wyoming; and even these four great drainage areas do not comprise all of the State, as some streams of southeastern Wyoming are tributary to the South Platte, the Bear River of southwestern Wyoming flows into Great Salt Lake, while the northern half of Uinta County is drained by the Snake and YeUowstone rivers. The waters of Wyoming find their way to both oceans — to the Atlantic through the Missis- sippi and the Gulf of Mexico and to the Pacific through the Columbia and the Colorado. The diversified physical features of the State produce a diversified climate, although there are many features of the cli- mate which are common to all sections of the State. Local conditions are much more pronounced over Wyoming than over the broad level States of the Mississippi Valley, where the general drift of the air currents is in no wise obstructed by topo- graphical features. Stations not more than 50 or 100 miles apart may have very dissimilar climates ; thus in the lower por- tions of the Big Horn Valley, which is surrounded by high mountains except on the north, the growing season is from four to five months, and summer temperatures rise to 95° or 100° or more; at elevations of from 6,000 to 7,000 feet on either side of the valley, the growing season is short, frosts may be expected any month, only the hardier crops can be raised, and summer temperatures seldom rise above 90°. Temperature. — The mean temperature of the difilerent sections of the State varies from 34° to 47°, the former mean obtaining only at such places as are located at a high elevation or in cold valleys. In general, it can be stated that those portions of the State below 6,000 feet have mean temperatures above 40°. Situated, as Wyoming is, in what is known as the "subarid belt," the daily range of temperature is much greater than in the humid States; and the intensity of the sunlight, due to the clear and rarified atmosphere, makes a marked difference between the temperatures in the sun and in the shade. At stations above 6,000 feet temperatures rarely rise above 95° in the summer, and over the portions of the State below 5,000 feet, where temperatures of 100° may be experienced in the summer, the heat is not oppressive and sunstrokes are prac- ticafly unknown. The dryness of the atmosphere, which prevents sunstrokes in summer, also tends to ameliorate the effects on man and beast of the extremes of cold during the winter. Over most of the State the temperature of winter very seldom falls below —25°, and the cold waves which sweep over the State are of but short duration; in fact, over most of the State, the greater portion of the winters are unusuaUy pleasant and out-of-door work can be carried on with little discomfort. The lowest temperature on record for the State is — 51°, and the extremely low temperatures are not recorded on the mountain or elevated stations, but in the valleys. At Basin, elevation 3,500 feet, a temperature of —51° was recorded, while at the same time, at Four Bear, elevation 6,500 feet, and distant but little more than 100 miles, the lowest temperature reached was but -40°. Precipitation. — The normal annual precipitation for the different sections of the State varies from 8 to 20 inches, and these extremes are obtained at but few points in the State, the average for the State being about 13 inches. No reliable mountain records are available at this time, but it is probable that the yearly precipitation on some of the higher mountains of the State may be much in excess of 20 inches, most of which falls as snow during the winter and spring months. Sunshine. — The percentage of sunshine in Wyoming is high, and its intensity by reason of the unusually clear skies and the altitude of the region is an important factor to be considered, whether considering the climate from an agricultural or physiological standpoint. Winds. — The prevailing winds of the State are from the west, and their intensity varies with the topographical location of the different stations. Some sheltered valleys receive but little wind, while in many of the exposed locations the annual wind movement may exceed 100,000 miles. Owing to the diminished weight of the air over the plateaus the high winds of Wyoming do not exert as great a destructive force as the same velocity would at the sea-level stations. 842 JBOCKT MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU EEGION. List of CotrNTiES and Climatologioal Stations. 843 County. Albany Bighorn Carbon Converse Crook (sec Lusk and Buffalo) Fremont Johnson Laramie Station. Laramie.-... /Basin \Four Bear Rawlins Lusk Lander Buffalo /Cheyenne 1 Fort Laramie. District. Southeastern. •Northern Southern East central — Northeastern . . , Central North central. . , 'Southeastern... Page. 845 853 851 847 856 852 County. Natrona Sheridan (see Buffalo) Sweetwater (see Rawlins and Evanston). Uinta Yellowstone Parka. Weston (see Lusk) . . Station. /Evanston \Thaync Yellowstone Park. District. Central . . . Northern. Southern. Page. •Western Northwestern . Northeastern,. a Not a county. State Summary. Station. Num- ber. Temperature. Mean Mean Mean Abso- lute an- maxi- mim- nual. mum. muin. mum. "F. "F. "F. "F. 39 51 28 96 40 53 27 92 45 59 30 114 45 59 31 104 39 53 24 96 42 57 28 99 47 63 31 107 44 58 29 105 47 64 31 106 42 57 28 102 40 53 26 93 40 53 28 92 45 57 32 100 Abso- lute mini- mum. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below Yellowstone Park Four Bear Basin Buffalo Thayne Lander Alcova Lusk Fort Laramie Rawlins Evanston. Laramie Cheyenne July, 1901 do... July, 19G0 do... do... July, 1901 do... July, 1897 July, 1901 July, 1902 July, 1901 do... July, 1881 -35 -40 -51 -26 -41 -36 -34 -35 -48 -30 -34 -40 -38 February, 1899. . do do January, 1894. . . February, 1899. . January, 1901... February, 1899. , do do ....do February, 1903. . February, 1899. . January, 1875... I 198 210 182 179 221 204 184 192 180 202 230 201 174 Frost. Num- ber. Average date of— First killing Last in spring. Date of— Earliest killing Precipitation. Spring. Yellowstone Park Four Bear Basin BufflalS Thayne Lander Alcova. Lusk Fort Laramie Rawlins Evanston Laramie Sept. 12 Sept. 18 May 13 June 2 Sept. Sept. June 9 June 21 Sept. 11 Sept. 12 Sept. 14 May 29 May 25 ...do... Aug. 23 ...do... Sept. 5 June IS June 15 June 20 Sept. 16 Sept. 8 Sept. 11 Sept. 16 May 31 May 22 Aug. 16 Aug. 29 June 18 June 11 Inches. 19.6 11.3 5.3 11.1 14.3 13.4 9.4 12.9 11.1 12.9 13.1 9.9 13.1 Inches 5.4 4.1 2.1 4.2 4.0 6.3 3.6 5.1 4.3 4.6 4.3 3.5 4.7 Inches. 4.0 3.8 1.2 3.9 2.7 2.6 2.5 47 3.7 2.8 1.9 3.5 5.0 Inches. 3.7 2.5 0.6 1.6 3.3 2.6 1.8 1.6 1.7 2.6 2.9 2.0 2.1 Inches 6.5 0.9 1.4 1.4 4.3 1.9 1.5 1.5 1.4 2.9 4.0 0.9 1.3 844 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. WYOMINQ. Northwestern Section: YELLOWSTONE PARK. Station: YELLOWSTONE PARK. J. N. Eykek, Observer. [Established by War Department 1887. Latitude, 44° S8' N. Longitude, 110° 41' W. Elevation, 6,370 leet.] This station is located in Yellovrstone National Park, Wyoming, and near the northern boundary of the park. The sur- rounding country is hilly and rugged, and many peaks in the park rise to an elevation of from 10,000 to 11,000 feet above sea level. Records were maintained at the station by the War Department, under the direction of the Surgeon-General, tiH the close of the year 1903, when a Tegular station of the Weather Bureau was established in the park and observations begun by the Bureau. With but few interruptions records have been continuous since 1887. The instruments used consisted of maximum and minimum thermometers and were exposed in a latticed shelter. The rain gage was exposed in a plot adjacent to the post hospital. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. fio a ■a s f 5 ^ s 2 . g 1 ■a a 1 1 3 a o la i 1 a r III +°-t^ Ot-t >5 SI i|. 1 = 1 Eh Snow. Month. 60 . 111 ° F. 22 18 19 ° F. 29 28 28 ° F. 45 48 47 14 12 9 ° F. -25 -30 -36 " F. 28 26 27 jr. 16 10 11 In. 2.0 2.5 2.0 8 9 7 In. 1.3 0.6 0.2 In. 0.9 6.7 6.6 In. 12.2 19.2 12.2 In. 7.0 16.0 8.0 s. s. February s. 20 28 12 6 6 24 2.1 14.2 43.6 s. March 26 38 48 36 48 60 58 70 78 16 27 33 -22 15 36 43 60 20 31 42 2.3 1.3 1.8 9 7 10 0.9 0.8 0.6 4.9 L4 1.9 19.1 8.7 2.5 7.0 6.0 6.0 s. s. May s. Spring mean 37 48 25 6.4 26 2.3 8.2 30.3 s. 55 62 61 68 77 78 92 96 93 41 46 46 22 30 30 62 67 68 50 58 57 1.7 1.2 1.1 10 7 5 0.9 0.6 0.4 0.9 1.0 1.8 1.0 T. 0.0 4.0 T. 0.0 s. July s. s. 59 74 44 4.0 22 1.9 3.7 1.0 s. 52 42 29 65 54 38 85 74 60 38 30 21 12 -27 59 46 36 48 36 ' 18 1.0 1.1 1.6 4 6 9 0.6 0.5 1.4 0.2 1.7 0.6 1.9 47 13.2 6.0 4.2 8.0 s. October sw.- November s. 41 52 30 3.7 19 2.6 2.4 19.8 s. 39 51 96 28 -35 19.6 91 8.8 28.5 94.7 16.0 s. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximiun 85° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 85° or above. 1894 Jan. 5, 9, 23, 24; Feb. 3, 10, 11, 19-22; Deo. June 5; July 9, 10, 14, 22, 23, 30; Aug. 4, 18, 21, 22, 24-29. 1899 Jan. 31; Feb. 1-6, 10, 12; Mar. 27. July 10, 18-20; Sept. 11. 27, 28. 1900 Jan. 28; Feb. 14-16; June 20-23, 25, 28, 29; July 8, 10, 11, 21, 1895 Jan. 15, 27, 28; Feb. July 2, 24, 27, 28; Aug. 6, 10, 20. Nov. 19-22; Dec. 31. 29, 30, 31; Aug. 1-4. 10-14; Nov. 23. 1901 Jan. 1; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 9.. July 7, 8, 10, 11, 16, 17-26, 29-31 Aug. 1896 Mar. 2, 3; Nov. 26-30.. July 5, 6, 8-11; Aug. 19, 28. 1, 5, 15, 25. 1897 Jan. 24-28; Feb. 18; July 11, 12, 27, 28; Aug. 11, 24. 1902 Jan. 23-29; Feb. 1.... July 24, 31; Aug. 12. Mar. 12, 13, 22; Dec. 16. Jan. 24, 25; Mar. 22; 1903 Feb. 12, 13, 15; Nov. 16. July 12, 20, 26; Aug. 16-21. 1898 June 18, 19; July 10, 11, 14-16, 25; Aug. Nov. 21; Dec. 9, 31. 9, 12, 19, 20, 26, 27; Sept. 19. KOOKY MOUJJ^TAIW STATES A1ST> PLATEAU REGION. 845 WYOMING. Northern Section: BIGHORN COUNTY. Station: FOUR BEAR (BIG HORN RANCH). W. D. Pickett, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau 1892, Latitude, 44° 8' N. Longitude, 109° 15' W. Elevation, 6,500 feet.] The station is located in the western part of Bighorn County, on the upper Grey Bull Kiver. The high mountains, locally Imown as the ''rim rock," approach within 4 miles of the immediate valley on each side. The highest peak of the range to the north of the station is about 11,000 feet, while Francs Peak, to the south of the station, is considered to have an elevation of 12,500 feet above sea level. The valley extends above the station about 8 miles, where it forms a narrow gorge about 8 miles long, and then debouches into the upper basin of the Grey Bull River. The station is supplied with maximum and minimum thermometers, shelter, and rain gage. Previous to 1898 the ther- mometers were exposed in a latticed shelter. In 1898 the station was equipped with a standard cotton-region shelter. The rain gage was exposed in an open lot near the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Month. December , January , February Winter mean . . March April May ^ Spring mean . . June July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean . Temperature. 67 I 74 75 °F. -23 -32 -40 14 25 34 I "F. 33 27 30 Precipitation. °F. In. 20 0.3 ; 19 I 0.2 12 0. 4 > : In. 3 1 0.4 2 0.1 4 0.2 0.9 ; 42 62 22 : 30 42 0.9 ' 1.4 1.8 57 : 46 1 38 I 1.8 I 1.0 I 1.0 1.2 0.8 0.5 0.7 0.6 1.2 0.8 1.1 0.7 T. a* In. 0.2 0. ' 0.2 Snow. 0.5 1.3 0.4 5.0 2.3 1.6 1.8 1.1 0.4 0.3 0.1 1.6 0.6 In. 3.4 4.6 6.2 141 11.8 13.2 5.1 3.5 7.4 7.2 a In. 4.0 6.0 6.0 12.0 12.0 7.0 8.0 10.0 8.0 w. w. sw. w. sw. sw. w. w. sw. sw. w. sw. w. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 85"^ or above. Year. Minimum below —20°. Maximum 85° or above. 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 Jan. 5, 23; Feb. 20, 21.. Jan. 27; Feb. 11 Mar. 2, 3; Nov. 27, 28.. Jan. 25-27; Mar. 12... Mar. 22; Deo. 31 None. Do. Do. July 12; Aug. 11, 23, 24. Aug. 3, 19, 26; Sept. 18. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 1-6,11,22 Feb. 15, 16; Dec. 31... Jan. 1; Dec. 14 Jan. 24-26, 29; Feb. 1 . Feb. 15 July 20. June 21, 29; July 31; .Vug. 1, 2. July 7, 17-19, 21, 31. July 31. 846 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WYOMING. Northern District: BIGHORN COUNTY. Station: BASIN. * James I. Patten, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau 1897. Latitude, 44° 25' N. Longitude, 108° 1' W. Elevation, 3,500 feet.] This station is located in the central portion of Bighorn County, a vast country lying between latitudes 43° and 45° N., and longitudes 107° and 110° W., on the Bighorn River, which traverses the county from south to north through its central and lowest portion. This section of the State, usually spoken of as the "Bighorn Basin," is made up of snow-capped mountains, foothills, bad lands, elevated plains, and valleys. The instruments consist of maximum and minimum thermometers, with a shelter for the same, and a combined snow and rain gage. The shelter is securely fastened to the north side of a substantial building and the gage is located in a yard, so as to receive unobstructed the full amount of precipitation. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation. May 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903, with the exception of the temperature record, which is missing for May, June, August, and September, 1898, and for the entire year 1901. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Mkans. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 1 s 1 5 a a g 1 h 1 3 h 1 o 1 -a ■si a S ^1 Snow. > s 'J o i R December "F. 18 17 13 "F. 30 29 27 °F. 55 53 66 °.F. 6 4 - 1 °F. -23 -39 -51 27 22 23 'F. 12 ^1' In. 0.2 0.4 0.8 2 2 4 In. T. 0.2 0.1 In. 0.3 1.8 3.6 In. 2.4 5.0 9.8 In. 4.1 4.8 6.8 NW. January NW. February NW. 16 29 3 1.4 8 0.3 5.7 . 17.2 NW. March 30 46 68 43 60 73 72 83 93 20 31 43 -11 8 24 36 46 61 20 45 55 0.4 0.6 1.1 2 4 6 0.3 0.8 0.6 1.9 0.1 0.6 3.9 0.8 0.0 9.0 2.8 0.0 NW. April NW. Irfay SE. Spring mean 45 59 31 2.1 12 1.7 2.6 4.7 NW. 69 75 72 ii 89 110 114 103 64 57 56 33 40 37 72 78 74 67 73 70 0.7 :.3 0.2 • 5 2 2 0.2 0.2 T. 0.5 0.2 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July SE. SE. Rn-mTnpT mpfln 72 89 56 1.2 9 0.4 1.0 0.0 SE. 60 46 31 77 62 44 97 81 69 41 30 17 26 16 -12 62 49 34 59 43 28 0.2 0.3 0.1 2 2 1 0.1 T. T. 0.2 0.4 0.0 T. 0.3 0.4 T. 1.1 1.0 NW. NW. NW. Fall mean. 46 61 29 0.6 6 0.1 0.6 0.7 NW. Annual mean 45 59 114 30 -51 5.3 34 2.6 9.9 22.6 9.0 NW. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. M"iTiimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1898 1899 Nov. 21;' Dec. 9-14, 16, 31. Jan. 1, 6-8, 31; Feb. 1- 7,11-14,23; Mar. 22; Dec. 14, 16, 17, 19-21, 28-30. None. June 17, 18, 24, 25, 28-30; July 7-11, 16, 18-25; Aug. 1, 3, 4, 14, 25, 29; Sept. 1. 1900 1902 1903 Jan. 1, 2, 28; Feb. 14- 17, 19; Dec. 31. Jan. 23-31; Feb. 1,2... Feb. 13-16; Nov. 17, 18 June 19-29; July 8-12, 17, 20-26, 29-31; Aug. 1, 3, 7-9, 28, 30. June S, 9, 11, 24, 25; July 11, 13-16, 21, 22, 24-29, 31; Aug. 1, 3, 14; Sept. 4. June 4; July 12-14, 19-26; Aug. 3, 16-20. EOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 847 WYOMING. North Central District: JOHNSON COUNTY. Station: BUFFALO. Charles U. Pinney, Observer. [Establislied by Weather Bureau April, 1899. Latitude, 44° 23' N. Longitude, 106° 46' W. Elevation, 4,6.35 feet.] This station is located in Clear Creeli Valley, on the eastern slope of the Bighorn Mountains. Records were kept at Fort McKinney, near Buffalo, from 1886 till the fort was discontinued in November, 1894, although the records during 1886 and 1887 were fragmentary. A voluntary station of the Weather Bureau was established at Buffalo in April, 1899, and supplied with maximum and minimum thermometers, gage, and shelter, and records have been continuous since the establishment of the station. The rain gage is exposed in a yard adjacent to the court-house. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation; Maximum and minimum temperatures, number of days with 0.01 precipitation, snowfall, dates of temperature extremes, and frost, January to March, July to October, 1894, and April 6, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Remainder of data is from all available records, January, July, August, September, 1886, May, June, August to December, 1887, January to November, 1888, January 1, 1889, to October 31, 1894, and April 6, 1899, to December 31, 1903. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. ' Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i > s '>3 a I* § 1 if o 1 •g.1 a i a B S < .£3 K Is 3 ■si hi So. ■3-g O 0) lit Snow. Month. a) M . ffl ST < -+^S O - o "1 s December 28 23 23 °F. 39 37 34 °J?. 60 60 63 °j?. 14 11 10 "F. -24 -26 -24 "F. 36 31 32 'F. 23 13 16 In. 0.4 0.4 0.6 6 2 6 In. 0.0 0.3 0.5 In. 0.1 0.4 0.4 In. 5.0 2.2 4.9 In. 4.0 2.0 7.0 NW. NW. February NW. 25 37 12 1.4 12 0.8 0.9 12.1 NW. March. 32 45 63 44 69 69 75 82 91 20 32 36 - 6 14 22 42 50 60 23 39 46 0.8 1.4 2.0 7 8 8 0.1 0.4 0.4 0.5 1.4 2.3 7.1 6.8 1.7 4.3 6.0 6.0 NW. April NW. May NW. Spring mean 43 57 29 4.2 23 0.9 4.2 15.6 NW. June . . 61 69 69 76 83 84 102 104 104 47 53 53 28 37 36 69 74 73 67 66 66 2.0 1.1 0.8 8 6 3 1.6 0.6 0.2 1.6 2.0 2.6 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 NW July NW August NW. 66 81 51 3.9 17 2.4 6.1 T. NW. September 58 47 36 70 62 52 95 83 74 40 32 20 24 15 -26 63 51 42 52 42 30 0.7 0.5 0.4 4 2 3 0.1 0.9 0.2 2.6 T. 0.4 1.1 0.4 2.0 3.0 2.0 2.0 NW. NW. NW. Fall mean 47 61 31 1.6 9 1.2 3.0 3.6 NW. 45 59 104 31 -26 11.1 61 5.3 14.2 31.2 7.0 NW. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period jAwnARY 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum l)elow —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1899 Deo. 27 June 17, 20, 28, 29; July 9, 10, 18-22, 24; Aug. 6, 14, 27, 28, 30, 31; Sept. 1, 3. May 27; June 8, 19-26, 28-30; July 8-12, 20, 21, 24, 25, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 6-8,14- 16, 28-31; Sept. 6. 1901 1902 ld03 Feb. 4, 21, 22; Dec. 14. Jan. 24-29; Feb. 1,2... Feb. 3, 4, 6, 7, 13-16; Nov. 17, 18. July 2, 3, 6, 7, 10-13, 17-23, 31; Aug. 1, 6, 15, 24; Sept. 2. June 9; July 24, 28, 31; Aug. 24; Sept. 4. July 13, 21, 23, 24, 26; Aug. 3, 19, 20, 22. 1900 Jan. 27; Feb. 1, 13-16; Deo. 30. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 54 848 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. WYOMING. Western Section: UINTA COUNTY. Station: THAYNE. Fred Hancet, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau, 1899. Latitude, 42° 56' N. Longitude, 110° 58' W. Elevation, 5,900 feet.] This station is located in Star Valley, near the extreme western portion of Uinta County and hut a few miles from the Wyoming-Idaho State limt. It is located near the central part of the "lower valley," Star Valley being divided by a narrow gorge into two separate valleys, designated as the "lower" and the " upper " valleys. The whole of Star Valley is about 25 miles in length and 5 "miles in breadth and is traversed by Salt River. The valleys are extremely level, and the mountains on either side rise quite abruptly to heights of from 9,000 to 12,000 feet. The instruments consist of maximum and minimum thermometers, with standard shelter for the same, and a combined rain and snow gage. The shelter was located on the north side of the observer's house till the summer of 1902, when it was removed to an open plat, to the west of the house, near where the gage has always been located. Monthly mean temperatures are computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 Month. 1 a 1 a . s = s a> •S.S a 1. u h r i 1: ill 013 E-i o © Snow. o s o so . ill £-§S o December "F. 19 20 19 "F. 28 30 30 'F. 48 - 44 56 'F. '1 10 7 op -25 -26 -41 "F. 21 27 28 'F. 17 15 4 In. 1.2 1.7 1.4 10 11 13 In. 1.4 0.3 1.5 In. 0.6 2.9 2.2 In. 9.0 15.2 14.2 In. 3.0 7.0 9.6 SE SE. SE. Winter mean 19 29 8 4.3 34 3.2 5.7 38.4 SE. 29 38 48 41 50 63 56 74 81 17 25 34 -23 4 11 32 42 53 25 36 44 0.8 1.2 2.0 10 10 11 1.5 1.0 1.4 1.3 0.8 2.4 7.3 4.9 4.4 6.2 3.6 4.6 SE. April SE. May W. Spring mean 38 51 25 4.0 31 3.9 4.6 16.6 SE. 56 61 59 73 79 79 92 96 91 38 39 38 21 24 25 69 62 62 63 57 56 0.9 1.0 0.8 7 8 5 1.1 1.0 0.6 1.0 1.5 1.3 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 W. July W. August . SW. .59 77 38 2.7 20 2.6 3.8 T. W. September 49 42 32 69 57 41 85 74 65 30 26 20 14 11 -16 51 45 36 47 39 28 4.7 1.4 1.2 0.7 8 12 0.5 0.4 1.1 T. 2.3 0.8 0.1 2.4 5.2 0.5 3.5 5.6 W. W. SE. 41 66 25 3.3 25 2.0 3.1 7.7 W. Anniif).l mpfln 39 53 96 24 -41 14.3 n.o 11.7 17.1 62.7 9.6 SE. Dates op Tempeeatuee Extebmes for the Period Januaey 1,1898, to December 31,1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 85° or above». Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 85° or above. 1898 Deo. 6-14 June 29; July7, 10, 19-21. June 20-25, 27-30; July 1, 8-12, 17, 20, 21, 26, 29-31; Aug. 1, 4, 14, 27, 29. (July missing) ; Aug. 3, 4, 7, 13, 14, 17, 25. 1902 1903 Jan. 24-30; Feb. 1; Mar. 29; Dec. 3, 14- 17,30. Jan. 11-18; Feb. 3-7, 12-16, 19-21, 26, 28; Mar. 1, 2; Nov. 17, 18; Dec. 27-29. June 9, 22, 23; July 14, 21, 22, 24, 25, 30,31 ; 1899 1900 1901 Feb. 4-7,12; Dec.19-21. Jan. 26, 28; Feb. 12, 10, 17. (November, De- cember missing) . (January, February missing). Dec. 20, 21. Aug. 1, 2, 5-7. July 12, 13, 15, 19, 20, 26; Aug. 2, 8, 6, 15- 19,21,30,31; Sept.l. ROCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 849 WYOMING. Central District: FREMONT COUNTY. Station: LANDER. O. W. Scott, Observer. [Eetabliahed August 1, 1891. Latitude, 42° 50' N. Longitude, 108° 45' W. Elevation, 5,367 feet.] The first building occupied by the office was a small 2-room, 1-story building on Second street, between Main and Garfield. The office was transferred to its present location, 36 Main street, rooms 3 and 4, on January 1 , 1896. The instrument shelter is on the northeast quarter of the roof and provides excellent exposure for the thermometers, 26 feet above ground. The combined wind vane and anemometer support is on the southeast quarter of the roof, the anemometer cups being 36 feet above ground. The snow and rain gages arc about the center of the building, their tops 17 feet above ground. All the instru- ments have the very best possible exposure. The Wind River range of the Rocky Mountain system stretches from the south- east, past the station and on to the northwest. Its peaks are covered with snow for nine months in the year, and there are points along the range where snow remains throughout the year. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, August 1,1891, to December 31,1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. , , !0 U ►J+s 4^+3 s M c 7i ff^ CIS flS Snow. P a a a £ s a ii s si 'o 9 ^.1 a ij »a 1 V 1 a si hi D>a CO So III 00 i ■ 00 i o .a 00 i 00 3 P/C Montb. Si S.Se •^iS o j' g a ■< % < a a S 5 B < PS < « < R op op °F. °F. °F. °F. °F. Tn. rn. In. Jn. In. P.ct. Ots. p.ct. Ore. Decern Januai Februa ber 21 20 20 35 34 34 61 59 64 8 7 7 -29 -36 -35 27 28 29 16 11 9 0.8 0.4 0.7 4 3 6 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.7 0.3 T. 7.3 3.5 6.7 9.0 6.1 70 76 74 74 0.67 0.60 0.63 66 64 56 1.12 72 0.95 sw. sw. sw. 20 34 7 1.9 12 0.6 1 n 17.5 • 74 0.63 62 0.93 sw. March April. May 31 42 52 44 55 65 70 78 86 18 29 38 -22 2 13 38 46 58 27 37 47 1.6 2.6 2.1 8 7 8 0.8 1.4 1.2 2.7 1.1 6.0 15.8 15.3 5.9 1.9 13.1 6.0 72 72 71 0.98 1.58 2.18 49 39 36 1.30 1.69 2.21 sw. sw. sw. Spring mean 42 65 28 6.3 23 3.4 9.8 j .37.0 72 1.68 41 1.70 sw. June.. July.. 60 66 65 76 83 82 95 99 94 45 60 48 26 34 33 66 72 68 56 63 63 1.2 0.8 0.6 6 5 6 0.9 0.3 0.1 3.0 0.7 0.6 1.3 0.0 0.0 16.4 0.0 0.0 62 66 62 2.53 2.62 2.62 27 28 28 2.22 2.88 2.70 sw. sw. AugllB t . - . sw. , 64 80 48 2.6 16 1.3 4.3 j 1.3 63 2.69 28 2.60 sw. 1 .- Septec Octob Noven 55 44 32 72 59 46 90 79 72 39 29 18 7 10 -31 59 48 38 52 39 25 1.0 0.1 0.6 6 5 4 0.8 1.1 0.1 0.4 2.2 0.2 3.6 6.1 5.3 16.3 5.0 8.4 69 73 . 72 2.11 1.64 1.02 34 48 56 2.38 1.82 1.26 sw. ;r sw. iber sw. 44 59 29 2.6 14 2.0 2.8 1 14.4 71 1.66 46 1.82 sw. 42 67 99 28 -36 13.4 65 7.3 17.9 1 70.2 16.3 70 1.69 44 1.76 sw. Dates of Tempebatuee Extkemes fok the Period Janauby 1, 1894, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below — 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year Minimum below —10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 5-7, 9, 23, 24; 1 3-5, 11-13, 20, 22, Nov. 16; Deo. 28 'eb. 23; July 9, 10, 22, 23; Aug. 12, 25. 1899 Jan. 1,6, 31; Feb. 1-8, 10-12,22,23; Mar. 5; Deo. 14, 19, 21. June 18, 29; July 8-10, 20, 21. 1895 Jan. 26-29; Feb. 1 7, July 24, 26, 27. 190C Feb. 8, 12-17; Dee. 28, June 20-22, 25, 26, 28-30; July 10-12, 17, 10-12, 14-16; No\ .7, 29, 31. 30, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 28. 24,25; Dec. 3. 1901 Jan. 1,2; Feb. 5, 9, 10- JulyO, 7, 11-14, 16-23,27-31; Aug.1,6. 1896 Jan. 3; Mar. 2, 3; N ov. July 5, 8, 11, 12. 13; Dec. 13-16. 27-30. 19112 Jan. 25-30; Feb. 1, 2.. June 9; July 14, 16, 22-24, 28, 3: ; Aug. 1, 1897 Jan. 4, 25-28; Deo 3, July 12, 28; Aug. 24. 3,4. 4, 16-21. 190J Jan. 11; Feb. 4, 12-16; July 13, 20, 26; Aug. 6, 17, 19, 2t ; Sept. 1. 1898 Jan. 13-15, 18, 19, 25 Deo. 8-11, 30, 31. '-27; July 14, 25, 26; Aug. 3, 19. Mar. 20; Dec. 12, 13. 850 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WYOMING. Central District: NATRONA COUNTY. Station: ALCOVA, A. F. HoLLEBAUGH, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau December, 1898. Latitude, 42° 44' N. Longitude, 106° 45' \V. Elevation, 5,366 feet.] The station, located a little south and east of the center of the State, is surrounded on the south and west by a spur of the Rattlesnake Mountains, and on the east and north by the "red reef," which is very precipitous and in places 400 feet high. The North Platte River enters the town from the southwest through a canyon in the Rattlesnake hills, and leaves it by a break in the "red reef" to the north of the town. The station is suppUed with maximum and minimum thermometers, with a standard shelter for the same, and a combined rain and snow gage. The shelter is fastened to the northwest corner of the post-ofiBce buUding, and the rain gage is located in a vacant lot 100 feet distant, all instruments being well exposed. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. bo 1 s "a « a H ■g-S g a a S 1 < 1=1 !i CO ^ .1 w 6^ CO r o S Mi ^1 ©■a — . ^ <=s t; m 11 Snow. Month. Si »-3g "> rf 3 o 5 "F. 27 29 22 "F. 39 40 34 "F. 55 56 60 "F. 15 17 10 "F. -22 -21 -34 "F. 32 33 34 °F. 21 26 13 In. 0.7 0.4 0.4 3 2 2 In. 0.6 0.1 0.7 In. 1.4 0.1 0.9 In. 7.9 6.5 5.5 In. 9.0 8.0 10.0 NW. January NW February. S. 26 38 14 1.5 7 1.4 2.4 19.9 NW 33 45 55 47 62 73 72 88 97 20 28 38 -17 1 12 38 46 61 26 42 48 0.6 1.4 1.6 2 5 4 T. 3.0 0.5 1.2 1.0 1.6 8.8 4.8 T. 8.0 8.0 0.2 W. April w. May w Spring mean 44 61 29 3.6 11 3.5 3.8 13.6 w. 64 71 70 82 91 90 104 107 103 45 51 60 20 32 27 71 78 73 56 65 64 1.0 1.2 0.3 4 4 2 T. 1.8 T. 2.2 1.3 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July W. 8W. ' Slimmer mean 68 88 49 2.5 10 1.8 3.9 0.0 W. September 58 48 38 77 65 52 94 81 77 39 31 23 23 10 - 3 60 52 41 54 40 36 0.9 0.8 0.1 2 2 1 0.9 0.7 T. T. 1.4 0.5 0.9 1.2 2.8 4.0 6.0 6.0 w. October w. w. Fall mean 48 65 31 1.8 5 1.6 1.9 4.9 w. Annual mean . . 47 63 107 31 -34 9.4 33 8.3 12.0 38.4 10.0 w. Dates of Tempeeatdbe Extremes for the Period January 1, 1899, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. ' Year. Minimum below - 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1899 1900 Jan. 30; Feb. 1-7, 11, 12, 22; Mar. 27; Dec. 13. Jan. 28; Feb. 8, 14-16; Deo. 31. June 18, 29, 30; July 7-9, 20, 21, 25. June 19-30; July 8-13, 21, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 7, 9, 19, 27-31. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1 Feb. 9; Deo. 14. Jan. 25-27, 29; Feb. 2.. Feb. 13-15 May 18, 19; July 3, 6-14, 16-23, 27-29, 31: Aug. 1, 5, 7, 13, 15, 21, 25. June 4, 8, 9, 10, 23; July 9, 11, 12, 14-16, 22-24, 28-31; Aug. 22, 25, 26. June 28; July 1, 12, 25, 27, 28; Aug. 6. ROOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU BEGION. 851 WYOMING. East Central Section: CONVERSE COUNTY. Station: LUSK. D. E. GoDDARD, Otiaerver. [Established 1889. Latitude, 42° 42' N. Longitude, 104° 29' W. Elevation, 6,007 feet.] Lusk is located near the eastern boundary of Wyoming, near the divide which separates the waters of the Missouri from the waters of the Platte, thus making the elevation of Lusk greater than places either to the south or to the north, and producing a correspondingly lower mean temperature. The station is located just east of a range of bills, with rolling land to the east, north, and south. The instruments supplied consist of maximum and minimum thermometers, with standard shelter for the same, and a combined snow and rain gage. Previous to 1898 the thermometers were exposed in a perforated box. In that year a standard cotton region shelter was provided. The rain gage is located in an open lot near the ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the mimina. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 26 23 21 "F. 37 36 32 "F. 59 57 59 12 11 9 "F. -32 -30 -35 "F. 35 28 29 op 21 17 8 In. 0.4 0.5 0.6 3 3 4 In. 0.2 0.6 T. In. 0.1 1.2 0.2 23 35 11 1.6 10 0.8 1.5 March 29 43 63 41 56 68 73 85 92 17 29 39 -24 4 20 33 46 58 26 38 46 1.2 1.6 2.3 6 7 8 1.6 1.0 0.9 1.2 April 2.8 May 3.2 42 55 28 6.1 20 3.5 7.2 62 69 68 78 87 85 100 105 100 47 52 51 29 34 32 67 73 71 58 66 66 2.3 1.7 0.7 7 5 4 0.8 1.0 2.3 4.6 July 1.7 1.0 66 83 50 4.7 16 4.1 7.3 September - . . 57 46 32 73 60 46 96 82 72 40 29 17 16 9 -16 64 47 37 52 39 22 0.6 0.7 0.3 4 3 2 0.7 0.2 0.6 T. 2.4 T. 46 60 29 1.6 9 1.5 2.4 44 58 106 29 -35 12.9 55 9.9 18 4 Dates op Tempebatdke Extkemes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 January, February, June 17; July 9, 23-26; Aug. 20. 1898 Mar. 21, 22; Nov. 20, June 19, 21, 27; July 3, 4, 9, 11, 20, 21. 22, and December miss- 21; Dee. 8, 29-31. 25; Aug. 18-20, 25, 26, 28, 29. mg. 1899 Jan. 3-5, 29-31; Feb. June 26-29; July 10, 11, 19-23; Sept. 2. 1896 January and Febru- ary missing; Mar. Julys, 14, 16, 27; Aug. 11; Sept. 12. 1-6, 10-12, 21, 22; Dec. 12. • 13-16; Nov. 25; Dec. 1900 Jan. 27; Feb. 7, 8, IS- June 28, 29; July 11, 31; Aug. 1. 1,2. IS; Dec. 30, SI. 1896 Jan. 2, 3; Mar. 2, 3; June 16, 29, 30; July 4, 9-13, 31; Aug. 1, 1901 Jan. 1, 5, 10; Feb. 4, July 11, 12, 18-20. Nov. 25-29. 6, 6, 13. 7-9,19-21; Dec. 14,15. 1897 Jan. 23-28; Mar. 12; June 11-14, 20, 30; July 5, 6, 15, 16, 21, 1902 Jan. 26-31; Feb. 1 June 8, 9, 23; July 14, 30; Aug. 15. Nov. 28; Dee. 2, 15- 26-28; Aug. 24, 31; Sept. 1, 2. 1903 Feb. 6, 12-15; Nov. 16- Aug. 18. 17. 18; Dec. 11, 12. 852 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WYOMING. Southeastern Section: LARAMIE COUNTY. Station: FORT LARAMIE. John Huntokt, Observer. [Latitude, 42° 12' N. Longitude, 104° 31' W. Elevation, 4,270 feet.] This station is located in the eastern part of the State, in a valley between the Laramie and Platte rivers, and about IJ miles from their confluence. The surrounding country is undulating. The earliest meteorological records in Wyoming were kept at Fort Laramie, the records extending back to 1860, but the records from which the table is compiled cover only the period from October 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. A shelter of the standard pattern is in use, as is also rain gage, maximum thermometer, and minimum thermometer. The shelter is located in a yard 100 feet square, with a house 22 feet high, forming east side of inclosure; the gage is located on top of the shelter, which is 4J feet above ground. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Direc- tion of pre- vailing wind. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest montlily mean. Lowest montlily mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Aver- age depth of snow. ■nw»fiTnhp.r 'F. 28 25 27 °F. 44 42 38 "F. 75 65 68 "F. 13 12 9 "F. -41 -30 -48 °F. 35 33 32 op 22 24 6 In. 0.5 0.5 0.4 3 3 4 In. 0.2 0.0 0.8 In. LI 0.0 0.8 In. 5.8 7.0 6.6 W. January W. February W. 27 41 11 1.4 10 1.0 1.9 19.4 W. March 34 45 56 47 61 72 79 90 93 21 32 41 -24 12 22 38 50 60 27 45 53 0.7 1.6 2.0 5 6 9 L3 L5 L5 2.1 3.5 4.3 9.9 5.6 T. W. April W. jiay W. Spring mean 45 60 31 4.3 20 4.3 9.9 15.5 W. June 66 74 72 81 89 90 102 106 103 50 55 53 28 40 39 72 79 73 61 69 70 L4 1.4 0.9 7 5 5 1.0 0.9 2.7 3.4 L6 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 W. July W. W. 71 87 53 3.7 17 4.6 5.6 0.0 W. September . . 60 46 34 80 67 62 102 91 77 42 29 18 19 9 -14 67 51 41 56 41 28 0.8 0.6 0.3 4 4 3 1.6 0.3 0.6 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.8 0.5 3.7 W. October W November W 47 66. 30 1.7 11 2.5 0.9 5.0 W. 47 64 106 31 -48 11.1 58 12.4 18.3 39.9 W. Dates op Tempeeattjbe Extremes for the Period Januaet 1 , 1895, to December 31 , 1903. Year. MinimiiTn hfilnw — 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 1, 7, July 4, 25-28; Aug. 12, IS, 17, 21; Sept. 1900 Feb. 8, 14-16; Dec. 31.. June 20, 24-26, 28-30; July 8, 12, 21, 30; 12-15; Mar. 14-16. 13, 16-18. Aug. 1, 2, 15, 20, 29, 30. 1896 Jan. 3, 4, 26; Mar. 16, June 12, 17, 28, 30; July 1, 5, 6, 9-14; 1901 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 6, 6, June 29: July 3, 6-14, 16, 18-22, 24, 28, 16; Nov. 27-30. Aug. 2, 3, 14-17, 19, 20, 29, 30; Sept. 1. 9-12; Dec. 14, 15. 31; Aug. 1, 5, 24, 28. 1897 Jan. 25-31; Nov. 28; Jime 16. 22; July 1, 6, 7, 12, 16, 27-31; 1902 Jan. 25-30; Feb. 2, 3... June 9, 10, 24; July IS, 16, 24, 28-31; Aug. " Dec. 16, 17. Aug. 24, 25; Sept. 2, 6, 7. 1, 4, 5, 14, 16, 21; Sept. 4, 6. 1808 Jan. 26; Dec. 9, 30, 31 . June 21-23, 28; July 7,21-23, 26; Aug. 4, 11, 12-14, 19-22, 25, 27-29; Sept. 20. 1903 Feb. 4, 7, 8, 13-16 June 27; July 6, 9, 12-15, 21-26, 27; Aug. 2-4, 7, 20, 21, 31; Sept. 1, 2. 1899 Jan. 1,5-7, 30, 31; Feb. 1-9, 11-13, 23, 24, 26, 27; Mar. 27. June 17, 18, 29, 30; July 10, 20, 22, 25; Aug. 14, 15, 21, 25, 27; Sept. 1, 3. JBOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 853 WYOMING. Southern Section: CARBON COUNTY. Station: RAWLINS. H. A. Kirk, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau October, 1898. Latitude, 41° 46' N. Longitude, 107°i;24' W. Elevation, 6,744 feet.] Eawlins is situated in southern Wyoming, on a rolling plateau, nearly 7,000 feet above sea level, and is just east of what is known as "the Red Desert,'' a vast section of Wyoming extending from Rawlins on the east to Green River on the west and from the northern boundary of Sweetwater County on the north, to the Colorado line on the south, embracing an area of more than 11,000 square miles. The instruments are located near the western edge of the town, just east of a bluff which runs along the western part of the town from north to south, and near a break in the bluff through which the Union Pacific Railroad passes. The shelter and rain gage are on a platform, about 4 feet above the ground, and nearly 50 feet away from any building. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. C k i s s Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. h % i 1 Number of days with 0.01 or Cmoo more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. fflg' ^5 o ffl ©-31 o C.5 ci '' o o p 23 23 19 O p 34 36 30 o p 54 62 49 p 11 12 8 "jr. -20 -20 -30 o p 27 25 30 „ p 14 21 13 In. 1.0 0.7 L2 In. 3 01 1.0 In. 9 In. 10 5 7.1 1L9 In. 7.1 3.6 3.2 W. SW. sw. 22 33 10 2.9 27 1.4 3.5 28.6 SW. 29 42 61 40 64 65 61 73 82 19 29 36 - 6 9 18 35 24 40 46 L6 L6 L4 11 10 10 0.6 2.9 0.2 3.0 L2 L2 14.9 3.2 L3 7.5 2.8 2.1 sw. April sw. M^y sw. Spring mean 41 63 28 4.6 31 3.7 5.4 19.4 sw. June 60 66 66 77 85 83 93 102 99 43 47 47 28 33 32 64 70 67 54 63 61 LI L3 0.4 5 6 7 0.1 2.0 0.1 2.2 2.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 ao sw. July sw. sw. Summer mean 64 82 46 2.8 17 2.2 4.6 0.0 sw. 63 43 33 71 59 46 90 73 66 36 28 21 18 13 - - 4 57 46 36 51 40 30 1.1 0.8 7 6 6 4 0.9 0.3 7 1 0.6 0.9 2.5 OO 2.3 6.3 T. 2.4 4.6 sw. October sw. sw Fall mean 43 69 28 2.6 15 1.9 8.6 sw. 42 57 102 28 -30 12.9 90 9.2 16.0 57.5 7.5 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period November 1 , to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below —10° 1900 1901 Dee. 9-11, 30, 31 Feb. 4-7, 10-12: Dec. 18-20. Feb. 7, 11, 13, 15, 16; Dec. 27, 28, 30, 31. Feb. 4, 8, 10-12 Maximum 90° or above. None. July 9. June 24-29; July 10-12, 30, 31; Aug. 2. July7-23, 30, 31. Year. Minimum below —10° 1902 1903 Jan. 24, 25, 28, 29 Feb. 4-6, 12-15,27, 28. Maximum 90° or above. June 8, 9, 21-25; July 13, 14, 20-24, 27,31; Aug. 1, 2, 25, 29; Sept. 3. June 27-29; July 8, 11, 12, 14, 19, 20, 23, 24, 26-29; Aug. 2-5, 12, 13, 16-22, 31; Sept. 2. 854 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WYOMINQ. Western Section: UINTA COUNTY. Station: EVANSTON. Feank Tuckee, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau April, 1898. Latitude, 41° 16' N. Longitude, 110° 59' W. Elevation, 6,959 feet.] This station is located in the extreme southwestern part of the State, 4 miles from the western and 20 miles from the southwestern boundary lines of Wyoming. The instruments are located on the grounds of the Wyoming State Hospital for the Insane, and are under the supervision of an officer of that institution. The surrounding country is broken and hilly; 35 miles to the south is the summit of the Uinta Mountains of Utah, the peaks of which have an elevation of 12,000 feet, on which snow can be seen at all times of the year, while 18 miles west of the station is the summit of the Wasatch range, the peaks of which rise to 8,000 or 9,000 feet. The station is located on Bear River, which has its source on the north slope of the Uinta, and flows by a very circuitous route through Utah, Wyoming, and Idaho into Great Salt Lake. The instruments, which consist of the maximum and minimum thermometers, shelter, and rain gage, are exposed on an open plat just west of the main buLding of the hospital. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Lowest monthly ra^an. j Precipitation. I a S3 B 1 1^ < Mean of the min- ima. •a a a 3 a o .a ■< h V tu 1 CO ^ &° ■a Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. 60 . St i i3 "F. 20 21 20 "F. 31 32 29 "F. 50 48 50 "F. 8 9 9 "F. -23 -21 -34 'F. 26 24 28 'F. 12 18 9 In. 1.7 1.0 1.3 5 4 7 In. 0.8 0.6 0.7 In. 1.8 1.5 2.1 In. 7.9 8.8 13.2 In. 6.5 7.0 6.0 sw. sw. sw. 20 31 9 4.0 16 2.1 5.4 29.9 sw. March 28 37 47 38 49 60 60 74 79 16 25 33 -11 8 18 34 38 60 24 35 43 1.3 1.4 1.6 6 8 9 1.2 1.9 1.2 5.1 1.8 2.1 11.2 8.2 5.2 5.0 8.0 4.0 sw. sw. May sw. Spring mean 37 49 25 4.3 23 4.3 9.0 24.6 sw. 55 62 62 72 80 79 89 93 90 39 43 43 20 28 27 59 65 65 52 58 58 0.6 0.7 0.6 3 4 4 0.8 1.1 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.7 0.8 0.2 0.0 40 0.5 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. 60 77 42 i 1.9 11 2.1 L4 1.0 sw. September 53 42 32 70 55 44 86 74 63 37 26 19 18 10 -10 59 47 36 49 37 27 0.8 1.0 1.1 4 7 5 1.0 0.4 0.6 T. 2.9 0.9 2.5 6.4 8.4 10.0 10.0 14.0 sw. sw. sw. 42 56 27 2.9 16 2.0 3.8 17.3 sw. 40 53 93 26 -34 13.1 66 10.5 19.6 72.8 14.0 sw. Dates or Temperature Extremes for the Period from January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below -10°. Maximum 85° or above. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Maximum 85° or above. 1898 Dec. 2, 6, 10, 11, 29 June 17, 18; JulyO, 13-15, 24-26, 28; Aug. 3, 10-12, 19, 24-26; Sept. 18, 19. 1902 Jan. 26,28-30; Mar.29; Dec. 3, 13-17. June 23; July 14, 24, 25, 28, 30, 31; 1-5. Aug. 1899 Feb. 3-6, 11; Dec. 18-20- July 9, 19-21. 1903 Jan.30;Feb. 3-7, 13-16; July 12; Aug. 6, 16-19. 1900 Feb. 15, 16; Dec. 27, 30,31. June 20, 21, 27-30; July 7-11, 17, 30, 31; Aug. 1. Mar. 9, IS; Nov. 17. 1901 Jan 1,9,10,29; Feb. 8, 10-12; Dec. 13. July 1, 6, 7, 12, 13, 15-23, 25-31; Aug. 1, 2, 13. BOCKY MOUNTAIN 8TATE8 AND PLATEAH REGION. 855 WYOMING. Southeastern Section: ALBANY COUNTY. Station: LARAMIE. University of Wyoming, Observftr. [Established by the Weather Bureau September 1, 1890. Latitude, 41° 20' N. Longitude, 105° 30' W. Elevation, 7,191 leet.J The station is maintained at the university grounds, which are situated on a rise of ground east of the city of Laramie The city is situated on the Laramie Plains nearly 7,200 feet above sea level. The nearest hills of any considerable height are 9 miles to the east and rise about 1,500 feet above the level of the plains. The nearest mountain range is about .50 miles to the west, and the highest peaks of the range rise to a height of about 12,000 feet. The instruments consist of a mer- curial barometer, a Richard's self-registering aneroid barometer, a Robinson's anemometer with Friez's quadruple register, a sling psychrometer, maximum and minimum thermometers, a Draper's self-recording thermometer, 6 soil thermometers, standard rain gage, and an evaporation tank with hook gage. The monthly mean temperatures were obtained from the daily extremes. Mean temperature and mean precipitation data are for the period from 1890 to 1903; the remainder of data for the period from 1893 to 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean hu- midity. tc i a 1=3 SB °F. 33 33 31 i. il o .Q < °F. 56 57 55 i s B B 11 S "F. -27 -30 -40 Highest monthly mean. k o a Number of days with 0.01 or more. -4J 4^ h 1 = 1 In. 0.1 T. 0.1 +J4i a 3 03 . H In. 1.4 0.2 0.4 2.0 1.9 3.6 7.5 2.4 0.7 0.6 2.2 0.4 T. < In. 5.1 3.7 7.7 16.5 11.1 6.4 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.4 1.8 3.2 "31 In. 4.0 8.0 11.0 8.5 5.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.0 2.0 7.0 ^ NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. N. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. NW. Dates of Tempekatuee Extremes fob the Pekiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 5-7, 9, 18, 23, 24; Feb. 1,3-5, 11-13,15, 20,23,24; Nov. 16,17; Deo.3, 25-31. None. 18B9 Jan. 1, 6, 28-31; Feb. 1-13, 22-24, 26; Mar. 27,28,31; Dec. 11, 14,15. June 18,29,30; Aug.28; Sept.5. 1895 Jan. 1-4,8, 16, 27, 28; Feb. 1, 6, 7, 10-16; Mar. 14-16; >lov. 26; Sept. 13, 16. 1900 Jan. 28,29; Feb. 8,12- 17; Dec. 28,30,31. None. 19111 Jan. 1-3, 11; Feb. 4-6, July 8, 14, 19, 20; Aug. 1. Deo. 19,29. 8-13; Mar. 5, 30; Dec. 1896 Jan. 3; Mar. 15; Nov. July 13. «, 13-15. 27-30; Deo. 7. 1902 Jan. 24-31; Feb. 1-3; June 24; July 15,31; Aug. 1,4. 1897 Jan. 24-29; Feb. 14, 22, July 7. Deo. 16-18. 23; Mar. 23; Nov. 26, 1903 Feb. 4-8, 13-17, 19; July 25; Aug. 4. 29; Dec. 3,4,16-21. Mar. 1, 20, 23; Nov. 1898 Jan. 19,22,25-27; Mar. 22, 23; Nov. 9, 10; Dec. 8-10,30,31. June 28; July 26,27; Aug. 4, 15,21,29. 17-19. 866 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. COLORADO. Northeastern Plains Region: LOGAN COUNTY. Station: LEROY (near). Charles Gkeen, Observer. [Established April, 1889. Latitude, 40° 33' N. Longitude, 103° 1' W. Elevation, about 4,380 leet.] The station is 5 miles west of the Le Roy post-office, on high prairie land, on a slight ridge running east and west, and about half a mile north of Sand Creek. The use of self-registering thermometers was begun January 1, 1895, previous to which a standard dry thermometer was used from July, 1890, and previous to that a thermometer that compared favorably with the standard. The maximum and minimuTn thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter in the open, 30 feet south of the observer's home, the bottom of the shelter being 4J feet above the ground. Previous to the use of the shelter, the thermom- eters were exposed on the north side of the house, in a box without bottom, with hinged door, and an opening at the back and at the top for free circulation of air. The gage is exposed about 4 rods east of the shelter, the bottom being about 10 inches above the ground. Mean temperatures were determined from readings of exposed thermometers at 7 a. m., 2 and 9 p. m., until January, 1895, since which time they have been determined from the daily extremes. Monthly and annual mean temperatures, and highest and lowest monthly means, are for the period December 1 , 1889, to December 31, 1903; monthly mean precipitation, and total amounts of the driest and wettest years, April 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. The remaining data are for the period of observation, January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. i 1 5 § a H la g a a a li o 1 i w i r ■si |>a ^$ . « Snow. em , S.2e December "F. 30 27 25 41 41 37 "F. 67 64 67 "F. 17 15 13 'F. —20 —20 —28 3S 33 36 "F. 25 19 13 In. 0.5 0.5 0.8 4 3 6 In. 0.6 0.4 0.5 In. 0.9 1.7 1.0 In. 5.4 3.3 6.8 In. 5.0 3.5 4.0 NW. January . . NW. NW. Winter mean 27 40 15 1.8 13 1.5 S.6 15.5 NW. March . . 34 47 57 48 60 71 79 85 95 21 33 43 — 9 7 21 40 51 62 24 44 49 0.9 2.4 2.4 6 7 9 1.0 1.0 0.2 2.0 1.4 5.0 8.7 5.2 1.6 10.0 6.0 8.0 NW. April NW. May SE. Spring mean 46 60 32 5.7 22 2.2 8.4 15.5 NW. Tiinft 66 72 72 81 87 87 104 104 102 52 57 57 34 41 41 70 78 74 61 67 68 2.0 1.8 2.0 8 8 6 0.8 1.2 0.5 4.8 4.7 2.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July SE. SE. RnmniRr Tnen.Ti 70 85 55 5.8 22 2.5 12.4 0.0 SE. September 63 60 37 78 65 51 100 91 78 47 36 24 28 11 —13 68 54 43 69 47 30 0.8 0.6 0.3 4 3 2 1.1 0.1 0.3 0.7 0.1 0.4 0.1 1.9 2.2 3.0 9.0 4.0 SE. October N. W. 50 65 36 1.7 9 1.5 1.2 4.2 NW. 48 62 104 35 —28 15.0 66 7.7 25.6 35.2 10.0 NW. Dates op Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 Jan. 25-28, 31; Feb. 1, May 8, 27, July 4, 5, 28; Aug. 7, 8, 12, 13, 1900 Jan. 28; Feb. 8, 14-17; June 25, 26, 28-30; July 9, 11-14; Aug. 1, 3-16; Mar. 13-16; 16, 17, 21, 22, 26; Sept. 9, 13, 14, 16-18. Nov. 21; Dec. 30,31. 2, 9; Sept. 8. • e , Dec. 29. 1896 Jan. 2, 3; Nov. 26-29.. June 16; July 12,13; Aug. 2,3, (,10,13,14. June 22; July 7, 8, 13, 25-30; Aug. 1, 26, 1901 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 4-6, June 23-25, 29; July 2-4, 7-15, 17, 19-22, 1897 Jan. 23-29; Dec- 2-4, 8-10; Dec. 13-15. 24, 28; Aug. 1.6,24, 25. June 9, 10, 24; July 15, 24, 29, 31; Aug 1.5-20. 31. 1902 Jan. 25-30; Feb. 1,2,4. 1898 Jan. 26; Mar. 22; Dec. June 28, 30; July 23,26; Aug. 4, 19-21, 1-3, 16, 17. 8-10, 30, 31. 2.1, 27, 29, 30. 1903 Feb. 4-7, 14-18: Nov. July 6, 14, 20, 24, 25, 27; Aug. 3, 4. 1899 Jan. 6, 30, 31; Feb. 1- 12, 22, 23; Mar. 27, 28; Dec. 13, 14. June 18, 19, 29; July 5, 22, 25, 31; Aug. 21, 27-29; Sept. 1, 3, 4. 17, 18. ROOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 867 COLORADO. Northwestern Plateau: RIO BLANCO COUNTY. Station: MEEKER. Thos. Baker, Observer. [Established January, 1891. Latitude, 40° l' N. Longitude, 107° 58' W. Elevation, 6,182 feet.] Meeker is located about 40 miles west of the headwaters of the White River, which flows in a general westerly direction. The station is situated near the river and about 2 miles west of the village at a point immediately east of the Great Coal (Grand) Hog Back, which crosses the valley to the northwest and north. The valley to the east is about 4 miles wide, leaving the station unsheltered in that direction. Weather Bureau thermometers have been exposed in a standard shelter, located about 25 foet southeast of the observer's home, since August, 1901. The bottom of the shelter is 5 feet above the ground. Previous to the use of this shelter the thermometers were exposed on the north side of the observer's house on the center of the frame of a large double window, protected by projecting brick walls. The rain gage is in the open about 30 feet southeast of the shelter. The bottom of the gage is 1 foot above the ground. The mean temperatures have been determined from the extremes of temperature. Monthly and annual mean temperatures and highest and lowest monthly means, monthly mean precipitation, and total amounts for (he driest and wettest years are for the period February, 1891, to December 31, 1903 (except a partial record for 1892 and 1893). The remaining data are for the period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat are. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with O.OI or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December . . . . 1 . . . "J?. 19 20 22 "F. 36 36 39 'F. 59 61 58 "F. 2 4 5 "F. -30 -31 -37 °F. 25 25 30 °F. 10 11 12 In. 1.2 1.1 1.3 7 7 9 In. 1.2 0.5 0.8 In. 2.2 1.4 2.3 In. 12.9 12.8 12.9 In. 10.0 8.5 February 7.0 20 37 4 3.6 23 2.6 5.9 38.6 - March 33 44 53 47 61 72 65 86 93 18 27 33 -24 - 5 17 38 49 57 29 41 49 1.7 1.4 1.2 10 10 8 1.2 0.7 0.6 3.1 2.2 1.6 16.0 6.2 0.6 11.0 April 8.0 Miy 3.0 Spring mean 43 60 26 4.3 28 2.5 6.9 22.8 June 61 67 65 82 87 84 102 103 99 40 44 44 24 30 29 67 71 69 59 63 62 1.0 1.7 1.3 7 9 9 0.6 1.5 0.3 1.2 3.7 2.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 Summer mean 64 84 43 4.0 25 2.4 6.9 0.0 September 56 44 33 74 62 50 90 80 67 35 27 18 19 12 -22 60 48 37 52 41 28 1.6 6 5 7 1.4 1.0 1.1 2.3 1.2 1.0 0.4 2.1 7.3 4.0 7.0 8.0 Fall mean 44 62 27 4.0 18 3.5 4.5 9.8 Annual mean 43 61 103 25 -37 15.9 94 10.9 24.2 71.2 11 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below— 10°. Jan. 6-9, 17-20; Feb. 4- ? s ■J5 g 3 ^"^ flS R S Snow. s a s a P ^ C 13 3+J <\i S^ |a M s o§ a^ to ».2" °J ' fl a a P . §11 «5 . "1. * -, 3 o g g s ffl .o if , , , , ai ^^ a a ■a .g ■a 1 .a k V -a ill a ^ a S Snow. g a si o a a i a a |i ^ Go 3S rat Month. "•9 2 a, g •>^S o CD A s ?; e-i H >o 03 3-c 1=1 ^ P Snow. h ax: "5S O i s "F. 17 15 15 "F. 30 29 28 °F. 60 72 71 "F. -1 -1 "F. -31 -30 -37 °ir. 34 26 27 °F. 7 8 6 In. 2.6 1.9 3.1 8 9 11 In. 1.1 0.4 0.8 In. 8.5 2.4 8.4 In. 29.9 27.1 39.3 In. 24.0 17.2 23.5 N. N. N. Winter mean 16 29 -1 7.6 28 2.3 19.3 96.3 N. Marcli 22 29 39 34 42 53 61 69 73 5 15 25 -25 -16 - 6 29 38 45 13 23 30 3.5 3.1 2.2 13 10 7 1.3 1.4 1.2 5.2 6.4 2.9 38.9 35.2 14.4 24.0 15.2 18.0 N. April N. "M^Y N. Spring mean 30 43 15 8.8 30 3.9 14.5 88.5 N. 48 53 54 65 70 70 84 86 90 32 37 37 12 26 23 64 59 58 41 46 51 1.1 2.4 2.1 7 9 10 0.9 2.1 1.5 0.2 1.9 3.8 3.7 0.9 0.0 5.5 5.3 0.0 SW. July w. w. 52 68 35 5.6 26 4.5 5.9 4.6 w 46 36 26 64 51 40 86 77 69 29 20 10 12 - 2 -31 53 47 31 44 30 20 1.1 1.4 2.3 5 6 6 2.3 0.8 0.3 0.2 2.2 4.3 2.5 15.5 23.0 6.0 15.0 . 17.5 s. October V. N 36 52 20 4.8 17 3.4 6.7 41.0 N .33 48 90 17 -37 26.8 101 14.1 46.4 230.4 24.0 N, Dates op Tempeeatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below - 10°. Maximum 80° or above. Year. Minimum below —10°. Maximum 80° or above. 1894 Jan. 4, 6, 9, 10, 13, IS, 19; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 5, 7, 9-15, 17, 24, 25; Mar. 5, 23; Deo. 3, 11, 26- 28,31. July 11. 1899 Jan. 1, 9, 10, 13, 14, 21- 25; Feb. 5-7, 12; Mar. 12, 13, 27; Apr. 6; Dec. 3, 5, 15, 18, 19, 21,22. None. 1895 Jan. 2, 8, 23, 25-28; Feb. 5, 8, 12-16, 26, July 16, 18, 24, 26; Aug. 2, 12, 17, 20; Sept. 8, 11-13. 1900 Jan. 25; Feb. 9, 17, 28; Dec. 3, 28-31. Do. 27; Mar. 1, 6, 9, 10, 1901 Jan. 1-3, 10, 11, 27, 30, June 30; July 8, 9, 12, 14-26, 30; Aug. 1,2. 16, 17, 20, 31; Apr. 31; Feb. 3, 8, 11-13; 22; Dec. 3, 4, 15, 17- Apr. 2 17; Dec. 8, 13, 19, 23, 25, 29. 20,25. 1896 Jan. 7, 25; Feb. 1, 4, 5, 7, 13; Mar. 3, 6. 8, 10, 18; Apr. 1, 2; Nov. 6-8, 27-30; Deo. 14, 19. June 9, 19; July 12.- 1902 Jan. 3, 21, 24, 28, 31; Feb. 1, 14, 20; Mar. 3, 5, 14, 29; Nov. 17, 28-30; Dee. 1-4, 7, 15, 16,21,23,28-31. July 15, 31; Aug. 1-3. 1897 Jan. 2-6, 17-20, 28; Feb. 1, 8, 10, 14, 21- 24, 27; Mar. 13, 14, 22; Deo. 3, 4, 16-19, 21-23, 25, 26, 31. None. 1903 Jan. 6, 12, 14, 15, 18, 19, 30; Feb. 4-7, 9, 13-15; Nov. 18; Dec. 24. Aug. 12-14. 1898 Jan. 1, 11-15, 18-20, 23-28, 31; Feb. 2, 4, 5, 10-13; Mar. 3, 23, 24, 28-30; Nov. 9, 22, 25; Deo. 4, 6, 9, 10, 12-16,23-25,30,31. June 29, 30; July 4, 25, 26, 31; Aug. 11, 21, 26, 30. EOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 871 COLORADO. North Central District: DENVER COUNTY. Station: DENVER, F. H. Bbandenbukg, District Forecaster. [Established by Signal Service November 10, 1871. Latitude, 39° 45' N. Longitude, 105° 0' W. Elevation, 5,183-5,600 feet.] The city of Denver lies on the western edge of the Great Plains, 40 miles from the Continental Divide and 10 miles from the eastern limits of the foothills, in full view of a stretch' of 135 miles of snow-capped mountains. Longs Peak, 50 miles to the northwest, marks the most easterly point of the Continental Divide, and Pikes Peak, 63 miles south, the southern limit of the Front Eange. • Denver is built on the banks of the South Platte River, principally, however, on the east bank. Coming from the south the river takes a northeasterly course, after being joined in the center of the city "by Cherry Creek, a tributary rising on the Arkansas-Platte divide. On the left bank of the river the rise is rather abrupt, while on the right, or east bank, the slope is gradual, the distance from the river being several miles before an increase of 200 feet in elevation is reached. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Sunshine data, fourteen years, February, 1890, to Decem- ber, 1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-one years, January 1, 1873, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total, sunshine. to a 1 S 1 \ , a 1 o 1 .S o Is |a Is o a III 2; h K -J. -J. Snow. s 00 i ■3 a oi 00 .o ■< 9 53 3 to a a oo O 1 t ■s a'i ® o f4 Month. I s December "F. 33 29 32 "F. 45 42 44 "F. 74 76 77 20 16 19 'F. -25 -29 -22 °F. 40 38 39 'F. 22 18 18 In. 0.7 0.5 0.5 5 5 5 In. 0.4 T. 0.8 In. 1.6 1.6 0.3 In. 7.8 4.4 7.0 In. 17.5 18.0 7.9 P.ct. 56 58 64 Grs. 0.95 0.82 0.91 P.d. 48 49 49 Qrs. 1.18 1.12 1.16 186 217 196 68 73 67 s. s. s. 31 44 18 L7 15 L2 3.5 19.2 59 0.89 49 L15 200 69 s. March 39 48 57 52 60 70 81 85 92 26 35 44 -11 4 27 46 54 62 32 41 52 0.9 2.0 2.5 7 9 10 0.2 0.9 3.1 3.1 2.5 4.2 10.8 7.7 L5 18.0 23.0 8.9 61 62 65 1.13 1.64 2.38 42 36 38 1.33 1.75 2.49 248 270 279 67 68 61 s. April s. May s. Spring mean 48 61 35 5.4 26 4.2 9.8 20.0 63 1.72 39 L86 266 65 s. 67 72 71 81 86 85 99 102 105 53 59 57 36 42 43 72 77 75 62 67 68 L4 1.6 L4 7 9 9 0.1 LI 0.4 2.9 0.6 2.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 63 63 63 3.16 3.75 3.38 34 36 33 2.99 3.82 3.29 300 310 279 69 67 69 s. July s. August s. 70 84 56 4.4 25 1.6 6.3 0.0 63 3.43 34 3.37 296 68 s. 63 51 39 77 65 52 97 90 77 48 37 26 27 1 -18 66 56 46 60 46 22 0.8 0.9 0.5 5 5 4 T. 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.5 0.7 0.6 3.1 3.6 1L4 13.2 9.0 59 58 65 2.40 1.65 Lll 30 34 41 2.47 2.04 L35 270 248 210 75 76 71 s. October s. November s. , 51 65 37 2.2 14 L4 L9 7.3 57 L72 35 L95 243 74 s. 50 63 105 37 -29, 13.7 SO 8.4 2L5 46.5 23.0 61 1.94 39 2.08 251 69 s. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 6, 9, 23, 24; Feb. 11. 12, 20, 23; Dec. 26-28. July 2, 10, 11. 1899 Jan. 1, 31; Feb. 1-8, 10-12, 22, 23; Mar. 27; Dec. 15. June 30; July 26; Sept. 5. 1S95 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 1, 6, 7, 10-15; Mar. 14, 15. July 27; Sept. 13. 1900 Jan. 28; Feb. 8, 13-17; Dec. 28, 30, 31. June 26, 28; July 12; Aug. 1,29. 1896 Jan. 3; Mar. 3; Nov. 27-29. July 12, 13. 1901 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 4, 5, 8, 9; Dec. 14, 15. June 23-25, 29; July 7-9, 11, 12, 14, 16, 19, 20, 30, 31; Aug. 1. 1897 Jan. 4, 24-28; Dec. 15-18, 20, 21. July 6, 7. 19U2 Jan. 25-31; Feb. 1,2... June 22, 24, 26; July 14, 15, 28, 29; Aug. 1,3,17. 1898 Jan. 25, 26; Mar. 22; Dec. 8-10, 30, 31. June 28, 30; July 26, 28; Aug. 4, 27, 29. 1903 Feb. 3, 4, 7, 13-16 June 28; July 23, 25; Aug. 4, 21. 872 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. COLORADO. Eastern Plains Region: WASHINQTON COUNTY. Station: COPE. 40' N. Longitude, 102° 48' W. Elevation, about David Latboitbn, Observer. [Establiahed August, 1891, and discontinued at the close of April, 1901. Latitude, 39° 4,300 feet.] The station was on high rolling prairie on the banks of the Arikaree River, which flows northeasterly, joining the Republican in the northwestern part of Kansas. The location is about 26 miles north of the village of Scibert on the Rock Island Railroad and about 45 miles west of the Colorado-Kahsas line. Standard thermometers were exposed in a box 30 by 24 by 7 inches deep, on the north side of a frame building, northwest of the dwelling house. The height of the thermometers above ground was 5 feet. The gage was exposed in the open about 14 inches above the ground. The mean temperatures have been determined from the daily extremes. ' Monthly and annual mean temperatures and highest and lowest monthly means are for the period, December, 1891, to April, 1901; monthly mean precipitation and total amounts for the driest and wettest years, August, 1891, to April, 1901. The remaining data are for the period, January 1, 1893, to April 30, 1901. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. a s i a s k i 3 h 1 1 n u K hi SI h III SI 6-1 Snow. Month. it ».9e a, g +^5 o CI ^ •1 5 ° F. 30 29 27 • F. 42 43 40 ° F. 65 69 74 ° F. 20 18 14 ° F. -18 -15 -26 39 37 39 ° F. 25 21 14 In. 0.6 0.4 0.5 a 3 4 In. 0.6 0.2 0.8 In. 0.4 T. T. In. 4.4 3.4 4.0 In. . 3.0 6.0 4.0 sw. BW. NW. 29 42 17 1.5 10 1.5 0.4 11.8 SW. March... 37 49 58 51 63 73 82 85 97 21 35 44 -11 12 26 41 52 62 34 47 53 LO 3.1 3.6 5 6 7 0.5 0.7 LI 0.4 2.0 9.8 7.8 5.6 2.2 6.0 8.0 6.0 NW. April NW. May SE. Spring mean 48 62 33 7.7 18 2.3 12.2 16.6 NW. .Tnnft 69 73 74 84 87 88 103 105 102 65 60 59 37 45 35 72 76 76 66 69 71 2.5 3.2 1.7 7 ■7 5 1.1 0.8 0.9 5.7 3.6 L8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July SE. S. 72 86 58 7.4 19 2.8 ILl 0.0 S. September . . 66 51 39 80 67 51 103 93 77 50 37 25 28 19 -12 70 57 44 61 47 33 0.7 0.8 0.3 3 2 3 0.0 0.1 0.3 3.3 1.3 0.2 L5 43 2.6 8.0 8.6 4.5 S. October SW. SW. 52 66 37 L8 8 0.4 4.8 8.4 SW. 50 64 105 36 -26 18.4 55 7.0 28.5 35.8 8.6 SW. Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to April 30, 1901. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 6, 23, 24; Feb. May 13; June 18, 29, 30; July 2, 9-11, 1898 Jan. 26; Mar. 22; Dec. June 28, 30; July 23, 26; Aug. 14, 15, 19, 11-13,20; Deo. 26-28. 16-18, 23-27, 29, 30; Aug. .5-11, 15, 18, 28. 8-10, 30, 31. ■ 21, 22, 26, 28, 29, 31; Sept. 1-3. 1895 Jan. 27, 28; Feb. 1, 6, May 8, 27; Julv 5, 15, 17, 26, 27, 28; Aug. 1899 Jan. 28. 30,31; Feb. 1-7, June 17-19; July 5, 10, 11, 22,25,31; Aug. 7, 10-16; Mar. 14; 11-13, 16, 17, 21, 22, 26; Sept. 5, 9, 10, 10-12, 22, 23; Mar. 12,18,21,26-29; Sept. missing. Nov. 23; Dec. 29. 12-14,16-19: 27; Dec. 13. 1896 Jan. 2^3; Nov. 26-39... June 11, 14-17; July 1, 2; Aug. 2, 3, 7, 9, 1900 Jan. 28; Feb. 8, 14-17; June 25, 26, 28,30; July 1-3, 10,12-14, 30; 10, 12rl6. 20. Dec. 28-31. Aug. 1-4, 10, 15, 16, 20. 1897 Jan. 23-28; Mar. 23; Dec. 2, 15, 16, 21. June 20; JuIy'6-8, 13, 16, 28-30; Aug. 1, 26,31; Sept. 1,6. 1901 Jan. 1, 2; Feb. 4, 8-10. HOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 873 COLORADO. Grand Valley: MESA COUNTY. Station: GRAND JUNCTION. KiCHABD H. Sullivan, Observer. [Established March 1, 1892. Latitude, 39° 09' N. Longitude, 108° 33' W. Elevation, 4,689 feet.] The station is in the Canon Block, a two-story office building on the southwest corner of Main and Fourth streets, near the center of the city, which is situated at the junction of the Grand and Gunnison rivers. The region surrounding the city, known as Grand Valley, is inclosed by elevations ranging from 7,000 to 10,000 feet, except in the northwest, where the country is an open, flat desert; the valley proper is 8 to 10 miles in width by about 35 miles long, and the station is 13 miles west of the point where the Grand River leaves the mountains. Prior to 1899 the equipment of the station was limited to standard maximum and minimum thermometers and a rain gage. The thermometers were exposed in an improvised shelter attached to the north window of Dr. S. M. Bradbury's office. In order to complete the twelve year period the temperatures of January and February, 1904, were used. The humidity, sunshine, wind velocity, and wind direction are from five years record, 1899 to 1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, March 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903, twelve years. From 1899 to December, 1903, the station had a full equipment of instruments with roof exposure. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperal ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. ■s > s 1 . o < J, c ■§ , o < 1 |i u is o . hi l.0 §1 is is O Snow. ci 00 i 6 00 1 g < 00 a ft CO s p 1 CO p o 1 ll Month. '•ft © © E i a . S i. >> s h a Is ■si s S CO il Snow. Montli. to . ^S"- 1* 1 i o — i5 •S.S 1 1 Isi lit ■"S o ^ 13 ■» Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 s S ^■i ■fi e 4 s .g a s 1 ^ 5 I- Si SB 5 h 1 ^ IS hi Snow. a 00 1 a 00 i 3 1 5 g 1 ■3 a oo s S 2 § .a c Month. '■a so s Month. ffl H = ID a>.v .2 I (5 'F. 30 30 30 °F. 50 47 47 -F. 78 SO 74 'F. 14 14 14 °F. -29 -29 -25 'F. 41 40 38 °F. 19 18 20 In. 0.9 0.3 0.6 4 2 3 In. 0.7 0.1 0.2 In. 0.8 0.1 0.9 In. 6.6 3.1 5.8 In. 6.5 8.0 11.0 w. January w. February w. 30 48 14 1.8 9 1.0 1.8 15.5 w. March 39 50 59 57 67 77 84 92 98 22 32 41 -17 3 16 43 54 64 32 44 52 0.6 1.2 2.0 3 4 5 0.8 1.4 2.3 1.1 1.8 1.3 3.8 5.5 0.0 .5.0 18.0 0.0 sw. April w. May. w. Spring mean 49 67 32 3.8 12 4.5 4.2 9.3 w. 67 71 70 85 88 87 99 99 103 51 55 53 32 30 39 74 76 73 60 68 67 1.2 2.0 1.6 5 7 7 0.6 0.1 0.9 1.5 2.1 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 1% 0.0 w. July w. August w. 69 87 53 4.8 19 1.6 4.8 0.0 w. September October 63 53 41 80 71 60 98 87 80 46 35 24 24 10 - 6 67 69 48 59 47 36 1.0 1.0 0.6 3 3 3 0.3 0.5 0.6 3.2 1.2 0.8 0.0 2.4 3.0 0.0 6.0 6.0 s. w. November w. 52 70 35 2.6 9 1.4 5.2 6.4 w. 50 68 103 33 -29 13.0 49 8.5 16.0 30.2 18.0 w. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 5, 23; Feb. 5, 11- 14, 24, 25; Deo. 11, 12, 26. Jan. 26; Feb. 7, 10, U; July 25, 26. 1899 Jan. 1, 6; Feb. 2, 3-7, 11, 12; Mar. 28; Dec. 14. • Feb. 8, 16-18; Dec. 28, Aug. 25, 28; Sept. 3, 4, 6. 1895 July 4, 27; Aug. 7. 10, 24, •&; Sept. 4, 1900 June 26, 27; July 12, 14, 18; Aug. 16. November and De- 10-17. 29, 31. cember partly mis- 1901 Jan. 1-3, 31; Feb. 3, 4, June 23, 25, 28-30; July 7, 15, 17; Aug. 1, 9; Dec. 13-15. 2,9. 1896 January missing; May 22; June 5-8, 10, 13-15, 18-21. 24, 1902 Jan. 26-28; Feb. 2; June 10, 17, 23, 24, 26; July 14-16, 29-31; Feb. 5, 8; Nov. 27- 28-30; July 3-5, 8, 9; Aug. 3, 8, 9, 11, Mar. 30; December Aug. 1-4, 16, 18, 19; Sept. 7. 30. 1&-20. nussmg. 1897 Jan. 3-6, 25-29; Dec. 16-18. May, June, and July missing. 1903 Jan. 19, 21; Feb. 4-8, 13-17,27; Mar. 1,2; June 28, 29; July 2, 14, 24; Aug. 4-6. 1898 Jan. 22, 23, 25-27; Nov. 22; Dec. 9-11, 13-15, 22, 24, 25, 31. June 28, 30; July 26. Nov. 17, 18; Dec. 5, 24, 25. EOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 885 COLORADO. Southeastern Plains Region: BACA COUNTY. Station: BLAINE. M. M. Myeks, Observer. [Established January, 1891. Latitude, 37° 31' N. Longitude, 102" 15' W. Elevation, about 3,935 feet.] The station lies about 40 miles south of the Arkansas River, on the plains. The surface is rolling, with some sand hills The region is drained by three creeks, Butte, Horse, and Bear, which flow easterly. Maximum and minimum Weather Bureau thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter, in the open, about 40 feet from the observer's home. The bottom of the shelter is 4 feet above the ground. The use of this shelter began in April, 1903. The shelter previously in use was not greatly different. The rain gage is in the open, about 30 feet north of the shelter, with the bottom close to the ground. The mean temperatures have been determined from the daily maximum and minimum readings. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Monthly and annual mean temperatures and highest and lowest monthly means, from July, 1887, to July, 1888, and September, 1892, to December, 1903; monthly mean precipitation and total amounts for the driest and wettest years, from January, 1891, to December, 1903. The remaining data are from January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 33 32 31 50 60 47 °F. 78 80 78 "F. 18 16 15 -if. -18 -18 -26 "F. 42 38 40 'F. 24 19 20 In. 0.7 0.4 0.6 3 2 3 In. 0.1 T. 1.9 In. 0.1 0.2 2.1 In. 6.6 2.8 6.0 In. 10.0 January. 5.0 14.0 32 49 16 1.7 8 2.0 2.4 14.4 March. 41 53 62 60 72 80 88 93 100 23 35 45 -12 10 26 46 57 66 34 61 56 0.8 0.9 2.4 3 5 6 0.2 1.6 0.8 1.0 1.3 0.9 2.7 1.3 0.0 4.0 April. 6.0 Ifey ■ 0.0 Spring mean 62 71 34 4.1 14 2.5 3.2 4.0 72 77 76 88 93 92 110 HI 111 56 61 59 35 40 39 75 82 80 66 72 69 2.0 3.0 1.9 6 8 6 1.7 1.0 2.8 0.3 4.6 6.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July.... 0.0 0.0 Summer mean 76 91 59 6.9 20 5.6 10.6 0.0 68 55 43 86 73 61 105 94 35 50 38 26 27 21 - 4 72 61 46 64 52 38 1.5 0.7 0.4 3 2 1 0.1 0.1 0.2 0.8 2.2 T. 0.2 1.0 0.5 2.0 October.. 5.0 2.0 56 73 38 2.6 6 0.4 3.0 1.7 64 71 111 37 -26 16.3 43 10.4 19.2 20.1 14.0 Dates of Tempeeature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95" or above. Year. Minimum below 0". Maximum 95" or above. 1894 Jan. 6, 23; Feb. 3, 4, June 18, 26, 27, 29, 30; July 1-3, 12, 1899 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 1-12; May 14, 15; June 1, 12, 13, 18-20; July 6, 10-12,23; Dec. 26-28. 14-18, 22-31; Aug. 7, 8, 12, 13, 17, 19; Sept. 3. ' Dec. 14, 15. 7, 11, 12, 23, 26, 28, 31; Aug. 1-3, 7, 9-12, 16-19, 21, 22, 25-30; Sept. 1-6. 1895 Jan. 25, 27, 31; Feb. 6. May 8, 9, 28; June 16, 23, 24; July 4, 6, 1901) Record incomplete; June 6, 16, 21, 26-29; July 7, 9, 13, 15, 18, 15-18, 23; Aug. 13, 16-18, 22, 26; Sept. Dec. 31. 22, 23, 28, 29, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 4, 10-18, 19- 3, 6, 8, 10-14, 16-19. 23, 26; Sept. 1. 1896 May 24, 27, 29, 30; June 3-6, 8, 10, 13-17, 24, 27, 30; July 1-3, 7, 8, 13, 21, 22, 1901 Jan. l-i; Feb.. 5, 9; Dec. 14-16. June 10, 21, 23-30; July 1-4, 6-11, 13-20, 22, 24, 25, 27-30; Aug. 1-3, 6, 8-10, 13, 24-31; Aug. 1-10, 11-17, 18-20, 29, 14, 17, 22-28; Sept. 21. 30; Sept. 1, 5-7. 1902 Jan. 26-28, 30; Feb. 2; May 2; June 6, 9-11, 14, 17, 22, 24-26; 1897 Jan. 23,26,27; Dec. 15. June 10, 1.5-24, 28; July 1, 2, 6, 9, 13, 21- 23,27,31; Aug. 1-3,7-31; Sept. 1,3, 4. Dec. 4. July 3, 12-17. 23-26, 28-30; Aug. 1-4, 7-9, 12-20, 22-25, 23, 29; Sept. 7, 15, 20, 1S98 Jan. 25; Nov. 21; Dec. June 24, 28-30; July 1, 6-7, 17-21, 23, 25. 3, 9, 13, 3D, 31. 26-23; Aug. 12-14, 23, 29; Sept. 1-4, 6, 1903 Feb. 7, 16, 17, 19; Mar. June 18, 28-30; July 1, 2, 5-14, 16, 20-25, 23-26. 1, 2; Nov. 18. 27-31; Aug.1-7,12, 20-23, 25-27; Sept. 2. / / NEW MEXICO. By R. M. HARDINQE, Section Director. 887 NEW MEXICO. \ New Mexico lies practically between the parallels of 32° and 37° north latitude and the meridians of 103° and 109° west longitude. In general its topography is that of an inclined plane sloping ofiF to the south and east from altitudes of 7,000 feet and over in the north and west to about 3,000 feet in the southeast. Its higher levels are greatly diversified by lofty mountain ranges containing peaks that in a few instances are more than 13,000 feet above the level of the sea. The State is divided, approximately, as follows: Altitudes of — Square miles. 4,000 feet and less 6, 996 4,000 to 5,000 feet \ 34, 407 5,000 to 7,000 feet 57, 503 7,000 feet and over 22, 300 Total 121, 006 The greater physical depressions, containing the principal rivers, open toward the south and east. The surface of the plains and mountains is scored and indented by deep canyons, many of which are of sufficient extent to exercise a very con- siderable influence upon the climate of the locality. It is sheltered on the north by the mountains of Colorado, some of the loftiest of the Rocky Mountain system, and on the west by the Continental Divide, which trends southward through its western borders, and lies open and inclined to the warmth of the south and east. Its climate is dry and equable; the maximum of sunshine is in the fall and winter; the maximum of precipitation is in midsummer, during July and August. The daily variation of temperature is very great. Beneath the cloudless sky the porous sandy soil, barren of vegetation over large areas, is quick to receive the sun's heat and quick to give it up. High winds are frequent during the early part of the year, but destructive winds are rare. The only storm of record approaching the intensity of a tornado occurred in the extreme northeast portion. New Mexico is not included in the "tornado belt." The scope of this article does not admit of a discussion of the various local influences affecting the climate of different localities, but the several stations whose records are appended hereto have been selected with a view of representing, as closely as may be possible at this time, the climate of that portion of the State in which the station is located. The climate of the northwestern half of the State in general, comprising the more elevated and mountainous portions, partakes of the nature of the typical climate of the " Rockies," modified by geographical position. The southeastern half in general, com- prised mainly of sloping table-lands having scant vegetation and infrequent surface water, possesses a climate typical of the semiarid Southwest. Unfortunately no mountain station has a sufficient length of record to afford a good illustration of the true mountain climate of northern New Mexico, but the records of Fort Union and Fort Wingate approximate, in a modified degree, the climate of the northern mountains as a whole, while Fort Bayard approximates that of the southwestern portion. Santa Fe best illustrates the climate where mountain and plain meet, although normal extremes of temperature and wind are here greatly modified by local influences. Albuquerque and Mcsilla Park, situated in the agricultural sections of the central and southern Rio Grande Valley, illustrate the typical climats of this great physical depression with its wide range of seasonal temperature and its scarcity of precipitation. Albert and Roswell possess a climate typical of the semiarid portions of the great cattle country of the Southwest. Both stations lie close to the line of 15 inches of annual precipitation. Aztec shows the climate of the fertile San Juan Valley in the extreme northwest of the State and closely approximates the climate of the wider valleys of northern New Mexico and southern Colorado. Temperature. — The annual mean temperature for the State is 54°. The average winter temperature is 36°; spring, 53°; summer, 72°; fall, 55°. The highest temperature recorded is 110° at Roswell; the lowest, 23° below zero at Aztec. Owing to the dryness of the air the extremes of temperature are not such potent factors in the comfort of animal life as the degrees registered by the thermometer would indicate. It is a noteworthy fact that 100° in the shade here is not so oppres- sive as a temperature of 85° in a humid climate. Sunstrokes are unknown in New Mexico. In a somewhat corresponding degree the cold of winter is felt less. Spring advances slowly, development being retarded by the cold nights as well as by the lack of moisture. In the late winter and early spring high winds frequently render outdoor life disagreeable. May, June, July, and August are characterized by extremes of heat during the middle of the day, but the nights are cool. The greatest extremes of summer occur in the canyons and deeper depressions where the sun beats down in the daytime and where the valley acts as a cold-air reservoir at night. The fall and early winter are most delightful. The days and nights usually are cloudless; the day temperatures are not oppressive, nor are the nights so cold as to be rigorous. At this season there is almost an entire absence of the strong winds that prevail during the late winter and early spring. The winter is comparatively mild and equable, although on the higher plateaus the daily range of temperature is often very great, fre- quently ranging from above 60° at midday to more than 10° bilow zero at night. There is a clearly defined "wet season," beginning rather abruptly early in July, reaching its maximum the latter part of July or early in August, and more gradually decreasing to a minimum in March, during which month only 3 per cent of ROOKY MOUNTAIIf STATES AND PLATEAU BEGION. 889 the total annual precipitation occurs. About one-third of the total annual precipitation occurs during July and August. Over the Continental Divide and in the extreme north the wet season is not so clearly defined as over the southern, central, and eastern portions. In general the rains of the wet season occur in the afternoon as thundershowers of short duration. The showers are frequently torrential in character, badly washing the loose soil. The almost daily showers, occurring during the hottest part of the day and year, render midsummer a very pleasant season in the Southwest. The average annual pre- cipitation of the stations named is 13 inches, which is believed to approximate closely the annual mean precipitation of the whole State. Over the valley of the Rio Grande, which is the driest portion of the State, there is an avearge of less than 9 inches a year, while over the higher mountain ranges both the winter and summer precipitation is much greater, probably averaging 25 inches and over at elevations of 10,000 feet and above. The summer showers are sometimes accompanied by severe haU, most frequently occurring over the more elevated plateau of northeastern New Mexico. The average fre- quency of hail on the plateaus above 6,000 feet elevation is about four times a year. There is an average of about two snow- storms of consequence a year over the plateau regions, usually occurring in February and March, and sometimes as late as April. At times the snow falls to a depth of more than a foot, but usually melts and disappears within twenty-four hours. On the highest mountain peaks, particularly in the north, snow is of frequent occurrence. Peaks above 12,000 feet altitude often remain snow-capped from November to April. The principal source of the steady water supply in the streams comes from the winter snows in the mountains, which drifts into the canyons to great depths. In general the climate is such as to permit outdoor work and outdoor life the year around under conditions that are comparatively comfortable and pleasant. The windstorms that prevail during February, March, and April are the only serious drawback to the climate, which otherwise presents comfortable and healthful conditions the year around. List of Counties and Cumatoloqical Stations. County. Bernalillo Chavea Colfax {see Fort Union) Dona Ana Eddy (,see Roawell) Grant Leonard Wood (see Roswell) . Lincoln (see Roswell) Luna (see MeslUa Park) MeKlnley Mora Otero (see MesiUa Park) Albuquerqiie . Roswell Meailla Park, , Fort Bayard . Fort Wlngate . Fort Union District. Page. West East 895 896 South Southeast . 898 Southwest. - East 897 South Southwest.. Northwest. . Northeast . - South 894 892 County. Quay (see Roswell) Rio Arriba {see Aztec) Roosevelt (see Roswell) Sandoval (see Santa Fe) San Juan San Miguel (see Fort Union) . Santa Fe Sierra (see Fort Bayard) Socorro (see Fort Bayard)... Taos (see Santa Fe) Union Valencia (see Albuquerque) . . Aztec Santa Fe . East Northwest. East Central Northwest. East Central Southwest. West Northern. . Northeast . West Territorial Summary. Num- ber. Temperature. station. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Date. Abso- lute mini- mum. Date. Average num- ber of days with— Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 50 49 50 57 51 66 59 55 60 'F. 66 61 66 72 67 70 75 70 77 T. 34 38 34 42 35 42 42 40 41 "F. 104 97 99 108 100 104 110 103 106 August, 1902 June, 1898 "F. -23 -13 -21 - 6 -15 -10 -14 - 1 1 February, 1899 January, 1883 February, 1903. February, 1896 41 2 6 63 26 36 100 16 80 Santa Fe Fort Union 161 Albert June, 1902. June, 1898 114 Port Wingate Albuquerque Roswell . July, 1899 June, 1896... . do do 88 Fort Bayard MesiUa Park January, 1898 December, 1895 .TilTlR, 1900 12n Aztec Santa Fe Fort Union. . . Albert Fort Wingate Albuquerque. Roswell Fort Bayard. MesiUa Park. . Num- ber. Average date of— First killing Oct. Oct. Oct. Oct. Oct. Oct. ...do Oct. Oct, Last in spring. May 4 Apr. 15 May 20 Apr, 18 May 12 Apr. 8 Apr. 15 Apr. 27 Apr. 22 Date of- Earliest killing Sept. Sept. Sept. Oct. Sept. Sept. Oct. Oct. Oct. May 20 May 18 July 4 May 3 May 27 Apr. 23 Apr. 30 May 4 Mav 22 Precipitation. Inches. 8.1 14.2 18 2 15.7 13.9 7.2 15.8 13.8 9.4 Spring. Inches. 1.7 2.7 3.1 3.7 2.3 1.3 1.8 1.2 1.0 Inches. 2. 6. 9. 7. 5. 3. 7. Inches. 2. 3. 3. 2. 3. 1. 4. 3. 2. L6 2.0 L6 1.6 3.5 LO 1.3 2.6 1.2 890 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW MEXICO. San Juan Valley: SAN JUAN COUNTY. Station: AZTEC. E. G. CoNDiT, Observer. [Establishfid by the U. S. Weather Bureau in 1895; discontinued August, 1902. Latitude, 36° 48' N. Longitude, 108° 3' W. Elevation, 5,590 feet.] This station was situated in a narrow valley, bordered on either aide by hills rising to a height of from 100 to 300 feet, and thence stretching out into more or less level mesas for many miles. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter of the standard pattern, on the north side of a buUding, about 8 feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed on the ground in a place free from obstruction. * The station was first established at the agricultural experiment station, but was moved into the village of Aztec in February, 1901, where practically the same exposure was had. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Jancaey 1, 1895, to August 31, 1902. Temperature. Pieeipitation. I °l § 5 1 a § 1 ii a •3 la < i ai a 1| 5 1 = III a S O'O u. Ill Eh il M Snow. ID to . <: "•9e December. 'F. 26 27 32 'F. ■ 41 41 47 °F. 62 60 68 'F. 11 13 17 'F. -16 -16 —23 'F. 32 35 36 °F. 17 18 27 In. 0.5 0.7 0.4 3 5 4 In. T. 0.8 0.4 In. 0.3 1.2 1.3 In. 5.6 4.0 3.3 In. 6.4 4.0 2.5 w. January w. w. Winter mean 28 43 14 1.6 12 1.2 2.8 12.8 w. March 40 49 58 66 66 76 75 82 95 24 32 41 10 17 18 44 51 60 36 46 55 0.5 0.6 0.7 3 4 5 0.1 0.0 1.1 0.9 0.2 1.6 2.5 0.1 0.0 2.0 1.3 2.0 w. April w. Muy W- Spring mean 49 66 32 1.7 12 1.2 2.7 2.6 w. Tim p. 69 74 72 88 90 89 101 101 104 50 57 56 32 39 38 73 81 77 64 70 69 0.4 0.8 1.1 3 5 5 0.4 0.5 0.4 T. 0.8 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July. w. August w. ' 72 89 64 2.3 13 1.3 1.3 CO w. 64 52 39 81 68 55 95 85 72 46 35 23 26 10 7 67 53 42 62 49 36 0.9 0.9 0.7 5 5 4 0.1 0.0 2.0 2.8 1.5 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.4 0.0 0.0 3.5 w. October w. November '.... w Fall mean. 52 68 35 2.5 14 2.1 4.4 1.4 w 50 66 104 34 -23 8.1 51 5.8 11.2 16.8 6.4 w. Dates of Temperatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1895, to August 31, 1902. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1896 1896 Jan. 25; Feb. 14-16; Dec. 18,24,29,30. Feb. 4, 5; Nov. 26, 29... Dec. 21 Mav 8; June 12, 21, 22, 25-27; July 1, 5^8, 16-20, 24-30; Aug. 2-7, 9-11, 15-21; Sept. 7, 9, 12-17. May 27-29; June 8-24, 28-30; July 1-7, 11-13, 20, 21, 24, 29-31; Aug. 1. 2, 6, 8-20, 31; Sept. 1,2,5,16. June 20, 24-26; July 6, 7, 10, 12, 13, 21, 26-31; Aug. 10-16. 23-25. 29-31; Sept.l. June 16-21, 25-30; July 9, 18, 22-31; Aug. 1-4,11-15,17-22,28,29; Sept. 26. 1899 1900 1901 1902 Jan. 1, 6, 14-18, 20, 22-27; Feb. 6-8. Dec. 28, 31 . June 12, 17-21, 28-30; July 1-5, 8-10, 21, 22, 24-28, 31; Aug. 1, 25, 27-29, 31: Sept. 1-4. June 6, 7, 12 , 13, 17, 19-22, 24-30; July 1, 6-14, 17-19, 24-31; Aug. 1-3, 8, 13-15, 28, June 16, 20, 21, 23-30; July7-31: Aug. 1-17,22; Sept. 6. May 26; June 12-27, 30; July 1, 7-16, 19-31; Aug. 1-10, 15-22, 27, 31. 1897 Jan. 2-4, 10,11; Feb. missing; Dec. 13- 22, 2', 28. Dec. missing 1898 Jan. 16, 19, 22, 25-27; Deo. 13-20, 22-28, 30, 31. KOOKY MOUNT AIJS STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 891 NEW MEXICO. North Central Plateau: SANTA FE COUNTY. Station: SANTA FE. C. E. LiNNEY, Section Director. [Established by the Signal Service in November, 1871. Latitude, 35° 41' N. Longitude, 105" 57' W. Elevation, 7,013 feet.] This station is situated in the valley of the Santa Fe River, less than a mile from the lower foothills of the Santa Fe Kange. To the north and east lies the mountain range, the crest about 10 miles distant, and varying in altitude above Santa Fe from 5,500 feet on the northeast to only a few hundred on the southeast. The land slopes away to the southwest at the rate of about 1,000 feet in 30 miles. Ridges of higher land running westward from the foothills inclose Santa Fe in a cup-like valley, opening to the southwest, the ridge on the north side being about 500 feet higher than the city, that on the south about 100. The country from the north to the east and southeast is mountainous for many miles. The meteorological instruments are exposed in accordance with the approved rules of the Weather Bureau, the thermome- ters in a standard shelter 47 feet above ground, the rain gage with its top 39 feet above ground, and the anemometer with cups 50 feet above ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation; Snowfall, nineteen years; humidity, sixteen years ; sunshine, thirteen years; wind direction, thirteen years; frost, twenty-nine years. Remainder of data is from fuU period of observation, thirty years, January 1, 1872, to June 15, 1883; December 1, 1884, to December 31, 1903. \ Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. > s i Is § t o •si ® g SB o h a as r 3 i lis 3'C o-o si a^ Snow. a CO i "a! a 00 < s p, 1 H a d 00 s < a o & n < o sa < 03-n CO OS'S S December. "F. 31 29 32 "F. 42 39 43 "F. 65 76 75 "F. 21 19 22 °F. -13 -13 -11 °F. 40 36 41 °F. 24 22 23 In. 0.7 0.6 0.7 6 6 7 In. 0.3 0.8 0.5 In. 0.6 1.1 1.1 In. 6.1 4.7 6.6 In. 5.5 7.6 6.; P.ct. 61 61 61 Grs. 0.99 0.86 0.95 p.ct. 47 48 46 Grs. 1.07 0.97 1.13 228 231 224 76 74 73 NE NE. NE. 31 41 21 2.0 18 1.6 2.8 17.4 61 0.93 47 1.06 228 74 NE. March 40 47 56 52 60 69 82 84 86 29 35 44 11 24 53 52 62 32 42 53 0.7 0.8 1.2 6 7 0.8 0.4 0.2 2.1 0.9 4.4 4.5 3.1 0.2 6.8 10.5 3.0 63 45 47 1.07 1.24 1.79 31 24 25 1.06 1.12 1.59 278 306 332 76 78 76 SW. April sw. May SW. Spring mean. 47 60 36 2.7 .9 1.4 7.4 7.8 48 1.37 27 1.26 306 76 sw. 66 69 68 78 81 79 92 96 97 53 57 66 33 43 40 70 73 72 63 66 64 1.0 2.8 2.4 6 13 9 0.6 1.3 1.4 0.6 2 8 2.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 44 68 59 2.21 3.46 3.17 22 35 35 1.81 3.07 2.98 344 304 302 79 69 72 sw. July... SE. SE. Siim-mPT mAftn 67 80 55 6.2 28 3.3 5.7 0.0 54 2.94 31 2.62 317 73 SE. September October 61 51 39 73 62 60 90 85 77 49 39 28 27 16 -11 65 55 44 66 46 29 1.6 1.1 0.7 7 5 4 0.7 0.4 0.4 2.6 2.0 0.1 0.0 0.4 2.8 T. 3.5 5.0 58 56 54 2.54 1.72 1.14 34 37 42 2.38 1.73 1.24 283 281 239 76 80 78 SE. SE. November. NE. 50 62 39 3.3 16 1.5 4.6 3.2 1 56 1.80 38 1.78 268 78 SE. 49 61 97 38 -13 14.2 81 7.8 20.5 28.4 10.5 55 1.76 36 1.68 279 76 SE. Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes fok the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90*" or above. 1894 Feb. 24 None. Do. Do. Do. June 29. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 7, 12 Jan. 28; Feb. 14-16.... Do. 1896 do Do. 1897 Jan. 4 do Feb. 16 1 June 24; July 30; Aug. 4. 1898 Jan 22 26 None. 892 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. NEW MEXICO. Northeastern Plateau: MORA COUNTY. Station: FORT UNION. M. C. Needham, Observer. [Established January, 1852, by post surgeon, U. S. Army. Latitude, 35° 54' N. Longitude, 104° 57' W. Elevation, 6,835 feet.] This station is situated on the southeastern slope of an eastern spur of the Rocky Mountains in a well-defined valley of the lower foothills opening toward the southeast, the hills to the east and west rising to an elevation of from 300 to 600 feet within 2 to 3 miles; those to the west having a more abrupt rise to the same height. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter of the standard pattern set on posts and 5 feet above the ground in an open field. The rain gage is exposed in an open field 5 feet above the ground. Observations were taken by the post surgeons, United States Army, previous to 1895, when the present observer took charge. Monthly mean temperature and highest and lowest monthly means and precipitation data are for a period of broken obser- vations from January 1, 1852, to December 31, 1903. The remaining tabulated data are for the period 1895 to 1903, with the record for 1895 and 1896 incomplete. ' Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperatu re. Precipitation. 1 g * o a 1 S SI 1 9 . |i .s B g a ^ < t9 i 3 1 m u -a OS Co Bo 4J+3 o g Snow; Month. " F. 34 31 36 ° F. 51 51 60 ° F. 73 76 75 ° F. 21 18 18 ' F. - 6 - 5 -21 - F. 47 44 45 ° F. 22 16 26 In. ■ 0.6 .0.5 0.4 2 1 3 In. 0.1 0.4 0.3 In. T. 0.2 0.1 In. 3.6 1.4 4.6 In. 6.5 3.0 5.0 w. NW. February SW. 34 51 19 1 1.5 6 0.8 0.3 9.6 w. March 40 48 57 55 63 70 80 79 85 22 30 38 -10 10 22 50 56 63 32 41 48 0.5 0.8 1.8 2 4 8 T. 0.1 0.1 0.8 0.7 9.7 3.6 0.7 0.0 6.0 3.0 0.0 NW. NW. May SW. Spring mean. 48 63 30 3.1 14 0.2 11.2 4.3 NW. 65 70 67 79 82 82 99 95 97 48 52 52 33 33 43 73 80 75 58 65 61 2.2 3.8 3.9 8 10 10 0.3 2.5 0.5 3.4 2.4 4.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July SW. August SW. SnmTTip.r mpan 67 81 51 9.9 28 3.3 10.1 0.0 SW. 61 51 40 76 68 61 92 87 80 44 34 26 27 12 5 68 60 55 54 46 30 2.1 1.0 0.6 6 4 2 0.4 1.2 0.5 1.2 6.4 0.0 0.0 0.3 1.2 0.0 2.0 7.0 SW. October SW. November SW. 51 68 35 3.7 12 2.1 7.6 1.5 SW. 50 66 99 34 -21 18.2 60 6.4 29.2 15.4 7.0 SW. Dates of Tempeeattjbe Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1897 June 10. June 21 , 24, 25, 29, 30; July 6, 8, 12, 27-30. June 20, 21; July 5, 23; Aug. 9, 11, 12, 26, 27, 30; Sept. 1, 5, 6. June 25, 26; July 13; Aug. 25, 26, 28, 29. (No record Aug. 4-24.) 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1; Dec. 12, 13, 27 . Dec. 14 1898 Jan. 24; Dec. 9, 21, 23, 29,30. Feb. 5, 6, 10, 11; Mar. 27. Feb. 7; Dec. 28,30, 31.. June 14, 22-27; July 29, 30; Aug. 1-4, 15 18-20, 26, 27; Sept. 7, 8. June 30; July 1-3, 9, 10, 22, 24, 26-29; Aug. 4, 5, 13, 17-20, 24, 30. '1899 1900 Feb. 3, 15, 16, 28; Dec. 4. KOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 893 NEW MEXICO. Northeastern Plateau: UNION COUNTY. Station: ALBERT. H. M. Hanson, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in September, 1890. Latitude, 35° 56' N. Longitude, 103° 52' W. Elevation, 4,700 feet.] This station is situated at the mouth of a canyon, with high mesas to the north and west and plains stretching out to the south and east. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard "cotton-region'' shelter, attached to the north side of a one-story adobe house, 2 feet below the board, tin-covered roof of a porch . The roof is partly shaded by the walls of a building projecting above it. The rain gage is 25 feet north of a one-story house, with no other objects near it. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903, except all maximum and mini- mum temperature records, which extend from January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temx>erature. Precipitation. 1 a i 1 a a P 1 o — ■3 a ^ "Sa 1 a h B| 1 ►J S hi I'Sa Bo Snow. Month. si < ° F. 39 37 38 " F. 63 51 62 ° F. 77 74 77 ' F. 24 24 23 ' F. - 3 - 6 ' F. 42 42 45 " F. 28 31 30 In. 0.8 0.2 0.6 2 2 2 In. 0.9 0.3 0.2 In. 0.2 0.2 0.9 In. 2.0 1.1 3.9 In. 4.0 2.0 8.0 sw. w. sw 38 62 24 1.6 6 1.4 1.3 7.0 sw. March 46 66 65 62 72 80 84 89 104 31 41 51 2 22 32 50 60 70 43 63 63 0.4 0.9 2.4 1 3 6 2.5 0.8 1.4 0.1 0.1 3.8 0.6 0.0 0.0 2.0 0.0 0.0 sw. April sw. May w. Spring mean 66 71 41 3.7 10 4.7 4.0 0.6 sw. 74 77 77 89 91 92 108 102 103 68 62 61 46 50 61 77 82 80 66 74 74 2.2 3.2 2.2 7 8 6 0.2 0.8 1.0 2.4 11.6 2.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. RiTTTimfir TTiftfl.n 76 91 60 7.6 21 2.0 16.1 0.0 sw. 70 58 47 84 73 61 100 91 81 64 44 32 37 26 10 73 60 60 67 54 41 1.5 0.9 0.6 3 4 2 0.3 2.0 2 0.0 1.2 1.0 0.0 T. 0.8 0.0 0.0 4.0 sw. October . sw. sw. Fall mean 58 73 43 2.9 9 2 5 2.2 0.8 sw. 67 72 108 42 - 6 15.7 46 10.6 23.6 8.4 8.0 sw. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to Dece.wber 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0° Maximum 95° or above. 1895 1896 Jan. 28; Feb. 13-15.... June 17, 23; July 6, 6, 18, 20; Aug. 7. May 22-31; June 7-16, 18-20, 23-25; July 7,8,16,28,29; Aug. 6, 9-17, 19;Sept.8. June 9, 19-25; July 6-8, 13, 14, 26, 28-31; Aug. 1, 3, 6. June 2, 3, 21, 23-26, 28-30; July 18, 24, 27-30; Aug. 13, 16, 22; Sept. 3. June 8. 12, 13, 19-28; July 6, 6, 12, 21 , 23, 24, 26. 27, 30; Aug. 1-3, 7, 9-12, 14-21, 25, 28-31; Sept. 1-5. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 31 None do Feb. 16 June 6, 7, 25-28; July 1-3, 6, 7, 9, 13-16, 18, 22; Aug. 12-16, 20-23, 26-29. June 18-21, 23-25, .30; July 1, 3, 4, 6-8, 10, 16-18; Aug. 26-29. June 9-11, 14, 17, 19, 22-26; July 2, 7, 14-16, 25, 29-:n; Aug. 1-6, 8, 9, 16-21, 28-30; Sept. 6, 7. 10. June 29, 30; July 1, 2, 7-11, 14-16, 20-25, 27-30; Aug. 4, 6, 7, 8, 12, 13, 21, 24, 26; Sept. 1-3, 8, 22. 1897 do 1S98 1899 do Feb. 7, 8, 11. 894 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEW MEXICO. Western Plateau: McKINLEY COUNTY. Station: FORT WINQATE. Post Sukoeon, U. S. Abmt, Observer. [Established by Post Surgeon, U. S. Army, in 1863. Latitude, 35° 30' N. Longitude, 108° 32' W. Elevation, 6,974 feet.] This station is situated on the eastern slope near the crest of the Continental Divide, where the main mountain range dips to one of its lowest altitudes. To the southeast the Zuni Mountains rise to altitudes about 2,000 feet higher, and to the southwest stretches for many miles the great Zuni Plateau. To the north also rise higher elevations. It may be said that the station lies slightly to leeward of a great draw of the Continental Divide. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter of the standard pattern, erected on posts in front of the hospital, 8 feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed on the ground, 15 feet northwest of the hospital, a one-story building. Monthly mean temperature and precipitation data in the following tables are from all available records since 1863; other data for the nine years, 1895-1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Montli. Temperature. a ^a «a Precipitation. 11° Isa I? w 09 Eh Pi o O J ^s . ■St.* Eh Snow. ""Pi ^1§ > s December January February Winter mean. March April May„ Spring mean. . June-. July August - Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. °F.l 16 16 19 'F. °F. 45 38 44 In. 1.0 1.0 1.5 In. 0.9 0.5 1.4 In. 2.0 0.8 11.2 In. 3.9 9.5 6.2 32 3.5 2.8 14.0 19.6 0.9 0.8 0.6 0.7 0.2 0.0 0.9 0.2 0.2 4.4 0.5 2.0 100 0.6 2.3 2.1 0.0 0.4 0.3 3.2 0.3 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.3 1.0 0.8 0.8 0.7 0.5 3,6 0.5 0.6 0.0 0.0 6.3 6.3 32.8 In. 8.0 6.0 6.0 4.5 2.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 12.0 W. W. sw. w. sw. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. w. sw. w. w. Dates op Tempebatube Extremes fob the Period Januaet 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 90° or above. 1895 Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 14-16; Nov. 26; Dec. 25-27, 29,30. Feb. 7,8, 13; Nov. 29. Feb. 23, 24; Dec. 4, 22.. Jan. 15, 19, 21, 22, 25, 26; Deo. 13, 24. June 24-27; July 2, 7-9, 16-18, 25, 26, 29, Aug. 17-23, 26; Sept. 1, 2, 12-14, 16-18, 27. May 28-30; June 6, 10-20, 23, 25, 28-30; July 1-4, 6, 8, 10-15, 18, 21, 25, 26, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 9-21, 31 ; Sept. 1, 4, 5, 8, 16, 17. July 13-15, 21, 26, 30; Aug. 1, 12, 15, 16, 26, 30, 31. June 17-19, 22, 25-30; July 1, 9, 14, 15, 22, 24-31; Aug. 1, 2, 7, 13-16, 29; Sept. 10, 27. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None June 18-20, 23, 30; July 1, 2, 22, 28, 31; Aug. 1, 25, 28-30; Sept. 2-6. June 7, 8, 19-23, 25-30; July 1, 7-20, 26, 27 29-31; Aug. 1-3, 14, 28-30. June 17, 22, 26-30; July 1, 4-8, 10-20, 27, 28; Aug. 1-4, 7, 9-13, 17, 25-28; Sept. 17. May 26; June 23-27; July 15, 17, 30, 31; Aug. 1-6. 1896 1897 1898 Jan. (no record) ; Feb. 9; Deo. 29. Jan.2, 11, 12; Deo. 13.. Jan. 27; Deo. 16 Feb. 4 EOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU KEGION. 895 NEW MEXICO. Central Rio Grande Valley: BERNALILLO COUNTY. Station: ALBUQUERQUE. University of New Mexico, Observer, [Established by the Signal Service in January, 1R93. Latitude, 36° 5' N. Longitude, 100° 39' W. Elevation, 5,200 leet.J This station is situated upon a level mesa that rises more or less abruptly to a height of 200 feet from the water-level valley of the Rio Grande about 2 miles distant. The view is unobstructed to the south and west for many mUes, but to the north and northeast, at a distance of about 8 miles, the Sandia Mountains rise to an elevation above the plateau of about 2 500 feet. The country is more or less broken to the east, but at a varying distance of from 10 to 20 miles. The maximum and minimum thermometers have been variously exposed; sometimes in a shelter on the north side of a cool veranda, at other times without a shelter, but hung up on the north side of a house, beneath the roof of the veranda, which afforded a fair exposure. The rain gage is exposed in an open and unobstructed place. Tabulated data are included within the period of observation January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903, excepting the monthly mean temperature and mean precipitation, which are for thirty-one and twenty-six years, respectively. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo fl 1 1 S ! i ■a g < g u t % 3 s P fa &° %a t ill 'A SB Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. 3 o i3 Month. Greatest depth in 24 hom-s. •F. 34 34 38 'P. 47 46 62 °F. 69 70 70 'F. 21 23 26 'F. 3 -10 °F. 44 42 47 °F. 26 22 bl In. 0.3 0.4 0.3 2 4 3 In. 0.8 0.3 T. In. T. 0.6 0.7 In. 1.5 2.1 1.7 In. 4.0 2.6 3.0 s. N. NW. 35 48 23 1 1.0 9 1.1 1.3 5.3 S. March 47 56 65 61 70 80 89 86 95 32 40 50 12 13 30 51 60 74 41 50 61 0.2 0.3 0.8 2 2 o T. 0.0 0.2 0.2 0.3 0.6 1.3 T. 0.0 5.0 0.3 0.0 NW. April S. May S. Spring mean 56 70 41 1.3 '1 0.2 1.1 1.3 S. June. 74 78 76 89 91 89 104 104 99 59 63 61 42 44 46 82 83 80 68 73 72 1.2 1.3 0.9 4 B 5 T. 1.2 0.7 0.3 1.6 1.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 S. July S. August S. 76 90 61 3.4 15 1.9 3.6 0.0 S. 68 66 43 81 71 69 94 85 76 63 41 30 30 24 76 64 60 64 52 35 0.8 0.4 0.3 5 4 2 0.6 T. 1.1 1.2 2.0 1.0 0.0 0.7 0.6 0.0 3.0 6.0 S. s. November, s. 66 70 41 1.5 11 1.7 4.2 1.? b. 56 70 104 42 -10 7.2 42 4.9 10.2 7.9 6.0 s. Dates of Temperatdue Exteemes eok the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 1896 Jan. 28, 29; Feb. 13-17; Dec. 30. July 6, 7. May 28; June 8-11, 13-19. June 26. June 26, 28-30; July 8, 26-30. June 10, 13, 14, 18, 19,26,28,30; July 22, 26. 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 22,23,2.5,26; Dec. 12-14, 26. Jan.l; Feb. 7, 12; Dec. 15. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. Dec. 29, 31 Jan. 2-4 None Feb. 7, 8, 16, 17: Nov, 18; Dec. 17. Maximum 96° or above. June 21, 24, 26-29; July 1, 2, 6, 7, 9-16, 17, 18, 28, 29. June IS, 25, 27-30; July 1, 4-6, 8, 13, 16, 17 June 22-28; July 30; Aug. 1, 2, 4, 5. June 27-30; July 1, 10, 11, 22-26, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 5-7, 18, 21. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 57 896 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. NEW MEXICO. Lower Pecos Valley: CHAVES COUNTY. Station: ROSWELL. W. M. Reed, C. E., Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau iu June, 1894. Latitude, 33° 25' N. Longitude, 104° 30' W. Elevation, 3,570 feet.] This station is situated in the valley of the Rio Hondo, an intermittent water course emptying into the Pecos River some 8 mUes to the east. The country is more or less rolling prairie, stretching to the north and west for many miles into higher and higher mesas. Climatically the location is the northwestern edge of the Staked Plains. The maximum and minimuni thermometers are exposed in a shelter of the standard pattern erected on po^ts in an open lot. The rain gage is exposed on the ground in an open lot. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Pre<:ipitation. 1 1 O 1 5 1 s a si O 6 II '3 1 |i o 1 i 1 i Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. OS o « Snow. St +»S o December "F. 40 40 42 "F. 56 55 58 "F. 77 80 82 °F. 23 24 26 "F. - 3 - 4 -14 "F. 44 43 45 "F. 33 32 34 In. 0.4 0.5 0.4 2 In. 0.6 0.6 0.1 In. 1.4 0.3 0.9 In. 2.4 3.1 2.3 In. 7.0 6.0 8.0 sw. sw. sw. Winter mean . . . 41 56 24 1.3 1.3 2.6 7.8 sw. 52 60 68 70 78 86 89 94 107 32 37 51 14 20 33 55 64 74 50 56 67 0.2 0.4 1.2 T. T. 0.1 T. 0.3 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. April sw. May sw. Spring mean 60 81 40 L8 0.1 1.3 0.0 sw. 76 77 77 91 90 93 110 106 103 59 63 62 45 64 49 81 79 79 69 76 72 2.0 3.4 2.2 6 9 5 2.0 1.8 0.4 6.0 6.6 3.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SE. July SE. August - .... sw. 77 91 61 1 7.6 20 4.2 15.5 0.0 SE. 71 69 48 85 77 65 101 93 87 64 42 31 35 19 10 73 62 60 68 57 46 2.0 1.6 1.3 5 4 2 2.0 6.6 0.0 0.7 T. 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 1.5 sw. October sw November sw 59 76 42 4.9 11 7.5 1.2 0.4 sw. 59 75 110 42 —14 1 15.6 42 13.1 20.6 8.2 8.0 sw Dates of Tempeeature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 Jan. 27-30; Feb. 7, May 7-9, 14, 37, 28; June 11, 14-17, 1900 Feb. 17, 18; Dec. 29... June 6, 7, 16, 17, 21, 22, 35-28; July 1, 2, 14-17; Deo. 26, 30. 23-26, 28; July 4-7, 14-21, 27-29; Aug. 2-4, 9, 10, 12-14, 17, 22, 27; Sept. 4-6, 16, 24; Aug. 11-15, 23, 24, 36-29; Sept. 10, 14. 9-12, 14, 15, 19, 20, 26. 1901 Feb. 13,14; Dec. 14, 16. June 7-9, 16, 18-26; July 3, 4, &-8, 10, 1896 Jan. 1, 4 May 5, 16-30; June 2-10, 13-24; July 10, 21, 23-25, 27, 29-31; Aug. 1-21, 29, 30; 15-17, 31; Aug. 4, 6, 9-11, 13-16, 17, 31, 24-30; Sept. 1, 15, 27. Sept. 2, 5-9, 16, 17. 1902 Jan. 27 May 23, 24, 31; June 1, 12-14, 17-19, 23-29; . July 2-6; Aug. 5, 18,19; Sept. 8, 10. 1897 Jan. 4-7, 27; Dec. 4.... June 8, 9, 14-18, 22-23; July 3, 5-8, 14, 15, 17-19, 25, 26, 29; Aug. 6, 9. 1903 Jan. 12; Feb. 16, 17; June 21, 23, 24, 29, 30; July and Aug., no 1898 Jan. 1, 2, 19-22; Nov. May 28, 29; June 2, 3, 25, 26; July 18, Nov, 18; Dec. 6, 15-17, record. 22; Dec. 4, 9-16, 24. 22-24, 27-30; Aug. 18; Sept. 3, 4, 13, 16, 23, 24. 30, 31. 1899 Jan. 23,34,31; Feb. 6, 7, 11-13. May 12, 14, 26, 30, 31; June 7, 8, 11-13, 19, 20,27; July4-6, 21, 22,27,31; Aug. 1-3, 10-16,18-22,25-27,29-31; Sept. 1,2. EOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU EEGION. 897 NEW MEXICO. Southwestern Upper Plateau: GRANT COUNTY. Station: PORT BAYARD. Post Surgeons, U. S. Army, Observera. [EataWished 1867. Latitude, 32° 48' N. Longitude, 108° 9' W. Elevation, 6,040 feet.] This station is situated near the foot of the high Black Range Mountains, where the foothills run into rolling prairies, stretching southward to lower levels, and to the lower level Mimbres Valley some 20 miles to the east and southeast. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter of the standard pattern, set up on posts, 4 feet above the ground, and 40 feet from any building. The rain gage has a free and unobstructed exposure. Records of monthly mean temperature and precipitation are available from January, 1867 (except from 1878 to 1885, inclusive) ; the remaining tabulated data are for the past nine years only, 1895 to 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Month. December Janimry February Winter mean . March April May Spring mean . . June July". August Summer mean September October November FaU mean Annual mean . Temperature. 'F. 40 a s ■ •F. 54 52 55 aS 103 97 97 100 85 81 II 5 - 1 'F. 34 33 Precipitation. .SflS PI o In. 0.2 0.6 0.1 0.9 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.1 0.2 2.3 0.8 1.3 PI (D O © dp.' +J o S In. 0.7 L8 5.7 8.2 1.7 2.3 0.9 0.3 2.1 2.4 0.8 1.0 0.6 Snow. In. 1.7 2.3 3.2 7.2 1.1 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.1 -5§ In. 4.0 3.0 3.0 3.0 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 5.0 LO 0*0 3 NW. W. w. w. w. sw. w. w. SE. W. "W. sw. sw. sw. w. Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. year. MiTiiTTinTTi hplnw 10° Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 Feb. 15-17; Dec. 25, 30, 31. None. May 29, 30; June 10, 12, 15-19. June 25; July 16. July 28-30. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 7, 8, 12, 13 None - . - June 28; Sept. 2, 3. June 19, 21, 23, 26-28; July 10, 13, 16 13-16. July 6. June 23-26. June 26-29; July 10, 12, 24, 29, 30. Aug. 1896 .do 1897 Feb. 14; Mar. 22, 23, 30; Dec. 11. Jan. 13, 16, 16, 22, 23, 25, 26; Dec. 31. do 1898 Feb. 3, 15 898 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. N.EW MEXICO. Lower Rio Grande Valley: DONA ANA COUNTY. Station: MESILLA PARK. DiEECTOs AOKICULTHBAL EXPERIMENT STATION, Observer. [Established by tbe Weather Bureau in 1892. Latitude, 32° 15' N. Longitude, 106° 17' W. Elevation, 3.500 feet.] This station is situated in a broad valley of the Rio Grande about 5 miles wide. To the west the elevation rises more or less abruptly to altitudes 1,000 to 2,000 feet greater within a distance of 50 miles; to the east, within 10 to 15 miles the Organ Mountains,' paralleling the valley of the Rio Grande for many miles to the northward, rise boldly from the surrounding mesas. The location is typical of the Southern Rio Grande Valley. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter of the standard pattern, erected on posts, about 8 feet above the ground, in the open. The rain gage has an open and unobstructed ground exposure. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to November 31, 1903. Temperature. . Precipitation. 1 •1 eg a lea Pi 1 S3 O < 1 'a £ o 3 dB o ta < Si ■a t3 h i a c1 013 So ^1 CD Snow. Month. oj ST Q December January February — 'F. 42 42 44 - F. 58 58 62 'F. 75 73 81 'F. 22 24 26 'F. 1 7 2 °F. 45 45 48 36 37 40 In. 0.5 0.3 0.4 2 2 2 In. 0.7 0.1 0.1 In. 0.1 0.3 1.0 In. 1.0 0.3 0.3 In. 4.2 2.0 0.7 N. W. W. Winter mean 43 59 24 1.2 6 0.9 1.4 1.6 w 52 59 67 70 77 86 89 92 101 32 39 47 12 21 27 55 62 69 49 52 62 0.3 0.2 0.5 2 1 2 0.3 T. T. 0.6 0.3 T. 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.5 1.0 0.0 w April w May . . w Spring mean 59 78 39 1.0 6 0.3 0.9 0.2 w .TnnPi 76 79 77 94 93 92 106 105 102 56 63 61 36 51 47 78 80 80 72 76 74 0.6 2.2 2.0 4 10 9 T. 0.6 4.2 1.1 2.2 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w July August w. w. 77 93 60 4.8 23 4.8 4.7 0.0 September October 71 60 48 88 77 68 101 91 82 54 41 29 35 20 9 74 62 52 68 56 43 1.2 0.8 0.4 5 3 1 0.2 0.5 0.0 1.2 2.8 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 4.5 sw. sw. w. 60 78 41 ,2.4 9 0.7 5.0 0.6 sw. 60 77 106 41 1 9.4 43 6.7 12.0 2.4 4.5 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Mlnimuni below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 18i)S Feb. 7,14,15; Dee. 18, 25, 27, 29-31. Jan. 3, 5; Feb. 7, 8. Jan. 5, U, 8; Dec. 4, 6, 11, 14. Jan. 17, 20, 22, 23, 25. Nov. 22; Dec. 24, 25. Jan. 1,7, 24; Feb. 7, 8, 12, 13. May 7-9; June 11, 12, 16, 24-26, 29; July 1; 2, 5-7, 16-19, 29; Sept. 6, 11, 12. May 22-29; June 3, 5, 7-11, 13-24, 26; July 9; Aug. 10, 11, 16, 17, 19, 20, 29-31; Sept. 2, 5. June 8, 18-26, 29; July 5-7, 14-17; Aug. 6, 8, 9, 28, 29. June 16, 26-27; July 18, 23, 24, 27-31; Aug. 2, 16-18, 26; Sept. 4. June 8, 9, 11, 12, 14, 19-22, 27. 28; July 2-7; 12-14, 23, 27, 28; Aug. 13-16, 18-22, 2.S-31; Sept. 1-4, 24, 27. 1900 1901 1002 1903 None May 23-25, 27-31; June 1,4-8, 10-30; July 1-3, 6, 10-18, 22-25, 27-29; Aug. 3, 4, 6-8, 11-17, 21-23, 25-30; Sept. 12-17. May 19; June 7, 8, 16-27, 29, 30; July 1, 4-13, 16-18, 31; Aug. 3-17, 20-29, 31; Sept. 1, 2, 9, 15, 16. May 24-26, 29, 30; June 3, 4, 6-20, 22-30; July 2, 5-7, 9, 25-31; Aug. 1-4, 19,20. June 19-21, 24, 26-30; July 1-4, 7-11, 17, 18, 21-26, 28-31; Aug. 1, 2, 5, 9, 17, 18, 22; Sept. 4, 6. 1896 1897 do do 1898 1899 Feb. 4 ARIZONA. By MONTELLO E. BLYSTONE, Section Director. 899 ARIZONA. With regard to its pliysical features Arizona may be divided into two divisions, the northern plateau region and the south- em valleys and plains. The line of demarcation between these divisions, however, is not distinctly drawn. From the lowest point, which is in the extreme southwest portion of the Territory, the surface of the land rises northeastward in a succession of valleys and plains, traversed by mountains, until a more decidedly mountainous belt is reached, extending from northwest to southeast across about the middle of the Territory. Within this belt the ascent becomes more rapid and brings the general level quickly from an elevation of 2, 000 or 3,000 feet to 5,000 feet or higher. From this belt northward and eastward a gen- eral elevation of from 5,000 to 7,000 feet is maintained, except where traversed by mountains, some of which are several thousand feet higher. In the southeastern part of the Territory, comprising Graham and Cochise counties, there are many high mountains, but the elevation of the valleys and plains is somewhat less than the general level of the northern portion of the Territory, and this section may be included under that division named the "southern valleys and plains." These phys- ical features influence climatic conditions greatly and render possible a great variety of climate over the Territory, both as regards temperature and precipitation. From the south central portion of the Territory southward and westward and along the western border the summers are long and intensely hot, while the winters are mild and delightful. In the southeast the heat of summer is not so intense and the winters are somewhat colder. Over the northern plateau temperature conditions approach those of temperate cKmates. In this section summers are only moderately warm, while the winters are generally quite cold. Arizona may be said to lie without the path of storms, and this fact renders abrupt and decided changes of temperature from day to day of infrequent occurrence and gives the Territory an equable climate in that respect. The difference between the highest temperature of the day and the lowest temperature of the night is, however, very great. A daily range of 40° or more is of frequent occurrence This is due to the very dry condition of the air, which permits the sun's rays to pass freely through it and raise to a high tem- perature the surface of the ground and the air lying near thereto, while favoring radiation at night. In the warmest portions of the Territory the temperature reaches 100° to 110° daily for long periods during the summer months while it frequently goes much higher than 110°, but the great daily range brings down the temperature at night so that considerable relief from the trying heat of the day is afforded. When the average condition of dryness prevails those days on which the maximum temperature is in the neighborhood of 100° or less are not uncomfortably warm. When the humidity is unusually high or when cloudiness, which prevents rapid cooling at night by hindering radiation, prevails, the- heat becomes very oppressive. It is during such periods that the effect of heat on man and beast is greatest, rather than during periods of clear sky with dry air and high temperature. In the southeast and over the northern plateau the temperatuce seldom rises above 100° for extended periods, and when cloudiness or high humidity prevails temperatures are lower, so that summer weather seldom becomes very oppressive in those sections. In the winter temperatures are frequently near the zero point, and sometimes far below over the northern plateau. In the southeast, however, extremely cold weather is of rare occurrence. In the warmest sections of the Territory temperatures sometimes go below the freezing point at night, but this is not the usual condition. There is no portion of Arizona which is absolutely free from frost, though in the extreme southwest injurious frosts arQ infre- quent. Over the northern plateau frosts occur early in the fall and late in the spring. At Fort Defiance, in the northeast, killing frosts or freezing temperatures have occurred every month of the year except August. This is Hkewise true of Flag- staff. The annual range of temperature for the Territory is great, a maximum of 127° having occurred at Fort Mohave in June, 1896, and a minimum of —24° at Fort Defiance in February, 1899. There is considerable difference in the amount of precipitation which occurs over different parts of Arizona, due mainly to difference in elevation. The" region of least precipitation is the low lying plains in the southwestern portion of the Terri- tory, comprising the greater portion of Yuma County and part of Pima and Maricopa counties, and a narrow belt in the west- em portion of the Territory lying along the Colorado River. Within this region the normal annual precipitation is less than 3 inches. From this section eastward the normal gradually increases until the maximum is reached within a belt extending from the north central portion of the Territory in a generally southeasterly direction into Graham and Cochise counties. Within this belt, which follows the more mountainous portion of the Territory, the normal ranges from about 12 inches to slightly more than 22 inches, which latter amount is the normal at Flagstaff. Over the northern portion of the Territory the normal is less than within the more mountainous region. The precipitation is unevenly distributed throughout the year. The period of greatest i-ainfall occurs in July and August, after which the normal diminishes until October, increasing again in the winter and diminishing again as spring. advances to the dry season of May and June, when the least rainfall of the year occurs. At Flagstaff the greatest precipitation occurs in December and January, during which months there are heavy snows. In the winter much of the precipitation in the northern portion of the Territory is in the form of snow, and there is some snowfall in the southeast portion. From the south central portion southward and westward, however, snow is rarely seen except on the mountains. 900 EOOKT MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 901 Violent thunderstorms occur quite frequently during the summer. They are generclly accompanied by high winds and sometimes by very heavy rains or by hail. Great clouds of dust are usually carried up by the wind on the front of the storm, and unless rain occurs the dust storm continues as long as the wind blows, which may be several hours. These storms occur most frequently in the afternoon or evening. They are seldom destructive in their effect, except to such trees as are easily broken down. The sparsely settled condition of the country may, however, partly account for the absence of destructive effects. In the winter, while storms of local violence are not frequent, brisk to high winds occur frequently, especially in the more elevated portion of the Territory. As is to be expected in such a dry climate, these winds cause the air to be filled with dust. The climate of Arizona is preeminently one of sunshine. At Phoenix the average actual sunshine throughout the year, as computed for the period during which records were made, is 84 per cent of the possible. LasT OF Counties and Climatologioal Stations. County. Station. District. Page. County. Station. District. Page. Fort Defiance FortHuachuca Northern plateau. Southern valleys and plains. 902 914 Fort Apache Holbrook. Tucson Du d 1 e y V i ] 1 e Oracle. |Northem plateau . . Southern valleys and plains. |....do f 908 1 904 913 Cochise Coconino (see Hol- Pinal "brook) . do f 910 t 911 Oila (see Fort Santa Cruz (see Fort Huachuca). Apache and Dud- Fort Grant Southern valleys and plains, do 912 907 f 903 1 905 do ley ville). Northern plateau . Southern valleys and plaine. Phoenix 909 Maricopa Fort Mohavel Signal. / do TERErroEiAL Summary. Station. No ). Mean Mean Mean Abso- lute maxi- mum. an- nual. maxi- mum. mim- mum. 1 'F. 46 72 54 68 62 70 54 72 65 62 61 68 61 oy "F. °F. 98 127 106 121 104 116 104 118 114 105 106 112 104 ? s 4 5- 6 7 8 q 68 84 71 86 38 56 38 68 10 11, 12 13 72' 82 '""'60 62 Temperature. Date. Abso- lute mini- mum. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below Fort Defiance.. Fort Mohave.. Holbrook Signal Prescott Phoenix Fort Apache.. - Yuma Dudley ville Oracle Fort Grant Tucson Fort Huachuca. June, 1901 June, 1896 July, 1899. June, 1902 July, 1900. June, 1902 ....do.... July, 1878. June, 1902 June, 1896 do.... June, 1902 July, 1886. February, 1899 . , January, 1888. . . December, 1898. December, 1901 . February, 1899. December, 1900. February, 1899 . . January, 1883... December, 1891. February, 1899. December, 1900. December, 1901. December, 1887. 40 149 51 160 130 12 152- 4 46 130 38 29 No. Fort Defiance. . Fort Mohave.. Holbroolc Signal Prescott Phoenix Fort Apache . . . Yuma Dudley ville Oracle Fort Grant Tucson Fort Huachuca Frost. Average date of— First killing Sept. 23 Dec. 3 Oct. 15 Nov. 15 Oct. 20 Deo. 3 Oct. 13 Nov. 13 Dec. 4 Nov. 26 Nov. 22 Nov. 28 Last in spring. June 2 Feb. 23 May 8 Mar. 13 May 20 Feb. 23 May 10 Mar. 30 Mar. 29 Apr. 1 Mar. 26 Apr. 5 Earliest killing Sept. 11 Nov. 23 Sept. 17 Oct. JO Sept. 16 Nov. 9 Sept. 22 Oct. 16 Nov. 12 Nov. 2 Oct. 16 Oct. 30 July 7 Mar. 24 June 13 Apr. 8 June 2 Mar. 31 June 12 May 3 ...do.... June 4 May 3 ...do.... Precipitation. Inches. 12.8 5.4 7.9 7.1 15.6 6.8 17.6 2.7 12.0 15.9 13.5 9.8 16.2 Spring. Inches. 2.6 0.8 1.3 0.9' 2.8 0.6 2.8 0.4 1.6 2.0 1.5 0.9 1.2 Summer. 4.5 0.7 2.6 1.9 5.3 2.1 6.6 0.4 4.0 5.8 5.6 4.5 8.6 Inches. 2.7 0.9 2.2 1.3 3.0 2.2 3.8 0.6 2.9 3.5 3.3 2.1 3.5 Inches. 1.0 3.0 1.8 3.0 4.6 1.9 4.4 1.3 3.6 4.6 3.2 2.3 2.9 902 CLIMATOLOay OP THE UNITED STATES. ARIZONA. Northern Plateau: APACHE COUNTY. Station: FORT DEFIANCE. C. C. Manning, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau in May, 1897. Latitude, 36° 46' N. Longitude, 109° 04' W. Elevation, 6,850 leet.] This station is just south of the Navajo Indian Agency at Fort Defiance, Ariz., with open country surrounding. It is situated in a low .canyon, or draw, with the hills to the west rising 400 to 500 feet above, and a low mesa to the east, about 100 feet above the vaUey. The maximum and minim um thermometers are exposed in a slatted shelter, fastened to the north side of a store building, 14 feet above the ground. The shelter consists of a slatted box, with roof, allowing free ventilation on all sides and through the bottom. The rain gage is about 10 feet from the ground, on a shed roof on the west side of the building to which the shelter is attached. The temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes . Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean of Abso- lute maxi- Mean of Abso- lute raini- Highest Lowest Number of days Total amount Total amount Mean. the the monthly monthly Mean. with for the for the maxima. minima. mean. mean. 0.01 or driest wettest more. year. year. 'F. "F. "F. "F. °F. °F. "F. In. Tn. In. 26 26 60 57 -16 -23 30 34 19 19 0.7 1.0 T. T T. 4 Pebru 29 64 -24 33 20 1.3 T. 2.5 27 3.0 T. 2.9 March 37 „ 69 1 41 33 0.9 0.8 1.8 April. May. 46 53 78 85 15 20 49 66 42 50 0.6 1.1 L4 0.2 8 1.1 45 2.6 2,4 •3.7 June 64 98 28 66 60 1.0 2 4 7 July 68 97 31 70 66 1.5 2 6 Augu t 68 96 39 70 66 2.0 0.6 4 67 4.5 1.0 9 3 September - - . . October 58 85 25 62 54 1.4 1 8 2 5 47 37 78 64 14 6 49 .39 43 33 0.6 0.7 0.6 0.7 Novel nber 47 2.7 3.1 Annual mean 40 98 -24 12.8 6.5 18.4 Dates op T EMPERATUKE ExTl BEMES FOR THE P • ERiOD January 1, 1897, t o Decem ber 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 9 5° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. M aximmn 9 5° or above. 1897 Jan., Feb., Mar., Apr. missing: Dec. 3-6; 10, 11, 17, 20-27. June missing. J901 Jan. 1-3.11, 12, 14, 17- 19; Feb. 6-10, 12-15; Dec. 9, 13-17, 20-22, None. 1898 Jan. 9, 12-24, 26-28, 30, 31;reb.l-3,ll;Mar. 23; May 3; Nov. 10, 13, 15, 21-23, 28; Dec. 3, 4, 9, 10, 12-16, 18, 19, 22-27, 30, 31. None. 1902 25-29. Jan. 6, 18, 20, 21, 27, 28, 30,31; Feb. 1-4,6-8: Mar. 4, 15, 16, .30; Nov. 26, 2!!, 30; Dec. 1-4, 15-24, 29-31. Do. 1899 Jan. 1-3, 6-22, 24-20; Feb. 6-9, 12,15; Dec. 4, 5, 14, 15, 21, 22. Sept. missing. 1903 Jan. 1, 2, 12-14, 17-21: Feb. 3-11: 15-21 Mar. 1,2, 18; Nov. 18; Dec. Do. 1900 Jan. 29; Feb. 8-10, 18; None. 4-6, 9-22, 24-31. Dec. 16, 23-25, 29-31. ! EOCET MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU EEGION. 903 ARIZONA. Southern Valleys and Plains: MOHAVE COUNTY. Station: FORT MOHAVE. E. L. Maddeen, Observer. [Established by Signal Service July, 1880. Latitude, 35° 05' N. Longitude, 114° 36' W. Elevation, 492 feet.] jThis station is located at the Indian school, about 18 miles north of the town of Needles, Cal. It is on a mesa which forms part of the bank of the Colorado River, and is about 25 feet above the river. The surrounding country is partly desert and partly the low overflow land near the river. At a distance of 12 or 14 miles to the east and to the west are ranges of mountains. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in the regulation Weather Bureau shelter, which stands about 20 feet east of a one-story cottage, and is elevated about 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage stands upon the ground, and is about 20 feet east of the one-story cottage. Its top is 2 feet 6 inches from the ground. Temperature means, from 1880 to 1890, were calculated from tridaUy observations; from 1891 to 1903, from the dailj' extremes. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Abso- lute maxi- mxun. Mean of the minima. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 'F. 52 49 56 'F. "F. 81 81 89 °F. °F. 20 14 25 'F. .56 56 62 'F. 48 44 48 in. L3 0.8 0.9 In. T. 0.0 0.0 In. 11.2 4.2 4 52 3.0 T. March 63 70 79 • 103 110 117 31 34 38 70 77 83 57 62 75 0.5 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.3 T. 2 5 Apra May 0.3 Spring mean 71 0.8 0.5 3.5 88 94 91 127 123 124 49 52 37 98 97 96 83 90 85 T. 0.2 0.5 0.0 0.0 T. T July T 0.7 91 0.7 T. 0.7 84 72 60 116 110 9S 35 25 24 89 76 66 78 68 53 T. 0.2 0.7 0.0 T. 1.7 0.0 October 0.6 ::::;!:::: 0.8 Fall mean 72 0.9 L7 1.4 72 127 14 5.4 2.2 21.4 Dates of Tempebatube Extkemes foe the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 105° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 105° or above'. 1897 1898 1899 Jan., Feb., Mar., Apr. missing; Dec. 20, 21. Jan. 22, 25, 26; Apr. missing; Dec. 12. 31. Jam. 1, 2, 5, 6..-. June 2-12, 19, 20, 22, 23, 29, 30; July, Aug., Sept. missing. May 11: June missing; July 1-9 miss- ing, 10-31; Aug. 1-20, 24-26, 28; Sept. ' I, 2, 7-11, 15-24. May 11, 12; June 8-24, 26-30: July 1-31: Aug. 3, 9, 11-13, 19-31; Sept. 1-6, 8-14, 17-29. May 9, 16, 26-31: June 6. 7, 17-30: July missing: Aug. 1-3, 5-7, 12-15 (19-27 missing), 29, 31: Sept. 6. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. (1-4 misstngj 10, 11; Dec. 13-15. Jan. (1-16 missing) 26, 30, 31: Feb. 1, 2; Nov., Dec. missing. Jan., Feb., Mar. miss- ing. May 16, 18; June 16, 17, 21, 22, 24, 26-30; July missing; Aug. 1-13 (14-23 miss- ing) , 24-31 : Sept. 1, 2, 8, 9, 13, 14, 16-19, 21. May 27, 28; June 4-26, 28,30; July 6-16, 17-23 (24-31 missing) : Aug. 1-9, 13, 14, 16-19, 21-28 (29-31 missing); Sept. 2-12, 14: Oct. missing. May, June, missing; July 1, 2, 4-14, 17-19, 21, 22, 24-31: Aug. 1-25, 29-31; Sept. 1-5, 10. 1900 Dec. 31 904 CLIMATOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. ARIZONA. Northern Plateau: NAVAJO COUNTY. Station: HOLBROOK. Thobwald Laeson, Observer. [Established January, 1888. Latitude, 34° 54' N. Longitude, 110° 9' W. Elevation, 5,050 feet.] This station is near the central part of the town of Holbrook, a little north of the middle of the old river bed of the Little Ciolorado River. To the south the banks rise gradually, commencing 1 mile away, and reaching an elevation above the town of 300 feet at a distance of 2 miles. Three-quarters of a mile north of the station the banks rise abruptly to a height of 200 feet. The present river bed lies one-quarter of a mile south, extending a little to the north of west. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter facing the east and 40 feet from the housF The instruments are elevated above the sod 5 feet. The rain gage, 120 feet south of the shelter, is 35 feet from the observer's house (which is one story and an attic), and about 75 feet from a large cottonwood tree. The top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. Temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1888, to JtraE 30, 1900. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 34 32 38 op "F. 70 66 . 74 °F. "F. -21 - 7 - 6 'F. 45 38 41 °F. 19 22 34 In. 0.6 0.7 0.5 In. 0.3 0.4 0.2 In. 1.8 January 0.6 February 0.2 35 1.8 0.9 2.6 45 54 62 84 89 97 - 4 13 21 49 60 65 41 60 57 0.6 0.4 0.3 T. 0.0 0.1 0.8 April 1.0 May 54 1.3 0.1 1.8 69 75 75 103 106 103 29 44 45 73 79 79 65 72 75 0.1 1.3 1.2 0.3 1.2 1.0 0.0 July 1.3 August 2 6 , 73 2.6 2.5 ?.9 September October 6S 55 43 100 89 78 27 20 - 8 73 61 47 65 52 36 0.9 0.6 0.7 T. 0.6 0.4 1 3 6 November 2 1 55 2.2 1.0 ATinnn.1 mpfln 54 106 -21 7.9 4.5 12 3 Dates of Temperatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year.! Minimum below 10". 1899 Jan., Feb., Mar., and Apr. missing; Dee. 20, 22-27. Jan. 1, 2, 12-22, 25-27, 29; Mar. 14; Nov. 13; Dec. 3, 4, 12-20, 22-28, 30, 31. Jan. 1, i, 5-7, 9, 10, 13, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22-29; Feb. 6-8; Dec. 14. Maximum 100° or above. None. June 18, 28, 29; July 22-30; Aug. 12-15. June 11, 17, 18, 28-30; July missing; Sept. 3. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 10°. Feb. 8-10; July-Dec. missing. No data do Jan., Feb., and Mar. -missing; Dec. 4-6, 9, 14-17, 20, 25-31. MflTJTnnTn 100° or above. June 19-21, 26-30; July-Dec. missing. No data. Do. May, June, July, and Aug. missing. KOOKY MOCTNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 905 ARIZONA. Southern Valleys and Plains: MOHAVE COUNTY. Station: SIGNAL. Gabriel Levy, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, 18S7. Latitude, 34° 24' N. Longitude, 11.5° 30' W. Elevation, 1,662 feet.] This station is near the southern part of the village of Signal, and its surroundings are mountainous. It is situated in a basin rather than in level country. The station is about one-fourth of a mile from the Big Sandy Eiver and about one-half mile from the hills on the east and south. The elevation of the hills in this vicinity on either the eastern or the southern side of the basin probably does not exceed 700 to 1,000 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, 25 feet east of a store building. The door opens toward the west. The height of the thermometers above the sod is S feet 2 inches. The rain gage is 5 feet north of the shelter and 20 feet from the store. The top of the gage is about 2J feet above the ground and is not surrounded by any trees. Temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 1, 1889, to October 30, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mxmi. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 49 49 52 "F. 'F. 84 88 91 "F. 10 19 15 "F. 53 54 66 'F. 44 44 45 In. ■ 1.0 1.0 1.0 In. 0,0 0.3 0.0 In. 0.9 0,2 T, 60 3.0 0.3 1,1 March 58 66 73 99 102 112 26 34 36 64 71 77 52 62 69 0.5 0.2 0.2 0.3 1.2 0.2 2,3 0,0 jSy 0.6 65 0.9 1.7 2.9 83 90 89 121 120 118 47 52 50 88 93 92 78 87 82 0.1 0.6 1.3 T. 0.7 T. T, July 0,8 1,9 87 1.9 0.7 2,7 80 68 67 1-15 101 94 40 34 26 &5 71 61 73 66 54 0.4 0.6 0.4 T. 0.1 0.3 1,2 October 0.1 1.6 68 1.3 0.4 2.8 68 121 10 7.1 3.1 9.5 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to October 30, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26". Maximum 105° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 105° or above. 1897 Jan., Feb., Mar., and May 29; June 5-7, 21; July 1, 7, 10-22, 1902 Jan. 6, 7-10, 20-24, 27, May 28; June 5=26, 29; July 8-24, 28-31; Apr. missing; Dec. 25-31; Aug. 5-8, 10, 13-19, 22. 30,31; Feb. 1,2, 4-7, Aug. 1-8, 10, 11, 15, 16, 18-23, 30, 31; 6, 6, 20-22, 25. 13; Mar. 15; Dee. Sept. 1-3, 5-7, 9-12. Jan. 14, 22, 26; Dec. 8, missing. 1898 12, 24, 30, 31. June 17-20, 25-29; July 6, 8, 10, 12-17, 1903 Jan.9, 10, 20, 31; Feb. May 12, 13, 29-31; June 4-9, 17-21, 23-30; Jan, 1-7; Feb. 4, 6-8; 21-31; Aug. 1, 2, 8-18, 20; Sept. 10. 3,4,6-11,16-18,20,25; July 1-14, 17-19, 21, 22, 24-31; Aug. 1899 Mar. 11; Dec. 9, 14, June missing; July 1-8, 11-19, 21-31; Mar. 2, 22; Nov. 1-8, 11-24, 27, 29-31; Sept. 1-4, 10. 15, 27. Aug. 9-16, 20-31; Sept. 1-5, 10-13, and Dec. missmg. Jan. 28; Feb. 3, 9; Dec, 17-29. 1900 13, 14, 15-18, 23-25, 27, 29-31. Jan. 1-4, 9-16, 31; May 9, 25-27, 30, 31; June 6-7, 12, 16-30; July 4-19, 22-31; Aug. 1, 2, 6, 7, 12-16, 22-29; Sept. 6, 8. 1901 Mar. missing; Dec. 9, 10, 12, 14-19, 22-24, 26-29. June 16-18, 21-23, 26-30; July 1-29, 31; Aug.l, 2, 6-16, 20-31; Sept. 1, 8, 14-19. 906 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES, ARIZONA. Northern Plateau: YAVAPAI COUNTY. Station: PRESCOTT. Warren E. Day, il. D., Observer. [Established at Fort Wlupple, a U. S. army post near the city, in 1866; transferred to Prescott, under charge of the present observer, in 1897. Latitude, 30° 25' N. Longitude, 112° 21' W. Elevation, 5,260 feet.] This station is near the center of the city of Prescott, and its surroundings are open enough for all purposes. The station is in a natural basin in the course of Granite Creek, with elevated hills both to the east and the west. The maximum and mi nim um thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter located in the residence inclosure of the observer, about 30 feet from any obstruction. The thermometer supports are set in the shelter 44 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 8 feet north of the instrument shelter, and is free from any obstruction; the top of the gage is 5 feet 8 inches above the ground. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation; Rainfall, 1876 to 1890; mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, 1877 to 1890; the remaining data, from July 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. Temperature means from 1880 to 1887 from tridaily observations; during 1888 from twice daily observations; from 1889 to 1903,' from the daily extremes . ' Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. ■h A ■ 1 1 , 1 , , K h 1 •*^^^ +j^ t! fe ! X B bsolute niin 3 U 1 a §-" ' a'S. 3-C §1 ' .d goo s ■3 s Month. , o — 5 3 i 3 H I 3 umber of with 0.01 more. otal a m o for the c year. Si ii > s S < a ■< .a J S •A ! ^ B ■< K a °F. 'F. •F. 'F. 'F. °F. °F. 771. /,.. la. In. P. ct. 37 35 51 47 74 70 25 20 - 8 - 8 42 42 31 28 1.5 L5 6, 4 0.3 0.1 5.6 0.2 2.3 5.2 64 60 sw. January — sw. Februarj- — 38 52 70 25 -12 43 29 1.5 5 0.5 6.6 5.7 59 sw. 37 50 23 4.5 15 0.9 12.4 13.2 58 sw. March - 43 59 80 30 - 9 50 37 1.6 5 1.5 5.5 6.6 54 s. April May .50 66 87 36 11 57 45 0.7 4 0.6 1.6 0.4 49 s. 58 75 95 42 5 69 48 0.5 2 0.4 L4 0.5 38 s. Spring mean . . 50 67 36 2.8 ; 11 2.5 8.0 7.4 47 s. June . . 66 85 104 48 25 71 62 0.3 i 1 0.1 0.3 0.0 43 sw. July 72 89 104 .59 37 77 67 . 2.1 10 2.6 1.3 0.0 48 sw. August - - 70 85 101 58 40 73 67 2.9 12 1.2 1.6 0.0 55 sw. 69 86 55 5.3 23 3.8 3.2 0.0 49 sw September 64 81 97 49 26 69 60 1.1 4 0.1 LO OiO 47 s. October . _ 53 70 87 38 15 58 49 0.8 4 0.4 1.4 0.0 47 sw. November 43 58 80 27 8 50 36 1.1 3 2.5 0.2 1.8 55 sw. 53 70 38 1 3.0 11 3.0 2.6 1.8 50 S'S^ 52 68 104 1 38 -12 1 15.6 60 10.2 26.7 22.4 51 sw. 1 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. 1897 1898 1899 1900 Dec. 4, 5, 17, 20-25 Jan. 8, 12-15, 18, 19, 21, 22, 24-27; Deo. 11-13, 24, 30, 31. Jan. 9, 12-17; Feb. 6, 7; May 3; Dec. 14. Dee 29, 31 None. July 27, 28, 30. None. June 27-29; July 9-12. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1-3, 11; Feb. 8, 13. Jan. 27-31; Feb. 1, 2; Mar. 26; Nov. 23, 24, 20; Dec. 2, 14, 28. Jan. 11; Feb, 2-10, 15, 16; Deo. 4, 5, 1.5-19, 23-30. June 28, 29; July 6, 18, 19. None. Do. ROOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAD REGION. 907 ARIZONA. Southern Valleys and Plains: MARICOPA COUNTY. Station: PHOENIX. M. E. Blystone, Section Director. [Established liy Weather Bureau August 6, 1895. Latitude, 33° 28' N. I>ongitude, 112° 00' W. Elevation, 1,087 leet.] This station is within the business portion of the city of Phoenix, and near the northwest limits. Phoenix is located in the midst of a broad and level valley, which is traversed from east to west by the Salt River. The bed of the Salt River at this point is dry, except in time of flood. A range of mountains extends eastward and westward about 10 miles south and these attain an elevation of about 800 to 1,000 feet. Mountains of about the same height, though more broken, lie about the same distance northeast and north. The thermometers and the thermograph are exposed in a standard shelter on the roof of the building in which the Weather Bureau office is located. The floor of the shelter is about 10 feet above the roof. The door of the shelter opens toward the south; the thermometers are 47 feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed on the roof of the building in which the office is located, about 40 feet east of the instrument shelter. The top of the gage is 26 inches above the roof and 40 feet above the ground. The anemometer cups are 56 feet above ground. Data are from eight years' record, January 1, 1896, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation y. can humidity. Total sunshine. s 1 a 1 1 I 'F. 22 23 24 o J.. 54 56 59 1 ai |a 1 i •A ■31 a » a^ Ss| el S Snow. g O 1 P, 1 < g > o o o s Month. 1% 1 CO < f 5 December, . "F. 52 52 56 66 65 68 "F. 80 81 85 "F. 38 39 41 "F. -19 47 49 In. 0.8 0.7 0.7 2 4 3 In. 0.3 0.0 O.S In. 2.7 0.2 2.5 In. 0.6 0.0 0.0 In 4.0 0.0 0.0 P.ct. sr 64 62 Grs. 1.68 1.96 2.12 p.a. .32 37 28 Grs. 1.90 2.20 1.90 256 228 245 86 72 79 E January February E. E. 53 66 39 2.2 9 0.8 5.4 0.6 61 1.92 32 2.00 243 79 March April May 60 67 75 73 82 90 (14 102 106 46 52 60 31 38 39 66 72 78 54 63 71 0.6 0.3 0.1 3 1 1 0.3 0.0 0.0 2.1 0.4 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 63 45 38 2.01 2.11 2.26 24 18 15 1.98 1.91 2.09 296 334 385 80 86 89 E. E. E Spring mean 67 82 53 1.0 6 0.9 2.5 0.0 45 2.13 19 L99 338 86 Y June July August . 85 90 89 101 104 102 116 112 113 69 77 76 .52 65 64 88 93 91 83 88 86 0.1 0.9 0.9 1 5 8 T. 0.2 0.7 0.2 0.1 1.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 32 49 54 2.65 5.19 5.38 12 21 25 2.18 4.27 4.80 402 386 341 94 83 82 E. W. 88 102 74 1.9 12 0.9 2.1 0.0 45 4.37 19 3.76 369 86 September October 83 71 61 97 88 75 112 100 90 69 66 46 50 36 30 86 74 64 79 68 57 0.7 0.4 0.6 4 2 2 0.1 0.1 0.9 1.5 LI 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 51 51 57 4.07 2.83 2.17 26 26 32 4.04 2.84 2.47 324 304 263 87 87 84 E. E. Fall mean . . 72 86 57 1.7 8 1.1 2.8 0.0 63 3.02 28 3.12 297 86 E 70 84 116 56 22 1 6.8 34 3.7 12.8 0.6 4.0 51 2.86 25 2.72 312 84 Dates of Tempekatuhe Extremes for the Period Augdst 6, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 106° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 105° or above. 1895 Deo. 19, 26, 27, 30, 31 . . Aug. 6, 13, 18-18; Sept. 1, 12-16. May 26-28; June 9-23, 28-30; July 3, 5-9, 11, 12; Aug. 2, 9, 10, 12-14, 18. June 7, 21; July 10, 13-17, 20, 25-30; Aug. 6-7, 16-19, 22. June 17-19, 24-29; July 8, 12-14, 23-31; Aug. 1, 9-20; Sept 6, 10, 18. June 10, 11, 18, 17, 21, 23, 28-30; July 1-9, 12-14, 16, 23 24, 26, 28, 29; Aug. 14, 30, 31; Sept. 1, 2, 12, 13, 24-26. 1900 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 31 . June 18-30; July 8-18, 23, 25, 26, 28-31; Aug. 1, 2, 25, 28. June 17, 22, 23, 27-30; July 2-20, 22, 25, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 7-9, 15, 16, 22-26; Sept. 1, 18, 19. June 9, 10, 20-26; July 10-15, 19, 20, 22, 30. 31; Aug. 1, 2, 4-8, 16: Sept. 3, 6, 7, 10. May 30; June 2.5-30; July 1, 5-13, 18, 19, 2';-31; Aug. 1-5, 18-22, 30, 31: Sept. 1-4. 1896 Jan. 2,11,12; Dpc- 13-15. None 1897 .. .do 1898 Jan. 21, 26, 26... 1899 Feb. 7 do 908 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ARIZONA. Northern Plateau: NAVAJO COUNTY. Station: FORT APACHE. Post Surgeon, U. S. Aemy, Observer. [Established by Signal Service October 9, 1877. Latitude 33° 46* N. Longitude 109° aC W. Elevation, 5,800 feet.] This station is situated in a valley near the junction of the two forks of the White River. The maximum and "minimum thermometers are exposed in the regulation Weather Bureau instrument shelter, situated about 50 feet in front of the post hospital. The shelter is elevated about 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is situated about 50 feet in front of the post hospital and about 30 feet from the instrument shelter. The top of the gage is about 2 feet above the ground. The rainfall data tabulated are for a period of observation July 1, 1878, to December 31, 1903. The remainder of the data is from July 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. Temperature means from 1880 to 1889 were calculated from tridaUy observations; from 1890 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i eg a 1 M 9 ■a 1 +3 0) Lh a S S5 SI •s Id ^ (3 Month. q 'o — C! la 3 5a la "3 ag +3 2 a§ 1§ ■asg ao ■3 i^S c3 t. S k g be s Si » s if s g ISa CM ^ 0«-' f*i g V ■ ^; a a < 3 < H a a IZi H fH < a a 'F. "F. 'F. °F. 'F. °F. In. In. In. In. Per a. December 38 54 80 25 -14 45 28 1.4 6 0.7 5.5 2.6 62 NE. 35 60 75 20 -12 41 28 ' 1.3 6 0.2 0.7 2.6 63 NB. February 39 55 80 25 -15 46 34 1.7 7 0.3 3.4 1.2 60 NE. 37 63 23 4.4 19 1.2 9.6 6.4 62 NE March 45 62 86 30 4 52 40 1.4 7 0.9 4.4 1.4 56 NE. April May - 52 71 92 34 10 57 48 0.6 5 0.3 1.7 0.2 46 SW. 60 80 97 40 23 68 56 0.8 3 0.0 1.3 0.0 38 E. Spring mean 52 ^i! 35 2.8 ^ 15 1.2 7.4 1.6 47 E. 69 74 89 91 104 102 48 58 29 40 76 79 64 70 0.7 2.6 4 14 0.6 0.3 2.4 0.1 0.0 0.0 36 55 E. July E. August 71 87 100 57 40 75 68 3.3 16 4.4 6.6 0.0 64 E. 71 89 54 6.6 33 5.2 8.1 0.0 62 E. September 65 55 46 83 73 61 96 88 80 49 38 26 26 20 12 70 59 60 61 51 37 1.6 1.2 1.0 6 4 4 1.3 2.4 0.8 1.5 2.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.5 66 62 56 E. October E. November NE. 65 72 38 3.8 14 4.5 4.3 0.5 54 E. 54 71 104 38 -15 17.6 81 12.1 29.4 8.6 54 E. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 100° or above. Jan. 7; Dec. 22 Jan. 12, 15-17, 19-24, 26-27; Dec. 12-14, 24-26, 31. Jan. 1, 6, 9, 10, 16, 16; Feb: 7-9; Dec. 16. None. July 28, 29. None. 1900 1901 1902 1903 June 27, 28; July 11, 12, 18. June 30; July 5, 12, 17, 18. June 11, 16, 17, 23, 24; July 31; Aug. 2. June 26, 27. 1898 Jan. 1, 2; Dec. 12, 13, 27,29. Deo. 28 1899 Feb. 3, 4, 15, 16, 18; Dec. 15, 24, 28-31. BOOKT MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 909 ARIZONA. Southern Valleys and Plains: YUMA COUNTY. Station: YUMA. SuMNEK Hackett, In Charge. [Established by Signal Service October 4, 1875. Latitude 32° 45' N. Longitude 114° 36' W. BiCTation, 137 leet.] Yuma is situated on the Colorado River, 175 miles from its moutii, and at the junction of the Rio Gila with the Colorado. The surrounding country is a level sandy plain, there being no hiUs or considerable elevations near the station. The Weather Bureau office is located in the quartermaster's building. The thermometers are exposed over sod in a standard instrument shelter. From October 4, 1875, to July 7, 1885, the thermometers were 5 feet above ground. On the latter date they were raised to 16 feet. The top of the rain gage is 2 feet above ground and the anemometer cups 50 feet. The period of observation is twenty-eight years, October 4, 1875, to December 31, 1903. Tabulated data are for that period except humidity which is for fifteen years only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation Mean humidity. i Month. 1 s G SI o — s e o <• •3.9 S IS % OS §B6 a -a lil E-1 E 00 ffl" > e 00 < 00 > 00 6 < I. p^ °'% .2.9 5 December op 56 54 59 "F. 68 66 72 'F. 83 81 91 "F. 44 42 46 "F. 24 22 25 °F. 60 60 65 "F. 53 60 52 In. 0.4 0.4 0.5 2 2 2 In. T. T. T. In. 0.0 1.1 0.1 P.ct. 54 55 57 Grs. 2.05 1.95 2.31 P.ct. 48 45 41 GTS. 3.16 2.76 3.06 N. N. N. 56 69 .~^ 44 1.3 6 T. 1.2 55 2.10 45 2.99 N. March 64 70 77 78 85 93 100 107 112 50 55 61 31 38 44 72 75 82 58 65 72 0.3 0.1 T. 1 T. 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.3 0.0 58 53 55 2.53 2.74 3.49 34 25 26 3.08 2.90 3.74 w. April w. May w. Spring mean 70 85 i 65 0.4 1 T. 0.6 65 2.93 28 3.27 w. 85 92 91 101 106 104 117 118 115 68 77 77 52 61 60 89 94 93 79 89 87 T. 0.1 0.3 1 2 T. T. 0.1 0.0 T. 2.2 65 61 65 4.39 6.26 6.67 24 35 40 4.23 7.32 7.91 sw. July ' s. s. 89 104 1 74 0.4 3 0.1 2.2 60 5.77 33 6.49 s. 84 73 62 100 87 76 113 108 92 70 68 49 50 41 31 89 77 68 79 67 57 0.1 0.2 0.3 1 1 1 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 1.1 0.2 62 69 53 5.27 3.60 2.39 36 39 42 6.16 3.73 3.46 NE. October NE. November N. 73 88 1 59 0.6 3 0.5 1.3 58 3.72 39 4.45 NE. 72 86 118 68 22 2.7 13 0.6 5.3 57 3.63 36 4.29 N. Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 112° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 112° or above. 1894 Jan. 4, 7, 8, 20; Feb. 2, 3, 7, 12, 24. Dec. 19, 24, 26, 28, 30, 31. Jan. 6 . ... July 25. July 16; Aug. 4, 6. May 27; June 10-13, 16-17; Aug. 13. July 10; Aug. 17. June 26; July 13, 24; Aug. 14, 18. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2,6; Feb. 6, 7.... Dec. 30 June 17; Sept. 2. July 11. 1895 1896 Jan. 3, 4, 11; Feb. 2; Dec. 14. 16. Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 1.... Feb. 3, 4, 7 June' 28; July 9. June 22, 24. 1897 Dec 16-18 24 June 28; Aug. 16; Sept. 3. 1898 Jan. 11, 14, 17, 22, 25; Dec. 11. 910 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ARIZONA. Southern Valleys and Plains: PINAL COUNTY. Station: DUDLEYVILLE. Geoege F. Cook, Observer. [Established by Signal Service 1890. Latitude, 32° 40' N. Longitude, HO" 45' W. Elevation, 2,204 feet.]' This station is situated about 8 miles south of the village of Dudleyville, on the east side of the San Pedro River. The mountains to the east are about 5 miles distant, with a high mesa between the station and the moimtains. This mesa is about 300 yards distant from the instruments. To the west and southwest the mountains are quite close to the river, the valley being somewhat less than a mile wide at this point. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in the regulation Weather Bureau shelter, which is elevated about 4J feet above the bare ground, and stands about 40 feet south of a building and about 15 feet east of a young Cottonwood tree. The rain gage is exposed about 200 feet south of a building on open groimd. The top of the gage is about 2 feet above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1891, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mouth. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute raxDi- miun. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total ammmt for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. °F. 47 47 50 "F. "F. 80 79 84 °F. °F. 14 15 18 °F. 50 51 54 ^F- 43 42 46 In. 1.1 L3 1.1 In. 0.6 0.6 0.4 In. 0.7 January 1 6 February T 48 i 3.6 L6 2 3 i March 55 63 71 95 98 106 21 23 30 61 67 73 62 59 67 0.9 0.3 0.4 1.9 0.0 1.4 1 April T May 1 63 1.6 3.3 " 1 June 79 85 83 ■| 114 110 j 110 41 52 51 83 88 86 76 82 80 0.3 1.5 2.2, T. 0.7 !■■*. 1 July August RniTiTTipr TnpMti 82 1 4.0 2.1 4.9 1 September 77 66 56 ! 109 I 100 : 89 38 27 24 81 71 62 74 64 50 1.3 0.9 0.7 0.3 T. LI October . .. 1 6 November 3 9 Fall mean 06 1 2.9 1.4 8 6 Annual mean (.5 114 14 12.0 8.4 15.9 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimiun below 26° 1897 Jan., Feb., Mar. miss- ing; Nov. 9; Dec. 3-5, 8,11,14,17,18,20,22, 23, 25-27. Jan. 22-24; Mar. 15, 24, 29; Nov. 22-24; Dec. 4,12-14,23-25,30,31. Jan. 1-3, 5-7, 9, 10; Feb. 7, 8; Mar. 11; Dec. 10, 11, 13, 14, 20- 24, 20, 27. Jan. 19; Nov. 27; Dec. 13, 16, 17, 24, 25-31. Maximum 106° or above. June missing; .Vug. 6. June 18, 27-29. June 2S. 30; Julymissing; Sept. 3. June 19-21, 24-30; July 0-15, 23, 25, 28, 30; Aug. 13, 27. Year. 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 20°. Jan. 1-4, 11, 12, 17, 18; Dec. 8-10, 13-23, 27-29. Jan. 6, 8, 18, 20, 22, 24; Feb. 1-3, 6; Mar. 4, 5; Nov. 28, 29; Dec. 3-5, 29, 30. Jan. 2, 4, 6, 8-10, 12, 18- 21; Feb. 4, 7, 8, 10, 16, 17, 2S; Mar. 19; Nov, 19; Deo. 23-26, 28-31. Maximum 105° or above. June 17, 2,1, 27-30; July missing; Aug. 24-26. June 9, 10, 21-20; July 9-15 19, 30, 31; Aug. 1. June 21, 25-30; Julv 1, S, 8, 9, 11, 12, 19, 26,'-27-31 ; Aug. 1 , 2, 4, 6, 19-22. EOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU BEGION. 911 ARIZONA. Southern VaUeys and Plains: PINAL COUNTY. Station: ORACLE. W. H. Winters, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau July, 1891. Latitude, 32° 40' N. Longitude, 110° ra' W. Elevation, 4,510 feet.] This station is in the foothills on the northern slope of the Santa Catalina Mountains. To the south the open mesa extends for 10 miles, while to the north the hills rise from the very rear of the station. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in the standard shelter, which is attached to the north side of the house, on a broad veranda extending' the full width of the house and partially screened by climbing roses. The thermometers are 5 feet above the porch and 12 feet from the ground. The rain gage is 20 feet west of a one-story cottage. The top of the gage is 2i feet above the ground. Temperature means were obtained from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima.. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days ■Blth 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 46 45 47 "F. "F. 70 70 81 "F. 'F. 16 U 10 'F. 49 50 52 "F. 40 38 42 In. 1.2 1.9 1.6 In. 3.2 1.4. 0.6 In. 3.1 January February 3.7 0.0 46 4.6 5.2 6 8 March 52 60 68 85 90 102 24 30 32 57 63 72 49 53 64 1.3 0.4 0.3 1.2 T. 0.9 1.4 April L4 May 0.4 60 2.0 2.1 3.2 78 80 78 105 102 103 40 67 55 82 85 80 74 78 76 0.4 2.3 3.1 0.0 0:7 2.1 0.7 July -■ 3.7 5 79 5.8 2.8 9.4 September 74 64 56 97 88 81 48 36 26 77 68 60 71 60 50 1.6 1.0 0.9 1.0 0.1 2.9 2 0.0 1.2 Fall mean 64 3.5 4.0 1.4 62 105 10 15.9 14.1 20.8 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below 26°. January, February, March, April, and December missing. Jan. 10-19, 21-26; Nov. 20; Dec. 9-14, 22-25, 31. Jan. 6, 9, 13, 16, 23, 24; Feb. 6-8; Dec. 10. Maximum 100° or above. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 58 1900 1901 Minimum below 26°. Feb. 8, 9; Dec. 31 Jan. 1, 2, 11; Feb. 9; Dec. 12-14, 28, 29. Jan. 28, 31; Feb. 1, 2; Mar. 25. Feb. 3, 4, 7-9, 15 Maximum 100° or above. 912 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ARIZONA. Southern Valleys and Plains: QRAHAM COUNTY. Station: FORT GRANT. Post Sukgeon, U. S. Aemt, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, November 1, 1875. Latitude, 32° 19' N. Longitude, 109° 37' W. Elevation, 4,916 feet.] This station is in the southeastern part of Graham County. It is situated upon a moraine which is about 4 miles in width and has a slope of about 1 foot in 20. Northeast of the station is Graham Peak, which rises to an elevation of 10,375 feet above sea level. The maximum and minimiun thermometers are exposed in a slat-sided shelter, about 2 feet 6 inches square, and painted white. The shelter is about 50 feet from the hospital building, under a large Cottonwood tree, and is about 4 feet 6 inches above the groimd. The rain and snow gage is exposed on a fence about 6 feet above the ground, and at a sufficient distance from trees and buildings to give a good exposure. Tabulated data are for the following periods of observation: Precipitation, 1876 to 1895; mean maximum and mean minimum temperatures, 1878 to 1895; dates of extremes of temperature, 1878 to 1890 and 1897 to 1903. The remaining data are for the period July 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. The observations from 1875 to July, 1891, were made by Signal-Service observers. The temperature means from 1880 to 1888 were obtained from tridaily observations ; from 1900 to 1903 from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. m Temperature. Precipitation. Month. 1 6 O . i Absolute maxi- mum. Moan of tho min- ima. o Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. a 3-c; 1 = 1 Total amount for the wettest year. J3 © o s= > < "o-P 1 December, January February 46 45 47 'F. 57 54 57 'F. 88 80 87 "F. 36 33 37 "F. 10 12 13 °F. 52 53 52 "F. 39 40 43 In. LI LO LI 5 6 In. 0.2 1.0 L6 In. .5.9 1.1 4.6 In. 0.2 2.8 0.9 In. 49 50 47 N. N. N. Winter mean March April May Spring mean 46 56 35 3.2 16 2.8 1L6 3.9 49 N 52 59 67 63 71 80 86 88 100 42 47 55 10 27 24 58 63 71 48 53 60 0.9 0.3 0.3 6 2 2 L7 0.6 0.4 3.9 0.5 0.8 0.1 0.0 0.0 41 32 26 N. N. NW. 59 71 48 L5 10 2.7 5.2 0.1 33 N. 76 78 76 88 90 87 106 104 105 64 68 65 31 48 52 82 82 80 68 72 72 0.4 2.4 2.7 4 13 12 0.0 0.9 LO L2 0.7 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 26 43 52 July NW August E 77 88 66 5.5 29 1.9 4.3 0.0 40 September 72 63 54 82 74 62 99 96 92 61 .52 40 40 33 22 77 67 63 67 58 46 L8 0.9 0.6 6 3 3 0.1 0.5 0.1 1.0 3.1 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.1 42 39 44 N October N N" 63 73 51 3.3 12 0.7 4.6 0.1 42 ATiTinfl.1 mpjin 61 72 106 50 10 13.5 67 8.1 25.7 4.1 41 X Dates of Tempeeatuee Exteemes foe the Peeiod Januaet 1, 1897, to Decembee 31,. 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 100° or above. 1897 Dec. 4,20-26 1901 Jan. 4, 10, 11, 13; Feb. July 5. 1898 Jan. 11-19, 21-26; Dec. Do. 1, 3, 4; Dec. 8, 12-16, 9-13, 24, 25, 31. 21, 22, 28-31. 1899 Jan. 1, 6, 13, 24; Feb. 6-8, 12, 13; Mar. 11- 14, 18, 31; Dee. 10, Do. 1902 Jan. 30, 31; Feb. 1, 2, 26; Mar. 1, 24; Dec. 3, 14-16, 20, 21. June 11, 20, 21, 23-30; July 31; Aug. 1-5. 20,21. 1903 Jan. 3; Feb. 4, 8; Dec. July 12, 30; Aug. 3, 16, 21. 1900 Feb. 8; Dec. 29-31 June 2«, 29. 24,25. EOOK? MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU BEGION. 913 ARIZONA. Southern Valleys and Plains: PIMA COUNTY. Station: TUCSON. University of Arizona, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service in 1878; reestablished by the Weather Bureau in 1891, and changed to voluntary station in 1895. Lati- tude, 32° 14' N. Longitude, 110° 53' W. Elevation, 2,430 leet.] This station is situated on the grounds of the University of Arizona, on the outskirts of the city of Tucson. The surround- ings are typical mesa country in the Santa Cruz Valley, with encircling mountains at a distance of from .1 to 30 miles. The highest elevations are nearly 10,000 feet, and for some weeks or months during the year, according to season, these mountains are snow clad. The thermometers — maximum and minimum — are exposed in a standard shelter, located in a fenced inclosure, about 40 yards south of the main university building. There are no trees or other vegetation near enough to affect the observations. The thermometers are 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is exposed within the same inclosure, its top being about 2 feet above the ground. Temperature means from 1880 to 1883 were calculated from tridaily observations; from 1884 to 1903, from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, July 1, 1880, to December 31, 1903. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Absolute maxi- munL Mean of the minima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December "F. 52 50 54 64 63 67 "F. 90 80 82 "F. 36 35 40 'F. 10 17 11 "F. 62 63 70 "F. 46 41 45 In. 0.8 0.7 0.8 3 4 4 In. 1.0 0.0 0.4 In. T 1.8 52 65 37 2.3 11 1.4 59 66 74 74 81 91 95 98 106 43 48 65 22 28 32 70 75 81 51 59 68 0.6 0.2 0.1 5 1 1 0.4 T. T. April T May Spring mean 66 82 49 0.9 7 0.4 5 .Tn"« . 82 88 86 100 99 95 112 109 110 63 74 73 40 59 57 93 98 95 74 74 81 0.2 1.8 2.5 1 10 9 0.1 LO 1.8 8 July .CSpTTITnor me^Ti 85 98 70 4.5 20 2.9 9." 81 70 59 92 83 72 107 98 90 66 52 42 49 29 21 89 76 65 77 65 54 0.8 0.6 0.7 4 2 1 0.1 0.0 0.4 November. . 1 1 Fall mean 70 82 52 2.1 7 5 1. 4 68 82 112 52 10 9.8 46 5.2 14.6 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 105° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 105° or above. 1897 Dec. 3,20-26 June 21. June 18, 27-29; July 13, 23, 24, 26, 28; Aug. 14, 18. June 10, 28, 30; July 1, 2; Sept. 1, 2. 1900 1901 1902 1903' Feb. 9 June 19, 20, 23, 24, 26-28; July 6, 7, 31; Aug. 28. Aug. 25, 26. June 9, 20-25; July 31; Aug. 1. June 25-31; July 1, 5, 30; Aug. 2 21. 10-14, 1898 Jan. 16, 18, 20-23, 25, 26, 31; Mar. 23; Nov. 12, 13, 21-23; Dec. 23, 25, 31. Jan. 5-7, 9, 24, 25; Feb. 6-8; Mar. 11, 12; Dec. 10, 11, 14, 22. Jan. 1-3, 11, 12; Mar. 25; Dec. 14. None 1899 Feb. 4, 7, 8, 10, 16, 17; Dec. 24, 25. 3,20, 914 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. ARIZONA. Southera Valleys and Plains: COCHISE COUNTY. Station: FORT HUACHUCA. Post Sukgeon, U. S. Aemt, Observer. [Established 1x78 as part of the current work of the Medical Department, U. S. Army. Latitude, 31° 30" N. Longitude, 32° 20' W. Eleva- tion, 5,008 feet.] The station is situated near the northeastern base of the Huaehuca Mountains. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, 4^ feet above the ground and SO feet distant from the post hospital building. • The rain gage is 20 feet distant from the instrument shelter and about 70 feet from the house. The top of the gage is 4 feet above the ground. Observations are taken daily at 6 p. m., Pacific time. The temperature means from 1886 to 1890 wcro obtained from tridaily observations: from 1891 to 1903, from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. January 1, 1886, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. -\bsolnte mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Me.an. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December T. 46 44 46 °F. 59 56 58 °.F. 79 72 75 "F. 35 32 35 °F. 9 14 "F. ' 52 49 54 'F. 38 34 41 In. 0.9 1.0 1.0 3 4 4 In. T. 0.2 1.8 In. 0.6 January 2.5 0.4 45 58 34 2.9 11 2.0 3.5 March 52 59 68 65 74 81 87 88 97 40 46 53 16 29 32 58 67 71 48 46 64 0.8 0.2 0.2 4 2 1 0.7 0.0 1.2 1.3 0.6 Mky 0.1 60 73 46 1.2 7 1.9 2.0 .Tnnp. 77 78 75 90 89 88 103 104 99 62 65 63 37 48 47 S3 81 79 72 74 71 0.5 3.8 4.3 12 13 0.2 1.3 4.2 0.5 July 7.8 6.2 77 88 63 8.6 27 5.7 14.5 September 71 63 54 83 76 67 99 99 80 60 .50 40 39 32 16 76 71 59 66 60 48 2.0 0.7 0.8 6 3 2 1.1 0.0 T. 7 October 0.0 1 2 Fall mean.. . 63 75 50 3.5 11 1.1 1 9 61 74 104 48 16.2 56 10.7 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period May 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 105° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 105° or above. 1897 January, February, March, April, miss- None. 1900 Feb. 8-10, 24; Dec. 28- 30. June 20; July 10. ing; Dee. 3, 4, 17, 18, 1901 Jan. 2, 11, 12; Feb. 2, None. 20-25. 3, 8-11. 1898 Jan. 12-17, 19-22, 25, 26; Mar. 23; Nov. 14, Do. 1902 Jan. 27-31; Feb. 1; March, missing. Do. 16, 17, 21, 22; Dec. 11, 1903 Feb. 3-5, 7, 8, 16, 17; August, missing. 13, 24, 25, 31. Dec. 25. 1899 Jan. 1, 2, 4-6, 13-15, 23-25; Feb. 4-10, 17, 19,20; Mar. 11; Dec 10, 11, 20-23. Do. ■ / NEVADA. By JAMES H. SMITH, Section Director. 916 NEVADA. General topographic feaiures. a — The State of Nevada is included between the parallels of 35° and 42° north latitude and the meridians of 114° and 120° west longitude. Its area is 112,090 square miles. It is bounded on the north by the States of Oregon and Idaho, on the east by Utah and the Territory of Arizona, on the south and southeast by the Colorado River, and on the west and southwest by the State of California. In topographic configuration Nevada is pecuhar. To the northwest of the Humboldt River, which flows in a general southwesterly direction nearly across the State, is a main mountain range, having a general easterly and westerly trend, which forms the divide between the drainage basins of that stream and the branches of the great Snake River. This range is not distinct and well defined, as are the Sierra Nevada and Rocky Mountain ranges, but is broken by many low passes and at one point by a broad table-land. In fact, it is not generally recognized as a distinct mountain range, and is without a name, local names only being given to the various ■ spurs radiating from it. Its most prominent features consist of mmierous high ridges or spurs, extending north and south from the main divide, and reaching in many cases altitudes of from 9,000 to 12,000 feet. To the south and westward from the Humboldt River the country consists of a series of narrow mountain ranges and intervening valleys, aU having a north and south trend. Along the western border lie the high Sierra Nevada Mountains. With the exception of small areas in the northeast portion, which drain to the Columbia River, and in the southeast, the waters from which discharge into the Colorado River, the entire State is included within what is known as "The Great Basin," an immense district lying between the Rocky Moimtains and the Sierra Nevadas, from which no water flows to the sea. Climate. — ^Nevada has a dry and comparatively mOd climate. A marked feature of the climate as compared with other States outside of the arid region is the large percentage of clear skies throughout the entire year. As a rule the winters are moderately mild, with few storms and many bright, cloudless days. The snow remains on the ground only a short time, except at great altitudes. The rainy season begins in October and ends in April; the precipitation is mostly in the form of snow on the mountains. High winds prevail during storms in winter and spring, but during the summer and fall months the winds are Ught and the weather dry, clear, and pleasant. Although remarkably high temperatures frequently occur in summer, there has not been a ease of sunstroke known in Nevada. Tornadoes are unkn own, and hail, fog, and thunderstorms are rather infrequent. The mean annual temperature is 49°, and the mean annual precipitation from 3 to 12 inches. The greatest precipitation occurs in the eastern, northeastern, and western sections, and the least in the southeastern section. Owing to Nevada's location to the leeward of the Sierra Nevada Mountains, which intercept the rain-bearing winds from the west and deprive them of their moisture, the precipitation in the agricultural valleys of the State is very small. The highest temperature recorded in Nevada by a self-registering thermometer was 119°, at Eldorado Canyon, Lincoln County, in July, 1889. The lowest temperature recorded was 42° below zero, at Elko, Elko County, in January, 1890. List of Codnttes and Climatological Stations. County. station. District. Page. County. Station. District. Page. Lyon {see Fort Mohave, Ariz.; Carson City). Nye do . . Potts Elko Elko Northeastern... Southwestern . . 919 •923 921 Hawthorne... Ormsby Carson City . . Western do 920 Winnemucca . Northwestern . . Central 918 Washoe {see WLnnemucca) . . Northwestern . . Eastern White Pine Ely Pioche Southeastern. .. 924 a From Water Supply and Irrigation in Nevada, by L. H. Taylor. 916 BOOKT MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. State Summary. 917 WiBnemucca Elko Carson City. Potts Ely Hawthorne-. Pioche Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. Mean maxi- mum. 62 Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. 'F. 104 108 100 110 101 102 Date. July, 1877 July, 1889 do... July, 1896 July, 1888 July, 1889 July, 1878, Abso- lute mini- mum. "F. -28 -42 -22 -32 -36 - 6 -16 January, 1888, January, 1890. do January, 1902, January, 1888, January, 1890, January, 1883, Average num- ber days with— Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 22 43 8 61 19 34 16 217 146 186 211 105 133 Station. !Frost. Num- ber. Average date of — First killing Last in spring. Date of- Earliest killin g Latest Precipitation. Spring. Winnemucca. Elko Carson City.. Potts Ely Hawthorne... Pioche Sept. 23 May 15 Sept. 20 May 20 Aug. 22 SeptV's June 20 Inches. 8.4 7.7 10.8 7.3 12.4 3.4 11.2 Inches. 2.7 2.1 2.7 3.1 4.7 0.9 2.8 Inches. 1.0 1.0 . 0.7 1.4 1.9 0.5 2.5 Inches. 1.5 1.4 2.1 0.8 2.3 0.7 1.6 Inches. a2 a2 6.3 2.0 as 1.3 43 918 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEVADA. Northwestern District: HUMBOLDT COUNTY. Station: WINNEMUCCA. J. C. Hayden, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Signal Service July 15, 1877. Latitude, 40° 58' N. Longitude, 117° 43'. Elevation, 4,322 feet.] This station is located in the valley of the Humboldt Eiver, about 75 miles south of the southern boundary of Oregon. The valley runs in a northeasterly and southwesterly direction. The station is bounded on.aU sides by steep mountain peaks and short ranges, rising from 1 ,000 to 4,000 feet above the valley, which is only from 1 to 5 miles broad and about 200 miles long. The thermometers are exposed on the top of the court-house on Bridge street in a standard instrument shelter, 59 feet above the ground and 12 feet above the roof. The rain and snow gages are also located on the roof of the court-house, 25 feet southwest of the instrument shelter. The present place of exposure of the rain and snow gages is not thought to be a good one, as the roof is not flat but sloping, and durinp' high winds much precipitation is carried over their tops. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fifteen years; snowfall, twelve years; remainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-six and one-half years, July 15, 1877, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. 1 1 i 1 g s S 1 S y s 1.- is r o 1^ cS ■ SB 1 = 1 ^1 as Snow. 6 00 > 6 00 1 B d 00 > '3 « s A □0 1 Month. »-S2 = ^ 3 5 32 27 33 "F. 42 38 44 "F. 65 59 69 °F. 21 17 22 "F. -20 -28 -22 "F. 38 36 41 "F. 25 15 16 In. 1.2 1.1 0.9 10 9 9 In. 0.9 1.4 0.6 In. 1.8 3.1 1.6 In. 7.4 8.6 5.3 "In. 5.3 10.5 3.2 P.ct. 63 64 67 Gts. 1.61 1.35 1.41 P.ct. 77 76 73 Grs. 1.14 0.98 1.03 NE. SW. February SW. Winter mean 31 41 20 3.2 28 2.9 6.5 21.3 61 1.46 75 1.05 SW. March 40 47 54 52 69 68 82 83 96 28 34 40 - 3 12 17 47 52 61 32 41 48' 0.8 0.9 1.0 9 5 8 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.9 1.0 1.0 3.4 3.0 1.1 5.0 4.0 3.5 43 36 31 1.83 1.66 2.10 66 63 59 1.33 1.61 2.01 SW. April SW. May SW. Spring mean 47 60 34 2.7 22 0.9 :2.9 7.5 37 1.86 63 1.63 SW. June July 63 71 70 77 88 88 98 104 102 48 54 52 29 33 26 69 76 74 58 67 63 0.6 0.2 0.2 5 2 1 0.2 0.0 T. 0.6 0.0 0.1 T. T. 0.0 0.7 7.5 0.0 23 16 14 2.08 2.04 1.73 51 37 34 2.23 1.99 1.65 SW. SW. August SW. SnTTTrnpir mpiH.n 68 84 51 1.0 8 0.2 0.7 T. 18 1.95 41 1.96 SW. September October : ■. November 60 48 37 77 64 51 94 87 73 43 33 23 16 11 -19 67 52 43 55 43 28 0.3 0.5 0.7 3 4 5 0.2 0.1 0.5 0.1 1.4 0.3 T. T. 1.0 T. 6.0 3.0 21 33 47 1.84 1.90 1.66 42 55 67 1.54 1.46 1.30 SW. SW. SW. Fall mean 48 64 33 1 1.5 12 0.8 1.8 1.0 34 1.80 55 1.43 SW. 1 1 A-nTinn.l mpnn 48 62 104 35 -28 8.4 70 4.8 11.9 29.8 10.5 37 1.77 58 1.52 SW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximunx 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 6, 9; Feb. 11, 22; ; Aug. 1, 24, 25. Dec. 14, 25, 26. Jan. 25, 26, 28-30; Feb. Aug. 4, 5. 1; Dec. 18, 22, 23, 25, 26, 29. Nov. 28, 29 1 July 4, 10, 11, 18-21. None t July 11, 12; Aug. 14-19, 21-24. i 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10, 11, 13, 14, 21, 26-28, 30; Dec. 11. Feb. 4-6 July 26-31; Aug. 1, 2, 9-12. July 17-19. June 20; July 29-31. July 6, 23-25, 29, 30; Aug. 3. July 20, 24; Aug. 6. Aug. 18. 1896 1897 None Jan. 1,10; Feb. 10-12.. Jan. 26, 28, 29 Jan. 29; Feb. 3-712-21. EOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 919 NEVADA. Northeastern Section: ELKO COUNTY. Station; ELKO. C. H. Sproule, Observer. [Established by the Nevada State weather service February, 1S88. Latitude, 40° 50' N. Longitude, 115° 46' W. Elevation, 6,063 feet.] This station adjoins the post-office in the town of Elko, and is about 300 yards from the Humboldt River, which rans through the town east and west. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, which is attached to the east side of a store building 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located near the dwelling house of the observer, and is away from any building or fence. The top of the gage is 3i feet above the ground. Maximum and minimum temperature data, snowfall, and number of days with 0.01 or more precipitation are for the period of observation 1888-1903, inclusive. The remaining tabulated data are for the period February 1, 1870, to December 31 1903. The mean temperature was obtained from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December 'F. 27 24 27 °F. 43 38 46 °F. 73 62 72 -F. 11 7 13 'F. -33 -42 -41 "F. 32 36 39 17 13 15 In. 1.2 1.0 1.0 5 5 4 Jn. 0.3 0.1 T. In. 0.1 L6 L6 In. 10.1 12.6 8.9 In. 10.0 16.0 12.0 26 42 10 3 2 14 0.4 3.2 31.5 March 36 45 54 54 64 69 84 90 98 22 29 33 -15 8 5 43 69 65 27 35 41 0.9 0.6 0.6 6 3 3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 3 9 1.4 9.4 0.8 0.2 13.0 April 3.0 May. •1.0 Spring mean 45 62 28 2.1 12 0.0 5.5 10.4 64 72 69 79 92 90 102 108 105 38 44 41 20 28 24 73 82 77 51 63 60 0.5 0.2 0.3 2 1 1 0.1 O.C 0.0 LO 0.1 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 0.5 July 0.0 0.0 69 87 41 1.0 4 0.1 1.1 T. 0.5 September October 57 45 34 77 66 55 96 88 81 32 26 20 9 -16 70 66 47 49 38 19 0.2 0.5 0.7 1 3 3 0.1 T. 0.3 0.1 2.1 3.1 T. 0.7 2.2 0.5 5.0 6.0 45 . 66 26 1.4 7 0.4 6.3 2.9 Annual mean 46' 64 108 26 -42 7.7 37 0.9 16.1 44.8 15.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below 0°. Jan. 6, 9, 17, 19, 27, 29; Feb. 3-6, 10, 11, 13- 16,22-26; Mar. miss- ing; Nov. 16, i8, 19, 26, 30; Deo. 10 11, 13, 14, 24-28, 31. Jan. 2, 6, 7, 8, 10-12, 17, 18, 22, 25, 26, 28-30; Feb. 1, 4-8, 11, 14- 16, 19; Nov. 6, 6, 23, 24; Dec. 16, 18-23, 26-31. Missing Jan. 17-19; Feb. and Mar. missing; Nov. 15; Dec. 3-5, 16, 18, 20, 21, 24, 26. Maximum 95° or above. July 3-13, 18-20, 22-23, 28-31; Aug. miss- ing; Sept. 9. June 23, 26, 26; July 1, 14, 16, 19, 20,22, 23, 26-27; Aug. 1-7, 10-20, 24. May 29; June missing; July 11-16, 29, 31; Aug. missing. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 0°, Jan. 8, 10-14, 18, 21,23- 31; Mar. 16; Nov. 10, 12, 14, 21, 26-27; Dec. 0, 11-13, 22-25, 27, 29, 30. Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 4-7; Dec. 6, 7, 14, 17-21, 26, 27. Deo. 31 Jan. 1, 9-11, 16-19, 30; Feb. 1, 2, 4, 9-13. Jan. 14, 23, 26-30; Feb. 2, 3; Dec. 29, 30. Jan. 17-19, 30; Feb 1- 7, 12-19; Dec. 6, 25- 27, 30. Maximum 95° or above. June missing; July 4, 6, 8-12, 14-16, 23- 31; Aug. 1-4, 9-li, 16. June 17; July 5, 9, 11, 17, 19, 20, 26, 27. June 20, 27, 28; July 8, 13, 14, 17, 29, 30; Aug. 1. July 6, 11, 12, 18-23, 25, 28-31; Aug. 3. July 20, 22, 23, 26, 26, 31; Aug. 1, 3-7. July 11, 13, 16, 20, 22, 24-27, 31; Aug. 5, 10-12, 15, 17-20. 920 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEVADA. Western District: ORMSBY COUNTY. Station: CARSON CITY. J. H. Smith, Section Director. [Established by the U. S. Signal Service, December 1, 1887. Latitude, 39° 10' N. Longitude, 119° 46' W. Elflvation, 4,674 leet.] This station is located in Eagle VaUey, Ormsby County, close to the eastern base of the Sierra Nevada Mountains. The vaUey is about 5 miles long and 4 miles wide, with high mountains on the east and west sides and moderately low ranges on the north side. The Sierra Nevada Mountains on the west side are 6,500 feet above sea level and about 2,000 feet above the vaUey. This station was located in the State Printing Office Building from December 1, 1887, until November 20, 1891, when it was removed to the Government building, where it has remained up to the present time. The temperature readings were taken at the Carson Observatory until the erection of a standard instrument shelter on the roof of the Government building April 1 , 1897. The dry and wet thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, the bottom of which is 10 feet above the platform; the thermometers are 82 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located on the platform 6 feet northeast of the instrument shelter and 77 feet above the ground. The location is a veiy good one for the wind instruments, which are elevated above all obstructions in the immediate vicinity of the station. The anemometer cups are 92 feet from the ground. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Snowfall data and wind direction, ten years, 1894-1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903; remainder of data from full period of observation, sixteen years, December 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. PreoipitatioB . Mean humidity. 1 ft . r i3 § S § 1 S < 1^ § I 4 s 13 o s oo til ^1 ©•a Bo, 1% Snow. QO i B 00 1 g < 6 p. 00 s d 00 o 1 Month. < o "F. 34 33 36 "F. 46 44 47 "F. 67 63 68 'F. 23 21 24 °F. - 7 -22 -14 "F. 39 40 41 "F. 31 21 22 In. 1.7 2.0 1.6 7 7 7 In. 0.4 0.3 1.7 In. 5.6 0.1 4.0 In. 6.0 8.3 10.2 In. 6.8 15.7 11.6 P.ct. 71 73 71 Ors. 1.26 1.18 1.32 P.ct. 56 65 50 Gts. 1.60 1.46 1.69 sw. sw. sw. 34 46 23 5.3 21 2.4 9.7 23.5 72 1.26 54 1.66 s.w March 41 47 54 52 60 67 74 82 88 29 34 40 4 16 22 46 52 59 34 43 48 1.3 0.6 0.8 8 4 5 L2 0.2 0.2 2.5 1.7 2.6 7.5 2.2 0.4 7.7 9.0 3.4 64 59 62 1.40 1.56 2.04 40 31 31 1.67 1.56 1.97 sw. sw. Mky sw. Spring mean 47 60 j 34 2.7 17 1.6 6.8 10.1 62 1.67 34 1.70 sw. 1 61 68 67 76 84 84 93 100 100 46 51 50 27 35 34 67 70 71 56 64 62 0.3 0.1 0.3 2 2 2 T. T. 0.2 0.3 0.3 T. T. 0.0 0.0 0.3 T. 0.0 56 52 56 2.20 2.44 2.58 25 21 23 2.13 2.23 2.44 w. July w. w. 65 81 49 0.7 6 0.2 0.6 0.0 54 2.41 23 2.27 w September 60 SO 42 75 65 55 92 85 74 44 36 28 18 17 8 66 53 44 55 47 39 0.3 0.5 1.3 2 4 6 0.1 0.4 0.8 0.9 T. T. 0.0 0.9 1.5 T. 4.0 3.8 58 65 67 2.20 1.78 1.47 26 34 43 2.14 1.89 1.75 sw. sw. sw 61 65 1 36 1 2.1 11 1.3 0.9 2.4 63 1.82 34 1.93 sw 49 63 100 36 — 22 10.8 55 5.5 18.0 36.0 15.7 63 1.79 36 1.86 sw Dates of Tempekature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MLnimum below 0°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Jan. 5, 6; Feb. 11, 17.. Jan. 1,20,26, 28,29.... None. Aug. 5 July 18-20. Aug. 18, 22, 23. iJuly 26-31; Aug. 1,2, 9-12. July 18. 1900 1901 1902 1903 July 29. July 30. July 24, 25; Aug. 6, 7. None. 1895 Feb. 10-12 Jan. 26 Feb. 21-24 Jan. 29; Feb. 3, 6, 6, 13-17. 1898 1899 Jan. 8, 11,24,27, 28.... Tan 5- Feb. 6 EOCKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU BEGION. 921 NEVADA. Central Section: NYE COUNTY. Station: POTTS. Bessie Potts, Observer. [Established by the Nevada State weather service, February 1, 1892. Latitude, 38° 60' N. Longitude, 116° 20' W. Elevation, 6,995 leet.] This station is situated in the central part of Monitor Valley. The mountains are about 6 miles distant from the station. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter attached to the north side of the observer's dwelling house, about 4i feet above the ground. The rain gage is located in an open space near the thermometer shelter. The top of the gage is 5 feet above ground. Tabulated data are for the period of observation February 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. The mean temperature was obtained from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean, Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. / ■ Aver- age depth. Great- est depth m24 hours. December January •. "F. 26 23 26 °F. 40 36 38 65 62 65 "F. 12 13 16 "F. -20 -32 -25 'F. 34 31 38 'F. 15 16 13 In. 0.6 0.7 0.7 4 6 5 In. 0.2 1.0 1.0 In. 0.1 0.4 0.1 In. 5.2 8.3 7.1 In. 8.0 8.0 8.0 Winter mean 25 38 14 2.0 15 2.2 0.6 20.6 March 32 45 55 44 68 71 67 86 98 21 33 44 - 8 10 41 52 64 26 35 46 0.9 0.8 1.4 7 4 7 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.4 2.3 6.3 11.2 6.6 4.4 6.0 April 5.0 May 4.0 Spring mean 44 58 33 3.1 18 0.6 9.0 22.2 71 76 74 85 94 89 105 no 108 65 69 64 26 26 28 76 84 87 62 63 63 0.2 0.6 0.6 2 3 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.1 lr3 2.4 0.3 0.0 0.0 3.0 July - . 0.0 T. 74 89 66 1.4 9 0.2 3.8 0.3 58 46 ■36 78 62 60 100 94 70 35 27 20 10 6 -17 75 62 45 51 44 28 0.2 0.2 0.4 1 2 3 T. 0.2 0.8 0.0 9.0 0.1 0.6 1.2 3.7 4.0 4.0 6.0 47 63 28 0.8 6 1.0 0.1 5.5 47 62 110 32 -32 7.3 48 4.0 13.5 48.6 8.0 Dates of Temperathke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Jan. 2, 3, 5, 8, 16, 23, 25; Feb. 1-3, 11, 13, 14, June missing; July 3-5, 7-11, 13, 15-17, 19, 21-24, 28-31; Aug. 4, 5, 11-16, 18. 1900 Dec. 25-31 June 6, 19, 20-30; July 1, 6-13, 17-20, 27, 28; Aug. 1-3. 22, 23; Nov. 16-18; 1901 Jan. 1-5, 8-13, 17-20, July 8-14, 16, 25-29. Dec. 17, 26-30. * 24,26,27,29-31; Feb. 1S95 Jan. 7, 20, 24, 25, 27-31; June 13, 14, 20-25, 29; July 2^, 6, 9, 11, 1, 2, 4, 8-13; Mar. Feb. 1-7, 15, 16; 16-31; Aug. 1-A, 6-10, 12-20, 24; Sept. 24, 26; Apr. 4, 7, 8, Nov. 5, 7-9, 22-24; 7, 9, 10. 10; Nov. and Dec. Dec. 16-18, 21-30. missmg. 1896 Missing. June 7, 13; July and Aug. missing. 1902 Jan. 17-22,26-31; Nov. 23-26; Dec. 23, 28, 29. June 4-7, 11, 17, 18, 27, 28; July record 1897 Jan. 17-19; Feb. 13, incomplete; Aug. 4, 22. 21-24; Mar. 9, 11, 13, 1903 Jan. 29, 30; Feb. 1-7, July 25, 28, 30 31 ; Aug. 1-3, 7-9,11, 12, 18, 21,22; Nov. 15; Dec. 9, 12-17; Mar. 7, 9, 19,22; Sept. 1-3, 19. 3, 4, 21. 18, 19; Dec. 4, 5, 7, 1898 Jan. 8, 10-14, 23, 24, 25-31; Mar. 22; Dec. missing. June 18, 20, 21, 25, 28, 29; July 1, 2, 4-11, 14-18, 21, 24, 27-31; Aug. 1-7, 10-12, 14-16. 18, 24-26. 23,24. 1899 Jan. 9, 10, 12-15, 21, 23-30; Feb. 1-9, 12, 16; Deo. 6-8, 13-24. June 8, 10, 19, 20, 21, 28; July 1-5, 7, 10-19, 25, 26; Aug. 1-3. 922 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEVADA, eastern Section: WHITE PINE COUNTY. Station: ELY. D. S. DiCKEESON, Observer. [Established by the Nevada State weather service, January 1, 1888. Latitude, 39° IC N. Longitude, 114° 57' W. Elevation, 6,000 feet.] This station is situated near Steptoe Valley, on Murray Creek, at the base of the Egan range of mountains. The mountains to the east of the station are distant about 5 miles. The valley and mountain ranges have a north and south trend. The instruments consist of a set of self-registering maximum and minimum thermometers and a standard 8-inch rain gage. The thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton-region shelter in front of the court-house. The bottom of the shelter is 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is located in an open space in front of the court-house and about 30 feet from the building. The top of the gage is 3J feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. The mean temperature was obtained from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 27 24 30 40 38 42 °F. 07 66 65 "F. 11 9 16 °F. -22 -36 -23 'F. 34 32 36 op 22 17 20 In. 1.3 1.1 1.1 6 4 4 771. 1.1 1.3 0.6 In. 2.3 0.6 1.3 In. 10.2 10. 1. 9.9 In. 12.0 January . . . 7,0 February 12.0 27 40 13 3.5 13 3.0 4.2 30.2 March April Mky > 33 43 51 48 59 68 68 83 90 19 28 34 -12 3 13 42 50 56 25 37 41 1.7 1.5 1.5 6 5 5 2.6 1.5 0.6 1.3 2.5 4.0 14.6 9.8 5.6 12.0 16.0 14.0 Spring mean 42 58 27 4.7 16 4.7 7.8 30.0 June 60 68 04 80 88 83 98 101 96 40 47 47 21 30 25 66 74 70 52 62 60 0.3 0.6 1.0 2 3 5 0.0 0.3 0.8 2.1 0.7 0.8 0.2 0.0 0.0 3.0 July T. August 0.0 04 84 45 1.9 10 1.1 3.6 0.2 September October - November - 55 43 34 73 00 52 91 79 69 .35 27 19 15 3 -16 63 48 40 50 38 24 0.6 0.8 0.9 3 4 3 T. 0.0 0.4 2.0 0.1 0.3 0.4 2.4 4.6 3.0 6.0 10.0 44 62 27 2.3 10 0.4 2.4 7.4 44 61 101 28 -36 12 4 49 9.2 18.0 67.8 Dates op Temperature Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1894 1895 1896 1897 Minimum below 0°. Jan. 3,5-8; Feb. miss- ing; Mar. 5; Dec. 8, 10, 12, 24-26. Jan. 6, 7, 24, 26, 27, 28; Feb. 3, 14, 15; Mar. 15; Nov. 4, 6, 24; Dec. 13, 16, 19, 22, 24, 28, 30. Missing Jan. 3, 17; Feb. 9, 12, 21-23, 25; Mar. 7, 8, 10, 12, 19, 21, 22, 30; Nov. 25: Dec. 2, 3, 18-20. Jan. 7, 10-12, 14,22-27; Feb. 8; Mar. 18, 22; Nov. 8, 20; Dec. 21, 30. Maximum 95° or above. None. Aug. 6. None. Do. June 28; July 25, 28-30; Aug. 12. Year. Minimum below 0°. 1900 1901 1902 Jan. 3, 8, 12, 22; Feb. 3-5; Dec. 13, 17-20. Dec. 30, 31 Jan. 1, 8-10; Feb. 1, 9, 12; Dec. 12. Jan. 25-29; Mar. 3; Dec. 2, 13. Jan. 17-19, 30; Feb. 1, 3-7, 9, 12-16; Mar. 1, 7; Dec. missing. Maximum 95° or above. July 19, 24. June 20, 21, 27; July 9, 10, 17, 30, 31. June 29; July 6, 19, 20, 29. June 23; Aug. 2. None. EOOKY MOUNTAIN STATES AND PLATEAU REGION. 923 NEVADA. Southwestern Section: ESMERALDA COUNTY. Station: HAWTHORNE. T G. Watteeson, Observer. [Established by tbe Nevada State weather servioe January 1, 1888. Latitude, 38° .W N. Longitude, 118° 40' W. Elevation, 4,669 leet.J This station is situated in Lake Valley, about 5 miles from the lower end of Walker Lake . Mountains surround the town on three sides, the valley and lake opening toward the north. The western mountains are the highest, Mount Grant being over 12,000 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometera are exposed in a standard shelter, which is attached to the north side of the observer's residence, the bottom of the shelter being 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 50 feet north of the shelter, in the open, and is about 5 feet above the ground. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1903. The mean temperature was obtained from the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Mean. Temperat ure. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Precipitation. Mean of the luaxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. 3 4 3 Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest ■year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December January February "F. 36 34 38 "F. 47 44 48 "F. 69 65 68 "F. 24 23 26 "F. - 6 2 'F. 42 40 45 'F. 32 26 28 In. 0.4 0.5 0.4 In. T. 1. 1 0.4 In. 1.5 0.2 1.0 In. 2.1 2.2 2.2 In. 12.0 4.0 5.5 Winter mean. 36 46 24 1.3 10 1.5 2.8 6.5 March ^?!;v.;;;;:::::::::;;:: 44 51 69 66 64 72 78 88 93 31 37 45 9 16 22 50 59 68 38 46 • 52 0.3 0.3 0.3 3 2 4 T. 1.2 0.0 0.2 1.2 1.1 1.3 0.4 0.2 4.0 0.6 0.5 Spring mean 61 64 38 1 0.9 9 0.1 2.5 1.9 1 June . . . 68 75 74 82 90 89 100 102 102 52 59 59 32 45 39 74 79 79 61 71 68 0.3 0.1 0.1 2 2 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.1 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 Summer mean. . . 72 87 57 0.6 5 0.0 1.2 0.0 0.0 65 54 44 79 67 67 97 88 78 50 40 31 28 21 15 74 68 47 53 .50 41 0.2 0.2 0.3 I 1 2 0.0 0.2 T. 0.9 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.4 0.0 October.. 3.8 4.0 64 68 40 0.7 4 0.2 0.9 1.4 54 66 102 40 - 6 3.4 28 1.8 7.4 9.8 12.0 Dates op Tempekatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year, Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. Jan. 6 1 July 9. None i June 23; July 14,15,23-25; Aug. 4-6, 14. Missing I None. None ' July 11, 12; Aug. 17,18,22,23. Jan.11,18 ' June 27; July 10. 13, 15, 16,24,26-31; Aug.1-3, 9-12, 20. None June 16,29; July 4,16-21. do June 20, 21, 27, 29; July 7, 8, 11, 12, 17- 19, 29-31; Aug. 20, 21, 27, 29. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1901 None June 28-30; July 11, 21-23, 26-31; Aug. ! : 13, 14. 1902 1 Jan. and Feb.missing.j June G, 22-24; July 15, 18-21, 25-27, 29 1 31; Aug. 3,5-9. 1903 ' June 27-29; July 12, [20; Aug. 4, 8-11, 18-21; Sept. 4. 924 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. NEVADA. Southeastern District: LINCOLN COUNTY. Station: PIOCHE. [Established by Signal Service July 29, 1877; disoohtinued as a regular station May 30, 1883; established as a voluntary station, with Mr. W. P. Dooley as observer, February 1, 1888; dlscontmued October 31, 1893. Latitude, 37° 65' N. Longitude, 114° 26' W. Elevation, 8,933 feet.] While the station was maintained by the Signal Service, from 1877 to 1883, the thermometers were exposed 5 feet above the ground. Other information in regard to this station is not available. Mean temperature, highest and lowest monthly means, and precipitation data are for the periods of observation, August 1 , 1877, to May 30, 1883, and February 1, 1888, to October 31, 1893. The remaining data are for the period August 1, 1877, to May 30, 1883, only. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation, Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean oJ the rain- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 34 29 33 "F. 43 38 43 "F. 65 58 69 "F. 25 20 23 'F. -13 -16 - 1 "F. 38 38 39 "F. 27 24 25 In. 2.4 1.0 0.9 In. 1.8 0.2 0.4 In. 11.1 1.1 0.8 32 42 23 1 4.3 2.4 13.0 40 48 56 53 58 68 77 80 84 30 36 43 6 17 26 49 55 58 34 42 53 0.8 1.2 0.8 0.1 0.5 T. 2.1 1.3 liay 2.1 48 60 36 2.8 0.6 5.5 65 73 72 78 87 85 93 98 96 52 69 60 34 45 45 68 75 75 60 70 64 0.0 0.4 1.6 T. 0.2 0.5 0.1 July. . 0.8 August. 3.3 Sunmier mean 70 83 57 .. 64 50 38 76 62 49 92 79 67 61 39 28 32 19 68 54 45 40 40 27 0.5 0.6 0.5 0.2 0.5 0.3 2.0 1.6 1.1 51 62 39 1.6 1.0 4.7 50 62 98 39 -16 11.2 4.7 27.4 Dates of Tempekatuee Extremes for the Pekiod January 1, 1877, to June 15, 1883. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1877 Dec. 27, 31 None. July 29-31. July 25; Aug. 1, 11. July 23, 24. 1881 1882 1883 None. July 3, 12. 1878 1879 1880 Jan.1-3; Dec. 13,26,27. Jan. 7,8,16,17; Feb. 5, 6; Dec. 23-26, 30. Jan. missing; Feb. 3, 12, 13, 17, 18. 28; Mar. 13-16; Nov. 16-18. Jan. 12-14, 16, 17, 20, 26, .30; Feb. 18-20; Mar. 7-20; Nov. 11, 12; Dec. 31. Jan. 1, 13, 16, 18-21; Mar. 2-6, 8, 9, 16, 17. WASHINGTON. By QEORQE N. SALISBURY, Section Director. 925 WASHINGTON. The climate of this State, as of all others, is determined by the latitude, the topography, the proximity or remoteness of the sea, the movement and fluctuation of high and low pressure areas, and the direction and force of the general atmospheric currents. In its ensemble of the above factors the State is peculiarly favored. Were the climate determined by t^e latitude alone the extreme northwestern location of Washington would make it one of the coldest States of the Union. In the equalizing of temperature by the great Pacific Ocean, that washes 150 miles of the western border of the State and bears its tides in a mediterranean sea more than 150 miles inland, lies the secret of the phenomenal mildness of the temperature for a section of such high latitude (46°-49° N.), and this because of the fact that the prevalent air currents are from a westerly quarter; that is, from the sea to the land. Were they fi-om the land to the sea the amehorating influence of the latter would scarcely be felt and the winters of Washington would be far more severe, while the summers would be hotter than they are. If, in addition, it were not for the protection afforded by the Rocky Mountain Divide and the Bitter Root Range many more of the Canadian cold waves would affect eastern Washington, and but for the Cascade Range thej- would extend in almost full severity to the coast. The Cascade Range, a rugged and precipitous mountain wall, 4,000 to 8,000 feet in elevation, stretching nearly north and south across the entire State, separates it into two distinct divisions, which are almost in the proportion of 2 to 3, the eastern division having the larger area. This range and the Olympics or Coast Range are the dominant features of the State's topography. The Olympics occupy the greater part of the peninsula lying between Puget Sound and the Pacific Ocean. An extension of this range to the southward, but to which the name is not locally applied, is separated from the portion known as the Olympics by thtf broad valley of the Chehalis River. The Olympics are from 2,000 to 8,000 feet in altitude and extremely ragged. The extension of the Coast Range is of much lower elevation, being only 2,000 to 3,000 feet, and more rounded in outUne. A third topographical feature is the great Columbian Plain, a plateau of varying elevation from a few hundred up to 3,000 feet, which occupies all of the State east of the Cascades,, and upon which arise the Okanogan highlands in the north and the Blue Mountains in the southeast part of the State. The fourth important topographical feature is the Puget Sound Basin, occupying the entire depression between the Olympic and Cascade mountains. As the name indicates, it is in this depression that is situated the arm of the sea which is known as Puget Sound. The basin varies in elevation from sea level to about 1,000 feet. To recapitulate; The main physical features of the State, passing from the ocean eastward, are: (1) The Olympic Mountains and Coast Range; (2) the Puget Sound Basin; (3) the Cascade Range; (4) the Columbian Plain, upon which arise to moderate elevation the Okanogan highlands and the Blue Mountains. By far the most important of these in its climatic influence is the Cascade Mountain Range. Of the two unequal divisions into which it separates the State, one, the western division, is a. region of abundant rainfall, cool summers, and mild winters, and is mostly covered with forests of gigantic evergreens; the other, the eastern division, is a region of moderate (over much of its area scanty) rainfall, hot summers, cold though not severe winters, and the greater portion of it is treeless. It is apparent that a country of such diverse physical features must have a great diversity of climate, and it is, therefore, very difficult to generalize about the climate of Washington, either as regards temperature or rainfall, without being inac- curate. To say that the normal annual temperature of the State is 49.3° F. and the normal annual precipitation 37.1 inches is to give information which, while correctly deduced, is almost wholly without value for any particular locality. The wide diversity of the climate requires separate treatment of the different physical divisions. Only one broad generalization can be safely made. In regard to precipitation, the Cascade Mountain barrier separates the State into two divisions, the wet and the dry — the former west of the Cascades and the latter east of them. This is the common classification, yet greater accuracy requires that the above sections be each subdivided — the wet division into the moist and very wet, the dry division into the scmiarid and the dry. Precipitation. — The wit district lies between the ocoan and the summit of the Coast Range and Olympic Mountains. It has a rainfall of 60 to 120 inches annually, 75 per cent of which occurs during a so-called "wet season" from November to April, inclusive. The moist district occupies the Puget Sound Basin, between the Olympics and the Cascade Mountains. It has a precipitation of 25 to 60 inches annually, three-fourths of which occuib in the "wet season'' from November to April. The dry district, comprising the eastern and northern portions of the State, has a precipitation frorS rain and snow of 12 to 25 inches aimually. The very dry or semiarid district occupies the central portion of the State east of the Cascades, and has, everywhere, a precipitation from rain and snow combined of less than 12 inches annually. In the wet district is comprised the western parts of Clallam and Jefferson counties, Chehalis, Pacific, Mason, and Wahkiakum counties. The western slope of the Cascades, from the foothills to the summit, has also an annual precipitation of upward of 60 inches, and is therefore a wet district. The moist district comprises the counties of San Juan, Island, Kitsap, 926 PAOiriO COAST STATES. 927 Thurston, and the western portions of Whatcom, Skagit, Snohomish, King, Pierce, Lewis, Cowlitz, and Clarke counties. The eastern portion of the latter counties, from the foothills upward, as well as the greater part of Skamania County, is within the wet district of the western slope of the Cascades. A small area in Jefferson and Island counties about Port Townsend and Coupeville has an annual precipitation less than 25 inches, and may therefore be classed as dry. The dry district embraces Okanogan, Stevens, Ferry, Spokane, Lincoln, northern Douglas, most of Adams, Whitman, Asotin, Columbia, Garfield, eastern Wallawalla, Chelan, western Kittitas, western Yakima, and western Klickitat counties. These counties comprise, in the eastern division of the State, the limits within which the staple crops may be raised successfully without irrigation, and correspond, leaving out the westernmost ones, with the so-called "wheat belt." In the semiarid or very dry region, with an annual rainfall of 12 inches or less, are embraced Franklin, western Adams, western Wallawalla, southern Douglas, eastern Kittitas, eastern Yakima, and eastern Klickitat counties. Within this region crops can not bo successfully grown without the aid of irrigation. The fluctuation of annual precipitation is comprised within the limits of 25 per cent less than normal and 25 per cent greater than normal, the same for both eastern and western divisions, but it is less than that for the State as a whole, because years of excess or deficiency in the two divisions are not always simultaneous. The reasons for the above distribution of rainfall may be briefly outlined as follows : The storms that come from the ocean precipitate a large share of their moisture on the western slopes of the Coast Range and Olympics, because the mountain barrier elevates the vapor-laden air to a great height, where it is cooled by expansion and the cold of elevation, thus condensing the vapor and producing heavy rain on the lower slopes and the coastal strip, while it becomes heavy snow on the mountains. The general trend of the Olympics is from northwest to southeast, so that the southern part of the coastal strip is the wider and the heavy rain is carried far inland. The broad Chehalis Valley forms a break in the range, through which heavy vapor-laden clouds are carried to the upper Sound country, giving a heavy precipitation to the region about Olyrapia. Northeast of the range, or to their leeward, since the vapor-bearing winds come from the south to west, the precipitation is much lessened, so that the eastern coast of the Juan de Fuca Strait and the islands of Puget Sound have only one-third as much rain as falls on the coastal strip. The moisture-laden clouds that are brought into the upper part of the Puget Sound Basin through the Chehalis and Columbia valleys are carried by prevailing southerly winds over the entire extent of the basin, so that it has an ample rainfall of 25 to 60 inches annually. On the western slope of the Cascades the ascent of the vapor-laden air again causes rapid condensation and heavy precipi- tation, through expansion and the cold of elevation. Heavy snow falls during the winter in the mountains. On the eastern slope the air descends rapidly toward the Columbia River into a region that has a greater capacity for moisture, so that less vapor is condensed and precipitated. Though this is true at all times, it is especially marked in summer, when the air over the treeless, and in many places sandy, Columbian plain becomes greatly heated. Therefore the region along the Columbia River in the central part of the State has the minimum annual precipitation, and there is a great semiarid to arid district with from only 6 to 12 inches of rain and snow a year. To the east, north, and southeast of the semiraid plain, as the vapor is borne up the slope of the plain to greater elevation, it is condensed more and more copiously, so that the precipitation gradually increases with the elevation from 12 to 24 or 25 inches annually. The Blue Mountains play quite a prominent part in increasing the rainfall of the southeast counties, especially in Garfield, Columbia, and the eastern part of Wallawalla counties, where it increases quite rapidly toward the mountains. They have also quite a marked effect upon the temperature in winter when the winds are southerly, causing abnormal high temperatures, the winds having the characteristics of the "chinook," as it is known in the West, or the "foehn" of the Alps. Temperature. — In respect to temperature the coastal strip has almost a marine cUmate, except in occasional instances when cold north to east winds blow from the land at the time cold waves of great intensity are in progress in Alberta, British Columbia, and Montana. The mean annual or normal temperature is 47° to 51°. In January it is 36° to 42°, ia April 46° to 49°, in July 57° to 63°, and in October 48° to 55°. The minimimi temperature has never been lower than 10° above zero, at Aberdeen. The maximum gets above 90° but once a year on an average. It descends to 32° or below forty-two times a year on an average. The Puget Sound Basin has a climate partaking somewhat of the marine, but greatly modified by, occasional cold winds from across the Cascade Mountains and by warm winds from the interior of the continent at times in summer. The rain storms that are so frequent in winter have about the temperature of the sea in this latitude, and hence the rainy days in winter are very mild. This is true both because the air is brought from the sea and because of the heat produced by the condensation of vapor during heavy rains caused by strong ascensional currents. As is well known, the heat produced by the condensation of vapor is equal to that originally required to evaporate the water from which the vapor was produced. Whenever there is a dry spell in winter the air is sharp and frosty, as it is either coming from east of the Cascade Mountains or is a descensional current from an anticyclonic area which is central over the Puget Sound Basin. The mean annual or normal temperature is from 46° in the north to 52° in the south. In January it is 34° to 40°, in April 44° to 50°, in July 60° to 65°, and in October 46° to 52°. The greatest extremes of temperature for the region are 102° for the highest, at Centralia, and 6° below zero for the lowest, at Blaine. At Seattle the average number of days with maximunf above 90° in a year is 1; the average number of days with minimum below 32° is 21. East of the Cascades the climate is essentially continental, although undoubtedly modified by storms and air currents that come from the sea. There is a great diversity and range of temperature, as well as rainfall. Stevens and Douglas counties, the former in the extreme northeast, the latter in central Washington, are the coldest. The former is cold in winter on account of the latitude, elevation, and because exposed to the north and northeast winds that blow from over the Rocky Mountains in time of cold waves in the Canadian provinces. The latter locality is cold because of its elevation, from 2,000 to 3,000 feet above sea level, and because its level character gives a wide sweep to cold winds. Usk, in Stevens County, has a record of 33° below zero in one or two cold spells; Waterville, Douglas County, has a record of 30° below. The mean annual temperature of Stevens County is 44° to 46°, ranging from 20° in January to 68° in July. In the countiy around 1076— Bull. Q— 06 59 928 CLIMATOLOaY OP THE UNITED STATES. Spokane the mean annual temperature is 46° to 48°. It is 24° in January and 68° in July. Spokane has a record of 30° below zero ; the highest recorded there in summer is 104° above. In the settled portion of Kittitas County the mean annual temperature is the same as Spokane County. The winters are cold but not severe, except now and then a cold snap of a few days' duration. The summers are short and at times hot. BUensburg, Kittitas County, has a minimum record of 29° below zero and a maximum record of 97° above. In the country about Wallawalla, and in fact all the southeast counties, the summers are hot and the winters mild, with little snowfall except in the mountains and only short periods of moderately cold weather. Only very rarely is it severe. Wallawalla has a minimum record of — 17° and a maximum record of 113°. In Whitman, Yakima, and Klickitat counties the summer weather is hot, while the winters are colder than those of the Wallawalla country, with sometimes considerable snow. The mean annual temperature about Wallawalla and the lower Yakima Valley is 52° to 54°. It is 31° in January and 76° in July. In Klickitat County the mean annual temperature is from 48° in the west to 54° in the cast. Some very hot days occur in summer. Lind, Adams County, has a record for the maximum of 115°, which is the highest ever recorded in the State. The locality about Lake Chelan and the valley of the Okanogan River have phenomenally mild winter weather. It is probably due to the configuration of the mountains and to the heat from the water of the lake, which is so deep that it never freezes over. Western Washington and eastern Washington present marked contrasts in temperature, the difference lying in the greater extremes that occur in the latter division. The daily, monthly, and annual ranges are all much greater in the eastern division, making the chmate much less equable. The winter and summer months differ greatly in the two divisions, while the spring and autumn months have greater similarity. To illustrate : At a place in eastern Washington the highest temperature in July might be 110°, while the minimum of the coldest day of the same month might be as low as 40°. At the same time in the coast region the highest temperature of the month might be 80° and the minimum of the coldest day 50°. In January in the eastern division the temperature might range between 30° below zero and 65°, while in the coast region it would range between 25° above zero and 60°. April and October are the months most nearly alike in the two sections, with an average temperature of 45° to 54° for April and 46° to 55° for October. The hot days east of the mountains are not so oppressive as might appear from the height recorded by the thermometer. It is dry heat, and evaporation takes place with great rapidity, which has a decided effect in lowering the temperature experi- enced by the human body, the "sensible temperature," as it has been termed, being always several, and sometimes many degrees lower than that recorded by the thermometer. There has been much popular misconception about the precipitation in Washington, many having an idea that the State is deluged with an almost incessant downpour of rain. The truth is that the annual rainfall of Puget Sound is not much greater than that of the Ohio Valley. While it is true that three-fourths of the rainfall occurs from November to May, making some months very wet, yet it is also a fact that these large monthly rainfalls are often exceeded in some of the Eastern States. It is also a mistake to suppose that the rainy days are constant throughout the wet season. Many successive days of rainfall give to the unaided mind an impression that they are almost ceaseless, but the records show many spells of fair skies, rainless weather, and even when it rains the rains are generally intermittent. The average number of days on which rain falls is 82 in the eastern division and 160 days in the western division. Frosts. — ^Late frosts in spring and early frosts in autumn are common in the eastern division, but are not common in the Puget Sound and coast country. This is as would naturally be expected, the former division being dry and the latter moist. In the latter section March 21 may be taken as the average date of last killing frost in spring, and November 21 as that of the first killing frost in autumn. Killi ng frosts have occurred as late as May 10 and as early as October 15. East of the moun- tains severe frosts have occurred late in June and early in September, or even late in August. In the fruit-raising valleys of the Wenatchee, Yakima, and WaUawaUa, however, frosts are not troublesome. This is probably due to the steep slope of the valleys making rapid air drainage and also (o the heat accumulated in those narrow valleys by reflection of the sun's rays. Prevailing winds. — ^The south to west winds, which are prevalent in winter, are warm winds, while north to east winds are cold winds. The opposite is true in summer. The southwest to northwest winds, which are the prevaihng ones of summer, are cool, while north to northeast winds are hot in daytime, though cool at night. They are hot in summer because they blow from off the great northern plains, which at times in summer are greatly heated by insolation. On the contrary, in winter these plains have lost their heat by radiation and become intensely cold; consequently the winds blowing from them are cold. As a rule the westerly winds are due to areas of high barometric pressure off the coast, and, coming from the sea, they are warm in winter and cool in summer. The high specific heat of water cavises the surface of the sea to be warmer in the cold weather than the land surface, while, on the contrary, the water surface has not become so greatly heated in warm weather as the land surface. The dominant wind for the year over the Puget Sound basin is southerly; along the coast it is south to west. These are the rain-producing winds. The northerly and easterly winds are, for the most part, dry winds. In summer the winds are very moderate. In winter they are high only during the prevalence of cyclonic storms, at which times velocities of 25 to 45 miles per hour are reached in the Sound country, and velocities of 40 to 90 miles per hour sometimes prevail at exposed points along the coast. These are dangerous to ill-found, unseaworthy, or unskiUfully handled shipping, but they are not destructive on land, except in blowing down considerable timber. East of the Cascades the prevailing winds are from the southwest. Local topography in the Wenatchee and Yakima val- leys make the direction northwest. Occasionally during summer there are periods when hot winds blow from the north and east over the plains of the eastern division. They are desiccating and injurious to crops, especially wheat at the filling period; so much so that the greatest dread of the wheat growers is "hot winds in June or July.'' The spells of hot winds are caused by barometric depressions over Cahfornia moving northward into Idaho and eastern Washington, and are usually broken up by thunderstorms. These storms are of only moderate intensity in eastern Washington, occurring sometimes three or four in a PACIFIC COAST STATES. 929 month, and are very light and infrequent in the western division, sometimes only two or three in a year, but generafly about five — • as often in winter as in summer. Hailstorms sometimes occur, but they are almost invariably light and do little damage except ocoasionally to fruit. "Dust storms, " so called, are occasionally visitants in the WaUa Walla, Snake River, and Yakima valleys. They are more disagreeable than injurious. The wind sometimes attains a velocity of 35 to 45 miles an hour. There is no authentic instance of a tornado ever having occurred in the State of Washington. List of Counties and Climatoloqicai, Stations.^ County. Adams {see Colfax) Asotin (see Pomeroy) Chehalis Chelan Clallam Clarke (see Centralia) Columbia (see Pomeroy) — Cowlitz (see Centralia) Douglas Ferry (see Waterville) Franldin (see Moxee, North Yakima) . Garfield Island (see Olga) JefTerson (see Aberdeen) King Kitsap (see Seattle) Kittitas Klickitat Eastern . . do.... Aberdeen I Western . . Lakeside I Eastern . . Tatoosh I Western.. do.... Eastern . . Western. . Eastern . . do.... do.... Waterville. Pomeroy . do.... Western,. do.... do.... do Ellensburg j Eastern.. Lyle do Seattle.. 937 933 930 County. Lewis Lincoln (see Spokane) Mason (see Aberdeen) Okanogan (see Lakeside)... Pacific (see Aberdeen) Pierce (see Olympia) San Juan Skagit (see Snohomish) Skamania (see Centralia) Snohomish Spokane Stevens (see Spokane) Thurston Wahkiakum (see Aberdeen) . Wallawalla Whatcom (see Olga ) Wliitman Yaldma Station. Snohomish . Spokane Olympia , Walia'WaJia;! Colfax Moxee, North Ya- kima. District. Western, . Eastern . , Western.. Eastern , , Western . , do,,,, do ,,,,do do,,,, do,,,. Eastern, , -...do,,,. Western.. ..-.do,,,. Eastern. , Western . . Eastern , . ,,,,do.,,. Page. 931 '932 938 '944 940 942 State Summary. Temperature. Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Abso- lute mini- mum. Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. Tatoosh Island Olga Snohomish Lakeside Waterville Spokane Seattle Aberdeen Olympia Ellensburg Colfax Centralia Moxee Wells Pomeroy Walla Walla,,.. Lyle 'F. 48 49 51 49 44 48 52 50 50 46 48 51 50 53 63 50 "F. 52 56 59 59 56 73 59 69 60 58 59 61 63 61 63 59 "F. 45 42 42 40 32 24 45 41 42 35 36 41 36 44 44 40 87 97 103 103 104 97 105 102 108 108 113 104 August, 1894 July, 1899..., June, 1903. . . . August, 1898, July, 1899..., August, 1898, June, 1903-.., July, 1891.... July, 1902..,, August, 1893. July, 1901,.-. August, 1903. August, 1897. August, 1901. August, 1898. August, 1901. January, 1893,., do January, 1902. . , February, 1899. , January, 1893. . , January, 1888. . , January. 1893.., do January. 1888.., November, 1896. January, 1899... January, 1893. . . February, 1896.. January. 1893. . . January, 1888... February. 1899. . 21 43 107 162 120 21 42 37 151 110 39 148 70 Frost. Average date of- First killing Last in spring. Earliest Idlling Precipitation. Spring. Winter^ Tatoosh Island Olga Snohomish Lakeside Waterville Spokane Seattle Aberdeen Olympia Ellensburg Colfax Centralia . . , Moxee Wells Pomeroy Walla Walla.... Lyle Dec. 9 Nov. 13 Oct. 21 ....do.. Sept. 16 Oct. 12 Nov. 22 Nov. 1 Nov. 6 Sept. 20 Sept. 11 Oct. 25 Sept. 21 Sept. 28 Nov. 1 Oct. 17 Mar. 13 Mar. 21 Apr. 21 Apr. 8 June 1 Mar. 21 ...do,., Apr. 19 Apr. 16 May 23 May 17 Apr. 30 May 23 Apr. 26 Apr. 6 Apr. 19 Nov. 1 Apr. 19 Sept. 21 Apr. 11 ...do... July 12 Oct. 3 Apr. 21 Aug. 26 June 25 Sept. 7 June 8 Oct. 23 May 10 Sept. 25 May 6 Sept. 21 May 14 Sept. 6 July 24 June 6 June 8 Oct. 7 June 3 Sept. 6 June 14 ...do,,. May 24 Sept. 28 May 3 Sept. 21 May 7 Inches. 93.9 30.7 46.7 12.7 13.3 18.3 37.0 88.7 65.1 9.3 24.0 46.4 8.9 19.4 17.7 27.2 Inches. 20.3 7.0 12.0 2.9 3.5 4.1 8.8 20.2 11.7 L6 6.0 10.0 2,0 5.5 5.2 4.8 Inches, 8.5 2.8 4.8 1.3 1.6 2.7 2.9 5.8 3.0 0.8 2.1 3.6 0.7 1.5 1.9 1.2 Inches. 26.6 9.7 13.0 3.2 2.9 4.7 11.1 27.0 15.8 2.7 7.1 15.5 2.2 5.3 4.7 7.4 Inches. 38.5 11.2 16.9 6.3 5.2 6.8 14.2 .35.7 24.6 4.2 8.8 17.3 4.0 7.1 5.9 13.8 a In the list of stations on page 118 the name Tacoma appears; the record for this station was inadvertently omitted from the text. 930 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WASHINQTON. Coast District: CLALLAM COUNTY. Station: TATOOSH ISLAND. F. E. Beahan, Observer. lEstablished by the Signal Service October, 1883. Latitude, 48° 23' N. Longitude, 124° 44' W. Elevation, 86 feet.] Tatoosh Island is a rock, standing from 75 to 100 feet above the ocean, three-fourths of a mile directly west of Cape Flat- tery and at the mouth of the Straits of San Juan de Fuca. With a rolling surface, it covers an area of a little less than 17 acres. The sides are precipitous. There are no trees or buildings that in any way interfere with the exposure of the instru- ments. The station was first established in a small, one-stoiy, four-room building erected by the Signal Service on the north- east corner of the island. In April, 1889, the station was closed. A record of temperature, precipitation, and weather was kept by the Ught-house keeper until August, 1891, when the station was reopened. The same instruments and exposures were used. In July, 1898, the station was moved to Neah Bay, 7 miles inland. In November, 1902, it was reopened in a new buUding erected by the Weather Bureau in the center of the island. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Temperature, thirteen and one-half years, October 1, 1883, to December 31, 1889, January 1, 1891, to July 12, 1898 (year 1890 not considered reliable); precipitation, full period of obser- vation, fourteen and one-half years, October 1, 1883, to July 12, 1898; humidity, seven years; remainder of data is from twelve and one-half years, October 1, 1883, to April 30, 1889, and August 1, 1891, to July 12, 1898. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. a ■g-s a a Jl S 1 1 li < li 3 in fc^ a-s se^a z SI 013 a» Ill 6h lil Snow. a 00 i 1 "3 a d 00 1 < B d 00 > 1 P5 a p. 00 1. "o m O < Month. El O i i3 "F. 43 41 41 °f. 47 44 45 'F. 60 57 55 'F. 40 38 38 "F. 19 7 13 "F. 48 45 45 "F. 36 36 34 In. 15.7 13.2 9.6 24 22 20 In. 1.9 8.5 7.0 In. 11.8 16.4 11.6 In. 0.2 3.1 5.2 In. 2.5 4.9 6.2 p. a. 86 87 87 Grs. 2.83 2.55 2.67 P.ct. 85 84 88 Grs. 2.90 2.67 2.80 E. E. E. Winter mean 42 45 39 38.5 66 17.4 1 39.8 8.5 87 2.68 86 2.76 E. March 44 46 50 48 50 55 64 68 78 40 24 43 33 47 35 49 51 54 39 44 48 8.6 7.3 4.4 19 18 15 6.2 2.5 3.4 12.3 14.6 4.1 0.9 T. 0.0 0.3 T. 0.0 85 86 87 2.60 2.83 3.31 81 81 S3 2.67 2.97 3.60 E. April . E. liay SW. Spring mean 47 51 43 20.3' 62 12.1 1 .31.0 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 86 90 92 93 2.91 82 3.05 E. 55 58 57 54 86 56 58 60 61 75 78 80 50 52 51 43 45 43 52 54 56 4.1 2.0 2.4 14 8 8 1.8 T. 5.7 3.3 1.6 0.7 3.94 4.16 4.36 86 87 88 417 4.67 4.73 SW July SW. SW. Summer mean 55 60 51 8.5 30 7.5 5.6 0.0 92 4.15 87 1 4.52 SW 54 60 46 68 54 49 71 72 60 50 47 43 40 38 25 56 54 49 52 48 40 5.8 8.1 12.7 13 17 20 5.3 7.1 8.6 11.5 12.7 13.7 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 T. 90 89 86 3.94 3.63 2.94 89 87 85 3.88 3.67 3.01 E. E. E. 50 54 47 26.6 50 21.0 37.9 0.3 88 3.50 87 3.52 E. 48 62 80 45 7 93 9 198 58.0 114.3 9.7 6.2 88 3.31 85 3.46 E Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes fok the Period January 1, 1894, to June 30, 1898. Year. Minimum hnlow 32°. Maximum 70° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 70° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 5, 20, 23; Feb. 11, 17-21. Jan. 3, 4; Dec. 16, 17 . . Jan. 1-3, 14-17, 24, 25; Feb. 9; Mar. 1^.29; Nov. 20, 21, 25-30. July 13; Aug. 28. May 16; June 27; July 9, 10, 29; Oct. 18. July 21; Aug. 23; Mar. 11, 12. 1897 1898 Jan. 26, 27; Mar. 9, 10, 13, 19; Nov. 28, 29. Jan. 24; Feb. 18 None. May 3, 25; June 6. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 931 WASHINGTON. Western Division: SAN JUAN COUNTY. Station: OLQA. , Richard C. Willis, Observer. [EstabliBhed by Signal Service in February, 1890. Latitude, 48° 36' 16.6" N. Longitude, 122° 38' 35.6" W Elevation, 60 to 60 feet.] This station is in a clearing near the little village of Olga, on Orcas Island, one of the San Juan archipelago. The island is diversified by hiUs and valleys, thickly timbered, except where it has been cleared. Some of the hiLs are quite high — Mount Constitution, 4 or 5 miles north of Olga, rising to a height of 2,428 feet. The maximum and minim um thermometers (Weather Bureau) are exposed on a veranda on the north side of the dwelling house, and they are about 6 feet above the ground. The rain gage is in an open clearing near by. Its top is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Febecaey 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. December January February Winter mean.. March April May Spring mean. .. June --- .. July August Summer mean September October November Fall mean Annual mean. Temperature. "F. 41 Mean of the maxi- ma. °F. 46 44 46 Abso- lute maxi- mum. 'F. 58 69 63 Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mmi- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Precipitation. In. 4.9 3.2 3.1 11.2 2.5 2.4 2.1 1.6 0.6 0.7 1.9 2.5 5.3 Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. In. 1.8 4.3 2.1 8.2 3.8 6.0 3.8 2.3 0.5 0.1 depth. In. 0.8 5.0 3.8 2.9 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.8 0.0 40 0.0 6. 2 1. 6 Great- est depth in 24 hours. 4.5 4.5 8.0 5.0 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.6 Dates of Tempeeatube Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimumbelow 32°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 2-8, 20-23, 31; Feb. 1-3,10,16,18-23; Mar. 2, 3, 13, 20-22; None. 1899 Jan. 1-S; Feb. 2-6; Mar. 2, 21-23, 26; Apr. 5; Dec. 3, 15-17. None. Apr 15; Dec. 2, 3, 1900 Jan. 26-31; Feb. 7. 8, Do. 26-28. 13-16, 25; Mar. 2; 1896 Jan. 2, 3, 18, 19, 24-26; Fob. 10; Mar 14; Apr. 4, 5; Nov. 5; Do. Nov. 4, 6, 11, 16-22; Dec. 28-31. Dec. 16-17, 21,28,30. 1901 Jan. 1,3, 4, 7-9, 17-19, Do. 1896 Jan. 1-3, 12-17, 24, 26; Feb. 9, 10, 29; Mar 1- 6,16-18,30,31; Apr. 3,29; May 7, 8; Nov. Do. 29-31; Feb. 1,4-6,9, 11,12,19-22; Mar. 5; Apr. 3; Dec. 11, 12, 14. 16-30; Dec. 15-17. 1902 Jan. 10, 11, 16, 16, 20- Do. 1897 Jan. 10,14, 24-28; Feb. 12,13,20-22,26; Mar. Do. 31; Feb. 1; Mar. 15; Dec. 7, 12, 16, 17. 2,5-8,10-14,20,21,29, 1903 Jan. 25, 26; Feb. 1, 2, Do. 30; Nov. 27-29; Dec. 11-16; Mar. 11-14; 3,15,16,31. Oct. 18,30; Nov. 17, 1898 Jan. 8-11, 21-28; Feb. 2,19; Mar 14, 18,26- 27, 31; Nov. 13, 19, 24, 25; Dec. 2, 5-12, Do 23; Dee. 4. 23, 30, 31. 932 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WASHINGTON. Western Division: SNOHOMISH COUNTY. Station: SNOHOMISH. T. F. Thompson, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau in February, 1894. Latitude, 47° 47' N. Longitude, 122° 5' W. Elevation, 60 feet.] This station is at the comer of Cedar and Pearl streets, in the center of the residence section of the little city of Snohomish, which is located in the valley of Snohomish River. The valley is here but a short distance from tide water and but a few feet above sea level. It is a mile or more to hills on the north and south sides of the valley, which runs from east to west. The hills, as usual in this section, rise to 200 or 300 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton-region shelter, 4^ feet above the sod of a lawn in the observer's yard. The rain gage is near at hand, unobstructed by any object, and its top is 3 feet above the surface of the ground. The instruments are 20 feet or more from any building. Before a shelter was furnished (in November, 1901) the thermometers were upon an open veranda, with north-northwest exposure, 6 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean otthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number ol days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 41 39 41 op 46 44 48 "F. 63 69 72 'F. 35 34 35 °F. 16 2 5 'F. 43 43 45 'F 37 36 36 In. 6.3 5.0 6.6 17 17 16 In. 7.4 6.4 3.0 In. 3.7 7.2 6.4 In. 2.0 6.0 2.6 In. 3.0 5.0 9.0 40 46 35 16.9 50 16.8 17.3 10.5 44 50 56 52 59 65 77 86 89 35 40 46 15 27 31 49 62 60 40 47 51 ,4.4 3.8 3.8 16 14 15 4.3 3.2 6.8 3.1 6.1 6.4 6.4 0.3 0.0 4.0 April 2.5 May . 0.0 Spring mean 50 59 40 12.0 45 13.3 14.6 6.7 June 60 63 63 70 75 75 97 ' 49 38 36 37 65 70 66 55 69 60 2.6 L2 1.0 10 4 3 1.4 1.1 0.3 2.6 1.2 6.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 92 91 61 60 0.0 0.0 Summer mean . . 62 73 50 4.8 17 2.8 9.6 0.0 57 52 44 67 60 50 83 81 66 47 43 38 31 28 7 60 56 61 65 49 38 3.1 3.8 6.1 10 12 19 1.8 0.6 2.6 1.2 6.4 8.9 0.0 0.0 L6 0.0 October November . . 0.0 9.6 51 59 43 13.0 41 4.9 15.6 1.6 51 69 97 42 2 46.7 153 36.8 56.9 17.8 9.5 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period February 1, 1894, to December, 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32". Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 1-3, 10-12, 16-24; Mar. 4, 20-24; Apr. 16, 22, 23; Nov. 1,3-5, 10, 11, 13, 15-17, 20- None. 1899 Jan. 1-9, 31; Feb. 1-7, 10,28; Mar. 14-17,25; Apr.l2;Oct.l4;Dec. ' 2, 3, 16-17. August 16. 25, 27-30; Dec. 1-4, 6, 1900 Jan. 3, 14 19, 20, 23-28; None. 7, 13, 15, 16-21. Feb. 3, 6, 11-16; Mar. 1895 Jan. 1-4, 7, 8, 14, 18-21, 25-29; Feb. 7, 10-14; Mar. 3-9, 13, 14, 17, 24; Apr. 4, 6; Sept. Do. 1, 13, 15, 27; Apr. 8, 9,26; Nov. 3-5, 9, 10, 17-21, 26; Dec. 10,21, 27-31. - 21; Oct. 16, 19-22, 27- 1901 Jan. 1-11,15-19,25,30, Do. 29; Nov. 3-8, 22-26; 31; Feb. 1-12 17, 19, Dec. 4, 8, 16-21, 23, 20-22; Mar. 5, 19-21, 28-31. 24; Apr. 7, 12-16; 1896 Jan. 1-4, 11, 12-16, 24; Feb.3,4,10,11,17,29; Mar. 1-6, ia-18, 22, June 27. May 6; Nov. 10, 17; Dec. 4, 10-14, 17-20, 28, 29. 26,28-31; Apr. 1-4,6, 1902 Jan. 9-11, 14, 19-^1; July 19. 9, 16, 17; Nov. 6, 17, Feb. 1,21; Mar. 1,4, 19-30; Dec. 1, 16, 26. 5, 14, 27-29; Nov. 4, 5, 1897 Jan. 3, 4, 10, 12, 14, 15, 25-28; Feb. 12, 13, 17, None. 19, 20; Dec. 6, 9-11, 13-22. 19, 20, 22, 26; Mar. 1903 Jan. 6, 6, 11-16, 24-26, June 8. 2-4, 6-8, 10-14, 20-22, 30,31; Feb. 1-19,21- 29,30; Nov. 27; Dec. 23, 27; Mar. 1-7, 10- 1, 13, 22. 22; Apr. 9, 10; Nov. 1898 Jan. 9-11, 21, 23-26; Feb. 1; Mar. 9, 14, 17, 20.21; Apr. 3: Oct.O; Nov. 12, 13, 20,23, 24; Dec.5-13,22,23,28-31. July 30, 31; Aug. 1. 11, 12, 16-18, 23; Dec. 3-10, 24, 25, 30. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 933 WASHINGTON. Eastern Division: CHELAN COUNTY. Station: LAKESIDE. Chaeles Johnson, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in May, 1891. Latitude, 47° 50' N. Longitude, 120° 01' W. Elevation, 1,091 feet.] This station is in the western part of the httle village of Lakeside, about 1 mile above the lake's outlet, about 25 rods from its bank, and probably 50 or 60 feet above it. A narrovi' bench, at this point not more than half a mile in width, extends along the shore of the lake. Back of this the mountains rise very steeply to a height of two to three thousand feet above the lake. The instruments are located in an orchard, 100 feet west from a house, and have an open exposure. The maximum and minimum thermometers are in a standard cotton-region shelter, 5 feet above cultivated soil. The rain gage is 10 feet distant, its top 3 feet above the surface of the ground. It is not overshadowed in any way. Previous to receipt of shelter in May, 1900, the thermometers were attached to the north side of a house, a two-story frame dwelling. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Febeuaey 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Snow. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number days of with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Months. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. °F. "F. °F. "F. 'F. ojr. °F. In. In. In. In. In. Decen Janua Febru iber . 30 26 35 32 57 52 24 21 4 - 7 39 33 24 22 2.3 1.6 8 8 2.2 2.4 3.4 2.0 13.6 10.8 13 5 30 38 60 24 -15 35 21 1.4 6 0.3 2.8 8.1 8.6 Winter mean 29 35 23 5.3 22 4.9 8.2 32.5 March April. 40 50 48 61 68 80 31 40 5 28 45 64 33 47 0.7 0.9 4 4 0.3 0.7 0.8 0.5 2.0 0.0 3.0 0.0 May. 58 70 91 48 34 62 62 1.3 6 0.6 1.3 0.0 Spring mean 49 60 40 2.9 14 L6 2.6 2.0 June. .Tilly 65 72 77 84 98 100 53 60 36 46 70 75 61 68 0.7 0.3 4 1 T. T. 1.2 0.9 0,0 0.0 0.0 Augu t 73 85 103 60 44 76 65 0.3 3 0.0 0.2 0.0 70 82 58 1.3 8 T. 2.3 0,0 September 61 72 90 49 34 66 56 5 3 8 1 October 51 61 77 41 26 56 47 0.7 3 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 Never 37 43 63 31 - 3 45 28 2.0 9 0.5 2.9 6.4 Fall mean 50 59 40 3.2 15 1.3 3.7 6.4 49 59 103 40 -15 12.7 59 7.8 16.8 40.9 Dates op Tempeeatore Exte EMES FOE THE Period January 1, 1894, to Decembei I 31, 190 3. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 9, ° or above. Ybar. Minimum below 22°. Max! 3ium 95° o r above. 1894 Jan. 2-11, 19-25; Feb. 1-4, 10-13, 15, 16-24; Dec. 2, 3, 6, 14-17,23, 26-31. July 23; Aug. 2, 20, 23, 24. 1899 1900 Jan. 1-9, 11-13, 23, 31; Feb. 1-10,21-25; Dec. 15-18, 27. Jan. 25-30; Feb. 7-9, July 14, 15. July 20-23, 3C . 1895 Jan. 1-9, 13-16, 18, 24- 31; Feb. 1-3, 8-15; Mar. 12, 13; Nov. 3, 4, 22; Dec. 15-22, 29, 30. June 28; July 12, 23 Aug. 2. 1901 13-17; Nov. 17-23; Dec. 30, 31. Jan. 3-11; Feb. 3-6, 8-12, 17, 19-21; Dec. 11-14, 19. Aug. 5, 23. 189B Jan. 1-5, 10-18, 21-24, 29; Feb. 2, 5-7, 9-11, 29; Mar. 1-5; Nov. June 28. 1902 Jan. 23-31; Feb. 1-5; Nov. 28; Dec. 4-6, 9, 10, 15-21, 23, 27-30. Aug. 5-8, 10, 11. 17-30; Dec. 1. 1903 Jan. 2, 6-11, 13-15, 17- June 7, 12; J uly20; Al g. 8, 10, 18. 189V Jan. 10, 12-17, 24-28; Feb. 12-14, 16-22, 24-26; Mar. 2, 3, 6. 7, 10-13, 19-21; Nov. 26-30; Dec. 1-4, 11, 14-25, 29-31. July 11; Aug. 8, 16, 17, 19, 21, 23. 19, 25-31; Feb. 1-8, 10-19, 24-28: Mar. 1, 2,4,5,11-13; Nov. 15- 18; Dec. 3, 9-31. 1898 Jan. 1-4, 6-11, 13-29; Feb. 1-3, 18; Mar. 21, 24; Dec. 4-16, 20-24, 29-31. JulyU, 12,31; Aug 2, 6-9, 11. 934 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE TTNITED STATES. WASHINGTON. Eastern Division: DOUGLAS COUNTY. Station: WATERVILLE. R. W. Staer, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in March, 1890. Latitude, 47° 40' N. Longitude, 120° 05' W. Elevation, 2,640 feet.] This station is in the eastern part of the residence portion of the town of Waterville, at a. point where the land slopes gently to the northwest. The general contour of the surrounding country is that of a gently undulating treeless plateau, which at this place is about 2,000 feet above the level of the Columbia River, only 8 miles distant. To the south about miles are the Badger Mountains, which rise about 3,500 feet above the Columbia. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton-region shelter, which is on the north side of a IJ story frame dwelhng, about 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is in an open spot in the garden, about 25 feet from the nearest building; the top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximiun and minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Snow. Mean an. jOftl^^ 1 maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest Lowest Number of days Total amount Total amount Months. Great- Me monthly mean. monthly mean. Mean. with 0.01 or more. for the driest year. for the wettest year. Aver- age depth. est depth in 24 hours. „ F °F. -F. °J?. "F. "F. 'F. In. In. In. In. In. 26 34 57 18 -12 37 19 2.1 H 1.0 4.1 13.7 16.0 Januarv ??, 30 66 13 -30 29 17 1.6 6 0.1 2.9 14.1 9.0 Febru ary 25 35 68 16 -25 30 IS 1.5 5 1.4 2.7 12.1 10 24 33 16 5.2 17 2.5 9.7 39.9 March April. 34 45 44 56 64 81 24 32 -10 17 41 49 26 41 0.8 1.1 3 3 0.1 0.1 1.6 0.5 4.8 0.8 9 1.0 May. 54 67 96 39 16 57 48 1.6 5 0.7 1.2 0.1 1 6 Spring mean 44 66 32 3.5 11 0.9 3.3 5.7 June. July. 59 fifi 75 84 101 103 44 49 30 33 66 69 56 0.9 61 0.3 3 ?. 1.5 0.1 0.6 0.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 Augu t 67 83 109 50 99 72 61 0.5 2 9 0.0 0.0 64 81 48 L7 7 2.6 1.4 0.0 Septenbp.r W 69 93 41 25 60 51 0.5 , 3 0.8 0.4 Octoh Novel 45 33 58 40 78 63 34 23 12 -21 53 40 42 23 0.7 1.7 2 7 T. 1.6 1.0 2.8 0.4 11.7 Fall mean 45 56 33 ] 2.9 12 2.4 4.2 12.1 44 56 103 32 -30 13.3 47 8.3 18.6 57.7 16 Dates of Tempi .ratuu E EXTK EMBS FOB THE PeRTOD JaNOAEY 1, 1894, TO DeCEMBE] S 31, 190 3. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 9 5° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 3-9, 11, 24-28, 31: Feb. 1, 2, 10, 12-14, 19-24; Dec. 7, 27-30. July 23; Aug. 20, 23 1899 1900 Jan. 1-9, 14; Feb. 1-9; Dec. 14-19. Jan. 29-31; Feb. 5, 8, July 14-16. July 19-23, 3 . 1895 Jan. 1-8, 15, 20, 24, 25, 27-30; Feb. 2, 10-12; July 23; Aug. 2. 9,14-16; Nov. 17-23; Dec. 31. Mar. 13, 14; Dec. 17, 1901 Jan. 8-12; Feb. 6-7, Aug. 6, 14, IS , 21-24. 18, 22, 29. 9-12, 19-21; Dec. 12, 1896 Jan. 2-4, 12-18, 24; June 27, 28; July 1, 4, 6-8, 11, 14, 15, 13, 16, 17, 19. Feb. 3, 10; Mar. 1-5; 17, 18. 1902 Jan. 20-31; Feb. 1-4; July 19, 20; J Vug. 6, 7. Nov. 17, 20, 23-30; Nov. 7; Dec. 6, 7, 10, Dec. 2, 3. 14, 19, 20, 23. 1897 Jan. 3, 11. 14-17,25-31; May 29; July 11; A ag. 7, 8, 16-23. 1903 Jan. 10, 11, 19, 20, 25, June 8, 10, i: ; July 20, 21; Aug. 18. Feb. 9, 13-15, 17, 18, 26, 28-31; Feb. 2-8, 21-24,26; Mar. 2,3,5, 11-18; Mar. 1, 6, 9, 7,8,11-15,21,22; Nov. 12-14; Nov. 16, 17, 20, 25, 28, 30; Dec. 23; Dec. 20, 24. 1-4, 15-20, 24, 26, 30. 1898 Jan. 2-4, 6, 9-15, 18, 23-30; Feb. 2; Mar. 22, 23, 25, 26; Nov. 25,26; Dec. 5-17, 23, 24, 30, 31. July 29, 30; Aug. 1- 3, 7, 8, 10, 11, 25. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 935 WASHINGTON. Eastern District: SPOKANE COUNTY. Station: SPOKANE. Charles Stewart, Observer. [Established February, 1881. Latitude, 47° 40' N. Longitude, 117° 26' W. Elevation, 1,881 feet.] The present office is located on the sixth floor of the Empire State Building, 905 Riverside avenue, in the business portion of the town. The thermometers and the thermograph are exposed on the roof of the building in a standard instru- ment shelter at an elevation of 11 feet above the roof and 101 feet above the ground. The rain and snow gages are on the roof, the tops of the gages being 4 feet above the roof and 94 feet above the ground. The anemometer and wind vane support is on the roof, with the anemometer cups at an elevation of 20 feet above the roof and 110 feet above the ground and the wind vane 22 feet above the roof and 112 feet above the ground. The sunshine recorder is located on top of the instrument shelter. Spokane is located by the falls of the Spokane River, in eastern Washington, between the Rocky and Cascade mountains, at an elevation of about 1,900 feet above sea level. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation; Snowfall, nineteen years; humidity, fifteen years; sunshine, seven years. Kemainder of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-three years, February 1, 1881, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. "F. 32 26 30 Temperature. Precipitation Mean liumidity. Total sunshine. P 03 a 1 (D g o 1 ■a ® 3 ga o i« la ■a a °F. 37 36 39 h o ►J 16 16 18 s t S dt^ o 3p:a a"" a % o-s « ^. o3 In. 3.5 4.5 2.2 Snow. a □0 •3 a CO i 3 O .a 6 Pi CO > oo g < 1 < o o ticoi -o In. 10.8 13.0 9.8 o 5 "F. 37 33 33 "F. 67 55 59 'F. 26 20 22 "F. -18 -30 -23 In. 2.4 2.4 2.0 15 14 12 Jn. 0.9 1.4 1.9 In. 8.9 8.0 7.7 P.ct. 87 88 85 Ors. 1.64 1.30 1.44 P.ct. 81 80 69 Ors. 1,55 1.43 1.70 47 60 99 18 2'> 35 sw. s. sw. 29 36 23 6.8 41 4.2 10.2 33.6 87 1.43 77 1.68 69 25 sw March 40 ■43 58 48 69 68 74 86 95 33 37 45 -10 22 29 47 63 62 33 44 60 1.4 1.3 1.4 10 10 10 0.9 0.8 1.6 1.0 2.8 1.5 3.1 0.1 T. 4.0 1.2 T. 81 76 75 1.71 1.98 2.65 62 40 39 1.78 1.87 2.48 194 236 286 52 69 61 sw. April - . sw. May sw. Spring mean. 43 58 37 4.1 30 3.3 6.3 3.2 77 2.11 44 2.04 233 67 sw. 62 69 68 74 83 83 96 102 104 50 55 64 34 41 33 67 73 73 58 65 62 1.5 0.7 0.6 9 5 3 1.2 0.4 1.0 1.2 0.9 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 70 64 64 3.06 3.21 3.10 32 26 26 2.72 2.73 2.66 330 372 3 69 77 72 sw. July sw. sw. 66 80 63 2.7 17 2.6 2.2 0.0 06 3.12 27 2.70 341 73 sw. 63 48 37 71 59 44 98 86 70 46 31 30 26- 12 -13 64 54 45 62 43 31 1.0 1.4 2.3 7 9 13 0.6 0.4 2.0 0.8 4.8 2.4 0.0 0.1 6.7 0.0 T. 6.6 74 82 86 2.81 2.34 1.96 35 49 74 2.62 2.46 2.19 226 160 47 60 48 49 sw. NE. "S. 48 63 33 4.7 29 2.9 8.0 6.8 81 2.37 63 2.42 144 6J sw. 48 68 104 38 -30 18.3 117 13.0 25.7 42.6 8.9 78 2.26 60 2.21 198 S2 sw. nAlsoSW. Dates of Tempeeatube Extremes for the Pekiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MinimnTTi hplftwOO. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 Jan. 8; Feb. 21, 22 July 23; Aug. 2, 20-23. Aug. 2. June 28; July 4, 5, 9, 15, 16. May 29; July 11; Aug. 8, 18-23. July 11, 31; Aug. 2, 5-11, 25. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 3-7; Feb. 3-6 Nov. 21, 22 July 15-17. July 20-24, 30. :il. July 30; Aug. .5, 7. 14-16, 24. 1896 Nov. 27-29 1897 Jan. 24-28; Feb. 1 1898 July 21, 22; Aug. 18. 936 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WASHINGTON. Coast Districts, Puget Sound: KINQ COUNTY. SUtion: SEATTLE. Geobge N. Salisbury, Section Director. [Established as a voluntary station in August, 1890; established as regular Weather Bureau station May 1, 1893. Latitude, 47° 38' N. Longitude, 122° 20' W. Elevation, 46 feet.] The station is located in the heart o{ the business district in a general office building which is 7 stories in height and 46 feet above mean sea level at its base. The instruments are exposed above a flat tar and gravel roof. Seattle is built upon three ridges and the intervening valleys that extend between Elliott Bay, an arm of Puget Sound, find Lake Washington, a large body of fresh water, 2 to 4 miles east. The general elevation of the city thus varies from sea level to about 300 to 425 feet above. The building on the roof of which the instruments are located is considerably higher than any surrounding buildings. All instruments are of standard Weather Bureau pattern. The thermometers are 10 feet above the roof, 114 feet above thf ground, and 160 feet above sea level. The rain gage is 3.5 feet above the roof, 107 feet above the ground, and 153 feel above sea level. The anemometer, located on the summit of a steel tower, is 151 feet above the ground. Prior to January 1, 1902, it was 30 feet lower. The sunshine record is from nine years, December, 1894, to December, 1903. Remainder of tabulated data is from full period of observation, thirteen and one-half years, August 1, 1890, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperal ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. .S a s >< li Id 1 ■S.I ■g B o 1 .3 a ■*hO II a a^ !il Snow. 00 a oo £ s Month. 60 . O December "F. 43 41 42 "F. 47 45 47 "F. 62 62 67 "F. 38 36 36 °F. 26 3 4 "F. 46 44 46 "F. 39 39 35 In. 5.9 4.3 4.0 19 19 18 In. 4.1 2.0 6.0 In. 8.8 5.2 8.1 In. 1.9 7.7 4.7 In. 6.0 9.2 4.0 P.ct. 87 88 85 Grs. 2.67 2.42 2.42 P.ct. 82 81 73 Grs. 2.70 2.48 2.49 47 65 111 18 23 39 SE. SE. SE. Winter mean 42 46 37 14.2 56 12.1 22.1 14.3 87 2.47 79 2.66 74 27 SE. March 45 50 55 52 58 64 81 85 92 38 42 47 20 32 37 60 62 58 40 47 51 3.5 3.0 2.3 16 15 15 1.4 1.6 0.7 4.2 2.2 1.9 2.3 0.2 0.0 5.2 1.0 0.0 85 84 85 2.51 2.77 3.23 65 58 53 2.47 2.72 3.33 170 207 230 46 50 49 S. SE. liay SE. Spring mean .. 60 58 42 8.8 46 3.6 8.3 3.5 85 2.84 60 2.84 202 48 SE. Tnnp, 60 64 64 69 73 74 96 91 92 61 54 65 41 46 46 62 67 68 57 62 61 1.6 0.8 0.5 11 5 4 2.1 0.2 0.2 1.7 2.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 83 84 87 3.63 4.07 4.36 56 51 54 3.85 4.34 4.31 247 299 254 62 62 57 SE. July . - . NW. August W. Rnmmp.r inp.fl.n 63 72 53 2.9 20 2.6 4.2 0.0 86 4.02 53 4.17 267 57 s. 58 52 46 66 58 50 58 87 81 68 51 46 41 36 31 15 62 67 62 56 48 38 2.1 2.7 6.3 10 12 19 2.9 4.7 3.5 2.2 2.7 6.3 0.0 0.0 2.5 0.0 0.0 6.0 88 90 88 3.98 3.42 2.80 63 73 79 4.14 3.54 2.90 182 118 43 48 35 16 SE. SE SE 53 46 11.1 41 11.1 11.2 3.5 89 3.40 72 3.63 115 33 SE. 52 69 96 45 3 37.0 163 29.3 45.8 19.3 9.2 86 3.18 66 3.27 164 41 SE Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes for the Period, January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. 1895 1897 Minimum below 32°. Jan. 3-6, 8, 21-34, 31 Feb. 1-3, 10, 11, 18-23; Mar. 2, 3, IS, 21, 22: Oct. 23; Nov. 16; Dec. 1-4,16,25,27-29, Jan. 3, 25-29; Feb. 14: Mar. 3, 5, 13, 14; Nov. 5, 6, 33; Deo, 17, 18, 28, 29. Jan. 1-3, 11-13, 16-17 Feb. 10, 29; Mar. 1-i, 30, 31; Nov. 17, 19,20,24-30; Dec. 16. Jan. 10, 14, 16, 25-28 Feb. 13; Mar. 10-13, 21, 29, 30; Nov. 28 ■ Dec. 3, 15, 16, 18, 23, 30. Maximum 90° or above. June 27 June 26. May 28. Year.; Minimum below 32°. I 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10, 22-36; Mar. 22,26; Apr. 3; Nov. 25; Dec. 5-7, 10-13, 23, 30, 31. Jan. 2-7; Feb. 1-7, 11; Mar. 14, 26; Dec. 16, 19, 28. Jan. 28, 29, 31; Feb. 13-17; Nov. 18-21; Dec. 28, 30, 31. Jan. 1, 4, 9, 10, 30, 31; Feb. 6, 7, 9, 11, 21; Dec. 11-13, 20, 29. Jan. 12,23-30; Feb. 1; Mar. 29; Dec. 17, 18. Jan. 15, 16; Feb. 1-3, 5, 6, 11-18; Mar. 1, 4, 6, 12, 13, 18, 19. Maximum 90° or above. July 31; Aug. 1,5. July 26. None. Do. July 19. June 8. PAOIB'IC COAST STATES. 937 WASHINGTON. Western Division: CHEHALIS COUNTY. Station: ABERDEEN. Feed. H. Robinson, Observer. [Established by Signal Service January, 1891. Latitude, 46° 57' N. Longitude, 123° 45' W. Elevation, 162 feet.] This station is located on a hill in the northern part of the residence section of the city of Aberdeen. The hill has been cleared off and is now well settled. The yard where the instruments are located is on the slope of the hill some distance below the summit, which is probably 180 to 200 feet above tide water. The greater part of Aberdeen is in a valley at the mouth of the Chehalis and Wishka rivers, as they empty into Gray's Harbor, a bay of the Pacific Ocean. Prior to October 6, 1900, the station was in the lower part of the city at an elevation of 10 feet above high tide. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton-region shelter 4J feet above grotmd, 20 feet north of a one and a half story frame dwelhng. The rain gage is 20 feet north of the house and somewhat west; the top is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained from the sum of the maximum and minimum divided by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Snow. Mean. Mean oithe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. "F. "F. "F. °F. °F. "F. In. In. In. In. In. Decern Janua 41 40 47 46 60 61 35 33 20 10 44 43 38 37 14.7 10.6 21 20 10.9 6.8 19.0 6.8 0.5 6.3 2.0 TJ 11.0 Febru ary 41 48 66 33 13 46 36 10.4 19 14.4 22.4 7.4 16.0 41 47 34 35.7 60 31.1 48.2 14 2 March 44 63 76 34 22 48 40 7.9 19 4.4 11.0 1.0 1.6 April. May 48 53 57 63 87 91 38 43 28 29 61 57 45 50 7.7 4.6 17 15 4.9 3.4 5.1 4.4 T. 0.0 0.2 Spring mean 48 58 38 20.2 61 12.7 20.5 1.0 June 57 67 100 48 34 61 52 3.7 13 3.4 3.1 0.0 0.0 July. 60 71 105 50 37 64 56 1.0 ■) 1,0 1.3 0.0 Augus t 62 73 96 51 40 64 60 1.1 5 0.6 0.4 0.0 0.0 Summer mean. . . . 60 70 50 5.8 23 6.0 4.8 0.0 58 68 87 47 30 61 54 5.0 10 5.0 6 1 October 52 61 85 43 29 56 49 6.7 14 4.8 6.2 0.0 0.0 Novel] 45 51 68 38 22 50 42 15.3 21 10.9 16.2 0.6 Fall mean 52 60 43 27.0 46 21.6 26.5 0.6 50 59 105 41 10 88.7 j 79 70.4 100.0 15.7 Dates of Temperature Extri :mes F( 3E THE Period, January 1, 1894, to Decembe R 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 9 )° or abc ve. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 2-6, 8, 19, 20, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 4, 8, 10, 11, 16-23: Mar. 1-5, 13, 16, 19; Apr. 14; May 1; Nov. 14, 15; Dec. 1-3, 6, 8, 14-19, 22-29. July 13, 18; Aug. 26 27. 1899 Jan. 2-5, 21, 22, 31; Feb. 1-7, 9-11, 27; Mar. 1,2,9, 10, 12-14, 16,17,20-26,30; Apr. 12,13,16,21,22; Oct. 10, 11, 13, 14; Dec. 2, 14-16, 18, 19, 26-28. July 26. 1895 Jan. 1-6, 13-24, 27-31; Feb. 10-12; Mar. 3, 6 9-13, 16, 22, 23; Apr. 2-5; Nov. 3-6, 21-24; Dec. 14-17, 20, 21, 27-31. May 11; June 26; J ily 8-10. 1900 1901 Jan. 19-21,23-31; Feb. 0,7 11-16; Mar. 1,2; Apr. 7-9, 22, 26, 26; Nov. 4, 18-22; Dec. 28-31. Jan. 1-10, 15, 18, 20-26, August miss None. ng. 1896 Jan. 1-3, 10-16, 22, 23; Feb. 2, 8-10, 16, 28, 29; Mar. 1-5, 14-17, 20, 25, 29-31; Apr. 1-3, 14; Sept. 8, 26-28; Oct., Nov , and Dec. data are missing. June 26; July 19. 1902 28-31; Feb. 1-14, 16-22, 24; Mar. data not used; Apr. minimum out of order; May 3, 5 6; Dec. 11-13, 15, 17, 20, 29. Jan. 9, 10 12, 15, 21-31; Aug. 6, 9. 1897 Jan. data missing; Feb. 20-22, 24, 25; Mar. 6, 7, 9-12, 19-21, 28, 29; Nov, 6, 14, 27, 28; Dec. 2, 3, 15, 17-19. May 27; Aug. 3. Feb. 1, 2; Mar. 2. 3, 13, 14, 19, 23 24, 28-30; Apr. 8, 10, 12, 23, Sept. 25; Nov. 5, 6, 8, 9, 30, Dec. 3-8. 11, 15-17, 21 1898 Jan. 7-10, 20-28; Feb. 15, 16, 18-20; Mar. 4, 6-10, 12-18, 20-26, 29; Apr. 1, 2, ,17; Nov. 11, 12, 19, 20, 24,25; Dec. 1,2, 4-14, July 31; Aug. 5, 23. 1903 2:j-26. Jan. data missing: Feb; 2-5, 10-24, 26, 27; Mar. 1-22, 31, Apr. 11-22, Nov. 10, 12, 13, 15-17; Dec. 2, June 6, 7. 19, 20, 28-30. 3, 6, 6, 25, 30, 31. 938 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WASHINGTON. Western Division: THURSTON COUNTY. Station: OLYMPIA. M. O'CoNNOB, Observer. [Established as a United States Signal Service station in August, 1877; discontinued in September, 1896, and established as a voluntary station by the Weather Bureau in December, 1895. Latitude, 47° 3' N. Longitude, 122° 54' W. Elevation, 17 feet.] This station is on Ma:in street in the business section of Olympia, one-fourth of a mile from the shore of the Sound. Olympia is a small city built on a slope rising gently from the shore of Puget Sound. At the place where the instruments are located the surface is 17 feet above mean high tide. There is a rolling prairie to the south and heavy timber to the northwest on the hills 2 miles distant. The location of the United States Weather Bureau station was in the Chilberg Block, with elevation of thermometers 56 feet and rain gage 51 feet above groimd. In the present location the maximum and miniTrinm thermometers are in a standard cotton-region shelter on the roof of a building 18 feet above the ground. The top of the rain gage is 3 feet above the roof. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperatuife. Precipitation. Number of days with Total amount for the Total amount for the Snow. Month. Mean. Mean of the Abso- lute Mean of the Abso- lute Highest monthly Lowest monthly Mean. Aver- Great- est ma. TnnTn ma. mean. mean. 0.01 or more. driest year. wettest year. age depth. depth m24 hours. "F. "F. "F. -F. "F. "F. "F. In. In. In. In. In. December 41 47 64 37 8 46 33 9.8 19 4.1 11.4 0.8 2.0 .■?9 45 60 36 - 2 43 32 7.9 22 4.0 6.0 7.3 15.0 Febru 40 49 63 36 2 46 31 6 9 18 1.4 15.6 1.4 5.0 Winter mean 40 47 36 24.6 59 9.5 33.0 9.5 March 44 53 75 35 14 50 40 5.0 16 3.9 14.4 0.5 April. May.- 49 55 60 . 66 85 93 38 44 25 30 53 58 45 1 4.0 51 1 2.7 13 14 1.9 2.4 2.1 4.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 Springmean 49 60 39 11.7 43 8.2 21.2 0.5 June. July.. 69 62 66 78 96 99 47 48 33 37 62 66 55 60 L7 0.7 9 3 1.3 0.0 0.4 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 AugUE t 63 78 99 50 38 67 60 0.6 4 2.0 2.1 0.0 0.0 PuTTiTnp.r Tnp.fl.Ti 61 74 48 3.0 16 3.3 5.1 0.0 m 69 88 46 32 61 54 2.8 9 3.5 2.4 0.0 0.0 m 61 81 43 23 56 47 4.6 15 4.3 6.2 0.0 0.0 Nover 44 51 69 39 4 50 33 8.5 21 4.8 5.5 T. T. Fall mean 50 60 43 15.8 45 12.6 14.1 T. 60 60 99 42 - 2 55.1 163 33.6 73.4 10.0 15.0 Dates of Tempekatuke Exte EMES F OR THE Period January 1, 1894, to ] December 31, 19 03. •Year. Mmimum below 32°. Maximum 9 3° or abc >ve. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° o r above. 1894 Dates missing from January to April, inclusive; May 2, 9, May 25; June 2; Ju ly 12, 13 Aug. 2. 1899 Jan. 1-6; Feb. 1-7, 11; Mar. 17. 18, 22,23,25, 26; Apr. 5, 13, 22, 23, 28; May 14; Oct. 11, Ju ly 14, 26-28. 10; Oct. 18, 19; Nov. 16-17; Dec. 1, 3, 4, 7, 13, 14; Dec. 4, 16, 19. 15,17-20,28-31. 1900 Jan. 3, 20, 21,25-29,31; In ne 12, 13; July 20. 1895 Jan. 2-8, 17, 20-23, 25-30; Feb. 6, 7, 10- 14, 28; Mar. 3-10, 12, 14, 17, 31; Apr. 5, 14, 17, 26; Sept. 21; no June 27; July 9-11. Feb. 7, 11-17; Mar. 1, 2, 14; Apr. 8-10, 26, 27;Sept.26;Nov.lO, 11,18-20, 22; Dec. 22, 30, 31. data for Oct. and 1901 Jan. 1, 4, 8-10, 18, 23- June 17. 18; Aug. 4-6. 14. 15. Nov.; Dec. 10-19, 28; 25, 30, 31; Feb. 1, 3- 30. 9, 11, 12, 18, 19, 21,22; 1896 Jan. 1, 2, 3, 10-17, 24, 25; Feb. 6, 10, 18-20, 29; Mar. 1-5, 15-18, 21, 22, 26, 31; Apr. 1, 3, 4, 16, 17, 19, 20; June 25, 26; July 3, 12, 13, 22. 14, 16, 1 7, 18; Aug. Mar. 5, 14, 15, 19, 24; Apr. 7, 8, 13, 15, 16, 24, 25, 27; May 3, 5, 6; Dec. 7, 11-15, 20, 29,31. Nov. 5, 6, 16, 19-30; 1902 Jan. 9-12, 16, 20-31; May 26; July 18, 19: AuK. 6. 7. 9. 10. Dec. 16, 29. Feb. 1-3, 22; Mar. 2, 1897 Jan. 1, 10, 12, 14-17, 25- May 28, 29; July 10 Aug. 3 4, 6, 7, 14- 19, 28-30; Apr. 10; Nov. 5, 6, 20;T)ec. 6, 28; Feb. 11, 17-22, 25, 16, 22. 26; Mar. 6, 7, 8-14, 10, 18, 21, 23. 18-22,29,30; Apr.27; 1903 Jan. 7, 13, 16, 26, 28; Ju ne 7, 8; July 20; Au( ;. 17. Sept. 28; Oct. 14; Feb. 1-3, 5, 6, 10-20, Nov. 3, 19, 28, 29; 26, 28; Mar. 1, 2, 4, 5, Dec. 3, 15, 23. 8, 13, 16-24, 29; Apr. 1898 Jan. 1,10-12, 22-26,22; Feb. 1,2,19,26; Mar. 5, 6, 8, 10, 13, 16-18, 21, 22, 25, 26; Apr. 2- 4, 19, 28; Nov. 14, 25; Deo. 5-13, 15, 30, 31. May 25; June 6, 7; 4, 5, 23. July 29- 31; Aug.l, 1, 9-12, 17, 19; Nov. 10, 17, 18; Deo. 2-6, 13, 31. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 939 WASHINGTON. Eastern Division: KITTITAS COUNTY. Station: ELLBNSBURQ. S. W. Barnes, Observer. [Established by Weather Bureau January, 1892. Latitude, 46° 59' 65" N. Longitude, 120° 32' 26" W. Elevation, 1,671 feet.] This station is in tlie nortliem part of the residence district of the small city of EUensburg, which is located in the gently rolling valley of the Yakima River, near the mouths of Kittitas and Manashtash creeks. The valley is here a large amphitheater in the hills, some 20 to 30 miles in width. The iastruments, which are all the property of the Weather Bureau, arc well located in the observer's yard. The maxi- mum and minimum thermometers have been exposed in a standard cotton region shelter since May, 1900. They are 5 feet above sod, 9 feet west and 15 feet north from a two-story frame dwelling. Xte rain gage is 20 feet north of the house, in an open space, its top 3 feet above the sod. No trees overshadow it. Prior to the receipt of the shelter the thermometers were located under a porch. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1 , 1890, to December 31 , 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount tor the wettest year. Snow. Uonth. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. December "F. 28 25 31 "F. 36 34 39 "F. 59 55 61 °F. 22 18 21 "F. - 8 -20 -14 "F. 37 33 36 "F. 12 20 16 In. 1.2 1.8 L2 8 11 8 In. 0.5 0,4 0.5 In. 3.2 1.3 3.2 In. 10.3 11.8 9.2 In. 10.5 7.1 February 8.1 28 36 20 4.2 27 1.4 7.7 31.3 March. . 40 48 55 50 67 75 92 90 27 33 42 6 18 27 47 64 61 33 42 62 0.4 0.6 0.6 4 4 4 0.1 0.03 0.1 0.4 L8 0.7 1.8 1.1 0.0 2.9 April May 9.0 0.0 Spring mean 48 59 34 1.6 12 0.2 2.9 2.9 June 60 65- 66 73 80 79- 95 96 97 45 52 52 31 38 36 64 71 ,0 56 60 60 0.4 0.2 0.2 4 1 2 0.7 0.05 0.3 0.05 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 RnTTimpT TTiPflTi 64 77 50 0.8 7 1.0 0.5 0.0 56 47 36 69 60 44 91 83 68 43 34 26 20 15 -29 60 52 43 52 ■ 44 23 0.5 0.5 1.7 4 4 9 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.2 0.7 1.5 0.0 0.0 7.0 0.0 October.. 0.0 November 7.0 Fall mean 46 58 34 2.7 17 1.0 2.4 7.0 46 58 97 35 -29 9.3 63 3.6 13.6 4L2 10.5 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. 1895 Jan. 3-11, 16-20, 22-27, 31; Feb. 1-3, 9-12, 16-25; Mar. 4, 6, 18, 19, 22; Apr. 4; Oct. 18-21; Nov. 4, 6, 16, 24; Dec. 1-9, 12-20, 23-31. Jan. 1-10, 14-16, 18-20, 22, 26-29; Feb. 7-16; Mar. 4-8, 14, 16, 17, 31; Apr. 5, 6, 8; Sept. 6; Got. 30; Nov. 3-6, 8, 9, 11, 12, 21-28; Dec. 13-24, 26, 28-31. Jan. 1-6, 11-19, 22-26, 30,31; Feb. 1-4, 8-11, 17-20; Mar. 1-5, 7, 8, 15, 17, 18, 21, 22, 28, 30; Apr. 1, 4, 6, 16; Oct. 9, 10, 16, 27, 28; Nov. 1, 4, 5, 7, 12, 15- 17, 21, 24, 30; Dec. 1-6,9,22-27,29. Jan. 1-3, 8-10, 13-19, 25-30; Feb. 13-22, 25-27; Mar. 3, 5, 7-9, 11-15, 19-22, 28, 30; Nov.5, 14, 15,20,21, 26-30; Dec. 1-4, 14- 26, 30, 31. Jan. 1-31; Feb. 1-3, 8; Mar. 16, 17, 18, 21-23, 25, 26; Apr. 4-7; Oct. 7; Nov. 8, 20, 24, 25, 30; Dec. 1. 5-20, 23- 25, 29-31. Maximum 95° or above. None. None(August missing). Jime 28 (August missing). None (August missing). July 11; Aug. 9, 24. Year. MLnimum below 22°. Jan. 1-10, 12-14; Feb. 1-13; Mar. 2, 16, 17, 22, 23, 25, 26; Apr. 5, 7; Oct. 14; Dec. 3, 4, 17-20, 27-30. Jan. 25-31; Feb. 1, 4, 8, 9, 14-18, 20; Mar. 13; Nov. 4, 6, 9-11, 14, 18-23; Dec. 26, 27, 29, 30. Jan. 1, 5-13, 17-19, 23, 26, 29, 30; Feb. 2-7, 9-12, 18, 20-22; Mar. 24, 28; Apr. 6, 8, 22; Nov. 8, 17; Dec. 7, 11-13, 16, 16, 18-22, 29-31. Jan. 10-12, 20, 22, 24- 31; Feb. 1-6, 21, 22; Mar. 22, 29, 30; Nov. 3-5,7, 21-23, 29; Dee. 5-7, 10, 11, 13-24, 26- 31. Jan. 6-12, 16-19, 22, 24, 27, 28, 30, 31; Feb. 1- 9, 11-22, 25, 26, 28; Mar. 3, 5, 9, 13, 18- 20, 22; Apr. 12; Oct. 30, 31; Nov. 12, IS- IS, 22-24; Dec. 3-6, 8-11, 13, 14, 17, 20, 24, 27. Maximum 95° or above. July 23, 30. July 21. 940 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. WASHINGTON. Eastern Division: WHITMAN COUNTY. Station: COLFAX. W. H. James, Observer. * [Established by Weather Bureau October, 1891. Latitude, 46° 50' N. Longitude, 117° 21' W. Elevation, 1,974 feet.] The station is in the small city of Colfax, which is located in a deep, narrow valley. The surrounding country is a plain, which is very rolUng. This is in the heart of the wheat-growing section. The maximum and minimum thermometers have been in a standard cotton region shelter since May, IGOO, in the middle of an open yard. Prior to that they were 7 feet from the ground, on the northeast side of a building under a porch. The rain gage is in the middle of an open yard, and its top is 4 feet above the ground. ' The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. . Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. TotaJ amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth m24 hours. December 'F. 33 31 34 "F. 40 38 41 °F. 60 59 59 "F. 28 25 26 "F. - 6 -18 -17 "F. 38 37 39 "F. 26 27 26 In. .3.2 3.1 2.5 12 13 11 In. 3.2 3.3 1.0 In. 3.9 2.1 3.4 In. 6.6 13.7 10.2 In. 13.0 9.0 6.5 January Winter mean 33 40 26 8.8 36 7.5 9.4 30.5 March 40 48 84 49 59 67 78 88 93 30 36 42 - 8 21 28 47 51 59 36 44 49 2.1 1.9 2.0 12 10 10 0.9 0.6 1.6 3.5 1.6 1.9 45 0.4 0.2 5.8 2.0 2.0 Spring mean 47 68 36 6.0 32 ■ 3.0 7.0 5.1 59 64 66 74 81 82 97 105 104 45» 48 48 31 32 29 66 68 70 56 62 62 0.8 0.7 0.6 6 2 3 0.3 0.7 0.0 2.8 1.2 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 .^nTTiTner mpflTi 63 79 47 2.1 11 1.0 4.3 0.0 September October November 56 49 38 70 63 46 91 86 73 41 35 31 22 19 -10 59 55 44 52 44 31 1.3 2.3 3.6 8 7 14 1.6 T. 2.2 2.2 0.6 5.9 0.0 0.2 7.5 0.0 2.0 8.0 Fall mean 48 60 36 7.1 29 3.8 8.7 7.7 Annual mean 48 59 105 36 -18 24.0 108 16.3 29.4 43.3 13 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 2-11, 16, 20-24, 27, 31; Feb. 1-3, 10, 11, 18, 20-23; Nov. 16; Dec.2-4, 15, 18,27-30. Aug. 23. 1899 Jan. 3-9,31; Feb. 1-9, 11,25,26; Mar. 14,30; Sept., Oct., Nov. missing; Dec. 1, 16, None. 1895 Jan. 1,3, 4, 7, 14,17-21, None. 17. 24-30; Feb. 10-12, 14; 1900 Jan. 9, 10, 23-29; Feb. June 20; July 20-24,29-31. Mar. 13, 14; Oct. 23, 13-17; Nov. 19-22; 27-30; Nov. 4, 22-25; Dec. 30, 31. Dec. 3, 16-18, 22, 24, 1901 Jan. 1, 4-9, 31; Feb. July 21, 23, 30; Aug. 4-6, 13-17, 22, 23, 29. 28, 30. missing; Apr. 2; 1896 Jan. 1-3, 11-16, Feb. June 28; July 4,5,15,16. Dec. 11-20. 10; Mar. 1-5, 7, 31; 1902 Jan., first 13 days Aug. 7. Nov. 18-21, 24-30; missing, 14, 17, 19, Dec. 1, 2. 21, 25-31; Feb. 1-7, 1897 Jan. 12, 13, 16, 17, 24-28; Feb. 13, 14; Mar. 11-15,21,22; Oct. 26; Nov. 24, 28, 29; Dec. July 11; Aug. 19-21. 12; Mar. 15, 26, 29, 30; Apr. 13, 14; Nov. 20-22; Dec. 16, 18-20, 22, 24. 2, 3, 15-24. 1903 Jan. 15, 16, 27-29, 31; July 21,22; Aug. IS. 1898 Jan. 1. 9-12, 20, 22-25, 27-29: Mar. 15,17,21, 22,26; Nov.12, 14,25; Dec. 5-16, 23, 30, 31. Aug. 2, 7-10,25. Feb. 1-7, 11-15, 26; Mar. 5, 20; Apr. 5; Nov. 16-18; Dec. missing. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 941 WASHINGTON. Western Division: LEWIS COUNTY. Station: CENTRALIA. [Established by Signal Service in June, : I. S. TUENER, Observer. lO, at Cbebalis, 4 miles south; removed to Centralia January 5, 1902. 122° 59' W. Elevation, 212 feet.] Latitude, 46° 42' N. Longitude This station is in the residence district of the small city of Centralia, at the comer of Front and Walnut streets, not far from the business center. The town is in the very level valley of the Chehalis River. The valley is several miles in width, and extends north and south. It is inclosed by wooded hiUs about 100 feet high. The distance to the hUls on the east is about half a mile; on the west about 4 to 5 miles. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard cotton-region shelter, which is 2 feet above sod in an open yard. The top of the rain gage is 3 feet above ground, and it is exposed in an unobstructed position 20 feet from any building. The contour was similar at Chehahs, but the exposure of the instruments differed considerably. They were back of Marion's drug store on the crossbar of a high board fence, 6 feet above the ground. A cotton-region shelter was supplied in January, 1899. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. Record much broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount tor the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth, in 24 hours. "F. 41 38 40 °F. 46 44 46 T. 61 62 64 "F. 30 33 34 18 2 9 °J?. 45 42 44 °F. 36 36 36 In. 8.8 3.9 4.6 19 15 18 In. 6.4 3.2 3.3 In. 10.6 7.8 6.5 In. 0.4 4.4 6.4 In. 1.5 2.5 February 6.0 40 45 34 17.3 62 12.9 23.9 11.2 March 44 49 55 52 59 67 79 94 97 34 38 43 17 25 29 48 54 60 40 45 62 3.4 4.2 2.4 16 17 16 2.5 4.9 2.0 2.8 5.5 3.7 1.2 T. - 0.0 2.0 April 0.2 May, 0.0 Spring mean 49 59 38 10.0 49 9.4 12.0 1.2 59 64 64 72 79 79 101 101 102 47 48 60 31 35 36 64 69 69 57 61 61 2.2 0.6 0.8 11 5 6 1.1 0.9 0.6 1.4 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 62 77 48 3.6 21 2.6 2.0 0.0 58 52 45 71 63 62 93 89 68 45 41 38 35 29 6 62 54 50 56 50 37 2.4 3.6 9.6 10 12 22 3.0 L9 8.0 1.4 3.6 12.2 0.0 0.0 1.8 0.0 0.0 4.0 62 62 83 41 16.6 44 12.9 17.2 1.8 51 61 102 41 2 46.4 166 37.8 55.1 14.2 6.0 Dates of TfiMPEEATURE Extremes fob the Period January 1, 1894, to. December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 4-6, 8, 9, 23, 31; Feb. 1-3,9,10,16,17, 19-23; Mar. 2-4, 17, 21-23; Apr. 4, 7, 8, 15, 16; May 2, 9, 10; July 13, 14; Aug. 1,2,10,21,26: Sept. 10. 1899 Jan. and Feb. miss- ing; Mar. 13, 14, 17, 19-26; Apr. 4, 6, 12, 20-22; May 8; Oct. July 26-28. 10-13; Dec. 13, 17, 18, Oct. 18, 19; Nov. 4, 27. 5, 15-17; Dec. 1-6, 7, 1900 Jan. 19,20,23-29; Feb. June 11; July 20, 21, 30. 13, 15-17, 19, 21, 6,11-16; Apr. 25; 24-31. Sept. 24, 25; Nov. 1896 Jan. 3, 4, 6, 14-16, 18, Data missing. and Dec. missing. 19, 24, 26-31; other 1901 Jan. 3, 8, 11, 12, 17-22, Data missing. months missing. 24, 27, 30, 31; Feb. 1896 Jan. 1-4, 10-17, 22-25, 29,30; Feb. 2-4,9-11, June 25, 26; July 3, 5, 8, 9, 14-20; Aug. 12,13,22,23. 1-10, 17-21; other months missing. 17-20, 25, 29; Mar. 1902 Jan. 9-12, 16, 20-31; May 26; June 20; July 18, 19; Aug. 6-10. 2-5, 14-17, 22, 25-27, Feb. 1-3, 5, 22; Mar. 30,31; Apr. 1,3,4,8, 2, 18-21, 23, 28-30; 14-16, 18, 19; May 13; Apr. 13,23; Sept.l7; Nov. 4,15-29; Dec.l4. Oct. 7; Nov. 5, 20; 1897 Jan. 9-16, 24-28; Feb. 11, 12, 16, 17, 19, 21; Apr. 16; May 12, 27, 28; June 6; July 10, 19; Aug. 2-7, 14-16, 18, 19, 21, 22; Sept. Dec. 7, 14-16, 18, 21, 23,28. Mar. 5, 6, 9-12, 18, 18. 1903 Jan. 7,13-15,21,26,27; June 7, 8; Aug. 19. 20,28,29; Apr. 1,21, Feb. 1-3, 5, 6, 11-20, 26; May 1; Nov. 2; 28; Mar. 1-6, 8, 12, Deo. 1,22,23,29-31. 13, 16-19, 21-24, 29; 1898 Jan.2,7, 9-12, 20,22-29, 31; Mar. 7, 20-25, 28,31; other months missing. Data missing. Apr. 1, 9-12, 17, 19, 28; May 1; June 3; Nov. 12, 17, 18; Dec. 2-6, 8-10, 12, 30, 31. 942 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. WASHINGTON. Eastern Division: YAKIMA COUNTY. Station: MOXEE WELLS (near North Yakima). Henky B. Scuddek, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in May, 1890. Latitude, 46° 37' N. Longitude, 120° 31' W. Elevation, 1,000 feet.] This station is on a fruit ranch in an irrigated section called Moxee Wells in the valley of the Yakima River, 4J miles southeast across the river from the small city of North Yakima. The country is a broad, open, river valley, flat and level in the immediate vicinity of the station, but rising gradually to the hills about 10 miles distant on the east and 12 to 20 miles on the west. The maximum and minimum thermometers have been exposed since February, 1899, in a standard cotton-region shelter, 4J feet above the sod. They are in an open field several rods from any house or building. Near by are some trees. The rain gage is about 10 feet distant, and the top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. Prior to about two years ago the rain gage was sunk into the ground, so that the top was only 6 inches above the surface. Prior to 1899 the thermometers were on the north side of a house, 16 feet from the ground. A board was used to shade them from the early morning sun and from the wind. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Mkans, January 1, 1893, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mim- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. op 31 30 35 'F. 39 38 44 "F. 64 59 71 °F. 25 20 23 °F. - 8 -15 -22 "F. 38 34 40 "F. 24 ' 27 30 In. 1.1 1.9 1.0 7 7 5 In. 0.5 0.8 0.5 In. 0.6 7.4 0.4 in. 6.2 8.5 4.2 In. 10.3 0.9 February 1.9 Winter mean 32 40 23 4.0 19 1.8 8.4 18.9 42 50 58 65 65 73 76 87 99 28 34 42 2 18 24 48 51 64 38 47 54 0.5 0.6 0.9 4 4 7 0.2 0.1 0.5 T. 0.1 0.5 0.3 T. 0.0 0.8 Acril 0.0 SSy 0.0 Spring mean 50 64 35 2.0 15 0.8 0.6 0.3 June 65 71 70 82 88 87 106 105 108 49 53 52 30 36 35 69 77 75 59 66 64 0.4 0.1 0.2 4 2 2 0.3 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.1 1.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 69 86 51 0.7 8 0.4 1.2 0.0 59 50 39 75 65 48 97 89 90 42 33 28 24 13 -22 63 66 45 56 46 30 0.4 0.5 1.3 4 4 8 0.2 0.2 0.5 0.5 0.8 2.2 0.0 0.0 5.0 0.0 October 0.0 1.5 49 63 34 2.2 16 0.9 3.5 5.0 Annual mean . 50 63 108 36 -22 8.9 .58 3.9 13.7 24.2 10.3 Dates op Temperature Extremes por the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. S-11, 22-28, 31; May 24, 25; June 2; July 5, 7, 14, 15; 1899 Jan. 1-10, 12-14, 16, 19, July 11-18, 27; Sept. 11. Feb. 1, 2, 12, 13, lb, Aug. 2, 3, 20-23, 27. 22,24,29; Feb. 1-11, 18-23; Mar. 3, 4, 6, 23, 26; Mar. 10, 17, 22,23; Apr. 15; Oct. 18,21-23,31; Apr. 5, 13.14; Oct. 14; Dec. 20,21; Nov. 4,16,22; Dec. 1-8, 12-17, 23, 3, 9, 13, 17-21, 28, 29. 24, 27-30. 1900 Jan. 20, 24-31; Feb. 1, June 13; July 19-24, 29-31. 1895 Jan. 1-10,14, 15, 17,24- June26-29; July 11,12,22,23; Aug.2,S, 9, 12, 14-18; Apr. 8; 30; Feb. 1-4, 7-9, 11- 29. Oct. 27; Nov. 11,19- 16; Mar. 5, 6, 12-14, 23; Dec. 27, 29-31. 16, 17, 29; Apr. 5, 1901 Jan. 1-3, 5, 7-12, 18, 28- July 30; Aug. 3-6, 13-16, 22-24. 6, 14; Oct. 27-30; 30; Feb. 4-7, 9-12, Nov. 3-6, 8, 11-13, 21; Mar. 23, 24, 28; 22-25, 27, 29; Dec. Apr. 6-9, 16, 17; 17-26, 28-30. Nov.8, 10, 14, 17,19; 1896 Jan. 2-4, 12-19, 22, 24, June 26-28; July 3-6, 8-10, 13-20; Aug. Deo. 7, 13-18, 28-31. 26, 28-31; Feb. 2, 3, 16, 19, 24, 26, 28, 29. Jan. 10-12,24-31; Feb. July 10, 20, 26, Aug. 6-8, 11. 6, 7, 10, 11, 29; Mar. 1902 1-5,7,8; Mar. 14,15, 1-5, 7, 13, 21, 30, 31; 21, 22, 29, 30; Nov. Apr. 1, 4; Nov. 3, 6, 5, 20, 22, 25, 28, 29; 17-30; Dec. 1, 2, 4-6. Deo. 2 4,6,13-21,23, 1897 Jan. 15-17, 25-28, 30; May 28, 29; July 11; Aug. 1, 5-10, 16-23. 25, 27-31. Feb. 17, 18, 20-22, 26; Jan. 2, 3, 5-11, 14, 19, July 20, 21; Aug. 18. Mar. 5, 8, 11-14, 20- 1903 20,26-28,30,31; Feb. 22, 29, 30; Oct. 13; 1-8 11-19; Mar. 1,6, Nov. 5. 7, 15, 20, 26, 28-30; Dec. 1-5, 15, 12,18-20,22,23; Apr. 11, 12; Oct. 30, 31; 18-20, 22-26. Nov. 12,15,16,18,19; 1898 Jan. 1-3,5,7,10-12,14, June 10; July 9-12, 28-31; Aug.l, 2,5-11, Dec. 3-6, 8, 11, 12, 20, 17-31; Feb. 2; Mar. 13, 24-26. 24. 8, 13, 15, 17, 18, 22, 26; Nov. 7-9, 20, 21, 24,25; Dec. 5-18, 21- 25 29-31. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 943 WASHINGTON. Eastern Division: GARFIELD COUNTY. Station: POMEROY. F. W. D. Mays, Observer. [Established by Signal Service October, 1891. Latitude, 46° 28' N. Longitude, 117° 38' W. Elevation, 1,600 feet.] This station is on the north side of Main street between Fourth and Fifth streets in the business section of the little city of Pomeroy, which is located in Pataha Creeli Valley, surrounded by hills; gulches cut these in many places. The Blue Moun- tains are 14 miles distant on the south. The maximum and minimum thermometers have been exposed in a standard cotton region shelter since February, 1899, 4J feet above the ground. Prior to that time they were in a slatted box with open bottom 3i feet above the sidewalk. The rain gage is 6 feet west of the shelter and its top is 3 feet above the ground. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means, October 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Snow. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Montli. Highest monthly mean. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. ojp "F. "F. "F. 'F. 'F. °F. In. In. In. In. In. Decen Janua Febru 36 34 41 40 64 64 31 29 - 3 42 24 1 40 33 33 2.4 2 5 12 13 3.2 2 2 2.1 2 4 6.4 12 2 9.6 12 ary 38 43 67 31 -12 44 30 2.2 10 LO 6.3 9.0 12.0 36 41 30 7.1 35 6.4 10.8 27.6 March April. 43 51 50 60 73 83 35 42 8 22 47 55 38 47 2.0 1.6 13 11 0.8 L3 2.2 1.3 8.4 0.6 6.5 2.3 M'ay- 58 70 96 48 31 66 54 2.0 11 LI 0.9 T. T. Sprlngmean 51 60 42 5.5 35 3.2 4.4 9.0 1 65 75 100 55 34 69 61 0.7 6 0.6 0.6 T. T. July. 73 84 106 62 36 81 68 0.4 3 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 Augu^ t. 74 86 108 60 36 80 67 0.4 3 0.2 2.3 0.0 0.0 71 82 59 1.6 12 0.9 2.8 T. September 63 72 100 61 32 69 58 1.1 8 0.2 1.3 0.0 0.0 54 64 89 44 30 59 48 1.3 6 0.5 2.1 0.1 LO Novel 42 48 70 35 - 7 49 35 2.9 14 2.0 4.6 5.6 5.8 Fall mean S3 61 43 6.3 28 2.7 7.9 6.7 Annual mean 53 61 108 44 -24 19.4 110 13.2 26.9 42.3 12.0 Dates of Temperatur 3 Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 190 3. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° o r above. 1894 Jan. 4-9, 23, 24, 31; Feb. 1-3, 10, 21-24: July 5. 1899 Jan. 2-9; Feb. 1-8; Dec. 16, 19. July 12-17, 27, 28. Oct., Nov., Dec. 1900 Jan. 26,27,29; Feb. 14- July, Aug., and Sept. missing. missmg. 17; Oct., Nov., and IS95 Jan., Feb., and Mar. Aug. 2. Dec. missing. missing; Nov. 22, 1901 Jan., Feb., M^r., and May and June missin 5; July 30; Aug. 23; Dee. 17, 18, 22. Apr. missing; Nov. 3-6, 12-17, 22-24. 1896 Jan. 2, 3, 15-17; Mar. 1-4; Nov. 19, 25-30; June 28; Ju lly 4, 5, 8-11, 14-17. 11; Dec. 12, 13, 16, 19-21. Dec. 1, 2. 1902 Jan. 23-31; Feb. 1-4; June 22; July 19, 25, 29 Aug. 5-8, 10, 11 1897 Jan. 17, 18, 24-28; Mar. 12, 13; Nov. 28, 29; Dec. 15, 16, 18-24. May 29; Ji Sept. 19 lly 11, 29; Aug. 4-9, 15-23; 1903 Mar. 13; Nov 20,22; Dec. 12, 14. 15, 17-21. Jan. 28; Feb. 1-7, 11- 13, 21, 22; Sept. 2, 3. 1898 Jan. 7, 9, 10, 23-25, Mar. 21, 22; Dec. 6- 7, 9-16, 30. July 11, 12, 29-31; Aug. 1-3, 5-14, 24, 25. 15; Mar. 19; Apr. 5; Dec. 3, 5-10, 13-15. May 31; June 7, 8, 10, 1 Aug. 5, 7-9, 17, 18. 1, 15; July 18-22; 1076— Bull. Q— 06- 944 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNILED STATES. WASHINGTON. Interior Valley: WALLA WALLA COUNTY. Station: WALLA WALLA, F. Newman, Observer. [Established by Signal Service December 1, 1885. Latitude, 46° 2' N. Longitude, 118° 20' W. Elevation, l,9Bi) leet.] This station is centrally located on the comer of llain and Second streets in Paine Brothers Building. The instruments are on the roof. The office has not been moved since its establishment. The city is near the center of the valley, surrounded by mountains from 3,000 to 3,500 feet in elevation on the south to northeast and hills 100 to 200 feet in elevation on the northeast to southwest. The mountains are from 15 to 20 miles distant from the station. The thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter 11 feet above the roof of the building and 65.3 feet above the ground. ^ The rain and snow gages are 56.3 feet above the ground. The anemometer and wind vane are on a combined support, which is 18.8 feet high. Elevation of anemometer above ground, 71.3 feet. Elevation of wind vane above ground, 72.9 feet. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fifteen years; remainder of data is from the full period of observation — eighteen years — December 1, 1885, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. ^ S s o — 3 .g 6 1 a ^ 1 3 o a (ffl u ^„ 111 eg So Si Snow. B CO > 1 s CO 1 1 .a 00 i 6 CO 1 1 < g Month. o bo . In. 5.1 9.6 6.2 C3-S.J3 5 "F. 37 33 37 "F. 43 38 44 'F. 65 67 69 "F. 32 27 30 'F. - 2 •-17 -15 °f. 43 42 46 29 In. 2.1 14 13 12 In. 0.9 2.5 L4 In. 1.2 0.8 L8 In. 8.6 7.5 10.0 P.ct. 86 87 84 Grs. 1.96 1.76 1.91 p.ct. 83 84 76 Grs. 2,20 1,91 2.16 s. 21 23 2.2 1.6 s. February . s. 36 42 30 6.9 39 4.8 3.8 20.8 86 LS8 . 81 2,09 s. March April Mly 45 63 60 54 63 72 74 89 100 36 42 49 2 29 35 63 58 66 39 49 54 1.7 1.8 1.7 12 10 10 2.4 0.4 L4 2.3 3.9 3.0 1.5 0.1 0.0 4,3 1,4 0,0 81 67 74 2,22 2.29 3.12 64 1 2.61 51 i 2,93 46 1 3.56 s. s. s. Spring mean 53 63 ! « 1 6.2 .32 4.2 9.2 1.6 74 2.54 64 i 3,03 s. June July - August — 66 74 74 7>i sr S7 105 108 113 54 60 60 40 45 44 70 79 78 61 70 66 1.1 0.4 0.4 8 3 3 1.4 0.1 0.1 0.4 0.2 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 69 59 57 3,58 3,62 3,50 39 ■ 4,01 29 3, 69 31 , 3, 72 i: s. 71 84 58 1.9 14 1.6 0.6 0.0 62 3,57 33 3,81 s. September - . October November 64 54 43 75 64 50 100 86 78 52 44 36 36 2-4 - 9 69 59 49 58 50 34 1.0 L5 2.2 6 9 12 0.4 0.8 T. 2,6 4.0 2.9 0.0 T. 1.9 0,0 T. 5,4 69 78 80 3.46 2.96 2.28 46 61 ■ 74 4.04 3,60 2.62 s. s. s. 54 63 44 I 4.7 27 1.2 9.5 L9 76 2.90 60 3,39 s. 53 63 113 44 -17 17.7 112 11.8 23.1 24.3 10.0 74 2.72 67 3.08 s. Dates op Temperatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimnm below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. Feb. 21-23 July 6, 13, 18, 21, 23; Aug. 1, 2, 3, 14,18-23, June28!29; July22,23; Aug. 2, 5, 6, 11, Jime 26-28; July 3-5, 7-11, 14-20; Aug. 13, 14, 23, 24, May 29; July 10, 11, 26; Aug. 4-8, 15-19, ■ 21-23, June 10; July 3, 8, 10-12, 15,28-31; Aug. 1,2,6-14,24,25. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 4-7; Feb. 2-7; Dec, 19. Feb. 15,16; Nov. 21, 22. None JtUy 12-27. 1S95 June 20; July 10, 19-24, 29-31 1896 Mar. 2; Nov. 26-30... July 29, 30; Aug. 4-6, 13-16, 22, 2:1. July 19, 20, 26, 30; Aug. 6-8. May 30; Jime 8, 9, 11; July 20, 21; Aug. Jan, 25-29, 31; Feb.l.. None Dec. 10-14. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 945 WASHINQTON. tjastern Division: KLICKITAT COUNTY. Station: LYLE (" Pine Hill "). Established by Weatber Bureau in April, 1895. Thos. J. Whitcome, Observer. Observations bave been taken since July, 1892. Elevation, 000 teet.] Latitude, 45° 30' N . Longitude, 120° 60' W. This station is on the premises of Thos. J. Whitcomb, on Pine Hill, near the little village of Lyle, where the Klickitat River empties into the Columbia. The surrounding country is hilly. The maximum and minimum thermometers have been exposed in a standard cotton region shelter since May, 1900. Previously they were on a board on the north side of a prune tree, at the height of the eye above ground. The rain gage is exposed in a clear space, with its top 3 feet above the surface of the ground. The monthly mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of tbe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Montb. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in 24 hours. "F. 35 33 37 "F. 40 40 45 'F. 57 60 61 "F. 31 29 30 "F. 4 — 9 -11 °F. 41 38 42 "F. 30 27 30 In. 6.1 49 3.8 17 17 15 In. 2.2 1.9 2.7 In. 3.6 9.3 3.4 In. 12.0 23.7 11.9 In. 39 9 5 35 42 30 ' 13.8 49 6.8 16.3 47.6 43 50 56 53 61 68 78 90 92 34 37 44 12 24 32 50 54 61 39 46 62 2.7 L2 0.9 15 10 8 0.8 0.3 0.3 8.1 1.1 1.0 46 0.1 0.0 10 1 May Spring mean 50 61 38 4.8 33 1.4 10.2 47 61 69 69 76 82 83 101 103 104 60 54 64 36 42 40 67 73 73 53 66 62 0.7 0.2 0.3 6 2 1.0 0.2 0.0 2.7 0.2 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0,0 66 80 53 L2 10 1.2 2.9 0.0 60 51 41 74 64 47 97 83 69 47 40 34 30 24 - 9 64 58 46 56 46 34 1.2 L3 4.9 8 8 17 2.0 0.5 43 1.9 2.8 1.7 0.0 T. 7.2 October T Fall mean 51 62 40 7.4 33 6.8 6.4 7.2 50 61 104 40 -11 27.2 125 16.2 35.8 59.5 Dates of Tempeeatuee Extremes fok the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Minimum below 22°. Jan. 4,6,24; Feb. 1,10, 20-24; Deo. 28. Jan. 1, 7, 8, 14, 15, 19, 25-28; Feb. 10; Mar. 14; Nov. 5, 6, 22-25; Jan. 2, 3,12, 13, 16, 17; Mar. 2-4, Nov. 18,22, 26-30; Dec. 1, 2. Jan. 25-30; Feb. 17; Mar. 10, 12, 30; Nov. 29; Dec. 3, 18,20,24 Jan. 1, 10, 13, 24; Mar. 22; Dec. 7-15, 30, 31. Maximum 95° or above. July 18; Aug. 2. June 27, 28; Aug. 5. July 14-16, 19, 20. Aug. 6, 7, 15, 16, 18, 19. July 28-31; Aug. 1,2,5,6, 10,24 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 22°. Jan. 2-11,13, 14; Feb. 1-8; Dec. 19,20. Jan. 26, 27; Feb. 14-17; Nov. 20-23; Dec. 30, 31. Jan. 1, 2, 7, 8,10,11; Feb. 6-9,12,21; Dec. 7,12. Jan. 24-31; Feb. 1-5; Deo. 23, 29, 30. Jan. 27-29; Feb. 1-4, 6, 11-17; Mai. 4; Nov. 20. Maximum 95° or above. July 26-28. June 12, 27; July 19-22,30,31; Sept. 12. June 18; July 29; Aug. 3-6, 13-16. July 19, 20; Aug. 6-10. June 7-9; July 20; Aug. 17. OREGON. By EDWARD A. BEALS, District Forecaster. 947 OREGON. Physical features. — Oregon is traversed north and south by two ranges of mountains — the Coast Range and the Cascade Range. The Coast Range has an average altitude o£ about 2,000 feet, and it hes near and follows closely the contour of the sea. The lofty Cascade Range is situated about 100 miles inland, and its summit ranges in altitude from about 5,000 feet to 10,000 feet or more. The caps of the taller mountains in this range are covered with perpetual snow. In the northeastern portion of the State arc found the Blue Mountains, which are nearly as high as the Cascades. The Blue Mountain System contains many spurs and off-shoots, between which lie a number of fertile valleys. The southeastern portion of Oregon con- sists of a high plateau, whose average altitude is about 4,000 feet above the sea. The off-shoots of the Cascade and the Coast ranges merge in the southwestern portion of the State, and the general level of the valleys in this section is higher than is the case farther north . The Columbia River, rising in British Columbia and draining an area of over 244,000 square miles, flows along the northern boundary of Oregon for a distance of 230 miles before it empties into the Pacific Ocean near Astoria. The Snake River, which is the largest tributary of the Columbia River, marks more than half of the eastern boundary of the State from the Washington line south. Besides these well-known rivers, there are many smaller streams rising in Oregon and either flowing northerly to the Columbia or the Snake rivers, or else westward to the sea. The most important of these is the Willamette River, which drains an area of 12,200 square miles and is navigable for a distance of over 140 miles. The proximity of the State to the ocean, the prevailing winds, and the topographical conditions just described unite in causing a diversity of climate as great if not greater than that of any other State in the Union. Temperature. — The mean temperature varies with elevation and with distance inland. In the Columbia River Valley and in all portions of the western third of the State below the level of 2,000 feet it closely approximates 52°, while east of the Cascades and south of the narrow Columbia River Valley it ranges between 43° and 51°, being warmest in the lowlands and coldest at the higher elevations. The chief feature characterizing the temperature of the entire State is the coolness which exists at night during the summer time. In the coast counties there is no record of the temperature ever having reached 100° or of its ever having gone as low as zero. The absolute extremes at Astoria, the station with the longest record, are 97° for the highest and 10° for the lowest. In this section the average date of the last killing frost in spring is March 10, and of the first killing frost in autumn November 25, thus giving a period of two hundred and seventeen days on the average each year exempt from frosts likely to injure vegetation. Over a strip of country about 50 miles wide and lying between the Coast and the Cascade ranges of mountains from the northern to the southern limits of the State the temperature has a wider range than in the coast counties. At Portland, the northern extremity of this section, the highest temperature occurring during a period of thirty years was 102°. and the lowest in that time was — 2°. The average date of the last killing frost in spring is March 17, and the average date of the earliest killing frost in autumn is November 16, thus making a growing season of two hundred and thirteen days, or nearly as long as that in the coast counties. The absolute temperatures at Ashland near the southern boundary of this section are 108° for the highest and —4° for the lowest, and the average period exempt from frost is from April 18 to October 14, or one hundred and seventy- nine days. Thus we find greater extremes in temperature as we proceed from north to south. This anomaly is due to the increase in altitude from about 50 feet at Portland to 1,940 feet at Ashland. East of the Cascade Mountains the climate is continental in character and characterized by large ranges in temperature. In midsummer the 100° mark is frequently passed, while in midwinter temperatures as low as zero and even 10° and 20° below are not unconunon. In the low valleys the length of the growing season compares favorably with that west of the Cascades, as shown by the record at The Dalles, where the average date of the last killing frost of spring is April 6, and the average date of the first killing frost of autumn is November 3, or one hundred and eighty days on the average each year when the danger of injury by frosts is slight. There are numerous valleys in the eastern section having similar favorable conditions. In the higher sections of this district the temperature extremes, both daily and yearly, are more marked until an altitude is reached, as at Lakeview, elevation 5,060 feet, where frosts have occurred in every month of the year. Precipitation. — The distribution of rainfall is governed by two laws, one of which is a decrease going from north to south, which is common in all the States west of the Rocky Mountains, and the other is an increase that takes place up to certain limits on the windward slopes of all hills and mountains, thus leaving but a small amount to be precipitated on the slopes and plains beyond. In accordance with these laws, we find the annual rainfall in the southeast central portion of the State to be a trifle short of 8 inches, while along the west slope of the Coast Range of mountains, in the north, and at an altiutde sUghtly over 2,000 feet, it amounts to over 138 inches. So great a variation of rainfall can be found nowhere else in the 948 PACIFIC COAST STATES. 949 United States unless it be in the sister State of Washington. In the coast counties the precipitation ranges between 7.5 inches and 138 inches' between the Coast and the Cascade mountains, in the cultivated valleys, it varies between 45 inches and 20 inches while on the hills and along the western slope of the Cascade Mountains it increases to nearly 100 inches in the north and to about 50 inches in the south. In the Columbia Valley east of the Cascades it ranges between 10 inches and 15 inches; in the foothills and ^-alleys of the Blue Mountains between 12 inches and 25 inches, and in the Plateau s"Ction of central and southeastern Oregon between 8 inches and 22 inches. The seasonal distribution of rainfall presents one chief type and one subtype, the former being characterized by a wet season extending from October to March, with a nearly rainless summer, and the latter by a secondary maximum of rainfall during the months of May and June, together with a wet winter and a dry summer. The chief type is the only type west of the Cascades, and the subtype occurs only east of the Cascade Mountains. Wind. — The prevailing winds are southerly in the winter and northwesterly in the summer, the latter being so regular and constant as to be called by many the summer trade winds. They are attended by bright skies and usually are refresh- ingly cool. The hot winds come from the northeast quadrant in the summer time, while in the winter the winds from this direction bring the coldest weather. Southerly winds at all seasons are the rain winds, and in the summer they pause the lowest temperatures, while in winter they are attended by mild weather and are then called "chinook" winds. The highest velocities ever recorded are as follows: Astoria, 48 miles southwest, March 8, 1900, and also in January, February, and December of other years; Baker City, 50 miles southwest, December 21, 1900; Portland, 55 miles south, March 25, 1897; and Roseburg, 48 miles south and southwest, June 14, 1888. The record at Portland is misleading, for in January, 1880, a maxunum velocity of 53 miles occurred with the anemometer exposed about 79 feet above the ground, whereas the 55-mile record in March, 1897, was obtained with the anemometer 213 feet above the ground. It has been calculated that the 53 miles at the lower elevation is equivalent to 87 miles at the higher one. The storm of January, 1880, was the hardest known, and an immense amount of timber was prostrated, while neither before nor since, within the memory of white men, has any such destructive wind occurred. In the winter months along the immediate coast storms with high southerly winds are not uncommon, and when they set in they sometimes last for four or five days before moderating to any great extent. Hail. — Statistics on the subject of hail are very meager and also confusing, owing to its frequently being recorded when snow would have been the proper entry. Crops seldom suffer damage from this cause, and but two instances are on record during the past five seasons when noteworthy injury of this character occurred; one was in Morrow County on June 14, 1903, during the cloudburst that caused the Heppner flood, and the other was on May 25, 1901, near Springfield, in Lane County. The track of the latter storm was from 3 to 5 miles mde and from 7 to 10 miles in length, and much grain and fruit was destroyed. Thunderstorms. — Thunderstorms west of the Cascades, although infrequent, occur nearly every year, but they are usually very light and consist of from one to two or three flashes of lightning and its attendant thunder at the time of the passage of a rain squall. In the coast counties they are nearly as frequent in the winter as in the summer and average from three to eight each year. In the Willamette Valley and southern Oregon about the same number are annually reported, but in this section they are most frequent in the spring and early summer and seldom occur during the winter months. East of the Cascades most of the rain during the late spring and summer is attended by thunder, and in the mountainous district thunderstorms are frequent, as shown by the record at Dayville, where the yearly average is 17. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Station. District. Page. County. Station. District. Page. Baker City.. . 962 Newport Albany Beulah Coast .Willamette Valley 958 Willamette Valley. 959 963 Astoria 951 Willamette Valley do do 964 960 Portland Willamette Valley do 953 Crook Prineville Polk {see Albany) Coast Sherman {see The Dalles) . Columbia River Valley. Coast Roseburg Lonerock Dayville . . Southern Oregon. 96fS 955 961 967 96S Glenora Pendleton 952 Grant . . do Umatilla Union {see Baker City) Eastern section . . Eastern 956 Happy Valley. Ashland do Southern Oregon . do * Wallowa Joseph do 0'>7 Wasco The Dalles Columbia River Vallev. Willamette VaUey 954 Plateau Washington(s£e Portland) and Lakeview). /Lakeview \Silver Lake... }....do f 969 1 966 Lake Willamette VaUey 950 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. State Summaet. Station. Astoria Glenora Portland The Dalli ... Lonernck . . . . Pendleton Joseph Newport Albany Prine\'iii^ Dayville Baker City . . . Beulah. ..'... Bandcri Roseburg Silver Lake.. Happy Valley Ashland Lakeview — Num- ber. Temperature. Mean an- nual. 'F. 62 49 53 52 46 52 42 51 53 40 60 45 46 51 63 44 45 52 46 Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini - mum. Abso- lute maxi- mum. "F. 45 38 45 41 32 "F. 97 106 102 108 106 119 xt 98 44 95 43 103 31 105 37 105 34 101 29 107 47 92 43 104 2S 104 30 102 39 108 32 102 Date. June, 1903 August, 1894. . . . July, 1891 August, 1897 August, August, 1898 May, 1903 June, 1903 Julv, 1891 July, 1900 August, 1898 July, 18S0 July, 1901 September, 1888 August, 1894 July, 1891 August, 1S98 Julv, 1885 July, 1896 Abso- lute mini- mum. °F. 10 6 - 2 -19 -22 -16 -24 12 9 -17 -11 -20 -23 14 - 6 -32 -31 - 4 -24 January, 1888 February, 1899 January, 1888 February, 1884 February, January", 1890 February, 1899 do May, 1891 February, 1899 November, 1900 February, 1899 February, 1899 do January, 1888 November, 1896. . . . ...do February, 1884 January, 1888 Average num- ber daya with— Maxi- mum above Mini- mum below 32°. 11 5 18 8 38 4 1 11 25 20 11 39 13 24 15 12 75 28 71 171 101 187 12 2 200 112 147 200 7 35 32 195 78 179 Station. Astoria Glenora Portland The Dalles . . . Lonerock Pendleton Joseph Newport Albany Prinevillo Dayville Baker City. .. Beulah Bandon Roseburg Silver I.,a.ke . . Happy Valley .\shlahd Lakeview Num- ber. Frost. Average date of- First killing Nov. 25 Oct. 18 Nov. 10 Nov. 3 Sept. 16 Oct. 3 Sept. 7 Dec. 28 Nov. 4 Sept. 25 Sept. 26 Sept. 3 Nov. 25 Oct. 30 Sept. 1 Oct. 14 Last in spring. Date of- EarUest killing Mar. 13 May 16 Mar. 17 Apr. 6 June 23 M.iy 7 June 17 Mar. 22 Mar. 27 May 26 June 1 June 28 Mar. 10 Apr. 15 June 17 Apr. 18 Nov. 1 Sept. 9 Oct. 13 Oct. 4 Aug. 26 Sept. -8 Aug. 3 Oct. 19' Sept. 22 Aug. 29 Sept. 4 Aug. 14 Oct, 13 Oct. 9 Aug. 10 Sept. 13 Latest Apr. 22 June 25 May 17 May 12 July 26 J.mie 10 July 7 Apr. 27 Apr. 28 June 24 June 17 July 13 Unv 2 May 16 July 19 May 9 Precipitation. Annual. Spring. Summer. Autu Inches. Inches. Inches. ■ Inch 78.2 17.9 5.7 136.3 31.8 6.2 46.6 10.7 3.0 15.4 2.6 0.9 14.6 4.6 2.2 14.5 4.2 1. 8 17.8 6.0 3.3 73.2 19.3 4.6 44.2 10.9 2.0 8.2 2.5 1.2 12.3 .3.9 1.1 13.2 4.0 2.0 11.1 3.1 0.9 67.2 16.8 3.4 34.9 8.2 2.0 10.4 3.1 l.fi 16.7 5.0 4.7 20.2 5.1 2.2 17.0 4.8 1.8 21.6 40.1 11.9 4.1 .3.5 .3.8 4.6 20 4 11.5 2.1 3.2 2.9 2.5 15.8 8.0 2.7 3.1 4.6 3.6 Winter. Inches. 33.1 58.2 20.0 7.8 4.4 4.7 4.9 28.9 19.8 2.4 4.1 4.3 4.6 31.2 16.7 3.0 3.9 8.3 6.8 PACIFIC COAST STATES. 951 OREGON. Coast District: CLATSOP COUNTY. Station: ASTORIA. [Established January 1, 1SS5. Latitude, 46° 11' N. Longitude, 124" 0' W. Elevation, 16 feet.] Astoria is a small city located on a head of land formed by the junction of Youngs River with the Columbia River. Low hills having an average altitude of about 350 feet closely environ the city in every direction except to the north, which has a water frontage on the Columbia River, which at Astoria is 4^ miles wide. Observations of temperature and rainfall have been made at this station at various times from 1850 to date. Only the record from 1885 has been used in compiling the data in the table below. The thermometers and the rain gage in use were of standard pattern, and the exposures have been considered good . Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 a a § a . li 1 a ■g a ^ o < 3 li •a 5 s h % o 1 -a as o isa Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. 60 . O o a 5 Decembf.T January 'F. 44 41 43 'F. 49 46 48 'F. 62 60 64 °F. 39 37 37 °F. 27 10 16 °F. 48 46 47 'F. 41 35 65 In. 12.8 11.1 9.2 22 22 20 In. 9.8 6.8 10.6 In. 13.3 18.8 12.5 In. 1.0 3.6 2.2 In. 7.0 9.0 5.5 E. E. SW. 43 48 38 33.1 64 27.2 44.6 6.7 E. March 46 49 54 52 65 61 74 81 86 40 42 47 24 32 35 62 53 68 42 46 50 7.7 6.1 4.1 21 19 14 1.6 1.0 3.4 4.2 8.8 5.6 1.1 0.0 0.0 3.0 T. 0.0 SW. SW. May W. Spring mean 50 66 43 17.9 54 5.9 18.6 1.1 SW. June 59 61 62 65 68 69 91 88 61 64 56 40 41 45 61 64 65 54 57 69 3.4 1.1 1.2 13 7 6 2.8 0.0 0.0 2.6 0.5 4.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 SW. July NW. W. 61 67 53 5.7 26 2.8 7.9 W. 59 54 47 66 60 52 87 80 66 52 49 42 40 34 19 62 58 63 66 60 42 3.7 6.0 11.8 11 16 21 4.2 3.4 12.4 2.1 10.3 17.8 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 2.S SW. October SW. SW. 53 59 48 21.6 48 20.0 30.2 0.3 SW. 52 58 97 45 10 78.2 192 66.9 101.3 8.1 9.0 SW. Dates of Temperatdbe Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 4,5,31; Feb. 1, 9, 10, 19-22; Mar. 4; None. 1898 Jan. 10, 23-26; Mar. 22; Dec. 12. None. Deo. 28. 1899 Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 1-7 Do. 1895 Jan. 20, 25-28; Mar. 14; Dec. 17. July 9, 10. 1900 Feb. 14-16; Nov. 19- 22; Dec. 31. Do. 1896 Jan. 13, 14; Feb. 10; Mar. 1-4; Nov. 25- None. 1901 Jan. 9; Feb. 1,7,9,21; Dec. 12, 13. Do. 30. Jan. 15, 25-27; Feb. 13, Do. 1902 1903 Jan, 24-31 Do. June 7. 1897 Feb. 1-4, 11-16; Mar. 21; Mar. 11, 12. 12. 952 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OREGON. West Slope, Coast Range: TILLAMOOK COUNTY. Station: QLENORA. Jennie A. Keeheb, Observer. [Established by the Weather Bureau January, 1892. Latitude, 45° 02' N. Longitude, 123° 53' W. Elevation, 675 feet.] This station is located in a canyon on the west slope of the Coast Range of mountains about 14 miles west of the main divide, which is 2,500 feet high, and about a quarter of a mile east from where the North Fork of the Wilson River empties into the main stream. The floor of the canyon, where the instruments are exposed, is about a quarter of a mile wide and comparatively level. The mountains on the south side rise gradually to about 500 feet, then quite abruptly to 1,000 or 1,500 feet. On the north side, beginning a short distance from the observer's house, the rise is steep for the first 500 or 600 feet, after which it is more gradual to the summit. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter, which is located in the observer's yard. The shelter faces the east and is located about 40 feet southwest of the house. The height of the thermometers above sod is 5 feet. The rain gage is exposed 2 feet above ground, 30 feet distant, southwest of the house, and about 15 feet east of the fence and 10 feet north of the shelter. It has no box support but is set on the ground and is packed solidly with earth around the bottom of the overflow to keep it in place. The exposure of the instruments is good. The mean temperature has been calculated by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum thermometer readings by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i 1 © . Si 1 i B |f 1 a g "S 1 a II o s •s |a 1 1 = 'a =1 hi «1 lii lil 6-1 Snow. Month. 60 . < o 5 Decern Janua Febru °F. 39 38 39 45 44 46 °F. 57 69 65 'F. 33 31 32 °F. 19 10 6 'F. 43 42 42 °F. 33 34 34 In.. 23.0 18.3 16.9 20 19 19 In. 14.5 7.6 6.6 In. 18.5 30.1 19.2 In. 7.0 13.1 11.7 In. 27.0 11.5 10.0 SW. sw. SW. 39 46 32 58.2 58 • 28.7 67.8 31.8 sw. March April. May.. 42 47 52 52 59 65 79 90 99 32 35 40 11 2* 28 49 61 68 .39 42 49 13.8 11.5 6.6 19 18 16 5.0 17.2 4.9 12.6 16.8 6.9 12.6 1.3 0.0 11.2 3.0 0.0 sw. sw. sw. Spring mean 47- 69 36 31.8 52 27.1 36.3 13.9 sw. June. July. Augus 57 62 63 71 78 81 101 104 106 43 46 46 30 32 32 fiO 69 67 63 69 68 3.'7 1.3 1.2 11 6 4 1.6 2.6 1.1 2.6 0.3 6.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. NW. t NW. 61 77 45 6.2 20 5.2 8.8 0.0 NW. Sc'pter Octob Nover 67 61 43 72 63 60 96 83 68 42 39 36 30 22 11 62 54 48 52 47 37 5.4 9.2 26.6 10 13 20 10.3 6.3 26.6 3.0 10.8 35.8 0.0 0.0 1.6 0.0 0.0 6.0 sw. er sw. nber sw. 60 62 39 40.1 43 42.2 49.6 1.6 sw. 49 60 106 38 6 136.3 173 103.2 162.5 47.3 27.0 sw. Dates of Tempeeato RE Extremes for ti IE Period January 1, 1894, to Novembe E, 1904 Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maxim am 95° r above 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 5; Feb. 21-23; Nov. 17; Dec. 20. Jan. 27, 28; Mar. 14; Nov. 5, 6, 23, 24; Dec. 17, 29. Jan. 13; Mar. 2-4; Nov. 24-28. July 13, 18; June 25-27; July 14, 15, Mav2a: Ai Aug. 2, 22, 26-28. July 10, 11; Aug. 6, 14. 17-20; Aug. 12; Sept. 5. g. 3, 6, 14. 15. 18-20. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 Jan. 24, 25; Dec.10-12 Feb. 1-6; Oct. 13 Feb. 15, 16; Nov. 20, 21 Feb. 8,9 Jan. 25-29; Feb. 1, 2, 4-7, 11-18. July 28-31; Au July 26-28; Sej July 19. Aug. 4-6, 12, 1 July 25; Aug. June 7; July 2 g. 1, 4, 6 rt. 19. , 15, 22. B, 7, 10. y. Aug. 10, 20, 31 , 23; Sej J. Aug. 1 t. 7. 1897 PACIFIC COAST STATES. 953 OREGON. Willamette Valley: MULTNOMAH COUNTY. Station: PORTLAND. E. A. Beals, District Forecaster. [Established by Signal Service November 1, 1871. Latitude, 45° 32' N. Longitude, 122° 43' W. Elevation, 32 feet.] The station although always near the business center of the city, has been located in various buildings since its estab- lishment. Portland is situated on the Willamette River, about 12 miles from its junction with the Columbia River. The Willa- mette River for several miles flows almost due north before reaching the center of the city, at which point it trends to the northwest and continues in that direction for 8 miles, when it gradually curves to the north and east untU its mouth is reached. To the west of the river, and varying in distance from three-quarters to a mile and a half, is an abrupt rise of land from 500 to 1,000 feet in height. Back of the summit of this bluff the land is undulating and considerably broken by small valleys and hills until the Coast Range of mountains is reached about 40 miles distant. To the east the country is slightly rolling to the foothills of the Cascade Mountains, some 15 or 20 miles away, and it has a lower elevation than the table-land to the westward. The thermometers are exposed in a standard roof shelter. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Temperature data, thirty years, 1874-1903; humidity, fifteen years, 1889-1903; sunshine and wind direction, fourteen years, 1890-1903. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, thirty-two years, November 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 B . 1=5 4 3 3 k tB % gSg 3 O > oo oS>, II as Snow. CO a oo o > 9 a 00 o 3 g 3 O A Q > o Is g p* > Month. o a a -A a < , a ,A S -^ H H < o « < « ■< < !U a 'F. "F. "F. "F. 1 'P. 'F. "F. Tn. In. Tn. Tn. In. P. a. Grs. P.cl. Ors. December 4?. 47 i5 37 3 48 .S2 7.4 20 3.6 13.4 .5.2 4.0 89 2.44 82 2.61 64 22 s. January m 44 )2 68 34 -2 44 29 6.6 20 8.6 4.8 5.8 15.0 89 2.18 81 2.31 7S 31 SE. February 42 48 35 7 47 32 6.0 17 1.0 7.5 3.9 8.5 88 2.33 73 2.49 134 36 S. 41 46 35 20.0 67 13.0 25.7 14.9 89 2.32 79 2.47 91 30 S. March 47 .55 79 .39 20 54 40 6.1 18 2.8 9.1 1.2 2.0 86 2,54 62 2.62 166 41 s. April May .■il m 89 42 28 6.5 46 3.2 IS L9 .5.3 T. 0.2 85 2.80 .56 2.91 2(KI 43 NW. 57 67 99 48 32 62 51 2.4 14 3.4 1.9 0.0 0.0 86 3.39 54 3.43 230 49 NW. Spring mean 52 61 43 10.7 47 8.1 16.3 1.2 ! 86 2.91 57 2.99 199 44 NW. June 52 72 99 .52 .39 m .58 1.7 11 0.6 2.4 0.0 0.0 84 3.80 .53 4.17 .329 69 NW. July 67 78 1(12 56 45 70 64 0.6 4 0.2 1.0 0.0 0.0 84 4.21 45 4.21 268 61 NW. August 66 77 97 55 « 70 63 0.7 4 0.4 0.6 0.0 0.0 86 4.62 48 4.49 183 49 NW. 65 76 64 3.0 19 L2 4.0 0.0 1 85 4.21 49 4.29 260 60 NW. September 61 7r 93 ,51 3h 66 .58 1.8 8 1.2 1.1 0.0 0.0 88 4.27 56 4.19 148 44 NW. October M 62 Ki 46 31 .59 .50 3.6 13 T. 10.5 0.0 0.0 91 3.68 68 3.78 64 23 NW. November 46 52 73 40 11 62 39 6.5 17 2.9 9.9 0.9 3.0 90 2.86 80 3.15 53 20 S. 54 62 1 46 ', 11,9 38 4.1 21.5 0.9 90 3.57 68 3.71 88 29 41 NW. 53 61 102 46 -2 45.6 161 26.4 67.5 17.0 15.0 87 3.25 63 3.36 160 NW. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Feb. 21 . . June 2; July 12-14, 18; Aug 1, 27. June 26, 27; July 9-11, 21; Aug. 5. June 25, 26; July 14-18; Aug. 12, 22, 23. May 12, 28; July 10; Aug. 3, 6, 7, 14-16, 18, 19, 21. June 6, July 29-31; Aug. 1, 5, 10, 23, 24. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 4, 6,7; Feb. 1-6.. Feb. 3, 4 July 26, 27. June 12; July 20. Aug. 4-6, 14, IS, 22. May 26; July 18, 19, 25; Aug. 5-7, 9, 10. June?, 8; July20; Aug. 17. 1895 1896 Mar. 2 1897 Jan. 26 Jan. 24-29 Dec. 12, 13 1898 954 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OREGON. Columbia River Valley, Eastern Section: WASCO COUNTY. Station: THE DALLES. Latitude, 45° 36' N. Longi- S. L. Brooes, Observer. [Established by Mr. Brooks in November, 1874, and continued by him from that date up to the present time. tude, 121° 12' W. Elevation, 112 feet.] This station is near the center of the city, which is situated on the Columbia River at the base of the eastern slope of the Cascade Mountains. The country surrounding the station on the east and south consists of a high roUing, treeless plateau, with altitudes varying from 500 to 1,850 feet. Across the river to the north is a range of hills about 3,000 feet high, known as the Klickitats. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed on the north side of the observer's residence, 6 feet from the building and 12 feet above the ground. The shelter is of Venetian blinds open at the top and toward the north. The rain gage is located 12 feet south of the house ; its top is 4 feet above the ground. Owing to the absence of wind during precipi- tation, the close proximity of the house has little or no effect in influencing the catch. The mean temperature has been computed by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum temperatures by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1875, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. '3 1 ii li B ii § 'B B |l O 1 s w 1 B| ■SB 1 i Number of days with 0.01 or more. Bo, ■gsg. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. i o 5 Month. to M . St ».9£ ® _ a °F. 36 32 37 'F. 41 38 46 'F. 66 65 69 °F. 30 26 29 °F. -18 -13 -19 °F. 44 41 45 'F. 20 22 22 In. 3.0 2.6 2.2 12 11 9 In. 1.1 0.8 1.0 4.8 4.2 0.3 In. 12.1 12.9 8.2 In. 29.5 17.0 21.6 E. W. w. 35 42 28 7.8 32 2.9 9.3 33.2 w. 45 53 60 65 65 72 78 88 98 35 41 48 - 1 26 30 53 56 64 38 50 55 1.3 0.7 0.6 9 6 5 0.3 0.1 0.0 2.1 0.6 0.8 1.2 T. 0.0 5.5- 0.2 0.0 w. April w. ^y w. Spring mean 53 64 41 2.6 20 0.4 3.6 1.2 w. TnTiR 66 71 70 78 84 83 103 105 108 54 57 57 40 42 41 71 80 76 61 67 66 0.6 0.1 0.2 4 1 1 0.7 0.2 0.0 1.6 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 w. July . ... w. August w. 69 82 56 0.9 6 0.9 1.8 0.0 w. September . ... 62 62 42 75 64 49 101 88 72 48 41 34 33 20 - 2 70 58 47 57 46 35 0.6 1.3 2.2 4 7 10 0.8 0.1 2.1 0.7 4.8 6.1 0.0 T. 2.4 0.0 1.0 12.0 w. w. w. 52 63 39 4.1 21 3.0 11.6 2.4 w. ■ 52 62 108 41 -19 15 4 79 7.2 26.2 36.8 29.5 w Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 9.'>° or above. 1894 Jan. 23, 24; Feb. 12, 20-24; Nov. 16; Dec. July 13, 14, 18; Aug. 1, 2, 21-23, 26, 27. 1899 Jan. 2-11, 13, 14; Feb. 1-8; Deo. 18-20. July 12, 14, 15, 26, 27, 28. 28,29. 1900 Jan. 26, 28; Feb. 15- June 13; July 19, 20, 22, 23, 29, 30, 31. 1895 Jan. 1, 4, 5, 7-9, 14, 15, June 26-28; July 10, 22, 23; Aug. 2, 4, 5. 17; Nov. 20-23. 22, 25-29; Feb. 10, 1901 Jan. 1, 7, 11; Feb. 6, 7, Aug. 3,4, 5, 6, 13, 14, 15, 16, 22. 14; Mar. 14; Nov. 6, 9-13, 21; Mar. 10; 23, 24; Dec. 21, 22. Dec. 12. 1896 Jan. 12, 13, 16, 17; Mar. 2-4; Nov. 7, 18, 22, June 26; July 3, 4, 8, 9, 10, 14, 15, 16, 17, 18,19,20; Aug. 13, 23. 1902 Jan. 24-31; Feb. 1-5; Dec. 28, 29. July 18, 19, 20, 21, 25; Aug. 5, 6, 7, 8. 26-30; Dec. 1, 2. 1903 Jan. 28, 29; Feb. 3, 12, June7,8,9; July 20; Aug. 18. 1897 Jan. 25-27, 30; Nov. 30; Dee. 24. July 10, 11; Aug. 3, 4, 6, 7, 14, 16, 16, 17, 18, 19, 20, 21, 22, 23. 14, 15. 1898 Jan. 10; Dec. 9-15 June 8, 9, 10, 29; July 2, 8, 10, 11, 24, 27, 28, 29, 30, 31; Aug 1, 2, 5, 6, 8, 9, 10, 23, 24. PAOXFIO COAST STATES. 955 OREGON. Plateau District, Eastern Section: GILLIAM COUNTY. Station: LONE ROCK. R. M. Johnson, Observer. [EBtablished by Mr. W. H. Colwell In February, 1886. Latitude, 45° 6' N. Longitude, 119° 57' W. Elevation, 3,114 feet.] The station is situated 1 mile south of the village of Lone Rock and near the south end of a valley which is 1 mile wide and 4 miles long. The hilla on either side of the valley rise to an elevation of about 1,000 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter located 40 feet north of the observer's house. The shelter is open at the bottom, and the sides and ends are of slat work. The thermometer bulbs are 8 feet above the sod. The raii^gage is 20 feet east of the shelter and SO feet from the house. The top of the gage is 5 feet above the ground. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo 3 i 1 a id i a a 11 g 1 I o i -a ■si eg 3'C o-o ao Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. > 2 Month. < o (3 33 32 32 °F. 43 42 43 °F. 66 67 62 •F. 23 21 22 'F. - 6 -16 -22 'F. 39 38 39 'F. 27 22 26 In. 1.6 1.5 1.3 8 8 9 In. 0.6 1.4 0.3 In. 2.2 2.0 1.7 In. 5.7 9.6 10.5 In. 8.0 10.0 15.0 s. sw. February. . s.,sw. 32 43 22 4.4 25 2.3 5.9 25.8 s.,sw. March.- .. 37 44 50 49 58 64 71 81 91 26 30 35 - 8 16 20 42 50 55 33 39 44 1.6 1.2 1.7 10 9 9 0.6 0.4 0.7 1.6 0.8 1.6 6.6 1.7 0,0 12.5 6.0 0.0 s.,sw April w. May sw. Spring mean 44 67 i 30 4.5 28 1.7 4.0 8.3 sw. June.. 56 61 63 71 80 82 96 99 106 40 43 45 22 29 28 61 64 69 62 58 66 1.3 0.4 0.6 6 3 3 4.0 0.8 0.0 1.5 0.1 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. July .. NW. NW. 60 78 43 2.2 12 4.8 2.6 0.0 NW. 56 48 41 71 63 63 94 86 74 38 32 29 20 5 - 3 60 49 41 36 1.0 1.1 1.4 6 6 8 0.4 1.2 0.6 1.0 2.8 0.8 0.0 0.1 2.0 0.0 0.5 3.2 NW. October W. S. Fall mean 48 62 33 1 3.5 20 2.1 4.6 2.1 oNW. 46 60 106 32 --22 1 14.6 85 10.9 17.1 36.2 15.0 NW. 1 oAlso W., S. Dates of Temperatoee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to November, 1904. Year. Minim nm below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 1895 Feb. 18-22; Mar. 3, 4, 6; Dec. 2, 25-31. Jan. 1-4, 6, 7, 17, 25-28; Feb. 10,11,14; Mar. 13-15; Nov. 5, 6, 22-24, 26. Jan. 3, 12, 15-17; Mar. 1-4. None. Aug. 23. None. Do. Do. July 31; Aug. 2, 7-11, 24. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 Jan. 3-8; Feb. 1-6; Oct. 13; Deo. 16, 17. Jan. 24-28; Feb. 14-17, 19; Nov. 19, 21; Dec. 30. Dec. 12 July 15. July 31. Aug. 5. July 20. Aug. 17. July 21; Aug. 4-6,8, 17. 1896 1897 Jan. 25-31; Feb. 3, 4.. Feb. 3, 4, 10-14; Mar. 4. Feb. 9 1898 Mar. 22.. . . ... 956 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATEB. OREGON. Eastern Section: UMATILLA COUNTY. Station: PENDLETON. [Established by the Signal Service December 1, ] K. P. Betson, Observer. Discontinued July 31, 1903. Latitude, 45° 40' N. Longitude, 118° 40' W. 1,120 feet.] Elevation, The station has always been near or within the city Umits of Pendleton. But little is known as to the exact location and surroundings prior to June 1, 1893, at which time the observer placed the instruments near the center of the city. The maximum and minimum thermometers were of standard pattern and exposed in a regulation shelter furnished by the State. The location of the shelter was not always good. The rain gage, which was of standard pattern, had at all times a good ground exposure, with no trees or buildings Vfithin 20 feet of it. The mean temperature has been determined by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum temperatures by 2. Observations were made by the following: Mr. P. Zahner from December, 1889, to April, 1891; Mr. J. H. Zahner from April, 1891, to January, 1893; Mi-. William Hilton from June, 1893, to the end of September, 1902; Mr. R. P. Bryson 'from October, 1902, to July, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1890, to July 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 o o o 5 1 < 2 . 1 1 ■g < bo i5 O 1 m «1 h Total amount for tho wettest year. Snow. Month. o St f (3 °F. 37 34 37 °F. 46 42 47 °F. 66 68 76 'F. 29 26 27 ^F. - 5 -16 -13 'F. 43 41 46 'F. 29 21 30 In. 1.6 1.7 1.6 9 9 8 Iv. 1.7 2.2 0.5 In. 2.3 1.8 1.9 In. 4.3 8.4 5.2 In. 6.0 11.0 9.0 w. sw. SW: 36 45 27 1 4.7 26 4.4 6.0 17.9 SW. 44 51 68 56 65 73 78 90 103 33 37 44 - 7 21 29 51 55 64 38 47 54 1.5 1.2 1.6 9 7 7.. 1.0 0.3 1.7 1.8 1.6 1.7 2.8 0.1 0.0 9.0 1.0 0.0 W. April W. May W. Spring mean 51 65 38 . 4.2 23 3.0 5.1 2.9 W. June July August 64 71 71 80 89 90 106 109 119 49 52 51 31 35 36 70 76- 76 60 67 67 0.9 0.4 0.5 6 2 2 0.1 0.4 0.1 0.6 0.1 2.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 W. w. w. 69 86 51 1.8 - 10- 0.6 2.8. 0.0 1 v. 61 52 43 78 68 54 102 90 76 43 36 32 26 20 -13 66 68 49 57 48 35 0.9 1.2 1.7 6 6- 8 1.3 0.0 1.2 1.8 2.2 2.2 0.0 1 0.0 0.0 1 0.0 2.8 1 5.0 w. w. November w. 52 67 37 1 3.8 19 2.6 6.2 2.8 w. 52 66 119 38 -16 14.6 78 10.5 20.1 23.6 11.0 w Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to July 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 5, 9, 31; Feb. 3j 20-23. Jan. 7, 25, 28; Dec. 18. Mar. 2-4; Nov. 26-30; Dec. 1. Jan. 26-27 July 6, 13-15, IS, 21-23, 31; Aug. 1-3, 14, 10, 19, 20, 21-23, 26, 27. June 26-29; July 10-12; Aug. 1-6. June 20-28; July 3-6, 7-20; Aug. 12-16, 23-26. May 28, 29; July 10, 11, 26, 27, 29; Aug. 3-9, 14-23. June 8-10; July 2, 7-12, 15, 24, 27-31; Aug. 1, 2, 5-15, 23-26, 28; Sept. 17, 18. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 4-8; Feb. 1-6 Feb. 11; Nov. 21, 22... Feb. 8,9 June 23; July 2, 11-20, 25-29; Aug. 3-6; Sept. 10, 11, 24. June 13, 20; July 7, 10, 15, 16, 19-24, 28-31: Aug. 1, 14, 20. June 18; July 5-7, 19, 21-23, 29, 30; Aug. 1-7, 11-18, 22-25, 28-30; Sept. 4. June 22, 23; July 9, 14, 18-21, 23-26, 30; Ailg. 5-11, 21, 22, 20; Sept. 1, 2. June 7-11; July 10, 19-22. 1897 'Jan. 25-29, 31; Feb. 1, 2. Feb. 2, 3, 6 1898 Jan. 25; Dec. 10-13... PACIFIC COAST STATES. 957 OREQON. Eastern District: WALLOWA COUNTY. Station: JOSEPH. J. D. McCuLLY, Observer. [Established by the Signal Service November 1, 1889. Latitude, 45° 21' N. Longitude, 117° 15' W. Elevation, 4,400 teet.] The station is located on the south side of the town, which is situated on an open plain with a gradual rise to the south of about 125 feet to the mile. About 3 miles south of the town is a spur of the Blue Mountains, having an elevation of from 2,500 to 3,000 feet above the town, or about 7,000 feet above sea level. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter; their bulbs are 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage, also of standard pattern, is 8 feet east of the shelter, with its top 4 feet above the ground. The nearest building is a small storehouse, 30 feet east; there are no trees or other obstructions near. Observations were made by Mr. W. A. Leslie from November 1, 1889, to September 30, 1890, when he was succeeded by the present observer. The mean temperature has been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and the minimum readings by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Novembek 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 g , s s E if o 5 E i o < Is I- 1 1° S?2 :3 s: c 9 9 9 o p Snow. Month. Q o h 5 'F. 26 23 25 'F. 34 32 34 °F. 68 66 55 'F. 17 15 16 -F. - 8 -21 -24 'F. 32 30 31 'F. 19 16 18 In. 1.5 1.8 1.6 In. 1.4 2.0 0.8 In. 2.0 1.7 3.1 In. 13.6 16.5 M.O In. 9.5 16.0 19.5 sw. sw. sw. 25 33 16 4.9 27 4.2 6.8 44.1 March 32 41 49 4: 52 62 68 76 98 22 30 37 -13 8 20 41 45 56 25 37 44 1.8 1.4 1.8 11 9 9 1.6 0.3 1.4 2.2 0.6 3.5 17.2 10.0 1.8 12.0 7.0 3.0 sw. April sw, N. Spring mean 41 52 30 6.0 29 3.3 6.3 29.0 sw, June July August 55 62 63 68 78 78 92 96 96 41 46 47 23 29 30 60 67 07 49 58 67 1.8 0.6 0.9 8 3 4 1.6 0.0 0.4 5.6 2.7 0.8 0.4 0.0 0.0 2 0.0 0.0 sw N N. 80 75 45 3.3 15 2.0 9.1 0.4 X. September October _ November 63 44 34 67 56 44 90 79 70 39 32 24 21 17 -17 59 47 40 48 40 28 1.2 1.6 1.9 6 6 9 1.3 0.2 0.9 0.8 0.6 3.1 0.0 2.4 9.7 0.0 4.0 12.0 sw. sw. sw. 44 56 32 4.6 21 2.4 4.5 12.1 sw. 42 54 98 30 -24 17.8 92 11.9 26.7 . 86.6 19.5 sw. Dates or Tempebatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan.3-6,8-11,19,23,31; Feb. 1-5, 10, 11, 16, 18, 20-25; Mar. 4, 5; None. 1899 Jan. 3, 4, 6-8, 13; Feb. 2-7; Mar. 14; Dec. 14, 18-21, 27-29. None. Nov. 16; Deo. 2, 16, 1900 Jan. 24-29; Feb. 14-lS; Do. 25-30. . Nov. 20-23; Deo. 1895 Jan. 7, 8, 16, 16, 24-29; Do. 28-31. Feb. 10-16; Mar. 14, 1901 Jan. 1, 9, 10, 24, 30; Do. 15; Nov. 22, 23; Deo. Feb. 1-6, 7-13, 18; 16, 18, 22, 23, 29. Dec. 12-15. 1896 Jan. 3, 5, 12-14; Feb. 4; 10; Mar. 2-5; Nov. Do. 1902 Jan. 23-31; Feb. 1-4, 13; Dec. 13-20, 28-30. Do. 26-30. 1903 Jan. 16-17, 28-31; Feb. May 31; July 20-22; Aug. 18. 1897 Jan. 16, 17, 25-28; Feb. 17-21;Mar.l2, 13, 16, 17,20-22,30; Dec. 19. Do. 1, 3-8, 11-19; Apr. 11; Nov. 16-18; Dec. 14, 18, 19, 25-30. 1898 Jan. 9, 10, 12-16, 21, 23-31; Feb. 1,2; Mar. 8,15,22,26; Nov. 21, 25, 26; Dec. 5-14, 23, 24, 29-31. Do. 958 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OREGON. Coast District: LINCOLN COUNTY. Station: NEWPORT. J. E. Matthews, Observer. [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau November 1, 1891. Latitude, 44° 39' N. Longitude, 120° 2' W. Elevation, 69 feet.] The station is located within the limits of the city of Newport, which is situated on the east side of a peninsula formed by Yaquina Bay and the Pacific Ocean. The surrounding land is rolling and intersected by ravines. A hill about 50 feet high, upon which are fir trees, lies about 200 feet west of the station. The maximum and the minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter which is slatted on four sides and boarded on the top and bottom, with a door to the east. The thermometers are about 7 feet above the ground. The top of the rain gage, which is of standard pattern, is 4 J feet above the ground and situated 20 feet from the northwest corner of the observer's house. The thermometers and the rain gage have favorable exposures under all conditions of the weather. Observations were made by Mr. A. E. Acklom from the date of the establishment of the station until the end of May, 1892. He was succeeded August 1, 1892, by the present observer. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are included within the period November 1, 1891, to December 31, 1903. The record is somewhat broken. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature Precipitation. Ul a a 1 i e . CD 3 ;sa < B a 1 •a a |f h |a o a ill «1 Bo lit Snow. Month. M . CDS' o S December January "F. 45 °F. 53 52 61 'F. 73 77 74 'F 40 38 38 °F. 20 17 12 °F. 49 47 49 'F. 46 43 41 In. 10.5 9.8 8.6 21 20 20 In. 6.1 10.8 2.8 In. 11.7 13.2 12.6 In. 0.0 0.6 0.5 In. 0.0 1.0 2.0 sw. sw. sw. 45 52 39 28.9 61 19.7 37.5 LI sw. March April May 45 48 52 63 56 60 S3 84 83 38 41 44 22 29 34 49 51 53 40 46 49 7.8 6.6 4.9 19 18 17 7.6 6.6 4.0 4.9 8.6 4.6 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 NW. NW. NW. Spring mean 48 56 41 19.3 54 18.2 18.1 0.1 NW. June July August 55 57 58 63 65 66 9.5 94 88 48 49 61 40 39 38 58 60 60 52 56 55 2.4 0.8 1.4 13 6 6 2.4 0.8 1.1 1.4 0.6 4.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. NW. NW. Summer mean. - 57 65 49 4.6 24 4.3 6.2 0.0 1 NW September October November 56 54 49 66 63 55 94 88 71 48 46 42 33 27 19 60 67 52 54 52 42 2.9 5.0 12.5 11 15 21 1.8 3.4 12.6 2.9 7.9 17.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 NW. sw. sw. Fall mean 53 61 45 20.4 47 17.8 28.3 0.0 1 sw 51 58 96 44 12 73.2 186 60.0 90.1 1.2 2.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. missing; Feb. 1-3,9-11,21-23; Mar. 8,20; Apr. 12; Nov. missing; Dec. 16,24, Sept. 24. 1899 Jan. 1, 15; Feb. 1-7; Mar. 15,22,23,25-27; Apr. 27; Oct. 19; Nov. 29,30; Dec. 1. None. 26, 28, 29. 1900 Jan. 24; Feb. 14, 16; Do. 1896 Jan. 14,20,2.5-30; Feb. 2,4,6-10,28; Mar. 5, 9, 14, 15, 21; Apr. 6; July 10. Mar. 5, 13; Apr. 9; Nov. 20-22; Dec. 30, 31. Nov. 26; Dec. 17,28, 1901 Jan. 1, 4, 30, 31; Feb. Do. 31. 1,3,7,9, 18, 21; Dec. 1896 Jan. 14; Feb. 10; Mar. June 26: July missing; Sept. 5. 11-13, 18. 2-4,31; Apr. 3; Nov. 1902 Jan. 25-30; Mar. 24... Do. 24-30. 1903 Feb. 1-3,6,6,11-14,16, June 7. 1897 Jan. 13,14,26,27; Feb. 13, 17, 19-21; Mar. 12, 13, 20, 21, 26, 20; Nov. 16, 18, 20; Dec. 7, 19, 22, 23. None. 17; Mar. 5,12,16,18; Apr. 10. 1898 Jan. 9, 10, 23-26; Feb. 6; Mar. 8, 16-18, 22, 23, 25; Apr. 3; Dec. 5,30. June 5. / PACIFIC COAST STATES. 959 OREGON. Willamette Valley: LINN COUNTY. Station: ALBANY, John Beiggs, Observer. lEstabUshedbytheSignalServlcein January, 1889; discontinued December 31, 1S98. Latitude, 44° 35' N. Longitude, 122° SO" W. Elevation, 224 feet.] This station is located on the Willamette River in the central part of the valley of that name. To the east are the foothills of the Cascades, IS miles distant, while 15 miles to the west the foothills of the Coast Range begin. The maximum' and minimum thermometers were of standard pattern, in a slatted box, which excluded the rain, while it admitted a free circulation of air. The box was attached to a post about 4 feet above the ground and some 20 feet from any building. The rain gage was exposed in the open 10 feet from the instrument shelter. Its top was 12 inches above the ground. The mean temperature was determined by obtaining the sum of the daily maximum and minimum temperatures and dividing it by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1898. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i a 1- "o-.^ a |i o < M ag ■sa o s ■a hi il Bo o g a^ p. Snow. Month. <1 a.Sg O o 1 s Decen Janua Febru 'F. 41 39 42 -F. 47 45 49 'F. 63 61 68 °F. 37 34 36 °F. 18 10 11 'F. 45 43 47 °F. 39 33 38 In. 7.8 6.7 5.3 17 15 12 In. 0.6 4.0 1.0 In. 13.2 4.0 7.7 In. 2.4 3.6 2.6 In. 9.0 9.0 6.0 s. s. ary s. 41 47 36 19.8 44 11.6 25.6 8.6 s March April. Miy. 40 51 57 55 59 69 78 84 93 38 42 46 9 30 32 52 54 01 43 48 54 4.7 3.6 2.0 10 14 10 2.3 4.1 3.0 3.4 3.4 2.5 1.7 T. 0.0 5.5 0.3 0.0 s. N. N. Spring mean 51 61 42 10.9 40 9.4 9.3 1.7 N June. July. AuguE 62 67 67 74 82 82 97 103 101 49 51 51 32 39 42 , 69 70 70 59 64 64 1.3 0.3 0.4 7 2 2 0.0 T. 1.2 2.0 0.2 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. N t N 66 79 60 2.0 11 1.8 3.4 0.0 >; Septei Octob Nover 60 53 46 72 64 53 97 84 72 48 43 39 32 29 23 63 58 60 58 49 44 2.0 3.4 6.1 8 10 15 1.7 6.4 3.4 2.2 6.4 7.5 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 T. s 63 63 43 11.6 33 11.5 16.1 T. 53 63 103 43 9 44.2 128 34.3 53.3 10.3 9.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period Janu ARY 1, 1889, TO December 31, 1898. Year. Minimum iDelow 22°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minii num be' ow 22°. Maximum 90° or above. 1889 None June 2, 9, 10: July 2, 3, 8, 9, 18, 19, 21, 25, 27-29; Sept. 17. June 29, 30; July 22; Aug. 12, 13, 26. July22-24; Aug. 21-23, 26-28; Sept. 1,2. June 26, 27; Aug. 8, 18, 19. 21, 28-30. June 4; July 29-31: Aug. 26, 27, 29-.3]. Julvl2 14 18: An?. 1-3. 19. 22.23. 2.'>-2S: 1895 1896 1897 1898 None Oct., mis None Dec. May 16; June 25-27; July 9-11, 1,2.4-6. June 26: July 8. 9. 14-20; Aug. 1 23; Sept. missing. May 28; Aug. 3. 6, 14, 18-20. July 27-31; Aug. 1, 2, 5, 23, 24; 21; Aug. 1,12,22, 1890 1891 Jan. 3-8; Feb. 26,27... Mar. 2,3.. Nov., a sing. nd Dec. 1892 1893 Jan. 27-31; Feb. 1,2.. Jan. 5; Feb. 21 11, 12... Sept. 6. 1894 S 8pt. 10. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 61 960 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OREGON. Central Plateau, Eastern Section: CROOK COUNTY. Station: PRINEVILLE. C. I. WiNNEK, Observer. [Established by the United States Weather Bureau January, 1897. Latitude, 44° 18' N. Longitude, 120° 52' W. Elevation, 3,000 feet.] Prineville is situated in a narrow valley near the central portion of the State. Toward the south and the southeast a series of buttes, about 400 feet high, rise abruptly above the valley, while toward the north the country, although rolling, rises gradually for 8 miles, when it reaches an elevation above the town of about 1 ,000 feet. The station is in the northeast part of the town. The maximum and the minimum thermometers are exposed in a voluntary observer's regulation shelter, with louvered sides. The shelter is attached to the north side of a small one-story dwelling. A space 4 inches wide for free air circulation exists between the house and the back of the shelter. The door of the shelter opens toward the north. The bulbs of the thermometers are 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is 40 feet north of the instrument shelter and the top of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. The mean temperature was calculated by dividing the sum of the readings of the maximum and minimum thermometers by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature, Precipitation. f h i 1 1 i 4 1 .Q s ■ g ■a e |a < i Is 1 li s Number ot days with 0.01 or more. Total amount tor the driest year. • a! lii Snow. » . Si >-o " - = a 3 'F. 37 35 30 'F. 61 48 48 °F. 76 76 73 'F. 23 22 23 °F. - 5 - 9 -17 •"45 38 44 'F. 27 33 29 In. 0.8 0.6 1.0 4 4 5 In. 0.1 0.4 0.7 In. 1.8 1.2 LI In. 1.1 2.1 3.4 In. 4.0 3.0 4.8 sw. sw. February sw. 36 49 23 2.4 13 1.2 4.1 6.6 sw Harch 41 48 55 56 66 76 83 92 96 27 30 36 5 12 21 47 50 59 36 40 48 0.9 0.8 0.8 6 3 4 1.0 0.0 L6 L4 0.5 1.0 3.1 T. 0.0 5.0 T. 0.0 s. nSW. May sw. Spring mean 48 66 31 2.5 13 3.2 2.9 3.1 59 64 63 81 86 84 98 105 99 38 42 43 23 29 31 62 66 67 57 00 60 0.6 0.3 0.3 2 2 2 0.3 0.1 0.0 2.6 0.0 0.3 T. 0.0 0.0 T. 0.0 0,0 NW July sw. sw. 62 84 41 1.2 6 0.4 2.8 T, sw 57 52 44 78 72 63 93 89 82 36 31 25 20 18 8 61 54 48 54 49 41 0.6 0.6 0.9 2 3 4 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.9 0.0 0.9 0.0 T. T. 0.0 T. T. sw. October sw. sw. 51 71 31 2.1 9 0.3 1.8 T. sw 49 67 105 31 -17 8.2 41 5.1 11.6 9.7 5.0 SW. oAlsoNW. Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January, 1897, to October, 1904. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 20; Feb. 17; M.ar. 8, 12. Jan. 5, 24, 25, 29, 31; Mar. 21, 25; Nov. 7; Dec. 6-9, 12-16; July, August, and Sep- tember not used. Feb. 2-7; August not used. Feb. 12-14, 16; Nov. 20-23; IJec. 29-31. Aug. 17-21. June 15, 16, 13; July, August, and Sep- tember not used. Juno 22; July 3, 5-7, 23, 26, 28-30; Au- gust not used. June 12, 20; July 8, 10, 12, 19-22, 27-29. 1901 1902 1903 1904 Jan. 1, 2, 6-10; reb.3- 8; August not used. Jan. 23-31; Feb. 1; April missing. Februaiy not used; March, April, May, and June missing. Feb. 9 July 3, 5-7, IS, 17, 19, 20; August not used. April missing; July 7-9; Aug. 2, 3, 11. February not used; March, April,May, and June missing. June 29; Aug. 4-fi, 8. 1900 PACIFIC COAST STATES. 961 OREGON. Central Plateau: GRANT COUNTY. Station: DAYVILLE. J. Campbell-Martin, Observer, [Established by the U. S. Weather Bureau June 1,1895. Latitude, 44° 30' N. Longitude, 119° 40' W. Elevation, about 2,500 leet.] This station is located in a small basin three-fourths of a mile southeast of the village of Dayville and 1 mile south of the confluence of the South Fork River with the main John Day River. The station is entirely surrounded by hills and mountains of volcanic origin. The mountains rise to an altitude of from 3,000 feet to 8,000 feet or more. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard Weather Bureau shelter attached to the porch of the observer's residence; their bulbs are 7 feet above the ground. The rain gage is also of standard Weather Bureau pattern and is fairly well exposed. The top of the rain gage is 2.9 feet above the ground. The mean temperature is obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and the minimum thermometer readings by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Anndal Means, June 1, 1895, to May 31, 1904. Temperature. Precipitadon. M i a a c 3 03 S . |a o < ■S.E, "3 1 a = B O .Q -< I IS h 3 a hi So 11 Snow. i. Month. ■s.a?i oj o.q, O 5 'F. 38 36 39 "F. 46 44 48 'F. 81 65 72 'F. 29 27 29 °F. - 1 - 6 -10 °F. 44 40 44 °F. 31 30 32 In. 1.2 1.4 1.5 8 8 9 In. 1.1 1.2 0.5 In. 1.2 2.5 1.8 In. 1.3 4,5 3.1 Iv. 2,0 5,0 5,5 NW. sw. February sw. 38 46 28 4.1 25 2.8 5.5 8.9 sw. March 42 49 54 63 63 70 76 92 94 1 35 40 8 21 28 49 63 68 37 46 61 1.4 1.1 1.4 9 8 9 0.6 0.4 2.3 2.2 1.5 1.3 3.5 0.2 7,0 1,0 0,0 sw. April NW. May NW. Spring mean 48 62 35 3.9 26 3.3 6.0 3.7 NW. 02 07 07 77 85 85 100 101 105 47 49 49 30 38 36 65 72 71 58 64 62 0.4 0.3 0.4 4 2 3 0.4 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0,0 0,0 0,0 NW. July NW. NW. 65 82 48 LI 9 0.6 1.4 0.0 NW. 58 51 42 75 67 53 95 88 80 42 35 31 26 18 -11 62 65 49 57 48 37 0.7 1.0 1.5 6 6 8 0.2 1.2 1.0 0.3 1.8 L3 0.0 0.1 0,5 OO 0,5 2,0 NW-. October - . . NW. SW. 50 65 36 3.2 19 2.4 3.4 0.6 NW. 50 64 105 37 -11 12.3 79 9.1 15.3 13.2 7,0 NW Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period June 1, 1895, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. Year, Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1895 1896 Nov. 6, 6, 23, 24; Dec. 22. Nov. 27-29 July 22, 23; Aug. 2, 5, 11, 12, 14. June 26-28; July 3-6, 7-11, 14-20; Aug. 13. Mav29; July 11; ,\ug. 7, 15-23. Juiv 10-12, 16, 29-31; Aug. 1, 2, 7-13, 24, 25; Sept, 18, 1899 1900 1901 1902 190,S Feb. 2-7; Dec. 25 Feb. 10; Nov. 21, 22; Deo. 30, 31. July 16, 17. June 20; July 10, 20, 21, 24, 29-31. Jan. 26, 27; Nov. 27... Jan. 24-26; Mar. 22; Dec. 6, 7, 10-13. July 20, 21, 30; Aug. 4-6, 13-15, 23. July 20; Aug. 0. Aug. LS. 1897 1898 Jan. 2.5-27, 29, 31; Fob. 3. Feb. 6, 13, 14 962 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UKITED STATES. OREGON. Eastern District: BAKER COUNTY. Station: BAKER CITY. William C. McGuiness, Observer. [Established July'l, 1889. Latitude, 44° 50' N. Longitude, 117° 60' W. Elevation, 3 449 leet.] The station is near the center of the town of Baker City, Oreg. Ranges of foothills lie to the east, west, and south, varying in elevation from 100 to 300 feet. A valley about 25 miles long by 18 miles wide stretches to the north, through which flows Powder River. The valley is bounded on the west by a portion of the Blue Mountains, with peaks from 8,000 to 8,500 feet above sea level, and on the east by the Powder River Mountains, with about the same elevation. The Blue Mountains are about 10 miles distant and the Powder River Mountains about 75 miles, with foothills between the Powder Valley and the mountains. The station is located in the Pollman Building, with the roof instruments on the Lynndale Building, adjacent thereto. Tabulated data are from whole period of observation, fourteen years — July 9, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat are. Precipitation. Mean humidity. • 1 1 e re o — el a S . si 1 < s 1 H e s II s < 3 % i a ■a i'Se g o-o Go *£ . il n Ot-i ^ Eh Snow. S 00 > e i 00 1 1 < g 0. 00 > 1 £ p. 00 s < 1 5 Month. to . '"a December. 28 26 28 °F. 35 33 36 °F. 54 51 59 °F. •22 18 20 "F. - 6 -14 -20 'F. 35 32 36 °F. 22 16 22 In. 1.5 1.4 1.4 12 13 12 In. 0.7 0.8 0.6 In. 4.0 2.0 2.6 In. 11.0 10.2 9.4 In. 14.2 10.8 6.6 P.ct. 78 80 78 Grs. 1.21 1.04 1.11 P.ct. 72 72 67 Grs. 1.58 1.28 1.35 SE. January . . SE. February SE. 27 35 20 4.3 37 2.1 8.6 30.6 79 1.12 70 1.40 SE. March . 36 44 52 44 55 64 66 83 88 27 34 41 - 6 18 24 44 48 58 29 40 46 1.3 1.0 1.7 12 9 10 0.3 0.3 2.2 1.4 0.4 1.4 6.5 2.1 0.2 9.8 4.8 0.4 75 70 72 1.39 1.66 2.21 56 42 44 1.66 1.77 2.53 SE. April SE. liay NW. Spring mean 44 54 34 4.0 1.2 0.4 0.4 31 8 3 4 2.8 0.7 0.3 0.3 3.2 2.6 1.8 0.4 8.8 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 0.0 0.0 72 69 59 59 1.75 2.53 2.58 2.58 47 40 29 31 1.99 2.99 2.89 3.19 SE. .Tnnfi 58 66 66 71 81 81 97 101 101 46 51 51 27 36 35 64 72 71 53 62 61 NW. July S. August NW. 63 78 49 1 2.0 15 1.3 4.8 0.0 62 2.56 33 3.02 NW. September 56 48 37 70 60 45 93 85 65 42 36 28 24 18 - 8 61 53 42 52 43 31 0.8 0.9 1.2 6 8 11 0.5 0.6 1.3 0.1 0.2 1.3 0.0 0.6 5.1 T. 4.6 7.1 66 71 75 2.25 1.88 1.52 37 48 64 2.95 2.58 2.18 S. October s. SE. 47 S8 35 2.9 25 2.4 1.6 5.7 71 1.88 50 2.57 S. 45 56 101 34 -20 13.2 108 8.6 18.2 45.1 14.2 71 1.83 50 2.25 SE. 1 Dates of Temperatdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1894 Jan. 3-6, 8,9, 11; Feb. 1-4, 10, 20-23; Nov. 16; Dec. 15, 26-28. None. 1899 Jan. 3, 4; Feb. 1-7, 11; Dec. 13, 14, 18-20, 22, 25,27. July 17. 1895 Jan. 1, 7, 15, 25-30; Feb. 11, 13, 14, 17; Mar. 14; Nov. 5, 6; Do. 1900 Jan. 28. Feb. 15, 16; Nov. 20-22; Dec. 30, 31. July 24. Dec. 18, 22, 29. 1901 Jan. 1,9,10; Feb. 9, 10 None. 1896 Jan. 3, 11-14; Mar. 2; Nov. 26-30. July 5. 1902 Jan. 23-31; Feb. 1-3; Dec. 17, 19. July 20. V 1897 Jan. 17,25-27; Feb. 21; Mar. 12, 13, 22; Dec. 19-22. Aug. 16, 19, 21-23. 1903 Jan. 19,27-29; Feb. 1, 3-6, 11-18; Dec. 24- 26. July 21; Aug. 18. 1898 Jan. 9-11, 14, 18, 21,23- 31; Feb. 2; Nov. 25; Dec. 6-13, 21-24, 30, 31. July 11; Aug. 7-11. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 963 OREGON. Central Plateau, Eastern Portion: MALHEUR COUNTY. Station: BEULAH. D F. Mtirpht, Observer. [EstabUshed by Signal Service in September, 1889. Latitude, 43° 55' N. Longitude, 118° 10' W. Elevation, 3,269 Jeet.] This station is situated in the northern portion of the Agency Valley at about half the distance of the gradual slope from the hills on the west to Warm Spring Creek on the east. The hills surrounding the valley rise to an altitude of about 5,000 feet. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a shelter of the regulation pattern. It is located 50 feet south of the observer's house. The thermometer bulbs are 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is of standard pattern and exposed 10 feet west of the instrument shelter and 50 feet from the observer's house, which is two stories in height. The top of the rain gage is 5 feet above the ground. The mean temperature was obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and the minimum thermometer readings by 2. Record much broken. Monthly, ■ Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. bo P i a =» . li s .Q a ' It 1 it o i t5 o s 1° ^^ U-.0 iSa a<„ a g as o g Snow. 1 1 s Month. si < +^S o a °F. 27 24 28 °_F. 39 35 40 °F. 64 57 63 °F. 15 12 16 °F. - 7 -19 -23 'F. 31 30 35 °F. 20 14 20 In. 1.6 1.6 1.4 6 6 6 In. 0.3 0.5 0.4 In. 2.2 2.2 1.9 In. 11.6 13.1 8.4 In. 9.0 11.0 6.0 N. S. N. 26 38 14 4.6 18 1.2 6.3 33.1 N. March 37 45 63 49 60 71 73 86 97 24 29 36 3 14 19 41 60 58 33 39 48 1.1 0.9 1.1 6 4 6 0.1 0.1 1.4 0.7 1.8 1.4 3.3 0.6 0.2 6.0 1.5 1.0 SW. April sw. May SW.,N Spruigmean 45 60 30 3.1 15 1.6 3.9- 4.1 SW. 60 68 67 81 90 89 102 107 106 40 46 45 21 28 28 66 72 74 56 64 62 0.6 0.2 0.2 3 1 1 0.4 0.1 T. 0.2 0.0 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. July N.,SW. sw. 65 87 44 1 0.9 6 0.5 1.5 0.0 N.,SW 56 47 36 77 66 50 101 92 78 35 29 22 17 12 5 61 53 41 47 42 33 0.5 0.6 1.4 2 2 6 0.2 0.9 1.4 0.8 0.6 0.6 0.0 0.2 2.3 0.0 2.5 4.0 N. N. N. 46 64 29 2.5 10 2.5 2.0 2.5 N. 46 62 107 29 -23 11.1 48 -5.8 13.7 39.7 11.0 ' Dates of Tempekatuke Extbemes for the Pbkiod Janua.ky, 1894, to October, 1904. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximxun 95° or above. Aug. 1, 2, 8, 23-27v 1900 June 20-24, 26-28; July 9, 10, 16, 19-26. June 21; July 5-7, 10, 11, 14, 16-25, 27, Feb. 1-4,S-10,12,14, 1901 Jan. 1, 9, 10, 30; Feb. 16, 21-25; Mar. 3. 4,9-12; Nov. 11; Dec. 28-31; Aug. 1-9,J1-16, 22-24, 30. 1896 Mar. 15, 16; Nov. 6, 6; July 22; Aug. 2, 3, 6, 6, 11. 7, 10-17, 19, 27, 29. Dec. 12-14, 16-19, 22, 1902 Jan. 12, 14, 15, 17, 20, June 7-10, 21-23; July 9-11, 13, 19-27, 30; 23, 27, 29. 23, 25-31; Feb. 1-3; Aug. 1-9, 11, 22, 23, 25, 26; Sept. 1-3, 1896 Jan. 4-6, 11-13, 24; Feb. 2. July 4-11, 14-17. Nov. 4, 5; Dec. 5, 13- 19, 28-30. 7,9 1 897 Nov. 27, 28; Dec. 3. 12, 15, 16, 19-22, 30, 31. None. 1903 Jan. 6, 8-12, 16-19, 29, May 31; July 19-22; Aug. 5, 7-10, 13, 16- 31; Feb. 1-8, 11-22; 19; Sept. 1. 1898 Jan. 1-4, 7, 10-14, 16- 'July 7, 9-11, 15, 27-30; Aug. 1,2, 7-13, Mar. 4, 6, 9; Nov. 18, 20-31; Feb. 2, 8, 15, 24. 17, 18; Dec. 23-28, 31. 9; Mar. 22, 23, 26; 1904 Jan. 1,3, 6-7, 19, "W, 24, 26; Feb. 8, 17,io,. July 20, 21, 26; Aug. 1, 3, 5-8, 10, 11, 13-16, Nov. 11, 24, 25; Dec. Sept. 6. 6-13, 21-25, 30, 31. 1899 Jan. i, 5, 12-14; Feb. 2-7. June 16-18; July 3, 4,15-19,26-29; Aug. 5. 964. CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. OREGON. Coast District: COOS COUNTY. Station: BANDON. George Bennett, Observer. [Established January, 1878; discontinued September 30, 1900. Latitude, 44° 5' N. Longitude, 124° 15' W. Elevation, 65 feet.] The station was in the town of Bandon, which is situated on the south bank of the CoquQle Kiver, about one-half mile from its mouth. To the north and south the country is flat, to the west is the Pacific Ocean, and to the eastward is a com- paratively level stretch for 3 miles, at which distance the foothills of the Coast Range begin. These movmtains have an elevation of about 1,000 feet 6 miles east of the town. After January, 1897, the instruments used were standard maximum and minimum thermometers and a rain gage. The temperature means, beginning January 1, 1897, were obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimiiTn tem- peratures by 2. Prior to 1897 a private thermometer and rain gage were used, and observations were made at 7 a. m., 2 and 9 p. m. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januakt 1, 1878, to September 30, 1890. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 s 1 a 1 o — Absolute maxi- mum. a < •§1 3 a H 1 3 , i - 1 hi z ^1 S'C CD So B Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. St Greatest depth in 24 hours. 'F. 47 45 45 'F. 52 50 51 °F. 64 70 69 °F. 43 41 41 'F. 28 14 18 'F. 60 50 51 °F. 44 40 39 In. 11.4 11.5 8.3 17 16 15 In. 6.3 11.3 2.7 In. 16.1 23.1 10.9 In. 0.0 1.1 1.1 In. 0.0 12.5 1.7 sw. sw. February sw. Winter mean 46 51 42 31.2 48 20.3 50.1 2.2! sw. 47 50 53 52 64 59 74 79 86 42 44 49 24 30 37 62 66 68 41 45 60 7.7 5.4 3.7 14 13 12 7.2 1.4 1.0 18.6 5.7 1.6 0.6 0.0 0.0 4.5 0.0 0.0 N. April N. May N. Spring mean 60 66 45 16.8 39 9.6 25.8 0.6 N. June -" 57 58 58 62 64 64 78 79 78 53 . 54 54 40 38 39 61 62 64 54 63 54 1.8 0.5 1.1 8 3 3 6.5 0.1 0.0 4.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. July N. August N.,NW. Siunmer mean 58 63 64 3.4 14 5.6 4.5 0.0 1 N. September 56 52 49 62 59 64 92 89 74 51 48 45 36 32 24 68 56 55 51 47 43 2.6 5.2 8.0 7 10 14 0.6 6.4 5.3 6.2 9.8 7.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 N. October N. November N. Fall mean ^ 62 68 48 15.8 31 12.3 23.6 0.0 N. 51 57 92 47 14 67.2 132 47.8 104.0 2.8 12.6 N. Dates of TEMPEKATtjEE Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1900. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 5; Feb. 2, 10, 21; Apr. 12; Dec. 24. None. 1898 Jan. 10, 21, 28; Mar. 17, 18, 22, 23, 31; Nov. None. 1895 Jan. 26-31; Mar. 11,14; Apr. 5; Nov. 4, 24. Do. 25; Dec. 11, 12. 1899 Feb. 2-4, 6; Dee. 19... Do. 1896 Jan. 12; Feb. 11; Mar. 2,3,31; Nov. 24; 27- 29. Jan. 10; Feb. 17; Deo. Do. 1900 Jan. 26; Nov. and Dec. missing. Do. 1897 Do. 22. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 965 OREGON. Southwestern District: DOUGLAS COUNTY. Station: ROSEBURQ. Thomas Gibson, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, V. S. Army, July 12, 1877. Latitude, 43° 13' N. Longitude, 123° 20' W. Elevation, 494 feet.] This station is near the center of Roseburg, about three-fourths of the distance from the east bank of the South Umpqua River to the range of hills forming the eastern boundary of the town a quarter of a mile away. The elevation of. the hills in this vicinity is from 2S0 to 500 feet, at an average distance of IJ miles. The dry and wet bulb, maximum and minimum thermometers, and thermograph are exposed in a single sla1>-work standard shelter, 56 feet above ground. The roof is higher than the surrounding buildings. The anemometer, anemoscope, snow gage, and tipping-bucket rain gage are situated on the roof, 30 feet west of the shelter. The elevation of the rain and snow gages is 48 feet above the ground and that of the anemometer cups 67 feet. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation : Snowfall, nineteen years ; humidity, fifteen years. Remain- der of data is from the full period of observation, twenty-six years, July 15, 1877, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. g ■-' ■ ''i , . i S a . s "o-S PI ■a a s 1 a 3 k ■sa 3 1 o i-ii «1 S'B ©■a So 3si •I "^ t S Snow. a 00 1 ■3 CO 1 < a □0 > •3 M a p, 00 ' Month. M . SI ».S» s "F. 42 41 43 °F. 48 47 60 "F. 66 71 74 "F. 36 35 36 "F. 7 - 6 3 °j?. 48 46 49 °F. 37 ■ 35 34 In. 6.1 5.9 4.7 18 18 13 771. 5.7 3.0 1.2 In. 12.0 3.6 11.6 In. 1.0 3.2 3.0 In. 7.6 8.1 10,6 P.ct. 93 92 92 Grs. 2.55 2.43 2.43 P.ct. 83 82 70 Ots. !2.83 2.70 2.57 s. S. NW. 42 48 36 1 16.7 49 9.9 27.1 7.2 92 2.47 78 2.70 S. 47 51 57 57 61 68 81 90 102 38 41 46 18 26 30 53 66 60 41 46 62 3.7 2.5 2.0 16 14 12 1.7 2.9 2.3 4.1 1.6 4.0 1.8 0.0 0.0 5.7 T. 0.0 90 89 90 2.66 2.83 3.30 61 53 51 2.76 2.94 3.46 sw. April NW. liay , NW. Spring mean 52 62 42 8.2 42 6.9 9.6 1.8 90 2.90 55 3.05 NW. 61 66 66 72 80 80 101 102 104 49 52 63 36 40 40 65 71 70 55 63 62 1.2 0.4 0.4 7 2 2 T. T. T. 1.9 0.8 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 O.O 89 87 87 3.63 3.94 3.94 47 38 38 4.00 4.03 4.03 NW. July NW. NW. 64 77 51 2.0 11 T. 3.1 0.0 0.0 88 3.84 41 4.02 NW. 61 54 46 74 64 64 99 91 74 48 44 39 35 22 14 66 59 51 57 48 40 1.1 2.6 4.3 6 12 14 0.6 2.8 2.2 1.0 3.0 3.1 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 91 95 92 3.71 3.36 2.82 46 61 76 3.79 3.75 3.32 NW. October NW. S. 54 64 44 8.0 32 5.6 7.1 0.1 93 3.30 61 3.62 NW. 53 63 104 43 - 6 34.9 134 22.4 46.9 9.1 10.5 91 3.13 59 3.35 NW. ITates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Jan. 5; Feb. 26; Deo. 27,28. Jan. 28, 29; Mar. 15; Nov. 6, 23, 25. Mar. 3; Nov. 27-29. .. . None...f July 18; Aug. 1, 22, 26-28; Sept. 9, 10. June 26, 27; July 9, 10; Aug. 5. June 26; July 9, 10, 14-20; Aug. 11, 22, 23; Sept. 4, 6. Apr. 16; May 12, 28; Aug. 3, 6, 14-16, 18- 22; Sept. 18, 25. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Dec. 10-12 July 27-31; Aug. 1, 2, 5, 9, 10, 23, 24; Sept. 6, 7. July 25-27; Sept. 10, 11, 18-25. July 19-21, 29, 30. 1895 Feb. 2-5 1896 Feb. 9 Aug. 3-6, 14-16. July 18, 19, 26; Aug. 5-10; Sept. 6, 9, 11. June 6-8; Aug. 19; Sept. 3. Jan. 25, 26, 29... 1897 Feb. 13, 14 966 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. OREGON. Plateau District, Eastern Section: LAKE COUNTY. Station: SILVER LAKE. L. N. Kelsat, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in October, 1889. Latitude, 43° 08' N. Longitude, 121° 04' W. Elevation, 4,700 feet.] This station is near the center of the village of Silver Lake, which lies in a valley or basin about 14 miles long by 14 miles wide. To the east and north is a low desert somewhat broken by hiUs, while to the south and west are mountains sparsely forested with pine trees. These mountains form the watershed that drains into Silver Lake. The instruments at this station consist of a standard maximum and minimum thermometer and a standard rain gage, but no instrument shelter has ever been used. The temperature record therefore is considered somewhat unreliable, but the rainfall record is thought to be good. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 e o — a i e . s o < o 1 ■a k >> o i 2; a g Bo; pi pi Snow. 60 . O o s °F. 30 29 31 'F. 41 40 43 °F. 66 69 64 °F. 19 17 19 'F. -11 -28 -30 'F. 36 36 37 'F. 24 20 24 In. 1.2 0.8 1.0 5 4 5 In. 0.4 0.3 0.3 In. 1.7 1.4 0.2 In. 5.6 5.4 6.4 In. 4.0 9.0 11.5 sw. January. sw. February . - . sw. .30 42 18 3.0 14 1.0 3.3 17.4 sw. 36 43 50 48 59 67 73 86 94 23 27 32 - 4 8 16 43 47 66 30 36 43 1.0 0.9 1.2 5 6 6 0.2 0.2 1.9 2.6 1.0 0.5 4.0 3.3 0.6 6.0 8.0 2.0 sw. sw. liay sw. Spring mean 43 58 27 3.1 16 2.3 4.1 7.8 sw. 56 62 62 75 85 86 94 104 101 36 39 38 13 25 20 60 67 67 51 60 57 0.8 0.6 0.2 4 3 2 0.8 0.2 0.0 T. 0.0 0.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 sw. July sw. sw. Rrnmnfir Tnpji.Ti 60 82 38 1.6 9 1.0 0.4 0.0 sw September 63 45 36 75 63 50 93 88 77 31 27 23 13 10 -32 56 51 41 51 41 27 0.5 1.1 1.1 4 5 5 0.2 0.6 2.0 0.4 1.4 0.8 0.0 0.4 4.0 0.0 0.8 15.5 sw sw. sw. Fall mean 46 63 27 2.7 14 2.8 2.6 4.4 sw. A-nniifll TTip.fl.n 44 61 104 28 -32 10.4 52 7.1 10.4 29.6 15.5 sw Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1896, to October 31, 1904. Year. MiTiimnni below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. 1896 Jan.5. 11,12; Mar. 2-6, 1900 Jan. 25-28; Apr. 8; Nov. 20, 22; Deo. 28, July 21, 29, 30; Aug. 1. 15, 31; Apr. 21, 22; Nov. 6, 24-29. 30, 31. 1897 Jan. 2, 12, 15, 17; Feb. 17-21; Mar. 11, 12, 20, 30; Oct. 15, 22; Nov. 3; Dec. 2, 3, 21-23. Aug. 16-22. 1901 Jan. 1,6, 7, 9, 10, 17, 18, 27-30; Feb. 1,5, 7-12, 18; Mar. 23; Dec. 7, 10, 13, 16, 16, 19-21, 29. 1898 Jan. 7, 9, 10, 12, 23-31; Mar. 10, 15, 18, 22, 23, 25-27; Apr. 3, 4; Dec. 2, 3, 6-13, 21-23. Aug. 1, 2, 7-12. 1902 1903 Jan. 11, 12, 14, 15, 21-29, Mar. 28,29; Dec. 14, 16-18, 28, 29. Jan. 12-16, 28, 29; Feb. 1899 Jan. 12: Feb. 2-6; Mar. 10; Nov. 7-9, 11-14,25,26; Dec. 18, 19, 23. July 17. 1904 1-6, 12-16, 19, 20; Mar. 4, 9. Aug. 4, 6, 14, 17. PACinO COAST 8TATE8. 967 OREGON. Southern Plateau: HARNEY COUNTY. Station: HAPPY VALLEY (P. O., DIAMOND). J. H. Neal, Obserrer. [Established by the Signal Serrtce April 1, 1890; discontinued September 30, 1900. Latitude, 43" 03' N. Longitude, 118" 40' W. Elevation, 4,200 feet.] This station was in the country in a valley which extends north and south. The valley is not more than 200 yards wide where the station was located, but the slopes on either side are gentle. To the east the rise is very slight for 4 miles, when the incline becomes ste'eper, and 15 miles distant it reaches an altitude of 2,000 feet above the valley. To the west the hill reaches a height of 300 feet at a distance of IJ miles from the station. The maximum and minimum thermometers were exposed in a regulation shelter. It was fastened to a post 7 feet above the ground. The rain gage was of standard pattern and was located 60 feet east of the observer's house, and 30 feet from some trees. The top of the gage was 5 feet above the ground. Mean temperatures were obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and the minimum temperatures by 2 Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, April 1, 1890, to Septembee 30, 1900. Temperature. Precipitation. 1 i 1 o < 6 1 ■3 li < h as 3 us 1° Eh ill Bo 11 lit Snow. t s M . !>13 o Decen Janua Febru 30 29 31 °F. 41 40 43 'F. 59 60 67 'F. 18 18 19 •F. -10 -13 -22 'F. 37 35 36 °F. 24 20 24 In. 1.3 1.2 1.4 8 8 9 In. 2.1 0.7 0.5 In. 0.9 1.7 1.8 In. 7.8 5.6 7.8 In. 10.0 6.0 8.0 sw 30 41 18 3.9 25 3.3 4.4 21.2 sw. Marcl April May. 36 44 50 48 59 66 72 85 88 23 34 35 3 12 17 43 46 66 29 40 45 1.4 1.6 2.0 8- 9 9 0.3 1.4 1.9 1.6 1.2 3.2 7.5 4.6 0.9 6.0 6.0 3.3 NW Spring mean 43 58 31 5.0 26 3.6 5.9 13.0 NW. June. July. Augu 57 64 63 74 84 83 93 99 102 39 44 43 22 26 28 60 67 66 54 59 57 3.9 0.4 0.4 6 3 3 0.0 0.2 0.1 2.7 0.5 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.0 0.0 NW t' W 61 80 42 4.7 12 0.3 3.5 0.0 w Septe] Octob Novel nber 54 45 37 74 63 61 92 86 74 35 27 24 17 9 -31 58 4« 42 50 41 30 0.9 0.8 L4 5 5 8 2.3 0.0 0.3 0.8 1.7 0.2 0.0 0.9 3.6 0.6 4.0 5.0 sw sw 45 63 29 3.1 18 2.6 2.7 1.6 sw. 45 60 102 30 -31 16.7 81 9.8 16.5 38.7 10.0 sw. Dates of Te MPEJ ^ATUEE ExTEI MES FC )R THE Period January 1, 1894, t o September 30, 19C K). Year. Minimum below 10°. Mas: mum 95 ° or abo ve. Year. Minimum below 10". Maxim am 95" r above. 1894 1895 1896 Jan. 4-6, 8, 9, 31; Feb. 1-4, 10, 11, 14, 16, 21- 25; Nov. 16, 22; Dec. 1, 2, 13-15, 24-31. Jan. 7, 8, 17, 19, 20, 25- 29; Feb.11,16; March, 13-15, 30; Nov. 3-7, 12, 22, 23, 24; Dec. 18, 21-23, 28, 29, 31. Jan. 3-5, 11, 12; Mar. missing; Nov. 6, 25- 30. Aug Jul Jul ;. 2. r 22-24; 7 4, 9-11, Aug. 2, : 16. , 6, 11, 1 5. 1898 1899 1900 Jan. 1, 9-14, 20, 21, 23- 31; Feb. 2; Mar. 10- 22; Nov. 9, 11, 25, 26; Dec. 5-13, 23, 24, 29, 30. Jan. 8, 9, 13; Feb. 2-6; Oct. 11; Deo. 14, 18- 21, 26, 27, 28. Jan. 25, 26; Feb. 14, 16- July 28, 30; Au July 16. July 20, 29, 30. g. 9-12. ■ 1897 Jan. 2, 9, 12, 14, 15, 17, 18, 26, 27; Feb. 17, 18, 21-23; Mar. 11-13, 17, 21, 22; Nov. IS, 26, 28; Dec. 3, 19-24. Aug ;. 14, 17- 20,23. 968 CLIMA^fOLOGT OF THE UNITED STATES. OREGON. Southwestern District: JACKSON COUNTY. Station: ASHLAND. F. H. Cabtee, Observer. [Established by Signal Service January 1,1884; discontinued by Signal Service October 31, 1889; reestablished as a voluntary station by tlie Signal Service December 1, 1889. Latitude, 42° 12' N. Longitude, 122° 28' W. Elevation, 1,940 leet.] Ashland is situated near the middle of a vaUey about IJ miles wide. This valley trends in a southwesterly direction, and is flanked on both sides by hills rising to a height of from 800 to 1,200 feet above the valley. The maximum and minimum thermometers were moved from the central portion of the city to its eastern limits on December 1, 1889. The shelter is the regulation Weather Bureau pattern used at that time, and is located 120 feet south of the observer's house. Fifty feet north of the shelter is an oak tree about 30 feet high. The thermometers are 7 feet above the ground. The rain gage is of standard Weather Bureau pattern, and is attached to one comer of the instrument shelter, so that the ■ top of the gage is 7 inches above the top of the shelter and about 9 feet above the ground. The mean temperatures have been obtained by dividing the sum of the maximum and the minimum readings by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Janoaet 1, 1884, to December 31, 1903. > Temperature. Precipitation. .S > s ■ a a II 1 a 6 ■§6 g C S li li o W 1 si o g 1 03 t-t m - ^ il Snow. Month. o S "F. 39 38 41 "F. 47 46 51 "F. 66 66 71 "F. 31 30 32 "F. 7 - 3 - 4 "F. 45 43 46 "F. 32 30 33 In. 3.1 2.3 2.6 13 14 12 In. 1.6 2.9 0.5 In. ■ 3.3 2.4 46 In. 3.6 4.8 4.4 In. 9.0 8.6 6.2 NW. NW. February NW. 39 48 31 8.3 39 5.0 10.3 12.8 NW. 46 50 67 56 63 71 80 89 101 34 37 42 20 22 25 53 67 70 38 46 61 2.0 1.4 1.7 13 11 10 1.5 0.4 1.3 0.1 1.6 3.7 3.9 0.8 T. 6.6 2.5 0.9 NW. April NW. May NW. Spring mean 61 63 38 6.1 34 3.2 5.3 4.7 NW. June 62 69 69 77 87 86 103 108 106 47 60 51 32 36 38 74 75 73 68 65 63 1.3 0.6 0.4 7 2 2 0.5 0.3 0.1 2.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 O.Q NW. July . . NW. August NW. 67 83 49 2.2 11 0.9 2.4 0.0 NW. September 61 64 46 78 68 55 102 93 78 46 40 34 27 23 15 71 69 60 58 49 39 0.8 1.4 2.4 4 8 11 0.7 0.0 1.1 1.2 1.5 8.0 0.0 0.0 1.1 0.0 0.0 7.5 NW. October NW. NW. 63 " 67 40 4.6 23 1.8 10.7 1.1 NW. 52 66 108 39 - i 20.2 107 , 10.9 28.7 18.6 9.0 NW. Dates of Tempeeatuee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. MTTiiTTinTn hftlnw 99.°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 95° or above. Jan. 5, 6, 18; Feb. 2, 10, 11, 13, 16, 21; Mar. 3; Jnly 18; Aug. 1, 23, 26-29; Sept. 9.' 1899 Feb. 2-fi July 18, 26, 27; Sept. 10, 11. July 19, 20, 28-30. 1900 Nov.20; Dec. 31 ^ Dec. 24. 1901 Jan. 1, 7, 10; Feb. 1, 2, Aug. 3-6, 14-17. 1895 Jan. 7, 26-29: Feb. 4; Mar. 15; Nov. 4, 6, June 25-27; July 9-11, 23 ; Aug. 1, 4, 5, 14. 8-10; Dec. 12-16. , 1902 Jan. 22, 25-29; Dec. 17, July 18-20, 23-25; Aug. 6-10; Sept. 9, 10. 23-25; Deo. 18, 21, 22, 18, 28, 29. 26, 28, 29. 1903 Jan. 12, 13; Feb. 1, 2-6, June 6-8. 1896 Nov. 27-29 June 25; July 8-11, 13-21; Aug. 11, 12, 22, 23; Sept. 4. 13, 14; Dec. 29, 30. 1897 Jan. 26; Feb. 21; Mar. 30; Nov. 26. May 28; July 10, 11; Aug. 3, 6, 7, 13-22. 1898 Jan. 10, 11, 24, 26-29; Mar. 16, 22, 23, 26; Nov. 11; Dec. 12, 22, 23, 29. July 2, 28-31; Aug. 1,2, 6, 6, 8-11, 14, 23, 24; Sept. 6, 7. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 969 OREGON. Southern Plateau: LAKE COUNTY. Station: LAKEVIEW. A. Y. Beach, Observer. IJEstatilished by the Signal Service January 1, 1884, a.nd discontinued October 13, 1888; reestablished as, a voluntary station by the Signal Service June 1, ^g90. Latitude, 40° 12' N. Longitude, 120° 12' W. Elevation, 5,060 feet.] This station is situated near the center of Lakeview, which lies close to high hills and at the mouth of a canyon. The country is open in every direction but toward the east. The maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter located upon a shed one story high and 35 feet north of a two-story building occupied by the observer. The rain gage, of standard pattern, is within 2 feet of the shelter. No other buildings are near. The mean temperature has been calculated by dividing the sum of the maximum and minimum readings by 2. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1884, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. a '5 > 1 5 1 a ■s-S i s s II o < S Id ■3.§ (=1 i R II O is 3 1 03 M m II o © Snow. Month. ® bo . < 25 g a °F. 30 28 29 °F. 41 39 40 "F. 65 61 74 'F. 20 18 19 °F. -13 -24 -22 "F. 37 36 44 'F. 23 20 19 In. 2.2 2.4 2.2 8 10 9 In. 1.7 1.4 1.1 In. 6.4 2.0 1.6 In. 13.7 181 16.4 In. 12.0 12.0 19.0 s. s. s. 29 40 19 6.8 27 4.2 10.0 47.2 s. March 36 43 51 47 55 66 73 82 93 24 31 37 - 2 9 17 46 60 68 28 38 45 1.7 1.4 1.7 10 0.1 0.1 1.7 1.3 2.2 2.0 10.4 5.4 1.0 10.0 7.0 3.0 s. April s. May ... . s. Spring mean 43 56 31 . 4.8 26 1.9 6.6 16.8 s. 58 66 66 74 84 85 100 102 102 43 49 48 25 30 -24 62 71 71 65 63 69 1.2 0.3 0.3 4 1 2 0.2 0.1 T. 0.7 0.1 T. T. 0.1 0.0 0.5 0.8 0.0 s. July s. s. 63 81 47 1.8 7 0.3 0.8 0.1 s. 57 49 38 73 63 60 100 95 83 40 34 27 14 18 -14 67 58 46 48 42 31 0.7 0.9 2.0 3 4 8 T. 1.0 1.3 2.0 3.8 2.6 T. 1.6 4.4 0.2 6.0 6.0 s s. s. • 48 62 34 3.6 15 2.3 8 3 6.0 46 60 102 32 -24 17.0 74 8.7 24.6 70.1 19.0 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 95° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 96° or above. 1894 Jan. 1-6, 8, 9, 17,30,31; Feb. 1-3, 5-16, 18-23; None. 1899 Feb. 1-6; Pec. 8, 12-14, 17-19, 23-26, 28. July 18. Dec. 11, 12, 20-26, 29- 31. 1900 Dec. 30, 31 1901 Jan.8,9;Feb. 1,8-11.. July 22-25, 29, 30; Aug. 3-6, 13. 1895 Jan. 1, 6, 7, 19, 23-31; Feb. 1-9; Deo. 16, 19- Aug. 5. 19U2 Jan. 24-29; Feb. 2; Deo. 13, 15-18, 27, 28. July 20, 24; Aug. 3, 4, 6, 8, 9. 27. 1903 Jan. 27, 31; Feb. 1-5, Aug. 7-9. 1896 Jan. 3, 4, 11-13; Feb. 2; Nov. 26-28. July 4, 8-11, 16, 18. 11-17, 20; Apr. 10;- Nov. 16, 16. 1897 Jan. 1. 16; Feb. 15, 19- 21; Nov. 24; Dec. 19- 21. Jan. 9-12, 17,20,22-30; Aug. 18. 1898 July 26-31; Aug. 1, 9-13. Feb. 21; Nov. 24; Dec. 10, 11, 15, 20-24, 28-30. CALIFORNIA. By ALEXANDER Q. McADIE, Professor of Meteorology. 971 CALIFORNIA. California is one of the most remarkable States in the Union in the matter of climate. Within short distances extremelj diversified climatic conditions may be found. The State extends from the Oregon line, latitude 42° north, to the Mexican boundary on the south, latitude 32° 40' north. Its mean length is therefore approximately 800 miles. The average width of the State is about 200 miles and its area 155,980 square miles. The coast line of the State corresponds in position to that portion of the Atlantic coast extending from Boston to Savannah. This of itself would indicate a wide range of climatic • conditions. There are but few rivers emptying into the Pacific, notwithstanding the presence of extended and lofty mountain ' ranges. In both hydrography and topography there is little resemblance between the Atlantic and Pacific seaboards. The State is naturally divided by the Tehachapi Mountains, north of which the ranges have a north and south trend, while south of Tehachapi the trend is decidedly east and west. In the northern part of the State a vast inland valley is formed by the coast ranges on the west and the Sierra Nevada on the east. The northern end of this valley, known as the Sacramento, is drained by the Sacramento River and its tributaries. The southern half of this valley is called the San Joaquin, so named from the river which, with its tributaries from the southern half of the Sierra, drains this portion of the great basin. The Sacramento and San Joaquin rivers unite about 40 miles east of San Francisco, forming Suisun Bay; this last is connected by Straits of Carquinez with San Pablo, which in turn empties into the Bay of San Francisco; and this, through the Golden Gate, is connected with the Pacific Ocean. The mountain ranges play an important r61e in modifying the climatic conditions, and I it is not unusual to find, especially in the San FraAcisco Bay district, marked diflferences in temperature and air movement, " as well as in humidity and sunshine, on different flanks of the mountains and foothills. The highest and lowest lands in the United States, excluding Alaska, are in California. Mount Whitney has an elevation of 14,515 feet (4,425 meters); Mount Shasta 14,380 feet (4,383 meters). There are at least 43 mountain peaks, with elevations exceeding 10,000 feet. On the other hand, at Salton and Volcano, in Colorado Desert, the depression is 263 feet below sea level. Death Valley, about 75 miles long and 6 miles wide, lies in southeastern California, just north of the great Mohave Desert. Temperature. — ^Temperature varies greatly with different portions of the State. In the Colorado Desert, in the southern portion of the State, shade temperatures as high as 130° F. (54° C.) have been recorded. Mean monthly temperatures not much below 100° F. (38° C.) frequently occur at Volcano, Salton, Indio, Mammoth Tank, and in other places in the great arid regions of southern California, and particularly in the Valley of the Colorado. In the Sierra, just north of Lake Tahoe, temperatures as low as — 30° F. ( — 34° C.) have occurred. During the winter of 1898 a minimum thermometer exposed on one of the high Sierra peaks, Mount Lyell, recorded —17° F. (—27° C). During the same period the temperature at Bodie reached a minimum of —30° F. (—34° C). The coast line of nearly 1,000 miles shows^a difference of but 10° F. in the mean annual temperatures of its northern and southern limits. At Eureka the temperature is 51° F. (11° C); at San Francisco, 56° F. (13° C), and at San Diego 61°F. (16°C.). That the coast climates are very equable is shown by the following mean monthly departures. At Eureka the mean January temperature is 46°, or a departure of 5° from the annual mean; at San Francisco the mean January temperature is 50°, or a departure of 6° from the annual mean, and at San Diego the mean January temperature is 54°, or a departure of 7° from the annual mean. Similarly for the month of July, the temperature at Eureka is 56°, or 5° above the annual; at San Francisco, 59°, or 3° above the annual, and at San Diego 68°, or 7° above the annual. The highest mean annual temperature found in the Colorado Desert is about 78°, and the lowest mean annual tempera- ture for stations in the Sierra (Summit, for example) is 42°, or a total annual range of 36°. The absolute range is 160° F. (89° C.) viz, from 130° F. (54° C.) to -30° F. (-35° C). Precipitation. — The mean annual rainfalls, as might be expected, vary from 1 inch to 75 inches. At Mammoth Tank for twenty-three years the mean annual rainfall is 1.81 inches, but here and at other stations there have been years when the rainfall did not exceed a trace. At Upper Mattole the average annual rainfall is 81 inches, and in individual years rainfalls approximating 100 inches have occurred. The following are some single-year rainfalls: Laporte, 120 inches, 1896; 101 inches, 1898. Bowman Dam, 119 inches, 1884; 110 inches, 1896. Delta, 111 inches, 1889; 100 inches, 1896. Upper Mattole, 102 inches, 1896; 101 inches, 1889. Edmanton, 102 inches, 1896. Snowfall is confined in general to the central and northern portion of the State, and to the mountains of the south. At Summit an annual snowfall of 697 inches has been reported. Wind. — The general movement of the air over the State is from west and north, with strong southeasterly indrafts during the months of November, December, January, and February, whenever marked cyclonic disturbances approach the State from 972 PACIFIC COAST STATES. 973 the northwest. The general movement of the air in California is decidedly modified and certainly, in the lowermost strata, almost entirely bontrolled by the topography. Particularly interesting are the accentuated movements in the great valleys, as shown in the well-known "northers" of May and June. The prevailing westerly winds, wherever allowed access to the interior through gaps in the Coast Range, are greatly intensified, and exhibit in both frequency and duration a well-marked relation to the temperatures prevailing in the interior. One of the most trying climatic conditions prevailing in California is the so-called "norther" or hot north wind, which, { blowing in the great valleys, is both injurious to ripening crops and irritating to man and beast. May, June, and July are the ' months of greatest frequency. The condition is as a rule associated with the presence of. an area of high pressure over the North Pacific Ocean and a deepening of the usual summer "low" over southeastern California and the Valley of the Colorado. Temperatures of 110° F. (43° C.) or more occur under these conditions. As these brisk northerly winds are very dry and dust laden, ripe fxuit and wheat are seriously injured, while human beings and stock suffer greatly because of the irritating effects of the "norther.'' In southern California a somewhat similar condition is known sa the "Santa Ana." In all of these cases the air has been djnuamically heated and dried, either by decensional movement, as when flowing down the mountains, or by horizontal compression and subsequent movement over superheated plains and deserts. Frost. — Frosts are frequent in California and, notwithstanding statements often made that certain places are fxee from frosts, the records of this office bear out the statement that no portion of the State can be considered as free from frost. Elab- orate frost tables, giving the latest and earhest killing frosts, have been pubhshed in the annual summaries of the California section of the climate and crop service. Kilhng frosts occur every month in the year at some of the elevated northern stations. Thunderstorms. — Thunderstorms are comparatively rare in California and, as a rule, are not violent. Loss of life by lightning in California is extremely rare. In summer afternoons, in the mountain districts, brief thunderstorms occur. Local storms are seldom severe. Tornadoes are practically unknown. Sandstorms, especially near the desert section, are severe and relatively frequent. List of Counties and Climatological Stations. County. Alameda Alpine {see Summit) Amaerature. Mean- an- nual. °F. 50 Mean maxi- mum. Mean mini- mum. 74 51 72 42 71 71 62 49 45 60 69 71 76 71 42 42 50 46 78 71 45 47 69 74 50 51 85 60 Abso- lute maxi- mum. "F. 104 101 85 117 102 114 117 91 112 98 110 113 108 110 100 112 104 120 108 105 114 105 114 113 106 114 100 109 113 116 128 101 Date. August, 1902... August, 1903. . . June, 1903 August, 1896... July, 1901 August, 1891... July, 1891 ,1902 July, 1902 August, 1889 . . July, 1898 July, 1902 August, 1894... August, 1900. . . June, 1901 August, 1879... ,1891 August, 1888... August, 1900... ,1902 July,1891 July, 1898 , August, 1894 July,1902 August, 1900 July, 1891 May,1896 , July,1891 July,1897 July,1900 June, 1896 September, 1883, Abso- lute mini- mum. °F. — 3 —13 20 18 —11 18 18 4 12 —12 12 19 19 18 29 20 18 16 22 19 20 10 15 17 22 19 28 28 25 23 18 32 Date. February, 1899. January, 1901... January, 1888. . . do February, 1903. . January, 1888... do February, 1899. . January, 1898... January, 1888... February, 1888- . January, 1888. . . February, 1884. January, 1888... do January, 1894... December, 1903 . February, 1903.. ,1903 January, 1888... January, 1902. . . January, 1888... January, 1898... January, 1901... December, 1901. . January, 1890... February, 1883.. February, 1903.. do December, 1891. . ,1879 Average num- ber days with — Maxi- mum above 90°. Mini- mum below 32°. 14 60 Station. Average date of— First killing Last in spring. Date of- Earliest Icilling Latest in spring. Precipitation. Annual. Spring. Summer. Autumn. Winter. Sisson Cedarville Eureka Bedding Susanvule Eed Bluff Cbico La Porte Ukiab Summit Auburn Davisville Sacramento Napa San Francisco Livermore San Jose Merced Santa Cruz Hollister Fresno .'. . Independence King City Visalia San Louis Obispo Bakersfield Santa Barbara.. - Los Angeles Redlands Needles Sal ton San Diego Sept. 26 Sept. 27 Nov. 15 Dec. 3 Oct. 3 Nov. 25 Dec. 14 Sept. 15 Nov. 26 May 26 May 11 Apr. 9 Mar. 23 May 10 Mar. 15 Mar. 24 May 31 Mar. 27 Sept. 13 Sept. 14 Nov. 7 Nov. 20 Sept. 8 Nov. 7 Dec. 12 Sept. 6 Oct. 16 July 6 June 2 May 1 May 22' Apr. 19 Apr. 10 July 6 May 2 Dec. 7 Nov. 15 Dec. 4 Deo. 2 Deo. 6 Dec. 11 Dec. 7 Nov. 23 Deo. 15 Oct. 25 Nov. 21 Dec. 17 Feb. 26 Feb. 16 Feb. 27 Jan. 25 Feb. 23 Feb. 8 Mar. 5 Mar. 12 Mar. 16 Mar. 4 Mar. 17 Apr. 11 Mar. 17 I Apr. 8 Dec. 12 Feb. 19 Nov. 26 Oct. 28 Nov. 7 Dec. 13 Nov. 9 Nov. 28 -..do... Nov. 26 Nov. 8 Nov. 18 Sept. 21 Apr. 4 Apr. 26 Mar. 30 Apr. 20 Apr. 12 Feb. 18 Mar. 28 Mar. 30 Apr. 27 Apr. 14 May 28 Nov. 16 Nov. 15 Apr. 11 Apr. 8 Dec. 12 Nov. 24 Apr. 8 Apr. 9 Inches. 37.8 13.7 45.8 36.2 22.9 25.7 22.4 77.9 35.0 46.9 33.4 16.6 19.9 23.7 22.5 15.3 14.8 10.3 27.0 12.3 9.2 3.7 10.8 9.8 19.2 4.8 16.6 15.6 14.8 2.7 2.5 9.4 Inches. 9.5 3.7 13.3 3.3 6.9 6.6 5.5 22.0 8.9 15.3 9.9 4.3 5.8 6.6 5.7 4.0 4.6 3.1 7.3 3.6 2.6 0.6 2.6 3.1 5.1 L3 3.9 4.3 4.0 0.4 0.3 2.4 Inches. 1.1 1.3 1.4 0.3 0.8 0.5 0.4 2.1 0.3 1.3 0.4 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.2 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.2 T. 0.2 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.6 0.6 0.3 0.3 Inches. 9.2 3.9 9.7 2.3 6.1 5.1 4.5 20.1 6.4 7.2 6.3 2.9 3.6 4.0 4.4 2.9 2.6 1.9 5.0 2.4 2.0 0.9 2.5 1.9 3.7 1.0 2.6 2.3 2.0 0.4 0.3 1.3 Inches. 18.0 4.8 21.4 6.1 11.1 13.5 12.0 33.7 19.4 23.1 16.8 9.2 10.3 12.9 12.2 8.2 7.5 5.1 14.3 6.2 4.5 2.0 5.7 4.6 10.3 2.4 10.0 8.9 8.2 1.3 1.6 5.4 PACIFIC COAST STATES. 975 CALIFORNIA. Siskiyou: SISKIYOU COUNTY. Station: SISSON, Agent of the Southern Pacific Company, Observer. [Established by the Southern Paoiflo Company in March, 1888." Latitude, 41° 20' N. Longitude, 122° 20' W. Elevation, 3,565 leet.] This station is located in the Siskiyou Mountains, between Eddy Mount and Mount Shasta. Mount Shasta is one of the highest mountains in the United States; elevation, 14,380 feet. The instraments originally installed were those furnished by the railroad, but in 1902 standard thermometers and a shelter were installed by the Weather Bureau. The rain gage is still of the old, small pattern. No inspection of the station has been made, and the conditions of exposure are not known. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. ; also from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean at the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth Great- est depth in month. "F. 34 34 37 "F. op 69 65 63 °F. 'F. 2 6 — 3 "F. 38 38 41 °J?. 31 24 31 In. 6.4 6.6 5.0 7 8 11 In. 3.7 2.6 4.9 In. 4.4 1.8 21.7 In. 22 35 19 In. 107 128 .43 35 18.0 26 11.2 27.9 76 40 48 55 76 86 101 11 17 27 46 57 61 32 40 48 4.3 2.8 2.4 8 4 5 0.4 0.6 0.0 4.1 5.1 2.9 14 6 1 41 April 21 May. . : 5 Spring mean 48 9.5 17 0.9 12.1 21 63 70 68 99 101 104 35 33 40 74 75 77 64 63 61 0.6 0.1 0.4 1 1 1 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.4 4.2 July 67 1.1 3 0.2 4.6 68 50 41 95 85 72 32 26 8 64 65 47 52 46 31 0.8 3.3 5.1 2 6 12 0.0 2.3 2.6 0.1 6.3 11.1 5 3 47 50 9.2 20 4.9 16.5 5 50 104 -3 37.8 66 17.2 61.1 102 128 Dates of TEMPERATnEE Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Aug. 23. July 30; Aug. 1,2. July 19. July 19,30. 1901 1902 1903 July 29; Aug. 4. Aug. 4, 6, 7. 1898 do do 1899 Feb 4 do May 30; July 17. 1900 1076— Bull. Q— 06 976 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UKITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Extreme Northeast: MODOC COUNTY. Station: CEDARVILLE. T. H. Johnstone,. Observer. [Established by V. S. Weatber Bureau in 1893. Latitude, 41° 32' N. Longitude, 120° 9' W. Elevation, 4,674 ieet.] Cedarville is located in a valley surrounded by high mountains. The instruments used are standard Weather Bureau thermometers, exposed in a regulation shelter placed 30 feet from the nearest building. The rain gage stands in an open space, and the nearest buildings are 30 feet west, 40 feet north, 100 feet east, and 8 feet south. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the ma.ti- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mmi- raa. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number o! days witli 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in month. December 'F. 31 31 34 op 40 40 42 op 60 59 66 °F. 22 22 24 'F. 2 —13 —12 "F. 36 37 39 °F. 26 23 23 In. 1.7 1.6 1.5 8 10 12 Jn. 1.8 1.5 1.1 In. 1.9 3.6 1.1 In. 5.8 12.7 12.3 In. 13 January 24 5 February . 27 5 Winter mean 32 41 23 4.8 30 4.4 6.6 30.8 March 37 42 52 48 58 66 73 87 94 26 32 39 6 11 23 46 49 59 31 30 46 1.4 1.0 1.3 11 8 8 0.5 0.7 1.5 2.0 1.7 3.5 14.9 5.4 1.3 30 5 April May Spring mean 44 57 32 3.7 27 2.7 7.2 21.6 .Tnne' 61 68 68 76 84 83 94 99 101 46 51 50 30 32 34 64 72 72 56 65 62 0.6 0.3 0.3 4 1 2 0.0 0.1 0.5 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.3 0.0 0.0 2 July T. 0.0 Summer mean . . , 66 81 49 1.2 7 0.6 1.5 0.3 September 58 50 39 75 63 50 95 83 76 42 34 29 25 20 11 63 54 45 54 44 33 0.5 1.3 2.2 3 8 12 1.2 0.1 0.3 0.6 1.1 5.8 0.0 1.7 6.9 T October 8.0 25.0 Fall mean 49 63 35 1 4.0 23 1.6 7.5 8.6 48 60 101 35 —13 13.7 87 9.3 22.8 ■ 61.3 30. S Dates of Tempekatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1898 Jan. 11, 24 . Aug. 10. None. Do. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10; Feb. 10-12.... Jan. 25-29 None. 1899 Feb. 4-6 Do. 1800 Feb. 3-6,12-15 Aug. 7. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 977 CALIFORNIA. Northern Coast: HUMBOLDT COUNTY. Station: EUREKA. Aaron H. Bell, Observer. [Established by Signal Service, December 1, 1886. Latitude, 40° 48' N. Longitude, 124° 11' W. Elevation, 28 feet.] This station is situated in the city of Eureka, on the south shore of Humboldt Bay, about 7 miles from the entrance. Humboldt Bay has a varying width of from half a mile to 4 miles and a length of 14 miles, and possesses a tidal area of about 28 square miles. It is nearly parallel with the ocean, and between the bay and the ocean intervenes a sand peninsula with a width of from one-fourth a mile to IJ miles. The thermometers and thermograph are exposed in a standard pattern instrument shelter on the flat roof of the building, the floor of the shelter being 11.4 feet above the roof. The rain gage and sunshine recorder are also on the roof. Height of top of rain gage above roof, 2.3 feet; above ground, 53.2 feet; north of instrument shelter, 17J feet. Height of sunshine recorder above roof, 4.2 feet; above ground, 55.2 feet. Height of anemometer cups above roof, 28 feet above ground, 80 feet. Height of wind vane above roof, 26 feet; above ground, 78 feet. Tabulated data are from following periods of observation: Depth of snow, eleven years; sunshine data, eight years; humidity, fifteeu years. Remainder of data is from the full period of observation, seventeen years, January 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. bo =1 S a Pi t s < 1^ 1=1 a 1 , si 3 a s h bo 'a \ -SB J a 1 t>.o 'A ill ^1 1| -3. ofig. Eh a s -1 ■ Snow. a 00 i 1 1 a 00 i £1 3 < a a p. 00 3 O < E 3 o A % < o 3 o gp. 1 I Month. o s 48 47 47 °F. 64 64 63 'F. 70 77 72 "F. 33 31 31 "F. 30 20 24 "F. 52 50 62 "F. 45 42 41 In. 7.3 7.6 6.5 16 17 16 In. 3.2 3.2 8.0 In. 9.4 8.1 4.6 In. 0.0 T. T. In. 0.0 T. 1.5 p.a. 88 90 90 Qrs 3.00 2.96 2.96 p.a. 81 82 79 Gtr. 3.42 3.34 3.22 130 111 123 45 37 41 SE. SE. N. 47 64 32 21.4 49 14.4 22.1 T. 89 2.97 81 3.33 121 41 SE. March . . 48 60 52 65 65 67 76 73 78 34 36 41 29 31 35 52 63 55 45 48 50 6.2 4.3 2.8 16 13 11 1.8 2.8 2.6 6.9 11.1 6.2 0.3 0.0 0.0 1.8 0.0 0.0 90 90 91 3.07 3.18 3.58 78 78 80 3.29 3.41 3.75 170 211 223 46 53 50 NW.o April NW. May NW. Spring mean 60 66 37 13.3 40 7.2 24.2 0.3 90 3.28 79 3.48 201 50 NW 65 56 56 68 66 68 86 73 79 43 47 48 40 43 45 69 58 60 62 62 64 1.2 0.1 0.1 6 1 2 1.2 T. 0.1 0.6 0.0 0.7 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 92 94 95 3.88 4.25 4.30 79 81 84 3.96 4.35 4.61 244 220 165 54 48 38 NW. July NW. NW. 56 67 46 1.4 9 1.3 1.2 0.0 94 4.14 81 4.27 210 47 NW 66 64 51 71 73 69 82 84 74 43 41 36 36 38 27 67 66 66 53 51 48 1.4 2.9 6.4 5 9 13 1.5 2.1 4.4 1.6 2.4 8.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 94 92 91 4.11 3.75 3.46 82 84 83 4.40 4.21 3.89 180 166 109 48 45 37 NW. NW. SE. Fall mean 54 71 40 9.7 27 8.0 12.0 0.0 92 3.77 83 4.17 148 43 Annual mean 52 67 85 39 20 45.8 125 30.9 69.5 0.3 1.8 91 3.54 81 3.§1 170 46 NW i Also SE. Dates of Tempebatuke Extremes foe the Peeiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 80° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 80° or above. 1894 1896 Jan. 6, 6; Feb. 2, 10, 13, 16, 21, 22; Mar. 3; Dec. 24, 26. Jan. 16, 24, 25, 28, 29; Mar. 16; Apr. 6; Nov. 23; Dec. 22, 26, 29. Mar. 1-4, 31; Nov. 27-29. Feb. 20-23; Mar. 21, 30; Deo. 19. None. Do. Do. Sept. 17; Oct. 5. 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10, 24, 26; Mar. 16, 17, 22, 27; Dec. 11, 21, 22. Feb. 2-6 None. Do. Do. Do. Do. Do. June 6, 7. Feb. 8-10; Dee. 12,13.. Jan. 26-29. . . . 1896 1897 Feb. 4, 5, 12-15 978 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Great Valley: SHASTA COUNTY. Station: REDDING. L. F. Basset, Observer. [Established by Southern Paoiflc Company, September, 1874. Latitude, 40° 36' N. Longitude, 122° 27' W. Elevation, 552 feet.] Redding is situated in the valley of the upper Sacramento, with hills on both sides rising to considerable elevations. The general trend of the valley is north and south. Mount Shasta, one of the highest mountains in the United States, blocks the northern end of the valley. The general movement of the air is down the mountain side — that is, from the north. The instruments originally used were those furnished by the Southern Pacific Railroad Company, but for many years standard Weather Bureau instruments have been in use. The thermometer shelter is under a porch on the north side of the observer's house. The rain gage is located in the yard near the house; the height of the gage is 3 feet above the ground. . Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1875, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount lor the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in month. December . . . "F. 47 45 49 "F. 55 64 57 "F. 77 78 83 "F. 40 36 40 "F. 28 18 23 "F. 54 53 58 °F. 42 39 43 In. 6.7 7.3 4.2 9 9 13 In. 1.8 0.5 3.8 In. 17.7 6.3 0.1 In. 0.8 1.3 1.7 In. 6.0 January 8.0 February 9.0 Winter mean 47 55 39 18.2 31 6.1 24.1 3.8 54 60 67 62 70 78 86 99 108 42 47 54 25 31 35 66 70 74 46 51 60 4.8 3.0 2.2 9 6 6 0.0 0.8 3.6 10.8 2.3 3.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 April. ... . . 0.0 May 0.0 Spring mean 60 70 48 10.0 21 4.4 17.0 0.0 76 82 81 88 94 92 109 116 117 62 66 65 43 48 52 82 87 87 68 70 74 0.8 0.1 0.1 2 1 0.2 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 80 91 64 1.0 3 0.2 1.0 0.0 September 74 64 54 86 74 61 108 100 92 60 52 44 43 35 28 82 72 CO 66 59 48 0.7 2.5 3.8 I 10 0.1 1.6 2.2 0.0 15.1 5.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 64 63 74 73 52 7.0 18 3.9 20.2 0.0 Annual mean 117 51 18 36.2 73 14.6 62.3 3.8 9.0 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 Deo. 22 , Jan. 10, 11, 29; Dee. 11, 12, 29, 30. Jan. 3,5; Feb. 3-5.... None. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None. Do. Do. Do. 1898 Jan. 1 1899 do PACIFIC COAST STATES. 979 CALIFORNIA. Northeast: LASSEN COUNTY. Station: SUSANVILLE. James Branham, Observer. (Eetablislied b-y the Signal Service in 1888. Latitude, 40° 24' N. Longitude, 120° 30' W. Elevation, 4,195 feet.] Susanville lies on the northeastern slope of the Sierras. The country is mountainous, sloping eastward toward north- western Nevada. The instruments used are a Draper recording thermometer, exposed on the north side of a building, and standard max- imum and minimum thermometers, the property of the Weather Bureau, have been used since July, 1902. The shelter is placed on the north side of a building about 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is of the Weather Bureau standard and is exposed in the open about 20 feet from the nearest building. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Montn. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amoimt for the wettest year. °F. 32 31 34 "F. 39 40 42 °F. 60 58 66 'F. 24 23 24 6 - 8 -11 'F. 39 38 41 'F. 28 24 17 Jn. 4.0 4 2 2.9 6 9 10 In: 0.6 0.4 2.4 In. 8.6 T February 0.6 32 40 24 11.1 25 3.4 9.2 40 47 56 49 59 68 68 82 89 28 35 42 10 17 26 46 54 65 35 42 49 2.7 1.4 1.8 9 6 6 0.4 0.2 0.5 4.8 April; 1.1 May.. 6.3 48 59 35 5.9 19 1.1 12.2 .Time 64 72 71 78 85 83 94 102 98 47 51 51 33 34 32 74 77 76 60 63 61 0.6 0.1 0.1 2 1 2 1.0 0.0 0.1 1.6 July 0.1 RiiTTiTner Tnp.mi 69 82 50 0.8 6 1.1 1 7 September . 62 51 42 74 62 49 90 78 66 44 37 32 28 24 16 74 68 48 53 45 37 .0.7 1.6 2.8 2 6 9 0.1 0.8 1.7 October 42 Fall mean 62 62 38 5.1 17 2.6 6 9 50 61 102 36 -11 22.9 66 8.2 30 Dates of Temperatdre Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 100° or above. 1897 None. Do. Do. Do. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10; Feb. 10,11... Jan. 26, 28, 29 Feb. 2-6, 13-19 July 30. None. Do. 1898 Jan. 11 1899 Feb. 5 1900 980 CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Great Valley: TEHAMA COUNTY. Station: RED BLUFF. Maukice Connell, Observer. [Established July, 1877. Latitude, 40° 10' N. Longitude, 122° 16' W. Elevation, 304 feet.] This station is situated near the upper end of the Sacramento Valley, on the west bank of the Sacramento River, about 200 miles from its mouth. It lies midway between the Coast Range and the Sierra Nevada Range of mountains. The Coast Range here has an elevation of 4,000 feet above the level of the valley. The Sierras are elevated 6,000 feet. The land opens out in a wide plain west and south from the station and rises abruptly from the river eastward. Toward the north the valley narrows and ends at the town of Redding, 42 miles from Red Bluff. The office is located in the Bank of Tehama County Building on the northwest corner of Main and Walnut streets. The thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter on the roof and the rain gage on the ridge. The humidity tabulated is from fifteen years record. Remainder of tabulated data is from the full period of observation, twenty-six years, January 1, 1878, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. > a 1 a ii a a ^ ll < S a a§ t >> u 1 1 ca M ■si ila CO a« 6h Snow. a i a 00 s 3 < a p. i a 1 Month. 60 . '^ Q. < s "F. 47 45 49 'F. 54 53 58 "F. 79 77 82 °F. 39 37 40 °F. 25 18 22 "F. 50 50 54 "F. 42 39 43 In. 5.3 4.7 3.5 12 11 9 In. 1.7 0.6 5.4 In. 0.7 20.7 16.7 In. 0.0 T. T. In. 0.0 5.0 8.0 P.ct. 87 87 82 Grs. 2.67 ■S.49 2.60 p.ct. 70 68 66 Ots. 3.06 2.87 2.72 N. January N. February N. 47 55 39 13.5 32 7.7 38.1 T. 86 2.59 65 2.88 N. March 55 59 67 62 70 79 86 96 110 44 48 55 28 34 38 61 67 73 50 54 61 3.2 2.1 1.3 11 8 6 0.0 0.6 2.3 4.2 2.3 0.9 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.8 0.0 0.0 82 76 79 2.90 3.60 3.56 63 43 38 3.17 3.22 3.79 N. SE. May SE. Spring mean. 60 70 49 6.6 26 2.9 7.4 0.0 76 3.32 45 3.39 SE. 75 82 81 87 97 95 110 112 114 60 66 65 44 63 52 81 86 84 70 78 74 0.6 0.0 0.0 4 0.1 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 69 49 49 3.44 4.41 3.66 26 18 20 3.67 3.28 3.33 SE. July N. SE. 79 93 64 0.6 5 0.1 0.0 0.0 52 3.80 21 3.43 N. 73 64 54 86 77 64 107 97 88 60 62 44 46 32 26 81 71 69 60 58 50 0.6 1.5 3.0 3 4 6 0.4 0.5 1.2 0.4 0.5 1.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 67 67 76 3.47 3.26 3.76 28 38 65 3.76 3,34 3.27 N. October N. November N. 64 76 52 5.1 13 2.1 2.1 0.0 66 3.49 40 3.46 N. 63 74 114 61 18 26.7 74 12.8 47.6 T. 8.0 71 3.30 43 3.29 N. Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Ma.ximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 June 30; July 4-9, 16-18, 22, 23, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 4, 22-29; Sept. 21, 22. June 21-24, 26; July 7-10, 13-16, 18, 22-25; Aug. 3-7, 13, 14, 17, 23, 24. June 17, 23, 26; July 2-20, 24; Aug. 10; Sept. 5. June 6, 7, 29, 30; July 9-16, 19, 28, 31; Aug. 1, 2, 13-16, 17, 19-24. June 24, 26, 27, 28; July 2, 3, 16, 18, 19, 25-31; Aug. 10-15, 25; Sept. 6, 15. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None do do do June 9, 10, 13, 15-17, 30; July 1-3, 16-19, 1895 do 23,24; Aug. 30; Sept. 9-11, 23, 24. June 6, 26; July 7-12, 15-19, 27-30; Aug. 1896 do 1, 2, 20, 21; Sept. 1. June 2, 7, 28-30; July 5, 6, 19, 20, 22-29; 1897 do Aug. 1-6, 8-12, 16, 17; Sept. 16, 16. June 18-20; July 9, 11, 12, 18-24; Aug. 1-8, 31; Sept. 1-9. May 30; June 6-9, 24, 27; July 4, 30, 31-; do do Aug. 1, 6-9, 17, 18; Sept. 1-3. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 981 CALIFORNIA. Great Valley: BUTTE COUNTY. Station: CHICO. G. H. Stevenson, Observer. [Established by Southern Paciflo Eailroad Company in 1870. Latitude, 39° 43' N. Longitude, 121° 48' W. Elevation, 193 feet.] Chico is situated about 5 miles east of the Sacramento River in the north-central portion of the valley. The lower foothills of the Sierra Nevada Mountains lie close to the east. While the elevation of Chico itself is but 193 feet, 10 miles east the contours approximate 1,000 feet, and 20 miles east elevations of several thousand feet are reached. The Sierra Nevada Mountains are not quite as abrupt and lofty here as elsewhere in the range. The instruments were originally of the type used by the Southern Pacific Railroad Company, but standard instruments were installed in 1902. The instrument shelter and rain gage are exposed in an open field. The height of the thermometers is 6 feet, and the top of the gage 3 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; also from the daily extremes of temperature. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1870, to Deoemeee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 48 47 60 "F. 'F. 78 78 84 "F. "F. 20 18 20 °F. 53 51 57 'F. 39 42 44 In. 4.2 4.5 3.3 6 8 7 In. 1.8 0.8 5.3 In. 9.1 5 February 3 3 48 12.0 21 7.9 15.4 March. 56 62 68 88 97 107 28 30 40 64 71 75 50 53 62 2.7 L8 1.0 6 4 4 0.2 0.5 1.6 4.6 April Miy Spring mean. 62 5.5 14 2.3 11 6 1 77 84 82 114 117 116 47 48 50 88 91 88 63 74 73 0.4 T. T. 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 July. August. 81 0.4 1 0.0 September 75 65 54 109 103 90 40 36 22 83 76 59 65 57 46 0.5 1.4 2.6 1 4 7 0.4 0.4 1.3 0.9 Fall mean 65 46 12 2.1 7 2 64 117 18 22.4 48 12.3 Dates op Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1898 Jan. 24. July 27-30; Aug. 11-13. None. June 6. None. 1902 1903 Dec. 30. July 23, 24. None. 1899 1900 Feb. 5, 6 Jan. 11, 16, 17, 30; Feb. 3, 4, 13-17. 1901 do .. 982 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Sierra: PLUMAS COUNTY. Station: LA PORTE. C. W. Hendel, Observer. [Established by U. S. Weather Bureau in 1893. Latitude, 39° 40' W. Longitude, 120° 58' W. Elevation, 5.000 feet.] La Porte is situated in the mountains on the western slope of the Sierra. The thermometers in use are Weather Bureau instruments and were originally exposed in an open-faced box 10 by 12 by 6 inches, placed about 5 feet above the ground; but in 1903 a standard shelter was supplied. The rain gage is a standard Weather Bureau gage and is 30 feet from the nearest building. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; also from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Apeil 1, 1894, to Deoembeb 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean olthe maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean olthe mini- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with ■ 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth in month. o'f. 34 33 35 'F. "F. 60 60 62 "F. "F. 8 8 4 'F. 39 38 37 "F. 31 28 28 In. 10.5 14.8 8.4 9 12 13 In. 3.4 2.5 13.0 In. 12.9 32.4 2.8 In. 23 54 60 In. 53 114 February. . . . 146 34 1 33.7 34 18.9 48.1 137 March. 34 41 43 64 75 82 11 16 26 41 46 55 29 33 44 12.0 5.4 46 13 9 8 L6 L5 4.6 16.2 16.6 9.3 72 27 4 119 67 Miy 13 Spring mean 41 22.0 30 7.7 42.1 103 57 62 60 86 91 91 32 32 38 60 66 63 51 58 55 1.7 0.2 0.2 3 1 2.7 0.0 T. 0.1 0.3 0.2 2 7 July August • 60 2.1 4 2.7 0.6 2 September 63 47 40 87 75 68 31 24 16 58 62 45 60 44 36 2.1 7.4 10.6 3 8 13 0.9 3.3 6.7 2,3 3.1 23.9 2 9 16 11 October 27 37 47 20.1 24 10.9 29.3 27 45 91 4 77.9 92 40.2 120.1 269 146 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 10°. Maximum 90° or above. 1897 Feb. 21-23 . None. July 29-31; Aug. 1, 11. None. Do. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1,9, 10 July 30; Aug. 3. July 23, 24; Aug. 5. None. 1898 Jan. 11. Jan. 25, 29, 31 1899 Feb 5. 6 Feb.5 1900 Deo 31 PACIFIC COAST STATES. 983 CALIFORNIA. Coast Valley: MENDOCINO COUNTY. Station: UKIAH. Geoege McCowen, Observer. [EstaWished by the Weather Bureau in 1892. Latitude, 38° 8' N. Longitude, 123° 13' W. Elevation, 620feet.] Ukiah is situated in the northern portion of the Russian River valley, one of several valleys opening from the San Francisco Bay district northwest in the Coast range of mountains. For many years the observer used his own thermometers, but in 1902 standard Weather Bureau instruments and shelter were installed. The shelter stands among grapevines in the most open section of a large lot. The height of the thermometers is about 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is placed about 10 feet from the thermometers, with its rim 3 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1893, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December 'F. 45 45 48 "F. . 57 66 68 "F. 86 77 82 "F, 33 35 36 'F. 20 12 18 'F. 48 49 62 "F. 42 40 44 In. 6.8 7.5 5.1 9 12 12 In. 2.4 1.2 7.1 In. 16.5 15.7 9.4 46 67 35 19.4 33 10.7 40.6 50 65 60 62 70 74 85 88 102 37 39 44 24 27 30 60 63 69 46 48 66 4.8 2.8 1.3 11 6 4 0.7 0.8 1.0 3.0 2.4 May 1.2 55 69 40 8.9 20 2.6 6 6 June 68 73 72 86 92 90 107 112 111 48 49 49 36 39 40 79 83 76 61 68 69 0.3 T. T. 1 0.6 0.0 0.0 1.3 July T. 0.0 71 89 49 0.3 1 0.6 66 68 51 87 74 62 108 98 79 46 43 40 32 30 25 76 63 58 60 53 47 0.8 1.7 3.0 2 6 12 0.8 1.2 2.0 8 October 2 4 58 74 43 6.4 20 4.0 4.6 58 72 112 42 12 35.0 74 17.8 Dates of Tempeeatdre Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 Feb. 23; Mar. 21; Dec. 17, 19-23, 31. None. 1901 Jan. 1, 10; Feb. 1-3, 7, 9-11; Dec. 12, 13- None. 1898 Jan. 1, 7-13, 24, 26-31; Do. 21, 27-29. Feb. 22; Mar. 22; 1902 Jan. 5, 10, 11, 27-29; July 23, 24. Nov. 12, 25, 26; Dec. Mar. 24; Dec. 14, 8, 10-12, 22-24, 29-31. 17-19,28-30. 1899 Feb. 4, 5; Dec. 18, 19.. Do. 1903 Jan. 16; Feb. 2-6, 13- Aug. 8. 1900 Dec. 28-31 Do. 17; Dec. 5-7. 984 Hq' Q, CLIMATOLOGY OP THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Sierra: PLACER COUNTY. Station: SUMMIT / ^ / Agent or the Southern Pacific Company, Observer. [Estafilislied by Southern Pacific Company in February, 1870. Latitude, 39° 19' N. Longitude, 120° 27' W. Elevation, 7,017 feet.] This station is located in the snowshed system of the railroad extending from Blue Canyon to Truckee. In order to cross the Sierra Nevada the railroad passes to the north side of Summit Valley and Donner Peak, elevation 8,315 feet. Donner Lake, elevation 6,095 feet, lies about 1 mile to the northeast. The station is therefore essentially alpine in character. As much as 60 feet of snow have been recorded in a year at this point. The instruments and shelter formerly used were those of the ordinary railroad pattern, but in 1903 standard Weather Bureau instruments and shelter were installed. The shelter is located on the south side of the station buUding. The ther- mometers are about 10 feet above the ground, but only a few feet above the snow, which covers the ground a large part of the year. The rain gage stands in the open, about 15 feet from the depot. A snow gage, reading to 21 feet, is within a few feet of the rain gage. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; also from the daily extremes. Tabulated data are for the period of observation January 1, 1873, to December 31, 1903. MoNTHLT, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januabt 1, 1873, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean. Mean of the maxi- ma. Abso- lute maxi- mum. Mean of the mmi- ma. Abso- lute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. Snow. Month. Aver- age depth. Great- est depth m month. "F. 30 28 29 "F. 'F. 63 68 60 "F. 'F. - 6 -12 -10 °F. SJ 34 33 op 25 20 22 In. 7.9 8.2 7.0 6 9 10 In. 0.8 6.0 0.0 In. 7.9 12.7 5.2 In. 68 79 74 In. 245 268 207 29 23.1 1 25 5.8 25.8 221 March 31 36 43 60 67 74 - 4 6 18 37 42 60 23 28 36 8.0 1 11 6.2 6 2.1 ' 6 0.0 2.0 3.6 16.8 1.8 3.6 84 66 20 209 298 May 63 Spring mean 37 15. 3 22 5.6 21.2 159 June 53 61 60 92 96 98 28 33 32 61 68 70 44 64 52 0.6 0.2 0.6 1 1 T. 0.0 0.0 0.7 0.0 1.0 2 9 July 68 1.3 2 T. 1.7 2 September 54 44 36 S3 75 65 24 15 - 8 62 53 42 46 36 31 0.2 2.6 4.6 1 5 9 0.0 3.8 3.6 0.0 16.0 9.2 2 14 35 14 89 136 45 7.2 16 7.4 25.2 61 42 98 -12 46.9 64 18.8 73.9 433 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 80° or above. Year. Minimum below 0°. Maximum 80° or above. July 26-31; Sept. 10. July 18, 19, 23. None. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 10 July 30. July 23-25; Aug. 5-7; Sept. 6-9. Aug. 8. 1899 Feb 5 Jan. 26, 28 Feb. 12, 13 1900 PACIFIC COAST STATES. 985 CALIFORNIA. Foothill: PLACER COUNTY. Station: AUBURN. Agent of the Southern Pacific Railway Company, Observer. [Established by Southern Pacific Company, 1871. Latitude, 38° 64' N. Longitude, 121° 50' W. Elevation, 1,360 feet.] Auburn is situated a short distance southwest of the junction of the middle and north forks of American River. The elevation is about 1,400 feet, with the land sloping eastward to American River, where the elevation of the channel is about 500 feet. The Sierra Nevada Mountains, running through the eastern portion of the county, reach an elevation of 7,000 feet. The instruments and shelter were originally provided by the Southern Pacific Railroad Company in 1871. The shelter is of the railroad type and is located about 4 feet above the ground on the north side of the railroad station. A small rain gage about 6 inches in diameter is exposed about 6 feet above the ground. A standard rain gage was installed in January, 1904, by the side of the old gage. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. . Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number ol days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December °F. 47 46 48 op "F. 80 85 85 °F. "F. 18 12 20 'F. 64 63 64 °F. 43 38 40 In. 6.1 6.9 4.8 6 7 8 In. 1.6 6.9 "L5 In. 16 4 Winter mean 47 16.8 21 . 10.0 29 3 March 52 56 63 88 89 100 23 32 36 67 63 74 45 61 68 6.1 3.2 1.6 7 4 3 2.1 0.7 1.5 10 2 April 8 May ^ 67 9.9 14 4.3 71 77 76 108 110 110 46 64 48 80 80 82 64 72 71 0.4 T. T. 1 0.3 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 75 0.4 1 0.3 71 65 65 103 98 95 42 32 25 77 70 61 64 66 44 0.5 1.9 3.9 1 4 8 0.0 1.0 2.5 0.6 2 2 October November 64 6,3 13 3.5 Annual mean 61 110 12 33.4 49 18.1 62 3 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1898 Jan. 11-24 July 29,30; Aug. 11,12. None. Do. 1901 1902 1903 None do Feb. 15 None. Do. Do. 1899 Feb. 6 1900 986 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Qreat Valley: YOLO COUNTY. Station: DAVISVILLE. Agent of the Southern Pacific Railway Company, Observer. [Established by Southern Paciflo Company, 1871. Latitude, 38° 33' N. Longitude, 121° 43' W. Elevation, 51 feet.] This station is located some miles west of Sacramento. The surrounding country is very level for many miles. The thermometer used is of the Sala type, exposed in a small, perforated box, on the the north side of the railroad station and 4 feet above the ground. The rain gage is mounted, as is customary on the Southern Pacific Railway system, on a post. The rim of the gage is 7 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januaet 1, 1872, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. l/owest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December °F. 49 48 52 "i: "F. 83 76 86 "F. "F. 19 19 22 "F. 64 56 61 'F, 45 42 44 In. 3.3 3.5 2.4 4 7 5 In. 1.0 2.8 1.1 In. 9.0 0.2 0.4 50 9.2 16 49 9.6 March 56 61 68 94 98 106 32 35 41 65 69 74 48 51 62 2.2 1.4 0.7 6 2 2 0.5 0.1 0.3 6.6 April .' 1.2 May 1.5 62 4.3 10 0.9 9.3 June 75 78 74 110 113 112 46 52 50 83 84 86 68 71 70 0.2 T. T. 0.0 T. 0.0 0.3 July 0.0 0.0 RnTTiTnp.T Tnp.fi.n 76 0.2 T. 0.3 : : ; 72 65 56 108 106 87 45 36 26 81 77 62 62 59 51 0.2 0.9 1.8 4 6 0.0 0.7 0.3 0.0 October 8.1 November 3.0 Fall mean 64 2.9 10 1.0 11.1 63 113 19 16.6 36 6.8 30.0 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1898 Jan. 27. July 29; Aug. 11, 12. None. Do. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1 None. 1899 None None July 23, 24. 1900 do do . . . . None. ■ S. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 987 CALIFORNIA. Central Valley: SACRAMENTO COUNTY. Station: SACRAMENTO. Latitude, 38° 35' N. Longitude, 121° 30' W. J. H. Scare, Observer. [Established by tlie U. S. Signal Serrico June 26, 1877. Observations began July 1, 1877. Elevation, 29 feet.] The country adjacent to the station is level and practically treeless except for scattered live and white oaks. The banks of the American River just north of the city are heavily timbered. To the east the land rises almost imperceptibly for 10 to 20 miles. To the west the land lies much the same, and is bounded by the low coast range some 50 miles away. To the north and south the level of the valley is practically unbroken throughout its entire length. Directly southwest is the gap in the Coast Range through which the waters of the great interior valley are discharged by the Sacramento and San Joaquin rivers to the Pacific Ocean. All data not otherwise designated is for the whole period of observations, July 1, 1877, to December 31, 1903. Mean relative humidity, 8 a. m., January to June, inclusive, twenty-five years; July, August, and December, twenty-six years; September, October, and JSovember, twenty-seven years. The 8 a. m. observation was suspended from December 1, 1896, to August 31, 1897. Monthly precipitation for the driest year, January to June, inclusive, is from the record of Dr. T. M. Logan. All data used on this form or in the compilation of the same, except the ease mentioned above, are from the records of the U. S. Weather Bureau. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temjierature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. ba 3 1 s 1 ra 1 i a . o 1 a 6 ■S.S g ■a 1 , ii o ai H a| % 3. a o 3^a a«, o a p. 00 < a 5 47 46 50 °F. 54 52 58 "F. 69 72 76 °F. 40 39 42 "F. 24 19 21 °F. 50 50 54 -F. 43 42 46 In. 3.6 3,8 3.0 9 10 8 In. 1.4 2.8 1.0 In. 10 4 3.4 4.6 In. T. T. T. In. 4.0 3.0 T. P.ct. 85 88 86 Ots. 2.61 2.62 2.83 P.ct. 76 76 67 Grs. 3.34 3.00 3.14 SE. SE. SE. February 47 65 40 10.3 27 5.2 18.3 T. '86 2.69 73 3.16 SE. March . . 54 68 64 63 68 76 69 80 89 98 46 48 62 29 35 39 60 63 67 49 53 59 2.8 2.0 1.0 9 6 4 0.6 0.2 0.6 8.1 4.3 0.1 0.0 0.0 OO T. T. 0.0 84 83 82 3.07 3.40 3.71 62 57 54 3.54 3.97 4.59 SE. SW. SW. April May Spring mean 69 49 . 6.8 19 1.4 12.6 OO 83 3.39 58 4.03 SW June July 70 74 73 83 89 89 106 106 108 56 68 58 44 47 48 74 76 77 65 69 68 0.2 T. T. 1 T. T. T. 1.4 0.0 T. ao 0.0 ao 0.0 0.0 0.0 78 76 77 4.04 4.22 4.27 47 42 44 4.96 6.39 5.68 SW. s. s. Summer mean.. . . 72 87 57 0.2 1 T. 1.4 0.0 77 4.18 44 6.31 s. 70 62 54 62 84 74 64 106 98 81 56 50 43 44 36 27 76 66 58 65 58 49 0.3 1.1 2.2 1 4 6 0.0 0.7 1.1 6 2.0 ao 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 74 77 83 3.83 3.78 3.04 44 62 62 4.82 4.44 3.71 s. SE. ON. 74 60 3 6 11 1.8 2.6 0.0 78 3.55 63 4.32 SE. Annual mean 60 71 108 49 19 19.9 58 8.4 34.8 T. 4.0 81 3.45 57 4.21 SE. Dates of Tempeeatdee Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 100° or above. 1894 Jan. 3, 5, 6; Dec. 26... Jan. 26; Dec. 29 Jan. 1, 4, 5 July 9, 17; Aug. 1, 25-28. June 23, July 7-10. July 10-13, 31; Aug. 19, 21-23. July 2, 25-30; Aug. 9-14. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Feb. 4-7 July 18, 19, 23; Sept. 23, 24. July 7; Aug. 1-3. June 28; July 31; Aug. 2, 3, 10-12. 1896 Dec. 31 1896 Jan. 1,10; Dec. 16, 17, 21. Jan. 26, 27; Nov. 28... Jan. 17 1897 Dec 20, 21-23 . . . 1898 Jan. 1, 9-14, 16-18, 24, 28; Mar. 23; Dee. 10-12, 16, 24, 30, 31. July 22-24; Aug. 3; Sept. 6. June 7, 24, 27; Sept. 2. 988 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Bay District: NAPA COUNTY. Station: NAPA. W. H. Maetin, Observer. [Established by Southern Pacific Company in 1877. Latitude, 38° 17' N. Longitude, 122° 15' W. Elevation, 60 feet.] Napa is situated in the Napa Valley, one of several valleys opening to the north from the San Francisco Bay district. The surrounding hills are of moderate elevation. The general movement of the air is from the south, and in summer months from the north. This station was originally equipped with the customary instruments furnished by the Southern Pacific Company, but for many years back the records have been kept at the State Hospital. The instruments used are a Draper thermograph and a common mercurial thermometer. The instruments are exposed in a Stevenson screen in a corner of a garden 100 feet from any tall trees. The standard rain gage is located on the top of a building 30 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Aj^nual Means, Jandakt 1, 1878, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 46 45 49 'F. 58 55 61 'F. S3 83 86 "F. 37 38 40 °F. 18 20 18 °F. 51 53 66 'F. 41 39 41 In. 4.4 5.1 3.4 6 8 9 In. LO 1.2 3.8 In. February 1 47 68 38 12.9 23 6.0 14.1 52 56 60 63 70 74 84 93 101 41 43 47 24 . 32 33 57 62 66 48 52 57 3.4 2.2 1.0 9 5 3 0.1 0.3 L6 April 6 May 2 2 56 69 44 6.6 17 2.0 11' 6 65 66 65 82 83 82 108 106 110 50 51 52 39 39 42 71 73 70 61 61 61 0.2 T. T. 1 0.4 0.0 ■ 0.0 0.0 July Summer mean 65 82 51 0.2 1 0.4 64 59 62 82 77 64 106 102 89 49 48 44 39 32 19 70 66 58 68 50 47 0.4 LI 2.5 2 6 8 0.6 0.9 0.6 October.. 6 3 November 3 9 68 74 47 40 15 2.1 Annnfil Tnpji.n 67 71 110 45 18 23.7 56 10.5 34 9 Dates of Tempeeatdre Extremes foe the Period Januaet 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 Deo. 23 None. Do. Do. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None. Aug. 1. 1898 Jan. 26-28; Mar. 23; Dec. 12-31. Feb. 4 Jan. 1 Do. 1899 Feb.3 Do. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 989 CALIFORNIA. Central Coast: SAN FRANCISCO COUNTY. Station: SAN FRANCISCO. Prof. A. G. McAdie, District Forecaster. [Established by Signal Service February, 1871. Latitude, 37° 48' N. Longitude, 122° 26' W. Elevation, 28 feet.] The city lies on the northern end of the southern peninsula and is surrounded by water at all points except to the south. The northern peninsula reaches to within a mile of the southern peninsula. Between the two is the water passage known as the Golden Gate. The prevailing movement of the air is from west along the entire coast in these latitudes and the narrow waterway connecting as it does the great inland valley and the ocean intensifies the air movement. The Weather Bureau office is located on the tenth floor of the Mills Building, the instruments being exposed on the roof at elevations varying from ISO to 170 feet above the ground. The Weather Bureau records begin on February 2, 1871, the oflBce (Signal Office) being then located in the old Merchants' Exchange. On September 4, 1890, the office was moved to the Phelan Building, remaining there a little over two years. It has been in its present quarters since November 1, 1892. The thermometers are 161 feet above the ground and the rain gage 154 feet. It has been found by comparative readings that the catch at this elevation is less, owing to eddy effects caused by high winds, than would be the case if the gage were nearer the ground. The sunshine record is for nine years, 1895-1903; the humidity for fifteen years, 1889-1903. Remainder of tabulated data is from the full period of observation, thirty-two years, January 1, 1872, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. bo a i o — i a B B |i < B Q u i 1 ■a B 1 < I a (d ■a H s s 1 •si ill 4J+J S o +3 4^ ''I ii lit Snow, S 00 i s d 1 a 00 > a d □o D < o .d o bo o oSil Month. o ho , o a' < a . o a December. op 51 SO 52 'F. 66 65 67 "F. 72 73 80 °F. 47 45 46 "F. 34 29 33 °F. 54 55 67 "F. 48 46 47 In. 4.3 4.5 3.4 11 11 10 In. 1.6 1.1 2.1 In. 7.7 3.9 6.6 In. 0.1 0.0 0.0 In. 3.5 T. T. P.ct. &5 86 85 Grs. 3.23 3.04 3.12 F.ct. 75 75 70 Ors. 3.39 3.28 3.28 164 161 171 66 53 66 N. N. W. 61 66 46 12.2 32 4.8 18.2 0.1 85 3.13 73 3.32 165 55 N. March 64 66 57 60 61 63 80 88 97 48 49 61 33 40 43 58 59 60 48 51 51 3.2 1.8 0.7 10 7 4 0.2 0.2 1.4 8.2 6.3 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 85 85 87 3.35 3.46 3.80 71 71 72 3.44 3.66 3.87 217 267 288 60 70 67 W. April W. May w. Spring mean 65 61 49 5.7 21 1.8 14.7 0.0 86 3.64 71 3.62 257 66 w. June . 69 69 69 65 66 65 100 93 92 62 63 53 47 47 46 62 62 62 54 64 65 0.2 T. T. 2 0.2 0.0 0.0 2.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 89 91 93 4.03 4.26 4.51 72 77 79 4.00 4.42 4.69 360 316 257 76 71 60 w. July sw. August sw. 69 65 53 0.2 3 0.2 2.6 0.0 91 4.27 76 4.37 311 69 sw. 61 60 56 68 66 62 94 94 83 54 54 61 47 45 38 65 64 59 56 51 52 0.3 1.3 2.8 2 5 7 1.1 0.9 0.5 0.3 2.6 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 89 87 85 4.46 4.22 3.85 73 72 71 4.48 4.14 3.81 246 236 180 67 67 57 w. w November w. 59 65 53 4.4 14 2.5 3.2 0.0 87 4.18 72 4.14 221 64 w 66 62 100 50 29 22.5 69 9.3 38.7 0.1 3.5 87 3.79 73 3.86 2,39 63 w Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Aug. 26; Sept. 21, 22. None. May 26. Sept. 16. None. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 None. Oct 8 1895 do do Sept. 21, 22. Oct. 12. do do - . do 1897 do 1898 do do June 6; July 2; Sept. 9. 990 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Central Coast: ALAMEDA COUNTY. Station: LIVERMORE. E. G. Still, Observer. [Established by Soutbem Pacific Company March, 1870. Latitude, 37° 40' N. Longitude, 121° 45' \V. Elevation, 485 feet.] Livermore is situated in the Contra Costa Hills about midway between the Bay of San Francisco and the San Joaquin River. The general movement of the air is from west to east. There is a marked difference in temperature between Livermore and San Francisco, due chiefly to topography. The station was originally equipped with a thermograph and rain gage of the type used by the Southern Pacific Kailroac Company; but in 1902 standard Weather Bureau instruments and shelter were installed by Mr. Elmer G. Still. The shelter and rain gage are on the roof of a house, 20 feet above the ground, and 35 feet from a two-stoiy building. The height of the thermometers is about 23 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and ANNnAL Means, Januaet 1, 1871, to Decembkb 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Me.an. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 50 49 52 °_F. °F. 84 85 89 °F. T. 23 20 26 °F. 57 54 60 "F. 44 43 45 In. 3.1 2.8 2.3 5 7 In. 0.7 2.5 0.6 In. 6.2 January 4.0 February 5.3 50 8.2 19 3.8 15.5 March, . 54 57 61 90 94 104 29 30 38 60 64 72 48 62. 55 2.2 1.2 0.6 6 4 3 1.1 0.1 0.4 5.9 April 2.7 May. 0.2 57 . 4.0 13 1.6 8.8 Jnnfi 68 70 70 108 111 112 41 41 45 82 79 78 57 62 62 0.2 T. T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.7 July. 0.0 0.1 RnTTiTnpr Tnpn.n , . 69 0.2 0.0 1.8 September .. 68 63 65 106 104 85 42 35 28 80 70 64 59 58 45 0.3 0.8 1.8 1 4 6 0.0 1.3 1.3 0.3 October 1.1 T. Fall mean 62 . 2.9 11 2.6 1.4 60 112 20 15.3 43 8.0 27.5 Dates of Temperatdee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 Dec. 21 None. Do. Do. Do. 1901 1902 1903 None None. July 24. None. 1898 Jan. 27 Deo. 29 1899 Jan. 16; Feb. 3, 16, 17.. 1900 Dec. 30, 31 PAOIFIO 0OA.BT STATES. 991 CALIFORNIA. Bay District: SANTA CLARA COUNTY. Station: SAN JOSE. A. Bettens, Observer. [Established by Southern Paolflo Company in December, 1873. Latitude, 37° 21' N. Longitude, 121° 52' W. Elevation, 95 feet.] San Jose lies about 50 miles southeast of San Francisco, or about 8 miles southeast of the lower end of San Francisco Bay. The Santa Clara Valley lies between the Santa Craz Mountains on the south and west and the foothills of the Coast Range on the east. The elevation of San Jose varies from about 80 to 100 feet above sea level, and an elevation of 400 feet, except immediately south of the city, is not reached within a radius of 5 miles. Within 10 miles elevations ranging from 400 to 2,000 feet are reached. The instruments originally used were at the railway station and of the railway type, but in December, 1900, the Weather Bureau installed standard instruments. These are now located at the St. James Hotel, the shelter with thermometers being placed in an open court and the rain gage located on the northwest comer of a building about 35 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Januakt 1, 1874, to Decembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean oi tlie maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Higliest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 50 48 51 °J?. "F. 78 78 82 "F. "F. 22 18 24 'F. 58 58 55 'F. m 40 45 In. 2.6 2.7 2.2 5 8 9 In. 1.9 2.2 0.5 In. 10.6 0.5 0.7 60 7.5 22 4.6 11.8 March 54 56 60 86 87 104 26 29 32 58 62 68 49 52 50 2.6 1.4 0.8 9 5 3 0.8 0.0 0.1 6.8 April 0.8 May 1.0 57 4.6 17 0.9 7.6 66 67 67 104 100 101 35 41 42 76 71 70 60 65 63 0.1 0.0 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 T. July 0.0 0.0 67 1 0.1 0.0 T. 65 60 54 99 93 84 37 32 25 71 66 59 62 56 48 0.2 0.9 1.5 1 4 6 0.0 0.4 0.8 0.0 4.5 1.7 60 1 2.8 11 1.2 6.2 • 58 104 18 ; 14 8 50 6.7 1 Dates of Temperatuke Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 100° or above. 1897 None. Do. Do. Do. June 28. 1902 1903 Jan. 10, 11, 27; Dec. 28,30. Jan. 12, 13, 16; Feb. 3- 6, 13, 15-17; Deo. 29, 30. None. June 6. \ 1898 Jan. 27; Dec. 11, 12... Feb. 5 1900 Dec. 31 1901 Jan. 1, 10, 27; Feb. 1, 2, 7,9711; Dec. 13, 15. 1076— Bull. Q— 06 63 992 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Great Valley: MERCED COUNTY. Station: MERCED. Agent of the Sajita Fe Railway Compaitt, Observer. IjEstablished by Southern Pacific Company in September, 1871. Latitude, 37° 19' N. Longitude, 120° 30' W. Elevation, 173 feet.] This station is located in the heart of the San Joaquin Valley, and its climatic conditions fairly represent those of the valley. The land is level in all directions for many miles. The station was originally equipped with the ordinary outfit furnished by the Southern Pacific Company, but in 1899 standard instruments were installed. The thermometers in use are a maximum and a minimum, exposed in a cotton-region shelter about 4 feet above the ground. The shelter is about 100 feet from the nearest building. A standard rain gage is now in Use; the former gage was a small one, about 2 J inches in diameter, exposed on top of semaphore pole about 25 feet in height. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1874, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Higliest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. op 48 47 51 "F. "F. 82 73 80 °F. °J^. 16 20 23 "F. 55 53 57 °F. 43 41 43 In. 1.7 2.1 1.3 3 6 5 In. 0.8 1.1 T. In. 3 6 1 6 Winter mean 49 5.1 14 L9 9 6 55 60 67 92 96 106 25 28 32 65 66 74 47 52 59 1.4 1.1 0.6 6 3 2 0.5 T. 0.5 5 4 5.6 May 0.9 Spring mean - . . 61 3.1 11 1.0 11.9 75 82 79 109 114 120 38 46 48 80 87 84 66 76 74 0.2 T. T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.7 July 0.0 0.0 Summer mean 79 0.2 0.0 1 7 74 65 55 110 105 ■ 86 38 30 26 80 72 60 62 58 60 0.2 0.5 1.2 1 2 4 0.0 0.1 1.2 0.0 0.5 T. Fall mean 65 1.9 7 1.3 5 63 120 16 10.3 32 4.2 23.7 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 Dec. 20 None. Aug. 11, 12, 14. July 18, 19. None. Aug. 2, 3, 12. 1902 1903 Jan. 25-29, 31; Feb. 2 . Jan. 17, 18; Feb. 13-22, 25-27; Nov. 15, 17; Dec. 5-12, 25-29. July 23, 24. None. 1898 Dec. 10, 11 1899 Feb. 5, 6 1900 Dec. 30,31 1901 Jan. 1,10, 31; Feb. 1,2; Dec. 12-19, 28. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 993 CALIFORNIA. Central Coast: SANTA CRUZ COUNTY. Station: SANTA CRUZ. Ealph C. Speingee, Observer. [Established by Southern Paciflo Company January, 1873. Latitude, 36° 57' N. Longitude, 122° 02' W. Elevation, 20 feet.] Santa Cruz is located on the northern shore of Monterey Bay. To the north and east rise the Santa Cruz Mountains, which are well wooded. The valley is surrounded on three sides by mountains and faces the ocean. The instruments originally used were of the customary railroad pattern and installed at the railroad station. Since 1902 standard Weather Bureau instruments have been used. The thermometers, maximum and minimum, are in a standard shelter, properly exposed. The height of the thermometers is 5 feet above the ground. The rain gage is close by and exposed according to regulations. The gage is 3 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1873, to Decembee 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 52 51 53 "F. 63 62 62 'F. 77 81 82 "F. 36 38 38 "F. 25 23 22 "F. 67 56 58 "F. 48 46 46 In. 5.3 5.0 40 5 9 10 In. 2.2 2.2 2.7 In. 20.4 1.0 1.4 52 62 37 14.3 24 7.1 22.8 54 58 60 64 68 70 86 95 96 39 41 44 29 29 31 61 63 66 49 .52 51 4.0 2.3 1.0 9 4 3 1.4 0.6 1.4 6.8 0.8 May 1.8 57 67 41 7.3 16 3.3 9.4 63 64 64 76 75 76 100 96 108 45 47 48 34 36 40 68 70 69 59 60 60 0.2 T. T. 1 0.1 0.0 T. 0.0 July 0.0 0.0 64 76 47 0.2 1 0.1 0.0 63 60 66 76 74 67 101 95 89 46 44 41 37 33 29 68 66 63 59 56 52 0.5 1.8 2.7 1 6 8 2.2 0.4 0.9 0.0 9.6 2.6 60 72 44 5.0 14 3.6 12.1 58 69 108 42 22 26.8 55 14.0 44.3 Dates of Temperature Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 100° or above. 1897 1898 1899 Jan. 1; Feb. 21; Mar. 12; Nov. 16; Dec. 20. Jan. 11, 27; Feb. 22; Mar. 29; Nov. 8, 12, 25, 26; Dec. 10-13, 22-24, 29-31. Feb 3-7 None. ■June 24. None. Aug. 1. 1901 1902 1003 Jan. 1; Feb. 2, 10, 11; Mar. 28; Apr. 4, 7; Dee. 12-16. Jan. 10, 26-31; Feb. 1, 2; Dec. 12, 13, 27, 28, 30,31. Jan. 4, 14; Feb. 2, 3, 5, 6, 12-18; Dec. 9. None. Do. June 5. 1900 Jan. 10, 11; Deo. 28-31.. 994 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Coast Valley: SAN BENITO. Station: HOLLISTER. J. N. Thompson, Observer. [Establislied by Soutbem Pacific Company September, 1873. Latitude, 36° 51' N. Longitude, 121° 25' W. Elevation, 2841eet.] Hollister is situated near the terminus of the Tres Pinos line of the Southern Pacific Railroad, about 20 miles east of Monterey Bay. The country is, as a rule, mountainous, with valleys opening from the north. Previous to 1902 self- registering thermometers were used; but at the present time standard Weather Bureau thermometers, shelter, and rain gage are in use. The location of the instruments has remained about the same, in an open space and free from influence of buildings or trees. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1874, to Decembeb 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- miun. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- minn. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 60 49 62 "F. 61 59 62 "F. 74 80 SO 'F. 34 36 38 "F. 19 19 19 "F. 66 64 57 'F. 46 43 45 In. 2.0 2.5 1.7 5 7 8 Iv. 1.3 0.8 1.0 In. 3.6 1.0 3.8 50 61 36 6.2 20 3.1 8.4 Maioh 64 68 62 64 69 71 87 96 99 39 40 44 26 28 32 60 66 77 48 51 64 2.0 1.1 0.5 9 5 3 0.6 0.8 0.8 4.4 April.. 2.7 May 0.6 58 68 41 3.6 17 2.2 7.7 66 67 67 80 81 80 105 99 105 47 48 50 35 38 41 76 77 75 60 63 61 0.1 T. T. 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.8 July 0.0 August 0.1 67 80 48 0.1 1 0.0 1.9 66 61 64 82 ' 67 106 98 89 48 45 40 36 32 23 76 69 60 68 57 50 0.1 0.8 1.5 1 4 6 0.3 0.1 0.4 0.0 1.3 0.0 60 75 44 2.4 11 0.8 1.3 69 71 105 42 19 12.3 49 6.1 19.3 Dates op Temperatuee Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. Mini-mnTTi hfil nw 9fi°. Maximum 100° or above. 1897 1898 1899 1900 Jan. 3; Feb. 22; Dee. 3,4,17,19-23,26,31. Jan. 8, 10, 11, 13, 24, 26, 27, 29, 30; Mar. 23; Nov. 26; Dec. 8, 10- 13,24,30,31. Feb. 4, 5, 7; Deo. 19, 20. Dec. 31 None. June 24; Aug. 9, 14; Sept. 11. Sept. 13, 18. Aug. 1,2; Sept. 22. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1,2,10; Feb. 2, 10, 11; Dec. 12-20. Jan. 5, 8-12, 26-30; Dec. 30, 31. Jan. 4, 13-16; Feb. 3, 5, 6, 13-17; Dec. 6-8, 10, 28-30. June 27, 28. Aug. 30; Sept. 1. June 5, 6, 27. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 995 CALIFORNIA. San Joaquin Valley: FRESNO COUNTY. Station: FRESNO. J. P. Bolton, Observer. [Established by Signal Service in August, 1887. Latitude, 30° 43' N, Longitude, IW 49' W. Elevation, 288 feet.] This station is near the center of the city of Fresno, in the San Joaquin Valley, about midway between the Sierra and Coast Range Mountains. It is equipped with a barograph, a thermograph, a sunshine recorder, wet and dry bulb, and maximum and mini- mum thermometers. The shelter is 14.5 feet above the roof of the Farmers' National Bank, and 67 feet above the ground. The rain gage is erected 10 feet south of the shelter on a small wooden platform 54 feet above ground. The com- bination wind vane and anemometer support is erected on a wooden platform 13 feet south of the shelter. It has a good exposure, free from all obstructions, and is 74 feet above ground. The tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Humidity, fourteen years, 1889 to 1902; sunshine, five years, 1899-1903. Remainder of data is from the period of observation January 1, 1888, to December 31, 1902, fifteen years. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 H 1 s Month. o — a . o 1 1 2 . 1 li o 1 I- ■se o a m as as 6^ a* a CO 1 ■3 a 00 a p. 00 1 ■3 d P, 00 1 1 < M 3 O J5 a •s s < o k ® o o December. "F. 46 45 51 "F. 54 63 61 °F. 72 69 80 °F. 38 37 40 "F. 23 20 24 °F. 50 61 54 "F. 44 42 47 In. 1.6 1.6 1.3 7 7 7 In. 0.4 0.4 1.2 In. 4.1 2.3 2.0 F.a. 91 91 89 Gts. 2.79 2.59 2.83 P.ct. 70 71 57 Ots. 3.06 3.00 2.96 161 70 181 53 24 60 NW. NW. NW. 47 56 38 4.5 21 2.0 8.4 90 2.74 66 3.01 137 46 NW. 54 60 67 66 74 82 87 98 104 43 47 53 28 34 38 59 67 72 49 55 63 1.5 0.6 0.6 7 4 3 0.7 0.0 0.8 0.3 0.1 1.2 86 81 74 3.04' 3.19 3.47 49 34 27 3.11 2.80 2.96 241 324 370 64 82 86 NW. NW. May NW. Spring mean 00 74 48 2.6 14 1.5 1.6 80 3.23 37 2.95 312 77 NW 75 82 81 91 100 98 112 114 113 59 64 63 45 50 51 80 85 86 69 79 75 0.1 T. T. 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 1.2 T. T. 69 50 64 3.39 3.39 3.64 19 14 16 2.73 2.64 2.82 404 429 400 92 96 96 NW. July NW. NW 79 96 62 0.1 1 0.0 1.2 54 3.47 16 2.70 411 94 NW September 74 64 55 89 78 67 111 100 84 58 50 43 44 36 27 83 68 59 68 60 51 0.3 0,6 1.1 1 3 4 1.1 T. 0.3 0.8 0.4 0.3 62 76 76 3.56 3.39 3.69 22 37 47 2.98 3.56 2.98 3J6 290 191 90 83 62 NW NW. November \. NW. 64 78 50 2.0 8 1.4 1.5 71 3.55 35 3.17 272 78 NW 03 76 114 50 20 9.2 44 4-9 12.7 74 3.25 39 2.96 283 74 Dates of Tempekatuhe Extremes foe the Peeiod January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Jan. 3, 5-10, 17, 19; Feb. 2, 11, 22; Dec. 2, 4, 13. Jan. 3,7,28-30; Dec. 4, 18,23,26-27,29-31. Jan. 1-6; Feb. 4; Nov. 27,29,30; Dec.]. Jan. 3, 6; Feb. 23, 24; Mar. 13,21,30; Nov. 25-27; Dec. 1, 4, 19-26, 28-31. Jan. 1, 2, 4, 10-14, 18, 21,24,27,29,30. Maximum 100° or above. June 30; July 2-9, 11-13, 17, IS, 20-24, 30, 31; Aug. 1-4, 14, 16, 19, 20, 22, 25-28; Sept. 10, 22, 23. June 5, 12, 19, 20; July 7-9, 14-16, 21-25; Aug. 1-7, 13-20, 24, 26. May 26, 27; June 11-17, 20-26; July 3-21, 24,31; Aug. 14-16, 24-26; Sept. 4-6. June 6, 7, 12, 29, 30; July 1, 10-20, 24^ 31; Aug. 1,2,5, 6, 13, 14,16-24. June 24-29; July 2-7, 12, 15, IS, 19,24-31; Aug. 1, S-15, 22-24; Sept. 11, 12, 16, 17. Year. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Minimum below 32°, Jan. 4,5,9; Feb. 3-7. Dec. 31. , Jan.1,2,10; Deo.11-18, "21 27 29 Jan.' 11-13. 18, 26-30; Feb. 1; Dec. 14, 15, 20,21,28-31. Jan. 10, 11,1,5-18; Feb. 2, 3, 6, 13-17; Dec. 6-7,9-11,26,27. Maximum 100° or above. June 9-11, 14-18, 23, 28-30; July 1-4, 9-11 14,15-20,23-27; Aug.l; Sept. 10, 12. 13, 18-21,24,25. June 5, 6, 27, 28; July 6-13, 15-19, 27-31; Aug. 1-3, 26. June 27-30; July 5, 6, 9-12, 18-29, 31; Aug, 1-3, 5-17; Sept. 15. June 8-10, 16, 18-23, 29; July 9-13, 17-24; Aug. 2-8,31; Sept. 1, 2, 4, 7, 8. May 31; June 5-8, 24-28; July 4, 27, 30, 31; Aug, 1, 2, 4, 6-10. 12, 13, 17, IS, 20, 31; Sept, 1-4, 996 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. East Sierra District: INYO COUNTY. Station: INDEPENDENCE. Latitude, 36° 48' N. Longitude, 118° 12' W. Chaei.es C. Gaeeett, Observer. [Established in December, 1894; discontinued in March, 1896; reestablished in March, : Elevation, 3,884 feet.] This station is located on the third floor of the Norman House, on the principal street of the village of Independence. The town is situated in a long, deep valley, and is nearly midway between two high ranges of mountains — the Sierras, about 5 miles to the west, and the Inyos, about 6 miles to the east. The former range has an ayerage elevation of over 12,000 feet, and the latter of over 10,000 feet above sea level. There is a gradual slope from the town to Owens River, about 4 miles to the east. The thermometers are exposed in a standard instrument shelter on the roof of the office building at an elevation of 51 feet above the ground. The height of the rain gage is 43 feet; the anemometer, 58 feet; the wind vane, 60 feet, and the the sunshine recorder, 45 feet above the ground. The exposure of the instruments is free and unobstructed. Observations have been taken twice daily since the establishment of the station, with the exception of the period between March, 1896, and March, 1898, during which time the station was discontinued. Tabulated data are from the full period of observation, seven years, December 1, 1894, to March 12, 1896, and March 5 1898, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 1 a O— ' < 1 ■3.§ 1 ■a 1 _ o < a a§ la 1 H % o 1^ ^ o§ a % ©■a u II Snow. a QO a 00 gT 3 "o CO a a 00 1 « a p. 00 £ c 1 ■s Month. M . Id Jj SI < oa— « cc "o-S 1 s "F. 42 41 45 °ji-. 53 52 66 op 70 69 75 "F. 30 31 33 "F. 15 10 11 °F. 45 47 48 "F. 38 38 38 In. 0.4 1.0 0.6 3 5 2 In. 0.0 0.7 0.3 In. 0.1 2.8 0.6 In. 0.4 2.1 0.6 In. 2.3 5.3 2.2 P.O.. 49 54 48 Grs. 1.40 1.33 1.27 F.ct. 34 37 28 Grs. L20 1.36 1.27 221 234 211 72 75 70 NW. January NW. February NW. Winter mean 43 64 31 2.0 10 X.O 3.6 3.1 60 1.33 33 1.28 222 72 NW. March. 49 57 63 60 69 76 78 87 89 37 44 50 19 28 34 55 62 66 44 52 60 0.3 0.2 0.1 2 2 2 0.3 0.2 T. T. T. 0.4 T. 0.1 0.0 0.1 0.4 T. 42 35 36 L24 L28 1.69 18 15 16 0.90 1.06 1.32 272 344 37^ 73 87 85 W. April , . . NW. May NW. Spring mean 66 68 44 0.6 6 0.5 0.4 0.1 38 1.40 16 1.09 329 82 NW. 74 79 76 87 92 89 101 105 104 60 66 62 38 49 46 75 80 80 72 77 72 0.1 T. 0.1 1 1 2 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.1 0.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 27 23 31 1.71 1.78 2.17 12 10 14 1.63 1.48 1.89, 402 408 354 91 91 84 NW. July SE. SE. 76 89 63 0.2 4 T. 0.4 0.0 27 1.89 12 1.63 388 89 SE. 69 60 50 84 73 62 97 88 81 56 47 37 34 29 24 75 64 53 64 65 45 0.1 0.3 0.5 1 2 3 T. 0.4 T. 0.0 0.6 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.6 0.0 0.0 3.2 28 38 45 1.61 1.60 1.38 13 20 28 1.47 1.60 1.36 328 310 236 88 89 77 NW. October NW. November . . . NW. Fall mean 60 73 47 0.9 6 0.4 0.8 0.6 37 1.63 20 1.44 291 85 NW 59 71 105 46 10 3.7 26 1.9 ,6.1 3.7 5.3 38 1.64 20 1.36 308 82 NW Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 22°. Maximum 100° or above. Year. ' Minimum below 22°. 1 Maximum 100° or above. 1894 1895 Dec. 4 (record incom- plete). Jan. 20, 26-28; Deo. 16-21,23-26,29-31. Jan. 1, 2, 5 (record incomplete). Record incomplete. Aug. 5, 6. Record incomplete. No record. July 15, 26-31; Aug. 1, 10, 11. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1, 4-6, 9, 13, 14; Feb. 3-7; Dec. 14, 16, 20. Dec. 31 July 18, 19. July 11. June 29. July 24; Aug. 2. 1896 1897 Jan. 1-3, 9-11; Feb. 2, 10; Dec. 12, 13. Jan. 20, 25-31; Feb. l;Dec. 16, 19,31. Jan. 30; Feb. 3, 6, 6, 8, 12-16. 1898 Mar. 14, 18, 22. 23; Dec. 11-13,24.30,31 (record incomplete). PACIFIC COAST STATES. 997 CALIFORNIA. Central Coast: MONTEREY COUNTY. Station: KINQ CITY. Hakky E. Wetzel, Observer. (EstaWislied by Southern Pacific Railroad Company, October, 1886. Latitude, 36° 12' N. Longitude, 121° 06' W. Elevation, 333 Jeet.) This station is located in the Salinas Valley, about midway between its northern and southern limits. The general trend of the valley is from southeast to northwest. This station had the usual Southern Pacific Company outfit, consisting of a small thermometer in a perforated box and the usual rain gage, but in June, 1902, a standard Weather Bureau outfit, comprising maximum thermometer, minimum thermometer, rain gage and support, and a shelter, were installed. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; also from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1887, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Iflghest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 49 48 49 °F. "F. 80 80 83 °J?. "F. 20 15 17 "F. 61 62 57 "F. 44 42 45 In. 2.2 2.0 1.6 2 5 6 In. 0.3 0.5 L3 In. 8 1 9 49 5.7 13 2.1 10 3 64 56 60 89 102 109 27 28 32 61 63 66 47 50 50 1.8 0.5 0.3 6 3 2 0.5 0.1 0.2 April 3 May .... 5 57 2.6 11 0.8 64 67 66 112 110 114 36 38 41 69 70 73 59 67 57 T. 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 66 T. 0.0 0.0 66 59 54 108 100 90 36 30 20 74 66 62 58 52 46 0.2 0.8 1.5 3 3 0.0 0.0 0.2 0.0 2.7 Fall mean 60 2.5 6 0.2 6 9 88 114 15 10.8 30 3.1 24.1 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Pfjiiod January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 None. Do. Do. Aug. 1. None. 1902 1903 Jan. 28, 30; Dec. 14, 28, 30, 31. Jan. 13-16,18,30; Feb. 3, 5, 6, 13-18; Nov. 9; Dec. 6-10, 26, 28. None. Do. 1898 1899 Jan. 10-13, 26, 27, 29; Dec. 10, 12, 31. Feb. 5 1901 Jan. 1,2; Dec. 13-16... 998 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Great Valley: TULARE COUNTY. Station: VISALIA. Agent of the Santa Fe Railway Company, Observer. [Established by the Southern Pacific Company, January, 1870. Latitude, 36° 20' N. Longitude, 119"" 17' W. Elevation, 334 feet.] Visalia is situated in the southern end of the San Joaquin Valley near the foothills of the Sierra. From January 1, 1888, to July 31, 1898, records were kept by Mr. L. V. Nanscawen. In June, 1899, the Valley Railroad installed regular Weather Bureau instruments. Maximum and minimum thermometers, exposed in a regulation cotton region shelter 4 feet above the ground, are now in use. The shelter is 100 feet west of the south end of the station, which is the nearest building. The rain gage in use is a small gage 2i inches in diameter, and is exposed on the top of a semaphore 25 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Jandaet 1, 1888, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. ' Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the miu- im.a. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December "F. 45 44 49 °F. 58 57 64 "F. 75 78 86 "F. 33 34 40 °F. 19 17 21 "F. 48 60 53 "F. 41 37 46 In. 1.4 2.0 1.2 6 6 5 In. 0.2 L8 0.6 In. 3 2 0.7 0.4 Winter mean 46 60 36 4.6 17 2.6 43 March 52 58 66 69 73 82 83 104 103 39 42 50 22 30 35 58 63 69 47 51 63 1.7 0.8 0.6 6 3 2 2.2 0.2 0.0 3.5 April 0.6 l&y 1.2 69 75 44 3.1 11 2.4 5.2 74 80 79 94 100 99 108 US 110 56 57 56 38 46 49 81 85 86 67 75 73 0.1 0.0 0.0 1 1 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 78 98 56 0.1 2 0.1 September 71 63 52 92 82 69 107 98 86 51 46 41 37 31 23 80 67 57 65 68 41 0.5 9.6 0.9 1 2 3 0.1 0.0 0.4 0.0 4.1 0.7 62 81 46 2.0 6 0.5 48 ATiTma.l TneaTi 61 78 113 45 17 9.8 36 5.6 14 3 Dates of Temperatuke Extremes foe the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 None None. Do. July 19. None. Aug. 12. 1902 1903 Jan. 11, 12, 15, 16, 19, 20, 22, 26-31. Jan. 1, 15-19; Mar. 6, 7; Dec. 6-12, 15, 24- 30. July 12, 13, 18, 21, 23. None. 1898 Jan. 24, 26, 27 1899 1900 1901 Jan. 5; Feb. 4-9 Dec. 27,28,30,31 Jan. 1, 8; Dec. 9-21, 27-29. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 999 CALIFORNIA. Central Coast District: SAN LUIS OBISPO COUNTY. Station: SAN LUIS OBISPO. J. R. Williams, Observer. [Established by Signal Service June 1, 1885. On April 1, 1886, the office and records were burned. The office was reestablished by the Weather Bureau August 1, 1894. Latitude, 35° 18' N. Longitude, 120° 39' W. Elevation, 194 feet.] The town lies between the Santa Lucia Mountains, 5 miles to the east and north, and the Pacific Ocean, 8 miles to the west and south. The mountains range in elevation from 1,700 to 2,800 feet. A portion of the town is built on the base of San Luis Mountain, which is 1,292 feet high. The office has the standard equipment. The thermometers are 11 feet above ground, the top of the rain gage 3 feet, and the anemometer cups 46 feet. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, Acgust 1, 1894, to Deoembek 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Mean humidity. '3 Month. 1 ii a 1 a . |i < 1^ 1 "o— ' 1 ■a ■a _ 1 r a§ 1 i CO U O ■go ill 11 1% 6 00 B CO 'o .a < s OC 1 A OC 1 1 s- 1 5 °F. 54 63 54 "F. 66 63 66 "F. 82 83 86 "F. 41 42 43 "F. 24 22 26 °F. 66 56 66 °F. 51 48 49 In. 2.1 6.2 3.0 5 8 6 In. 0.6 1.4 2.2 In. 4.5 6.6 0.3 P.cl. 71 76 76 Ors. 2.42 2.70 2.79 P.ct. 53 60 60 Gts. 2.94 3.22 3.33 N. N. N. 54 65 42 10.3 19 4.2 10.4 74 2.64 58 3.16 N. March 54 56 58 65 68 69 90 97 98 44 45 47 28 32 34 58 60 62 51 51 54 3.3 1.4 0.4 8 4 2 0.9 0.1 1.0 7.6 1.5 0.1 80 79 82 2.93 3.00 3.46 62 60 65 3.44 3.56 3.99 W. April w. May w. Spring mean 56 67 45 6.1 14 2.0 9.2 80 3.13 62 3.66 w. 63 65 65 76 78 78 105 99 106 50 61 53 37 42 40 64 68 66 61 61 64 0.1 T. T. T. 0.0 0.0 0.9 0.0 0.0 84 87 88 3.80 4.08 4.27 56 64 67 419 4.31 4.40 w. July w. w. 64 77 51 0.1 T. 0.9 86 4.05 56 4 30 w. 64 62 58 78 75 70 100 98 94 61 50 46 41 38 28 66 65 60 63 59 56 0.2 1.6 1.9 4 6 0.2 0.4 0.1 0.0 3.9 1.9 82 81 75 3.84 3.67 3.06 58 61 61 4 34 414 3.76 w. N. N. 61 74 49 3.7 9 0.7 5.8 79 3.62 60 408 N. 69 71 106 47 22 19.2 42 6.9 26.3 ,80 3.33 59 3.80 W Dates of Temperature Extremes pok the Period August 1, 1894, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. MiTiiinnTn helnw .^9° Maximum 90° or above. 1894 Aug. 25-27; Sept. 14, 15; Oct. 3, 4. May 10; June 4, 18-20; July 6; Aug. 1; Sept. 23-26; Oct. 2; Nov. 18, 19. May 25; June 14; July 12, 30, 31; Sept. 16, 26; Oct. 2-4. Apr. 9,10; June 5, 12; Aug. 20,21; Sept. 22,23. Apr. 12, 13, 23-26; June 3-6; Aug. 9, 11- 14; Sept. 8, 10, 11; Oct. 13, 14, 17, 18, 26, 28; Nov. 6. 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 1,6,9,13; Feb. 3, 4,6. Dec. 29 June 21; July 8, 9; Sept. 13, 19, 26, 27; Oct. 7-9. June 19; July 11; Aug. 1, 2; Sept. 18, 19, 21, 28, 29; Oct. 8, 9; Nov. 1, 12. June 27, 28; July 18, 31; Aug. 26; Sept. 13; Oct. 13, 21, 22. June 22; July 12, 15; Sept. 1, 2, 6. June 5, 24-26; Aug. 16; Sept. 8, 10; Oct. 12, 13. 1896 Mar. 16, 17; Nov. 22, 24,26; Deo. 17, 29, 30. Jan. 5; Mar. 4 Jan. 3, 16; Feb. 21; Nov. 16, 27; Dec. 3- 7, 15, 17, 19-24, 31. Jan. 1,11,13,15,22,24, 29; Mar. 18,19,23,24, 26; Dec. 5, 10-13, 23, 24 1896 1897 1898 Jan. 2,3; Feb. 2; Dec. 12-14, 16, 17. 19, 20. Jan. 20, 27-31; Mar. 25; Dec. 15. Jan. 30; Feb. 3, 4, 14- 18. 1000 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Great Valley: KERN COUNTY. Station: BAKERSFIELD. Agent of the Santa Fe Railway, Observer. [Established by San Joaquin Valley Railroad June 2, 1889. Latitude, 35° 22' N. Longitude, 119° 0' W. Elevation, 404 leet.] Records were originally kept at the Southern Pacific Railroad depot, beginning November, 1888. Bakersfield is situated at the southern end of San Joaquin Valley, which is level for many miles. To the south and east are the ridges of the Tehachapi Mountains. The original instruments were of the Southern Pacific type, but in 1899 standard rain gages, thermometers, and shelters were installed along the line of the San Joaquin Valley Railroad under the supervision of the Weather Bureau. The shelter used is a cotton-region shelter, mounted on posts, 4 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, June 2, 1889, to Decembeb 31, 1903. Temperature. ' Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days mth 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount lor the wettest year. December °F. 48 48 52 'F. "F. 76 74 88 "F. °F. 19 22 20 °F. 54 64 56 "F. 43 43 45 In. 0.8 1.1 0.5 2 4 4 In. 0.1 1.4 0.3 In. 1.8 January 0.6 0.2 Winter mean 49 2.4 10 1.8 2.6 March 58 65 73 87 99 103 23 30 36 63 70 79 60 58 66 0.9 0.2 0.2 5 2 2 0.3 0.1 0.2 1.9 April 0.2 lily 0.2 Spring mean 65 1.3 9 0.6 2.3 82 89 85 112 114 113 43 46 44 88 92 89 75 76 74 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 July 0.0 August 0.0 85 0.1 September October. 76 66 56 108 97 88 31 31 3D 79 71 59 69 60 54 0.1 0.6 0.4 1 2 3 0.6 0.0 0.3 0.0 2.0 November 0.2 66 1.0 6 0.9 2.2 Annnn.1 mpfm 66 114 19 4.8 25 3.3 7.1 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 None. July 30; Aug. 12-14. None. Do. June 29; July 26; Aug. 3, 12. 1902 1903 Jan. 11-13, 16, 17, 26, 31; Feb. 1, 2. Jan. 1, 7, 16-18; Feb. 14-17; Dec. 6, 8-11, 13-15, 24-31. July 23, 24. None. 1898 1899 do Dec. 22,25 1900 1901 Feb. 11; Dec. 28-31.... Feb. 1-3, 10-16; Mar. 12, 13, 15; Dec. 12- 19, 21, 25, 27-29. PACIFIC COAST STATES. 1001 CALIFORNIA. South Coast: SANTA BARBARA COUNTY. Station: SANTA BARBARA. James A. Dodge, Observer. [Established by Smithsonian Institution March, 1864. Latitude, 34° 23' N. Longitude, 119° 40' W. Elevation, 130 feet.] Santa Barbara occupies the central position on that part of the coast of California which faces southward. For a detailed description of the climate of this section the reader is referred to Bulletin L of the Weather Bureau, "Climatology of Cali- fornia." The city itself is encircled by foothills, except to the south, where it fronts the sea. The instrument shelter in use is of the old pattern, with a double roof, and has an excellent exposure on the roof of the bam, about 15 feet above the ground. The rain gage is in the garden; its top is 3 feet above the ground. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1881, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mirai. Mean of the min- ima. A bsolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthlv mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. December.. 'F. 56 53 55 'F. 68 64 64 'F. 84 84 85 "F. 45 44 44 °F. 32 28 29 "F. 60 58 61 °F. 52 48 50 IncJies. 3.2 3.7 3.1 2 4 5 Inches. 0.4 0.6 1.0 Inches. 6.6 6.3 9.7 55 65 44 10.0 11 2.0 22.6 March 55 58 60 65 67 69 86 95 100 46 48 50 34 38 40 69 65 65 53 55 56 2.3 1.2 0.4 5 2 3 0.3 0.0 1.2 9.8 April ... 2.6 May. 0.4 58 67 48 3.9 10 1.5 12.8 63 65 67 69 74 75 94 96 97 55 56 58 46 48 52 70 67 72 61 61 66 0.1 T. 0.0 1 0.0 T. 0.0 1.6 July 0.0 0.0 65 73 56 0.1 1 T. 1.6 September 66 63 59 74 72 70 98 96 90 66 54 50 49 47 40 69 65 64 60 59 53 0.2 0.8 1.6 1 2 2 3.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 1.0 0.8 63 72 53 2.6 5 3.3 1.8 60' 69 100 50 28 16.6 27 6.8 38.8 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1897, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. Year. Minimum below 32°. Maximum 90° or above. 1897 Dec 20 Sept. 21, 22. Apr. 12, 13, 24, 25; June 3, 4; Aug. 12, 13; Sept. 11. Oct. 8. 1900 1901 1902 1903 None . . . . July 22, 23; Nov. 12. Oct. 21, 22. Sept. 26. Oct. 12, 13. 1898 do 1899 Feb 6 do Feb. 3. 1002 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Southern Coast: LOS ANGELES COUNTY. Station: LOS ANQELES. L. F. Franklin, Local Forecaster. (Established by the Signal Service July 1, 1S77. Latitude, 34° 3' N. Longitude, 118° 15' W. Elevation, 287 leet.] Los Angeles is located in a valley of the same name, 18 miles from the ocean. Its chief topographical feature is a range of hills of moderate elevation on the western side, with a general trend north to south which separates it from the Cahuenga Valley that extends to the ocean on the west. The eastern side is slightly undulating and broadens out into the Los Angeles Valley, which reaches the ocean on the south. A fact to be considered in consulting the temperature data is that the instruments from which the data was obtained were located on roofs of buildings 60 to 70 feet above the ground, exposed in standard shelters and above the stratum of colder air, which settles in low ground. The temperature so obtained is appreciably different from that on the surface, lower maxima and higher minima resulting. For the above reason the temperature seldom falls to freezing or below at the Weather Bureau station, while in the low grounds it frequently reaches 32°, and at times considerably lower in winter, when a much higher temperature obtains at the station; this corresponds to the foothill belts, where frost seldom if ever occurs. Frost occurs in the low sections of the city, when in the hill portions there is not the least trace, and where delicate flowers, such as calla lilies and roses, may be seen in full flower. The present elevations of the instruments above ground are: Thermometers, 74 feet; rain gage, 66 feet; anemometer, 82 feet. The tabulated record of humidity is from fifteen years' observations; sunshine from seven years; remainder from full period of observation, July 1, 1877, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. T emperatureJ Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine. 1 5 Month. s 1 6 s < : 3 i e •S.9 s s S( ^1 eg 1 >> li 3 i -a 3-C e 00 S 00 3 e 00 1 1 s p. 1 o t o ID . 56 57 68 "F. 60 45 47 In. 2.9 2.6 2.7 2 t In. 0.6 2.0 0.8 In. 13.7 January. 7 February 1.5 62 8.2 13 3.4 15.9 March 65 61 66 96 100 95 32 36 39 61 67 69 60 56 61 2.6 0.6 0.8 8 4 3 1.0 0.3 2.2 April 1.0 May.. 6 Spring mean 61 4.0 15 3.6 7.3 June 74 78 78 110 113 112 42 50 48 80 82 83 68 73 72 0.1 T. 0.5 1 1 0.0 0.1 0.0 July.. 0.3 Summer mean 77 0.6 ^ 0.1 3 72 66 59 109 99 93 41 39 32 79 69 62 68 60 54 0.4 0.7 0.9 1 3 3 0.0 T. 0.2 0..' October 1 £ November 5 65 2.0 7 0.2 2.3 Annual mean 64 113 25 14.8 37 7.2 25 8 Dates of Tempeeatuke Extuemes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 26°. Maximum 110° or above. 1898 July 26; Aug. 9, 20. None. Do. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2 1899 -do None June 10. 1900 ....do Feb. 14 None. 1004 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES CALIFORNIA. Mojave Desert: SAN BERNARDINO COUNTY. Station: NEEDLES. John Denair, Observer. [Established by Southern Pacific Company in August, 1883. Latitude, 34° SCK N. Longitude, 114° 36' W. Elevation, 477 feet.] Needles is situated in the valley of the Colorado on the west bank of the river which forms the boundary between Califor- nia and Arizona. There are hiUs on all sides of the station. The instruments originally used were those of the railroad system, but since 1900 standard instruments have been used. Maximum and minimum thermometers are exposed in a standard shelter under the porch roof on the northeast side of the pas- senger station of the Santa Fe Railroad. The rain gage, of standard pattern, is exposed in the open about 6 feet above the ground and 5 feet distant from the nearest building, which is a small one-story shed. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, January 1, 1892, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean of the maxima. Absolute maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute TTITTII- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. "F. 53 52 58 "F. 64 65 72 °F. 80 76 83 °F. 40 41 47 "F. 27 26 23 'F. 59 58 61 °F. 48 47 60 In. 0.5 0.6 0.2 1 2 In. 0.0 1.4 T. In. 0.7 T. February 0.0 54 67 43 1.3 3 1.4 0.7 March 65 72 80 76 86 93 89 105 109 52 60 69 37 47 48 70 77 85 61 70 76 0.2 0.1 0.1 1 0.1 0.1 0.0 0.6 April . . - 0.0 May. 0.3 72 85 57 0.4 1 0.2 0.9 .TllTlA 88 94 92 102 107 103 115 116 114 77 84 80 61 70 68 92 98 97 80 93 89 T. 0.4 0.2 1 2 0.0 T. T. 0.0 July .. . 1.4 0.5 91 104 80 0.6 3 T. 1 9 85 72 60 100 83 72 110 97 86 74 61 50 58 46 35 87 78 70 81 70 67 0.1 0.1 0.2 1 1 2 0.2 T. T. T. 0.0 1.2 72 85 62 0.4 4 0.2 1.2 73 85 116 60 23 2.7 11 1.8 4.7 Dates op Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1 , 1897, to December 31 , 1903. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 110° or above. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 110° or above. 1897 June 7; July 10, 12-17, 21, 25-27, 29; Aug. 1, 5, 6, 17-19. June 18, 26-29; July 13, 14, 26-29; Aug. 10, 12, 14, 15. June 17, 29, 30; July 1-4, 8, 9, 26, 27. June 20, 22, 27-30; July 7-14; Aug. 2. 1901 1902 1903 Jan. 2, 4 6, 8, 10, 14,15, 19-22, 26-28, 30. 31. June 22, 28, 29; July 6-9, 12, 14, 18-20, Jan. 24, 25; Dec. 30, 31. Jan. 1; Feb. 5,6 Deo. 14i 24-27; Aug. 8, 9, 26. June 21-25; July 11-15, 22; Aug. 1-3, 6; Sept. 6. June 26-28; July 6, 9-13, 28, 30; Aug. 4, 6, 17, 19, 20. 1899 1900 Feb.S-8, 10, 13, 14..... PAOIPIO COAST STATES. 1005 CALIFORNIA. Colorado Desert: RIVERSIDE COUNTY. Station: SALTON. Agent of the Southern Pacific Railway Company, Observer. [Established by Southern Pacific Company in February, 1889. Latitude, 33° 25' N. Longitude, 115° 5G' W. Depression, 263 feet.] Salton is situated in the Colorado Desert, near the southern Une of Riverside County, on the northern edge of Salton or Old Dry Lake, about 100 miles northwest of Yuma. The instrumental outfit was that usually furnished by the railroad. In 1902 the Weather Bureau installed standard maximum and minimum thermometers and a standard shelter. The rain gage, however, still remains of the old pattern. Some very high temperatures are recorded at this station. On July 13, 1900, a maximum temperature of 126° was observed, and in June, 1896, a temperature of 128° occurred. The highest temperatures recorded in the United States are those of neighboring stations: Volcano, 130°, in June, 1896, and Mammoth, 130?, August 17, 1885. Monthly mean temperatures were computed from observations made at 7 a. m., 2 p. m., and 9 p. m.; also from the daily extremes. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means, February 1, 1889, to December 31, 1903. Temperature. Precipitation. Month. Mean. Mean ot the maxima. Absolute .maxi- mum. Mean of the min- ima. Absolute mini- mum. Highest monthly mean. Lowest monthly mean. Mean. Number of days with 0.01 or more. Total amount for the driest year. Total amount for the wettest year. 'F. 56 66 59 °F. °F. 110 112 100 'F. 'F. 18 28 °F. 66 66 68 °F. 46 49 50 In. 0.6 0.4 0.6 1 1 1 In. 0.0 0.0 0.0 In. 0.0 2.8 4 67 1.6 3 0.0 68 76 83 110 117 124 36 45 48 74 82 94 58 70 73 0.2 0.0 0.1 1 0.0 0.0 0.0 6 April- May 75 0.3 1 0.0 94 99 97 las 126 124 60 66 66 101 107 107 87 S8 89 0.0 0.2 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 July . .. 97 0.3 0.0 91 79 67 120 113 99 60 46 34 100 85 71 84 73 59 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.0 T. T. 0.0 79 0.3 T. 77 128 IS 2.5 4 T. 3.9 Dates of Temperature Extremes for the Period January 1, 1898, to December 31, 1903. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 120° or above. Year. Minimum below 30°. Maximum 120° or aboye. 1898 Jan. 11, 30 June 20, 26; July 11-13, 25, 26, 28, 29; Aug. 10, 13, 14, 17. June 16-18, 29, 30; July 1, 28. July 7-13, 24, 26. 1901 1902 1903 None June 28; Aug. 7. 9, 25-27. June 22-26; July 12; Aug. 1. Jan. 1; Feb. 7 Jan. 28 Feb. 5; Dec. 10, 16. 17, 23, 26-29. 1006 CLIMATOLOGY OF THE UNITED STATES. CALIFORNIA. Southern Coast District: SAN DIEQO COUNTY. Station: SAN DIEQO. FOED A. Cakpenter, Observer. [EstabUshed by Signal Service November 1, 1871. Latitude, 32° 43' N. Longitude, 117° 10' W. Elevation, 40 feet.] This station is in the business center of the city of San Diego and about one-third the distance between the gradual slope from the bay of San Diego and the hills a mile away which form the northwest boundary of the slope. The elevation of the hills in this vicinity on the north and east sides of the slope probably does not exceed 300 feet. From north-northwest to south there is a free expanse of bay, with the Pacific Ocean in the distance. The thermometers are exposed 94 feet above ground in a standard shelter on the roof of the Keating Building. The rain gage is also on the roof of the office building and has ah elevation of 86 feet above ground. The anemometer is 102 feet above ground. The office building has a flat roof, and the building itself is much higher than surrounding buildings in the immediate neighborhood. Tabulated data are from the following periods of observation: Sunshine, fourteen years; humidity, fifteen years; mean monthly and mean annual temperatures, highest and lowest monthly means, and all precipitation Hata except number of days with 0.01 inch, fifty-four years, 1850-1903. Remainder of data is from thirty-two years of observation, November 1, 1871, to December 31, 1903. Monthly, Seasonal, and Annual Means. Temperat ure. Precipitation. Mean humidity. Total sunshine- 1 s 5 Month. a •s-a a . ll s < h 1 0) s as r Is f i t»vO hi a S a* a oi 00 •3 M a oc o a (i oo i . a p. 00 O 1 .a o